diff --git a/desmume/src/Makefile.am b/desmume/src/Makefile.am index d2d191a36..6551db992 100644 --- a/desmume/src/Makefile.am +++ b/desmume/src/Makefile.am @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ SUBDIRS = . gdbstub $(UI_DIR) else SUBDIRS = . $(UI_DIR) endif -DIST_SUBDIRS = . gdbstub cli gtk gtk-glade wx +DIST_SUBDIRS = . gdbstub cli gtk gtk-glade noinst_LIBRARIES = libdesmume.a libdesmume_a_SOURCES = \ armcpu.cpp armcpu.h \ diff --git a/desmume/src/mc.cpp b/desmume/src/mc.cpp index 369bd4764..6448b5b71 100644 --- a/desmume/src/mc.cpp +++ b/desmume/src/mc.cpp @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ void BackupDevice::reset_command() } u8 BackupDevice::data_command(u8 val, int cpu) { - //printf("MC CMD: %02X\n",val); + printf("MC CMD: (%02X) %02X\n",com,val); //motion: some guessing here... hope it doesn't break anything if(com == BM_CMD_READLOW && motionInitState == MOTION_INIT_STATE_RECEIVED_4_B && val == 0) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ u8 BackupDevice::data_command(u8 val, int cpu) else if(com == BM_CMD_READSTATUS) { //handle request to read status - LOG("Backup Memory Read Status: %02X\n", write_enable << 1); + //LOG("Backup Memory Read Status: %02X\n", write_enable << 1); return (write_enable << 1) | (3<<2); } else diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2005.vcproj b/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2005.vcproj index d17c37065..db2ec1b5a 100644 --- a/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2005.vcproj +++ b/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2005.vcproj @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ FavorSizeOrSpeed="0" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="false" WholeProgramOptimization="false" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE;DEBUG;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;HAVE_LIBZ;NOMINMAX;_WIN32_WINNT=0x0501;_CRTDBG_MAPALLOC " ExceptionHandling="1" BasicRuntimeChecks="0" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ OmitFramePointers="true" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="true" WholeProgramOptimization="true" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;HAVE_LIBZ;NOMINMAX;NDEBUG;RELEASE;_WIN32_WINNT=0x0501" StringPooling="true" ExceptionHandling="1" @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ OmitFramePointers="true" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="true" WholeProgramOptimization="false" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;HAVE_LIBZ;NOMINMAX;NDEBUG;RELEASE;_WIN32_WINNT=0x0501;FASTBUILD" StringPooling="true" ExceptionHandling="1" @@ -1360,70 +1360,6 @@ /> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -1488,70 +1424,6 @@ /> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2008.vcproj b/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2008.vcproj index 1e3aa182e..71c23ebd3 100644 --- a/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2008.vcproj +++ b/desmume/src/windows/DeSmuME_2008.vcproj @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ FavorSizeOrSpeed="0" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="false" WholeProgramOptimization="false" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="DEBUG;_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;BETA_VERSION;NOMINMAX;HAVE_LIBZ" ExceptionHandling="1" BasicRuntimeChecks="3" @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ OmitFramePointers="true" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="true" WholeProgramOptimization="true" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;HAVE_LIBZ;NOMINMAX;RELEASE;NDEBUG" StringPooling="true" ExceptionHandling="1" @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ OmitFramePointers="true" EnableFiberSafeOptimizations="true" WholeProgramOptimization="false" - AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;.\wx\include;directx" + AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;..;lua\include;"glib-2.20.1\build";"glib-2.20.1\build\glib";.\zlib123;.\zziplib;.\winpcap;userconfig;defaultconfig;.\agg\include;.\agg\examples;directx" PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE;GLIB_STATIC_COMPILATION;WIN32;HAVE_LIBZ;NOMINMAX;RELEASE;NDEBUG;FASTBUILD;DEVELOPER" StringPooling="true" ExceptionHandling="1" @@ -2601,70 +2601,6 @@ /> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -2738,70 +2674,6 @@ /> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -void print_args(int argc, char *argv[]); -void print_usage_message(const char *options[]); -void print_version(const char * name); - -#endif /* common_INCLUDED */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d3491c9b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1065 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2002-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - Portions Copyright 2007-2010 David Anderson. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -#ifndef __DWARF_H -#define __DWARF_H -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - dwarf.h DWARF debugging information values - $Revision: 1.41 $ $Date: 2006/04/17 00:09:56 $ - - The comment "DWARF3" appears where there are - new entries from DWARF3 as of 2004, "DWARF3f" - where there are new entries as of the November 2005 - public review document and other comments apply - where extension entries appear. - - Extensions part of DWARF4 are marked DWARF4. - - A few extension names have omitted the 'vendor id' - (See chapter 7, "Vendor Extensibility"). Please - always use a 'vendor id' string in extension names. - - Vendors should use a vendor string in names and - whereever possible avoid duplicating values used by - other vendor extensions - -*/ - - -#define DW_TAG_array_type 0x01 -#define DW_TAG_class_type 0x02 -#define DW_TAG_entry_point 0x03 -#define DW_TAG_enumeration_type 0x04 -#define DW_TAG_formal_parameter 0x05 -#define DW_TAG_imported_declaration 0x08 -#define DW_TAG_label 0x0a -#define DW_TAG_lexical_block 0x0b -#define DW_TAG_member 0x0d -#define DW_TAG_pointer_type 0x0f -#define DW_TAG_reference_type 0x10 -#define DW_TAG_compile_unit 0x11 -#define DW_TAG_string_type 0x12 -#define DW_TAG_structure_type 0x13 -#define DW_TAG_subroutine_type 0x15 -#define DW_TAG_typedef 0x16 -#define DW_TAG_union_type 0x17 -#define DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters 0x18 -#define DW_TAG_variant 0x19 -#define DW_TAG_common_block 0x1a -#define DW_TAG_common_inclusion 0x1b -#define DW_TAG_inheritance 0x1c -#define DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine 0x1d -#define DW_TAG_module 0x1e -#define DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type 0x1f -#define DW_TAG_set_type 0x20 -#define DW_TAG_subrange_type 0x21 -#define DW_TAG_with_stmt 0x22 -#define DW_TAG_access_declaration 0x23 -#define DW_TAG_base_type 0x24 -#define DW_TAG_catch_block 0x25 -#define DW_TAG_const_type 0x26 -#define DW_TAG_constant 0x27 -#define DW_TAG_enumerator 0x28 -#define DW_TAG_file_type 0x29 -#define DW_TAG_friend 0x2a -#define DW_TAG_namelist 0x2b - /* Early releases of this header had the following - misspelled with a trailing 's' */ -#define DW_TAG_namelist_item 0x2c /* DWARF3/2 spelling */ -#define DW_TAG_namelist_items 0x2c /* SGI misspelling/typo */ -#define DW_TAG_packed_type 0x2d -#define DW_TAG_subprogram 0x2e - /* The DWARF2 document had two spellings of the following - two TAGs, DWARF3 specifies the longer spelling. */ -#define DW_TAG_template_type_parameter 0x2f /* DWARF3/2 spelling*/ -#define DW_TAG_template_type_param 0x2f /* DWARF2 spelling*/ -#define DW_TAG_template_value_parameter 0x30 /* DWARF3/2 spelling*/ -#define DW_TAG_template_value_param 0x30 /* DWARF2 spelling*/ -#define DW_TAG_thrown_type 0x31 -#define DW_TAG_try_block 0x32 -#define DW_TAG_variant_part 0x33 -#define DW_TAG_variable 0x34 -#define DW_TAG_volatile_type 0x35 -#define DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure 0x36 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_restrict_type 0x37 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_interface_type 0x38 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_namespace 0x39 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_imported_module 0x3a /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_unspecified_type 0x3b /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_partial_unit 0x3c /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_TAG_imported_unit 0x3d /* DWARF3 */ - /* Do not use DW_TAG_mutable_type */ -#define DW_TAG_mutable_type 0x3e /* Withdrawn from DWARF3 by DWARF3f. */ -#define DW_TAG_condition 0x3f /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_TAG_shared_type 0x40 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_TAG_type_unit 0x41 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type 0x42 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_TAG_template_alias 0x43 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_TAG_lo_user 0x4080 - -#define DW_TAG_MIPS_loop 0x4081 - -/* HP extensions: ftp://ftp.hp.com/pub/lang/tools/WDB/wdb-4.0.tar.gz */ -#define DW_TAG_HP_array_descriptor 0x4090 /* HP */ - -/* GNU extensions. The first 3 missing the GNU_. */ -#define DW_TAG_format_label 0x4101 /* GNU. Fortran. */ -#define DW_TAG_function_template 0x4102 /* GNU. For C++ */ -#define DW_TAG_class_template 0x4103 /* GNU. For C++ */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL 0x4104 /* GNU */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL 0x4105 /* GNU */ - - -/* GNU extension. http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_parameter 0x4106 /* GNU */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param 0x4106 /* GNU */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack 0x4107 /* GNU */ -#define DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack 0x4108 /* GNU */ - -/* ALTIUM extensions */ - /* DSP-C/Starcore __circ qualifier */ -#define DW_TAG_ALTIUM_circ_type 0x5101 /* ALTIUM */ - /* Starcore __mwa_circ qualifier */ -#define DW_TAG_ALTIUM_mwa_circ_type 0x5102 /* ALTIUM */ - /* Starcore __rev_carry qualifier */ -#define DW_TAG_ALTIUM_rev_carry_type 0x5103 /* ALTIUM */ - /* M16 __rom qualifier */ -#define DW_TAG_ALTIUM_rom 0x5111 /* ALTIUM */ - -/* The following 3 are extensions to support UPC */ -#define DW_TAG_upc_shared_type 0x8765 /* UPC */ -#define DW_TAG_upc_strict_type 0x8766 /* UPC */ -#define DW_TAG_upc_relaxed_type 0x8767 /* UPC */ - -/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */ -#define DW_TAG_PGI_kanji_type 0xa000 /* PGI */ -#define DW_TAG_PGI_interface_block 0xa020 /* PGI */ -/* The following are SUN extensions */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_function_template 0x4201 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_class_template 0x4202 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_struct_template 0x4203 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_union_template 0x4204 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_indirect_inheritance 0x4205 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_codeflags 0x4206 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_memop_info 0x4207 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_omp_child_func 0x4208 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_rtti_descriptor 0x4209 /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_dtor_info 0x420a /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_dtor 0x420b /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_f90_interface 0x420c /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_fortran_vax_structure 0x420d /* SUN */ -#define DW_TAG_SUN_hi 0x42ff /* SUN */ - - -#define DW_TAG_hi_user 0xffff - -#define DW_children_no 0 -#define DW_children_yes 1 - - - -#define DW_FORM_addr 0x01 -#define DW_FORM_block2 0x03 -#define DW_FORM_block4 0x04 -#define DW_FORM_data2 0x05 -#define DW_FORM_data4 0x06 -#define DW_FORM_data8 0x07 -#define DW_FORM_string 0x08 -#define DW_FORM_block 0x09 -#define DW_FORM_block1 0x0a -#define DW_FORM_data1 0x0b -#define DW_FORM_flag 0x0c -#define DW_FORM_sdata 0x0d -#define DW_FORM_strp 0x0e -#define DW_FORM_udata 0x0f -#define DW_FORM_ref_addr 0x10 -#define DW_FORM_ref1 0x11 -#define DW_FORM_ref2 0x12 -#define DW_FORM_ref4 0x13 -#define DW_FORM_ref8 0x14 -#define DW_FORM_ref_udata 0x15 -#define DW_FORM_indirect 0x16 -#define DW_FORM_sec_offset 0x17 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_FORM_exprloc 0x18 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_FORM_flag_present 0x19 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_FORM_ref_sig8 0x20 /* DWARF4 */ - -#define DW_AT_sibling 0x01 -#define DW_AT_location 0x02 -#define DW_AT_name 0x03 -#define DW_AT_ordering 0x09 -#define DW_AT_subscr_data 0x0a -#define DW_AT_byte_size 0x0b -#define DW_AT_bit_offset 0x0c -#define DW_AT_bit_size 0x0d -#define DW_AT_element_list 0x0f -#define DW_AT_stmt_list 0x10 -#define DW_AT_low_pc 0x11 -#define DW_AT_high_pc 0x12 -#define DW_AT_language 0x13 -#define DW_AT_member 0x14 -#define DW_AT_discr 0x15 -#define DW_AT_discr_value 0x16 -#define DW_AT_visibility 0x17 -#define DW_AT_import 0x18 -#define DW_AT_string_length 0x19 -#define DW_AT_common_reference 0x1a -#define DW_AT_comp_dir 0x1b -#define DW_AT_const_value 0x1c -#define DW_AT_containing_type 0x1d -#define DW_AT_default_value 0x1e -#define DW_AT_inline 0x20 -#define DW_AT_is_optional 0x21 -#define DW_AT_lower_bound 0x22 -#define DW_AT_producer 0x25 -#define DW_AT_prototyped 0x27 -#define DW_AT_return_addr 0x2a -#define DW_AT_start_scope 0x2c -#define DW_AT_bit_stride 0x2e /* DWARF3 name */ -#define DW_AT_stride_size 0x2e /* DWARF2 name */ -#define DW_AT_upper_bound 0x2f -#define DW_AT_abstract_origin 0x31 -#define DW_AT_accessibility 0x32 -#define DW_AT_address_class 0x33 -#define DW_AT_artificial 0x34 -#define DW_AT_base_types 0x35 -#define DW_AT_calling_convention 0x36 -#define DW_AT_count 0x37 -#define DW_AT_data_member_location 0x38 -#define DW_AT_decl_column 0x39 -#define DW_AT_decl_file 0x3a -#define DW_AT_decl_line 0x3b -#define DW_AT_declaration 0x3c -#define DW_AT_discr_list 0x3d -#define DW_AT_encoding 0x3e -#define DW_AT_external 0x3f -#define DW_AT_frame_base 0x40 -#define DW_AT_friend 0x41 -#define DW_AT_identifier_case 0x42 -#define DW_AT_macro_info 0x43 -#define DW_AT_namelist_item 0x44 -#define DW_AT_priority 0x45 -#define DW_AT_segment 0x46 -#define DW_AT_specification 0x47 -#define DW_AT_static_link 0x48 -#define DW_AT_type 0x49 -#define DW_AT_use_location 0x4a -#define DW_AT_variable_parameter 0x4b -#define DW_AT_virtuality 0x4c -#define DW_AT_vtable_elem_location 0x4d -#define DW_AT_allocated 0x4e /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_associated 0x4f /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_data_location 0x50 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_byte_stride 0x51 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_stride 0x51 /* DWARF3 (do not use) */ -#define DW_AT_entry_pc 0x52 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_use_UTF8 0x53 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_extension 0x54 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_ranges 0x55 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_trampoline 0x56 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_call_column 0x57 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_call_file 0x58 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_call_line 0x59 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_description 0x5a /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_AT_binary_scale 0x5b /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_decimal_scale 0x5c /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_small 0x5d /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_decimal_sign 0x5e /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_digit_count 0x5f /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_picture_string 0x60 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_mutable 0x61 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_threads_scaled 0x62 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_explicit 0x63 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_object_pointer 0x64 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_endianity 0x65 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_elemental 0x66 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_pure 0x67 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_recursive 0x68 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_AT_signature 0x69 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_AT_main_subprogram 0x6a /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_AT_data_bit_offset 0x6b /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_AT_const_expr 0x6c /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_AT_enum_class 0x6d /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_AT_linkage_name 0x6e /* DWARF4 */ - -/* In extensions, we attempt to include the vendor extension - in the name even when the vendor leaves it out. */ - -/* HP extensions. */ -#define DW_AT_HP_block_index 0x2000 /* HP */ - -/* Follows extension so dwarfdump prints the most-likely-useful name. */ -#define DW_AT_lo_user 0x2000 - -#define DW_AT_MIPS_fde 0x2001 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin 0x2002 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin 0x2003 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin 0x2004 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor 0x2005 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth 0x2006 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name 0x2007 /* MIPS/SGI, GNU, and others.*/ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_stride 0x2008 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name 0x2009 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin 0x200a /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines 0x200b /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_stride_byte 0x200c /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_stride_elem 0x200d /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_ptr_dopetype 0x200e /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_allocatable_dopetype 0x200f /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_assumed_shape_dopetype 0x2010 /* MIPS/SGI */ -#define DW_AT_MIPS_assumed_size 0x2011 /* MIPS/SGI */ - -/* HP extensions. */ -#define DW_AT_HP_unmodifiable 0x2001 /* conflict: MIPS */ -#define DW_AT_HP_actuals_stmt_list 0x2010 /* conflict: MIPS */ -#define DW_AT_HP_proc_per_section 0x2011 /* conflict: MIPS */ -#define DW_AT_HP_raw_data_ptr 0x2012 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_pass_by_reference 0x2013 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_opt_level 0x2014 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_prof_version_id 0x2015 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_opt_flags 0x2016 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_cold_region_low_pc 0x2017 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_cold_region_high_pc 0x2018 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_all_variables_modifiable 0x2019 /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_linkage_name 0x201a /* HP */ -#define DW_AT_HP_prof_flags 0x201b /* HP */ - -#define DW_AT_CPQ_discontig_ranges 0x2001 /* COMPAQ/HP */ -#define DW_AT_CPQ_semantic_events 0x2002 /* COMPAQ/HP */ -#define DW_AT_CPQ_split_lifetimes_var 0x2003 /* COMPAQ/HP */ -#define DW_AT_CPQ_split_lifetimes_rtn 0x2004 /* COMPAQ/HP */ -#define DW_AT_CPQ_prologue_length 0x2005 /* COMPAQ/HP */ - -#define DW_AT_INTEL_other_endian 0x2026 /* Intel, 1 if byte swapped. */ - -/* GNU extensions. */ -#define DW_AT_sf_names 0x2101 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_src_info 0x2102 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_mac_info 0x2103 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_src_coords 0x2104 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_body_begin 0x2105 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_body_end 0x2106 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_GNU_vector 0x2107 /* GNU */ -#define DW_AT_GNU_template_name 0x2108 /* GNU */ - -/* ALTIUM extension: ALTIUM Compliant location lists (flag) */ -#define DW_AT_ALTIUM_loclist 0x2300 /* ALTIUM */ - -/* Sun extensions */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_template 0x2201 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address 0x2201 /* VMS */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_alignment 0x2202 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_vtable 0x2203 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_count_guarantee 0x2204 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_command_line 0x2205 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_vbase 0x2206 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_compile_options 0x2207 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_language 0x2208 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_browser_file 0x2209 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_vtable_abi 0x2210 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_func_offsets 0x2211 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_cf_kind 0x2212 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_vtable_index 0x2213 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_omp_tpriv_addr 0x2214 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_omp_child_func 0x2215 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_func_offset 0x2216 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_memop_type_ref 0x2217 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_profile_id 0x2218 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_memop_signature 0x2219 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_obj_dir 0x2220 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_obj_file 0x2221 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_original_name 0x2222 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_hwcprof_signature 0x2223 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_amd64_parmdump 0x2224 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_part_link_name 0x2225 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_link_name 0x2226 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_pass_with_const 0x2227 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_return_with_const 0x2228 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_import_by_name 0x2229 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_f90_pointer 0x222a /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_pass_by_ref 0x222b /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_f90_allocatable 0x222c /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_f90_assumed_shape_array 0x222d /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_c_vla 0x222e /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_return_value_ptr 0x2230 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_dtor_start 0x2231 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_dtor_length 0x2232 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_dtor_state_initial 0x2233 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_dtor_state_final 0x2234 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_dtor_state_deltas 0x2235 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_import_by_lname 0x2236 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_f90_use_only 0x2237 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_namelist_spec 0x2238 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_is_omp_child_func 0x2239 /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_fortran_main_alias 0x223a /* SUN */ -#define DW_AT_SUN_fortran_based 0x223b /* SUN */ - -/* UPC extension */ -#define DW_AT_upc_threads_scaled 0x3210 /* UPC */ - -/* PGI (STMicroelectronics) extensions. */ -#define DW_AT_PGI_lbase 0x3a00 /* PGI. Block, constant, reference. This attribute is an ASTPLAB extension used to describe the array local base. */ -#define DW_AT_PGI_soffset 0x3a01 /* PGI. Block, constant, reference. ASTPLAB adds this attribute to describe the section offset, or the offset to the first element in the dimension. */ -#define DW_AT_PGI_lstride 0x3a02 /* PGI. Block, constant, reference. ASTPLAB adds this attribute to describe the linear stride or the distance between elements in the dimension. */ - -/* Apple Extensions for closures */ -#define DW_AT_APPLE_closure 0x3fe4 /* Apple */ -/* Apple Extensions for Objective-C runtime info */ -#define DW_AT_APPLE_major_runtime_vers 0x3fe5 /* Apple */ -#define DW_AT_APPLE_runtime_class 0x3fe6 /* Apple */ - - -#define DW_AT_hi_user 0x3fff - -#define DW_OP_addr 0x03 -#define DW_OP_deref 0x06 -#define DW_OP_const1u 0x08 -#define DW_OP_const1s 0x09 -#define DW_OP_const2u 0x0a -#define DW_OP_const2s 0x0b -#define DW_OP_const4u 0x0c -#define DW_OP_const4s 0x0d -#define DW_OP_const8u 0x0e -#define DW_OP_const8s 0x0f -#define DW_OP_constu 0x10 -#define DW_OP_consts 0x11 -#define DW_OP_dup 0x12 -#define DW_OP_drop 0x13 -#define DW_OP_over 0x14 -#define DW_OP_pick 0x15 -#define DW_OP_swap 0x16 -#define DW_OP_rot 0x17 -#define DW_OP_xderef 0x18 -#define DW_OP_abs 0x19 -#define DW_OP_and 0x1a -#define DW_OP_div 0x1b -#define DW_OP_minus 0x1c -#define DW_OP_mod 0x1d -#define DW_OP_mul 0x1e -#define DW_OP_neg 0x1f -#define DW_OP_not 0x20 -#define DW_OP_or 0x21 -#define DW_OP_plus 0x22 -#define DW_OP_plus_uconst 0x23 -#define DW_OP_shl 0x24 -#define DW_OP_shr 0x25 -#define DW_OP_shra 0x26 -#define DW_OP_xor 0x27 -#define DW_OP_bra 0x28 -#define DW_OP_eq 0x29 -#define DW_OP_ge 0x2a -#define DW_OP_gt 0x2b -#define DW_OP_le 0x2c -#define DW_OP_lt 0x2d -#define DW_OP_ne 0x2e -#define DW_OP_skip 0x2f -#define DW_OP_lit0 0x30 -#define DW_OP_lit1 0x31 -#define DW_OP_lit2 0x32 -#define DW_OP_lit3 0x33 -#define DW_OP_lit4 0x34 -#define DW_OP_lit5 0x35 -#define DW_OP_lit6 0x36 -#define DW_OP_lit7 0x37 -#define DW_OP_lit8 0x38 -#define DW_OP_lit9 0x39 -#define DW_OP_lit10 0x3a -#define DW_OP_lit11 0x3b -#define DW_OP_lit12 0x3c -#define DW_OP_lit13 0x3d -#define DW_OP_lit14 0x3e -#define DW_OP_lit15 0x3f -#define DW_OP_lit16 0x40 -#define DW_OP_lit17 0x41 -#define DW_OP_lit18 0x42 -#define DW_OP_lit19 0x43 -#define DW_OP_lit20 0x44 -#define DW_OP_lit21 0x45 -#define DW_OP_lit22 0x46 -#define DW_OP_lit23 0x47 -#define DW_OP_lit24 0x48 -#define DW_OP_lit25 0x49 -#define DW_OP_lit26 0x4a -#define DW_OP_lit27 0x4b -#define DW_OP_lit28 0x4c -#define DW_OP_lit29 0x4d -#define DW_OP_lit30 0x4e -#define DW_OP_lit31 0x4f -#define DW_OP_reg0 0x50 -#define DW_OP_reg1 0x51 -#define DW_OP_reg2 0x52 -#define DW_OP_reg3 0x53 -#define DW_OP_reg4 0x54 -#define DW_OP_reg5 0x55 -#define DW_OP_reg6 0x56 -#define DW_OP_reg7 0x57 -#define DW_OP_reg8 0x58 -#define DW_OP_reg9 0x59 -#define DW_OP_reg10 0x5a -#define DW_OP_reg11 0x5b -#define DW_OP_reg12 0x5c -#define DW_OP_reg13 0x5d -#define DW_OP_reg14 0x5e -#define DW_OP_reg15 0x5f -#define DW_OP_reg16 0x60 -#define DW_OP_reg17 0x61 -#define DW_OP_reg18 0x62 -#define DW_OP_reg19 0x63 -#define DW_OP_reg20 0x64 -#define DW_OP_reg21 0x65 -#define DW_OP_reg22 0x66 -#define DW_OP_reg23 0x67 -#define DW_OP_reg24 0x68 -#define DW_OP_reg25 0x69 -#define DW_OP_reg26 0x6a -#define DW_OP_reg27 0x6b -#define DW_OP_reg28 0x6c -#define DW_OP_reg29 0x6d -#define DW_OP_reg30 0x6e -#define DW_OP_reg31 0x6f -#define DW_OP_breg0 0x70 -#define DW_OP_breg1 0x71 -#define DW_OP_breg2 0x72 -#define DW_OP_breg3 0x73 -#define DW_OP_breg4 0x74 -#define DW_OP_breg5 0x75 -#define DW_OP_breg6 0x76 -#define DW_OP_breg7 0x77 -#define DW_OP_breg8 0x78 -#define DW_OP_breg9 0x79 -#define DW_OP_breg10 0x7a -#define DW_OP_breg11 0x7b -#define DW_OP_breg12 0x7c -#define DW_OP_breg13 0x7d -#define DW_OP_breg14 0x7e -#define DW_OP_breg15 0x7f -#define DW_OP_breg16 0x80 -#define DW_OP_breg17 0x81 -#define DW_OP_breg18 0x82 -#define DW_OP_breg19 0x83 -#define DW_OP_breg20 0x84 -#define DW_OP_breg21 0x85 -#define DW_OP_breg22 0x86 -#define DW_OP_breg23 0x87 -#define DW_OP_breg24 0x88 -#define DW_OP_breg25 0x89 -#define DW_OP_breg26 0x8a -#define DW_OP_breg27 0x8b -#define DW_OP_breg28 0x8c -#define DW_OP_breg29 0x8d -#define DW_OP_breg30 0x8e -#define DW_OP_breg31 0x8f -#define DW_OP_regx 0x90 -#define DW_OP_fbreg 0x91 -#define DW_OP_bregx 0x92 -#define DW_OP_piece 0x93 -#define DW_OP_deref_size 0x94 -#define DW_OP_xderef_size 0x95 -#define DW_OP_nop 0x96 -#define DW_OP_push_object_address 0x97 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_OP_call2 0x98 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_OP_call4 0x99 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_OP_call_ref 0x9a /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_OP_form_tls_address 0x9b /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_OP_call_frame_cfa 0x9c /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_OP_bit_piece 0x9d /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_OP_implicit_value 0x9e /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_OP_stack_value 0x9f /* DWARF4 */ - - - /* GNU extensions. */ -#define DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address 0xe0 /* GNU */ - -/* Follows extension so dwarfdump prints the most-likely-useful name. */ -#define DW_OP_lo_user 0xe0 - - /* HP extensions. */ -#define DW_OP_HP_unknown 0xe0 /* HP conflict: GNU */ -#define DW_OP_HP_is_value 0xe1 /* HP */ -#define DW_OP_HP_fltconst4 0xe2 /* HP */ -#define DW_OP_HP_fltconst8 0xe3 /* HP */ -#define DW_OP_HP_mod_range 0xe4 /* HP */ -#define DW_OP_HP_unmod_range 0xe5 /* HP */ -#define DW_OP_HP_tls 0xe6 /* HP */ - -#define DW_OP_INTEL_bit_piece 0xe8 /* Intel: made obsolete by DW_OP_bit_piece above. */ - - - /* Apple extension. */ -#define DW_OP_APPLE_uninit 0xf0 /* Apple */ - -#define DW_OP_hi_user 0xff - -#define DW_ATE_address 0x1 -#define DW_ATE_boolean 0x2 -#define DW_ATE_complex_float 0x3 -#define DW_ATE_float 0x4 -#define DW_ATE_signed 0x5 -#define DW_ATE_signed_char 0x6 -#define DW_ATE_unsigned 0x7 -#define DW_ATE_unsigned_char 0x8 -#define DW_ATE_imaginary_float 0x9 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_ATE_packed_decimal 0xa /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_ATE_numeric_string 0xb /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_ATE_edited 0xc /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_ATE_signed_fixed 0xd /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed 0xe /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_ATE_decimal_float 0xf /* DWARF3f */ - - -/* ALTIUM extensions. x80, x81 */ -#define DW_ATE_ALTIUM_fract 0x80 /* ALTIUM __fract type */ - -/* Follows extension so dwarfdump prints the most-likely-useful name. */ -#define DW_ATE_lo_user 0x80 - -/* Shown here to help dwarfdump build script. */ -#define DW_ATE_ALTIUM_accum 0x81 /* ALTIUM __accum type */ - -/* HP Floating point extensions. */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_float80 0x80 /* (80 bit). HP */ - - -#define DW_ATE_HP_complex_float80 0x81 /* Complex (80 bit). HP */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_float128 0x82 /* (128 bit). HP */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_complex_float128 0x83 /* Complex (128 bit). HP */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_floathpintel 0x84 /* (82 bit IA64). HP */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float80 0x85 /* HP */ -#define DW_ATE_HP_imaginary_float128 0x86 /* HP */ - -/* Sun extensions */ -#define DW_ATE_SUN_interval_float 0x91 -#define DW_ATE_SUN_imaginary_float 0x92 /* Obsolete: See DW_ATE_imaginary_float */ - -#define DW_ATE_hi_user 0xff - - -/* Decimal Sign codes. */ -#define DW_DS_unsigned 0x01 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_DS_leading_overpunch 0x02 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_DS_trailing_overpunch 0x03 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_DS_leading_separate 0x04 /* DWARF3f */ - -#define DW_DS_trailing_separate 0x05 /* DWARF3f */ - -/* Endian code name. */ -#define DW_END_default 0x00 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_END_big 0x01 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_END_little 0x02 /* DWARF3f */ - -#define DW_END_lo_user 0x40 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_END_hi_user 0xff /* DWARF3f */ - -/* For use with DW_TAG_SUN_codeflags - * If DW_TAG_SUN_codeflags is accepted as a dwarf standard, then - * standard dwarf ATCF entries start at 0x01 - */ -#define DW_ATCF_lo_user 0x40 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_mop_bitfield 0x41 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_mop_spill 0x42 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_mop_scopy 0x43 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_func_start 0x44 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_end_ctors 0x45 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_branch_target 0x46 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_mop_stack_probe 0x47 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_SUN_func_epilog 0x48 /* SUN */ -#define DW_ATCF_hi_user 0xff /* SUN */ - -/* Accessibility code name. */ -#define DW_ACCESS_public 0x01 -#define DW_ACCESS_protected 0x02 -#define DW_ACCESS_private 0x03 - -/* Visibility code name. */ -#define DW_VIS_local 0x01 -#define DW_VIS_exported 0x02 -#define DW_VIS_qualified 0x03 - -/* Virtuality code name. */ -#define DW_VIRTUALITY_none 0x00 -#define DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual 0x01 -#define DW_VIRTUALITY_pure_virtual 0x02 - -#define DW_LANG_C89 0x0001 -#define DW_LANG_C 0x0002 -#define DW_LANG_Ada83 0x0003 -#define DW_LANG_C_plus_plus 0x0004 -#define DW_LANG_Cobol74 0x0005 -#define DW_LANG_Cobol85 0x0006 -#define DW_LANG_Fortran77 0x0007 -#define DW_LANG_Fortran90 0x0008 -#define DW_LANG_Pascal83 0x0009 -#define DW_LANG_Modula2 0x000a -#define DW_LANG_Java 0x000b /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LANG_C99 0x000c /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LANG_Ada95 0x000d /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LANG_Fortran95 0x000e /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LANG_PLI 0x000f /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LANG_ObjC 0x0010 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus 0x0011 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_LANG_UPC 0x0012 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_LANG_D 0x0013 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_LANG_Python 0x0014 /* DWARF4 */ -#define DW_LANG_lo_user 0x8000 -#define DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler 0x8001 /* MIPS */ -#define DW_LANG_Upc 0x8765 /* UPC, use - DW_LANG_UPC instead. */ -/* ALTIUM extension */ -#define DW_LANG_ALTIUM_Assembler 0x9101 /* ALTIUM */ - -/* Sun extensions */ -#define DW_LANG_SUN_Assembler 0x9001 /* SUN */ - -#define DW_LANG_hi_user 0xffff - -/* Identifier case name. */ -#define DW_ID_case_sensitive 0x00 -#define DW_ID_up_case 0x01 -#define DW_ID_down_case 0x02 -#define DW_ID_case_insensitive 0x03 - -/* Calling Convention Name. */ -#define DW_CC_normal 0x01 -#define DW_CC_program 0x02 -#define DW_CC_nocall 0x03 -#define DW_CC_lo_user 0x40 - -/* ALTIUM extensions. */ -/* Function is an interrupt handler, return address on system stack. */ -#define DW_CC_ALTIUM_interrupt 0x65 /* ALTIUM*/ - -/* Near function model, return address on system stack. */ -#define DW_CC_ALTIUM_near_system_stack 0x66 /*ALTIUM */ - -/* Near function model, return address on user stack. */ -#define DW_CC_ALTIUM_near_user_stack 0x67 /* ALTIUM */ - -/* Huge function model, return address on user stack. */ -#define DW_CC_ALTIUM_huge_user_stack 0x68 /* ALTIUM */ - - -#define DW_CC_hi_user 0xff - -/* Inline Code Name. */ -#define DW_INL_not_inlined 0x00 -#define DW_INL_inlined 0x01 -#define DW_INL_declared_not_inlined 0x02 -#define DW_INL_declared_inlined 0x03 - -/* Ordering Name. */ -#define DW_ORD_row_major 0x00 -#define DW_ORD_col_major 0x01 - -/* Discriminant Descriptor Name. */ -#define DW_DSC_label 0x00 -#define DW_DSC_range 0x01 - -/* Line number standard opcode name. */ -#define DW_LNS_copy 0x01 -#define DW_LNS_advance_pc 0x02 -#define DW_LNS_advance_line 0x03 -#define DW_LNS_set_file 0x04 -#define DW_LNS_set_column 0x05 -#define DW_LNS_negate_stmt 0x06 -#define DW_LNS_set_basic_block 0x07 -#define DW_LNS_const_add_pc 0x08 -#define DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc 0x09 -#define DW_LNS_set_prologue_end 0x0a /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin 0x0b /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LNS_set_isa 0x0c /* DWARF3 */ - -/* Line number extended opcode name. */ -#define DW_LNE_end_sequence 0x01 -#define DW_LNE_set_address 0x02 -#define DW_LNE_define_file 0x03 -#define DW_LNE_set_discriminator 0x04 /* DWARF4 */ - -/* HP extensions. */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_negate_is_UV_update 0x11 /* 17 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_push_context 0x12 /* 18 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_pop_context 0x13 /* 19 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_set_file_line_column 0x14 /* 20 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_set_routine_name 0x15 /* 21 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_set_sequence 0x16 /* 22 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_negate_post_semantics 0x17 /* 23 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_negate_function_exit 0x18 /* 24 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_negate_front_end_logical 0x19 /* 25 HP */ -#define DW_LNE_HP_define_proc 0x20 /* 32 HP */ - -#define DW_LNE_lo_user 0x80 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_LNE_hi_user 0xff /* DWARF3 */ - -/* Macro information. */ -#define DW_MACINFO_define 0x01 -#define DW_MACINFO_undef 0x02 -#define DW_MACINFO_start_file 0x03 -#define DW_MACINFO_end_file 0x04 -#define DW_MACINFO_vendor_ext 0xff - -/* CFA operator compaction (a space saving measure, see - the DWARF standard) means DW_CFA_extended and DW_CFA_nop - have the same value here. */ -#define DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x40 -#define DW_CFA_offset 0x80 -#define DW_CFA_restore 0xc0 -#define DW_CFA_extended 0 - -#define DW_CFA_nop 0x00 -#define DW_CFA_set_loc 0x01 -#define DW_CFA_advance_loc1 0x02 -#define DW_CFA_advance_loc2 0x03 -#define DW_CFA_advance_loc4 0x04 -#define DW_CFA_offset_extended 0x05 -#define DW_CFA_restore_extended 0x06 -#define DW_CFA_undefined 0x07 -#define DW_CFA_same_value 0x08 -#define DW_CFA_register 0x09 -#define DW_CFA_remember_state 0x0a -#define DW_CFA_restore_state 0x0b -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa 0x0c -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa_register 0x0d -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset 0x0e -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression 0x0f /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CFA_expression 0x10 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf 0x11 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf 0x12 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf 0x13 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CFA_val_offset 0x14 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_CFA_val_offset_sf 0x15 /* DWARF3f */ -#define DW_CFA_val_expression 0x16 /* DWARF3f */ - -#define DW_CFA_lo_user 0x1c -#define DW_CFA_low_user 0x1c /* Incorrect spelling, do not use. */ - -/* SGI/MIPS extension. */ -#define DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8 0x1d /* MIPS */ - -/* GNU extensions. */ -#define DW_CFA_GNU_window_save 0x2d /* GNU */ -#define DW_CFA_GNU_args_size 0x2e /* GNU */ -#define DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended 0x2f /* GNU */ - -#define DW_CFA_high_user 0x3f - -/* GNU exception header encoding. See the Generic - Elf Specification of the Linux Standard Base (LSB). - http://refspecs.freestandards.org/LSB_3.0.0/LSB-Core-generic/LSB-Core-generic/dwarfext.html - The upper 4 bits indicate how the value is to be applied. - The lower 4 bits indicate the format of the data. -*/ -#define DW_EH_PE_absptr 0x00 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_uleb128 0x01 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_udata2 0x02 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_udata4 0x03 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_udata8 0x04 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_sleb128 0x09 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_sdata2 0x0A /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_sdata4 0x0B /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_sdata8 0x0C /* GNU */ - -#define DW_EH_PE_pcrel 0x10 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_textrel 0x20 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_datarel 0x30 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_funcrel 0x40 /* GNU */ -#define DW_EH_PE_aligned 0x50 /* GNU */ - -#define DW_EH_PE_omit 0xff /* GNU. Means no value present. */ - - -/* Mapping from machine registers and pseudo-regs into the .debug_frame table. - DW_FRAME entries are machine specific. These describe - MIPS/SGI R3000, R4K, R4400 and all later MIPS/SGI IRIX machines. - They describe a mapping from hardware register number to - the number used in the table to identify that register. - - The CFA (Canonical Frame Address) described in DWARF is called - the Virtual Frame Pointer on MIPS/SGI machines. - - The DW_FRAME* names here are MIPS/SGI specfic. - Libdwarf interfaces defined in 2008 make the - frame definitions - here (and the fixed table sizes they imply) obsolete. - They are left here for compatibility. -*/ -/* Default column used for CFA in the libdwarf reader client. - Assumes reg 0 never appears as - a register in DWARF information. Usable for MIPS, - but never a good idea, really. */ -#define DW_FRAME_CFA_COL 0 - -#define DW_FRAME_REG1 1 /* integer reg 1 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG2 2 /* integer reg 2 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG3 3 /* integer reg 3 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG4 4 /* integer reg 4 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG5 5 /* integer reg 5 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG6 6 /* integer reg 6 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG7 7 /* integer reg 7 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG8 8 /* integer reg 8 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG9 9 /* integer reg 9 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG10 10 /* integer reg 10 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG11 11 /* integer reg 11 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG12 12 /* integer reg 12 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG13 13 /* integer reg 13 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG14 14 /* integer reg 14 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG15 15 /* integer reg 15 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG16 16 /* integer reg 16 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG17 17 /* integer reg 17 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG18 18 /* integer reg 18 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG19 19 /* integer reg 19 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG20 20 /* integer reg 20 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG21 21 /* integer reg 21 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG22 22 /* integer reg 22 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG23 23 /* integer reg 23 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG24 24 /* integer reg 24 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG25 25 /* integer reg 25 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG26 26 /* integer reg 26 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG27 27 /* integer reg 27 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG28 28 /* integer reg 28 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG29 29 /* integer reg 29 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG30 30 /* integer reg 30 */ -#define DW_FRAME_REG31 31 /* integer reg 31, aka ra */ - - /* MIPS1, 2 have only some of these 64-bit registers. - ** MIPS1 save/restore takes 2 instructions per 64-bit reg, and - ** in that case, the register is considered stored after the second - ** swc1. - */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG0 32 /* 64-bit floating point reg 0 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG1 33 /* 64-bit floating point reg 1 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG2 34 /* 64-bit floating point reg 2 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG3 35 /* 64-bit floating point reg 3 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG4 36 /* 64-bit floating point reg 4 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG5 37 /* 64-bit floating point reg 5 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG6 38 /* 64-bit floating point reg 6 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG7 39 /* 64-bit floating point reg 7 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG8 40 /* 64-bit floating point reg 8 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG9 41 /* 64-bit floating point reg 9 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG10 42 /* 64-bit floating point reg 10 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG11 43 /* 64-bit floating point reg 11 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG12 44 /* 64-bit floating point reg 12 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG13 45 /* 64-bit floating point reg 13 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG14 46 /* 64-bit floating point reg 14 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG15 47 /* 64-bit floating point reg 15 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG16 48 /* 64-bit floating point reg 16 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG17 49 /* 64-bit floating point reg 17 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG18 50 /* 64-bit floating point reg 18 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG19 51 /* 64-bit floating point reg 19 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG20 52 /* 64-bit floating point reg 20 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG21 53 /* 64-bit floating point reg 21 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG22 54 /* 64-bit floating point reg 22 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG23 55 /* 64-bit floating point reg 23 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG24 56 /* 64-bit floating point reg 24 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG25 57 /* 64-bit floating point reg 25 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG26 58 /* 64-bit floating point reg 26 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG27 59 /* 64-bit floating point reg 27 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG28 60 /* 64-bit floating point reg 28 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG29 61 /* 64-bit floating point reg 29 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG30 62 /* 64-bit floating point reg 30 */ -#define DW_FRAME_FREG31 63 /* 64-bit floating point reg 31 */ - -/* ***IMPORTANT NOTE, TARGET DEPENDENCY **** - The following 4 #defines are dependent on - the target cpu(s) that you apply libdwarf to. - Ensure that DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL and DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL - do not conflict with the range [0-DW_FRAME_STATIC_LINK]. - The value 63 works for MIPS cpus at least up to the R16000. - - For a cpu with more than 63 real registers - DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER - must be increased for things to work properly! - Also ensure that DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL - are not in the range [0-DW_FRAME_STATIC_LINK] - - Having DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER be higher than - is strictly needed is safe. - -*/ - -#ifndef DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER -#define DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER 63 -#endif -/* This is the number of columns in the Frame Table. - This constant should - be kept in sync with DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE defined in libdwarf.h - It must also be large enough to be beyond the highest - compiler-defined-register (meaning DW_FRAME_RA_COL DW_FRAME_STATIC_LINK - in the MIPS/IRIX case */ -#ifndef DW_FRAME_LAST_REG_NUM -#define DW_FRAME_LAST_REG_NUM (DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER + 3) -#endif - - -/* Column recording ra (return address from a function call). - This is common to many architectures, but as a 'simple register' - is not necessarily adequate for all architectures. - For MIPS/IRIX this register number is actually recorded on disk - in the .debug_frame section. - */ -#define DW_FRAME_RA_COL (DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER + 1) - -/* Column recording static link applicable to up-level - addressing, as in IRIX mp code, pascal, etc. - This is common to many architectures but - is not necessarily adequate for all architectures. - For MIPS/IRIX this register number is actually recorded on disk - in the .debug_frame section. -*/ -#define DW_FRAME_STATIC_LINK (DW_FRAME_HIGHEST_NORMAL_REGISTER + 2) - - - -/* - DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL and DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL are - never on disk, just generated by libdwarf. See libdwarf.h - for their values. -*/ - - - -#define DW_CHILDREN_no 0x00 -#define DW_CHILDREN_yes 0x01 - -#define DW_ADDR_none 0 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -#endif /* __DWARF_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_abbrev.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_abbrev.h deleted file mode 100644 index b525924c8..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_abbrev.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2008-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -/* In a given CU, one of these is (eventually) set up - for every abbreviation we need to find (and for all. - those ealier in the abbreviations for that CU). - So we don't want elements needlessly big. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Abbrev_s { - /* No TAG should exceed DW_TAG_hi_user, 0xffff, but - we do allow a larger value here. */ - Dwarf_Word ab_tag; - /* Abbreviations are numbered (normally sequentially from - 1 and so 16 bits is not enough! */ - Dwarf_Word ab_code; - Dwarf_Small ab_has_child; - Dwarf_Byte_Ptr ab_abbrev_ptr; - Dwarf_Debug ab_dbg; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_addr_finder.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_addr_finder.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0eda6d1c4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_addr_finder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* - dwarf_addr_finder.h - $Source: /plroot/cmplrs.src/v7.4.5m/.RCS/PL/include/cmplrs/RCS/dwarf_addr_finder.h,v $ - $Date: 2002/06/11 17:49:06 $ - - Defines user interface. - -*/ - -/* return codes for functions -*/ -#define DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY -1 -#define DW_DLV_OK 0 -#define DW_DLV_ERROR 1 - - -/* the following are the 'section' number passed to the called-back - function. - The called-back application must translate this to the - appropriate elf section number/pointer. - - Putting this burden on the application avoids having to store - the numbers in the Dwarf_Debug structure (thereby saving space - for most consumers). -*/ -#define DW_SECTION_INFO 0 -#define DW_SECTION_FRAME 1 -#define DW_SECTION_ARANGES 2 -#define DW_SECTION_LINE 3 -#define DW_SECTION_LOC 4 /* .debug_loc */ - -/* section is one of the above codes: it specifies a section. - secoff is the offset in the dwarf section. - existingAddr is the value at the specified offset (so the - called back routine can sanity check the proceedings). - It's up to the caller to know the size of an address (4 or 8) - and update the right number of bytes. -*/ -typedef int (*Dwarf_addr_callback_func) (int /*section*/, - Dwarf_Off /*secoff*/, Dwarf_Addr /*existingAddr*/); - -/* call this to do the work: it calls back thru cb_func - once per each address to be modified. - Once this returns you are done. - Returns DW_DLV_OK if finished ok. - Returns DW_DLV_ERROR if there was some kind of error, in which - the dwarf error number was passed back thu the dwerr ptr. - Returns DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY if there are no relevant dwarf sections, - so there were no addresses to be modified (and none - called back). -*/ -int _dwarf_addr_finder(dwarf_elf_handle elf_file_ptr, - Dwarf_addr_callback_func cb_func, - int *dwerr); - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_alloc.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_alloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a61c692c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_alloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2005 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2008-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - -/* #define DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC 1 */ - -Dwarf_Ptr _dwarf_get_alloc(Dwarf_Debug, Dwarf_Small, Dwarf_Unsigned); -Dwarf_Debug _dwarf_get_debug(void); -Dwarf_Debug _dwarf_setup_debug(Dwarf_Debug); -int _dwarf_free_all_of_one_debug(Dwarf_Debug); - -typedef struct Dwarf_Alloc_Area_s *Dwarf_Alloc_Area; -typedef struct Dwarf_Free_List_s *Dwarf_Free_List; - -/* ALLOC_AREA_INDEX_TABLE_MAX is the size of the - struct ial_s index_into_allocated array in dwarf_alloc.c -*/ -#define ALLOC_AREA_INDEX_TABLE_MAX 45 -/* ALLOC_AREA_REAL_TABLE_MAX is the size of the array needed - to hold pointers to dwarf alloc chunk areas. - It's smaller as some of the index_into_allocated - entries (they look like {0,1,1,0,0} ) - are treated specially and don't use 'chunks'. -*/ -#define ALLOC_AREA_REAL_TABLE_MAX 32 - -/* - This struct is used to chain all the deallocated - structs on the free list of each chain. The structs - are chained internally, by using the memory they - contain. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Free_List_s { - Dwarf_Free_List fl_next; -}; - - -/* - This struct is used to manage all the chunks malloc'ed - for a particular alloc_type. Many of the fields are - initialized by dwarf_init(). -*/ -struct Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr_s { - - /* Count of actual number of structs user app holds pointers to - currently. */ - Dwarf_Sword ah_struct_user_holds; - - /* - Size of each struct that will be allocated for this alloc_type. - Initialized by dwarf_init(). */ - Dwarf_Half ah_bytes_one_struct; - - /* - Number of structs of this alloc_type that will be contained in - each chunk that is malloc'ed. Initialized by dwarf_init(). */ - Dwarf_Word ah_structs_per_chunk; - - /* - Number of bytes malloc'ed per chunk which is basically - (ah_bytes_one_struct+_DWARF_RESERVE) * ah_alloc_num. */ - Dwarf_Word ah_bytes_malloc_per_chunk; - - /* Count of chunks currently allocated for type. */ - Dwarf_Sword ah_chunks_allocated; - - /* - Points to a chain of Dwarf_Alloc_Area_s structs that represent - all the chunks currently allocated for the alloc_type. */ - Dwarf_Alloc_Area ah_alloc_area_head; - - /* Last Alloc Area that was allocated by malloc. The - free-space-search area looks here first and only if it is full - goes thru the list pointed to by ah_alloc_area_head. */ - Dwarf_Alloc_Area ah_last_alloc_area; -}; - - -/* - This struct is used to manage each chunk that is - malloc'ed for a particular alloc_type. For each - allocation type, the allocation header points to - a list of all the chunks malloc'ed for that type. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Alloc_Area_s { - - /* Points to the free list of structs in the chunk. */ - Dwarf_Ptr aa_free_list; - - /* - Count of the number of free structs in the chunk. This includes - both those on the free list, and in the blob. */ - Dwarf_Sword aa_free_structs_in_chunk; - - /* - Points to the first byte of the blob from which struct will be - allocated. A struct is put on the free_list only when it - dwarf_deallocated. Initial allocations are from the blob. */ - Dwarf_Small *aa_blob_start; - - /* Points just past the last byte of the blob. */ - Dwarf_Small *aa_blob_end; - - /* Points to alloc_hdr this alloc_area is linked to: The owner, in - other words. */ - Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr aa_alloc_hdr; - - /* - Used for chaining Dwarf_Alloc_Area_s atructs. Alloc areas are - doubly linked to enable deletion from the list in constant time. */ - Dwarf_Alloc_Area aa_next; - Dwarf_Alloc_Area aa_prev; -}; - -struct Dwarf_Error_s *_dwarf_special_no_dbg_error_malloc(void); - -#ifdef DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC -/* - DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC is for testing the hypothesis that the existing - complex malloc scheme in libdwarf is pointless complexity. - - DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC also makes it easy for a malloc-tracing - tool to verify libdwarf malloc has no botches (though of course - such does not test the complicated standard-libdwarf-alloc code). - -*/ - -struct simple_malloc_entry_s { - Dwarf_Small *se_addr; - unsigned long se_size; - short se_type; -}; -#define DSM_BLOCK_COUNT (1000) -#define DSM_BLOCK_SIZE (sizeof(struct simple_malloc_entry_s)*DSM_BLOCK_COUNT) - -/* we do this so dwarf_dealloc can really free everything */ -struct simple_malloc_record_s { - struct simple_malloc_record_s *sr_next; - int sr_used; - struct simple_malloc_entry_s sr_entry[DSM_BLOCK_COUNT]; -}; - - - -#endif /* DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_arange.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_arange.h deleted file mode 100644 index d6c537c45..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_arange.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -/* This structure is used to read an arange into. */ -struct Dwarf_Arange_s { - - /* The segment selector. Only non-zero if Dwarf4, only - meaningful if ar_segment_selector_size non-zero */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ar_segment_selector; - - /* Starting address of the arange, ie low-pc. */ - Dwarf_Addr ar_address; - - /* Length of the arange. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ar_length; - - - /* - Offset into .debug_info of the start of the compilation-unit - containing this set of aranges. */ - Dwarf_Off ar_info_offset; - - /* Corresponding Dwarf_Debug. */ - Dwarf_Debug ar_dbg; - - Dwarf_Half ar_segment_selector_size; -}; - - - -int - _dwarf_get_aranges_addr_offsets(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Addr ** addrs, - Dwarf_Off ** offsets, - Dwarf_Signed * count, - Dwarf_Error * error); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_base_types.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_base_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 00e2700a8..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_base_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2005 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2008-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -#include "libdwarfdefs.h" - -#define true 1 -#define false 0 - -/* to identify a cie */ -#define DW_CIE_ID ~(0x0) -#define DW_CIE_VERSION 1 /* DWARF2 */ -#define DW_CIE_VERSION3 3 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_CIE_VERSION4 4 /* DWARF4 */ - -#define DW_CU_VERSION2 2 -#define DW_CU_VERSION3 3 -#define DW_CU_VERSION4 4 - -/* DWARF2,3 and 4 */ -#define DW_ARANGES_VERSION2 2 - -#define DW_LINE_VERSION2 2 -#define DW_LINE_VERSION3 3 -#define DW_LINE_VERSION4 4 - - -/* - These are allocation type codes for structs that - are internal to the Libdwarf Consumer library. -*/ -#define DW_DLA_ABBREV_LIST DW_DLA_RANGES + 1 -#define DW_DLA_CHAIN DW_DLA_RANGES + 2 -#define DW_DLA_CU_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 3 -#define DW_DLA_FRAME DW_DLA_RANGES + 4 -#define DW_DLA_GLOBAL_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 5 -#define DW_DLA_FILE_ENTRY DW_DLA_RANGES + 6 -#define DW_DLA_LINE_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 7 -#define DW_DLA_LOC_CHAIN DW_DLA_RANGES + 8 -#define DW_DLA_HASH_TABLE DW_DLA_RANGES + 9 -#define DW_DLA_FUNC_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 10 -#define DW_DLA_TYPENAME_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 11 -#define DW_DLA_VAR_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 12 -#define DW_DLA_WEAK_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 13 -#define DW_DLA_PUBTYPES_CONTEXT DW_DLA_RANGES + 14 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_DLA_HASH_TABLE_ENTRY DW_DLA_RANGES + 15 - -/* Maximum number of allocation types for allocation routines. */ -#define MAX_DW_DLA DW_DLA_HASH_TABLE_ENTRY - -/*Dwarf_Word is unsigned word usable for index, count in memory */ -/*Dwarf_Sword is signed word usable for index, count in memory */ -/* The are 32 or 64 bits depending if 64 bit longs or not, which -** fits the ILP32 and LP64 models -** These work equally well with ILP64. -*/ - -typedef unsigned long Dwarf_Word; -typedef signed long Dwarf_Sword; - -typedef signed char Dwarf_Sbyte; -typedef unsigned char Dwarf_Ubyte; -typedef signed short Dwarf_Shalf; -typedef Dwarf_Small *Dwarf_Byte_Ptr; - -/* these 2 are fixed sizes which must not vary with the -** ILP32/LP64 model. Between these two, stay at 32 bit. -*/ -typedef __uint32_t Dwarf_ufixed; -typedef __int32_t Dwarf_sfixed; - -/* - In various places the code mistakenly associates - forms 8 bytes long with Dwarf_Signed or Dwarf_Unsigned - This is not a very portable assumption. - The following should be used instead for 64 bit integers. -*/ -typedef __uint64_t Dwarf_ufixed64; -typedef __int64_t Dwarf_sfixed64; - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Abbrev_List_s *Dwarf_Abbrev_List; -typedef struct Dwarf_File_Entry_s *Dwarf_File_Entry; -typedef struct Dwarf_CU_Context_s *Dwarf_CU_Context; -typedef struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_s *Dwarf_Hash_Table; -typedef struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_Entry_s *Dwarf_Hash_Table_Entry; - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr_s *Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_die_deliv.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_die_deliv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f1ecb153b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_die_deliv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2008-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -/* - This struct holds information about a abbreviation. - It is put in the hash table for abbreviations for - a compile-unit. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Abbrev_List_s { - - Dwarf_Unsigned ab_code; - Dwarf_Half ab_tag; - Dwarf_Half ab_has_child; - - /* - Points to start of attribute and form pairs in the .debug_abbrev - section for the abbrev. */ - Dwarf_Byte_Ptr ab_abbrev_ptr; - - struct Dwarf_Abbrev_List_s *ab_next; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_elf_access.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_elf_access.h deleted file mode 100644 index fd52c1793..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_elf_access.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _DWARF_ELF_PORT_H -#define _DWARF_ELF_PORT_H -/* - - Copyright (C) 2008-2010 David Anderson. All rights reserved. - Portions Copyright 2008-2010 Arxan Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -/* ELF (usually libelf) object access for the generic object file interface */ - -int -dwarf_elf_object_access_init(dwarf_elf_handle elf , - int libdwarf_owns_elf, - Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface** ret_obj, - int *err ); - -void -dwarf_elf_object_access_finish(Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface* obj ); - -/* End ELF object access for the generic object file interface */ - - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_error.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_error.h deleted file mode 100644 index 27acf70db..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -void _dwarf_error(Dwarf_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Error * error, - Dwarf_Sword errval); - -struct Dwarf_Error_s { - Dwarf_Sword er_errval; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_frame.h deleted file mode 100644 index ceb686335..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_frame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,421 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -/* The dwarf 2.0 standard dictates that only the following - * fields can be read when an unexpected augmentation string - * (in the cie) is encountered: CIE length, CIE_id, version and - * augmentation; FDE: length, CIE pointer, initial location and - * address range. Unfortunately, with the above restrictions, it - * is impossible to read the instruction table from a CIE or a FDE - * when a new augmentation string is encountered. - * To fix this problem, the following layout is used, if the - * augmentation string starts with the string "z". - * CIE FDE - * length length - * CIE_id CIE_pointer - * version initial_location - * augmentation address_range - * length_of_augmented_fields (*NEW*) - * code_alignment_factor Any new fields as necessary - * data_alignment_factor instruction_table - * return_address - * length_of_augmented fields - * Any new fields as necessary - * initial_instructions - * - * The type of all the old data items are the same as what is - * described in dwarf 2.0 standard. The length_of_augmented_fields - * is an LEB128 data item that denotes the size (in bytes) of - * the augmented fields (not including the size of - * "length_of_augmented_fields" itself). - - * Handling of cie augmentation strings is necessarly a heuristic. - * See dwarf_frame.c for the currently known augmentation strings. - - - ---START SGI-ONLY COMMENT: - * SGI-IRIX versions of cie or fde were intended to use "z1", "z2" as the - * augmenter strings if required for new augmentation. - * However, that never happened (as of March 2005). - * - * The fde's augmented by the string "z" have a new field - * (signed constant, 4 byte field) - * called offset_into_exception_tables, following the - * length_of_augmented field. This field contains an offset - * into the "_MIPS_eh_region", which describes - * the IRIX CC exception handling tables. - ---END SGI-ONLY COMMENT - - - * GNU .eh_frame has an augmentation string of z[RLP]* (gcc 3.4) - * The similarity to IRIX 'z' (and proposed but never - * implemented IRIX z1, z2 etc) was confusing things. - * If the section is .eh_frame then 'z' means GNU exception - * information 'Augmentation Data' not IRIX 'z'. - * See The Linux Standard Base Core Specification version 3.0 - */ - -#define DW_DEBUG_FRAME_VERSION 1 /* DWARF2 */ -#define DW_DEBUG_FRAME_VERSION3 3 /* DWARF3 */ -#define DW_DEBUG_FRAME_VERSION4 4 /* DWARF4 */ -/* The following is SGI/IRIX specific, and probably no longer - in use anywhere. */ -#define DW_DEBUG_FRAME_AUGMENTER_STRING "mti v1" - -/* The value of the offset field for Cie's. */ -#define DW_CIE_OFFSET ~(0x0) - -/* The augmentation string may be NULL. */ -#define DW_EMPTY_STRING "" - -#define DW_FRAME_INSTR_OPCODE_SHIFT 6 -#define DW_FRAME_INSTR_OFFSET_MASK 0x3f - -/* - This struct denotes the rule for a register in a row of - the frame table. In other words, it is one element of - the table. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Reg_Rule_s { - - /* - Is a flag indicating whether the rule includes the offset - field, ie whether the ru_offset field is valid or not. - Applies only if DW_EXPR_OFFSET or DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET. - It is important, since reg+offset (offset of 0) is different from - just 'register' since the former means 'read memory at address - given by the sum of register contents plus offset to get the - value'. whereas the latter means 'the value is in the register'. - - The 'register' numbers are either real registers (ie, table - columns defined as real registers) or defined entries that are - not really hardware registers, such as DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL or - DW_FRAME_CFA_COL. - - */ - Dwarf_Sbyte ru_is_off; - - /* DW_EXPR_OFFSET (0, DWARF2) - DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET 1 (dwarf2/3) - DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION 2 (dwarf2/3) - DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION 3 (dwarf2/3) - See dwarf_frame.h. */ - Dwarf_Sbyte ru_value_type; - - /* Register involved in this rule. */ - Dwarf_Half ru_register; - - /* Offset to add to register, if indicated by ru_is_offset - and if DW_EXPR_OFFSET or DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET. - If DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION or DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION - this is DW_FORM_block block-length, not offset. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ru_offset_or_block_len; - - /* For DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION these is set, - else 0. */ - Dwarf_Small *ru_block; -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Frame_s *Dwarf_Frame; - -/* - This structure represents a row of the frame table. - Fr_loc is the pc value for this row, and Fr_reg - contains the rule for each column. - - Entry DW_FRAME_CFA_COL of fr_reg was the tradional MIPS - way of setting CFA. cfa_rule is the new one. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Frame_s { - - /* Pc value corresponding to this row of the frame table. */ - Dwarf_Addr fr_loc; - - /* Rules for all the registers in this row. */ - struct Dwarf_Reg_Rule_s fr_cfa_rule; - - /* fr_reg_count is the the number of - entries of the fr_reg array. */ - unsigned long fr_reg_count; - struct Dwarf_Reg_Rule_s *fr_reg; - - Dwarf_Frame fr_next; -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Frame_Op_List_s *Dwarf_Frame_Op_List; - -/* This is used to chain together Dwarf_Frame_Op structures. */ -struct Dwarf_Frame_Op_List_s { - Dwarf_Frame_Op *fl_frame_instr; - Dwarf_Frame_Op_List fl_next; -}; - -/* See dwarf_frame.c for the heuristics used to set the - Dwarf_Cie ci_augmentation_type. - - This succinctly helps interpret the size and meaning of .debug_frame - and (for gcc) .eh_frame. - - In the case of gcc .eh_frame (gcc 3.3, 3.4) - z may be followed by one or more of - L R P. - -*/ -enum Dwarf_augmentation_type { - aug_empty_string, /* Default empty augmentation string. */ - aug_irix_exception_table, /* IRIX plain "z", - for exception handling, IRIX CC compiler. - Proposed z1 z2 ... never implemented. */ - aug_gcc_eh_z, /* gcc z augmentation, (including - L R P variations). gcc 3.3 3.4 exception - handling in eh_frame. */ - aug_irix_mti_v1, /* IRIX "mti v1" augmentation string. Probably - never in any released SGI-IRIX compiler. */ - aug_eh, /* For gcc .eh_frame, "eh" is the string., - gcc 1,2, egcs. Older values. */ - aug_armcc, /* "armcc+" meaning the cfa calculation - is corrected to be standard (output by - Arm C RVCT 3.0 SP1 and later). See - http://sourceware.org/ml/gdb-patches/2006-12/msg00249.html - for details. */ - aug_unknown, /* Unknown augmentation, we cannot do much. */ - aug_past_last -}; - - -/* - This structure contains all the pertinent info for a Cie. Most - of the fields are taken straight from the definition of a Cie. - Ci_cie_start points to the address (in .debug_frame) where this - Cie begins. Ci_cie_instr_start points to the first byte of the - frame instructions for this Cie. Ci_dbg points to the associated - Dwarf_Debug structure. Ci_initial_table is a pointer to the table - row generated by the instructions for this Cie. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Cie_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned ci_length; - char *ci_augmentation; - Dwarf_Small ci_code_alignment_factor; - Dwarf_Sbyte ci_data_alignment_factor; - Dwarf_Small ci_return_address_register; - Dwarf_Small *ci_cie_start; - Dwarf_Small *ci_cie_instr_start; - Dwarf_Debug ci_dbg; - Dwarf_Frame ci_initial_table; - Dwarf_Cie ci_next; - Dwarf_Small ci_length_size; - Dwarf_Small ci_extension_size; - Dwarf_Half ci_cie_version_number; - enum Dwarf_augmentation_type ci_augmentation_type; - - /* The following 2 for GNU .eh_frame exception handling - Augmentation Data. Set if ci_augmentation_type - is aug_gcc_eh_z. Zero if unused. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ci_gnu_eh_augmentation_len; - Dwarf_Ptr ci_gnu_eh_augmentation_bytes; - - /* These are extracted from the gnu eh_frame - augmentation if the - augmentation begins with 'z'. See Linux LSB documents. - Otherwize these are zero. */ - unsigned char ci_gnu_personality_handler_encoding; - unsigned char ci_gnu_lsda_encoding; - unsigned char ci_gnu_fde_begin_encoding; - - /* If 'P' augmentation present, is handler addr. Else - is zero. */ - Dwarf_Addr ci_gnu_personality_handler_addr; - - - /* In creating list of cie's (which will become an array) - record the position so fde can get it on fde creation. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ci_index; - Dwarf_Small * ci_section_ptr; - /* DWARF4 adds address size and segment size to the CIE: the .debug_info - section may not always be present to allow libdwarf to - find address_size from the compilation-unit. */ - Dwarf_Half ci_address_size; - Dwarf_Half ci_segment_size; - -}; - -/* - This structure contains all the pertinent info for a Fde. - Most of the fields are taken straight from the definition. - fd_cie_index is the index of the Cie associated with this - Fde in the list of Cie's for this debug_frame. Fd_cie - points to the corresponsing Dwarf_Cie structure. Fd_fde_start - points to the start address of the Fde. Fd_fde_instr_start - points to the start of the instructions for this Fde. Fd_dbg - points to the associated Dwarf_Debug structure. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Fde_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned fd_length; - Dwarf_Addr fd_cie_offset; - Dwarf_Unsigned fd_cie_index; - Dwarf_Cie fd_cie; - Dwarf_Addr fd_initial_location; - Dwarf_Small *fd_initial_loc_pos; - Dwarf_Addr fd_address_range; - Dwarf_Small *fd_fde_start; - Dwarf_Small *fd_fde_instr_start; - Dwarf_Debug fd_dbg; - - /* fd_offset_into_exception_tables is SGI/IRIX exception table - offset. Unused and zero if not IRIX .debug_frame. */ - Dwarf_Signed fd_offset_into_exception_tables; - - Dwarf_Fde fd_next; - Dwarf_Small fd_length_size; - Dwarf_Small fd_extension_size; - /* So we know from an fde which 'count' of fde-s in - Dwarf_Debug applies: eh or standard. */ - Dwarf_Small fd_is_eh; - /* The following 2 for GNU .eh_frame exception handling - Augmentation Data. Set if CIE ci_augmentation_type - is aug_gcc_eh_z. Zero if unused. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fd_gnu_eh_augmentation_len; - Dwarf_Ptr fd_gnu_eh_augmentation_bytes; - Dwarf_Addr fd_gnu_eh_lsda; /* If 'L' augmentation letter - present: is address of the - Language Specific Data Area (LSDA). If not 'L" is zero. */ - - /* The following 3 are about the Elf section the FDEs come from. */ - Dwarf_Small * fd_section_ptr; - Dwarf_Unsigned fd_section_length; - Dwarf_Unsigned fd_section_index; - -}; - - -int - _dwarf_frame_address_offsets(Dwarf_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Addr ** addrlist, - Dwarf_Off ** offsetlist, - Dwarf_Signed * returncount, - Dwarf_Error * err); - -int -_dwarf_get_fde_list_internal(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Cie ** cie_data, - Dwarf_Signed * cie_element_count, - Dwarf_Fde ** fde_data, - Dwarf_Signed * fde_element_count, - Dwarf_Small * section_ptr, - Dwarf_Unsigned section_index, - Dwarf_Unsigned section_length, - Dwarf_Unsigned cie_id_value, - int use_gnu_cie_calc, /* If non-zero, - this is gcc eh_frame. */ - Dwarf_Error * error); - -enum Dwarf_augmentation_type -_dwarf_get_augmentation_type(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Small *augmentation_string, - int is_gcc_eh_frame); - -Dwarf_Unsigned _dwarf_get_return_address_reg(Dwarf_Small *frame_ptr, - int version, - unsigned long *size); - -/* Temporary recording of crucial cie/fde prefix data. - * Vastly simplifies some argument lists. - */ -struct cie_fde_prefix_s { - /* cf_start_addr is a pointer to the first byte of this fde/cie - we are reading now. */ - Dwarf_Small * cf_start_addr; - Dwarf_Small * cf_addr_after_prefix; - Dwarf_Unsigned cf_length; - int cf_local_length_size; - int cf_local_extension_size; - Dwarf_Unsigned cf_cie_id; - Dwarf_Small * cf_cie_id_addr; /* used for eh_frame calculations. */ - - /* Simplifies passing around these values to create fde having - these here. */ - /* cf_section_ptr is a pointer to the first byte - of the object section the prefix is read from. */ - Dwarf_Small * cf_section_ptr; - Dwarf_Unsigned cf_section_index; - Dwarf_Unsigned cf_section_length; -}; - -int -_dwarf_exec_frame_instr(Dwarf_Bool make_instr, - Dwarf_Frame_Op ** ret_frame_instr, - Dwarf_Bool search_pc, - Dwarf_Addr search_pc_val, - Dwarf_Addr initial_loc, - Dwarf_Small * start_instr_ptr, - Dwarf_Small * final_instr_ptr, - Dwarf_Frame table, - Dwarf_Cie cie, - Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Half reg_num_of_cfa, - Dwarf_Sword * returned_count, - int *returned_error); - - -int dwarf_read_cie_fde_prefix(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Small *frame_ptr_in, - Dwarf_Small *section_ptr_in, - Dwarf_Unsigned section_index_in, - Dwarf_Unsigned section_length_in, - struct cie_fde_prefix_s *prefix_out, - Dwarf_Error *error); - -int dwarf_create_fde_from_after_start(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - struct cie_fde_prefix_s * prefix, - Dwarf_Small *section_pointer, - Dwarf_Small *frame_ptr, - int use_gnu_cie_calc, - Dwarf_Cie cie_ptr_in, - Dwarf_Fde *fde_ptr_out, - Dwarf_Error *error); - -int dwarf_create_cie_from_after_start(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - struct cie_fde_prefix_s *prefix, - Dwarf_Small* section_pointer, - Dwarf_Small* frame_ptr, - Dwarf_Unsigned cie_count, - int use_gnu_cie_calc, - Dwarf_Cie *cie_ptr_out, - Dwarf_Error *error); - - -int _dwarf_frame_constructor(Dwarf_Debug dbg,void * ); -void _dwarf_frame_destructor (void *); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_funcs.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_funcs.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf91c3215..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_funcs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Func_Context_s *Dwarf_Func_Context; - - -/* struct never completed: see dwarf_global.h */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_global.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_global.h deleted file mode 100644 index c2bc2cdcc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_global.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004,2005 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Global_Context_s *Dwarf_Global_Context; - -/* - This struct contains header information for a set of pubnames. - Essentially, they contain the context for a set of pubnames - belonging to a compilation-unit. - - This is also used for the sgi-specific - weaknames, typenames, varnames, funcnames data: - the structs for those are incomplete and - instances of this are used instead. - - Also used for DWARF3 .debug_pubtypes. - -*/ -struct Dwarf_Global_Context_s { - - /* Length in .debug_pubnames (etc) of a set of names for a - compilation-unit. Dwarf_Word pu_length; The value is not made - available outside libdwarf and not used inside, so no need to - record it. */ - - /* For this context, size of a length. 4 or 8 */ - unsigned char pu_length_size; - - /* For this CU, size of the extension 0 except for dwarf2 extension - 64bit, in which case is 4. */ - unsigned char pu_extension_size; - - /* - Offset into .debug_info of the compilation-unit header (not DIE) - for this set of pubnames. */ - Dwarf_Off pu_offset_of_cu_header; - - /* Size of compilation-unit that these pubnames are in. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned pu_info_length; - - Dwarf_Debug pu_dbg; -}; - - -/* This struct contains information for a single pubname. */ -struct Dwarf_Global_s { - - /* - Offset from the start of the corresponding compilation-unit of - the DIE for the given pubname CU. */ - Dwarf_Off gl_named_die_offset_within_cu; - - /* Points to the given pubname. */ - Dwarf_Small *gl_name; - - /* Context for this pubname. */ - Dwarf_Global_Context gl_context; -}; - -int _dwarf_internal_get_pubnames_like_data(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Small * - section_data_ptr, - Dwarf_Unsigned - section_length, - Dwarf_Global ** globals, - Dwarf_Signed * return_count, - Dwarf_Error * error, - int context_code, - int global_code, - int length_err_num, - int version_err_num); - -void -_dwarf_internal_globals_dealloc( Dwarf_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Global *dwgl, - Dwarf_Signed count, - int context_code, - int global_code, - int list_code); - - -#ifdef __sgi /* __sgi should only be defined for IRIX/MIPS. */ -void _dwarf_fix_up_offset_irix(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Unsigned *varp, - char *caller_site_name); -#define FIX_UP_OFFSET_IRIX_BUG(ldbg,var,name) _dwarf_fix_up_offset_irix(ldbg,&var,name) -#else -#define FIX_UP_OFFSET_IRIX_BUG(ldbg,var,name) -#endif - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_harmless.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_harmless.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3d4d910ce..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_harmless.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - -*/ - - - -void dwarf_harmless_init(struct Dwarf_Harmless_s *dhp,unsigned size); -void dwarf_harmless_cleanout(struct Dwarf_Harmless_s *dhp); - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_incl.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_incl.h deleted file mode 100644 index df2fbf334..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_incl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2008-2010 David Anderson. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -#ifndef DWARF_INCL_H -#define DWARF_INCL_H -#if (!defined(HAVE_RAW_LIBELF_OK) && defined(HAVE_LIBELF_OFF64_OK) ) -/* At a certain point libelf.h requires _GNU_SOURCE. - here we assume the criteria in configure determine that - usefully. -*/ -#define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - - -#include "libdwarfdefs.h" -#include - -#ifdef HAVE_ELF_H -#include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "dwarf_base_types.h" -#include "dwarf_alloc.h" -#include "dwarf_opaque.h" -#include "dwarf_error.h" -#include "dwarf_util.h" -#endif /* DWARF_INCL_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_line.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_line.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66d606275..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_line.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2009-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -#define DW_EXTENDED_OPCODE 0 - -/* - This is used as the starting value for an algorithm - to get the minimum difference between 2 values. - UINT_MAX is used as our approximation to infinity. -*/ -#define MAX_LINE_DIFF UINT_MAX - -/* This is for a sanity check on line - table extended opcodes. - It is entirely arbitrary, and 100 is surely too small if - someone was inserting strings in the opcode. */ -#define DW_LNE_LEN_MAX 100 - - -/* - This structure is used to build a list of all the - files that are used in the current compilation unit. - All of the fields execpt fi_next have meanings that - are obvious from section 6.2.4 of the Libdwarf Doc. -*/ -struct Dwarf_File_Entry_s { - /* Points to string naming the file. */ - Dwarf_Small *fi_file_name; - - /* - Index into the list of directories of the directory in which - this file exits. */ - Dwarf_Sword fi_dir_index; - - /* Time of last modification of the file. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fi_time_last_mod; - - /* Length in bytes of the file. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fi_file_length; - - /* Pointer for chaining file entries. */ - Dwarf_File_Entry fi_next; -}; - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Line_Context_s *Dwarf_Line_Context; - -/* - This structure provides the context in which the fields of - a Dwarf_Line structure are interpreted. They come from the - statement program prologue. **Updated by dwarf_srclines in - dwarf_line.c. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Line_Context_s { - /* - Points to a chain of entries providing info about source files - for the current set of Dwarf_Line structures. File number - 'li_file 1' is last on the list, the first list entry is the - file numbered lc_file_entry_count. The numbering of the file - names matches the dwarf2/3 line table specification file table - and DW_LNE_define_file numbering rules. */ - Dwarf_File_Entry lc_file_entries; - /* - Count of number of source files for this set of Dwarf_Line - structures. */ - Dwarf_Sword lc_file_entry_count; - /* - Points to the portion of .debug_line section that contains a - list of strings naming the included directories. */ - Dwarf_Small *lc_include_directories; - - /* Count of the number of included directories. */ - Dwarf_Sword lc_include_directories_count; - - /* Count of the number of lines for this cu. */ - Dwarf_Sword lc_line_count; - - /* Points to name of compilation directory. */ - Dwarf_Small *lc_compilation_directory; - - Dwarf_Debug lc_dbg; - - Dwarf_Half lc_version_number; /* DWARF2/3 version number, 2 - for DWARF2, 3 for DWARF3. */ -}; - - -/* - This structure defines a row of the line table. - All of the fields except li_offset have the exact - same meaning that is defined in Section 6.2.2 - of the Libdwarf Document. - - li_offset is used by _dwarf_addr_finder() which is called - by rqs(1), an sgi utility for 'moving' shared libraries - as if the static linker (ld) had linked the shared library - at the newly-specified address. Most libdwarf-using - apps will ignore li_offset and _dwarf_addr_finder(). - -*/ -struct Dwarf_Line_s { - Dwarf_Addr li_address; /* pc value of machine instr */ - union addr_or_line_s { - struct li_inner_s { - Dwarf_Sword li_file; /* int identifying src file */ - /* li_file is a number 1-N, indexing into a conceptual - source file table as described in dwarf2/3 spec line - table doc. (see Dwarf_File_Entry lc_file_entries; and - Dwarf_Sword lc_file_entry_count;) */ - - Dwarf_Sword li_line; /* source file line number. */ - Dwarf_Half li_column; /* source file column number */ - Dwarf_Small li_isa; - - /* To save space, use bit flags. */ - /* indicate start of stmt */ - unsigned char li_is_stmt:1; - - /* indicate start basic block */ - unsigned char li_basic_block:1; - - /* first post sequence instr */ - unsigned char li_end_sequence:1; - - unsigned char li_prologue_end:1; - unsigned char li_epilogue_begin:1; - } li_l_data; - Dwarf_Off li_offset; /* for rqs */ - } li_addr_line; - Dwarf_Line_Context li_context; /* assoc Dwarf_Line_Context_s */ -}; - - -int _dwarf_line_address_offsets(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Die die, - Dwarf_Addr ** addrs, - Dwarf_Off ** offs, - Dwarf_Unsigned * returncount, - Dwarf_Error * err); -int _dwarf_internal_srclines(Dwarf_Die die, - Dwarf_Line ** linebuf, - Dwarf_Signed * count, - Dwarf_Bool doaddrs, - Dwarf_Bool dolines, Dwarf_Error * error); - - - -/* The LOP, WHAT_IS_OPCODE stuff is here so it can - be reused in 3 places. Seemed hard to keep - the 3 places the same without an inline func or - a macro. - - Handling the line section where the header and the - file being processed do not match (unusual, but - planned for in the design of .debug_line) - is too tricky to recode this several times and keep - it right. - - As it is the code starting up line-reading is duplicated - and that is just wrong to do. FIXME! -*/ -#define LOP_EXTENDED 1 -#define LOP_DISCARD 2 -#define LOP_STANDARD 3 -#define LOP_SPECIAL 4 - -#define WHAT_IS_OPCODE(type,opcode,base,opcode_length,line_ptr,highest_std) \ - if( (opcode) < (base) ) { \ - /* we know we must treat as a standard op \ - or a special case. \ - */ \ - if((opcode) == DW_EXTENDED_OPCODE) { \ - type = LOP_EXTENDED; \ - } else if( ((highest_std)+1) >= (base)) { \ - /* == Standard case: compile of \ - dwarf_line.c and object \ - have same standard op codes set. \ - \ - > Special case: compile of dwarf_line.c\ - has things in standard op codes list \ - in dwarf.h header not \ - in the object: handle this as a standard\ - op code in switch below. \ - The header special ops overlap the \ - object standard ops. \ - The new standard op codes will not \ - appear in the object. \ - */ \ - type = LOP_STANDARD; \ - } else { \ - /* These are standard opcodes in the object\ - ** that were not defined in the header \ - ** at the time dwarf_line.c \ - ** was compiled. Provides the ability of \ - ** out-of-date dwarf reader to read newer \ - ** line table data transparently. \ - */ \ - type = LOP_DISCARD; \ - } \ - \ - } else { \ - /* Is a special op code. \ - */ \ - type = LOP_SPECIAL; \ - } - -/* The following is from the dwarf definition of 'ubyte' - and is specifically mentioned in section 6.2.5.1, page 54 - of the Rev 2.0.0 dwarf specification. -*/ - -#define MAX_LINE_OP_CODE 255 - - -/* The following structs (Line_Table_File_Entry_s,Line_Table_Prefix_s) - and functions allow refactoring common code into a single - reader routine. -*/ -/* There can be zero of more of these needed for 1 line prologue. */ -struct Line_Table_File_Entry_s { - Dwarf_Small *lte_filename; - Dwarf_Unsigned lte_directory_index; - Dwarf_Unsigned lte_last_modification_time; - Dwarf_Unsigned lte_length_of_file; -}; - -/* Data picked up from the line table prologue for a single -CU. */ -struct Line_Table_Prefix_s { - - /* pf_total_length is the value of the length field for the line - table of this CU. So it does not count the length of itself (the - length value) for consistency with the say lenghts recorded in - DWARF2/3. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned pf_total_length; - - /* Length of the initial length field itself. */ - Dwarf_Half pf_length_field_length; - - /* The version is 2 for DWARF2, 3 for DWARF3 */ - Dwarf_Half pf_version; - - Dwarf_Unsigned pf_prologue_length; - Dwarf_Small pf_minimum_instruction_length; - - /* Start and end of this CU line area. pf_line_ptr_start + - pf_total_length + pf_length_field_length == pf_line_ptr_end. - Meaning pf_line_ptr_start is before the length info. */ - Dwarf_Small *pf_line_ptr_start; - Dwarf_Small *pf_line_ptr_end; - - /* Used to check that decoding of the line prologue is done right. */ - Dwarf_Small *pf_line_prologue_start; - - Dwarf_Small pf_default_is_stmt; - Dwarf_Sbyte pf_line_base; - Dwarf_Small pf_line_range; - - /* Highest std opcode (+1). */ - Dwarf_Small pf_opcode_base; - - /* pf_opcode_base -1 entries (each a count, normally the value of - each entry is 0 or 1). */ - Dwarf_Small *pf_opcode_length_table; - - Dwarf_Unsigned pf_include_directories_count; - /* Array of pointers to dir strings. pf_include_directories_count - entriesin the array. */ - Dwarf_Small **pf_include_directories; - - /* Count of entries in line_table_file_entries array. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned pf_files_count; - struct Line_Table_File_Entry_s *pf_line_table_file_entries; - - /* The number to treat as standard ops. This is a special - accomodation of gcc using the new standard opcodes but not - updating the version number. It's legal dwarf2, but much better - for the user to understand as dwarf3 when 'it looks ok'. */ - Dwarf_Bool pf_std_op_count; - -}; - -void dwarf_init_line_table_prefix(struct Line_Table_Prefix_s *pf); -void dwarf_free_line_table_prefix(struct Line_Table_Prefix_s *pf); - -int dwarf_read_line_table_prefix(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Small * data_start, - Dwarf_Unsigned data_length, - Dwarf_Small ** updated_data_start_out, - struct Line_Table_Prefix_s *prefix_out, - /* The following 2 arguments are solely for warning users - * when there is a surprising 'gap' in the .debug_line info. */ - Dwarf_Small ** bogus_bytes_ptr, - Dwarf_Unsigned * bogus_bytes_count, - Dwarf_Error * err, - int * err_count_out); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_loc.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_loc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 685d199f2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_loc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Loc_Chain_s *Dwarf_Loc_Chain; - -struct Dwarf_Loc_Chain_s { - Dwarf_Small lc_atom; - Dwarf_Unsigned lc_number; - Dwarf_Unsigned lc_number2; - Dwarf_Unsigned lc_offset; - Dwarf_Loc_Chain lc_next; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_macro.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_macro.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31ea2e6e6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_macro.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -/* - - - dwarf_macro.h - - $Revision: 1.4 $ $Date: 2004/10/28 22:19:14 $ - -*/ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_opaque.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_opaque.h deleted file mode 100644 index b235a9c7b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_opaque.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000-2005 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2007-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Arxan Technologies, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ -/* The versions applicable by section are: - DWARF2 DWARF3 DWARF4 - .debug_abbrev - - - - .debug_aranges 2 2 2 - .debug_frame 1 3 4 - .debug_info 2 3 4 - .debug_line 2 3 4 - .debug_loc - - - - .debug_macinfo - - - - .debug_pubtypes x 2 2 - .debug_pubnames 2 2 2 - .debug_ranges x - - - .debug_str - - - - .debug_types x x 4 -*/ - -#include - - -struct Dwarf_Die_s { - Dwarf_Byte_Ptr di_debug_info_ptr; - Dwarf_Abbrev_List di_abbrev_list; - Dwarf_CU_Context di_cu_context; - int di_abbrev_code; -}; - -struct Dwarf_Attribute_s { - Dwarf_Half ar_attribute; /* Attribute Value. */ - Dwarf_Half ar_attribute_form; /* Attribute Form. */ - Dwarf_Half ar_attribute_form_direct; - /* Identical to ar_attribute_form except that if - the original form uleb was DW_FORM_indirect, - ar_attribute_form_direct contains DW_FORM_indirect - but ar_attribute_form contains the true form. */ - - Dwarf_CU_Context ar_cu_context; - Dwarf_Small *ar_debug_info_ptr; - Dwarf_Attribute ar_next; -}; - -/* - This structure provides the context for a compilation unit. - Thus, it contains the Dwarf_Debug, cc_dbg, that this cu - belongs to. It contains the information in the compilation - unit header, cc_length, cc_version_stamp, cc_abbrev_offset, - and cc_address_size, in the .debug_info section for that cu. - In addition, it contains the count, cc_count_cu, of the cu - number of that cu in the list of cu's in the .debug_info. - The count starts at 1, ie cc_count_cu is 1 for the first cu, - 2 for the second and so on. This struct also contains a - pointer, cc_abbrev_table, to a list of pairs of abbrev code - and a pointer to the start of that abbrev - in the .debug_abbrev section. - - Each die will also contain a pointer to such a struct to - record the context for that die. - - Notice that a pointer to the CU DIE itself is - Dwarf_Off off2 = cu_context->cc_debug_info_offset; - cu_die_info_ptr = dbg->de_debug_info.dss_data + - off2 + _dwarf_length_of_cu_header(dbg, off2); - - **Updated by dwarf_next_cu_header in dwarf_die_deliv.c -*/ -struct Dwarf_CU_Context_s { - Dwarf_Debug cc_dbg; - /* The sum of cc_length, cc_length_size, and cc_extension_size - is the total length of the CU including its header. */ - Dwarf_Word cc_length; - /* cc_length_size is the size in bytes of an offset. - 4 for 32bit dwarf, 8 for 64bit dwarf (whether MIPS/IRIX - 64bit dwarf or standard 64bit dwarf using the extension - mechanism). */ - Dwarf_Small cc_length_size; - /* cc_extension_size is zero unless this is standard - DWARF3 and later 64bit dwarf using the extension mechanism. - If it is the DWARF3 and later 64bit dwarf cc_extension - size is 4. So for 32bit dwarf and MIPS/IRIX 64bit dwarf - cc_extension_size is zero. */ - Dwarf_Small cc_extension_size; - Dwarf_Half cc_version_stamp; - Dwarf_Sword cc_abbrev_offset; - Dwarf_Small cc_address_size; - /* cc_debug_info_offset is the offset in the section - of the CU header of this CU. Dwarf_Word - should be large enough. */ - Dwarf_Word cc_debug_info_offset; - Dwarf_Byte_Ptr cc_last_abbrev_ptr; - Dwarf_Hash_Table cc_abbrev_hash_table; - Dwarf_CU_Context cc_next; - /*unsigned char cc_offset_length; */ -}; - -/* Consolidates section-specific data in one place. - Section is an Elf specific term, intended as a general - term (for non-Elf objects some code must synthesize the - values somehow). - Makes adding more section-data much simpler. */ -struct Dwarf_Section_s { - Dwarf_Small * dss_data; - Dwarf_Unsigned dss_size; - Dwarf_Word dss_index; - /* dss_addr is the 'section address' which is only - non-zero for a GNU eh section. - Purpose: to handle DW_EH_PE_pcrel encoding. Leaving - it zero is fine for non-elf. */ - Dwarf_Addr dss_addr; - Dwarf_Small dss_data_was_malloc; - - /* For non-elf, leaving the following fields zero - will mean they are ignored. */ - /* dss_link should be zero unless a section has a link - to another (sh_link). Used to access relocation data for - a section (and for symtab section, access its strtab). */ - Dwarf_Word dss_link; - /* The following is used when reading .rela sections - (such sections appear in some .o files). */ - Dwarf_Half dss_reloc_index; /* Zero means ignore the reloc fields. */ - Dwarf_Small * dss_reloc_data; - Dwarf_Unsigned dss_reloc_size; - Dwarf_Addr dss_reloc_addr; - /* dss_reloc_symtab is the sh_link of a .rela to its .symtab, leave - it 0 if non-meaningful. */ - Dwarf_Addr dss_reloc_symtab; - /* dss_reloc_link should be zero unless a reloc section has a link - to another (sh_link). Used to access the symtab for relocations - a section. */ - Dwarf_Word dss_reloc_link; - /* Pointer to the elf symtab, used for elf .rela. Leave it 0 - if not relevant. */ - struct Dwarf_Section_s *dss_symtab; -}; - -/* Overview: if next_to_use== first, no error slots are used. - If next_to_use+1 (mod maxcount) == first the slots are all used -*/ -struct Dwarf_Harmless_s { - unsigned dh_maxcount; - unsigned dh_next_to_use; - unsigned dh_first; - unsigned dh_errs_count; - char ** dh_errors; -}; - -struct Dwarf_Debug_s { - /* All file access methods and support data - are hidden in this structure. - We get a pointer, callers control the lifetime of the - structure and contents. */ - struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface_s *de_obj_file; - - Dwarf_Handler de_errhand; - Dwarf_Ptr de_errarg; - - /* - Context for the compilation_unit just read by a call to - dwarf_next_cu_header. **Updated by dwarf_next_cu_header in - dwarf_die_deliv.c */ - Dwarf_CU_Context de_cu_context; - - /* - Points to linked list of CU Contexts for the CU's already read. - These are only CU's read by dwarf_next_cu_header(). */ - Dwarf_CU_Context de_cu_context_list; - - /* - Points to the last CU Context added to the list by - dwarf_next_cu_header(). */ - Dwarf_CU_Context de_cu_context_list_end; - - /* - This is the list of CU contexts read for dwarf_offdie(). These - may read ahead of dwarf_next_cu_header(). */ - Dwarf_CU_Context de_offdie_cu_context; - Dwarf_CU_Context de_offdie_cu_context_end; - - /* Offset of last byte of last CU read. */ - Dwarf_Word de_info_last_offset; - - /* - Number of bytes in the length, and offset field in various - .debug_* sections. It's not very meaningful, and is - only used in one 'approximate' calculation. */ - Dwarf_Small de_length_size; - - /* number of bytes in a pointer of the target in various .debug_ - sections. 4 in 32bit, 8 in MIPS 64, ia64. */ - Dwarf_Small de_pointer_size; - - /* set at creation of a Dwarf_Debug to say if form_string should be - checked for valid length at every call. 0 means do the check. - non-zero means do not do the check. */ - Dwarf_Small de_assume_string_in_bounds; - - /* - Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr_s structs used to manage chunks that are - malloc'ed for each allocation type for structs. */ - struct Dwarf_Alloc_Hdr_s de_alloc_hdr[ALLOC_AREA_REAL_TABLE_MAX]; -#ifdef DWARF_SIMPLE_MALLOC - struct simple_malloc_record_s * de_simple_malloc_base; -#endif - - - /* - These fields are used to process debug_frame section. **Updated - by dwarf_get_fde_list in dwarf_frame.h */ - /* - Points to contiguous block of pointers to Dwarf_Cie_s structs. */ - Dwarf_Cie *de_cie_data; - /* Count of number of Dwarf_Cie_s structs. */ - Dwarf_Signed de_cie_count; - /* Keep eh (GNU) separate!. */ - Dwarf_Cie *de_cie_data_eh; - Dwarf_Signed de_cie_count_eh; - /* - Points to contiguous block of pointers to Dwarf_Fde_s structs. */ - Dwarf_Fde *de_fde_data; - /* Count of number of Dwarf_Fde_s structs. */ - Dwarf_Signed de_fde_count; - /* Keep eh (GNU) separate!. */ - Dwarf_Fde *de_fde_data_eh; - Dwarf_Signed de_fde_count_eh; - - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_info; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_abbrev; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_line; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_loc; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_aranges; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_macinfo; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_pubnames; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_str; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_frame; - - /* gnu: the g++ eh_frame section */ - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_frame_eh_gnu; - - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_pubtypes; /* DWARF3 .debug_pubtypes */ - - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_funcnames; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_typenames; /* SGI IRIX extension essentially - identical to DWARF3 .debug_pubtypes. */ - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_varnames; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_weaknames; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_debug_ranges; - - /* For non-elf, simply leave the following two structs zeroed and - they will be ignored. */ - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_elf_symtab; - struct Dwarf_Section_s de_elf_strtab; - - - void *(*de_copy_word) (void *, const void *, size_t); - unsigned char de_same_endian; - unsigned char de_elf_must_close; /* if non-zero, then - it was dwarf_init (not dwarf_elf_init) - so must elf_end() */ - - /* Default is DW_FRAME_INITIAL_VALUE from header. */ - Dwarf_Half de_frame_rule_initial_value; - - /* Default is DW_FRAME_LAST_REG_NUM. */ - Dwarf_Half de_frame_reg_rules_entry_count; - - Dwarf_Half de_frame_cfa_col_number; - Dwarf_Half de_frame_same_value_number; - Dwarf_Half de_frame_undefined_value_number; - - unsigned char de_big_endian_object; /* non-zero if big-endian - object opened. */ - - struct Dwarf_Harmless_s de_harmless_errors; -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Chain_s *Dwarf_Chain; -struct Dwarf_Chain_s { - void *ch_item; - Dwarf_Chain ch_next; -}; - - -#define CURRENT_VERSION_STAMP 2 /* DWARF2 */ -#define CURRENT_VERSION_STAMP3 3 /* DWARF3 */ -#define CURRENT_VERSION_STAMP4 4 /* DWARF4 */ - - /* Size of cu header version stamp field. */ -#define CU_VERSION_STAMP_SIZE sizeof(Dwarf_Half) - - /* Size of cu header address size field. */ -#define CU_ADDRESS_SIZE_SIZE sizeof(Dwarf_Small) - -void *_dwarf_memcpy_swap_bytes(void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len); - -#define ORIGINAL_DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4 -#define DISTINGUISHED_VALUE 0xffffffff -#define DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE 8 - -/* - We don't load the sections until they are needed. This function is - used to load the section. - */ -int _dwarf_load_section(Dwarf_Debug, - struct Dwarf_Section_s *, - Dwarf_Error *); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_types.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebd31c6c7..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Type_Context_s *Dwarf_Type_Context; - -/* type never completed see dwarf_global.h */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_util.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_util.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4046bb247..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_util.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,311 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef DWARF_UTIL_H -#define DWARF_UTIL_H -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2003,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright (C) 2007-2010 David Anderson. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ -/* The address of the Free Software Foundation is - Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - SGI has moved from the Crittenden Lane address. -*/ - - - - -/* - Decodes unsigned leb128 encoded numbers. - Make sure ptr is a pointer to a 1-byte type. - In 2003 and earlier this was a hand-inlined - version of _dwarf_decode_u_leb128() which did - not work correctly if Dwarf_Word was 64 bits. -*/ -#define DECODE_LEB128_UWORD(ptr, value) \ - do { \ - Dwarf_Word uleblen; \ - value = _dwarf_decode_u_leb128(ptr,&uleblen); \ - ptr += uleblen; \ - } while (0) - -/* - Decodes signed leb128 encoded numbers. - Make sure ptr is a pointer to a 1-byte type. - In 2003 and earlier this was a hand-inlined - version of _dwarf_decode_s_leb128() which did - not work correctly if Dwarf_Word was 64 bits. - -*/ -#define DECODE_LEB128_SWORD(ptr, value) \ - do { \ - Dwarf_Word sleblen; \ - value = _dwarf_decode_s_leb128(ptr,&sleblen); \ - ptr += sleblen; \ - } while(0) - - -/* - Skips leb128_encoded numbers that are guaranteed - to be no more than 4 bytes long. Same for both - signed and unsigned numbers. -*/ -#define SKIP_LEB128_WORD(ptr) \ - do{ if ((*(ptr++) & 0x80) != 0) { \ - if ((*(ptr++) & 0x80) != 0) { \ - if ((*(ptr++) & 0x80) != 0) { \ - if ((*(ptr++) & 0x80) != 0) { \ - } \ - } \ - } \ - } } while (0) - - -#define CHECK_DIE(die, error_ret_value) \ -do {if (die == NULL) { \ - _dwarf_error(NULL, error, DW_DLE_DIE_NULL); \ - return(error_ret_value); \ - } \ - if (die->di_cu_context == NULL) { \ - _dwarf_error(NULL, error, DW_DLE_DIE_NO_CU_CONTEXT); \ - return(error_ret_value); \ - } \ - if (die->di_cu_context->cc_dbg == NULL) { \ - _dwarf_error(NULL, error, DW_DLE_DBG_NULL); \ - return(error_ret_value); \ - } \ -} while (0) - - -/* - Reads 'source' for 'length' bytes from unaligned addr. - - Avoids any constant-in-conditional warnings and - avoids a test in the generated code (for non-const cases, - which are in the majority.) - Uses a temp to avoid the test. - The decl here should avoid any problem of size in the temp. - This code is ENDIAN DEPENDENT - The memcpy args are the endian issue. -*/ -typedef Dwarf_Unsigned BIGGEST_UINT; - -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -#define READ_UNALIGNED(dbg,dest,desttype, source, length) \ - do { \ - BIGGEST_UINT _ltmp = 0; \ - dbg->de_copy_word( (((char *)(&_ltmp)) + sizeof(_ltmp) - length), \ - source, length) ; \ - dest = (desttype)_ltmp; \ - } while (0) - - -/* - This macro sign-extends a variable depending on the length. - It fills the bytes between the size of the destination and - the length with appropriate padding. - This code is ENDIAN DEPENDENT but dependent only - on host endianness, not object file endianness. - The memcpy args are the issue. -*/ -#define SIGN_EXTEND(dest, length) \ - do {if (*(Dwarf_Sbyte *)((char *)&dest + sizeof(dest) - length) < 0) {\ - memcpy((char *)&dest, "\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff", \ - sizeof(dest) - length); \ - } \ - } while (0) -#else /* LITTLE ENDIAN */ - -#define READ_UNALIGNED(dbg,dest,desttype, source, length) \ - do { \ - BIGGEST_UINT _ltmp = 0; \ - dbg->de_copy_word( (char *)(&_ltmp) , \ - source, length) ; \ - dest = (desttype)_ltmp; \ - } while (0) - - -/* - This macro sign-extends a variable depending on the length. - It fills the bytes between the size of the destination and - the length with appropriate padding. - This code is ENDIAN DEPENDENT but dependent only - on host endianness, not object file endianness. - The memcpy args are the issue. -*/ -#define SIGN_EXTEND(dest, length) \ - do {if (*(Dwarf_Sbyte *)((char *)&dest + (length-1)) < 0) {\ - memcpy((char *)&dest+length, \ - "\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff\xff", \ - sizeof(dest) - length); \ - } \ - } while (0) - -#endif /* ! LITTLE_ENDIAN */ - - - -/* - READ_AREA LENGTH reads the length (the older way - of pure 32 or 64 bit - or the new proposed dwarfv2.1 64bit-extension way) - - It reads the bits from where rw_src_data_p points to - and updates the rw_src_data_p to point past what was just read. - - It updates w_length_size (to the size of an offset, either 4 or 8) - and w_exten_size (set 0 unless this frame has the DWARF3,4 64bit - extension, in which case w_exten_size is set to 4). - - r_dbg is just the current dbg pointer. - w_target is the output length field. - r_targtype is the output type. Always Dwarf_Unsigned so far. - -*/ -/* This one handles the v2.1 64bit extension - and 32bit (and MIPS fixed 64 bit via the - dwarf_init-set r_dbg->de_length_size).. - It does not recognize any but the one distingushed value - (the only one with defined meaning). - It assumes that no CU will have a length - 0xffffffxx (32bit length) - or - 0xffffffxx xxxxxxxx (64bit length) - which makes possible auto-detection of the extension. - - This depends on knowing that only a non-zero length - is legitimate (AFAICT), and for IRIX non-standard -64 - dwarf that the first 32 bits of the 64bit offset will be - zero (because the compiler could not handle a truly large - value as of Jan 2003 and because no app has that much debug - info anyway, at least not in the IRIX case). - - At present not testing for '64bit elf' here as that - does not seem necessary (none of the 64bit length seems - appropriate unless it's ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64). -*/ -# define READ_AREA_LENGTH(r_dbg,w_target,r_targtype, \ - rw_src_data_p,w_length_size,w_exten_size) \ -do { READ_UNALIGNED(r_dbg,w_target,r_targtype, \ - rw_src_data_p, ORIGINAL_DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE); \ - if(w_target == DISTINGUISHED_VALUE) { \ - /* dwarf3 64bit extension */ \ - w_length_size = DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - rw_src_data_p += ORIGINAL_DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - w_exten_size = ORIGINAL_DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - READ_UNALIGNED(r_dbg,w_target,r_targtype, \ - rw_src_data_p, DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE);\ - rw_src_data_p += DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - } else { \ - if(w_target == 0 && r_dbg->de_big_endian_object) { \ - /* IRIX 64 bit, big endian. This test */ \ - /* is not a truly precise test, a precise test */ \ - /* would check if the target was IRIX. */ \ - READ_UNALIGNED(r_dbg,w_target,r_targtype, \ - rw_src_data_p, DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE); \ - w_length_size = DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - rw_src_data_p += DISTINGUISHED_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - w_exten_size = 0; \ - } else { \ - /* standard 32 bit dwarf2/dwarf3 */ \ - w_exten_size = 0; \ - w_length_size = ORIGINAL_DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; \ - rw_src_data_p += w_length_size; \ - } \ - } } while(0) - -Dwarf_Unsigned -_dwarf_decode_u_leb128(Dwarf_Small * leb128, - Dwarf_Word * leb128_length); - -Dwarf_Signed -_dwarf_decode_s_leb128(Dwarf_Small * leb128, - Dwarf_Word * leb128_length); - -Dwarf_Unsigned -_dwarf_get_size_of_val(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Unsigned form, - Dwarf_Half address_size, - Dwarf_Small * val_ptr, - int v_length_size); - -struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_Entry_s; -/* This single struct is the base for the hash table. - The intent is that once the total_abbrev_count across - all the entries is greater than 10*current_table_entry_count - one should build a new Dwarf_Hash_Table_Base_s, rehash - all the existing entries, and delete the old table and entries. - (10 is a heuristic, nothing magic about it, but once the - count gets to 30 or 40 times current_table_entry_count - things really slow down a lot. One (500MB) application had - 127000 abbreviations in one compilation unit) - The incoming 'code' is an abbrev number and those simply - increase linearly so the hashing is perfect always. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_s { - unsigned long tb_table_entry_count; - unsigned long tb_total_abbrev_count; - /* Each table entry is a list of abbreviations. */ - struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_Entry_s *tb_entries; -}; - -/* - This struct is used to build a hash table for the - abbreviation codes for a compile-unit. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_Entry_s { - Dwarf_Abbrev_List at_head; -}; - - - -Dwarf_Abbrev_List -_dwarf_get_abbrev_for_code(Dwarf_CU_Context cu_context, - Dwarf_Unsigned code); - - -/* return 1 if string ends before 'endptr' else -** return 0 meaning string is not properly terminated. -** Presumption is the 'endptr' pts to end of some dwarf section data. -*/ -int _dwarf_string_valid(void *startptr, void *endptr); - -Dwarf_Unsigned _dwarf_length_of_cu_header(Dwarf_Debug, - Dwarf_Unsigned offset); -Dwarf_Unsigned _dwarf_length_of_cu_header_simple(Dwarf_Debug); - -int _dwarf_load_debug_info(Dwarf_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Error *error); -void _dwarf_free_abbrev_hash_table_contents(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - struct Dwarf_Hash_Table_s* hash_table); -int _dwarf_get_address_size(Dwarf_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Die die); - -#endif /* DWARF_UTIL_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_vars.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_vars.h deleted file mode 100644 index bd5f967e4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_vars.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Var_Context_s *Dwarf_Var_Context; - -/* struct never completed: see dwarf_global.h */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_weaks.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_weaks.h deleted file mode 100644 index d38f5f118..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/dwarf_weaks.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -typedef struct Dwarf_Weak_Context_s *Dwarf_Weak_Context; - -/* struct never completed: see dwarf_global.h */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarf.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7e59d32f4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2727 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000-2010 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2007-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - Portions Copyright 2008-2010 David Anderson. All rights reserved. - Portions Copyright 2008-2010 Arxan Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -#ifndef _LIBDWARF_H -#define _LIBDWARF_H -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif -/* - libdwarf.h - $Revision: #9 $ $Date: 2008/01/17 $ - - For libdwarf producers and consumers - - The interface is defined as having 8-byte signed and unsigned - values so it can handle 64-or-32bit target on 64-or-32bit host. - Addr is the native size: it represents pointers on - the host machine (not the target!). - - This contains declarations for types and all producer - and consumer functions. - - Function declarations are written on a single line each here - so one can use grep to each declaration in its entirety. - The declarations are a little harder to read this way, but... - -*/ - -struct Elf; -typedef struct Elf* dwarf_elf_handle; - -/* To enable printing with printf regardless of the - actual underlying data type, we define the DW_PR_xxx macros. */ -#if (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64) -/* Special case for MIPS, so -64 (LP64) build gets simple -long-. - Non-MIPS LP64 or ILP64 environments should probably ensure - _MIPS_SZLONG set to 64 everywhere this header is #included. -*/ -typedef int Dwarf_Bool; /* boolean type */ -typedef unsigned long Dwarf_Off; /* 4 or 8 byte file offset */ -typedef unsigned long Dwarf_Unsigned; /* 4 or 8 byte unsigned value */ -typedef unsigned short Dwarf_Half; /* 2 byte unsigned value */ -typedef unsigned char Dwarf_Small; /* 1 byte unsigned value */ -typedef signed long Dwarf_Signed; /* 4 or 8 byte signed value */ -typedef unsigned long Dwarf_Addr; /* target memory address */ -#define DW_PR_DUx "lx" -#define DW_PR_DSx "lx" -#define DW_PR_DUu "lu" -#define DW_PR_DSd "ld" - -#else /* 32-bit */ -/* This is for ILP32, allowing i/o of 64bit dwarf info. - Also should be fine for LP64 and ILP64 cases. -*/ -typedef int Dwarf_Bool; /* boolean type */ -typedef unsigned long long Dwarf_Off; /* 8 byte file offset */ -typedef unsigned long long Dwarf_Unsigned; /* 8 byte unsigned value*/ -typedef unsigned short Dwarf_Half; /* 2 byte unsigned value */ -typedef unsigned char Dwarf_Small; /* 1 byte unsigned value */ -typedef signed long long Dwarf_Signed; /* 8 byte signed value */ -typedef unsigned long long Dwarf_Addr; /* target memory address */ -#define DW_PR_DUx "llx" -#define DW_PR_DSx "llx" -#define DW_PR_DUu "llu" -#define DW_PR_DSd "lld" -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_NONSTANDARD_PRINTF_64_FORMAT -/* Windows does not use std C formatting, so allow it. */ -#undef DW_PR_DUx -#undef DW_PR_DSx -#undef DW_PR_DUu -#undef DW_PR_DSd -#define DW_PR_DUx "I64x" -#define DW_PR_DSx "I64x" -#define DW_PR_DUu "I64u" -#define DW_PR_DSd "I64d" -#endif /* HAVE_NONSTANDARD_FORMAT */ - -typedef void* Dwarf_Ptr; /* host machine pointer */ - -/* Used for DW_FORM_ref_sig8. It is not a string, it - is 8 bytes of a signature one would use to find - a type unit. See dwarf_formsig8() -*/ -typedef struct { - char signature[8]; -} Dwarf_Sig8; - -/* Contains info on an uninterpreted block of data -*/ -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Unsigned bl_len; /* length of block */ - Dwarf_Ptr bl_data; /* uninterpreted data */ - Dwarf_Small bl_from_loclist; /*non-0 if loclist, else debug_info*/ - Dwarf_Unsigned bl_section_offset; /* Section (not CU) offset - which 'data' comes from. */ -} Dwarf_Block; - - -/* location record -*/ -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Small lr_atom; /* location operation */ - Dwarf_Unsigned lr_number; /* operand */ - Dwarf_Unsigned lr_number2; /* for OP_BREGx */ - Dwarf_Unsigned lr_offset; /* offset in locexpr for OP_BRA etc */ -} Dwarf_Loc; - - -/* location description -*/ -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Addr ld_lopc; /* beginning of active range */ - Dwarf_Addr ld_hipc; /* end of active range */ - Dwarf_Half ld_cents; /* count of location records */ - Dwarf_Loc* ld_s; /* pointer to list of same */ - Dwarf_Small ld_from_loclist; - /* non-0 if loclist, else debug_info*/ - - Dwarf_Unsigned ld_section_offset; /* Section (not CU) offset - where loc-expr begins*/ -} Dwarf_Locdesc; - -/* First appears in DWARF3. - The dwr_addr1/addr2 data is either an offset (DW_RANGES_ENTRY) - or an address (dwr_addr2 in DW_RANGES_ADDRESS_SELECTION) or - both are zero (DW_RANGES_END). -*/ -enum Dwarf_Ranges_Entry_Type { DW_RANGES_ENTRY, - DW_RANGES_ADDRESS_SELECTION, - DW_RANGES_END }; -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Addr dwr_addr1; - Dwarf_Addr dwr_addr2; - enum Dwarf_Ranges_Entry_Type dwr_type; -} Dwarf_Ranges; - -/* Frame description instructions expanded. -*/ -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Small fp_base_op; - Dwarf_Small fp_extended_op; - Dwarf_Half fp_register; - - /* Value may be signed, depends on op. - Any applicable data_alignment_factor has - not been applied, this is the raw offset. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fp_offset; - Dwarf_Off fp_instr_offset; -} Dwarf_Frame_Op; /* DWARF2 */ - -typedef struct { - Dwarf_Small fp_base_op; - Dwarf_Small fp_extended_op; - Dwarf_Half fp_register; - - /* Value may be signed, depends on op. - Any applicable data_alignment_factor has - not been applied, this is the raw offset. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fp_offset_or_block_len; - Dwarf_Small *fp_expr_block; - - Dwarf_Off fp_instr_offset; -} Dwarf_Frame_Op3; /* DWARF3 and DWARF2 compatible */ - -/* ***IMPORTANT NOTE, TARGET DEPENDENCY **** - DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE must be at least as large as - the number of registers - (DW_FRAME_LAST_REG_NUM) as defined in dwarf.h - Preferably identical to DW_FRAME_LAST_REG_NUM. - Ensure [0-DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE] does not overlap - DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL or DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL. - Also ensure DW_FRAME_REG_INITIAL_VALUE is set to what - is appropriate to your cpu. - For various CPUs DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL is correct - as the value for DW_FRAME_REG_INITIAL_VALUE. - - For consumer apps, this can be set dynamically: see - dwarf_set_frame_rule_table_size(); - */ -#ifndef DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE -#define DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE 66 -#endif - -/* For MIPS, DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL is the correct default value - for a frame register value. For other CPUS another value - may be better, such as DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL. - See dwarf_set_frame_rule_table_size -*/ -#ifndef DW_FRAME_REG_INITIAL_VALUE -#define DW_FRAME_REG_INITIAL_VALUE DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL -#endif - -/* Taken as meaning 'undefined value', this is not - a column or register number. - Only present at libdwarf runtime in the consumer - interfaces. Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - Ensure this is > DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE (the reg table - size is changeable at runtime with the *reg3() interfaces, - and this value must be greater than the reg table size). -*/ -#define DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL 1034 - -/* Taken as meaning 'same value' as caller had, not a column - or register number. - Only present at libdwarf runtime in the consumer - interfaces. Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - Ensure this is > DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE (the reg table - size is changeable at runtime with the *reg3() interfaces, - and this value must be greater than the reg table size). -*/ -#define DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL 1035 - -/* For DWARF3 consumer interfaces, make the CFA a column with no - real table number. This is what should have been done - for the DWARF2 interfaces. This actually works for - both DWARF2 and DWARF3, but see the libdwarf documentation - on Dwarf_Regtable3 and dwarf_get_fde_info_for_reg3() - and dwarf_get_fde_info_for_all_regs3() - Do NOT use this with the older dwarf_get_fde_info_for_reg() - or dwarf_get_fde_info_for_all_regs() consumer interfaces. - Must be higher than any register count for *any* ABI - (ensures maximum applicability with minimum effort). - Ensure this is > DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE (the reg table - size is changeable at runtime with the *reg3() interfaces, - and this value must be greater than the reg table size). - Only present at libdwarf runtime in the consumer - interfaces. Never on disk. -*/ -#define DW_FRAME_CFA_COL3 1436 - -/* The following are all needed to evaluate DWARF3 register rules. -*/ -#define DW_EXPR_OFFSET 0 /* DWARF2 only sees this. */ -#define DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET 1 -#define DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION 2 -#define DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION 3 - -typedef struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry_s { - /* For each index i (naming a hardware register with dwarf number - i) the following is true and defines the value of that register: - - If dw_regnum is Register DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL - it is not DWARF register number but - a place holder indicating the register has no defined value. - If dw_regnum is Register DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL - it is not DWARF register number but - a place holder indicating the register has the same - value in the previous frame. - DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL, DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL are - only present at libdwarf runtime. Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - - Otherwise: the register number is a DWARF register number - (see ABI documents for how this translates to hardware/ - software register numbers in the machine hardware) - and the following applies: - - if dw_value_type == DW_EXPR_OFFSET (the only case for dwarf2): - If dw_offset_relevant is non-zero, then - the value is stored at at the address CFA+N where - N is a signed offset. - Rule: Offset(N) - If dw_offset_relevant is zero, then the value of the register - is the value of (DWARF) register number dw_regnum. - Rule: register(F) - Other values of dw_value_type are an error. - */ - Dwarf_Small dw_offset_relevant; - - /* For DWARF2, always 0 */ - Dwarf_Small dw_value_type; - - Dwarf_Half dw_regnum; - - /* The data type here should the larger of Dwarf_Addr - and Dwarf_Unsigned and Dwarf_Signed. */ - Dwarf_Addr dw_offset; -} Dwarf_Regtable_Entry; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Regtable_s { - struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry_s rules[DW_REG_TABLE_SIZE]; -} Dwarf_Regtable; - -/* opaque type. Functional interface shown later. */ -struct Dwarf_Reg_value3_s; -typedef struct Dwarf_Reg_value3_s Dwarf_Reg_Value3; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s { - /* For each index i (naming a hardware register with dwarf number - i) the following is true and defines the value of that register: - - If dw_regnum is Register DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL - it is not DWARF register number but - a place holder indicating the register has no defined value. - If dw_regnum is Register DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL - it is not DWARF register number but - a place holder indicating the register has the same - value in the previous frame. - DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL, DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL and - DW_FRAME_CFA_COL3 are only present at libdwarf runtime. - Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - Because DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL and DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL - and DW_FRAME_CFA_COL3 are defineable at runtime - consider the names symbolic in this comment, not absolute. - - Otherwise: the register number is a DWARF register number - (see ABI documents for how this translates to hardware/ - software register numbers in the machine hardware) - and the following applies: - - In a cfa-defining entry (rt3_cfa_rule) the regnum is the - CFA 'register number'. Which is some 'normal' register, - not DW_FRAME_CFA_COL3, nor DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL, nor - DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL. - - If dw_value_type == DW_EXPR_OFFSET (the only possible case for - dwarf2): - If dw_offset_relevant is non-zero, then - the value is stored at at the address - CFA+N where N is a signed offset. - dw_regnum is the cfa register rule which means - one ignores dw_regnum and uses the CFA appropriately. - So dw_offset_or_block_len is a signed value, really, - and must be printed/evaluated as such. - Rule: Offset(N) - If dw_offset_relevant is zero, then the value of the register - is the value of (DWARF) register number dw_regnum. - Rule: register(R) - If dw_value_type == DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET - the value of this register is CFA +N where N is a signed offset. - dw_regnum is the cfa register rule which means - one ignores dw_regnum and uses the CFA appropriately. - Rule: val_offset(N) - If dw_value_type == DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION - The value of the register is the value at the address - computed by evaluating the DWARF expression E. - Rule: expression(E) - The expression E byte stream is pointed to by dw_block_ptr. - The expression length in bytes is given by - dw_offset_or_block_len. - If dw_value_type == DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION - The value of the register is the value - computed by evaluating the DWARF expression E. - Rule: val_expression(E) - The expression E byte stream is pointed to by dw_block_ptr. - The expression length in bytes is given by - dw_offset_or_block_len. - Other values of dw_value_type are an error. - */ - Dwarf_Small dw_offset_relevant; - Dwarf_Small dw_value_type; - Dwarf_Half dw_regnum; - Dwarf_Unsigned dw_offset_or_block_len; - Dwarf_Ptr dw_block_ptr; - -}Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3; - -/* For the DWARF3 version, moved the DW_FRAME_CFA_COL - out of the array and into its own struct. - Having it part of the array is not very easy to work - with from a portability point of view: changing - the number for every architecture is a pain (if one fails - to set it correctly a register rule gets clobbered when - setting CFA). With MIPS it just happened to be easy to use - DW_FRAME_CFA_COL (it was wrong conceptually but it was easy...). - - rt3_rules and rt3_reg_table_size must be filled in before - calling libdwarf. Filled in with a pointer to an array - (pointer and array set up by the calling application) - of rt3_reg_table_size Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s structs. - libdwarf does not allocate or deallocate space for the - rules, you must do so. libdwarf will initialize the - contents rules array, you do not need to do so (though - if you choose to initialize the array somehow that is ok: - libdwarf will overwrite your initializations with its own). - -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_Regtable3_s { - struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s rt3_cfa_rule; - - Dwarf_Half rt3_reg_table_size; - struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s * rt3_rules; -} Dwarf_Regtable3; - - -/* Use for DW_EPXR_STANDARD., DW_EXPR_VAL_OFFSET. - Returns DW_DLV_OK if the value is available. - If DW_DLV_OK returns the regnum and offset thru the pointers - (which the consumer must use appropriately). -*/ -int dwarf_frame_get_reg_register(struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s *reg_in, - Dwarf_Small *offset_relevant, - Dwarf_Half *regnum_out, - Dwarf_Signed *offset_out); - -/* Use for DW_EXPR_EXPRESSION, DW_EXPR_VAL_EXPRESSION. - Returns DW_DLV_OK if the value is available. - The caller must pass in the address of a valid - Dwarf_Block (the caller need not initialize it). -*/ -int dwarf_frame_get_reg_expression(struct Dwarf_Regtable_Entry3_s *reg_in, - Dwarf_Block *block_out); - - -/* For DW_DLC_SYMBOLIC_RELOCATIONS output to caller - v2, adding drd_length: some relocations are 4 and - some 8 bytes (pointers are 8, section offsets 4) in - some dwarf environments. (MIPS relocations are all one - size in any given ABI.) Changing drd_type to an unsigned char - to keep struct size down. -*/ -enum Dwarf_Rel_Type { - dwarf_drt_none, /* Should not get to caller */ - dwarf_drt_data_reloc, /* Simple normal relocation. */ - dwarf_drt_segment_rel, /* Special reloc, exceptions. */ - /* dwarf_drt_first_of_length_pair and drt_second - are for for the .word end - begin case. */ - dwarf_drt_first_of_length_pair, - dwarf_drt_second_of_length_pair -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Marker_s * Dwarf_P_Marker; -struct Dwarf_P_Marker_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned ma_marker; - Dwarf_Unsigned ma_offset; -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_Relocation_Data_s * Dwarf_Relocation_Data; -struct Dwarf_Relocation_Data_s { - unsigned char drd_type; /* Cast to/from Dwarf_Rel_Type - to keep size small in struct. */ - unsigned char drd_length; /* Length in bytes of data being - relocated. 4 for 32bit data, - 8 for 64bit data. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned drd_offset; /* Where the data to reloc is. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned drd_symbol_index; -}; - -typedef struct Dwarf_P_String_Attr_s * Dwarf_P_String_Attr; -struct Dwarf_P_String_Attr_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned sa_offset; /* Offset of string attribute data */ - Dwarf_Unsigned sa_nbytes; -}; - - -/* Opaque types for Consumer Library. */ -typedef struct Dwarf_Debug_s* Dwarf_Debug; -typedef struct Dwarf_Die_s* Dwarf_Die; -typedef struct Dwarf_Line_s* Dwarf_Line; -typedef struct Dwarf_Global_s* Dwarf_Global; -typedef struct Dwarf_Func_s* Dwarf_Func; -typedef struct Dwarf_Type_s* Dwarf_Type; -typedef struct Dwarf_Var_s* Dwarf_Var; -typedef struct Dwarf_Weak_s* Dwarf_Weak; -typedef struct Dwarf_Error_s* Dwarf_Error; -typedef struct Dwarf_Attribute_s* Dwarf_Attribute; -typedef struct Dwarf_Abbrev_s* Dwarf_Abbrev; -typedef struct Dwarf_Fde_s* Dwarf_Fde; -typedef struct Dwarf_Cie_s* Dwarf_Cie; -typedef struct Dwarf_Arange_s* Dwarf_Arange; - -/* Opaque types for Producer Library. */ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Debug_s* Dwarf_P_Debug; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Die_s* Dwarf_P_Die; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Attribute_s* Dwarf_P_Attribute; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Fde_s* Dwarf_P_Fde; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Expr_s* Dwarf_P_Expr; -typedef Dwarf_Unsigned Dwarf_Tag; - - -/* error handler function -*/ -typedef void (*Dwarf_Handler)(Dwarf_Error /*error*/, Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/); - - -/* Begin libdwarf Object File Interface declarations. - -As of February 2008 there are multiple dwarf_reader object access -initialization methods available: -The traditional dwarf_elf_init() and dwarf_init() and dwarf_finish() - which assume libelf and POSIX file access. -An object-file and library agnostic dwarf_object_init() and dwarf_object_finish() - which allow the coder to provide object access routines - abstracting away the elf interface. So there is no dependence in the - reader code on the object format and no dependence on libelf. - See the code in dwarf_elf_access.c and dwarf_original_elf_init.c - to see an example of initializing the structures mentioned below. - -Projects using dwarf_elf_init() or dwarf_init() can ignore -the Dwarf_Obj_Access* structures entirely as all these details -are completed for you. - -*/ - -typedef struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface_s Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface; -typedef struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Methods_s Dwarf_Obj_Access_Methods; -typedef struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Section_s Dwarf_Obj_Access_Section; - - -/* Used in the get_section interface function - in Dwarf_Obj_Access_Section_s. Since libdwarf - depends on standard DWARF section names an object - format that has no such names (but has some - method of setting up 'sections equivalents') - must arrange to return standard DWARF section - names in the 'name' field. libdwarf does - not free the strings in 'name'. */ -struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Section_s { - Dwarf_Addr addr; - Dwarf_Unsigned size; - const char* name; - /* Set link to zero if it is meaningless. If non-zero - it should be a link to a rela section or from symtab - to strtab. In Elf it is sh_link. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned link; -}; - -/* Returned by the get_endianness function in - Dwarf_Obj_Access_Methods_s. */ -typedef enum { - DW_OBJECT_MSB, - DW_OBJECT_LSB -} Dwarf_Endianness; - -/* The functions we need to access object data from libdwarf are declared here. - - In these function pointer declarations - 'void *obj' is intended to be a pointer (the object field in - Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface_s) - that hides the library-specific and object-specific data that makes - it possible to handle multiple object formats and multiple libraries. - It's not required that one handles multiple such in a single libdwarf - archive/shared-library (but not ruled out either). - See dwarf_elf_object_access_internals_t and dwarf_elf_access.c - for an example. - -*/ -struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Methods_s { - /** - * get_section_info - * - * Get address, size, and name info about a section. - * - * Parameters - * section_index - Zero-based index. - * return_section - Pointer to a structure in which section info - * will be placed. Caller must provide a valid pointer to a - * structure area. The structure's contents will be overwritten - * by the call to get_section_info. - * error - A pointer to an integer in which an error code may be stored. - * - * Return - * DW_DLV_OK - Everything ok. - * DW_DLV_ERROR - Error occurred. Use 'error' to determine the - * libdwarf defined error. - * DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY - No such section. - */ - int (*get_section_info)(void* obj, Dwarf_Half section_index, - Dwarf_Obj_Access_Section* return_section, int* error); - /** - * get_byte_order - * - * Get whether the object file represented by this interface is big-endian - * (DW_OBJECT_MSB) or little endian (DW_OBJECT_LSB). - * - * Parameters - * obj - Equivalent to 'this' in OO languages. - * - * Return - * Endianness of object. Cannot fail. - */ - Dwarf_Endianness (*get_byte_order)(void* obj); - /** - * get_length_size - * - * Get the size of a length field in the underlying object file. - * libdwarf currently supports * 4 and 8 byte sizes, but may - * support larger in the future. - * Perhaps the return type should be an enumeration? - * - * Parameters - * obj - Equivalent to 'this' in OO languages. - * - * Return - * Size of length. Cannot fail. - */ - Dwarf_Small (*get_length_size)(void* obj); - /** - * get_pointer_size - * - * Get the size of a pointer field in the underlying object file. - * libdwarf currently supports 4 and 8 byte sizes. - * Perhaps the return type should be an enumeration? - - * Return - * Size of pointer. Cannot fail. - */ - Dwarf_Small (*get_pointer_size)(void* obj); - /** - * get_section_count - * - * Get the number of sections in the object file. - * - * Parameters - * - * Return - * Number of sections - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned (*get_section_count)(void* obj); - /** - * load_section - * - * Get a pointer to an array of bytes that represent the section. - * - * Parameters - * section_index - Zero-based index. - * return_data - The address of a pointer to which the section data block - * will be assigned. - * error - Pointer to an integer for returning libdwarf-defined - * error numbers. - * - * Return - * DW_DLV_OK - No error. - * DW_DLV_ERROR - Error. Use 'error' to indicate a libdwarf-defined - * error number. - * DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY - No such section. - */ - int (*load_section)(void* obj, Dwarf_Half section_index, - Dwarf_Small** return_data, int* error); - - /** - * relocate_a_section - * If relocations are not supported leave this pointer NULL. - * - * Get a pointer to an array of bytes that represent the section. - * - * Parameters - * section_index - Zero-based index of the section to be relocated. - * error - Pointer to an integer for returning libdwarf-defined - * error numbers. - * - * Return - * DW_DLV_OK - No error. - * DW_DLV_ERROR - Error. Use 'error' to indicate a libdwarf-defined - * error number. - * DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY - No such section. - */ - int (*relocate_a_section)(void* obj, Dwarf_Half section_index, - Dwarf_Debug dbg, - int* error); - -}; - - - -/* These structures are allocated and deallocated by your code - when you are using the libdwarf Object File Interface - [dwarf_object_init() and dwarf_object_finish()] directly. - dwarf_object_finish() does not free - struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface_s or its content. - (libdwarf does record a pointer to this struct: you must - ensure that pointer remains valid for as long as - a libdwarf instance is open (meaning - after dwarf_init() and before dwarf_finish()). - - If you are reading Elf objects and libelf use dwarf_init() - or dwarf_elf_init() which take care of these details. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface_s { - /* object is a void* as it hides the data the object access routines - need (which varies by library in use and object format). - */ - void* object; - const Dwarf_Obj_Access_Methods * methods; -}; - -/* End libdwarf Object File Interface */ - -/* - Dwarf_dealloc() alloc_type arguments. - Argument points to: -*/ -#define DW_DLA_STRING 0x01 /* char* */ -#define DW_DLA_LOC 0x02 /* Dwarf_Loc */ -#define DW_DLA_LOCDESC 0x03 /* Dwarf_Locdesc */ -#define DW_DLA_ELLIST 0x04 /* Dwarf_Ellist (not used)*/ -#define DW_DLA_BOUNDS 0x05 /* Dwarf_Bounds (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_BLOCK 0x06 /* Dwarf_Block */ -#define DW_DLA_DEBUG 0x07 /* Dwarf_Debug */ -#define DW_DLA_DIE 0x08 /* Dwarf_Die */ -#define DW_DLA_LINE 0x09 /* Dwarf_Line */ -#define DW_DLA_ATTR 0x0a /* Dwarf_Attribute */ -#define DW_DLA_TYPE 0x0b /* Dwarf_Type (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_SUBSCR 0x0c /* Dwarf_Subscr (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_GLOBAL 0x0d /* Dwarf_Global */ -#define DW_DLA_ERROR 0x0e /* Dwarf_Error */ -#define DW_DLA_LIST 0x0f /* a list */ -#define DW_DLA_LINEBUF 0x10 /* Dwarf_Line* (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_ARANGE 0x11 /* Dwarf_Arange */ -#define DW_DLA_ABBREV 0x12 /* Dwarf_Abbrev */ -#define DW_DLA_FRAME_OP 0x13 /* Dwarf_Frame_Op */ -#define DW_DLA_CIE 0x14 /* Dwarf_Cie */ -#define DW_DLA_FDE 0x15 /* Dwarf_Fde */ -#define DW_DLA_LOC_BLOCK 0x16 /* Dwarf_Loc Block (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_FRAME_BLOCK 0x17 /* Dwarf_Frame Block (not used) */ -#define DW_DLA_FUNC 0x18 /* Dwarf_Func */ -#define DW_DLA_TYPENAME 0x19 /* Dwarf_Type */ -#define DW_DLA_VAR 0x1a /* Dwarf_Var */ -#define DW_DLA_WEAK 0x1b /* Dwarf_Weak */ -#define DW_DLA_ADDR 0x1c /* Dwarf_Addr sized entries */ -#define DW_DLA_RANGES 0x1d /* Dwarf_Ranges */ - -/* The augmenter string for CIE */ -#define DW_CIE_AUGMENTER_STRING_V0 "z" - -/* dwarf_init() access arguments -*/ -#define DW_DLC_READ 0 /* read only access */ -#define DW_DLC_WRITE 1 /* write only access */ -#define DW_DLC_RDWR 2 /* read/write access NOT SUPPORTED*/ - -/* pro_init() access flag modifiers - If HAVE_DWARF2_99_EXTENSION is defined at libdwarf build time - and DW_DLC_OFFSET_SIZE_64 is passed in pro_init() flags then the DWARF3 - 64 bit offset extension is used to generate 64 bit offsets. -*/ -#define DW_DLC_SIZE_64 0x40000000 /* 32-bit address-size target */ -#define DW_DLC_SIZE_32 0x20000000 /* 64-bit address-size target */ -#define DW_DLC_OFFSET_SIZE_64 0x10000000 /* 64-bit offset-size DWARF */ - -/* dwarf_pro_init() access flag modifiers -*/ -#define DW_DLC_ISA_MIPS 0x00000000 /* MIPS target */ -#define DW_DLC_ISA_IA64 0x01000000 /* IA64 target */ -#define DW_DLC_STREAM_RELOCATIONS 0x02000000 /* Old style binary relocs */ - - /* Usable with assembly output because it is up to the producer to - deal with locations in whatever manner the producer code wishes. - Possibly emitting text an assembler will recognize. */ -#define DW_DLC_SYMBOLIC_RELOCATIONS 0x04000000 - -#define DW_DLC_TARGET_BIGENDIAN 0x08000000 /* Big endian target */ -#define DW_DLC_TARGET_LITTLEENDIAN 0x00100000 /* Little endian target */ - -#if 0 - /* - The libdwarf producer interfaces jumble these two semantics together in - confusing ways. We *should* have flags like these... - But changing the code means a lot of diffs. So for now, - we leave things as they are - */ - #define DW_DLC_SUN_OFFSET32 0x00010000 /* use 32-bit sec offsets */ - #define DW_DLC_SUN_OFFSET64 0x00020000 /* use 64-bit sec offsets */ - #define DW_DLC_SUN_POINTER32 0x00040000 /* use 4 for address_size */ - #define DW_DLC_SUN_POINTER64 0x00080000 /* use 8 for address_size */ -#endif - -/* dwarf_pcline() slide arguments -*/ -#define DW_DLS_BACKWARD -1 /* slide backward to find line */ -#define DW_DLS_NOSLIDE 0 /* match exactly without sliding */ -#define DW_DLS_FORWARD 1 /* slide forward to find line */ - -/* libdwarf error numbers -*/ -#define DW_DLE_NE 0 /* no error */ -#define DW_DLE_VMM 1 /* dwarf format/library version mismatch */ -#define DW_DLE_MAP 2 /* memory map failure */ -#define DW_DLE_LEE 3 /* libelf error */ -#define DW_DLE_NDS 4 /* no debug section */ -#define DW_DLE_NLS 5 /* no line section */ -#define DW_DLE_ID 6 /* invalid descriptor for query */ -#define DW_DLE_IOF 7 /* I/O failure */ -#define DW_DLE_MAF 8 /* memory allocation failure */ -#define DW_DLE_IA 9 /* invalid argument */ -#define DW_DLE_MDE 10 /* mangled debugging entry */ -#define DW_DLE_MLE 11 /* mangled line number entry */ -#define DW_DLE_FNO 12 /* file not open */ -#define DW_DLE_FNR 13 /* file not a regular file */ -#define DW_DLE_FWA 14 /* file open with wrong access */ -#define DW_DLE_NOB 15 /* not an object file */ -#define DW_DLE_MOF 16 /* mangled object file header */ -#define DW_DLE_EOLL 17 /* end of location list entries */ -#define DW_DLE_NOLL 18 /* no location list section */ -#define DW_DLE_BADOFF 19 /* Invalid offset */ -#define DW_DLE_EOS 20 /* end of section */ -#define DW_DLE_ATRUNC 21 /* abbreviations section appears truncated*/ -#define DW_DLE_BADBITC 22 /* Address size passed to dwarf bad*/ - /* It is not an allowed size (64 or 32) */ - /* Error codes defined by the current Libdwarf Implementation. */ -#define DW_DLE_DBG_ALLOC 23 -#define DW_DLE_FSTAT_ERROR 24 -#define DW_DLE_FSTAT_MODE_ERROR 25 -#define DW_DLE_INIT_ACCESS_WRONG 26 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_BEGIN_ERROR 27 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_GETEHDR_ERROR 28 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_GETSHDR_ERROR 29 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_STRPTR_ERROR 30 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_INFO_DUPLICATE 31 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_INFO_NULL 32 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_ABBREV_DUPLICATE 33 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_ABBREV_NULL 34 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_ARANGES_DUPLICATE 35 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_ARANGES_NULL 36 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LINE_DUPLICATE 37 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LINE_NULL 38 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LOC_DUPLICATE 39 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LOC_NULL 40 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACINFO_DUPLICATE 41 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACINFO_NULL 42 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_PUBNAMES_DUPLICATE 43 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_PUBNAMES_NULL 44 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_STR_DUPLICATE 45 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_STR_NULL 46 -#define DW_DLE_CU_LENGTH_ERROR 47 -#define DW_DLE_VERSION_STAMP_ERROR 48 -#define DW_DLE_ABBREV_OFFSET_ERROR 49 -#define DW_DLE_ADDRESS_SIZE_ERROR 50 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_INFO_PTR_NULL 51 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_NULL 52 -#define DW_DLE_STRING_OFFSET_BAD 53 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LINE_LENGTH_BAD 54 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_PROLOG_LENGTH_BAD 55 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_NUM_OPERANDS_BAD 56 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_SET_ADDR_ERROR 57 /* No longer used. */ -#define DW_DLE_LINE_EXT_OPCODE_BAD 58 -#define DW_DLE_DWARF_LINE_NULL 59 -#define DW_DLE_INCL_DIR_NUM_BAD 60 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_FILE_NUM_BAD 61 -#define DW_DLE_ALLOC_FAIL 62 -#define DW_DLE_NO_CALLBACK_FUNC 63 -#define DW_DLE_SECT_ALLOC 64 -#define DW_DLE_FILE_ENTRY_ALLOC 65 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_ALLOC 66 -#define DW_DLE_FPGM_ALLOC 67 -#define DW_DLE_INCDIR_ALLOC 68 -#define DW_DLE_STRING_ALLOC 69 -#define DW_DLE_CHUNK_ALLOC 70 -#define DW_DLE_BYTEOFF_ERR 71 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_ALLOC 72 -#define DW_DLE_FDE_ALLOC 73 -#define DW_DLE_REGNO_OVFL 74 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_OFFS_ALLOC 75 -#define DW_DLE_WRONG_ADDRESS 76 -#define DW_DLE_EXTRA_NEIGHBORS 77 -#define DW_DLE_WRONG_TAG 78 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_ALLOC 79 -#define DW_DLE_PARENT_EXISTS 80 -#define DW_DLE_DBG_NULL 81 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUGLINE_ERROR 82 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUGFRAME_ERROR 83 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUGINFO_ERROR 84 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_ALLOC 85 -#define DW_DLE_ABBREV_ALLOC 86 -#define DW_DLE_OFFSET_UFLW 87 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_SECT_ERR 88 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FRAME_LENGTH_BAD 89 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_VERSION_BAD 90 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_RET_ADDR_REG_ERROR 91 -#define DW_DLE_FDE_NULL 92 -#define DW_DLE_FDE_DBG_NULL 93 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_NULL 94 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_DBG_NULL 95 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_TABLE_COL_BAD 96 -#define DW_DLE_PC_NOT_IN_FDE_RANGE 97 -#define DW_DLE_CIE_INSTR_EXEC_ERROR 98 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_INSTR_EXEC_ERROR 99 -#define DW_DLE_FDE_PTR_NULL 100 -#define DW_DLE_RET_OP_LIST_NULL 101 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_CONTEXT_NULL 102 -#define DW_DLE_DBG_NO_CU_CONTEXT 103 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_NO_CU_CONTEXT 104 -#define DW_DLE_FIRST_DIE_NOT_CU 105 -#define DW_DLE_NEXT_DIE_PTR_NULL 106 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FRAME_DUPLICATE 107 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FRAME_NULL 108 -#define DW_DLE_ABBREV_DECODE_ERROR 109 -#define DW_DLE_DWARF_ABBREV_NULL 110 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_NULL 111 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_BAD 112 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_ABBREV_BAD 113 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_FORM_BAD 114 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_NO_CU_CONTEXT 115 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_FORM_SIZE_BAD 116 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_DBG_NULL 117 -#define DW_DLE_BAD_REF_FORM 118 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_FORM_OFFSET_BAD 119 -#define DW_DLE_LINE_OFFSET_BAD 120 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_STR_OFFSET_BAD 121 -#define DW_DLE_STRING_PTR_NULL 122 -#define DW_DLE_PUBNAMES_VERSION_ERROR 123 -#define DW_DLE_PUBNAMES_LENGTH_BAD 124 -#define DW_DLE_GLOBAL_NULL 125 -#define DW_DLE_GLOBAL_CONTEXT_NULL 126 -#define DW_DLE_DIR_INDEX_BAD 127 -#define DW_DLE_LOC_EXPR_BAD 128 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_LOC_EXPR_BAD 129 -#define DW_DLE_ADDR_ALLOC 130 -#define DW_DLE_OFFSET_BAD 131 -#define DW_DLE_MAKE_CU_CONTEXT_FAIL 132 -#define DW_DLE_REL_ALLOC 133 -#define DW_DLE_ARANGE_OFFSET_BAD 134 -#define DW_DLE_SEGMENT_SIZE_BAD 135 -#define DW_DLE_ARANGE_LENGTH_BAD 136 -#define DW_DLE_ARANGE_DECODE_ERROR 137 -#define DW_DLE_ARANGES_NULL 138 -#define DW_DLE_ARANGE_NULL 139 -#define DW_DLE_NO_FILE_NAME 140 -#define DW_DLE_NO_COMP_DIR 141 -#define DW_DLE_CU_ADDRESS_SIZE_BAD 142 -#define DW_DLE_INPUT_ATTR_BAD 143 -#define DW_DLE_EXPR_NULL 144 -#define DW_DLE_BAD_EXPR_OPCODE 145 -#define DW_DLE_EXPR_LENGTH_BAD 146 -#define DW_DLE_MULTIPLE_RELOC_IN_EXPR 147 -#define DW_DLE_ELF_GETIDENT_ERROR 148 -#define DW_DLE_NO_AT_MIPS_FDE 149 -#define DW_DLE_NO_CIE_FOR_FDE 150 -#define DW_DLE_DIE_ABBREV_LIST_NULL 151 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FUNCNAMES_DUPLICATE 152 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FUNCNAMES_NULL 153 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FUNCNAMES_VERSION_ERROR 154 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FUNCNAMES_LENGTH_BAD 155 -#define DW_DLE_FUNC_NULL 156 -#define DW_DLE_FUNC_CONTEXT_NULL 157 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_TYPENAMES_DUPLICATE 158 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_TYPENAMES_NULL 159 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_TYPENAMES_VERSION_ERROR 160 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_TYPENAMES_LENGTH_BAD 161 -#define DW_DLE_TYPE_NULL 162 -#define DW_DLE_TYPE_CONTEXT_NULL 163 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_VARNAMES_DUPLICATE 164 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_VARNAMES_NULL 165 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_VARNAMES_VERSION_ERROR 166 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_VARNAMES_LENGTH_BAD 167 -#define DW_DLE_VAR_NULL 168 -#define DW_DLE_VAR_CONTEXT_NULL 169 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_WEAKNAMES_DUPLICATE 170 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_WEAKNAMES_NULL 171 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_WEAKNAMES_VERSION_ERROR 172 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_WEAKNAMES_LENGTH_BAD 173 -#define DW_DLE_WEAK_NULL 174 -#define DW_DLE_WEAK_CONTEXT_NULL 175 -#define DW_DLE_LOCDESC_COUNT_WRONG 176 -#define DW_DLE_MACINFO_STRING_NULL 177 -#define DW_DLE_MACINFO_STRING_EMPTY 178 -#define DW_DLE_MACINFO_INTERNAL_ERROR_SPACE 179 -#define DW_DLE_MACINFO_MALLOC_FAIL 180 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUGMACINFO_ERROR 181 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACRO_LENGTH_BAD 182 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACRO_MAX_BAD 183 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACRO_INTERNAL_ERR 184 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACRO_MALLOC_SPACE 185 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_MACRO_INCONSISTENT 186 -#define DW_DLE_DF_NO_CIE_AUGMENTATION 187 -#define DW_DLE_DF_REG_NUM_TOO_HIGH 188 -#define DW_DLE_DF_MAKE_INSTR_NO_INIT 189 -#define DW_DLE_DF_NEW_LOC_LESS_OLD_LOC 190 -#define DW_DLE_DF_POP_EMPTY_STACK 191 -#define DW_DLE_DF_ALLOC_FAIL 192 -#define DW_DLE_DF_FRAME_DECODING_ERROR 193 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_SHORT 194 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_AUGMENTATION_UNKNOWN 195 -#define DW_DLE_PUBTYPE_CONTEXT 196 /* Unused. */ -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_PUBTYPES_LENGTH_BAD 197 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_PUBTYPES_VERSION_ERROR 198 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_PUBTYPES_DUPLICATE 199 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_CIE_DECODE_ERROR 200 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_REGISTER_UNREPRESENTABLE 201 -#define DW_DLE_FRAME_REGISTER_COUNT_MISMATCH 202 -#define DW_DLE_LINK_LOOP 203 -#define DW_DLE_STRP_OFFSET_BAD 204 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_RANGES_DUPLICATE 205 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_RANGES_OFFSET_BAD 206 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_RANGES_MISSING_END 207 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_RANGES_OUT_OF_MEM 208 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_SYMTAB_ERR 209 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_STRTAB_ERR 210 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_MISMATCH_INDEX 211 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_MISMATCH_RELOC_INDEX 212 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_MISMATCH_STRTAB_INDEX 213 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_SECTION_MISMATCH 214 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_SECTION_MISSING_INDEX 215 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_SECTION_LENGTH_ODD 216 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_SECTION_PTR_NULL 217 -#define DW_DLE_RELOC_SECTION_MALLOC_FAIL 218 -#define DW_DLE_NO_ELF64_SUPPORT 219 -#define DW_DLE_MISSING_ELF64_SUPPORT 220 -#define DW_DLE_ORPHAN_FDE 221 -#define DW_DLE_DUPLICATE_INST_BLOCK 222 -#define DW_DLE_BAD_REF_SIG8_FORM 223 -#define DW_DLE_ATTR_EXPRLOC_FORM_BAD 224 -#define DW_DLE_FORM_SEC_OFFSET_LENGTH_BAD 225 -#define DW_DLE_NOT_REF_FORM 226 -#define DW_DLE_DEBUG_FRAME_LENGTH_NOT_MULTIPLE 227 - - - - /* DW_DLE_LAST MUST EQUAL LAST ERROR NUMBER */ -#define DW_DLE_LAST 227 -#define DW_DLE_LO_USER 0x10000 - - /* Taken as meaning 'undefined value', this is not - a column or register number. - Only present at libdwarf runtime. Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - */ -#define DW_FRAME_UNDEFINED_VAL 1034 - - /* Taken as meaning 'same value' as caller had, not a column - or register number - Only present at libdwarf runtime. Never on disk. - DW_FRAME_* Values present on disk are in dwarf.h - */ -#define DW_FRAME_SAME_VAL 1035 - - - -/* error return values -*/ -#define DW_DLV_BADADDR (~(Dwarf_Addr)0) - /* for functions returning target address */ - -#define DW_DLV_NOCOUNT ((Dwarf_Signed)-1) - /* for functions returning count */ - -#define DW_DLV_BADOFFSET (~(Dwarf_Off)0) - /* for functions returning offset */ - -/* standard return values for functions */ -#define DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY -1 -#define DW_DLV_OK 0 -#define DW_DLV_ERROR 1 - -/* Special values for offset_into_exception_table field of dwarf fde's. */ -/* The following value indicates that there is no Exception table offset - associated with a dwarf frame. */ -#define DW_DLX_NO_EH_OFFSET (-1LL) -/* The following value indicates that the producer was unable to analyse the - source file to generate Exception tables for this function. */ -#define DW_DLX_EH_OFFSET_UNAVAILABLE (-2LL) - - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Dwarf consumer interface initialization and termination operations */ - -/* Initialization based on Unix open fd (using libelf internally). */ -int dwarf_init(int /*fd*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*access*/, - Dwarf_Handler /*errhand*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/, - Dwarf_Debug* /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Initialization based on libelf/sgi-fastlibelf open pointer. */ -int dwarf_elf_init(dwarf_elf_handle /*elf*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*access*/, - Dwarf_Handler /*errhand*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/, - Dwarf_Debug* /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Undocumented function for memory allocator. */ -void dwarf_print_memory_stats(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/); - -int dwarf_get_elf(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - dwarf_elf_handle* /*return_elfptr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_finish(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - - -int dwarf_object_init(Dwarf_Obj_Access_Interface* /* obj */, - Dwarf_Handler /* errhand */, - Dwarf_Ptr /* errarg */, - Dwarf_Debug* /* dbg */, - Dwarf_Error* /* error */); - -int dwarf_object_finish(Dwarf_Debug /* dbg */, - Dwarf_Error* /* error */); - -/* die traversal operations */ -int dwarf_next_cu_header_b(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*cu_header_length*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*version_stamp*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*abbrev_offset*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*address_size*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*length_size*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*extension_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*next_cu_header_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -/* The following is now obsolete, though supported. November 2009. */ -int dwarf_next_cu_header(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*cu_header_length*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*version_stamp*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*abbrev_offset*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*address_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*next_cu_header_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_siblingof(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_siblingdie*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_child(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_childdie*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Finding die given global (not CU-relative) offset */ -int dwarf_offdie(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Higher level functions (Unimplemented) */ -int dwarf_pcfile(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_pcsubr(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_pcscope(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc*/, - Dwarf_Die* /*return_die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* operations on DIEs */ -int dwarf_tag(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*return_tag*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* utility? */ -/* dwarf_dieoffset returns the global debug_info - section offset, not the CU relative offset. */ -int dwarf_dieoffset(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_CU_dieoffset_given_die returns - the global debug_info section offset of the CU die - that is the CU containing the given_die - (the passed in DIE can be any DIE). - This information makes it possible for a consumer to - find and print CU context information for any die. - See also dwarf_get_cu_die_offset_given_cu_header_offset(). */ -int dwarf_CU_dieoffset_given_die(Dwarf_Die /*given_die*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_die_CU_offset returns the CU relative offset - not the global debug_info section offset, given - any DIE in the CU. See also dwarf_CU_dieoffset_given_die(). - */ -int dwarf_die_CU_offset(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_die_CU_offset_range(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_CU_header_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_CU_length_bytes*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_attr (Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Attribute * /*returned_attr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_diename(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - char ** /*diename*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Returns the abbrev code of the die. Cannot fail. */ -int dwarf_die_abbrev_code(Dwarf_Die /*die */); - - -/* convenience functions, alternative to using dwarf_attrlist() */ -int dwarf_hasattr(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_loclist_n preferred over dwarf_loclist */ -int dwarf_loclist_n(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Locdesc*** /*llbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*locCount*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_loclist(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, /* inflexible! */ - Dwarf_Locdesc** /*llbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*locCount*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Extracts a dwarf expression from an expression byte stream. - Useful to get expressions from DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression - DW_CFA_expression DW_CFA_val_expression expression bytes. - 27 April 2009: dwarf_loclist_from_expr() interface with - no addr_size is obsolete but supported, - use dwarf_loclist_from_expr_a() instead. -*/ -int dwarf_loclist_from_expr(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Ptr expression_in, - Dwarf_Unsigned expression_length, - Dwarf_Locdesc ** llbuf, - Dwarf_Signed * listlen, Dwarf_Error * error); - -/* dwarf_loclist_from_expr_a() new 27 Apr 2009: added addr_size argument. */ -int dwarf_loclist_from_expr_a(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Ptr expression_in, - Dwarf_Unsigned expression_length, - Dwarf_Half addr_size, - Dwarf_Locdesc ** llbuf, - Dwarf_Signed * listlen, Dwarf_Error * error); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_stringlen(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Locdesc ** /*returned_locdesc*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_subscrcnt(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*returned_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_nthsubscr(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*ssndx*/, - Dwarf_Die * /*returned_die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lowpc(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Addr * /*returned_addr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_highpc(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Addr * /*returned_addr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_bytesize(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_size*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_isbitfield(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_bitsize(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_size*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_bitoffset(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_srclang(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_lang*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_arrayorder(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_order*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* end of convenience function list */ - -/* this is the main interface to attributes of a DIE */ -int dwarf_attrlist(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Attribute** /*attrbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*attrcount*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* query operations for attributes */ -int dwarf_hasform(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Half /*form*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_whatform(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Half * /*returned_form*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_whatform_direct(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Half * /*returned_form*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_whatattr(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Half * /*returned_attr_num*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* - The following are concerned with the Primary Interface: getting - the actual data values. One function per 'kind' of FORM. -*/ -/* dwarf_formref returns, thru return_offset, a CU-relative offset - and does not allow DW_FORM_ref_addr*/ -int dwarf_formref(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -/* dwarf_global_formref returns, thru return_offset, - a debug_info-relative offset and does allow all reference forms*/ -int dwarf_global_formref(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_formsig8 returns in the caller-provided 8 byte area - the 8 bytes of a DW_FORM_ref_sig8. Not a string. */ -int dwarf_formsig8(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Sig8 * /*returned sig bytes*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formaddr(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Addr * /*returned_addr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formflag(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formudata(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_val*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formsdata(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*returned_val*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formblock(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Block ** /*returned_block*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formstring(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - char ** /*returned_string*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_formexprloc(Dwarf_Attribute /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*return_exprlen*/, - Dwarf_Ptr * /*block_ptr*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - - -/* end attribute query operations. */ - -/* line number operations */ -/* dwarf_srclines is the normal interface */ -int dwarf_srclines(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Line** /*linebuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*linecount*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_srclines_dealloc, created July 2005, is the new - method for deallocating what dwarf_srclines returns. - More complete free than using dwarf_dealloc directly. */ -void dwarf_srclines_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Line* /*linebuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*count */); - - -int dwarf_srcfiles(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - char*** /*srcfiles*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*filecount*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Unimplemented. */ -int dwarf_dieline(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Line * /*returned_line*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -int dwarf_linebeginstatement(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lineendsequence(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lineno(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*returned_lineno*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_line_srcfileno(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*ret_fileno*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lineaddr(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Addr * /*returned_addr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lineoff(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*returned_lineoffset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_linesrc(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_lineblock(Dwarf_Line /*line*/, - Dwarf_Bool * /*returned_bool*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* tertiary interface to line info */ -/* Unimplemented */ -int dwarf_pclines(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc*/, - Dwarf_Line** /*linebuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*linecount*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*slide*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -/* end line number operations */ - -/* global name space operations (.debug_pubnames access) */ -int dwarf_get_globals(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Global** /*globals*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_globals*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_globals_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Global* /*globals*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_globals*/); - -int dwarf_globname(Dwarf_Global /*glob*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_global_die_offset(Dwarf_Global /*global*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -/* This returns the CU die global offset if one knows the - CU header global offset. - See also dwarf_CU_dieoffset_given_die(). */ -int dwarf_get_cu_die_offset_given_cu_header_offset( - Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*in_cu_header_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*out_cu_die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); -#ifdef __sgi /* pragma is sgi MIPS only */ -#pragma optional dwarf_get_cu_die_offset_given_cu_header_offset -#endif - -int dwarf_global_cu_offset(Dwarf_Global /*global*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_global_name_offsets(Dwarf_Global /*global*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Static function name operations. */ -int dwarf_get_funcs(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Func** /*funcs*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_funcs*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_funcs_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Func* /*funcs*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_funcs*/); - -int dwarf_funcname(Dwarf_Func /*func*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_func_die_offset(Dwarf_Func /*func*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_func_cu_offset(Dwarf_Func /*func*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_func_name_offsets(Dwarf_Func /*func*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* User-defined type name operations, SGI IRIX .debug_typenames section. - Same content as DWARF3 .debug_pubtypes, but defined years before - .debug_pubtypes was defined. SGI IRIX only. */ -int dwarf_get_types(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Type** /*types*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_types*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_types_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Type* /*types*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_types*/); - - -int dwarf_typename(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_type_die_offset(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_type_cu_offset(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_type_name_offsets(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* User-defined type name operations, DWARF3 .debug_pubtypes section. -*/ -int dwarf_get_pubtypes(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Type** /*types*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_types*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_pubtypes_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Type* /*pubtypes*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_pubtypes*/); - - -int dwarf_pubtypename(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_pubtype_die_offset(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_pubtype_cu_offset(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_pubtype_name_offsets(Dwarf_Type /*type*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* File-scope static variable name operations. */ -int dwarf_get_vars(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Var** /*vars*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_vars*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_vars_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Var* /*vars*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_vars*/); - - -int dwarf_varname(Dwarf_Var /*var*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_var_die_offset(Dwarf_Var /*var*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_var_cu_offset(Dwarf_Var /*var*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_var_name_offsets(Dwarf_Var /*var*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* weak name operations. */ -int dwarf_get_weaks(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Weak** /*weaks*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*number_of_weaks*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -void dwarf_weaks_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Weak* /*weaks*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*number_of_weaks*/); - - -int dwarf_weakname(Dwarf_Weak /*weak*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_weak_die_offset(Dwarf_Weak /*weak*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_weak_cu_offset(Dwarf_Weak /*weak*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_weak_name_offsets(Dwarf_Weak /*weak*/, - char ** /*returned_name*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* location list section operation. (.debug_loc access) */ -int dwarf_get_loclist_entry(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*hipc*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*lopc*/, - Dwarf_Ptr* /*data*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*entry_len*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*next_entry*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* abbreviation section operations */ -int dwarf_get_abbrev(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Abbrev * /*returned_abbrev*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*length*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*attr_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_abbrev_tag(Dwarf_Abbrev /*abbrev*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*return_tag_number*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -int dwarf_get_abbrev_code(Dwarf_Abbrev /*abbrev*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*return_code_number*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_abbrev_children_flag(Dwarf_Abbrev /*abbrev*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*return_flag*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_abbrev_entry(Dwarf_Abbrev /*abbrev*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*index*/, - Dwarf_Half * /*returned_attr_num*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*form*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* consumer string section operation */ -int dwarf_get_str(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*offset*/, - char** /*string*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*strlen_of_string*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Consumer op on gnu .eh_frame info */ -int dwarf_get_fde_list_eh( - Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Cie** /*cie_data*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*cie_element_count*/, - Dwarf_Fde** /*fde_data*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*fde_element_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - - -/* consumer operations on frame info: .debug_frame */ -int dwarf_get_fde_list(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Cie** /*cie_data*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*cie_element_count*/, - Dwarf_Fde** /*fde_data*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*fde_element_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Release storage gotten by dwarf_get_fde_list_eh() or - dwarf_get_fde_list() */ -void dwarf_fde_cie_list_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Cie *cie_data, - Dwarf_Signed cie_element_count, - Dwarf_Fde *fde_data, - Dwarf_Signed fde_element_count); - - - -int dwarf_get_fde_range(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*low_pc*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*func_length*/, - Dwarf_Ptr* /*fde_bytes*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*fde_byte_length*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cie_offset*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*cie_index*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*fde_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Useful for IRIX only: see dwarf_get_cie_augmentation_data() - dwarf_get_fde_augmentation_data() for GNU .eh_frame. */ -int dwarf_get_fde_exception_info(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /* offset_into_exception_tables */, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - - -int dwarf_get_cie_of_fde(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Cie * /*cie_returned*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_cie_info(Dwarf_Cie /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*bytes_in_cie*/, - Dwarf_Small* /*version*/, - char ** /*augmenter*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*code_alignment_factor*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*data_alignment_factor*/, - Dwarf_Half* /*return_address_register_rule*/, - Dwarf_Ptr* /*initial_instructions*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*initial_instructions_length*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* dwarf_get_cie_index new September 2009. */ -int dwarf_get_cie_index( - Dwarf_Cie /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/ ); - - -int dwarf_get_fde_instr_bytes(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Ptr * /*outinstrs*/, Dwarf_Unsigned * /*outlen*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_fde_info_for_all_regs(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_requested*/, - Dwarf_Regtable* /*reg_table*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*row_pc*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_fde_info_for_all_regs3(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_requested*/, - Dwarf_Regtable3* /*reg_table*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*row_pc*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* In this older interface DW_FRAME_CFA_COL is a meaningful - column (which does not work well with DWARF3 or - non-MIPS architectures). */ -int dwarf_get_fde_info_for_reg(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Half /*table_column*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_requested*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*offset_relevant*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*register*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*row_pc*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* See discussion of dw_value_type, libdwarf.h. - Use of DW_FRAME_CFA_COL is not meaningful in this interface. - See dwarf_get_fde_info_for_cfa_reg3(). -*/ -/* dwarf_get_fde_info_for_reg3 is useful on a single column, but - it is inefficient to iterate across all table_columns using this - function. Instead call dwarf_get_fde_info_for_all_regs3() and index - into the table it fills in. */ -int dwarf_get_fde_info_for_reg3(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Half /*table_column*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_requested*/, - Dwarf_Small * /*value_type*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*offset_relevant*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*register*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*offset_or_block_len*/, - Dwarf_Ptr * /*block_ptr */, - Dwarf_Addr* /*row_pc_out*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Use this to get the cfa. */ -int dwarf_get_fde_info_for_cfa_reg3(Dwarf_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_requested*/, - Dwarf_Small * /*value_type*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*offset_relevant*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*register*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*offset_or_block_len*/, - Dwarf_Ptr * /*block_ptr */, - Dwarf_Addr* /*row_pc_out*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_fde_for_die(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Die /*subr_die */, - Dwarf_Fde * /*returned_fde*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_fde_n(Dwarf_Fde* /*fde_data*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*fde_index*/, - Dwarf_Fde * /*returned_fde*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_fde_at_pc(Dwarf_Fde* /*fde_data*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_of_interest*/, - Dwarf_Fde * /*returned_fde*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*lopc*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*hipc*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* GNU .eh_frame augmentation information, raw form, see - Linux Standard Base Core Specification version 3.0 . */ -int dwarf_get_cie_augmentation_data(Dwarf_Cie /* cie*/, - Dwarf_Small ** /* augdata */, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /* augdata_len */, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -/* GNU .eh_frame augmentation information, raw form, see - Linux Standard Base Core Specification version 3.0 . */ -int dwarf_get_fde_augmentation_data(Dwarf_Fde /* fde*/, - Dwarf_Small ** /* augdata */, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /* augdata_len */, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_expand_frame_instructions(Dwarf_Cie /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*instruction*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*i_length*/, - Dwarf_Frame_Op** /*returned_op_list*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*op_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Operations on .debug_aranges. */ -int dwarf_get_aranges(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Arange** /*aranges*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*arange_count*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - - - -int dwarf_get_arange( - Dwarf_Arange* /*aranges*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*arange_count*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*address*/, - Dwarf_Arange * /*returned_arange*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_cu_die_offset( - Dwarf_Arange /*arange*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_arange_cu_header_offset( - Dwarf_Arange /*arange*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*return_cu_header_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); -#ifdef __sgi /* pragma is sgi MIPS only */ -#pragma optional dwarf_get_arange_cu_header_offset -#endif - -/* DWARF2,3 interface. No longer really adequate (it was never - right for segmented address spaces, please switch - to using dwarf_get_arange_info_b instead. - There is no effective difference between these - functions if the address space - of the target is not segmented. */ -int dwarf_get_arange_info( - Dwarf_Arange /*arange*/, - Dwarf_Addr* /*start*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*length*/, - Dwarf_Off* /*cu_die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/ ); - -/* New for DWARF4, entries may have segment information. - *segment is only meaningful if *segment_entry_size is non-zero. */ -int dwarf_get_arange_info_b( - Dwarf_Arange /*arange*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*segment*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*segment_entry_size*/, - Dwarf_Addr * /*start*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*length*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*cu_die_offset*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/ ); - - -/* consumer .debug_macinfo information interface. -*/ -struct Dwarf_Macro_Details_s { - Dwarf_Off dmd_offset; /* offset, in the section, - of this macro info */ - Dwarf_Small dmd_type; /* the type, DW_MACINFO_define etc*/ - Dwarf_Signed dmd_lineno; /* the source line number where - applicable and vend_def # if - vendor_extension op - */ - - Dwarf_Signed dmd_fileindex;/* the source file index: - applies to define undef start_file - */ - char * dmd_macro; /* macro name (with value for defineop) - string from vendor ext - */ -}; - -/* dwarf_print_lines is for use by dwarfdump: it prints - line info to stdout. - The _dwarf name is obsolete. Use dwarf_ instead. - Added extra argnument 2/2009 for better checking. -*/ -int _dwarf_print_lines(Dwarf_Die /*cu_die*/,Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); -int dwarf_print_lines(Dwarf_Die /*cu_die*/,Dwarf_Error * /*error*/, - int * /*error_count_out */); - -/* dwarf_check_lineheader lets dwarfdump get detailed messages - about some compiler errors we detect. - We return the count of detected errors throught the - pointer. -*/ -void dwarf_check_lineheader(Dwarf_Die /*cu_die*/,int *errcount_out); - -/* dwarf_ld_sort_lines helps SGI IRIX ld - rearrange lines in .debug_line in a .o created with a text - section per function. - -OPT:procedure_reorder=ON - where ld-cord (cord(1)ing by ld, - not by cord(1)) may have changed the function order. - The _dwarf name is obsolete. Use dwarf_ instead. -*/ -int _dwarf_ld_sort_lines( - void * /*orig_buffer*/, - unsigned long /* buffer_len*/, - int /*is_64_bit*/, - int * /*any_change*/, - int * /*err_code*/); -int dwarf_ld_sort_lines( - void * /*orig_buffer*/, - unsigned long /*buffer_len*/, - int /*is_64_bit*/, - int * /*any_change*/, - int * /*err_code*/); - -/* Used by dwarfdump -v to print fde offsets from debugging - info. - The _dwarf name is obsolete. Use dwarf_ instead. -*/ -int _dwarf_fde_section_offset(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Fde /*in_fde*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*fde_off*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*cie_off*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); -int dwarf_fde_section_offset(Dwarf_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Fde /*in_fde*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*fde_off*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*cie_off*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); - -/* Used by dwarfdump -v to print cie offsets from debugging - info. - The _dwarf name is obsolete. Use dwarf_ instead. -*/ -int dwarf_cie_section_offset(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Cie /*in_cie*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*cie_off */, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); -int _dwarf_cie_section_offset(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Cie /*in_cie*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*cie_off*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); - -typedef struct Dwarf_Macro_Details_s Dwarf_Macro_Details; - -int dwarf_get_macro(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - char * /*requested_macro_name*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_of_request*/, - char ** /*returned_macro_value*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_all_defined_macros(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*pc_of_request*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*returned_count*/, - char *** /*returned_pointers_to_macros*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -char *dwarf_find_macro_value_start(char * /*macro_string*/); - -int dwarf_get_macro_details(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*macro_offset*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*maximum_count*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*entry_count*/, - Dwarf_Macro_Details ** /*details*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*err*/); - - -int dwarf_get_address_size(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half * /*addr_size*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -/* The dwarf specification separates FORMs into -different classes. To do the seperation properly -requires 4 pieces of data as of DWARF4 (thus the -function arguments listed here). -The DWARF4 specification class definition suffices to -describe all DWARF versions. -See section 7.5.4, Attribute Encodings. -A return of DW_FORM_CLASS_UNKNOWN means we could not properly figure -out what form-class it is. - - DW_FORM_CLASS_FRAMEPTR is MIPS/IRIX only, and refers - to the DW_AT_MIPS_fde attribute (a reference to the - .debug_frame section). -*/ -enum Dwarf_Form_Class { - DW_FORM_CLASS_UNKNOWN, DW_FORM_CLASS_ADDRESS, - DW_FORM_CLASS_BLOCK, DW_FORM_CLASS_CONSTANT, - DW_FORM_CLASS_EXPRLOC, DW_FORM_CLASS_FLAG, - DW_FORM_CLASS_LINEPTR, DW_FORM_CLASS_LOCLISTPTR, - DW_FORM_CLASS_MACPTR, DW_FORM_CLASS_RANGELISTPTR, - DW_FORM_CLASS_REFERENCE, DW_FORM_CLASS_STRING, - DW_FORM_CLASS_FRAMEPTR -}; - -enum Dwarf_Form_Class dwarf_get_form_class( - Dwarf_Half /* dwversion */, - Dwarf_Half /* attrnum */, - Dwarf_Half /*offset_size */, - Dwarf_Half /*form*/); - -/* utility operations */ -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_errno(Dwarf_Error /*error*/); - -char* dwarf_errmsg(Dwarf_Error /*error*/); - -/* stringcheck zero is default and means do all -** string length validity checks. -** Call with parameter value 1 to turn off many such checks (and -** increase performance). -** Call with zero for safest running. -** Actual value saved and returned is only 8 bits! Upper bits -** ignored by libdwarf (and zero on return). -** Returns previous value. -*/ -int dwarf_set_stringcheck(int /*stringcheck*/); - -/* 'apply' defaults to 1 and means do all - * 'rela' relocations on reading in a dwarf object section with - * such relocations. - * Call with parameter value 0 to turn off application of - * such relocations. - * Since the static linker leaves 'bogus' data in object sections - * with a 'rela' relocation section such data cannot be read - * sensibly without processing the relocations. Such relocations - * do not exist in executables and shared objects (.so), the - * relocations only exist in plain .o relocatable object files. - * Actual value saved and returned is only 8 bits! Upper bits - * ignored by libdwarf (and zero on return). - * Returns previous value. - * */ -int dwarf_set_reloc_application(int /*apply*/); - - -/* Unimplemented */ -Dwarf_Handler dwarf_seterrhand(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, Dwarf_Handler /*errhand*/); - -/* Unimplemented */ -Dwarf_Ptr dwarf_seterrarg(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/); - -void dwarf_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, void* /*space*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*type*/); - -/* DWARF Producer Interface */ - -typedef int (*Dwarf_Callback_Func)( - char* /*name*/, - int /*size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*type*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*flags*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*link*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*info*/, - int* /*sect name index*/, - int* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Debug dwarf_producer_init( - Dwarf_Unsigned /*creation_flags*/, - Dwarf_Callback_Func /*func*/, - Dwarf_Handler /*errhand*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -typedef int (*Dwarf_Callback_Func_b)( - char* /*name*/, - int /*size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*type*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*flags*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*link*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*info*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*sect_name_index*/, - int* /*error*/); - - -Dwarf_P_Debug dwarf_producer_init_b( - Dwarf_Unsigned /*flags*/, - Dwarf_Callback_Func_b /*func*/, - Dwarf_Handler /*errhand*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*errarg*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - - -Dwarf_Signed dwarf_transform_to_disk_form(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Ptr dwarf_get_section_bytes(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*dwarf_section*/, - Dwarf_Signed* /*elf_section_index*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*length*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_relocation_info_count( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*count_of_relocation_sections*/, - int * /*drd_buffer_version*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_relocation_info( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*elf_section_index*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*elf_section_index_link*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*relocation_buffer_count*/, - Dwarf_Relocation_Data * /*reldata_buffer*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* v1: no drd_length field, enum explicit */ -/* v2: has the drd_length field, enum value in uchar member */ -#define DWARF_DRD_BUFFER_VERSION 2 - -Dwarf_Signed dwarf_get_die_markers( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Marker * /*marker_list*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*marker_count*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -int dwarf_get_string_attributes_count(Dwarf_P_Debug, - Dwarf_Unsigned *, - int *, - Dwarf_Error *); - -int dwarf_get_string_attributes_info(Dwarf_P_Debug, - Dwarf_Signed *, - Dwarf_Unsigned *, - Dwarf_P_String_Attr *, - Dwarf_Error *); - -void dwarf_reset_section_bytes(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_producer_finish(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Producer attribute addition functions. */ -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_targ_address(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*pc_value*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_block(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Small* /*block_data*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*block_len*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_targ_address_b(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*pc_value*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_ref_address(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*pc_value*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_unsigned_const(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*value*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_signed_const(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*value*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_reference(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*otherdie*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_dataref( - Dwarf_P_Debug /* dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*pcvalue*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_const_value_string(Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - char* /*string_value*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_location_expr(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_P_Expr /*loc_expr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_string(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - char* /*string*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_flag(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Half /*attr*/, - Dwarf_Small /*flag*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_producer(Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - char* /*producer_string*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_const_value_signedint(Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*signed_value*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_const_value_unsignedint( - Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*unsigned_value*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_comp_dir(Dwarf_P_Die /*ownerdie*/, - char* /*current_working_directory*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Attribute dwarf_add_AT_name(Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Producer line creation functions (.debug_line) */ -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_directory_decl(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - char* /*name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_file_decl(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - char* /*name*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*dir_index*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*time_last_modified*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*length*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_line_entry(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*file_index*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*code_address*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*lineno*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*column_number*/, - Dwarf_Bool /*is_source_stmt_begin*/, - Dwarf_Bool /*is_basic_block_begin*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_lne_set_address(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*symbol_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_lne_end_sequence(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*end_address*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* Producer .debug_frame functions */ -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_frame_cie(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - char* /*augmenter*/, - Dwarf_Small /*code_alignent_factor*/, - Dwarf_Small /*data_alignment_factor*/, - Dwarf_Small /*return_address_reg*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*initialization_bytes*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*init_byte_len*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_frame_fde( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*corresponding subprogram die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*cie_to_use*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*virt_addr_of_described_code*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*length_of_code*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*symbol_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_frame_fde_b( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*virt_addr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*code_len*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_idx*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_idx_of_end*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*offset_from_end_sym*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_frame_info_b( - Dwarf_P_Debug dbg /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*virt_addr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*code_len*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*symidx*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*end_symbol */, - Dwarf_Addr /*offset_from_end_symbol */, - Dwarf_Signed /*offset_into_exception_tables*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*exception_table_symbol*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_frame_info( - Dwarf_P_Debug dbg /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*cie*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*virt_addr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*code_len*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*symidx*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*offset_into_exception_tables*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*exception_table_symbol*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Fde dwarf_add_fde_inst( - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Small /*op*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*val1*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*val2*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* New September 17, 2009 */ -int dwarf_insert_fde_inst_bytes( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*len*/, - Dwarf_Ptr /*ibytes*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - - -Dwarf_P_Fde dwarf_new_fde(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Fde dwarf_fde_cfa_offset( - Dwarf_P_Fde /*fde*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*register_number*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*offset*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* die creation & addition routines */ -Dwarf_P_Die dwarf_new_die( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Tag /*tag*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*parent*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*child*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*left */, - Dwarf_P_Die /*right*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_die_to_debug( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_die_marker( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*marker*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_get_die_marker( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*marker*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -Dwarf_P_Die dwarf_die_link( - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*parent*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*child*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*left*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*right*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -void dwarf_dealloc_compressed_block( - Dwarf_P_Debug, - void * -); - -/* Call this passing in return value from dwarf_uncompress_integer_block() - * to free the space the decompression allocated. */ -void dwarf_dealloc_uncompressed_block( - Dwarf_Debug, - void * -); - -void * dwarf_compress_integer_block( - Dwarf_P_Debug, /* dbg */ - Dwarf_Bool, /* signed==true (or unsigned) */ - Dwarf_Small, /* size of integer units: 8, 16, 32, 64 */ - void*, /* data */ - Dwarf_Unsigned, /* number of elements */ - Dwarf_Unsigned*, /* number of bytes in output block */ - Dwarf_Error* /* error */ -); - -/* Decode an array of signed leb integers (so of course the - * array is not composed of fixed length values, but is instead - * a sequence of sleb values). - * Returns a DW_DLV_BADADDR on error. - * Otherwise returns a pointer to an array of 32bit integers. - * The signed argument must be non-zero (the decode - * assumes sleb integers in the input data) at this time. - * Size of integer units must be 32 (32 bits each) at this time. - * Number of bytes in block is a byte count (not array count). - * Returns number of units in output block (ie, number of elements - * of the array that the return value points to) thru the argument. - */ -void * dwarf_uncompress_integer_block( - Dwarf_Debug, /* dbg */ - Dwarf_Bool, /* signed==true (or unsigned) */ - Dwarf_Small, /* size of integer units: 8, 16, 32, 64 */ - void*, /* input data */ - Dwarf_Unsigned, /* number of bytes in input */ - Dwarf_Unsigned*, /* number of units in output block */ - Dwarf_Error* /* error */ -); - -/* Operations to create location expressions. */ -Dwarf_P_Expr dwarf_new_expr(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -void dwarf_expr_reset( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_expr_gen( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Small /*opcode*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*val1*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*val2*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_expr_addr( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*addr*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_expr_addr_b( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*addr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*sym_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_expr_current_offset( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Addr dwarf_expr_into_block( - Dwarf_P_Expr /*expr*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned* /*length*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_arange(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*begin_address*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*length*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*symbol_index*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_arange_b( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*begin_address*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*length*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*symbol_index*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*end_symbol_index*/, - Dwarf_Addr /*offset_from_end_symbol*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_pubname( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*pubname_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_funcname( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*func_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_typename( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*type_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_varname( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*var_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -Dwarf_Unsigned dwarf_add_weakname( - Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_P_Die /*die*/, - char* /*weak_name*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* .debug_macinfo producer functions - Functions must be called in right order: the section is output - In the order these are presented. -*/ -int dwarf_def_macro(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*line*/, - char * /*macname, with (arglist), no space before (*/, - char * /*macvalue*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_undef_macro(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*line*/, - char * /*macname, no arglist, of course*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_start_macro_file(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*fileindex*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*linenumber*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_end_macro_file(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -int dwarf_vendor_ext(Dwarf_P_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned /*constant*/, - char * /*string*/, - Dwarf_Error* /*error*/); - -/* end macinfo producer functions */ - -int dwarf_attr_offset(Dwarf_Die /*die*/, - Dwarf_Attribute /*attr of above die*/, - Dwarf_Off * /*returns offset thru this ptr */, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -/* This is a hack so clients can verify offsets. - Added April 2005 so that debugger can detect broken offsets - (which happened in an IRIX executable larger than 2GB - with MIPSpro 7.3.1.3 toolchain.). -*/ -int -dwarf_get_section_max_offsets(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_info_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_abbrev_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_line_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_loc_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_aranges_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_macinfo_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_pubnames_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_str_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_frame_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_ranges_size*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*debug_pubtypes_size*/); - -/* Multiple releases spelled 'initial' as 'inital' . - The 'inital' spelling should not be used. */ -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_rule_inital_value(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); -/* Additional interface with correct 'initial' spelling. */ -/* It is likely you will want to call the following 5 functions - before accessing any frame information. All are useful - to tailor handling of pseudo-registers needed to turn - frame operation references into simpler forms and to - reflect ABI specific data. Of course altering libdwarf.h - and dwarf.h allow the same capabilities, but such header changes - do not let one change these values at runtime. */ -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_rule_initial_value(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_rule_table_size(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_cfa_value(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_same_value(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); -Dwarf_Half dwarf_set_frame_undefined_value(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Half /*value*/); - -/* As of April 27, 2009, this version with no diepointer is - obsolete though supported. Use dwarf_get_ranges_a() instead. */ -int dwarf_get_ranges(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*rangesoffset*/, - Dwarf_Ranges ** /*rangesbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*listlen*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*bytecount*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -/* This adds the address_size argument. New April 27, 2009 */ -int dwarf_get_ranges_a(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Off /*rangesoffset*/, - Dwarf_Die /* diepointer */, - Dwarf_Ranges ** /*rangesbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed * /*listlen*/, - Dwarf_Unsigned * /*bytecount*/, - Dwarf_Error * /*error*/); - -void dwarf_ranges_dealloc(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - Dwarf_Ranges * /*rangesbuf*/, - Dwarf_Signed /*rangecount*/); - -/* The harmless error list is a circular buffer of - errors we note but which do not stop us from processing - the object. Created so dwarfdump or other tools - can report such inconsequential errors without causing - anything to stop early. */ -#define DW_HARMLESS_ERROR_CIRCULAR_LIST_DEFAULT_SIZE 4 -#define DW_HARMLESS_ERROR_MSG_STRING_SIZE 200 -/* User code supplies size of array of pointers errmsg_ptrs_array - in count and the array of pointers (the pointers themselves - need not be initialized). - The pointers returned in the array of pointers - are invalidated by ANY call to libdwarf. - Use them before making another libdwarf call! - The array of string pointers passed in always has - a final null pointer, so if there are N pointers the - and M actual strings, then MIN(M,N-1) pointers are - set to point to error strings. The array of pointers - to strings always terminates with a NULL pointer. - If 'count' is passed in zero then errmsg_ptrs_array - is not touched. - - The function returns DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY if no harmless errors - were noted so far. Returns DW_DLV_OK if there are errors. - Never returns DW_DLV_ERROR. - - Each call empties the error list (discarding all current entries). - If newerr_count is non-NULL the count of harmless errors - since the last call is returned through the pointer - (some may have been discarded or not returned, it is a circular - list...). - If DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY is returned none of the arguments - here are touched or used. - */ -int dwarf_get_harmless_error_list(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - unsigned /*count*/, - const char ** /*errmsg_ptrs_array*/, - unsigned * /*newerr_count*/); - -/* Insertion is only for testing the harmless error code, it is not - necessarily useful otherwise. */ -void dwarf_insert_harmless_error(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - char * /*newerror*/); - -/* The size of the circular list of strings may be set - and reset as needed. If it is shortened excess - messages are simply dropped. It returns the previous - size. If zero passed in the size is unchanged - and it simply returns the current size */ -unsigned dwarf_set_harmless_error_list_size(Dwarf_Debug /*dbg*/, - unsigned /*maxcount*/); -/* The harmless error strings (if any) are freed when the dbg - is dwarf_finish()ed. */ - -/* When the val_in is known these dwarf_get_TAG_name (etc) - functions return the string corresponding to the val_in passed in - through the pointer s_out and the value returned is DW_DLV_OK. - The strings are in static storage - and must not be freed. - If DW_DLV_NO_ENTRY is returned the val_in is not known and - *s_out is not set. DW_DLV_ERROR is never returned.*/ - -extern int dwarf_get_TAG_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_children_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_FORM_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_AT_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_OP_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ATE_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_DS_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_END_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ATCF_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ACCESS_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_VIS_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_VIRTUALITY_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_LANG_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ID_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_CC_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_INL_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ORD_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_DSC_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_LNS_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_LNE_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_MACINFO_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_CFA_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_EH_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_FRAME_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_CHILDREN_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); -extern int dwarf_get_ADDR_name(unsigned int /*val_in*/, const char ** /*s_out */); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -#endif /* _LIBDWARF_H */ - - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarfdefs.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarfdefs.h deleted file mode 100644 index a564655b2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/libdwarfdefs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -/* libdwarfdefs.h -*/ - -#ifndef LIBDWARFDEFS_H -#define LIBDWARFDEFS_H - -/* We want __uint32_t and __uint64_t and __int32_t __int64_t - properly defined but not duplicated, since duplicate typedefs - are not legal C. -*/ -/* - HAVE___UINT32_T - HAVE___UINT64_T will be set by configure if - our 4 types are predefined in compiler -*/ - - -#if (!defined(HAVE___UINT32_T)) && defined(HAVE___UINT32_T_IN_SGIDEFS_H) -#include /* sgidefs.h defines them */ -#define HAVE___UINT32_T 1 -#endif - -#if (!defined(HAVE___UINT64_T)) && defined(HAVE___UINT64_T_IN_SGIDEFS_H) -#include /* sgidefs.h defines them */ -#define HAVE___UINT64_T 1 -#endif - - -#if (!defined(HAVE___UINT32_T)) && \ - defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) && \ - defined(HAVE___UINT32_T_IN_SYS_TYPES_H) -# include -#define HAVE___UINT32_T 1 -#endif - -#if (!defined(HAVE___UINT64_T)) && \ - defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) && \ - defined(HAVE___UINT64_T_IN_SYS_TYPES_H) -# include -#define HAVE___UINT64_T 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE___UINT32_T -typedef int __int32_t; -typedef unsigned __uint32_t; -#define HAVE___UINT32_T 1 -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE___UINT64_T -typedef long long __int64_t; -typedef unsigned long long __uint64_t; -#define HAVE___UINT64_T 1 -#endif - -#endif /* LIBDWARFDEFS_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/malloc_check.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/malloc_check.h deleted file mode 100644 index ba1ad3da7..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/malloc_check.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2005 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -/* malloc_check.h */ - -/* A simple libdwarf-aware malloc checker. - define WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK and rebuild libdwarf - do make a checking-for-alloc-mistakes libdwarf. - NOT recommended for production use. - - When defined, also add malloc_check.c to the list of - files in Makefile. -*/ - -#undef WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK -/*#define WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK 1 */ - -#ifdef WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK - -void dwarf_malloc_check_alloc_data(void * addr,unsigned char code); -void dwarf_malloc_check_dealloc_data(void * addr,unsigned char code); -void dwarf_malloc_check_complete(char *wheremsg); /* called at exit of app */ - -#else /* !WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK */ - -#define dwarf_malloc_check_alloc_data(a,b) /* nothing */ -#define dwarf_malloc_check_dealloc_data(a,b) /* nothing */ -#define dwarf_malloc_check_complete(a) /* nothing */ - -#endif /* WANT_LIBBDWARF_MALLOC_CHECK */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_alloc.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_alloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index b4da65325..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_alloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -Dwarf_Ptr _dwarf_p_get_alloc(Dwarf_P_Debug, Dwarf_Unsigned); - -void _dwarf_p_dealloc(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Small * ptr); - -void _dwarf_p_dealloc_all(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_arange.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_arange.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0e7e84df..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_arange.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -/* - If ag_end_symbol_index is zero, - ag_length must be known and non-zero. - - - Deals with length being known costant or fr - assembler output, not known. - -*/ - -struct Dwarf_P_Arange_s { - Dwarf_Addr ag_begin_address; /* known address or for - symbolic assem output, - offset of symbol */ - Dwarf_Addr ag_length; /* zero or address or offset */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ag_symbol_index; - - Dwarf_P_Arange ag_next; - - Dwarf_Unsigned ag_end_symbol_index; /* zero or index/id of end - symbol */ - Dwarf_Addr ag_end_symbol_offset; /* known address or for - symbolic assem output, - offset of end symbol */ - -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_die.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_die.h deleted file mode 100644 index 01c00e79b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_die.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -/* - This struct holds the abbreviation table, before they are written - on disk. Holds a linked list of abbreviations, each consisting of - a bitmap for attributes and a bitmap for forms -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Abbrev_s *Dwarf_P_Abbrev; - -struct Dwarf_P_Abbrev_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned abb_idx; /* index of abbreviation */ - Dwarf_Tag abb_tag; /* tag of die */ - Dwarf_Ubyte abb_children; /* if children are present */ - Dwarf_ufixed *abb_attrs; /* holds names of attrs */ - Dwarf_ufixed *abb_forms; /* forms of attributes */ - int abb_n_attr; /* num of attrs = # of forms */ - Dwarf_P_Abbrev abb_next; -}; - -/* used in pro_section.c */ - -int _dwarf_pro_add_AT_fde(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, Dwarf_P_Die die, - Dwarf_Unsigned offset, Dwarf_Error * error); - -int _dwarf_pro_add_AT_stmt_list(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_P_Die first_die, - Dwarf_Error * error); - -int _dwarf_pro_add_AT_macro_info(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_P_Die first_die, - Dwarf_Unsigned offset, - Dwarf_Error * error); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_encode_nm.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_encode_nm.h deleted file mode 100644 index d08e4d514..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_encode_nm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -/* Bytes needed to encode a number. - Not a tight bound, just a reasonable bound. -*/ -#define ENCODE_SPACE_NEEDED (2*sizeof(Dwarf_Unsigned)) - - -int _dwarf_pro_encode_leb128_nm(Dwarf_Unsigned val, int *nbytes, - char *space, int splen); - -int _dwarf_pro_encode_signed_leb128_nm(Dwarf_Signed value, int *nbytes, - char *space, int splen); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_error.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_error.h deleted file mode 100644 index c37035301..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -/* Handle error passing in the name of the Dwarf_P_Debug - User must supply {} around the macro. - Putting the {} here leads to macro uses that don't look like C. - The error argument to dwarf_error is hard coded here as 'error' -*/ -#define DWARF_P_DBG_ERROR(dbg,errval,retval) \ - _dwarf_p_error(dbg,error,errval); return(retval); - -struct Dwarf_Error_s { - Dwarf_Sword er_errval; -}; - -void _dwarf_p_error(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, Dwarf_Error * error, - Dwarf_Word errval); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_expr.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_expr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 202f2d30d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_expr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -#define MAXIMUM_LOC_EXPR_LENGTH 20 - -struct Dwarf_P_Expr_s { - Dwarf_Small ex_byte_stream[MAXIMUM_LOC_EXPR_LENGTH]; - Dwarf_P_Debug ex_dbg; - Dwarf_Unsigned ex_next_byte_offset; - Dwarf_Unsigned ex_reloc_sym_index; - Dwarf_Unsigned ex_reloc_offset; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_frame.h deleted file mode 100644 index df60d369e..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_frame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -/* - Largest register value that can be coded into - the opcode since there are only 6 bits in the - register field. -*/ -#define MAX_6_BIT_VALUE 0x3f - -/* - This struct holds debug_frame instructions -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm_s *Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm; - -struct Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm_s { - Dwarf_Ubyte dfp_opcode; /* opcode - includes reg # */ - char *dfp_args; /* operands */ - int dfp_nbytes; /* number of bytes in args */ -#if 0 - Dwarf_Unsigned dfp_sym_index; /* 0 unless reloc needed */ -#endif - Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm dfp_next; -}; - - -/* - This struct has cie related information. Used to gather data - from user program, and later to transform to disk form -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Cie_s { - Dwarf_Ubyte cie_version; - char *cie_aug; /* augmentation */ - Dwarf_Ubyte cie_code_align; /* alignment of code */ - Dwarf_Sbyte cie_data_align; - Dwarf_Ubyte cie_ret_reg; /* return register # */ - char *cie_inst; /* initial instruction */ - long cie_inst_bytes; - /* no of init_inst */ - Dwarf_P_Cie cie_next; -}; - - -/* producer fields */ -struct Dwarf_P_Fde_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_unused1; - - /* function/subr die for this fde */ - Dwarf_P_Die fde_die; - - /* index to asso. cie */ - Dwarf_Word fde_cie; - - /* Address of first location of the code this frame applies to If - fde_end_symbol non-zero, this represents the offset from the - symbol indicated by fde_r_symidx */ - Dwarf_Addr fde_initloc; - - /* Relocation symbol for address of the code this frame applies to. - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_r_symidx; - - /* Bytes of instr for this fde, if known */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_addr_range; - - /* linked list of instructions we will put in fde. */ - Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm fde_inst; - - /* number of instructions in fde */ - long fde_n_inst; - - /* number of bytes of inst in fde */ - long fde_n_bytes; - - /* offset into exception table for this function. */ - Dwarf_Signed fde_offset_into_exception_tables; - - /* The symbol for the exception table elf section. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_exception_table_symbol; - - /* pointer to last inst */ - Dwarf_P_Frame_Pgm fde_last_inst; - - Dwarf_P_Fde fde_next; - - /* The symbol and offset of the end symbol. When fde_end_symbol is - non-zero we must represent the */ - Dwarf_Addr fde_end_symbol_offset; - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_end_symbol; - - int fde_uwordb_size; - Dwarf_P_Debug fde_dbg; - - /* If fde_block is non-null, then it is the set of instructions. - so we should use it rather than fde_inst. */ - Dwarf_Unsigned fde_inst_block_size; - void *fde_block; -}; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_incl.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_incl.h deleted file mode 100644 index e22e0251a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_incl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2002,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2002-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - Portions Copyright 2008-2010 David Anderson. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -#ifdef HAVE_ELF_H -#include -#elif defined(HAVE_LIBELF_H) -/* On one platform without elf.h this gets Elf32_Rel - type defined (a required type). */ -#include -#elif defined(HAVE_LIBELF_LIBELF_H) -#include -#endif - -#if defined(sun) -#include -#include -#endif - -/* The target address is given: the place in the source integer - is to be determined. -*/ -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -#define WRITE_UNALIGNED(dbg,dest,source, srclength,len_out) \ - { \ - dbg->de_copy_word(dest, \ - ((char *)source) +srclength-len_out, \ - len_out) ; \ - } - - -#else /* LITTLE ENDIAN */ - -#define WRITE_UNALIGNED(dbg,dest,source, srclength,len_out) \ - { \ - dbg->de_copy_word( (dest) , \ - ((char *)source) , \ - len_out) ; \ - } -#endif - - -#if defined(sparc) && defined(sun) -#define REL32 Elf32_Rela -#define REL64 Elf64_Rela -#define REL_SEC_PREFIX ".rela" -#else -#define REL32 Elf32_Rel -#define REL64 Elf64_Rel -#define REL_SEC_PREFIX ".rel" -#endif - -#include "dwarf.h" -#include "libdwarf.h" - -#include "pro_opaque.h" -#include "pro_error.h" -#include "pro_util.h" -#include "pro_encode_nm.h" -#include "pro_alloc.h" diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_line.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_line.h deleted file mode 100644 index eed941239..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_line.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2007-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - -#define VERSION 2 -#ifdef __i386 -#define MIN_INST_LENGTH 1 -#else -#define MIN_INST_LENGTH 4 -#endif -#define DEFAULT_IS_STMT false - /* line base and range are temporarily defines. - They need to be calculated later */ -#define LINE_BASE -1 -#define LINE_RANGE 4 - -#define OPCODE_BASE 10 -#define MAX_OPCODE 255 - - -/* - This struct is used to hold entries in the include directories - part of statement prologue. -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir_s { - char *did_name; /* name of directory */ - Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir did_next; -}; - - -/* - This struct holds file entries for the statement prologue. - Defined in pro_line.h -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_F_Entry_s { - char *dfe_name; - char *dfe_args; /* has dir index, time of modification, - length in bytes. Encodes as leb128 */ - int dfe_nbytes; /* number of bytes in args */ - Dwarf_P_F_Entry dfe_next; -}; - - -/* - Struct holding line number information for each of the producer - line entries -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Line_s { - /* code address */ - Dwarf_Addr dpl_address; - - /* file index, index into file entry */ - Dwarf_Word dpl_file; - - /* line number */ - Dwarf_Word dpl_line; - - /* column number */ - Dwarf_Word dpl_column; - - /* whether its a beginning of a stmt */ - Dwarf_Ubyte dpl_is_stmt; - - /* whether its a beginning of basic blk */ - Dwarf_Ubyte dpl_basic_block; - - /* used to store opcodes set_address, and end_seq */ - Dwarf_Ubyte dpl_opc; - - /* - Used only for relocations. Has index of symbol relative to - which relocation has to be done (the S part in S + A) */ - Dwarf_Unsigned dpl_r_symidx; - - Dwarf_P_Line dpl_next; -}; - -/* - to initialize state machine registers, definition in - pro_line.c -*/ -void _dwarf_pro_reg_init(Dwarf_P_Line); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_macinfo.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_macinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 852a0cec1..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_macinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -int _dwarf_pro_transform_macro_info_to_disk(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Error * error); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_opaque.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_opaque.h deleted file mode 100644 index befc69faa..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_opaque.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,484 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2002,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2002-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -#include - -/* - Sgidefs included to define __uint32_t, - a guaranteed 4-byte quantity. -*/ -#include "libdwarfdefs.h" - -#define true 1 -#define false 0 - -/* to identify a cie */ -#define DW_CIE_ID ~(0x0) -#define DW_CIE_VERSION 1 - -/*Dwarf_Word is unsigned word usable for index, count in memory */ -/*Dwarf_Sword is signed word usable for index, count in memory */ -/* The are 32 or 64 bits depending if 64 bit longs or not, which -** fits the ILP32 and LP64 models -** These work equally well with ILP64. -*/ - -typedef unsigned long Dwarf_Word; -typedef long Dwarf_Sword; - - -typedef signed char Dwarf_Sbyte; -typedef unsigned char Dwarf_Ubyte; -typedef signed short Dwarf_Shalf; - -/* - On any change that makes libdwarf producer - incompatible, increment this number. - 1->2->3 ... - -*/ -#define PRO_VERSION_MAGIC 0xdead1 - - -/* these 2 are fixed sizes which must not vary with the -** ILP32/LP64 model. These two stay at 32 bit. -*/ -typedef __uint32_t Dwarf_ufixed; -typedef __int32_t Dwarf_sfixed; - -/* - producer: - This struct is used to hold information about all - debug* sections. On creating a new section, section - names and indices are added to this struct - definition in pro_section.h -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Section_Data_s *Dwarf_P_Section_Data; - -/* - producer: - This struct is used to hold entries in the include directories - part of statement prologue. Definition in pro_line.h -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir_s *Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir; - -/* - producer: - This struct holds file entries for the statement prologue. - Defined in pro_line.h -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_F_Entry_s *Dwarf_P_F_Entry; - -/* - producer: - This struct holds information for each cie. Defn in pro_frame.h -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Cie_s *Dwarf_P_Cie; - -/* - producer: - Struct to hold line number information, different from - Dwarf_Line opaque type. -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Line_s *Dwarf_P_Line; - -/* - producer: - Struct to hold information about address ranges. -*/ -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry_s *Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Simple_name_header_s *Dwarf_P_Simple_name_header; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Arange_s *Dwarf_P_Arange; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Per_Reloc_Sect_s *Dwarf_P_Per_Reloc_Sect; -typedef struct Dwarf_P_Per_Sect_String_Attrs_s *Dwarf_P_Per_Sect_String_Attrs; - -/* Defined to get at the elf section numbers and section name - indices in symtab for the dwarf sections - Must match .rel.* names in _dwarf_rel_section_names - exactly. -*/ -#define DEBUG_INFO 0 -#define DEBUG_LINE 1 -#define DEBUG_ABBREV 2 -#define DEBUG_FRAME 3 -#define DEBUG_ARANGES 4 -#define DEBUG_PUBNAMES 5 -#define DEBUG_STR 6 -#define DEBUG_FUNCNAMES 7 -#define DEBUG_TYPENAMES 8 -#define DEBUG_VARNAMES 9 -#define DEBUG_WEAKNAMES 10 -#define DEBUG_MACINFO 11 -#define DEBUG_LOC 12 - - /* number of debug_* sections not including the relocations */ -#define NUM_DEBUG_SECTIONS DEBUG_LOC + 1 - - -struct Dwarf_P_Die_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned di_offset; /* offset in debug info */ - char *di_abbrev; /* abbreviation */ - Dwarf_Word di_abbrev_nbytes; /* # of bytes in abbrev */ - Dwarf_Tag di_tag; - Dwarf_P_Die di_parent; /* parent of current die */ - Dwarf_P_Die di_child; /* first child */ - /* The last child field makes linking up children an O(1) operation, - See pro_die.c. */ - Dwarf_P_Die di_last_child; - Dwarf_P_Die di_left; /* left sibling */ - Dwarf_P_Die di_right; /* right sibling */ - Dwarf_P_Attribute di_attrs; /* list of attributes */ - Dwarf_P_Attribute di_last_attr; /* last attribute */ - int di_n_attr; /* number of attributes */ - Dwarf_P_Debug di_dbg; /* For memory management */ - Dwarf_Unsigned di_marker; /* used to attach symbols to dies */ -}; - - -/* producer fields */ -struct Dwarf_P_Attribute_s { - Dwarf_Half ar_attribute; /* Attribute Value. */ - Dwarf_Half ar_attribute_form; /* Attribute Form. */ - Dwarf_P_Die ar_ref_die; /* die pointer if form ref */ - char *ar_data; /* data, format given by form */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ar_nbytes; /* no. of bytes of data */ - Dwarf_Unsigned ar_rel_symidx; /* when attribute has a - relocatable value, holds - index of symbol in SYMTAB */ - Dwarf_Ubyte ar_rel_type; /* relocation type */ - Dwarf_Word ar_rel_offset; /* Offset of relocation within block */ - char ar_reloc_len; /* Number of bytes that relocation - applies to. 4 or 8. Unused and may - be 0 if if ar_rel_type is - R_MIPS_NONE */ - Dwarf_P_Attribute ar_next; -}; - -/* A block of .debug_macinfo data: this forms a series of blocks. -** Each macinfo input is compressed immediately and put into -** the current block if room, else a newblock allocated. -** The space allocation is such that the block and the macinfo -** data are one malloc block: free with a pointer to this and the -** mb_data is freed automatically. -** Like the struct hack, but legal ANSI C. -*/ -struct dw_macinfo_block_s { - struct dw_macinfo_block_s *mb_next; - unsigned long mb_avail_len; - unsigned long mb_used_len; - unsigned long mb_macinfo_data_space_len; - char *mb_data; /* original malloc ptr. */ -}; - -/* dwarf_sn_kind is for the array of similarly-treated - name -> cu ties -*/ -enum dwarf_sn_kind { dwarf_snk_pubname, dwarf_snk_funcname, - dwarf_snk_weakname, dwarf_snk_typename, - dwarf_snk_varname, - dwarf_snk_entrycount /* this one must be last */ -}; - - - -/* The calls to add a varname etc use a list of - these as the list. -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry_s { - Dwarf_P_Die sne_die; - char *sne_name; - int sne_name_len; - Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry sne_next; -}; - -/* An array of these, each of which heads a list - of Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Simple_name_header_s { - Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry sn_head; - Dwarf_P_Simple_nameentry sn_tail; - Dwarf_Signed sn_count; - - /* length that will be generated, not counting fixed header or - trailer */ - Dwarf_Signed sn_net_len; -}; -typedef int (*_dwarf_pro_reloc_name_func_ptr) (Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - int sec_index, - Dwarf_Unsigned offset,/* r_offset */ - Dwarf_Unsigned symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type type, - int reltarget_length); - -typedef int (*_dwarf_pro_reloc_length_func_ptr) (Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - int sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset,/* r_offset */ - Dwarf_Unsigned start_symidx, - Dwarf_Unsigned end_symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type type, - int reltarget_length); -typedef int (*_dwarf_pro_transform_relocs_func_ptr) (Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Signed * - new_sec_count); - -/* - Each slot in a block of slots could be: - a binary stream relocation entry (32 or 64bit relocation data) - a SYMBOLIC relocation entry. - During creation sometimes we create multiple chained blocks, - but sometimes we create a single long block. - Before returning reloc data to caller, - we switch to a single, long-enough, - block. - - We make counters here Dwarf_Unsigned so that we - get sufficient alignment. Since we use space after - the struct (at malloc time) for user data which - must have Dwarf_Unsigned alignment, this - struct must have that alignment too. -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Relocation_Block_s { - Dwarf_Unsigned rb_slots_in_block; /* slots in block, as created */ - Dwarf_Unsigned rb_next_slot_to_use; /* counter, start at 0. */ - struct Dwarf_P_Relocation_Block_s *rb_next; - char *rb_where_to_add_next; /* pointer to next slot (might be past - end, depending on - rb_next_slot_to_use) */ - char *rb_data; /* data area */ -}; - -/* One of these per potential relocation section - So one per actual dwarf section. - Left zeroed when not used (some sections have - no relocations). -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Per_Reloc_Sect_s { - unsigned long pr_reloc_total_count; /* total number of entries - across all blocks */ - - unsigned long pr_slots_per_block_to_alloc; /* at Block alloc, this - is the default number of slots to use */ - - int pr_sect_num_of_reloc_sect; /* sect number returned by - de_callback_func() or de_callback_func_b() call, this is the sect - number of the relocation section. */ - - /* singly-linked list. add at and ('last') with count of blocks */ - struct Dwarf_P_Relocation_Block_s *pr_first_block; - struct Dwarf_P_Relocation_Block_s *pr_last_block; - unsigned long pr_block_count; -}; - -#define DEFAULT_SLOTS_PER_BLOCK 3 - -typedef struct memory_list_s { - struct memory_list_s *prev; - struct memory_list_s *next; -} memory_list_t; - -struct Dwarf_P_Per_Sect_String_Attrs_s { - int sect_sa_section_number; - unsigned sect_sa_n_alloc; - unsigned sect_sa_n_used; - Dwarf_P_String_Attr sect_sa_list; -}; - -/* Fields used by producer */ -struct Dwarf_P_Debug_s { - /* used to catch dso passing dbg to another DSO with incompatible - version of libdwarf See PRO_VERSION_MAGIC */ - int de_version_magic_number; - - Dwarf_Handler de_errhand; - Dwarf_Ptr de_errarg; - - /* Call back function, used to create .debug* sections. Provided - by user. Only of these used per dbg. */ - Dwarf_Callback_Func de_callback_func; - Dwarf_Callback_Func_b de_callback_func_b; - - /* Flags from producer_init call */ - Dwarf_Unsigned de_flags; - - /* This holds information on debug section stream output, including - the stream data */ - Dwarf_P_Section_Data de_debug_sects; - - /* Pointer to the 'current active' section */ - Dwarf_P_Section_Data de_current_active_section; - - /* Number of debug data streams globs. */ - Dwarf_Word de_n_debug_sect; - - /* File entry information, null terminated singly-linked list */ - Dwarf_P_F_Entry de_file_entries; - Dwarf_P_F_Entry de_last_file_entry; - Dwarf_Unsigned de_n_file_entries; - - /* Has the directories used to search for source files */ - Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir de_inc_dirs; - Dwarf_P_Inc_Dir de_last_inc_dir; - Dwarf_Unsigned de_n_inc_dirs; - - /* Has all the line number info for the stmt program */ - Dwarf_P_Line de_lines; - Dwarf_P_Line de_last_line; - - /* List of cie's for the debug unit */ - Dwarf_P_Cie de_frame_cies; - Dwarf_P_Cie de_last_cie; - Dwarf_Unsigned de_n_cie; - - /* Singly-linked list of fde's for the debug unit */ - Dwarf_P_Fde de_frame_fdes; - Dwarf_P_Fde de_last_fde; - Dwarf_Unsigned de_n_fde; - - /* First die, leads to all others */ - Dwarf_P_Die de_dies; - - /* Pointer to list of strings */ - char *de_strings; - - /* Pointer to chain of aranges */ - Dwarf_P_Arange de_arange; - Dwarf_P_Arange de_last_arange; - Dwarf_Sword de_arange_count; - - /* macinfo controls. */ - /* first points to beginning of the list during creation */ - struct dw_macinfo_block_s *de_first_macinfo; - - /* current points to the current, unfilled, block */ - struct dw_macinfo_block_s *de_current_macinfo; - - /* Pointer to the first section, to support reset_section_bytes */ - Dwarf_P_Section_Data de_first_debug_sect; - - /* handles pubnames, weaknames, etc. See dwarf_sn_kind in - pro_opaque.h */ - struct Dwarf_P_Simple_name_header_s - de_simple_name_headers[dwarf_snk_entrycount]; - - /* relocation data. not all sections will actally have relocation - info, of course */ - struct Dwarf_P_Per_Reloc_Sect_s de_reloc_sect[NUM_DEBUG_SECTIONS]; - int de_reloc_next_to_return; /* iterator on reloc sections - (SYMBOLIC output) */ - - /* used in remembering sections */ - int de_elf_sects[NUM_DEBUG_SECTIONS]; /* elf sect number of - the section itself, DEBUG_LINE for example */ - - Dwarf_Unsigned de_sect_name_idx[NUM_DEBUG_SECTIONS]; /* section - name index or handle for the name of the symbol for - DEBUG_LINE for example */ - - int de_offset_reloc; /* offset reloc type, R_MIPS_32 for - example. Specific to the ABI being - produced. Relocates offset size - field */ - int de_exc_reloc; /* reloc type specific to exception - table relocs. */ - int de_ptr_reloc; /* standard reloc type, R_MIPS_32 for - example. Specific to the ABI being - produced. relocates pointer size - field */ - - unsigned char de_offset_size; /* section offset. Here to - avoid test of abi in macro - at run time MIPS -n32 4, - -64 8. */ - - unsigned char de_pointer_size; /* size of pointer in target. - Here to avoid test of abi in - macro at run time MIPS -n32 - 4, -64 is 8. */ - - unsigned char de_is_64bit; /* non-zero if is 64bit. Else 32 bit: - used for passing this info as a flag - */ - unsigned char de_relocation_record_size; /* reloc record size - varies by ABI and - relocation-output - method (stream or - symbolic) */ - - unsigned char de_64bit_extension; /* non-zero if creating 64 bit - offsets using dwarf2-99 - extension proposal */ - - int de_ar_data_attribute_form; /* data8, data4 abi dependent */ - int de_ar_ref_attr_form; /* ref8 ref4 , abi dependent */ - - /* simple name relocations */ - _dwarf_pro_reloc_name_func_ptr de_reloc_name; - - /* relocations for a length, requiring a pair of symbols */ - _dwarf_pro_reloc_length_func_ptr de_reloc_pair; - - _dwarf_pro_transform_relocs_func_ptr de_transform_relocs_to_disk; - - /* following used for macro buffers */ - unsigned long de_compose_avail; - unsigned long de_compose_used_len; - - unsigned char de_same_endian; - void *(*de_copy_word) (void *, const void *, size_t); - - /* Add new fields at the END of this struct to preserve some hope - of sensible behavior on dbg passing between DSOs linked with - mismatched libdwarf producer versions. */ - - Dwarf_P_Marker de_markers; /* pointer to array of markers */ - unsigned de_marker_n_alloc; - unsigned de_marker_n_used; - int de_sect_sa_next_to_return; /* Iterator on sring attrib sects */ - /* String attributes data of each section. */ - struct Dwarf_P_Per_Sect_String_Attrs_s de_sect_string_attr[NUM_DEBUG_SECTIONS]; -}; - -#define CURRENT_VERSION_STAMP 2 - -Dwarf_Unsigned _dwarf_add_simple_name_entry(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_P_Die die, - char *entry_name, - enum dwarf_sn_kind - entrykind, - Dwarf_Error * error); - - -#define DISTINGUISHED_VALUE 0xffffffff /* 64bit extension flag */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index d2e6c6735..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -int _dwarf_pro_pre_alloc_n_reloc_slots(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - int rel_sec_index, - Dwarf_Unsigned newslots); - -int _dwarf_pro_alloc_reloc_slots(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int rel_sec_index); - -int _dwarf_pro_reloc_get_a_slot(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - int base_sec_index, - void **relrec_to_fill); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_stream.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_stream.h deleted file mode 100644 index 892ea5baf..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_stream.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -int _dwarf_pro_reloc_name_stream64(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int base_sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset, /* r_offset - of - reloc - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type, - int reltarget_length); -int _dwarf_pro_reloc_name_stream32(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int base_sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset, /* r_offset - of - reloc - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type, - int reltarget_length); -int _dwarf_pro_reloc_length_stream(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int base_sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset, /* r_offset - of - reloc - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned start_symidx, - Dwarf_Unsigned end_symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type, - int reltarget_length); - -int _dwarf_stream_relocs_to_disk(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Signed * new_sec_count); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_symbolic.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_symbolic.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3d03a4786..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_reloc_symbolic.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -int _dwarf_pro_reloc_name_symbolic(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int base_sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset, /* r_offset - of - reloc - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type, - int reltarget_length); -int - _dwarf_pro_reloc_length_symbolic(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int base_sec_index, Dwarf_Unsigned offset, /* r_offset - of - reloc - */ - Dwarf_Unsigned start_symidx, - Dwarf_Unsigned end_symidx, - enum Dwarf_Rel_Type, - int reltarget_length); - -int _dwarf_symbolic_relocs_to_disk(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Signed * new_sec_count); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_section.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_section.h deleted file mode 100644 index b37ade44d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_section.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - - -/* relocation section names */ -extern char *_dwarf_rel_section_names[]; - -/* section names */ -extern char *_dwarf_sectnames[]; - -/* struct to hold relocation entries. Its mantained as a linked - list of relocation structs, and will then be written at as a - whole into the relocation section. Whether its 32 bit or - 64 bit will be obtained from Dwarf_Debug pointer. -*/ - - - - - -/* - struct stores a chunk of data pertaining to a section -*/ -struct Dwarf_P_Section_Data_s { - int ds_elf_sect_no; /* elf section number */ - char *ds_data; /* data contained in section */ - unsigned long ds_nbytes; /* bytes of data used so far */ - unsigned long ds_orig_alloc; /* bytes allocated originally */ - Dwarf_P_Section_Data ds_next; /* next on the list */ -}; - -/* Used to allow a dummy initial struct (which we - drop before it gets used - This must not match any legitimate 'section' number. -*/ -#define MAGIC_SECT_NO -3 - -/* Size of chunk of data allocated in one alloc - Not clear if this is the best size. - Used to be just 4096 for user data, the section data struct - was a separate malloc. -*/ -#define CHUNK_SIZE (4096 - sizeof (struct Dwarf_P_Section_Data_s)) - -/* - chunk alloc routine - - if chunk->ds_data is nil, it will alloc CHUNK_SIZE bytes, - and return pointer to the beginning. If chunk is not nil, - it will see if there's enoungh space for nbytes in current - chunk, if not, add new chunk to linked list, and return - a char * pointer to it. Return null if unsuccessful. -*/ -Dwarf_Small *_dwarf_pro_buffer(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, int sectno, - unsigned long nbytes); - -#define GET_CHUNK(dbg,sectno,ptr,nbytes,error) \ - { \ - (ptr) = _dwarf_pro_buffer((dbg),(sectno),(nbytes)); \ - if ((ptr) == NULL) { \ - DWARF_P_DBG_ERROR(dbg,DW_DLE_CHUNK_ALLOC,-1); \ - } \ - } - - - -int - _dwarf_transform_arange_to_disk(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, - Dwarf_Error * error); - -/* These are for creating ELF section type codes. -*/ -#if defined(linux) || defined(__BEOS__) || !defined(SHT_MIPS_DWARF) -/* Intel's SoftSdv accepts only this */ -#define SECTION_TYPE SHT_PROGBITS -#else -#define SECTION_TYPE SHT_MIPS_DWARF -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_types.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 817609215..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - -/* pro_types.h */ - - -int _dwarf_transform_simplename_to_disk(Dwarf_P_Debug dbg, enum dwarf_sn_kind entrykind, int section_index, /* in - de_elf_sects - etc - */ - Dwarf_Error * error); diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_util.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_util.h deleted file mode 100644 index 56bde8bda..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libdwarf/pro_util.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/* - - Copyright (C) 2000,2004 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - Portions Copyright 2002-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of version 2.1 of the GNU Lesser General Public License - as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it would be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - Further, this software is distributed without any warranty that it is - free of the rightful claim of any third person regarding infringement - or the like. Any license provided herein, whether implied or - otherwise, applies only to this software file. Patent licenses, if - any, provided herein do not apply to combinations of this program with - other software, or any other product whatsoever. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - License along with this program; if not, write the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, - USA. - - Contact information: Silicon Graphics, Inc., 1500 Crittenden Lane, - Mountain View, CA 94043, or: - - http://www.sgi.com - - For further information regarding this notice, see: - - http://oss.sgi.com/projects/GenInfo/NoticeExplan - -*/ - - - - -#define IS_64BIT(dbg) ((dbg)->de_flags & DW_DLC_SIZE_64 ? 1 : 0) -#define ISA_IA64(dbg) ((dbg)->de_flags & DW_DLC_ISA_IA64 ? 1 : 0) - -/* definition of sizes of types, given target machine */ -#define sizeof_sbyte(dbg) sizeof(Dwarf_Sbyte) -#define sizeof_ubyte(dbg) sizeof(Dwarf_Ubyte) -#define sizeof_uhalf(dbg) sizeof(Dwarf_Half) -/* certain sizes not defined here, but set in dbg record. - See pro_init.c -*/ - -/* Computes amount of padding necessary to align n to a k-boundary. */ -/* Important: Assumes n, k both GREATER than zero. */ -#define PADDING(n, k) ( (k)-1 - ((n)-1)%(k) ) - -/* The following defines are only important for users of the -** producer part of libdwarf, and such should have these -** defined correctly (as necessary) -** by the #include done in pro_incl.h -** before the #include "pro_util.h". -** For others producer macros do not matter so 0 is a usable value, and -** zero values let compilation succeed on more non-MIPS architectures. -** A better approach would be welcome. -*/ -/* R_MIPS* are #define so #ifndef works */ -/* R_IA_64* are not necessarily #define (might be enum) so #ifndef - is useless, we use the configure script generating - HAVE_R_IA_64_DIR32LSB and HAVE_R_IA64_DIR32LSB. -*/ -#ifndef R_MIPS_64 -#define R_MIPS_64 0 -#endif -#ifndef R_MIPS_32 -#define R_MIPS_32 0 -#endif -#ifndef R_MIPS_SCN_DISP -#define R_MIPS_SCN_DISP 0 -#endif - -/* R_IA_64_DIR32LSB came before the now-standard R_IA64_DIR32LSB - (etc) was defined. This now deals with either form, - preferring the new form if available. */ -#ifdef HAVE_R_IA64_DIR32LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR32LSB R_IA64_DIR32LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR64LSB R_IA64_DIR64LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB -#endif -#if defined(HAVE_R_IA_64_DIR32LSB) && !defined(HAVE_R_IA64_DIR32LSB) -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR32LSB R_IA_64_DIR32LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR64LSB R_IA_64_DIR64LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB R_IA_64_SEGREL64LSB -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB R_IA_64_SEGREL32LSB -#endif -#if !defined(HAVE_R_IA_64_DIR32LSB) && !defined(HAVE_R_IA64_DIR32LSB) -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR32LSB 0 -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR64LSB 0 -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB 0 -#define DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB 0 -#endif - -/* - * The default "I don't know" value can't be zero. - * Because that's the sentinel value that means "no relocation". - * In order to use this library in 'symbolic relocation mode we - * don't care if this value is the right relocation value, - * only that it's non-NULL. So at the end, we define it - * to something sensible. - */ - - - -#if defined(sun) -#if defined(sparc) -#define Get_REL64_isa(dbg) (R_SPARC_UA64) -#define Get_REL32_isa(dbg) (R_SPARC_UA32) -#define Get_REL_SEGREL_isa(dbg) (R_SPARC_NONE) /* I don't know! */ -#else /* i386 */ -#define Get_REL64_isa(dbg) (R_386_32) /* Any non-zero value is ok */ -#define Get_REL32_isa(dbg) (R_386_32) -#define Get_REL_SEGREL_isa(dbg) (R_386_NONE) /* I don't know! */ -#endif /* sparc || i386 */ -#else /* !sun */ -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IA64_ELF_H -#define Get_REL64_isa(dbg) (ISA_IA64(dbg) ? \ - DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR64LSB : R_MIPS_64) -#define Get_REL32_isa(dbg) (ISA_IA64(dbg) ? \ - DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_DIR32LSB : R_MIPS_32) - - -/* ia64 uses 32bit dwarf offsets for sections */ -#define Get_REL_SEGREL_isa(dbg) (ISA_IA64(dbg) ? \ - DWARF_PRO_R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB : R_MIPS_SCN_DISP) -#else /* HAVE_SYS_IA64_ELF_H */ - -#if !defined(linux) && !defined(__BEOS__) -#define Get_REL64_isa(dbg) (R_MIPS_64) -#define Get_REL32_isa(dbg) (R_MIPS_32) -#define Get_REL_SEGREL_isa(dbg) (R_MIPS_SCN_DISP) -#else -#define Get_REL64_isa(dbg) (1) -#define Get_REL32_isa(dbg) (1) /* these are used on linux */ -#define Get_REL_SEGREL_isa(dbg) (1) /* non zero values, see comments above */ -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_SYS_IA64_ELF_H */ -#endif /* !sun */ - - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/byteswap.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/byteswap.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7526d1233..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/byteswap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -/* -byteswap.h - functions and macros for byte swapping. -Copyright (C) 1995 - 2001 Michael Riepe - -This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public -License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA -*/ - -/* @(#) $Id: byteswap.h,v 1.7 2008/05/23 08:15:34 michael Exp $ */ - -#ifndef _BYTESWAP_H -#define _BYTESWAP_H - -#define lu(from,i,s) (((__libelf_u32_t)((unsigned char*)(from))[i])<<(s)) -#define li(from,i,s) (((__libelf_i32_t)(( signed char*)(from))[i])<<(s)) - -#define __load_u16L(from) ((__libelf_u32_t) \ - (lu(from,1,8) | lu(from,0,0))) -#define __load_u16M(from) ((__libelf_u32_t) \ - (lu(from,0,8) | lu(from,1,0))) -#define __load_i16L(from) ((__libelf_i32_t) \ - (li(from,1,8) | lu(from,0,0))) -#define __load_i16M(from) ((__libelf_i32_t) \ - (li(from,0,8) | lu(from,1,0))) - -#define __load_u32L(from) ((__libelf_u32_t) \ - (lu(from,3,24) | lu(from,2,16) | lu(from,1,8) | lu(from,0,0))) -#define __load_u32M(from) ((__libelf_u32_t) \ - (lu(from,0,24) | lu(from,1,16) | lu(from,2,8) | lu(from,3,0))) -#define __load_i32L(from) ((__libelf_i32_t) \ - (li(from,3,24) | lu(from,2,16) | lu(from,1,8) | lu(from,0,0))) -#define __load_i32M(from) ((__libelf_i32_t) \ - (li(from,0,24) | lu(from,1,16) | lu(from,2,8) | lu(from,3,0))) - -#define su(to,i,v,s) (((char*)(to))[i]=((__libelf_u32_t)(v)>>(s))) -#define si(to,i,v,s) (((char*)(to))[i]=((__libelf_i32_t)(v)>>(s))) - -#define __store_u16L(to,v) \ - (su(to,1,v,8), su(to,0,v,0)) -#define __store_u16M(to,v) \ - (su(to,0,v,8), su(to,1,v,0)) -#define __store_i16L(to,v) \ - (si(to,1,v,8), si(to,0,v,0)) -#define __store_i16M(to,v) \ - (si(to,0,v,8), si(to,1,v,0)) - -#define __store_u32L(to,v) \ - (su(to,3,v,24), su(to,2,v,16), su(to,1,v,8), su(to,0,v,0)) -#define __store_u32M(to,v) \ - (su(to,0,v,24), su(to,1,v,16), su(to,2,v,8), su(to,3,v,0)) -#define __store_i32L(to,v) \ - (si(to,3,v,24), si(to,2,v,16), si(to,1,v,8), si(to,0,v,0)) -#define __store_i32M(to,v) \ - (si(to,0,v,24), si(to,1,v,16), si(to,2,v,8), si(to,3,v,0)) - -#if __LIBELF64 - -/* - * conversion functions from swap64.c - */ -extern __libelf_u64_t _elf_load_u64L(const unsigned char *from); -extern __libelf_u64_t _elf_load_u64M(const unsigned char *from); -extern __libelf_i64_t _elf_load_i64L(const unsigned char *from); -extern __libelf_i64_t _elf_load_i64M(const unsigned char *from); -extern void _elf_store_u64L(unsigned char *to, __libelf_u64_t v); -extern void _elf_store_u64M(unsigned char *to, __libelf_u64_t v); -extern void _elf_store_i64L(unsigned char *to, __libelf_u64_t v); -extern void _elf_store_i64M(unsigned char *to, __libelf_u64_t v); - -/* - * aliases for existing conversion code - */ -#define __load_u64L _elf_load_u64L -#define __load_u64M _elf_load_u64M -#define __load_i64L _elf_load_i64L -#define __load_i64M _elf_load_i64M -#define __store_u64L _elf_store_u64L -#define __store_u64M _elf_store_u64M -#define __store_i64L _elf_store_i64L -#define __store_i64M _elf_store_i64M - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -#endif /* _BYTESWAP_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/elf_repl.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/elf_repl.h deleted file mode 100644 index c5cf90f7a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/elf_repl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,996 +0,0 @@ -/* - * elf_repl.h - public header file for systems that lack it. - * Copyright (C) 1995 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -/* @(#) $Id: elf_repl.h,v 1.22 2009/11/01 13:04:19 michael Exp $ */ - -/* - * NEVER INCLUDE THIS FILE DIRECTLY - USE INSTEAD! - */ - -#ifndef _ELF_REPL_H -#define _ELF_REPL_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* - * Scalar data types - */ -typedef __libelf_u32_t Elf32_Addr; -typedef __libelf_u16_t Elf32_Half; -typedef __libelf_u32_t Elf32_Off; -typedef __libelf_i32_t Elf32_Sword; -typedef __libelf_u32_t Elf32_Word; - -#define ELF32_FSZ_ADDR 4 -#define ELF32_FSZ_HALF 2 -#define ELF32_FSZ_OFF 4 -#define ELF32_FSZ_SWORD 4 -#define ELF32_FSZ_WORD 4 - -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Addr; -typedef __libelf_u16_t Elf64_Half; -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Off; -typedef __libelf_i32_t Elf64_Sword; -typedef __libelf_u32_t Elf64_Word; -typedef __libelf_i64_t Elf64_Sxword; -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Xword; - -#define ELF64_FSZ_ADDR 8 -#define ELF64_FSZ_HALF 2 -#define ELF64_FSZ_OFF 8 -#define ELF64_FSZ_SWORD 4 -#define ELF64_FSZ_WORD 4 -#define ELF64_FSZ_SXWORD 8 -#define ELF64_FSZ_XWORD 8 - -/* - * Blame Sun for this... - */ -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Lword; -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf32_Lword; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * ELF header - */ -#define EI_NIDENT 16 - -typedef struct { - unsigned char e_ident[EI_NIDENT]; - Elf32_Half e_type; - Elf32_Half e_machine; - Elf32_Word e_version; - Elf32_Addr e_entry; - Elf32_Off e_phoff; - Elf32_Off e_shoff; - Elf32_Word e_flags; - Elf32_Half e_ehsize; - Elf32_Half e_phentsize; - Elf32_Half e_phnum; - Elf32_Half e_shentsize; - Elf32_Half e_shnum; - Elf32_Half e_shstrndx; -} Elf32_Ehdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - unsigned char e_ident[EI_NIDENT]; - Elf64_Half e_type; - Elf64_Half e_machine; - Elf64_Word e_version; - Elf64_Addr e_entry; - Elf64_Off e_phoff; - Elf64_Off e_shoff; - Elf64_Word e_flags; - Elf64_Half e_ehsize; - Elf64_Half e_phentsize; - Elf64_Half e_phnum; - Elf64_Half e_shentsize; - Elf64_Half e_shnum; - Elf64_Half e_shstrndx; -} Elf64_Ehdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * e_ident - */ -#define EI_MAG0 0 -#define EI_MAG1 1 -#define EI_MAG2 2 -#define EI_MAG3 3 -#define EI_CLASS 4 -#define EI_DATA 5 -#define EI_VERSION 6 -#define EI_OSABI 7 -#define EI_ABIVERSION 8 -#define EI_PAD 9 - -#define ELFMAG0 0x7f -#define ELFMAG1 'E' -#define ELFMAG2 'L' -#define ELFMAG3 'F' -#define ELFMAG "\177ELF" -#define SELFMAG 4 - -/* - * e_ident[EI_CLASS] - */ -#define ELFCLASSNONE 0 -#define ELFCLASS32 1 -#define ELFCLASS64 2 -#define ELFCLASSNUM 3 - -/* - * e_ident[EI_DATA] - */ -#define ELFDATANONE 0 -#define ELFDATA2LSB 1 -#define ELFDATA2MSB 2 -#define ELFDATANUM 3 - -/* - * e_ident[EI_OSABI] - */ -#define ELFOSABI_NONE 0 /* No extensions or unspecified */ -#define ELFOSABI_SYSV ELFOSABI_NONE -#define ELFOSABI_HPUX 1 /* Hewlett-Packard HP-UX */ -#define ELFOSABI_NETBSD 2 /* NetBSD */ -#define ELFOSABI_LINUX 3 /* Linux */ -#define ELFOSABI_SOLARIS 6 /* Sun Solaris */ -#define ELFOSABI_AIX 7 /* AIX */ -#define ELFOSABI_IRIX 8 /* IRIX */ -#define ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 9 /* FreeBSD */ -#define ELFOSABI_TRU64 10 /* Compaq TRU64 UNIX */ -#define ELFOSABI_MODESTO 11 /* Novell Modesto */ -#define ELFOSABI_OPENBSD 12 /* Open BSD */ -#define ELFOSABI_OPENVMS 13 /* Open VMS */ -#define ELFOSABI_NSK 14 /* Hewlett-Packard Non-Stop Kernel */ -#define ELFOSABI_AROS 15 /* Amiga Research OS */ -/* these are probably obsolete: */ -#define ELFOSABI_ARM 97 /* ARM */ -#define ELFOSABI_STANDALONE 255 /* standalone (embedded) application */ - - -/* - * e_type - */ -#define ET_NONE 0 -#define ET_REL 1 -#define ET_EXEC 2 -#define ET_DYN 3 -#define ET_CORE 4 -#define ET_NUM 5 -#define ET_LOOS 0xfe00 -#define ET_HIOS 0xfeff -#define ET_LOPROC 0xff00 -#define ET_HIPROC 0xffff - -/* - * e_machine - */ -#define EM_NONE 0 /* No machine */ -#define EM_M32 1 /* AT&T WE 32100 */ -#define EM_SPARC 2 /* SPARC */ -#define EM_386 3 /* Intel 80386 */ -#define EM_68K 4 /* Motorola 68000 */ -#define EM_88K 5 /* Motorola 88000 */ -#define EM_486 6 /* Intel i486 (DO NOT USE THIS ONE) */ -#define EM_860 7 /* Intel 80860 */ -#define EM_MIPS 8 /* MIPS I Architecture */ -#define EM_S370 9 /* IBM System/370 Processor */ -#define EM_MIPS_RS3_LE 10 /* MIPS RS3000 Little-endian */ -#define EM_SPARC64 11 /* SPARC 64-bit */ -#define EM_PARISC 15 /* Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC */ -#define EM_VPP500 17 /* Fujitsu VPP500 */ -#define EM_SPARC32PLUS 18 /* Enhanced instruction set SPARC */ -#define EM_960 19 /* Intel 80960 */ -#define EM_PPC 20 /* PowerPC */ -#define EM_PPC64 21 /* 64-bit PowerPC */ -#define EM_S390 22 /* IBM System/390 Processor */ -#define EM_V800 36 /* NEC V800 */ -#define EM_FR20 37 /* Fujitsu FR20 */ -#define EM_RH32 38 /* TRW RH-32 */ -#define EM_RCE 39 /* Motorola RCE */ -#define EM_ARM 40 /* Advanced RISC Machines ARM */ -#define EM_ALPHA 41 /* Digital Alpha */ -#define EM_SH 42 /* Hitachi SH */ -#define EM_SPARCV9 43 /* SPARC Version 9 */ -#define EM_TRICORE 44 /* Siemens TriCore embedded processor */ -#define EM_ARC 45 /* Argonaut RISC Core, Argonaut Technologies Inc. */ -#define EM_H8_300 46 /* Hitachi H8/300 */ -#define EM_H8_300H 47 /* Hitachi H8/300H */ -#define EM_H8S 48 /* Hitachi H8S */ -#define EM_H8_500 49 /* Hitachi H8/500 */ -#define EM_IA_64 50 /* Intel IA-64 processor architecture */ -#define EM_MIPS_X 51 /* Stanford MIPS-X */ -#define EM_COLDFIRE 52 /* Motorola ColdFire */ -#define EM_68HC12 53 /* Motorola M68HC12 */ -#define EM_MMA 54 /* Fujitsu MMA Multimedia Accelerator */ -#define EM_PCP 55 /* Siemens PCP */ -#define EM_NCPU 56 /* Sony nCPU embedded RISC processor */ -#define EM_NDR1 57 /* Denso NDR1 microprocessor */ -#define EM_STARCORE 58 /* Motorola Star*Core processor */ -#define EM_ME16 59 /* Toyota ME16 processor */ -#define EM_ST100 60 /* STMicroelectronics ST100 processor */ -#define EM_TINYJ 61 /* Advanced Logic Corp. TinyJ embedded processor family */ -#define EM_X86_64 62 /* AMD x86-64 architecture */ -#define EM_AMD64 EM_X86_64 -#define EM_PDSP 63 /* Sony DSP Processor */ -#define EM_FX66 66 /* Siemens FX66 microcontroller */ -#define EM_ST9PLUS 67 /* STMicroelectronics ST9+ 8/16 bit microcontroller */ -#define EM_ST7 68 /* STMicroelectronics ST7 8-bit microcontroller */ -#define EM_68HC16 69 /* Motorola MC68HC16 Microcontroller */ -#define EM_68HC11 70 /* Motorola MC68HC11 Microcontroller */ -#define EM_68HC08 71 /* Motorola MC68HC08 Microcontroller */ -#define EM_68HC05 72 /* Motorola MC68HC05 Microcontroller */ -#define EM_SVX 73 /* Silicon Graphics SVx */ -#define EM_ST19 74 /* STMicroelectronics ST19 8-bit microcontroller */ -#define EM_VAX 75 /* Digital VAX */ -#define EM_CRIS 76 /* Axis Communications 32-bit embedded processor */ -#define EM_JAVELIN 77 /* Infineon Technologies 32-bit embedded processor */ -#define EM_FIREPATH 78 /* Element 14 64-bit DSP Processor */ -#define EM_ZSP 79 /* LSI Logic 16-bit DSP Processor */ -#define EM_MMIX 80 /* Donald Knuth's educational 64-bit processor */ -#define EM_HUANY 81 /* Harvard University machine-independent object files */ -#define EM_PRISM 82 /* SiTera Prism */ -#define EM_AVR 83 /* Atmel AVR 8-bit microcontroller */ -#define EM_FR30 84 /* Fujitsu FR30 */ -#define EM_D10V 85 /* Mitsubishi D10V */ -#define EM_D30V 86 /* Mitsubishi D30V */ -#define EM_V850 87 /* NEC v850 */ -#define EM_M32R 88 /* Mitsubishi M32R */ -#define EM_MN10300 89 /* Matsushita MN10300 */ -#define EM_MN10200 90 /* Matsushita MN10200 */ -#define EM_PJ 91 /* picoJava */ -#define EM_OPENRISC 92 /* OpenRISC 32-bit embedded processor */ -#define EM_ARC_A5 93 /* ARC Cores Tangent-A5 */ -#define EM_XTENSA 94 /* Tensilica Xtensa Architecture */ -#define EM_VIDEOCORE 95 /* Alphamosaic VideoCore processor */ -#define EM_TMM_GPP 96 /* Thompson Multimedia General Purpose Processor */ -#define EM_NS32K 97 /* National Semiconductor 32000 series */ -#define EM_TPC 98 /* Tenor Network TPC processor */ -#define EM_SNP1K 99 /* Trebia SNP 1000 processor */ -#define EM_ST200 100 /* STMicroelectronics (www.st.com) ST200 microcontroller */ -#define EM_IP2K 101 /* Ubicom IP2xxx microcontroller family */ -#define EM_MAX 102 /* MAX Processor */ -#define EM_CR 103 /* National Semiconductor CompactRISC microprocessor */ -#define EM_F2MC16 104 /* Fujitsu F2MC16 */ -#define EM_MSP430 105 /* Texas Instruments embedded microcontroller msp430 */ -#define EM_BLACKFIN 106 /* Analog Devices Blackfin (DSP) processor */ -#define EM_SE_C33 107 /* S1C33 Family of Seiko Epson processors */ -#define EM_SEP 108 /* Sharp embedded microprocessor */ -#define EM_ARCA 109 /* Arca RISC Microprocessor */ -#define EM_UNICORE 110 /* Microprocessor series from PKU-Unity Ltd. and MPRC of Peking University */ -#define EM_NUM 111 - -/* - * e_ident[EI_VERSION], e_version - */ -#define EV_NONE 0 -#define EV_CURRENT 1 -#define EV_NUM 2 - -/* - * Section header - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word sh_name; - Elf32_Word sh_type; - Elf32_Word sh_flags; - Elf32_Addr sh_addr; - Elf32_Off sh_offset; - Elf32_Word sh_size; - Elf32_Word sh_link; - Elf32_Word sh_info; - Elf32_Word sh_addralign; - Elf32_Word sh_entsize; -} Elf32_Shdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word sh_name; - Elf64_Word sh_type; - Elf64_Xword sh_flags; - Elf64_Addr sh_addr; - Elf64_Off sh_offset; - Elf64_Xword sh_size; - Elf64_Word sh_link; - Elf64_Word sh_info; - Elf64_Xword sh_addralign; - Elf64_Xword sh_entsize; -} Elf64_Shdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Special section indices - */ -#define SHN_UNDEF 0 -#define SHN_LORESERVE 0xff00 -#define SHN_LOPROC 0xff00 -#define SHN_HIPROC 0xff1f -#define SHN_LOOS 0xff20 -#define SHN_HIOS 0xff3f -#define SHN_ABS 0xfff1 -#define SHN_COMMON 0xfff2 -#define SHN_XINDEX 0xffff -#define SHN_HIRESERVE 0xffff - -/* - * sh_type - */ -#define SHT_NULL 0 -#define SHT_PROGBITS 1 -#define SHT_SYMTAB 2 -#define SHT_STRTAB 3 -#define SHT_RELA 4 -#define SHT_HASH 5 -#define SHT_DYNAMIC 6 -#define SHT_NOTE 7 -#define SHT_NOBITS 8 -#define SHT_REL 9 -#define SHT_SHLIB 10 -#define SHT_DYNSYM 11 -#define SHT_INIT_ARRAY 14 -#define SHT_FINI_ARRAY 15 -#define SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY 16 -#define SHT_GROUP 17 -#define SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 18 -#define SHT_NUM 19 -#define SHT_LOOS 0x60000000 -#define SHT_HIOS 0x6fffffff -#define SHT_LOPROC 0x70000000 -#define SHT_HIPROC 0x7fffffff -#define SHT_LOUSER 0x80000000 -#define SHT_HIUSER 0xffffffff - -/* - * Solaris extensions - */ -#define SHT_LOSUNW 0x6ffffff4 -#define SHT_SUNW_dof 0x6ffffff4 -#define SHT_SUNW_cap 0x6ffffff5 -#define SHT_SUNW_SIGNATURE 0x6ffffff6 -#define SHT_SUNW_ANNOTATE 0x6ffffff7 -#define SHT_SUNW_DEBUGSTR 0x6ffffff8 -#define SHT_SUNW_DEBUG 0x6ffffff9 -#define SHT_SUNW_move 0x6ffffffa -#define SHT_SUNW_COMDAT 0x6ffffffb -#define SHT_SUNW_syminfo 0x6ffffffc -#define SHT_SUNW_verdef 0x6ffffffd -#define SHT_SUNW_verneed 0x6ffffffe -#define SHT_SUNW_versym 0x6fffffff -#define SHT_HISUNW 0x6fffffff - -#define SHT_SPARC_GOTDATA 0x70000000 -#define SHT_AMD64_UNWIND 0x70000001 - -/* - * GNU extensions - */ -#define SHT_GNU_verdef 0x6ffffffd -#define SHT_GNU_verneed 0x6ffffffe -#define SHT_GNU_versym 0x6fffffff - -/* - * sh_flags - */ -#define SHF_WRITE 0x1 -#define SHF_ALLOC 0x2 -#define SHF_EXECINSTR 0x4 -#define SHF_MERGE 0x10 -#define SHF_STRINGS 0x20 -#define SHF_INFO_LINK 0x40 -#define SHF_LINK_ORDER 0x80 -#define SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING 0x100 -#define SHF_GROUP 0x200 -#define SHF_TLS 0x400 -#define SHF_MASKOS 0x0ff00000 -#define SHF_MASKPROC 0xf0000000 - -/* - * Solaris extensions - */ -#define SHF_AMD64_LARGE 0x10000000 -#define SHF_ORDERED 0x40000000 -#define SHF_EXCLUDE 0x80000000 - -/* - * Section group flags - */ -#define GRP_COMDAT 0x1 -#define GRP_MASKOS 0x0ff00000 -#define GRP_MASKPROC 0xf0000000 - -/* - * Symbol table - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word st_name; - Elf32_Addr st_value; - Elf32_Word st_size; - unsigned char st_info; - unsigned char st_other; - Elf32_Half st_shndx; -} Elf32_Sym; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word st_name; - unsigned char st_info; - unsigned char st_other; - Elf64_Half st_shndx; - Elf64_Addr st_value; - Elf64_Xword st_size; -} Elf64_Sym; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Special symbol indices - */ -#define STN_UNDEF 0 - -/* - * Macros for manipulating st_info - */ -#define ELF32_ST_BIND(i) ((i)>>4) -#define ELF32_ST_TYPE(i) ((i)&0xf) -#define ELF32_ST_INFO(b,t) (((b)<<4)+((t)&0xf)) - -#if __LIBELF64 -#define ELF64_ST_BIND(i) ((i)>>4) -#define ELF64_ST_TYPE(i) ((i)&0xf) -#define ELF64_ST_INFO(b,t) (((b)<<4)+((t)&0xf)) -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Symbol binding - */ -#define STB_LOCAL 0 -#define STB_GLOBAL 1 -#define STB_WEAK 2 -#define STB_NUM 3 -#define STB_LOOS 10 -#define STB_HIOS 12 -#define STB_LOPROC 13 -#define STB_HIPROC 15 - -/* - * Symbol types - */ -#define STT_NOTYPE 0 -#define STT_OBJECT 1 -#define STT_FUNC 2 -#define STT_SECTION 3 -#define STT_FILE 4 -#define STT_COMMON 5 -#define STT_TLS 6 -#define STT_NUM 7 -#define STT_LOOS 10 -#define STT_HIOS 12 -#define STT_LOPROC 13 -#define STT_HIPROC 15 - -/* - * Macros for manipulating st_other - */ -#define ELF32_ST_VISIBILITY(o) ((o)&0x3) -#if __LIBELF64 -#define ELF64_ST_VISIBILITY(o) ((o)&0x3) -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Symbol visibility - */ -#define STV_DEFAULT 0 -#define STV_INTERNAL 1 -#define STV_HIDDEN 2 -#define STV_PROTECTED 3 - -/* - * Relocation - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Addr r_offset; - Elf32_Word r_info; -} Elf32_Rel; - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Addr r_offset; - Elf32_Word r_info; - Elf32_Sword r_addend; -} Elf32_Rela; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Addr r_offset; - Elf64_Xword r_info; -} Elf64_Rel; - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Addr r_offset; - Elf64_Xword r_info; - Elf64_Sxword r_addend; -} Elf64_Rela; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Macros for manipulating r_info - */ -#define ELF32_R_SYM(i) ((i)>>8) -#define ELF32_R_TYPE(i) ((unsigned char)(i)) -#define ELF32_R_INFO(s,t) (((s)<<8)+(unsigned char)(t)) - -#if __LIBELF64 -#define ELF64_R_SYM(i) ((Elf64_Xword)(i)>>32) -#define ELF64_R_TYPE(i) ((i)&0xffffffffL) -#define ELF64_R_INFO(s,t) (((Elf64_Xword)(s)<<32)+((t)&0xffffffffL)) -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Note entry header - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word n_namesz; /* name size */ - Elf32_Word n_descsz; /* descriptor size */ - Elf32_Word n_type; /* descriptor type */ -} Elf32_Nhdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -/* Solaris and GNU use this layout. Be compatible. */ -/* XXX: Latest ELF specs say it's 64-bit!!! */ -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word n_namesz; /* name size */ - Elf64_Word n_descsz; /* descriptor size */ - Elf64_Word n_type; /* descriptor type */ -} Elf64_Nhdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Well-known descriptor types for ET_CORE files - */ -#define NT_PRSTATUS 1 -#define NT_PRFPREG 2 -#define NT_PRPSINFO 3 - -/* - * Program header - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word p_type; - Elf32_Off p_offset; - Elf32_Addr p_vaddr; - Elf32_Addr p_paddr; - Elf32_Word p_filesz; - Elf32_Word p_memsz; - Elf32_Word p_flags; - Elf32_Word p_align; -} Elf32_Phdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word p_type; - Elf64_Word p_flags; - Elf64_Off p_offset; - Elf64_Addr p_vaddr; - Elf64_Addr p_paddr; - Elf64_Xword p_filesz; - Elf64_Xword p_memsz; - Elf64_Xword p_align; -} Elf64_Phdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Special numbers - */ -#define PN_XNUM 0xffff - -/* - * p_type - */ -#define PT_NULL 0 -#define PT_LOAD 1 -#define PT_DYNAMIC 2 -#define PT_INTERP 3 -#define PT_NOTE 4 -#define PT_SHLIB 5 -#define PT_PHDR 6 -#define PT_TLS 7 -#define PT_NUM 8 -#define PT_LOOS 0x60000000 -#define PT_HIOS 0x6fffffff -#define PT_LOPROC 0x70000000 -#define PT_HIPROC 0x7fffffff - -/* - * Solaris extensions - */ - -#define PT_SUNW_UNWIND 0x6464e550 -#define PT_LOSUNW 0x6ffffffa -#define PT_SUNWBSS 0x6ffffffa -#define PT_SUNWSTACK 0x6ffffffb -#define PT_SUNWDTRACE 0x6ffffffc -#define PT_SUNWCAP 0x6ffffffd -#define PT_HISUNW 0x6fffffff - -/* - * p_flags - */ -#define PF_X 0x1 -#define PF_W 0x2 -#define PF_R 0x4 -#define PF_MASKOS 0x0ff00000 -#define PF_MASKPROC 0xf0000000 - -/* - * Dynamic structure - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Sword d_tag; - union { - Elf32_Word d_val; - Elf32_Addr d_ptr; - } d_un; -} Elf32_Dyn; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Sxword d_tag; - union { - Elf64_Xword d_val; - Elf64_Addr d_ptr; - } d_un; -} Elf64_Dyn; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Dynamic array tags - */ - /* d_un exec shared */ -#define DT_NULL 0 /* ign. mand. mand. */ -#define DT_NEEDED 1 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_PLTRELSZ 2 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_PLTGOT 3 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_HASH 4 /* d_ptr mand. mand. */ -#define DT_STRTAB 5 /* d_ptr mand. mand. */ -#define DT_SYMTAB 6 /* d_ptr mand. mand. */ -#define DT_RELA 7 /* d_ptr mand. opt. */ -#define DT_RELASZ 8 /* d_val mand. opt. */ -#define DT_RELAENT 9 /* d_val mand. opt. */ -#define DT_STRSZ 10 /* d_val mand. mand. */ -#define DT_SYMENT 11 /* d_val mand. mand. */ -#define DT_INIT 12 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_FINI 13 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_SONAME 14 /* d_val ign. opt. */ -#define DT_RPATH 15 /* d_val opt. ign. */ -#define DT_SYMBOLIC 16 /* ign. ign. opt. */ -#define DT_REL 17 /* d_ptr mand. opt. */ -#define DT_RELSZ 18 /* d_val mand. opt. */ -#define DT_RELENT 19 /* d_val mand. opt. */ -#define DT_PLTREL 20 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_DEBUG 21 /* d_ptr opt. ign. */ -#define DT_TEXTREL 22 /* ign. opt. opt. */ -#define DT_JMPREL 23 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_BIND_NOW 24 /* ign. opt. opt. */ -#define DT_INIT_ARRAY 25 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_FINI_ARRAY 26 /* d_ptr opt. opt. */ -#define DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ 27 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ 28 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_RUNPATH 29 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_FLAGS 30 /* d_val opt. opt. */ -#define DT_ENCODING 32 /* odd/even encoding rule starts here */ -#define DT_PREINIT_ARRAY 32 /* d_ptr opt. ign. */ -#define DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ 33 /* d_val opt. ign. */ -#define DT_NUM 34 -#define DT_LOOS 0x6000000D -#define DT_HIOS 0x6ffff000 -#define DT_LOPROC 0x70000000 -#define DT_HIPROC 0x7fffffff - -/* - * DT_FLAGS values - */ -#define DF_ORIGIN 0x1 -#define DF_SYMBOLIC 0x2 -#define DF_TEXTREL 0x4 -#define DF_BIND_NOW 0x8 -#define DF_STATIC_TLS 0x10 - -/* - * Solaris extensions - */ -#define DT_VALRNGLO 0x6ffffd00 -#define DT_CHECKSUM 0x6ffffdf8 -#define DT_PLTPADSZ 0x6ffffdf9 -#define DT_MOVEENT 0x6ffffdfa -#define DT_MOVESZ 0x6ffffdfb -#define DT_FEATURE_1 0x6ffffdfc -#define DT_POSFLAG_1 0x6ffffdfd -#define DT_SYMINSZ 0x6ffffdfe -#define DT_SYMINENT 0x6ffffdff -#define DT_VALRNGHI 0x6ffffdff - -#define DT_ADDRRNGLO 0x6ffffe00 -#define DT_CONFIG 0x6ffffefa -#define DT_DEPAUDIT 0x6ffffefb -#define DT_AUDIT 0x6ffffefc -#define DT_PLTPAD 0x6ffffefd -#define DT_MOVETAB 0x6ffffefe -#define DT_SYMINFO 0x6ffffeff -#define DT_ADDRRNGHI 0x6ffffeff - -#define DT_RELACOUNT 0x6ffffff9 -#define DT_RELCOUNT 0x6ffffffa -#define DT_FLAGS_1 0x6ffffffb -#define DT_VERDEF 0x6ffffffc -#define DT_VERDEFNUM 0x6ffffffd -#define DT_VERNEED 0x6ffffffe -#define DT_VERNEEDNUM 0x6fffffff - -#define DT_AUXILIARY 0x7ffffffd -#define DT_USED 0x7ffffffe -#define DT_FILTER 0x7fffffff - -/* - * GNU extensions - */ -#define DT_VERSYM 0x6ffffff0 - -/* - * DT_FEATURE_1 values - */ -#define DTF_1_PARINIT 0x1 -#define DTF_1_CONFEXP 0x2 - -/* - * DT_POSFLAG_1 values - */ -#define DF_P1_LAZYLOAD 0x1 -#define DF_P1_GROUPPERM 0x2 - -/* - * DT_FLAGS_1 values - */ -#define DF_1_NOW 0x00000001 -#define DF_1_GLOBAL 0x00000002 -#define DF_1_GROUP 0x00000004 -#define DF_1_NODELETE 0x00000008 -#define DF_1_LOADFLTR 0x00000010 -#define DF_1_INITFIRST 0x00000020 -#define DF_1_NOOPEN 0x00000040 -#define DF_1_ORIGIN 0x00000080 -#define DF_1_DIRECT 0x00000100 -#define DF_1_TRANS 0x00000200 -#define DF_1_INTERPOSE 0x00000400 -#define DF_1_NODEFLIB 0x00000800 -#define DF_1_NODUMP 0x00001000 -#define DF_1_CONFALT 0x00002000 -#define DF_1_ENDFILTEE 0x00004000 -#define DF_1_DISPRELDNE 0x00008000 -#define DF_1_DISPRELPND 0x00010000 - -/* - * Syminfo structure - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Half si_boundto; - Elf32_Half si_flags; -} Elf32_Syminfo; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - Elf64_Half si_boundto; - Elf64_Half si_flags; -} Elf64_Syminfo; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Syminfo version (stored in unused first entry) - */ -#define SYMINFO_NONE 0 -#define SYMINFO_CURRENT 1 -#define SYMINFO_NUM 2 - -/* - * si_boundto special values - */ -#define SYMINFO_BT_LOWRESERVE 0xff00 -#define SYMINFO_BT_PARENT 0xfffe /* bound to parent */ -#define SYMINFO_BT_SELF 0xffff /* bound to self */ - -/* - * si_flags - */ -#define SYMINFO_FLG_DIRECT 0x01 /* bound to an object */ -#define SYMINFO_FLG_PASSTHRU 0x02 /* pass-thru symbol */ -#define SYMINFO_FLG_COPY 0x04 /* result of a copy relocation */ -#define SYMINFO_FLG_LAZYLOAD 0x08 /* bound to lazy-loaded object */ - -/* - * Version definitions - */ -typedef struct { - Elf32_Half vd_version; - Elf32_Half vd_flags; - Elf32_Half vd_ndx; - Elf32_Half vd_cnt; - Elf32_Word vd_hash; - Elf32_Word vd_aux; - Elf32_Word vd_next; -} Elf32_Verdef; - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word vda_name; - Elf32_Word vda_next; -} Elf32_Verdaux; - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Half vn_version; - Elf32_Half vn_cnt; - Elf32_Word vn_file; - Elf32_Word vn_aux; - Elf32_Word vn_next; -} Elf32_Verneed; - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word vna_hash; - Elf32_Half vna_flags; - Elf32_Half vna_other; - Elf32_Word vna_name; - Elf32_Word vna_next; -} Elf32_Vernaux; - -typedef Elf32_Half Elf32_Versym; - -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Half vd_version; - Elf64_Half vd_flags; - Elf64_Half vd_ndx; - Elf64_Half vd_cnt; - Elf64_Word vd_hash; - Elf64_Word vd_aux; - Elf64_Word vd_next; -} Elf64_Verdef; - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word vda_name; - Elf64_Word vda_next; -} Elf64_Verdaux; - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Half vn_version; - Elf64_Half vn_cnt; - Elf64_Word vn_file; - Elf64_Word vn_aux; - Elf64_Word vn_next; -} Elf64_Verneed; - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Word vna_hash; - Elf64_Half vna_flags; - Elf64_Half vna_other; - Elf64_Word vna_name; - Elf64_Word vna_next; -} Elf64_Vernaux; - -typedef Elf64_Half Elf64_Versym; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * vd_version - */ -#define VER_DEF_NONE 0 -#define VER_DEF_CURRENT 1 -#define VER_DEF_NUM 2 - -/* - * vn_version - */ -#define VER_NEED_NONE 0 -#define VER_NEED_CURRENT 1 -#define VER_NEED_NUM 2 - -/* - * vd_flags / vna_flags - */ -#define VER_FLG_BASE 0x1 /* vd_flags only */ -#define VER_FLG_WEAK 0x2 - -/* - * Elf*_Versym special values - */ -#define VER_NDX_LOCAL 0 -#define VER_NDX_GLOBAL 1 - -/* - * Solaris extensions - */ - -/* - * Move section - */ -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Lword m_value; - Elf32_Word m_info; - Elf32_Word m_poffset; - Elf32_Half m_repeat; - Elf32_Half m_stride; -} Elf32_Move; - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Lword m_value; - Elf64_Xword m_info; - Elf64_Xword m_poffset; - Elf64_Half m_repeat; - Elf64_Half m_stride; -} Elf64_Move; - -#define ELF32_M_SYM(info) ((info)>>8) -#define ELF32_M_SIZE(info) ((unsigned char)(info)) -#define ELF32_M_INFO(sym, sz) (((sym)<<8)+(unsigned char)(sz)) - -#define ELF64_M_SYM(info) ((Elf64_Xword)(info)>>8) -#define ELF64_M_SIZE(info) ((unsigned char)(info)) -#define ELF64_M_INFO(sym, sz) (((Elf64_Xword)(sym)<<8)+(unsigned char)(sz)) - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Capabilities - */ - -typedef struct { - Elf32_Word c_tag; - union { - Elf32_Word c_val; - Elf32_Addr c_ptr; - } c_un; -} Elf32_Cap; - -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef struct { - Elf64_Xword c_tag; - union { - Elf64_Xword c_val; - Elf64_Addr c_ptr; - } c_un; -} Elf64_Cap; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -#define CA_SUNW_NULL 0 /* c_un ignored */ -#define CA_SUNW_HW_1 1 /* c_un.c_val */ -#define CA_SUNW_SF_1 2 /* c_un.c_val */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _ELF_REPL_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/errors.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/errors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 80ee70b92..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/errors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * errors.h - exhaustive list of all error codes and messages for libelf. - * Copyright (C) 1995 - 2003, 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -/* @(#) $Id: errors.h,v 1.18 2008/05/23 08:15:34 michael Exp $ */ - -/* dummy for xgettext */ -#define _(str) str - -__err__(ERROR_OK, _("no error")) -__err__(ERROR_UNKNOWN, _("unknown error")) -__err__(ERROR_INTERNAL, _("Internal error: unknown reason")) -__err__(ERROR_UNIMPLEMENTED, _("Internal error: not implemented")) -__err__(ERROR_WRONLY, _("Request error: cntl(ELF_C_FDREAD) on write-only file")) -__err__(ERROR_INVALID_CMD, _("Request error: invalid ELF_C_* argument")) -__err__(ERROR_FDDISABLED, _("Request error: file descriptor disabled")) -__err__(ERROR_NOTARCHIVE, _("Request error: not an archive")) -__err__(ERROR_BADOFF, _("Request error: offset out of range")) -__err__(ERROR_UNKNOWN_VERSION, _("Request error: unknown ELF version")) -__err__(ERROR_CMDMISMATCH, _("Request error: ELF_C_* argument does not match")) -__err__(ERROR_MEMBERWRITE, _("Request error: archive member begin() for writing")) -__err__(ERROR_FDMISMATCH, _("Request error: archive/member file descriptor mismatch")) -__err__(ERROR_NOTELF, _("Request error: not an ELF file")) -__err__(ERROR_CLASSMISMATCH, _("Request error: class file/memory mismatch")) -__err__(ERROR_UNKNOWN_TYPE, _("Request error: invalid ELF_T_* argument")) -__err__(ERROR_UNKNOWN_ENCODING, _("Request error: unknown data encoding")) -__err__(ERROR_DST2SMALL, _("Request error: destination buffer too small")) -__err__(ERROR_NULLBUF, _("Request error: d_buf is NULL")) -__err__(ERROR_UNKNOWN_CLASS, _("Request error: unknown ELF class")) -__err__(ERROR_ELFSCNMISMATCH, _("Request error: section does not belong to file")) -__err__(ERROR_NOSUCHSCN, _("Request error: no section at index")) -__err__(ERROR_NULLSCN, _("Request error: can't manipulate null section")) -__err__(ERROR_SCNDATAMISMATCH, _("Request error: data does not belong to section")) -__err__(ERROR_NOSTRTAB, _("Request error: no string table")) -__err__(ERROR_BADSTROFF, _("Request error: string table offset out of range")) -__err__(ERROR_RDONLY, _("Request error: update(ELF_C_WRITE) on read-only file")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_SEEK, _("I/O error: seek")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_2BIG, _("I/O error: file too big for memory")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_READ, _("I/O error: raw read")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_GETSIZE, _("I/O error: get file size")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_WRITE, _("I/O error: output write")) -__err__(ERROR_IO_TRUNC, _("I/O error: can't truncate output file")) -__err__(ERROR_VERSION_UNSET, _("Sequence error: must set ELF version first")) -__err__(ERROR_NOEHDR, _("Sequence error: must create ELF header first")) -__err__(ERROR_OUTSIDE, _("Format error: reference outside file")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_ARHDR, _("Format error: archive header truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_ARFMAG, _("Format error: archive fmag")) -__err__(ERROR_ARHDR, _("Format error: archive header")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_MEMBER, _("Format error: archive member truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_SIZE_ARSYMTAB, _("Format error: archive symbol table size")) -__err__(ERROR_ARSTRTAB, _("Format error: archive string table")) -__err__(ERROR_ARSPECIAL, _("Format error: archive special name unknown")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_EHDR, _("Format error: ELF header truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_PHDR, _("Format error: program header table truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_SHDR, _("Format error: section header table truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_TRUNC_SCN, _("Format error: data region truncated")) -__err__(ERROR_ALIGN_PHDR, _("Format error: program header table alignment")) -__err__(ERROR_ALIGN_SHDR, _("Format error: section header table alignment")) -__err__(ERROR_VERDEF_FORMAT, _("Format error: bad parameter in Verdef record")) -__err__(ERROR_VERDEF_VERSION, _("Format error: unknown Verdef version")) -__err__(ERROR_VERNEED_FORMAT, _("Format error: bad parameter in Verneed record")) -__err__(ERROR_VERNEED_VERSION, _("Format error: unknown Verneed version")) -__err__(ERROR_EHDR_SHNUM, _("Format error: bad e_shnum value")) -__err__(ERROR_EHDR_SHENTSIZE, _("Format error: bad e_shentsize value")) -__err__(ERROR_EHDR_PHENTSIZE, _("Format error: bad e_phentsize value")) -__err__(ERROR_UNTERM, _("Format error: unterminated string in string table")) -__err__(ERROR_SCN2SMALL, _("Layout error: section size too small for data")) -__err__(ERROR_SCN_OVERLAP, _("Layout error: overlapping sections")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_ELF, _("Memory error: elf descriptor")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_ARSYMTAB, _("Memory error: archive symbol table")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_ARHDR, _("Memory error: archive member header")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_EHDR, _("Memory error: ELF header")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_PHDR, _("Memory error: program header table")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_SHDR, _("Memory error: section header table")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_SCN, _("Memory error: section descriptor")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_SCNDATA, _("Memory error: section data")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_OUTBUF, _("Memory error: output file space")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_TEMPORARY, _("Memory error: temporary buffer")) -__err__(ERROR_BADVALUE, _("GElf error: value out of range")) -__err__(ERROR_BADINDEX, _("GElf error: index out of range")) -__err__(ERROR_BADTYPE, _("GElf error: type mismatch")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_SYM, _("GElf error: not enough memory for GElf_Sym")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_DYN, _("GElf error: not enough memory for GElf_Dyn")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_RELA, _("GElf error: not enough memory for GElf_Rela")) -__err__(ERROR_MEM_REL, _("GElf error: not enough memory for GElf_Rel")) diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/ext_types.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/ext_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index ead116db0..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/ext_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* -ext_types.h - external representation of ELF data types. -Copyright (C) 1995 - 1998 Michael Riepe - -This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public -License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA -*/ - -/* @(#) $Id: ext_types.h,v 1.9 2008/05/23 08:15:34 michael Exp $ */ - -#ifndef _EXT_TYPES_H -#define _EXT_TYPES_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* - * Scalar data types - */ -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Addr [ELF32_FSZ_ADDR]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Half [ELF32_FSZ_HALF]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Off [ELF32_FSZ_OFF]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Sword [ELF32_FSZ_SWORD]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Word [ELF32_FSZ_WORD]; - -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf32_Lword [8]; - -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Addr [ELF64_FSZ_ADDR]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Half [ELF64_FSZ_HALF]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Off [ELF64_FSZ_OFF]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Sword [ELF64_FSZ_SWORD]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Word [ELF64_FSZ_WORD]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Sxword[ELF64_FSZ_SXWORD]; -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Xword [ELF64_FSZ_XWORD]; - -typedef unsigned char __ext_Elf64_Lword [8]; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * ELF header - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned char e_ident[EI_NIDENT]; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_type; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_machine; - __ext_Elf32_Word e_version; - __ext_Elf32_Addr e_entry; - __ext_Elf32_Off e_phoff; - __ext_Elf32_Off e_shoff; - __ext_Elf32_Word e_flags; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_ehsize; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_phentsize; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_phnum; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_shentsize; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_shnum; - __ext_Elf32_Half e_shstrndx; -} __ext_Elf32_Ehdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - unsigned char e_ident[EI_NIDENT]; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_type; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_machine; - __ext_Elf64_Word e_version; - __ext_Elf64_Addr e_entry; - __ext_Elf64_Off e_phoff; - __ext_Elf64_Off e_shoff; - __ext_Elf64_Word e_flags; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_ehsize; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_phentsize; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_phnum; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_shentsize; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_shnum; - __ext_Elf64_Half e_shstrndx; -} __ext_Elf64_Ehdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Section header - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_name; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_type; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_flags; - __ext_Elf32_Addr sh_addr; - __ext_Elf32_Off sh_offset; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_size; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_link; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_info; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_addralign; - __ext_Elf32_Word sh_entsize; -} __ext_Elf32_Shdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Word sh_name; - __ext_Elf64_Word sh_type; - __ext_Elf64_Xword sh_flags; - __ext_Elf64_Addr sh_addr; - __ext_Elf64_Off sh_offset; - __ext_Elf64_Xword sh_size; - __ext_Elf64_Word sh_link; - __ext_Elf64_Word sh_info; - __ext_Elf64_Xword sh_addralign; - __ext_Elf64_Xword sh_entsize; -} __ext_Elf64_Shdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Symbol table - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Word st_name; - __ext_Elf32_Addr st_value; - __ext_Elf32_Word st_size; - unsigned char st_info; - unsigned char st_other; - __ext_Elf32_Half st_shndx; -} __ext_Elf32_Sym; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Word st_name; - unsigned char st_info; - unsigned char st_other; - __ext_Elf64_Half st_shndx; - __ext_Elf64_Addr st_value; - __ext_Elf64_Xword st_size; -} __ext_Elf64_Sym; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Relocation - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Addr r_offset; - __ext_Elf32_Word r_info; -} __ext_Elf32_Rel; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Addr r_offset; - __ext_Elf32_Word r_info; - __ext_Elf32_Sword r_addend; -} __ext_Elf32_Rela; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Addr r_offset; -#if __LIBELF64_IRIX - __ext_Elf64_Word r_sym; - unsigned char r_ssym; - unsigned char r_type3; - unsigned char r_type2; - unsigned char r_type; -#else /* __LIBELF64_IRIX */ - __ext_Elf64_Xword r_info; -#endif /* __LIBELF64_IRIX */ -} __ext_Elf64_Rel; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Addr r_offset; -#if __LIBELF64_IRIX - __ext_Elf64_Word r_sym; - unsigned char r_ssym; - unsigned char r_type3; - unsigned char r_type2; - unsigned char r_type; -#else /* __LIBELF64_IRIX */ - __ext_Elf64_Xword r_info; -#endif /* __LIBELF64_IRIX */ - __ext_Elf64_Sxword r_addend; -} __ext_Elf64_Rela; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Program header - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Word p_type; - __ext_Elf32_Off p_offset; - __ext_Elf32_Addr p_vaddr; - __ext_Elf32_Addr p_paddr; - __ext_Elf32_Word p_filesz; - __ext_Elf32_Word p_memsz; - __ext_Elf32_Word p_flags; - __ext_Elf32_Word p_align; -} __ext_Elf32_Phdr; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Word p_type; - __ext_Elf64_Word p_flags; - __ext_Elf64_Off p_offset; - __ext_Elf64_Addr p_vaddr; - __ext_Elf64_Addr p_paddr; - __ext_Elf64_Xword p_filesz; - __ext_Elf64_Xword p_memsz; - __ext_Elf64_Xword p_align; -} __ext_Elf64_Phdr; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Dynamic structure - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Sword d_tag; - union { - __ext_Elf32_Word d_val; - __ext_Elf32_Addr d_ptr; - } d_un; -} __ext_Elf32_Dyn; - -#if __LIBELF64 -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Sxword d_tag; - union { - __ext_Elf64_Xword d_val; - __ext_Elf64_Addr d_ptr; - } d_un; -} __ext_Elf64_Dyn; -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Version definitions - */ -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Half vd_version; - __ext_Elf32_Half vd_flags; - __ext_Elf32_Half vd_ndx; - __ext_Elf32_Half vd_cnt; - __ext_Elf32_Word vd_hash; - __ext_Elf32_Word vd_aux; - __ext_Elf32_Word vd_next; -} __ext_Elf32_Verdef; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Word vda_name; - __ext_Elf32_Word vda_next; -} __ext_Elf32_Verdaux; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Half vn_version; - __ext_Elf32_Half vn_cnt; - __ext_Elf32_Word vn_file; - __ext_Elf32_Word vn_aux; - __ext_Elf32_Word vn_next; -} __ext_Elf32_Verneed; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Word vna_hash; - __ext_Elf32_Half vna_flags; - __ext_Elf32_Half vna_other; - __ext_Elf32_Word vna_name; - __ext_Elf32_Word vna_next; -} __ext_Elf32_Vernaux; - -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Half vd_version; - __ext_Elf64_Half vd_flags; - __ext_Elf64_Half vd_ndx; - __ext_Elf64_Half vd_cnt; - __ext_Elf64_Word vd_hash; - __ext_Elf64_Word vd_aux; - __ext_Elf64_Word vd_next; -} __ext_Elf64_Verdef; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Word vda_name; - __ext_Elf64_Word vda_next; -} __ext_Elf64_Verdaux; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Half vn_version; - __ext_Elf64_Half vn_cnt; - __ext_Elf64_Word vn_file; - __ext_Elf64_Word vn_aux; - __ext_Elf64_Word vn_next; -} __ext_Elf64_Verneed; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Word vna_hash; - __ext_Elf64_Half vna_flags; - __ext_Elf64_Half vna_other; - __ext_Elf64_Word vna_name; - __ext_Elf64_Word vna_next; -} __ext_Elf64_Vernaux; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * Move section - */ -#if __LIBELF64 - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf32_Lword m_value; - __ext_Elf32_Word m_info; - __ext_Elf32_Word m_poffset; - __ext_Elf32_Half m_repeat; - __ext_Elf32_Half m_stride; -} __ext_Elf32_Move; - -typedef struct { - __ext_Elf64_Lword m_value; - __ext_Elf64_Xword m_info; - __ext_Elf64_Xword m_poffset; - __ext_Elf64_Half m_repeat; - __ext_Elf64_Half m_stride; -} __ext_Elf64_Move; - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _EXT_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/gelf.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/gelf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5af055899..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/gelf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/* - * gelf.h - public header file for libelf. - * Copyright (C) 2000 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -/* @(#) $Id: gelf.h,v 1.16 2008/05/23 08:15:34 michael Exp $ */ - -#ifndef _GELF_H -#define _GELF_H - -#if __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ -#include -#else /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ -#include -#endif /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ - -#if __LIBELF_NEED_LINK_H -#include -#elif __LIBELF_NEED_SYS_LINK_H -#include -#endif /* __LIBELF_NEED_LINK_H */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#ifndef __P -# if (__STDC__ + 0) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WIN32) -# define __P(args) args -# else /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ -# define __P(args) () -# endif /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ -#endif /* __P */ - -#if !__LIBELF64 - -#error "GElf is not supported on this system." - -#else /* __LIBELF64 */ - -typedef Elf64_Addr GElf_Addr; -typedef Elf64_Half GElf_Half; -typedef Elf64_Off GElf_Off; -typedef Elf64_Sword GElf_Sword; -typedef Elf64_Word GElf_Word; -typedef Elf64_Sxword GElf_Sxword; -typedef Elf64_Xword GElf_Xword; - -typedef Elf64_Ehdr GElf_Ehdr; -typedef Elf64_Phdr GElf_Phdr; -typedef Elf64_Shdr GElf_Shdr; -typedef Elf64_Dyn GElf_Dyn; -typedef Elf64_Rel GElf_Rel; -typedef Elf64_Rela GElf_Rela; -typedef Elf64_Sym GElf_Sym; - -/* - * Symbol versioning - */ -#if __LIBELF_SYMBOL_VERSIONS -typedef Elf64_Verdef GElf_Verdef; -typedef Elf64_Verneed GElf_Verneed; -typedef Elf64_Verdaux GElf_Verdaux; -typedef Elf64_Vernaux GElf_Vernaux; -#endif /* __LIBELF_SYMBOL_VERSIONS */ - -/* - * These types aren't implemented (yet) - * -typedef Elf64_Move GElf_Move; -typedef Elf64_Syminfo GElf_Syminfo; - */ - -/* - * Generic macros - */ -#define GELF_ST_BIND ELF64_ST_BIND -#define GELF_ST_TYPE ELF64_ST_TYPE -#define GELF_ST_INFO ELF64_ST_INFO - -#define GELF_R_TYPE ELF64_R_TYPE -#define GELF_R_SYM ELF64_R_SYM -#define GELF_R_INFO ELF64_R_INFO - -/* - * Function declarations - */ -extern int gelf_getclass __P((Elf *__elf)); - -extern size_t gelf_fsize __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Type __type, size_t __count, unsigned __ver)); - -extern Elf_Data *gelf_xlatetof __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, unsigned __encode)); -extern Elf_Data *gelf_xlatetom __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, unsigned __encode)); - -extern GElf_Ehdr *gelf_getehdr __P((Elf *__elf, GElf_Ehdr *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_ehdr __P((Elf *__elf, GElf_Ehdr *__src)); -extern unsigned long gelf_newehdr __P((Elf *__elf, int __elfclass)); - -extern GElf_Phdr *gelf_getphdr __P((Elf *__elf, int ndx, GElf_Phdr *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_phdr __P((Elf *__elf, int ndx, GElf_Phdr *__src)); -extern unsigned long gelf_newphdr __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __phnum)); - -extern GElf_Shdr *gelf_getshdr __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, GElf_Shdr *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_shdr __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, GElf_Shdr *__src)); - -extern GElf_Dyn *gelf_getdyn __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Dyn *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_dyn __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Dyn *__src)); - -extern GElf_Rel *gelf_getrel __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Rel *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_rel __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Rel *__src)); - -extern GElf_Rela *gelf_getrela __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Rela *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_rela __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Rela *__src)); - -extern GElf_Sym *gelf_getsym __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Sym *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_sym __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Sym *__src)); - -extern long gelf_checksum __P((Elf *__elf)); - -/* - * These functions aren't implemented (yet) - * -extern GElf_Move *gelf_getmove __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Move *__src)); -extern int gelf_update_move __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Move *__src)); - * -extern GElf_Syminfo* gelf_getsyminfo __P((Elf_Data *__src, int __ndx, GElf_Syminfo *__dst)); -extern int gelf_update_syminfo __P((Elf_Data *__dst, int __ndx, GElf_Syminfo *__src)); - */ - -/* - * Extensions (not available in other versions of libelf) - */ -extern size_t gelf_msize __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Type __type, size_t __count, unsigned __ver)); - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _GELF_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/libelf.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/libelf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ebd0f3f9..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/libelf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -/* - * libelf.h - public header file for libelf. - * Copyright (C) 1995 - 2008 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -/* @(#) $Id: libelf.h,v 1.29 2009/07/07 17:57:43 michael Exp $ */ - -#ifndef _LIBELF_H -#define _LIBELF_H - -#include /* for size_t */ -#include - -#if __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ -#include -#else /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ -#include -#endif /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ - -#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __cplusplus -#define DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) -#else -#define DEPRECATED /* nothing */ -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#ifndef __P -# if (__STDC__ + 0) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WIN32) -# define __P(args) args -# else /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ -# define __P(args) () -# endif /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ -#endif /* __P */ - -/* - * Commands - */ -typedef enum { - ELF_C_NULL = 0, /* must be first, 0 */ - ELF_C_READ, - ELF_C_WRITE, - ELF_C_CLR, - ELF_C_SET, - ELF_C_FDDONE, - ELF_C_FDREAD, - ELF_C_RDWR, - ELF_C_NUM /* must be last */ -} Elf_Cmd; - -/* - * Flags - */ -#define ELF_F_DIRTY 0x1 -#define ELF_F_LAYOUT 0x4 -/* - * Allow sections to overlap when ELF_F_LAYOUT is in effect. - * Note that this flag ist NOT portable, and that it may render - * the output file unusable. Use with extreme caution! - */ -#define ELF_F_LAYOUT_OVERLAP 0x10000000 - -/* - * File types - */ -typedef enum { - ELF_K_NONE = 0, /* must be first, 0 */ - ELF_K_AR, - ELF_K_COFF, - ELF_K_ELF, - ELF_K_NUM /* must be last */ -} Elf_Kind; - -/* - * Data types - */ -typedef enum { - ELF_T_BYTE = 0, /* must be first, 0 */ - ELF_T_ADDR, - ELF_T_DYN, - ELF_T_EHDR, - ELF_T_HALF, - ELF_T_OFF, - ELF_T_PHDR, - ELF_T_RELA, - ELF_T_REL, - ELF_T_SHDR, - ELF_T_SWORD, - ELF_T_SYM, - ELF_T_WORD, - /* - * New stuff for 64-bit. - * - * Most implementations add ELF_T_SXWORD after ELF_T_SWORD - * which breaks binary compatibility with earlier versions. - * If this causes problems for you, contact me. - */ - ELF_T_SXWORD, - ELF_T_XWORD, - /* - * Symbol versioning. Sun broke binary compatibility (again!), - * but I won't. - */ - ELF_T_VDEF, - ELF_T_VNEED, - ELF_T_NUM /* must be last */ -} Elf_Type; - -/* - * Elf descriptor - */ -typedef struct Elf Elf; - -/* - * Section descriptor - */ -typedef struct Elf_Scn Elf_Scn; - -/* - * Archive member header - */ -typedef struct { - char* ar_name; - time_t ar_date; - long ar_uid; - long ar_gid; - unsigned long ar_mode; - off_t ar_size; - char* ar_rawname; -} Elf_Arhdr; - -/* - * Archive symbol table - */ -typedef struct { - char* as_name; - size_t as_off; - unsigned long as_hash; -} Elf_Arsym; - -/* - * Data descriptor - */ -typedef struct { - void* d_buf; - Elf_Type d_type; - size_t d_size; - off_t d_off; - size_t d_align; - unsigned d_version; -} Elf_Data; - -/* - * Function declarations - */ -extern Elf *elf_begin __P((int __fd, Elf_Cmd __cmd, Elf *__ref)); -extern Elf *elf_memory __P((char *__image, size_t __size)); -extern int elf_cntl __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Cmd __cmd)); -extern int elf_end __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern const char *elf_errmsg __P((int __err)); -extern int elf_errno __P((void)); -extern void elf_fill __P((int __fill)); -extern unsigned elf_flagdata __P((Elf_Data *__data, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern unsigned elf_flagehdr __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern unsigned elf_flagelf __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern unsigned elf_flagphdr __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern unsigned elf_flagscn __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern unsigned elf_flagshdr __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, Elf_Cmd __cmd, - unsigned __flags)); -extern size_t elf32_fsize __P((Elf_Type __type, size_t __count, - unsigned __ver)); -extern Elf_Arhdr *elf_getarhdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf_Arsym *elf_getarsym __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__ptr)); -extern off_t elf_getbase __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf_Data *elf_getdata __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, Elf_Data *__data)); -extern Elf32_Ehdr *elf32_getehdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern char *elf_getident __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__ptr)); -extern Elf32_Phdr *elf32_getphdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf_Scn *elf_getscn __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __index)); -extern Elf32_Shdr *elf32_getshdr __P((Elf_Scn *__scn)); -extern unsigned long elf_hash __P((const unsigned char *__name)); -extern Elf_Kind elf_kind __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern size_t elf_ndxscn __P((Elf_Scn *__scn)); -extern Elf_Data *elf_newdata __P((Elf_Scn *__scn)); -extern Elf32_Ehdr *elf32_newehdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf32_Phdr *elf32_newphdr __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __count)); -extern Elf_Scn *elf_newscn __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf_Cmd elf_next __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf_Scn *elf_nextscn __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Scn *__scn)); -extern size_t elf_rand __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __offset)); -extern Elf_Data *elf_rawdata __P((Elf_Scn *__scn, Elf_Data *__data)); -extern char *elf_rawfile __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__ptr)); -extern char *elf_strptr __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __section, size_t __offset)); -extern off_t elf_update __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Cmd __cmd)); -extern unsigned elf_version __P((unsigned __ver)); -extern Elf_Data *elf32_xlatetof __P((Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, - unsigned __encode)); -extern Elf_Data *elf32_xlatetom __P((Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, - unsigned __encode)); - -/* - * Additional functions found on Solaris - */ -extern long elf32_checksum __P((Elf *__elf)); - -#if __LIBELF64 -/* - * 64-bit ELF functions - * Not available on all platforms - */ -extern Elf64_Ehdr *elf64_getehdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf64_Ehdr *elf64_newehdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf64_Phdr *elf64_getphdr __P((Elf *__elf)); -extern Elf64_Phdr *elf64_newphdr __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __count)); -extern Elf64_Shdr *elf64_getshdr __P((Elf_Scn *__scn)); -extern size_t elf64_fsize __P((Elf_Type __type, size_t __count, - unsigned __ver)); -extern Elf_Data *elf64_xlatetof __P((Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, - unsigned __encode)); -extern Elf_Data *elf64_xlatetom __P((Elf_Data *__dst, const Elf_Data *__src, - unsigned __encode)); - -/* - * Additional functions found on Solaris - */ -extern long elf64_checksum __P((Elf *__elf)); - -#endif /* __LIBELF64 */ - -/* - * ELF format extensions - * - * These functions return 0 on failure, 1 on success. Since other - * implementations of libelf may behave differently (there was quite - * some confusion about the correct values), they are now officially - * deprecated and should be replaced with the three new functions below. - */ -DEPRECATED extern int elf_getphnum __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); -DEPRECATED extern int elf_getshnum __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); -DEPRECATED extern int elf_getshstrndx __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); -/* - * Replacement functions (return -1 on failure, 0 on success). - */ -extern int elf_getphdrnum __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); -extern int elf_getshdrnum __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); -extern int elf_getshdrstrndx __P((Elf *__elf, size_t *__resultp)); - -/* - * Convenience functions - * - * elfx_update_shstrndx is elf_getshstrndx's counterpart. - * It should be used to set the e_shstrndx member. - * There is no update function for e_shnum or e_phnum - * because libelf handles them internally. - */ -extern int elfx_update_shstrndx __P((Elf *__elf, size_t __index)); - -/* - * Experimental extensions: - * - * elfx_movscn() moves section `__scn' directly after section `__after'. - * elfx_remscn() removes section `__scn'. Both functions update - * the section indices; elfx_remscn() also adjusts the ELF header's - * e_shnum member. The application is responsible for updating other - * data (in particular, e_shstrndx and the section headers' sh_link and - * sh_info members). - * - * elfx_movscn() returns the new index of the moved section. - * elfx_remscn() returns the original index of the removed section. - * A return value of zero indicates an error. - */ -extern size_t elfx_movscn __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Scn *__scn, Elf_Scn *__after)); -extern size_t elfx_remscn __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Scn *__scn)); - -/* - * elf_delscn() is obsolete. Please use elfx_remscn() instead. - */ -extern size_t elf_delscn __P((Elf *__elf, Elf_Scn *__scn)); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _LIBELF_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/nlist.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/nlist.h deleted file mode 100644 index 27a452ec5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/nlist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/* - * nlist.h - public header file for nlist(3). - * Copyright (C) 1995 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -/* @(#) $Id: nlist.h,v 1.10 2008/05/23 08:15:35 michael Exp $ */ - -#ifndef _NLIST_H -#define _NLIST_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -struct nlist { - char* n_name; - long n_value; - short n_scnum; - unsigned short n_type; - char n_sclass; - char n_numaux; -}; - -#if (__STDC__ + 0) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WIN32) -extern int nlist(const char *__filename, struct nlist *__nl); -#else /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ -extern int nlist(); -#endif /* __STDC__ || defined(__cplusplus) */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _NLIST_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/sys_elf.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/sys_elf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f93c5598..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/sys_elf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -/* - * lib/sys_elf.h.w32 - internal configuration file for W32 port - * Copyright (C) 2004 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - * - * @(#) $Id: sys_elf.h.w32,v 1.2 2006/09/07 15:55:42 michael Exp $ - */ - -/* - * DO NOT USE THIS IN APPLICATIONS - #include INSTEAD! - */ - -/* Define to `' or `' if one of them is present */ -#undef __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H - -/* Define if Elf32_Dyn is declared in */ -#undef __LIBELF_NEED_LINK_H - -/* Define if Elf32_Dyn is declared in */ -#undef __LIBELF_NEED_SYS_LINK_H - -/* Define if you want 64-bit support (and your system supports it) */ -#define __LIBELF64 1 - -/* Define if you want 64-bit support, and are running IRIX */ -#undef __LIBELF64_IRIX - -/* Define if you want 64-bit support, and are running Linux */ -#undef __LIBELF64_LINUX - -/* Define if you want symbol versioning (and your system supports it) */ -#define __LIBELF_SYMBOL_VERSIONS 1 - -/* Define to a 64-bit signed integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_i64_t __int64 - -/* Define to a 64-bit unsigned integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_u64_t unsigned __int64 - -/* Define to a 32-bit signed integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_i32_t int - -/* Define to a 32-bit unsigned integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_u32_t unsigned int - -/* Define to a 16-bit signed integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_i16_t short int - -/* Define to a 16-bit unsigned integer type if one exists */ -#define __libelf_u16_t unsigned short int - -/* - * Ok, now get the correct instance of elf.h... - */ -#ifdef __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H -# include __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H -#else /* __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H */ -# if __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ -# include -# else /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ -# include -# endif /* __LIBELF_INTERNAL__ */ -#endif /* __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H */ - -/* - * On some systems, is severely broken. Try to fix it. - */ -#ifdef __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H - -# ifndef ELF32_FSZ_ADDR -# define ELF32_FSZ_ADDR 4 -# define ELF32_FSZ_HALF 2 -# define ELF32_FSZ_OFF 4 -# define ELF32_FSZ_SWORD 4 -# define ELF32_FSZ_WORD 4 -# endif /* ELF32_FSZ_ADDR */ - -# ifndef STN_UNDEF -# define STN_UNDEF 0 -# endif /* STN_UNDEF */ - -# if __LIBELF64 - -# ifndef ELF64_FSZ_ADDR -# define ELF64_FSZ_ADDR 8 -# define ELF64_FSZ_HALF 2 -# define ELF64_FSZ_OFF 8 -# define ELF64_FSZ_SWORD 4 -# define ELF64_FSZ_WORD 4 -# define ELF64_FSZ_SXWORD 8 -# define ELF64_FSZ_XWORD 8 -# endif /* ELF64_FSZ_ADDR */ - -# ifndef ELF64_ST_BIND -# define ELF64_ST_BIND(i) ((i)>>4) -# define ELF64_ST_TYPE(i) ((i)&0xf) -# define ELF64_ST_INFO(b,t) (((b)<<4)+((t)&0xf)) -# endif /* ELF64_ST_BIND */ - -# ifndef ELF64_R_SYM -# define ELF64_R_SYM(i) ((Elf64_Xword)(i)>>32) -# define ELF64_R_TYPE(i) ((i)&0xffffffffL) -# define ELF64_R_INFO(s,t) (((Elf64_Xword)(s)<<32)+((t)&0xffffffffL)) -# endif /* ELF64_R_SYM */ - -# if __LIBELF64_LINUX -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Addr; -typedef __libelf_u16_t Elf64_Half; -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Off; -typedef __libelf_i32_t Elf64_Sword; -typedef __libelf_u32_t Elf64_Word; -typedef __libelf_i64_t Elf64_Sxword; -typedef __libelf_u64_t Elf64_Xword; -# endif /* __LIBELF64_LINUX */ - -# endif /* __LIBELF64 */ -#endif /* __LIBELF_HEADER_ELF_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verdef.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verdef.h deleted file mode 100644 index e17f6826b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verdef.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/* - * verdef.h - copy versioning information. - * Copyright (C) 2001 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -#ifndef lint -static const char verdef_h_rcsid[] = "@(#) $Id: verdef.h,v 1.13 2008/05/23 08:15:35 michael Exp $"; -#endif /* lint */ - -#if VER_DEF_CURRENT != 1 -#error libelf currently does not support VER_DEF_CURRENT != 1 -#endif /* VER_DEF_CURRENT != 1 */ - -#if TOFILE - -static void -__store_verdaux(verdaux_ftype *dst, const verdaux_mtype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - __store_u32L(dst->vda_name, src->vda_name); - __store_u32L(dst->vda_next, src->vda_next); - } - else { - __store_u32M(dst->vda_name, src->vda_name); - __store_u32M(dst->vda_next, src->vda_next); - } -} - -static void -__store_verdef(verdef_ftype *dst, const verdef_mtype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - __store_u16L(dst->vd_version, src->vd_version); - __store_u16L(dst->vd_flags, src->vd_flags); - __store_u16L(dst->vd_ndx, src->vd_ndx); - __store_u16L(dst->vd_cnt, src->vd_cnt); - __store_u32L(dst->vd_hash, src->vd_hash); - __store_u32L(dst->vd_aux, src->vd_aux); - __store_u32L(dst->vd_next, src->vd_next); - } - else { - __store_u16M(dst->vd_version, src->vd_version); - __store_u16M(dst->vd_flags, src->vd_flags); - __store_u16M(dst->vd_ndx, src->vd_ndx); - __store_u16M(dst->vd_cnt, src->vd_cnt); - __store_u32M(dst->vd_hash, src->vd_hash); - __store_u32M(dst->vd_aux, src->vd_aux); - __store_u32M(dst->vd_next, src->vd_next); - } -} - -typedef verdaux_mtype verdaux_stype; -typedef verdaux_ftype verdaux_dtype; -typedef verdef_mtype verdef_stype; -typedef verdef_ftype verdef_dtype; -typedef align_mtype verdef_atype; - -#define copy_verdaux_srctotmp(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_verdaux_tmptodst(d, s, e) __store_verdaux((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_verdef_srctotmp(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_verdef_tmptodst(d, s, e) __store_verdef((d), (s), (e)) - -#define translator_suffix _tof - -#else /* TOFILE */ - -static void -__load_verdaux(verdaux_mtype *dst, const verdaux_ftype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - dst->vda_name = __load_u32L(src->vda_name); - dst->vda_next = __load_u32L(src->vda_next); - } - else { - dst->vda_name = __load_u32M(src->vda_name); - dst->vda_next = __load_u32M(src->vda_next); - } -} - -static void -__load_verdef(verdef_mtype *dst, const verdef_ftype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - dst->vd_version = __load_u16L(src->vd_version); - dst->vd_flags = __load_u16L(src->vd_flags); - dst->vd_ndx = __load_u16L(src->vd_ndx); - dst->vd_cnt = __load_u16L(src->vd_cnt); - dst->vd_hash = __load_u32L(src->vd_hash); - dst->vd_aux = __load_u32L(src->vd_aux); - dst->vd_next = __load_u32L(src->vd_next); - } - else { - dst->vd_version = __load_u16M(src->vd_version); - dst->vd_flags = __load_u16M(src->vd_flags); - dst->vd_ndx = __load_u16M(src->vd_ndx); - dst->vd_cnt = __load_u16M(src->vd_cnt); - dst->vd_hash = __load_u32M(src->vd_hash); - dst->vd_aux = __load_u32M(src->vd_aux); - dst->vd_next = __load_u32M(src->vd_next); - } -} - -typedef verdaux_ftype verdaux_stype; -typedef verdaux_mtype verdaux_dtype; -typedef verdef_ftype verdef_stype; -typedef verdef_mtype verdef_dtype; -typedef align_ftype verdef_atype; - -#define copy_verdaux_srctotmp(d, s, e) __load_verdaux((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_verdaux_tmptodst(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_verdef_srctotmp(d, s, e) __load_verdef((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_verdef_tmptodst(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) - -#define translator_suffix _tom - -#endif /* TOFILE */ - -#define cat3(a,b,c) a##b##c -#define xlt3(p,e,s) cat3(p,e,s) -#define xltprefix(x) xlt3(x,_,class_suffix) -#define translator(x,e) xlt3(xltprefix(_elf_##x),e,translator_suffix) - -static size_t -xlt_verdef(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n, unsigned enc) { - size_t off; - - if (sizeof(verdef_stype) != sizeof(verdef_dtype) - || sizeof(verdaux_stype) != sizeof(verdaux_dtype)) { - /* never happens for ELF v1 and Verneed v1 */ - seterr(ERROR_UNIMPLEMENTED); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* size translation shortcut */ - if (dst == NULL) { - return n; - } - if (src == NULL) { - seterr(ERROR_NULLBUF); - return (size_t)-1; - } - off = 0; - while (off + sizeof(verdef_stype) <= n) { - const verdef_stype *svd; - verdef_dtype *dvd; - verdef_mtype vd; - size_t acount; - size_t aoff; - - /* - * check for proper alignment - */ - if (off % sizeof(verdef_atype)) { - seterr(ERROR_VERDEF_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* - * copy and check src - */ - svd = (verdef_stype*)(src + off); - dvd = (verdef_dtype*)(dst + off); - copy_verdef_srctotmp(&vd, svd, enc); - if (vd.vd_version < 1 - || vd.vd_version > VER_DEF_CURRENT) { - seterr(ERROR_VERDEF_VERSION); - return (size_t)-1; - } - if (vd.vd_cnt < 1 - || vd.vd_aux == 0) { - seterr(ERROR_VERDEF_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - copy_verdef_tmptodst(dvd, &vd, enc); - /* - * copy aux array - */ - aoff = off + vd.vd_aux; - for (acount = 0; acount < vd.vd_cnt; acount++) { - const verdaux_stype *svda; - verdaux_dtype *dvda; - verdaux_mtype vda; - - /* - * are we still inside the buffer limits? - */ - if (aoff + sizeof(verdaux_stype) > n) { - break; - } - /* - * check for proper alignment - */ - if (aoff % sizeof(verdef_atype)) { - seterr(ERROR_VERDEF_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* - * copy and check src - */ - svda = (verdaux_stype*)(src + aoff); - dvda = (verdaux_dtype*)(dst + aoff); - copy_verdaux_srctotmp(&vda, svda, enc); - copy_verdaux_tmptodst(dvda, &vda, enc); - /* - * advance to next verdaux - */ - if (vda.vda_next == 0) { - /* end of list */ - break; - } - aoff += vda.vda_next; - } - /* - * advance to next verdef - */ - if (vd.vd_next == 0) { - /* end of list */ - break; - } - off += vd.vd_next; - } - return n; -} - -size_t -translator(verdef,L11)(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n) { - return xlt_verdef(dst, src, n, ELFDATA2LSB); -} - -size_t -translator(verdef,M11)(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n) { - return xlt_verdef(dst, src, n, ELFDATA2MSB); -} diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verneed.h b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verneed.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54f0f0606..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf/verneed.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -/* - * verneed.h - copy versioning information. - * Copyright (C) 2001 - 2006 Michael Riepe - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA - */ - -#ifndef lint -static const char verneed_h_rcsid[] = "@(#) $Id: verneed.h,v 1.13 2008/05/23 08:15:35 michael Exp $"; -#endif /* lint */ - -#if VER_NEED_CURRENT != 1 -#error libelf currently does not support VER_NEED_CURRENT != 1 -#endif /* VER_NEED_CURRENT != 1 */ - -#if TOFILE - -static void -__store_vernaux(vernaux_ftype *dst, const vernaux_mtype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - __store_u32L(dst->vna_hash, src->vna_hash); - __store_u16L(dst->vna_flags, src->vna_flags); - __store_u16L(dst->vna_other, src->vna_other); - __store_u32L(dst->vna_name, src->vna_name); - __store_u32L(dst->vna_next, src->vna_next); - } - else { - __store_u32M(dst->vna_hash, src->vna_hash); - __store_u16M(dst->vna_flags, src->vna_flags); - __store_u16M(dst->vna_other, src->vna_other); - __store_u32M(dst->vna_name, src->vna_name); - __store_u32M(dst->vna_next, src->vna_next); - } -} - -static void -__store_verneed(verneed_ftype *dst, const verneed_mtype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - __store_u16L(dst->vn_version, src->vn_version); - __store_u16L(dst->vn_cnt, src->vn_cnt); - __store_u32L(dst->vn_file, src->vn_file); - __store_u32L(dst->vn_aux, src->vn_aux); - __store_u32L(dst->vn_next, src->vn_next); - } - else { - __store_u16M(dst->vn_version, src->vn_version); - __store_u16M(dst->vn_cnt, src->vn_cnt); - __store_u32M(dst->vn_file, src->vn_file); - __store_u32M(dst->vn_aux, src->vn_aux); - __store_u32M(dst->vn_next, src->vn_next); - } -} - -typedef vernaux_mtype vernaux_stype; -typedef vernaux_ftype vernaux_dtype; -typedef verneed_mtype verneed_stype; -typedef verneed_ftype verneed_dtype; -typedef align_mtype verneed_atype; - -#define copy_vernaux_srctotmp(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_vernaux_tmptodst(d, s, e) __store_vernaux((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_verneed_srctotmp(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_verneed_tmptodst(d, s, e) __store_verneed((d), (s), (e)) - -#define translator_suffix _tof - -#else /* TOFILE */ - -static void -__load_vernaux(vernaux_mtype *dst, const vernaux_ftype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - dst->vna_hash = __load_u32L(src->vna_hash); - dst->vna_flags = __load_u16L(src->vna_flags); - dst->vna_other = __load_u16L(src->vna_other); - dst->vna_name = __load_u32L(src->vna_name); - dst->vna_next = __load_u32L(src->vna_next); - } - else { - dst->vna_hash = __load_u32M(src->vna_hash); - dst->vna_flags = __load_u16M(src->vna_flags); - dst->vna_other = __load_u16M(src->vna_other); - dst->vna_name = __load_u32M(src->vna_name); - dst->vna_next = __load_u32M(src->vna_next); - } -} - -static void -__load_verneed(verneed_mtype *dst, const verneed_ftype *src, unsigned enc) { - if (enc == ELFDATA2LSB) { - dst->vn_version = __load_u16L(src->vn_version); - dst->vn_cnt = __load_u16L(src->vn_cnt); - dst->vn_file = __load_u32L(src->vn_file); - dst->vn_aux = __load_u32L(src->vn_aux); - dst->vn_next = __load_u32L(src->vn_next); - } - else { - dst->vn_version = __load_u16M(src->vn_version); - dst->vn_cnt = __load_u16M(src->vn_cnt); - dst->vn_file = __load_u32M(src->vn_file); - dst->vn_aux = __load_u32M(src->vn_aux); - dst->vn_next = __load_u32M(src->vn_next); - } -} - -typedef vernaux_ftype vernaux_stype; -typedef vernaux_mtype vernaux_dtype; -typedef verneed_ftype verneed_stype; -typedef verneed_mtype verneed_dtype; -typedef align_ftype verneed_atype; - -#define copy_vernaux_srctotmp(d, s, e) __load_vernaux((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_vernaux_tmptodst(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) -#define copy_verneed_srctotmp(d, s, e) __load_verneed((d), (s), (e)) -#define copy_verneed_tmptodst(d, s, e) (*(d) = *(s)) - -#define translator_suffix _tom - -#endif /* TOFILE */ - -#define cat3(a,b,c) a##b##c -#define xlt3(p,e,s) cat3(p,e,s) -#define xltprefix(x) xlt3(x,_,class_suffix) -#define translator(x,e) xlt3(xltprefix(_elf_##x),e,translator_suffix) - -static size_t -xlt_verneed(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n, unsigned enc) { - size_t off; - - if (sizeof(verneed_stype) != sizeof(verneed_dtype) - || sizeof(vernaux_stype) != sizeof(vernaux_dtype)) { - /* never happens for ELF v1 and Verneed v1 */ - seterr(ERROR_UNIMPLEMENTED); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* size translation shortcut */ - if (dst == NULL) { - return n; - } - if (src == NULL) { - seterr(ERROR_NULLBUF); - return (size_t)-1; - } - off = 0; - while (off + sizeof(verneed_stype) <= n) { - const verneed_stype *svn; - verneed_dtype *dvn; - verneed_mtype vn; - size_t acount; - size_t aoff; - - /* - * check for proper alignment - */ - if (off % sizeof(verneed_atype)) { - seterr(ERROR_VERNEED_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* - * copy and check src - */ - svn = (verneed_stype*)(src + off); - dvn = (verneed_dtype*)(dst + off); - copy_verneed_srctotmp(&vn, svn, enc); - if (vn.vn_version < 1 - || vn.vn_version > VER_NEED_CURRENT) { - seterr(ERROR_VERNEED_VERSION); - return (size_t)-1; - } - if (vn.vn_cnt < 1 - || vn.vn_aux == 0) { - seterr(ERROR_VERNEED_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - copy_verneed_tmptodst(dvn, &vn, enc); - /* - * copy aux array - */ - aoff = off + vn.vn_aux; - for (acount = 0; acount < vn.vn_cnt; acount++) { - const vernaux_stype *svna; - vernaux_dtype *dvna; - vernaux_mtype vna; - - /* - * are we still inside the buffer limits? - */ - if (aoff + sizeof(vernaux_stype) > n) { - break; - } - /* - * check for proper alignment - */ - if (aoff % sizeof(verneed_atype)) { - seterr(ERROR_VERNEED_FORMAT); - return (size_t)-1; - } - /* - * copy and check src - */ - svna = (vernaux_stype*)(src + aoff); - dvna = (vernaux_dtype*)(dst + aoff); - copy_vernaux_srctotmp(&vna, svna, enc); - copy_vernaux_tmptodst(dvna, &vna, enc); - /* - * advance to next vernaux - */ - if (vna.vna_next == 0) { - /* end of list */ - break; - } - aoff += vna.vna_next; - } - /* - * advance to next verneed - */ - if (vn.vn_next == 0) { - /* end of list */ - break; - } - off += vn.vn_next; - } - return n; -} - -size_t -translator(verneed,L11)(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n) { - return xlt_verneed(dst, src, n, ELFDATA2LSB); -} - -size_t -translator(verneed,M11)(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src, size_t n) { - return xlt_verneed(dst, src, n, ELFDATA2MSB); -} diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf_libdwarf.7z b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf_libdwarf.7z deleted file mode 100644 index 471b8cf5a..000000000 Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf_libdwarf.7z and /dev/null differ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf_libdwarf_0.8.13_20100404_from_tastools b/desmume/src/windows/libelf_libdwarf/libelf_libdwarf_0.8.13_20100404_from_tastools deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb..000000000 diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/main.cpp b/desmume/src/windows/main.cpp index c0fed322a..e823cfdcc 100644 --- a/desmume/src/windows/main.cpp +++ b/desmume/src/windows/main.cpp @@ -295,44 +295,6 @@ bool bSocketsAvailable = false; VideoInfo video; -#ifdef HAVE_WX -#include "wx/wxprec.h" -#ifdef _M_X64 - #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_core-x64.lib") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d-x64.lib") - #else - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_core-x64.lib") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28-x64.lib") - #endif -#else - #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_core.lib") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d.lib") - #else - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_core.lib") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28.lib") - #endif -#endif -#pragma comment(lib,"comctl32.lib") -#include "../wxdlg/wxdlg3dViewer.h" - -class wxDesmumeApp : public wxApp -{ -public: - //call me each frame or something. - //sort of an idle routine - static void frameUpdate() - { - if(!wxTheApp) return; - wxDesmumeApp* self = ((wxDesmumeApp*)wxTheApp); - self->DeletePendingObjects(); - } -}; - -IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN( wxDesmumeApp ) -#endif //HAVE_WX - #ifndef PUBLIC_RELEASE #define DEVELOPER_MENU_ITEMS #endif @@ -2058,10 +2020,6 @@ void CheckMessages() MSG msg; HWND hwnd = MainWindow->getHWnd(); - #ifdef WX_STUB - wxDesmumeApp::frameUpdate(); - #endif - while( PeekMessage( &msg, 0, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE ) ) { if( GetMessage( &msg, 0, 0, 0)>0 ) @@ -2936,10 +2894,6 @@ int _main() OGLCreateRenderer_3_2_Func = OGLCreateRenderer_3_2; -#ifdef HAVE_WX - wxInitialize(); -#endif - #ifdef EXPERIMENTAL_WIFI_COMM WSADATA wsaData; WORD version = MAKEWORD(1,1); @@ -5601,16 +5555,6 @@ DOKEYDOWN: OpenToolWindow(new CMemView()); return 0; -#if 0 - case IDM_VIEW3D: - #ifdef HAVE_WX - driver->VIEW3D_Init(); - driver->view3d->Launch(); - #else - MessageBox(hwnd, "Sorry to get your hopes up; 3d viewer isn't finished yet.\r\nBut because of all these languages, it is too much trouble to remove from all the menus...", "DeSmuME", MB_OK); - #endif - return 0; -#endif case IDM_SOUND_VIEW: if(!SoundView_IsOpened()) SoundView_DlgOpen(HWND_DESKTOP); return 0; diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/msvc/wx/setup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/msvc/wx/setup.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3f0e0cd5e..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/msvc/wx/setup.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: msvc/wx/msw/setup.h -// Purpose: wrapper around the real wx/setup.h for Visual C++ -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 2004-12-12 -// RCS-ID: $Id: setup.h 43687 2006-11-27 15:03:59Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -// VC++ IDE predefines _DEBUG and _UNICODE for the new projects itself, but -// the other symbols (WXUSINGDLL, __WXUNIVERSAL__, ...) should be defined -// explicitly! - -#ifdef _MSC_VER - #ifdef _UNICODE - #ifdef WXUSINGDLL - #ifdef _DEBUG - #include "../../../lib/vc_dll/mswud/wx/setup.h" - #else - #include "../../../lib/vc_dll/mswu/wx/setup.h" - #endif - #else - #ifdef _DEBUG - #include "../../../lib/vc_lib/mswud/wx/setup.h" - #else - #include "../../../lib/vc_lib/mswu/wx/setup.h" - #endif - #endif - - #ifdef _DEBUG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28ud") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28ud_net") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28ud_xml") - #if wxUSE_REGEX - #pragma comment(lib,"wxregexud") - #endif - - #if wxUSE_GUI - #if wxUSE_XML - #pragma comment(lib,"wxexpatd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBJPEG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxjpegd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBPNG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxpngd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBTIFF - #pragma comment(lib,"wxtiffd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ZLIB - #pragma comment(lib,"wxzlibd") - #endif - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_adv") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_core") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_html") - #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_gl") - #endif - #if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_qa") - #endif - #if wxUSE_XRC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_xrc") - #endif - #if wxUSE_AUI - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_aui") - #endif - #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_richtext") - #endif - #if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28ud_media") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ODBC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28ud_odbc") - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_GUI - #else // release - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28u") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28u_net") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28u_xml") - #if wxUSE_REGEX - #pragma comment(lib,"wxregexu") - #endif - - #if wxUSE_GUI - #if wxUSE_XML - #pragma comment(lib,"wxexpat") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBJPEG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxjpeg") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBPNG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxpng") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBTIFF - #pragma comment(lib,"wxtiff") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ZLIB - #pragma comment(lib,"wxzlib") - #endif - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_adv") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_core") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_html") - #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_gl") - #endif - #if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_qa") - #endif - #if wxUSE_XRC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_xrc") - #endif - #if wxUSE_AUI - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_aui") - #endif - #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_richtext") - #endif - #if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28u_media") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ODBC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28u_odbc") - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_GUI - #endif // debug/release - #else // !_UNICODE - #ifdef WXUSINGDLL - #ifdef _DEBUG - #include "../../../lib/vc_dll/mswd/wx/setup.h" - #else - #include "../../../lib/vc_dll/msw/wx/setup.h" - #endif - #else // static lib - #ifdef _DEBUG - #include "../../../lib/vc_lib/mswd/wx/setup.h" - #else - #include "../../../lib/vc_lib/msw/wx/setup.h" - #endif - #endif // shared/static - - #ifdef _DEBUG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d_net") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d_xml") - #if wxUSE_REGEX - #pragma comment(lib,"wxregexd") - #endif - - #if wxUSE_GUI - #if wxUSE_XML - #pragma comment(lib,"wxexpatd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBJPEG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxjpegd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBPNG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxpngd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBTIFF - #pragma comment(lib,"wxtiffd") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ZLIB - #pragma comment(lib,"wxzlibd") - #endif - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_adv") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_core") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_html") - #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_gl") - #endif - #if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_qa") - #endif - #if wxUSE_XRC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_xrc") - #endif - #if wxUSE_AUI - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_aui") - #endif - #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_richtext") - #endif - #if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28d_media") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ODBC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28d_odbc") - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_GUI - #else // release - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28_net") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28_xml") - #if wxUSE_REGEX - #pragma comment(lib,"wxregex") - #endif - - #if wxUSE_GUI - #if wxUSE_XML - #pragma comment(lib,"wxexpat") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBJPEG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxjpeg") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBPNG - #pragma comment(lib,"wxpng") - #endif - #if wxUSE_LIBTIFF - #pragma comment(lib,"wxtiff") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ZLIB - #pragma comment(lib,"wxzlib") - #endif - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_adv") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_core") - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_html") - #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_gl") - #endif - #if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_qa") - #endif - #if wxUSE_XRC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_xrc") - #endif - #if wxUSE_AUI - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_aui") - #endif - #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_richtext") - #endif - #if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL - #pragma comment(lib,"wxmsw28_media") - #endif - #if wxUSE_ODBC - #pragma comment(lib,"wxbase28_odbc") - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_GUI - #endif // debug/release - #endif // _UNICODE/!_UNICODE -#else - #error "This file should only be included when using Microsoft Visual C++" -#endif - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aboutdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aboutdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 19a6fb949..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aboutdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aboutdlg.h -// Purpose: declaration of wxAboutDialog class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2006-10-07 -// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlg.h 58748 2009-02-08 09:46:03Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ -#define _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG - -#include "wx/app.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAboutDialogInfo: information shown by the standard "About" dialog -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo -{ -public: - // all fields are initially uninitialized - wxAboutDialogInfo() { } - - // accessors for various simply fields - // ----------------------------------- - - // name of the program, if not used defaults wxApp::GetAppName() - void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } - wxString GetName() const - { return m_name.empty() ? wxTheApp->GetAppName() : m_name; } - - // version of the program, in free format (but without "version" word) - void SetVersion(const wxString& version) { m_version = version; } - bool HasVersion() const { return !m_version.empty(); } - wxString GetVersion() const { return m_version; } - - // brief, but possibly multiline, description of the program - void SetDescription(const wxString& desc) { m_description = desc; } - bool HasDescription() const { return !m_description.empty(); } - wxString GetDescription() const { return m_description; } - - // short string containing the program copyright information - void SetCopyright(const wxString& copyright) { m_copyright = copyright; } - bool HasCopyright() const { return !m_copyright.empty(); } - wxString GetCopyright() const { return m_copyright; } - - // long, multiline string containing the text of the program licence - void SetLicence(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; } - void SetLicense(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; } - bool HasLicence() const { return !m_licence.empty(); } - wxString GetLicence() const { return m_licence; } - - // icon to be shown in the dialog, defaults to the main frame icon - void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { m_icon = icon; } - bool HasIcon() const { return m_icon.Ok(); } - wxIcon GetIcon() const; - - // web site for the program and its description (defaults to URL itself if - // empty) - void SetWebSite(const wxString& url, const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString) - { - m_url = url; - m_urlDesc = desc.empty() ? url : desc; - } - - bool HasWebSite() const { return !m_url.empty(); } - - wxString GetWebSiteURL() const { return m_url; } - wxString GetWebSiteDescription() const { return m_urlDesc; } - - // accessors for the arrays - // ------------------------ - - // the list of developers of the program - void SetDevelopers(const wxArrayString& developers) - { m_developers = developers; } - void AddDeveloper(const wxString& developer) - { m_developers.push_back(developer); } - - bool HasDevelopers() const { return !m_developers.empty(); } - const wxArrayString& GetDevelopers() const { return m_developers; } - - // the list of documentation writers - void SetDocWriters(const wxArrayString& docwriters) - { m_docwriters = docwriters; } - void AddDocWriter(const wxString& docwriter) - { m_docwriters.push_back(docwriter); } - - bool HasDocWriters() const { return !m_docwriters.empty(); } - const wxArrayString& GetDocWriters() const { return m_docwriters; } - - // the list of artists for the program art - void SetArtists(const wxArrayString& artists) - { m_artists = artists; } - void AddArtist(const wxString& artist) - { m_artists.push_back(artist); } - - bool HasArtists() const { return !m_artists.empty(); } - const wxArrayString& GetArtists() const { return m_artists; } - - // the list of translators - void SetTranslators(const wxArrayString& translators) - { m_translators = translators; } - void AddTranslator(const wxString& translator) - { m_translators.push_back(translator); } - - bool HasTranslators() const { return !m_translators.empty(); } - const wxArrayString& GetTranslators() const { return m_translators; } - - - // implementation only - // ------------------- - - // "simple" about dialog shows only textual information (with possibly - // default icon but without hyperlink nor any long texts such as the - // licence text) - bool IsSimple() const - { return !HasWebSite() && !HasIcon() && !HasLicence(); } - - // get the description and credits (i.e. all of developers, doc writers, - // artists and translators) as a one long multiline string - wxString GetDescriptionAndCredits() const; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - // returns the copyright with the (C) string substituted by the Unicode - // character U+00A9 - wxString GetCopyrightToDisplay() const; -#endif // wx 2.8.10+ - -private: - wxString m_name, - m_version, - m_description, - m_copyright, - m_licence; - - wxIcon m_icon; - - wxString m_url, - m_urlDesc; - - wxArrayString m_developers, - m_docwriters, - m_artists, - m_translators; -}; - -// functions to show the about dialog box -WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info); - -#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG - -#endif // _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/accel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/accel.h deleted file mode 100644 index 78c038f34..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/accel.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/accel.h -// Purpose: wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes -// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 31.05.01 (extracted from other files) -// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_ACCEL - -#include "wx/object.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorTable; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// wxAcceleratorEntry flags -enum -{ - wxACCEL_NORMAL = 0x0000, // no modifiers - wxACCEL_ALT = 0x0001, // hold Alt key down - wxACCEL_CTRL = 0x0002, // hold Ctrl key down - wxACCEL_SHIFT = 0x0004, // hold Shift key down -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - wxACCEL_CMD = 0x0008 // Command key on OS X -#else - wxACCEL_CMD = wxACCEL_CTRL -#endif -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry -{ -public: - wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0, - wxMenuItem *item = NULL) - : m_flags(flags) - , m_keyCode(keyCode) - , m_command(cmd) - , m_item(item) - { } - - wxAcceleratorEntry(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) - : m_flags(entry.m_flags) - , m_keyCode(entry.m_keyCode) - , m_command(entry.m_command) - , m_item(entry.m_item) - { } - - // create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, return NULL if - // string couldn't be parsed or a pointer to be deleted by the caller - static wxAcceleratorEntry *Create(const wxString& str); - - wxAcceleratorEntry& operator=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) - { - Set(entry.m_flags, entry.m_keyCode, entry.m_command, entry.m_item); - return *this; - } - - void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL) - { - m_flags = flags; - m_keyCode = keyCode; - m_command = cmd; - m_item = item; - } - - void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; } - - int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } - int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; } - int GetCommand() const { return m_command; } - - wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; } - - bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const - { - return m_flags == entry.m_flags && - m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode && - m_command == entry.m_command && - m_item == entry.m_item; - } - - bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const - { return !(*this == entry); } - -#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) - // Implementation use only - bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; -#endif - - bool IsOk() const - { - return m_flags != 0 && - m_keyCode != 0; - } - - - // string <-> wxAcceleratorEntry conversion - // ---------------------------------------- - - // returns a wxString for the this accelerator. - // this function formats it using the - format - // where maybe a hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl" - wxString ToString() const; - - // returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object - // (i.e. if IsOk() returns true after this call) - bool FromString(const wxString& str); - - -private: - // common part of Create() and FromString() - static bool ParseAccel(const wxString& str, int *flags, int *keycode); - - - int m_flags; // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants - int m_keyCode; // ASCII or virtual keycode - int m_command; // Command id to generate - - // the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL - wxMenuItem *m_item; - - // for compatibility with old code, use accessors now! - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library -// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/generic/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/generic/accel.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/accel.h" -#endif - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable; - -#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL - -#endif - // _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/access.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/access.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a83346ab..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/access.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/access.h -// Purpose: Accessibility classes -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 2003-02-12 -// RCS-ID: $Id: access.h 51246 2008-01-16 12:56:37Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ -#define _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers we have to include here -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY - -#include "wx/variant.h" - -typedef enum -{ - wxACC_FAIL, - wxACC_FALSE, - wxACC_OK, - wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, - wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED -} wxAccStatus; - -// Child ids are integer identifiers from 1 up. -// So zero represents 'this' object. -#define wxACC_SELF 0 - -// Navigation constants - -typedef enum -{ - wxNAVDIR_DOWN, - wxNAVDIR_FIRSTCHILD, - wxNAVDIR_LASTCHILD, - wxNAVDIR_LEFT, - wxNAVDIR_NEXT, - wxNAVDIR_PREVIOUS, - wxNAVDIR_RIGHT, - wxNAVDIR_UP -} wxNavDir; - -// Role constants - -typedef enum { - wxROLE_NONE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_ALERT, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_ANIMATION, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_APPLICATION, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_BORDER, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWN, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWNGRID, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONMENU, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CARET, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CELL, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHARACTER, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHART, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHECKBUTTON, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLOCK, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMN, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMNHEADER, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_COMBOBOX, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_CURSOR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAGRAM, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAL, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIALOG, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_DOCUMENT, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_DROPLIST, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_EQUATION, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRAPHIC, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRIP, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_HELPBALLOON, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_HOTKEYFIELD, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_INDICATOR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_LINK, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUITEM, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUP, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETAB, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETABLIST, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PANE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROGRESSBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROPERTYPAGE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_PUSHBUTTON, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_RADIOBUTTON, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROW, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROWHEADER, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_SCROLLBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_SEPARATOR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_SLIDER, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_SOUND, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_SPINBUTTON, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATICTEXT, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATUSBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_TABLE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_TITLEBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLBAR, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLTIP, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_WHITESPACE, - wxROLE_SYSTEM_WINDOW -} wxAccRole; - -// Object types - -typedef enum { - wxOBJID_WINDOW = 0x00000000, - wxOBJID_SYSMENU = 0xFFFFFFFF, - wxOBJID_TITLEBAR = 0xFFFFFFFE, - wxOBJID_MENU = 0xFFFFFFFD, - wxOBJID_CLIENT = 0xFFFFFFFC, - wxOBJID_VSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFB, - wxOBJID_HSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFA, - wxOBJID_SIZEGRIP = 0xFFFFFFF9, - wxOBJID_CARET = 0xFFFFFFF8, - wxOBJID_CURSOR = 0xFFFFFFF7, - wxOBJID_ALERT = 0xFFFFFFF6, - wxOBJID_SOUND = 0xFFFFFFF5 -} wxAccObject; - -// Accessible states - -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_HIGH 0x00000001 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_MEDIUM 0x00000002 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_LOW 0x00000004 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ANIMATED 0x00000008 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_BUSY 0x00000010 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_CHECKED 0x00000020 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED 0x00000040 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT 0x00000080 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED 0x00000100 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXTSELECTABLE 0x00000200 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FLOATING 0x00000400 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE 0x00000800 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED 0x00001000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED 0x00002000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE 0x00004000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MARQUEED 0x00008000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MIXED 0x00010000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MULTISELECTABLE 0x00020000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_OFFSCREEN 0x00040000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PRESSED 0x00080000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PROTECTED 0x00100000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_READONLY 0x00200000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE 0x00400000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED 0x00800000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELFVOICING 0x01000000 -#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE 0x02000000 - -// Selection flag - -typedef enum -{ - wxACC_SEL_NONE = 0, - wxACC_SEL_TAKEFOCUS = 1, - wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION = 2, - wxACC_SEL_EXTENDSELECTION = 4, - wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION = 8, - wxACC_SEL_REMOVESELECTION = 16 -} wxAccSelectionFlags; - -// Accessibility event identifiers - -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SOUND 0x0001 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_ALERT 0x0002 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_FOREGROUND 0x0003 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUSTART 0x0004 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUEND 0x0005 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPSTART 0x0006 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPEND 0x0007 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTURESTART 0x0008 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTUREEND 0x0009 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZESTART 0x000A -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZEEND 0x000B -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPSTART 0x000C -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPEND 0x000D -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPSTART 0x000E -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPEND 0x000F -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGSTART 0x0010 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGEND 0x0011 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGSTART 0x0012 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGEND 0x0013 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHSTART 0x0014 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHEND 0x0015 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZESTART 0x0016 -#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZEEND 0x0017 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_CREATE 0x8000 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESTROY 0x8001 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SHOW 0x8002 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HIDE 0x8003 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER 0x8004 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS 0x8005 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION 0x8006 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONADD 0x8007 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE 0x8008 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONWITHIN 0x8009 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_STATECHANGE 0x800A -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_LOCATIONCHANGE 0x800B -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_NAMECHANGE 0x800C -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESCRIPTIONCHANGE 0x800D -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_VALUECHANGE 0x800E -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_PARENTCHANGE 0x800F -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HELPCHANGE 0x8010 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DEFACTIONCHANGE 0x8011 -#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_ACCELERATORCHANGE 0x8012 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAccessible -// All functions return an indication of success, failure, or not implemented. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxAccessibleBase : public wxObject -{ - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessibleBase) - -public: - wxAccessibleBase(wxWindow* win): m_window(win) {} - virtual ~wxAccessibleBase() {} - -// Overridables - - // Can return either a child object, or an integer - // representing the child element, starting from 1. - // pt is in screen coordinates. - virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(childObject)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). - // rect is in screen coordinates. - virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(elementId)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject. - virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), int WXUNUSED(fromId), - int* WXUNUSED(toId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(toObject)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the name of the specified object. - virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(name)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the number of children. - virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* WXUNUSED(childCount)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the specified child (starting from 1). - // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK, - // this means that the child is a simple element and - // not an accessible object. - virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the parent, or NULL. - virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(parent)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object) - // or > 0 (the action for a child). - // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this - // window (e.g. an edit control). - virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). - // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty - // string if there is no action. - // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, - // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints - // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." - virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(actionName)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns the description for this object or a child. - virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(description)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. - virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(helpText)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. - // Return e.g. ALT+K - virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(shortcut)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns a role constant. - virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccRole* WXUNUSED(role)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns a state constant. - virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int WXUNUSED(childId), long* WXUNUSED(state)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object - // or child. - virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(strValue)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Selects the object or child. - virtual wxAccStatus Select(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccSelectionFlags WXUNUSED(selectFlags)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - - // Gets the window with the keyboard focus. - // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in - // this subhierarchy has the focus. - // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. - virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } - -#if wxUSE_VARIANT - // Gets a variant representing the selected children - // of this object. - // Acceptable values: - // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE) - // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")) - // - an integer representing the selected child element, - // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")) - // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object - virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* WXUNUSED(selections)) - { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } -#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT - -// Accessors - - // Returns the window associated with this object. - - wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window; } - - // Sets the window associated with this object. - - void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; } - -// Operations - - // Each platform's implementation must define this - // static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType, - // int objectId); - -private: - -// Data members - - wxWindow* m_window; -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// now include the declaration of the real class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/ole/access.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY - -#endif // _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/afterstd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/afterstd.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c1d4a5a2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/afterstd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: include/wx/afterstd.h -// Purpose: #include after STL headers -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07/07/03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: afterstd.h 42906 2006-11-01 14:16:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/** - See the comments in beforestd.h. - */ - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" -#endif - -// undo what we did in wx/beforestd.h -#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201 - // MSVC 5 does not have this - #if _MSC_VER > 1100 - // don't restore this one for VC6, it gives it in each try/catch which is a - // bit annoying to say the least - #if _MSC_VER >= 0x1300 - // unreachable code - #pragma warning(default:4702) - #endif // VC++ >= 7 - - #pragma warning(pop) - #else - // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch - #pragma warning(default:4018) - - // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter - #pragma warning(default:4100) - - // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', - // possible loss of data - #pragma warning(default:4244) - - // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template - // 'identifier' use the following syntax - #pragma warning(default:4663) - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/anidecod.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/anidecod.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b664d86b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/anidecod.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/anidecod.h -// Purpose: wxANIDecoder, ANI reader for wxImage and wxAnimation -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// CVS-ID: $Id: anidecod.h 45563 2007-04-21 18:17:50Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ANIDECOD_H -#define _WX_ANIDECOD_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ICO_CUR - -#include "wx/stream.h" -#include "wx/image.h" -#include "wx/animdecod.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - - -class /*WXDLLEXPORT*/ wxANIFrameInfo; - -WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxANIFrameInfo, wxANIFrameInfoArray); -WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxImage, wxImageArray); - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxANIDecoder class -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxANIDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder -{ -public: - // constructor, destructor, etc. - wxANIDecoder(); - ~wxANIDecoder(); - - - virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; - - // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals - virtual bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const; - virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ); - - bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const; - - wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const - { return new wxANIDecoder; } - wxAnimationType GetType() const - { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI; } - -private: - // frames stored as wxImage(s): ANI files are meant to be used mostly for animated - // cursors and thus they do not use any optimization to encode differences between - // two frames: they are just a list of images to display sequentially. - wxImageArray m_images; - - // the info about each image stored in m_images. - // NB: m_info.GetCount() may differ from m_images.GetCount()! - wxANIFrameInfoArray m_info; - - // this is the wxCURHandler used to load the ICON chunk of the ANI files - static wxCURHandler sm_handler; - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxANIDecoder) -}; - - -#endif // wxUSE_STREAM && wxUSE_ICO_CUR - -#endif // _WX_ANIDECOD_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animate.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 451cce52f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/animate.h -// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl -// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi -// Created: 13/8/99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: animate.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ANIMATE_H_ -#define _WX_ANIMATE_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL - -#include "wx/animdecod.h" -#include "wx/control.h" -#include "wx/timer.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAnimation; - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(wxAnimation) wxNullAnimation; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxChar) wxAnimationCtrlNameStr[]; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnimationBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationBase : public wxGDIObject -{ -public: - wxAnimationBase() {} - - virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; - - // can be -1 - virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const = 0; - virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0; - - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, - wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; - virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, - wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; - -protected: - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationBase) -}; - - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnimationCtrlBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// do not autoresize to the animation's size when SetAnimation() is called -#define wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE (0x0010) - -// default style does not include wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE, that is, the control -// auto-resizes by default to fit the new animation when SetAnimation() is called -#define wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxNO_BORDER) - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrlBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxAnimationCtrlBase() { } - - // public API - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, - wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; - - virtual void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim) = 0; - virtual wxAnimation GetAnimation() const = 0; - - virtual bool Play() = 0; - virtual void Stop() = 0; - - virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0; - - virtual void SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp); - - // always return the original bitmap set in this control - wxBitmap GetInactiveBitmap() const - { return m_bmpStatic; } - -protected: - // the inactive bitmap as it was set by the user - wxBitmap m_bmpStatic; - - // the inactive bitmap currently shown in the control - // (may differ in the size from m_bmpStatic) - wxBitmap m_bmpStaticReal; - - // updates m_bmpStaticReal from m_bmpStatic if needed - virtual void UpdateStaticImage(); - - // called by SetInactiveBitmap - virtual void DisplayStaticImage() = 0; - -private: - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlBase) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-specific version of the wxAnimationCtrl class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/animate.h" -#else - #include "wx/generic/animate.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL - -#endif // _WX_ANIMATE_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animdecod.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animdecod.h deleted file mode 100644 index d6dc9a48d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/animdecod.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/animdecod.h -// Purpose: wxAnimationDecoder -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// CVS-ID: $Id: animdecod.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ANIMDECOD_H -#define _WX_ANIMDECOD_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - -#include "wx/colour.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; - -/* - - Differences between a wxAnimationDecoder and a wxImageHandler: - - 1) wxImageHandlers always load an input stream directly into a given wxImage - object converting from the format-specific data representation to the - wxImage native format (RGB24). - wxAnimationDecoders always load an input stream using some optimized format - to store it which is format-depedent. This allows to store a (possibly big) - animation using a format which is a good compromise between required memory - and time required to blit in on the screen. - - 2) wxAnimationDecoders contain the animation data in some internal var. - That's why they derive from wxObjectRefData: they are data which can be shared. - - 3) wxAnimationDecoders can be used by a wxImageHandler to retrieve a frame - in wxImage format; the viceversa cannot be done. - - 4) wxAnimationDecoders are decoders only, thus do not support save features. - - 5) wxAnimationDecoders are directly used by wxAnimation (generic implementation) - as wxObjectRefData while they need to be 'wrapped' by a wxImageHandler for - wxImage uses. - -*/ - - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Constants -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// NB: the values of these enum items are not casual but coincide with the -// GIF disposal codes. Do not change them !! -enum wxAnimationDisposal -{ - // No disposal specified. The decoder is not required to take any action. - wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1, - - // Do not dispose. The graphic is to be left in place. - wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0, - - // Restore to background color. The area used by the graphic must be - // restored to the background color. - wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1, - - // Restore to previous. The decoder is required to restore the area - // overwritten by the graphic with what was there prior to rendering the graphic. - wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2 -}; - -enum wxAnimationType -{ - wxANIMATION_TYPE_INVALID, - wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF, - wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI, - - wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY -}; - - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnimationDecoder class -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxAnimationDecoder : public wxObjectRefData -{ -public: - wxAnimationDecoder() - { - m_background = wxNullColour; - m_nFrames = 0; - } - virtual ~wxAnimationDecoder() { } - - - virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0; - virtual bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const = 0; - - virtual wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const = 0; - virtual wxAnimationType GetType() const = 0; - - // convert given frame to wxImage - virtual bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const = 0; - - - // frame specific data getters - - // not all frames may be of the same size; e.g. GIF allows to - // specify that between two frames only a smaller portion of the - // entire animation has changed. - virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - // the position of this frame in case it's not as big as m_szAnimation - // or wxPoint(0,0) otherwise. - virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - // what should be done after displaying this frame. - virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - // the number of milliseconds this frame should be displayed. - // if returns -1 then the frame must be displayed forever. - virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - // the transparent colour for this frame if any or wxNullColour. - virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const = 0; - - // get global data - wxSize GetAnimationSize() const { return m_szAnimation; } - wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_background; } - unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return m_nFrames; } - -protected: - wxSize m_szAnimation; - unsigned int m_nFrames; - - // this is the colour to use for the wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal. - // if not specified by the animation, it's set to wxNullColour - wxColour m_background; -}; - - -#endif // wxUSE_STREAM -#endif // _WX_ANIMDECOD_H - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/app.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/app.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1846d563e..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/app.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,708 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/app.h -// Purpose: wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp -// derived class in the user code -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 51592 2008-02-08 08:17:41Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers we have to include here -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/event.h" // for the base class -#include "wx/build.h" -#include "wx/init.h" // we must declare wxEntry() -#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppConsole; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppTraits; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCmdLineParser; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput; - -#if wxUSE_GUI - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoop; - struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVideoMode; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// typedefs -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// the type of the function used to create a wxApp object on program start up -typedef wxAppConsole* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)(); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum -{ - wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1, - wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2 -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAppConsole: wxApp for non-GUI applications -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsole : public wxEvtHandler -{ -public: - // ctor and dtor - wxAppConsole(); - virtual ~wxAppConsole(); - - - // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class - // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - // This is the very first function called for a newly created wxApp object, - // it is used by the library to do the global initialization. If, for some - // reason, you must override it (instead of just overriding OnInit(), as - // usual, for app-specific initializations), do not forget to call the base - // class version! - virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); - - // This gives wxCocoa a chance to call OnInit() with a memory pool in place - virtual bool CallOnInit() { return OnInit(); } - - // Called before OnRun(), this is a good place to do initialization -- if - // anything fails, return false from here to prevent the program from - // continuing. The command line is normally parsed here, call the base - // class OnInit() to do it. - virtual bool OnInit(); - - // this is here only temporary hopefully (FIXME) - virtual bool OnInitGui() { return true; } - - // This is the replacement for the normal main(): all program work should - // be done here. When OnRun() returns, the programs starts shutting down. - virtual int OnRun() = 0; - - // This is only called if OnInit() returned true so it's a good place to do - // any cleanup matching the initializations done there. - virtual int OnExit(); - - // This is the very last function called on wxApp object before it is - // destroyed. If you override it (instead of overriding OnExit() as usual) - // do not forget to call the base class version! - virtual void CleanUp(); - - // Called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care not - // to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be - // overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core dump - // under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program errors, - // however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this function to - // crash. - virtual void OnFatalException() { } - - // Called from wxExit() function, should terminate the application a.s.a.p. - virtual void Exit(); - - - // application info: name, description, vendor - // ------------------------------------------- - - // NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no - // reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to - // be argv[0] - - // set/get the application name - wxString GetAppName() const - { - return m_appName.empty() ? m_className : m_appName; - } - void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; } - - // set/get the app class name - wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; } - void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; } - - // set/get the vendor name - const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; } - void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; } - - - // cmd line parsing stuff - // ---------------------- - - // all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to - // customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard - // options are handled) - // - // you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all - // this to work - -#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - // this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options - // to the given parser (don't forget to call the base class version if you - // override it!) - virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser); - - // called after successfully parsing the command line, return true - // to continue and false to exit (don't forget to call the base class - // version if you override it!) - virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser); - - // called if "--help" option was specified, return true to continue - // and false to exit - virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser); - - // called if incorrect command line options were given, return - // false to abort and true to continue - virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser); -#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - - - // miscellaneous customization functions - // ------------------------------------- - - // create the app traits object to which we delegate for everything which - // either should be configurable by the user (then he can change the - // default behaviour simply by overriding CreateTraits() and returning his - // own traits object) or which is GUI/console dependent as then wxAppTraits - // allows us to abstract the differences behind the common façade - wxAppTraits *GetTraits(); - - // the functions below shouldn't be used now that we have wxAppTraits -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -#if wxUSE_LOG - // override this function to create default log target of arbitrary - // user-defined class (default implementation creates a wxLogGui - // object) -- this log object is used by default by all wxLogXXX() - // functions. - wxDEPRECATED( virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() ); -#endif // wxUSE_LOG - - // similar to CreateLogTarget() but for the global wxMessageOutput - // object - wxDEPRECATED( virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() ); - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - - - // event processing functions - // -------------------------- - - // this method allows to filter all the events processed by the program, so - // you should try to return quickly from it to avoid slowing down the - // program to the crawl - // - // return value should be -1 to continue with the normal event processing, - // or TRUE or FALSE to stop further processing and pretend that the event - // had been already processed or won't be processed at all, respectively - virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event); - -#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - // call the specified handler on the given object with the given event - // - // this method only exists to allow catching the exceptions thrown by any - // event handler, it would lead to an extra (useless) virtual function call - // if the exceptions were not used, so it doesn't even exist in that case - virtual void HandleEvent(wxEvtHandler *handler, - wxEventFunction func, - wxEvent& event) const; - - // Called when an unhandled C++ exception occurs inside OnRun(): note that - // the exception type is lost by now, so if you really want to handle the - // exception you should override OnRun() and put a try/catch around - // MainLoop() call there or use OnExceptionInMainLoop() - virtual void OnUnhandledException() { } -#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - - // process all events in the wxPendingEvents list -- it is necessary to - // call this function to process posted events. This happens during each - // event loop iteration in GUI mode but if there is no main loop, it may be - // also called directly. - virtual void ProcessPendingEvents(); - - // doesn't do anything in this class, just a hook for GUI wxApp - virtual bool Yield(bool WXUNUSED(onlyIfNeeded) = false) { return true; } - - // make sure that idle events are sent again - virtual void WakeUpIdle() { } - - // this is just a convenience: by providing its implementation here we - // avoid #ifdefs in the code using it - static bool IsMainLoopRunning() { return false; } - - - // debugging support - // ----------------- - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - // this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class - // version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure - // dialog box) - // - // the arguments are the location of the failed assert (func may be empty - // if the compiler doesn't support C99 __FUNCTION__), the text of the - // assert itself and the user-specified message - virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file, - int line, - const wxChar *func, - const wxChar *cond, - const wxChar *msg); - - // old version of the function without func parameter, for compatibility - // only, override OnAssertFailure() in the new code - virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file, - int line, - const wxChar *cond, - const wxChar *msg); -#endif // __WXDEBUG__ - - // check that the wxBuildOptions object (constructed in the application - // itself, usually the one from IMPLEMENT_APP() macro) matches the build - // options of the library and abort if it doesn't - static bool CheckBuildOptions(const char *optionsSignature, - const char *componentName); -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( static bool CheckBuildOptions(const wxBuildOptions& buildOptions) ); -#endif - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - // helpers for dynamic wxApp construction - static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn) - { ms_appInitFn = fn; } - static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction() - { return ms_appInitFn; } - - // accessors for ms_appInstance field (external code might wish to modify - // it, this is why we provide a setter here as well, but you should really - // know what you're doing if you call it), wxTheApp is usually used instead - // of GetInstance() - static wxAppConsole *GetInstance() { return ms_appInstance; } - static void SetInstance(wxAppConsole *app) { ms_appInstance = app; } - - - // command line arguments (public for backwards compatibility) - int argc; - wxChar **argv; - -protected: - // the function which creates the traits object when GetTraits() needs it - // for the first time - virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits(); - - - // function used for dynamic wxApp creation - static wxAppInitializerFunction ms_appInitFn; - - // the one and only global application object - static wxAppConsole *ms_appInstance; - - - // application info (must be set from the user code) - wxString m_vendorName, // vendor name (ACME Inc) - m_appName, // app name - m_className; // class name - - // the class defining the application behaviour, NULL initially and created - // by GetTraits() when first needed - wxAppTraits *m_traits; - - - // the application object is a singleton anyhow, there is no sense in - // copying it - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppConsole) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAppBase: the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAppBase : public wxAppConsole -{ -public: - wxAppBase(); - virtual ~wxAppBase(); - - // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class - // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - // very first initialization function - // - // Override: very rarely - virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); - - // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to - // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing. - // - // Override: rarely. - virtual bool OnInitGui(); - - // called to start program execution - the default version just enters - // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until - // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or - // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution - // of the program really starts here - // - // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones. - virtual int OnRun(); - - // a matching function for OnInit() - virtual int OnExit(); - - // very last clean up function - // - // Override: very rarely - virtual void CleanUp(); - - - // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code - // ----------------------------------------------------------------- - - // return true if we're running main loop, i.e. if the events can - // (already) be dispatched - static bool IsMainLoopRunning() - { - wxAppBase *app = wx_static_cast(wxAppBase *, GetInstance()); - return app && app->m_mainLoop != NULL; - } - - // execute the main GUI loop, the function returns when the loop ends - virtual int MainLoop(); - - // exit the main loop thus terminating the application - virtual void Exit(); - - // exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration (i.e. it does not - // stop the program immediately!) - virtual void ExitMainLoop(); - - // returns true if there are unprocessed events in the event queue - virtual bool Pending(); - - // process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event - // appears if there are none currently, use Pending() if this is not - // wanted), returns false if the event loop should stop and true - // otherwise - virtual bool Dispatch(); - - // process all currently pending events right now - // - // it is an error to call Yield() recursively unless the value of - // onlyIfNeeded is true - // - // WARNING: this function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected - // reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it - // may result in calling the same event handler again), use - // with _extreme_ care or, better, don't use at all! - virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false) = 0; - - // this virtual function is called in the GUI mode when the application - // becomes idle and normally just sends wxIdleEvent to all interested - // parties - // - // it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not - virtual bool ProcessIdle(); - - // Send idle event to window and all subwindows - // Returns true if more idle time is requested. - virtual bool SendIdleEvents(wxWindow* win, wxIdleEvent& event); - - -#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - // Function called if an uncaught exception is caught inside the main - // event loop: it may return true to continue running the event loop or - // false to stop it (in the latter case it may rethrow the exception as - // well) - virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop(); -#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - - - // top level window functions - // -------------------------- - - // return true if our app has focus - virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; } - - // set the "main" top level window - void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; } - - // return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously - // with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if - // there are none, will return NULL) - virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const; - - // control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the - // main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level - // program window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour - // (with SetExitOnFrameDelete(false)), you'll have to call - // ExitMainLoop() explicitly from somewhere. - void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag) - { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag ? Yes : No; } - bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const - { return m_exitOnFrameDelete == Yes; } - - - // display mode, visual, printing mode, ... - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // Get display mode that is used use. This is only used in framebuffer - // wxWin ports (such as wxMGL or wxDFB). - virtual wxVideoMode GetDisplayMode() const; - // Set display mode to use. This is only used in framebuffer wxWin - // ports (such as wxMGL or wxDFB). This method should be called from - // wxApp::OnInitGui - virtual bool SetDisplayMode(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(info)) { return true; } - - // set use of best visual flag (see below) - void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag, bool forceTrueColour = false ) - { m_useBestVisual = flag; m_forceTrueColour = forceTrueColour; } - bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; } - - // set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants. - // - // default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript - // printing. - virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } - int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; } - - // Return the layout direction for the current locale or wxLayout_Default - // if it's unknown - virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; - - - // command line parsing (GUI-specific) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser); - virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser); -#endif - - // miscellaneous other stuff - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have - // focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were - // deactivated - virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // OBSOLETE: don't use, always returns true - // - // returns true if the program is successfully initialized - wxDEPRECATED( bool Initialized() ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - // perform standard OnIdle behaviour, ensure that this is always called - void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); - - -protected: - // delete all objects in wxPendingDelete list - void DeletePendingObjects(); - - // override base class method to use GUI traits - virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits(); - - - // the main event loop of the application (may be NULL if the loop hasn't - // been started yet or has already terminated) - wxEventLoop *m_mainLoop; - - // the main top level window (may be NULL) - wxWindow *m_topWindow; - - // if Yes, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted, if - // No don't do it and if Later -- only do it once we reach our OnRun() - // - // the explanation for using this strange scheme is given in appcmn.cpp - enum - { - Later = -1, - No, - Yes - } m_exitOnFrameDelete; - - // true if the app wants to use the best visual on systems where - // more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?) - bool m_useBestVisual; - // force TrueColour just in case "best" isn't TrueColour - bool m_forceTrueColour; - - // does any of our windows have focus? - bool m_isActive; - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppBase) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - inline bool wxAppBase::Initialized() { return true; } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// now include the declaration of the real class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/app.h" - #elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/app.h" - #endif -#else // !GUI - // allow using just wxApp (instead of wxAppConsole) in console programs - typedef wxAppConsole wxApp; -#endif // GUI/!GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// the global data -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// for compatibility, we define this macro to access the global application -// object of type wxApp -// -// note that instead of using of wxTheApp in application code you should -// consider using DECLARE_APP() after which you may call wxGetApp() which will -// return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and not wxApp) -// -// the cast is safe as in GUI build we only use wxApp, not wxAppConsole, and in -// console mode it does nothing at all -#define wxTheApp wx_static_cast(wxApp*, wxApp::GetInstance()) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs -// ------------------------------------------------------ - -// Force an exit from main loop -extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxExit(); - -// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declated by -// wx/utils.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls -#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED -#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED - -// Yield to other apps/messages -extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxYield(); - -#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED - -// Yield to other apps/messages -extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWakeUpIdle(); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros for dynamic creation of the application object -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app -// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app -// object. Convoluted, but necessary. - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppInitializer -{ -public: - wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn) - { wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); } -}; - -// the code below defines a IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN macro which you can use if -// your compiler really, really wants main() to be in your main program (e.g. -// hello.cpp). Now IMPLEMENT_APP should add this code if required. - -#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \ - int main(int argc, char **argv) { return wxEntry(argc, argv); } - -// port-specific header could have defined it already in some special way -#ifndef IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN - #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE -#endif // defined(IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN) - -#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ - #include "wx/univ/theme.h" - - #ifdef wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME - #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \ - WX_USE_THEME(wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME); - #else - #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT - #endif -#else - #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT -#endif - -// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function -// and call wxEntry() from there. -#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \ - wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp() \ - { \ - wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \ - "your program"); \ - return new appname; \ - } \ - wxAppInitializer \ - wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp); \ - DECLARE_APP(appname) \ - appname& wxGetApp() { return *wx_static_cast(appname*, wxApp::GetInstance()); } - -// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in -// wxUniversal builds -#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN - -// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived -// class which is the class of your application. -#define IMPLEMENT_APP(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT - -// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP(), but for console applications. -#define IMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \ - IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE - -// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp() -// function -#define DECLARE_APP(appname) extern appname& wxGetApp(); - - -// declare the stuff defined by IMPLEMENT_APP() macro, it's not really needed -// anywhere else but at the very least it suppresses icc warnings about -// defining extern symbols without prior declaration, and it shouldn't do any -// harm -extern wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp(); -extern wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer; - -#endif // _WX_APP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/apptrait.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/apptrait.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3bb91f520..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/apptrait.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/apptrait.h -// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits and derived classes -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 19.06.2003 -// RCS-ID: $Id: apptrait.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ -#define _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/platinfo.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppTraits; -#if wxUSE_FONTMAP - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper; -#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRendererNative; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; - -class GSocketGUIFunctionsTable; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAppTraits: this class defines various configurable aspects of wxApp -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPathsBase; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraitsBase -{ -public: - // needed since this class declares virtual members - virtual ~wxAppTraitsBase() { } - - // hooks for creating the global objects, may be overridden by the user - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#if wxUSE_LOG - // create the default log target - virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() = 0; -#endif // wxUSE_LOG - - // create the global object used for printing out messages - virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() = 0; - -#if wxUSE_FONTMAP - // create the global font mapper object used for encodings/charset mapping - virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper() = 0; -#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP - - // get the renderer to use for drawing the generic controls (return value - // may be NULL in which case the default renderer for the current platform - // is used); this is used in GUI only and always returns NULL in console - // - // NB: returned pointer will be deleted by the caller - virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer() = 0; - -#if wxUSE_STDPATHS - // wxStandardPaths object is normally the same for wxBase and wxGUI - // except in the case of wxMac and wxCocoa - virtual wxStandardPathsBase& GetStandardPaths(); -#endif // wxUSE_STDPATHS - - // functions abstracting differences between GUI and console modes - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - // show the assert dialog with the specified message in GUI or just print - // the string to stderr in console mode - // - // base class version has an implementation (in spite of being pure - // virtual) in base/appbase.cpp which can be called as last resort. - // - // return true to suppress subsequent asserts, false to continue as before - virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) = 0; -#endif // __WXDEBUG__ - - // return true if fprintf(stderr) goes somewhere, false otherwise - virtual bool HasStderr() = 0; - - // managing "pending delete" list: in GUI mode we can't immediately delete - // some objects because there may be unprocessed events for them and so we - // only do it during the next idle loop iteration while this is, of course, - // unnecessary in wxBase, so we have a few functions to abstract these - // operations - - // add the object to the pending delete list in GUI, delete it immediately - // in wxBase - virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object) = 0; - - // remove this object from the pending delete list in GUI, do nothing in - // wxBase - virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object) = 0; - -#if wxUSE_SOCKETS - // return table of GUI callbacks for GSocket code or NULL in wxBase. This - // is needed because networking classes are in their own library and so - // they can't directly call GUI functions (the same net library can be - // used in both GUI and base apps). To complicate it further, GUI library - // ("wxCore") doesn't depend on networking library and so only a functions - // table can be passed around - virtual GSocketGUIFunctionsTable* GetSocketGUIFunctionsTable() = 0; -#endif - - // return information about the (native) toolkit currently used and its - // runtime (not compile-time) version. - // returns wxPORT_BASE for console applications and one of the remaining - // wxPORT_* values for GUI applications. - virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer, int *minVer) const = 0; - - // return true if the port is using wxUniversal for the GUI, false if not - virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const = 0; - - // return the name of the Desktop Environment such as - // "KDE" or "GNOME". May return an empty string. - virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; } - -protected: -#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER && defined( __WXDEBUG__ ) - // utility function: returns the stack frame as a plain wxString - virtual wxString GetAssertStackTrace(); -#endif -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-specific version of the class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// NB: test for __UNIX__ before __WXMAC__ as under Darwin we want to use the -// Unix code (and otherwise __UNIX__ wouldn't be defined) -// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/apptbase.h" -#elif defined(__WIN32__) - #include "wx/msw/apptbase.h" -#elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__) - #include "wx/unix/apptbase.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/apptbase.h" -#elif defined(__OS2__) - #include "wx/os2/apptbase.h" -#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits - // wxAppTraits must be a class because it was forward declared as class - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase - { - }; -#endif // platform - -// ============================================================================ -// standard traits for console and GUI applications -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the console apps -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits -{ -public: -#if wxUSE_LOG - virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget(); -#endif // wxUSE_LOG - virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput(); -#if wxUSE_FONTMAP - virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper(); -#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP - virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer(); -#if wxUSE_SOCKETS - virtual GSocketGUIFunctionsTable* GetSocketGUIFunctionsTable(); -#endif - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); -#endif // __WXDEBUG__ - virtual bool HasStderr(); - - virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object); - virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object); - - // the GetToolkitVersion for console application is always the same - virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *verMaj, int *verMin) const - { - // no toolkits (wxBase is for console applications without GUI support) - // NB: zero means "no toolkit", -1 means "not initialized yet" - // so we must use zero here! - if (verMaj) *verMaj = 0; - if (verMin) *verMin = 0; - return wxPORT_BASE; - } - - virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const { return false; } -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGUIAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the GUI apps -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGUIAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits -{ -public: -#if wxUSE_LOG - virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget(); -#endif // wxUSE_LOG - virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput(); -#if wxUSE_FONTMAP - virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper(); -#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP - virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer(); -#if wxUSE_SOCKETS - virtual GSocketGUIFunctionsTable* GetSocketGUIFunctionsTable(); -#endif - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); -#endif // __WXDEBUG__ - virtual bool HasStderr(); - - virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object); - virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object); - - virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const - { - #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ - return true; - #else - return false; - #endif - } -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-specific version of the classes above -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/apptrait.h" -#elif defined(__WIN32__) - #include "wx/msw/apptrait.h" -#elif defined(__OS2__) - #include "wx/os2/apptrait.h" -#elif defined(__UNIX__) - #include "wx/unix/apptrait.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/apptrait.h" -#elif defined(__DOS__) - #include "wx/msdos/apptrait.h" -#else - #if wxUSE_GUI - class wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase - { - }; - #endif // wxUSE_GUI - class wxConsoleAppTraits: public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase - { - }; -#endif // platform - -#endif // _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/archive.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/archive.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43b9ec025..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/archive.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/archive.h -// Purpose: Streams for archive formats -// Author: Mike Wetherell -// RCS-ID: $Id: archive.h 43445 2006-11-16 14:30:20Z MW $ -// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ -#define _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS - -#include "wx/stream.h" -#include "wx/filename.h" - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveNotifier - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveNotifier -{ -public: - virtual ~wxArchiveNotifier() { } - - virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0; -}; - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveEntry -// -// Holds an entry's meta data, such as filename and timestamp. - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveEntry : public wxObject -{ -public: - virtual ~wxArchiveEntry() { } - - virtual wxDateTime GetDateTime() const = 0; - virtual wxFileOffset GetSize() const = 0; - virtual wxFileOffset GetOffset() const = 0; - virtual bool IsDir() const = 0; - virtual bool IsReadOnly() const = 0; - virtual wxString GetInternalName() const = 0; - virtual wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const = 0; - virtual wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0; - - virtual void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0; - virtual void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) = 0; - virtual void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true) = 0; - virtual void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true) = 0; - virtual void SetName(const wxString& name, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) = 0; - - wxArchiveEntry *Clone() const { return DoClone(); } - - void SetNotifier(wxArchiveNotifier& notifier); - virtual void UnsetNotifier() { m_notifier = NULL; } - -protected: - wxArchiveEntry() : m_notifier(NULL) { } - wxArchiveEntry(const wxArchiveEntry& e) : wxObject(e), m_notifier(NULL) { } - - virtual void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) = 0; - virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const = 0; - - wxArchiveNotifier *GetNotifier() const { return m_notifier; } - wxArchiveEntry& operator=(const wxArchiveEntry& entry); - -private: - wxArchiveNotifier *m_notifier; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveEntry) -}; - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveInputStream -// -// GetNextEntry() returns an wxArchiveEntry object containing the meta-data -// for the next entry in the archive (and gives away ownership). Reading from -// the wxArchiveInputStream then returns the entry's data. Eof() becomes true -// after an attempt has been made to read past the end of the entry's data. -// -// When there are no more entries, GetNextEntry() returns NULL and sets Eof(). - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream -{ -public: - typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type; - - virtual ~wxArchiveInputStream() { } - - virtual bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0; - virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0; - - wxArchiveEntry *GetNextEntry() { return DoGetNextEntry(); } - - virtual char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); } - -protected: - wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); - wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv); - - virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() = 0; - - wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; } - -private: - wxMBConv& m_conv; -}; - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveOutputStream -// -// PutNextEntry is used to create a new entry in the output archive, then -// the entry's data is written to the wxArchiveOutputStream. -// -// Only one entry can be open for output at a time; another call to -// PutNextEntry closes the current entry and begins the next. -// -// The overload 'bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry)' takes ownership -// of the entry object. - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream -{ -public: - virtual ~wxArchiveOutputStream() { } - - virtual bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry) = 0; - - virtual bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name, - const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), - wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset) = 0; - - virtual bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name, - const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now()) = 0; - - virtual bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, - wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0; - - virtual bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0; - - virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0; - -protected: - wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); - wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv); - - wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; } - -private: - wxMBConv& m_conv; -}; - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveIterator -// -// An input iterator that can be used to transfer an archive's catalog to -// a container. - -#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR -#include -#include - -template inline -void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue( - X& val, Y entry, void *WXUNUSED(d)) -{ - val = X(entry); -} -template inline -void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue( - std::pair& val, Z entry, Z WXUNUSED(d)) -{ - val = std::make_pair(X(entry->GetInternalName()), Y(entry)); -} - -#if defined _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER < 1300 -template -#else -template -#endif -class wxArchiveIterator -{ -public: - typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; - typedef T value_type; - typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; - typedef T* pointer; - typedef T& reference; - - wxArchiveIterator() : m_rep(NULL) { } - - wxArchiveIterator(Arc& arc) { - typename Arc::entry_type* entry = arc.GetNextEntry(); - m_rep = entry ? new Rep(arc, entry) : NULL; - } - - wxArchiveIterator(const wxArchiveIterator& it) : m_rep(it.m_rep) { - if (m_rep) - m_rep->AddRef(); - } - - ~wxArchiveIterator() { - if (m_rep) - m_rep->UnRef(); - } - - const T& operator *() const { - return m_rep->GetValue(); - } - - const T* operator ->() const { - return &**this; - } - - wxArchiveIterator& operator =(const wxArchiveIterator& it) { - if (it.m_rep) - it.m_rep.AddRef(); - if (m_rep) - m_rep.UnRef(); - m_rep = it.m_rep; - return *this; - } - - wxArchiveIterator& operator ++() { - m_rep = m_rep->Next(); - return *this; - } - - wxArchiveIterator operator ++(int) { - wxArchiveIterator it(*this); - ++(*this); - return it; - } - - bool operator ==(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const { - return m_rep == j.m_rep; - } - - bool operator !=(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const { - return !(*this == j); - } - -private: - class Rep { - Arc& m_arc; - typename Arc::entry_type* m_entry; - T m_value; - int m_ref; - - public: - Rep(Arc& arc, typename Arc::entry_type* entry) - : m_arc(arc), m_entry(entry), m_value(), m_ref(1) { } - ~Rep() - { delete m_entry; } - - void AddRef() { - m_ref++; - } - - void UnRef() { - if (--m_ref == 0) - delete this; - } - - Rep *Next() { - typename Arc::entry_type* entry = m_arc.GetNextEntry(); - if (!entry) { - UnRef(); - return NULL; - } - if (m_ref > 1) { - m_ref--; - return new Rep(m_arc, entry); - } - delete m_entry; - m_entry = entry; - m_value = T(); - return this; - } - - const T& GetValue() { - if (m_entry) { - _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue(m_value, m_entry, m_entry); - m_entry = NULL; - } - return m_value; - } - } *m_rep; -}; - -typedef wxArchiveIterator wxArchiveIter; -typedef wxArchiveIterator > wxArchivePairIter; - -#endif // wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wxArchiveClassFactory -// -// A wxArchiveClassFactory instance for a particular archive type allows -// the creation of the other classes that may be needed. - -void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseArchiveClasses(); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase -{ -public: - typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type; - typedef wxArchiveInputStream instream_type; - typedef wxArchiveOutputStream outstream_type; - typedef wxArchiveNotifier notifier_type; -#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR - typedef wxArchiveIter iter_type; - typedef wxArchivePairIter pairiter_type; -#endif - - virtual ~wxArchiveClassFactory() { } - - wxArchiveEntry *NewEntry() const - { return DoNewEntry(); } - wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const - { return DoNewStream(stream); } - wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const - { return DoNewStream(stream); } - wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const - { return DoNewStream(stream); } - wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const - { return DoNewStream(stream); } - - virtual wxString GetInternalName( - const wxString& name, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0; - - void SetConv(wxMBConv& conv) { m_pConv = &conv; } - wxMBConv& GetConv() const - { if (m_pConv) return *m_pConv; else return wxConvLocal; } - - static const wxArchiveClassFactory *Find(const wxChar *protocol, - wxStreamProtocolType type - = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL); - - static const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetFirst(); - const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; } - - void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; } - void Remove(); - -protected: - // old compilers don't support covarient returns, so 'Do' methods are - // used to simulate them - virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const = 0; - virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0; - virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0; - virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const = 0; - virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0; - - wxArchiveClassFactory() : m_pConv(NULL), m_next(this) { } - wxArchiveClassFactory& operator=(const wxArchiveClassFactory& WXUNUSED(f)) - { return *this; } - -private: - wxMBConv *m_pConv; - static wxArchiveClassFactory *sm_first; - wxArchiveClassFactory *m_next; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveClassFactory) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS - -#endif // _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 33e25091b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/arrimpl.cpp -// Purpose: helper file for implementation of dynamic lists -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 16.10.97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: arrimpl.cpp 34241 2005-05-22 12:10:55Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) 1997 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows license -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/***************************************************************************** - * Purpose: implements methods of "template" class declared in * - * DECLARE_OBJARRAY macro and which couldn't be implemented inline * - * (because they need the full definition of type T in scope) * - * * - * Usage: 1) #include dynarray.h * - * 2) WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY * - * 3) #include arrimpl.cpp * - * 4) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY * - *****************************************************************************/ - -// needed to resolve the conflict between global T and macro parameter T - -#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(x) wxT("bad index in ") wxT(#x) wxT("::RemoveAt()") - -// macro implements remaining (not inline) methods of template list -// (it's private to this file) -#undef _DEFINE_OBJARRAY -#define _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ -name::~name() \ -{ \ - Empty(); \ -} \ - \ -void name::DoCopy(const name& src) \ -{ \ - for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < src.size(); ui++ ) \ - Add(src[ui]); \ -} \ - \ -name& name::operator=(const name& src) \ -{ \ - Empty(); \ - DoCopy(src); \ - \ - return *this; \ -} \ - \ -name::name(const name& src) : wxArrayPtrVoid() \ -{ \ - DoCopy(src); \ -} \ - \ -void name::DoEmpty() \ -{ \ - for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) \ - delete (T*)base_array::operator[](ui); \ -} \ - \ -void name::RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove) \ -{ \ - wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < size(), _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(name) ); \ - \ - for (size_t i = 0; i < nRemove; i++ ) \ - delete (T*)base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i); \ - \ - base_array::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); \ -} \ - \ -void name::Add(const T& item, size_t nInsert) \ -{ \ - if (nInsert == 0) \ - return; \ - T* pItem = new T(item); \ - size_t nOldSize = size(); \ - if ( pItem != NULL ) \ - base_array::insert(end(), nInsert, pItem); \ - for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \ - base_array::operator[](nOldSize + i) = new T(item); \ -} \ - \ -void name::Insert(const T& item, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert) \ -{ \ - if (nInsert == 0) \ - return; \ - T* pItem = new T(item); \ - if ( pItem != NULL ) \ - base_array::insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, pItem); \ - for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \ - base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i) = new T(item); \ -} \ - \ -int name::Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd) const \ -{ \ - if ( bFromEnd ) { \ - if ( size() > 0 ) { \ - size_t ui = size() - 1; \ - do { \ - if ( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &Item ) \ - return wx_static_cast(int, ui); \ - ui--; \ - } \ - while ( ui != 0 ); \ - } \ - } \ - else { \ - for( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) { \ - if( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &Item ) \ - return wx_static_cast(int, ui); \ - } \ - } \ - \ - return wxNOT_FOUND; \ -} - -// redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation -// old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included -#undef WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY -#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name) diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrstr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrstr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f1b90887..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/arrstr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: include/wx/arrstr.h -// Purpose: wxArrayString class -// Author: Mattia Barbon and Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07/07/03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: arrstr.h 56758 2008-11-13 22:32:21Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ARRSTR_H -#define _WX_ARRSTR_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/string.h" - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortAscending(wxString*, wxString*); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortDescending(wxString*, wxString*); - -#if wxUSE_STL - -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNCwxString)(wxString*, wxString*); -typedef wxString _wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase; -_WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(_wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase, wxBaseArrayStringBase, - wxArray_SortFunction, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(wxString, wxArrayStringBase, - wxBaseArrayStringBase, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -_WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(wxString, wxSortedArrayStringBase, - wxBaseArrayStringBase, = wxStringSortAscending, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, CMPFUNCwxString); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString : public wxArrayStringBase -{ -public: - // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort() - typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first, - const wxString& second); - - wxArrayString() { } - wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& a) : wxArrayStringBase(a) { } - wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxChar** a); - wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a); - - int Index(const wxChar* sz, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; - - void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false); - void Sort(CompareFunction function); - void Sort(CMPFUNCwxString function) { wxArrayStringBase::Sort(function); } - - size_t Add(const wxString& string, size_t copies = 1) - { - wxArrayStringBase::Add(string, copies); - return size() - copies; - } -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxSortedArrayStringBase -{ -public: - wxSortedArrayString() : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending) - { } - wxSortedArrayString(const wxSortedArrayString& array) - : wxSortedArrayStringBase(array) - { } - wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& src) - : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending) - { - reserve(src.size()); - - for ( size_t n = 0; n < src.size(); n++ ) - Add(src[n]); - } - - int Index(const wxChar* sz, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; -}; - -#else // if !wxUSE_STL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// The string array uses it's knowledge of internal structure of the wxString -// class to optimize string storage. Normally, we would store pointers to -// string, but as wxString is, in fact, itself a pointer (sizeof(wxString) is -// sizeof(char *)) we store these pointers instead. The cast to "wxString *" is -// really all we need to turn such pointer into a string! -// -// Of course, it can be called a dirty hack, but we use twice less memory and -// this approach is also more speed efficient, so it's probably worth it. -// -// Usage notes: when a string is added/inserted, a new copy of it is created, -// so the original string may be safely deleted. When a string is retrieved -// from the array (operator[] or Item() method), a reference is returned. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString -{ -public: - // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort() - typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first, - const wxString& second); - // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort(), for compatibility with - // wxArray - typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction2)(wxString* first, - wxString* second); - - // constructors and destructor - // default ctor - wxArrayString() { Init(false); } - // if autoSort is true, the array is always sorted (in alphabetical order) - // - // NB: the reason for using int and not bool is that like this we can avoid - // using this ctor for implicit conversions from "const char *" (which - // we'd like to be implicitly converted to wxString instead!) - // - // of course, using explicit would be even better - if all compilers - // supported it... - wxArrayString(int autoSort) { Init(autoSort != 0); } - // C string array ctor - wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxChar** a); - // wxString string array ctor - wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a); - // copy ctor - wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& array); - // assignment operator - wxArrayString& operator=(const wxArrayString& src); - // not virtual, this class should not be derived from - ~wxArrayString(); - - // memory management - // empties the list, but doesn't release memory - void Empty(); - // empties the list and releases memory - void Clear(); - // preallocates memory for given number of items - void Alloc(size_t nCount); - // minimzes the memory usage (by freeing all extra memory) - void Shrink(); - - // simple accessors - // number of elements in the array - size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; } - // is it empty? - bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; } - // number of elements in the array (GetCount is preferred API) - size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; } - - // items access (range checking is done in debug version) - // get item at position uiIndex - wxString& Item(size_t nIndex) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( nIndex < m_nCount, - _T("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") ); - - return *(wxString *)&(m_pItems[nIndex]); - } - - // same as Item() - wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) const { return Item(nIndex); } - // get last item - wxString& Last() const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( !IsEmpty(), - _T("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") ); - return Item(Count() - 1); - } - - // return a wxString[], useful for the controls which - // take one in their ctor. You must delete[] it yourself - // once you are done with it. Will return NULL if the - // ArrayString was empty. -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( wxString* GetStringArray() const ); -#endif - - // item management - // Search the element in the array, starting from the beginning if - // bFromEnd is false or from end otherwise. If bCase, comparison is case - // sensitive (default). Returns index of the first item matched or - // wxNOT_FOUND - int Index (const wxChar *sz, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; - // add new element at the end (if the array is not sorted), return its - // index - size_t Add(const wxString& str, size_t nInsert = 1); - // add new element at given position - void Insert(const wxString& str, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); - // expand the array to have count elements - void SetCount(size_t count); - // remove first item matching this value - void Remove(const wxChar *sz); - // remove item by index -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( void Remove(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) ); -#endif - void RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); - - // sorting - // sort array elements in alphabetical order (or reversed alphabetical - // order if reverseOrder parameter is true) - void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false); - // sort array elements using specified comparaison function - void Sort(CompareFunction compareFunction); - void Sort(CompareFunction2 compareFunction); - - // comparison - // compare two arrays case sensitively - bool operator==(const wxArrayString& a) const; - // compare two arrays case sensitively - bool operator!=(const wxArrayString& a) const { return !(*this == a); } - - // STL-like interface - typedef wxString value_type; - typedef value_type* pointer; - typedef const value_type* const_pointer; - typedef value_type* iterator; - typedef const value_type* const_iterator; - typedef value_type& reference; - typedef const value_type& const_reference; - typedef int difference_type; - typedef size_t size_type; - - // TODO: this code duplicates the one in dynarray.h - class reverse_iterator - { - typedef wxString value_type; - typedef value_type* pointer; - typedef value_type& reference; - typedef reverse_iterator itor; - friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it); - friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o); - friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o); - friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2); - public: - pointer m_ptr; - reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } - reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } - reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } - reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } - pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } - itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } - const itor operator++(int) - { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } - itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } - const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; } - bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; } - bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; } - }; - - class const_reverse_iterator - { - typedef wxString value_type; - typedef const value_type* pointer; - typedef const value_type& reference; - typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; - friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it); - friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o); - friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o); - friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2); - public: - pointer m_ptr; - const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } - const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } - const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } - const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } - reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } - pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } - itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } - const itor operator++(int) - { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } - itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } - const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; } - bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; } - bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; } - }; - - wxArrayString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) - { Init(false); assign(first, last); } - wxArrayString(size_type n, const_reference v) { Init(false); assign(n, v); } - void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last); - void assign(size_type n, const_reference v) - { clear(); Add(v, n); } - reference back() { return *(end() - 1); } - const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); } - iterator begin() { return (wxString *)&(m_pItems[0]); } - const_iterator begin() const { return (wxString *)&(m_pItems[0]); } - size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; } - void clear() { Clear(); } - bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } - iterator end() { return begin() + GetCount(); } - const_iterator end() const { return begin() + GetCount(); } - iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) - { - size_t idx = first - begin(); - RemoveAt(idx, last - first); - return begin() + idx; - } - iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); } - reference front() { return *begin(); } - const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } - void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v) - { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); } - iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type()) - { size_t idx = it - begin(); Insert(v, idx); return begin() + idx; } - void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last); - size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } - void pop_back() { RemoveAt(GetCount() - 1); } - void push_back(const_reference v) { Add(v); } - reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } - const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const; - reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } - const_reverse_iterator rend() const; - void reserve(size_type n) /* base::reserve*/; - void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()); - size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } - -protected: - void Init(bool autoSort); // common part of all ctors - void Copy(const wxArrayString& src); // copies the contents of another array - -private: - void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); // makes array bigger if needed - void Free(); // free all the strings stored - - void DoSort(); // common part of all Sort() variants - - size_t m_nSize, // current size of the array - m_nCount; // current number of elements - - wxChar **m_pItems; // pointer to data - - bool m_autoSort; // if true, keep the array always sorted -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxArrayString -{ -public: - wxSortedArrayString() : wxArrayString(true) - { } - wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& array) : wxArrayString(true) - { Copy(array); } -}; - -#endif // !wxUSE_STL - -// this class provides a temporary wxString* from a -// wxArrayString -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCArrayString -{ -public: - wxCArrayString( const wxArrayString& array ) - : m_array( array ), m_strings( NULL ) - { } - ~wxCArrayString() { delete[] m_strings; } - - size_t GetCount() const { return m_array.GetCount(); } - wxString* GetStrings() - { - if( m_strings ) return m_strings; - size_t count = m_array.GetCount(); - m_strings = new wxString[count]; - for( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i ) - m_strings[i] = m_array[i]; - return m_strings; - } - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxString* Release(); -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - -private: - const wxArrayString& m_array; - wxString* m_strings; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/artprov.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/artprov.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d026a74d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/artprov.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/artprov.h -// Purpose: wxArtProvider class -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Modified by: -// Created: 18/03/2002 -// RCS-ID: $Id: artprov.h 57701 2008-12-31 23:40:06Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ARTPROV_H_ -#define _WX_ARTPROV_H_ - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProvidersList; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProviderCache; -class wxArtProviderModule; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef wxString wxArtClient; -typedef wxString wxArtID; - -#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID_FROM_STR(id) (id + _T("_C")) -#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(id) _T(#id) _T("_C") -#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID_FROM_STR(id) (id) -#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(id) _T(#id) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Art clients -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxART_TOOLBAR wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_TOOLBAR) -#define wxART_MENU wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MENU) -#define wxART_FRAME_ICON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_FRAME_ICON) - -#define wxART_CMN_DIALOG wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_CMN_DIALOG) -#define wxART_HELP_BROWSER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_HELP_BROWSER) -#define wxART_MESSAGE_BOX wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MESSAGE_BOX) -#define wxART_BUTTON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_BUTTON) - -#define wxART_OTHER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_OTHER) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Art IDs -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK) -#define wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK) -#define wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL) -#define wxART_HELP_SETTINGS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS) -#define wxART_HELP_BOOK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_BOOK) -#define wxART_HELP_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_FOLDER) -#define wxART_HELP_PAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_PAGE) -#define wxART_GO_BACK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_BACK) -#define wxART_GO_FORWARD wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_FORWARD) -#define wxART_GO_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_UP) -#define wxART_GO_DOWN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DOWN) -#define wxART_GO_TO_PARENT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT) -#define wxART_GO_HOME wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_HOME) -#define wxART_FILE_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_OPEN) -#define wxART_FILE_SAVE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE) -#define wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS) -#define wxART_PRINT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PRINT) -#define wxART_HELP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP) -#define wxART_TIP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TIP) -#define wxART_REPORT_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REPORT_VIEW) -#define wxART_LIST_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_LIST_VIEW) -#define wxART_NEW_DIR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW_DIR) -#define wxART_HARDDISK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HARDDISK) -#define wxART_FLOPPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FLOPPY) -#define wxART_CDROM wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CDROM) -#define wxART_REMOVABLE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REMOVABLE) -#define wxART_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER) -#define wxART_FOLDER_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN) -#define wxART_GO_DIR_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DIR_UP) -#define wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE) -#define wxART_NORMAL_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NORMAL_FILE) -#define wxART_TICK_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TICK_MARK) -#define wxART_CROSS_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CROSS_MARK) -#define wxART_ERROR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ERROR) -#define wxART_QUESTION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUESTION) -#define wxART_WARNING wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_WARNING) -#define wxART_INFORMATION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_INFORMATION) -#define wxART_MISSING_IMAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE) - -#define wxART_COPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_COPY) -#define wxART_CUT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CUT) -#define wxART_PASTE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PASTE) -#define wxART_DELETE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DELETE) -#define wxART_NEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW) - -#define wxART_UNDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_UNDO) -#define wxART_REDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REDO) - -#define wxART_QUIT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUIT) - -#define wxART_FIND wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND) -#define wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE) - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxArtProvider class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProvider : public wxObject -{ -public: - // Dtor removes the provider from providers stack if it's still on it - virtual ~wxArtProvider(); - - - // Add new provider to the top of providers stack (i.e. the provider will - // be queried first of all). - static void Push(wxArtProvider *provider); - - // Add new provider to the bottom of providers stack (i.e. the provider - // will be queried as the last one). -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - static void PushBack(wxArtProvider *provider); -#endif - // same as PushBack() - static void Insert(wxArtProvider *provider); - - // Remove latest added provider and delete it. - static bool Pop(); - - // Remove provider from providers stack but don't delete it. - static bool Remove(wxArtProvider *provider); - - // Delete the given provider and remove it from the providers stack. - static bool Delete(wxArtProvider *provider); - - - // Query the providers for bitmap with given ID and return it. Return - // wxNullBitmap if no provider provides it. - static wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id, - const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize); - - // Query the providers for icon with given ID and return it. Return - // wxNullIcon if no provider provides it. - static wxIcon GetIcon(const wxArtID& id, - const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize); - - // Get the size hint of an icon from a specific wxArtClient, queries - // the topmost provider if platform_dependent = false - static wxSize GetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client, bool platform_dependent = false); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // use the corresponding methods without redundant "Provider" suffix - wxDEPRECATED( static void PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); - wxDEPRECATED( static void InsertProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); - wxDEPRECATED( static bool PopProvider() ); - - // use Delete() if this is what you really need, or just delete the - // provider pointer, do not use Remove() as it does not delete the pointer - // unlike RemoveProvider() which does - wxDEPRECATED( static bool RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -protected: - friend class wxArtProviderModule; - // Initializes default provider - static void InitStdProvider(); - // Initializes platform's native provider, if available (e.g. GTK2) - static void InitNativeProvider(); - // Destroy caches & all providers - static void CleanUpProviders(); - - // Get the default size of an icon for a specific client - virtual wxSize DoGetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client) - { - return GetSizeHint(client, true); - } - - // Derived classes must override this method to create requested - // art resource. This method is called only once per instance's - // lifetime for each requested wxArtID. - virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id), - const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client), - const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size)) = 0; - -private: - static void CommonAddingProvider(); - -private: - // list of providers: - static wxArtProvidersList *sm_providers; - // art resources cache (so that CreateXXX is not called that often): - static wxArtProviderCache *sm_cache; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider) -}; - - -#endif // _WX_ARTPROV_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/aui.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/aui.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72273dd48..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/aui.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/aui.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-05-17 -// RCS-ID: $Id: aui.h 55195 2008-08-23 06:31:01Z BIW $ -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_AUI_H_ -#define _WX_AUI_H_ - -#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" -#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" -#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" -#include "wx/aui/auibar.h" -#include "wx/aui/auibook.h" -#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h" - -#endif // _WX_AUI_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibar.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ca0e2380..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,684 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/toolbar.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2008-08-04 -// RCS-ID: $Id: auibar.h 55522 2008-09-08 09:54:28Z BIW $ -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_AUIBAR_H_ -#define _WX_AUIBAR_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - -#include "wx/control.h" - -enum wxAuiToolBarStyle -{ - wxAUI_TB_TEXT = 1 << 0, - wxAUI_TB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 1 << 1, - wxAUI_TB_NO_AUTORESIZE = 1 << 2, - wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER = 1 << 3, - wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW = 1 << 4, - wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL = 1 << 5, - wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 1 << 6, - wxAUI_TB_HORZ_TEXT = (wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxAUI_TB_TEXT), - wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE = 0 -}; - -enum wxAuiToolBarArtSetting -{ - wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE = 0, - wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 1, - wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE = 2 -}; - -enum wxAuiToolBarToolTextOrientation -{ - wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_LEFT = 0, // unused/unimplemented - wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT = 1, - wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_TOP = 2, // unused/unimplemented - wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM = 3 -}; - - -// aui toolbar event class - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxAuiToolBarEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL, - int win_id = 0) - : wxNotifyEvent(command_type, win_id) - { - is_dropdown_clicked = false; - click_pt = wxPoint(-1, -1); - rect = wxRect(-1,-1, 0, 0); - tool_id = -1; - } -#ifndef SWIG - wxAuiToolBarEvent(const wxAuiToolBarEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c) - { - is_dropdown_clicked = c.is_dropdown_clicked; - click_pt = c.click_pt; - rect = c.rect; - tool_id = c.tool_id; - } -#endif - wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiToolBarEvent(*this); } - - bool IsDropDownClicked() const { return is_dropdown_clicked; } - void SetDropDownClicked(bool c) { is_dropdown_clicked = c; } - - wxPoint GetClickPoint() const { return click_pt; } - void SetClickPoint(const wxPoint& p) { click_pt = p; } - - wxRect GetItemRect() const { return rect; } - void SetItemRect(const wxRect& r) { rect = r; } - - int GetToolId() const { return tool_id; } - void SetToolId(int id) { tool_id = id; } - -private: - - bool is_dropdown_clicked; - wxPoint click_pt; - wxRect rect; - int tool_id; - -#ifndef SWIG -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiToolBarEvent) -#endif -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarItem -{ - friend class wxAuiToolBar; - -public: - - wxAuiToolBarItem() - { - window = NULL; - sizer_item = NULL; - spacer_pixels = 0; - id = 0; - kind = wxITEM_NORMAL; - state = 0; // normal, enabled - proportion = 0; - active = true; - dropdown = true; - sticky = true; - user_data = 0; - } - - wxAuiToolBarItem(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) - { - Assign(c); - } - - wxAuiToolBarItem& operator=(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) - { - Assign(c); - return *this; - } - - void Assign(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) - { - window = c.window; - label = c.label; - bitmap = c.bitmap; - disabled_bitmap = c.disabled_bitmap; - hover_bitmap = c.hover_bitmap; - short_help = c.short_help; - long_help = c.long_help; - sizer_item = c.sizer_item; - min_size = c.min_size; - spacer_pixels = c.spacer_pixels; - id = c.id; - kind = c.kind; - state = c.state; - proportion = c.proportion; - active = c.active; - dropdown = c.dropdown; - sticky = c.sticky; - user_data = c.user_data; - } - - - void SetWindow(wxWindow* w) { window = w; } - wxWindow* GetWindow() { return window; } - - void SetId(int new_id) { id = new_id; } - int GetId() const { return id; } - - void SetKind(int new_kind) { kind = new_kind; } - int GetKind() const { return kind; } - - void SetState(int new_state) { state = new_state; } - int GetState() const { return state; } - - void SetSizerItem(wxSizerItem* s) { sizer_item = s; } - wxSizerItem* GetSizerItem() const { return sizer_item; } - - void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { label = s; } - const wxString& GetLabel() const { return label; } - - void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { bitmap = bmp; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return bitmap; } - - void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { disabled_bitmap = bmp; } - const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return disabled_bitmap; } - - void SetHoverBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { hover_bitmap = bmp; } - const wxBitmap& GetHoverBitmap() const { return hover_bitmap; } - - void SetShortHelp(const wxString& s) { short_help = s; } - const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return short_help; } - - void SetLongHelp(const wxString& s) { long_help = s; } - const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return long_help; } - - void SetMinSize(const wxSize& s) { min_size = s; } - const wxSize& GetMinSize() const { return min_size; } - - void SetSpacerPixels(int s) { spacer_pixels = s; } - int GetSpacerPixels() const { return spacer_pixels; } - - void SetProportion(int p) { proportion = p; } - int GetProportion() const { return proportion; } - - void SetActive(bool b) { active = b; } - bool IsActive() const { return active; } - - void SetHasDropDown(bool b) { dropdown = b; } - bool HasDropDown() const { return dropdown; } - - void SetSticky(bool b) { sticky = b; } - bool IsSticky() const { return sticky; } - - void SetUserData(long l) { user_data = l; } - long GetUserData() const { return user_data; } - -private: - - wxWindow* window; // item's associated window - wxString label; // label displayed on the item - wxBitmap bitmap; // item's bitmap - wxBitmap disabled_bitmap; // item's disabled bitmap - wxBitmap hover_bitmap; // item's hover bitmap - wxString short_help; // short help (for tooltip) - wxString long_help; // long help (for status bar) - wxSizerItem* sizer_item; // sizer item - wxSize min_size; // item's minimum size - int spacer_pixels; // size of a spacer - int id; // item's id - int kind; // item's kind - int state; // state - int proportion; // proportion - bool active; // true if the item is currently active - bool dropdown; // true if the item has a dropdown button - bool sticky; // overrides button states if true (always active) - long user_data; // user-specified data -}; - -#ifndef SWIG -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiToolBarItem, wxAuiToolBarItemArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -#endif - - - - -// tab art class - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarArt -{ -public: - - wxAuiToolBarArt() { } - virtual ~wxAuiToolBarArt() { } - - virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone() = 0; - virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0; - virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; - virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation) = 0; - - virtual void DrawBackground( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawLabel( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawDropDownButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawControlLabel( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawSeparator( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawGripper( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawOverflowButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect, - int state) = 0; - - virtual wxSize GetLabelSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0; - - virtual wxSize GetToolSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0; - - virtual int GetElementSize(int element_id) = 0; - virtual void SetElementSize(int element_id, int size) = 0; - - virtual int ShowDropDown( - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items) = 0; -}; - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt : public wxAuiToolBarArt -{ - -public: - - wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt(); - virtual ~wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt(); - - virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone(); - virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); - virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); - virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation); - - virtual void DrawBackground( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawLabel( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawDropDownButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawControlLabel( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawSeparator( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawGripper( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void DrawOverflowButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect, - int state); - - virtual wxSize GetLabelSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item); - - virtual wxSize GetToolSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItem& item); - - virtual int GetElementSize(int element); - virtual void SetElementSize(int element_id, int size); - - virtual int ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items); - -protected: - - wxBitmap m_button_dropdown_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_button_dropdown_bmp; - wxBitmap m_overflow_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_overflow_bmp; - wxColour m_base_colour; - wxColour m_highlight_colour; - wxFont m_font; - unsigned int m_flags; - int m_text_orientation; - - wxPen m_gripper_pen1; - wxPen m_gripper_pen2; - wxPen m_gripper_pen3; - - int m_separator_size; - int m_gripper_size; - int m_overflow_size; -}; - - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBar : public wxControl -{ -public: - - wxAuiToolBar(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id = -1, - const wxPoint& position = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE); - ~wxAuiToolBar(); - - void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); - - void SetArtProvider(wxAuiToolBarArt* art); - wxAuiToolBarArt* GetArtProvider() const; - - bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); - - - void AddTool(int tool_id, - const wxString& label, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - const wxString& short_help_string = wxEmptyString, - wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL); - - void AddTool(int tool_id, - const wxString& label, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap, - wxItemKind kind, - const wxString& short_help_string, - const wxString& long_help_string, - wxObject* client_data); - - void AddTool(int tool_id, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap, - bool toggle = false, - wxObject* client_data = NULL, - const wxString& short_help_string = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& long_help_string = wxEmptyString) - { - AddTool(tool_id, - wxEmptyString, - bitmap, - disabled_bitmap, - toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, - short_help_string, - long_help_string, - client_data); - } - - void AddLabel(int tool_id, - const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, - const int width = -1); - void AddControl(wxControl* control, - const wxString& label = wxEmptyString); - void AddSeparator(); - void AddSpacer(int pixels); - void AddStretchSpacer(int proportion = 1); - - bool Realize(); - - wxControl* FindControl(int window_id); - wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; - wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByIndex(int idx) const; - wxAuiToolBarItem* FindTool(int tool_id) const; - - void ClearTools() { Clear() ; } - void Clear(); - bool DeleteTool(int tool_id); - bool DeleteByIndex(int tool_id); - - size_t GetToolCount() const; - int GetToolPos(int tool_id) const { return GetToolIndex(tool_id); } - int GetToolIndex(int tool_id) const; - bool GetToolFits(int tool_id) const; - wxRect GetToolRect(int tool_id) const; - bool GetToolFitsByIndex(int tool_id) const; - bool GetToolBarFits() const; - - void SetMargins(const wxSize& size) { SetMargins(size.x, size.x, size.y, size.y); } - void SetMargins(int x, int y) { SetMargins(x, x, y, y); } - void SetMargins(int left, int right, int top, int bottom); - - void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); - wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const; - - bool GetOverflowVisible() const; - void SetOverflowVisible(bool visible); - - bool GetGripperVisible() const; - void SetGripperVisible(bool visible); - - void ToggleTool(int tool_id, bool state); - bool GetToolToggled(int tool_id) const; - - void EnableTool(int tool_id, bool state); - bool GetToolEnabled(int tool_id) const; - - void SetToolDropDown(int tool_id, bool dropdown); - bool GetToolDropDown(int tool_id) const; - - void SetToolBorderPadding(int padding); - int GetToolBorderPadding() const; - - void SetToolTextOrientation(int orientation); - int GetToolTextOrientation() const; - - void SetToolPacking(int packing); - int GetToolPacking() const; - - void SetToolProportion(int tool_id, int proportion); - int GetToolProportion(int tool_id) const; - - void SetToolSeparation(int separation); - int GetToolSeparation() const; - - void SetToolSticky(int tool_id, bool sticky); - bool GetToolSticky(int tool_id) const; - - wxString GetToolLabel(int tool_id) const; - void SetToolLabel(int tool_id, const wxString& label); - - wxBitmap GetToolBitmap(int tool_id) const; - void SetToolBitmap(int tool_id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); - - wxString GetToolShortHelp(int tool_id) const; - void SetToolShortHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string); - - wxString GetToolLongHelp(int tool_id) const; - void SetToolLongHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string); - - void SetCustomOverflowItems(const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& prepend, - const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& append); - -protected: - - virtual void OnCustomRender(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), - const wxAuiToolBarItem& WXUNUSED(item), - const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect)) { } - -protected: - - void DoIdleUpdate(); - void SetOrientation(int orientation); - void SetHoverItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item); - void SetPressedItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item); - void RefreshOverflowState(); - - int GetOverflowState() const; - wxRect GetOverflowRect() const; - wxSize GetLabelSize(const wxString& label); - wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPositionWithPacking(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; - - void DoSetSize(int x, - int y, - int width, - int height, - int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); - -protected: // handlers - - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); - void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& evt); - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); - void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); - void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt); - -protected: - - wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_items; // array of toolbar items - wxAuiToolBarArt* m_art; // art provider - wxBoxSizer* m_sizer; // main sizer for toolbar - wxAuiToolBarItem* m_action_item; // item that's being acted upon (pressed) - wxAuiToolBarItem* m_tip_item; // item that has its tooltip shown - wxBitmap m_bitmap; // double-buffer bitmap - wxSizerItem* m_gripper_sizer_item; - wxSizerItem* m_overflow_sizer_item; - wxSize m_absolute_min_size; - wxPoint m_action_pos; // position of left-mouse down - wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_custom_overflow_prepend; - wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_custom_overflow_append; - - int m_button_width; - int m_button_height; - int m_sizer_element_count; - int m_left_padding; - int m_right_padding; - int m_top_padding; - int m_bottom_padding; - int m_tool_packing; - int m_tool_border_padding; - int m_tool_text_orientation; - int m_overflow_state; - bool m_dragging; - bool m_gripper_visible; - bool m_overflow_visible; - long m_style; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiToolBar) -}; - - - - -// wx event machinery - -#ifndef SWIG - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, 0) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiToolBarEventFunction)(wxAuiToolBarEvent&); - -#define wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxAuiToolBarEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) - -#else - -// wxpython/swig event work -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG; - -%pythoncode { - EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, 1 ) - EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, 1 ) - EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, 1 ) - EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, 1 ) - EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 ) -} -#endif // SWIG - -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - -#endif // wxUSE_AUI - -#endif // _WX_AUIBAR_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibook.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0fc290a3c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/auibook.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,753 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/auibook.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - notebook -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2006-06-28 -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - - -#ifndef _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ -#define _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" -#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" -#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" -#include "wx/control.h" - - -class wxAuiNotebook; - - -enum wxAuiNotebookOption -{ - wxAUI_NB_TOP = 1 << 0, - wxAUI_NB_LEFT = 1 << 1, // not implemented yet - wxAUI_NB_RIGHT = 1 << 2, // not implemented yet - wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM = 1 << 3, - wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT = 1 << 4, - wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE = 1 << 5, - wxAUI_NB_TAB_EXTERNAL_MOVE = 1 << 6, - wxAUI_NB_TAB_FIXED_WIDTH = 1 << 7, - wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS = 1 << 8, - wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON = 1 << 9, - wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON = 1 << 10, - wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB = 1 << 11, - wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ALL_TABS = 1 << 12, - wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE = 1 << 13, - - wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxAUI_NB_TOP | - wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT | - wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE | - wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS | - wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB | - wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE -}; - - - - -// aui notebook event class - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxAuiNotebookEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL, - int win_id = 0) - : wxNotifyEvent(command_type, win_id) - { - old_selection = -1; - selection = -1; - drag_source = NULL; - } -#ifndef SWIG - wxAuiNotebookEvent(const wxAuiNotebookEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c) - { - old_selection = c.old_selection; - selection = c.selection; - drag_source = c.drag_source; - } -#endif - wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiNotebookEvent(*this); } - - void SetSelection(int s) { selection = s; m_commandInt = s; } - int GetSelection() const { return selection; } - - void SetOldSelection(int s) { old_selection = s; } - int GetOldSelection() const { return old_selection; } - - void SetDragSource(wxAuiNotebook* s) { drag_source = s; } - wxAuiNotebook* GetDragSource() const { return drag_source; } - -public: - int old_selection; - int selection; - wxAuiNotebook* drag_source; - -#ifndef SWIG -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiNotebookEvent) -#endif -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookPage -{ -public: - wxWindow* window; // page's associated window - wxString caption; // caption displayed on the tab - wxBitmap bitmap; // tab's bitmap - wxRect rect; // tab's hit rectangle - bool active; // true if the page is currently active -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainerButton -{ -public: - - int id; // button's id - int cur_state; // current state (normal, hover, pressed, etc.) - int location; // buttons location (wxLEFT, wxRIGHT, or wxCENTER) - wxBitmap bitmap; // button's hover bitmap - wxBitmap dis_bitmap; // button's disabled bitmap - wxRect rect; // button's hit rectangle -}; - - -#ifndef SWIG -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiNotebookPage, wxAuiNotebookPageArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiTabContainerButton, wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -#endif - - -// tab art class - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabArt -{ -public: - - wxAuiTabArt() { } - virtual ~wxAuiTabArt() { } - - virtual wxAuiTabArt* Clone() = 0; - virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0; - - virtual void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, - size_t tab_count) = 0; - - virtual void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; - virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; - virtual void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; - - virtual void DrawBackground( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int close_button_state, - wxRect* out_tab_rect, - wxRect* out_button_rect, - int* x_extent) = 0; - - virtual void DrawButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int bitmap_id, - int button_state, - int orientation, - wxRect* out_rect) = 0; - - virtual wxSize GetTabSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxString& caption, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - bool active, - int close_button_state, - int* x_extent) = 0; - - virtual int ShowDropDown( - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, - int active_idx) = 0; - - virtual int GetIndentSize() = 0; - - virtual int GetBestTabCtrlSize( - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, - const wxSize& required_bmp_size) = 0; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt -{ - -public: - - wxAuiDefaultTabArt(); - virtual ~wxAuiDefaultTabArt(); - - wxAuiTabArt* Clone(); - void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); - void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, - size_t tab_count); - - void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); - void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); - void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); - - void DrawBackground( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect); - - void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int close_button_state, - wxRect* out_tab_rect, - wxRect* out_button_rect, - int* x_extent); - - void DrawButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int bitmap_id, - int button_state, - int orientation, - wxRect* out_rect); - - int GetIndentSize(); - - wxSize GetTabSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxString& caption, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - bool active, - int close_button_state, - int* x_extent); - - int ShowDropDown( - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, - int active_idx); - - int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, - const wxSize& required_bmp_size); - -protected: - - wxFont m_normal_font; - wxFont m_selected_font; - wxFont m_measuring_font; - wxColour m_base_colour; - wxPen m_base_colour_pen; - wxPen m_border_pen; - wxBrush m_base_colour_brush; - wxBitmap m_active_close_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_close_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_left_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_left_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_right_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_right_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_windowlist_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; - - int m_fixed_tab_width; - int m_tab_ctrl_height; - unsigned int m_flags; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiSimpleTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt -{ - -public: - - wxAuiSimpleTabArt(); - virtual ~wxAuiSimpleTabArt(); - - wxAuiTabArt* Clone(); - void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); - - void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, - size_t tab_count); - - void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); - void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); - void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); - - void DrawBackground( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& rect); - - void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int close_button_state, - wxRect* out_tab_rect, - wxRect* out_button_rect, - int* x_extent); - - void DrawButton( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxRect& in_rect, - int bitmap_id, - int button_state, - int orientation, - wxRect* out_rect); - - int GetIndentSize(); - - wxSize GetTabSize( - wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxString& caption, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - bool active, - int close_button_state, - int* x_extent); - - int ShowDropDown( - wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, - int active_idx); - - int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, - const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, - const wxSize& required_bmp_size); - -protected: - - wxFont m_normal_font; - wxFont m_selected_font; - wxFont m_measuring_font; - wxPen m_normal_bkpen; - wxPen m_selected_bkpen; - wxBrush m_normal_bkbrush; - wxBrush m_selected_bkbrush; - wxBrush m_bkbrush; - wxBitmap m_active_close_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_close_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_left_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_left_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_right_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_right_bmp; - wxBitmap m_active_windowlist_bmp; - wxBitmap m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; - - int m_fixed_tab_width; - unsigned int m_flags; -}; - - - - - - - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainer -{ -public: - - wxAuiTabContainer(); - virtual ~wxAuiTabContainer(); - - void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art); - wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const; - - void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); - unsigned int GetFlags() const; - - bool AddPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info); - bool InsertPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info, size_t idx); - bool MovePage(wxWindow* page, size_t new_idx); - bool RemovePage(wxWindow* page); - bool SetActivePage(wxWindow* page); - bool SetActivePage(size_t page); - void SetNoneActive(); - int GetActivePage() const; - bool TabHitTest(int x, int y, wxWindow** hit) const; - bool ButtonHitTest(int x, int y, wxAuiTabContainerButton** hit) const; - wxWindow* GetWindowFromIdx(size_t idx) const; - int GetIdxFromWindow(wxWindow* page) const; - size_t GetPageCount() const; - wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx); - const wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx) const; - wxAuiNotebookPageArray& GetPages(); - void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& normal_font); - void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& selected_font); - void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& measuring_font); - void DoShowHide(); - void SetRect(const wxRect& rect); - - void RemoveButton(int id); - void AddButton(int id, - int location, - const wxBitmap& normal_bitmap = wxNullBitmap, - const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap); - - size_t GetTabOffset() const; - void SetTabOffset(size_t offset); - - // Is the tab visible? - bool IsTabVisible(int tabPage, int tabOffset, wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd); - - // Make the tab visible if it wasn't already - void MakeTabVisible(int tabPage, wxWindow* win); - -protected: - - virtual void Render(wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd); - -protected: - - wxAuiTabArt* m_art; - wxAuiNotebookPageArray m_pages; - wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_buttons; - wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_tab_close_buttons; - wxRect m_rect; - size_t m_tab_offset; - unsigned int m_flags; -}; - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabCtrl : public wxControl, - public wxAuiTabContainer -{ -public: - - wxAuiTabCtrl(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0); - - ~wxAuiTabCtrl(); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - bool IsDragging() const { return m_is_dragging; } -#endif - -protected: - - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); - void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); - void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt); - void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt); - void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& evt); -#endif -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt); -#endif - void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); - -protected: - - wxPoint m_click_pt; - wxWindow* m_click_tab; - bool m_is_dragging; - wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_hover_button; - wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_pressed_button; - -#ifndef SWIG - DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiTabCtrl) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -#endif -}; - - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebook : public wxControl -{ - -public: - - wxAuiNotebook(); - - wxAuiNotebook(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE); - - virtual ~wxAuiNotebook(); - - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0); - - void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); - void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art); - wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const; - - virtual void SetUniformBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); - virtual void SetTabCtrlHeight(int height); - - bool AddPage(wxWindow* page, - const wxString& caption, - bool select = false, - const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); - - bool InsertPage(size_t page_idx, - wxWindow* page, - const wxString& caption, - bool select = false, - const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); - - bool DeletePage(size_t page); - bool RemovePage(size_t page); - - size_t GetPageCount() const; - wxWindow* GetPage(size_t page_idx) const; - int GetPageIndex(wxWindow* page_wnd) const; - - bool SetPageText(size_t page, const wxString& text); - wxString GetPageText(size_t page_idx) const; - - bool SetPageBitmap(size_t page, const wxBitmap& bitmap); - wxBitmap GetPageBitmap(size_t page_idx) const; - - size_t SetSelection(size_t new_page); - int GetSelection() const; - - virtual void Split(size_t page, int direction); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20801 - const wxAuiManager& GetAuiManager() const { return m_mgr; } -#endif - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - // Sets the normal font - void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); - - // Sets the selected tab font - void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); - - // Sets the measuring font - void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); - - // Sets the tab font - virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); - - // Gets the tab control height - int GetTabCtrlHeight() const; - - // Gets the height of the notebook for a given page height - int GetHeightForPageHeight(int pageHeight); - - // Advances the selection, generation page selection events - void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = true); - - // Shows the window menu - bool ShowWindowMenu(); -#endif - -protected: - - // these can be overridden - virtual void UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); - virtual int CalculateTabCtrlHeight(); - virtual wxSize CalculateNewSplitSize(); - -protected: - - void DoSizing(); - void InitNotebook(long style); - wxAuiTabCtrl* GetTabCtrlFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); - wxWindow* GetTabFrameFromTabCtrl(wxWindow* tab_ctrl); - wxAuiTabCtrl* GetActiveTabCtrl(); - bool FindTab(wxWindow* page, wxAuiTabCtrl** ctrl, int* idx); - void RemoveEmptyTabFrames(); - void UpdateHintWindowSize(); - -protected: - - void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& evt); - void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); - void OnTabClicked(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabBeginDrag(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabDragMotion(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabEndDrag(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabButton(wxCommandEvent& evt); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - void OnTabMiddleDown(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabMiddleUp(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabRightDown(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnTabRightUp(wxCommandEvent& evt); - void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); - void OnTabBgDClick(wxCommandEvent& evt); -#endif - -protected: - - wxAuiManager m_mgr; - wxAuiTabContainer m_tabs; - int m_curpage; - int m_tab_id_counter; - wxWindow* m_dummy_wnd; - - wxSize m_requested_bmp_size; - int m_requested_tabctrl_height; - wxFont m_selected_font; - wxFont m_normal_font; - int m_tab_ctrl_height; - - int m_last_drag_x; - unsigned int m_flags; - -#ifndef SWIG - DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiNotebook) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -#endif -}; - - - - -// wx event machinery - -#ifndef SWIG - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, 0) -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, 0) -#endif -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiNotebookEventFunction)(wxAuiNotebookEvent&); - -#define wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxAuiNotebookEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) -#endif - -#else - -// wxpython/swig event work -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP; - -%pythoncode { - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP , 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, 1 ) - EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, 1 ) -} -#endif - - -#endif // wxUSE_AUI -#endif // _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/dockart.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/dockart.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c5bfe2a6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/dockart.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/dockart.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-05-17 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dockart.h 43154 2006-11-07 10:29:02Z BIW $ -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DOCKART_H_ -#define _WX_DOCKART_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -#include "wx/pen.h" -#include "wx/brush.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/colour.h" - -// dock art provider code - a dock provider provides all drawing -// functionality to the wxAui dock manager. This allows the dock -// manager to have plugable look-and-feels - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockArt -{ -public: - - wxAuiDockArt() { } - virtual ~wxAuiDockArt() { } - - virtual int GetMetric(int id) = 0; - virtual void SetMetric(int id, int new_val) = 0; - virtual void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font) = 0; - virtual wxFont GetFont(int id) = 0; - virtual wxColour GetColour(int id) = 0; - virtual void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour) = 0; - wxColour GetColor(int id) { return GetColour(id); } - void SetColor(int id, const wxColour& color) { SetColour(id, color); } - - virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - int orientation, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - int orientation, - const wxRect& rect) = 0; - - virtual void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - const wxString& text, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; - - virtual void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; - - virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; - - virtual void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow* window, - int button, - int button_state, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; -}; - - -// this is the default art provider for wxAuiManager. Dock art -// can be customized by creating a class derived from this one, -// or replacing this class entirely - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultDockArt : public wxAuiDockArt -{ -public: - - wxAuiDefaultDockArt(); - - int GetMetric(int metric_id); - void SetMetric(int metric_id, int new_val); - wxColour GetColour(int id); - void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour); - void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font); - wxFont GetFont(int id); - - void DrawSash(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - int orientation, - const wxRect& rect); - - void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - int orientation, - const wxRect& rect); - - void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - const wxString& text, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - - void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - - void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - - void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc, - wxWindow *window, - int button, - int button_state, - const wxRect& rect, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - -protected: - - void DrawCaptionBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, bool active); - -protected: - - wxPen m_border_pen; - wxBrush m_sash_brush; - wxBrush m_background_brush; - wxBrush m_gripper_brush; - wxFont m_caption_font; - wxBitmap m_inactive_close_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_inactive_pin_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_inactive_maximize_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_inactive_restore_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_active_close_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_active_pin_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_active_maximize_bitmap; - wxBitmap m_active_restore_bitmap; - wxPen m_gripper_pen1; - wxPen m_gripper_pen2; - wxPen m_gripper_pen3; - wxColour m_base_colour; - wxColour m_active_caption_colour; - wxColour m_active_caption_gradient_colour; - wxColour m_active_caption_text_colour; - wxColour m_inactive_caption_colour; - wxColour m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour; - wxColour m_inactive_caption_text_colour; - int m_border_size; - int m_caption_size; - int m_sash_size; - int m_button_size; - int m_gripper_size; - int m_gradient_type; -}; - - - -#endif // wxUSE_AUI -#endif //_WX_DOCKART_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h deleted file mode 100644 index 752959477..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/floatpane.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-05-17 -// RCS-ID: $Id: floatpane.h 43467 2006-11-17 13:07:01Z BIW $ -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FLOATPANE_H_ -#define _WX_FLOATPANE_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -#include "wx/frame.h" - -#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined( __WXGTK__ ) -#include "wx/minifram.h" -#define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxMiniFrame -#else -#define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxFrame -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame : public wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass -{ -public: - wxAuiFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, - wxAuiManager* owner_mgr, - const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - long style = wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCAPTION | - wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | - wxCLIP_CHILDREN - ); - virtual ~wxAuiFloatingFrame(); - void SetPaneWindow(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - wxAuiManager* GetOwnerManager() const; - -protected: - virtual void OnMoveStart(); - virtual void OnMoving(const wxRect& window_rect, wxDirection dir); - virtual void OnMoveFinished(); - -private: - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnMoveEvent(wxMoveEvent& event); - void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - static bool isMouseDown(); - -private: - wxWindow* m_pane_window; // pane window being managed - bool m_solid_drag; // true if system uses solid window drag - bool m_moving; - wxRect m_last_rect; - wxRect m_last2_rect; - wxRect m_last3_rect; - wxSize m_last_size; - wxDirection m_lastDirection; - - wxAuiManager* m_owner_mgr; - wxAuiManager m_mgr; - -#ifndef SWIG - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiFloatingFrame) -#endif // SWIG -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_AUI -#endif //_WX_FLOATPANE_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h deleted file mode 100644 index c267ad233..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,856 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/aui/framemanager.h -// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager -// Author: Benjamin I. Williams -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-05-17 -// RCS-ID: $Id: framemanager.h 57885 2009-01-07 14:51:49Z JS $ -// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. -// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ -#define _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/timer.h" -#include "wx/sizer.h" - -enum wxAuiManagerDock -{ - wxAUI_DOCK_NONE = 0, - wxAUI_DOCK_TOP = 1, - wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT = 2, - wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM = 3, - wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT = 4, - wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER = 5, - wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER -}; - -enum wxAuiManagerOption -{ - wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING = 1 << 0, - wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE = 1 << 1, - wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG = 1 << 2, - wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT = 1 << 3, - wxAUI_MGR_VENETIAN_BLINDS_HINT = 1 << 4, - wxAUI_MGR_RECTANGLE_HINT = 1 << 5, - wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE = 1 << 6, - wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE = 1 << 7, - wxAUI_MGR_LIVE_RESIZE = 1 << 8, - - wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT = wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING | - wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT | - wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE | - wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE -}; - - -enum wxAuiPaneDockArtSetting -{ - wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE = 0, - wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE = 1, - wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 2, - wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE = 3, - wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE = 4, - wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR = 5, - wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_COLOUR = 6, - wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 7, - wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 8, - wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 9, - wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 10, - wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 11, - wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 12, - wxAUI_DOCKART_BORDER_COLOUR = 13, - wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_COLOUR = 14, - wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_FONT = 15, - wxAUI_DOCKART_GRADIENT_TYPE = 16 -}; - -enum wxAuiPaneDockArtGradients -{ - wxAUI_GRADIENT_NONE = 0, - wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL = 1, - wxAUI_GRADIENT_HORIZONTAL = 2 -}; - -enum wxAuiPaneButtonState -{ - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL = 0, - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER = 1 << 1, - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1 << 2, - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED = 1 << 3, - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN = 1 << 4, - wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED = 1 << 5 -}; - -enum wxAuiButtonId -{ - wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE = 101, - wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE = 102, - wxAUI_BUTTON_MINIMIZE = 103, - wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN = 104, - wxAUI_BUTTON_OPTIONS = 105, - wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST = 106, - wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT = 107, - wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT = 108, - wxAUI_BUTTON_UP = 109, - wxAUI_BUTTON_DOWN = 110, - wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM1 = 201, - wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM2 = 202, - wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM3 = 203 -}; - -enum wxAuiPaneInsertLevel -{ - wxAUI_INSERT_PANE = 0, - wxAUI_INSERT_ROW = 1, - wxAUI_INSERT_DOCK = 2 -}; - - - - -// forwards and array declarations -class wxAuiDockUIPart; -class wxAuiPaneButton; -class wxAuiPaneInfo; -class wxAuiDockInfo; -class wxAuiDockArt; -class wxAuiManagerEvent; - -#ifndef SWIG -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockInfo, wxAuiDockInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockUIPart, wxAuiDockUIPartArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneButton, wxAuiPaneButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneInfo, wxAuiPaneInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiPaneInfo*, wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiDockInfo*, wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); -#endif // SWIG - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo wxAuiNullDockInfo; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo wxAuiNullPaneInfo; - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo -{ -public: - - wxAuiPaneInfo() - { - window = NULL; - frame = NULL; - state = 0; - dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; - dock_layer = 0; - dock_row = 0; - dock_pos = 0; - floating_pos = wxDefaultPosition; - floating_size = wxDefaultSize; - best_size = wxDefaultSize; - min_size = wxDefaultSize; - max_size = wxDefaultSize; - dock_proportion = 0; - - DefaultPane(); - } - - ~wxAuiPaneInfo() {} - -#ifndef SWIG - wxAuiPaneInfo(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c) - { - name = c.name; - caption = c.caption; - window = c.window; - frame = c.frame; - state = c.state; - dock_direction = c.dock_direction; - dock_layer = c.dock_layer; - dock_row = c.dock_row; - dock_pos = c.dock_pos; - best_size = c.best_size; - min_size = c.min_size; - max_size = c.max_size; - floating_pos = c.floating_pos; - floating_size = c.floating_size; - dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion; - buttons = c.buttons; - rect = c.rect; - } - - wxAuiPaneInfo& operator=(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c) - { - name = c.name; - caption = c.caption; - window = c.window; - frame = c.frame; - state = c.state; - dock_direction = c.dock_direction; - dock_layer = c.dock_layer; - dock_row = c.dock_row; - dock_pos = c.dock_pos; - best_size = c.best_size; - min_size = c.min_size; - max_size = c.max_size; - floating_pos = c.floating_pos; - floating_size = c.floating_size; - dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion; - buttons = c.buttons; - rect = c.rect; - return *this; - } -#endif // SWIG - - // Write the safe parts of a newly loaded PaneInfo structure "source" into "this" - // used on loading perspectives etc. - void SafeSet(wxAuiPaneInfo source) - { - // note source is not passed by reference so we can overwrite, to keep the - // unsafe bits of "dest" - source.window = window; - source.frame = frame; - source.buttons = buttons; - // now assign - *this = source; - } - - bool IsOk() const { return (window != NULL) ? true : false; } - bool IsFixed() const { return !HasFlag(optionResizable); } - bool IsResizable() const { return HasFlag(optionResizable); } - bool IsShown() const { return !HasFlag(optionHidden); } - bool IsFloating() const { return HasFlag(optionFloating); } - bool IsDocked() const { return !HasFlag(optionFloating); } - bool IsToolbar() const { return HasFlag(optionToolbar); } - bool IsTopDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionTopDockable); } - bool IsBottomDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionBottomDockable); } - bool IsLeftDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionLeftDockable); } - bool IsRightDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionRightDockable); } - bool IsFloatable() const { return HasFlag(optionFloatable); } - bool IsMovable() const { return HasFlag(optionMovable); } - bool IsDestroyOnClose() const { return HasFlag(optionDestroyOnClose); } - bool IsMaximized() const { return HasFlag(optionMaximized); } - bool HasCaption() const { return HasFlag(optionCaption); } - bool HasGripper() const { return HasFlag(optionGripper); } - bool HasBorder() const { return HasFlag(optionPaneBorder); } - bool HasCloseButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonClose); } - bool HasMaximizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMaximize); } - bool HasMinimizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMinimize); } - bool HasPinButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonPin); } - bool HasGripperTop() const { return HasFlag(optionGripperTop); } - -#ifdef SWIG - %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& { $result = $self; Py_INCREF($result); } -#endif - wxAuiPaneInfo& Window(wxWindow* w) { window = w; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Name(const wxString& n) { name = n; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Caption(const wxString& c) { caption = c; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Left() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Right() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Top() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_TOP; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Bottom() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Center() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Centre() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Direction(int direction) { dock_direction = direction; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Layer(int layer) { dock_layer = layer; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Row(int row) { dock_row = row; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Position(int pos) { dock_pos = pos; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(const wxSize& size) { best_size = size; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(const wxSize& size) { min_size = size; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(const wxSize& size) { max_size = size; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(int x, int y) { best_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(int x, int y) { min_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(int x, int y) { max_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { floating_pos = pos; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(int x, int y) { floating_pos.x = x; floating_pos.y = y; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(const wxSize& size) { floating_size = size; return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(int x, int y) { floating_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Fixed() { return SetFlag(optionResizable, false); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Resizable(bool resizable = true) { return SetFlag(optionResizable, resizable); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Dock() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, false); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Float() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, true); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Hide() { return SetFlag(optionHidden, true); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Show(bool show = true) { return SetFlag(optionHidden, !show); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& CaptionVisible(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionCaption, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Maximize() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, true); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Restore() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, false); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& PaneBorder(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionPaneBorder, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Gripper(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripper, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& GripperTop(bool attop = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripperTop, attop); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& CloseButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonClose, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MaximizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMaximize, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& MinimizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMinimize, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& PinButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonPin, visible); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& DestroyOnClose(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDestroyOnClose, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& TopDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionTopDockable, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& BottomDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionBottomDockable, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& LeftDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionLeftDockable, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& RightDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionRightDockable, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Floatable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionFloatable, b); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& Movable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionMovable, b); } -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20807 - wxAuiPaneInfo& DockFixed(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDockFixed, b); } -#endif - - wxAuiPaneInfo& Dockable(bool b = true) - { - return TopDockable(b).BottomDockable(b).LeftDockable(b).RightDockable(b); - } - - wxAuiPaneInfo& DefaultPane() - { - state |= optionTopDockable | optionBottomDockable | - optionLeftDockable | optionRightDockable | - optionFloatable | optionMovable | optionResizable | - optionCaption | optionPaneBorder | buttonClose; - return *this; - } - - wxAuiPaneInfo& CentrePane() { return CenterPane(); } - wxAuiPaneInfo& CenterPane() - { - state = 0; - return Center().PaneBorder().Resizable(); - } - - wxAuiPaneInfo& ToolbarPane() - { - DefaultPane(); - state |= (optionToolbar | optionGripper); - state &= ~(optionResizable | optionCaption); - if (dock_layer == 0) - dock_layer = 10; - return *this; - } - - wxAuiPaneInfo& SetFlag(unsigned int flag, bool option_state) - { - if (option_state) - state |= flag; - else - state &= ~flag; - return *this; - } - - bool HasFlag(unsigned int flag) const - { - return (state & flag) ? true:false; - } - -#ifdef SWIG - %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& ; -#endif - -public: - - // NOTE: You can add and subtract flags from this list, - // but do not change the values of the flags, because - // they are stored in a binary integer format in the - // perspective string. If you really need to change the - // values around, you'll have to ensure backwards-compatibility - // in the perspective loading code. - enum wxAuiPaneState - { - optionFloating = 1 << 0, - optionHidden = 1 << 1, - optionLeftDockable = 1 << 2, - optionRightDockable = 1 << 3, - optionTopDockable = 1 << 4, - optionBottomDockable = 1 << 5, - optionFloatable = 1 << 6, - optionMovable = 1 << 7, - optionResizable = 1 << 8, - optionPaneBorder = 1 << 9, - optionCaption = 1 << 10, - optionGripper = 1 << 11, - optionDestroyOnClose = 1 << 12, - optionToolbar = 1 << 13, - optionActive = 1 << 14, - optionGripperTop = 1 << 15, - optionMaximized = 1 << 16, - optionDockFixed = 1 << 17, - - buttonClose = 1 << 21, - buttonMaximize = 1 << 22, - buttonMinimize = 1 << 23, - buttonPin = 1 << 24, - - buttonCustom1 = 1 << 26, - buttonCustom2 = 1 << 27, - buttonCustom3 = 1 << 28, - - savedHiddenState = 1 << 30, // used internally - actionPane = 1 << 31 // used internally - }; - -public: - wxString name; // name of the pane - wxString caption; // caption displayed on the window - - wxWindow* window; // window that is in this pane - wxFrame* frame; // floating frame window that holds the pane - unsigned int state; // a combination of wxPaneState values - - int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center) - int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer) - int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row) - int dock_pos; // position inside the row (0 = first position) - - wxSize best_size; // size that the layout engine will prefer - wxSize min_size; // minimum size the pane window can tolerate - wxSize max_size; // maximum size the pane window can tolerate - - wxPoint floating_pos; // position while floating - wxSize floating_size; // size while floating - int dock_proportion; // proportion while docked - - wxAuiPaneButtonArray buttons; // buttons on the pane - - wxRect rect; // current rectangle (populated by wxAUI) -}; - - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManager : public wxEvtHandler -{ -friend class wxAuiFloatingFrame; - -public: - - wxAuiManager(wxWindow* managed_wnd = NULL, - unsigned int flags = wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT); - virtual ~wxAuiManager(); - void UnInit(); - - void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); - unsigned int GetFlags() const; - - void SetManagedWindow(wxWindow* managed_wnd); - wxWindow* GetManagedWindow() const; - - static wxAuiManager* GetManager(wxWindow* window); - - void SetArtProvider(wxAuiDockArt* art_provider); - wxAuiDockArt* GetArtProvider() const; - - wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(wxWindow* window); - wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(const wxString& name); - wxAuiPaneInfoArray& GetAllPanes(); - - bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, - const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); - - bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, - const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info, - const wxPoint& drop_pos); - - bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, - int direction = wxLEFT, - const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString); - - bool InsertPane(wxWindow* window, - const wxAuiPaneInfo& insert_location, - int insert_level = wxAUI_INSERT_PANE); - - bool DetachPane(wxWindow* window); - - void Update(); - - wxString SavePaneInfo(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); - void LoadPaneInfo(wxString pane_part, wxAuiPaneInfo &pane); - wxString SavePerspective(); - bool LoadPerspective(const wxString& perspective, bool update = true); - - void SetDockSizeConstraint(double width_pct, double height_pct); - void GetDockSizeConstraint(double* width_pct, double* height_pct) const; - - void ClosePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); - void MaximizePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); - void RestorePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); - void RestoreMaximizedPane(); - -public: - - virtual wxAuiFloatingFrame* CreateFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, const wxAuiPaneInfo& p); - - void StartPaneDrag( - wxWindow* pane_window, - const wxPoint& offset); - - wxRect CalculateHintRect( - wxWindow* pane_window, - const wxPoint& pt, - const wxPoint& offset); - - void DrawHintRect( - wxWindow* pane_window, - const wxPoint& pt, - const wxPoint& offset); - - virtual void ShowHint(const wxRect& rect); - virtual void HideHint(); - -public: - - // deprecated -- please use SetManagedWindow() and - // and GetManagedWindow() instead - - wxDEPRECATED( void SetFrame(wxFrame* frame) ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxFrame* GetFrame() const ); - -protected: - - void UpdateHintWindowConfig(); - - void DoFrameLayout(); - - void LayoutAddPane(wxSizer* container, - wxAuiDockInfo& dock, - wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, - wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, - bool spacer_only); - - void LayoutAddDock(wxSizer* container, - wxAuiDockInfo& dock, - wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, - bool spacer_only); - - wxSizer* LayoutAll(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, - wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, - wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, - bool spacer_only = false); - - virtual bool ProcessDockResult(wxAuiPaneInfo& target, - const wxAuiPaneInfo& new_pos); - - bool DoDrop(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, - wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, - wxAuiPaneInfo& drop, - const wxPoint& pt, - const wxPoint& action_offset = wxPoint(0,0)); - - wxAuiDockUIPart* HitTest(int x, int y); - wxAuiDockUIPart* GetPanePart(wxWindow* pane); - int GetDockPixelOffset(wxAuiPaneInfo& test); - void OnFloatingPaneMoveStart(wxWindow* window); - void OnFloatingPaneMoving(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir ); - void OnFloatingPaneMoved(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir); - void OnFloatingPaneActivated(wxWindow* window); - void OnFloatingPaneClosed(wxWindow* window, wxCloseEvent& evt); - void OnFloatingPaneResized(wxWindow* window, const wxSize& size); - void Render(wxDC* dc); - void Repaint(wxDC* dc = NULL); - void ProcessMgrEvent(wxAuiManagerEvent& event); - void UpdateButtonOnScreen(wxAuiDockUIPart* button_ui_part, - const wxMouseEvent& event); - void GetPanePositionsAndSizes(wxAuiDockInfo& dock, - wxArrayInt& positions, - wxArrayInt& sizes); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - /// Ends a resize action, or for live update, resizes the sash - bool DoEndResizeAction(wxMouseEvent& event); -#endif - -public: - - // public events (which can be invoked externally) - void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); - void OnPaneButton(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); - -protected: - - // protected events - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); - void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); - void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt); - void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); - void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& evt); - void OnHintFadeTimer(wxTimerEvent& evt); - void OnFindManager(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); - -protected: - - enum - { - actionNone = 0, - actionResize, - actionClickButton, - actionClickCaption, - actionDragToolbarPane, - actionDragFloatingPane - }; - -protected: - - wxWindow* m_frame; // the window being managed - wxAuiDockArt* m_art; // dock art object which does all drawing - unsigned int m_flags; // manager flags wxAUI_MGR_* - - wxAuiPaneInfoArray m_panes; // array of panes structures - wxAuiDockInfoArray m_docks; // array of docks structures - wxAuiDockUIPartArray m_uiparts; // array of UI parts (captions, buttons, etc) - - int m_action; // current mouse action - wxPoint m_action_start; // position where the action click started - wxPoint m_action_offset; // offset from upper left of the item clicked - wxAuiDockUIPart* m_action_part; // ptr to the part the action happened to - wxWindow* m_action_window; // action frame or window (NULL if none) - wxRect m_action_hintrect; // hint rectangle for the action - wxRect m_last_rect; - wxAuiDockUIPart* m_hover_button;// button uipart being hovered over - wxRect m_last_hint; // last hint rectangle - wxPoint m_last_mouse_move; // last mouse move position (see OnMotion) - bool m_skipping; - bool m_has_maximized; - - double m_dock_constraint_x; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window width a dock can consume - double m_dock_constraint_y; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window height a dock can consume - - wxFrame* m_hint_wnd; // transparent hint window, if supported by platform - wxTimer m_hint_fadetimer; // transparent fade timer - wxByte m_hint_fadeamt; // transparent fade amount - wxByte m_hint_fademax; // maximum value of hint fade - - void* m_reserved; - -#ifndef SWIG - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiManager) -#endif // SWIG -}; - - - -// event declarations/classes - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManagerEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxAuiManagerEvent(wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL) : wxEvent(0, type) - { - manager = NULL; - pane = NULL; - button = 0; - veto_flag = false; - canveto_flag = true; - dc = NULL; - } -#ifndef SWIG - wxAuiManagerEvent(const wxAuiManagerEvent& c) : wxEvent(c) - { - manager = c.manager; - pane = c.pane; - button = c.button; - veto_flag = c.veto_flag; - canveto_flag = c.canveto_flag; - dc = c.dc; - } -#endif - wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiManagerEvent(*this); } - - void SetManager(wxAuiManager* mgr) { manager = mgr; } - void SetPane(wxAuiPaneInfo* p) { pane = p; } - void SetButton(int b) { button = b; } - void SetDC(wxDC* pdc) { dc = pdc; } - - wxAuiManager* GetManager() const { return manager; } - wxAuiPaneInfo* GetPane() const { return pane; } - int GetButton() const { return button; } - wxDC* GetDC() const { return dc; } - - void Veto(bool veto = true) { veto_flag = veto; } - bool GetVeto() const { return veto_flag; } - void SetCanVeto(bool can_veto) { canveto_flag = can_veto; } - bool CanVeto() const { return canveto_flag && veto_flag; } - -public: - wxAuiManager* manager; - wxAuiPaneInfo* pane; - int button; - bool veto_flag; - bool canveto_flag; - wxDC* dc; - -#ifndef SWIG -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiManagerEvent) -#endif -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo -{ -public: - wxAuiDockInfo() - { - dock_direction = 0; - dock_layer = 0; - dock_row = 0; - size = 0; - min_size = 0; - resizable = true; - fixed = false; - toolbar = false; - reserved1 = false; - } - -#ifndef SWIG - wxAuiDockInfo(const wxAuiDockInfo& c) - { - dock_direction = c.dock_direction; - dock_layer = c.dock_layer; - dock_row = c.dock_row; - size = c.size; - min_size = c.min_size; - resizable = c.resizable; - fixed = c.fixed; - toolbar = c.toolbar; - panes = c.panes; - rect = c.rect; - reserved1 = c.reserved1; - } - - wxAuiDockInfo& operator=(const wxAuiDockInfo& c) - { - dock_direction = c.dock_direction; - dock_layer = c.dock_layer; - dock_row = c.dock_row; - size = c.size; - min_size = c.min_size; - resizable = c.resizable; - fixed = c.fixed; - toolbar = c.toolbar; - panes = c.panes; - rect = c.rect; - reserved1 = c.reserved1; - return *this; - } -#endif // SWIG - - bool IsOk() const { return (dock_direction != 0) ? true : false; } - bool IsHorizontal() const { return (dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP || - dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM) ? true:false; } - bool IsVertical() const { return (dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT || - dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT || - dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER) ? true:false; } -public: - wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray panes; // array of panes - wxRect rect; // current rectangle - int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center) - int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer) - int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row) - int size; // size of the dock - int min_size; // minimum size of a dock (0 if there is no min) - bool resizable; // flag indicating whether the dock is resizable - bool toolbar; // flag indicating dock contains only toolbars - bool fixed; // flag indicating that the dock operates on - // absolute coordinates as opposed to proportional - bool reserved1; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockUIPart -{ -public: - enum - { - typeCaption, - typeGripper, - typeDock, - typeDockSizer, - typePane, - typePaneSizer, - typeBackground, - typePaneBorder, - typePaneButton - }; - - int type; // ui part type (see enum above) - int orientation; // orientation (either wxHORIZONTAL or wxVERTICAL) - wxAuiDockInfo* dock; // which dock the item is associated with - wxAuiPaneInfo* pane; // which pane the item is associated with - wxAuiPaneButton* button; // which pane button the item is associated with - wxSizer* cont_sizer; // the part's containing sizer - wxSizerItem* sizer_item; // the sizer item of the part - wxRect rect; // client coord rectangle of the part itself -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneButton -{ -public: - int button_id; // id of the button (e.g. buttonClose) -}; - - - -#ifndef SWIG -// wx event machinery - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, 0) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiManagerEventFunction)(wxAuiManagerEvent&); - -#define wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxAuiManagerEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_AUI_RENDER(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) - -#else - -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_RENDER; -%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER; - -%pythoncode { - EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON ) - EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE ) - EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE ) - EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE ) - EVT_AUI_RENDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_RENDER ) - EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER ) -} -#endif // SWIG - -#endif // wxUSE_AUI -#endif //_WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fa7ac095..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/tabmdi.h -// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes -// Author: Hans Van Leemputten -// Modified by: Benjamin I. Williams / Kirix Corporation -// Created: 29/07/2002 -// RCS-ID: $Id: tabmdi.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Hans Van Leemputten -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ -#define _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ - -#if wxUSE_AUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/frame.h" -#include "wx/panel.h" -#include "wx/notebook.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" -#include "wx/aui/auibook.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAuiMDIParentFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame : public wxFrame -{ -public: - wxAuiMDIParentFrame(); - wxAuiMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - ~wxAuiMDIParentFrame(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ); - - void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* provider); - wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider(); - wxAuiNotebook* GetNotebook() const; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_pWindowMenu; } - void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu); - - virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - void SetChildMenuBar(wxAuiMDIChildFrame *pChild); - - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - wxAuiMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const; - void SetActiveChild(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame); - - wxAuiMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const; - virtual wxAuiMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(); - - virtual void Cascade() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL); - virtual void ArrangeIcons() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void ActivateNext(); - virtual void ActivatePrevious(); - -protected: - wxAuiMDIClientWindow* m_pClientWindow; - wxAuiMDIChildFrame* m_pActiveChild; - wxEvent* m_pLastEvt; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu *m_pWindowMenu; - wxMenuBar *m_pMyMenuBar; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -protected: - void Init(); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - void RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); - void AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); - - void DoHandleMenu(wxCommandEvent &event); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIParentFrame) -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAuiMDIChildFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame : public wxPanel -{ -public: - wxAuiMDIChildFrame(); - wxAuiMDIChildFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - virtual ~wxAuiMDIChildFrame(); - bool Create(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar); - virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); - virtual wxString GetTitle() const; - - virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons); - virtual const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const; - - virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon); - virtual const wxIcon& GetIcon() const; - - virtual void Activate(); - virtual bool Destroy(); - -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - // no status bars - virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int WXUNUSED(number) = 1, - long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, - wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid) = 1, - const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString) - { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; } - - virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; } - virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {} - virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {} -#endif - - // no size hints - virtual void DoSetSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), - int WXUNUSED(minH), - int WXUNUSED(maxW) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(maxH) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(incW) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(incH) = wxDefaultCoord) {} -#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR - // no toolbar bars - virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long WXUNUSED(style), - wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid), - const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) - { return (wxToolBar*)NULL; } - virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return (wxToolBar*)NULL; } -#endif - - - // no maximize etc - virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; } - virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; } - virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; } - virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; } - - virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } - - void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& evt); - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& evt); - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& evt); - - void SetMDIParentFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent); - wxAuiMDIParentFrame* GetMDIParentFrame() const; - -protected: - void Init(); - virtual bool Show(bool show = true); - virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int size_flags); - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); - -public: - // This function needs to be called when a size change is confirmed, - // we needed this function to prevent anybody from the outside - // changing the panel... it messes the UI layout when we would allow it. - void ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); - void DoShow(bool show); - -protected: - wxAuiMDIParentFrame* m_pMDIParentFrame; - wxRect m_mdi_newrect; - wxRect m_mdi_currect; - wxString m_title; - wxIcon m_icon; - wxIconBundle m_icon_bundle; - bool m_activate_on_create; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenuBar* m_pMenuBar; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIChildFrame) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - friend class wxAuiMDIClientWindow; -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAuiMDIClientWindow -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow : public wxAuiNotebook -{ -public: - wxAuiMDIClientWindow(); - wxAuiMDIClientWindow(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0); - ~wxAuiMDIClientWindow(); - - virtual bool CreateClient(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, - long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL); - - virtual int SetSelection(size_t page); - -protected: - - void PageChanged(int old_selection, int new_selection); - void OnPageClose(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); - void OnPageChanged(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIClientWindow) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; -#endif // wxUSE_AUI - -#endif // _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/beforestd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/beforestd.h deleted file mode 100644 index aacfc7c41..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/beforestd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: include/wx/beforestd.h -// Purpose: #include before STL headers -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07/07/03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: beforestd.h 42906 2006-11-01 14:16:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/** - Unfortunately, when compiling at maximum warning level, the standard - headers themselves may generate warnings -- and really lots of them. So - before including them, this header should be included to temporarily - suppress the warnings and after this the header afterstd.h should be - included to enable them back again. - - Note that there are intentionally no inclusion guards in this file, because - it can be included several times. - */ - -// VC 7.x isn't as bad as VC6 and doesn't give these warnings but eVC (which -// defines _MSC_VER as 1201) does need to be included as it's VC6-like -#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201 - // MSVC 5 does not have this - #if __VISUALC__ > 1100 - // we have to disable (and reenable in afterstd.h) this one because, - // even though it is of level 4, it is not disabled by warning(push, 1) - // below for VC7.1! - - // unreachable code - #pragma warning(disable:4702) - - #pragma warning(push, 1) - #else // VC 5 - // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch - #pragma warning(disable:4018) - - // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter - #pragma warning(disable:4100) - - // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', - // possible loss of data - #pragma warning(disable:4244) - - // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template - // 'identifier' use the following syntax - #pragma warning(disable:4663) - #endif - - // these warning have to be disabled and not just temporarily disabled - // because they will be given at the end of the compilation of the - // current source and there is absolutely nothing we can do about them - - // 'foo': unreferenced inline function has been removed - #pragma warning(disable:4514) - - // 'function' : function not inlined - #pragma warning(disable:4710) - - // 'id': identifier was truncated to 'num' characters in the debug info - #pragma warning(disable:4786) -#endif // VC++ < 7 - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bitmap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bitmap.h deleted file mode 100644 index 92d456478..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bitmap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/bitmap.h -// Purpose: wxBitmap class interface -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Modified by: -// Created: 22.04.01 -// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxBitmapType -#include "wx/colour.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxVariant support -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_VARIANT -#include "wx/variant.h" -DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxBitmap,WXDLLEXPORT) -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMask represents the transparent area of the bitmap -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMaskBase : public wxObject -{ -public: - // create the mask from bitmap pixels of the given colour - bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); - -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - // create the mask from bitmap pixels with the given palette index - bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - - // create the mask from the given mono bitmap - bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap); - -protected: - // this function is called from Create() to free the existing mask data - virtual void FreeData() = 0; - - // these functions must be overridden to implement the corresponding public - // Create() methods, they shouldn't call FreeData() as it's already called - // by the public wrappers - virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, - const wxColour& colour) = 0; - virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; -}; - -#if defined(__WXMGL__) || \ - defined(__WXDFB__) || \ - defined(__WXMAC__) || \ - defined(__WXGTK__) || \ - defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ - defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ - defined(__WXX11__) - #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 1 -#else - #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 0 -#endif - -// Only used by some ports -// FIXME -- make all ports (but MSW which uses wxGDIImage) use these base classes -#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in -// different formats -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandlerBase : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxBitmapHandlerBase() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; } - virtual ~wxBitmapHandlerBase() { } - - virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, const void* data, long flags, - int width, int height, int depth = 1); - virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags, - int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); - virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, - int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL); - - void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } - void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } - void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; } - const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } - const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } - wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; } - -private: - wxString m_name; - wxString m_extension; - wxBitmapType m_type; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandlerBase) -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject -{ -public: - /* - Derived class must implement these: - - wxBitmap(); - wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1); - wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1); - wxBitmap(const char* const* bits); - wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM); - wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1); - - bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1); - - static void InitStandardHandlers(); - */ - - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; - - virtual int GetHeight() const = 0; - virtual int GetWidth() const = 0; - virtual int GetDepth() const = 0; - - virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0; - - virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0; - virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0; - - virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0; - - virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type, - const wxPalette *palette = (wxPalette *)NULL) const = 0; - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0; - - /* - If raw bitmap access is supported (see wx/rawbmp.h), the following - methods should be implemented: - - virtual bool GetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0; - virtual void UngetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0; - */ - -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0; - virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0; -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - - // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap - virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0; - - // implementation: - virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0; - virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0; - virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0; - - // Format handling - static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } - static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler); - static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler); - static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); - static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); - static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType); - static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType); - - //static void InitStandardHandlers(); - // (wxBitmap must implement this one) - - static void CleanUpHandlers(); - - // this method is only used by the generic implementation of wxMask - // currently but could be useful elsewhere in the future: it can be - // overridden to quantize the colour to correspond to bitmap colour depth - // if necessary; default implementation simply returns the colour as is - virtual wxColour QuantizeColour(const wxColour& colour) const - { - return colour; - } - -protected: - static wxList sm_handlers; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/bitmap.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/bitmap.h" -#endif - -// we must include generic mask.h after wxBitmap definition -#if defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXDFB__) - #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 1 -#else - #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 0 -#endif - -#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK - #include "wx/generic/mask.h" -#endif - -#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h deleted file mode 100644 index c37d2cd7c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/bmpbutton.h -// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 25.08.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/button.h" - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxButtonNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string. -// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton -{ -public: - wxBitmapButtonBase() - { - m_marginX = - m_marginY = 0; - } - - // set the bitmaps - void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) - { m_bmpNormal = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); } - void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& sel) - { m_bmpSelected = sel; OnSetBitmap(); } - void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& focus) - { m_bmpFocus = focus; OnSetBitmap(); } - void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& disabled) - { m_bmpDisabled = disabled; OnSetBitmap(); } - void SetBitmapHover(const wxBitmap& hover) - { m_bmpHover = hover; OnSetBitmap(); } - - // retrieve the bitmaps - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() const { return m_bmpNormal; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() const { return m_bmpSelected; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() const { return m_bmpFocus; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() const { return m_bmpHover; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() { return m_bmpNormal; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() { return m_bmpSelected; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() { return m_bmpFocus; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() { return m_bmpDisabled; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() { return m_bmpHover; } - - // set/get the margins around the button - virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y) { m_marginX = x; m_marginY = y; } - int GetMarginX() const { return m_marginX; } - int GetMarginY() const { return m_marginY; } - - // deprecated synonym for SetBitmapLabel() -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) ); - - // prevent virtual function hiding - virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) - { wxWindow::SetLabel(label); } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -protected: - // function called when any of the bitmaps changes - virtual void OnSetBitmap() { InvalidateBestSize(); Refresh(); } - - // the bitmaps for various states - wxBitmap m_bmpNormal, - m_bmpSelected, - m_bmpFocus, - m_bmpDisabled, - m_bmpHover; - - // the margins around the bitmap - int m_marginX, - m_marginY; - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonBase) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -inline void wxBitmapButtonBase::SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) -{ - SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); -} -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON - -#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpcbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpcbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index 09fb32c4c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bmpcbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/bmpcbox.h -// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox base header -// Author: Jaakko Salli -// Modified by: -// Created: Aug-31-2006 -// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli -// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 42046 2006-10-16 09:30:01Z ABX $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ - - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxChar) wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr[]; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBoxBase -{ -public: - // ctors and such - wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { } - - virtual ~wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { } - - // Returns the image of the item with the given index. - virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const = 0; - - // Sets the image for the given item. - virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; - - // Returns size of the image used in list - virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const = 0; -}; - - -#include "wx/generic/bmpcbox.h" - -#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX - -#endif // _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bookctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bookctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index ba1bdfe5b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/bookctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,403 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/bookctrl.h -// Purpose: wxBookCtrlBase: common base class for wxList/Tree/Notebook -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 19.08.03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: bookctrl.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL - -#include "wx/control.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxWindow *, wxArrayPages); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBaseEvent; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// wxBookCtrl hit results -enum -{ - wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE = 1, // not on tab - wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON = 2, // on icon - wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL = 4, // on label - wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON | wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL, - wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE = 8 // not on tab control, but over the selected page -}; - -// wxBookCtrl flags (common for wxNotebook, wxListbook, wxChoicebook, wxTreebook) -#define wxBK_DEFAULT 0x0000 -#define wxBK_TOP 0x0010 -#define wxBK_BOTTOM 0x0020 -#define wxBK_LEFT 0x0040 -#define wxBK_RIGHT 0x0080 -#define wxBK_ALIGN_MASK (wxBK_TOP | wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_LEFT | wxBK_RIGHT) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBookCtrlBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBookCtrlBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - // construction - // ------------ - - wxBookCtrlBase() - { - Init(); - } - - wxBookCtrlBase(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); - } - - // quasi ctor - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); - - // dtor - virtual ~wxBookCtrlBase(); - - - // accessors - // --------- - - // get number of pages in the dialog - virtual size_t GetPageCount() const { return m_pages.size(); } - - // get the panel which represents the given page - wxWindow *GetPage(size_t n) { return m_pages[n]; } - wxWindow *GetPage(size_t n) const { return m_pages[n]; } - - // get the current page or NULL if none - wxWindow *GetCurrentPage() const - { - const int n = GetSelection(); - return n == wxNOT_FOUND ? NULL : GetPage(n); - } - - // get the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none - virtual int GetSelection() const = 0; - - // set/get the title of a page - virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) = 0; - virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const = 0; - - - // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it (all - // images belong to the same image list) - // --------------------------------------------------------------------- - - // sets the image list to use, it is *not* deleted by the control - virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - - // as SetImageList() but we will delete the image list ourselves - void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - - // get pointer (may be NULL) to the associated image list - wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_imageList; } - - // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list - virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const = 0; - virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) = 0; - - - // geometry - // -------- - - // resize the notebook so that all pages will have the specified size - virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); - - // calculate the size of the control from the size of its page - virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const = 0; - - // get/set size of area between book control area and page area - unsigned int GetInternalBorder() const { return m_internalBorder; } - void SetInternalBorder(unsigned int border) { m_internalBorder = border; } - - // Sets/gets the margin around the controller - void SetControlMargin(int margin) { m_controlMargin = margin; } - int GetControlMargin() const { return m_controlMargin; } - - // returns true if we have wxBK_TOP or wxBK_BOTTOM style - bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_TOP); } - - // set/get option to shrink to fit current page - void SetFitToCurrentPage(bool fit) { m_fitToCurrentPage = fit; } - bool GetFitToCurrentPage() const { return m_fitToCurrentPage; } - - // returns the sizer containing the control, if any - wxSizer* GetControlSizer() const { return m_controlSizer; } - - // operations - // ---------- - - // remove one page from the control and delete it - virtual bool DeletePage(size_t n); - - // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting it - virtual bool RemovePage(size_t n) - { - DoInvalidateBestSize(); - return DoRemovePage(n) != NULL; - } - - // remove all pages and delete them - virtual bool DeleteAllPages() - { - DoInvalidateBestSize(); - WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_pages); - return true; - } - - // adds a new page to the control - virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page, - const wxString& text, - bool bSelect = false, - int imageId = -1) - { - DoInvalidateBestSize(); - return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), page, text, bSelect, imageId); - } - - // the same as AddPage(), but adds the page at the specified position - virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, - wxWindow *page, - const wxString& text, - bool bSelect = false, - int imageId = -1) = 0; - - // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously - // selected one (or -1 on error) - // - // NB: this function will generate PAGE_CHANGING/ED events - virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) = 0; - - // acts as SetSelection but does not generate events - virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) = 0; - - - // cycle thru the pages - void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = true) - { - int nPage = GetNextPage(forward); - if ( nPage != -1 ) - { - // cast is safe because of the check above - SetSelection((size_t)nPage); - } - } - - // hit test: returns which page is hit and, optionally, where (icon, label) - virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), - long * WXUNUSED(flags) = NULL) const - { - return wxNOT_FOUND; - } - - - // we do have multiple pages - virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; } - - -protected: - // flags for DoSetSelection() - enum - { - SetSelection_SendEvent = 1 - }; - - // set the selection to the given page, sending the events (which can - // possibly prevent the page change from taking place) if SendEvent flag is - // included - virtual int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0); - - // if the derived class uses DoSetSelection() for implementing - // [Set|Change]Selection, it must override UpdateSelectedPage(), - // CreatePageChangingEvent() and MakeChangedEvent(), but as it might not - // use it, these functions are not pure virtual - - // called to notify the control about a new current page - virtual void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t WXUNUSED(newsel)) - { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); } - - // create a new "page changing" event - virtual wxBookCtrlBaseEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const - { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); return NULL; } - - // modify the event created by CreatePageChangingEvent() to "page changed" - // event, usually by just calling SetEventType() on it - virtual void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlBaseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) - { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); } - - - // Should we accept NULL page pointers in Add/InsertPage()? - // - // Default is no but derived classes may override it if they can treat NULL - // pages in some sensible way (e.g. wxTreebook overrides this to allow - // having nodes without any associated page) - virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return false; } - - // remove the page and return a pointer to it - virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page) = 0; - - // our best size is the size which fits all our pages - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - // helper: get the next page wrapping if we reached the end - int GetNextPage(bool forward) const; - - // Lay out controls - void DoSize(); - - // This method also invalidates the size of the controller and should be - // called instead of just InvalidateBestSize() whenever pages are added or - // removed as this also affects the controller - void DoInvalidateBestSize(); - -#if wxUSE_HELP - // Show the help for the corresponding page - void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event); -#endif // wxUSE_HELP - - - // the array of all pages of this control - wxArrayPages m_pages; - - // the associated image list or NULL - wxImageList *m_imageList; - - // true if we must delete m_imageList - bool m_ownsImageList; - - // get the page area - wxRect GetPageRect() const; - - // event handlers - virtual wxSize GetControllerSize() const; - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - // controller buddy if available, NULL otherwise (usually for native book controls like wxNotebook) - wxControl *m_bookctrl; - - // Whether to shrink to fit current page - bool m_fitToCurrentPage; - - // the sizer containing the choice control - wxSizer *m_controlSizer; - - // the margin around the choice control - int m_controlMargin; - -private: - - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // internal border - unsigned int m_internalBorder; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBookCtrlBaseEvent: page changing events generated by derived classes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBookCtrlBaseEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, - int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1) - : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid) - { - m_nSel = nSel; - m_nOldSel = nOldSel; - } - - wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(const wxBookCtrlBaseEvent& event) - : wxNotifyEvent(event) - { - m_nSel = event.m_nSel; - m_nOldSel = event.m_nOldSel; - } - - // accessors - // the currently selected page (-1 if none) - int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; } - void SetSelection(int nSel) { m_nSel = nSel; } - // the page that was selected before the change (-1 if none) - int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; } - void SetOldSelection(int nOldSel) { m_nOldSel = nOldSel; } - -private: - int m_nSel, // currently selected page - m_nOldSel; // previously selected page -}; - -// make a default book control for given platform -#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK - // dedicated to majority of desktops - #include "wx/notebook.h" - #define wxBookCtrl wxNotebook - #define wxBookCtrlEvent wxNotebookEvent - #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED - #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING - #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) - #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) - #define wxBookctrlEventHandler(func) wxNotebookEventHandler(func) -#else - // dedicated to Smartphones - #include "wx/choicebk.h" - #define wxBookCtrl wxChoicebook - #define wxBookCtrlEvent wxChoicebookEvent - #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED - #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING - #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) - #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) - #define wxBookctrlEventHandler(func) wxChoicebookEventHandler(func) -#endif - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - #define wxBC_TOP wxBK_TOP - #define wxBC_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM - #define wxBC_LEFT wxBK_LEFT - #define wxBC_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT - #define wxBC_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL - -#endif // _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/brush.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/brush.h deleted file mode 100644 index cbf728728..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/brush.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/brush.h -// Purpose: Includes platform-specific wxBrush file -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: brush.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -// Copyright: Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/gdiobj.h" - -// wxBrushBase -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrushBase: public wxGDIObject -{ -public: - virtual ~wxBrushBase() { } - - virtual int GetStyle() const = 0; - - virtual bool IsHatch() const - { return (GetStyle()>=wxFIRST_HATCH) && (GetStyle()<=wxLAST_HATCH); } -}; - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/brush.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/brush.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/buffer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/buffer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 605f4f19c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/buffer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/buffer.h -// Purpose: auto buffer classes: buffers which automatically free memory -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 12.04.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: buffer.h 45761 2007-05-02 17:09:30Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BUFFER_H -#define _WX_BUFFER_H - -#include "wx/wxchar.h" - -#include // malloc() and free() - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Special classes for (wide) character strings: they use malloc/free instead -// of new/delete -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define DEFINE_BUFFER(classname, chartype, strdupfunc) \ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE classname \ -{ \ -public: \ - classname(const chartype *str = NULL) \ - : m_str(str ? strdupfunc(str) : NULL) \ - { \ - } \ - \ - classname(size_t len) \ - : m_str((chartype *)malloc((len + 1)*sizeof(chartype))) \ - { \ - m_str[len] = (chartype)0; \ - } \ - \ - /* no need to check for NULL, free() does it */ \ - ~classname() { free(m_str); } \ - \ - /* \ - WARNING: \ - \ - the copy ctor and assignment operators change the passed in object \ - even although it is declared as "const", so: \ - \ - a) it shouldn't be really const \ - b) you shouldn't use it afterwards (or know that it was reset) \ - \ - This is very ugly but is unfortunately needed to make the normal use\ - of classname buffer objects possible and is very similar to what \ - std::auto_ptr<> does (as if it were an excuse...) \ - */ \ - \ - /* \ - because of the remark above, release() is declared const even if it \ - isn't really const \ - */ \ - chartype *release() const \ - { \ - chartype *p = m_str; \ - ((classname *)this)->m_str = NULL; \ - return p; \ - } \ - \ - void reset() \ - { \ - free(m_str); \ - m_str = NULL; \ - } \ - \ - classname(const classname& src) \ - : m_str(src.release()) \ - { \ - } \ - \ - classname& operator=(const chartype *str) \ - { \ - free(m_str); \ - m_str = str ? strdupfunc(str) : NULL; \ - return *this; \ - } \ - \ - classname& operator=(const classname& src) \ - { \ - free(m_str); \ - m_str = src.release(); \ - \ - return *this; \ - } \ - \ - bool extend(size_t len) \ - { \ - chartype * \ - str = (chartype *)realloc(m_str, (len + 1)*sizeof(chartype)); \ - if ( !str ) \ - return false; \ - \ - m_str = str; \ - \ - return true; \ - } \ - \ - chartype *data() { return m_str; } \ - const chartype *data() const { return m_str; } \ - operator const chartype *() const { return m_str; } \ - chartype operator[](size_t n) const { return m_str[n]; } \ - \ -private: \ - chartype *m_str; \ -} - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 -// needed for wxString::char_str() and wchar_str() -#define DEFINE_WRITABLE_BUFFER(classname, baseclass, chartype) \ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE classname : public baseclass \ -{ \ -public: \ - classname(const baseclass& src) : baseclass(src) {} \ - classname(const chartype *str = NULL) : baseclass(str) {} \ - \ - operator chartype*() { return this->data(); } \ -} -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 - -DEFINE_BUFFER(wxCharBuffer, char, wxStrdupA); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 -DEFINE_WRITABLE_BUFFER(wxWritableCharBuffer, wxCharBuffer, char); -#endif - -#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T - -DEFINE_BUFFER(wxWCharBuffer, wchar_t, wxStrdupW); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 -DEFINE_WRITABLE_BUFFER(wxWritableWCharBuffer, wxWCharBuffer, wchar_t); -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_WCHAR_T - -#undef DEFINE_BUFFER -#undef DEFINE_WRITABLE_BUFFER - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - typedef wxWCharBuffer wxWxCharBuffer; - - #define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer - #define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer - #define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar* - #define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar* -#else // ANSI - typedef wxCharBuffer wxWxCharBuffer; - - #define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar* - #define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar* - #define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer - #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer -#endif // Unicode/ANSI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A class for holding growable data buffers (not necessarily strings) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// This class manages the actual data buffer pointer and is ref-counted. -class wxMemoryBufferData -{ -public: - // the initial size and also the size added by ResizeIfNeeded() - enum { DefBufSize = 1024 }; - - friend class wxMemoryBuffer; - - // everyting is private as it can only be used by wxMemoryBuffer -private: - wxMemoryBufferData(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize) - : m_data(size ? malloc(size) : NULL), m_size(size), m_len(0), m_ref(0) - { - } - ~wxMemoryBufferData() { free(m_data); } - - - void ResizeIfNeeded(size_t newSize) - { - if (newSize > m_size) - { - void *dataOld = m_data; - m_data = realloc(m_data, newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize); - if ( !m_data ) - { - free(dataOld); - } - - m_size = newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize; - } - } - - void IncRef() { m_ref += 1; } - void DecRef() - { - m_ref -= 1; - if (m_ref == 0) // are there no more references? - delete this; - } - - - // the buffer containing the data - void *m_data; - - // the size of the buffer - size_t m_size; - - // the amount of data currently in the buffer - size_t m_len; - - // the reference count - size_t m_ref; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryBufferData) -}; - - -class wxMemoryBuffer -{ -public: - // ctor and dtor - wxMemoryBuffer(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize) - { - m_bufdata = new wxMemoryBufferData(size); - m_bufdata->IncRef(); - } - - ~wxMemoryBuffer() { m_bufdata->DecRef(); } - - - // copy and assignment - wxMemoryBuffer(const wxMemoryBuffer& src) - : m_bufdata(src.m_bufdata) - { - m_bufdata->IncRef(); - } - - wxMemoryBuffer& operator=(const wxMemoryBuffer& src) - { - m_bufdata->DecRef(); - m_bufdata = src.m_bufdata; - m_bufdata->IncRef(); - return *this; - } - - - // Accessors - void *GetData() const { return m_bufdata->m_data; } - size_t GetBufSize() const { return m_bufdata->m_size; } - size_t GetDataLen() const { return m_bufdata->m_len; } - - void SetBufSize(size_t size) { m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(size); } - void SetDataLen(size_t len) - { - wxASSERT(len <= m_bufdata->m_size); - m_bufdata->m_len = len; - } - - // Ensure the buffer is big enough and return a pointer to it - void *GetWriteBuf(size_t sizeNeeded) - { - m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(sizeNeeded); - return m_bufdata->m_data; - } - - // Update the length after the write - void UngetWriteBuf(size_t sizeUsed) { SetDataLen(sizeUsed); } - - // Like the above, but appends to the buffer - void *GetAppendBuf(size_t sizeNeeded) - { - m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeNeeded); - return (char*)m_bufdata->m_data + m_bufdata->m_len; - } - - // Update the length after the append - void UngetAppendBuf(size_t sizeUsed) - { - SetDataLen(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeUsed); - } - - // Other ways to append to the buffer - void AppendByte(char data) - { - wxCHECK_RET( m_bufdata->m_data, _T("invalid wxMemoryBuffer") ); - - m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + 1); - *(((char*)m_bufdata->m_data) + m_bufdata->m_len) = data; - m_bufdata->m_len += 1; - } - - void AppendData(const void *data, size_t len) - { - memcpy(GetAppendBuf(len), data, len); - UngetAppendBuf(len); - } - - operator const char *() const { return (const char*)GetData(); } - -private: - wxMemoryBufferData* m_bufdata; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// template class for any kind of data -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// TODO - -#endif // _WX_BUFFER_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/build.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/build.h deleted file mode 100644 index 989d5e611..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/build.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/build.h -// Purpose: Runtime build options checking -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.05.02 -// RCS-ID: $Id: build.h 35858 2005-10-09 15:48:42Z MBN $ -// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BUILD_H_ -#define _WX_BUILD_H_ - -#include "wx/version.h" - -// NB: This file contains macros for checking binary compatibility of libraries -// in multilib buildm, plugins and user components. -// The WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE macro expands into string that should -// uniquely identify binary compatible builds: i.e. if two builds of the -// library are binary compatible, their signature string should be the -// same; if two builds are binary incompatible, their signatures should -// be different. -// -// Therefore, wxUSE_XXX flags that affect binary compatibility (vtables, -// function signatures) should be accounted for here. So should compilers -// and compiler versions (but note that binary compatible compiler versions -// such as gcc-2.95.2 and gcc-2.95.3 should have same signature!). - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) -#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) #x - -#if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0 - #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \ - __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) -#else - #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \ - __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(z) -#endif - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - #define __WX_BO_DEBUG "debug" -#else - #define __WX_BO_DEBUG "no debug" -#endif - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "Unicode" -#else - #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "ANSI" -#endif - -// GCC and Intel C++ share same C++ ABI (and possibly others in the future), -// check if compiler versions are compatible: -#if defined(__GXX_ABI_VERSION) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER \ - ",compiler with C++ ABI " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GXX_ABI_VERSION) -#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Intel C++" -#elif defined(__GNUG__) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",GCC " \ - __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC__) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC_MINOR__) -#elif defined(__VISUALC__) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Visual C++" -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Borland C++" -#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",DigitalMars" -#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Watcom C++" -#else - #define __WX_BO_COMPILER -#endif - -// WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY macros affect presence of virtual functions -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_4 ",compatible with 2.4" -#else - #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_4 -#endif -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 ",compatible with 2.6" -#else - #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 -#endif - -// deriving wxWin containers from STL ones changes them completely: -#if wxUSE_STL - #define __WX_BO_STL ",STL containers" -#else - #define __WX_BO_STL ",wx containers" -#endif - -// This macro is passed as argument to wxConsoleApp::CheckBuildOptions() -#define WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE \ - __WX_BO_VERSION(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) \ - " (" __WX_BO_DEBUG "," __WX_BO_UNICODE \ - __WX_BO_COMPILER \ - __WX_BO_STL \ - __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_4 __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 \ - ")" - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Use this macro to check build options. Adding it to a file in DLL will -// ensure that the DLL checks build options in same way IMPLEMENT_APP() does. -#define WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS(libName) \ - static struct wxBuildOptionsChecker \ - { \ - wxBuildOptionsChecker() \ - { \ - wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \ - libName); \ - } \ - } gs_buildOptionsCheck; - - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBuildOptions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// NB: Don't use this class in new code, it relies on the ctor being always -// inlined. WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE always works. -class wxBuildOptions -{ -public: - // the ctor must be inline to get the compilation settings of the code - // which included this header - wxBuildOptions() : m_signature(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE) {} - -private: - const char *m_signature; - - // actually only CheckBuildOptions() should be our friend but well... - friend class wxAppConsole; -}; - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -#endif // _WX_BUILD_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/busyinfo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/busyinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae6355287..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/busyinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/busyinfo.h -// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy) -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: busyinfo.h 37158 2006-01-26 15:40:46Z ABX $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ -#define __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO - -#include "wx/generic/busyinfo.h" - -#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO - -#endif // __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/button.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/button.h deleted file mode 100644 index a4448f81f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/button.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/button.h -// Purpose: wxButtonBase class -// Author: Vadim Zetlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 15.08.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: button.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxButton flags shared with other classes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN || wxUSE_BUTTON - -// These flags affect label alignment -#define wxBU_LEFT 0x0040 -#define wxBU_TOP 0x0080 -#define wxBU_RIGHT 0x0100 -#define wxBU_BOTTOM 0x0200 -#define wxBU_ALIGN_MASK ( wxBU_LEFT | wxBU_TOP | wxBU_RIGHT | wxBU_BOTTOM ) -#endif - -#if wxUSE_BUTTON - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxButton specific flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// These two flags are obsolete -#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW 0x0000 -#define wxBU_AUTODRAW 0x0004 - -// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent) -// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as -// small as possible -#define wxBU_EXACTFIT 0x0001 - -#include "wx/control.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxButtonNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxButton: a push button -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxButtonBase() { } - - // show the image in the button in addition to the label - virtual void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) { } - - // set the margins around the image - virtual void SetImageMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) { } - - // this wxButton method is called when the button becomes the default one - // on its panel - virtual void SetDefault() { } - - // Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because - // then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here - // in wxButtonBase to make it consistent. - virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } - - // returns the default button size for this platform - static wxSize GetDefaultSize(); - -protected: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxButtonBase) -}; - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/button.h" -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/button.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON - -#endif - // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/calctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/calctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index ace3b2262..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/calctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/calctrl.h -// Purpose: date-picker control -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29.12.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrl.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - TODO - - 1. implement multiple selections for date ranges - 2. background bitmap for the calendar? - */ - -#ifndef _WX_CALCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_CALCTRL_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL - -#include "wx/dateevt.h" -#include "wx/colour.h" -#include "wx/font.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCalendarCtrl flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum -{ - // show Sunday as the first day of the week (default) - wxCAL_SUNDAY_FIRST = 0x0000, - - // show Monder as the first day of the week - wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST = 0x0001, - - // highlight holidays - wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS = 0x0002, - - // disable the year change control, show only the month change one - wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE = 0x0004, - - // don't allow changing neither month nor year (implies - // wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE) - wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE = 0x000c, - - // use MS-style month-selection instead of combo-spin combination - wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION = 0x0010, - - // show the neighbouring weeks in the previous and next month - wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS = 0x0020 -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// return values for the HitTest() method -enum wxCalendarHitTestResult -{ - wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE, // outside of anything - wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER, // on the header (weekdays) - wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY, // on a day in the calendar - wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH, - wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH, - wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK -}; - -// border types for a date -enum wxCalendarDateBorder -{ - wxCAL_BORDER_NONE, // no border (default) - wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE, // a rectangular border - wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND // a round border -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCalendarDateAttr: custom attributes for a calendar date -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarDateAttr -{ -#if !defined(__VISAGECPP__) -protected: - // This has to be before the use of Init(), for MSVC++ 1.5 - // But dorks up Visualage! - void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE) - { - m_border = border; - m_holiday = false; - } -#endif -public: - // ctors - wxCalendarDateAttr() { Init(); } - wxCalendarDateAttr(const wxColour& colText, - const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour, - const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour, - const wxFont& font = wxNullFont, - wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE) - : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), - m_colBorder(colBorder), m_font(font) - { - Init(border); - } - wxCalendarDateAttr(wxCalendarDateBorder border, - const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour) - : m_colBorder(colBorder) - { - Init(border); - } - - // setters - void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } - void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } - void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colBorder = col; } - void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } - void SetBorder(wxCalendarDateBorder border) { m_border = border; } - void SetHoliday(bool holiday) { m_holiday = holiday; } - - // accessors - bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } - bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } - bool HasBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder.Ok(); } - bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } - bool HasBorder() const { return m_border != wxCAL_BORDER_NONE; } - - bool IsHoliday() const { return m_holiday; } - - const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; } - const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; } - const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder; } - const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } - wxCalendarDateBorder GetBorder() const { return m_border; } -#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) -protected: - // This has to be here for VisualAge - void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE) - { - m_border = border; - m_holiday = false; - } -#endif -private: - wxColour m_colText, - m_colBack, - m_colBorder; - wxFont m_font; - wxCalendarDateBorder m_border; - bool m_holiday; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCalendarCtrl events -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarCtrl; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarEvent : public wxDateEvent -{ -friend class wxCalendarCtrl; -public: - wxCalendarEvent() { Init(); } - inline wxCalendarEvent(wxCalendarCtrl *cal, wxEventType type); - - void SetWeekDay(const wxDateTime::WeekDay wd) { m_wday = wd; } - wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekDay() const { return m_wday; } - -protected: - void Init() - { - m_wday = wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; - } - -private: - wxDateTime::WeekDay m_wday; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCalendarEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCalendarCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// so far we only have a generic version, so keep it simple -#include "wx/generic/calctrl.h" - - -// now we can define the inline ctor using wxCalendarCtrl -inline -wxCalendarEvent::wxCalendarEvent(wxCalendarCtrl *cal, wxEventType type) - : wxDateEvent(cal, cal->GetDate(), type) -{ -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// calendar event types and macros for handling them -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, 950) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, 951) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, 952) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, 953) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, 954) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, 955) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&); - -#define wxCalendarEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxCalendarEventFunction, &func) - -#define wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CALENDAR_ ## evt, id, wxCalendarEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn) -#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn) -#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DAY_CHANGED, id, fn) -#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(MONTH_CHANGED, id, fn) -#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(YEAR_CHANGED, id, fn) -#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, fn) - -#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL - -#endif // _WX_CALCTRL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/caret.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/caret.h deleted file mode 100644 index 25b606699..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/caret.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/caret.h -// Purpose: wxCaretBase class - the interface of wxCaret -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 23.05.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CARET - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declarations -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers we have to include -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A caret is a blinking cursor showing the position where the typed text will -// appear. It can be either a solid block or a custom bitmap (TODO) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretBase -{ -public: - // ctors - // ----- - // default - use Create - wxCaretBase() { Init(); } - // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate - // with the given window - wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(window, width, height); - } - // same as above - wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(window, size); - } - - // a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members - virtual ~wxCaretBase() { } - - // Create() functions - same as ctor but returns the success code - // -------------------------------------------------------------- - - // same as ctor - bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) - { return DoCreate(window, width, height); } - // same as ctor - bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) - { return DoCreate(window, size.x, size.y); } - - // accessors - // --------- - - // is the caret valid? - bool IsOk() const { return m_width != 0 && m_height != 0; } - - // is the caret currently shown? - bool IsVisible() const { return m_countVisible > 0; } - - // get the caret position - void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const - { - if ( x ) *x = m_x; - if ( y ) *y = m_y; - } - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } - - // get the caret size - void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const - { - if ( width ) *width = m_width; - if ( height ) *height = m_height; - } - wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } - - // get the window we're associated with - wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_window; } - - // change the size of the caret - void SetSize(int width, int height) { - m_width = width; - m_height = height; - DoSize(); - } - void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); } - - - // operations - // ---------- - - // move the caret to given position (in logical coords) - void Move(int x, int y) { m_x = x; m_y = y; DoMove(); } - void Move(const wxPoint& pt) { m_x = pt.x; m_y = pt.y; DoMove(); } - - // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed): - // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret - // visible - virtual void Show(bool show = true) - { - if ( show ) - { - if ( m_countVisible++ == 0 ) - DoShow(); - } - else - { - if ( --m_countVisible == 0 ) - DoHide(); - } - } - virtual void Hide() { Show(false); } - - // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed - // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common - // to all carets in the Universe, so these functions are static) - static int GetBlinkTime(); - static void SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds); - - // implementation from now on - // -------------------------- - - // these functions should be called by wxWindow when the window gets/loses - // the focus - we create/show and hide/destroy the caret here - virtual void OnSetFocus() { } - virtual void OnKillFocus() { } - -protected: - // these functions may be overriden in the derived classes, but they - // should call the base class version first - virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) - { - m_window = window; - m_width = width; - m_height = height; - - return true; - } - - // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class - virtual void DoShow() = 0; - virtual void DoHide() = 0; - virtual void DoMove() = 0; - virtual void DoSize() { } - - // the common initialization - void Init() - { - m_window = (wxWindowBase *)NULL; - m_x = m_y = 0; - m_width = m_height = 0; - m_countVisible = 0; - } - - // the size of the caret - int m_width, m_height; - - // the position of the caret - int m_x, m_y; - - // the window we're associated with - wxWindowBase *m_window; - - // visibility count: the caret is visible only if it's positive - int m_countVisible; - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretBase) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// now include the real thing -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/caret.h" -#else - #include "wx/generic/caret.h" -#endif // platform - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCaretSuspend: a simple class which hides the caret in its ctor and -// restores it in the dtor, this should be used when drawing on the screen to -// avoid overdrawing the caret -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS - -// we don't need to hide the caret if it's rendered using overlays -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretSuspend -{ -public: - wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) {} - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend) -}; - -#else // !wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretSuspend -{ -public: - wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win) - { - m_caret = win->GetCaret(); - m_show = false; - if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() ) - { - m_caret->Hide(); - m_show = true; - } - } - - ~wxCaretSuspend() - { - if ( m_caret && m_show ) - m_caret->Show(); - } - -private: - wxCaret *m_caret; - bool m_show; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend) -}; - -#endif // wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS/!wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS - -#endif // wxUSE_CARET - -#endif // _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checkbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checkbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3d76b4a19..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checkbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/checkbox.h -// Purpose: wxCheckBox class interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.09.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: checkbox.h 39901 2006-06-30 10:51:44Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX - -#include "wx/control.h" - - -/* - * wxCheckBox style flags - * (Using wxCHK_* because wxCB_* is used by wxComboBox). - * Determine whether to use a 3-state or 2-state - * checkbox. 3-state enables to differentiate - * between 'unchecked', 'checked' and 'undetermined'. - */ -#define wxCHK_2STATE 0x0000 -#define wxCHK_3STATE 0x1000 - -/* - * If this style is set the user can set the checkbox to the - * undetermined state. If not set the undetermined set can only - * be set programmatically. - * This style can only be used with 3 state checkboxes. - */ -#define wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER 0x2000 - -/* - * The possible states of a 3-state checkbox (Compatible - * with the 2-state checkbox). - */ -enum wxCheckBoxState -{ - wxCHK_UNCHECKED, - wxCHK_CHECKED, - wxCHK_UNDETERMINED /* 3-state checkbox only */ -}; - - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxCheckBoxNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxCheckBoxBase() { } - - // set/get the checked status of the listbox - virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0; - virtual bool GetValue() const = 0; - - bool IsChecked() const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( !Is3State(), wxT("Calling IsChecked() doesn't make sense for") - wxT(" a three state checkbox, Use Get3StateValue() instead") ); - - return GetValue(); - } - - wxCheckBoxState Get3StateValue() const - { - wxCheckBoxState state = DoGet3StateValue(); - - if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() ) - { - // Undetermined state with a 2-state checkbox?? - wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("DoGet3StateValue() says the 2-state checkbox is ") - wxT("in an undetermined/third state") ); - - state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED; - } - - return state; - } - - void Set3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state) - { - if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() ) - { - wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Setting a 2-state checkbox to undetermined state")); - state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED; - } - - DoSet3StateValue(state); - } - - bool Is3State() const { return HasFlag(wxCHK_3STATE); } - - bool Is3rdStateAllowedForUser() const - { - return HasFlag(wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER); - } - - virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } - - // wxCheckBox-specific processing after processing the update event - virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) - { - wxControl::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); - - if ( event.GetSetChecked() ) - SetValue(event.GetChecked()); - } - -protected: - virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState WXUNUSED(state)) { wxFAIL; } - - virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const - { - wxFAIL; - return wxCHK_UNCHECKED; - } - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckBoxBase) -}; - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/checkbox.h" -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/checkbox.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX - -#endif - // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checklst.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checklst.h deleted file mode 100644 index b83c8536f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/checklst.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/checklst.h -// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 12.09.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 38319 2006-03-23 22:05:23Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ - -#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX - -#include "wx/listbox.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBoxBase : public - #ifdef __WXWINCE__ - // keep virtuals synchronised - wxListBoxBase - #else - wxListBox - #endif -{ -public: - wxCheckListBoxBase() { } - - // check list box specific methods - virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const = 0; - virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true) = 0; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase) -}; - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXWINCE__) - #include "wx/msw/wince/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/checklst.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/checklst.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX - -#endif - // _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/chkconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/chkconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0717b9d5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/chkconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1871 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Name: wx/chkconf.h - * Purpose: check the config settings for consistency - * Author: Vadim Zeitlin - * Modified by: - * Created: 09.08.00 - * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 48113 2007-08-15 17:43:50Z DE $ - * Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin - * Licence: wxWindows licence - */ - -/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ - -/* - Platform-specific checking. - */ - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) -# include "wx/palmos/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXWINCE__) -# include "wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -# include "wx/msw/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -# include "wx/mac/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__OS2__) -# include "wx/os2/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) -# include "wx/mgl/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) -# include "wx/dfb/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -# include "wx/motif/chkconf.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -# include "wx/x11/chkconf.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ -# include "wx/univ/chkconf.h" -#endif - -/* - this global setting determines what should we do if the setting FOO - requires BAR and BAR is not set: we can either silently unset FOO as well - (do this if you're trying to build the smallest possible library) or give an - error and abort (default as leads to least surprizing behaviour) - */ -#define wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR - -/* - global features - */ - -/* GUI build by default */ -#if !defined(wxUSE_GUI) -# define wxUSE_GUI 1 -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GUI) */ - -/* Turn off wxUSE_ABI_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES if not specified. */ -#if !defined(wxUSE_ABI_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES) -# define wxUSE_ABI_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES 0 -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ABI_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES) */ - -/* - If we're compiling without support for threads/exceptions we have to - disable the corresponding features. - */ -#ifdef wxNO_THREADS -# undef wxUSE_THREADS -# define wxUSE_THREADS 0 -#endif /* wxNO_THREADS */ - -#ifdef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS -# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS -# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 -#endif /* wxNO_EXCEPTIONS */ - -/* we also must disable exceptions if compiler doesn't support them */ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CPPUNWIND) -# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS -# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 -#endif /* VC++ without exceptions support */ - - -/* - tests for non GUI features - - please keep the options in alphabetical order! - */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT - /* this one is special: as currently it is Windows-only, don't force it - to be defined on other platforms */ -# if defined(wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR) && defined(__WXMSW__) -# error "wxUSE_CRASHREPORT must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CRASHREPORT) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE) */ - -/* don't give an error about this one yet, it's not fully implemented */ -#ifndef wxUSE_FSVOLUME -# define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0 -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FSVOLUME) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LOG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LOG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LONGLONG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_MIMETYPE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MIMETYPE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL) */ - -/* we may not define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX if wxUSE_PROTOCOL is set to 0 */ -#if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 -#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_REGEX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_REGEX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_REGEX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_REGEX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STDPATHS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STDPATHS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STDPATHS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_XML -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_XML must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_XML 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XML) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SOCKETS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOCKETS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STREAMS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STREAMS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STREAMS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STOPWATCH -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STOPWATCH) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTFILE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTFILE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_UNICODE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_UNICODE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_URL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_URL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_URL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_URL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_VARIANT -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_VARIANT must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_VARIANT 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */ - -/* - all these tests are for GUI only - - please keep the options in alphabetical order! - */ -#if wxUSE_GUI - -/* - all of the settings tested below must be defined or we'd get an error from - preprocessor about invalid integer expression - */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ABOUTDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ABOUTDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ABOUTDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ACCEL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ACCEL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ACCEL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACCEL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BMPBUTTON) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_BUTTON -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_BUTTON must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CARET -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CARET must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CARET 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CARET) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CHECKBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CHOICE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CHOICE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CHOICEDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_CLIPBOARD -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CLIPBOARD must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CLIPBOARD) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_COLLPANE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLLPANE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COLOURDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COMBOBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COMBOCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DATAOBJ -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DATAOBJ must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAOBJ) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DISPLAY -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DISPLAY must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DISPLAY) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FILEDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FONTDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FONTDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FONTDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FONTMAP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FONTMAP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FONTMAP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTMAP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_GAUGE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_GAUGE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_GAUGE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GAUGE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT) */ - - -#ifndef wxUSE_GRID -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_GRID must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_GRID 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRID) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_HELP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_HELP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_HELP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HELP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_HTML -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_HTML must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_HTML 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HTML) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LIBMSPACK -# ifndef __UNIX__ - /* set to 0 on platforms that don't have libmspack */ -# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0 -# else -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LIBMSPACK must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LIBMSPACK) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ICO_CUR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ICO_CUR must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ICO_CUR) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_IFF -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_IFF must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_IFF 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IFF) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_IMAGLIST -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_IMAGLIST must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IMAGLIST) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_JOYSTICK -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_JOYSTICK must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_JOYSTICK) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOOK -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LISTBOOK must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOOK) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LISTBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LISTCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LISTCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LOGGUI -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOGGUI must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LOGGUI 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGGUI) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LOGWINDOW -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGWINDOW) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_MDI -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MDI must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_MDI 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_MENUS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MENUS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_MENUS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MENUS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_MSGDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MSGDLG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MSGDLG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_NOTEBOOK must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_NOTEBOOK) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PALETTE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PALETTE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PALETTE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PALETTE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_POPUPWIN -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_POPUPWIN must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_POPUPWIN) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBTN -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_RADIOBTN must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBTN) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SASH -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SASH must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SASH 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SASH) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SCROLLBAR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SCROLLBAR must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SCROLLBAR) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SLIDER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SLIDER must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SLIDER 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SLIDER) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SOUND -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SOUND must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SOUND 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOUND) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SPINBTN -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SPINBTN must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINBTN) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SPINCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SPINCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SPLASH -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SPLASH must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SPLASH 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLASH) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_SPLITTER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SPLITTER must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_SPLITTER 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLITTER) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STATBMP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STATBMP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STATBMP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBMP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STATBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STATBOX must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STATBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBOX) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STATLINE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STATLINE must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STATLINE 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATLINE) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STATTEXT -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STATTEXT must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_STATUSBAR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STATUSBAR must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATUSBAR) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TEXTCTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TIPWINDOW -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TIPWINDOW must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLBAR) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TOOLTIPS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLTIPS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_TREECTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TREECTRL must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_TREECTRL 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TREECTRL) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_VALIDATORS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_VALIDATORS must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_VALIDATORS) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP) */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_XRC -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_XRC must be defined." -# else -# define wxUSE_XRC 0 -# endif -#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XRC) */ - -#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */ - -/* - check consistency of the settings - */ - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -# if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "2.4.X compatibility requires 2.6.X compatibility" -# else -# undef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -# define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 */ - -#if wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# if !wxUSE_DATETIME -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxArchive requires wxUSE_DATETIME" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS */ - -#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT && !wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CRASHREPORT requires wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT -# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CRASHREPORT */ - -#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP -# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX */ - -#if wxUSE_URL -# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_URL requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_URL */ - -#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# if !wxUSE_SOCKETS -# if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP requires wxUSE_SOCKETS" -# else -# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS -# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 -# endif -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL requires wxUSE_STREAMS" -# else -# undef wxUSE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */ - -/* have to test for wxUSE_HTML before wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */ -#if wxUSE_HTML -# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxHTML requires wxFileSystem" -# else -# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_HTML */ - -#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE -# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxFileSystem" -# else -# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 -# endif -# endif -# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxArchive" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE */ - -#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -# if !wxUSE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires wxUSE_STREAMS" -# else -# undef wxUSE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -# if !wxUSE_FILE && !wxUSE_FFILE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires either wxUSE_FILE or wxUSE_FFILE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_FILE -# define wxUSE_FILE 1 -# undef wxUSE_FFILE -# define wxUSE_FFILE 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */ - -#if wxUSE_FS_INET -# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FS_INET requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL -# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_FS_INET */ - -#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH || wxUSE_DATETIME -# if !wxUSE_LONGLONG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH and wxUSE_DATETIME require wxUSE_LONGLONG" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LONGLONG -# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_STOPWATCH */ - -#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && !wxUSE_TEXTFILE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE requires wxUSE_TEXTFILE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TEXTFILE -# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_MIMETYPE */ - -#if wxUSE_ODBC -# if !wxUSE_DATETIME -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxODBC requires wxUSE_DATETIME" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ODBC -# define wxUSE_ODBC 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_ODBC */ - -#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER -# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */ - -#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_FILE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_FILE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_FILE -# define wxUSE_FILE 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */ - -#if wxUSE_XML && !wxUSE_WCHAR_T -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_XML requires wxUSE_WCHAR_T" -# else -# undef wxUSE_XML -# define wxUSE_XML 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_XML */ - -#if !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS -# if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS." -# else -# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS */ - -#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM -# if !wxUSE_ZLIB -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxZip requires wxZlib" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ZLIB -# define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 -# endif -# endif -# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxZip requires wxArchive" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM */ - -#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM - /* wxTar doesn't currently compile without wchar_t */ -# if !wxUSE_WCHAR_T -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxTar requires wchar_t" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TARSTREAM -# define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_TARSTREAM */ - -#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM -# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxTar requires wxArchive" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_TARSTREAM */ - -/* the rest of the tests is for the GUI settings only */ -#if wxUSE_GUI - -#if wxUSE_BUTTON || \ - wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL || \ - wxUSE_CARET || \ - wxUSE_COMBOBOX || \ - wxUSE_BMPBUTTON || \ - wxUSE_CHECKBOX || \ - wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX || \ - wxUSE_CHOICE || \ - wxUSE_GAUGE || \ - wxUSE_GRID || \ - wxUSE_LISTBOX || \ - wxUSE_LISTCTRL || \ - wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \ - wxUSE_RADIOBOX || \ - wxUSE_RADIOBTN || \ - wxUSE_SCROLLBAR || \ - wxUSE_SLIDER || \ - wxUSE_SPINBTN || \ - wxUSE_SPINCTRL || \ - wxUSE_STATBMP || \ - wxUSE_STATBOX || \ - wxUSE_STATLINE || \ - wxUSE_STATTEXT || \ - wxUSE_STATUSBAR || \ - wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || \ - wxUSE_TOOLBAR || \ - wxUSE_TREECTRL -# if !wxUSE_CONTROLS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_CONTROLS unset but some controls used" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CONTROLS -# define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* controls */ - -#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -# if !wxUSE_BUTTON -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON requires wxUSE_BUTTON" -# else -# undef wxUSE_BUTTON -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_BMPBUTTON */ - -/* - wxUSE_BOOKCTRL should be only used if any of the controls deriving from it - are used - */ -#ifdef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_BOOKCTRL is defined automatically, don't define it" -# else -# undef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL -# endif -#endif - -#define wxUSE_BOOKCTRL (wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \ - wxUSE_LISTBOOK || \ - wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK || \ - wxUSE_TOOLBOOK || \ - wxUSE_TREEBOOK) - -#if wxUSE_COLLPANE -# if !wxUSE_BUTTON || !wxUSE_STATLINE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE requires wxUSE_BUTTON and wxUSE_STATLINE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_COLLPANE -# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_COLLPANE */ - -#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK -# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxListbook requires wxListCtrl" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL -# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_LISTBOOK */ - -#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK -# if !wxUSE_CHOICE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxChoicebook requires wxChoice" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CHOICE -# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK */ - -#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK -# if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxToolbook requires wxToolBar" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_TOOLBOOK */ - -#if !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX -# if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX -# error "wxBitmapComboBox requires wxOwnerDrawnComboBox" -# else -# undef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX -# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0 -# endif -#endif /* !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX */ - -/* don't attempt to use native status bar on the platforms not having it */ -#ifndef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR -# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0 -#elif wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR -# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || !( defined(__WXMSW__) || \ - defined(__WXMAC__) || \ - defined(__WXPALMOS__) ) -# undef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR -# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0 -# endif -#endif - -#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT && !wxUSE_GEOMETRY -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT requires wxUSE_GEOMETRY" -# else -# undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT -# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT */ - - -/* wxGTK-specific dependencies */ -#ifdef __WXGTK__ -# ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ -# if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE && !wxUSE_MENUS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MENUS in wxGTK" -# else -# undef wxUSE_MENUS -# define wxUSE_MENUS 1 -# endif -# endif -# endif /* !__WXUNIVERSAL__ */ - -# if wxUSE_JOYSTICK -# if !wxUSE_THREADS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxJoystick requires threads in wxGTK" -# else -# undef wxUSE_JOYSTICK -# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxGTK && !wxUniv */ - -/* Hopefully we can emulate these dialogs in due course */ -#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) -# ifdef wxUSE_COLOURDLG -# undef wxUSE_COLOURDLG -# define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0 -# endif -#endif /* __SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__ */ - - -/* generic controls dependencies */ -#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) -# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_CHOICEDLG - /* all common controls are needed by these dialogs */ -# if !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) || \ - !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) || \ - !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) || \ - !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) || \ - !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT) -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "These common controls are needed by common dialogs" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CHOICE -# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 -# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL -# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 -# undef wxUSE_BUTTON -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 -# undef wxUSE_CHECKBOX -# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 -# undef wxUSE_STATTEXT -# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif /* !wxMSW || wxUniv */ - -/* common dependencies */ -#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL -# if !(wxUSE_SPINBTN && wxUSE_COMBOBOX) -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxSpinButton and wxComboBox" -# else -# undef wxUSE_SPINBTN -# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX -# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 -# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_DATETIME -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DATETIME -# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL */ - -#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL -# if !wxUSE_DATETIME -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxDatePickerCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DATETIME -# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL */ - -#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX -# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxCheckListBox requires wxListBox" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX -# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX */ - -#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "Choice dialogs requires wxListBox" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX -# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEDLG */ - -#if wxUSE_HELP -# if !wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_BMPBUTTON" -# else -# undef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_HELP */ - -#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP - /* - this doesn't make sense for platforms other than MSW but we still - define it in wx/setup_inc.h so don't complain if it happens to be - defined under another platform but just silently fix it. - */ -# ifndef __WXMSW__ -# undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP -# define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP */ - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP -# if !wxUSE_HELP || !wxUSE_HTML || !wxUSE_COMBOBOX || !wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || !wxUSE_SPINCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "Built in help controller can't be compiled" -# else -# undef wxUSE_HELP -# define wxUSE_HELP 1 -# undef wxUSE_HTML -# define wxUSE_HTML 1 -# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX -# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 -# undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK -# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 -# undef wxUSE_SPINCTRL -# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP */ - -#if !wxUSE_IMAGE -/* - The default wxUSE_IMAGE setting is 1, so if it's set to 0 we assume the - user explicitly wants this and disable all other features that require - wxUSE_IMAGE. - */ -# if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE -# define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_LIBPNG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LIBPNG requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LIBPNG -# define wxUSE_LIBPNG 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_LIBJPEG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LIBJPEG requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG -# define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_LIBTIFF -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LIBTIFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF -# define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_GIF -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_GIF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_GIF -# define wxUSE_GIF 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_PNM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PNM requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PNM -# define wxUSE_PNM 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_PCX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_PCX requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PCX -# define wxUSE_PCX 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_IFF -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_IFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_IFF -# define wxUSE_IFF 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_XPM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_XPM requires wxUSE_IMAGE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_XPM -# define wxUSE_XPM 0 -# endif -# endif - -#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGE */ - -#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE -# if !wxUSE_MENUS -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "DocView requires wxUSE_MENUS" -# else -# undef wxUSE_MENUS -# define wxUSE_MENUS 1 -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "DocView requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG" -# else -# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG -# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_STREAMS && !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "DocView requires wxUSE_STREAMS or wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM" -# else -# undef wxUSE_STREAMS -# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE */ - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE -# if !wxUSE_COMBOBOX -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "Print dialog requires wxUSE_COMBOBOX" -# else -# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX -# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE */ - -#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE -# if !wxUSE_MDI -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MDI" -# else -# undef wxUSE_MDI -# define wxUSE_MDI 1 -# endif -# endif - -# if !wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE requires wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE -# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE */ - -#if !wxUSE_FILEDLG -# if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE || wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG is required by wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE and wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP!" -# else -# undef wxUSE_FILEDLG -# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_FILEDLG */ - -#if !wxUSE_GAUGE || !wxUSE_BUTTON -# if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "Generic progress dialog requires wxUSE_GAUGE and wxUSE_BUTTON" -# else -# undef wxUSE_GAUGE -# undef wxUSE_BUTTON -# define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* !wxUSE_GAUGE */ - -#if !wxUSE_BUTTON -# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || \ - wxUSE_FILEDLG || \ - wxUSE_CHOICEDLG || \ - wxUSE_NUMBERDLG || \ - wxUSE_TEXTDLG || \ - wxUSE_DIRDLG || \ - wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS || \ - wxUSE_WIZARDDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "Common and generic dialogs require wxUSE_BUTTON" -# else -# undef wxUSE_BUTTON -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* !wxUSE_BUTTON */ - -#if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR -# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR is set to 0 but wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is set to 1" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE -# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#if !wxUSE_IMAGLIST -# if wxUSE_TREECTRL || wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || wxUSE_LISTCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxImageList must be compiled as well" -# else -# undef wxUSE_IMAGLIST -# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGLIST */ - -#if !wxUSE_MSGDLG -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR - /* FIXME: should compile without it, of course, but doesn't */ -# error "wxMessageBox is always needed" -# else -# undef wxUSE_MSGDLG -# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 -# endif -#endif - -#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX -# if !wxUSE_RADIOBTN -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_RADIOBTN" -# else -# undef wxUSE_RADIOBTN -# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 -# endif -# endif -# if !wxUSE_STATBOX && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_STATBOX" -# else -# undef wxUSE_STATBOX -# define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_RADIOBOX */ - -#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW -# if !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW requires wxUSE_TEXTCTRL" -# else -# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL -# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_LOGWINDOW */ - -#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG -# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL || !wxUSE_BUTTON -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG requires wxUSE_LISTCTRL and wxUSE_BUTTON" -# else -# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL -# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 -# undef wxUSE_BUTTON -# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG */ - -#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && !wxUSE_DATAOBJ -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxClipboard requires wxDataObject" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ -# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_CLIPBOARD */ - -#if wxUSE_WX_RESOURCES && !wxUSE_PROLOGIO -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxr resources require PrologIO" -# else -# undef wxUSE_PROLOGIO -# define wxUSE_PROLOGIO 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_WX_RESOURCES */ - -#if wxUSE_XRC && !wxUSE_XML -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_XRC requires wxUSE_XML" -# else -# undef wxUSE_XRC -# define wxUSE_XRC 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_XRC */ - -#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && !wxUSE_STOPWATCH -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS requires wxUSE_STOPWATCH" -# else -# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS -# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS */ - -#if !wxUSE_VARIANT -# if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxDataViewCtrl requires wxVariant" -# else -# undef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL -# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 -# endif -# endif - -# if wxUSE_ODBC -# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR -# error "wxUSE_ODBC requires wxVariant" -# else -# undef wxUSE_ODBC -# define wxUSE_ODBC 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */ - -#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29cd37867..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/choicdgg.h -// Purpose: Includes generic choice dialog file -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: choicdlg.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Copyright: Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ - -#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG - -#include "wx/generic/choicdgg.h" - -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choice.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choice.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c4ebb0cc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choice.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/choice.h -// Purpose: wxChoice class interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 26.07.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: choice.h 42727 2006-10-30 16:04:27Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CHOICE - -#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // the base class - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global data -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxChoiceNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems -{ -public: - wxChoiceBase() { } - virtual ~wxChoiceBase(); - - // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems - - // get the current selection: this can only be different from the normal - // selection if the popup items list is currently opened and the user - // selected some item in it but didn't close the list yet; otherwise (and - // currently always on platforms other than MSW) this is the same as - // GetSelection() - virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); } - - // set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supported on - // most platforms, they do nothing by default) - virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { } - virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; } - - // emulate selecting the item event.GetInt() - void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxChoiceBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-dependent class definition -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/choice.h" -#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) - #include "wx/msw/wince/choicece.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/choice.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/choice.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE - -#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicebk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicebk.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85182ccbc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/choicebk.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/choicebk.h -// Purpose: wxChoicebook: wxChoice and wxNotebook combination -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba from wx/listbook.h -// Created: 15.09.04 -// RCS-ID: $Id: choicebk.h 56623 2008-10-31 23:07:49Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Wlodzimierz Skiba -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ -#define _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK - -#include "wx/bookctrl.h" -#include "wx/choice.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING; - -// wxChoicebook flags -#define wxCHB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT -#define wxCHB_TOP wxBK_TOP -#define wxCHB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM -#define wxCHB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT -#define wxCHB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT -#define wxCHB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxChoicebook -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoicebook : public wxBookCtrlBase -{ -public: - wxChoicebook() - { - Init(); - } - - wxChoicebook(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - // quasi ctor - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); - - - virtual int GetSelection() const; - virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText); - virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const; - virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const; - virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId); - virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; - virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, - wxWindow *page, - const wxString& text, - bool bSelect = false, - int imageId = -1); - virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); } - virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); } - virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - - virtual bool DeleteAllPages(); - - // returns the choice control - wxChoice* GetChoiceCtrl() const { return (wxChoice*)m_bookctrl; } - -protected: - virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page); - - // get the size which the choice control should have - virtual wxSize GetControllerSize() const; - - void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel) - { - m_selection = wx_static_cast(int, newsel); - GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(newsel); - } - - wxBookCtrlBaseEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const; - void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlBaseEvent &event); - - // event handlers - void OnChoiceSelected(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none - int m_selection; - -private: - // common part of all constructors - void Init(); - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoicebook) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// choicebook event class and related stuff -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoicebookEvent : public wxBookCtrlBaseEvent -{ -public: - wxChoicebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0, - int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1) - : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(commandType, id, nSel, nOldSel) - { - } - - wxChoicebookEvent(const wxChoicebookEvent& event) - : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(event) - { - } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxChoicebookEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxChoicebookEvent) -}; - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxChoicebookEventFunction)(wxChoicebookEvent&); - -#define wxChoicebookEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxChoicebookEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxChoicebookEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxChoicebookEventHandler(fn)) - -#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK - -#endif // _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clipbrd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clipbrd.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f6ab4bf9..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clipbrd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/clipbrd.h -// Purpose: wxClipboad class and clipboard functions -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 19.10.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: clipbrd.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD - - -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/wxchar.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataFormat; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboard; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use -// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard. -// -// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together -// with wxDataObject. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardBase : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxClipboardBase() {} - - // open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData() - virtual bool Open() = 0; - - // close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData() - virtual void Close() = 0; - - // query whether the clipboard is opened - virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0; - - // add to the clipboard data - // - // NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be - // allocated on the heap - virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0; - - // set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by - // AddData() - virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0; - - // ask if data in correct format is available - virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0; - - // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) - virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0; - - // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible - virtual void Clear() = 0; - - // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on - // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly - // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit - virtual bool Flush() { return false; } - - // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW. - virtual void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = false ) { } - - // Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object: - static wxClipboard *Get(); -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// globals -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// The global clipboard object - backward compatible access macro: -#define wxTheClipboard (wxClipboard::Get()) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include platform-specific class declaration -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardLocker -{ -public: - wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = (wxClipboard *)NULL) - { - m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard; - if ( m_clipboard ) - { - m_clipboard->Open(); - } - } - - bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); } - - ~wxClipboardLocker() - { - if ( m_clipboard ) - { - m_clipboard->Close(); - } - } - -private: - wxClipboard *m_clipboard; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardLocker) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD - -#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clntdata.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clntdata.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1707ac764..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clntdata.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/clntdata.h -// Purpose: A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer -// Author: Robin Dunn -// Modified by: -// Created: 9-Oct-2001 -// RCS-ID: $Id: clntdata.h 36973 2006-01-18 16:45:41Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CLNTDATAH__ -#define _WX_CLNTDATAH__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/hashmap.h" - -typedef int (*wxShadowObjectMethod)(void*, void*); -WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( - wxShadowObjectMethod, - wxShadowObjectMethods, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE -); -WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( - void *, - wxShadowObjectFields, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE -); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxShadowObject -{ -public: - wxShadowObject() { } - - void AddMethod( const wxString &name, wxShadowObjectMethod method ) - { - wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name ); - if (it == m_methods.end()) - m_methods[ name ] = method; - else - it->second = method; - } - - bool InvokeMethod( const wxString &name, void* window, void* param, int* returnValue ) - { - wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name ); - if (it == m_methods.end()) - return false; - wxShadowObjectMethod method = it->second; - int ret = (*method)(window, param); - if (returnValue) - *returnValue = ret; - return true; - } - - void AddField( const wxString &name, void* initialValue = NULL ) - { - wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); - if (it == m_fields.end()) - m_fields[ name ] = initialValue; - else - it->second = initialValue; - } - - void SetField( const wxString &name, void* value ) - { - wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); - if (it == m_fields.end()) - return; - it->second = value; - } - - void* GetField( const wxString &name, void *defaultValue = NULL ) - { - wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); - if (it == m_fields.end()) - return defaultValue; - return it->second; - } - -private: - wxShadowObjectMethods m_methods; - wxShadowObjectFields m_fields; -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// what kind of client data do we have? -enum wxClientDataType -{ - wxClientData_None, // we don't know yet because we don't have it at all - wxClientData_Object, // our client data is typed and we own it - wxClientData_Void // client data is untyped and we don't own it -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientData -{ -public: - wxClientData() { } - virtual ~wxClientData() { } -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringClientData : public wxClientData -{ -public: - wxStringClientData() : m_data() { } - wxStringClientData( const wxString &data ) : m_data(data) { } - void SetData( const wxString &data ) { m_data = data; } - const wxString& GetData() const { return m_data; } - -private: - wxString m_data; -}; - -// This class is a mixin that provides storage and management of "client -// data." The client data stored can either be a pointer to a wxClientData -// object in which case it is managed by the container (i.e. it will delete -// the data when it's destroyed) or an untyped pointer which won't be deleted -// by the container - but not both of them -// -// NOTE: This functionality is currently duplicated in wxEvtHandler in order -// to avoid having more than one vtable in that class hierarchy. - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataContainer -{ -public: - wxClientDataContainer(); - virtual ~wxClientDataContainer(); - - void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); } - wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); } - - void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); } - void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); } - -protected: - // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container - // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with. Only - // one type of data can be used with the given window, i.e. you cannot set - // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice - // versa. - union - { - wxClientData *m_clientObject; - void *m_clientData; - }; - - // client data accessors - virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ); - virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const; - - virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data ); - virtual void *DoGetClientData() const; - - // what kind of data do we have? - wxClientDataType m_clientDataType; - -}; - -#include "wx/vector.h" - -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataDictionaryPair -{ - wxClientDataDictionaryPair( size_t idx ) : index( idx ), data( 0 ) { } - - size_t index; - wxClientData* data; -}; - -_WX_DECLARE_VECTOR( - wxClientDataDictionaryPair, - wxClientDataDictionaryPairVector, - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE -); - -// this class is used internally to maintain the association between items -// of (some subclasses of) wxControlWithItems and their client data -// NOTE: this class does not keep track of whether it contains -// wxClientData or void*. The client must ensure that -// it does not contain a mix of the two, and that -// DestroyData is called if it contains wxClientData -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataDictionary -{ -public: - wxClientDataDictionary() {} - - // deletes all the data - void DestroyData() - { - for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i ) - delete m_vec[i].data; - m_vec.clear(); - } - - // if data for the given index is not present, add it, - // if it is present, delete the old data and replace it with - // the new one - void Set( size_t index, wxClientData* data, bool doDelete ) - { - size_t ptr = Find( index ); - - if( !data ) - { - if( ptr == m_vec.size() ) return; - if( doDelete ) - delete m_vec[ptr].data; - m_vec.erase( ptr ); - } - else - { - if( ptr == m_vec.size() ) - { - m_vec.push_back( wxClientDataDictionaryPair( index ) ); - ptr = m_vec.size() - 1; - } - - if( doDelete ) - delete m_vec[ptr].data; - m_vec[ptr].data = data; - } - } - - // get the data associated with the given index, - // return 0 if not found - wxClientData* Get( size_t index ) const - { - size_t it = Find( index ); - if( it == m_vec.size() ) return 0; - return (wxClientData*)m_vec[it].data; // const cast - } - - // delete the data associated with the given index - // it also decreases by one the indices of all the elements - // with an index greater than the given index - void Delete( size_t index, bool doDelete ) - { - size_t todel = m_vec.size(); - - for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i ) - { - if( m_vec[i].index == index ) - todel = i; - else if( m_vec[i].index > index ) - --(m_vec[i].index); - } - - if( todel != m_vec.size() ) - { - if( doDelete ) - delete m_vec[todel].data; - m_vec.erase( todel ); - } - } -private: - // returns MyVec.size() if not found - size_t Find( size_t index ) const - { - for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i ) - { - if( m_vec[i].index == index ) - return i; - } - - return m_vec.size(); - } - - wxClientDataDictionaryPairVector m_vec; -}; - -#endif // _WX_CLNTDATAH__ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clrpicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clrpicker.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1dd2c4b3d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/clrpicker.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/clrpicker.h -// Purpose: wxColourPickerCtrl base header -// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code) -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpicker.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - - -#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL - -#include "wx/pickerbase.h" - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColourPickerEvent; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr[]; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxColourPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be -// implemented by controls used by wxColourPickerCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxColourPickerWidgetBase() { m_colour = *wxBLACK; } - virtual ~wxColourPickerWidgetBase() {} - - wxColour GetColour() const - { return m_colour; } - virtual void SetColour(const wxColour &col) - { m_colour = col; UpdateColour(); } - virtual void SetColour(const wxString &col) - { m_colour.Set(col); UpdateColour(); } - -protected: - - virtual void UpdateColour() = 0; - - // the current colour (may be invalid if none) - wxColour m_colour; -}; - - -// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxColourPickerWidgetBase -// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to -// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles - -// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label -// (instead of no label at all) -// NOTE: this style is supported just by wxColourButtonGeneric and -// thus is not exposed in wxColourPickerCtrl -#define wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL 0x0008 - -// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxColourPickerWidgetBase -// under the name "wxColourPickerWidget". -// NOTE: wxColourPickerCtrl allocates a wxColourPickerWidget and relies on the -// fact that all classes being mapped as wxColourPickerWidget have the -// same prototype for their contructor (and also explains why we use -// define instead of a typedef) -// since GTK > 2.4, there is GtkColorButton -#if defined(__WXGTK24__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/clrpicker.h" - #define wxColourPickerWidget wxColourButton -#else - #include "wx/generic/clrpickerg.h" - #define wxColourPickerWidget wxGenericColourButton -#endif - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxColourPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds a -// platform-dependent wxColourPickerWidget and, if wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is -// used, a textctrl next to it. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) -#define wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE 0 - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase -{ -public: - wxColourPickerCtrl() : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) {} - virtual ~wxColourPickerCtrl() {} - - - wxColourPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr) - : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) - { Create(parent, id, col, pos, size, style, validator, name); } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr); - - -public: // public API - - // get the colour chosen - wxColour GetColour() const - { return ((wxColourPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetColour(); } - - // set currently displayed color - void SetColour(const wxColour& col); - - // set colour using RGB(r,g,b) syntax or considering given text as a colour name; - // returns true if the given text was successfully recognized. - bool SetColour(const wxString& text); - - -public: // internal functions - - // update the button colour to match the text control contents - void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); - - // update the text control to match the button's colour - void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); - - // event handler for our picker - void OnColourChange(wxColourPickerEvent &); - -protected: - virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const - { return (style & wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL); } - - // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore - bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrl) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxColourPickerEvent: used by wxColourPickerCtrl only -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, 1102) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxColourPickerEvent() {} - wxColourPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxColour &col) - : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id), - m_colour(col) - { - SetEventObject(generator); - } - - wxColour GetColour() const { return m_colour; } - void SetColour(const wxColour &c) { m_colour = c; } - - - // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxColourPickerEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxColour m_colour; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxColourPickerEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxColourPickerEventFunction)(wxColourPickerEvent&); - -#define wxColourPickerEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxColourPickerEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxColourPickerEventHandler(fn)) - - -#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL - -#endif // _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdline.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdline.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50a17ce7a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdline.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cmdline.h -// Purpose: wxCmdLineParser and related classes for parsing the command -// line options -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 04.01.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdline.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CMDLINE_H_ -#define _WX_CMDLINE_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// by default, options are optional (sic) and each call to AddParam() allows -// one more parameter - this may be changed by giving non-default flags to it -enum -{ - wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY = 0x01, // this option must be given - wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL = 0x02, // the parameter may be omitted - wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE = 0x04, // the parameter may be repeated - wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP = 0x08, // this option is a help request - wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR = 0x10 // must have sep before the value -}; - -// an option value or parameter may be a string (the most common case), a -// number or a date -enum wxCmdLineParamType -{ - wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, // should be 0 (default) - wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER, - wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE, - wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE -}; - -// for constructing the cmd line description using Init() -enum wxCmdLineEntryType -{ - wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH, - wxCMD_LINE_OPTION, - wxCMD_LINE_PARAM, - wxCMD_LINE_NONE // to terminate the list -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCmdLineEntryDesc is a description of one command line -// switch/option/parameter -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct wxCmdLineEntryDesc -{ - wxCmdLineEntryType kind; - const wxChar *shortName; - const wxChar *longName; - const wxChar *description; - wxCmdLineParamType type; - int flags; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCmdLineParser is a class for parsing command line. -// -// It has the following features: -// -// 1. distinguishes options, switches and parameters; allows option grouping -// 2. allows both short and long options -// 3. automatically generates the usage message from the cmd line description -// 4. does type checks on the options values (number, date, ...) -// -// To use it you should: -// -// 1. construct it giving it the cmd line to parse and optionally its desc -// 2. construct the cmd line description using AddXXX() if not done in (1) -// 3. call Parse() -// 4. use GetXXX() to retrieve the parsed info -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser -{ -public: - // ctors and initializers - // ---------------------- - - // default ctor or ctor giving the cmd line in either Unix or Win form - wxCmdLineParser() { Init(); } - wxCmdLineParser(int argc, char **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); } -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxCmdLineParser(int argc, wxChar **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); } -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - wxCmdLineParser(const wxString& cmdline) { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); } - - // the same as above, but also gives the cmd line description - otherwise, - // use AddXXX() later - wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc) - { Init(); SetDesc(desc); } - wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, char **argv) - { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); } -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, wxChar **argv) - { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); } -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, const wxString& cmdline) - { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); SetDesc(desc); } - - // set cmd line to parse after using one of the ctors which don't do it - void SetCmdLine(int argc, char **argv); -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - void SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv); -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - void SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline); - - // not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically - ~wxCmdLineParser(); - - // set different parser options - // ---------------------------- - - // by default, '-' is switch char under Unix, '-' or '/' under Win: - // switchChars contains all characters with which an option or switch may - // start - void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars); - - // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them - void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = true); - void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(false); } - - bool AreLongOptionsEnabled(); - - // extra text may be shown by Usage() method if set by this function - void SetLogo(const wxString& logo); - - // construct the cmd line description - // ---------------------------------- - - // take the cmd line description from the wxCMD_LINE_NONE terminated table - void SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc); - - // a switch: i.e. an option without value - void AddSwitch(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, - int flags = 0); - - // an option taking a value of the given type - void AddOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, - wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, - int flags = 0); - - // a parameter - void AddParam(const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, - wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, - int flags = 0); - - // actions - // ------- - - // parse the command line, return 0 if ok, -1 if "-h" or "--help" option - // was encountered and the help message was given or a positive value if a - // syntax error occurred - // - // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if - // help was requested - int Parse(bool showUsage = true); - - // give the usage message describing all program options - void Usage(); - - // get the command line arguments - // ------------------------------ - - // returns true if the given switch was found - bool Found(const wxString& name) const; - - // returns true if an option taking a string value was found and stores the - // value in the provided pointer - bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const; - - // returns true if an option taking an integer value was found and stores - // the value in the provided pointer - bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const; - -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - // returns true if an option taking a date value was found and stores the - // value in the provided pointer - bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const; -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - - // gets the number of parameters found - size_t GetParamCount() const; - - // gets the value of Nth parameter (as string only for now) - wxString GetParam(size_t n = 0u) const; - - // Resets switches and options - void Reset(); - - // break down the command line in arguments - static wxArrayString ConvertStringToArgs(const wxChar *cmdline); - -private: - // get usage string - wxString GetUsageString(); - - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - struct wxCmdLineParserData *m_data; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineParser) -}; - -#else // !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - -// this function is always available (even if !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER) because it -// is used by wxWin itself under Windows -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser -{ -public: - static wxArrayString ConvertStringToArgs(const wxChar *cmdline); -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER/!wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER - -#endif // _WX_CMDLINE_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdproc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdproc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b101a14a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmdproc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cmdproc.h -// Purpose: undo/redo capable command processing framework -// Author: Julian Smart (extracted from docview.h by VZ) -// Modified by: -// Created: 05.11.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdproc.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CMDPROC_H_ -#define _WX_CMDPROC_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/list.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCommand: a single command capable of performing itself -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommand : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = false, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); - virtual ~wxCommand(){} - - // Override this to perform a command - virtual bool Do() = 0; - - // Override this to undo a command - virtual bool Undo() = 0; - - virtual bool CanUndo() const { return m_canUndo; } - virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_commandName; } - -protected: - bool m_canUndo; - wxString m_commandName; - -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxCommand) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCommandProcessor: wxCommand manager -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommandProcessor : public wxObject -{ -public: - // if max number of commands is -1, it is unlimited - wxCommandProcessor(int maxCommands = -1); - virtual ~wxCommandProcessor(); - - // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if - // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is false. - virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = true); - - // just store the command without executing it - virtual void Store(wxCommand *command); - - virtual bool Undo(); - virtual bool Redo(); - virtual bool CanUndo() const; - virtual bool CanRedo() const; - - // Initialises the current command and menu strings. - virtual void Initialize(); - - // Sets the Undo/Redo menu strings for the current menu. - virtual void SetMenuStrings(); - - // Gets the current Undo menu label. - wxString GetUndoMenuLabel() const; - - // Gets the current Undo menu label. - wxString GetRedoMenuLabel() const; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - // Call this to manage an edit menu. - void SetEditMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_commandEditMenu = menu; } - wxMenu *GetEditMenu() const { return m_commandEditMenu; } -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - // command list access - wxList& GetCommands() { return m_commands; } - const wxList& GetCommands() const { return m_commands; } - wxCommand *GetCurrentCommand() const - { - return (wxCommand *)(m_currentCommand ? m_currentCommand->GetData() : NULL); - } - int GetMaxCommands() const { return m_maxNoCommands; } - virtual void ClearCommands(); - - // Has the current project been changed? - virtual bool IsDirty() const - { - return m_currentCommand && (m_lastSavedCommand != m_currentCommand); - } - - // Mark the current command as the one where the last save took place - void MarkAsSaved() - { - m_lastSavedCommand = m_currentCommand; - } - - - // By default, the accelerators are "\tCtrl+Z" and "\tCtrl+Y" - const wxString& GetUndoAccelerator() const { return m_undoAccelerator; } - const wxString& GetRedoAccelerator() const { return m_redoAccelerator; } - - void SetUndoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_undoAccelerator = accel; } - void SetRedoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_redoAccelerator = accel; } - -protected: - // for further flexibility, command processor doesn't call wxCommand::Do() - // and Undo() directly but uses these functions which can be overridden in - // the derived class - virtual bool DoCommand(wxCommand& cmd); - virtual bool UndoCommand(wxCommand& cmd); - - int m_maxNoCommands; - wxList m_commands; - wxList::compatibility_iterator m_currentCommand, - m_lastSavedCommand; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu* m_commandEditMenu; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - wxString m_undoAccelerator; - wxString m_redoAccelerator; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor) -}; - -#endif // _WX_CMDPROC_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmndata.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmndata.h deleted file mode 100644 index 30310e21c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cmndata.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,454 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cmndata.h -// Purpose: Common GDI data classes -// Author: Julian Smart and others -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: cmndata.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/font.h" -#include "wx/encinfo.h" -#include "wx/colour.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS -#include "wx/stream.h" -#endif - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourData: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxColourData(); - wxColourData(const wxColourData& data); - virtual ~wxColourData(); - - void SetChooseFull(bool flag) { m_chooseFull = flag; } - bool GetChooseFull() const { return m_chooseFull; } - void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_dataColour = colour; } - const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_dataColour; } - wxColour& GetColour() { return m_dataColour; } - - // Array of 16 custom colours - void SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour); - wxColour GetCustomColour(int i); - - void operator=(const wxColourData& data); - -public: - wxColour m_dataColour; - wxColour m_custColours[16]; - bool m_chooseFull; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData) -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontData : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFontData(); - virtual ~wxFontData(); - - wxFontData(const wxFontData& data) - : wxObject(), - m_fontColour(data.m_fontColour), - m_showHelp(data.m_showHelp), - m_allowSymbols(data.m_allowSymbols), - m_enableEffects(data.m_enableEffects), - m_initialFont(data.m_initialFont), - m_chosenFont(data.m_chosenFont), - m_minSize(data.m_minSize), - m_maxSize(data.m_maxSize), - m_encoding(data.m_encoding), - m_encodingInfo(data.m_encodingInfo) - { - } - - wxFontData& operator=(const wxFontData& data) - { - wxObject::operator=(data); - m_fontColour = data.m_fontColour; - m_showHelp = data.m_showHelp; - m_allowSymbols = data.m_allowSymbols; - m_enableEffects = data.m_enableEffects; - m_initialFont = data.m_initialFont; - m_chosenFont = data.m_chosenFont; - m_minSize = data.m_minSize; - m_maxSize = data.m_maxSize; - m_encoding = data.m_encoding; - m_encodingInfo = data.m_encodingInfo; - return *this; - } - - void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; } - bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; } - - void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_fontColour = colour; } - const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_fontColour; } - - void SetShowHelp(bool flag) { m_showHelp = flag; } - bool GetShowHelp() const { return m_showHelp; } - - void EnableEffects(bool flag) { m_enableEffects = flag; } - bool GetEnableEffects() const { return m_enableEffects; } - - void SetInitialFont(const wxFont& font) { m_initialFont = font; } - wxFont GetInitialFont() const { return m_initialFont; } - - void SetChosenFont(const wxFont& font) { m_chosenFont = font; } - wxFont GetChosenFont() const { return m_chosenFont; } - - void SetRange(int minRange, int maxRange) { m_minSize = minRange; m_maxSize = maxRange; } - - // encoding info is split into 2 parts: the logical wxWin encoding - // (wxFontEncoding) and a structure containing the native parameters for - // it (wxNativeEncodingInfo) - wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; } - void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; } - - wxNativeEncodingInfo& EncodingInfo() { return m_encodingInfo; } - - - // public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly -public: - wxColour m_fontColour; - bool m_showHelp; - bool m_allowSymbols; - bool m_enableEffects; - wxFont m_initialFont; - wxFont m_chosenFont; - int m_minSize; - int m_maxSize; - -private: - wxFontEncoding m_encoding; - wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData) -}; - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE -/* - * wxPrintData - * Encapsulates printer information (not printer dialog information) - */ - -enum wxPrintBin -{ - wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT, - - wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE, - wxPRINTBIN_LOWER, - wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE, - wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL, - wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE, - wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL, - wxPRINTBIN_AUTO, - wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR, - wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT, - wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT, - wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY, - wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE, - wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE, - - wxPRINTBIN_USER -}; - -const int wxPRINTMEDIA_DEFAULT = 0; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintData: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxPrintData(); - wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData); - virtual ~wxPrintData(); - - int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; } - bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; } - int GetOrientation() const { return m_printOrientation; } - bool IsOrientationReversed() const { return m_printOrientationReversed; } - - // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog? - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const ; - - const wxString& GetPrinterName() const { return m_printerName; } - bool GetColour() const { return m_colour; } - wxDuplexMode GetDuplex() const { return m_duplexMode; } - wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_paperId; } - const wxSize& GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } // Not used yet: confusable with paper size - // in wxPageSetupDialogData - wxPrintQuality GetQuality() const { return m_printQuality; } - wxPrintBin GetBin() const { return m_bin; } - wxPrintMode GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; } - int GetMedia() const { return m_media; } - - void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; } - void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; } - void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_printOrientation = orient; } - void SetOrientationReversed(bool reversed) { m_printOrientationReversed = reversed; } - - void SetPrinterName(const wxString& name) { m_printerName = name; } - void SetColour(bool colour) { m_colour = colour; } - void SetDuplex(wxDuplexMode duplex) { m_duplexMode = duplex; } - void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize sizeId) { m_paperId = sizeId; } - void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_paperSize = sz; } - void SetQuality(wxPrintQuality quality) { m_printQuality = quality; } - void SetBin(wxPrintBin bin) { m_bin = bin; } - void SetMedia(int media) { m_media = media; } - void SetPrintMode(wxPrintMode printMode) { m_printMode = printMode; } - - wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; } - void SetFilename( const wxString &filename ) { m_filename = filename; } - - void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); - - char* GetPrivData() const { return m_privData; } - int GetPrivDataLen() const { return m_privDataLen; } - void SetPrivData( char *privData, int len ); - - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // PostScript-specific data - wxString GetPrinterCommand() const; - wxString GetPrinterOptions() const; - wxString GetPreviewCommand() const; - wxString GetFontMetricPath() const; - double GetPrinterScaleX() const; - double GetPrinterScaleY() const; - long GetPrinterTranslateX() const; - long GetPrinterTranslateY() const; - - void SetPrinterCommand(const wxString& command); - void SetPrinterOptions(const wxString& options); - void SetPreviewCommand(const wxString& command); - void SetFontMetricPath(const wxString& path); - void SetPrinterScaleX(double x); - void SetPrinterScaleY(double y); - void SetPrinterScaling(double x, double y); - void SetPrinterTranslateX(long x); - void SetPrinterTranslateY(long y); - void SetPrinterTranslation(long x, long y); -#endif - - // Convert between wxPrintData and native data - void ConvertToNative(); - void ConvertFromNative(); - // Holds the native print data - wxPrintNativeDataBase *GetNativeData() const { return m_nativeData; } - -private: - wxPrintBin m_bin; - int m_media; - wxPrintMode m_printMode; - - int m_printNoCopies; - int m_printOrientation; - bool m_printOrientationReversed; - bool m_printCollate; - - wxString m_printerName; - bool m_colour; - wxDuplexMode m_duplexMode; - wxPrintQuality m_printQuality; - wxPaperSize m_paperId; - wxSize m_paperSize; - - wxString m_filename; - - char* m_privData; - int m_privDataLen; - - wxPrintNativeDataBase *m_nativeData; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData) -}; - -/* - * wxPrintDialogData - * Encapsulates information displayed and edited in the printer dialog box. - * Contains a wxPrintData object which is filled in according to the values retrieved - * from the dialog. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialogData: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxPrintDialogData(); - wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData); - wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData); - virtual ~wxPrintDialogData(); - - int GetFromPage() const { return m_printFromPage; } - int GetToPage() const { return m_printToPage; } - int GetMinPage() const { return m_printMinPage; } - int GetMaxPage() const { return m_printMaxPage; } - int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; } - bool GetAllPages() const { return m_printAllPages; } - bool GetSelection() const { return m_printSelection; } - bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; } - bool GetPrintToFile() const { return m_printToFile; } -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - bool GetSetupDialog() const { return m_printSetupDialog; } -#endif - void SetFromPage(int v) { m_printFromPage = v; } - void SetToPage(int v) { m_printToPage = v; } - void SetMinPage(int v) { m_printMinPage = v; } - void SetMaxPage(int v) { m_printMaxPage = v; } - void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; } - void SetAllPages(bool flag) { m_printAllPages = flag; } - void SetSelection(bool flag) { m_printSelection = flag; } - void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; } - void SetPrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printToFile = flag; } -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - void SetSetupDialog(bool flag) { m_printSetupDialog = flag; } -#endif - void EnablePrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printEnablePrintToFile = flag; } - void EnableSelection(bool flag) { m_printEnableSelection = flag; } - void EnablePageNumbers(bool flag) { m_printEnablePageNumbers = flag; } - void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_printEnableHelp = flag; } - - bool GetEnablePrintToFile() const { return m_printEnablePrintToFile; } - bool GetEnableSelection() const { return m_printEnableSelection; } - bool GetEnablePageNumbers() const { return m_printEnablePageNumbers; } - bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_printEnableHelp; } - - // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog? - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; } - - wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } - void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; } - - void operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data); - void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); // Sets internal m_printData member - -private: - int m_printFromPage; - int m_printToPage; - int m_printMinPage; - int m_printMaxPage; - int m_printNoCopies; - bool m_printAllPages; - bool m_printCollate; - bool m_printToFile; - bool m_printSelection; - bool m_printEnableSelection; - bool m_printEnablePageNumbers; - bool m_printEnableHelp; - bool m_printEnablePrintToFile; -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - bool m_printSetupDialog; -#endif - wxPrintData m_printData; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData) -}; - -/* -* This is the data used (and returned) by the wxPageSetupDialog. -*/ - -// Compatibility with old name -#define wxPageSetupData wxPageSetupDialogData - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialogData: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxPageSetupDialogData(); - wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData); - wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData); - virtual ~wxPageSetupDialogData(); - - wxSize GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } - wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_printData.GetPaperId(); } - wxPoint GetMinMarginTopLeft() const { return m_minMarginTopLeft; } - wxPoint GetMinMarginBottomRight() const { return m_minMarginBottomRight; } - wxPoint GetMarginTopLeft() const { return m_marginTopLeft; } - wxPoint GetMarginBottomRight() const { return m_marginBottomRight; } - - bool GetDefaultMinMargins() const { return m_defaultMinMargins; } - bool GetEnableMargins() const { return m_enableMargins; } - bool GetEnableOrientation() const { return m_enableOrientation; } - bool GetEnablePaper() const { return m_enablePaper; } - bool GetEnablePrinter() const { return m_enablePrinter; } - bool GetDefaultInfo() const { return m_getDefaultInfo; } - bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_enableHelp; } - - // Is this data OK for showing the page setup dialog? - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; } - - // If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData - // paper size id member as well. - void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz); - - void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize id) { m_printData.SetPaperId(id); } - - // Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database. - void SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id); - - void SetMinMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginTopLeft = pt; } - void SetMinMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginBottomRight = pt; } - void SetMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginTopLeft = pt; } - void SetMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginBottomRight = pt; } - void SetDefaultMinMargins(bool flag) { m_defaultMinMargins = flag; } - void SetDefaultInfo(bool flag) { m_getDefaultInfo = flag; } - - void EnableMargins(bool flag) { m_enableMargins = flag; } - void EnableOrientation(bool flag) { m_enableOrientation = flag; } - void EnablePaper(bool flag) { m_enablePaper = flag; } - void EnablePrinter(bool flag) { m_enablePrinter = flag; } - void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_enableHelp = flag; } - - // Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData - // paper id - void CalculateIdFromPaperSize(); - - // Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size - void CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); - - wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPageSetupData& data); - wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data); - - wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } - const wxPrintData& GetPrintData() const { return m_printData; } - void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData); - -private: - wxSize m_paperSize; // The dimensions selected by the user (on return, same as in wxPrintData?) - wxPoint m_minMarginTopLeft; - wxPoint m_minMarginBottomRight; - wxPoint m_marginTopLeft; - wxPoint m_marginBottomRight; - bool m_defaultMinMargins; - bool m_enableMargins; - bool m_enableOrientation; - bool m_enablePaper; - bool m_enablePrinter; - bool m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT - bool m_enableHelp; - wxPrintData m_printData; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -#endif -// _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/collpane.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/collpane.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1db6bfb54..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/collpane.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/collpane.h -// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 8/10/2006 -// RCS-ID: $Id: collpane.h 43300 2006-11-11 07:32:08Z RD $ -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - - -#if wxUSE_COLLPANE - -#include "wx/control.h" - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCollapsiblePaneBase: interface for wxCollapsiblePane -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER) -#define wxCP_NO_TLW_RESIZE (0x0002) - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxCollapsiblePaneBase() {} - - virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true) = 0; - void Expand() { Collapse(false); } - - virtual bool IsCollapsed() const = 0; - bool IsExpanded() const { return !IsCollapsed(); } - - virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const = 0; - - virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0; - virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0; -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, 1102) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxCollapsiblePaneEvent() {} - wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, bool collapsed) - : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, id), - m_bCollapsed(collapsed) - { - SetEventObject(generator); - } - - bool GetCollapsed() const { return m_bCollapsed; } - void SetCollapsed(bool c) { m_bCollapsed = c; } - - - // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(*this); } - -private: - bool m_bCollapsed; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction)(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent&); - -#define wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, id, wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(fn)) - - -#if defined(__WXGTK24__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/collpane.h" -#else - #include "wx/generic/collpaneg.h" - - // use #define and not a typedef to allow forward declaring the class - #define wxCollapsiblePane wxGenericCollapsiblePane -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE - -#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colordlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colordlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 83e416dcb..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colordlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/colrdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxColourDialog -// Author: Vadim Zeitiln -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.h 36623 2006-01-02 14:26:36Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/msw/colordlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/mac/colordlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/colordlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/colordlg.h" -#else - #include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h" - - #define wxColourDialog wxGenericColourDialog -#endif - -// get the colour from user and return it -wxColour WXDLLEXPORT -wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)NULL, - const wxColour& colInit = wxNullColour, const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString); - -#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG - -#endif - // _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colour.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colour.h deleted file mode 100644 index bb396f0fe..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/colour.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/colour.h -// Purpose: wxColourBase definition -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/gdiobj.h" - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; - -// the standard wxColour constructors; -// this macro avoids to repeat these lines across all colour.h files, since -// Set() is a virtual function and thus cannot be called by wxColourBase -// constructors -#define DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS \ - wxColour( ChannelType red, ChannelType green, ChannelType blue, \ - ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE ) \ - { Set(red, green, blue, alpha); } \ - wxColour( unsigned long colRGB ) { Set(colRGB); } \ - wxColour(const wxString &colourName) { Set(colourName); } \ - wxColour(const wxChar *colourName) { Set(colourName); } - - -// flags for wxColour -> wxString conversion (see wxColour::GetAsString) -#define wxC2S_NAME 1 // return colour name, when possible -#define wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX 2 // return colour in rgb(r,g,b) syntax -#define wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX 4 // return colour in #rrggbb syntax - - -const unsigned char wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0; -const unsigned char wxALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxVariant support -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_VARIANT -#include "wx/variant.h" -DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColour,WXDLLEXPORT) -#endif - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxColourBase: this class has no data members, just some functions to avoid -// code redundancy in all native wxColour implementations -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourBase : public wxGDIObject -{ -public: - // type of a single colour component - typedef unsigned char ChannelType; - - wxColourBase() {} - virtual ~wxColourBase() {} - - - // Set() functions - // --------------- - - void Set(ChannelType red, - ChannelType green, - ChannelType blue, - ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) - { InitRGBA(red,green,blue, alpha); } - - // implemented in colourcmn.cpp - bool Set(const wxChar *str) - { return FromString(str); } - - bool Set(const wxString &str) - { return FromString(str); } - - void Set(unsigned long colRGB) - { - // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three - // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values - Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB), - (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)), - (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16))); - } - - - - // accessors - // --------- - - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; - - virtual ChannelType Red() const = 0; - virtual ChannelType Green() const = 0; - virtual ChannelType Blue() const = 0; - virtual ChannelType Alpha() const - { return wxALPHA_OPAQUE ; } - - // implemented in colourcmn.cpp - virtual wxString GetAsString(long flags = wxC2S_NAME | wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX) const; - - - - // old, deprecated - // --------------- - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( static wxColour CreateByName(const wxString& name) ); - wxDEPRECATED( void InitFromName(const wxString& col) ); -#endif - -protected: - virtual void - InitRGBA(ChannelType r, ChannelType g, ChannelType b, ChannelType a) = 0; - - virtual bool FromString(const wxChar *s); -}; - - - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/generic/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/generic/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/generic/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/colour.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/colour.h" -#endif - -#define wxColor wxColour - -#endif // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52c8af4fb..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,746 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/combo.h -// Purpose: wxComboCtrl declaration -// Author: Jaakko Salli -// Modified by: -// Created: Apr-30-2006 -// RCS-ID: $Id: combo.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ - - -/* - A few words about all the classes defined in this file are probably in - order: why do we need extra wxComboCtrl and wxComboPopup classes? - - This is because a traditional combobox is a combination of a text control - (with a button allowing to open the pop down list) with a listbox and - wxComboBox class is exactly such control, however we want to also have other - combinations - in fact, we want to allow anything at all to be used as pop - down list, not just a wxListBox. - - So we define a base wxComboCtrl which can use any control as pop down - list and wxComboBox deriving from it which implements the standard wxWidgets - combobox API. wxComboCtrl needs to be told somehow which control to use - and this is done by SetPopupControl(). However, we need something more than - just a wxControl in this method as, for example, we need to call - SetSelection("initial text value") and wxControl doesn't have such method. - So we also need a wxComboPopup which is just a very simple interface which - must be implemented by a control to be usable as a popup. - - We couldn't derive wxComboPopup from wxControl as this would make it - impossible to have a class deriving from both wxListBx and from it, so - instead it is just a mix-in. - */ - - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL - -#include "wx/control.h" -#include "wx/renderer.h" // this is needed for wxCONTROL_XXX flags -#include "wx/bitmap.h" // wxBitmap used by-value - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboPopup; - -// -// New window styles for wxComboCtrlBase -// -enum -{ - // Double-clicking a read-only combo triggers call to popup's OnComboPopup. - // In wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, for instance, it cycles item. - wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK = 0x0100, - - // Dropbutton acts like standard push button. - wxCC_STD_BUTTON = 0x0200 -}; - - -// wxComboCtrl internal flags -enum -{ - // First those that can be passed to Customize. - // It is Windows style for all flags to be clear. - - // Button is preferred outside the border (GTK style) - wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER = 0x0001, - // Show popup on mouse up instead of mouse down (which is the Windows style) - wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP = 0x0002, - // All text is not automatically selected on click - wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT = 0x0004, - - // Internal use: signals creation is complete - wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0100, - // Internal use: really put button outside - wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE = 0x0200, - // Internal use: SetTextIndent has been called - wxCC_IFLAG_INDENT_SET = 0x0400, - // Internal use: Set wxTAB_TRAVERSAL to parent when popup is dismissed - wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL = 0x0800, - // Internal use: Secondary popup window type should be used (if available). - wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP = 0x1000, - // Internal use: Skip popup animation. - wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM = 0x2000 -}; - - -// Flags used by PreprocessMouseEvent and HandleButtonMouseEvent -enum -{ - wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON = 0x0001, // cursor is on dropbutton area - wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA = 0x0002 // cursor is on dropbutton or other area - // that can be clicked to show the popup. -}; - - -// Namespace for wxComboCtrl feature flags -struct wxComboCtrlFeatures -{ - enum - { - MovableButton = 0x0001, // Button can be on either side of control - BitmapButton = 0x0002, // Button may be replaced with bitmap - ButtonSpacing = 0x0004, // Button can have spacing from the edge - // of the control - TextIndent = 0x0008, // SetTextIndent can be used - PaintControl = 0x0010, // Combo control itself can be custom painted - PaintWritable = 0x0020, // A variable-width area in front of writable - // combo control's textctrl can be custom - // painted - Borderless = 0x0040, // wxNO_BORDER window style works - - // There are no feature flags for... - // PushButtonBitmapBackground - if its in wxRendererNative, then it should be - // not an issue to have it automatically under the bitmap. - - All = MovableButton|BitmapButton| - ButtonSpacing|TextIndent| - PaintControl|PaintWritable| - Borderless - }; -}; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboCtrlBase : public wxControl -{ - friend class wxComboPopup; -public: - // ctors and such - wxComboCtrlBase() : wxControl() { Init(); } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - long style, - const wxValidator& validator, - const wxString& name); - - virtual ~wxComboCtrlBase(); - - // show/hide popup window - virtual void ShowPopup(); - virtual void HidePopup(); - - // Override for totally custom combo action - virtual void OnButtonClick(); - - // return true if the popup is currently shown - bool IsPopupShown() const { return m_popupWinState == Visible; } - - // set interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup - // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class - void SetPopupControl( wxComboPopup* popup ) - { - DoSetPopupControl(popup); - } - - // get interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup - wxComboPopup* GetPopupControl() - { - EnsurePopupControl(); - return m_popupInterface; - } - - // get the popup window containing the popup control - wxWindow *GetPopupWindow() const { return m_winPopup; } - - // Get the text control which is part of the combobox. - wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl() const { return m_text; } - - // get the dropdown button which is part of the combobox - // note: its not necessarily a wxButton or wxBitmapButton - wxWindow *GetButton() const { return m_btn; } - - // forward these methods to all subcontrols - virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); - virtual bool Show(bool show = true); - virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); -#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS - virtual void SetValidator(const wxValidator &validator); - virtual wxValidator *GetValidator(); -#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS - - // wxTextCtrl methods - for readonly combo they should return - // without errors. - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); - virtual void Copy(); - virtual void Cut(); - virtual void Paste(); - virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); - virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); - virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; - virtual long GetLastPosition() const; - virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); - virtual void Remove(long from, long to); - virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); - virtual void Undo(); - - // This method sets the text without affecting list selection - // (ie. wxComboPopup::SetStringValue doesn't get called). - void SetText(const wxString& value); - - // This method sets value and also optionally sends EVT_TEXT - // (needed by combo popups) - void SetValueWithEvent(const wxString& value, bool withEvent = true); - - // - // Popup customization methods - // - - // Sets minimum width of the popup. If wider than combo control, it will extend to the left. - // Remarks: - // * Value -1 indicates the default. - // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not). - void SetPopupMinWidth( int width ) - { - m_widthMinPopup = width; - } - - // Sets preferred maximum height of the popup. - // Remarks: - // * Value -1 indicates the default. - // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not). - void SetPopupMaxHeight( int height ) - { - m_heightPopup = height; - } - - // Extends popup size horizontally, relative to the edges of the combo control. - // Remarks: - // * Popup minimum width may override extLeft (ie. it has higher precedence). - // * Values 0 indicate default. - // * Custom popup may not take this fully into account (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox takes). - void SetPopupExtents( int extLeft, int extRight ) - { - m_extLeft = extLeft; - m_extRight = extRight; - } - - // Set width, in pixels, of custom paint area in writable combo. - // In read-only, used to indicate area that is not covered by the - // focus rectangle (which may or may not be drawn, depending on the - // popup type). - void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ); - int GetCustomPaintWidth() const { return m_widthCustomPaint; } - - // Set side of the control to which the popup will align itself. - // Valid values are wxLEFT, wxRIGHT and 0. The default value 0 wmeans - // that the side of the button will be used. - void SetPopupAnchor( int anchorSide ) - { - m_anchorSide = anchorSide; - } - - // Set position of dropdown button. - // width: button width. <= 0 for default. - // height: button height. <= 0 for default. - // side: wxLEFT or wxRIGHT, indicates on which side the button will be placed. - // spacingX: empty space on sides of the button. Default is 0. - // Remarks: - // There is no spacingY - the button will be centered vertically. - void SetButtonPosition( int width = -1, - int height = -1, - int side = wxRIGHT, - int spacingX = 0 ); - - // Returns current size of the dropdown button. - wxSize GetButtonSize(); - - // - // Sets dropbutton to be drawn with custom bitmaps. - // - // bmpNormal: drawn when cursor is not on button - // pushButtonBg: Draw push button background below the image. - // NOTE! This is usually only properly supported on platforms with appropriate - // method in wxRendererNative. - // bmpPressed: drawn when button is depressed - // bmpHover: drawn when cursor hovers on button. This is ignored on platforms - // that do not generally display hover differently. - // bmpDisabled: drawn when combobox is disabled. - void SetButtonBitmaps( const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, - bool pushButtonBg = false, - const wxBitmap& bmpPressed = wxNullBitmap, - const wxBitmap& bmpHover = wxNullBitmap, - const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap ); - - // - // This will set the space in pixels between left edge of the control and the - // text, regardless whether control is read-only (ie. no wxTextCtrl) or not. - // Platform-specific default can be set with value-1. - // Remarks - // * This method may do nothing on some native implementations. - void SetTextIndent( int indent ); - - // Returns actual indentation in pixels. - wxCoord GetTextIndent() const - { - return m_absIndent; - } - - // Returns area covered by the text field. - const wxRect& GetTextRect() const - { - return m_tcArea; - } - - // Call with enable as true to use a type of popup window that guarantees ability - // to focus the popup control, and normal function of common native controls. - // This alternative popup window is usually a wxDialog, and as such it's parent - // frame will appear as if the focus has been lost from it. - void UseAltPopupWindow( bool enable = true ) - { - wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winPopup, - wxT("call this only before SetPopupControl") ); - - if ( enable ) - m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP; - else - m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP; - } - - // Call with false to disable popup animation, if any. - void EnablePopupAnimation( bool enable = true ) - { - if ( enable ) - m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM; - else - m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM; - } - - // - // Utilies needed by the popups or native implementations - // - - // Returns true if given key combination should toggle the popup. - // NB: This is a separate from other keyboard handling because: - // 1) Replaceability. - // 2) Centralized code (otherwise it'd be split up between - // wxComboCtrl key handler and wxVListBoxComboPopup's - // key handler). - virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const = 0; - - // Prepare background of combo control or an item in a dropdown list - // in a way typical on platform. This includes painting the focus/disabled - // background and setting the clipping region. - // Unless you plan to paint your own focus indicator, you should always call this - // in your wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl implementation. - // In addition, it sets pen and text colour to what looks good and proper - // against the background. - // flags: wxRendererNative flags: wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU: is drawing a list item instead of combo control - // wxCONTROL_SELECTED: list item is selected - // wxCONTROL_DISABLED: control/item is disabled - virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const; - - // Returns true if focus indicator should be drawn in the control. - bool ShouldDrawFocus() const - { - const wxWindow* curFocus = FindFocus(); - return ( !IsPopupShown() && - (curFocus == this || (m_btn && curFocus == m_btn)) && - (m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) ); - } - - // These methods return references to appropriate dropbutton bitmaps - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapNormal() const { return m_bmpNormal; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapPressed() const { return m_bmpPressed; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() const { return m_bmpHover; } - const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; } - - // Return internal flags - wxUint32 GetInternalFlags() const { return m_iFlags; } - - // Return true if Create has finished - bool IsCreated() const { return m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED ? true : false; } - - // common code to be called on popup hide/dismiss - void OnPopupDismiss(); - - // PopupShown states - enum - { - Hidden = 0, - //Closing = 1, - Animating = 2, - Visible = 3 - }; - - bool IsPopupWindowState( int state ) const { return (state == m_popupWinState) ? true : false; } - - wxByte GetPopupWindowState() const { return m_popupWinState; } - - // Set value returned by GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl - void SetCtrlMainWnd( wxWindow* wnd ) { m_mainCtrlWnd = wnd; } - -protected: - - // - // Override these for customization purposes - // - - // called from wxSizeEvent handler - virtual void OnResize() = 0; - - // Return native text identation (for pure text, not textctrl) - virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const; - - // Called in syscolourchanged handler and base create - virtual void OnThemeChange(); - - // Creates wxTextCtrl. - // extraStyle: Extra style parameters - void CreateTextCtrl( int extraStyle, const wxValidator& validator ); - - // Installs standard input handler to combo (and optionally to the textctrl) - void InstallInputHandlers(); - - // flags for DrawButton() - enum - { - Draw_PaintBg = 1 - }; - - // Draws dropbutton. Using wxRenderer or bitmaps, as appropriate. - void DrawButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = Draw_PaintBg ); - - // Call if cursor is on button area or mouse is captured for the button. - //bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, bool isInside ); - bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags ); - - // returns true if event was consumed or filtered (event type is also set to 0 in this case) - bool PreprocessMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags ); - - // - // This will handle left_down and left_dclick events outside button in a Windows-like manner. - // If you need alternate behaviour, it is recommended you manipulate and filter events to it - // instead of building your own handling routine (for reference, on wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN it will - // toggle popup and on wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK it will do the same or run the popup's dclick method, - // if defined - you should pass events of other types of it for common processing). - void HandleNormalMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - - // Creates popup window, calls interface->Create(), etc - void CreatePopup(); - - // Destroy popup window and all related constructs - void DestroyPopup(); - - // override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class - virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup); - - // ensures there is atleast the default popup - void EnsurePopupControl(); - - // Recalculates button and textctrl areas. Called when size or button setup change. - // btnWidth: default/calculated width of the dropbutton. 0 means unchanged, - // just recalculate. - void CalculateAreas( int btnWidth = 0 ); - - // Standard textctrl positioning routine. Just give it platform-dependant - // textctrl coordinate adjustment. - void PositionTextCtrl( int textCtrlXAdjust, int textCtrlYAdjust ); - - // event handlers - void OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event ); - void OnFocusEvent(wxFocusEvent& event); - void OnIdleEvent(wxIdleEvent& event); - void OnTextCtrlEvent(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); - void OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // Set customization flags (directs how wxComboCtrlBase helpers behave) - void Customize( wxUint32 flags ) { m_iFlags |= flags; } - - // Dispatches size event and refreshes - void RecalcAndRefresh(); - - // Flags for DoShowPopup and AnimateShow - enum - { - ShowBelow = 0x0000, // Showing popup below the control - ShowAbove = 0x0001, // Showing popup above the control - CanDeferShow = 0x0002 // Can only return true from AnimateShow if this is set - }; - - // Shows and positions the popup. - virtual void DoShowPopup( const wxRect& rect, int flags ); - - // Implement in derived class to create a drop-down animation. - // Return true if finished immediately. Otherwise popup is only - // shown when the derived class call DoShowPopup. - // Flags are same as for DoShowPopup. - virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags ); - -#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS - virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); -#endif - - virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() - { return m_mainCtrlWnd; } - - // This is used when m_text is hidden (readonly). - wxString m_valueString; - - // the text control and button we show all the time - wxTextCtrl* m_text; - wxWindow* m_btn; - - // wxPopupWindow or similar containing the window managed by the interface. - wxWindow* m_winPopup; - - // the popup control/panel - wxWindow* m_popup; - - // popup interface - wxComboPopup* m_popupInterface; - - // this is input etc. handler for the text control - wxEvtHandler* m_textEvtHandler; - - // this is for the top level window - wxEvtHandler* m_toplevEvtHandler; - - // this is for the control in popup - wxEvtHandler* m_popupExtraHandler; - - // this is for the popup window - wxEvtHandler* m_popupWinEvtHandler; - - // main (ie. topmost) window of a composite control (default = this) - wxWindow* m_mainCtrlWnd; - - // used to prevent immediate re-popupping incase closed popup - // by clicking on the combo control (needed because of inconsistent - // transient implementation across platforms). - wxLongLong m_timeCanAcceptClick; - - // how much popup should expand to the left/right of the control - wxCoord m_extLeft; - wxCoord m_extRight; - - // minimum popup width - wxCoord m_widthMinPopup; - - // preferred popup height - wxCoord m_heightPopup; - - // how much of writable combo is custom-paint by callback? - // also used to indicate area that is not covered by "blue" - // selection indicator. - wxCoord m_widthCustomPaint; - - // absolute text indentation, in pixels - wxCoord m_absIndent; - - // side on which the popup is aligned - int m_anchorSide; - - // Width of the "fake" border - wxCoord m_widthCustomBorder; - - // The button and textctrl click/paint areas - wxRect m_tcArea; - wxRect m_btnArea; - - // current button state (uses renderer flags) - int m_btnState; - - // button position - int m_btnWid; - int m_btnHei; - int m_btnSide; - int m_btnSpacingX; - - // last default button width - int m_btnWidDefault; - - // custom dropbutton bitmaps - wxBitmap m_bmpNormal; - wxBitmap m_bmpPressed; - wxBitmap m_bmpHover; - wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled; - - // area used by the button - wxSize m_btnSize; - - // platform-dependant customization and other flags - wxUint32 m_iFlags; - - // draw blank button background under bitmap? - bool m_blankButtonBg; - - // is the popup window currenty shown? - wxByte m_popupWinState; - - // should the focus be reset to the textctrl in idle time? - bool m_resetFocus; - -private: - void Init(); - - wxByte m_ignoreEvtText; // Number of next EVT_TEXTs to ignore - - // Is popup window wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow or wxDialog? - wxByte m_popupWinType; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxComboCtrlBase) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxComboPopup is the interface which must be implemented by a control to be -// used as a popup by wxComboCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -// wxComboPopup internal flags -enum -{ - wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0001 // Set by wxComboCtrlBase after Create is called -}; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboPopup -{ - friend class wxComboCtrlBase; -public: - wxComboPopup() - { - m_combo = (wxComboCtrlBase*) NULL; - m_iFlags = 0; - } - - // This is called immediately after construction finishes. m_combo member - // variable has been initialized before the call. - // NOTE: It is not in constructor so the derived class doesn't need to redefine - // a default constructor of its own. - virtual void Init() { } - - virtual ~wxComboPopup(); - - // Create the popup child control. - // Return true for success. - virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent) = 0; - - // We must have an associated control which is subclassed by the combobox. - virtual wxWindow *GetControl() = 0; - - // Called immediately after the popup is shown - virtual void OnPopup(); - - // Called when popup is dismissed - virtual void OnDismiss(); - - // Called just prior to displaying popup. - // Default implementation does nothing. - virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value ); - - // Gets displayed string representation of the value. - virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0; - - // This is called to custom paint in the combo control itself (ie. not the popup). - // Default implementation draws value as string. - virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ); - - // Receives key events from the parent wxComboCtrl. - // Events not handled should be skipped, as usual. - virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); - - // Implement if you need to support special action when user - // double-clicks on the parent wxComboCtrl. - virtual void OnComboDoubleClick(); - - // Return final size of popup. Called on every popup, just prior to OnShow. - // minWidth = preferred minimum width for window - // prefHeight = preferred height. Only applies if > 0, - // maxHeight = max height for window, as limited by screen size - // and should only be rounded down, if necessary. - virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight ); - - // Return true if you want delay call to Create until the popup is shown - // for the first time. It is more efficient, but note that it is often - // more convenient to have the control created immediately. - // Default returns false. - virtual bool LazyCreate(); - - // - // Utilies - // - - // Hides the popup - void Dismiss(); - - // Returns true if Create has been called. - bool IsCreated() const - { - return (m_iFlags & wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED) ? true : false; - } - - // Default PaintComboControl behaviour - static void DefaultPaintComboControl( wxComboCtrlBase* combo, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect ); - -protected: - wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; - wxUint32 m_iFlags; - -private: - // Called in wxComboCtrlBase::SetPopupControl - void InitBase(wxComboCtrlBase *combo) - { - m_combo = combo; - } -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - // No native universal (but it must still be first in the list) -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/combo.h" -#endif - -// Any ports may need generic as an alternative -#include "wx/generic/combo.h" - -#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL - -#endif - // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combobox.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b3170567..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/combobox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/combobox.h -// Purpose: wxComboBox declaration -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 24.12.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: combobox.h 42727 2006-10-30 16:04:27Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxComboBoxNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/textctrl.h" -#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer -{ -public: - // wxTextCtrl-like methods wxComboBox must implement - virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0; - virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0; - - virtual void Copy() = 0; - virtual void Cut() = 0; - virtual void Paste() = 0; - virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0; - virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0; - virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const = 0; - virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) = 0; - virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0; - virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0; - - virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd() - { SetInsertionPoint(GetLastPosition()); } - virtual void Remove(long from, long to) - { Replace(from, to, wxEmptyString); } - - virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0; - - virtual void Undo() = 0; - virtual void Redo() = 0; - virtual void SelectAll() = 0; - - virtual bool CanCopy() const = 0; - virtual bool CanCut() const = 0; - virtual bool CanPaste() const = 0; - virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0; - virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0; - - // may return value different from GetSelection() when the combobox - // dropdown is shown and the user selected, but not yet accepted, a value - // different from the old one in it - virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); } - - // redeclare inherited SetSelection() overload here as well to avoid - // virtual function hiding - virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/combobox.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/combobox.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -#endif - // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/confbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/confbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e0cf54b5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/confbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: confbase.h -// Purpose: declaration of the base class of all config implementations -// (see also: fileconf.h and msw/regconf.h and iniconf.h) -// Author: Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.h) -// RCS-ID: $Id: confbase.h 50711 2007-12-15 02:57:58Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder Ballueder@usa.net -// Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CONFBASE_H_ -#define _WX_CONFBASE_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/string.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/// shall we be case sensitive in parsing variable names? -#ifndef wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE - #define wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE 0 -#endif - -/// separates group and entry names (probably shouldn't be changed) -#ifndef wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR - #define wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR _T('/') -#endif - -/// introduces immutable entries -// (i.e. the ones which can't be changed from the local config file) -#ifndef wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX - #define wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX _T('!') -#endif - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG - -#include "wx/string.h" - -/// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows? -// (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's -// false) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32)) -#ifndef wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE - #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 -#endif - -// Style flags for constructor style parameter -enum -{ - wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE = 1, - wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE = 2, - wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH = 4, - wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS = 8, - wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR = 16 -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// abstract base class wxConfigBase which defines the interface for derived -// classes -// -// wxConfig organizes the items in a tree-like structure (modeled after the -// Unix/Dos filesystem). There are groups (directories) and keys (files). -// There is always one current group given by the current path. -// -// Keys are pairs "key_name = value" where value may be of string or integer -// (long) type (TODO doubles and other types such as wxDate coming soon). -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigBase -{ -public: - // constants - // the type of an entry - enum EntryType - { - Type_Unknown, - Type_String, - Type_Boolean, - Type_Integer, // use Read(long *) - Type_Float // use Read(double *) - }; - - // static functions - // sets the config object, returns the previous pointer - static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig); - // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand - // was called - static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = true) - { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; } - // create a new config object: this function will create the "best" - // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see - // comments near definition wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE for details. It returns - // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig. - static wxConfigBase *Create(); - // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL? - static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = false; } - - // ctor & virtual dtor - // ctor (can be used as default ctor too) - // - // Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including - // them all in each class ensures compatibility. If appName is empty, - // uses wxApp name - wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, - long style = 0); - - // empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual - virtual ~wxConfigBase(); - - // path management - // set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path, - // otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath - // doesn't exist it is created. - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath) = 0; - // retrieve the current path (always as absolute path) - virtual const wxString& GetPath() const = 0; - - // enumeration: all functions here return false when there are no more items. - // you must pass the same lIndex to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it) - // enumerate subgroups - virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; - virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; - // enumerate entries - virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; - virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; - // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without - // it's subgroups - virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0; - virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0; - - // tests of existence - // returns true if the group by this name exists - virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0; - // same as above, but for an entry - virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0; - // returns true if either a group or an entry with a given name exist - bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const - { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); } - - // get the entry type - virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const - { - // by default all entries are strings - return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown; - } - - // key access: returns true if value was really read, false if default used - // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.) - - // read a string from the key - bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; - bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr, const wxString& defVal) const; - - // read a number (long) - bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl) const; - bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl, long defVal) const; - - // read an int - bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const; - bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const; - - // read a double - bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val) const; - bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val, double defVal) const; - - // read a bool - bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val) const; - bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val, bool defVal) const; - - // convenience functions returning directly the value (we don't have them for - // int/double/bool as there would be ambiguities with the long one then) - wxString Read(const wxString& key, - const wxString& defVal = wxEmptyString) const - { wxString s; (void)Read(key, &s, defVal); return s; } - - long Read(const wxString& key, long defVal) const - { long l; (void)Read(key, &l, defVal); return l; } - - // write the value (return true on success) - bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) - { return DoWriteString(key, value); } - - bool Write(const wxString& key, long value) - { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } - - bool Write(const wxString& key, int value) - { return DoWriteInt(key, value); } - - bool Write(const wxString& key, double value) - { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); } - - bool Write(const wxString& key, bool value) - { return DoWriteBool(key, value); } - - // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise they - // would be converted to bool and not to wxString as expected! - bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxChar *value) - { return Write(key, wxString(value)); } - - // permanently writes all changes - virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false) = 0; - - // renaming, all functions return false on failure (probably because the new - // name is already taken by an existing entry) - // rename an entry - virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, - const wxString& newName) = 0; - // rename a group - virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, - const wxString& newName) = 0; - - // delete entries/groups - // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if - // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true - virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, - bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = true) = 0; - // delete the group (with all subgroups) - virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0; - // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...) - // primarily for use by uninstallation routine. - virtual bool DeleteAll() = 0; - - // options - // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries - // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time) - bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; } - void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; } - // recording of default values - void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; } - bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; } - // does expansion only if needed - wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const; - - // misc accessors - wxString GetAppName() const { return m_appName; } - wxString GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; } - - // Used wxIniConfig to set members in constructor - void SetAppName(const wxString& appName) { m_appName = appName; } - void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; } - - void SetStyle(long style) { m_style = style; } - long GetStyle() const { return m_style; } - -protected: - static bool IsImmutable(const wxString& key) - { return !key.IsEmpty() && key[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; } - - // return the path without trailing separator, if any: this should be called - // to sanitize paths referring to the group names before passing them to - // wxConfigPathChanger as "/foo/bar/" should be the same as "/foo/bar" and it - // isn't interpreted in the same way by it (and this can't be changed there - // as it's not the same for the entries names) - static wxString RemoveTrailingSeparator(const wxString& key); - - // do read/write the values of different types - virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const = 0; - virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const = 0; - virtual bool DoReadInt(const wxString& key, int *pi) const; - virtual bool DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const; - virtual bool DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const; - - virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) = 0; - virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long value) = 0; - virtual bool DoWriteInt(const wxString& key, int value); - virtual bool DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double value); - virtual bool DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value); - -private: - // are we doing automatic environment variable expansion? - bool m_bExpandEnvVars; - // do we record default values? - bool m_bRecordDefaults; - - // static variables - static wxConfigBase *ms_pConfig; - static bool ms_bAutoCreate; - - // Application name and organisation name - wxString m_appName; - wxString m_vendorName; - - // Style flag - long m_style; -}; - -// a handy little class which changes current path to the path of given entry -// and restores it in dtor: so if you declare a local variable of this type, -// you work in the entry directory and the path is automatically restored -// when the function returns -// Taken out of wxConfig since not all compilers can cope with nested classes. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigPathChanger -{ -public: - // ctor/dtor do path changing/restoring of the path - wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, const wxString& strEntry); - ~wxConfigPathChanger(); - - // get the key name - const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; } - - // this method must be called if the original path (i.e. the current path at - // the moment of creation of this object) could have been deleted to prevent - // us from restoring the not existing (any more) path - // - // if the original path doesn't exist any more, the path will be restored to - // the deepest still existing component of the old path - void UpdateIfDeleted(); - -private: - wxConfigBase *m_pContainer; // object we live in - wxString m_strName, // name of entry (i.e. name only) - m_strOldPath; // saved path - bool m_bChanged; // was the path changed? - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConfigPathChanger) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// the native wxConfigBase implementation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// under Windows we prefer to use the native implementation -// wxIniConfig isn't native anywhere after droping win16 in wxWidgets 2.6 -#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE - #define wxConfig wxRegConfig -#else // either we're under Unix or wish to use files even under Windows - #define wxConfig wxFileConfig -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - -/* - Replace environment variables ($SOMETHING) with their values. The format is - $VARNAME or ${VARNAME} where VARNAME contains alphanumeric characters and - '_' only. '$' must be escaped ('\$') in order to be taken literally. -*/ - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString &sz); - -/* - Split path into parts removing '..' in progress - */ -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxChar *sz); - - -#endif - // _WX_CONFIG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/config.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/config.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2ef3efcab..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: config.h -// Purpose: wxConfig base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: config.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/confbase.h" - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE -# ifdef __WIN32__ -# include "wx/msw/regconf.h" -# else -# include "wx/msw/iniconf.h" -# endif -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE -# include "wx/palmos/prefconf.h" -#else -# include "wx/fileconf.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/containr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/containr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79eb4f4b8..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/containr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/containr.h -// Purpose: wxControlContainer class declration: a "mix-in" class which -// implements the TAB navigation between the controls -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 06.08.01 -// RCS-ID: $Id: containr.h 50863 2007-12-20 18:32:55Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CONTAINR_H_ -#define _WX_CONTAINR_H_ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFocusEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; - -/* - Implementation note: wxControlContainer is not a real mix-in but rather - a class meant to be agregated with (and not inherited from). Although - logically it should be a mix-in, doing it like this has no advantage from - the point of view of the existing code but does have some problems (we'd - need to play tricks with event handlers which may be difficult to do - safely). The price we pay for this simplicity is the ugly macros below. - */ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxControlContainer -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlContainer -{ -public: - // ctors and such - wxControlContainer(wxWindow *winParent = NULL); - void SetContainerWindow(wxWindow *winParent) { m_winParent = winParent; } - - // the methods to be called from the window event handlers - void HandleOnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); - void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); - void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child); - - // should be called from SetFocus(), returns false if we did nothing with - // the focus and the default processing should take place - bool DoSetFocus(); - - // can our child get the focus? - bool AcceptsFocus() const; - - // called from OnChildFocus() handler, i.e. when one of our (grand) - // children gets the focus - void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win); - -protected: - // set the focus to the child which had it the last time - bool SetFocusToChild(); - - // the parent window we manage the children for - wxWindow *m_winParent; - - // the child which had the focus last time this panel was activated - wxWindow *m_winLastFocused; - - // a guard against infinite recursion - bool m_inSetFocus; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlContainer) -}; - -// this function is for wxWidgets internal use only -extern bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **child); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros which may be used by the classes wishing to implement TAB navigation -// among their children -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// declare the methods to be forwarded -#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \ -public: \ - void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); \ - void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \ - virtual void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event); \ - virtual void SetFocus(); \ - virtual void SetFocusIgnoringChildren(); \ - virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); \ - virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; \ -\ -protected: \ - wxControlContainer m_container - -// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer -#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) \ - EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \ - EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(classname::OnChildFocus) \ - EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(classname::OnNavigationKey) - -// implement the methods forwarding to the wxControlContainer -#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \ -void classname::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) \ -{ \ - m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event); \ -} \ - \ -void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \ -{ \ - m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child); \ - \ - basename::RemoveChild(child); \ -} \ - \ -void classname::SetFocus() \ -{ \ - if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() ) \ - basename::SetFocus(); \ -} \ - \ -void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \ -{ \ - basename::SetFocus(); \ -} \ - \ -void classname::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) \ -{ \ - m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow()); \ - event.Skip(); \ -} \ - \ -void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \ -{ \ - m_container.HandleOnFocus(event); \ -} \ -bool classname::AcceptsFocus() const \ -{ \ - return m_container.AcceptsFocus(); \ -} - - -#endif // _WX_CONTAINR_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/control.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/control.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5208d07d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/control.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/control.h -// Purpose: wxControl common interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 26.07.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: control.h 42816 2006-10-31 08:50:17Z RD $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CONTROLS - -#include "wx/window.h" // base class - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxControlNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxControl is the base class for all controls -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlBase : public wxWindow -{ -public: - wxControlBase() { } - - virtual ~wxControlBase(); - - // Create() function adds the validator parameter - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); - - // get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre) - int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; } - - // get the string without mnemonic characters ('&') - static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label); - - // get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&') - wxString GetLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(GetLabel()); } - - // controls by default inherit the colours of their parents, if a - // particular control class doesn't want to do it, it can override - // ShouldInheritColours() to return false - virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return true; } - - - // WARNING: this doesn't work for all controls nor all platforms! - // - // simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as - // if the button was clicked) - virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event); - - virtual void SetLabel( const wxString &label ); - virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); - - // wxControl-specific processing after processing the update event - virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - -protected: - // creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it - // to the list of parents children - bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - long style, - const wxValidator& validator, - const wxString& name); - - // initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent - void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/control.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/control.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS - -#endif - // _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/convauto.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/convauto.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d96afa55..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/convauto.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/convauto.h -// Purpose: wxConvAuto class declaration -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2006-04-03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: convauto.h 45893 2007-05-08 20:05:16Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ -#define _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ - -#include "wx/strconv.h" - -#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxConvAuto: uses BOM to automatically detect input encoding -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvAuto : public wxMBConv -{ -public: - // default ctor, the real conversion will be created on demand - wxConvAuto() { m_conv = NULL; /* the rest will be initialized later */ } - - // copy ctor doesn't initialize anything neither as conversion can only be - // deduced on first use - wxConvAuto(const wxConvAuto& WXUNUSED(other)) : wxMBConv() { m_conv = NULL; } - - virtual ~wxConvAuto() { if ( m_conv && m_ownsConv ) delete m_conv; } - - // override the base class virtual function(s) to use our m_conv - virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, - const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; - - virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, - const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; - - virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return m_conv->GetMBNulLen(); } - - virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvAuto(*this); } - -private: - // all currently recognized BOM values - enum BOMType - { - BOM_None, - BOM_UTF32BE, - BOM_UTF32LE, - BOM_UTF16BE, - BOM_UTF16LE, - BOM_UTF8 - }; - - // return the BOM type of this buffer - static BOMType DetectBOM(const char *src, size_t srcLen); - - // initialize m_conv with the conversion to use by default (UTF-8) - void InitWithDefault() - { - m_conv = &wxConvUTF8; - m_ownsConv = false; - } - - // create the correct conversion object for the given BOM type - void InitFromBOM(BOMType bomType); - - // create the correct conversion object for the BOM present in the - // beginning of the buffer; adjust the buffer to skip the BOM if found - void InitFromInput(const char **src, size_t *len); - - // adjust src and len to skip over the BOM (identified by m_bomType) at the - // start of the buffer - void SkipBOM(const char **src, size_t *len) const; - - - // conversion object which we really use, NULL until the first call to - // either ToWChar() or FromWChar() - wxMBConv *m_conv; - - // our BOM type - BOMType m_bomType; - - // true if we allocated m_conv ourselves, false if we just use an existing - // global conversion - bool m_ownsConv; - - // true if we already skipped BOM when converting (and not just calculating - // the size) - bool m_consumedBOM; - - - DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvAuto) -}; - -#else // !wxUSE_WCHAR_T - -// it doesn't matter how we define it in this case as it's unused anyhow, but -// do define it to allow the code using wxConvAuto() as default argument (this -// is done in many places) to compile -typedef wxMBConv wxConvAuto; - -#endif // wxUSE_WCHAR_T/!wxUSE_WCHAR_T - -#endif // _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cpp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cpp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e23273ac..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cpp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Name: wx/cpp.h - * Purpose: Various preprocessor helpers - * Author: Vadim Zeitlin - * Created: 2006-09-30 - * RCS-ID: $Id: cpp.h 42993 2006-11-03 21:06:57Z VZ $ - * Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin - * Licence: wxWindows licence - */ - -/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ - -#ifndef _WX_CPP_H_ -#define _WX_CPP_H_ - -/* wxCONCAT works like preprocessor ## operator but also works with macros */ -#define wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) text ## line -#define wxCONCAT(text, line) wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) - -/* wxSTRINGIZE works as the preprocessor # operator but also works with macros */ -#define wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) #x -#define wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) - -/* a Unicode-friendly version of wxSTRINGIZE_T */ -#define wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxAPPLY_T(wxSTRINGIZE(x)) - -/* - Helper macros for wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME: normally this works by appending the - current line number to the given identifier to reduce the probability of the - conflict (it may still happen if this is used in the headers, hence you - should avoid doing it or provide unique prefixes then) but we have to do it - differently for VC++ - */ -#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300) - /* - __LINE__ handling is completely broken in VC++ when using "Edit and - Continue" (/ZI option) and results in preprocessor errors if we use it - inside the macros. Luckily VC7 has another standard macro which can be - used like this and is even better than __LINE__ because it is globally - unique. - */ -# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __COUNTER__) -#else /* normal compilers */ -# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __LINE__) -#endif - -/* Create a "unique" name with the given prefix */ -#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(text) wxCONCAT_LINE(text) - -/* - This macro can be passed as argument to another macro when you don't have - anything to pass in fact. - */ -#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /* Fake macro parameter value */ - -#endif // _WX_CPP_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cppunit.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cppunit.h deleted file mode 100644 index c70cfbd80..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cppunit.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cppunit.h -// Purpose: wrapper header for CppUnit headers -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 15.02.04 -// RCS-ID: $Id: cppunit.h 53917 2008-06-01 20:32:26Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ -#define _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// using CPPUNIT_TEST() macro results in this warning, disable it as there is -// no other way to get rid of it and it's not very useful anyhow -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - // typedef-name 'foo' used as synonym for class-name 'bar' - #pragma warning(disable:4097) - - // unreachable code: we don't care about warnings in CppUnit headers - #pragma warning(disable:4702) - - // 'id': identifier was truncated to 'num' characters in the debug info - #pragma warning(disable:4786) -#endif // __VISUALC__ - -#ifdef __BORLANDC__ - #pragma warn -8022 -#endif - -#ifndef CPPUNIT_STD_NEED_ALLOCATOR - #define CPPUNIT_STD_NEED_ALLOCATOR 0 -#endif - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Set the default format for the errors, which can be used by an IDE to jump -// to the error location. This default gets overridden by the cppunit headers -// for some compilers (e.g. VC++). - -#ifndef CPPUNIT_COMPILER_LOCATION_FORMAT - #define CPPUNIT_COMPILER_LOCATION_FORMAT "%p:%l:" -#endif - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Include all needed cppunit headers. -// - -#include "wx/beforestd.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "wx/afterstd.h" - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Set of helpful test macros. -// - -// Base macro for wrapping CPPUNIT_TEST macros and so making them conditional -// tests, meaning that the test only get registered and thus run when a given -// runtime condition is true. -// In case the condition is evaluated as false a skip message is logged -// (the message will only be shown in verbose mode). -#define WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, anyTest) \ - if (Condition) \ - { anyTest; } \ - else \ - wxLogInfo(wxString::Format(_T("skipping: %s.%s\n reason: %s equals false\n"), \ - wxString(suiteName, wxConvUTF8).c_str(), \ - wxString(#testMethod, wxConvUTF8).c_str(), \ - wxString(#Condition, wxConvUTF8).c_str())) - -// Conditional CPPUNIT_TEST macro. -#define WXTEST_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod) \ - WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, CPPUNIT_TEST(testMethod)) -// Conditional CPPUNIT_TEST_FAIL macro. -#define WXTEST_FAIL_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod) \ - WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, CPPUNIT_TEST_FAIL(testMethod)) - -// Use this macro to compare a wxString with a literal string. -#define WX_ASSERT_STR_EQUAL(p, s) CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(wxString(p), s) - -// Use this macro to compare a size_t with a literal integer -#define WX_ASSERT_SIZET_EQUAL(n, m) CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(((size_t)n), m) - -// Use this macro to compare the expected time_t value with the result of not -// necessarily time_t type -#define WX_ASSERT_TIME_T_EQUAL(t, n) CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL((t), (time_t)(n)) - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// stream inserter for wxString -// - -#include "wx/string.h" - -inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& o, const wxString& s) -{ - return o << s.mb_str(); -} - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Some more compiler warning tweaking and auto linking. -// - -#ifdef __BORLANDC__ - #pragma warn .8022 -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER - #pragma warning(default:4702) -#endif // _MSC_VER - -// for VC++ automatically link in cppunit library -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - #ifdef NDEBUG - #pragma comment(lib, "cppunit.lib") - #else // Debug - #pragma comment(lib, "cppunitd.lib") - #endif // Release/Debug -#endif - -#endif // _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cshelp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cshelp.h deleted file mode 100644 index f77ac4f67..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cshelp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cshelp.h -// Purpose: Context-sensitive help support classes -// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 08/09/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: cshelp.h 39675 2006-06-11 21:10:32Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CSHELP_H_ -#define _WX_CSHELP_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HELP - -#include "wx/help.h" - -#include "wx/hashmap.h" -#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" -#endif - -#include "wx/event.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes used to implement context help UI -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - * wxContextHelp - * Invokes context-sensitive help. When the user - * clicks on a window, a wxEVT_HELP event will be sent to that - * window for the application to display help for. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelp : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = true); - virtual ~wxContextHelp(); - - bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win); - bool EndContextHelp(); - - bool EventLoop(); - bool DispatchEvent(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt); - - void SetStatus(bool status) { m_status = status; } - -protected: - bool m_inHelp; - bool m_status; // true if the user left-clicked - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp) -}; - -#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON -/* - * wxContextHelpButton - * You can add this to your dialogs (especially on non-Windows platforms) - * to put the application into context help mode. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelpButton : public wxBitmapButton -{ -public: - wxContextHelpButton(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_CONTEXT_HELP, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW); - - void OnContextHelp(wxCommandEvent& event); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxContextHelpButton) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes used to implement context help support -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// wxHelpProvider is an abstract class used by the program implementing context help to -// show the help text (or whatever: it may be HTML page or anything else) for -// the given window. -// -// The current help provider must be explicitly set by the application using -// wxHelpProvider::Set(). -// -// Special note about ShowHelpAtPoint() and ShowHelp(): we want to be able to -// override ShowHelpAtPoint() when we need to use different help messages for -// different parts of the window, but it should also be possible to override -// just ShowHelp() both for backwards compatibility and just because most -// often the help does not, in fact, depend on the position and so -// implementing just ShowHelp() is simpler and more natural, so by default -// ShowHelpAtPoint() forwards to ShowHelp(). But this means that -// wxSimpleHelpProvider has to override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint() -// for backwards compatibility as otherwise the existing code deriving from it -// and overriding ShowHelp() but calling the base class version wouldn't work -// any more, which forces us to use a rather ugly hack and pass the extra -// parameters of ShowHelpAtPoint() to ShowHelp() via member variables. -class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpProvider -{ -public: - // get/set the current (application-global) help provider (Set() returns - // the previous one) - static wxHelpProvider *Set(wxHelpProvider *helpProvider) - { - wxHelpProvider *helpProviderOld = ms_helpProvider; - ms_helpProvider = helpProvider; - return helpProviderOld; - } - - // unlike some other class, the help provider is not created on demand, - // this must be explicitly done by the application - static wxHelpProvider *Get() { return ms_helpProvider; } - - // get the help string (whose interpretation is help provider dependent - // except that empty string always means that no help is associated with - // the window) for this window - virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0; - - // do show help for the given window (uses window->GetHelpAtPoint() - // internally if applicable), return true if it was done or false - // if no help available for this window - virtual bool ShowHelpAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window, - const wxPoint& pt, - wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) - { - wxCHECK_MSG( window, false, _T("window must not be NULL") ); - - m_helptextAtPoint = pt; - m_helptextOrigin = origin; - - return ShowHelp(window); - } - - // show help for the given window, see ShowHelpAtPoint() above - virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase * WXUNUSED(window)) { return false; } - - // associate the text with the given window or id: although all help - // providers have these functions to allow making wxWindow::SetHelpText() - // work, not all of them implement them - virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text); - - // this version associates the given text with all window with this id - // (may be used to set the same help string for all [Cancel] buttons in - // the application, for example) - virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text); - - // removes the association - virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window); - - // virtual dtor for any base class - virtual ~wxHelpProvider(); - -protected: - wxHelpProvider() - : m_helptextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition), - m_helptextOrigin(wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown) - { - } - - // helper method used by ShowHelp(): returns the help string to use by - // using m_helptextAtPoint/m_helptextOrigin if they're set or just GetHelp - // otherwise - wxString GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window); - - - // parameters of the last ShowHelpAtPoint() call, used by ShowHelp() - wxPoint m_helptextAtPoint; - wxHelpEvent::Origin m_helptextOrigin; - -private: - static wxHelpProvider *ms_helpProvider; -}; - -WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( wxUIntPtr, wxString, wxIntegerHash, - wxIntegerEqual, wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap ); - -// wxSimpleHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports -// only plain text help strings and shows the string associated with the -// control (if any) in a tooltip -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSimpleHelpProvider : public wxHelpProvider -{ -public: - // implement wxHelpProvider methods - virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window); - - // override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint() as explained above - virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window); - - virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text); - virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text); - virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window); - -protected: - // we use 2 hashes for storing the help strings associated with windows - // and the ids - wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap m_hashWindows, - m_hashIds; -}; - -// wxHelpControllerHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports -// both context identifiers and plain text help strings. If the help text is an integer, -// it is passed to wxHelpController::DisplayContextPopup. Otherwise, it shows the string -// in a tooltip as per wxSimpleHelpProvider. -class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerHelpProvider : public wxSimpleHelpProvider -{ -public: - // Note that it doesn't own the help controller. The help controller - // should be deleted separately. - wxHelpControllerHelpProvider(wxHelpControllerBase* hc = (wxHelpControllerBase*) NULL); - - // implement wxHelpProvider methods - - // again (see above): this should be ShowHelpAtPoint() but we need to - // override ShowHelp() to avoid breaking existing code - virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window); - - // Other accessors - void SetHelpController(wxHelpControllerBase* hc) { m_helpController = hc; } - wxHelpControllerBase* GetHelpController() const { return m_helpController; } - -protected: - wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHelpControllerHelpProvider) -}; - -// Convenience function for turning context id into wxString -WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxContextId(int id); - -#endif // wxUSE_HELP - -#endif // _WX_CSHELP_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ctrlsub.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ctrlsub.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6697bb6b3..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ctrlsub.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,210 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/ctrlsub.h (read: "wxConTRoL with SUBitems") -// Purpose: wxControlWithItems interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 22.10.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlsub.h 42816 2006-10-31 08:50:17Z RD $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CONTROLS - -#include "wx/control.h" // base class - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxItemContainer defines an interface which is implemented by all controls -// which have string subitems each of which may be selected. -// -// It is decomposed in wxItemContainerImmutable which omits all methods -// adding/removing items and is used by wxRadioBox and wxItemContainer itself. -// -// Examples: wxListBox, wxCheckListBox, wxChoice and wxComboBox (which -// implements an extended interface deriving from this one) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxItemContainerImmutable -{ -public: - wxItemContainerImmutable() { } - virtual ~wxItemContainerImmutable(); - - // accessing strings - // ----------------- - - virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0; - bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; } - - virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const = 0; - wxArrayString GetStrings() const; - virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) = 0; - - // finding string natively is either case sensitive or insensitive - // but never both so fall back to this base version for not - // supported search type - virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const - { - unsigned int count = GetCount(); - - for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count ; ++i ) - { - if (GetString(i).IsSameAs( s , bCase )) - return (int)i; - } - - return wxNOT_FOUND; - } - - - // selection - // --------- - - virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0; - virtual int GetSelection() const = 0; - - // set selection to the specified string, return false if not found - bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s); - - // return the selected string or empty string if none - wxString GetStringSelection() const; - - // this is the same as SetSelection( for single-selection controls but - // reads better for multi-selection ones - void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); } - - -protected: - - // check that the index is valid - inline bool IsValid(unsigned int n) const { return n < GetCount(); } - inline bool IsValidInsert(unsigned int n) const { return n <= GetCount(); } -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxItemContainer : public wxItemContainerImmutable -{ -public: - wxItemContainer() { m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; } - virtual ~wxItemContainer(); - - // adding items - // ------------ - - int Append(const wxString& item) - { return DoAppend(item); } - int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData) - { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientData(n, clientData); return n; } - int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData) - { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientObject(n, clientData); return n; } - - // only for rtti needs (separate name) - void AppendString( const wxString& item) - { Append( item ); } - - // append several items at once to the control - void Append(const wxArrayString& strings); - - int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos) - { return DoInsert(item, pos); } - int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, void *clientData); - int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData); - - // deleting items - // -------------- - - virtual void Clear() = 0; - virtual void Delete(unsigned int n) = 0; - - // misc - // ---- - - // client data stuff - void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); - void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const; - - void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData); - wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const; - - bool HasClientObjectData() const - { return m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Object; } - bool HasClientUntypedData() const - { return m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Void; } - -protected: - virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item) = 0; - virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos) = 0; - - virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData) = 0; - virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const = 0; - virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData) = 0; - virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const = 0; - - - // the type of the client data for the items - wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType; -}; - -// this macro must (unfortunately) be used in any class deriving from both -// wxItemContainer and wxControl because otherwise there is ambiguity when -// calling GetClientXXX() functions -- the compiler can't choose between the -// two versions -#define wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST \ - void SetClientData(void *data) \ - { wxEvtHandler::SetClientData(data); } \ - void *GetClientData() const \ - { return wxEvtHandler::GetClientData(); } \ - void SetClientObject(wxClientData *data) \ - { wxEvtHandler::SetClientObject(data); } \ - wxClientData *GetClientObject() const \ - { return wxEvtHandler::GetClientObject(); } \ - void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData) \ - { wxItemContainer::SetClientData(n, clientData); } \ - void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const \ - { return wxItemContainer::GetClientData(n); } \ - void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData) \ - { wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(n, clientData); } \ - wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const \ - { return wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(n); } - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithItems : public wxControl, public wxItemContainer -{ -public: - wxControlWithItems() { } - virtual ~wxControlWithItems(); - - // we have to redefine these functions here to avoid ambiguities in classes - // deriving from us which would arise otherwise because both base classses - // have the methods with the same names - hopefully, a smart compiler can - // optimize away these simple inline wrappers so we don't suffer much from - // this - wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST - - // usually the controls like list/combo boxes have their own background - // colour - virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } - -protected: - // fill in the client object or data field of the event as appropriate - // - // calls InitCommandEvent() and, if n != wxNOT_FOUND, also sets the per - // item client data - void InitCommandEventWithItems(wxCommandEvent& event, int n); - -private: - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItems) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// inline functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS - -#endif // _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cursor.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cursor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39b4e2194..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/cursor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/cursor.h -// Purpose: wxCursor base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: cursor.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/cursor.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/cursor.h" -#endif - -#include "wx/utils.h" - -/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports - to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal - dialogs. - - Actually that is not (any longer) quite true.. currently it is - only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static - wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far. - The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in - common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we - currently have. Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little - misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just - masks one that is already showing. - If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active - the Busy Cursor will again be shown. But at least now it doesn't - interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL - -*/ -class wxBusyCursorSuspender -{ -public: - wxBusyCursorSuspender() - { - if( wxIsBusy() ) - { - wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() ); - } - } - ~wxBusyCursorSuspender() - { - if( wxIsBusy() ) - { - wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() ); - } - } -}; -#endif - // _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataobj.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataobj.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c290dc34..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataobj.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,540 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dataobj.h -// Purpose: common data object classes -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 26.05.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 40772 2006-08-23 13:38:45Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -// ============================================================================ -/* - Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows: - - - wxDataObject- - / \ - / \ - wxDataObjectSimple wxDataObjectComposite - / | \ - / | \ - wxTextDataObject | wxBitmapDataObject - | - wxCustomDataObject - -*/ -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents -// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text, -// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code): - -class wxDataFormat -{ -public: - typedef NativeFormat; - - wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID); - wxDataFormat(const wxChar *format); - - wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format); - wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format); - - bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const; - bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const; - - void SetType(NativeFormat format); - NativeFormat GetType() const; - - wxString GetId() const; - void SetId(const wxChar *format); -}; - -*/ - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dataform.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dataform.h" -#endif - -// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to -// wxDF_INVALID) -extern WXDLLEXPORT const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it -// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(), -// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()). -// -// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be -// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either -// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes. -// -// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or -// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it -// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to -// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data -// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG -// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly, -// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument -// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs -// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere(). -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectBase -{ -public: - enum Direction - { - Get = 0x01, // format is supported by GetDataHere() - Set = 0x02, // format is supported by SetData() - Both = 0x03 // format is supported by both (unused currently) - }; - - // this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor - virtual ~wxDataObjectBase(); - - // get the best suited format for rendering our data - virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0; - - // get the number of formats we support - virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0; - - // return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount()) - virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, - Direction dir = Get) const = 0; - - // get the (total) size of data for the given format - virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0; - - // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return - // true if data copied successfully, false otherwise - virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0; - - // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format), - // return true if the data was read successfully, false otherwise - virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), - size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf)) - { - return false; - } - - // returns true if this format is supported - bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dataobj.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in -// both Get and Set directions, but you may return false from GetDataHere() or -// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible -// wxDataObject implementation. -// -// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure -// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement -// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class -// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented". -// -// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no -// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one. -// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject -{ -public: - // ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with - // SetFormat() - wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid) - : m_format(format) - { - } - - // get/set the format we support - const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; } - void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; } - - // virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions - // just return "not implemented") - // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - // get the size of our data - virtual size_t GetDataSize() const - { return 0; } - - // copy our data to the buffer - virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const - { return false; } - - // copy data from buffer to our data - virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf)) - { return false; } - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const - { return m_format; } - virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const - { return 1; } - virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, - wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const - { *formats = m_format; } - virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const - { return GetDataSize(); } - virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), - void *buf) const - { return GetDataHere(buf); } - virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), - size_t len, const void *buf) - { return SetData(len, buf); } - -private: - // the one and only format we support - wxDataFormat m_format; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectSimple) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject -// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and -// supports all formats supported by any of them. -// -// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly. -// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use -// wxDataObject directly. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList); - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject -{ -public: - // ctor - wxDataObjectComposite(); - virtual ~wxDataObjectComposite(); - - // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it - // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred - // one if preferred == true - void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = false); - - // Report the format passed to the SetData method. This should be the - // format of the data object within the composite that recieved data from - // the clipboard or the DnD operation. You can use this method to find - // out what kind of data object was recieved. - wxDataFormat GetReceivedFormat() const; - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; - virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; - virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; - virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const; - virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const; - virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf); -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size, - const wxDataFormat& format ); - virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size, - const wxDataFormat& format ); - virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format ); -#endif - -protected: - // returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL - wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format) const; - -private: - // the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support - wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects; - - // the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first - // one is the preferred) - size_t m_preferred; - - wxDataFormat m_receivedFormat; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectComposite) -}; - -// ============================================================================ -// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly -// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers. -// -// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also -// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand. -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTextDataObject contains text data -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple -{ -public: - // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override - // GetText() - wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString) - : wxDataObjectSimple( -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxDF_UNICODETEXT -#else - wxDF_TEXT -#endif - ), - m_text(text) - { - } - - // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on - // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used - virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; } - virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } - virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - - // some platforms have 2 and not 1 format for text data -#if wxUSE_UNICODE && (defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__)) - virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; } - virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, - wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const; - - virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); } - virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); } - virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); } - - size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const; - bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const; - bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf); -#else - virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; - virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; - virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); - // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) - virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const - { - return GetDataSize(); - } - virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const - { - return GetDataHere(buf); - } - virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) - { - return SetData(len, buf); - } -#endif - -private: - wxString m_text; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple -{ -public: - // ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override - // GetBitmap() - wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) - : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap) - { - } - - // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on - // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used - virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } - virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } - -protected: - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObjectBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames -// -// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with -// data from drag and drop operation. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple -{ -public: - // ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array - wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { } - - // get a reference to our array - const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; } - -protected: - wxArrayString m_filenames; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObjectBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data. -// -// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple -{ -public: - // if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use - // SetFormat() later - wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid); - - // the dtor calls Free() - virtual ~wxCustomDataObject(); - - // you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data - // you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but - // will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later) - void TakeData(size_t size, void *data); - - // this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from - // SetData(). The default version uses operator new[]. - virtual void *Alloc(size_t size); - - // this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to - // anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls - // operator delete[] on m_data - virtual void Free(); - - // get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data - // only when it's requested - virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } - virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; } - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; - virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; - virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf); - // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) - virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const - { - return GetDataSize(); - } - virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const - { - return GetDataHere(buf); - } - virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) - { - return SetData(len, buf); - } - -private: - size_t m_size; - void *m_data; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomDataObject) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h" - - // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h -#else // !__WXMSW__ - #if defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h" - #elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h" - #endif - - // wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name - class WXDLLEXPORT wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject - { - public: - wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString) - : wxTextDataObject(url) - { - } - - wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); } - void SetURL(const wxString& url) { SetText(url); } - }; -#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__ - -#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ - -#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataview.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataview.h deleted file mode 100644 index 249eff71d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dataview.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,462 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dataview.h -// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl base classes -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 08.01.06 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dataview.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL - -#include "wx/control.h" -#include "wx/textctrl.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/variant.h" - - -#if defined(__WXGTK20__) - // for testing - // #define wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL 1 -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #define wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL 1 -#else - #define wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL 1 -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewCtrl flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewCtrl globals -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewModel; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewListModel; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewColumn; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewRenderer; - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxChar) wxDataViewCtrlNameStr[]; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewModel -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewModel: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDataViewModel() { } - virtual ~wxDataViewModel() { } - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewModel) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewListModelNotifier -// --------------------------------------------------------- - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListModelNotifier: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDataViewListModelNotifier() { } - virtual ~wxDataViewListModelNotifier() { } - - virtual bool RowAppended() = 0; - virtual bool RowPrepended() = 0; - virtual bool RowInserted( unsigned int before ) = 0; - virtual bool RowDeleted( unsigned int row ) = 0; - virtual bool RowChanged( unsigned int row ) = 0; - virtual bool ValueChanged( unsigned int col, unsigned int row ) = 0; - virtual bool RowsReordered( unsigned int *new_order ) = 0; - virtual bool Cleared() = 0; - - void SetOwner( wxDataViewListModel *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } - wxDataViewListModel *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } - -private: - wxDataViewListModel *m_owner; -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewListModel -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewViewingColumn: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDataViewViewingColumn( wxDataViewColumn *view_column, unsigned int model_column ) - { - m_viewColumn = view_column; - m_modelColumn = model_column; - } - - wxDataViewColumn *m_viewColumn; - unsigned int m_modelColumn; -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListModel: public wxDataViewModel -{ -public: - wxDataViewListModel(); - virtual ~wxDataViewListModel(); - - virtual unsigned int GetNumberOfRows() = 0; - virtual unsigned int GetNumberOfCols() = 0; - // return type as reported by wxVariant - virtual wxString GetColType( unsigned int col ) = 0; - // get value into a wxVariant - virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ) = 0; - // set value, call ValueChanged() afterwards! - virtual bool SetValue( wxVariant &variant, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ) = 0; - - // delegated notifiers - virtual bool RowAppended(); - virtual bool RowPrepended(); - virtual bool RowInserted( unsigned int before ); - virtual bool RowDeleted( unsigned int row ); - virtual bool RowChanged( unsigned int row ); - virtual bool ValueChanged( unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - virtual bool RowsReordered( unsigned int *new_order ); - virtual bool Cleared(); - - // Used internally - void AddViewingColumn( wxDataViewColumn *view_column, unsigned int model_column ); - void RemoveViewingColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ); - - void AddNotifier( wxDataViewListModelNotifier *notifier ); - void RemoveNotifier( wxDataViewListModelNotifier *notifier ); - - wxList m_notifiers; - wxList m_viewingColumns; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewListModel) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewSortedListModel -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef int (wxCALLBACK *wxDataViewListModelCompare) - (unsigned int row1, unsigned int row2, unsigned int col, wxDataViewListModel* model ); - -WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(unsigned int, wxDataViewSortedIndexArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewSortedListModel: public wxDataViewListModel -{ -public: - wxDataViewSortedListModel( wxDataViewListModel *child ); - virtual ~wxDataViewSortedListModel(); - - void SetAscending( bool ascending ) { m_ascending = ascending; } - bool GetAscending() { return m_ascending; } - - virtual unsigned int GetNumberOfRows(); - virtual unsigned int GetNumberOfCols(); - // return type as reported by wxVariant - virtual wxString GetColType( unsigned int col ); - // get value into a wxVariant - virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - // set value, call ValueChanged() afterwards! - virtual bool SetValue( wxVariant &variant, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - - // called from user - virtual bool RowAppended(); - virtual bool RowPrepended(); - virtual bool RowInserted( unsigned int before ); - virtual bool RowDeleted( unsigned int row ); - virtual bool RowChanged( unsigned int row ); - virtual bool ValueChanged( unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - virtual bool RowsReordered( unsigned int *new_order ); - virtual bool Cleared(); - - // called if child's notifiers are called - bool ChildRowAppended(); - bool ChildRowPrepended(); - bool ChildRowInserted( unsigned int before ); - bool ChildRowDeleted( unsigned int row ); - bool ChildRowChanged( unsigned int row ); - bool ChildValueChanged( unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - bool ChildRowsReordered( unsigned int *new_order ); - bool ChildCleared(); - - virtual void Resort(); - -private: - bool m_ascending; - wxDataViewListModel *m_child; - wxDataViewSortedIndexArray m_array; - wxDataViewListModelNotifier *m_notifierOnChild; - - void InitStatics(); // BAD - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewSortedListModel) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewRendererBase -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -enum wxDataViewCellMode -{ - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE -}; - -enum wxDataViewCellRenderState -{ - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED = 1, - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_PRELIT = 2, - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INSENSITIVE = 4, - wxDATAVIEW_CELL_FOCUSED = 8 -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRendererBase: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDataViewRendererBase( const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - - virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) { return true; } - virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) { return true; } - virtual bool Validate( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) { return true; } - - wxString GetVariantType() { return m_variantType; } - wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() { return m_mode; } - - void SetOwner( wxDataViewColumn *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } - wxDataViewColumn* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } - -protected: - wxDataViewCellMode m_mode; - wxString m_variantType; - wxDataViewColumn *m_owner; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRendererBase) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewColumnBase -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -enum wxDataViewColumnFlags -{ - wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE = 1, - wxDATAVIEW_COL_SORTABLE = 2, - wxDATAVIEW_COL_HIDDEN = 4 -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumnBase: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDataViewColumnBase( const wxString &title, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column, - int width = 80, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); - wxDataViewColumnBase( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column, - int width = 80, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); - virtual ~wxDataViewColumnBase(); - - virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title ); - virtual wxString GetTitle(); - - virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ); - virtual const wxBitmap &GetBitmap(); - - virtual void SetAlignment( wxAlignment align ) = 0; - - virtual void SetSortable( bool sortable ) = 0; - virtual bool GetSortable() = 0; - virtual void SetSortOrder( bool ascending ) = 0; - virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() = 0; - - wxDataViewRenderer* GetRenderer() { return m_renderer; } - - unsigned int GetModelColumn() { return m_model_column; } - - virtual void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } - wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } - - virtual int GetWidth() = 0; - -private: - wxDataViewCtrl *m_ctrl; - wxDataViewRenderer *m_renderer; - int m_model_column; - int m_flags; - wxString m_title; - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - wxDataViewCtrl *m_owner; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewColumnBase) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewCtrlBase -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxDV_SINGLE 0x0000 // for convenience -#define wxDV_MULTIPLE 0x0020 // can select multiple items - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrlBase: public wxControl -{ -public: - wxDataViewCtrlBase(); - virtual ~wxDataViewCtrlBase(); - - virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewListModel *model ); - wxDataViewListModel* GetModel(); - - // short cuts - bool AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1 ); - bool AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = 30 ); - bool AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = 80 ); - bool AppendDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1 ); - bool AppendBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1 ); - bool AppendTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1 ); - bool AppendToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = 30 ); - bool AppendProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = 80 ); - bool AppendDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1 ); - bool AppendBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1 ); - - virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); - virtual unsigned int GetNumberOfColumns(); - virtual bool DeleteColumn( unsigned int pos ); - virtual bool ClearColumns(); - virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ); - - virtual void SetSelection( int row ) = 0; // -1 for unselect - inline void ClearSelection() { SetSelection( -1 ); } - virtual void Unselect( unsigned int row ) = 0; - virtual void SetSelectionRange( unsigned int from, unsigned int to ) = 0; - virtual void SetSelections( const wxArrayInt& aSelections) = 0; - - virtual bool IsSelected( unsigned int row ) const = 0; - virtual int GetSelection() const = 0; - virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const = 0; - -private: - wxDataViewListModel *m_model; - wxList m_cols; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCtrlBase) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewEvent - the event class for the wxDataViewCtrl notifications -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxDataViewEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) - : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid), - m_col(-1), - m_row(-1), - m_model(NULL), - m_value(wxNullVariant), - m_editCancelled(false), - m_column(NULL) - { } - - wxDataViewEvent(const wxDataViewEvent& event) - : wxNotifyEvent(event), - m_col(event.m_col), - m_row(event.m_col), - m_model(event.m_model), - m_value(event.m_value), - m_editCancelled(event.m_editCancelled), - m_column(event.m_column) - { } - - int GetColumn() const { return m_col; } - void SetColumn( int col ) { m_col = col; } - int GetRow() const { return m_row; } - void SetRow( int row ) { m_row = row; } - wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const { return m_model; } - void SetModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) { m_model = model; } - const wxVariant &GetValue() const { return m_value; } - void SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) { m_value = value; } - - // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICKED only - void SetDataViewColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) { m_column = col; } - wxDataViewColumn *GetDataViewColumn() { return m_column; } - - // was label editing canceled? (for wxEVT_COMMAND_DATVIEW_END_LABEL_EDIT only) - bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; } - void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDataViewEvent(*this); } - -protected: - int m_col; - int m_row; - wxDataViewModel *m_model; - wxVariant m_value; - bool m_editCancelled; - wxDataViewColumn *m_column; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewEvent) -}; - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ROW_SELECTED, -1) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ROW_ACTIVATED, -1) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, -1) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, -1) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDataViewEventFunction)(wxDataViewEvent&); - -#define wxDataViewEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxDataViewEventFunction, &func) - -#define wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ ## evt, id, wxDataViewEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ROW_SELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ROW_SELECTED, id, fn) -#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ROW_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ROW_ACTIVATED, id, fn) -#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) - - -#if defined(wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL) - #include "wx/generic/dataview.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dataview.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - // TODO - // #include "wx/mac/dataview.h" -#else - #include "wx/generic/dataview.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL - -#endif - // _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datectrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0da12775b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datectrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/datectrl.h -// Purpose: implements wxDatePickerCtrl -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-01-09 -// RCS-ID: $Id: datectrl.h 37663 2006-02-21 22:14:31Z MR $ -// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATECTRL_H_ -#define _WX_DATECTRL_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL - -#include "wx/control.h" // the base class -#include "wx/datetime.h" - -#define wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr _T("datectrl") - -// wxDatePickerCtrl styles -enum -{ - // default style on this platform, either wxDP_SPIN or wxDP_DROPDOWN - wxDP_DEFAULT = 0, - - // a spin control-like date picker (not supported in generic version) - wxDP_SPIN = 1, - - // a combobox-like date picker (not supported in mac version) - wxDP_DROPDOWN = 2, - - // always show century in the default date display (otherwise it depends on - // the system date format which may include the century or not) - wxDP_SHOWCENTURY = 4, - - // allow not having any valid date in the control (by default it always has - // some date, today initially if no valid date specified in ctor) - wxDP_ALLOWNONE = 8 -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDatePickerCtrl: allow the user to enter the date -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - /* - The derived classes should implement ctor and Create() method with the - following signature: - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr); - */ - - // set/get the date - virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0; - virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const = 0; - - // set/get the allowed valid range for the dates, if either/both of them - // are invalid, there is no corresponding limit and if neither is set - // GetRange() returns false - virtual void SetRange(const wxDateTime& dt1, const wxDateTime& dt2) = 0; - virtual bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const = 0; -}; - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/datectrl.h" - - #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/msw/datectrl.h" - - #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL -#else - #include "wx/generic/datectrl.h" - - class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric - { - public: - wxDatePickerCtrl() { } - wxDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr) - : wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name) - { - } - - private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDatePickerCtrl) - }; -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL - -#endif // _WX_DATECTRL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dateevt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dateevt.h deleted file mode 100644 index ba6295440..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dateevt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dateevt.h -// Purpose: declares wxDateEvent class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-01-10 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dateevt.h 39637 2006-06-08 18:27:44Z RD $ -// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATEEVT_H_ -#define _WX_DATEEVT_H_ - -#include "wx/event.h" -#include "wx/datetime.h" -#include "wx/window.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateEvent: used by wxCalendarCtrl and wxDatePickerCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDateEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxDateEvent() { } - wxDateEvent(wxWindow *win, const wxDateTime& dt, wxEventType type) - : wxCommandEvent(type, win->GetId()), - m_date(dt) - { - SetEventObject(win); - } - - const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; } - void SetDate(const wxDateTime &date) { m_date = date; } - - // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDateEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxDateTime m_date; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDateEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros for handling them -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1101) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDateEventFunction)(wxDateEvent&); - -#define wxDateEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxDateEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_DATE_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, id, wxDateEventHandler(fn)) - -#ifdef _WX_DEFINE_DATE_EVENTS_ - DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED) - - IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateEvent, wxCommandEvent) -#endif - -#endif // _WX_DATEEVT_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datetime.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datetime.h deleted file mode 100644 index e74dde1c7..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datetime.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2137 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/datetime.h -// Purpose: declarations of time/date related classes (wxDateTime, -// wxTimeSpan) -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 10.02.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: datetime.h 57502 2008-12-22 19:52:20Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATETIME_H -#define _WX_DATETIME_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - -#ifndef __WXWINCE__ -#include -#else -#include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" -#endif - -#include // for INT_MIN - -#include "wx/longlong.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimeSpan; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateSpan; - -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -// not all c-runtimes are based on 1/1/1970 being (time_t) 0 -// set this to the corresponding value in seconds 1/1/1970 has on your -// systems c-runtime - -#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && __MSL__ < 0x6000 - #define WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET ( 2082844800L + 126144000L ) -#else - #define WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET 0 -#endif -/* - * TODO - * - * + 1. Time zones with minutes (make TimeZone a class) - * ? 2. getdate() function like under Solaris - * + 3. text conversion for wxDateSpan - * + 4. pluggable modules for the workdays calculations - * 5. wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority for Easter and other christian feasts - */ - -/* Two wrapper functions for thread safety */ -#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R -#define wxLocaltime_r localtime_r -#else -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxLocaltime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*); -#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) - // On Windows, localtime _is_ threadsafe! -#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for localtime to emulate localtime_r -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R -#define wxGmtime_r gmtime_r -#else -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxGmtime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*); -#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) - // On Windows, gmtime _is_ threadsafe! -#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for gmtime to emulate gmtime_r -#endif -#endif - -/* - The three (main) classes declared in this header represent: - - 1. An absolute moment in the time (wxDateTime) - 2. A difference between two moments in the time, positive or negative - (wxTimeSpan) - 3. A logical difference between two dates expressed in - years/months/weeks/days (wxDateSpan) - - The following arithmetic operations are permitted (all others are not): - - addition - -------- - - wxDateTime + wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime - wxDateTime + wxDateSpan = wxDateTime - wxTimeSpan + wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan - wxDateSpan + wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan - - subtraction - ------------ - wxDateTime - wxDateTime = wxTimeSpan - wxDateTime - wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime - wxDateTime - wxDateSpan = wxDateTime - wxTimeSpan - wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan - wxDateSpan - wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan - - multiplication - -------------- - wxTimeSpan * number = wxTimeSpan - number * wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan - wxDateSpan * number = wxDateSpan - number * wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan - - unitary minus - ------------- - -wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan - -wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan - - For each binary operation OP (+, -, *) we have the following operatorOP=() as - a method and the method with a symbolic name OPER (Add, Subtract, Multiply) - as a synonym for it and another const method with the same name which returns - the changed copy of the object and operatorOP() as a global function which is - implemented in terms of the const version of OPEN. For the unary - we have - operator-() as a method, Neg() as synonym for it and Negate() which returns - the copy of the object with the changed sign. -*/ - -// an invalid/default date time object which may be used as the default -// argument for arguments of type wxDateTime; it is also returned by all -// functions returning wxDateTime on failure (this is why it is also called -// wxInvalidDateTime) -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxDefaultDateTimeFormat; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxDateTime) wxDefaultDateTime; - -#define wxInvalidDateTime wxDefaultDateTime - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime represents an absolute moment in the time -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTime -{ -public: - // types - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // a small unsigned integer type for storing things like minutes, - // seconds &c. It should be at least short (i.e. not char) to contain - // the number of milliseconds - it may also be 'int' because there is - // no size penalty associated with it in our code, we don't store any - // data in this format - typedef unsigned short wxDateTime_t; - - // constants - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // the timezones - enum TZ - { - // the time in the current time zone - Local, - - // zones from GMT (= Greenwhich Mean Time): they're guaranteed to be - // consequent numbers, so writing something like `GMT0 + offset' is - // safe if abs(offset) <= 12 - - // underscore stands for minus - GMT_12, GMT_11, GMT_10, GMT_9, GMT_8, GMT_7, - GMT_6, GMT_5, GMT_4, GMT_3, GMT_2, GMT_1, - GMT0, - GMT1, GMT2, GMT3, GMT4, GMT5, GMT6, - GMT7, GMT8, GMT9, GMT10, GMT11, GMT12, GMT13, - // Note that GMT12 and GMT_12 are not the same: there is a difference - // of exactly one day between them - - // some symbolic names for TZ - - // Europe - WET = GMT0, // Western Europe Time - WEST = GMT1, // Western Europe Summer Time - CET = GMT1, // Central Europe Time - CEST = GMT2, // Central Europe Summer Time - EET = GMT2, // Eastern Europe Time - EEST = GMT3, // Eastern Europe Summer Time - MSK = GMT3, // Moscow Time - MSD = GMT4, // Moscow Summer Time - - // US and Canada - AST = GMT_4, // Atlantic Standard Time - ADT = GMT_3, // Atlantic Daylight Time - EST = GMT_5, // Eastern Standard Time - EDT = GMT_4, // Eastern Daylight Saving Time - CST = GMT_6, // Central Standard Time - CDT = GMT_5, // Central Daylight Saving Time - MST = GMT_7, // Mountain Standard Time - MDT = GMT_6, // Mountain Daylight Saving Time - PST = GMT_8, // Pacific Standard Time - PDT = GMT_7, // Pacific Daylight Saving Time - HST = GMT_10, // Hawaiian Standard Time - AKST = GMT_9, // Alaska Standard Time - AKDT = GMT_8, // Alaska Daylight Saving Time - - // Australia - - A_WST = GMT8, // Western Standard Time - A_CST = GMT13 + 1, // Central Standard Time (+9.5) - A_EST = GMT10, // Eastern Standard Time - A_ESST = GMT11, // Eastern Summer Time - - // New Zealand - NZST = GMT12, // Standard Time - NZDT = GMT13, // Daylight Saving Time - - // TODO add more symbolic timezone names here - - // Universal Coordinated Time = the new and politically correct name - // for GMT - UTC = GMT0 - }; - - // the calendar systems we know about: notice that it's valid (for - // this classes purpose anyhow) to work with any of these calendars - // even with the dates before the historical appearance of the - // calendar - enum Calendar - { - Gregorian, // current calendar - Julian // calendar in use since -45 until the 1582 (or later) - - // TODO Hebrew, Chinese, Maya, ... (just kidding) (or then may be not?) - }; - - // these values only are used to identify the different dates of - // adoption of the Gregorian calendar (see IsGregorian()) - // - // All data and comments taken verbatim from "The Calendar FAQ (v 2.0)" - // by Claus Tøndering, http://www.pip.dknet.dk/~c-t/calendar.html - // except for the comments "we take". - // - // Symbol "->" should be read as "was followed by" in the comments - // which follow. - enum GregorianAdoption - { - Gr_Unknown, // no data for this country or it's too uncertain to use - Gr_Standard, // on the day 0 of Gregorian calendar: 15 Oct 1582 - - Gr_Alaska, // Oct 1867 when Alaska became part of the USA - Gr_Albania, // Dec 1912 - - Gr_Austria = Gr_Unknown, // Different regions on different dates - Gr_Austria_Brixen, // 5 Oct 1583 -> 16 Oct 1583 - Gr_Austria_Salzburg = Gr_Austria_Brixen, - Gr_Austria_Tyrol = Gr_Austria_Brixen, - Gr_Austria_Carinthia, // 14 Dec 1583 -> 25 Dec 1583 - Gr_Austria_Styria = Gr_Austria_Carinthia, - - Gr_Belgium, // Then part of the Netherlands - - Gr_Bulgaria = Gr_Unknown, // Unknown precisely (from 1915 to 1920) - Gr_Bulgaria_1, // 18 Mar 1916 -> 1 Apr 1916 - Gr_Bulgaria_2, // 31 Mar 1916 -> 14 Apr 1916 - Gr_Bulgaria_3, // 3 Sep 1920 -> 17 Sep 1920 - - Gr_Canada = Gr_Unknown, // Different regions followed the changes in - // Great Britain or France - - Gr_China = Gr_Unknown, // Different authorities say: - Gr_China_1, // 18 Dec 1911 -> 1 Jan 1912 - Gr_China_2, // 18 Dec 1928 -> 1 Jan 1929 - - Gr_Czechoslovakia, // (Bohemia and Moravia) 6 Jan 1584 -> 17 Jan 1584 - Gr_Denmark, // (including Norway) 18 Feb 1700 -> 1 Mar 1700 - Gr_Egypt, // 1875 - Gr_Estonia, // 1918 - Gr_Finland, // Then part of Sweden - - Gr_France, // 9 Dec 1582 -> 20 Dec 1582 - Gr_France_Alsace, // 4 Feb 1682 -> 16 Feb 1682 - Gr_France_Lorraine, // 16 Feb 1760 -> 28 Feb 1760 - Gr_France_Strasbourg, // February 1682 - - Gr_Germany = Gr_Unknown, // Different states on different dates: - Gr_Germany_Catholic, // 1583-1585 (we take 1584) - Gr_Germany_Prussia, // 22 Aug 1610 -> 2 Sep 1610 - Gr_Germany_Protestant, // 18 Feb 1700 -> 1 Mar 1700 - - Gr_GreatBritain, // 2 Sep 1752 -> 14 Sep 1752 (use 'cal(1)') - - Gr_Greece, // 9 Mar 1924 -> 23 Mar 1924 - Gr_Hungary, // 21 Oct 1587 -> 1 Nov 1587 - Gr_Ireland = Gr_GreatBritain, - Gr_Italy = Gr_Standard, - - Gr_Japan = Gr_Unknown, // Different authorities say: - Gr_Japan_1, // 19 Dec 1872 -> 1 Jan 1873 - Gr_Japan_2, // 19 Dec 1892 -> 1 Jan 1893 - Gr_Japan_3, // 18 Dec 1918 -> 1 Jan 1919 - - Gr_Latvia, // 1915-1918 (we take 1915) - Gr_Lithuania, // 1915 - Gr_Luxemburg, // 14 Dec 1582 -> 25 Dec 1582 - Gr_Netherlands = Gr_Belgium, // (including Belgium) 1 Jan 1583 - - // this is too weird to take into account: the Gregorian calendar was - // introduced twice in Groningen, first time 28 Feb 1583 was followed - // by 11 Mar 1583, then it has gone back to Julian in the summer of - // 1584 and then 13 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 - which is - // the date we take here - Gr_Netherlands_Groningen, // 13 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 - Gr_Netherlands_Gelderland, // 30 Jun 1700 -> 12 Jul 1700 - Gr_Netherlands_Utrecht, // (and Overijssel) 30 Nov 1700->12 Dec 1700 - Gr_Netherlands_Friesland, // (and Drenthe) 31 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 - - Gr_Norway = Gr_Denmark, // Then part of Denmark - Gr_Poland = Gr_Standard, - Gr_Portugal = Gr_Standard, - Gr_Romania, // 31 Mar 1919 -> 14 Apr 1919 - Gr_Russia, // 31 Jan 1918 -> 14 Feb 1918 - Gr_Scotland = Gr_GreatBritain, - Gr_Spain = Gr_Standard, - - // Sweden has a curious history. Sweden decided to make a gradual - // change from the Julian to the Gregorian calendar. By dropping every - // leap year from 1700 through 1740 the eleven superfluous days would - // be omitted and from 1 Mar 1740 they would be in sync with the - // Gregorian calendar. (But in the meantime they would be in sync with - // nobody!) - // - // So 1700 (which should have been a leap year in the Julian calendar) - // was not a leap year in Sweden. However, by mistake 1704 and 1708 - // became leap years. This left Sweden out of synchronisation with - // both the Julian and the Gregorian world, so they decided to go back - // to the Julian calendar. In order to do this, they inserted an extra - // day in 1712, making that year a double leap year! So in 1712, - // February had 30 days in Sweden. - // - // Later, in 1753, Sweden changed to the Gregorian calendar by - // dropping 11 days like everyone else. - Gr_Sweden = Gr_Finland, // 17 Feb 1753 -> 1 Mar 1753 - - Gr_Switzerland = Gr_Unknown,// Different cantons used different dates - Gr_Switzerland_Catholic, // 1583, 1584 or 1597 (we take 1584) - Gr_Switzerland_Protestant, // 31 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 - - Gr_Turkey, // 1 Jan 1927 - Gr_USA = Gr_GreatBritain, - Gr_Wales = Gr_GreatBritain, - Gr_Yugoslavia // 1919 - }; - - // the country parameter is used so far for calculating the start and - // the end of DST period and for deciding whether the date is a work - // day or not - // - // TODO move this to intl.h - -// Required for WinCE -#ifdef USA -#undef USA -#endif - - enum Country - { - Country_Unknown, // no special information for this country - Country_Default, // set the default country with SetCountry() method - // or use the default country with any other - - // TODO add more countries (for this we must know about DST and/or - // holidays for this country) - - // Western European countries: we assume that they all follow the same - // DST rules (true or false?) - Country_WesternEurope_Start, - Country_EEC = Country_WesternEurope_Start, - France, - Germany, - UK, - Country_WesternEurope_End = UK, - - Russia, - USA - }; - // symbolic names for the months - enum Month - { - Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec, Inv_Month - }; - - // symbolic names for the weekdays - enum WeekDay - { - Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Inv_WeekDay - }; - - // invalid value for the year - enum Year - { - Inv_Year = SHRT_MIN // should hold in wxDateTime_t - }; - - // flags for GetWeekDayName and GetMonthName - enum NameFlags - { - Name_Full = 0x01, // return full name - Name_Abbr = 0x02 // return abbreviated name - }; - - // flags for GetWeekOfYear and GetWeekOfMonth - enum WeekFlags - { - Default_First, // Sunday_First for US, Monday_First for the rest - Monday_First, // week starts with a Monday - Sunday_First // week starts with a Sunday - }; - - // helper classes - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // a class representing a time zone: basicly, this is just an offset - // (in seconds) from GMT - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE TimeZone - { - public: - TimeZone(TZ tz); - - // don't use this ctor, it doesn't work for negative offsets (but can't - // be removed or changed to avoid breaking ABI in 2.8) - TimeZone(wxDateTime_t offset = 0) { m_offset = offset; } - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - // create time zone object with the given offset - static TimeZone Make(long offset) - { - TimeZone tz; - tz.m_offset = offset; - return tz; - } -#endif // wxABI 2.8.8+ - - long GetOffset() const { return m_offset; } - - private: - // offset for this timezone from GMT in seconds - long m_offset; - }; - - // standard struct tm is limited to the years from 1900 (because - // tm_year field is the offset from 1900), so we use our own struct - // instead to represent broken down time - // - // NB: this struct should always be kept normalized (i.e. mon should - // be < 12, 1 <= day <= 31 &c), so use AddMonths(), AddDays() - // instead of modifying the member fields directly! - struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE Tm - { - wxDateTime_t msec, sec, min, hour, mday; - Month mon; - int year; - - // default ctor inits the object to an invalid value - Tm(); - - // ctor from struct tm and the timezone - Tm(const struct tm& tm, const TimeZone& tz); - - // check that the given date/time is valid (in Gregorian calendar) - bool IsValid() const; - - // get the week day - WeekDay GetWeekDay() // not const because wday may be changed - { - if ( wday == Inv_WeekDay ) - ComputeWeekDay(); - - return (WeekDay)wday; - } - - // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized - void AddMonths(int monDiff); - - // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized - void AddDays(int dayDiff); - - private: - // compute the weekday from other fields - void ComputeWeekDay(); - - // the timezone we correspond to - TimeZone m_tz; - - // these values can't be accessed directly because they're not always - // computed and we calculate them on demand - wxDateTime_t wday, yday; - }; - - // static methods - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // set the current country - static void SetCountry(Country country); - // get the current country - static Country GetCountry(); - - // return true if the country is a West European one (in practice, - // this means that the same DST rules as for EEC apply) - static bool IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country = Country_Default); - - // return the current year - static int GetCurrentYear(Calendar cal = Gregorian); - - // convert the year as returned by wxDateTime::GetYear() to a year - // suitable for BC/AD notation. The difference is that BC year 1 - // corresponds to the year 0 (while BC year 0 didn't exist) and AD - // year N is just year N. - static int ConvertYearToBC(int year); - - // return the current month - static Month GetCurrentMonth(Calendar cal = Gregorian); - - // returns true if the given year is a leap year in the given calendar - static bool IsLeapYear(int year = Inv_Year, Calendar cal = Gregorian); - - // get the century (19 for 1999, 20 for 2000 and -5 for 492 BC) - static int GetCentury(int year); - - // returns the number of days in this year (356 or 355 for Gregorian - // calendar usually :-) - static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(int year, Calendar cal = Gregorian); - - // get the number of the days in the given month (default value for - // the year means the current one) - static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(Month month, - int year = Inv_Year, - Calendar cal = Gregorian); - - // get the full (default) or abbreviated month name in the current - // locale, returns empty string on error - static wxString GetMonthName(Month month, - NameFlags flags = Name_Full); - - // get the full (default) or abbreviated weekday name in the current - // locale, returns empty string on error - static wxString GetWeekDayName(WeekDay weekday, - NameFlags flags = Name_Full); - - // get the AM and PM strings in the current locale (may be empty) - static void GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm); - - // return true if the given country uses DST for this year - static bool IsDSTApplicable(int year = Inv_Year, - Country country = Country_Default); - - // get the beginning of DST for this year, will return invalid object - // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the - // parameter means to take the current year. - static wxDateTime GetBeginDST(int year = Inv_Year, - Country country = Country_Default); - // get the end of DST for this year, will return invalid object - // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the - // parameter means to take the current year. - static wxDateTime GetEndDST(int year = Inv_Year, - Country country = Country_Default); - - // return the wxDateTime object for the current time - static inline wxDateTime Now(); - - // return the wxDateTime object for the current time with millisecond - // precision (if available on this platform) - static wxDateTime UNow(); - - // return the wxDateTime object for today midnight: i.e. as Now() but - // with time set to 0 - static inline wxDateTime Today(); - - // constructors: you should test whether the constructor succeeded with - // IsValid() function. The values Inv_Month and Inv_Year for the - // parameters mean take current month and/or year values. - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // default ctor does not initialize the object, use Set()! - wxDateTime() { m_time = wxLongLong((wxInt32)UINT_MAX, UINT_MAX); } - - // from time_t: seconds since the Epoch 00:00:00 UTC, Jan 1, 1970) -#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) -// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration - inline wxDateTime(time_t timet); -#endif - // from broken down time/date (only for standard Unix range) - inline wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm); - // from broken down time/date (any range) - inline wxDateTime(const Tm& tm); - - // from JDN (beware of rounding errors) - inline wxDateTime(double jdn); - - // from separate values for each component, date set to today - inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour, - wxDateTime_t minute = 0, - wxDateTime_t second = 0, - wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); - // from separate values for each component with explicit date - inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day, // day of the month - Month month, - int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please! - wxDateTime_t hour = 0, - wxDateTime_t minute = 0, - wxDateTime_t second = 0, - wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); - - // default copy ctor ok - - // no dtor - - // assignment operators and Set() functions: all non const methods return - // the reference to this object. IsValid() should be used to test whether - // the function succeeded. - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // set to the current time - inline wxDateTime& SetToCurrent(); - -#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) -// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration - // set to given time_t value - inline wxDateTime& Set(time_t timet); -#endif - - // set to given broken down time/date - wxDateTime& Set(const struct tm& tm); - - // set to given broken down time/date - inline wxDateTime& Set(const Tm& tm); - - // set to given JDN (beware of rounding errors) - wxDateTime& Set(double jdn); - - // set to given time, date = today - wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t hour, - wxDateTime_t minute = 0, - wxDateTime_t second = 0, - wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); - - // from separate values for each component with explicit date - // (defaults for month and year are the current values) - wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t day, - Month month, - int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please! - wxDateTime_t hour = 0, - wxDateTime_t minute = 0, - wxDateTime_t second = 0, - wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); - - // resets time to 00:00:00, doesn't change the date - wxDateTime& ResetTime(); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802 - // get the date part of this object only, i.e. the object which has the - // same date as this one but time of 00:00:00 - wxDateTime GetDateOnly() const; -#endif // wxABI 2.8.1+ - - // the following functions don't change the values of the other - // fields, i.e. SetMinute() won't change either hour or seconds value - - // set the year - wxDateTime& SetYear(int year); - // set the month - wxDateTime& SetMonth(Month month); - // set the day of the month - wxDateTime& SetDay(wxDateTime_t day); - // set hour - wxDateTime& SetHour(wxDateTime_t hour); - // set minute - wxDateTime& SetMinute(wxDateTime_t minute); - // set second - wxDateTime& SetSecond(wxDateTime_t second); - // set millisecond - wxDateTime& SetMillisecond(wxDateTime_t millisecond); - - // assignment operator from time_t - wxDateTime& operator=(time_t timet) { return Set(timet); } - - // assignment operator from broken down time/date - wxDateTime& operator=(const struct tm& tm) { return Set(tm); } - - // assignment operator from broken down time/date - wxDateTime& operator=(const Tm& tm) { return Set(tm); } - - // default assignment operator is ok - - // calendar calculations (functions which set the date only leave the time - // unchanged, e.g. don't explictly zero it): SetXXX() functions modify the - // object itself, GetXXX() ones return a new object. - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // set to the given week day in the same week as this one - wxDateTime& SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, - WeekFlags flags = Monday_First); - inline wxDateTime GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, - WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const; - - // set to the next week day following this one - wxDateTime& SetToNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday); - inline wxDateTime GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const; - - // set to the previous week day before this one - wxDateTime& SetToPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday); - inline wxDateTime GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const; - - // set to Nth occurence of given weekday in the given month of the - // given year (time is set to 0), return true on success and false on - // failure. n may be positive (1..5) or negative to count from the end - // of the month (see helper function SetToLastWeekDay()) - bool SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - int n = 1, - Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year); - inline wxDateTime GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - int n = 1, - Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year) const; - - // sets to the last weekday in the given month, year - inline bool SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year); - inline wxDateTime GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // sets the date to the given day of the given week in the year, - // returns true on success and false if given date doesn't exist (e.g. - // numWeek is > 53) - // - // these functions are badly defined as they're not the reverse of - // GetWeekOfYear(), use SetToTheWeekOfYear() instead - wxDEPRECATED( bool SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, - WeekDay weekday = Mon, - WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxDateTime GetWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, - WeekDay weekday = Mon, - WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - // returns the date corresponding to the given week day of the given - // week (in ISO notation) of the specified year - static wxDateTime SetToWeekOfYear(int year, - wxDateTime_t numWeek, - WeekDay weekday = Mon); - - // sets the date to the last day of the given (or current) month or the - // given (or current) year - wxDateTime& SetToLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year); - inline wxDateTime GetLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month, - int year = Inv_Year) const; - - // sets to the given year day (1..365 or 366) - wxDateTime& SetToYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday); - inline wxDateTime GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const; - - // The definitions below were taken verbatim from - // - // http://www.capecod.net/~pbaum/date/date0.htm - // - // (Peter Baum's home page) - // - // definition: The Julian Day Number, Julian Day, or JD of a - // particular instant of time is the number of days and fractions of a - // day since 12 hours Universal Time (Greenwich mean noon) on January - // 1 of the year -4712, where the year is given in the Julian - // proleptic calendar. The idea of using this reference date was - // originally proposed by Joseph Scalizer in 1582 to count years but - // it was modified by 19th century astronomers to count days. One - // could have equivalently defined the reference time to be noon of - // November 24, -4713 if were understood that Gregorian calendar rules - // were applied. Julian days are Julian Day Numbers and are not to be - // confused with Julian dates. - // - // definition: The Rata Die number is a date specified as the number - // of days relative to a base date of December 31 of the year 0. Thus - // January 1 of the year 1 is Rata Die day 1. - - // get the Julian Day number (the fractional part specifies the time of - // the day, related to noon - beware of rounding errors!) - double GetJulianDayNumber() const; - double GetJDN() const { return GetJulianDayNumber(); } - - // get the Modified Julian Day number: it is equal to JDN - 2400000.5 - // and so integral MJDs correspond to the midnights (and not noons). - // MJD 0 is Nov 17, 1858 - double GetModifiedJulianDayNumber() const { return GetJDN() - 2400000.5; } - double GetMJD() const { return GetModifiedJulianDayNumber(); } - - // get the Rata Die number - double GetRataDie() const; - - // TODO algorithms for calculating some important dates, such as - // religious holidays (Easter...) or moon/solar eclipses? Some - // algorithms can be found in the calendar FAQ - - - // Timezone stuff: a wxDateTime object constructed using given - // day/month/year/hour/min/sec values is interpreted as this moment in - // local time. Using the functions below, it may be converted to another - // time zone (e.g., the Unix epoch is wxDateTime(1, Jan, 1970).ToGMT()). - // - // These functions try to handle DST internally, but there is no magical - // way to know all rules for it in all countries in the world, so if the - // program can handle it itself (or doesn't want to handle it at all for - // whatever reason), the DST handling can be disabled with noDST. - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // transform to any given timezone - inline wxDateTime ToTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const; - wxDateTime& MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false); - - // interpret current value as being in another timezone and transform - // it to local one - inline wxDateTime FromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const; - wxDateTime& MakeFromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false); - - // transform to/from GMT/UTC - wxDateTime ToUTC(bool noDST = false) const { return ToTimezone(UTC, noDST); } - wxDateTime& MakeUTC(bool noDST = false) { return MakeTimezone(UTC, noDST); } - - wxDateTime ToGMT(bool noDST = false) const { return ToUTC(noDST); } - wxDateTime& MakeGMT(bool noDST = false) { return MakeUTC(noDST); } - - wxDateTime FromUTC(bool noDST = false) const - { return FromTimezone(UTC, noDST); } - wxDateTime& MakeFromUTC(bool noDST = false) - { return MakeFromTimezone(UTC, noDST); } - - // is daylight savings time in effect at this moment according to the - // rules of the specified country? - // - // Return value is > 0 if DST is in effect, 0 if it is not and -1 if - // the information is not available (this is compatible with ANSI C) - int IsDST(Country country = Country_Default) const; - - - // accessors: many of them take the timezone parameter which indicates the - // timezone for which to make the calculations and the default value means - // to do it for the current timezone of this machine (even if the function - // only operates with the date it's necessary because a date may wrap as - // result of timezone shift) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // is the date valid? - inline bool IsValid() const { return m_time != wxInvalidDateTime.m_time; } - - // get the broken down date/time representation in the given timezone - // - // If you wish to get several time components (day, month and year), - // consider getting the whole Tm strcuture first and retrieving the - // value from it - this is much more efficient - Tm GetTm(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; - - // get the number of seconds since the Unix epoch - returns (time_t)-1 - // if the value is out of range - inline time_t GetTicks() const; - - // get the century, same as GetCentury(GetYear()) - int GetCentury(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetCentury(GetYear(tz)); } - // get the year (returns Inv_Year if date is invalid) - int GetYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).year; } - // get the month (Inv_Month if date is invalid) - Month GetMonth(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return (Month)GetTm(tz).mon; } - // get the month day (in 1..31 range, 0 if date is invalid) - wxDateTime_t GetDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).mday; } - // get the day of the week (Inv_WeekDay if date is invalid) - WeekDay GetWeekDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).GetWeekDay(); } - // get the hour of the day - wxDateTime_t GetHour(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).hour; } - // get the minute - wxDateTime_t GetMinute(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).min; } - // get the second - wxDateTime_t GetSecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).sec; } - // get milliseconds - wxDateTime_t GetMillisecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const - { return GetTm(tz).msec; } - - // get the day since the year start (1..366, 0 if date is invalid) - wxDateTime_t GetDayOfYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; - // get the week number since the year start (1..52 or 53, 0 if date is - // invalid) - wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfYear(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First, - const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; - // get the week number since the month start (1..5, 0 if date is - // invalid) - wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfMonth(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First, - const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; - - // is this date a work day? This depends on a country, of course, - // because the holidays are different in different countries - bool IsWorkDay(Country country = Country_Default) const; - - // is this date later than Gregorian calendar introduction for the - // given country (see enum GregorianAdoption)? - // - // NB: this function shouldn't be considered as absolute authority in - // the matter. Besides, for some countries the exact date of - // adoption of the Gregorian calendar is simply unknown. - bool IsGregorianDate(GregorianAdoption country = Gr_Standard) const; - - // dos date and time format - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // set from the DOS packed format - wxDateTime& SetFromDOS(unsigned long ddt); - - // pack the date in DOS format - unsigned long GetAsDOS() const; - - // comparison (see also functions below for operator versions) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // returns true if the two moments are strictly identical - inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; - - // returns true if the date is strictly earlier than the given one - inline bool IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; - - // returns true if the date is strictly later than the given one - inline bool IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; - - // returns true if the date is strictly in the given range - inline bool IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, - const wxDateTime& t2) const; - - // returns true if the date is in the given range - inline bool IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, const wxDateTime& t2) const; - - // do these two objects refer to the same date? - inline bool IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const; - - // do these two objects have the same time? - inline bool IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const; - - // are these two objects equal up to given timespan? - inline bool IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt, const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; - - inline bool operator<(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() < dt.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator<=(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() <= dt.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator>(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() > dt.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator>=(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() >= dt.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator==(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() == dt.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator!=(const wxDateTime& dt) const - { - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime") ); - return GetValue() != dt.GetValue(); - } - - // arithmetics with dates (see also below for more operators) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // return the sum of the date with a time span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; - // add a time span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - // add a time span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const - { - wxDateTime dt(*this); - dt.Add(ts); - return dt; - } - - // return the difference of the date with a time span - inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; - // subtract a time span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - // subtract a time span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const - { - wxDateTime dt(*this); - dt.Subtract(ts); - return dt; - } - - // return the sum of the date with a date span - inline wxDateTime Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const; - // add a date span (positive or negative) - wxDateTime& Add(const wxDateSpan& diff); - // add a date span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff); - inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - wxDateTime dt(*this); - dt.Add(ds); - return dt; - } - - // return the difference of the date with a date span - inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const; - // subtract a date span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff); - // subtract a date span (positive or negative) - inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff); - inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - wxDateTime dt(*this); - dt.Subtract(ds); - return dt; - } - - // return the difference between two dates - inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxDateTime& dt) const; - inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const; - - // conversion to/from text: all conversions from text return the pointer to - // the next character following the date specification (i.e. the one where - // the scan had to stop) or NULL on failure. - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // parse a string in RFC 822 format (found e.g. in mail headers and - // having the form "Wed, 10 Feb 1999 19:07:07 +0100") - const wxChar *ParseRfc822Date(const wxChar* date); - // parse a date/time in the given format (see strptime(3)), fill in - // the missing (in the string) fields with the values of dateDef (by - // default, they will not change if they had valid values or will - // default to Today() otherwise) - const wxChar *ParseFormat(const wxChar *date, - const wxChar *format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, - const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime); - // parse a string containing the date/time in "free" format, this - // function will try to make an educated guess at the string contents - const wxChar *ParseDateTime(const wxChar *datetime); - // parse a string containing the date only in "free" format (less - // flexible than ParseDateTime) - const wxChar *ParseDate(const wxChar *date); - // parse a string containing the time only in "free" format - const wxChar *ParseTime(const wxChar *time); - - // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default - // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation - // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the - // resulting text representation - wxString Format(const wxChar *format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, - const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; - // preferred date representation for the current locale - wxString FormatDate() const { return Format(_T("%x")); } - // preferred time representation for the current locale - wxString FormatTime() const { return Format(_T("%X")); } - // returns the string representing the date in ISO 8601 format - // (YYYY-MM-DD) - wxString FormatISODate() const { return Format(_T("%Y-%m-%d")); } - // returns the string representing the time in ISO 8601 format - // (HH:MM:SS) - wxString FormatISOTime() const { return Format(_T("%H:%M:%S")); } - - // implementation - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // construct from internal representation - wxDateTime(const wxLongLong& time) { m_time = time; } - - // get the internal representation - inline wxLongLong GetValue() const; - - // a helper function to get the current time_t - static time_t GetTimeNow() { return time((time_t *)NULL); } - - // another one to get the current time broken down - static struct tm *GetTmNow() - { - static struct tm l_CurrentTime; - return GetTmNow(&l_CurrentTime); - } - - // get current time using thread-safe function - static struct tm *GetTmNow(struct tm *tmstruct); - -private: - // the current country - as it's the same for all program objects (unless - // it runs on a _really_ big cluster system :-), this is a static member: - // see SetCountry() and GetCountry() - static Country ms_country; - - // this constant is used to transform a time_t value to the internal - // representation, as time_t is in seconds and we use milliseconds it's - // fixed to 1000 - static const long TIME_T_FACTOR; - - // returns true if we fall in range in which we can use standard ANSI C - // functions - inline bool IsInStdRange() const; - - // the internal representation of the time is the amount of milliseconds - // elapsed since the origin which is set by convention to the UNIX/C epoch - // value: the midnight of January 1, 1970 (UTC) - wxLongLong m_time; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// This class contains a difference between 2 wxDateTime values, so it makes -// sense to add it to wxDateTime and it is the result of subtraction of 2 -// objects of that class. See also wxDateSpan. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimeSpan -{ -public: - // constructors - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // return the timespan for the given number of milliseconds - static wxTimeSpan Milliseconds(wxLongLong ms) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, 0, ms); } - static wxTimeSpan Millisecond() { return Milliseconds(1); } - - // return the timespan for the given number of seconds - static wxTimeSpan Seconds(wxLongLong sec) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, sec); } - static wxTimeSpan Second() { return Seconds(1); } - - // return the timespan for the given number of minutes - static wxTimeSpan Minutes(long min) { return wxTimeSpan(0, min, 0 ); } - static wxTimeSpan Minute() { return Minutes(1); } - - // return the timespan for the given number of hours - static wxTimeSpan Hours(long hours) { return wxTimeSpan(hours, 0, 0); } - static wxTimeSpan Hour() { return Hours(1); } - - // return the timespan for the given number of days - static wxTimeSpan Days(long days) { return Hours(24 * days); } - static wxTimeSpan Day() { return Days(1); } - - // return the timespan for the given number of weeks - static wxTimeSpan Weeks(long days) { return Days(7 * days); } - static wxTimeSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); } - - // default ctor constructs the 0 time span - wxTimeSpan() { } - - // from separate values for each component, date set to 0 (hours are - // not restricted to 0..24 range, neither are minutes, seconds or - // milliseconds) - inline wxTimeSpan(long hours, - long minutes = 0, - wxLongLong seconds = 0, - wxLongLong milliseconds = 0); - - // default copy ctor is ok - - // no dtor - - // arithmetics with time spans (see also below for more operators) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // return the sum of two timespans - inline wxTimeSpan Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; - // add two timespans together - inline wxTimeSpan& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - // add two timespans together - wxTimeSpan& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Add(diff); } - inline wxTimeSpan operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const - { - return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() + ts.GetValue()); - } - - // return the difference of two timespans - inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; - // subtract another timespan - inline wxTimeSpan& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff); - // subtract another timespan - wxTimeSpan& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Subtract(diff); } - inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts) - { - return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - ts.GetValue()); - } - - // multiply timespan by a scalar - inline wxTimeSpan Multiply(int n) const; - // multiply timespan by a scalar - inline wxTimeSpan& Multiply(int n); - // multiply timespan by a scalar - wxTimeSpan& operator*=(int n) { return Multiply(n); } - inline wxTimeSpan operator*(int n) const - { - return wxTimeSpan(*this).Multiply(n); - } - - // return this timespan with opposite sign - wxTimeSpan Negate() const { return wxTimeSpan(-GetValue()); } - // negate the value of the timespan - wxTimeSpan& Neg() { m_diff = -GetValue(); return *this; } - // negate the value of the timespan - wxTimeSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); } - - // return the absolute value of the timespan: does _not_ modify the - // object - inline wxTimeSpan Abs() const; - - // there is intentionally no division because we don't want to - // introduce rounding errors in time calculations - - // comparaison (see also operator versions below) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // is the timespan null? - bool IsNull() const { return m_diff == 0l; } - // returns true if the timespan is null - bool operator!() const { return !IsNull(); } - - // is the timespan positive? - bool IsPositive() const { return m_diff > 0l; } - - // is the timespan negative? - bool IsNegative() const { return m_diff < 0l; } - - // are two timespans equal? - inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; - // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. -2 - // hours is longer than 1 hour. Also, it will return false if the - // timespans are equal in absolute value. - inline bool IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; - // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. 1 - // hour is shorter than -2 hours. Also, it will return false if the - // timespans are equal in absolute value. - bool IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& t) const { return !IsLongerThan(t); } - - inline bool operator<(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() < ts.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator<=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() <= ts.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator>(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() > ts.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator>=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() >= ts.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator==(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() == ts.GetValue(); - } - - inline bool operator!=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const - { - return GetValue() != ts.GetValue(); - } - - // breaking into days, hours, minutes and seconds - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // get the max number of weeks in this timespan - inline int GetWeeks() const; - // get the max number of days in this timespan - inline int GetDays() const; - // get the max number of hours in this timespan - inline int GetHours() const; - // get the max number of minutes in this timespan - inline int GetMinutes() const; - // get the max number of seconds in this timespan - inline wxLongLong GetSeconds() const; - // get the number of milliseconds in this timespan - wxLongLong GetMilliseconds() const { return m_diff; } - - // conversion to text - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default - // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation - // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the - // resulting text representation. Notice that only some of format - // specifiers valid for wxDateTime are valid for wxTimeSpan: hours, - // minutes and seconds make sense, but not "PM/AM" string for example. - wxString Format(const wxChar *format = wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat) const; - - // implementation - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // construct from internal representation - wxTimeSpan(const wxLongLong& diff) { m_diff = diff; } - - // get the internal representation - wxLongLong GetValue() const { return m_diff; } - -private: - // the (signed) time span in milliseconds - wxLongLong m_diff; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// This class is a "logical time span" and is useful for implementing program -// logic for such things as "add one month to the date" which, in general, -// doesn't mean to add 60*60*24*31 seconds to it, but to take the same date -// the next month (to understand that this is indeed different consider adding -// one month to Feb, 15 - we want to get Mar, 15, of course). -// -// When adding a month to the date, all lesser components (days, hours, ...) -// won't be changed unless the resulting date would be invalid: for example, -// Jan 31 + 1 month will be Feb 28, not (non existing) Feb 31. -// -// Because of this feature, adding and subtracting back again the same -// wxDateSpan will *not*, in general give back the original date: Feb 28 - 1 -// month will be Jan 28, not Jan 31! -// -// wxDateSpan can be either positive or negative. They may be -// multiplied by scalars which multiply all deltas by the scalar: i.e. 2*(1 -// month and 1 day) is 2 months and 2 days. They can be added together and -// with wxDateTime or wxTimeSpan, but the type of result is different for each -// case. -// -// Beware about weeks: if you specify both weeks and days, the total number of -// days added will be 7*weeks + days! See also GetTotalDays() function. -// -// Equality operators are defined for wxDateSpans. Two datespans are equal if -// they both give the same target date when added to *every* source date. -// Thus wxDateSpan::Months(1) is not equal to wxDateSpan::Days(30), because -// they not give the same date when added to 1 Feb. But wxDateSpan::Days(14) is -// equal to wxDateSpan::Weeks(2) -// -// Finally, notice that for adding hours, minutes &c you don't need this -// class: wxTimeSpan will do the job because there are no subtleties -// associated with those. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateSpan -{ -public: - // constructors - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // this many years/months/weeks/days - wxDateSpan(int years = 0, int months = 0, int weeks = 0, int days = 0) - { - m_years = years; - m_months = months; - m_weeks = weeks; - m_days = days; - } - - // get an object for the given number of days - static wxDateSpan Days(int days) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, 0, days); } - static wxDateSpan Day() { return Days(1); } - - // get an object for the given number of weeks - static wxDateSpan Weeks(int weeks) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, weeks, 0); } - static wxDateSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); } - - // get an object for the given number of months - static wxDateSpan Months(int mon) { return wxDateSpan(0, mon, 0, 0); } - static wxDateSpan Month() { return Months(1); } - - // get an object for the given number of years - static wxDateSpan Years(int years) { return wxDateSpan(years, 0, 0, 0); } - static wxDateSpan Year() { return Years(1); } - - // default copy ctor is ok - - // no dtor - - // accessors (all SetXXX() return the (modified) wxDateSpan object) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // set number of years - wxDateSpan& SetYears(int n) { m_years = n; return *this; } - // set number of months - wxDateSpan& SetMonths(int n) { m_months = n; return *this; } - // set number of weeks - wxDateSpan& SetWeeks(int n) { m_weeks = n; return *this; } - // set number of days - wxDateSpan& SetDays(int n) { m_days = n; return *this; } - - // get number of years - int GetYears() const { return m_years; } - // get number of months - int GetMonths() const { return m_months; } - // get number of weeks - int GetWeeks() const { return m_weeks; } - // get number of days - int GetDays() const { return m_days; } - // returns 7*GetWeeks() + GetDays() - int GetTotalDays() const { return 7*m_weeks + m_days; } - - // arithmetics with date spans (see also below for more operators) - // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - // return sum of two date spans - inline wxDateSpan Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const; - // add another wxDateSpan to us - inline wxDateSpan& Add(const wxDateSpan& other); - // add another wxDateSpan to us - inline wxDateSpan& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other); - inline wxDateSpan operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - return wxDateSpan(GetYears() + ds.GetYears(), - GetMonths() + ds.GetMonths(), - GetWeeks() + ds.GetWeeks(), - GetDays() + ds.GetDays()); - } - - // return difference of two date spans - inline wxDateSpan Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const; - // subtract another wxDateSpan from us - inline wxDateSpan& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other); - // subtract another wxDateSpan from us - inline wxDateSpan& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other); - inline wxDateSpan operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - return wxDateSpan(GetYears() - ds.GetYears(), - GetMonths() - ds.GetMonths(), - GetWeeks() - ds.GetWeeks(), - GetDays() - ds.GetDays()); - } - - // return a copy of this time span with changed sign - inline wxDateSpan Negate() const; - // inverse the sign of this timespan - inline wxDateSpan& Neg(); - // inverse the sign of this timespan - wxDateSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); } - - // return the date span proportional to this one with given factor - inline wxDateSpan Multiply(int factor) const; - // multiply all components by a (signed) number - inline wxDateSpan& Multiply(int factor); - // multiply all components by a (signed) number - inline wxDateSpan& operator*=(int factor) { return Multiply(factor); } - inline wxDateSpan operator*(int n) const - { - return wxDateSpan(*this).Multiply(n); - } - - // ds1 == d2 if and only if for every wxDateTime t t + ds1 == t + ds2 - inline bool operator==(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - return GetYears() == ds.GetYears() && - GetMonths() == ds.GetMonths() && - GetTotalDays() == ds.GetTotalDays(); - } - - inline bool operator!=(const wxDateSpan& ds) const - { - return !(*this == ds); - } - -private: - int m_years, - m_months, - m_weeks, - m_days; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTimeArray: array of dates. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDateTime, wxDateTimeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority: an object of this class will decide whether a -// given date is a holiday and is used by all functions working with "work -// days". -// -// NB: the base class is an ABC, derived classes must implement the pure -// virtual methods to work with the holidays they correspond to. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority; -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *, - wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority -{ -friend class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule; -public: - // returns true if the given date is a holiday - static bool IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt); - - // fills the provided array with all holidays in the given range, returns - // the number of them - static size_t GetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, - const wxDateTime& dtEnd, - wxDateTimeArray& holidays); - - // clear the list of holiday authorities - static void ClearAllAuthorities(); - - // add a new holiday authority (the pointer will be deleted by - // wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority) - static void AddAuthority(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *auth); - - // the base class must have a virtual dtor - virtual ~wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority(); - -protected: - // this function is called to determine whether a given day is a holiday - virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const = 0; - - // this function should fill the array with all holidays between the two - // given dates - it is implemented in the base class, but in a very - // inefficient way (it just iterates over all days and uses IsHoliday() for - // each of them), so it must be overridden in the derived class where the - // base class version may be explicitly used if needed - // - // returns the number of holidays in the given range and fills holidays - // array - virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, - const wxDateTime& dtEnd, - wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const = 0; - -private: - // all holiday authorities - static wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray ms_authorities; -}; - -// the holidays for this class are all Saturdays and Sundays -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeWorkDays : public wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority -{ -protected: - virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const; - virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, - const wxDateTime& dtEnd, - wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const; -}; - -// ============================================================================ -// inline functions implementation -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// private macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY 86400000l - -// some broken compilers (HP-UX CC) refuse to compile the "normal" version, but -// using a temp variable always might prevent other compilers from optimising -// it away - hence use of this ugly macro -#ifndef __HPUX__ - #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) return wxDateTime(*this).op -#else - #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) wxDateTime dt(*this); dt.op; return dt -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime construction -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsInStdRange() const -{ - return m_time >= 0l && (m_time / TIME_T_FACTOR) < LONG_MAX; -} - -/* static */ -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Now() -{ - struct tm tmstruct; - return wxDateTime(*GetTmNow(&tmstruct)); -} - -/* static */ -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Today() -{ - wxDateTime dt(Now()); - dt.ResetTime(); - - return dt; -} - -#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(time_t timet) -{ - // assign first to avoid long multiplication overflow! - m_time = timet - WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET ; - m_time *= TIME_T_FACTOR; - - return *this; -} -#endif - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToCurrent() -{ - *this = Now(); - return *this; -} - -#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(time_t timet) -{ - Set(timet); -} -#endif - -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm) -{ - Set(tm); -} - -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const Tm& tm) -{ - Set(tm); -} - -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(double jdn) -{ - Set(jdn); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(const Tm& tm) -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( tm.IsValid(), _T("invalid broken down date/time") ); - - return Set(tm.mday, (Month)tm.mon, tm.year, - tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec, tm.msec); -} - -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour, - wxDateTime_t minute, - wxDateTime_t second, - wxDateTime_t millisec) -{ - Set(hour, minute, second, millisec); -} - -inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day, - Month month, - int year, - wxDateTime_t hour, - wxDateTime_t minute, - wxDateTime_t second, - wxDateTime_t millisec) -{ - Set(day, month, year, hour, minute, second, millisec); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime accessors -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxLongLong wxDateTime::GetValue() const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return m_time; -} - -inline time_t wxDateTime::GetTicks() const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - if ( !IsInStdRange() ) - { - return (time_t)-1; - } - - return (time_t)((m_time / (long)TIME_T_FACTOR).ToLong()) + WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - Month month, - int year) -{ - return SetToWeekDay(weekday, -1, month, year); -} - -inline wxDateTime -wxDateTime::GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, - WeekFlags WXUNUSED(flags)) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(weekday) ); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToNextWeekDay(weekday) ); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToPrevWeekDay(weekday) ); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - int n, - Month month, - int year) const -{ - wxDateTime dt(*this); - - return dt.SetToWeekDay(weekday, n, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime; -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, - Month month, - int year) -{ - wxDateTime dt(*this); - - return dt.SetToLastWeekDay(weekday, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime; -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastMonthDay(Month month, int year) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToLastMonthDay(month, year) ); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToYearDay(yday) ); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime comparison -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return m_time == datetime.m_time; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return m_time < datetime.m_time; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return m_time > datetime.m_time; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, - const wxDateTime& t2) const -{ - // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call - return IsLaterThan(t1) && IsEarlierThan(t2); -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, - const wxDateTime& t2) const -{ - // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call - return IsEqualTo(t1) || IsEqualTo(t2) || IsStrictlyBetween(t1, t2); -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const -{ - Tm tm1 = GetTm(), - tm2 = dt.GetTm(); - - return tm1.year == tm2.year && - tm1.mon == tm2.mon && - tm1.mday == tm2.mday; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const -{ - // notice that we can't do something like this: - // - // m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY == dt.m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY - // - // because we have also to deal with (possibly) different DST settings! - Tm tm1 = GetTm(), - tm2 = dt.GetTm(); - - return tm1.hour == tm2.hour && - tm1.min == tm2.min && - tm1.sec == tm2.sec && - tm1.msec == tm2.msec; -} - -inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt, - const wxTimeSpan& ts) const -{ - return IsBetween(dt.Subtract(ts), dt.Add(ts)); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime arithmetics -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return wxDateTime(m_time + diff.GetValue()); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - m_time += diff.GetValue(); - - return *this; -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - return Add(diff); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return wxDateTime(m_time - diff.GetValue()); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - m_time -= diff.GetValue(); - - return *this; -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - return Subtract(diff); -} - -inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateTime& datetime) const -{ - wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime")); - - return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - datetime.GetValue()); -} - -inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const -{ - return this->Subtract(dt2); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const -{ - return wxDateTime(*this).Add(diff); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) -{ - return Add(diff.Negate()); -} - -inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const -{ - return wxDateTime(*this).Subtract(diff); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff) -{ - return Subtract(diff); -} - -inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff) -{ - return Add(diff); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateTime and timezones -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxDateTime -wxDateTime::ToTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeTimezone(tz, noDST) ); -} - -inline wxDateTime -wxDateTime::FromTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const -{ - MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeFromTimezone(tz, noDST) ); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTimeSpan construction -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxTimeSpan::wxTimeSpan(long hours, - long minutes, - wxLongLong seconds, - wxLongLong milliseconds) -{ - // assign first to avoid precision loss - m_diff = hours; - m_diff *= 60l; - m_diff += minutes; - m_diff *= 60l; - m_diff += seconds; - m_diff *= 1000l; - m_diff += milliseconds; -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTimeSpan accessors -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxLongLong wxTimeSpan::GetSeconds() const -{ - return m_diff / 1000l; -} - -inline int wxTimeSpan::GetMinutes() const -{ - // explicit cast to int suppresses a warning with CodeWarrior and possibly - // others (changing the return type to long from int is impossible in 2.8) - return (int)((GetSeconds() / 60l).GetLo()); -} - -inline int wxTimeSpan::GetHours() const -{ - return GetMinutes() / 60; -} - -inline int wxTimeSpan::GetDays() const -{ - return GetHours() / 24; -} - -inline int wxTimeSpan::GetWeeks() const -{ - return GetDays() / 7; -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTimeSpan arithmetics -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const -{ - return wxTimeSpan(m_diff + diff.GetValue()); -} - -inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - m_diff += diff.GetValue(); - - return *this; -} - -inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const -{ - return wxTimeSpan(m_diff - diff.GetValue()); -} - -inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) -{ - m_diff -= diff.GetValue(); - - return *this; -} - -inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) -{ - m_diff *= (long)n; - - return *this; -} - -inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) const -{ - return wxTimeSpan(m_diff * (long)n); -} - -inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Abs() const -{ - return wxTimeSpan(GetValue().Abs()); -} - -inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const -{ - return GetValue() == ts.GetValue(); -} - -inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const -{ - return GetValue().Abs() > ts.GetValue().Abs(); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateSpan -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other) -{ - m_years += other.m_years; - m_months += other.m_months; - m_weeks += other.m_weeks; - m_days += other.m_days; - - return *this; -} - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) -{ - return *this += other; -} - -inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const -{ - wxDateSpan ds(*this); - ds.Add(other); - return ds; -} - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) -{ - m_years *= factor; - m_months *= factor; - m_weeks *= factor; - m_days *= factor; - - return *this; -} - -inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) const -{ - wxDateSpan ds(*this); - ds.Multiply(factor); - return ds; -} - -inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Negate() const -{ - return wxDateSpan(-m_years, -m_months, -m_weeks, -m_days); -} - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Neg() -{ - m_years = -m_years; - m_months = -m_months; - m_weeks = -m_weeks; - m_days = -m_days; - - return *this; -} - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other) -{ - return *this += other.Negate(); -} - -inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) -{ - return *this -= other; -} - -inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const -{ - wxDateSpan ds(*this); - ds.Subtract(other); - return ds; -} - -#undef MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY - -#undef MODIFY_AND_RETURN - -// ============================================================================ -// binary operators -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTimeSpan operators -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -wxTimeSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxTimeSpan& ts); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDateSpan -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -wxDateSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxDateSpan& ds); - -// ============================================================================ -// other helper functions -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// iteration helpers: can be used to write a for loop over enum variable like -// this: -// for ( m = wxDateTime::Jan; m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(m) ) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd); - -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - -#endif // _WX_DATETIME_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datstrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datstrm.h deleted file mode 100644 index 709e1007b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/datstrm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: datstrm.h -// Purpose: Data stream classes -// Author: Guilhem Lavaux -// Modified by: Mickael Gilabert -// Created: 28/06/1998 -// RCS-ID: $Id: datstrm.h 38576 2006-04-05 16:10:08Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ -#define _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ - -#include "wx/stream.h" -#include "wx/longlong.h" -#include "wx/convauto.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataInputStream -{ -public: -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); -#else - wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s); -#endif - ~wxDataInputStream(); - - bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); } - -#if wxHAS_INT64 - wxUint64 Read64(); -#endif -#if wxUSE_LONGLONG - wxLongLong ReadLL(); -#endif - wxUint32 Read32(); - wxUint16 Read16(); - wxUint8 Read8(); - double ReadDouble(); - wxString ReadString(); - -#if wxHAS_INT64 - void Read64(wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size); - void Read64(wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size); -#endif -#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG - void Read64(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); - void Read64(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); -#endif -#if wxUSE_LONGLONG - void ReadLL(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); - void ReadLL(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); -#endif - void Read32(wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size); - void Read16(wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size); - void Read8(wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size); - void ReadDouble(double *buffer, size_t size); - - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxString& s); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt8& c); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint8& c); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i); -#if wxHAS_INT64 - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint64& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt64& i); -#endif -#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxULongLong& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxLongLong& i); -#endif - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(double& i); - wxDataInputStream& operator>>(float& f); - - void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; } - -protected: - wxInputStream *m_input; - bool m_be_order; -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxMBConv *m_conv; -#endif - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataInputStream) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataOutputStream -{ -public: -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); -#else - wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s); -#endif - ~wxDataOutputStream(); - - bool IsOk() { return m_output->IsOk(); } - -#if wxHAS_INT64 - void Write64(wxUint64 i); - void Write64(wxInt64 i); -#endif -#if wxUSE_LONGLONG - void WriteLL(const wxLongLong &ll); - void WriteLL(const wxULongLong &ll); -#endif - void Write32(wxUint32 i); - void Write16(wxUint16 i); - void Write8(wxUint8 i); - void WriteDouble(double d); - void WriteString(const wxString& string); - -#if wxHAS_INT64 - void Write64(const wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size); - void Write64(const wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size); -#endif -#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG - void Write64(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); - void Write64(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); -#endif -#if wxUSE_LONGLONG - void WriteLL(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); - void WriteLL(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); -#endif - void Write32(const wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size); - void Write16(const wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size); - void Write8(const wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size); - void WriteDouble(const double *buffer, size_t size); - - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxChar *string); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt8 c); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 i); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 i); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint8 c); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 i); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 i); -#if wxHAS_INT64 - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint64 i); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt64 i); -#endif -#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxULongLong &i); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxLongLong &i); -#endif - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(double f); - wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(float f); - - void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; } - -protected: - wxOutputStream *m_output; - bool m_be_order; -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - wxMBConv *m_conv; -#endif - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataOutputStream) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_STREAMS - -#endif - // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/db.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/db.h deleted file mode 100644 index 013bc2276..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/db.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,853 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/db.h -// Purpose: Header file wxDb class. The wxDb class represents a connection -// to an ODBC data source. The wxDb class allows operations on the data -// source such as opening and closing the data source. -// Author: Doug Card -// Modified by: George Tasker -// Bart Jourquin -// Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de -// Mods: Dec, 1998: -// -Added support for SQL statement logging and database cataloging -// April, 1999 -// -Added QUERY_ONLY mode support to reduce default number of cursors -// -Added additional SQL logging code -// -Added DEBUG-ONLY tracking of Ctable objects to detect orphaned DB connections -// -Set ODBC option to only read committed writes to the DB so all -// databases operate the same in that respect -// -// Created: 9.96 -// RCS-ID: $Id: db.h 56697 2008-11-07 22:45:47Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1996 Remstar International, Inc. -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DB_H_ -#define _WX_DB_H_ - - -// BJO 20000503: introduce new GetColumns members which are more database independent and -// return columns in the order they were created -#define OLD_GETCOLUMNS 1 -#define EXPERIMENTAL_WXDB_FUNCTIONS 1 - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/string.h" - -#if defined(__VISUALC__) - // we need to include standard Windows headers but we can't include - // directly when using MFC because it includes it itself in a - // different manner - #if wxUSE_MFC - #include - #else // !wxUSE_MFC - #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" - #endif // wxUSE_MFC/!wxUSE_MFC - - // If you use the wxDbCreateDataSource() function with MSW/VC6, - // you cannot use the iODBC headers, you must use the VC headers, - // plus the odbcinst.h header - gt Nov 2 2000 - // - // Must add "odbccp32.lib" in \wx2\wxWidgets\src\makevc.env to the WINLIBS= line - // - #include "sql.h" - #include "sqlext.h" - //#if wxUSE_UNICODE - // #include - //#endif - #include "odbcinst.h" -#else - #if defined(__WINDOWS__) && ( defined(HAVE_W32API_H) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__DMC__)) - #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" - #endif - extern "C" { - #if defined(wxUSE_BUILTIN_IODBC) && wxUSE_BUILTIN_IODBC - // Use the ones from the library - #include "wx/isql.h" - #include "wx/isqlext.h" - // Not available in v2.x of iODBC - #ifndef __WXMSW__ - #if wxUSE_UNICODE - typedef wxChar SQLTCHAR; - #else - typedef UCHAR SQLTCHAR; - #endif - #endif - #else // !wxUSE_BUILTIN_IODBC - // SQL headers define BOOL if it's not defined yet but BOOL is also - // defined in many other places on other systems (Motif, at least on - // OpenVMS; Cocoa and X11) so prevent the problem by defining it before - // including these headers - #ifndef BOOL - #define BOOL int - #include - #include - #undef BOOL - #else - #include - #include - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_BUILTIN_IODBC/!wxUSE_BUILTIN_IODBC - } -#endif - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE -#define SQL_C_WXCHAR SQL_C_WCHAR -#else -#define SQL_C_WXCHAR SQL_C_CHAR -#endif - -#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__ -#if wxUSE_UNICODE -typedef wxChar SQLTCHAR; -#else -typedef UCHAR SQLTCHAR; -#endif -#endif - -typedef float SFLOAT; -typedef double SDOUBLE; -typedef unsigned int UINT; -#define ULONG UDWORD - -#ifndef wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS -#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 1 -#endif - -enum enumDummy {enumDum1}; - -#ifndef SQL_C_BOOLEAN - #define SQL_C_BOOLEAN(datatype) (sizeof(datatype) == 1 ? SQL_C_UTINYINT : (sizeof(datatype) == 2 ? SQL_C_USHORT : SQL_C_ULONG)) -#endif - -#ifndef SQL_C_ENUM - #define SQL_C_ENUM (sizeof(enumDummy) == 2 ? SQL_C_USHORT : SQL_C_ULONG) -#endif - -// NOTE: If SQL_C_BLOB is defined, and it is not SQL_C_BINARY, iODBC 2.x -// may not function correctly. Likely best to use SQL_C_BINARY direct -#ifndef SQL_C_BLOB - #ifdef SQL_C_BINARY - #define SQL_C_BLOB SQL_C_BINARY - #endif -#endif - -#ifndef _WIN64 -#ifndef SQLLEN -#define SQLLEN SQLINTEGER -#endif -#ifndef SQLULEN -#define SQLULEN SQLUINTEGER -#endif -#endif - -const int wxDB_PATH_MAX = 254; - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(wxChar const *) SQL_LOG_FILENAME; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(wxChar const *) SQL_CATALOG_FILENAME; - -// Database Globals -const int DB_TYPE_NAME_LEN = 40; -const int DB_MAX_STATEMENT_LEN = 4096; -const int DB_MAX_WHERE_CLAUSE_LEN = 2048; -const int DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN = 512; -const int DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY = 5; -const int DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN = 128; -const int DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN = 128; - -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_VARCHAR = 1; -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_INTEGER = 2; -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_FLOAT = 3; -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_DATE = 4; -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_BLOB = 5; -const int DB_DATA_TYPE_MEMO = 6; - -const int DB_SELECT_KEYFIELDS = 1; -const int DB_SELECT_WHERE = 2; -const int DB_SELECT_MATCHING = 3; -const int DB_SELECT_STATEMENT = 4; - -const int DB_UPD_KEYFIELDS = 1; -const int DB_UPD_WHERE = 2; - -const int DB_DEL_KEYFIELDS = 1; -const int DB_DEL_WHERE = 2; -const int DB_DEL_MATCHING = 3; - -const int DB_WHERE_KEYFIELDS = 1; -const int DB_WHERE_MATCHING = 2; - -const int DB_GRANT_SELECT = 1; -const int DB_GRANT_INSERT = 2; -const int DB_GRANT_UPDATE = 4; -const int DB_GRANT_DELETE = 8; -const int DB_GRANT_ALL = DB_GRANT_SELECT | DB_GRANT_INSERT | DB_GRANT_UPDATE | DB_GRANT_DELETE; - -// ODBC Error codes (derived from ODBC SqlState codes) -enum wxODBC_ERRORS -{ - DB_FAILURE = 0, - DB_SUCCESS = 1, - DB_ERR_NOT_IN_USE, - DB_ERR_GENERAL_WARNING, // SqlState = '01000' - DB_ERR_DISCONNECT_ERROR, // SqlState = '01002' - DB_ERR_DATA_TRUNCATED, // SqlState = '01004' - DB_ERR_PRIV_NOT_REVOKED, // SqlState = '01006' - DB_ERR_INVALID_CONN_STR_ATTR, // SqlState = '01S00' - DB_ERR_ERROR_IN_ROW, // SqlState = '01S01' - DB_ERR_OPTION_VALUE_CHANGED, // SqlState = '01S02' - DB_ERR_NO_ROWS_UPD_OR_DEL, // SqlState = '01S03' - DB_ERR_MULTI_ROWS_UPD_OR_DEL, // SqlState = '01S04' - DB_ERR_WRONG_NO_OF_PARAMS, // SqlState = '07001' - DB_ERR_DATA_TYPE_ATTR_VIOL, // SqlState = '07006' - DB_ERR_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT, // SqlState = '08001' - DB_ERR_CONNECTION_IN_USE, // SqlState = '08002' - DB_ERR_CONNECTION_NOT_OPEN, // SqlState = '08003' - DB_ERR_REJECTED_CONNECTION, // SqlState = '08004' - DB_ERR_CONN_FAIL_IN_TRANS, // SqlState = '08007' - DB_ERR_COMM_LINK_FAILURE, // SqlState = '08S01' - DB_ERR_INSERT_VALUE_LIST_MISMATCH, // SqlState = '21S01' - DB_ERR_DERIVED_TABLE_MISMATCH, // SqlState = '21S02' - DB_ERR_STRING_RIGHT_TRUNC, // SqlState = '22001' - DB_ERR_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RNG, // SqlState = '22003' - DB_ERR_ERROR_IN_ASSIGNMENT, // SqlState = '22005' - DB_ERR_DATETIME_FLD_OVERFLOW, // SqlState = '22008' - DB_ERR_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO, // SqlState = '22012' - DB_ERR_STR_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH, // SqlState = '22026' - DB_ERR_INTEGRITY_CONSTRAINT_VIOL, // SqlState = '23000' - DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE, // SqlState = '24000' - DB_ERR_INVALID_TRANS_STATE, // SqlState = '25000' - DB_ERR_INVALID_AUTH_SPEC, // SqlState = '28000' - DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_NAME, // SqlState = '34000' - DB_ERR_SYNTAX_ERROR_OR_ACCESS_VIOL, // SqlState = '37000' - DB_ERR_DUPLICATE_CURSOR_NAME, // SqlState = '3C000' - DB_ERR_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE, // SqlState = '40001' - DB_ERR_SYNTAX_ERROR_OR_ACCESS_VIOL2, // SqlState = '42000' - DB_ERR_OPERATION_ABORTED, // SqlState = '70100' - DB_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION, // SqlState = 'IM001' - DB_ERR_NO_DATA_SOURCE, // SqlState = 'IM002' - DB_ERR_DRIVER_LOAD_ERROR, // SqlState = 'IM003' - DB_ERR_SQLALLOCENV_FAILED, // SqlState = 'IM004' - DB_ERR_SQLALLOCCONNECT_FAILED, // SqlState = 'IM005' - DB_ERR_SQLSETCONNECTOPTION_FAILED, // SqlState = 'IM006' - DB_ERR_NO_DATA_SOURCE_DLG_PROHIB, // SqlState = 'IM007' - DB_ERR_DIALOG_FAILED, // SqlState = 'IM008' - DB_ERR_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_TRANSLATION_DLL, // SqlState = 'IM009' - DB_ERR_DATA_SOURCE_NAME_TOO_LONG, // SqlState = 'IM010' - DB_ERR_DRIVER_NAME_TOO_LONG, // SqlState = 'IM011' - DB_ERR_DRIVER_KEYWORD_SYNTAX_ERROR, // SqlState = 'IM012' - DB_ERR_TRACE_FILE_ERROR, // SqlState = 'IM013' - DB_ERR_TABLE_OR_VIEW_ALREADY_EXISTS, // SqlState = 'S0001' - DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND, // SqlState = 'S0002' - DB_ERR_INDEX_ALREADY_EXISTS, // SqlState = 'S0011' - DB_ERR_INDEX_NOT_FOUND, // SqlState = 'S0012' - DB_ERR_COLUMN_ALREADY_EXISTS, // SqlState = 'S0021' - DB_ERR_COLUMN_NOT_FOUND, // SqlState = 'S0022' - DB_ERR_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_COLUMN, // SqlState = 'S0023' - DB_ERR_GENERAL_ERROR, // SqlState = 'S1000' - DB_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, // SqlState = 'S1001' - DB_ERR_INVALID_COLUMN_NUMBER, // SqlState = 'S1002' - DB_ERR_PROGRAM_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1003' - DB_ERR_SQL_DATA_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1004' - DB_ERR_OPERATION_CANCELLED, // SqlState = 'S1008' - DB_ERR_INVALID_ARGUMENT_VALUE, // SqlState = 'S1009' - DB_ERR_FUNCTION_SEQUENCE_ERROR, // SqlState = 'S1010' - DB_ERR_OPERATION_INVALID_AT_THIS_TIME, // SqlState = 'S1011' - DB_ERR_INVALID_TRANS_OPERATION_CODE, // SqlState = 'S1012' - DB_ERR_NO_CURSOR_NAME_AVAIL, // SqlState = 'S1015' - DB_ERR_INVALID_STR_OR_BUF_LEN, // SqlState = 'S1090' - DB_ERR_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1091' - DB_ERR_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1092' - DB_ERR_INVALID_PARAM_NO, // SqlState = 'S1093' - DB_ERR_INVALID_SCALE_VALUE, // SqlState = 'S1094' - DB_ERR_FUNCTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1095' - DB_ERR_INF_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1096' - DB_ERR_COLUMN_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1097' - DB_ERR_SCOPE_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1098' - DB_ERR_NULLABLE_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1099' - DB_ERR_UNIQUENESS_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1100' - DB_ERR_ACCURACY_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1101' - DB_ERR_DIRECTION_OPTION_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1103' - DB_ERR_INVALID_PRECISION_VALUE, // SqlState = 'S1104' - DB_ERR_INVALID_PARAM_TYPE, // SqlState = 'S1105' - DB_ERR_FETCH_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1106' - DB_ERR_ROW_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1107' - DB_ERR_CONCURRENCY_OPTION_OUT_OF_RANGE, // SqlState = 'S1108' - DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_POSITION, // SqlState = 'S1109' - DB_ERR_INVALID_DRIVER_COMPLETION, // SqlState = 'S1110' - DB_ERR_INVALID_BOOKMARK_VALUE, // SqlState = 'S1111' - DB_ERR_DRIVER_NOT_CAPABLE, // SqlState = 'S1C00' - DB_ERR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED // SqlState = 'S1T00' -}; - -#ifndef MAXNAME - #define MAXNAME 31 -#endif - -#ifndef SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN - // There does not seem to be a standard for this, so I am - // defaulting to the value that MS uses - #define SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN MAXNAME -#endif - -#ifndef SQL_MAX_CONNECTSTR_LEN - // There does not seem to be a standard for this, so I am - // defaulting to the value that MS recommends - #define SQL_MAX_CONNECTSTR_LEN 1024 -#endif - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbConnectInf -{ - private: - bool freeHenvOnDestroy; - bool useConnectionStr; - - public: - HENV Henv; - wxChar Dsn[SQL_MAX_DSN_LENGTH+1]; // Data Source Name - wxChar Uid[SQL_MAX_USER_NAME_LEN+1]; // User ID - wxChar AuthStr[SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN+1]; // Authorization string (password) - wxChar ConnectionStr[SQL_MAX_CONNECTSTR_LEN+1]; // Connection string (password) - - wxString Description; // Not sure what the max length is - wxString FileType; // Not sure what the max length is - - // Optionals needed for some databases like dBase - wxString DefaultDir; // Directory that db file resides in - - public: - - wxDbConnectInf(); - wxDbConnectInf(HENV henv, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &userID=wxEmptyString, - const wxString &password=wxEmptyString, const wxString &defaultDir=wxEmptyString, - const wxString &description=wxEmptyString, const wxString &fileType=wxEmptyString); - - ~wxDbConnectInf(); - - bool Initialize(); - - bool AllocHenv(); - void FreeHenv(); - - // Accessors - const HENV &GetHenv() { return Henv; } - - const wxChar *GetDsn() { return Dsn; } - - const wxChar *GetUid() { return Uid; } - const wxChar *GetUserID() { return Uid; } - - const wxChar *GetAuthStr() { return AuthStr; } - const wxChar *GetPassword() { return AuthStr; } - - const wxChar *GetConnectionStr() { return ConnectionStr; } - bool UseConnectionStr() { return useConnectionStr; } - - const wxChar *GetDescription() { return Description; } - const wxChar *GetFileType() { return FileType; } - const wxChar *GetDefaultDir() { return DefaultDir; } - - void SetHenv(const HENV henv) { Henv = henv; } - - void SetDsn(const wxString &dsn); - - void SetUserID(const wxString &userID); - void SetUid(const wxString &uid) { SetUserID(uid); } - - void SetPassword(const wxString &password); - void SetAuthStr(const wxString &authstr) { SetPassword(authstr); } - - void SetConnectionStr(const wxString &connectStr); - - void SetDescription(const wxString &desc) { Description = desc; } - void SetFileType(const wxString &fileType) { FileType = fileType; } - void SetDefaultDir(const wxString &defDir) { DefaultDir = defDir; } -}; // class wxDbConnectInf - - -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbSqlTypeInfo -{ - wxString TypeName; - SWORD FsqlType; - long Precision; - short CaseSensitive; - short MaximumScale; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbColFor -{ -public: - wxString s_Field; // Formatted String for Output - wxString s_Format[7]; // Formatted Objects - TIMESTAMP has the biggest (7) - wxString s_Amount[7]; // Formatted Objects - amount of things that can be formatted - int i_Amount[7]; // Formatted Objects - TT MM YYYY HH MM SS m - int i_Nation; // 0 = timestamp , 1=EU, 2=UK, 3=International, 4=US - int i_dbDataType; // conversion of the 'sqlDataType' to the generic data type used by these classes - SWORD i_sqlDataType; - - wxDbColFor(); - ~wxDbColFor(){} - - void Initialize(); - int Format(int Nation, int dbDataType, SWORD sqlDataType, short columnLength, short decimalDigits); -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbColInf -{ -public: - wxChar catalog[128+1]; - wxChar schema[128+1]; - wxChar tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; - wxChar colName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1]; - SWORD sqlDataType; - wxChar typeName[128+1]; - SWORD columnLength; - SWORD bufferSize; - short decimalDigits; - short numPrecRadix; - short nullable; - wxChar remarks[254+1]; - int dbDataType; // conversion of the 'sqlDataType' to the generic data type used by these classes - // mj10777.19991224 : new - int PkCol; // Primary key column 0=No; 1= First Key, 2 = Second Key etc. - wxChar PkTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Tables that use this PKey as a FKey - int FkCol; // Foreign key column 0=No; 1= First Key, 2 = Second Key etc. - wxChar FkTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Foreign key table name - wxDbColFor *pColFor; // How should this columns be formatted - - wxDbColInf(); - ~wxDbColInf(); - - bool Initialize(); -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbTableInf // Description of a Table -{ -public: - wxChar tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; - wxChar tableType[254+1]; // "TABLE" or "SYSTEM TABLE" etc. - wxChar tableRemarks[254+1]; - UWORD numCols; // How many Columns does this Table have: GetColumnCount(..); - wxDbColInf *pColInf; // pColInf = NULL ; User can later call GetColumns(..); - - wxDbTableInf(); - ~wxDbTableInf(); - - bool Initialize(); -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbInf // Description of a Database -{ -public: - wxChar catalog[128+1]; - wxChar schema[128+1]; - int numTables; // How many tables does this database have - wxDbTableInf *pTableInf; // pTableInf = new wxDbTableInf[numTables]; - - wxDbInf(); - ~wxDbInf(); - - bool Initialize(); -}; - - -enum wxDbSqlLogState -{ - sqlLogOFF, - sqlLogON -}; - -// These are the databases currently tested and working with these classes -// See the comments in wxDb::Dbms() for exceptions/issues with -// each of these database engines -enum wxDBMS -{ - dbmsUNIDENTIFIED, - dbmsORACLE, - dbmsSYBASE_ASA, // Adaptive Server Anywhere - dbmsSYBASE_ASE, // Adaptive Server Enterprise - dbmsMS_SQL_SERVER, - dbmsMY_SQL, - dbmsPOSTGRES, - dbmsACCESS, - dbmsDBASE, - dbmsINFORMIX, - dbmsVIRTUOSO, - dbmsDB2, - dbmsINTERBASE, - dbmsPERVASIVE_SQL, - dbmsXBASE_SEQUITER, - dbmsFIREBIRD, - dbmsMAXDB, - dbmsFuture1, - dbmsFuture2, - dbmsFuture3, - dbmsFuture4, - dbmsFuture5, - dbmsFuture6, - dbmsFuture7, - dbmsFuture8, - dbmsFuture9, - dbmsFuture10 -}; - - -// The wxDb::errorList is copied to this variable when the wxDb object -// is closed. This way, the error list is still available after the -// database object is closed. This is necessary if the database -// connection fails so the calling application can show the operator -// why the connection failed. Note: as each wxDb object is closed, it -// will overwrite the errors of the previously destroyed wxDb object in -// this variable. - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(wxChar) - DBerrorList[DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY][DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN+1]; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDb -{ -private: - bool dbIsOpen; - bool dbIsCached; // Was connection created by caching functions - bool dbOpenedWithConnectionString; // Was the database connection opened with a connection string - wxString dsn; // Data source name - wxString uid; // User ID - wxString authStr; // Authorization string (password) - wxString inConnectionStr; // Connection string used to connect to the database - wxString outConnectionStr;// Connection string returned by the database when a connection is successfully opened - FILE *fpSqlLog; // Sql Log file pointer - wxDbSqlLogState sqlLogState; // On or Off - bool fwdOnlyCursors; - wxDBMS dbmsType; // Type of datasource - i.e. Oracle, dBase, SQLServer, etc - - // Private member functions - bool getDbInfo(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - bool getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo); - bool setConnectionOptions(void); - void logError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState); - const wxChar *convertUserID(const wxChar *userID, wxString &UserID); - bool determineDataTypes(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported); - void initialize(); - bool open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - -#if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - // ODBC handles - HENV henv; // ODBC Environment handle - HDBC hdbc; // ODBC DB Connection handle - HSTMT hstmt; // ODBC Statement handle - - //Error reporting mode - bool silent; - - // Number of Ctable objects connected to this db object. FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY!!! - unsigned int nTables; - - // Information about logical data types VARCHAR, INTEGER, FLOAT and DATE. - // - // This information is obtained from the ODBC driver by use of the - // SQLGetTypeInfo() function. The key piece of information is the - // type name the data source uses for each logical data type. - // e.g. VARCHAR; Oracle calls it VARCHAR2. - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfVarchar; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfInteger; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfFloat; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfDate; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfBlob; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfMemo; -#endif - -public: - - void setCached(bool cached) { dbIsCached = cached; } // This function must only be called by wxDbGetConnection() and wxDbCloseConnections!!! - bool IsCached() { return dbIsCached; } - - bool GetDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo) - { return getDataTypeInfo(fSqlType, structSQLTypeInfo); } - -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - // ODBC handles - HENV henv; // ODBC Environment handle - HDBC hdbc; // ODBC DB Connection handle - HSTMT hstmt; // ODBC Statement handle - - //Error reporting mode - bool silent; - - // Number of Ctable objects connected to this db object. FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY!!! - unsigned int nTables; -#endif - - // The following structure contains database information gathered from the - // datasource when the datasource is first opened. - struct - { - wxChar dbmsName[40]; // Name of the dbms product - wxChar dbmsVer[64]; // Version # of the dbms product - wxChar driverName[40]; // Driver name - wxChar odbcVer[60]; // ODBC version of the driver - wxChar drvMgrOdbcVer[60]; // ODBC version of the driver manager - wxChar driverVer[60]; // Driver version - wxChar serverName[80]; // Server Name, typically a connect string - wxChar databaseName[128]; // Database filename - wxChar outerJoins[2]; // Indicates whether the data source supports outer joins - wxChar procedureSupport[2]; // Indicates whether the data source supports stored procedures - wxChar accessibleTables[2]; // Indicates whether the data source only reports accessible tables in SQLTables. - UWORD maxConnections; // Maximum # of connections the data source supports - UWORD maxStmts; // Maximum # of HSTMTs per HDBC - UWORD apiConfLvl; // ODBC API conformance level - UWORD cliConfLvl; // Indicates whether the data source is SAG compliant - UWORD sqlConfLvl; // SQL conformance level - UWORD cursorCommitBehavior; // Indicates how cursors are affected by a db commit - UWORD cursorRollbackBehavior; // Indicates how cursors are affected by a db rollback - UWORD supportNotNullClause; // Indicates if data source supports NOT NULL clause - wxChar supportIEF[2]; // Integrity Enhancement Facility (Referential Integrity) - UDWORD txnIsolation; // Default transaction isolation level supported by the driver - UDWORD txnIsolationOptions; // Transaction isolation level options available - UDWORD fetchDirections; // Fetch directions supported - UDWORD lockTypes; // Lock types supported in SQLSetPos - UDWORD posOperations; // Position operations supported in SQLSetPos - UDWORD posStmts; // Position statements supported - UDWORD scrollConcurrency; // Concurrency control options supported for scrollable cursors - UDWORD scrollOptions; // Scroll Options supported for scrollable cursors - UDWORD staticSensitivity; // Indicates if additions, deletions and updates can be detected - UWORD txnCapable; // Indicates if the data source supports transactions - UDWORD loginTimeout; // Number seconds to wait for a login request - } dbInf; - - // ODBC Error Inf. - SWORD cbErrorMsg; - int DB_STATUS; -#ifdef __VMS - // The DECC compiler chokes when in db.cpp the array is accessed outside - // its bounds. Maybe this change should also applied for other platforms. - wxChar errorList[DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY][DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN+1]; -#else - wxChar errorList[DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY][DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN]; -#endif - wxChar errorMsg[SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH]; - SQLINTEGER nativeError; - wxChar sqlState[20]; - -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - // Information about logical data types VARCHAR, INTEGER, FLOAT and DATE. - // - // This information is obtained from the ODBC driver by use of the - // SQLGetTypeInfo() function. The key piece of information is the - // type name the data source uses for each logical data type. - // e.g. VARCHAR; Oracle calls it VARCHAR2. - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfVarchar; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfInteger; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfFloat; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfDate; - wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfBlob; -#endif - - // Public member functions - wxDb(const HENV &aHenv, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS); - ~wxDb(); - - // Data Source Name, User ID, Password and whether open should fail on data type not supported - bool Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - ///This version of Open will open the odbc source selection dialog. Cast a wxWindow::GetHandle() to SQLHWND to use. - bool Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, SQLHWND parentWnd, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - bool Open(const wxString &Dsn, const wxString &Uid, const wxString &AuthStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - bool Open(wxDbConnectInf *dbConnectInf, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true); - bool Open(wxDb *copyDb); // pointer to a wxDb whose connection info should be copied rather than re-queried - void Close(void); - bool CommitTrans(void); - bool RollbackTrans(void); - bool DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT); - bool GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT); - void DispNextError(void); - bool CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList, const wxString &pSqlStmt, bool attemptDrop=true); - bool DropView(const wxString &viewName); - bool ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt); - bool ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt, wxDbColInf** columns, short& numcols); - bool GetNext(void); - bool GetData(UWORD colNo, SWORD cType, PTR pData, SDWORD maxLen, SQLLEN FAR *cbReturned); - bool Grant(int privileges, const wxString &tableName, const wxString &userList = wxT("PUBLIC")); - int TranslateSqlState(const wxString &SQLState); - wxDbInf *GetCatalog(const wxChar *userID=NULL); - bool Catalog(const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxString &fileName=SQL_CATALOG_FILENAME); - int GetKeyFields(const wxString &tableName, wxDbColInf* colInf, UWORD noCols); - - wxDbColInf *GetColumns(wxChar *tableName[], const wxChar *userID=NULL); - wxDbColInf *GetColumns(const wxString &tableName, UWORD *numCols, const wxChar *userID=NULL); - - int GetColumnCount(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL); - const wxChar *GetDatabaseName(void) {return dbInf.dbmsName;} - const wxString &GetDataSource(void) {return dsn;} - const wxString &GetDatasourceName(void){return dsn;} - const wxString &GetUsername(void) {return uid;} - const wxString &GetPassword(void) {return authStr;} - const wxString &GetConnectionInStr(void) {return inConnectionStr;} - const wxString &GetConnectionOutStr(void) {return outConnectionStr;} - bool IsOpen(void) {return dbIsOpen;} - bool OpenedWithConnectionString(void) {return dbOpenedWithConnectionString;} - HENV GetHENV(void) {return henv;} - HDBC GetHDBC(void) {return hdbc;} - HSTMT GetHSTMT(void) {return hstmt;} - int GetTableCount() {return nTables;} // number of tables using this connection - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfVarchar() {return typeInfVarchar;} - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfInteger() {return typeInfInteger;} - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfFloat() {return typeInfFloat;} - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfDate() {return typeInfDate;} - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfBlob() {return typeInfBlob;} - wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfMemo() {return typeInfMemo;} - - // tableName can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym - bool TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL, - const wxString &tablePath=wxEmptyString); - bool TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv, - const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxChar *schema=NULL, - const wxString &path=wxEmptyString); - - // These two functions return the table name or column name in a form ready - // for use in SQL statements. For example, if the datasource allows spaces - // in the table name or column name, the returned string will have the - // correct enclosing marks around the name to allow it to be properly - // included in a SQL statement - const wxString SQLTableName(const wxChar *tableName); - const wxString SQLColumnName(const wxChar *colName); - - void LogError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState = wxEmptyString) - { logError(errMsg, SQLState); } - void SetDebugErrorMessages(bool state) { silent = !state; } - bool SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME, - bool append = false); - bool WriteSqlLog(const wxString &logMsg); - - wxDBMS Dbms(void); - bool ModifyColumn(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &columnName, - int dataType, ULONG columnLength=0, - const wxString &optionalParam=wxEmptyString); - - bool FwdOnlyCursors(void) {return fwdOnlyCursors;} - - // return the string with all special SQL characters escaped - wxString EscapeSqlChars(const wxString& value); - - // These two functions are provided strictly for use by wxDbTable. - // DO NOT USE THESE FUNCTIONS, OR MEMORY LEAKS MAY OCCUR - void incrementTableCount() { nTables++; return; } - void decrementTableCount() { nTables--; return; } - -}; // wxDb - - -// This structure forms a node in a linked list. The linked list of "DbList" objects -// keeps track of allocated database connections. This allows the application to -// open more than one database connection through ODBC for multiple transaction support -// or for multiple database support. -struct wxDbList -{ - wxDbList *PtrPrev; // Pointer to previous item in the list - wxString Dsn; // Data Source Name - wxString Uid; // User ID - wxString AuthStr; // Authorization string (password) - wxString ConnectionStr; // Connection string used instead of DSN - wxDb *PtrDb; // Pointer to the wxDb object - bool Free; // Is item free or in use? - wxDbList *PtrNext; // Pointer to next item in the list -}; - - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ -#include "wx/object.h" -class wxTablesInUse : public wxObject -{ - public: - const wxChar *tableName; - ULONG tableID; - class wxDb *pDb; -}; // wxTablesInUse -#endif - - -// The following routines allow a user to get new database connections, free them -// for other code segments to use, or close all of them when the application has -// completed. -wxDb WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS); -bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbFreeConnection(wxDb *pDb); -void WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbCloseConnections(void); -int WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbConnectionsInUse(void); - - -// Writes a message to the wxLog window (stdout usually) when an internal error -// situation occurs. This function only works in DEBUG builds -const wxChar WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC * -wxDbLogExtendedErrorMsg(const wxChar *userText, - wxDb *pDb, - const wxChar *ErrFile, - int ErrLine); - - -// This function sets the sql log state for all open wxDb objects -bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC -wxDbSqlLog(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME); - - -#if 0 -// MSW/VC6 ONLY!!! Experimental -int WXDLLEXPORT wxDbCreateDataSource(const wxString &driverName, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &description=wxEmptyString, - bool sysDSN=false, const wxString &defDir=wxEmptyString, wxWindow *parent=NULL); -#endif - -// This routine allows you to query a driver manager -// for a list of available datasources. Call this routine -// the first time using SQL_FETCH_FIRST. Continue to call it -// using SQL_FETCH_NEXT until you've exhausted the list. -bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC -wxDbGetDataSource(HENV henv, wxChar *Dsn, SWORD DsnMaxLength, wxChar *DsDesc, - SWORD DsDescMaxLength, UWORD direction = SQL_FETCH_NEXT); - - -// Change this to 0 to remove use of all deprecated functions -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -//################################################################################# -//############### DEPRECATED functions for backward compatibility ################# -//################################################################################# - -// Backward compability structures/classes. This will eventually go away -const int DB_PATH_MAX = wxDB_PATH_MAX; - -typedef wxDb wxDB; -typedef wxDbTableInf wxTableInf; -typedef wxDbColInf wxColInf; -typedef wxDbColInf CcolInf; -typedef wxDbColFor wxColFor; -typedef wxDbSqlTypeInfo SqlTypeInfo; -typedef wxDbSqlTypeInfo wxSqlTypeInfo; -typedef enum wxDbSqlLogState sqlLog; -typedef enum wxDbSqlLogState wxSqlLogState; -typedef enum wxDBMS dbms; -typedef enum wxDBMS DBMS; -typedef wxODBC_ERRORS ODBC_ERRORS; -typedef wxDbConnectInf DbStuff; -typedef wxDbList DbList; -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ -typedef wxTablesInUse CstructTablesInUse; -#endif - -// Deprecated function names that are replaced by the function names listed above -wxDB WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC -*GetDbConnection(DbStuff *pDbStuff, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS); -bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC FreeDbConnection(wxDB *pDb); -void WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC CloseDbConnections(void); -int WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC NumberDbConnectionsInUse(void); - -bool SqlLog(sqlLog state, const wxChar *filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME); - -bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC -GetDataSource(HENV henv, char *Dsn, SWORD DsnMaxLength, char *DsDesc, SWORD DsDescMaxLength, - UWORD direction = SQL_FETCH_NEXT); - -#endif // Deprecated structures/classes/functions - -#endif // _WX_DB_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbgrid.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbgrid.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e8655cbe..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbgrid.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: dbgrid.h -// Purpose: Displays a wxDbTable in a wxGrid. -// Author: Roger Gammans, Paul Gammans -// Modified by: -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: dbgrid.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk) -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Branched From : dbgrid.h,v 1.19 2001/03/28 11:16:01 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_ - -#if wxUSE_ODBC -#if wxUSE_GRID - -#include "wx/log.h" -#include "wx/dbtable.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/grid.h" -#include "wx/dbkeyg.h" - -#define wxGRID_VALUE_DBAUTO _T("dbauto") - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(GenericKey,keyarray,WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID); - -static const int wxUSE_QUERY = -1; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID wxDbGridColInfoBase -{ -public: - //Default ctor - wxDbGridColInfoBase() { } - wxDbGridColInfoBase(int colNo, - wxString type, wxString title) : - DbCol(colNo), - wxtypename(type), - Title(title) - { } - //Copy Ctor - wxDbGridColInfoBase(const wxDbGridColInfoBase& ref) - { - DbCol = ref.DbCol; - wxtypename = ref.wxtypename; - Title = ref.Title; - } - //Empty destructor for member obj's - ~wxDbGridColInfoBase() {} - - int DbCol; - wxString wxtypename; - wxString Title; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID wxDbGridColInfo -{ -public: - wxDbGridColInfo(int colNo, - wxString type, - wxString title, - wxDbGridColInfo *next) : - m_data(colNo,type,title) - { - m_next=next; - } - - //Empty List - ~wxDbGridColInfo() { delete m_next; } - - //Recurse to find length. - int Length() { return (m_next ? m_next->Length() +1 : 1); } - - // Adds a new column info (2 step creation) - void AddColInfo (int colNo, - wxString type, - wxString title) - { - GetLast()->m_next = new wxDbGridColInfo (colNo, type, title, NULL); - } - - // Searches last - wxDbGridColInfo *GetLast() { return (m_next ? m_next->GetLast() : this); } - - - protected: - wxDbGridColInfoBase m_data; - wxDbGridColInfo *m_next; - - friend class wxDbGridTableBase; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID wxDbGridCellAttrProvider : public wxGridCellAttrProvider -{ -public: - wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(); - wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfoBase* ColInfo); - virtual ~wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(); - - virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col, - wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) const; - virtual void AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab); -private: - wxDbTable *m_data; - wxDbGridColInfoBase *m_ColInfo; -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID wxDbGridTableBase : public wxGridTableBase -{ -public: - wxDbGridTableBase(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfo *ColInfo, - int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership = true); - virtual ~wxDbGridTableBase(); - - virtual int GetNumberRows() - { - wxLogDebug(_T(" GetNumberRows() = %i"),m_rowtotal); - return m_rowtotal; - } - virtual int GetNumberCols() - { - wxLogDebug(_T(" GetNumberCols() = %i"),m_nocols); - return m_nocols; - } - virtual bool IsEmptyCell(int row, int col) ; - virtual wxString GetValue(int row, int col) ; - virtual void SetValue(int row, int col, const wxString& value); - virtual bool CanHaveAttributes(); - virtual wxString GetTypeName(int row, int col); - virtual bool CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName); - virtual bool CanSetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName); - virtual long GetValueAsLong(int row, int col); - virtual double GetValueAsDouble(int row, int col); - virtual bool GetValueAsBool(int row, int col); - virtual void SetValueAsLong(int row, int col, long value); - virtual void SetValueAsDouble(int row, int col, double value); - virtual void SetValueAsBool(int row, int col, bool value); - virtual void *GetValueAsCustom(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName); - virtual void SetValueAsCustom(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName, void* value); - - - virtual wxString GetColLabelValue(int col); - - virtual bool AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab, int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership=true); - virtual void ValidateRow(int row); - virtual bool UpdateRow(int row) const - { - if (m_row != row) - return true; - else - return Writeback(); - } - -private: - //Operates on the current row - bool Writeback() const; - - typedef wxGridTableBase inherited; - keyarray m_keys; - wxDbTable *m_data; - bool m_dbowner; - int m_rowtotal; - int m_nocols; - int m_row; - wxDbGridColInfoBase *m_ColInfo; - bool m_rowmodified; -}; - -#endif // #if wxUSE_GRID -#endif // #if wxUSE_ODBC - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbkeyg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbkeyg.h deleted file mode 100644 index eb91f1ce1..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbkeyg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: dbkeyg.h -// Purpose: Generic key support for wxDbTable -// Author: Roger Gammans -// Modified by: -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: dbkeyg.h 29077 2004-09-10 12:56:07Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk) -// Licence: wxWindows licence -// -// NOTE : There is no CPP file to go along with this -// -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Branched From : gkey.h,v 1.3 2001/06/01 10:31:41 -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DBGKEY_H_ -#define _WX_DBGKEY_H_ - -class GenericKey -{ -public: - GenericKey(void *blk, size_t sz) { clone(blk,sz); } - GenericKey(const GenericKey &ref) { clone(ref.m_data,ref.m_sz); } - ~GenericKey() { free(m_data); } - - void *GetBlk(void) const { return m_data; } - -private: - void clone(void *blk, size_t sz) - { - m_data = malloc(sz); - memcpy(m_data,blk,sz); - m_sz = sz; - } - - void *m_data; - size_t m_sz; -}; - -#endif // _WX_DBGKEY_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbtable.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbtable.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bbef54d7..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dbtable.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: dbtable.h -// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDbTable class. -// Author: Doug Card -// Modified by: George Tasker -// Bart Jourquin -// Mark Johnson -// Created: 9.96 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dbtable.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $ -// Copyright: (c) 1996 Remstar International, Inc. -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* -// SYNOPSIS START -// SYNOPSIS STOP -*/ - -#ifndef DBTABLE_DOT_H -#define DBTABLE_DOT_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#include "wx/db.h" - -#include "wx/variant.h" -#include "wx/dbkeyg.h" - -const int wxDB_ROWID_LEN = 24; // 18 is the max, 24 is in case it gets larger -const int wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR = 0; -const bool wxDB_QUERY_ONLY = true; -const bool wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW = true; - -// Used to indicate end of a variable length list of -// column numbers passed to member functions -const int wxDB_NO_MORE_COLUMN_NUMBERS = -1; - -// The following class is used to define a column of a table. -// The wxDbTable constructor will dynamically allocate as many of -// these as there are columns in the table. The class derived -// from wxDbTable must initialize these column definitions in it's -// constructor. These column definitions provide inf. to the -// wxDbTable class which allows it to create a table in the data -// source, exchange data between the data source and the C++ -// object, and so on. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbColDef -{ -public: - wxChar ColName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1]; // Column Name - int DbDataType; // Logical Data Type; e.g. DB_DATA_TYPE_INTEGER - SWORD SqlCtype; // C data type; e.g. SQL_C_LONG - void *PtrDataObj; // Address of the data object - int SzDataObj; // Size, in bytes, of the data object - bool KeyField; // true if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY to the table; Date fields should NOT be KeyFields. - bool Updateable; // Specifies whether this column is updateable - bool InsertAllowed; // Specifies whether this column should be included in an INSERT statement - bool DerivedCol; // Specifies whether this column is a derived value - SQLLEN CbValue; // Internal use only!!! - bool Null; // NOT FULLY IMPLEMENTED - Allows NULL values in Inserts and Updates - - wxDbColDef(); - - bool Initialize(); -}; // wxDbColDef - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbColDataPtr -{ -public: - void *PtrDataObj; - int SzDataObj; - SWORD SqlCtype; -}; // wxDbColDataPtr - - -// This structure is used when creating secondary indexes. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbIdxDef -{ -public: - wxChar ColName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1]; - bool Ascending; -}; // wxDbIdxDef - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbTable -{ -private: - ULONG tableID; // Used for debugging. This can help to match up mismatched constructors/destructors - - // Private member variables - UDWORD cursorType; - bool insertable; - - // Private member functions - bool initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns, - const wxString &qryTblName, bool qryOnly, const wxString &tblPath); - void cleanup(); - - void setCbValueForColumn(int columnIndex); - bool bindParams(bool forUpdate); // called by the other 'bind' functions - bool bindInsertParams(void); - bool bindUpdateParams(void); - - bool bindCols(HSTMT cursor); - bool getRec(UWORD fetchType); - bool execDelete(const wxString &pSqlStmt); - bool execUpdate(const wxString &pSqlStmt); - bool query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxString &pSqlStmt=wxEmptyString); - -#if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -// these were public - // Where, Order By and From clauses - wxString where; // Standard SQL where clause, minus the word WHERE - wxString orderBy; // Standard SQL order by clause, minus the ORDER BY - wxString from; // Allows for joins in a wxDbTable::Query(). Format: ",tbl,tbl..." - - // ODBC Handles - HENV henv; // ODBC Environment handle - HDBC hdbc; // ODBC DB Connection handle - HSTMT hstmt; // ODBC Statement handle - HSTMT *hstmtDefault; // Default cursor - HSTMT hstmtInsert; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for inserts - HSTMT hstmtDelete; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for deletes - HSTMT hstmtUpdate; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for updates - HSTMT hstmtInternal; // ODBC Statement handle used internally only - HSTMT *hstmtCount; // ODBC Statement handle used by Count() function (No binding of columns) - - // Flags - bool selectForUpdate; - - // Pointer to the database object this table belongs to - wxDb *pDb; - - // Table Inf. - wxString tablePath; // needed for dBase tables - wxString tableName; // Table name - wxString queryTableName; // Query Table Name - UWORD m_numCols; // # of columns in the table - bool queryOnly; // Query Only, no inserts, updates or deletes - - // Column Definitions - wxDbColDef *colDefs; // Array of wxDbColDef structures -#endif -public: -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - // Where, Order By and From clauses - char *where; // Standard SQL where clause, minus the word WHERE - char *orderBy; // Standard SQL order by clause, minus the ORDER BY - char *from; // Allows for joins in a wxDbTable::Query(). Format: ",tbl,tbl..." - - // ODBC Handles - HENV henv; // ODBC Environment handle - HDBC hdbc; // ODBC DB Connection handle - HSTMT hstmt; // ODBC Statement handle - HSTMT *hstmtDefault; // Default cursor - HSTMT hstmtInsert; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for inserts - HSTMT hstmtDelete; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for deletes - HSTMT hstmtUpdate; // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for updates - HSTMT hstmtInternal; // ODBC Statement handle used internally only - HSTMT *hstmtCount; // ODBC Statement handle used by Count() function (No binding of columns) - - // Flags - bool selectForUpdate; - - // Pointer to the database object this table belongs to - wxDb *pDb; - - // Table Inf. - char tablePath[wxDB_PATH_MAX]; // needed for dBase tables - char tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Table name - char queryTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Query Table Name - UWORD m_numCols; // # of columns in the table - bool queryOnly; // Query Only, no inserts, updates or deletes - - // Column Definitions - wxDbColDef *colDefs; // Array of wxDbColDef structures -#endif - // Public member functions - wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns, - const wxString &qryTblName=wxEmptyString, bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY, - const wxString &tblPath=wxEmptyString); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( - wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns, - const wxChar *qryTblName, bool qryOnly, - const wxString &tblPath) - ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - - virtual ~wxDbTable(); - - bool Open(bool checkPrivileges=false, bool checkTableExists=true); - bool CreateTable(bool attemptDrop=true); - bool DropTable(void); - bool CreateIndex(const wxString &indexName, bool unique, UWORD numIndexColumns, - wxDbIdxDef *pIndexDefs, bool attemptDrop=true); - bool DropIndex(const wxString &indexName); - - // Accessors - - // The member variables returned by these accessors are all - // set when the wxDbTable instance is created and cannot be - // changed, hence there is no corresponding SetXxxx function - wxDb *GetDb() { return pDb; } - const wxString &GetTableName() { return tableName; } - const wxString &GetQueryTableName() { return queryTableName; } - const wxString &GetTablePath() { return tablePath; } - - UWORD GetNumberOfColumns() { return m_numCols; } // number of "defined" columns for this wxDbTable instance - - const wxString &GetFromClause() { return from; } - const wxString &GetOrderByClause() { return orderBy; } - const wxString &GetWhereClause() { return where; } - - bool IsQueryOnly() { return queryOnly; } -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - void SetFromClause(const char *From) { from = (char *)From; } - void SetOrderByClause(const char *OrderBy) { orderBy = (char *)OrderBy; } - void SetWhereClause(const char *Where) { where = (char *)Where; } -#else - void SetFromClause(const wxString &From) { from = From; } - void SetOrderByClause(const wxString &OrderBy) { orderBy = OrderBy; } - bool SetOrderByColNums(UWORD first, ...); - void SetWhereClause(const wxString &Where) { where = Where; } - void From(const wxString &From) { from = From; } - void OrderBy(const wxString &OrderBy) { orderBy = OrderBy; } - void Where(const wxString &Where) { where = Where; } - const wxString &Where() { return where; } - const wxString &OrderBy() { return orderBy; } - const wxString &From() { return from; } -#endif - int Insert(void); - bool Update(void); - bool Update(const wxString &pSqlStmt); - bool UpdateWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause); - bool Delete(void); - bool DeleteWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause); - bool DeleteMatching(void); - virtual bool Query(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false); - bool QueryBySqlStmt(const wxString &pSqlStmt); - bool QueryMatching(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false); - bool QueryOnKeyFields(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false); - bool Refresh(void); - bool GetNext(void) { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT)); } - bool operator++(int) { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT)); } - - /***** These four functions only work with wxDb instances that are defined ***** - ***** as not being FwdOnlyCursors *****/ - bool GetPrev(void); - bool operator--(int); - bool GetFirst(void); - bool GetLast(void); - - bool IsCursorClosedOnCommit(void); - UWORD GetRowNum(void); - - void BuildSelectStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct); - void BuildSelectStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct); - - void BuildDeleteStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString); - void BuildDeleteStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString); - - void BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpdate, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString); - void BuildUpdateStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpdate, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString); - - void BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=false); - void BuildWhereClause(wxChar *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=false); - -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -// The following member functions are deprecated. You should use the BuildXxxxxStmt functions (above) - void GetSelectStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct) - { BuildSelectStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfSelect,distinct); } - void GetDeleteStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const char *pWhereClause = NULL) - { BuildDeleteStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfDel,pWhereClause); } - void GetUpdateStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpdate, const char *pWhereClause = NULL) - { BuildUpdateStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfUpdate,pWhereClause); } - void GetWhereClause(char *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, - const char *qualTableName = NULL, bool useLikeComparison=false) - { BuildWhereClause(pWhereClause,typeOfWhere,qualTableName,useLikeComparison); } -#endif - bool CanSelectForUpdate(void); -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - bool CanUpdByROWID(void) { return CanUpdateByRowID(); }; -#endif - bool CanUpdateByROWID(void); - void ClearMemberVar(UWORD colNumber, bool setToNull=false); - void ClearMemberVars(bool setToNull=false); - bool SetQueryTimeout(UDWORD nSeconds); - - wxDbColDef *GetColDefs() { return colDefs; } - bool SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType, - void *pData, SWORD cType, - int size, bool keyField = false, bool updateable = true, - bool insertAllowed = true, bool derivedColumn = false); - wxDbColDataPtr *SetColDefs(wxDbColInf *colInfs, UWORD numCols); - - bool CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor); - bool DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel); - void SetCursor(HSTMT *hstmtActivate = (void **) wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR); - HSTMT GetCursor(void) { return(hstmt); } - HSTMT *GetNewCursor(bool setCursor = false, bool bindColumns = true); -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -// The following member function is deprecated. You should use the GetNewCursor - HSTMT *NewCursor(bool setCursor = false, bool bindColumns = true) { return GetNewCursor(setCursor,bindColumns); } -#endif - - ULONG Count(const wxString &args=_T("*")); - int DB_STATUS(void) { return(pDb->DB_STATUS); } - - bool IsColNull(UWORD colNumber) const; - bool SetColNull(UWORD colNumber, bool set=true); - bool SetColNull(const wxString &colName, bool set=true); -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -// The following member functions are deprecated. You should use the SetColNull() - bool SetNull(int colNumber, bool set=true) { return (SetNull(colNumber,set)); } - bool SetNull(const char *colName, bool set=true) { return (SetNull(colName,set)); } -#endif -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - ULONG GetTableID() { return tableID; } -#endif - -//TODO: Need to Document - typedef enum { WX_ROW_MODE_QUERY , WX_ROW_MODE_INDIVIDUAL } rowmode_t; - virtual void SetRowMode(const rowmode_t rowmode); -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY - virtual wxVariant GetCol(const int colNumber) const { return GetColumn(colNumber); }; - virtual void SetCol(const int colNumber, const wxVariant value) { return SetColumn(colNumber, value); }; -#endif - virtual wxVariant GetColumn(const int colNumber) const ; - virtual void SetColumn(const int colNumber, const wxVariant value); - virtual GenericKey GetKey(void); - virtual void SetKey(const GenericKey &key); - - private: - HSTMT *m_hstmtGridQuery; - rowmode_t m_rowmode; - size_t m_keysize; - -// typedef enum {unmodified=0, UpdatePending, InsertPending } recStatus; - -// recStatus get_ModifiedStatus() { return m_recstatus; } - -// void modify() { -// if (m_recstatus==unmodified) -// m_recstatus=UpdatePending; -// } -// protected: -// void insertify() {m_recstatus=InsertPending; } -// void unmodify() {m_recstatus=unmodified; } -// recStatus m_recstatus; -//TODO: Need to Document -}; // wxDbTable - - -// Change this to 0 to remove use of all deprecated functions -#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY -//################################################################################# -//############### DEPRECATED functions for backward compatibility ################# -//################################################################################# - -// Backward compability. These will eventually go away -typedef wxDbTable wxTable; -typedef wxDbIdxDef wxIdxDef; -typedef wxDbIdxDef CidxDef; -typedef wxDbColDef wxColDef; -typedef wxDbColDef CcolDef; -typedef wxDbColDataPtr wxColDataPtr; -typedef wxDbColDataPtr CcolDataPtr; - -const int ROWID = wxDB_ROWID_LEN; -const int DEFAULT_CURSOR = wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR; -const bool QUERY_ONLY = wxDB_QUERY_ONLY; -const bool DISABLE_VIEW = wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dc.h deleted file mode 100644 index d4790403a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1003 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dc.h -// Purpose: wxDC class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 05/25/99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 55927 2008-09-28 09:12:16Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DC_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DC_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers which we must include here -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/object.h" // the base class - -#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection -#include "wx/cursor.h" // we have member variables of these classes -#include "wx/font.h" // so we can't do without them -#include "wx/colour.h" -#include "wx/bitmap.h" // for wxNullBitmap -#include "wx/brush.h" -#include "wx/pen.h" -#include "wx/palette.h" -#include "wx/list.h" // we use wxList in inline functions -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/math.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCBase; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDrawObject -{ -public: - - wxDrawObject() - : m_isBBoxValid(false) - , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0) - { } - - virtual ~wxDrawObject() { } - - virtual void Draw(wxDCBase&) const { } - - virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - if ( m_isBBoxValid ) - { - if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x; - if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y; - if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x; - if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y; - } - else - { - m_isBBoxValid = true; - - m_minX = x; - m_minY = y; - m_maxX = x; - m_maxY = y; - } - } - - void ResetBoundingBox() - { - m_isBBoxValid = false; - - m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0; - } - - // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture. - - wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; } - wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; } - wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; } - wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; } - - //to define the type of object for derived objects - virtual int GetType()=0; - -protected: - //for boundingbox calculation - bool m_isBBoxValid:1; - //for boundingbox calculation - wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY; -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global variables -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDC is the device context - object on which any drawing is done -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxDCBase() - : m_colour(wxColourDisplay()) - , m_ok(true) - , m_clipping(false) - , m_isInteractive(0) - , m_isBBoxValid(false) - , m_logicalOriginX(0), m_logicalOriginY(0) - , m_deviceOriginX(0), m_deviceOriginY(0) - , m_logicalScaleX(1.0), m_logicalScaleY(1.0) - , m_userScaleX(1.0), m_userScaleY(1.0) - , m_scaleX(1.0), m_scaleY(1.0) - , m_signX(1), m_signY(1) - , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0) - , m_clipX1(0), m_clipY1(0), m_clipX2(0), m_clipY2(0) - , m_logicalFunction(wxCOPY) - , m_backgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT) - , m_mappingMode(wxMM_TEXT) - , m_pen() - , m_brush() - , m_backgroundBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH) - , m_textForegroundColour(*wxBLACK) - , m_textBackgroundColour(*wxWHITE) - , m_font() -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - , m_palette() - , m_hasCustomPalette(false) -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - { - ResetBoundingBox(); - ResetClipping(); - } - - virtual ~wxDCBase() { } - - // graphic primitives - // ------------------ - - virtual void DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject) - { - drawobject->Draw(*this); - CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MinX(),drawobject->MinY()); - CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MaxX(),drawobject->MaxY()); - } - - bool FloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, - int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) - { return DoFloodFill(x, y, col, style); } - bool FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col, - int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) - { return DoFloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, col, style); } - - // fill the area specified by rect with a radial gradient, starting from - // initialColour in the centre of the cercle and fading to destColour. - void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour) - { GradientFillConcentric(rect, initialColour, destColour, - wxPoint(rect.GetWidth() / 2, - rect.GetHeight() / 2)); } - - void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - const wxPoint& circleCenter) - { DoGradientFillConcentric(rect, initialColour, destColour, circleCenter); } - - // fill the area specified by rect with a linear gradient - void GradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST) - { DoGradientFillLinear(rect, initialColour, destColour, nDirection); } - - bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const - { return DoGetPixel(x, y, col); } - bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const - { return DoGetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col); } - - void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) - { DoDrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); } - void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2) - { DoDrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y); } - - void CrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { DoCrossHair(x, y); } - void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt) - { DoCrossHair(pt.x, pt.y); } - - void DrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, - wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) - { DoDrawArc(x1, y1, x2, y2, xc, yc); } - void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre) - { DoDrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y); } - - void DrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height) - { DoDrawCheckMark(x, y, width, height); } - void DrawCheckMark(const wxRect& rect) - { DoDrawCheckMark(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } - - void DrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa, double ea) - { DoDrawEllipticArc(x, y, w, h, sa, ea); } - void DrawEllipticArc(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, - double sa, double ea) - { DoDrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea); } - - void DrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { DoDrawPoint(x, y); } - void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt) - { DoDrawPoint(pt.x, pt.y); } - - void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0) - { DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); } - void DrawLines(const wxList *list, - wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); - - void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) - { DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); } - - void DrawPolygon(const wxList *list, - wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); - - void DrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) - { DoDrawPolyPolygon(n, count, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); } - - void DrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) - { DoDrawRectangle(x, y, width, height); } - void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) - { DoDrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } - void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect) - { DoDrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } - - void DrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - double radius) - { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, radius); } - void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, - double radius) - { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius); } - void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& r, double radius) - { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height, radius); } - - void DrawCircle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord radius) - { DoDrawEllipse(x - radius, y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); } - void DrawCircle(const wxPoint& pt, wxCoord radius) - { DrawCircle(pt.x, pt.y, radius); } - - void DrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) - { DoDrawEllipse(x, y, width, height); } - void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) - { DoDrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } - void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect) - { DoDrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } - - void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { DoDrawIcon(icon, x, y); } - void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt) - { DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); } - - void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - bool useMask = false) - { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); } - void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt, - bool useMask = false) - { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); } - - void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { DoDrawText(text, x, y); } - void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt) - { DoDrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y); } - - void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) - { DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); } - void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, double angle) - { DoDrawRotatedText(text, pt.x, pt.y, angle); } - - // this version puts both optional bitmap and the text into the given - // rectangle and aligns is as specified by alignment parameter; it also - // will emphasize the character with the given index if it is != -1 and - // return the bounding rectangle if required - virtual void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, - const wxBitmap& image, - const wxRect& rect, - int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP, - int indexAccel = -1, - wxRect *rectBounding = NULL); - - void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, const wxRect& rect, - int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP, - int indexAccel = -1) - { DrawLabel(text, wxNullBitmap, rect, alignment, indexAccel); } - - bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, - int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) - { - return DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height, - source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask); - } - bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz, - wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt, - int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxDefaultPosition) - { - return DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y, - source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y); - } - - wxBitmap GetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect = (const wxRect *) NULL) const - { - return DoGetAsBitmap(subrect); - } - -#if wxUSE_SPLINES - // TODO: this API needs fixing (wxPointList, why (!const) "wxList *"?) - void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, - wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, - wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3); - void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]); - - void DrawSpline(wxList *points) { DoDrawSpline(points); } -#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES - - // Eventually we will have wxUSE_GENERIC_DRAWELLIPSE -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - //! Generic method to draw ellipses, circles and arcs with current pen and brush. - /*! \param x Upper left corner of bounding box. - * \param y Upper left corner of bounding box. - * \param w Width of bounding box. - * \param h Height of bounding box. - * \param sa Starting angle of arc - * (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle). - * \param ea Ending angle of arc. - * \param angle Rotation angle, the Arc will be rotated after - * calculating begin and end. - */ - void DrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) - { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( x, y, width, height, sa, ea, angle ); } - - void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxPoint& pt, - const wxSize& sz, - double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) - { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea, angle ); } - - void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxRect& rect, - double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) - { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sa, ea, angle ); } - - virtual void DoDrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ); - - //! Rotates points around center. - /*! This is a quite straight method, it calculates in pixels - * and so it produces rounding errors. - * \param points The points inside will be rotated. - * \param angle Rotating angle (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle). - * \param center Center of rotation. - */ - void Rotate( wxList* points, double angle, wxPoint center = wxPoint(0,0) ); - - // used by DrawEllipticArcRot - // Careful: wxList gets filled with points you have to delete later. - void CalculateEllipticPoints( wxList* points, - wxCoord xStart, wxCoord yStart, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa, double ea ); -#endif - - // global DC operations - // -------------------- - - virtual void Clear() = 0; - - virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return true; } - virtual void EndDoc() { } - - virtual void StartPage() { } - virtual void EndPage() { } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( void BeginDrawing() ); - wxDEPRECATED( void EndDrawing() ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - - // set objects to use for drawing - // ------------------------------ - - virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; - virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) = 0; - virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) = 0; - virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) = 0; - virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) = 0; -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0; -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - - // clipping region - // --------------- - - void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) - { DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, width, height); } - void SetClippingRegion(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) - { DoSetClippingRegion(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } - void SetClippingRegion(const wxRect& rect) - { DoSetClippingRegion(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } - void SetClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region) - { DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(region); } - - virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { ResetClipping(); } - - void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const - { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); } - void GetClippingBox(wxRect& rect) const - { - DoGetClippingBox(&rect.x, &rect.y, &rect.width, &rect.height); - } - - // text extent - // ----------- - - virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const = 0; - virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const = 0; - - // only works for single line strings - void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, - wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *descent = NULL, - wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const - { DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); } - - wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& string) const - { - wxCoord w, h; - DoGetTextExtent(string, &w, &h); - return wxSize(w, h); - } - - // works for single as well as multi-line strings - virtual void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string, - wxCoord *width, - wxCoord *height, - wxCoord *heightLine = NULL, - wxFont *font = NULL) const; - - wxSize GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string) const - { - wxCoord w, h; - GetMultiLineTextExtent(string, &w, &h); - return wxSize(w, h); - } - - // Measure cumulative width of text after each character - bool GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const - { return DoGetPartialTextExtents(text, widths); } - - // size and resolution - // ------------------- - - // in device units - void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const - { DoGetSize(width, height); } - wxSize GetSize() const - { - int w, h; - DoGetSize(&w, &h); - - return wxSize(w, h); - } - - // in mm - void GetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const - { DoGetSizeMM(width, height); } - wxSize GetSizeMM() const - { - int w, h; - DoGetSizeMM(&w, &h); - - return wxSize(w, h); - } - - // coordinates conversions - // ----------------------- - - // This group of functions does actual conversion of the input, as you'd - // expect. - wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const; - wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const; - wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const; - wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const; - wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const; - wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const; - wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const; - wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const; - - // query DC capabilities - // --------------------- - - virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const = 0; - virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const = 0; - - // colour depth - virtual int GetDepth() const = 0; - - // Resolution in Pixels per inch - virtual wxSize GetPPI() const = 0; - - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } - - // accessors and setters - // --------------------- - - virtual int GetBackgroundMode() const { return m_backgroundMode; } - virtual const wxBrush& GetBackground() const { return m_backgroundBrush; } - virtual const wxBrush& GetBrush() const { return m_brush; } - virtual const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } - virtual const wxPen& GetPen() const { return m_pen; } - - virtual const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const { return m_textForegroundColour; } - virtual const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const { return m_textBackgroundColour; } - virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) - { m_textForegroundColour = colour; } - virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) - { m_textBackgroundColour = colour; } - - virtual int GetMapMode() const { return m_mappingMode; } - virtual void SetMapMode(int mode) = 0; - - virtual void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const - { - if ( x ) *x = m_userScaleX; - if ( y ) *y = m_userScaleY; - } - virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y) = 0; - - virtual void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y) - { - if ( x ) *x = m_logicalScaleX; - if ( y ) *y = m_logicalScaleY; - } - virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y) - { - m_logicalScaleX = x; - m_logicalScaleY = y; - } - - void GetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const - { DoGetLogicalOrigin(x, y); } - wxPoint GetLogicalOrigin() const - { wxCoord x, y; DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); } - virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - - void GetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const - { DoGetDeviceOrigin(x, y); } - wxPoint GetDeviceOrigin() const - { wxCoord x, y; DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); } - virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - - virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin() {} - - virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) = 0; - - virtual int GetLogicalFunction() const { return m_logicalFunction; } - virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function) = 0; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - virtual void SetOptimization(bool WXUNUSED(opt)) { } - virtual bool GetOptimization() { return false; } -#endif - - // bounding box - // ------------ - - virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - if ( m_isBBoxValid ) - { - if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x; - if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y; - if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x; - if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y; - } - else - { - m_isBBoxValid = true; - - m_minX = x; - m_minY = y; - m_maxX = x; - m_maxY = y; - } - } - - void ResetBoundingBox() - { - m_isBBoxValid = false; - - m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0; - } - - // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture. - wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; } - wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; } - wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; } - wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; } - - // misc old functions - // ------------------ - - // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere - void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, - long *x, long *y, - long *descent = NULL, - long *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const - { - wxCoord x2, y2, descent2, externalLeading2; - DoGetTextExtent(string, &x2, &y2, - &descent2, &externalLeading2, - theFont); - if ( x ) - *x = x2; - if ( y ) - *y = y2; - if ( descent ) - *descent = descent2; - if ( externalLeading ) - *externalLeading = externalLeading2; - } - - void GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const - { - wxCoord x2, y2; - DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x2, &y2); - if ( x ) - *x = x2; - if ( y ) - *y = y2; - } - - void GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const - { - wxCoord x2, y2; - DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x2, &y2); - if ( x ) - *x = x2; - if ( y ) - *y = y2; - } - void GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const - { - wxCoord xx,yy,ww,hh; - DoGetClippingBox(&xx, &yy, &ww, &hh); - if (x) *x = xx; - if (y) *y = yy; - if (w) *w = ww; - if (h) *h = hh; - } - - // RTL related functions - // --------------------- - - // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this dc, - // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported - virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const - { return wxLayout_Default; } - virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir)) - { } - -protected: - // the pure virtual functions which should be implemented by wxDC - virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, - int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) = 0; - - virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); - - virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - const wxPoint& circleCenter); - - virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, - wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, - wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa, double ea) = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - double radius) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; - - virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - bool useMask = false) = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, - wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) = 0; - - virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, - int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) = 0; - - virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *WXUNUSED(subrect)) const { return wxNullBitmap; } - - virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0; - virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0; - - virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) = 0; - virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, - int fillStyle); - - virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0; - virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // this was only for confusing people, use DoGetClippingBox only - virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) - { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); } -#endif - - virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const - { - if ( x ) - *x = m_clipX1; - if ( y ) - *y = m_clipY1; - if ( w ) - *w = m_clipX2 - m_clipX1; - if ( h ) - *h = m_clipY2 - m_clipY1; - } - - virtual void DoGetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const - { - if ( x ) *x = m_logicalOriginX; - if ( y ) *y = m_logicalOriginY; - } - - virtual void DoGetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const - { - if ( x ) *x = m_deviceOriginX; - if ( y ) *y = m_deviceOriginY; - } - - virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, - wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *descent = NULL, - wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const = 0; - - virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; - -#if wxUSE_SPLINES - virtual void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points); -#endif - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - // returns adjustment factor for converting wxFont "point size"; in wx - // it is point size on screen and needs to be multiplied by this value - // for rendering on higher-resolution DCs such as printer ones - static float GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(float dpi); -#endif - -protected: - // unset clipping variables (after clipping region was destroyed) - void ResetClipping() - { - m_clipping = false; - - m_clipX1 = m_clipX2 = m_clipY1 = m_clipY2 = 0; - } - - // flags - bool m_colour:1; - bool m_ok:1; - bool m_clipping:1; - bool m_isInteractive:1; - bool m_isBBoxValid:1; - - // coordinate system variables - - // TODO short descriptions of what exactly they are would be nice... - - wxCoord m_logicalOriginX, m_logicalOriginY; - wxCoord m_deviceOriginX, m_deviceOriginY; - - double m_logicalScaleX, m_logicalScaleY; - double m_userScaleX, m_userScaleY; - double m_scaleX, m_scaleY; - - // Used by SetAxisOrientation() to invert the axes - int m_signX, m_signY; - - // bounding and clipping boxes - wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY; - wxCoord m_clipX1, m_clipY1, m_clipX2, m_clipY2; - - int m_logicalFunction; - int m_backgroundMode; - int m_mappingMode; - - // GDI objects - wxPen m_pen; - wxBrush m_brush; - wxBrush m_backgroundBrush; - wxColour m_textForegroundColour; - wxColour m_textBackgroundColour; - wxFont m_font; - -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - wxPalette m_palette; - bool m_hasCustomPalette; -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBase) - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// now include the declaration of wxDC class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dc.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dc.h" -#endif - -#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT - #include "wx/dcgraph.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC text colour and -// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCTextColourChanger -{ -public: - wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc) : m_dc(dc), m_colFgOld() { } - - wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxColour& col) : m_dc(dc) - { - Set(col); - } - - ~wxDCTextColourChanger() - { - if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) - m_dc.SetTextForeground(m_colFgOld); - } - - void Set(const wxColour& col) - { - if ( !m_colFgOld.Ok() ) - m_colFgOld = m_dc.GetTextForeground(); - m_dc.SetTextForeground(col); - } - -private: - wxDC& m_dc; - - wxColour m_colFgOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTextColourChanger) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC pen and -// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCPenChanger -{ -public: - wxDCPenChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxPen& pen) : m_dc(dc), m_penOld(dc.GetPen()) - { - m_dc.SetPen(pen); - } - - ~wxDCPenChanger() - { - if ( m_penOld.Ok() ) - m_dc.SetPen(m_penOld); - } - -private: - wxDC& m_dc; - - wxPen m_penOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCPenChanger) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC brush and -// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBrushChanger -{ -public: - wxDCBrushChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxBrush& brush) : m_dc(dc), m_brushOld(dc.GetBrush()) - { - m_dc.SetBrush(brush); - } - - ~wxDCBrushChanger() - { - if ( m_brushOld.Ok() ) - m_dc.SetBrush(m_brushOld); - } - -private: - wxDC& m_dc; - - wxBrush m_brushOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBrushChanger) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// another small helper class: sets the clipping region in its ctor and -// destroys it in the dtor -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCClipper -{ -public: - wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRegion& r) : m_dc(dc) - { dc.SetClippingRegion(r); } - wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& r) : m_dc(dc) - { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height); } - wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) : m_dc(dc) - { dc.SetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h); } - - ~wxDCClipper() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); } - -private: - wxDC& m_dc; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCClipper) -}; - -#endif // _WX_DC_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcbuffer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcbuffer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 46c28ba53..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcbuffer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,276 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcbuffer.h -// Purpose: wxBufferedDC class -// Author: Ron Lee -// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (refactored, added bg preservation) -// Created: 16/03/02 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcbuffer.h 44609 2007-03-05 08:58:09Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Ron Lee -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ -#define _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ - -#include "wx/dcmemory.h" -#include "wx/dcclient.h" -#include "wx/window.h" - -// Split platforms into two groups - those which have well-working -// double-buffering by default, and those which do not. -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXDFB__) - #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 1 -#else - #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 0 -#endif - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Double buffering helper. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Assumes the buffer bitmap covers the entire scrolled window, -// and prepares the window DC accordingly -#define wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA 0x01 - -// Assumes the buffer bitmap only covers the client area; -// does not prepare the window DC -#define wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA 0x02 - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBufferedDC : public wxMemoryDC -{ -public: - // Default ctor, must subsequently call Init for two stage construction. - wxBufferedDC() - : m_dc(NULL), - m_buffer(NULL), - m_style(0) - { - } - - // Construct a wxBufferedDC using a user supplied buffer. - wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc, - wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap, - int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL) - { - Init(dc, buffer, style); - } - - // Construct a wxBufferedDC with an internal buffer of 'area' - // (where area is usually something like the size of the window - // being buffered) - wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc, const wxSize& area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL) - { - Init(dc, area, style); - } - - // The usually desired action in the dtor is to blit the buffer. - virtual ~wxBufferedDC() - { - if ( m_dc ) - UnMask(); - } - - // These reimplement the actions of the ctors for two stage creation - void Init(wxDC *dc, - wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap, - int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - { - InitCommon(dc, style); - - m_buffer = &buffer; - - UseBuffer(); - } - - void Init(wxDC *dc, const wxSize &area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - { - InitCommon(dc, style); - - UseBuffer(area.x, area.y); - } - - // Blits the buffer to the dc, and detaches the dc from the buffer (so it - // can be effectively used once only). - // - // Usually called in the dtor or by the dtor of derived classes if the - // BufferedDC must blit before the derived class (which may own the dc it's - // blitting to) is destroyed. - void UnMask() - { - wxCHECK_RET( m_dc, _T("no underlying wxDC?") ); - wxASSERT_MSG( m_buffer && m_buffer->IsOk(), _T("invalid backing store") ); - - wxCoord x = 0, - y = 0; - - if ( m_style & wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA ) - GetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); - - m_dc->Blit(0, 0, m_buffer->GetWidth(), m_buffer->GetHeight(), - this, -x, -y ); - m_dc = NULL; - } - - // Set and get the style - void SetStyle(int style) { m_style = style; } - int GetStyle() const { return m_style; } - -private: - // common part of Init()s - void InitCommon(wxDC *dc, int style) - { - wxASSERT_MSG( !m_dc, _T("wxBufferedDC already initialised") ); - - m_dc = dc; - m_style = style; - - // inherit the same layout direction as the original DC - if (dc && dc->IsOk()) - SetLayoutDirection(dc->GetLayoutDirection()); - } - - // check that the bitmap is valid and use it - void UseBuffer(wxCoord w = -1, wxCoord h = -1); - - // the underlying DC to which we copy everything drawn on this one in - // UnMask() - // - // NB: Without the existence of a wxNullDC, this must be a pointer, else it - // could probably be a reference. - wxDC *m_dc; - - // the buffer (selected in this DC), initially invalid - wxBitmap *m_buffer; - - // the buffering style - int m_style; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBufferedDC) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedDC) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Double buffered PaintDC. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Creates a double buffered wxPaintDC, optionally allowing the -// user to specify their own buffer to use. -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBufferedPaintDC : public wxBufferedDC -{ -public: - // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created. - wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, wxBitmap& buffer, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - : m_paintdc(window) - { - // If we're buffering the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well - if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA) - window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc ); - - if( buffer.IsOk() ) - Init(&m_paintdc, buffer, style); - else - Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style); - } - - // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created. - wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) - : m_paintdc(window) - { - // If we're using the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well - if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA) - window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc ); - - Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style); - } - - // default copy ctor ok. - - virtual ~wxBufferedPaintDC() - { - // We must UnMask here, else by the time the base class - // does it, the PaintDC will have already been destroyed. - UnMask(); - } - -protected: - // return the size needed by the buffer: this depends on whether we're - // buffering just the currently shown part or the total (scrolled) window - static wxSize GetBufferedSize(wxWindow *window, int style) - { - return style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA ? window->GetVirtualSize() - : window->GetClientSize(); - } - -private: - wxPaintDC m_paintdc; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC) -}; - - - -// -// wxAutoBufferedPaintDC is a wxPaintDC in toolkits which have double- -// buffering by default. Otherwise it is a wxBufferedPaintDC. Thus, -// you can only expect it work with a simple constructor that -// accepts single wxWindow* argument. -// -#if wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER - #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxPaintDC -#else - #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxBufferedPaintDC -#endif - - -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - -class wxAutoBufferedPaintDC : public wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase -{ -public: - - wxAutoBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow* win) - : wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase(win) - { - TestWinStyle(win); - } - - virtual ~wxAutoBufferedPaintDC() { } - -private: - - void TestWinStyle(wxWindow* win) - { - // Help the user to get the double-buffering working properly. - wxASSERT_MSG( win->GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM, - wxT("In constructor, you need to call SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM), ") - wxT("and also, if needed, paint the background manually in the paint event handler.")); - } - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutoBufferedPaintDC) -}; - -#else // !__WXDEBUG__ - -// In release builds, just use typedef -typedef wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxAutoBufferedPaintDC; - -#endif - - -// Check if the window is natively double buffered and will return a wxPaintDC -// if it is, a wxBufferedPaintDC otherwise. It is the caller's responsibility -// to delete the wxDC pointer when finished with it. -inline wxDC* wxAutoBufferedPaintDCFactory(wxWindow* window) -{ - if ( window->IsDoubleBuffered() ) - return new wxPaintDC(window); - else - return new wxBufferedPaintDC(window); -} - -#endif // _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcclient.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcclient.h deleted file mode 100644 index c8bc31a15..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcclient.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcclient.h -// Purpose: wxClientDC base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) -#include "wx/palmos/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -#include "wx/motif/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) -#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -#include "wx/gtk1/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -#include "wx/x11/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) -#include "wx/mgl/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) -#include "wx/dfb/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#include "wx/cocoa/dcclient.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/dcclient.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcgraph.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcgraph.h deleted file mode 100644 index e94996657..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcgraph.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/graphdc.h -// Purpose: graphics context device bridge header -// Author: Stefan Csomor -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcgraph.h 53390 2008-04-28 04:19:15Z KO $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ -#define _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ - -#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT - -#include "wx/geometry.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/graphics.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDC; - -#ifdef __WXMAC__ -#define wxGCDC wxDC -#endif - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGCDC: -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - public wxDCBase -#else - public wxDC -#endif -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGCDC) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDC) - -public: - wxGCDC(const wxWindowDC& dc); -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - wxGCDC( const wxMemoryDC& dc); -#endif - wxGCDC(); - virtual ~wxGCDC(); - - void Init(); - - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - - virtual void Clear(); - - virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message ); - virtual void EndDoc(); - - virtual void StartPage(); - virtual void EndPage(); - - // to be virtualized on next major - // flushing the content of this dc immediately onto screen - void Flush(); - - virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); - virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen); - virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush); - virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush); - virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode); - virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); - - virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(); - - virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; - virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; - - virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const; - virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const; - virtual int GetDepth() const; - virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; - - virtual void SetMapMode(int mode); - virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y); - - virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y); - virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp); - virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function); - - virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour); - virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour); - - virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); - - wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() { return m_graphicContext; } - virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx ); - -protected: - // the true implementations - virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, - int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); - - virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); - - virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, - const wxColour& initialColour, - const wxColour& destColour, - const wxPoint& circleCenter); - - virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const; - - virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - -#if wxUSE_SPLINES - virtual void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points); -#endif - - virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); - - virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, - wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, - wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc); - - virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - - virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa, double ea); - - virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - double radius); - virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - - virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - - virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - bool useMask = false); - - virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - double angle); - - virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, - int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1); - - virtual void DoGetSize(int *,int *) const; - virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const; - - virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset); - virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); - virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, - int fillStyle); - - virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region); - virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - - virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, - wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *descent = NULL, - wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; - - virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; - -protected: - // scaling variables - bool m_logicalFunctionSupported; - double m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y; - wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixOriginal; - wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixCurrent; - - double m_formerScaleX, m_formerScaleY; - - wxGraphicsContext* m_graphicContext; -}; - -#endif - -#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmemory.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmemory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 68d4355ac..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmemory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcmemory.h -// Purpose: wxMemoryDC base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 43843 2006-12-07 05:44:44Z PC $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - -// NOTE: different native implementations of wxMemoryDC will derive from -// different wxDC classes (wxPaintDC, wxWindowDC, etc), so that -// we cannot derive wxMemoryDCBase from wxDC and then use it as the -// only base class for native impl of wxMemoryDC... -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDCBase -{ -public: - wxMemoryDCBase() { } - - // avoid warnings about having virtual functions but non virtual dtor - virtual ~wxMemoryDCBase() { } - - // select the given bitmap to draw on it - void SelectObject(wxBitmap& bmp) - { - // make sure that the given wxBitmap is not sharing its data with other - // wxBitmap instances as its contents will be modified by any drawing - // operation done on this DC - if (bmp.IsOk()) - bmp.UnShare(); - - DoSelect(bmp); - } - - // select the given bitmap for read-only - virtual void SelectObjectAsSource(const wxBitmap& bmp) - { - DoSelect(bmp); - } - -protected: - virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bmp) = 0; -}; - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) -#include "wx/palmos/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -#include "wx/motif/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) -#include "wx/gtk/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -#include "wx/gtk1/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -#include "wx/x11/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) -#include "wx/mgl/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) -#include "wx/dfb/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#include "wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/dcmemory.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmirror.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmirror.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc15a398e..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcmirror.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,287 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcmirror.h -// Purpose: wxMirrorDC class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 21.07.2003 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmirror.h 41751 2006-10-08 21:56:55Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ -#define _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ - -#include "wx/dc.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMirrorDC allows to write the same code for horz/vertical layout -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMirrorDC : public wxDC -{ -public: - // constructs a mirror DC associated with the given real DC - // - // if mirror parameter is true, all vertical and horizontal coordinates are - // exchanged, otherwise this class behaves in exactly the same way as a - // plain DC - // - // the cast to wxMirrorDC is a dirty hack done to allow us to call the - // protected methods of wxDCBase directly in our code below, without it it - // would be impossible (this is correct from C++ point of view but doesn't - // make any sense in this particular situation) - wxMirrorDC(wxDC& dc, bool mirror) : m_dc((wxMirrorDC&)dc) - { m_mirror = mirror; } - - // wxDCBase operations - virtual void Clear() { m_dc.Clear(); } - virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_dc.SetFont(font); } - virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) { m_dc.SetPen(pen); } - virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) { m_dc.SetBrush(brush); } - virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) - { m_dc.SetBackground(brush); } - virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) { m_dc.SetBackgroundMode(mode); } -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) - { m_dc.SetPalette(palette); } -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); } - virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const { return m_dc.GetCharHeight(); } - virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const { return m_dc.GetCharWidth(); } - virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return m_dc.CanDrawBitmap(); } - virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return m_dc.CanGetTextExtent(); } - virtual int GetDepth() const { return m_dc.GetDepth(); } - virtual wxSize GetPPI() const { return m_dc.GetPPI(); } - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_dc.Ok(); } - virtual void SetMapMode(int mode) { m_dc.SetMapMode(mode); } - virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y) - { m_dc.SetUserScale(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } - virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { m_dc.SetLogicalOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } - virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { m_dc.SetDeviceOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } - virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) - { m_dc.SetAxisOrientation(GetX(xLeftRight, yBottomUp), - GetY(xLeftRight, yBottomUp)); } - virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function) - { m_dc.SetLogicalFunction(function); } - - // helper functions which may be useful for the users of this class - wxSize Reflect(const wxSize& sizeOrig) - { - return m_mirror ? wxSize(sizeOrig.y, sizeOrig.x) : sizeOrig; - } - -protected: - // returns x and y if not mirroring or y and x if mirroring - wxCoord GetX(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } - wxCoord GetY(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } - double GetX(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } - double GetY(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } - bool GetX(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } - bool GetY(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } - - // same thing but for pointers - wxCoord *GetX(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } - wxCoord *GetY(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } - - // exchange x and y unconditionally - static void Swap(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y) - { - wxCoord t = x; - x = y; - y = t; - } - - // exchange x and y components of all points in the array if necessary - void Mirror(int n, wxPoint points[]) const - { - if ( m_mirror ) - { - for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) - { - Swap(points[i].x, points[i].y); - } - } - } - - - // wxDCBase functions - virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, - int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) - { - return m_dc.DoFloodFill(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col, style); - } - - virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const - { - return m_dc.DoGetPixel(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col); - } - - - virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - m_dc.DoDrawPoint(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) - { - m_dc.DoDrawLine(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1), GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, - wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, - wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) - { - wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") ); - - m_dc.DoDrawArc(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1), - GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2), - xc, yc); - } - - virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h) - { - m_dc.DoDrawCheckMark(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), - GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double sa, double ea) - { - wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") ); - - m_dc.DoDrawEllipticArc(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), - GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), - sa, ea); - } - - virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) - { - m_dc.DoDrawRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - double radius) - { - m_dc.DoDrawRoundedRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), - GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), - radius); - } - - virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) - { - m_dc.DoDrawEllipse(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - m_dc.DoCrossHair(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - m_dc.DoDrawIcon(icon, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - bool useMask = false) - { - m_dc.DoDrawBitmap(bmp, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), useMask); - } - - virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) - { - // this is never mirrored - m_dc.DoDrawText(text, x, y); - } - - virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, - wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) - { - // this is never mirrored - m_dc.DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); - } - - virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h, - wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, - int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, - wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) - { - return m_dc.DoBlit(GetX(xdest, ydest), GetY(xdest, ydest), - GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), - source, GetX(xsrc, ysrc), GetY(xsrc, ysrc), - rop, useMask, - GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask), GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask)); - } - - virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const - { - m_dc.DoGetSize(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int *w, int *h) const - { - m_dc.DoGetSizeMM(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) - { - Mirror(n, points); - - m_dc.DoDrawLines(n, points, - GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset)); - - Mirror(n, points); - } - - virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], - wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, - int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) - { - Mirror(n, points); - - m_dc.DoDrawPolygon(n, points, - GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset), - fillStyle); - - Mirror(n, points); - } - - virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) - { - wxFAIL_MSG( _T("not implemented") ); - } - - virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - wxCoord w, wxCoord h) - { - m_dc.DoSetClippingRegion(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); - } - - virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, - wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *descent = NULL, - wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const - { - // never mirrored - m_dc.DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); - } - -private: - wxMirrorDC& m_dc; - - bool m_mirror; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMirrorDC) -}; - -#endif // _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcprint.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcprint.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5a40911d1..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcprint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcprint.h -// Purpose: wxPrinterDC base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcprint.h 41240 2006-09-15 16:45:48Z PC $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) -#include "wx/palmos/dcprint.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/dcprint.h" -#endif -#if defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/dcprint.h" -#endif -#if defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/dcprint.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE -#endif - // _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcps.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcps.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2615d3324..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcps.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcps.h -// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcps.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h" - -#endif - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcscreen.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7e59787ef..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dcscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dcscreen.h -// Purpose: wxScreenDC base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcscreen.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) -#include "wx/palmos/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -#include "wx/motif/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) -#include "wx/gtk/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -#include "wx/gtk1/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -#include "wx/x11/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) -#include "wx/mgl/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) -#include "wx/dfb/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#include "wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/dcscreen.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dde.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dde.h deleted file mode 100644 index 402a6ec70..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dde.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dde.h -// Purpose: DDE base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dde.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/list.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEClient; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEServer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEConnection; - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEClient, wxDDEClientList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEServer, wxDDEServerList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEConnection, wxDDEConnectionList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/dde.h" -#else - #error DDE is only supported on MSW -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debug.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debug.h deleted file mode 100644 index fd389d516..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debug.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,316 +0,0 @@ -/** -* Name: wx/debug.h -* Purpose: Misc debug functions and macros -* Author: Vadim Zeitlin -* Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) -* Created: 29/01/98 -* RCS-ID: $Id: debug.h 54492 2008-07-05 17:54:03Z SN $ -* Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -* Licence: wxWindows licence -*/ - -/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ - -#ifndef _WX_DEBUG_H_ -#define _WX_DEBUG_H_ - -#ifndef __WXWINCE__ -#include -#endif -#include /* for CHAR_BIT used below */ - -#include "wx/wxchar.h" /* for __TFILE__ and wxChar */ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Defines controlling the debugging macros */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* if _DEBUG is defined (MS VC++ and others use it in debug builds), define */ -/* __WXDEBUG__ too */ -#ifdef _DEBUG - #ifndef __WXDEBUG__ - #define __WXDEBUG__ - #endif /* !__WXDEBUG__ */ -#endif /* _DEBUG */ - -/* if NDEBUG is defined ( uses it), undef __WXDEBUG__ and WXDEBUG */ -#ifdef NDEBUG - #undef __WXDEBUG__ - #undef WXDEBUG -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* if __WXDEBUG__ is defined, make sure that WXDEBUG is defined and >= 1 */ -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - #if !defined(WXDEBUG) || !WXDEBUG - #undef WXDEBUG - #define WXDEBUG 1 - #endif /* !WXDEBUG */ -#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */ - -#ifndef __WXFUNCTION__ - /* TODO: add more compilers supporting __FUNCTION__ */ - #if defined(__DMC__) - /* - __FUNCTION__ happens to be not defined within class members - http://www.digitalmars.com/drn-bin/wwwnews?c%2B%2B.beta/485 - */ - #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL) - #elif defined(__GNUC__) || \ - (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300) || \ - defined(__FUNCTION__) - #define __WXFUNCTION__ __FUNCTION__ - #else - /* still define __WXFUNCTION__ to avoid #ifdefs elsewhere */ - #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL) - #endif -#endif /* __WXFUNCTION__ already defined */ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Debugging macros */ -/* */ -/* All debugging macros rely on ASSERT() which in turn calls the user-defined */ -/* OnAssert() function. To keep things simple, it's called even when the */ -/* expression is true (i.e. everything is ok) and by default does nothing: just */ -/* returns the same value back. But if you redefine it to do something more sexy */ -/* (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or */ -/* whatever) it will affect all ASSERTs, FAILs and CHECKs in your code. */ -/* */ -/* Warning: if you don't like advice on programming style, don't read */ -/* further! ;-) */ -/* */ -/* Extensive use of these macros is recommended! Remember that ASSERTs are */ -/* disabled in final build (without __WXDEBUG__ defined), so they add strictly */ -/* nothing to your program's code. On the other hand, CHECK macros do stay */ -/* even in release builds, but in general are not much of a burden, while */ -/* a judicious use of them might increase your program's stability. */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Macros which are completely disabled in 'release' mode */ -/* */ -/* NB: these functions are implemented in src/common/appcmn.cpp */ -#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__WXDEBUG__) - /* - This function is called whenever one of debugging macros fails (i.e. - condition is false in an assertion). To customize its behaviour, override - wxApp::OnAssert(). - - Parameters: - szFile and nLine - file name and line number of the ASSERT - szFunc - function name of the ASSERT, may be NULL (NB: ASCII) - szCond - text form of the condition which failed - szMsg - optional message explaining the reason - */ - extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const wxChar *szFile, - int nLine, - const char *szFunc, - const wxChar *szCond, - const wxChar *szMsg = NULL); - - /* call this function to break into the debugger unconditionally (assuming */ - /* the program is running under debugger, of course) */ - extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrap(); - - /* generic assert macro */ - #define wxASSERT(cond) wxASSERT_MSG(cond, NULL) - - - /* assert with additional message explaining its cause */ - - /* compilers can give a warning (such as "possible unwanted ;") when using */ - /* the default definition of wxASSERT_MSG so we provide an alternative */ - #if defined(__MWERKS__) - #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) \ - if ( cond ) \ - {} \ - else \ - wxOnAssert(__TFILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, _T(#cond), msg) - #else - #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) \ - if ( cond ) \ - ; \ - else \ - wxOnAssert(__TFILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, _T(#cond), msg) - #endif - - /* special form of assert: always triggers it (in debug mode) */ - #define wxFAIL wxFAIL_MSG(NULL) - - /* FAIL with some message */ - #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg) wxFAIL_COND_MSG("wxAssertFailure", msg) - - /* FAIL with some message and a condition */ - #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg) \ - wxOnAssert(__TFILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, _T(cond), msg) - - /* An assert helper used to avoid warning when testing constant expressions, */ - /* i.e. wxASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4 ) can generate a compiler warning about */ - /* expression being always true, but not using */ - /* wxASSERT( wxAssertIsEqual(sizeof(int), 4) ) */ - /* */ - /* NB: this is made obsolete by wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() and should no */ - /* longer be used. */ - extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAssertIsEqual(int x, int y); -#else - #define wxTrap() - - /* nothing to do in release mode (hopefully at this moment there are */ - /* no more bugs ;-) */ - #define wxASSERT(cond) - #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) - #define wxFAIL - #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg) - #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg) -#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus - /* Use of wxFalse instead of false suppresses compiler warnings about testing */ - /* constant expression */ - extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const bool) wxFalse; -#endif - -#define wxAssertFailure wxFalse - -/* NB: the following macros also work in release mode! */ - -/* - These macros must be used only in invalid situation: for example, an - invalid parameter (e.g. a NULL pointer) is passed to a function. Instead of - dereferencing it and causing core dump the function might try using - CHECK( p != NULL ) or CHECK( p != NULL, return LogError("p is NULL!!") ) -*/ - -/* check that expression is true, "return" if not (also FAILs in debug mode) */ -#define wxCHECK(cond, rc) wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, NULL) - -/* as wxCHECK but with a message explaining why we fail */ -#define wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return rc, msg) - -/* check that expression is true, perform op if not */ -#define wxCHECK2(cond, op) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, NULL) - -/* as wxCHECK2 but with a message explaining why we fail */ - -#ifdef __GNUC__ - #define wxFORCE_SEMICOLON typedef int wxDummyCheckInt - /* Note: old gcc versions (e.g. 2.8) give an internal compiler error */ - /* on a simple forward declaration, when used in a template */ - /* function, so rather use a dummy typedef which does work... */ -#else - #define wxFORCE_SEMICOLON struct wxDummyCheckStruct - /* Note2: however, some other compilers (notably Digital Mars */ - /* don't like multiple typedefs (even though the standard */ - /* does allow them), so use a forward declaration for non-gcc. */ -#endif -/* see comment near the definition of wxASSERT_MSG for the # if/else reason */ -#if defined(__MWERKS__) - #define wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, msg) \ - if ( cond ) \ - {} \ - else \ - { \ - wxFAIL_COND_MSG(#cond, msg); \ - op; \ - } \ - struct wxDummyCheckStruct /* just to force a semicolon */ -#else - #define wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, msg) \ - if ( cond ) \ - ; \ - else \ - { \ - wxFAIL_COND_MSG(#cond, msg); \ - op; \ - } \ - wxFORCE_SEMICOLON /* just to force a semicolon */ -#endif - -/* special form of wxCHECK2: as wxCHECK, but for use in void functions */ -/* */ -/* NB: there is only one form (with msg parameter) and it's intentional: */ -/* there is no other way to tell the caller what exactly went wrong */ -/* from the void function (of course, the function shouldn't be void */ -/* to begin with...) */ -#define wxCHECK_RET(cond, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return, msg) - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Compile time asserts */ -/* */ -/* Unlike the normal assert and related macros above which are checked during */ -/* the program tun-time the macros below will result in a compilation error if */ -/* the condition they check is false. This is usually used to check the */ -/* expressions containing sizeof()s which cannot be tested with the */ -/* preprocessor. If you can use the #if's, do use them as you can give a more */ -/* detailed error message then. */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - How this works (you don't have to understand it to be able to use the - macros): we rely on the fact that it is invalid to define a named bit field - in a struct of width 0. All the rest are just the hacks to minimize the - possibility of the compiler warnings when compiling this macro: in - particular, this is why we define a struct and not an object (which would - result in a warning about unused variable) and a named struct (otherwise we'd - get a warning about an unnamed struct not used to define an object!). - */ - -#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxAssert_) - -/* - The second argument of this macro must be a valid C++ identifier and not a - string. I.e. you should use it like this: - - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) >= 2, YourIntsAreTooSmall ); - - It may be used both within a function and in the global scope. -*/ -#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__cplusplus) - /* avoid "unused symbol" warning */ - #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \ - class wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { \ - unsigned int msg: expr; \ - wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME() { wxUnusedVar(msg); } \ - } -#else - #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \ - struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { unsigned int msg: expr; } -#endif - -/* - When using VC++ 6 with "Edit and Continue" on, the compiler completely - mishandles __LINE__ and so wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() doesn't work, provide a - way to make "unique" assert names by specifying a unique prefix explicitly - */ -#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) wxCONCAT(wxAssert_, text) - -#define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(expr, msg, text) \ - struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) { unsigned int msg: expr; } - -/* helpers for wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT below, for private use only */ -#define wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size) type ## SmallerThan ## size ## Bits - -/* a special case of compile time assert: check that the size of the given type */ -/* is at least the given number of bits */ -#define wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(type, size) \ - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sizeof(type) * CHAR_BIT >= size, \ - wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size)) - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* other miscellaneous debugger-related functions */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Return true if we're running under debugger. - - Currently this only really works under Win32 and Mac in CodeWarrior builds, - it always returns false in other cases. - */ -#ifdef __cplusplus - /* ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port */ - #if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WIN32__) - extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsDebuggerRunning(); - #else /* !Mac */ - inline bool wxIsDebuggerRunning() { return false; } - #endif /* Mac/!Mac */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#endif /* _WX_DEBUG_H_ */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debugrpt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debugrpt.h deleted file mode 100644 index a50f1cbd0..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/debugrpt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/debugrpt.h -// Purpose: declaration of wxDebugReport class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2005-01-17 -// RCS-ID: $Id: debugrpt.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ -#define _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDebugReport: generate a debug report, processing is done in derived class -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReport -{ -public: - // this is used for the functions which may report either the current state - // or the state during the last (fatal) exception - enum Context { Context_Current, Context_Exception }; - - - // ctor creates a temporary directory where we create the files which will - // be included in the report, use IsOk() to check for errors - wxDebugReport(); - - // dtor normally destroys the temporary directory created in the ctor (with - // all the files it contains), call Reset() to prevent this from happening - virtual ~wxDebugReport(); - - // return the name of the directory used for this report - const wxString& GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; } - - // return true if the object was successfully initialized - bool IsOk() const { return !GetDirectory().empty(); } - - // reset the directory name we use, the object can't be used any more after - // this as it becomes invalid/uninitialized - void Reset() { m_dir.clear(); } - - - // add another file to the report: the file must already exist, its name - // can be either absolute in which case it is copied to the debug report - // directory or relative to GetDirectory() - // - // description is shown to the user in the report summary - virtual void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description); - - // convenience function: write the given text to a file with the given name - // and then add it to the report (the difference with AddFile() is that the - // file will be created by this function and doesn't have to already exist) - bool AddText(const wxString& filename, - const wxString& text, - const wxString& description); - -#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER - // add an XML file containing the current or exception context and the - // stack trace - bool AddCurrentContext() { return AddContext(Context_Current); } - bool AddExceptionContext() { return AddContext(Context_Exception); } - virtual bool AddContext(Context ctx); -#endif - -#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT - // add a file with crash report - bool AddCurrentDump() { return AddDump(Context_Current); } - bool AddExceptionDump() { return AddDump(Context_Exception); } - virtual bool AddDump(Context ctx); -#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT - - // add all available information to the report - void AddAll(Context context = Context_Exception); - - - // process this report: the base class simply notifies the user that the - // report has been generated, this is usually not enough -- instead you - // should override this method to do something more useful to you - bool Process(); - - // get the name used as base name for various files, by default - // wxApp::GetName() - virtual wxString GetReportName() const; - - // get the files in this report - size_t GetFilesCount() const { return m_files.GetCount(); } - bool GetFile(size_t n, wxString *name, wxString *desc) const; - - // remove the file from report: this is used by wxDebugReportPreview to - // allow the user to remove files potentially containing private - // information from the report - void RemoveFile(const wxString& name); - -protected: -#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER - // used by AddContext() - virtual bool DoAddSystemInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeSystemInfo); - virtual bool DoAddLoadedModules(wxXmlNode *nodeModules); - virtual bool DoAddExceptionInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeContext); - virtual void DoAddCustomContext(wxXmlNode * WXUNUSED(nodeRoot)) { } -#endif - - // used by Process() - virtual bool DoProcess(); - -private: - // name of the report directory - wxString m_dir; - - // the arrays of files in this report and their descriptions - wxArrayString m_files, - m_descriptions; -}; - -#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDebugReportCompress: compress all files of this debug report in a .ZIP -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportCompress : public wxDebugReport -{ -public: - wxDebugReportCompress() { } - - // returns the full path of the compressed file (empty if creation failed) - const wxString& GetCompressedFileName() const { return m_zipfile; } - -protected: - virtual bool DoProcess(); - -private: - // full path to the ZIP file we created - wxString m_zipfile; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDebugReportUploader: uploads compressed file using HTTP POST request -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportUpload : public wxDebugReportCompress -{ -public: - // this class will upload the compressed file created by its base class to - // an HTML multipart/form-data form at the specified address - // - // the URL is the base address, input is the name of the "type=file" - // control on the form used for the file name and action is the value of - // the form action field - wxDebugReportUpload(const wxString& url, - const wxString& input, - const wxString& action, - const wxString& curl = _T("curl")); - -protected: - virtual bool DoProcess(); - - // this function may be overridden in a derived class to show the output - // from curl: this may be an HTML page or anything else that the server - // returned - // - // return value becomes the return value of Process() - virtual bool OnServerReply(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(reply)) - { - return true; - } - -private: - // the full URL to use with HTTP POST request - wxString m_uploadURL; - - // the name of the input field containing the file name in the form at - // above URL - wxString m_inputField; - - // the curl command (by default it is just "curl" but could be full path to - // curl or a wrapper script with curl-compatible syntax) - wxString m_curlCmd; -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDebugReportPreview: presents the debug report to the user and allows him -// to veto report entirely or remove some parts of it -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreview -{ -public: - // ctor is trivial - wxDebugReportPreview() { } - - // present the report to the user and allow him to modify it by removing - // some or all of the files and, potentially, adding some notes - // - // return true if the report should be processed or false if the user chose - // to cancel report generation or removed all files from it - virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const = 0; - - // dtor is trivial as well but should be virtual for a base class - virtual ~wxDebugReportPreview() { } -}; - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDebugReportPreviewStd: standard debug report preview window -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreviewStd : public wxDebugReportPreview -{ -public: - wxDebugReportPreviewStd() { } - - virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const; -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -#endif // wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML - -#endif // _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/defs.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/defs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0e2ca0c5d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/defs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2900 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Name: wx/defs.h - * Purpose: Declarations/definitions common to all wx source files - * Author: Julian Smart and others - * Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) - * Created: 01/02/97 - * RCS-ID: $Id: defs.h 53370 2008-04-26 05:43:41Z KO $ - * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart - * Licence: wxWindows licence - */ - -/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ - -#ifndef _WX_DEFS_H_ -#define _WX_DEFS_H_ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* compiler and OS identification */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#include "wx/platform.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -/* Make sure the environment is set correctly */ -# if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__X__) -# error "Target can't be both X and Windows" -# elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__PALMOS__) -# error "Target can't be both PalmOS and Windows" -# elif !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \ - !defined(__WXMSW__) && \ - !defined(__WXPALMOS__)&& \ - !defined(__WXGTK__) && \ - !defined(__WXPM__) && \ - !defined(__WXMAC__) && \ - !defined(__WXCOCOA__) && \ - !defined(__X__) && \ - !defined(__WXMGL__) && \ - !defined(__WXDFB__) && \ - !defined(__WXX11__) && \ - wxUSE_GUI -# ifdef __UNIX__ -# error "No Target! You should use wx-config program for compilation flags!" -# else /* !Unix */ -# error "No Target! You should use supplied makefiles for compilation!" -# endif /* Unix/!Unix */ -# endif -#endif /*__cplusplus*/ - -#ifndef __WXWINDOWS__ - #define __WXWINDOWS__ 1 -#endif - -#ifndef wxUSE_BASE - /* by default consider that this is a monolithic build */ - #define wxUSE_BASE 1 -#endif - -#if !wxUSE_GUI && !defined(__WXBASE__) - #define __WXBASE__ -#endif - -/* include the feature test macros */ -#include "wx/features.h" - -/* suppress some Visual C++ warnings */ -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - /* the only "real" warning here is 4244 but there are just too many of them */ - /* in our code... one day someone should go and fix them but until then... */ -# pragma warning(disable:4097) /* typedef used as class */ -# pragma warning(disable:4201) /* nonstandard extension used: nameless struct/union */ -# pragma warning(disable:4244) /* conversion from double to float */ -# pragma warning(disable:4355) /* 'this' used in base member initializer list */ -# pragma warning(disable:4511) /* copy ctor couldn't be generated */ -# pragma warning(disable:4512) /* operator=() couldn't be generated */ -# pragma warning(disable:4710) /* function not inlined */ - - /* For VC++ 5.0 for release mode, the warning 'C4702: unreachable code */ - /* is buggy, and occurs for code that does actually get executed */ -# if !defined __WXDEBUG__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1100 -# pragma warning(disable:4702) /* unreachable code */ -# endif - /* The VC++ 5.0 warning 'C4003: not enough actual parameters for macro' - * is incompatible with the wxWidgets headers since it is given when - * parameters are empty but not missing. */ -# if __VISUALC__ <= 1100 -# pragma warning(disable:4003) /* not enough actual parameters for macro */ -# endif - - /* - VC++ 8 gives a warning when using standard functions such as sprintf, - localtime, ... -- stop this madness, unless the user had already done it - */ - #if __VISUALC__ >= 1400 - #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE - #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 - #endif - #ifndef _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS - #define _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS 1 - #endif - #endif /* VC++ 8 */ -#endif /* __VISUALC__ */ - -/* suppress some Salford C++ warnings */ -#ifdef __SALFORDC__ -# pragma suppress 353 /* Possible nested comments */ -# pragma suppress 593 /* Define not used */ -# pragma suppress 61 /* enum has no name (doesn't suppress!) */ -# pragma suppress 106 /* unnamed, unused parameter */ -# pragma suppress 571 /* Virtual function hiding */ -#endif /* __SALFORDC__ */ - -/* suppress some Borland C++ warnings */ -#ifdef __BORLANDC__ -# pragma warn -inl /* Functions containing reserved words and certain constructs are not expanded inline */ -#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */ - -/* - g++ gives a warning when a class has private dtor if it has no friends but - this is a perfectly valid situation for a ref-counted class which destroys - itself when its ref count drops to 0, so provide a macro to suppress this - warning - */ -#ifdef __GNUG__ -# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name) \ - friend class wxDummyFriendFor ## name; -#else /* !g++ */ -# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name) -#endif - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* wxWidgets version and compatibility defines */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#include "wx/version.h" - -/* ============================================================================ */ -/* non portable C++ features */ -/* ============================================================================ */ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* compiler defects workarounds */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Digital Unix C++ compiler only defines this symbol for .cxx and .hxx files, - so define it ourselves (newer versions do it for all files, though, and - don't allow it to be redefined) - */ -#if defined(__DECCXX) && !defined(__VMS) && !defined(__cplusplus) -#define __cplusplus -#endif /* __DECCXX */ - -/* Resolves linking problems under HP-UX when compiling with gcc/g++ */ -#if defined(__HPUX__) && defined(__GNUG__) -#define va_list __gnuc_va_list -#endif /* HP-UX */ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* check for native bool type and TRUE/FALSE constants */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Add more tests here for Windows compilers that already define bool */ -/* (under Unix, configure tests for this) */ -#ifndef HAVE_BOOL - #if defined( __MWERKS__ ) - #if (__MWERKS__ >= 0x1000) && __option(bool) - #define HAVE_BOOL - #endif - #elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__) - /* Apple bundled gcc supports bool */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ == 1020) - /* in VC++ 4.2 the bool keyword is reserved (hence can't be typedefed) */ - /* but not implemented, so we must #define it */ - #define bool unsigned int - #elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ == 1010) - /* For VisualC++ 4.1, we need to define */ - /* bool as something between 4.0 & 5.0... */ - typedef unsigned int wxbool; - #define bool wxbool - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ > 1020) - /* VC++ supports bool since 4.2 */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x500) - /* Borland 5.0+ supports bool */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) - /* Watcom 11+ supports bool */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) - /* DigitalMars supports bool */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) - /* Cygwin supports bool */ - #define HAVE_BOOL - #elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) - #if __IBMCPP__ < 400 - typedef unsigned long bool; - #define true ((bool)1) - #define false ((bool)0) - #endif - #define HAVE_BOOL - #endif /* compilers */ -#endif /* HAVE_BOOL */ - -#if !defined(__MWERKS__) || !defined(true) -#if !defined(HAVE_BOOL) && !defined(bool) && !defined(VMS) - /* NB: of course, this doesn't replace the standard type, because, for */ - /* example, overloading based on bool/int parameter doesn't work and */ - /* so should be avoided in portable programs */ - typedef unsigned int bool; -#endif /* bool */ - -/* deal with TRUE/true stuff: we assume that if the compiler supports bool, it */ -/* supports true/false as well and that, OTOH, if it does _not_ support bool, */ -/* it doesn't support these keywords (this is less sure, in particular VC++ */ -/* 4.x could be a problem here) */ -#ifndef HAVE_BOOL - #define true ((bool)1) - #define false ((bool)0) -#endif -#endif - -/* for backwards compatibility, also define TRUE and FALSE */ -/* */ -/* note that these definitions should work both in C++ and C code, so don't */ -/* use true/false below */ -#ifndef TRUE - #define TRUE 1 -#endif - -#ifndef FALSE - #define FALSE 0 -#endif - -typedef short int WXTYPE; - -/* special care should be taken with this type under Windows where the real */ -/* window id is unsigned, so we must always do the cast before comparing them */ -/* (or else they would be always different!). Using wxGetWindowId() which does */ -/* the cast itself is recommended. Note that this type can't be unsigned */ -/* because wxID_ANY == -1 is a valid (and largely used) value for window id. */ -typedef int wxWindowID; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* other feature tests */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Every ride down a slippery slope begins with a single step.. */ -/* */ -/* Yes, using nested classes is indeed against our coding standards in */ -/* general, but there are places where you can use them to advantage */ -/* without totally breaking ports that cannot use them. If you do, then */ -/* wrap it in this guard, but such cases should still be relatively rare. */ -#define wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES 1 - -/* check for explicit keyword support */ -#ifndef HAVE_EXPLICIT - #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) - /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have explicit (what about earlier versions?) */ - #define HAVE_EXPLICIT - #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \ - && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95) - /* GCC 2.95 has explicit, what about earlier versions? */ - #define HAVE_EXPLICIT - #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0520) - /* BC++ 4.52 doesn't support explicit, CBuilder 1 does */ - #define HAVE_EXPLICIT - #elif defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400) - /* Metrowerks CW6 or higher has explicit */ - #define HAVE_EXPLICIT - #elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) - #define HAVE_EXPLICIT - #endif -#endif /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */ - -#ifdef HAVE_EXPLICIT - #define wxEXPLICIT explicit -#else /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */ - #define wxEXPLICIT -#endif /* HAVE_EXPLICIT/!HAVE_EXPLICIT */ - -/* check for static/const_cast<>() (we don't use the other ones for now) */ -#ifndef HAVE_CXX_CASTS - #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) - /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have C++ casts (what about earlier versions?) */ - #define HAVE_CXX_CASTS - #elif defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) - #if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95) - /* GCC 2.95 has C++ casts, what about earlier versions? */ - #define HAVE_CXX_CASTS - #endif - #endif -#endif /* !HAVE_CXX_CASTS */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CXX_CASTS - #ifndef HAVE_CONST_CAST - #define HAVE_CONST_CAST - #endif - #ifndef HAVE_REINTERPRET_CAST - #define HAVE_REINTERPRET_CAST - #endif - #ifndef HAVE_STATIC_CAST - #define HAVE_STATIC_CAST - #endif - #ifndef HAVE_DYNAMIC_CAST - #define HAVE_DYNAMIC_CAST - #endif -#endif /* HAVE_CXX_CASTS */ - -#ifdef HAVE_STATIC_CAST - #define wx_static_cast(t, x) static_cast(x) -#else - #define wx_static_cast(t, x) ((t)(x)) -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONST_CAST - #define wx_const_cast(t, x) const_cast(x) -#else - #define wx_const_cast(t, x) ((t)(x)) -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_REINTERPRET_CAST - #define wx_reinterpret_cast(t, x) reinterpret_cast(x) -#else - #define wx_reinterpret_cast(t, x) ((t)(x)) -#endif - -/* - This one is a wx invention: like static cast but used when we intentionally - truncate from a larger to smaller type, static_cast<> can't be used for it - as it results in warnings when using some compilers (SGI mipspro for example) - */ -#if defined(__INTELC__) && defined(__cplusplus) - template - inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x) - { - #pragma warning(push) - /* implicit conversion of a 64-bit integral type to a smaller integral type */ - #pragma warning(disable: 1682) - /* conversion from "X" to "T" may lose significant bits */ - #pragma warning(disable: 810) - - return x; - - #pragma warning(pop) - } - - #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl(x) - -#elif defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1310 - template - inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x) - { - #pragma warning(push) - /* conversion from 'X' to 'T', possible loss of data */ - #pragma warning(disable: 4267) - - return x; - - #pragma warning(pop) - } - - #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl(x) -#else - #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) ((t)(x)) -#endif - -/* for consistency with wxStatic/DynamicCast defined in wx/object.h */ -#define wxConstCast(obj, className) wx_const_cast(className *, obj) - -#ifndef HAVE_STD_WSTRING - #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) - /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::wstring (what about earlier versions?) */ - #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING - #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \ - && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 3) - /* GCC 3.1 has std::wstring; 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */ - #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING - #endif -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE - #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) - /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::string::compare */ - /* (what about earlier versions?) */ - #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE - #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \ - && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1) - /* GCC 3.1 has std::string::compare; */ - /* 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */ - #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE - #endif -#endif - -/* provide replacement for C99 va_copy() if the compiler doesn't have it */ - -/* could be already defined by configure or the user */ -#ifndef wxVaCopy - /* if va_copy is a macro or configure detected that we have it, use it */ - #if defined(va_copy) || defined(HAVE_VA_COPY) - #define wxVaCopy va_copy - #else /* no va_copy, try to provide a replacement */ - /* - configure tries to determine whether va_list is an array or struct - type, but it may not be used under Windows, so deal with a few - special cases. - */ - - #ifdef __WATCOMC__ - /* Watcom uses array type for va_list except for PPC and Alpha */ - #if !defined(__PPC__) && !defined(__AXP__) - #define VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY - #endif - #endif /* __WATCOMC__ */ - - #if defined(__PPC__) && (defined(_CALL_SYSV) || defined (_WIN32)) - /* - PPC using SysV ABI and NT/PPC are special in that they use an - extra level of indirection. - */ - #define VA_LIST_IS_POINTER - #endif /* SysV or Win32 on __PPC__ */ - - /* - note that we use memmove(), not memcpy(), in case anybody tries - to do wxVaCopy(ap, ap) - */ - #if defined(VA_LIST_IS_POINTER) - #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove(*(d), *(s), sizeof(va_list)) - #elif defined(VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY) - #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove((d), (s), sizeof(va_list)) - #else /* we can only hope that va_lists are simple lvalues */ - #define wxVaCopy(d, s) ((d) = (s)) - #endif - #endif /* va_copy/!va_copy */ -#endif /* wxVaCopy */ - - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* portable calling conventions macros */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* stdcall is used for all functions called by Windows under Windows */ -#if defined(__WINDOWS__) - #if defined(__GNUWIN32__) - #define wxSTDCALL __attribute__((stdcall)) - #else - /* both VC++ and Borland understand this */ - #define wxSTDCALL _stdcall - #endif - -#else /* Win */ - /* no such stupidness under Unix */ - #define wxSTDCALL -#endif /* platform */ - -/* LINKAGEMODE mode is empty for everyting except OS/2 */ -#ifndef LINKAGEMODE - #define LINKAGEMODE -#endif /* LINKAGEMODE */ - -/* wxCALLBACK should be used for the functions which are called back by */ -/* Windows (such as compare function for wxListCtrl) */ -#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) - #define wxCALLBACK wxSTDCALL -#else - /* no stdcall under Unix nor Win16 */ - #define wxCALLBACK -#endif /* platform */ - -/* generic calling convention for the extern "C" functions */ - -#if defined(__VISUALC__) - #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _cdecl -#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) - #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _Optlink -#else /* !Visual C++ */ - #define wxC_CALLING_CONV -#endif /* compiler */ - -/* callling convention for the qsort(3) callback */ -#define wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxC_CALLING_CONV - -/* compatibility :-( */ -#define CMPFUNC_CONV wxCMPFUNC_CONV - -/* DLL import/export declarations */ -#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Very common macros */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Printf-like attribute definitions to obtain warnings with GNU C/C++ */ -#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF -# if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_UNICODE -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) -# else -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) -# endif - -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2) -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3) -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4) -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5) -# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6) -#endif /* !defined(ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF) */ - -/* Macro to issue warning when using deprecated functions with gcc3 or MSVC7: */ -#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1) - #define wxDEPRECATED(x) x __attribute__ ((deprecated)) -#elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300) - #define wxDEPRECATED(x) __declspec(deprecated) x -#else - #define wxDEPRECATED(x) x -#endif - -/* everybody gets the assert and other debug macros */ -#include "wx/debug.h" - -/* NULL declaration: it must be defined as 0 for C++ programs (in particular, */ -/* it must not be defined as "(void *)0" which is standard for C but completely */ -/* breaks C++ code) */ -#ifndef __HANDHELDPC__ -#include -#endif - -/* delete pointer if it is not NULL and NULL it afterwards */ -/* (checking that it's !NULL before passing it to delete is just a */ -/* a question of style, because delete will do it itself anyhow, but it might */ -/* be considered as an error by some overzealous debugging implementations of */ -/* the library, so we do it ourselves) */ -#define wxDELETE(p) if ( (p) != NULL ) { delete p; p = NULL; } - -/* delete an array and NULL it (see comments above) */ -#define wxDELETEA(p) if ( (p) ) { delete [] (p); p = NULL; } - -/* size of statically declared array */ -#define WXSIZEOF(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0])) - -/* symbolic constant used by all Find()-like functions returning positive */ -/* integer on success as failure indicator */ -#define wxNOT_FOUND (-1) - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* macros to avoid compiler warnings */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Macro to cut down on compiler warnings. */ -#if 1 /* there should be no more any compilers needing the "#else" version */ - #define WXUNUSED(identifier) /* identifier */ -#else /* stupid, broken compiler */ - #define WXUNUSED(identifier) identifier -#endif - -/* some arguments are only used in debug mode, but unused in release one */ -#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ - #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) param -#else - #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) WXUNUSED(param) -#endif - -/* some arguments are not used in unicode mode */ -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) WXUNUSED(param) -#else - #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) param -#endif - -/* some arguments are not used in WinCE build */ -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) WXUNUSED(param) -#else - #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) param -#endif - -/* unused parameters in non stream builds */ -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) param -#else - #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) WXUNUSED(param) -#endif - -/* some compilers give warning about a possibly unused variable if it is */ -/* initialized in both branches of if/else and shut up if it is initialized */ -/* when declared, but other compilers then give warnings about unused variable */ -/* value -- this should satisfy both of them */ -#if defined(__VISUALC__) - #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val) = val -#else - #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val) -#endif - -/* sometimes the value of a variable is *really* not used, to suppress the */ -/* resulting warning you may pass it to this function */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -# ifdef __BORLANDC__ -# define wxUnusedVar(identifier) identifier -# else - template - inline void wxUnusedVar(const T& WXUNUSED(t)) { } -# endif -#endif - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* compiler specific settings */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* to allow compiling with warning level 4 under Microsoft Visual C++ some */ -/* warnings just must be disabled */ -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - #pragma warning(disable: 4514) /* unreferenced inline func has been removed */ -/* - you might be tempted to disable this one also: triggered by CHECK and FAIL - macros in debug.h, but it's, overall, a rather useful one, so I leave it and - will try to find some way to disable this warning just for CHECK/FAIL. Anyone? -*/ - #pragma warning(disable: 4127) /* conditional expression is constant */ -#endif /* VC++ */ - -#if defined(__MWERKS__) - #undef try - #undef except - #undef finally - #define except(x) catch(...) -#endif /* Metrowerks */ - -#if wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) - typedef short mode_t; -#endif - -/* where should i put this? we need to make sure of this as it breaks */ -/* the code. */ -#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && defined(__WXDEBUG__) -# ifndef __MWERKS__ -/* #undef __WXDEBUG__ */ -# ifdef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS -# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS -# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* standard wxWidgets types */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* the type for screen and DC coordinates */ -typedef int wxCoord; - -enum { wxDefaultCoord = -1 }; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* define fixed length types */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) || defined(__MINGW32__) - #include -#endif - -/* chars are always one byte (by definition), shorts are always two (in */ -/* practice) */ - -/* 8bit */ -#ifndef SIZEOF_CHAR - #define SIZEOF_CHAR 1 -#endif -typedef signed char wxInt8; -typedef unsigned char wxUint8; -typedef wxUint8 wxByte; - - -/* 16bit */ -#ifdef SIZEOF_SHORT - #if SIZEOF_SHORT != 2 - #error "wxWidgets assumes sizeof(short) == 2, please fix the code" - #endif -#else - #define SIZEOF_SHORT 2 -#endif - -typedef signed short wxInt16; -typedef unsigned short wxUint16; - -typedef wxUint16 wxWord; - -/* - things are getting more interesting with ints, longs and pointers - - there are several different standard data models described by this table: - - +-----------+----------------------------+ - |type\model | LP64 ILP64 LLP64 ILP32 LP32| - +-----------+----------------------------+ - |char | 8 8 8 8 8 | - |short | 16 16 16 16 16 | - |int | 32 64 32 32 16 | - |long | 64 64 32 32 32 | - |long long | 64 | - |void * | 64 64 64 32 32 | - +-----------+----------------------------+ - - Win16 used LP32 (but we don't support it any longer), Win32 obviously used - ILP32 and Win64 uses LLP64 (a.k.a. P64) - - Under Unix LP64 is the most widely used (the only I've ever seen, in fact) - */ - -/* 32bit */ -#ifdef __PALMOS__ - typedef int wxInt32; - typedef unsigned int wxUint32; - #define SIZEOF_INT 4 - #define SIZEOF_LONG 4 - #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 - #define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT - #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 -#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) - /* Win64 uses LLP64 model and so ints and longs have the same size as in */ - /* Win32 */ - #if defined(__WIN32__) - typedef int wxInt32; - typedef unsigned int wxUint32; - - /* Assume that if SIZEOF_INT is defined that all the other ones except - SIZEOF_SIZE_T, are too. See next #if below. */ - #ifndef SIZEOF_INT - #define SIZEOF_INT 4 - #define SIZEOF_LONG 4 - #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 - - /* - under Win64 sizeof(size_t) == 8 and so it is neither unsigned - int nor unsigned long! - */ - #ifdef __WIN64__ - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8 - - #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT - #else /* Win32 */ - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 - - #define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT - #endif - #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG - - #ifdef __WIN64__ - #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8 - #else /* Win32 */ - #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 - #endif /* Win64/32 */ - #endif /* !defined(SIZEOF_INT) */ - - /* - If Python.h was included first, it defines all of the SIZEOF's above - except for SIZEOF_SIZE_T, so we need to do it here to avoid - triggering the #error in the ssize_t typedefs below... - */ - #ifndef SIZEOF_SIZE_T - #ifdef __WIN64__ - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8 - #else /* Win32 */ - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 - #endif - #endif - #else - #error "Unsupported Windows version" - #endif -#else /* !Windows */ - /* SIZEOF_XXX are normally defined by configure */ - #ifdef SIZEOF_INT - #if SIZEOF_INT == 8 - /* must be ILP64 data model, there is normally a special 32 bit */ - /* type in it but we don't know what it is... */ - #error "No 32bit int type on this platform" - #elif SIZEOF_INT == 4 - typedef int wxInt32; - typedef unsigned int wxUint32; - #elif SIZEOF_INT == 2 - /* must be LP32 */ - #if SIZEOF_LONG != 4 - #error "No 32bit int type on this platform" - #endif - - typedef long wxInt32; - typedef unsigned long wxUint32; - #else - /* wxWidgets is not ready for 128bit systems yet... */ - #error "Unknown sizeof(int) value, what are you compiling for?" - #endif - #else /* !defined(SIZEOF_INT) */ - /* assume default 32bit machine -- what else can we do? */ - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4, IntMustBeExactly4Bytes); - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(size_t) == 4, SizeTMustBeExactly4Bytes); - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(void *) == 4, PtrMustBeExactly4Bytes); - - #define SIZEOF_INT 4 - #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 - #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 - - typedef int wxInt32; - typedef unsigned int wxUint32; - - #if defined(__MACH__) && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) - #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4 - #endif - #if wxUSE_WCHAR_T && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) - /* also assume that sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (under Unix the most */ - /* common case is 4 but there configure would have defined */ - /* SIZEOF_WCHAR_T for us) */ - /* the most common case */ - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(wchar_t) == 2, - Wchar_tMustBeExactly2Bytes); - - #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 - #endif /* wxUSE_WCHAR_T */ - #endif -#endif /* Win/!Win */ - -typedef wxUint32 wxDword; - -/* - Define an integral type big enough to contain all of long, size_t and void *. - */ -#if SIZEOF_LONG >= SIZEOF_VOID_P && SIZEOF_LONG >= SIZEOF_SIZE_T - /* normal case */ - typedef unsigned long wxUIntPtr; -#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T >= SIZEOF_VOID_P - /* Win64 case */ - typedef size_t wxUIntPtr; -#else - /* - This should never happen for the current architectures but if you're - using one where it does, please contact wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org. - */ - #error "Pointers can't be stored inside integer types." -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -/* And also define a couple of simple functions to cast pointer to/from it. */ -inline wxUIntPtr wxPtrToUInt(const void *p) -{ - /* - VC++ 7.1 gives warnings about casts such as below even when they're - explicit with /Wp64 option, suppress them as we really know what we're - doing here. Same thing with icc with -Wall. - */ -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200 - #pragma warning(push) - #endif - /* pointer truncation from '' to '' */ - #pragma warning(disable: 4311) -#elif defined(__INTELC__) - #pragma warning(push) - /* conversion from pointer to same-sized integral type */ - #pragma warning(disable: 1684) -#endif - - return wx_reinterpret_cast(wxUIntPtr, p); - -#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__) - #pragma warning(pop) -#endif -} - -inline void *wxUIntToPtr(wxUIntPtr p) -{ -#ifdef __VISUALC__ - #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200 - #pragma warning(push) - #endif - /* conversion to type of greater size */ - #pragma warning(disable: 4312) -#elif defined(__INTELC__) - #pragma warning(push) - /* invalid type conversion: "wxUIntPtr={unsigned long}" to "void *" */ - #pragma warning(disable: 171) -#endif - - return wx_reinterpret_cast(void *, p); - -#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__) - #pragma warning(pop) -#endif -} -#endif /*__cplusplus*/ - - -/* 64 bit */ - -/* NB: we #define and not typedef wxLongLong_t because we use "#ifdef */ -/* wxLongLong_t" in wx/longlong.h */ - -/* wxULongLong_t is set later (usually to unsigned wxLongLong_t) */ - -/* to avoid compilation problems on 64bit machines with ambiguous method calls */ -/* we will need to define this */ -#undef wxLongLongIsLong - -/* - First check for specific compilers which have known 64 bit integer types, - this avoids clashes with SIZEOF_LONG[_LONG] being defined incorrectly for - e.g. MSVC builds (Python.h defines it as 8 even for MSVC). - - Also notice that we check for "long long" before checking for 64 bit long as - we still want to use "long long" and not "long" for wxLongLong_t on 64 bit - architectures to be able to pass wxLongLong_t to the standard functions - prototyped as taking "long long" such as strtoll(). - */ -#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WIN32__)) - #define wxLongLong_t __int64 - #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("I64") -#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN32__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520) - #define wxLongLong_t __int64 - #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("L") -#elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && (defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__))) - #define wxLongLong_t __int64 - #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("L") -#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) - #define wxLongLong_t __int64 - #define wxLongLongSuffix LL - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("ll") -#elif defined(__MINGW32__) - #define wxLongLong_t long long - #define wxLongLongSuffix ll - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("I64") -#elif defined(__MWERKS__) - #if __option(longlong) - #define wxLongLong_t long long - #define wxLongLongSuffix ll - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("ll") - #else - #error "The 64 bit integer support in CodeWarrior has been disabled." - #error "See the documentation on the 'longlong' pragma." - #endif -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #define wxLongLong_t int64_t - #define wxLongLongSuffix ll - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("ll") -#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 - #define wxLongLong_t long long -#elif (defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= 8) || \ - defined(__GNUC__) || \ - defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ - defined(__WXMICROWIN__) || \ - (defined(__DJGPP__) && __DJGPP__ >= 2) - #define wxLongLong_t long long - #define wxLongLongSuffix ll - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("ll") -#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG) && (SIZEOF_LONG == 8) - #define wxLongLong_t long - #define wxLongLongSuffix l - #define wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("l") - #define wxLongLongIsLong -#endif - - -#ifdef wxLongLong_t - - #ifdef __WXPALMOS__ - #define wxULongLong_t uint64_t - #else - #define wxULongLong_t unsigned wxLongLong_t - #endif - - /* these macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a portable way */ - #define wxLL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxLongLongSuffix) - #define wxULL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxCONCAT(u, wxLongLongSuffix)) - - typedef wxLongLong_t wxInt64; - typedef wxULongLong_t wxUint64; - - #define wxHAS_INT64 1 - -#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG - /* these macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a portable way */ - #define wxLL(x) wxLongLong(x) - #define wxULL(x) wxULongLong(x) - - #define wxInt64 wxLongLong - #define wxUint64 wxULongLong - - #define wxHAS_INT64 1 - -#else /* !wxUSE_LONGLONG */ - - #define wxHAS_INT64 0 - -#endif - - -/* Make sure ssize_t is defined (a signed type the same size as size_t) */ -/* HAVE_SSIZE_T should be defined for compiliers that already have it */ -#ifdef __MINGW32__ - #if defined(_SSIZE_T_) && !defined(HAVE_SSIZE_T) - #define HAVE_SSIZE_T - #endif -#endif -#if defined(__PALMOS__) && !defined(HAVE_SSIZE_T) - #define HAVE_SSIZE_T -#endif -#if wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,4) - #define HAVE_SSIZE_T -#endif -#ifndef HAVE_SSIZE_T - #if SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 4 - typedef wxInt32 ssize_t; - #elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 8 - typedef wxInt64 ssize_t; - #else - #error "error defining ssize_t, size_t is not 4 or 8 bytes" - #endif -#endif - - -/* base floating point types */ -/* wxFloat32: 32 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 8 exponent bits, 23 fraction bits */ -/* wxFloat64: 64 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 11 exponent bits, 52 fraction bits */ -/* wxDouble: native fastest representation that has at least wxFloat64 */ -/* precision, so use the IEEE types for storage, and this for */ -/* calculations */ - -typedef float wxFloat32; -#if (defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)) && defined (__MWERKS__) - typedef short double wxFloat64; -#else - typedef double wxFloat64; -#endif - -typedef double wxDouble; - -/* - Some (non standard) compilers typedef wchar_t as an existing type instead - of treating it as a real fundamental type, set wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE to 0 - for them and to 1 for all the others. - */ -#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T - /* - VC++ typedefs wchar_t as unsigned short by default, that is unless - /Za or /Zc:wchar_t option is used in which case _WCHAR_T_DEFINED is - defined. - */ -# if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED) -# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 0 -# else /* compiler having standard-conforming wchar_t */ -# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 1 -# endif -#endif /* wxUSE_WCHAR_T */ - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* byte ordering related definition and macros */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* byte sex */ - -#define wxBIG_ENDIAN 4321 -#define wxLITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 -#define wxPDP_ENDIAN 3412 - -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxBIG_ENDIAN -#else -#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxLITTLE_ENDIAN -#endif - -/* byte swapping */ - -#if defined (__MWERKS__) && ( (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh ) -/* assembler versions for these */ -#ifdef __POWERPC__ - inline wxUint16 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxUint16 i ) - {return (__lhbrx( &i , 0 ) );} - inline wxInt16 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxInt16 i ) - {return (__lhbrx( &i , 0 ) );} - inline wxUint32 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxUint32 i ) - {return (__lwbrx( &i , 0 ) );} - inline wxInt32 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxInt32 i ) - {return (__lwbrx( &i , 0 ) );} -#else - #pragma parameter __D0 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(__D0) - pascal wxUint16 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxUint16 value) - = { 0xE158 }; - - #pragma parameter __D0 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(__D0) - pascal wxInt16 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxInt16 value) - = { 0xE158 }; - - #pragma parameter __D0 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS (__D0) - pascal wxUint32 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxUint32 value) - = { 0xE158, 0x4840, 0xE158 }; - - #pragma parameter __D0 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS (__D0) - pascal wxInt32 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxInt32 value) - = { 0xE158, 0x4840, 0xE158 }; - -#endif -#else /* !MWERKS */ -#define wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxUint16) ( \ - (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8))) - -#define wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxInt16) ( \ - (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8))) - -#define wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxUint32) ( \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24))) - -#define wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxInt32) ( \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \ - (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24))) -#endif -/* machine specific byte swapping */ - -#ifdef wxLongLong_t - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxUint64) ( \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56))) - - #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxInt64) ( \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \ - (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56))) -#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG /* !wxLongLong_t */ - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxUint64) ( \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \ - ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56))) - - #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ - ((wxInt64) ( \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \ - ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56))) -#endif /* wxLongLong_t/!wxLongLong_t */ - -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN - #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) - #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) - #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) - #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) - #if wxHAS_INT64 - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) - #endif -#else - #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) - #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) - #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) - #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) - #if wxHAS_INT64 - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) - #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) - #endif -#endif - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Geometric flags */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -enum wxGeometryCentre -{ - wxCENTRE = 0x0001, - wxCENTER = wxCENTRE -}; - -/* centering into frame rather than screen (obsolete) */ -#define wxCENTER_FRAME 0x0000 -/* centre on screen rather than parent */ -#define wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x0002 -#define wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN - -enum wxOrientation -{ - /* don't change the values of these elements, they are used elsewhere */ - wxHORIZONTAL = 0x0004, - wxVERTICAL = 0x0008, - - wxBOTH = wxVERTICAL | wxHORIZONTAL -}; - -enum wxDirection -{ - wxLEFT = 0x0010, - wxRIGHT = 0x0020, - wxUP = 0x0040, - wxDOWN = 0x0080, - - wxTOP = wxUP, - wxBOTTOM = wxDOWN, - - wxNORTH = wxUP, - wxSOUTH = wxDOWN, - wxWEST = wxLEFT, - wxEAST = wxRIGHT, - - wxALL = (wxUP | wxDOWN | wxRIGHT | wxLEFT) -}; - -enum wxAlignment -{ - wxALIGN_NOT = 0x0000, - wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = 0x0100, - wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL, - wxALIGN_LEFT = wxALIGN_NOT, - wxALIGN_TOP = wxALIGN_NOT, - wxALIGN_RIGHT = 0x0200, - wxALIGN_BOTTOM = 0x0400, - wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = 0x0800, - wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, - - wxALIGN_CENTER = (wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL), - wxALIGN_CENTRE = wxALIGN_CENTER, - - /* a mask to extract alignment from the combination of flags */ - wxALIGN_MASK = 0x0f00 -}; - -enum wxStretch -{ - wxSTRETCH_NOT = 0x0000, - wxSHRINK = 0x1000, - wxGROW = 0x2000, - wxEXPAND = wxGROW, - wxSHAPED = 0x4000, - wxFIXED_MINSIZE = 0x8000, -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN = 0x0002, -#endif - wxTILE = 0xc000, - - /* for compatibility only, default now, don't use explicitly any more */ -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxADJUST_MINSIZE = 0x00100000 -#else - wxADJUST_MINSIZE = 0 -#endif -}; - -/* border flags: the values are chosen for backwards compatibility */ -enum wxBorder -{ - /* this is different from wxBORDER_NONE as by default the controls do have */ - /* border */ - wxBORDER_DEFAULT = 0, - - wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000, - wxBORDER_STATIC = 0x01000000, - wxBORDER_SIMPLE = 0x02000000, - wxBORDER_RAISED = 0x04000000, - wxBORDER_SUNKEN = 0x08000000, - wxBORDER_DOUBLE = 0x10000000, /* deprecated */ - wxBORDER_THEME = 0x10000000, - - /* a mask to extract border style from the combination of flags */ - wxBORDER_MASK = 0x1f200000 -}; - -/* This makes it easier to specify a 'normal' border for a control */ -#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) -#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE -#else -#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN -#endif - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Window style flags */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - * Values are chosen so they can be |'ed in a bit list. - * Some styles are used across more than one group, - * so the values mustn't clash with others in the group. - * Otherwise, numbers can be reused across groups. - * - * From version 1.66: - * Window (cross-group) styles now take up the first half - * of the flag, and control-specific styles the - * second half. - * - */ - -/* - * Window (Frame/dialog/subwindow/panel item) style flags - */ -#define wxVSCROLL 0x80000000 -#define wxHSCROLL 0x40000000 -#define wxCAPTION 0x20000000 - -/* New styles (border styles are now in their own enum) */ -#define wxDOUBLE_BORDER wxBORDER_DOUBLE -#define wxSUNKEN_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN -#define wxRAISED_BORDER wxBORDER_RAISED -#define wxBORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE -#define wxSIMPLE_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE -#define wxSTATIC_BORDER wxBORDER_STATIC -#define wxNO_BORDER wxBORDER_NONE - -/* wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB: instead of hiding the scrollbar when it is not needed, */ -/* disable it - but still show (see also wxLB_ALWAYS_SB style) */ -/* */ -/* NB: as this style is only supported by wxUniversal and wxMSW so far */ -#define wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB 0x00800000 - -/* Clip children when painting, which reduces flicker in e.g. frames and */ -/* splitter windows, but can't be used in a panel where a static box must be */ -/* 'transparent' (panel paints the background for it) */ -#define wxCLIP_CHILDREN 0x00400000 - -/* Note we're reusing the wxCAPTION style because we won't need captions */ -/* for subwindows/controls */ -#define wxCLIP_SIBLINGS 0x20000000 - -#define wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW 0x00100000 - -/* Add this style to a panel to get tab traversal working outside of dialogs */ -/* (on by default for wxPanel, wxDialog, wxScrolledWindow) */ -#define wxTAB_TRAVERSAL 0x00080000 - -/* Add this style if the control wants to get all keyboard messages (under */ -/* Windows, it won't normally get the dialog navigation key events) */ -#define wxWANTS_CHARS 0x00040000 - -/* Make window retained (Motif only, see src/generic/scrolwing.cpp) - * This is non-zero only under wxMotif, to avoid a clash with wxPOPUP_WINDOW - * on other platforms - */ - -#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ -#define wxRETAINED 0x00020000 -#else -#define wxRETAINED 0x00000000 -#endif -#define wxBACKINGSTORE wxRETAINED - -/* set this flag to create a special popup window: it will be always shown on */ -/* top of other windows, will capture the mouse and will be dismissed when the */ -/* mouse is clicked outside of it or if it loses focus in any other way */ -#define wxPOPUP_WINDOW 0x00020000 - -/* force a full repaint when the window is resized (instead of repainting just */ -/* the invalidated area) */ -#define wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0x00010000 - -/* obsolete: now this is the default behaviour */ -/* */ -/* don't invalidate the whole window (resulting in a PAINT event) when the */ -/* window is resized (currently, makes sense for wxMSW only) */ -#define wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0 - -/* A mask which can be used to filter (out) all wxWindow-specific styles. - */ -#define wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK \ - (wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL|wxBORDER_MASK|wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB|wxCLIP_CHILDREN| \ - wxCLIP_SIBLINGS|wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxWANTS_CHARS| \ - wxRETAINED|wxPOPUP_WINDOW|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) - -/* - * Extra window style flags (use wxWS_EX prefix to make it clear that they - * should be passed to wxWindow::SetExtraStyle(), not SetWindowStyle()) - */ - -/* by default, TransferDataTo/FromWindow() only work on direct children of the */ -/* window (compatible behaviour), set this flag to make them recursively */ -/* descend into all subwindows */ -#define wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 0x00000001 - -/* wxCommandEvents and the objects of the derived classes are forwarded to the */ -/* parent window and so on recursively by default. Using this flag for the */ -/* given window allows to block this propagation at this window, i.e. prevent */ -/* the events from being propagated further upwards. The dialogs have this */ -/* flag on by default. */ -#define wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 0x00000002 - -/* don't use this window as an implicit parent for the other windows: this must */ -/* be used with transient windows as otherwise there is the risk of creating a */ -/* dialog/frame with this window as a parent which would lead to a crash if the */ -/* parent is destroyed before the child */ -#define wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT 0x00000004 - -/* don't paint the window background, we'll assume it will */ -/* be done by a theming engine. This is not yet used but could */ -/* possibly be made to work in the future, at least on Windows */ -#define wxWS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 0x00000008 - -/* this window should always process idle events */ -#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 0x00000010 - -/* this window should always process UI update events */ -#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 0x00000020 - -/* Draw the window in a metal theme on Mac */ -#define wxFRAME_EX_METAL 0x00000040 -#define wxDIALOG_EX_METAL 0x00000040 - -/* Use this style to add a context-sensitive help to the window (currently for */ -/* Win32 only and it doesn't work if wxMINIMIZE_BOX or wxMAXIMIZE_BOX are used) */ -#define wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP 0x00000080 - -/* synonyms for wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP for compatibility */ -#define wxFRAME_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP -#define wxDIALOG_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP - -/* Create a window which is attachable to another top level window */ -#define wxFRAME_DRAWER 0x0020 - -/* - * MDI parent frame style flags - * Can overlap with some of the above. - */ - -#define wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU 0x0100 - -/* - * wxMenuBar style flags - */ -/* use native docking */ -#define wxMB_DOCKABLE 0x0001 - -/* - * wxMenu style flags - */ -#define wxMENU_TEAROFF 0x0001 - -/* - * Apply to all panel items - */ -#define wxCOLOURED 0x0800 -#define wxFIXED_LENGTH 0x0400 - -/* - * Styles for wxListBox - */ -#define wxLB_SORT 0x0010 -#define wxLB_SINGLE 0x0020 -#define wxLB_MULTIPLE 0x0040 -#define wxLB_EXTENDED 0x0080 -/* wxLB_OWNERDRAW is Windows-only */ -#define wxLB_OWNERDRAW 0x0100 -#define wxLB_NEEDED_SB 0x0200 -#define wxLB_ALWAYS_SB 0x0400 -#define wxLB_HSCROLL wxHSCROLL -/* always show an entire number of rows */ -#define wxLB_INT_HEIGHT 0x0800 - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - /* deprecated synonyms */ - #define wxPROCESS_ENTER 0x0400 /* wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER */ - #define wxPASSWORD 0x0800 /* wxTE_PASSWORD */ -#endif - -/* - * wxComboBox style flags - */ -#define wxCB_SIMPLE 0x0004 -#define wxCB_SORT 0x0008 -#define wxCB_READONLY 0x0010 -#define wxCB_DROPDOWN 0x0020 - -/* - * wxRadioBox style flags - */ -/* should we number the items from left to right or from top to bottom in a 2d */ -/* radiobox? */ -#define wxRA_LEFTTORIGHT 0x0001 -#define wxRA_TOPTOBOTTOM 0x0002 - -/* New, more intuitive names to specify majorDim argument */ -#define wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS wxHORIZONTAL -#define wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS wxVERTICAL - -/* Old names for compatibility */ -#define wxRA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL -#define wxRA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL -#define wxRA_USE_CHECKBOX 0x0010 /* alternative native subcontrols (wxPalmOS) */ - -/* - * wxRadioButton style flag - */ -#define wxRB_GROUP 0x0004 -#define wxRB_SINGLE 0x0008 -#define wxRB_USE_CHECKBOX 0x0010 /* alternative native control (wxPalmOS) */ - -/* - * wxScrollBar flags - */ -#define wxSB_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL -#define wxSB_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL - -/* - * wxSpinButton flags. - * Note that a wxSpinCtrl is sometimes defined as - * a wxTextCtrl, and so the flags must be different - * from wxTextCtrl's. - */ -#define wxSP_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL /* 4 */ -#define wxSP_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL /* 8 */ -#define wxSP_ARROW_KEYS 0x1000 -#define wxSP_WRAP 0x2000 - -/* - * wxTabCtrl flags - */ -#define wxTC_RIGHTJUSTIFY 0x0010 -#define wxTC_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0020 -#define wxTC_TOP 0x0000 /* default */ -#define wxTC_LEFT 0x0020 -#define wxTC_RIGHT 0x0040 -#define wxTC_BOTTOM 0x0080 -#define wxTC_MULTILINE 0x0200 /* == wxNB_MULTILINE */ -#define wxTC_OWNERDRAW 0x0400 - -/* - * wxStatusBar95 flags - */ -#define wxST_SIZEGRIP 0x0010 - -/* - * wxStaticText flags - */ -#define wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE 0x0001 -#define wxST_DOTS_MIDDLE 0x0002 -#define wxST_DOTS_END 0x0004 - -/* - * wxStaticBitmap flags - */ -#define wxBI_EXPAND wxEXPAND - -/* - * wxStaticLine flags - */ -#define wxLI_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL -#define wxLI_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL - - -/* - * extended dialog specifiers. these values are stored in a different - * flag and thus do not overlap with other style flags. note that these - * values do not correspond to the return values of the dialogs (for - * those values, look at the wxID_XXX defines). - */ - -/* wxCENTRE already defined as 0x00000001 */ -#define wxYES 0x00000002 -#define wxOK 0x00000004 -#define wxNO 0x00000008 -#define wxYES_NO (wxYES | wxNO) -#define wxCANCEL 0x00000010 - -#define wxYES_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* has no effect (default) */ -#define wxNO_DEFAULT 0x00000080 - -#define wxICON_EXCLAMATION 0x00000100 -#define wxICON_HAND 0x00000200 -#define wxICON_WARNING wxICON_EXCLAMATION -#define wxICON_ERROR wxICON_HAND -#define wxICON_QUESTION 0x00000400 -#define wxICON_INFORMATION 0x00000800 -#define wxICON_STOP wxICON_HAND -#define wxICON_ASTERISK wxICON_INFORMATION -#define wxICON_MASK (0x00000100|0x00000200|0x00000400|0x00000800) - -#define wxFORWARD 0x00001000 -#define wxBACKWARD 0x00002000 -#define wxRESET 0x00004000 -#define wxHELP 0x00008000 -#define wxMORE 0x00010000 -#define wxSETUP 0x00020000 - -/* - * Background styles. See wxWindow::SetBackgroundStyle - */ - -enum wxBackgroundStyle -{ - wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM, - wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR, - wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* standard IDs */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Standard menu IDs */ -enum -{ - /* no id matches this one when compared to it */ - wxID_NONE = -3, - - /* id for a separator line in the menu (invalid for normal item) */ - wxID_SEPARATOR = -2, - - /* any id: means that we don't care about the id, whether when installing - * an event handler or when creating a new window */ - wxID_ANY = -1, - - - /* all predefined ids are between wxID_LOWEST and wxID_HIGHEST */ - wxID_LOWEST = 4999, - - wxID_OPEN, - wxID_CLOSE, - wxID_NEW, - wxID_SAVE, - wxID_SAVEAS, - wxID_REVERT, - wxID_EXIT, - wxID_UNDO, - wxID_REDO, - wxID_HELP, - wxID_PRINT, - wxID_PRINT_SETUP, - wxID_PAGE_SETUP, - wxID_PREVIEW, - wxID_ABOUT, - wxID_HELP_CONTENTS, - wxID_HELP_INDEX, - wxID_HELP_SEARCH, - wxID_HELP_COMMANDS, - wxID_HELP_PROCEDURES, - wxID_HELP_CONTEXT, - wxID_CLOSE_ALL, - wxID_PREFERENCES, - - wxID_EDIT = 5030, - wxID_CUT, - wxID_COPY, - wxID_PASTE, - wxID_CLEAR, - wxID_FIND, - wxID_DUPLICATE, - wxID_SELECTALL, - wxID_DELETE, - wxID_REPLACE, - wxID_REPLACE_ALL, - wxID_PROPERTIES, - - wxID_VIEW_DETAILS, - wxID_VIEW_LARGEICONS, - wxID_VIEW_SMALLICONS, - wxID_VIEW_LIST, - wxID_VIEW_SORTDATE, - wxID_VIEW_SORTNAME, - wxID_VIEW_SORTSIZE, - wxID_VIEW_SORTTYPE, - - wxID_FILE = 5050, - wxID_FILE1, - wxID_FILE2, - wxID_FILE3, - wxID_FILE4, - wxID_FILE5, - wxID_FILE6, - wxID_FILE7, - wxID_FILE8, - wxID_FILE9, - - /* Standard button and menu IDs */ - wxID_OK = 5100, - wxID_CANCEL, - wxID_APPLY, - wxID_YES, - wxID_NO, - wxID_STATIC, - wxID_FORWARD, - wxID_BACKWARD, - wxID_DEFAULT, - wxID_MORE, - wxID_SETUP, - wxID_RESET, - wxID_CONTEXT_HELP, - wxID_YESTOALL, - wxID_NOTOALL, - wxID_ABORT, - wxID_RETRY, - wxID_IGNORE, - wxID_ADD, - wxID_REMOVE, - - wxID_UP, - wxID_DOWN, - wxID_HOME, - wxID_REFRESH, - wxID_STOP, - wxID_INDEX, - - wxID_BOLD, - wxID_ITALIC, - wxID_JUSTIFY_CENTER, - wxID_JUSTIFY_FILL, - wxID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT, - wxID_JUSTIFY_LEFT, - wxID_UNDERLINE, - wxID_INDENT, - wxID_UNINDENT, - wxID_ZOOM_100, - wxID_ZOOM_FIT, - wxID_ZOOM_IN, - wxID_ZOOM_OUT, - wxID_UNDELETE, - wxID_REVERT_TO_SAVED, - - /* System menu IDs (used by wxUniv): */ - wxID_SYSTEM_MENU = 5200, - wxID_CLOSE_FRAME, - wxID_MOVE_FRAME, - wxID_RESIZE_FRAME, - wxID_MAXIMIZE_FRAME, - wxID_ICONIZE_FRAME, - wxID_RESTORE_FRAME, - - /* IDs used by generic file dialog (13 consecutive starting from this value) */ - wxID_FILEDLGG = 5900, - - wxID_HIGHEST = 5999 -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* other constants */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* menu and toolbar item kinds */ -enum wxItemKind -{ - wxITEM_SEPARATOR = -1, - wxITEM_NORMAL, - wxITEM_CHECK, - wxITEM_RADIO, - wxITEM_MAX -}; - -/* hit test results */ -enum wxHitTest -{ - wxHT_NOWHERE, - - /* scrollbar */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = wxHT_NOWHERE, - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by line */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2, /* right or down */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by page */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2, /* right or down */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB, /* on the thumb */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1, /* bar to the left/above the thumb */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2, /* bar to the right/below the thumb */ - wxHT_SCROLLBAR_LAST, - - /* window */ - wxHT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE, /* not in this window at all */ - wxHT_WINDOW_INSIDE, /* in the client area */ - wxHT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR, /* on the vertical scrollbar */ - wxHT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR, /* on the horizontal scrollbar */ - wxHT_WINDOW_CORNER, /* on the corner between 2 scrollbars */ - - wxHT_MAX -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Possible SetSize flags */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Use internally-calculated width if -1 */ -#define wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 0x0001 -/* Use internally-calculated height if -1 */ -#define wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 0x0002 -/* Use internally-calculated width and height if each is -1 */ -#define wxSIZE_AUTO (wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT) -/* Ignore missing (-1) dimensions (use existing). */ -/* For readability only: test for wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT in code. */ -#define wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING 0x0000 -/* Allow -1 as a valid position */ -#define wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 0x0004 -/* Don't do parent client adjustments (for implementation only) */ -#define wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS 0x0008 -/* Change the window position even if it seems to be already correct */ -#define wxSIZE_FORCE 0x0010 - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* GDI descriptions */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -enum -{ - /* Text font families */ - wxDEFAULT = 70, - wxDECORATIVE, - wxROMAN, - wxSCRIPT, - wxSWISS, - wxMODERN, - wxTELETYPE, /* @@@@ */ - - /* Proportional or Fixed width fonts (not yet used) */ - wxVARIABLE = 80, - wxFIXED, - - wxNORMAL = 90, - wxLIGHT, - wxBOLD, - /* Also wxNORMAL for normal (non-italic text) */ - wxITALIC, - wxSLANT, - - /* Pen styles */ - wxSOLID = 100, - wxDOT, - wxLONG_DASH, - wxSHORT_DASH, - wxDOT_DASH, - wxUSER_DASH, - - wxTRANSPARENT, - - /* Brush & Pen Stippling. Note that a stippled pen cannot be dashed!! */ - /* Note also that stippling a Pen IS meaningfull, because a Line is */ - wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE, /* mask is used for blitting monochrome using text fore and back ground colors */ - wxSTIPPLE_MASK, /* mask is used for masking areas in the stipple bitmap (TO DO) */ - /* drawn with a Pen, and without any Brush -- and it can be stippled. */ - wxSTIPPLE = 110, - - wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, /* In wxWidgets < 2.6 use WX_HATCH macro */ - wxCROSSDIAG_HATCH, /* to verify these wx*_HATCH are in style */ - wxFDIAGONAL_HATCH, /* of wxBrush. In wxWidgets >= 2.6 use */ - wxCROSS_HATCH, /* wxBrush::IsHatch() instead. */ - wxHORIZONTAL_HATCH, - wxVERTICAL_HATCH, - wxFIRST_HATCH = wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, - wxLAST_HATCH = wxVERTICAL_HATCH, - - wxJOIN_BEVEL = 120, - wxJOIN_MITER, - wxJOIN_ROUND, - - wxCAP_ROUND = 130, - wxCAP_PROJECTING, - wxCAP_BUTT -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - #define IS_HATCH(s) ((s)>=wxFIRST_HATCH && (s)<=wxLAST_HATCH) -#else - /* use wxBrush::IsHatch() instead thought wxMotif still uses it in src/motif/dcclient.cpp */ -#endif - -/* Logical ops */ -typedef enum -{ - wxCLEAR, wxROP_BLACK = wxCLEAR, wxBLIT_BLACKNESS = wxCLEAR, /* 0 */ - wxXOR, wxROP_XORPEN = wxXOR, wxBLIT_SRCINVERT = wxXOR, /* src XOR dst */ - wxINVERT, wxROP_NOT = wxINVERT, wxBLIT_DSTINVERT = wxINVERT, /* NOT dst */ - wxOR_REVERSE, wxROP_MERGEPENNOT = wxOR_REVERSE, wxBLIT_00DD0228 = wxOR_REVERSE, /* src OR (NOT dst) */ - wxAND_REVERSE, wxROP_MASKPENNOT = wxAND_REVERSE, wxBLIT_SRCERASE = wxAND_REVERSE, /* src AND (NOT dst) */ - wxCOPY, wxROP_COPYPEN = wxCOPY, wxBLIT_SRCCOPY = wxCOPY, /* src */ - wxAND, wxROP_MASKPEN = wxAND, wxBLIT_SRCAND = wxAND, /* src AND dst */ - wxAND_INVERT, wxROP_MASKNOTPEN = wxAND_INVERT, wxBLIT_00220326 = wxAND_INVERT, /* (NOT src) AND dst */ - wxNO_OP, wxROP_NOP = wxNO_OP, wxBLIT_00AA0029 = wxNO_OP, /* dst */ - wxNOR, wxROP_NOTMERGEPEN = wxNOR, wxBLIT_NOTSRCERASE = wxNOR, /* (NOT src) AND (NOT dst) */ - wxEQUIV, wxROP_NOTXORPEN = wxEQUIV, wxBLIT_00990066 = wxEQUIV, /* (NOT src) XOR dst */ - wxSRC_INVERT, wxROP_NOTCOPYPEN = wxSRC_INVERT, wxBLIT_NOTSCRCOPY = wxSRC_INVERT, /* (NOT src) */ - wxOR_INVERT, wxROP_MERGENOTPEN = wxOR_INVERT, wxBLIT_MERGEPAINT = wxOR_INVERT, /* (NOT src) OR dst */ - wxNAND, wxROP_NOTMASKPEN = wxNAND, wxBLIT_007700E6 = wxNAND, /* (NOT src) OR (NOT dst) */ - wxOR, wxROP_MERGEPEN = wxOR, wxBLIT_SRCPAINT = wxOR, /* src OR dst */ - wxSET, wxROP_WHITE = wxSET, wxBLIT_WHITENESS = wxSET /* 1 */ -} form_ops_t; - -/* Flood styles */ -enum -{ - wxFLOOD_SURFACE = 1, - wxFLOOD_BORDER -}; - -/* Polygon filling mode */ -enum -{ - wxODDEVEN_RULE = 1, - wxWINDING_RULE -}; - -/* ToolPanel in wxFrame (VZ: unused?) */ -enum -{ - wxTOOL_TOP = 1, - wxTOOL_BOTTOM, - wxTOOL_LEFT, - wxTOOL_RIGHT -}; - -/* the values of the format constants should be the same as corresponding */ -/* CF_XXX constants in Windows API */ -enum wxDataFormatId -{ - wxDF_INVALID = 0, - wxDF_TEXT = 1, /* CF_TEXT */ - wxDF_BITMAP = 2, /* CF_BITMAP */ - wxDF_METAFILE = 3, /* CF_METAFILEPICT */ - wxDF_SYLK = 4, - wxDF_DIF = 5, - wxDF_TIFF = 6, - wxDF_OEMTEXT = 7, /* CF_OEMTEXT */ - wxDF_DIB = 8, /* CF_DIB */ - wxDF_PALETTE = 9, - wxDF_PENDATA = 10, - wxDF_RIFF = 11, - wxDF_WAVE = 12, - wxDF_UNICODETEXT = 13, - wxDF_ENHMETAFILE = 14, - wxDF_FILENAME = 15, /* CF_HDROP */ - wxDF_LOCALE = 16, - wxDF_PRIVATE = 20, - wxDF_HTML = 30, /* Note: does not correspond to CF_ constant */ - wxDF_MAX -}; - -/* Virtual keycodes */ -enum wxKeyCode -{ - WXK_BACK = 8, - WXK_TAB = 9, - WXK_RETURN = 13, - WXK_ESCAPE = 27, - WXK_SPACE = 32, - WXK_DELETE = 127, - - /* These are, by design, not compatible with unicode characters. - If you want to get a unicode character from a key event, use - wxKeyEvent::GetUnicodeKey instead. */ - WXK_START = 300, - WXK_LBUTTON, - WXK_RBUTTON, - WXK_CANCEL, - WXK_MBUTTON, - WXK_CLEAR, - WXK_SHIFT, - WXK_ALT, - WXK_CONTROL, - WXK_MENU, - WXK_PAUSE, - WXK_CAPITAL, - WXK_END, - WXK_HOME, - WXK_LEFT, - WXK_UP, - WXK_RIGHT, - WXK_DOWN, - WXK_SELECT, - WXK_PRINT, - WXK_EXECUTE, - WXK_SNAPSHOT, - WXK_INSERT, - WXK_HELP, - WXK_NUMPAD0, - WXK_NUMPAD1, - WXK_NUMPAD2, - WXK_NUMPAD3, - WXK_NUMPAD4, - WXK_NUMPAD5, - WXK_NUMPAD6, - WXK_NUMPAD7, - WXK_NUMPAD8, - WXK_NUMPAD9, - WXK_MULTIPLY, - WXK_ADD, - WXK_SEPARATOR, - WXK_SUBTRACT, - WXK_DECIMAL, - WXK_DIVIDE, - WXK_F1, - WXK_F2, - WXK_F3, - WXK_F4, - WXK_F5, - WXK_F6, - WXK_F7, - WXK_F8, - WXK_F9, - WXK_F10, - WXK_F11, - WXK_F12, - WXK_F13, - WXK_F14, - WXK_F15, - WXK_F16, - WXK_F17, - WXK_F18, - WXK_F19, - WXK_F20, - WXK_F21, - WXK_F22, - WXK_F23, - WXK_F24, - WXK_NUMLOCK, - WXK_SCROLL, - WXK_PAGEUP, - WXK_PAGEDOWN, -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP, - WXK_NEXT = WXK_PAGEDOWN, -#endif - - WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE, - WXK_NUMPAD_TAB, - WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER, - WXK_NUMPAD_F1, - WXK_NUMPAD_F2, - WXK_NUMPAD_F3, - WXK_NUMPAD_F4, - WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, - WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, - WXK_NUMPAD_UP, - WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, - WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, - WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, - WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, - WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, -#endif - WXK_NUMPAD_END, - WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN, - WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, - WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, - WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL, - WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY, - WXK_NUMPAD_ADD, - WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR, - WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT, - WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL, - WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE, - - WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT, - WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT, - WXK_WINDOWS_MENU , - WXK_COMMAND, - - /* Hardware-specific buttons */ - WXK_SPECIAL1 = 193, - WXK_SPECIAL2, - WXK_SPECIAL3, - WXK_SPECIAL4, - WXK_SPECIAL5, - WXK_SPECIAL6, - WXK_SPECIAL7, - WXK_SPECIAL8, - WXK_SPECIAL9, - WXK_SPECIAL10, - WXK_SPECIAL11, - WXK_SPECIAL12, - WXK_SPECIAL13, - WXK_SPECIAL14, - WXK_SPECIAL15, - WXK_SPECIAL16, - WXK_SPECIAL17, - WXK_SPECIAL18, - WXK_SPECIAL19, - WXK_SPECIAL20 -}; - -/* This enum contains bit mask constants used in wxKeyEvent */ -enum wxKeyModifier -{ - wxMOD_NONE = 0x0000, - wxMOD_ALT = 0x0001, - wxMOD_CONTROL = 0x0002, - wxMOD_ALTGR = wxMOD_ALT | wxMOD_CONTROL, - wxMOD_SHIFT = 0x0004, - wxMOD_META = 0x0008, - wxMOD_WIN = wxMOD_META, -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - wxMOD_CMD = wxMOD_META, -#else - wxMOD_CMD = wxMOD_CONTROL, -#endif - wxMOD_ALL = 0xffff -}; - -/* Mapping modes (same values as used by Windows, don't change) */ -enum -{ - wxMM_TEXT = 1, - wxMM_LOMETRIC, - wxMM_HIMETRIC, - wxMM_LOENGLISH, - wxMM_HIENGLISH, - wxMM_TWIPS, - wxMM_ISOTROPIC, - wxMM_ANISOTROPIC, - wxMM_POINTS, - wxMM_METRIC -}; - -/* Shortcut for easier dialog-unit-to-pixel conversion */ -#define wxDLG_UNIT(parent, pt) parent->ConvertDialogToPixels(pt) - -/* Paper types */ -typedef enum -{ - wxPAPER_NONE, /* Use specific dimensions */ - wxPAPER_LETTER, /* Letter, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_LEGAL, /* Legal, 8 1/2 by 14 inches */ - wxPAPER_A4, /* A4 Sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_CSHEET, /* C Sheet, 17 by 22 inches */ - wxPAPER_DSHEET, /* D Sheet, 22 by 34 inches */ - wxPAPER_ESHEET, /* E Sheet, 34 by 44 inches */ - wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL, /* Letter Small, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_TABLOID, /* Tabloid, 11 by 17 inches */ - wxPAPER_LEDGER, /* Ledger, 17 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_STATEMENT, /* Statement, 5 1/2 by 8 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE, /* Executive, 7 1/4 by 10 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_A3, /* A3 sheet, 297 by 420 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_A4SMALL, /* A4 small sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_A5, /* A5 sheet, 148 by 210 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_B4, /* B4 sheet, 250 by 354 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_B5, /* B5 sheet, 182-by-257-millimeter paper */ - wxPAPER_FOLIO, /* Folio, 8-1/2-by-13-inch paper */ - wxPAPER_QUARTO, /* Quarto, 215-by-275-millimeter paper */ - wxPAPER_10X14, /* 10-by-14-inch sheet */ - wxPAPER_11X17, /* 11-by-17-inch sheet */ - wxPAPER_NOTE, /* Note, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_9, /* #9 Envelope, 3 7/8 by 8 7/8 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_10, /* #10 Envelope, 4 1/8 by 9 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_11, /* #11 Envelope, 4 1/2 by 10 3/8 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_12, /* #12 Envelope, 4 3/4 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_14, /* #14 Envelope, 5 by 11 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_DL, /* DL Envelope, 110 by 220 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_C5, /* C5 Envelope, 162 by 229 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_C3, /* C3 Envelope, 324 by 458 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_C4, /* C4 Envelope, 229 by 324 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_C6, /* C6 Envelope, 114 by 162 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_C65, /* C65 Envelope, 114 by 229 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_B4, /* B4 Envelope, 250 by 353 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_B5, /* B5 Envelope, 176 by 250 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_B6, /* B6 Envelope, 176 by 125 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY, /* Italy Envelope, 110 by 230 millimeters */ - wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH, /* Monarch Envelope, 3 7/8 by 7 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL, /* 6 3/4 Envelope, 3 5/8 by 6 1/2 inches */ - wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US, /* US Std Fanfold, 14 7/8 by 11 inches */ - wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN, /* German Std Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 12 inches */ - wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN, /* German Legal Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 13 inches */ - - wxPAPER_ISO_B4, /* B4 (ISO) 250 x 353 mm */ - wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, /* Japanese Postcard 100 x 148 mm */ - wxPAPER_9X11, /* 9 x 11 in */ - wxPAPER_10X11, /* 10 x 11 in */ - wxPAPER_15X11, /* 15 x 11 in */ - wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE, /* Envelope Invite 220 x 220 mm */ - wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA, /* Letter Extra 9 \275 x 12 in */ - wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA, /* Legal Extra 9 \275 x 15 in */ - wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA, /* Tabloid Extra 11.69 x 18 in */ - wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA, /* A4 Extra 9.27 x 12.69 in */ - wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Transverse 8 \275 x 11 in */ - wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE, /* A4 Transverse 210 x 297 mm */ - wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Extra Transverse 9\275 x 12 in */ - wxPAPER_A_PLUS, /* SuperA/SuperA/A4 227 x 356 mm */ - wxPAPER_B_PLUS, /* SuperB/SuperB/A3 305 x 487 mm */ - wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS, /* Letter Plus 8.5 x 12.69 in */ - wxPAPER_A4_PLUS, /* A4 Plus 210 x 330 mm */ - wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE, /* A5 Transverse 148 x 210 mm */ - wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE, /* B5 (JIS) Transverse 182 x 257 mm */ - wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA, /* A3 Extra 322 x 445 mm */ - wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA, /* A5 Extra 174 x 235 mm */ - wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA, /* B5 (ISO) Extra 201 x 276 mm */ - wxPAPER_A2, /* A2 420 x 594 mm */ - wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Transverse 297 x 420 mm */ - wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Extra Transverse 322 x 445 mm */ - - wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD,/* Japanese Double Postcard 200 x 148 mm */ - wxPAPER_A6, /* A6 105 x 148 mm */ - wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 */ - wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 */ - wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 */ - wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 */ - wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED, /* Letter Rotated 11 x 8 1/2 in */ - wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED, /* A3 Rotated 420 x 297 mm */ - wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED, /* A4 Rotated 297 x 210 mm */ - wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED, /* A5 Rotated 210 x 148 mm */ - wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED, /* B4 (JIS) Rotated 364 x 257 mm */ - wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED, /* B5 (JIS) Rotated 257 x 182 mm */ - wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 100 mm */ - wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Double Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 200 mm */ - wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED, /* A6 Rotated 148 x 105 mm */ - wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 Rotated */ - wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 Rotated */ - wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 Rotated */ - wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 Rotated */ - wxPAPER_B6_JIS, /* B6 (JIS) 128 x 182 mm */ - wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED, /* B6 (JIS) Rotated 182 x 128 mm */ - wxPAPER_12X11, /* 12 x 11 in */ - wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 */ - wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 Rotated */ - wxPAPER_P16K, /* PRC 16K 146 x 215 mm */ - wxPAPER_P32K, /* PRC 32K 97 x 151 mm */ - wxPAPER_P32KBIG, /* PRC 32K(Big) 97 x 151 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_1, /* PRC Envelope #1 102 x 165 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_2, /* PRC Envelope #2 102 x 176 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_3, /* PRC Envelope #3 125 x 176 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_4, /* PRC Envelope #4 110 x 208 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_5, /* PRC Envelope #5 110 x 220 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_6, /* PRC Envelope #6 120 x 230 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_7, /* PRC Envelope #7 160 x 230 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_8, /* PRC Envelope #8 120 x 309 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_9, /* PRC Envelope #9 229 x 324 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_10, /* PRC Envelope #10 324 x 458 mm */ - wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED, /* PRC 16K Rotated */ - wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K Rotated */ - wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K(Big) Rotated */ - wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #1 Rotated 165 x 102 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #2 Rotated 176 x 102 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #3 Rotated 176 x 125 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #4 Rotated 208 x 110 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #5 Rotated 220 x 110 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #6 Rotated 230 x 120 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #7 Rotated 230 x 160 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #8 Rotated 309 x 120 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #9 Rotated 324 x 229 mm */ - wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED /* PRC Envelope #10 Rotated 458 x 324 m */ -} wxPaperSize; - -/* Printing orientation */ -#ifndef wxPORTRAIT -#define wxPORTRAIT 1 -#define wxLANDSCAPE 2 -#endif - -/* Duplex printing modes - */ - -enum wxDuplexMode -{ - wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX, /* Non-duplex */ - wxDUPLEX_HORIZONTAL, - wxDUPLEX_VERTICAL -}; - -/* Print quality. - */ - -#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_HIGH -1 -#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM -2 -#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_LOW -3 -#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT -4 - -typedef int wxPrintQuality; - -/* Print mode (currently PostScript only) - */ - -enum wxPrintMode -{ - wxPRINT_MODE_NONE = 0, - wxPRINT_MODE_PREVIEW = 1, /* Preview in external application */ - wxPRINT_MODE_FILE = 2, /* Print to file */ - wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER = 3, /* Send to printer */ - wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM = 4 /* Send postscript data into a stream */ -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* UpdateWindowUI flags */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -enum wxUpdateUI -{ - wxUPDATE_UI_NONE = 0x0000, - wxUPDATE_UI_RECURSE = 0x0001, - wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = 0x0002 /* Invoked from On(Internal)Idle */ -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* Notification Event flags - used for dock icon bouncing, etc. */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -enum wxNotificationOptions -{ - wxNOTIFY_NONE = 0x0000, - wxNOTIFY_ONCE = 0x0001, - wxNOTIFY_REPEAT = 0x0002 -}; - -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* miscellaneous */ -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* define this macro if font handling is done using the X font names */ -#if (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__X__) - #define _WX_X_FONTLIKE -#endif - -/* macro to specify "All Files" on different platforms */ -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) -# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*.*") -# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*.*)|*.*") -#else -# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*") -# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*)|*") -#endif - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WXMSW__) -# if wxUSE_STL || defined(wxUSE_STD_STRING) - /* - NASTY HACK because the gethostname in sys/unistd.h which the gnu - stl includes and wx builds with by default clash with each other - (windows version 2nd param is int, sys/unistd.h version is unsigned - int). - */ -# define gethostname gethostnameHACK -# include -# undef gethostname -# endif -#endif - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* macros that enable wxWidgets apps to be compiled in absence of the */ -/* sytem headers, although some platform specific types are used in the */ -/* platform specific (implementation) parts of the headers */ -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - -#define WX_OPAQUE_TYPE( name ) struct wxOpaque##name - -typedef unsigned char WXCOLORREF[6]; -typedef void* WXCGIMAGEREF; -typedef void* WXHBITMAP; -typedef void* WXHCURSOR; -typedef void* WXHRGN; -typedef void* WXRECTPTR; -typedef void* WXPOINTPTR; -typedef void* WXHWND; -typedef void* WXEVENTREF; -typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERREF; -typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF; -typedef void* WXAPPLEEVENTREF; -typedef void* WXHDC; -typedef void* WXHMENU; -typedef unsigned int WXUINT; -typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; -typedef unsigned short WXWORD; - -typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(CIconHandle ) * WXHICON ; -typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(PicHandle ) * WXHMETAFILE ; - - -/* typedef void* WXWidget; */ -/* typedef void* WXWindow; */ -typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(ControlRef ) * WXWidget ; -typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(WindowRef) * WXWindow ; -typedef void* WXDisplay; - -/* typedef WindowPtr WXHWND; */ -/* typedef Handle WXHANDLE; */ -/* typedef CIconHandle WXHICON; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHFONT; */ -/* typedef MenuHandle WXHMENU; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHPEN; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHBRUSH; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHPALETTE; */ -/* typedef CursHandle WXHCURSOR; */ -/* typedef RgnHandle WXHRGN; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHACCEL; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHINSTANCE; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHIMAGELIST; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHGLOBAL; */ -/* typedef GrafPtr WXHDC; */ -/* typedef unsigned int WXWPARAM; */ -/* typedef long WXLPARAM; */ -/* typedef void * WXRGNDATA; */ -/* typedef void * WXMSG; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHCONV; */ -/* typedef unsigned long WXHKEY; */ -/* typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT; */ -/* typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT; */ -/* typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT; */ -/* typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); */ - -/* typedef WindowPtr WXWindow; */ -/* typedef ControlHandle WXWidget; */ - -#endif - -#if defined( __WXCOCOA__ ) || ( defined(__WXMAC__) && defined(__DARWIN__) ) - -/* Definitions of 32-bit/64-bit types - * These are typedef'd exactly the same way in newer OS X headers so - * redefinition when real headers are included should not be a problem. If - * it is, the types are being defined wrongly here. - * The purpose of these types is so they can be used from public wx headers. - * and also because the older (pre-Leopard) headers don't define them. - */ - -/* NOTE: We don't pollute namespace with CGFLOAT_MIN/MAX/IS_DOUBLE macros - * since they are unlikely to be needed in a public header. - */ -#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__ - typedef double CGFloat; -#else - typedef float CGFloat; -#endif - -#if (defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__) || (defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) && NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) -typedef long NSInteger; -typedef unsigned long NSUInteger; -#else -typedef int NSInteger; -typedef unsigned int NSUInteger; -#endif - -/* Objective-C type declarations. - * These are to be used in public headers in lieu of NSSomething* because - * Objective-C class names are not available in C/C++ code. - */ - -/* NOTE: This ought to work with other compilers too, but I'm being cautious */ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__)) || defined(__MWERKS__) -/* It's desirable to have type safety for Objective-C(++) code as it does -at least catch typos of method names among other things. However, it -is not possible to declare an Objective-C class from plain old C or C++ -code. Furthermore, because of C++ name mangling, the type name must -be the same for both C++ and Objective-C++ code. Therefore, we define -what should be a pointer to an Objective-C class as a pointer to a plain -old C struct with the same name. Unfortunately, because the compiler -does not see a struct as an Objective-C class we cannot declare it -as a struct in Objective-C(++) mode. -*/ -#if defined(__OBJC__) -#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ -@class klass; \ -typedef klass *WX_##klass -#else /* not defined(__OBJC__) */ -#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ -typedef struct klass *WX_##klass -#endif /* defined(__OBJC__) */ - -#else /* not Apple's GNU or CodeWarrior */ -#warning "Objective-C types will not be checked by the compiler." -/* NOTE: typedef struct objc_object *id; */ -/* IOW, we're declaring these using the id type without using that name, */ -/* since "id" is used extensively not only within wxWidgets itself, but */ -/* also in wxWidgets application code. The following works fine when */ -/* compiling C(++) code, and works without typesafety for Obj-C(++) code */ -#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ -typedef struct objc_object *WX_##klass - -#endif /* (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__)) || defined(__MWERKS__) */ - -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSApplication); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBitmapImageRep); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBox); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSButton); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColor); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColorPanel); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSControl); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSCursor); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSEvent); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFontPanel); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSImage); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSLayoutManager); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenu); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuExtra); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuItem); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMutableArray); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSNotification); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSObject); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSPanel); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSScrollView); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSound); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSStatusItem); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableColumn); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableView); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextContainer); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextField); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextStorage); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSThread); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSWindow); -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSView); -#ifdef __WXMAC__ -// things added for __WXMAC__ -DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSString); -#else -// things only for __WXCOCOA__ -typedef WX_NSView WXWidget; /* wxWidgets BASE definition */ -#endif -#endif /* __WXCOCOA__ || ( __WXMAC__ &__DARWIN__)*/ - -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - -typedef void * WXHWND; -typedef void * WXHANDLE; -typedef void * WXHICON; -typedef void * WXHFONT; -typedef void * WXHMENU; -typedef void * WXHPEN; -typedef void * WXHBRUSH; -typedef void * WXHPALETTE; -typedef void * WXHCURSOR; -typedef void * WXHRGN; -typedef void * WXHACCEL; -typedef void * WXHINSTANCE; -typedef void * WXHBITMAP; -typedef void * WXHIMAGELIST; -typedef void * WXHGLOBAL; -typedef void * WXHDC; -typedef unsigned int WXUINT; -typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; -typedef unsigned short WXWORD; - -typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; -typedef struct tagMSG WXMSG; - -typedef WXHWND WXWINHANDLE; /* WinHandle of PalmOS */ -typedef WXWINHANDLE WXWidget; - -typedef void * WXFORMPTR; -typedef void * WXEVENTPTR; -typedef void * WXRECTANGLEPTR; - -#endif /* __WXPALMOS__ */ - - -/* ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port */ -#if defined(__WIN32__) - -/* the keywords needed for WinMain() declaration */ -#ifndef WXFAR -# define WXFAR -#endif - -/* Stand-ins for Windows types to avoid #including all of windows.h */ -typedef void * WXHWND; -typedef void * WXHANDLE; -typedef void * WXHICON; -typedef void * WXHFONT; -typedef void * WXHMENU; -typedef void * WXHPEN; -typedef void * WXHBRUSH; -typedef void * WXHPALETTE; -typedef void * WXHCURSOR; -typedef void * WXHRGN; -typedef void * WXRECTPTR; -typedef void * WXHACCEL; -typedef void WXFAR * WXHINSTANCE; -typedef void * WXHBITMAP; -typedef void * WXHIMAGELIST; -typedef void * WXHGLOBAL; -typedef void * WXHDC; -typedef unsigned int WXUINT; -typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; -typedef unsigned short WXWORD; - -typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; -typedef void * WXRGNDATA; -typedef struct tagMSG WXMSG; -typedef void * WXHCONV; -typedef void * WXHKEY; -typedef void * WXHTREEITEM; - -typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT; -typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT; -typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT; - -typedef WXHWND WXWidget; - -#ifdef __WIN64__ -typedef unsigned __int64 WXWPARAM; -typedef __int64 WXLPARAM; -typedef __int64 WXLRESULT; -#else -typedef unsigned int WXWPARAM; -typedef long WXLPARAM; -typedef long WXLRESULT; -#endif - -#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__) -typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); -#else -typedef int (__stdcall *WXFARPROC)(); -#endif -#endif /* __WIN32__ */ - - -#if defined(__OS2__) -typedef unsigned long DWORD; -typedef unsigned short WORD; -#endif - -#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) -#ifdef __WXPM__ -/* Stand-ins for OS/2 types, to avoid #including all of os2.h */ -typedef unsigned long WXHWND; -typedef unsigned long WXHANDLE; -typedef unsigned long WXHICON; -typedef unsigned long WXHFONT; -typedef unsigned long WXHMENU; -typedef unsigned long WXHPEN; -typedef unsigned long WXHBRUSH; -typedef unsigned long WXHPALETTE; -typedef unsigned long WXHCURSOR; -typedef unsigned long WXHRGN; -typedef unsigned long WXHACCEL; -typedef unsigned long WXHBITMAP; -typedef unsigned long WXHDC; -typedef unsigned int WXUINT; -typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; -typedef unsigned short WXWORD; - -typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; -typedef void * WXMSG; -typedef unsigned long WXHTREEITEM; - -typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT; -typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT; -typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT; - -typedef WXHWND WXWidget; -#endif -#ifdef __EMX__ -/* Need a well-known type for WXFARPROC - below. MPARAM is typedef'ed too late. */ -#define WXWPARAM void * -#define WXLPARAM void * -#else -#define WXWPARAM MPARAM -#define WXLPARAM MPARAM -#endif -#define RECT RECTL -#define LOGFONT FATTRS -#define LOWORD SHORT1FROMMP -#define HIWORD SHORT2FROMMP - -typedef unsigned long WXMPARAM; -typedef unsigned long WXMSGID; -typedef void* WXRESULT; -/* typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); */ -/* some windows handles not defined by PM */ -typedef unsigned long HANDLE; -typedef unsigned long HICON; -typedef unsigned long HFONT; -typedef unsigned long HMENU; -typedef unsigned long HPEN; -typedef unsigned long HBRUSH; -typedef unsigned long HPALETTE; -typedef unsigned long HCURSOR; -typedef unsigned long HINSTANCE; -typedef unsigned long HIMAGELIST; -typedef unsigned long HGLOBAL; -#endif /* WXPM || EMX */ - -#if defined (__WXPM__) -/* WIN32 graphics types for OS/2 GPI */ - -/* RGB under OS2 is more like a PALETTEENTRY struct under Windows so we need a real RGB def */ -#define OS2RGB(r,g,b) ((DWORD)((unsigned char)(b) | ((unsigned char)(g) << 8)) | ((unsigned char)(r) << 16)) - -typedef unsigned long COLORREF; -#define GetRValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)((rgb) >> 16)) -#define GetGValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(((unsigned short)(rgb)) >> 8)) -#define GetBValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(rgb)) -#define PALETTEINDEX(i) ((COLORREF)(0x01000000 | (DWORD)(WORD)(i))) -#define PALETTERGB(r,g,b) (0x02000000 | OS2RGB(r,g,b)) -/* OS2's RGB/RGB2 is backwards from this */ -typedef struct tagPALETTEENTRY -{ - char bRed; - char bGreen; - char bBlue; - char bFlags; -} PALETTEENTRY; -typedef struct tagLOGPALETTE -{ - WORD palVersion; - WORD palNumentries; - WORD PALETTEENTRY[1]; -} LOGPALETTE; - -#if (defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)) || defined (__WATCOMC__) - /* VA 3.0 for some reason needs base data types when typedefing a proc proto??? */ -typedef void* (_System *WXFARPROC)(unsigned long, unsigned long, void*, void*); -#else -#if defined(__EMX__) && !defined(_System) -#define _System -#endif -typedef WXRESULT (_System *WXFARPROC)(WXHWND, WXMSGID, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM); -#endif - -#endif /* __WXPM__ */ - - -#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) -/* Stand-ins for X/Xt/Motif types */ -typedef void* WXWindow; -typedef void* WXWidget; -typedef void* WXAppContext; -typedef void* WXColormap; -typedef void* WXColor; -typedef void WXDisplay; -typedef void WXEvent; -typedef void* WXCursor; -typedef void* WXPixmap; -typedef void* WXFontStructPtr; -typedef void* WXGC; -typedef void* WXRegion; -typedef void* WXFont; -typedef void* WXImage; -typedef void* WXFontList; -typedef void* WXFontSet; -typedef void* WXRendition; -typedef void* WXRenderTable; -typedef void* WXFontType; /* either a XmFontList or XmRenderTable */ -typedef void* WXString; - -typedef unsigned long Atom; /* this might fail on a few architectures */ -typedef long WXPixel; /* safety catch in src/motif/colour.cpp */ - -#endif /* Motif */ - -#ifdef __WXGTK__ - -/* Stand-ins for GLIB types */ -typedef char gchar; -typedef signed char gint8; -typedef int gint; -typedef unsigned guint; -typedef unsigned long gulong; -typedef void* gpointer; -typedef struct _GSList GSList; - -/* Stand-ins for GDK types */ -typedef struct _GdkColor GdkColor; -typedef struct _GdkColormap GdkColormap; -typedef struct _GdkFont GdkFont; -typedef struct _GdkGC GdkGC; -typedef struct _GdkVisual GdkVisual; - -#ifdef __WXGTK20__ -typedef struct _GdkAtom *GdkAtom; -typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkWindow; -typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkBitmap; -typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkPixmap; -#else /* GTK+ 1.2 */ -typedef gulong GdkAtom; -typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkWindow; -typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkBitmap; -typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkPixmap; -#endif /* GTK+ 1.2/2.0 */ - -typedef struct _GdkCursor GdkCursor; -typedef struct _GdkRegion GdkRegion; -typedef struct _GdkDragContext GdkDragContext; - -#ifdef HAVE_XIM -typedef struct _GdkIC GdkIC; -typedef struct _GdkICAttr GdkICAttr; -#endif - -/* Stand-ins for GTK types */ -typedef struct _GtkWidget GtkWidget; -typedef struct _GtkRcStyle GtkRcStyle; -typedef struct _GtkAdjustment GtkAdjustment; -typedef struct _GtkList GtkList; -typedef struct _GtkToolbar GtkToolbar; -typedef struct _GtkTooltips GtkTooltips; -typedef struct _GtkNotebook GtkNotebook; -typedef struct _GtkNotebookPage GtkNotebookPage; -typedef struct _GtkAccelGroup GtkAccelGroup; -typedef struct _GtkItemFactory GtkItemFactory; -typedef struct _GtkSelectionData GtkSelectionData; -typedef struct _GtkTextBuffer GtkTextBuffer; -typedef struct _GtkRange GtkRange; - -typedef GtkWidget *WXWidget; - -#ifndef __WXGTK20__ -#define GTK_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(object) (GTK_OBJECT(object)->klass) -#define GTK_CLASS_TYPE(klass) ((klass)->type) -#endif - -#endif /* __WXGTK__ */ - -#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || (defined(__WXX11__) && wxUSE_UNICODE) -#define wxUSE_PANGO 1 -#else -#define wxUSE_PANGO 0 -#endif - -#if wxUSE_PANGO -/* Stand-ins for Pango types */ -typedef struct _PangoContext PangoContext; -typedef struct _PangoLayout PangoLayout; -typedef struct _PangoFontDescription PangoFontDescription; -#endif - -#ifdef __WXMGL__ -typedef struct window_t *WXWidget; -#endif /* MGL */ - -#ifdef __WXDFB__ -/* DirectFB doesn't have the concept of non-TLW window, so use - something arbitrary */ -typedef const void* WXWidget; -#endif /* DFB */ - -/* This is required because of clashing macros in windows.h, which may be */ -/* included before or after wxWidgets classes, and therefore must be */ -/* disabled here before any significant wxWidgets headers are included. */ -#ifdef __WXMSW__ -#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" -#endif /* __WXMSW__ */ - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* macro to define a class without copy ctor nor assignment operator */ -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#define DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname) \ - private: \ - classname(const classname&); \ - classname& operator=(const classname&); - -#define DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname) \ - private: \ - classname& operator=(const classname&); - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* If a manifest is being automatically generated, add common controls 6 to it */ -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#if (!defined wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST || wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0 ) && \ - ( defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 ) - -#define WX_CC_MANIFEST(cpu) \ - "/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' \ - name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' \ - version='6.0.0.0' \ - processorArchitecture='"cpu"' \ - publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' \ - language='*'\"" - -#if defined _M_IX86 - #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("x86")) -#elif defined _M_X64 - #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("amd64")) -#elif defined _M_IA64 - #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("ia64")) -#else - #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("*")) -#endif - -#endif /* !wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 */ - -#endif - /* _WX_DEFS_H_ */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialog.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffb69db18..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dialog.h -// Purpose: wxDialogBase class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29.06.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dialog.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/containr.h" -#include "wx/toplevel.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStdDialogButtonSizer; - -#define wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT 0x0001 // Don't make owned by apps top window - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxMAXIMIZE | wxCLOSE_BOX | wxNO_BORDER) -#else -#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCLOSE_BOX) -#endif - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDialogNameStr[]; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialogBase : public wxTopLevelWindow -{ -public: - enum - { - // all flags allowed in wxDialogBase::CreateButtonSizer() - ButtonSizerFlags = wxOK|wxCANCEL|wxYES|wxNO|wxHELP|wxNO_DEFAULT - }; - - wxDialogBase() { Init(); } - virtual ~wxDialogBase() { } - - // define public wxDialog methods to be implemented by the derived classes - virtual int ShowModal() = 0; - virtual void EndModal(int retCode) = 0; - virtual bool IsModal() const = 0; - - - // Modal dialogs have a return code - usually the id of the last - // pressed button - void SetReturnCode(int returnCode) { m_returnCode = returnCode; } - int GetReturnCode() const { return m_returnCode; } - - // Set the identifier for the affirmative button: this button will close - // the dialog after validating data and calling TransferDataFromWindow() - void SetAffirmativeId(int affirmativeId); - int GetAffirmativeId() const { return m_affirmativeId; } - - // Set identifier for Esc key translation: the button with this id will - // close the dialog without doing anything else; special value wxID_NONE - // means to not handle Esc at all while wxID_ANY means to map Esc to - // wxID_CANCEL if present and GetAffirmativeId() otherwise - void SetEscapeId(int escapeId); - int GetEscapeId() const { return m_escapeId; } - -#if wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - // splits text up at newlines and places the - // lines into a vertical wxBoxSizer - wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString &message ); -#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - - // returns a horizontal wxBoxSizer containing the given buttons - // - // notice that the returned sizer can be NULL if no buttons are put in the - // sizer (this mostly happens under smart phones and other atypical - // platforms which have hardware buttons replacing OK/Cancel and such) - wxSizer *CreateButtonSizer(long flags); - - // returns the sizer containing CreateButtonSizer() below a separating - // static line for the platforms which use static lines for items - // separation (i.e. not Mac) - wxSizer *CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(long flags); - -#if wxUSE_BUTTON - wxStdDialogButtonSizer *CreateStdDialogButtonSizer( long flags ); -#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON - -protected: - // emulate click of a button with the given id if it's present in the dialog - // - // return true if button was "clicked" or false if we don't have it - bool EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(int id); - - // this function is used by OnCharHook() to decide whether the given key - // should close the dialog - // - // for most platforms the default implementation (which just checks for - // Esc) is sufficient, but Mac port also adds Cmd-. here and other ports - // could do something different if needed - virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event); - - // end either modal or modeless dialog, for the modal dialog rc is used as - // the dialog return code - void EndDialog(int rc); - - // call Validate() and TransferDataFromWindow() and close dialog with - // wxID_OK return code - void AcceptAndClose(); - - - // The return code from modal dialog - int m_returnCode; - - // The identifier for the affirmative button (usually wxID_OK) - int m_affirmativeId; - - // The identifier for cancel button (usually wxID_CANCEL) - int m_escapeId; - -private: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // handle Esc key presses - void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // handle closing the dialog window - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - - // handle the standard buttons - void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // update the background colour - void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialogBase) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); -}; - - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) - #include "wx/univ/dialog.h" -#else - #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dialog.h" - #elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dialog.h" - #endif -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialup.h deleted file mode 100644 index c2dd296de..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dialup.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dialup.h -// Purpose: Network related wxWidgets classes and functions -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.07.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dialup.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIALUP_H -#define _WX_DIALUP_H - -#if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER - -#include "wx/event.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// misc -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; - -#define WXDIALUP_MANAGER_DEFAULT_BEACONHOST wxT("www.yahoo.com") - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A class which groups functions dealing with connecting to the network from a -// workstation using dial-up access to the net. There is at most one instance -// of this class in the program accessed via GetDialUpManager(). -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* TODO - * - * 1. more configurability for Unix: i.e. how to initiate the connection, how - * to check for online status, &c. - * 2. a function to enumerate all connections (ISPs) and show a dialog in - * Dial() allowing to choose between them if no ISP given - * 3. add an async version of dialing functions which notify the caller about - * the progress (or may be even start another thread to monitor it) - * 4. the static creation/accessor functions are not MT-safe - but is this - * really crucial? I think we may suppose they're always called from the - * main thread? - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpManager -{ -public: - // this function should create and return the object of the - // platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. It's implemented - // in the platform-specific source files. - static wxDialUpManager *Create(); - - // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function - // returns false, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea - // to call this function and check its result before calling any other - // wxDialUpManager methods - virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; - - // virtual dtor for any base class - virtual ~wxDialUpManager() { } - - // operations - // ---------- - - // fills the array with the names of all possible values for the first - // parameter to Dial() on this machine and returns their number (may be 0) - virtual size_t GetISPNames(wxArrayString& names) const = 0; - - // dial the given ISP, use username and password to authentificate - // - // if no nameOfISP is given, the function will select the default one - // - // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without - // them, but will ask the user if really needed - // - // if async parameter is false, the function waits until the end of dialing - // and returns true upon successful completion. - // if async is true, the function only initiates the connection and returns - // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent - // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one) - virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& username = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& password = wxEmptyString, - bool async = true) = 0; - - // returns true if (async) dialing is in progress - virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0; - - // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = true) - // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent - virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0; - - // hang up the currently active dial up connection - virtual bool HangUp() = 0; - - // online status - // ------------- - - // returns true if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is - // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online - // - // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always - // guaranteed to be correct, so it's better to ask user for - // confirmation or give him a possibility to override it - virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0; - - // returns true if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows, - // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that - // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable - virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0; - - // sometimes the built-in logic for determining the online status may fail, - // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function - // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal - // algorithm may think about it. - virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = true) = 0; - - // set misc wxDialUpManager options - // -------------------------------- - - // enable automatical checks for the connection status and sending of - // wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED/wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED events. The interval - // parameter is only for Unix where we do the check manually: under - // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is - // instantenous. - // - // Returns false if couldn't set up automatic check for online status. - virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0; - - // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the - // wxEVT_DIALUP_XXX events won't be sent any more neither. - virtual void DisableAutoCheckOnlineStatus() = 0; - - // additional Unix-only configuration - // ---------------------------------- - - // under Unix, the value of well-known host is used to check whether we're - // connected to the internet. It's unused under Windows, but this function - // is always safe to call. The default value is www.yahoo.com. - virtual void SetWellKnownHost(const wxString& hostname, - int portno = 80) = 0; - - // Sets the commands to start up the network and to hang up again. Used by - // the Unix implementations only. - virtual void - SetConnectCommand(const wxString& commandDial = wxT("/usr/bin/pon"), - const wxString& commandHangup = wxT("/usr/bin/poff")) = 0; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDialUpManager events -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, 450) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, 451) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -// the event class for the dialup events -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxDialUpEvent(bool isConnected, bool isOwnEvent) : wxEvent(isOwnEvent) - { - SetEventType(isConnected ? wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED - : wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED); - } - - // is this a CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED event? - bool IsConnectedEvent() const - { return GetEventType() == wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED; } - - // does this event come from wxDialUpManager::Dial() or from some extrenal - // process (i.e. does it result from our own attempt to establish the - // connection)? - bool IsOwnEvent() const { return m_id != 0; } - - // implement the base class pure virtual - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDialUpEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxDialUpEvent) -}; - -// the type of dialup event handler function -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&); - -#define wxDialUpEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxDialUpEventFunction, &func) - -// macros to catch dialup events -#define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func)) - - -#endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER - -#endif // _WX_DIALUP_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dir.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dir.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a5b2cffe..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dir.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dir.h -// Purpose: wxDir is a class for enumerating the files in a directory -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 08.12.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dir.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIR_H_ -#define _WX_DIR_H_ - -#include "wx/longlong.h" -#include "wx/string.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// these flags define what kind of filenames is included in the list of files -// enumerated by GetFirst/GetNext -enum -{ - wxDIR_FILES = 0x0001, // include files - wxDIR_DIRS = 0x0002, // include directories - wxDIR_HIDDEN = 0x0004, // include hidden files - wxDIR_DOTDOT = 0x0008, // include '.' and '..' - - // by default, enumerate everything except '.' and '..' - wxDIR_DEFAULT = wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN -}; - -// these constants are possible return value of wxDirTraverser::OnDir() -enum wxDirTraverseResult -{ - wxDIR_IGNORE = -1, // ignore this directory but continue with others - wxDIR_STOP, // stop traversing - wxDIR_CONTINUE // continue into this directory -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirTraverser: helper class for wxDir::Traverse() -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDirTraverser -{ -public: - /// a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members - virtual ~wxDirTraverser() { } - // called for each file found by wxDir::Traverse() - // - // return wxDIR_STOP or wxDIR_CONTINUE from here (wxDIR_IGNORE doesn't - // make sense) - virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) = 0; - - // called for each directory found by wxDir::Traverse() - // - // return one of the enum elements defined above - virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) = 0; - - // called for each directory which we couldn't open during our traversal - // of the directory tyree - // - // this method can also return either wxDIR_STOP, wxDIR_IGNORE or - // wxDIR_CONTINUE but the latter is treated specially: it means to retry - // opening the directory and so may lead to infinite loop if it is - // returned unconditionally, be careful with this! - // - // the base class version always returns wxDIR_IGNORE - virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnOpenError(const wxString& dirname); -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDir: portable equivalent of {open/read/close}dir functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDirData; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDir -{ -public: - // test for existence of a directory with the given name - static bool Exists(const wxString& dir); - - // ctors - // ----- - - // default, use Open() - wxDir() { m_data = NULL; } - - // opens the directory for enumeration, use IsOpened() to test success - wxDir(const wxString& dir); - - // dtor cleans up the associated ressources - ~wxDir(); - - // open the directory for enumerating - bool Open(const wxString& dir); - - // returns true if the directory was successfully opened - bool IsOpened() const; - - // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end) - wxString GetName() const; - - // file enumeration routines - // ------------------------- - - // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is - // empty) and flags, return true on success - bool GetFirst(wxString *filename, - const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, - int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const; - - // get next file in the enumeration started with GetFirst() - bool GetNext(wxString *filename) const; - - // return true if this directory has any files in it - bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString); - - // return true if this directory has any subdirectories - bool HasSubDirs(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString); - - // enumerate all files in this directory and its subdirectories - // - // return the number of files found - size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink, - const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, - int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const; - - // simplest version of Traverse(): get the names of all files under this - // directory into filenames array, return the number of files - static size_t GetAllFiles(const wxString& dirname, - wxArrayString *files, - const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, - int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT); - - // check if there any files matching the given filespec under the given - // directory (i.e. searches recursively), return the file path if found or - // empty string otherwise - static wxString FindFirst(const wxString& dirname, - const wxString& filespec, - int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT); - - // returns the size of all directories recursively found in given path - static wxULongLong GetTotalSize(const wxString &dir, wxArrayString *filesSkipped = NULL); - -private: - friend class wxDirData; - - wxDirData *m_data; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDir) -}; - -#endif // _WX_DIR_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 704f8bb76..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dirctrl.h -// Purpose: Directory control base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrl.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h" - -#endif - // _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22ae35471..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dirdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dirdlg.h -// Purpose: wxDirDialog base class -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling -// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlg.h 44027 2006-12-21 19:26:48Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ - -#if wxUSE_DIRDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirDialogNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; - -#define wxDD_CHANGE_DIR 0x0100 -#define wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0200 - -// deprecated, on by default now, use wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST to disable it -#define wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 0 - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE -#else - #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER) -#endif - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirDialogBase -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialogBase : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxDirDialogBase() {} - wxDirDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr) - { - Create(parent, title, defaultPath, style, pos, sz, name); - } - - virtual ~wxDirDialogBase() {} - - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr) - { - if (!wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, sz, style, name)) - return false; - m_path = defaultPath; - m_message = title; - return true; - } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const ); - wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) ); - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; } - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; } - - virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; } - virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } - -protected: - wxString m_message; - wxString m_path; -}; - - -// Universal and non-port related switches with need for generic implementation -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" - #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(__SALFORDC__) || \ - !wxUSE_OLE || \ - (defined (__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)) - #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" - #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__HANDHELDPC__) - #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // MS PocketPC or MS Smartphone - #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h" // Native MSW -#elif defined(__WXGTK24__) - #include "wx/gtk/dirdlg.h" // Native GTK for gtk2.4 -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" - #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dirdlg.h" // Native Mac -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h" // Native Cocoa -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ - defined(__WXX11__) || \ - defined(__WXMGL__) || \ - defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ - defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // Other ports use generic implementation - #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// common ::wxDirSelector() function -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WXDLLEXPORT wxString -wxDirSelector(const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - wxWindow *parent = NULL); - -#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG - -#endif - // _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81f812c60..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/display.h -// Purpose: wxDisplay class -// Author: Royce Mitchell III, Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 06/21/02 -// RCS-ID: $Id: display.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ - -// NB: no #if wxUSE_DISPLAY here, the display geometry part of this class (but -// not the video mode stuff) is always available but if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0 -// it becomes just a trivial wrapper around the old wxDisplayXXX() functions - -#if wxUSE_DISPLAY - #include "wx/dynarray.h" - #include "wx/vidmode.h" - - WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes); - - // default, uninitialized, video mode object - extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxVideoMode) wxDefaultVideoMode; -#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayFactory; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayImpl; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDisplay: represents a display/monitor attached to the system -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplay -{ -public: - // initialize the object containing all information about the given - // display - // - // the displays are numbered from 0 to GetCount() - 1, 0 is always the - // primary display and the only one which is always supported - wxDisplay(unsigned n = 0); - - // dtor is not virtual as this is a concrete class not meant to be derived - // from - ~wxDisplay(); - - - // return the number of available displays, valid parameters to - // wxDisplay ctor are from 0 up to this number - static unsigned GetCount(); - - // find the display where the given point lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if - // it doesn't belong to any display - static int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); - - // find the display where the given window lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if it - // is not shown at all - static int GetFromWindow(wxWindow *window); - - - // return true if the object was initialized successfully - bool IsOk() const { return m_impl != NULL; } - - // get the full display size - wxRect GetGeometry() const; - - // get the client area of the display, i.e. without taskbars and such - wxRect GetClientArea() const; - - // name may be empty - wxString GetName() const; - - // display 0 is usually the primary display - bool IsPrimary() const; - - -#if wxUSE_DISPLAY - // enumerate all video modes supported by this display matching the given - // one (in the sense of wxVideoMode::Match()) - // - // as any mode matches the default value of the argument and there is - // always at least one video mode supported by display, the returned array - // is only empty for the default value of the argument if this function is - // not supported at all on this platform - wxArrayVideoModes - GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const; - - // get current video mode - wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const; - - // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise - // - // for the default value of the argument restores the video mode to default - bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode); - - // restore the default video mode (just a more readable synonym) - void ResetMode() { (void)ChangeMode(); } -#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY - -private: - // returns the factory used to implement our static methods and create new - // displays - static wxDisplayFactory& Factory(); - - // creates the factory object, called by Factory() when it is called for - // the first time and should return a pointer allocated with new (the - // caller will delete it) - // - // this method must be implemented in platform-specific code if - // wxUSE_DISPLAY == 1 (if it is 0 we provide the stub in common code) - static wxDisplayFactory *CreateFactory(); - - - // the real implementation - wxDisplayImpl *m_impl; - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay) -}; - -#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display_impl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display_impl.h deleted file mode 100644 index f79766e03..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/display_impl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/display_impl.h -// Purpose: wxDisplayImpl class declaration -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2006-03-15 -// RCS-ID: $Id: display_impl.h 41548 2006-10-02 05:38:05Z PC $ -// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxRect - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDisplayFactory: allows to create wxDisplay objects -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayFactory -{ -public: - wxDisplayFactory() { } - virtual ~wxDisplayFactory() { } - - // create a new display object - // - // it can return a NULL pointer if the display creation failed - virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n) = 0; - - // get the total number of displays - virtual unsigned GetCount() = 0; - - // return the display for the given point or wxNOT_FOUND - virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) = 0; - - // return the display for the given window or wxNOT_FOUND - // - // the window pointer must not be NULL (i.e. caller should check it) - virtual int GetFromWindow(wxWindow *window); -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDisplayImpl: base class for all wxDisplay implementations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayImpl -{ -public: - // virtual dtor for this base class - virtual ~wxDisplayImpl() { } - - - // return the full area of this display - virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const = 0; - - // return the area of the display available for normal windows - virtual wxRect GetClientArea() const { return GetGeometry(); } - - // return the name (may be empty) - virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; - - // return the index of this display - unsigned GetIndex() const { return m_index; } - - // return true if this is the primary monitor (usually one with index 0) - virtual bool IsPrimary() const { return GetIndex() == 0; } - - -#if wxUSE_DISPLAY - // implements wxDisplay::GetModes() - virtual wxArrayVideoModes GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode) const = 0; - - // get current video mode - virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const = 0; - - // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise - virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode) = 0; -#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY - -protected: - // create the object providing access to the display with the given index - wxDisplayImpl(unsigned n) : m_index(n) { } - - - // the index of this display (0 is always the primary one) - const unsigned m_index; - - - friend class wxDisplayFactory; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplayImpl) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDisplayFactorySingle -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// this is a stub implementation using single/main display only, it is -// available even if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0 -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayFactorySingle : public wxDisplayFactory -{ -public: - virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n); - virtual unsigned GetCount() { return 1; } - virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); -}; - -#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dlimpexp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dlimpexp.h deleted file mode 100644 index c6fc095ce..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dlimpexp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Name: wx/dlimpexp.h - * Purpose: Macros for declaring DLL-imported/exported functions - * Author: Vadim Zeitlin - * Modified by: - * Created: 16.10.2003 (extracted from wx/defs.h) - * RCS-ID: $Id: dlimpexp.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ - * Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin - * Licence: wxWindows licence - */ - -/* - This is a C file, not C++ one, do not use C++ comments here! - */ - -#ifndef _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ -#define _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - /* - __declspec works in BC++ 5 and later, Watcom C++ 11.0 and later as well - as VC++ and gcc - */ -# if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) -# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) -# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport) -# else /* compiler doesn't support __declspec() */ -# define WXEXPORT -# define WXIMPORT -# endif -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -# if defined (__WATCOMC__) -# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) - /* - __declspec(dllimport) prepends __imp to imported symbols. We do NOT - want that! - */ -# define WXIMPORT -# elif defined(__EMX__) -# define WXEXPORT -# define WXIMPORT -# elif (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400 || __IBMC__ < 400 ))) -# define WXEXPORT _Export -# define WXIMPORT _Export -# endif -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) -# ifdef __MWERKS__ -# define WXEXPORT __declspec(export) -# define WXIMPORT __declspec(import) -# endif -#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) -# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport) -#endif - -/* for other platforms/compilers we don't anything */ -#ifndef WXEXPORT -# define WXEXPORT -# define WXIMPORT -#endif - -/* - We support building wxWidgets as a set of several libraries but we don't - support arbitrary combinations of libs/DLLs: either we build all of them as - DLLs (in which case WXMAKINGDLL is defined) or none (it isn't). - - However we have a problem because we need separate WXDLLEXPORT versions for - different libraries as, for example, wxString class should be dllexported - when compiled in wxBase and dllimported otherwise, so we do define separate - WXMAKING/USINGDLL_XYZ constants for each component XYZ. - */ -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL -# if wxUSE_BASE -# define WXMAKINGDLL_BASE -# endif - -# define WXMAKINGDLL_NET -# define WXMAKINGDLL_CORE -# define WXMAKINGDLL_ADV -# define WXMAKINGDLL_QA -# define WXMAKINGDLL_ODBC -# define WXMAKINGDLL_DBGRID -# define WXMAKINGDLL_HTML -# define WXMAKINGDLL_GL -# define WXMAKINGDLL_XML -# define WXMAKINGDLL_XRC -# define WXMAKINGDLL_AUI -# define WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT -# define WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA -#endif /* WXMAKINGDLL */ - -/* - WXDLLEXPORT maps to export declaration when building the DLL, to import - declaration if using it or to nothing at all if we don't use wxWin as DLL - */ -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_NET -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_CORE -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_ADV -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_ODBC -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ODBC(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_QA -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_DBGRID -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_DBGRID(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_DBGRID(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_DBGRID(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_HTML -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXEXPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXEXPORT type -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXIMPORT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXIMPORT type -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) type -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_GL -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XML -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XRC -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_AUI -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT -#endif - -#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXEXPORT -#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXIMPORT -#else /* not making nor using DLL */ -# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA -#endif - -/* for backwards compatibility, define suffix-less versions too */ -#define WXDLLEXPORT WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE -#define WXDLLEXPORT_DATA WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE - -/* wx-2.9 introduces new macros for forward declarations, include them - * here for forward compatibility: - - GCC warns about using __attribute__ (and also __declspec in mingw32 case) on - forward declarations while MSVC complains about forward declarations without - __declspec for the classes later declared with it, so we need a separate set - of macros for forward declarations to hide this difference: - */ -#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && defined(__GNUC__) - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC -#else - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET WXDLLIMPEXP_NET - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA WXDLLIMPEXP_QA - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL WXDLLIMPEXP_GL - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML WXDLLIMPEXP_XML - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA - #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC WXDLLIMPEXP_STC -#endif - -#endif /* _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ */ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dnd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dnd.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2eab71e65..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dnd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dnd.h -// Purpose: Drag and drop classes declarations -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 26.05.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dnd.h 43636 2006-11-25 14:08:27Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DND_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DND_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP - -#include "wx/dataobj.h" -#include "wx/cursor.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// flags for wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() -// -// NB: wxDrag_CopyOnly must be 0 (== FALSE) and wxDrag_AllowMove must be 1 -// (== TRUE) for compatibility with the old DoDragDrop(bool) method! -enum -{ - wxDrag_CopyOnly = 0, // allow only copying - wxDrag_AllowMove = 1, // allow moving (copying is always allowed) - wxDrag_DefaultMove = 3 // the default operation is move, not copy -}; - -// result of wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() call -enum wxDragResult -{ - wxDragError, // error prevented the d&d operation from completing - wxDragNone, // drag target didn't accept the data - wxDragCopy, // the data was successfully copied - wxDragMove, // the data was successfully moved (MSW only) - wxDragLink, // operation is a drag-link - wxDragCancel // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error) -}; - -// return true if res indicates that something was done during a dnd operation, -// i.e. is neither error nor none nor cancel -WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDropSource is the object you need to create (and call DoDragDrop on it) -// to initiate a drag-and-drop operation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSourceBase -{ -public: - wxDropSourceBase(const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, - const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, - const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor) - : m_cursorCopy(cursorCopy), - m_cursorMove(cursorMove), - m_cursorStop(cursorStop) - { m_data = (wxDataObject *)NULL; } - virtual ~wxDropSourceBase() { } - - // set the data which is transfered by drag and drop - void SetData(wxDataObject& data) - { m_data = &data; } - - wxDataObject *GetDataObject() - { return m_data; } - - // set the icon corresponding to given drag result - void SetCursor(wxDragResult res, const wxCursor& cursor) - { - if ( res == wxDragCopy ) - m_cursorCopy = cursor; - else if ( res == wxDragMove ) - m_cursorMove = cursor; - else - m_cursorStop = cursor; - } - - // start drag action, see enum wxDragResult for return value description - // - // if flags contains wxDrag_AllowMove, moving (and only copying) data is - // allowed, if it contains wxDrag_DefaultMove (which includes the previous - // flag), it is even the default operation - virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0; - - // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result - // "effect" and return true if you did something, false to let the library - // give the default feedback - virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return false; } - -protected: - const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const - { - if ( res == wxDragCopy ) - return m_cursorCopy; - else if ( res == wxDragMove ) - return m_cursorMove; - else - return m_cursorStop; - } - - // the data we're dragging - wxDataObject *m_data; - - // the cursors to use for feedback - wxCursor m_cursorCopy, - m_cursorMove, - m_cursorStop; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSourceBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDropTarget should be associated with a window if it wants to be able to -// receive data via drag and drop. -// -// To use this class, you should derive from wxDropTarget and implement -// OnData() pure virtual method. You may also wish to override OnDrop() if you -// want to accept the data only inside some region of the window (this may -// avoid having to copy the data to this application which happens only when -// OnData() is called) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTargetBase -{ -public: - // ctor takes a pointer to heap-allocated wxDataObject which will be owned - // by wxDropTarget and deleted by it automatically. If you don't give it - // here, you can use SetDataObject() later. - wxDropTargetBase(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*)NULL) - { m_dataObject = dataObject; m_defaultAction = wxDragNone; } - // dtor deletes our data object - virtual ~wxDropTargetBase() - { delete m_dataObject; } - - // get/set the associated wxDataObject - wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const - { return m_dataObject; } - void SetDataObject(wxDataObject *dataObject) - { if (m_dataObject) delete m_dataObject; - m_dataObject = dataObject; } - - // these functions are called when data is moved over position (x, y) and - // may return either wxDragCopy, wxDragMove or wxDragNone depending on - // what would happen if the data were dropped here. - // - // the last parameter is what would happen by default and is determined by - // the platform-specific logic (for example, under Windows it's wxDragCopy - // if Ctrl key is pressed and wxDragMove otherwise) except that it will - // always be wxDragNone if the carried data is in an unsupported format. - - // called when the mouse enters the window (only once until OnLeave()) - virtual wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) - { return OnDragOver(x, y, def); } - - // called when the mouse moves in the window - shouldn't take long to - // execute or otherwise mouse movement would be too slow - virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), - wxDragResult def) - { return def; } - - // called when mouse leaves the window: might be used to remove the - // feedback which was given in OnEnter() - virtual void OnLeave() { } - - // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it - // returns true, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will - // allow to retrieve the data dropped. - virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; - - // called after OnDrop() returns TRUE: you will usually just call - // GetData() from here and, probably, also refresh something to update the - // new data and, finally, return the code indicating how did the operation - // complete (returning default value in case of success and wxDragError on - // failure is usually ok) - virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0; - - // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject - // with the data from the drop source if it returns true - virtual bool GetData() = 0; - - // sets the default action for drag and drop: - // use wxDragMove or wxDragCopy to set deafult action to move or copy - // and use wxDragNone (default) to set default action specified by - // initialization of draging (see wxDropSourceBase::DoDragDrop()) - void SetDefaultAction(wxDragResult action) - { m_defaultAction = action; } - - // returns default action for drag and drop or - // wxDragNone if this not specified - wxDragResult GetDefaultAction() - { return m_defaultAction; } - -protected: - wxDataObject *m_dataObject; - wxDragResult m_defaultAction; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTargetBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// include platform dependent class declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h" - #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/dnd.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/dnd.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/dnd.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/dnd.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/dnd.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/dnd.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// standard wxDropTarget implementations (implemented in common/dobjcmn.cpp) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// A simple wxDropTarget derived class for text data: you only need to -// override OnDropText() to get something working -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget -{ -public: - wxTextDropTarget(); - - virtual bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& text) = 0; - - virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDropTarget) -}; - -// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer) -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget : public wxDropTarget -{ -public: - wxFileDropTarget(); - - // parameters are the number of files and the array of file names - virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - const wxArrayString& filenames) = 0; - - virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDropTarget) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP - -#endif // _WX_DND_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docmdi.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docmdi.h deleted file mode 100644 index c8ab803c1..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docmdi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: docmdi.h -// Purpose: Frame classes for MDI document/view applications -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: docmdi.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_ -#define _WX_DOCMDI_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE - -#include "wx/docview.h" -#include "wx/mdi.h" - -/* - * Use this instead of wxMDIParentFrame - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocMDIParentFrame: public wxMDIParentFrame -{ -public: - wxDocMDIParentFrame(); - wxDocMDIParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager, wxFrame *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxT("frame")); - - bool Create(wxDocManager *manager, wxFrame *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxT("frame")); - - // Extend event processing to search the document manager's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager(void) const { return m_docManager; } - - void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - -protected: - void Init(); - wxDocManager *m_docManager; - -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame) -}; - -/* - * Use this instead of wxMDIChildFrame - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocMDIChildFrame: public wxMDIChildFrame -{ -public: - wxDocMDIChildFrame(); - wxDocMDIChildFrame(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxMDIParentFrame *frame, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxT("frame")); - virtual ~wxDocMDIChildFrame(); - - bool Create(wxDocument *doc, - wxView *view, - wxMDIParentFrame *frame, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - // Extend event processing to search the view's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - - inline wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; } - inline wxView *GetView(void) const { return m_childView; } - inline void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; } - inline void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; } - bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxMDIChildFrame::Destroy(); } - -protected: - void Init(); - wxDocument* m_childDocument; - wxView* m_childView; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE - -#endif - // _WX_DOCMDI_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docview.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docview.h deleted file mode 100644 index 60ed15907..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/docview.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,675 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/docview.h -// Purpose: Doc/View classes -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: docview.h 53546 2008-05-10 21:02:36Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DOCH__ -#define _WX_DOCH__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE - -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - #include "wx/print.h" -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocument; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxView; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocTemplate; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintInfo; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandProcessor; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileHistory; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; - -#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM - #include "wx/iosfwrap.h" -#else - #include "wx/stream.h" -#endif - -// Document manager flags -enum -{ - wxDOC_SDI = 1, - wxDOC_MDI, - wxDOC_NEW, - wxDOC_SILENT, - wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS = wxDOC_SDI -}; - -// Document template flags -enum -{ - wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE = 1, - wxTEMPLATE_INVISIBLE, - wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS = wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE -}; - -#define wxMAX_FILE_HISTORY 9 - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocument : public wxEvtHandler -{ -public: - wxDocument(wxDocument *parent = (wxDocument *) NULL); - virtual ~wxDocument(); - - // accessors - void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = false); - wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; } - - void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; } - wxString GetTitle() const { return m_documentTitle; } - - void SetDocumentName(const wxString& name) { m_documentTypeName = name; } - wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; } - - bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; } - void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = true) { m_savedYet = saved; } - - virtual bool Close(); - virtual bool Save(); - virtual bool SaveAs(); - virtual bool Revert(); - -#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM - virtual wxSTD ostream& SaveObject(wxSTD ostream& stream); - virtual wxSTD istream& LoadObject(wxSTD istream& stream); -#else - virtual wxOutputStream& SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream); - virtual wxInputStream& LoadObject(wxInputStream& stream); -#endif - - // Called by wxWidgets - virtual bool OnSaveDocument(const wxString& filename); - virtual bool OnOpenDocument(const wxString& filename); - virtual bool OnNewDocument(); - virtual bool OnCloseDocument(); - - // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns true - // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set - // modified to false) - virtual bool OnSaveModified(); - - // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document - // manager: gives document a chance to initialise and (usually) create a - // view - virtual bool OnCreate(const wxString& path, long flags); - - // By default, creates a base wxCommandProcessor. - virtual wxCommandProcessor *OnCreateCommandProcessor(); - virtual wxCommandProcessor *GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; } - virtual void SetCommandProcessor(wxCommandProcessor *proc) { m_commandProcessor = proc; } - - // Called after a view is added or removed. The default implementation - // deletes the document if this is there are no more views. - virtual void OnChangedViewList(); - - virtual bool DeleteContents(); - - virtual bool Draw(wxDC&); - virtual bool IsModified() const { return m_documentModified; } - virtual void Modify(bool mod) { m_documentModified = mod; } - - virtual bool AddView(wxView *view); - virtual bool RemoveView(wxView *view); - wxList& GetViews() { return m_documentViews; } - const wxList& GetViews() const { return m_documentViews; } - wxView *GetFirstView() const; - - virtual void UpdateAllViews(wxView *sender = (wxView *) NULL, wxObject *hint = (wxObject *) NULL); - virtual void NotifyClosing(); - - // Remove all views (because we're closing the document) - virtual bool DeleteAllViews(); - - // Other stuff - virtual wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const; - virtual wxDocTemplate *GetDocumentTemplate() const { return m_documentTemplate; } - virtual void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp) { m_documentTemplate = temp; } - - // Get title, or filename if no title, else [unnamed] - // - // NB: this method will be deprecated in wxWidgets 3.0, you still need to - // override it if you need to modify the existing behaviour in this - // version but use GetUserReadableName() below if you just need to call - // it - virtual bool GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - wxString GetUserReadableName() const - { - wxString s; - GetPrintableName(s); - return s; - } -#endif // wxABI 2.8.5+ - - // Returns a window that can be used as a parent for document-related - // dialogs. Override if necessary. - virtual wxWindow *GetDocumentWindow() const; - -protected: - wxList m_documentViews; - wxString m_documentFile; - wxString m_documentTitle; - wxString m_documentTypeName; - wxDocTemplate* m_documentTemplate; - bool m_documentModified; - wxDocument* m_documentParent; - wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor; - bool m_savedYet; - - // Called by OnSaveDocument and OnOpenDocument to implement standard - // Save/Load behavior. Re-implement in derived class for custom - // behavior. - virtual bool DoSaveDocument(const wxString& file); - virtual bool DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file); - -private: - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocument) -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxView: public wxEvtHandler -{ -public: - // wxView(wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *) NULL); - wxView(); - virtual ~wxView(); - - wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_viewDocument; } - virtual void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc); - - wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; } - void SetViewName(const wxString& name) { m_viewTypeName = name; } - - wxWindow *GetFrame() const { return m_viewFrame ; } - void SetFrame(wxWindow *frame) { m_viewFrame = frame; } - - virtual void OnActivateView(bool activate, wxView *activeView, wxView *deactiveView); - virtual void OnDraw(wxDC *dc) = 0; - virtual void OnPrint(wxDC *dc, wxObject *info); - virtual void OnUpdate(wxView *sender, wxObject *hint = (wxObject *) NULL); - virtual void OnClosingDocument() {} - virtual void OnChangeFilename(); - - // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document - // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise - virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags)) { return true; } - - // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user - // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns - // true. - virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = true); - - // Override to do cleanup/veto close - virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow); - - // Extend event processing to search the document's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - // A view's window can call this to notify the view it is (in)active. - // The function then notifies the document manager. - virtual void Activate(bool activate); - - wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const - { return m_viewDocument->GetDocumentManager(); } - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - virtual wxPrintout *OnCreatePrintout(); -#endif - -protected: - wxDocument* m_viewDocument; - wxString m_viewTypeName; - wxWindow* m_viewFrame; - -private: - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxView) -}; - -// Represents user interface (and other) properties of documents and views -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocTemplate: public wxObject -{ - -friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager; - -public: - // Associate document and view types. They're for identifying what view is - // associated with what template/document type - wxDocTemplate(wxDocManager *manager, - const wxString& descr, - const wxString& filter, - const wxString& dir, - const wxString& ext, - const wxString& docTypeName, - const wxString& viewTypeName, - wxClassInfo *docClassInfo = (wxClassInfo *) NULL, - wxClassInfo *viewClassInfo = (wxClassInfo *)NULL, - long flags = wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS); - - virtual ~wxDocTemplate(); - - // By default, these two member functions dynamically creates document and - // view using dynamic instance construction. Override these if you need a - // different method of construction. - virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0); - virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0); - - // Helper method for CreateDocument; also allows you to do your own document - // creation - virtual bool InitDocument(wxDocument* doc, const wxString& path, long flags = 0); - - wxString GetDefaultExtension() const { return m_defaultExt; } - wxString GetDescription() const { return m_description; } - wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; } - wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_documentManager; } - void SetDocumentManager(wxDocManager *manager) { m_documentManager = manager; } - wxString GetFileFilter() const { return m_fileFilter; } - long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } - virtual wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; } - virtual wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_docTypeName; } - - void SetFileFilter(const wxString& filter) { m_fileFilter = filter; } - void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_directory = dir; } - void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; } - void SetDefaultExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_defaultExt = ext; } - void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; } - - bool IsVisible() const { return ((m_flags & wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE) == wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE); } - - wxClassInfo* GetDocClassInfo() const { return m_docClassInfo; } - wxClassInfo* GetViewClassInfo() const { return m_viewClassInfo; } - - virtual bool FileMatchesTemplate(const wxString& path); - -protected: - long m_flags; - wxString m_fileFilter; - wxString m_directory; - wxString m_description; - wxString m_defaultExt; - wxString m_docTypeName; - wxString m_viewTypeName; - wxDocManager* m_documentManager; - - // For dynamic creation of appropriate instances. - wxClassInfo* m_docClassInfo; - wxClassInfo* m_viewClassInfo; - - // Called by CreateDocument and CreateView to create the actual document/view object. - // By default uses the ClassInfo provided to the constructor. Override these functions - // to provide a different method of creation. - virtual wxDocument *DoCreateDocument(); - virtual wxView *DoCreateView(); - -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocTemplate) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocTemplate) -}; - -// One object of this class may be created in an application, to manage all -// the templates and documents. -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler -{ -public: - wxDocManager(long flags = wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS, bool initialize = true); - virtual ~wxDocManager(); - - virtual bool Initialize(); - - // Handlers for common user commands - void OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileOpen(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileRevert(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileSave(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnFileSaveAs(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // Handlers for UI update commands - void OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateFileClose(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateFileSaveAs(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - - void OnUpdatePrint(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - void OnUpdatePreview(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - - // Extend event processing to search the view's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - // called when file format detection didn't work, can be overridden to do - // something in this case - virtual void OnOpenFileFailure() { } - - virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0); - virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0); - virtual void DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp, long flags = 0); - virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc); - virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path); - virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates, - int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = false); - virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates, - int noTemplates, bool sort = false); - virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates, - int noTemplates, bool sort = false); - virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path); - - void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp); - void DisassociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp); - - wxDocument *GetCurrentDocument() const; - - void SetMaxDocsOpen(int n) { m_maxDocsOpen = n; } - int GetMaxDocsOpen() const { return m_maxDocsOpen; } - - // Add and remove a document from the manager's list - void AddDocument(wxDocument *doc); - void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc); - - // closes all currently open documents - bool CloseDocuments(bool force = true); - - // closes the specified document - bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = false); - - // Clear remaining documents and templates - bool Clear(bool force = true); - - // Views or windows should inform the document manager - // when a view is going in or out of focus - virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = true); - virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const; - - wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; } - wxList& GetTemplates() { return m_templates; } - - // Make a default document name - // - // NB: this method is renamed to MakeNewDocumentName() in wx 3.0, you still - // need to override it if your code needs to customize the default name - // generation but if you just use it from your code, prefer the version - // below which is forward-compatible with wx 3.0 - virtual bool MakeDefaultName(wxString& buf); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - wxString MakeNewDocumentName() const - { - wxString s; - wx_const_cast(wxDocManager *, this)->MakeDefaultName(s); - return s; - } -#endif // wx ABI >= 2.8.8 - - // Make a frame title (override this to do something different) - virtual wxString MakeFrameTitle(wxDocument* doc); - - virtual wxFileHistory *OnCreateFileHistory(); - virtual wxFileHistory *GetFileHistory() const { return m_fileHistory; } - - // File history management - virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file); - virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i); - virtual size_t GetHistoryFilesCount() const; - virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const; - virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu); - virtual void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu); -#if wxUSE_CONFIG - virtual void FileHistoryLoad(wxConfigBase& config); - virtual void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& config); -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - - virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(); - virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); - - wxString GetLastDirectory() const { return m_lastDirectory; } - void SetLastDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_lastDirectory = dir; } - - // Get the current document manager - static wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() { return sm_docManager; } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, use GetHistoryFilesCount() instead - wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -protected: - long m_flags; - int m_defaultDocumentNameCounter; - int m_maxDocsOpen; - wxList m_docs; - wxList m_templates; - wxView* m_currentView; - wxFileHistory* m_fileHistory; - wxString m_lastDirectory; - static wxDocManager* sm_docManager; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocManager) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -inline size_t wxDocManager::GetNoHistoryFiles() const -{ - return GetHistoryFilesCount(); -} -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A default child frame -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocChildFrame : public wxFrame -{ -public: - wxDocChildFrame(wxDocument *doc, - wxView *view, - wxFrame *frame, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxT("frame")); - virtual ~wxDocChildFrame(){} - - // Extend event processing to search the view's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - - wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; } - wxView *GetView() const { return m_childView; } - void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; } - void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; } - bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxFrame::Destroy(); } - -protected: - wxDocument* m_childDocument; - wxView* m_childView; - -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A default parent frame -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocParentFrame : public wxFrame -{ -public: - wxDocParentFrame(); - wxDocParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager, - wxFrame *frame, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - bool Create(wxDocManager *manager, - wxFrame *frame, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - // Extend event processing to search the document manager's event table - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_docManager; } - - void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - -protected: - wxDocManager *m_docManager; - -private: - typedef wxFrame base_type; - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Provide simple default printing facilities -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocPrintout : public wxPrintout -{ -public: - wxDocPrintout(wxView *view = (wxView *) NULL, const wxString& title = wxT("Printout")); - bool OnPrintPage(int page); - bool HasPage(int page); - bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage); - void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo); - - virtual wxView *GetView() { return m_printoutView; } - -protected: - wxView* m_printoutView; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocPrintout) -}; -#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// File history management -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileHistory : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1); - virtual ~wxFileHistory(); - - // Operations - virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file); - virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i); - virtual int GetMaxFiles() const { return (int)m_fileMaxFiles; } - virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu *menu); - - // Remove menu from the list (MDI child may be closing) - virtual void RemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu); - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG - virtual void Load(wxConfigBase& config); - virtual void Save(wxConfigBase& config); -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - - virtual void AddFilesToMenu(); - virtual void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); // Single menu - - // Accessors - virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const; - virtual size_t GetCount() const { return m_fileHistoryN; } - - const wxList& GetMenus() const { return m_fileMenus; } - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802 - // Set/get base id - void SetBaseId(wxWindowID baseId) { m_idBase = baseId; } - wxWindowID GetBaseId() const { return m_idBase; } -#endif // wxABI 2.8.2+ - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, use GetCount() instead - wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -protected: - // Last n files - wxChar** m_fileHistory; - // Number of files saved - size_t m_fileHistoryN; - // Menus to maintain (may need several for an MDI app) - wxList m_fileMenus; - // Max files to maintain - size_t m_fileMaxFiles; - -private: - // The ID of the first history menu item (Doesn't have to be wxID_FILE1) - wxWindowID m_idBase; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileHistory) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -inline size_t wxFileHistory::GetNoHistoryFiles() const -{ - return m_fileHistoryN; -} -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM -// For compatibility with existing file formats: -// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file. -bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream); -bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename); -#else -// For compatibility with existing file formats: -// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file. -bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream); -bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename); -#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM - -#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE - -#endif // _WX_DOCH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dragimag.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dragimag.h deleted file mode 100644 index 279cd5683..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dragimag.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dragimag.h -// Purpose: wxDragImage base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimag.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ - -#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC; - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) -# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage -# else -# include "wx/msw/dragimag.h" -# endif - -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage - -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage - -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage - -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage - -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" -# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage - -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE - -#endif - // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynarray.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynarray.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5dfb8bf26..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynarray.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1044 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dynarray.h -// Purpose: auto-resizable (i.e. dynamic) array support -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 12.09.97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dynarray.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _DYNARRAY_H -#define _DYNARRAY_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STL - #include "wx/beforestd.h" - #include - #include - #include "wx/afterstd.h" -#endif - -/* - This header defines the dynamic arrays and object arrays (i.e. arrays which - own their elements). Dynamic means that the arrays grow automatically as - needed. - - These macros are ugly (especially if you look in the sources ;-), but they - allow us to define "template" classes without actually using templates and so - this works with all compilers (and may be also much faster to compile even - with a compiler which does support templates). The arrays defined with these - macros are type-safe. - - Range checking is performed in debug build for both arrays and objarrays but - not in release build - so using an invalid index will just lead to a crash - then. - - Note about memory usage: arrays never shrink automatically (although you may - use Shrink() function explicitly), they only grow, so loading 10 millions in - an array only to delete them 2 lines below might be a bad idea if the array - object is not going to be destroyed soon. However, as it does free memory - when destroyed, it is ok if the array is a local variable. - */ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - The initial size by which an array grows when an element is added default - value avoids allocate one or two bytes when the array is created which is - rather inefficient -*/ -#define WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE (16) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - Callback compare function for quick sort. - - It must return negative value, 0 or positive value if the first item is - less than, equal to or greater than the second one. - */ -extern "C" -{ -typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2); -} - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Base class managing data having size of type 'long' (not used directly) -// -// NB: for efficiency this often used class has no virtual functions (hence no -// virtual table), even dtor is *not* virtual. If used as expected it -// won't create any problems because ARRAYs from DEFINE_ARRAY have no dtor -// at all, so it's not too important if it's not called (this happens when -// you cast "SomeArray *" as "BaseArray *" and then delete it) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_STL - -template -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArray_SortFunction -{ -public: - typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(T* pItem1, T* pItem2); - - wxArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { } - bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2) - { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; } -private: - CMPFUNC m_f; -}; - -template -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArray_SortFunction -{ -public: - typedef F CMPFUNC; - - wxSortedArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { } - bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2) - { return m_f(i1, i2) < 0; } -private: - CMPFUNC m_f; -}; - -#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \ - typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUN##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ - typedef wxSortedArray_SortFunction name##_Predicate; \ - _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, name##_Predicate, classexp) - -#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, predicate, classexp) \ -classexp name : public std::vector \ -{ \ - typedef predicate Predicate; \ - typedef predicate::CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; \ -public: \ - typedef wxArray_SortFunction::CMPFUNC CMPFUNC; \ -public: \ - void Empty() { clear(); } \ - void Clear() { clear(); } \ - void Alloc(size_t uiSize) { reserve(uiSize); } \ - void Shrink(); \ - \ - size_t GetCount() const { return size(); } \ - void SetCount(size_t n, T v = T()) { resize(n, v); } \ - bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); } \ - size_t Count() const { return size(); } \ - \ - typedef T base_type; \ - \ -protected: \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { wxASSERT( uiIndex < size() ); return (T&)operator[](uiIndex); } \ - \ - int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \ - int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ - size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ - void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { insert(end(), nInsert, lItem); } \ - size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare); \ - void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, lItem); } \ - void Remove(T lItem); \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ - { erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \ - \ - void Sort(CMPFUNC fCmp) \ - { \ - wxArray_SortFunction p(fCmp); \ - std::sort(begin(), end(), p); \ - } \ -} - -#else // if !wxUSE_STL - -#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \ -classexp name \ -{ \ - typedef CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; /* for compatibility wuth wxUSE_STL */ \ -public: \ - name(); \ - name(const name& array); \ - name& operator=(const name& src); \ - ~name(); \ - \ - void Empty() { m_nCount = 0; } \ - void Clear(); \ - void Alloc(size_t n) { if ( n > m_nSize ) Realloc(n); } \ - void Shrink(); \ - \ - size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; } \ - void SetCount(size_t n, T defval = T()); \ - bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; } \ - size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; } \ - \ - typedef T base_type; \ - \ -protected: \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; } \ - T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); } \ - \ - int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \ - int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ - size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ - void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \ - size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare); \ - void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \ - void Remove(T lItem); \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \ - \ - void Sort(CMPFUNC fnCompare); \ - \ - /* *minimal* STL-ish interface, for derived classes */ \ - typedef T value_type; \ - typedef value_type* iterator; \ - typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \ - typedef value_type& reference; \ - typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ - typedef int difference_type; \ - typedef size_t size_type; \ - \ - void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last); \ - void assign(size_type n, const_reference v); \ - size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; } \ - iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \ - { \ - size_type idx = first - begin(); \ - RemoveAt(idx, last - first); \ - return begin() + idx; \ - } \ - iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); } \ - void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const value_type& v) \ - { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); } \ - iterator insert(iterator it, const value_type& v = value_type()) \ - { \ - size_type idx = it - begin(); \ - Insert(v, idx); \ - return begin() + idx; \ - } \ - void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last);\ - void pop_back() { RemoveAt(size() - 1); } \ - void push_back(const value_type& v) { Add(v); } \ - void reserve(size_type n) { Alloc(n); } \ - void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \ - { SetCount(n, v); } \ - \ - iterator begin() { return m_pItems; } \ - iterator end() { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \ - const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; } \ - const_iterator end() const { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \ - \ - /* the following functions may be made directly public because */ \ - /* they don't use the type of the elements at all */ \ -public: \ - void clear() { Clear(); } \ - bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } \ - size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } \ - size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } \ - \ -private: \ - void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); \ - bool Realloc(size_t nSize); \ - \ - size_t m_nSize, \ - m_nCount; \ - \ - T *m_pItems; \ -} - -#endif // !wxUSE_STL - -// ============================================================================ -// The private helper macros containing the core of the array classes -// ============================================================================ - -// Implementation notes: -// -// JACS: Salford C++ doesn't like 'var->operator=' syntax, as in: -// { ((wxBaseArray *)this)->operator=((const wxBaseArray&)src); -// so using a temporary variable instead. -// -// The classes need a (even trivial) ~name() to link under Mac X -// -// _WX_ERROR_REMOVE is needed to resolve the name conflict between the wxT() -// macro and T typedef: we can't use wxT() inside WX_DEFINE_ARRAY! - -#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE wxT("removing inexisting element in wxArray::Remove") - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY: array for simple types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_STL - -#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ -typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T *pItem1, T *pItem2); \ -classexp name : public base \ -{ \ -public: \ - T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)/*const cast*/base::operator[](uiIndex); } \ - T& Last() const \ - { return Item(Count() - 1); } \ - \ - int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = false) const \ - { return base::Index(e, bFromEnd); } \ - \ - void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { insert(end(), nInsert, lItem); } \ - void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, lItem); } \ - \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ - { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); } \ - void Remove(T lItem) \ - { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ - wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return, \ - _WX_ERROR_REMOVE); \ - RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); } \ - \ - void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); } \ -} - -#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \ - _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) - -#else // if !wxUSE_STL - -// common declaration used by both _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY and -// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR -#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, ptrop) \ -wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \ - TypeTooBigToBeStoredIn##base, \ - name); \ -typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T *pItem1, T *pItem2); \ -classexp name : public base \ -{ \ -public: \ - name() { } \ - ~name() { } \ - \ - name& operator=(const name& src) \ - { base* temp = (base*) this; \ - (*temp) = ((const base&)src); \ - return *this; } \ - \ - T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ - T& Last() const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](Count() - 1)); } \ - \ - int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const \ - { return base::Index((base_type)lItem, bFromEnd); } \ - \ - void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { base::Add((base_type)lItem, nInsert); } \ - void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \ - { base::Insert((base_type)lItem, uiIndex, nInsert) ; } \ - \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ - { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); } \ - void Remove(T lItem) \ - { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ - wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return, \ - _WX_ERROR_REMOVE); \ - base::RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); } \ - \ - void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); } \ - \ - /* STL-like interface */ \ -private: \ - typedef base::iterator biterator; \ - typedef base::const_iterator bconst_iterator; \ - typedef base::value_type bvalue_type; \ - typedef base::const_reference bconst_reference; \ -public: \ - typedef T value_type; \ - typedef value_type* pointer; \ - typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \ - typedef value_type* iterator; \ - typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \ - typedef value_type& reference; \ - typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ - typedef base::difference_type difference_type; \ - typedef base::size_type size_type; \ - \ - class reverse_iterator \ - { \ - typedef T value_type; \ - typedef value_type& reference; \ - typedef value_type* pointer; \ - typedef reverse_iterator itor; \ - friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \ - { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ - friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \ - { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ - friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \ - { return it.m_ptr + o; } \ - friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \ - const itor& i2) \ - { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \ - \ - public: \ - pointer m_ptr; \ - reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \ - reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ - reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \ - reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \ - ptrop \ - itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \ - const itor operator++(int) \ - { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \ - itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \ - const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\ - bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\ - bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\ - }; \ - \ - class const_reverse_iterator \ - { \ - typedef T value_type; \ - typedef const value_type& reference; \ - typedef const value_type* pointer; \ - typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; \ - friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \ - { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ - friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \ - { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ - friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \ - { return it.m_ptr + o; } \ - friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \ - const itor& i2) \ - { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \ - \ - public: \ - pointer m_ptr; \ - const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \ - const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ - const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \ - const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }\ - reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \ - ptrop \ - itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \ - const itor operator++(int) \ - { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \ - itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \ - const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\ - bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\ - bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\ - }; \ - \ - name(size_type n, const_reference v) { assign(n, v); } \ - name(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ - { assign(first, last); } \ - void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ - { base::assign((bconst_iterator)first, (bconst_iterator)last); } \ - void assign(size_type n, const_reference v) \ - { base::assign(n, (bconst_reference)v); } \ - reference back() { return *(end() - 1); } \ - const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); } \ - iterator begin() { return (iterator)base::begin(); } \ - const_iterator begin() const { return (const_iterator)base::begin(); }\ - size_type capacity() const { return base::capacity(); } \ - iterator end() { return (iterator)base::end(); } \ - const_iterator end() const { return (const_iterator)base::end(); } \ - iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \ - { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)first, (biterator)last); }\ - iterator erase(iterator it) \ - { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)it); } \ - reference front() { return *begin(); } \ - const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } \ - void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v) \ - { base::insert((biterator)it, n, (bconst_reference)v); } \ - iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type()) \ - { return (iterator)base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_reference)v); }\ - void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ - { base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_iterator)first, \ - (bconst_iterator)last); } \ - void pop_back() { base::pop_back(); } \ - void push_back(const_reference v) \ - { base::push_back((bconst_reference)v); } \ - reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } \ - const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const; \ - reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } \ - const_reverse_iterator rend() const; \ - void reserve(size_type n) { base::reserve(n); } \ - void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \ - { base::resize(n, v); } \ -} - -#define _WX_PTROP pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } -#define _WX_PTROP_NONE - -#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ - _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP) -#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \ - _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP_NONE) - -#endif // !wxUSE_STL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: sorted array for simple data types -// cannot handle types with size greater than pointer because of sorting -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(T, name, base, defcomp, classexp, comptype)\ -wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \ - TypeTooBigToBeStoredInSorted##base, \ - name); \ -classexp name : public base \ -{ \ - typedef comptype SCMPFUNC; \ -public: \ - name(comptype fn defcomp) { m_fnCompare = fn; } \ - \ - name& operator=(const name& src) \ - { base* temp = (base*) this; \ - (*temp) = ((const base&)src); \ - m_fnCompare = src.m_fnCompare; \ - return *this; } \ - \ - T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ - T& Last() const \ - { return (T&)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \ - \ - int Index(T lItem) const \ - { return base::Index(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ - \ - size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem) const \ - { return base::IndexForInsert(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ - \ - void AddAt(T item, size_t index) \ - { base::insert(begin() + index, item); } \ - \ - size_t Add(T lItem) \ - { return base::Add(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ - \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ - { base::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \ - void Remove(T lItem) \ - { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ - wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return, \ - _WX_ERROR_REMOVE ); \ - base::erase(begin() + iIndex); } \ - \ -private: \ - comptype m_fnCompare; \ -} - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY: an array for pointers to type T with owning semantics -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ -typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T **pItem1, T **pItem2); \ -classexp name : protected base \ -{ \ -typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##base)(void **pItem1, void **pItem2); \ -typedef base base_array; \ -public: \ - name() { } \ - name(const name& src); \ - name& operator=(const name& src); \ - \ - ~name(); \ - \ - void Alloc(size_t count) { reserve(count); } \ - size_t GetCount() const { return base_array::size(); } \ - size_t size() const { return base_array::size(); } \ - bool IsEmpty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \ - bool empty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \ - size_t Count() const { return base_array::size(); } \ - void Shrink() { base::Shrink(); } \ - \ - T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \ - T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ - { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \ - T& Last() const \ - { return *(T*)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \ - \ - int Index(const T& lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \ - \ - void Add(const T& lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \ - void Add(const T* pItem) \ - { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \ - void push_back(const T* pItem) \ - { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \ - void push_back(const T& lItem) \ - { Add(lItem); } \ - \ - void Insert(const T& lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \ - void Insert(const T* pItem, size_t uiIndex) \ - { base::insert(begin() + uiIndex, (T*)pItem); } \ - \ - void Empty() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \ - void Clear() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \ - \ - T* Detach(size_t uiIndex) \ - { T* p = (T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); \ - base::erase(begin() + uiIndex); return p; } \ - void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \ - \ - void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC##base)fCmp); } \ - \ -private: \ - void DoEmpty(); \ - void DoCopy(const name& src); \ -} - -// ============================================================================ -// The public macros for declaration and definition of the dynamic arrays -// ============================================================================ - -// Please note that for each macro WX_FOO_ARRAY we also have -// WX_FOO_EXPORTED_ARRAY and WX_FOO_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY which are exactly the -// same except that they use an additional __declspec(dllexport) or equivalent -// under Windows if needed. -// -// The first (just EXPORTED) macros do it if wxWidgets was compiled as a DLL -// and so must be used used inside the library. The second kind (USER_EXPORTED) -// allow the user code to do it when it wants. This is needed if you have a dll -// that wants to export a wxArray daubed with your own import/export goo. -// -// Finally, you can define the macro below as something special to modify the -// arrays defined by a simple WX_FOO_ARRAY as well. By default is is empty. -#define wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) declare an array class named "name" containing -// the elements of type T -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ - typedef T _wxArray##name; \ - _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, class expmode) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) define an array class named "name" deriving -// from class "base" containing the elements of type T -// -// Note that the class defined has only inline function and doesn't take any -// space at all so there is no size penalty for defining multiple array classes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expdecl) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class expdecl) - -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, expdecl) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class expdecl) - -#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, classdecl) \ - typedef T _wxArray##name; \ - _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl) - -#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, classdecl) \ - typedef T _wxArray##name; \ - _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: this is the same as the previous macro, but it -// defines a sorted array. -// -// Differences: -// 1) it must be given a COMPARE function in ctor which takes 2 items of type -// T* and should return -1, 0 or +1 if the first one is less/greater -// than/equal to the second one. -// 2) the Add() method inserts the item in such was that the array is always -// sorted (it uses the COMPARE function) -// 3) it has no Sort() method because it's always sorted -// 4) Index() method is much faster (the sorted arrays use binary search -// instead of linear one), but Add() is slower. -// 5) there is no Insert() method because you can't insert an item into the -// given position in a sorted array but there is IndexForInsert()/AddAt() -// pair which may be used to optimize a common operation of "insert only if -// not found" -// -// Note that you have to specify the comparison function when creating the -// objects of this array type. If, as in 99% of cases, the comparison function -// is the same for all objects of a class, WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP below -// is more convenient. -// -// Summary: use this class when the speed of Index() function is important, use -// the normal arrays otherwise. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// we need a macro which expands to nothing to pass correct number of -// parameters to a nested macro invocation even when we don't have anything to -// pass it -#define wxARRAY_EMPTY - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, \ - wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expmode) \ - typedef T _wxArray##name; \ - typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ - _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY, class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP: exactly the same as above but the comparison -// function is provided by this macro and the objects of this class have a -// default constructor which just uses it. -// -// The arguments are: the element type, the comparison function and the array -// name -// -// NB: this is, of course, how WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY() should have worked -// from the very beginning - unfortunately I didn't think about this earlier -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ - wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ - WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ - expmode) \ - typedef T _wxArray##name; \ - typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ - _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, = cmpfunc, \ - class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name): this macro generates a new array class -// named "name" which owns the objects of type T it contains, i.e. it will -// delete them when it is destroyed. -// -// An element is of type T*, but arguments of type T& are taken (see below!) -// and T& is returned. -// -// Don't use this for simple types such as "int" or "long"! -// -// Note on Add/Insert functions: -// 1) function(T*) gives the object to the array, i.e. it will delete the -// object when it's removed or in the array's dtor -// 2) function(T&) will create a copy of the object and work with it -// -// Also: -// 1) Remove() will delete the object after removing it from the array -// 2) Detach() just removes the object from the array (returning pointer to it) -// -// NB1: Base type T should have an accessible copy ctor if Add(T&) is used -// NB2: Never ever cast a array to it's base type: as dtor is not virtual -// and so you risk having at least the memory leaks and probably worse -// -// Some functions of this class are not inline, so it takes some space to -// define new class from this template even if you don't use it - which is not -// the case for the simple (non-object) array classes -// -// To use an objarray class you must -// #include "dynarray.h" -// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(element_type, list_class_name) -// #include "arrimpl.cpp" -// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(list_class_name) // name must be the same as above! -// -// This is necessary because at the moment of DEFINE_OBJARRAY class parsing the -// element_type must be fully defined (i.e. forward declaration is not -// enough), while WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY may be done anywhere. The separation of -// two allows to break cicrcular dependencies with classes which have member -// variables of objarray type. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, decl) \ - typedef T _wxObjArray##name; \ - _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, decl) - -#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, class expmode) - -// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY is going to be redefined when arrimpl.cpp is included, -// try to provoke a human-understandable error if it used incorrectly. -// -// there is no real need for 3 different macros in the DEFINE case but do it -// anyhow for consistency -#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) DidYouIncludeArrimplCpp -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Some commonly used predefined base arrays -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(const void *, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(char, wxBaseArrayChar, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(short, wxBaseArrayShort, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(int, wxBaseArrayInt, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(long, wxBaseArrayLong, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(size_t, wxBaseArraySizeT, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(double, wxBaseArrayDouble, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Convenience macros to define arrays from base arrays -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, decl) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, decl) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble) -#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble) -#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArrayChar, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArrayShort, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArrayInt, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArrayLong, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) -#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, \ - name, expmode) \ - WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ - wxBaseArraySizeT, \ - wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Some commonly used predefined arrays -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(short, wxArrayShort, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(int, wxArrayInt, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(double, wxArrayDouble, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(long, wxArrayLong, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(void *, wxArrayPtrVoid, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// convenience macros -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// prepend all element of one array to another one; e.g. if first array contains -// elements X,Y,Z and the second contains A,B,C (in those orders), then the -// first array will be result as A,B,C,X,Y,Z -#define WX_PREPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \ - { \ - size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \ - (array).Alloc(wxAAcnt); \ - for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ - { \ - (array).Insert((other)[wxAAn], wxAAn); \ - } \ - } - -// append all element of one array to another one -#define WX_APPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \ - { \ - size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \ - (array).Alloc(wxAAcnt); \ - for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ - { \ - (array).push_back((other)[wxAAn]); \ - } \ - } - -// delete all array elements -// -// NB: the class declaration of the array elements must be visible from the -// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not -// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't -// count on it)! -#define WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(array) \ - { \ - size_t wxAAcnt = (array).size(); \ - for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ - { \ - delete (array)[wxAAn]; \ - } \ - \ - (array).clear(); \ - } - -#endif // _DYNARRAY_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynlib.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynlib.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3552bdcaa..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynlib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/dynlib.h -// Purpose: Dynamic library loading classes -// Author: Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik -// Modified by: -// Created: 20/07/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dynlib.h 58750 2009-02-08 10:01:03Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DYNLIB_H__ -#define _WX_DYNLIB_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) -#include "wx/os2/private.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __WXMSW__ -#include "wx/msw/private.h" -#endif - -// note that we have our own dlerror() implementation under Darwin -#if (defined(HAVE_DLERROR) && !defined(__EMX__)) || defined(__DARWIN__) - #define wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// conditional compilation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Note: __OS2__/EMX has to be tested first, since we want to use -// native version, even if configure detected presence of DLOPEN. -#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) - typedef HMODULE wxDllType; -#elif defined(__DARWIN__) - // Don't include dlfcn.h on Darwin, we may be using our own replacements. - typedef void *wxDllType; -#elif defined(HAVE_DLOPEN) - #include - typedef void *wxDllType; -#elif defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD) - #include - typedef shl_t wxDllType; -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include - typedef CFragConnectionID wxDllType; -#else - #error "Dynamic Loading classes can't be compiled on this platform, sorry." -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum wxDLFlags -{ - wxDL_LAZY = 0x00000001, // resolve undefined symbols at first use - // (only works on some Unix versions) - wxDL_NOW = 0x00000002, // resolve undefined symbols on load - // (default, always the case under Win32) - wxDL_GLOBAL = 0x00000004, // export extern symbols to subsequently - // loaded libs. - wxDL_VERBATIM = 0x00000008, // attempt to load the supplied library - // name without appending the usual dll - // filename extension. - wxDL_NOSHARE = 0x00000010, // load new DLL, don't reuse already loaded - // (only for wxPluginManager) - - wxDL_QUIET = 0x00000020, // don't log an error if failed to load - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - // this flag is dangerous, for internal use of wxMSW only, don't use at all - // and especially don't use directly, use wxLoadedDLL instead if you really - // do need it - wxDL_GET_LOADED = 0x00000040, // Win32 only: return handle of already - // loaded DLL or NULL otherwise; Unload() - // should not be called so don't forget to - // Detach() if you use this function -#endif // wx 2.8.10+ - - wxDL_DEFAULT = wxDL_NOW // default flags correspond to Win32 -}; - -enum wxDynamicLibraryCategory -{ - wxDL_LIBRARY, // standard library - wxDL_MODULE // loadable module/plugin -}; - -enum wxPluginCategory -{ - wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI, // plugin that uses GUI classes - wxDL_PLUGIN_BASE // wxBase-only plugin -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// when loading a function from a DLL you always have to cast the returned -// "void *" pointer to the correct type and, even more annoyingly, you have to -// repeat this type twice if you want to declare and define a function pointer -// all in one line -// -// this macro makes this slightly less painful by allowing you to specify the -// type only once, as the first parameter, and creating a variable of this type -// called "pfn" initialized with the "name" from the "dynlib" -#define wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION(type, name, dynlib) \ - type pfn ## name = (type)(dynlib).GetSymbol(_T(#name)) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDynamicLibraryDetails: contains details about a loaded wxDynamicLibrary -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetails -{ -public: - // ctor, normally never used as these objects are only created by - // wxDynamicLibrary::ListLoaded() - wxDynamicLibraryDetails() { m_address = NULL; m_length = 0; } - - // get the (base) name - wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } - - // get the full path of this object - wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } - - // get the load address and the extent, return true if this information is - // available - bool GetAddress(void **addr, size_t *len) const - { - if ( !m_address ) - return false; - - if ( addr ) - *addr = m_address; - if ( len ) - *len = m_length; - - return true; - } - - // return the version of the DLL (may be empty if no version info) - wxString GetVersion() const - { - return m_version; - } - -private: - wxString m_name, - m_path, - m_version; - - void *m_address; - size_t m_length; - - friend class wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator; -}; - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDynamicLibraryDetails, - wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray, - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDynamicLibrary: represents a handle to a DLL/shared object -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibrary -{ -public: - // return a valid handle for the main program itself or NULL if back - // linking is not supported by the current platform (e.g. Win32) - static wxDllType GetProgramHandle(); - - // return the platform standard DLL extension (with leading dot) - static const wxChar *GetDllExt() { return ms_dllext; } - - wxDynamicLibrary() : m_handle(0) { } - wxDynamicLibrary(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT) - : m_handle(0) - { - Load(libname, flags); - } - - // NOTE: this class is (deliberately) not virtual, do not attempt - // to use it polymorphically. - ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); } - - // return true if the library was loaded successfully - bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; } - - // load the library with the given name (full or not), return true if ok - bool Load(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); - - // raw function for loading dynamic libs: always behaves as if - // wxDL_VERBATIM were specified and doesn't log error message if the - // library couldn't be loaded but simply returns NULL - static wxDllType RawLoad(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); - - // detach the library object from its handle, i.e. prevent the object from - // unloading the library in its dtor -- the caller is now responsible for - // doing this - wxDllType Detach() { wxDllType h = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return h; } - - // unload the given library handle (presumably returned by Detach() before) - static void Unload(wxDllType handle); - - // unload the library, also done automatically in dtor - void Unload() { if ( IsLoaded() ) { Unload(m_handle); m_handle = 0; } } - - // Return the raw handle from dlopen and friends. - wxDllType GetLibHandle() const { return m_handle; } - - // check if the given symbol is present in the library, useful to verify if - // a loadable module is our plugin, for example, without provoking error - // messages from GetSymbol() - bool HasSymbol(const wxString& name) const - { - bool ok; - DoGetSymbol(name, &ok); - return ok; - } - - // resolve a symbol in a loaded DLL, such as a variable or function name. - // 'name' is the (possibly mangled) name of the symbol. (use extern "C" to - // export unmangled names) - // - // Since it is perfectly valid for the returned symbol to actually be NULL, - // that is not always indication of an error. Pass and test the parameter - // 'success' for a true indication of success or failure to load the - // symbol. - // - // Returns a pointer to the symbol on success, or NULL if an error occurred - // or the symbol wasn't found. - void *GetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL) const; - - // low-level version of GetSymbol() - static void *RawGetSymbol(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name); - void *RawGetSymbol(const wxString& name) const - { -#if defined (__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) - return GetSymbol(name); -#else - return RawGetSymbol(m_handle, name); -#endif - } - -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - // this function is useful for loading functions from the standard Windows - // DLLs: such functions have an 'A' (in ANSI build) or 'W' (in Unicode, or - // wide character build) suffix if they take string parameters - static void *RawGetSymbolAorW(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name) - { - return RawGetSymbol - ( - handle, - name + -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - L'W' -#else - 'A' -#endif - ); - } - - void *GetSymbolAorW(const wxString& name) const - { - return RawGetSymbolAorW(m_handle, name); - } -#endif // __WXMSW__ - - // return all modules/shared libraries in the address space of this process - // - // returns an empty array if not implemented or an error occurred - static wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray ListLoaded(); - - // return platform-specific name of dynamic library with proper extension - // and prefix (e.g. "foo.dll" on Windows or "libfoo.so" on Linux) - static wxString CanonicalizeName(const wxString& name, - wxDynamicLibraryCategory cat = wxDL_LIBRARY); - - // return name of wxWidgets plugin (adds compiler and version info - // to the filename): - static wxString - CanonicalizePluginName(const wxString& name, - wxPluginCategory cat = wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI); - - // return plugin directory on platforms where it makes sense and empty - // string on others: - static wxString GetPluginsDirectory(); - - -protected: - // common part of GetSymbol() and HasSymbol() - void *DoGetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = 0) const; - -#ifdef wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR - // log the error after a dlxxx() function failure - static void Error(); -#endif // wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR - - - // platform specific shared lib suffix. - static const wxChar *ms_dllext; - - // the handle to DLL or NULL - wxDllType m_handle; - - // no copy ctor/assignment operators (or we'd try to unload the library - // twice) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicLibrary) -}; - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxLoadedDLL is a MSW-only internal helper class allowing to dynamically bind -// to a DLL already loaded into the project address space -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class wxLoadedDLL : public wxDynamicLibrary -{ -public: - wxLoadedDLL(const wxString& dllname) - : wxDynamicLibrary(dllname, wxDL_GET_LOADED | wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET) - { - } - - ~wxLoadedDLL() - { - Detach(); - } -}; - -#endif // __WXMSW__ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Interesting defines -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define WXDLL_ENTRY_FUNCTION() \ -extern "C" WXEXPORT const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst(); \ -const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst() { \ - return wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); \ -} - -#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS - -#endif // _WX_DYNLIB_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynload.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynload.h deleted file mode 100644 index 68c63c1eb..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/dynload.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: dynload.h -// Purpose: Dynamic loading framework -// Author: Ron Lee, David Falkinder, Vadim Zeitlin and a cast of 1000's -// (derived in part from dynlib.cpp (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux) -// Modified by: -// Created: 03/12/01 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dynload.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2001 Ron Lee -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ -#define _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER - -#include "wx/dynlib.h" -#include "wx/hashmap.h" -#include "wx/module.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary; - - -WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxPluginLibrary *, wxDLManifest, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); -typedef wxDLManifest wxDLImports; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPluginLibrary -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// NOTE: Do not attempt to use a base class pointer to this class. -// wxDL is not virtual and we deliberately hide some of it's -// methods here. -// -// Unless you know exacty why you need to, you probably shouldn't -// instantiate this class directly anyway, use wxPluginManager -// instead. - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginLibrary : public wxDynamicLibrary -{ -public: - - static wxDLImports* ms_classes; // Static hash of all imported classes. - - wxPluginLibrary( const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT ); - ~wxPluginLibrary(); - - wxPluginLibrary *RefLib(); - bool UnrefLib(); - - // These two are called by the PluginSentinel on (PLUGGABLE) object - // creation/destruction. There is usually no reason for the user to - // call them directly. We have to separate this from the link count, - // since the two are not interchangeable. - - // FIXME: for even better debugging PluginSentinel should register - // the name of the class created too, then we can state - // exactly which object was not destroyed which may be - // difficult to find otherwise. Also this code should - // probably only be active in DEBUG mode, but let's just - // get it right first. - - void RefObj() { ++m_objcount; } - void UnrefObj() - { - wxASSERT_MSG( m_objcount > 0, _T("Too many objects deleted??") ); - --m_objcount; - } - - // Override/hide some base class methods - - bool IsLoaded() const { return m_linkcount > 0; } - void Unload() { UnrefLib(); } - -private: - - wxClassInfo *m_before; // sm_first before loading this lib - wxClassInfo *m_after; // ..and after. - - size_t m_linkcount; // Ref count of library link calls - size_t m_objcount; // ..and (pluggable) object instantiations. - wxModuleList m_wxmodules; // any wxModules that we initialised. - - void UpdateClasses(); // Update ms_classes - void RestoreClasses(); // Removes this library from ms_classes - void RegisterModules(); // Init any wxModules in the lib. - void UnregisterModules(); // Cleanup any wxModules we installed. - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginLibrary) -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginManager -{ -public: - - // Static accessors. - - static wxPluginLibrary *LoadLibrary( const wxString &libname, - int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT ); - static bool UnloadLibrary(const wxString &libname); - - // Instance methods. - - wxPluginManager() : m_entry(NULL) {} - wxPluginManager(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT) - { - Load(libname, flags); - } - ~wxPluginManager() { if ( IsLoaded() ) Unload(); } - - bool Load(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); - void Unload(); - - bool IsLoaded() const { return m_entry && m_entry->IsLoaded(); } - void *GetSymbol(const wxString &symbol, bool *success = 0) - { - return m_entry->GetSymbol( symbol, success ); - } - - static void CreateManifest() { ms_manifest = new wxDLManifest(wxKEY_STRING); } - static void ClearManifest() { delete ms_manifest; ms_manifest = NULL; } - -private: - // return the pointer to the entry for the library with given name in - // ms_manifest or NULL if none - static wxPluginLibrary *FindByName(const wxString& name) - { - const wxDLManifest::iterator i = ms_manifest->find(name); - - return i == ms_manifest->end() ? NULL : i->second; - } - - static wxDLManifest* ms_manifest; // Static hash of loaded libs. - wxPluginLibrary* m_entry; // Cache our entry in the manifest. - - // We could allow this class to be copied if we really - // wanted to, but not without modification. - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginManager) -}; - - -#endif // wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER -#endif // _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/effects.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/effects.h deleted file mode 100644 index b04a3ba63..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/effects.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/effects.h -// Purpose: wxEffects class -// Draws 3D effects. -// Author: Julian Smart et al -// Modified by: -// Created: 25/4/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: effects.h 39109 2006-05-08 11:31:03Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_EFFECTS_H_ -#define _WX_EFFECTS_H_ - -/* - * wxEffects: various 3D effects - */ - -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/colour.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/dc.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxEffects: public wxObject -{ -DECLARE_CLASS(wxEffects) - -public: - // Assume system colours - wxEffects() ; - // Going from lightest to darkest - wxEffects(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow, - const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow, - const wxColour& darkShadow) ; - - // Accessors - wxColour GetHighlightColour() const { return m_highlightColour; } - wxColour GetLightShadow() const { return m_lightShadow; } - wxColour GetFaceColour() const { return m_faceColour; } - wxColour GetMediumShadow() const { return m_mediumShadow; } - wxColour GetDarkShadow() const { return m_darkShadow; } - - void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& c) { m_highlightColour = c; } - void SetLightShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_lightShadow = c; } - void SetFaceColour(const wxColour& c) { m_faceColour = c; } - void SetMediumShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_mediumShadow = c; } - void SetDarkShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_darkShadow = c; } - - void Set(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow, - const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow, - const wxColour& darkShadow) - { - SetHighlightColour(highlightColour); - SetLightShadow(lightShadow); - SetFaceColour(faceColour); - SetMediumShadow(mediumShadow); - SetDarkShadow(darkShadow); - } - - // Draw a sunken edge - void DrawSunkenEdge(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int borderSize = 1); - - // Tile a bitmap - bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap); - -protected: - wxColour m_highlightColour; // Usually white - wxColour m_lightShadow; // Usually light grey - wxColour m_faceColour; // Usually grey - wxColour m_mediumShadow; // Usually dark grey - wxColour m_darkShadow; // Usually black -}; - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encconv.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encconv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6a54439ee..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encconv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/encconv.h -// Purpose: wxEncodingConverter class for converting between different -// font encodings -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ENCCONV_H_ -#define _WX_ENCCONV_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/fontenc.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum -{ - wxCONVERT_STRICT, - wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE -}; - - -enum -{ - wxPLATFORM_CURRENT = -1, - - wxPLATFORM_UNIX = 0, - wxPLATFORM_WINDOWS, - wxPLATFORM_OS2, - wxPLATFORM_MAC -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(wxFontEncoding, wxFontEncodingArray); - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEncodingConverter -// This class is capable of converting strings between any two -// 8bit encodings/charsets. It can also convert from/to Unicode -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEncodingConverter : public wxObject -{ - public: - - wxEncodingConverter(); - virtual ~wxEncodingConverter() { if (m_Table) delete[] m_Table; } - - // Initialize conversion. Both output or input encoding may - // be wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, but only if wxUSE_WCHAR_T is set to 1. - // - // All subsequent calls to Convert() will interpret it's argument - // as a string in input_enc encoding and will output string in - // output_enc encoding. - // - // You must call this method before calling Convert. You may call - // it more than once in order to switch to another conversion - // - // Method affects behaviour of Convert() in case input character - // cannot be converted because it does not exist in output encoding: - // wxCONVERT_STRICT -- - // follow behaviour of GNU Recode - just copy unconvertable - // characters to output and don't change them (it's integer - // value will stay the same) - // wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE -- - // try some (lossy) substitutions - e.g. replace - // unconvertable latin capitals with acute by ordinary - // capitals, replace en-dash or em-dash by '-' etc. - // both modes gurantee that output string will have same length - // as input string - // - // Returns false if given conversion is impossible, true otherwise - // (conversion may be impossible either if you try to convert - // to Unicode with non-Unicode build of wxWidgets or if input - // or output encoding is not supported.) - bool Init(wxFontEncoding input_enc, wxFontEncoding output_enc, int method = wxCONVERT_STRICT); - - // Convert input string according to settings passed to Init. - // Note that you must call Init before using Convert! - bool Convert(const char* input, char* output) const; - bool Convert(char* str) const { return Convert(str, str); } - wxString Convert(const wxString& input) const; - -#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T - bool Convert(const char* input, wchar_t* output) const; - bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, char* output) const; - bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, wchar_t* output) const; - bool Convert(wchar_t* str) const { return Convert(str, str); } -#endif - // Return equivalent(s) for given font that are used - // under given platform. wxPLATFORM_CURRENT means the plaform - // this binary was compiled for - // - // Examples: - // current platform enc returned value - // ----------------------------------------------------- - // unix CP1250 {ISO8859_2} - // unix ISO8859_2 {} - // windows ISO8859_2 {CP1250} - // - // Equivalence is defined in terms of convertibility: - // 2 encodings are equivalent if you can convert text between - // then without loosing information (it may - and will - happen - // that you loose special chars like quotation marks or em-dashes - // but you shouldn't loose any diacritics and language-specific - // characters when converting between equivalent encodings). - // - // Convert() method is not limited to converting between - // equivalent encodings, it can convert between arbitrary - // two encodings! - // - // Remember that this function does _NOT_ check for presence of - // fonts in system. It only tells you what are most suitable - // encodings. (It usually returns only one encoding) - // - // Note that argument enc itself may be present in returned array! - // (so that you can -- as a side effect -- detect whether the - // encoding is native for this platform or not) - static wxFontEncodingArray GetPlatformEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc, int platform = wxPLATFORM_CURRENT); - - // Similar to GetPlatformEquivalent, but this one will return ALL - // equivalent encodings, regardless the platform, including itself. - static wxFontEncodingArray GetAllEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc); - - // Return true if [any text in] one multibyte encoding can be - // converted to another one losslessly. - // - // Do not call this with wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, it doesn't make - // sense (always works in one sense and always depends on the text - // to convert in the other) - static bool CanConvert(wxFontEncoding encIn, wxFontEncoding encOut) - { - return GetAllEquivalents(encIn).Index(encOut) != wxNOT_FOUND; - } - - private: - -#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T - wchar_t *m_Table; -#else - char *m_Table; -#endif - bool m_UnicodeInput, m_UnicodeOutput; - bool m_JustCopy; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEncodingConverter) -}; - -#endif // _WX_ENCCONV_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encinfo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 99dbddb81..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/encinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/encinfo.h -// Purpose: declares wxNativeEncodingInfo struct -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 19.09.2003 (extracted from wx/fontenc.h) -// RCS-ID: $Id: encinfo.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_ENCINFO_H_ -#define _WX_ENCINFO_H_ - -#include "wx/string.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxNativeEncodingInfo contains all encoding parameters for this platform -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// This private structure specifies all the parameters needed to create a font -// with the given encoding on this platform. -// -// Under X, it contains the last 2 elements of the font specifications -// (registry and encoding). -// -// Under Windows, it contains a number which is one of predefined CHARSET_XXX -// values. -// -// Under all platforms it also contains a facename string which should be -// used, if not empty, to create fonts in this encoding (this is the only way -// to create a font of non-standard encoding (like KOI8) under Windows - the -// facename specifies the encoding then) - -struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeEncodingInfo -{ - wxString facename; // may be empty meaning "any" -#ifndef __WXPALMOS__ - wxFontEncoding encoding; // so that we know what this struct represents - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || \ - defined(__WXPM__) || \ - defined(__WXMAC__) || \ - defined(__WXCOCOA__) // FIXME: __WXCOCOA__ - - wxNativeEncodingInfo() - : facename() - , encoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM) - , charset(0) /* ANSI_CHARSET */ - { } - - int charset; -#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) - wxString xregistry, - xencoding; -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - // No way to specify this in Pango as this - // seems to be handled internally. -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - int mglEncoding; -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - // DirectFB uses UTF-8 internally, doesn't use font encodings -#else - #error "Unsupported toolkit" -#endif -#endif // !__WXPALMOS__ - // this struct is saved in config by wxFontMapper, so it should know to - // serialise itself (implemented in platform-specific code) - bool FromString(const wxString& s); - wxString ToString() const; -}; - -#endif // _WX_ENCINFO_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/event.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/event.h deleted file mode 100644 index 26fab62c9..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/event.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3116 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/event.h -// Purpose: Event classes -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: event.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_EVENT_H__ -#define _WX_EVENT_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/cpp.h" -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/clntdata.h" - -#if wxUSE_GUI - #include "wx/gdicmn.h" - #include "wx/cursor.h" -#endif - -#include "wx/thread.h" - -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList; - -#if wxUSE_GUI - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Event types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef int wxEventType; - -// this is used to make the event table entry type safe, so that for an event -// handler only a function with proper parameter list can be given. -#define wxStaticCastEvent(type, val) wx_static_cast(type, val) - -// in previous versions of wxWidgets the event types used to be constants -// which created difficulties with custom/user event types definition -// -// starting from wxWidgets 2.4 the event types are now dynamically assigned -// using wxNewEventType() which solves this problem, however at price of -// several incompatibilities: -// -// a) event table macros declaration changed, it now uses wxEventTableEntry -// ctor instead of initialisation from an agregate - the macro -// DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY may be used to write code which can compile -// with all versions of wxWidgets -// -// b) event types can't be used as switch() cases as they're not really -// constant any more - there is no magic solution here, you just have to -// change the switch()es to if()s -// -// if these are real problems for you, define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES -// as 1 to get 100% old behaviour, however you won't be able to use the -// libraries using the new dynamic event type allocation in such case, so avoid -// it if possible. -#ifndef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - #define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES 0 -#endif - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \ - { type, winid, idLast, fn, obj } - -#define BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() enum { -#define END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() }; -#define DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) name = wxEVT_FIRST + value, -#define DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) name = wxEVT_USER_FIRST + value, -#define DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(expdecl, name, value) \ - DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) -#define DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) -#define DEFINE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name) - - -#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \ - wxEventTableEntry(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) - -#define BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() -#define END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() -#define DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(expdecl, name, value) \ - extern expdecl const wxEventType name; -#define DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \ - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, name, value) -#define DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \ - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, value) -#define DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) const wxEventType name = wxNewEventType(); -#define DEFINE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name) DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) - -// generate a new unique event type -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventType wxNewEventType(); - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - wxEVT_NULL = 0, - wxEVT_FIRST = 10000, - wxEVT_USER_FIRST = wxEVT_FIRST + 2000, -#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - // it is important to still have these as constants to avoid - // initialization order related problems - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_NULL, 0) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_FIRST, 10000) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_USER_FIRST, wxEVT_FIRST + 2000) -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 2) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 3) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 4) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 5) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 6) - // now they are in wx/textctrl.h -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, 7) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, 8) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, 13) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, 14) -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 9) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 10) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 11) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 12) - - // wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED is now obsolete since we use - // wxEVT_SCROLL... events - - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 13) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 14) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 15) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 16) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 17) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, 18) - - // Sockets and timers send events, too - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_SOCKET, 50) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_TIMER , 80) - - // Mouse event types - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, 100) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LEFT_UP, 101) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, 102) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, 103) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, 104) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, 105) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOTION, 106) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, 107) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, 108) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, 109) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, 110) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, 111) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, 112) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, 113) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, 114) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, 115) - - // Non-client mouse events - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN, 200) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP, 201) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN, 202) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP, 203) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN, 204) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP, 205) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_MOTION, 206) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW, 207) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW, 208) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK, 209) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK, 210) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK, 211) - - // Character input event type - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CHAR, 212) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, 213) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, 214) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, 215) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_KEY_UP, 216) -#if wxUSE_HOTKEY - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_HOTKEY, 217) -#endif - // Set cursor event - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, 230) - - // wxScrollBar and wxSlider event identifiers - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 300) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 301) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 302) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 303) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 304) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 305) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 306) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 307) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 308) - - // Scroll events from wxWindow - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, 320) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, 321) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, 322) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, 323) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, 324) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, 325) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, 326) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, 327) - - // System events - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SIZE, 400) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOVE, 401) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, 402) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_END_SESSION, 403) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, 404) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, 405) - // 406..408 are power events - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, 409) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CREATE, 410) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DESTROY, 411) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SHOW, 412) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_ICONIZE, 413) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, 414) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, 415) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, 416) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PAINT, 417) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, 418) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_NC_PAINT, 419) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PAINT_ICON, 420) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, 421) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, 422) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 423) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, 424) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, 425) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, 426) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, 427) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, 428) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, 429) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, 430) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, 431) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, 432) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, 433) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, 434) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM, 435) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM, 436) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM, 437) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, 438) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_IDLE, 439) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 440) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_SIZING, 441) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_MOVING, 442) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_HIBERNATE, 443) - // more power events follow -- see wx/power.h - - // Clipboard events - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY, 444) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT, 445) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE, 446) - - // Generic command events - // Note: a click is a higher-level event than button down/up - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 500) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 501) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 502) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 503) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 504) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 505) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 506) - - // Help events - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_HELP, 1050) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, 1051) - -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -// these 2 events are the same -#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Compatibility -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// this event is also used by wxComboBox and wxSpinCtrl which don't include -// wx/textctrl.h in all ports [yet], so declare it here as well -// -// still, any new code using it should include wx/textctrl.h explicitly -#if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - extern const wxEventType WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED; -#endif - -// the predefined constants for the number of times we propagate event -// upwards window child-parent chain -enum Propagation_state -{ - // don't propagate it at all - wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = 0, - - // propagate it until it is processed - wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = INT_MAX -}; - -/* - * wxWidgets events, covering all interesting things that might happen - * (button clicking, resizing, setting text in widgets, etc.). - * - * For each completely new event type, derive a new event class. - * An event CLASS represents a C++ class defining a range of similar event TYPES; - * examples are canvas events, panel item command events. - * An event TYPE is a unique identifier for a particular system event, - * such as a button press or a listbox deselection. - * - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent : public wxObject -{ -private: - wxEvent& operator=(const wxEvent&); - -protected: - wxEvent(const wxEvent&); // for implementing Clone() - -public: - wxEvent(int winid = 0, wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL ); - - void SetEventType(wxEventType typ) { m_eventType = typ; } - wxEventType GetEventType() const { return m_eventType; } - wxObject *GetEventObject() const { return m_eventObject; } - void SetEventObject(wxObject *obj) { m_eventObject = obj; } - long GetTimestamp() const { return m_timeStamp; } - void SetTimestamp(long ts = 0) { m_timeStamp = ts; } - int GetId() const { return m_id; } - void SetId(int Id) { m_id = Id; } - - // Can instruct event processor that we wish to ignore this event - // (treat as if the event table entry had not been found): this must be done - // to allow the event processing by the base classes (calling event.Skip() - // is the analog of calling the base class version of a virtual function) - void Skip(bool skip = true) { m_skipped = skip; } - bool GetSkipped() const { return m_skipped; } - - // this function is used to create a copy of the event polymorphically and - // all derived classes must implement it because otherwise wxPostEvent() - // for them wouldn't work (it needs to do a copy of the event) - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const = 0; - - // Implementation only: this test is explicitly anti OO and this function - // exists only for optimization purposes. - bool IsCommandEvent() const { return m_isCommandEvent; } - - // Determine if this event should be propagating to the parent window. - bool ShouldPropagate() const - { return m_propagationLevel != wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; } - - // Stop an event from propagating to its parent window, returns the old - // propagation level value - int StopPropagation() - { - int propagationLevel = m_propagationLevel; - m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; - return propagationLevel; - } - - // Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level - // (returned by StopPropagation()) - void ResumePropagation(int propagationLevel) - { - m_propagationLevel = propagationLevel; - } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - wxObject* m_eventObject; - wxEventType m_eventType; - long m_timeStamp; - int m_id; - -public: - // m_callbackUserData is for internal usage only - wxObject* m_callbackUserData; - -protected: - // the propagation level: while it is positive, we propagate the event to - // the parent window (if any) - // - // this one doesn't have to be public, we don't have to worry about - // backwards compatibility as it is new - int m_propagationLevel; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - bool m_skipped; - bool m_isCommandEvent; - -private: - // it needs to access our m_propagationLevel - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropagateOnce; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEvent) -}; - -/* - * Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. - */ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagationDisabler -{ -public: - wxPropagationDisabler(wxEvent& event) : m_event(event) - { - m_propagationLevelOld = m_event.StopPropagation(); - } - - ~wxPropagationDisabler() - { - m_event.ResumePropagation(m_propagationLevelOld); - } - -private: - wxEvent& m_event; - int m_propagationLevelOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagationDisabler) -}; - -/* - * Another one to temporarily lower propagation level. - */ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagateOnce -{ -public: - wxPropagateOnce(wxEvent& event) : m_event(event) - { - wxASSERT_MSG( m_event.m_propagationLevel > 0, - _T("shouldn't be used unless ShouldPropagate()!") ); - - m_event.m_propagationLevel--; - } - - ~wxPropagateOnce() - { - m_event.m_propagationLevel++; - } - -private: - wxEvent& m_event; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagateOnce) -}; - -#if wxUSE_GUI - - -// Item or menu event class -/* - wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED - wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED - wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED - wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED - wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER - wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED - wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED - wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED - wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED -*/ - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -// Backwards compatibility for wxCommandEvent::m_commandString, will lead to compilation errors in some cases of usage -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandEvent; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandEventStringHelper -{ -public: - wxCommandEventStringHelper(wxCommandEvent * evt) - : m_evt(evt) - { } - - void operator=(const wxString &str); - operator wxString(); - const wxChar* c_str() const; - -private: - wxCommandEvent* m_evt; -}; -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxCommandEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0); - - wxCommandEvent(const wxCommandEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - m_commandString(this), -#endif - m_cmdString(event.m_cmdString), - m_commandInt(event.m_commandInt), - m_extraLong(event.m_extraLong), - m_clientData(event.m_clientData), - m_clientObject(event.m_clientObject) - { } - - // Set/Get client data from controls - void SetClientData(void* clientData) { m_clientData = clientData; } - void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; } - - // Set/Get client object from controls - void SetClientObject(wxClientData* clientObject) { m_clientObject = clientObject; } - wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return m_clientObject; } - - // Get listbox selection if single-choice - int GetSelection() const { return m_commandInt; } - - // Set/Get listbox/choice selection string - void SetString(const wxString& s) { m_cmdString = s; } - wxString GetString() const; - - // Get checkbox value - bool IsChecked() const { return m_commandInt != 0; } - - // true if the listbox event was a selection. - bool IsSelection() const { return (m_extraLong != 0); } - - void SetExtraLong(long extraLong) { m_extraLong = extraLong; } - long GetExtraLong() const { return m_extraLong; } - - void SetInt(int i) { m_commandInt = i; } - int GetInt() const { return m_commandInt; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCommandEvent(*this); } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: - wxCommandEventStringHelper m_commandString; -#else -protected: -#endif - wxString m_cmdString; // String event argument - int m_commandInt; - long m_extraLong; // Additional information (e.g. select/deselect) - void* m_clientData; // Arbitrary client data - wxClientData* m_clientObject; // Arbitrary client object - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCommandEvent) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -inline void wxCommandEventStringHelper::operator=(const wxString &str) -{ - m_evt->SetString(str); -} - -inline wxCommandEventStringHelper::operator wxString() -{ - return m_evt->GetString(); -} - -inline const wxChar* wxCommandEventStringHelper::c_str() const -{ - return m_evt->GetString().c_str(); -} -#endif - -// this class adds a possibility to react (from the user) code to a control -// notification: allow or veto the operation being reported. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotifyEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxNotifyEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) - : wxCommandEvent(commandType, winid) - { m_bAllow = true; } - - wxNotifyEvent(const wxNotifyEvent& event) - : wxCommandEvent(event) - { m_bAllow = event.m_bAllow; } - - // veto the operation (usually it's allowed by default) - void Veto() { m_bAllow = false; } - - // allow the operation if it was disabled by default - void Allow() { m_bAllow = true; } - - // for implementation code only: is the operation allowed? - bool IsAllowed() const { return m_bAllow; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNotifyEvent(*this); } - -private: - bool m_bAllow; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNotifyEvent) -}; - -// Scroll event class, derived form wxCommandEvent. wxScrollEvents are -// sent by wxSlider and wxScrollBar. -/* - wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP - wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM - wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP - wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN - wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP - wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN - wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK - wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE - wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxScrollEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, - int winid = 0, int pos = 0, int orient = 0); - - int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; } - int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; } - void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; } - void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollEvent) -}; - -// ScrollWin event class, derived fom wxEvent. wxScrollWinEvents -// are sent by wxWindow. -/* - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK - wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollWinEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxScrollWinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, - int pos = 0, int orient = 0); - wxScrollWinEvent(const wxScrollWinEvent & event) : wxEvent(event) - { m_commandInt = event.m_commandInt; - m_extraLong = event.m_extraLong; } - - int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; } - int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; } - void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; } - void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollWinEvent(*this); } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - int m_commandInt; - long m_extraLong; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollWinEvent) -}; - -// Mouse event class - -/* - wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN - wxEVT_LEFT_UP - wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN - wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP - wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN - wxEVT_RIGHT_UP - wxEVT_MOTION - wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW - wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW - wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK - wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK - wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK - wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN - wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP, - wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN, - wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP, - wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN, - wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP, - wxEVT_NC_MOTION, - wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW, - wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW, - wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK, - wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK, - wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK, -*/ - -// the symbolic names for the mouse buttons -enum -{ - wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY = -1, - wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE = 0, - wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT = 1, - wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = 2, - wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = 3 -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMouseEvent(wxEventType mouseType = wxEVT_NULL); - wxMouseEvent(const wxMouseEvent& event) : wxEvent(event) - { Assign(event); } - - // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?) - bool IsButton() const { return Button(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); } - - // Was it a down event from this (or any) button? - bool ButtonDown(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; - - // Was it a dclick event from this (or any) button? - bool ButtonDClick(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; - - // Was it a up event from this (or any) button? - bool ButtonUp(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; - - // Was the given button? - bool Button(int but) const; - - // Was the given button in Down state? - bool ButtonIsDown(int but) const; - - // Get the button which is changing state (wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE if none) - int GetButton() const; - - // Find state of shift/control keys - bool ControlDown() const { return m_controlDown; } - bool MetaDown() const { return m_metaDown; } - bool AltDown() const { return m_altDown; } - bool ShiftDown() const { return m_shiftDown; } - bool CmdDown() const - { -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - return MetaDown(); -#else - return ControlDown(); -#endif - } - - // Find which event was just generated - bool LeftDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN); } - bool MiddleDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN); } - bool RightDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN); } - - bool LeftUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP); } - bool MiddleUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP); } - bool RightUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_UP); } - - bool LeftDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK); } - bool MiddleDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK); } - bool RightDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK); } - - // Find the current state of the mouse buttons (regardless - // of current event type) - bool LeftIsDown() const { return m_leftDown; } - bool MiddleIsDown() const { return m_middleDown; } - bool RightIsDown() const { return m_rightDown; } - - // True if a button is down and the mouse is moving - bool Dragging() const - { - return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); - } - - // True if the mouse is moving, and no button is down - bool Moving() const - { - return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && !ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); - } - - // True if the mouse is just entering the window - bool Entering() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); } - - // True if the mouse is just leaving the window - bool Leaving() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); } - - // Find the position of the event - void GetPosition(wxCoord *xpos, wxCoord *ypos) const - { - if (xpos) - *xpos = m_x; - if (ypos) - *ypos = m_y; - } - - void GetPosition(long *xpos, long *ypos) const - { - if (xpos) - *xpos = (long)m_x; - if (ypos) - *ypos = (long)m_y; - } - - // Find the position of the event - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } - - // Find the logical position of the event given the DC - wxPoint GetLogicalPosition(const wxDC& dc) const; - - // Get X position - wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } - - // Get Y position - wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } - - // Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of - // rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to - // +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be - // created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one - // event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either - // do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values - // have been accumulated before scrolling. - int GetWheelRotation() const { return m_wheelRotation; } - - // Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be - // taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) - // should occur for each delta. - int GetWheelDelta() const { return m_wheelDelta; } - - // Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled per - // wheel action. Defaults to one. - int GetLinesPerAction() const { return m_linesPerAction; } - - // Is the system set to do page scrolling? - bool IsPageScroll() const { return ((unsigned int)m_linesPerAction == UINT_MAX); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseEvent(*this); } - - wxMouseEvent& operator=(const wxMouseEvent& event) { Assign(event); return *this; } - -public: - wxCoord m_x, m_y; - - bool m_leftDown; - bool m_middleDown; - bool m_rightDown; - - bool m_controlDown; - bool m_shiftDown; - bool m_altDown; - bool m_metaDown; - - int m_wheelRotation; - int m_wheelDelta; - int m_linesPerAction; - -protected: - void Assign(const wxMouseEvent& evt); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent) -}; - -// Cursor set event - -/* - wxEVT_SET_CURSOR - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSetCursorEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxSetCursorEvent(wxCoord x = 0, wxCoord y = 0) - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SET_CURSOR), - m_x(x), m_y(y), m_cursor() - { } - - wxSetCursorEvent(const wxSetCursorEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_x(event.m_x), - m_y(event.m_y), - m_cursor(event.m_cursor) - { } - - wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } - wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } - - void SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) { m_cursor = cursor; } - const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; } - bool HasCursor() const { return m_cursor.Ok(); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSetCursorEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxCoord m_x, m_y; - wxCursor m_cursor; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSetCursorEvent) -}; - -// Keyboard input event class - -/* - wxEVT_CHAR - wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK - wxEVT_KEY_DOWN - wxEVT_KEY_UP - wxEVT_HOTKEY - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxKeyEvent(wxEventType keyType = wxEVT_NULL); - wxKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt); - - // can be used check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers: - // "GetModifiers() = wxMOD_CONTROL" is easier to write than "ControlDown() - // && !MetaDown() && !AltDown() && !ShiftDown()" - int GetModifiers() const - { - return (m_controlDown ? wxMOD_CONTROL : 0) | - (m_shiftDown ? wxMOD_SHIFT : 0) | - (m_metaDown ? wxMOD_META : 0) | - (m_altDown ? wxMOD_ALT : 0); - } - - // Find state of shift/control keys - bool ControlDown() const { return m_controlDown; } - bool ShiftDown() const { return m_shiftDown; } - bool MetaDown() const { return m_metaDown; } - bool AltDown() const { return m_altDown; } - - // "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is Control for PC and Unix platforms but - // Apple ("Command") key under Macs: it makes often sense to use it instead - // of, say, ControlDown() because Cmd key is used for the same thing under - // Mac as Ctrl elsewhere (but Ctrl still exists, just not used for this - // purpose under Mac) - bool CmdDown() const - { -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - return MetaDown(); -#else - return ControlDown(); -#endif - } - - // exclude MetaDown() from HasModifiers() because NumLock under X is often - // configured as mod2 modifier, yet the key events even when it is pressed - // should be processed normally, not like Ctrl- or Alt-key - bool HasModifiers() const { return ControlDown() || AltDown(); } - - // get the key code: an ASCII7 char or an element of wxKeyCode enum - int GetKeyCode() const { return (int)m_keyCode; } - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - // get the Unicode character corresponding to this key - wxChar GetUnicodeKey() const { return m_uniChar; } -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - - // get the raw key code (platform-dependent) - wxUint32 GetRawKeyCode() const { return m_rawCode; } - - // get the raw key flags (platform-dependent) - wxUint32 GetRawKeyFlags() const { return m_rawFlags; } - - // Find the position of the event - void GetPosition(wxCoord *xpos, wxCoord *ypos) const - { - if (xpos) *xpos = m_x; - if (ypos) *ypos = m_y; - } - - void GetPosition(long *xpos, long *ypos) const - { - if (xpos) *xpos = (long)m_x; - if (ypos) *ypos = (long)m_y; - } - - wxPoint GetPosition() const - { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } - - // Get X position - wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } - - // Get Y position - wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, Use GetKeyCode instead. - wxDEPRECATED( long KeyCode() const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxKeyEvent(*this); } - - // we do need to copy wxKeyEvent sometimes (in wxTreeCtrl code, for - // example) - wxKeyEvent& operator=(const wxKeyEvent& evt) - { - m_x = evt.m_x; - m_y = evt.m_y; - - m_keyCode = evt.m_keyCode; - - m_controlDown = evt.m_controlDown; - m_shiftDown = evt.m_shiftDown; - m_altDown = evt.m_altDown; - m_metaDown = evt.m_metaDown; - m_scanCode = evt.m_scanCode; - m_rawCode = evt.m_rawCode; - m_rawFlags = evt.m_rawFlags; -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - m_uniChar = evt.m_uniChar; -#endif - - return *this; - } - -public: - wxCoord m_x, m_y; - - long m_keyCode; - - // TODO: replace those with a single m_modifiers bitmask of wxMOD_XXX? - bool m_controlDown; - bool m_shiftDown; - bool m_altDown; - bool m_metaDown; - - // FIXME: what is this for? relation to m_rawXXX? - bool m_scanCode; - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - // This contains the full Unicode character - // in a character events in Unicode mode - wxChar m_uniChar; -#endif - - // these fields contain the platform-specific information about - // key that was pressed - wxUint32 m_rawCode; - wxUint32 m_rawFlags; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxKeyEvent) -}; - -// Size event class -/* - wxEVT_SIZE - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizeEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxSizeEvent() : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SIZE) - { } - wxSizeEvent(const wxSize& sz, int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SIZE), - m_size(sz) - { } - wxSizeEvent(const wxSizeEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_size(event.m_size), m_rect(event.m_rect) - { } - wxSizeEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0) - : m_size(rect.GetSize()), m_rect(rect) - { m_eventType = wxEVT_SIZING; m_id = id; } - - wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } - wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } - void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSizeEvent(*this); } - -public: - // For internal usage only. Will be converted to protected members. - wxSize m_size; - wxRect m_rect; // Used for wxEVT_SIZING - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSizeEvent) -}; - -// Move event class - -/* - wxEVT_MOVE - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMoveEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMoveEvent() - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_MOVE) - { } - wxMoveEvent(const wxPoint& pos, int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOVE), - m_pos(pos) - { } - wxMoveEvent(const wxMoveEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_pos(event.m_pos) - { } - wxMoveEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0) - : m_pos(rect.GetPosition()), m_rect(rect) - { m_eventType = wxEVT_MOVING; m_id = id; } - - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } - void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } - wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } - void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMoveEvent(*this); } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - wxPoint m_pos; - wxRect m_rect; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMoveEvent) -}; - -// Paint event class -/* - wxEVT_PAINT - wxEVT_NC_PAINT - wxEVT_PAINT_ICON - */ - -#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)) - // see comments in src/msw|os2/dcclient.cpp where g_isPainting is defined - extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int g_isPainting; -#endif // debug - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxPaintEvent(int Id = 0) - : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_PAINT) - { -#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)) - // set the internal flag for the duration of processing of WM_PAINT - g_isPainting++; -#endif // debug - } - - // default copy ctor and dtor are normally fine, we only need them to keep - // g_isPainting updated in debug build -#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)) - wxPaintEvent(const wxPaintEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event) - { - g_isPainting++; - } - - virtual ~wxPaintEvent() - { - g_isPainting--; - } -#endif // debug - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaintEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaintEvent) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNcPaintEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxNcPaintEvent(int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_NC_PAINT) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNcPaintEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNcPaintEvent) -}; - -// Erase background event class -/* - wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEraseEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxEraseEvent(int Id = 0, wxDC *dc = (wxDC *) NULL) - : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND), - m_dc(dc) - { } - - wxEraseEvent(const wxEraseEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_dc(event.m_dc) - { } - - wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_dc; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxEraseEvent(*this); } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - wxDC *m_dc; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxEraseEvent) -}; - -// Focus event class -/* - wxEVT_SET_FOCUS - wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFocusEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxFocusEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, type) - { m_win = NULL; } - - wxFocusEvent(const wxFocusEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event) - { m_win = event.m_win; } - - // The window associated with this event is the window which had focus - // before for SET event and the window which will have focus for the KILL - // one. NB: it may be NULL in both cases! - wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_win; } - void SetWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_win = win; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFocusEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxWindow *m_win; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFocusEvent) -}; - -// wxChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has got the focus: unlike -// wxFocusEvent it is propagated upwards the window chain -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChildFocusEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxChildFocusEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); - - wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxChildFocusEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxChildFocusEvent) -}; - -// Activate event class -/* - wxEVT_ACTIVATE - wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP - wxEVT_HIBERNATE - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxActivateEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxActivateEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, bool active = true, int Id = 0) - : wxEvent(Id, type) - { m_active = active; } - wxActivateEvent(const wxActivateEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event) - { m_active = event.m_active; } - - bool GetActive() const { return m_active; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxActivateEvent(*this); } - -private: - bool m_active; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxActivateEvent) -}; - -// InitDialog event class -/* - wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitDialogEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxInitDialogEvent(int Id = 0) - : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxInitDialogEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxInitDialogEvent) -}; - -// Miscellaneous menu event class -/* - wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, - wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, - wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, wxMenu* menu = NULL) - : wxEvent(winid, type) - { m_menuId = winid; m_menu = menu; } - wxMenuEvent(const wxMenuEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event) - { m_menuId = event.m_menuId; m_menu = event.m_menu; } - - // only for wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT - int GetMenuId() const { return m_menuId; } - - // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE - bool IsPopup() const { return m_menuId == wxID_ANY; } - - // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE - wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMenuEvent(*this); } - -private: - int m_menuId; - wxMenu* m_menu; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMenuEvent) -}; - -// Window close or session close event class -/* - wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, - wxEVT_END_SESSION, - wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCloseEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxCloseEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, type), - m_loggingOff(true), - m_veto(false), // should be false by default - m_canVeto(true) {} - - wxCloseEvent(const wxCloseEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_loggingOff(event.m_loggingOff), - m_veto(event.m_veto), - m_canVeto(event.m_canVeto) {} - - void SetLoggingOff(bool logOff) { m_loggingOff = logOff; } - bool GetLoggingOff() const - { - // m_loggingOff flag is only used by wxEVT_[QUERY_]END_SESSION, it - // doesn't make sense for wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW - wxASSERT_MSG( m_eventType != wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, - _T("this flag is for end session events only") ); - - return m_loggingOff; - } - - void Veto(bool veto = true) - { - // GetVeto() will return false anyhow... - wxCHECK_RET( m_canVeto, - wxT("call to Veto() ignored (can't veto this event)") ); - - m_veto = veto; - } - void SetCanVeto(bool canVeto) { m_canVeto = canVeto; } - bool CanVeto() const { return m_canVeto; } - bool GetVeto() const { return m_canVeto && m_veto; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCloseEvent(*this); } - -protected: - bool m_loggingOff, - m_veto, - m_canVeto; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCloseEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_SHOW - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxShowEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxShowEvent(int winid = 0, bool show = false) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SHOW) - { m_show = show; } - wxShowEvent(const wxShowEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event) - { m_show = event.m_show; } - - void SetShow(bool show) { m_show = show; } - bool GetShow() const { return m_show; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxShowEvent(*this); } - -protected: - bool m_show; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxShowEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_ICONIZE - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconizeEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxIconizeEvent(int winid = 0, bool iconized = true) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_ICONIZE) - { m_iconized = iconized; } - wxIconizeEvent(const wxIconizeEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event) - { m_iconized = event.m_iconized; } - - // return true if the frame was iconized, false if restored - bool Iconized() const { return m_iconized; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIconizeEvent(*this); } - -protected: - bool m_iconized; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIconizeEvent) -}; -/* - wxEVT_MAXIMIZE - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaximizeEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMaximizeEvent(int winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MAXIMIZE) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMaximizeEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMaximizeEvent) -}; - -// Joystick event class -/* - wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, - wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, - wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, - wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE -*/ - -// Which joystick? Same as Windows ids so no conversion necessary. -enum -{ - wxJOYSTICK1, - wxJOYSTICK2 -}; - -// Which button is down? -enum -{ - wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY = -1, - wxJOY_BUTTON1 = 1, - wxJOY_BUTTON2 = 2, - wxJOY_BUTTON3 = 4, - wxJOY_BUTTON4 = 8 -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxJoystickEvent : public wxEvent -{ -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -public: -#else -protected: -#endif - wxPoint m_pos; - int m_zPosition; - int m_buttonChange; // Which button changed? - int m_buttonState; // Which buttons are down? - int m_joyStick; // Which joystick? - -public: - wxJoystickEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - int state = 0, - int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1, - int change = 0) - : wxEvent(0, type), - m_pos(), - m_zPosition(0), - m_buttonChange(change), - m_buttonState(state), - m_joyStick(joystick) - { - } - wxJoystickEvent(const wxJoystickEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_pos(event.m_pos), - m_zPosition(event.m_zPosition), - m_buttonChange(event.m_buttonChange), - m_buttonState(event.m_buttonState), - m_joyStick(event.m_joyStick) - { } - - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } - int GetZPosition() const { return m_zPosition; } - int GetButtonState() const { return m_buttonState; } - int GetButtonChange() const { return m_buttonChange; } - int GetJoystick() const { return m_joyStick; } - - void SetJoystick(int stick) { m_joyStick = stick; } - void SetButtonState(int state) { m_buttonState = state; } - void SetButtonChange(int change) { m_buttonChange = change; } - void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } - void SetZPosition(int zPos) { m_zPosition = zPos; } - - // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?) - bool IsButton() const { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) || - (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP)); } - - // Was it a move event? - bool IsMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_MOVE); } - - // Was it a zmove event? - bool IsZMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE); } - - // Was it a down event from button 1, 2, 3, 4 or any? - bool ButtonDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const - { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) && - ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); } - - // Was it a up event from button 1, 2, 3 or any? - bool ButtonUp(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const - { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP) && - ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); } - - // Was the given button 1,2,3,4 or any in Down state? - bool ButtonIsDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const - { return (((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) && (m_buttonState != 0)) || - ((m_buttonState & but) == but)); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxJoystickEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxJoystickEvent) -}; - -// Drop files event class -/* - wxEVT_DROP_FILES - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropFilesEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - int m_noFiles; - wxPoint m_pos; - wxString* m_files; - - wxDropFilesEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - int noFiles = 0, - wxString *files = (wxString *) NULL) - : wxEvent(0, type), - m_noFiles(noFiles), - m_pos(), - m_files(files) - { } - - // we need a copy ctor to avoid deleting m_files pointer twice - wxDropFilesEvent(const wxDropFilesEvent& other) - : wxEvent(other), - m_noFiles(other.m_noFiles), - m_pos(other.m_pos), - m_files(NULL) - { - m_files = new wxString[m_noFiles]; - for ( int n = 0; n < m_noFiles; n++ ) - { - m_files[n] = other.m_files[n]; - } - } - - virtual ~wxDropFilesEvent() - { - delete [] m_files; - } - - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } - int GetNumberOfFiles() const { return m_noFiles; } - wxString *GetFiles() const { return m_files; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDropFilesEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDropFilesEvent) -}; - -// Update UI event -/* - wxEVT_UPDATE_UI - */ - -// Whether to always send update events to windows, or -// to only send update events to those with the -// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES style. - -enum wxUpdateUIMode -{ - // Send UI update events to all windows - wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL, - - // Send UI update events to windows that have - // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES flag specified - wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUpdateUIEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxUpdateUIEvent(wxWindowID commandId = 0) - : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, commandId) - { - m_checked = - m_enabled = - m_shown = - m_setEnabled = - m_setShown = - m_setText = - m_setChecked = false; - } - wxUpdateUIEvent(const wxUpdateUIEvent & event) - : wxCommandEvent(event), - m_checked(event.m_checked), - m_enabled(event.m_enabled), - m_shown(event.m_shown), - m_setEnabled(event.m_setEnabled), - m_setShown(event.m_setShown), - m_setText(event.m_setText), - m_setChecked(event.m_setChecked), - m_text(event.m_text) - { } - - bool GetChecked() const { return m_checked; } - bool GetEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } - bool GetShown() const { return m_shown; } - wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } - bool GetSetText() const { return m_setText; } - bool GetSetChecked() const { return m_setChecked; } - bool GetSetEnabled() const { return m_setEnabled; } - bool GetSetShown() const { return m_setShown; } - - void Check(bool check) { m_checked = check; m_setChecked = true; } - void Enable(bool enable) { m_enabled = enable; m_setEnabled = true; } - void Show(bool show) { m_shown = show; m_setShown = true; } - void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; m_setText = true; } - - // Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. - // Set to -1 to disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. - static void SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) { sm_updateInterval = updateInterval; } - - // Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds - static long GetUpdateInterval() { return sm_updateInterval; } - - // Can we update this window? - static bool CanUpdate(wxWindowBase *win); - - // Reset the update time to provide a delay until the next - // time we should update - static void ResetUpdateTime(); - - // Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to - // all windows, or only to those which specify that they - // will process the events. - static void SetMode(wxUpdateUIMode mode) { sm_updateMode = mode; } - - // Returns the UI update mode - static wxUpdateUIMode GetMode() { return sm_updateMode; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxUpdateUIEvent(*this); } - -protected: - bool m_checked; - bool m_enabled; - bool m_shown; - bool m_setEnabled; - bool m_setShown; - bool m_setText; - bool m_setChecked; - wxString m_text; -#if wxUSE_LONGLONG - static wxLongLong sm_lastUpdate; -#endif - static long sm_updateInterval; - static wxUpdateUIMode sm_updateMode; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxUpdateUIEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED - */ - -// TODO: shouldn't all events record the window ID? -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSysColourChangedEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxSysColourChangedEvent() - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSysColourChangedEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSysColourChangedEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED - The window losing the capture receives this message - (even if it released the capture itself). - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0, wxWindow* gainedCapture = NULL) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED), - m_gainedCapture(gainedCapture) - { } - - wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(const wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_gainedCapture(event.m_gainedCapture) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(*this); } - - wxWindow* GetCapturedWindow() const { return m_gainedCapture; } - -private: - wxWindow* m_gainedCapture; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST - The window losing the capture receives this message, unless it released it - it itself or unless wxWindow::CaptureMouse was called on another window - (and so capture will be restored when the new capturer releases it). - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureLostEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST) - {} - - wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(const wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event) - {} - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(*this); } - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED - */ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayChangedEvent : public wxEvent -{ -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDisplayChangedEvent) - -public: - wxDisplayChangedEvent() - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDisplayChangedEvent(*this); } -}; - -/* - wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaletteChangedEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxPaletteChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED), - m_changedWindow((wxWindow *) NULL) - { } - - wxPaletteChangedEvent(const wxPaletteChangedEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_changedWindow(event.m_changedWindow) - { } - - void SetChangedWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_changedWindow = win; } - wxWindow* GetChangedWindow() const { return m_changedWindow; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaletteChangedEvent(*this); } - -protected: - wxWindow* m_changedWindow; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaletteChangedEvent) -}; - -/* - wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE - Indicates the window is getting keyboard focus and should re-do its palette. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxQueryNewPaletteEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) - : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE), - m_paletteRealized(false) - { } - wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(const wxQueryNewPaletteEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_paletteRealized(event.m_paletteRealized) - { } - - // App sets this if it changes the palette. - void SetPaletteRealized(bool realized) { m_paletteRealized = realized; } - bool GetPaletteRealized() const { return m_paletteRealized; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(*this); } - -protected: - bool m_paletteRealized; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent) -}; - -/* - Event generated by dialog navigation keys - wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY - */ -// NB: don't derive from command event to avoid being propagated to the parent -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxNavigationKeyEvent() - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY), - m_flags(IsForward | FromTab), // defaults are for TAB - m_focus((wxWindow *)NULL) - { - m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; - } - - wxNavigationKeyEvent(const wxNavigationKeyEvent& event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_flags(event.m_flags), - m_focus(event.m_focus) - { } - - // direction: forward (true) or backward (false) - bool GetDirection() const - { return (m_flags & IsForward) != 0; } - void SetDirection(bool bForward) - { if ( bForward ) m_flags |= IsForward; else m_flags &= ~IsForward; } - - // it may be a window change event (MDI, notebook pages...) or a control - // change event - bool IsWindowChange() const - { return (m_flags & WinChange) != 0; } - void SetWindowChange(bool bIs) - { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= WinChange; else m_flags &= ~WinChange; } - - // Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. - // This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons - bool IsFromTab() const - { return (m_flags & FromTab) != 0; } - void SetFromTab(bool bIs) - { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= FromTab; else m_flags &= ~FromTab; } - - // the child which has the focus currently (may be NULL - use - // wxWindow::FindFocus then) - wxWindow* GetCurrentFocus() const { return m_focus; } - void SetCurrentFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_focus = win; } - - // Set flags - void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNavigationKeyEvent(*this); } - - enum - { - IsBackward = 0x0000, - IsForward = 0x0001, - WinChange = 0x0002, - FromTab = 0x0004 - }; - - long m_flags; - wxWindow *m_focus; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNavigationKeyEvent) -}; - -// Window creation/destruction events: the first is sent as soon as window is -// created (i.e. the underlying GUI object exists), but when the C++ object is -// fully initialized (so virtual functions may be called). The second, -// wxEVT_DESTROY, is sent right before the window is destroyed - again, it's -// still safe to call virtual functions at this moment -/* - wxEVT_CREATE - wxEVT_DESTROY - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowCreateEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxWindowCreateEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); - - wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowCreateEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowCreateEvent) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDestroyEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxWindowDestroyEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); - - wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowDestroyEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowDestroyEvent) -}; - -// A help event is sent when the user clicks on a window in context-help mode. -/* - wxEVT_HELP - wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - // how was this help event generated? - enum Origin - { - Origin_Unknown, // unrecognized event source - Origin_Keyboard, // event generated from F1 key press - Origin_HelpButton // event from [?] button on the title bar (Windows) - }; - - wxHelpEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - wxWindowID winid = 0, - const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition, - Origin origin = Origin_Unknown) - : wxCommandEvent(type, winid), - m_pos(pt), - m_origin(GuessOrigin(origin)) - { } - wxHelpEvent(const wxHelpEvent & event) - : wxCommandEvent(event), - m_pos(event.m_pos), - m_target(event.m_target), - m_link(event.m_link), - m_origin(event.m_origin) - { } - - // Position of event (in screen coordinates) - const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } - void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } - - // Optional link to further help - const wxString& GetLink() const { return m_link; } - void SetLink(const wxString& link) { m_link = link; } - - // Optional target to display help in. E.g. a window specification - const wxString& GetTarget() const { return m_target; } - void SetTarget(const wxString& target) { m_target = target; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHelpEvent(*this); } - - // optional indication of the event source - Origin GetOrigin() const { return m_origin; } - void SetOrigin(Origin origin) { m_origin = origin; } - -protected: - wxPoint m_pos; - wxString m_target; - wxString m_link; - Origin m_origin; - - // we can try to guess the event origin ourselves, even if none is - // specified in the ctor - static Origin GuessOrigin(Origin origin); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHelpEvent) -}; - -// A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts text copy/cut/paste -// message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data from/into a text control -// via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a popup menu command, etc. -// NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* generated automatically -// for a Rich Edit text control. -/* -wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY -wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT -wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxClipboardTextEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - wxWindowID winid = 0) - : wxCommandEvent(type, winid) - { } - wxClipboardTextEvent(const wxClipboardTextEvent & event) - : wxCommandEvent(event) - { } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxClipboardTextEvent(*this); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardTextEvent) -}; - -// A Context event is sent when the user right clicks on a window or -// presses Shift-F10 -// NOTE : Under windows this is a repackaged WM_CONTETXMENU message -// Under other systems it may have to be generated from a right click event -/* - wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextMenuEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxContextMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - wxWindowID winid = 0, - const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition) - : wxCommandEvent(type, winid), - m_pos(pt) - { } - wxContextMenuEvent(const wxContextMenuEvent & event) - : wxCommandEvent(event), - m_pos(event.m_pos) - { } - - // Position of event (in screen coordinates) - const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } - void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxContextMenuEvent(*this); } - -protected: - wxPoint m_pos; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxContextMenuEvent) -}; - -// Idle event -/* - wxEVT_IDLE - */ - -// Whether to always send idle events to windows, or -// to only send update events to those with the -// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style. - -enum wxIdleMode -{ - // Send idle events to all windows - wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL, - - // Send idle events to windows that have - // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE flag specified - wxIDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIdleEvent : public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxIdleEvent() - : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_IDLE), - m_requestMore(false) - { } - wxIdleEvent(const wxIdleEvent & event) - : wxEvent(event), - m_requestMore(event.m_requestMore) - { } - - void RequestMore(bool needMore = true) { m_requestMore = needMore; } - bool MoreRequested() const { return m_requestMore; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIdleEvent(*this); } - - // Specify how wxWidgets will send idle events: to - // all windows, or only to those which specify that they - // will process the events. - static void SetMode(wxIdleMode mode) { sm_idleMode = mode; } - - // Returns the idle event mode - static wxIdleMode GetMode() { return sm_idleMode; } - - // Can we send an idle event? - static bool CanSend(wxWindow* win); - -protected: - bool m_requestMore; - static wxIdleMode sm_idleMode; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIdleEvent) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -/* TODO - wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, - wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, // WM_WININICHANGE (NT) / WM_SETTINGCHANGE (Win95) -// wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED, // WM_FONTCHANGE: roll into wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, but remember to propagate - // wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED to all other windows (maybe). - wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM, // Leave these three as virtual functions in wxControl?? Platform-specific. - wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM, - wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM -*/ - - -// ============================================================================ -// event handler and related classes -// ============================================================================ - -// for backwards compatibility and to prevent eVC 4 for ARM from crashing with -// internal compiler error when compiling wx, we define wxObjectEventFunction -// as a wxObject method even though it can only be a wxEvtHandler one -typedef void (wxObject::*wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEvent&); - -// we can't have ctors nor base struct in backwards compatibility mode or -// otherwise we won't be able to initialize the objects with an agregate, so -// we have to keep both versions -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntry -{ - // For some reason, this can't be wxEventType, or VC++ complains. - int m_eventType; // main event type - int m_id; // control/menu/toolbar id - int m_lastId; // used for ranges of ids - wxObjectEventFunction m_fn; // function to call: not wxEventFunction, - // because of dependency problems - - wxObject* m_callbackUserData; -}; - -#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -// struct containing the members common to static and dynamic event tables -// entries -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntryBase -{ -private: - wxEventTableEntryBase& operator=(const wxEventTableEntryBase& event); - -public: - wxEventTableEntryBase(int winid, int idLast, - wxObjectEventFunction fn, wxObject *data) - : m_id(winid), - m_lastId(idLast), - m_fn(fn), - m_callbackUserData(data) - { } - - wxEventTableEntryBase(const wxEventTableEntryBase& event) - : m_id(event.m_id), - m_lastId(event.m_lastId), - m_fn(event.m_fn), - m_callbackUserData(event.m_callbackUserData) - { } - - // the range of ids for this entry: if m_lastId == wxID_ANY, the range - // consists only of m_id, otherwise it is m_id..m_lastId inclusive - int m_id, - m_lastId; - - // function to call: not wxEventFunction, because of dependency problems - wxObjectEventFunction m_fn; - - // arbitrary user data asosciated with the callback - wxObject* m_callbackUserData; -}; - -// an entry from a static event table -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase -{ - wxEventTableEntry(const int& evType, int winid, int idLast, - wxObjectEventFunction fn, wxObject *data) - : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data), - m_eventType(evType) - { } - - // the reference to event type: this allows us to not care about the - // (undefined) order in which the event table entries and the event types - // are initialized: initially the value of this reference might be - // invalid, but by the time it is used for the first time, all global - // objects will have been initialized (including the event type constants) - // and so it will have the correct value when it is needed - const int& m_eventType; - -private: - wxEventTableEntry& operator=(const wxEventTableEntry&); -}; - -// an entry used in dynamic event table managed by wxEvtHandler::Connect() -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase -{ - wxDynamicEventTableEntry(int evType, int winid, int idLast, - wxObjectEventFunction fn, wxObject *data, wxEvtHandler* eventSink) - : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data), - m_eventType(evType), - m_eventSink(eventSink) - { } - - // not a reference here as we can't keep a reference to a temporary int - // created to wrap the constant value typically passed to Connect() - nor - // do we need it - int m_eventType; - - // Pointer to object whose function is fn - so we don't assume the - // EventFunction is always a member of the EventHandler receiving the - // message - wxEvtHandler* m_eventSink; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicEventTableEntry) -}; - -#endif // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEventTable: an array of event entries terminated with {0, 0, 0, 0, 0} -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTable -{ - const wxEventTable *baseTable; // base event table (next in chain) - const wxEventTableEntry *entries; // bottom of entry array -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEventHashTable: a helper of wxEvtHandler to speed up wxEventTable lookups. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(const wxEventTableEntry*, wxEventTableEntryPointerArray); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventHashTable -{ -private: - // Internal data structs - struct EventTypeTable - { - wxEventType eventType; - wxEventTableEntryPointerArray eventEntryTable; - }; - typedef EventTypeTable* EventTypeTablePointer; - -public: - // Constructor, needs the event table it needs to hash later on. - // Note: hashing of the event table is not done in the constructor as it - // can be that the event table is not yet full initialize, the hash - // will gets initialized when handling the first event look-up request. - wxEventHashTable(const wxEventTable &table); - // Destructor. - ~wxEventHashTable(); - - // Handle the given event, in other words search the event table hash - // and call self->ProcessEvent() if a match was found. - bool HandleEvent(wxEvent &event, wxEvtHandler *self); - - // Clear table - void Clear(); - - // Clear all tables - static void ClearAll(); - // Rebuild all tables - static void ReconstructAll(); - -protected: - // Init the hash table with the entries of the static event table. - void InitHashTable(); - // Helper funtion of InitHashTable() to insert 1 entry into the hash table. - void AddEntry(const wxEventTableEntry &entry); - // Allocate and init with null pointers the base hash table. - void AllocEventTypeTable(size_t size); - // Grow the hash table in size and transfer all items currently - // in the table to the correct location in the new table. - void GrowEventTypeTable(); - -protected: - const wxEventTable &m_table; - bool m_rebuildHash; - - size_t m_size; - EventTypeTablePointer *m_eventTypeTable; - - static wxEventHashTable* sm_first; - wxEventHashTable* m_previous; - wxEventHashTable* m_next; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventHashTable) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEvtHandler: the base class for all objects handling wxWidgets events -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxEvtHandler(); - virtual ~wxEvtHandler(); - - wxEvtHandler *GetNextHandler() const { return m_nextHandler; } - wxEvtHandler *GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; } - void SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_nextHandler = handler; } - void SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; } - - void SetEvtHandlerEnabled(bool enabled) { m_enabled = enabled; } - bool GetEvtHandlerEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } - - // process an event right now - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - // add an event to be processed later - void AddPendingEvent(wxEvent& event); - - void ProcessPendingEvents(); - -#if wxUSE_THREADS - bool ProcessThreadEvent(wxEvent& event); -#endif - - // Dynamic association of a member function handler with the event handler, - // winid and event type - void Connect(int winid, - int lastId, - int eventType, - wxObjectEventFunction func, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL); - - // Convenience function: take just one id - void Connect(int winid, - int eventType, - wxObjectEventFunction func, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL) - { Connect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } - - // Even more convenient: without id (same as using id of wxID_ANY) - void Connect(int eventType, - wxObjectEventFunction func, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL) - { Connect(wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } - - bool Disconnect(int winid, - int lastId, - wxEventType eventType, - wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL); - - bool Disconnect(int winid = wxID_ANY, - wxEventType eventType = wxEVT_NULL, - wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL) - { return Disconnect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } - - bool Disconnect(wxEventType eventType, - wxObjectEventFunction func, - wxObject *userData = (wxObject *) NULL, - wxEvtHandler *eventSink = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL) - { return Disconnect(wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } - - wxList* GetDynamicEventTable() const { return m_dynamicEvents ; } - - // User data can be associated with each wxEvtHandler - void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); } - wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); } - - void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); } - void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); } - - // check if the given event table entry matches this event and call the - // handler if it does - // - // return true if the event was processed, false otherwise (no match or the - // handler decided to skip the event) - static bool ProcessEventIfMatches(const wxEventTableEntryBase& tableEntry, - wxEvtHandler *handler, - wxEvent& event); - - // implementation from now on - virtual bool SearchEventTable(wxEventTable& table, wxEvent& event); - bool SearchDynamicEventTable( wxEvent& event ); - -#if wxUSE_THREADS - void ClearEventLocker(); -#endif // wxUSE_THREADS - - // Avoid problems at exit by cleaning up static hash table gracefully - void ClearEventHashTable() { GetEventHashTable().Clear(); } - -private: - static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[]; - -protected: - // hooks for wxWindow used by ProcessEvent() - // ----------------------------------------- - - // This one is called before trying our own event table to allow plugging - // in the validators. - // - // NB: This method is intentionally *not* inside wxUSE_VALIDATORS! - // It is part of wxBase which doesn't use validators and the code - // is compiled out when building wxBase w/o GUI classes, which affects - // binary compatibility and wxBase library can't be used by GUI - // ports. - virtual bool TryValidator(wxEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { return false; } - - // this one is called after failing to find the event handle in our own - // table to give a chance to the other windows to process it - // - // base class implementation passes the event to wxTheApp - virtual bool TryParent(wxEvent& event); - - - static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable; - virtual const wxEventTable *GetEventTable() const; - - static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable; - virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const; - - wxEvtHandler* m_nextHandler; - wxEvtHandler* m_previousHandler; - wxList* m_dynamicEvents; - wxList* m_pendingEvents; - -#if wxUSE_THREADS -#if defined (__VISAGECPP__) - const wxCriticalSection& Lock() const { return m_eventsLocker; } - wxCriticalSection& Lock() { return m_eventsLocker; } - - wxCriticalSection m_eventsLocker; -# else - const wxCriticalSection& Lock() const { return *m_eventsLocker; } - wxCriticalSection& Lock() { return *m_eventsLocker; } - - wxCriticalSection* m_eventsLocker; -# endif -#endif - - // Is event handler enabled? - bool m_enabled; - - - // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container - // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with - only - // one type of data can be used with the given window (i.e. you cannot set - // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice - // versa) - union - { - wxClientData *m_clientObject; - void *m_clientData; - }; - - // what kind of data do we have? - wxClientDataType m_clientDataType; - - // client data accessors - virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ); - virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const; - - virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data ); - virtual void *DoGetClientData() const; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEvtHandler) -}; - -// Post a message to the given eventhandler which will be processed during the -// next event loop iteration -inline void wxPostEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, wxEvent& event) -{ - wxCHECK_RET( dest, wxT("need an object to post event to in wxPostEvent") ); - - dest->AddPendingEvent(event); -} - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&); - -#define wxEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxEventFunction, &func) - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCommandEventFunction)(wxCommandEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollEventFunction)(wxScrollEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollWinEventFunction)(wxScrollWinEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSizeEventFunction)(wxSizeEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMoveEventFunction)(wxMoveEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaintEventFunction)(wxPaintEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNcPaintEventFunction)(wxNcPaintEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEraseEventFunction)(wxEraseEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseEventFunction)(wxMouseEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCharEventFunction)(wxKeyEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFocusEventFunction)(wxFocusEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxChildFocusEventFunction)(wxChildFocusEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxActivateEventFunction)(wxActivateEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMenuEventFunction)(wxMenuEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxJoystickEventFunction)(wxJoystickEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDropFilesEventFunction)(wxDropFilesEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxInitDialogEventFunction)(wxInitDialogEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSysColourChangedEventFunction)(wxSysColourChangedEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDisplayChangedEventFunction)(wxDisplayChangedEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxUpdateUIEventFunction)(wxUpdateUIEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIdleEventFunction)(wxIdleEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCloseEventFunction)(wxCloseEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxShowEventFunction)(wxShowEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIconizeEventFunction)(wxIconizeEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMaximizeEventFunction)(wxMaximizeEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNavigationKeyEventFunction)(wxNavigationKeyEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaletteChangedEventFunction)(wxPaletteChangedEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction)(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowCreateEventFunction)(wxWindowCreateEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowDestroyEventFunction)(wxWindowDestroyEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSetCursorEventFunction)(wxSetCursorEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotifyEventFunction)(wxNotifyEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHelpEventFunction)(wxHelpEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxContextMenuEventFunction)(wxContextMenuEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardTextEventFunction)(wxClipboardTextEvent&); - -// these typedefs don't have the same name structure as the others, keep for -// backwards compatibility only -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - typedef wxSysColourChangedEventFunction wxSysColourChangedFunction; - typedef wxDisplayChangedEventFunction wxDisplayChangedFunction; -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - - -#define wxCommandEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxCommandEventFunction, &func) -#define wxScrollEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxScrollEventFunction, &func) -#define wxScrollWinEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxScrollWinEventFunction, &func) -#define wxSizeEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSizeEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMoveEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMoveEventFunction, &func) -#define wxPaintEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxPaintEventFunction, &func) -#define wxNcPaintEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxNcPaintEventFunction, &func) -#define wxEraseEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxEraseEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMouseEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMouseEventFunction, &func) -#define wxCharEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxCharEventFunction, &func) -#define wxKeyEventHandler(func) wxCharEventHandler(func) -#define wxFocusEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxFocusEventFunction, &func) -#define wxChildFocusEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxChildFocusEventFunction, &func) -#define wxActivateEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxActivateEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMenuEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMenuEventFunction, &func) -#define wxJoystickEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxJoystickEventFunction, &func) -#define wxDropFilesEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxDropFilesEventFunction, &func) -#define wxInitDialogEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxInitDialogEventFunction, &func) -#define wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSysColourChangedEventFunction, &func) -#define wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxDisplayChangedEventFunction, &func) -#define wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxUpdateUIEventFunction, &func) -#define wxIdleEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxIdleEventFunction, &func) -#define wxCloseEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxCloseEventFunction, &func) -#define wxShowEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxShowEventFunction, &func) -#define wxIconizeEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxIconizeEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMaximizeEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMaximizeEventFunction, &func) -#define wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxNavigationKeyEventFunction, &func) -#define wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxPaletteChangedEventFunction, &func) -#define wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction, &func) -#define wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxWindowCreateEventFunction, &func) -#define wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxWindowDestroyEventFunction, &func) -#define wxSetCursorEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSetCursorEventFunction, &func) -#define wxNotifyEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxNotifyEventFunction, &func) -#define wxHelpEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxHelpEventFunction, &func) -#define wxContextMenuEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxContextMenuEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction, &func) -#define wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction, &func) -#define wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxClipboardTextEventFunction, &func) - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// N.B. In GNU-WIN32, you *have* to take the address of a member function -// (use &) or the compiler crashes... - -#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() \ - private: \ - static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[]; \ - protected: \ - static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable; \ - virtual const wxEventTable* GetEventTable() const; \ - static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable; \ - virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const; - -// N.B.: when building DLL with Borland C++ 5.5 compiler, you must initialize -// sm_eventTable before using it in GetEventTable() or the compiler gives -// E2233 (see http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=397dcc8a%241_2%40dnews) - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(theClass, baseClass) \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(theClass, baseClass, T1) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE7(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE8(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8) \ - template \ - const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ - { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ - template \ - const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ - { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ - template \ - wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ - { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ - template \ - const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ - -#define END_EVENT_TABLE() DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 ) }; - -/* - * Event table macros - */ - -// helpers for writing shorter code below: declare an event macro taking 2, 1 -// or none ids (the missing ids default to wxID_ANY) -// -// macro arguments: -// - evt one of wxEVT_XXX constants -// - id1, id2 ids of the first/last id -// - fn the function (should be cast to the right type) -#define wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id1, id2, fn) \ - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(evt, id1, id2, fn, NULL), -#define wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id, wxID_ANY, fn) -#define wx__DECLARE_EVT0(evt, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, wxID_ANY, fn) - - -// Generic events -#define EVT_CUSTOM(event, winid, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CUSTOM_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxEventHandler(func)) - -// EVT_COMMAND -#define EVT_COMMAND(winid, event, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(id1, id2, event, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) - -#define EVT_NOTIFY(event, winid, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxNotifyEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_NOTIFY_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxNotifyEventHandler(func)) - -// Miscellaneous -#define EVT_SIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SIZING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOVING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_NC_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CHAR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR, wxCharEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_KEY_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_KEY_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEventHandler(func)) -#if wxUSE_HOTKEY -#define EVT_HOTKEY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HOTKEY, winid, wxCharEventHandler(func)) -#endif -#define EVT_CHAR_HOOK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxCharEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU_OPEN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, winid, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SET_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_KILL_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_ACTIVATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_ACTIVATE_APP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_HIBERNATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_DROP_FILES(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_INIT_DIALOG(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SHOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MAXIMIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_ICONIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_WINDOW_CREATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SET_CURSOR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func)) - -// Mouse events -#define EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_LEFT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOTION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) - -// All mouse events -#define EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(func) \ - EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) \ - EVT_LEFT_UP(func) \ - EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) \ - EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) \ - EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) \ - EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) \ - EVT_MOTION(func) \ - EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) \ - EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) \ - EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) \ - EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) \ - EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) \ - EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func) - -// Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) - -#define EVT_SCROLLWIN(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) \ - EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func) - -// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar -#define EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) - -#define EVT_SCROLL(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) \ - EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func) - -// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar, with an id -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) - -#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) \ - EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func) - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // compatibility macros for the old name, deprecated in 2.8 - #define wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED - #define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED - #define EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -// Convenience macros for commonly-used commands -#define EVT_CHECKBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CHOICE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_LISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_MENU_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) -# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) EVT_MENU(winid, func) -#else -# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#endif -#define EVT_SLIDER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_RADIOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_RADIOBUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -// EVT_SCROLLBAR is now obsolete since we use EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL... events -#define EVT_SCROLLBAR(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_VLBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMBOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TOOL(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TOOL_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TOOL_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_CHECKLISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) - -// Generic command events -#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) - -// Joystick events - -#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) - -// These are obsolete, see _BUTTON_ events -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - #define EVT_JOY_DOWN(func) EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) - #define EVT_JOY_UP(func) EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -// All joystick events -#define EVT_JOYSTICK_EVENTS(func) \ - EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) \ - EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) \ - EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) \ - EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func) - -// Idle event -#define EVT_IDLE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEventHandler(func)) - -// Update UI event -#define EVT_UPDATE_UI(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, winid, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, id1, id2, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func)) - -// Help events -#define EVT_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) - -// Context Menu Events -#define EVT_CONTEXT_MENU(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_COMMAND_CONTEXT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, winid, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func)) - -// Clipboard text Events -#define EVT_TEXT_CUT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TEXT_COPY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) -#define EVT_TEXT_PASTE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Global data -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// for pending event processing - notice that there is intentionally no -// WXDLLEXPORT here -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxList *wxPendingEvents; -#if wxUSE_THREADS - extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSection *wxPendingEventsLocker; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -// Find a window with the focus, that is also a descendant of the given window. -// This is used to determine the window to initially send commands to. -WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindFocusDescendant(wxWindow* ancestor); - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -#endif // _WX_EVENT_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/evtloop.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/evtloop.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51b58eb55..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/evtloop.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/evtloop.h -// Purpose: declares wxEventLoop class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 01.06.01 -// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 53607 2008-05-16 15:21:40Z SN $ -// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ -#define _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ - -#include "wx/utils.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoop; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEventLoop: a GUI event loop -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoopBase -{ -public: - // trivial, but needed (because of wxEventLoopBase) ctor - wxEventLoopBase() { } - - // dtor - virtual ~wxEventLoopBase() { } - - // start the event loop, return the exit code when it is finished - virtual int Run() = 0; - - // exit from the loop with the given exit code - virtual void Exit(int rc = 0) = 0; - - // return true if any events are available - virtual bool Pending() const = 0; - - // dispatch a single event, return false if we should exit from the loop - virtual bool Dispatch() = 0; - - // return currently active (running) event loop, may be NULL - static wxEventLoop *GetActive() { return ms_activeLoop; } - - // set currently active (running) event loop - static void SetActive(wxEventLoop* loop) { ms_activeLoop = loop; } - - // is this event loop running now? - // - // notice that even if this event loop hasn't terminated yet but has just - // spawned a nested (e.g. modal) event loop, this would return false - bool IsRunning() const; - -protected: - // this function should be called before the event loop terminates, whether - // this happens normally (because of Exit() call) or abnormally (because of - // an exception thrown from inside the loop) - virtual void OnExit() { } - - - // the pointer to currently active loop - static wxEventLoop *ms_activeLoop; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopBase) -}; - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXDFB__) - -// this class can be used to implement a standard event loop logic using -// Pending() and Dispatch() -// -// it also handles idle processing automatically -class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoopManual : public wxEventLoopBase -{ -public: - wxEventLoopManual(); - - // enters a loop calling OnNextIteration(), Pending() and Dispatch() and - // terminating when Exit() is called - virtual int Run(); - - // sets the "should exit" flag and wakes up the loop so that it terminates - // soon - virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); - -protected: - // implement this to wake up the loop: usually done by posting a dummy event - // to it (called from Exit()) - virtual void WakeUp() = 0; - - // may be overridden to perform some action at the start of each new event - // loop iteration - virtual void OnNextIteration() { } - - - // the loop exit code - int m_exitcode; - - // should we exit the loop? - bool m_shouldExit; -}; - -#endif // platforms using "manual" loop - -// we're moving away from old m_impl wxEventLoop model as otherwise the user -// code doesn't have access to platform-specific wxEventLoop methods and this -// can sometimes be very useful (e.g. under MSW this is necessary for -// integration with MFC) but currently this is done for MSW only, other ports -// should follow a.s.a.p. -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/evtloop.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/evtloop.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/evtloop.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/evtloop.h" -#else // other platform - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoopImpl; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase -{ -public: - wxEventLoop() { m_impl = NULL; } - virtual ~wxEventLoop(); - - virtual int Run(); - virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); - virtual bool Pending() const; - virtual bool Dispatch(); - -protected: - // the pointer to the port specific implementation class - wxEventLoopImpl *m_impl; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoop) -}; - -#endif // platforms - -inline bool wxEventLoopBase::IsRunning() const { return GetActive() == this; } - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxModalEventLoop -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// this is a naive generic implementation which uses wxWindowDisabler to -// implement modality, we will surely need platform-specific implementations -// too, this generic implementation is here only temporarily to see how it -// works -class WXDLLEXPORT wxModalEventLoop : public wxEventLoop -{ -public: - wxModalEventLoop(wxWindow *winModal) - { - m_windowDisabler = new wxWindowDisabler(winModal); - } - -protected: - virtual void OnExit() - { - delete m_windowDisabler; - m_windowDisabler = NULL; - - wxEventLoop::OnExit(); - } - -private: - wxWindowDisabler *m_windowDisabler; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxEventLoopActivator: helper class for wxEventLoop implementations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// this object sets the wxEventLoop given to the ctor as the currently active -// one and unsets it in its dtor, this is especially useful in presence of -// exceptions but is more tidy even when we don't use them -class wxEventLoopActivator -{ -public: - wxEventLoopActivator(wxEventLoop *evtLoop) - { - m_evtLoopOld = wxEventLoop::GetActive(); - wxEventLoop::SetActive(evtLoop); - } - - ~wxEventLoopActivator() - { - // restore the previously active event loop - wxEventLoop::SetActive(m_evtLoopOld); - } - -private: - wxEventLoop *m_evtLoopOld; -}; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 -class wxEventLoopGuarantor -{ -public: - wxEventLoopGuarantor() - { - m_evtLoopNew = NULL; - if (!wxEventLoop::GetActive()) - { - m_evtLoopNew = new wxEventLoop; - wxEventLoop::SetActive(m_evtLoopNew); - } - } - - ~wxEventLoopGuarantor() - { - if (m_evtLoopNew) - { - wxEventLoop::SetActive(NULL); - delete m_evtLoopNew; - } - } - -private: - wxEventLoop *m_evtLoopNew; -}; -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - -#endif // _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/except.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/except.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9276db65b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/except.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/except.h -// Purpose: C++ exception related stuff -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 17.09.2003 -// RCS-ID: $Id: except.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_EXCEPT_H_ -#define _WX_EXCEPT_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros working whether wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS is 0 or 1 -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - #define wxTRY try - #define wxCATCH_ALL(code) catch ( ... ) { code } -#else // !wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - #define wxTRY - #define wxCATCH_ALL(code) -#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS/!wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS - -#endif // _WX_EXCEPT_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43e8c4cef..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fdrepdlg.h -// Purpose: wxFindReplaceDialog class -// Author: Markus Greither and Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 23/03/2001 -// RCS-ID: -// Copyright: (c) Markus Greither -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_ -#define _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindDialogEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialog; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceData; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialogImpl; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags for wxFindReplaceData.Flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// flages used by wxFindDialogEvent::GetFlags() -enum wxFindReplaceFlags -{ - // downward search/replace selected (otherwise - upwards) - wxFR_DOWN = 1, - - // whole word search/replace selected - wxFR_WHOLEWORD = 2, - - // case sensitive search/replace selected (otherwise - case insensitive) - wxFR_MATCHCASE = 4 -}; - -// these flags can be specified in wxFindReplaceDialog ctor or Create() -enum wxFindReplaceDialogStyles -{ - // replace dialog (otherwise find dialog) - wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG = 1, - - // don't allow changing the search direction - wxFR_NOUPDOWN = 2, - - // don't allow case sensitive searching - wxFR_NOMATCHCASE = 4, - - // don't allow whole word searching - wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD = 8 -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFindReplaceData: holds Setup Data/Feedback Data for wxFindReplaceDialog -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceData : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFindReplaceData() { Init(); } - wxFindReplaceData(wxUint32 flags) { Init(); SetFlags(flags); } - - // accessors - const wxString& GetFindString() { return m_FindWhat; } - const wxString& GetReplaceString() { return m_ReplaceWith; } - - int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; } - - // setters: may only be called before showing the dialog, no effect later - void SetFlags(wxUint32 flags) { m_Flags = flags; } - - void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { m_FindWhat = str; } - void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_ReplaceWith = str; } - -protected: - void Init(); - -private: - wxUint32 m_Flags; - wxString m_FindWhat, - m_ReplaceWith; - - friend class wxFindReplaceDialogBase; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFindReplaceDialogBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialogBase : public wxDialog -{ -public: - // ctors and such - wxFindReplaceDialogBase() { m_FindReplaceData = NULL; } - wxFindReplaceDialogBase(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), - wxFindReplaceData *data, - const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), - int WXUNUSED(style) = 0) - { - m_FindReplaceData = data; - } - - virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialogBase(); - - // find dialog data access - const wxFindReplaceData *GetData() const { return m_FindReplaceData; } - void SetData(wxFindReplaceData *data) { m_FindReplaceData = data; } - - // implementation only, don't use - void Send(wxFindDialogEvent& event); - -protected: - wxFindReplaceData *m_FindReplaceData; - - // the last string we searched for - wxString m_lastSearch; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialogBase) -}; - -// include wxFindReplaceDialog declaration -#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) - #include "wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h" -#else - #define wxGenericFindReplaceDialog wxFindReplaceDialog - - #include "wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFindReplaceDialog events -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxFindDialogEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0) - : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { } - - int GetFlags() const { return GetInt(); } - wxString GetFindString() const { return GetString(); } - const wxString& GetReplaceString() const { return m_strReplace; } - - wxFindReplaceDialog *GetDialog() const - { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxFindReplaceDialog); } - - // implementation only - void SetFlags(int flags) { SetInt(flags); } - void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { SetString(str); } - void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_strReplace = str; } - -private: - wxString m_strReplace; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFindDialogEvent) -}; - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, 510) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, 511) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, 512) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, 513) - DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, 514) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFindDialogEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEvent&); - -#define wxFindDialogEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxFindDialogEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_FIND(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_FIND_NEXT(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_FIND_CLOSE(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) - -#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG - -#endif - // _WX_FDREPDLG_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/features.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/features.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9c055495..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/features.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/** -* Name: wx/features.h -* Purpose: test macros for the features which might be available in some -* wxWidgets ports but not others -* Author: Vadim Zeitlin -* Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) -* Created: 18.03.02 -* RCS-ID: $Id: features.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $ -* Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin -* Licence: wxWindows licence -*/ - -/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ - -#ifndef _WX_FEATURES_H_ -#define _WX_FEATURES_H_ - -/* radio menu items are currently not implemented in wxMotif, use this - symbol (kept for compatibility from the time when they were not implemented - under other platforms as well) to test for this */ -#if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #define wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS -#else - #undef wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS -#endif - -/* the raw keyboard codes are generated under wxGTK and wxMSW only */ -#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) \ - || defined(__WXDFB__) - #define wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES -#else - #undef wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES -#endif - -/* taskbar is implemented in the major ports */ -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) \ - || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) \ - || defined(__WXMAC_OSX__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #define wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON -#else - #undef wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON -#endif - -/* wxIconLocation appeared in the middle of 2.5.0 so it's handy to have a */ -/* separate define for it */ -#define wxHAS_ICON_LOCATION - -/* same for wxCrashReport */ -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - #define wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT -#else - #undef wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT -#endif - -/* wxRE_ADVANCED is not always available, depending on regex library used - * (it's unavailable only if compiling via configure against system library) */ -#ifndef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED - #define wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED -#else - #undef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED -#endif - -#endif /* _WX_FEATURES_H_ */ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ffile.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ffile.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3dda75d4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ffile.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/ffile.h -// Purpose: wxFFile - encapsulates "FILE *" stream -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 14.07.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: ffile.h 38570 2006-04-05 14:37:47Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FFILE_H_ -#define _WX_FFILE_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FFILE - -#if wxUSE_FFILE - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/filefn.h" -#include "wx/convauto.h" - -#include - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// class wxFFile: standard C stream library IO -// -// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including -// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFile -{ -public: - // ctors - // ----- - // def ctor - wxFFile() { m_fp = NULL; } - // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened()) - wxFFile(const wxChar *filename, const wxChar *mode = _T("r")); - // attach to (already opened) file - wxFFile(FILE *lfp) { m_fp = lfp; } - - // open/close - // open a file (existing or not - the mode controls what happens) - bool Open(const wxChar *filename, const wxChar *mode = _T("r")); - // closes the opened file (this is a NOP if not opened) - bool Close(); - - // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFFile object - void Attach(FILE *lfp, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) - { Close(); m_fp = lfp; m_name = name; } - void Detach() { m_fp = NULL; } - FILE *fp() const { return m_fp; } - - // read/write (unbuffered) - // read all data from the file into a string (useful for text files) - bool ReadAll(wxString *str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); - // returns number of bytes read - use Eof() and Error() to see if an error - // occurred or not - size_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount); - // returns the number of bytes written - size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount); - // returns true on success - bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()) - { - const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv); - size_t size = strlen(buf); - return Write((const char *)buf, size) == size; - } - // flush data not yet written - bool Flush(); - - // file pointer operations (return ofsInvalid on failure) - // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current pos/end of file - bool Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); - // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end - bool SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); } - // get current position in the file - wxFileOffset Tell() const; - // get current file length - wxFileOffset Length() const; - - // simple accessors: note that Eof() and Error() may only be called if - // IsOpened()! - // is file opened? - bool IsOpened() const { return m_fp != NULL; } - // is end of file reached? - bool Eof() const { return feof(m_fp) != 0; } - // has an error occurred? - bool Error() const { return ferror(m_fp) != 0; } - // get the file name - const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } - // type such as disk or pipe - wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fp); } - - // dtor closes the file if opened - ~wxFFile() { Close(); } - -private: - // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because it doesn't make - // sense to copy files this way: attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time - // error. - wxFFile(const wxFFile&); - wxFFile& operator=(const wxFFile&); - - FILE *m_fp; // IO stream or NULL if not opened - - wxString m_name; // the name of the file (for diagnostic messages) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FFILE - -#endif // _WX_FFILE_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/file.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/file.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1691dc0c4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/file.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: file.h -// Purpose: wxFile - encapsulates low-level "file descriptor" -// wxTempFile - safely replace the old file -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: file.h 46331 2007-06-05 13:16:11Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILEH__ -#define _WX_FILEH__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILE - -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/filefn.h" -#include "wx/strconv.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// we redefine these constants here because S_IREAD &c are _not_ standard -// however, we do assume that the values correspond to the Unix umask bits -#define wxS_IRUSR 00400 -#define wxS_IWUSR 00200 -#define wxS_IXUSR 00100 - -#define wxS_IRGRP 00040 -#define wxS_IWGRP 00020 -#define wxS_IXGRP 00010 - -#define wxS_IROTH 00004 -#define wxS_IWOTH 00002 -#define wxS_IXOTH 00001 - -// default mode for the new files: corresponds to umask 022 -#define wxS_DEFAULT (wxS_IRUSR | wxS_IWUSR | wxS_IRGRP | wxS_IWGRP |\ - wxS_IROTH | wxS_IWOTH) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// class wxFile: raw file IO -// -// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including -// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFile -{ -public: - // more file constants - // ------------------- - // opening mode - enum OpenMode { read, write, read_write, write_append, write_excl }; - // standard values for file descriptor - enum { fd_invalid = -1, fd_stdin, fd_stdout, fd_stderr }; - - // static functions - // ---------------- - // check whether a regular file by this name exists - static bool Exists(const wxChar *name); - // check whether we can access the given file in given mode - // (only read and write make sense here) - static bool Access(const wxChar *name, OpenMode mode); - - // ctors - // ----- - // def ctor - wxFile() { m_fd = fd_invalid; m_error = false; } - // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened()) - wxFile(const wxChar *szFileName, OpenMode mode = read); - // attach to (already opened) file - wxFile(int lfd) { m_fd = lfd; m_error = false; } - - // open/close - // create a new file (with the default value of bOverwrite, it will fail if - // the file already exists, otherwise it will overwrite it and succeed) - bool Create(const wxChar *szFileName, bool bOverwrite = false, - int access = wxS_DEFAULT); - bool Open(const wxChar *szFileName, OpenMode mode = read, - int access = wxS_DEFAULT); - bool Close(); // Close is a NOP if not opened - - // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFile object - void Attach(int lfd) { Close(); m_fd = lfd; m_error = false; } - void Detach() { m_fd = fd_invalid; } - int fd() const { return m_fd; } - - // read/write (unbuffered) - // returns number of bytes read or wxInvalidOffset on error - ssize_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount); - // returns the number of bytes written - size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount); - // returns true on success - bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8) - { - const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv); - if (!buf) - return false; - size_t size = strlen(buf); - return Write((const char *) buf, size) == size; - } - // flush data not yet written - bool Flush(); - - // file pointer operations (return wxInvalidOffset on failure) - // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file - wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); - // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end - wxFileOffset SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); } - // get current offset - wxFileOffset Tell() const; - // get current file length - wxFileOffset Length() const; - - // simple accessors - // is file opened? - bool IsOpened() const { return m_fd != fd_invalid; } - // is end of file reached? - bool Eof() const; - // has an error occurred? - bool Error() const { return m_error; } - // type such as disk or pipe - wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fd); } - - // dtor closes the file if opened - ~wxFile() { Close(); } - -private: - // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because - // it doesn't make sense to copy files this way: - // attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time error. - wxFile(const wxFile&); - wxFile& operator=(const wxFile&); - - int m_fd; // file descriptor or INVALID_FD if not opened - bool m_error; // error memory -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// class wxTempFile: if you want to replace another file, create an instance -// of wxTempFile passing the name of the file to be replaced to the ctor. Then -// you can write to wxTempFile and call Commit() function to replace the old -// file (and close this one) or call Discard() to cancel the modification. If -// you call neither of them, dtor will call Discard(). -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFile -{ -public: - // ctors - // default - wxTempFile() { } - // associates the temp file with the file to be replaced and opens it - wxTempFile(const wxString& strName); - - // open the temp file (strName is the name of file to be replaced) - bool Open(const wxString& strName); - - // is the file opened? - bool IsOpened() const { return m_file.IsOpened(); } - // get current file length - wxFileOffset Length() const { return m_file.Length(); } - // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file - wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart) - { return m_file.Seek(ofs, mode); } - // get current offset - wxFileOffset Tell() const { return m_file.Tell(); } - - // I/O (both functions return true on success, false on failure) - bool Write(const void *p, size_t n) { return m_file.Write(p, n) == n; } - bool Write(const wxString& str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8) - { return m_file.Write(str, conv); } - - // different ways to close the file - // validate changes and delete the old file of name m_strName - bool Commit(); - // discard changes - void Discard(); - - // dtor calls Discard() if file is still opened - ~wxTempFile(); - -private: - // no copy ctor/assignment operator - wxTempFile(const wxTempFile&); - wxTempFile& operator=(const wxTempFile&); - - wxString m_strName, // name of the file to replace in Commit() - m_strTemp; // temporary file name - wxFile m_file; // the temporary file -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FILE - -#endif // _WX_FILEH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fileconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fileconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a76ab4c8..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fileconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fileconf.h -// Purpose: wxFileConfig derivation of wxConfigBase -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.cpp) -// RCS-ID: $Id: fileconf.h 50711 2007-12-15 02:57:58Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin -// Ballueder@usa.net -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _FILECONF_H -#define _FILECONF_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG - -#include "wx/textfile.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/confbase.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileConfig -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - wxFileConfig derives from base Config and implements file based config class, - i.e. it uses ASCII disk files to store the information. These files are - alternatively called INI, .conf or .rc in the documentation. They are - organized in groups or sections, which can nest (i.e. a group contains - subgroups, which contain their own subgroups &c). Each group has some - number of entries, which are "key = value" pairs. More precisely, the format - is: - - # comments are allowed after either ';' or '#' (Win/UNIX standard) - - # blank lines (as above) are ignored - - # global entries are members of special (no name) top group - written_for = Windows - platform = Linux - - # the start of the group 'Foo' - [Foo] # may put comments like this also - # following 3 lines are entries - key = value - another_key = " strings with spaces in the beginning should be quoted, \ - otherwise the spaces are lost" - last_key = but you don't have to put " normally (nor quote them, like here) - - # subgroup of the group 'Foo' - # (order is not important, only the name is: separator is '/', as in paths) - [Foo/Bar] - # entries prefixed with "!" are immutable, i.e. can't be changed if they are - # set in the system-wide config file - !special_key = value - bar_entry = whatever - - [Foo/Bar/Fubar] # depth is (theoretically :-) unlimited - # may have the same name as key in another section - bar_entry = whatever not - - You have {read/write/delete}Entry functions (guess what they do) and also - setCurrentPath to select current group. enum{Subgroups/Entries} allow you - to get all entries in the config file (in the current group). Finally, - flush() writes immediately all changed entries to disk (otherwise it would - be done automatically in dtor) - - wxFileConfig manages not less than 2 config files for each program: global - and local (or system and user if you prefer). Entries are read from both of - them and the local entries override the global ones unless the latter is - immutable (prefixed with '!') in which case a warning message is generated - and local value is ignored. Of course, the changes are always written to local - file only. - - The names of these files can be specified in a number of ways. First of all, - you can use the standard convention: using the ctor which takes 'strAppName' - parameter will probably be sufficient for 90% of cases. If, for whatever - reason you wish to use the files with some other names, you can always use the - second ctor. - - wxFileConfig also may automatically expand the values of environment variables - in the entries it reads: for example, if you have an entry - score_file = $HOME/.score - a call to Read(&str, "score_file") will return a complete path to .score file - unless the expansion was previously disabled with SetExpandEnvVars(false) call - (it's on by default, the current status can be retrieved with - IsExpandingEnvVars function). -*/ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigGroup; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigEntry; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigLineList; - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream; -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileConfig : public wxConfigBase -{ -public: - // construct the "standard" full name for global (system-wide) and - // local (user-specific) config files from the base file name. - // - // the following are the filenames returned by this functions: - // global local - // Unix /etc/file.ext ~/.file - // Win %windir%\file.ext %USERPROFILE%\file.ext - // - // where file is the basename of szFile, ext is its extension - // or .conf (Unix) or .ini (Win) if it has none - static wxString GetGlobalFileName(const wxChar *szFile); - static wxString GetLocalFileName(const wxChar *szFile); - - // ctor & dtor - // New constructor: one size fits all. Specify wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE or - // wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE to say which files should be used. - wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE | wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE, - const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - // ctor that takes an input stream. - wxFileConfig(wxInputStream &inStream, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS - - // dtor will save unsaved data - virtual ~wxFileConfig(); - - // under Unix, set the umask to be used for the file creation, do nothing - // under other systems -#ifdef __UNIX__ - void SetUmask(int mode) { m_umask = mode; } -#else // !__UNIX__ - void SetUmask(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } -#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ - - // implement inherited pure virtual functions - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath); - virtual const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_strPath; } - - virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; - virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; - virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; - virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; - - virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const; - virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const; - - virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const; - virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const; - - virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false); - - virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); - virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); - - virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true); - virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey); - virtual bool DeleteAll(); - - // additional, wxFileConfig-specific, functionality -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - // save the entire config file text to the given stream, note that the text - // won't be saved again in dtor when Flush() is called if you use this method - // as it won't be "changed" any more - virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& os, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS - -public: - // functions to work with this list - wxFileConfigLineList *LineListAppend(const wxString& str); - wxFileConfigLineList *LineListInsert(const wxString& str, - wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); // NULL => Prepend() - void LineListRemove(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); - bool LineListIsEmpty(); - -protected: - virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; - virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const; - - virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue); - virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue); - -private: - // GetXXXFileName helpers: return ('/' terminated) directory names - static wxString GetGlobalDir(); - static wxString GetLocalDir(); - - // common part of all ctors (assumes that m_str{Local|Global}File are already - // initialized - void Init(); - - // common part of from dtor and DeleteAll - void CleanUp(); - - // parse the whole file - void Parse(const wxTextBuffer& buffer, bool bLocal); - - // the same as SetPath("/") - void SetRootPath(); - - // real SetPath() implementation, returns true if path could be set or false - // if path doesn't exist and createMissingComponents == false - bool DoSetPath(const wxString& strPath, bool createMissingComponents); - - // set/test the dirty flag - void SetDirty() { m_isDirty = true; } - void ResetDirty() { m_isDirty = false; } - bool IsDirty() const { return m_isDirty; } - - - // member variables - // ---------------- - wxFileConfigLineList *m_linesHead, // head of the linked list - *m_linesTail; // tail - - wxString m_strLocalFile, // local file name passed to ctor - m_strGlobalFile; // global - wxString m_strPath; // current path (not '/' terminated) - - wxFileConfigGroup *m_pRootGroup, // the top (unnamed) group - *m_pCurrentGroup; // the current group - - wxMBConv *m_conv; - -#ifdef __UNIX__ - int m_umask; // the umask to use for file creation -#endif // __UNIX__ - - bool m_isDirty; // if true, we have unsaved changes - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfig) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_CONFIG - -#endif - //_FILECONF_H - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filedlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filedlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f3fc48d5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filedlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/filedlg.h -// Purpose: wxFileDialog base header -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 8/17/99 -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling -// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlg.h 44027 2006-12-21 19:26:48Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILEDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDialog data -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - The flags below must coexist with the following flags in m_windowStyle - #define wxCAPTION 0x20000000 - #define wxMAXIMIZE 0x00002000 - #define wxCLOSE_BOX 0x00001000 - #define wxSYSTEM_MENU 0x00000800 - wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000 - #define wxRESIZE_BORDER 0x00000040 -*/ - -enum -{ - wxFD_OPEN = 0x0001, - wxFD_SAVE = 0x0002, - wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT = 0x0004, - wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST = 0x0010, - wxFD_MULTIPLE = 0x0020, - wxFD_CHANGE_DIR = 0x0080, - wxFD_PREVIEW = 0x0100 -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -enum -{ - wxOPEN = wxFD_OPEN, - wxSAVE = wxFD_SAVE, - wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT = wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT, -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxHIDE_READONLY = 0x0008, -#endif - wxFILE_MUST_EXIST = wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST, - wxMULTIPLE = wxFD_MULTIPLE, - wxCHANGE_DIR = wxFD_CHANGE_DIR -}; -#endif - -#define wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxFD_OPEN - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFileDialogNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[]; - -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDialogBase -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialogBase: public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxFileDialogBase () { Init(); } - - wxFileDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos, sz, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr); - - bool HasFdFlag(int flag) const { return HasFlag(flag); } - - virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; } - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; } - virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_dir = dir; } - virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name) { m_fileName = name; } - virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) { m_wildCard = wildCard; } - virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; } - - virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; } - virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } - virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths.Empty(); paths.Add(m_path); } - virtual wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; } - virtual wxString GetFilename() const { return m_fileName; } - virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files.Empty(); files.Add(m_fileName); } - virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return m_wildCard; } - virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; } - - // Utility functions - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // Parses the wildCard, returning the number of filters. - // Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem, - // The arrays will contain an equal number of items found before the error. - // wildCard is in the form: - // "All files (*)|*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png" - wxDEPRECATED( static int ParseWildcard(const wxString& wildCard, - wxArrayString& descriptions, - wxArrayString& filters) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const ); - wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) ); - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - - // Append first extension to filePath from a ';' separated extensionList - // if filePath = "path/foo.bar" just return it as is - // if filePath = "foo[.]" and extensionList = "*.jpg;*.png" return "foo.jpg" - // if the extension is "*.j?g" (has wildcards) or "jpg" then return filePath - static wxString AppendExtension(const wxString &filePath, - const wxString &extensionList); - -protected: - wxString m_message; - wxString m_dir; - wxString m_path; // Full path - wxString m_fileName; - wxString m_wildCard; - int m_filterIndex; - -private: - void Init(); - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase) -}; - -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDialog convenience functions -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// File selector - backward compatibility -WXDLLEXPORT wxString -wxFileSelector(const wxChar *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxChar *default_path = NULL, - const wxChar *default_filename = NULL, - const wxChar *default_extension = NULL, - const wxChar *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - int flags = 0, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord); - -// An extended version of wxFileSelector -WXDLLEXPORT wxString -wxFileSelectorEx(const wxChar *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxChar *default_path = NULL, - const wxChar *default_filename = NULL, - int *indexDefaultExtension = NULL, - const wxChar *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - int flags = 0, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord); - -// Ask for filename to load -WXDLLEXPORT wxString -wxLoadFileSelector(const wxChar *what, - const wxChar *extension, - const wxChar *default_name = (const wxChar *)NULL, - wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL); - -// Ask for filename to save -WXDLLEXPORT wxString -wxSaveFileSelector(const wxChar *what, - const wxChar *extension, - const wxChar *default_name = (const wxChar *) NULL, - wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL); - - -#if defined (__WXUNIVERSAL__) -#define wxUSE_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG -#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/filedlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -#include "wx/motif/filedlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK24__) -#include "wx/gtk/filedlg.h" // GTK+ > 2.4 has native version -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) -#define wxUSE_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG -#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -#include "wx/gtk1/filedlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/filedlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#include "wx/cocoa/filedlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/filedlg.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG - -#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filefn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filefn.h deleted file mode 100644 index 56c01c7bc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filefn.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,741 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/filefn.h -// Purpose: File- and directory-related functions -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: filefn.h 53877 2008-05-31 12:43:44Z SN $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _FILEFN_H_ -#define _FILEFN_H_ - -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" - #include "wx/msw/private.h" -#else - #include -#endif - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -// Nothing -#elif !defined(__MWERKS__) - #include - #include -#else - #ifdef __MACH__ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #else - #include - #include - #include - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __OS2__ -// need to check for __OS2__ first since currently both -// __OS2__ and __UNIX__ are defined. - #include - #include "wx/os2/private.h" - #ifdef __WATCOMC__ - #include - #endif - #include - #ifdef __EMX__ - #include - #endif -#elif defined(__UNIX__) - #include - #include -#endif - -#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) -#if !defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) && !defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !defined(__SALFORDC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - #include - #include - #include -#endif // __WINDOWS__ -#endif // native Win compiler - -#if defined(__DOS__) - #ifdef __WATCOMC__ - #include - #include - #include - #endif - #ifdef __DJGPP__ - #include - #include - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __BORLANDC__ // Please someone tell me which version of Borland needs - // this (3.1 I believe) and how to test for it. - // If this works for Borland 4.0 as well, then no worries. - #include -#endif - -#ifdef __SALFORDC__ - #include - #include -#endif - -#ifndef __WXWINCE__ - #include // O_RDONLY &c -#endif -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - typedef long off_t; -#else - // define off_t - #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__MACH__) - #include - #else - typedef long off_t; - #endif -#endif - -#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)) || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined( __INTEL__) ) - typedef _off_t off_t; -#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__) - typedef long off_t; -#elif defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__) && !defined(__MACH__) - typedef long off_t; -#endif - -enum wxSeekMode -{ - wxFromStart, - wxFromCurrent, - wxFromEnd -}; - -enum wxFileKind -{ - wxFILE_KIND_UNKNOWN, - wxFILE_KIND_DISK, // a file supporting seeking to arbitrary offsets - wxFILE_KIND_TERMINAL, // a tty - wxFILE_KIND_PIPE // a pipe -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// declare our versions of low level file functions: some compilers prepend -// underscores to the usual names, some also have Unicode versions of them -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Wrappers around Win32 api functions like CreateFile, ReadFile and such -// Implemented in filefnwce.cpp -#if defined( __WXWINCE__) - typedef __int64 wxFileOffset; - #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec _("I64") - int wxOpen(const wxChar *filename, int oflag, int WXUNUSED(pmode)); - int wxAccess(const wxChar *name, int WXUNUSED(how)); - int wxClose(int fd); - int wxFsync(int WXUNUSED(fd)); - int wxRead(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count); - int wxWrite(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count); - int wxEof(int fd); - wxFileOffset wxSeek(int fd, wxFileOffset offset, int origin); - #define wxLSeek wxSeek - wxFileOffset wxTell(int fd); - - // always Unicode under WinCE - #define wxMkDir _wmkdir - #define wxRmDir _wrmdir - #define wxStat _wstat - #define wxStructStat struct _stat -#elif (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) && \ - ( \ - defined(__VISUALC__) || \ - (defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__WINE__) && \ - wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(0, 5)) || \ - defined(__MWERKS__) || \ - defined(__DMC__) || \ - defined(__WATCOMC__) || \ - defined(__BORLANDC__) \ - ) - - #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - - // detect compilers which have support for huge files - #if defined(__VISUALC__) - #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 - #elif defined(__MINGW32__) - #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 - #elif defined(_LARGE_FILES) - #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 - #endif - - // other Windows compilers (DMC, Watcom, Metrowerks and Borland) don't have - // huge file support (or at least not all functions needed for it by wx) - // currently - - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - typedef wxLongLong_t wxFileOffset; - #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec - #else - typedef off_t wxFileOffset; - #endif - - - // functions - - // MSVC and compatible compilers prepend underscores to the POSIX function - // names, other compilers don't and even if their later versions usually do - // define the versions with underscores for MSVC compatibility, it's better - // to avoid using them as they're not present in earlier versions and - // always using the native functions spelling is easier than testing for - // the versions - #if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MINGW64__) - #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) ::func - #else // by default assume MSVC-compatible names - #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) _ ## func - #define wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS - #endif - - // at least Borland 5.5 doesn't like "struct ::stat" so don't use the scope - // resolution operator present in wxPOSIX_IDENT for it - #ifdef __BORLANDC__ - #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct s - #else - #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct wxPOSIX_IDENT(s) - #endif - - // first functions not working with strings, i.e. without ANSI/Unicode - // complications - #define wxClose wxPOSIX_IDENT(close) - - #if defined(__MWERKS__) - #if __MSL__ >= 0x6000 - #define wxRead(fd, buf, nCount) _read(fd, (void *)buf, nCount) - #define wxWrite(fd, buf, nCount) _write(fd, (void *)buf, nCount) - #else - #define wxRead(fd, buf, nCount)\ - _read(fd, (const char *)buf, nCount) - #define wxWrite(fd, buf, nCount)\ - _write(fd, (const char *)buf, nCount) - #endif - #else // __MWERKS__ - #define wxRead wxPOSIX_IDENT(read) - #define wxWrite wxPOSIX_IDENT(write) - #endif - - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #ifndef __MINGW64__ - #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64) - #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64) - #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(telli64) - #else - // unfortunately, mingw-W64 is somewhat inconsistent... - #define wxSeek _lseeki64 - #define wxLseek _lseeki64 - #define wxTell _telli64 - #endif - #else // !wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek) - #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek) - #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(tell) - #endif // wxHAS_HUGE_FILES/!wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - - #ifndef __WATCOMC__ - #if !defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ > 0x540) - // NB: this one is not POSIX and always has the underscore - #define wxFsync _commit - - // could be already defined by configure (Cygwin) - #ifndef HAVE_FSYNC - #define HAVE_FSYNC - #endif - #endif // BORLANDC - #endif - - #define wxEof wxPOSIX_IDENT(eof) - - // then the functions taking strings - #if wxUSE_UNICODE - #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU - // implement the missing file functions in Win9x ourselves - #if defined( __VISUALC__ ) \ - || ( defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 ) ) \ - || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMSW__) ) \ - || ( defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ > 0x460) ) \ - || defined(__DMC__) - - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wopen(const wxChar *name, - int flags, int mode); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__waccess(const wxChar *name, - int mode); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wmkdir(const wxChar *name); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wrmdir(const wxChar *name); - - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int - wxMSLU__wstat(const wxChar *name, wxPOSIX_STRUCT(stat) *buffer); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int - wxMSLU__wstati64(const wxChar *name, - wxPOSIX_STRUCT(stati64) *buffer); - #endif // Windows compilers with MSLU support - - #define wxOpen wxMSLU__wopen - - #define wxAccess wxMSLU__waccess - #define wxMkDir wxMSLU__wmkdir - #define wxRmDir wxMSLU__wrmdir - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #define wxStat wxMSLU__wstati64 - #else - #define wxStat wxMSLU__wstat - #endif - #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU - #ifdef __BORLANDC__ - #if __BORLANDC__ >= 0x550 && __BORLANDC__ <= 0x551 - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxOpen(const wxChar *pathname, - int flags, mode_t mode); - #else - #define wxOpen _wopen - #endif - #define wxAccess _waccess - #define wxMkDir _wmkdir - #define wxRmDir _wrmdir - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #define wxStat _wstati64 - #else - #define wxStat _wstat - #endif - #else - #define wxOpen _wopen - #define wxAccess _waccess - #define wxMkDir _wmkdir - #define wxRmDir _wrmdir - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #define wxStat _wstati64 - #else - #define wxStat _wstat - #endif - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU/!wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU - #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE - #define wxOpen wxPOSIX_IDENT(open) - #define wxAccess wxPOSIX_IDENT(access) - #define wxMkDir wxPOSIX_IDENT(mkdir) - #define wxRmDir wxPOSIX_IDENT(rmdir) - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #define wxStat wxPOSIX_IDENT(stati64) - #else - // Unfortunately Watcom is not consistent, so:- - #if defined(__OS2__) && defined(__WATCOMC__) - #define wxStat _stat - #else - #if defined (__BORLANDC__) - #define wxStat _stat //wxPOSIX_IDENT(stat) - #else - #define wxStat wxPOSIX_IDENT(stat) - #endif // !borland - #endif // !watcom - #endif - #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE - - // Types: Notice that Watcom is the only compiler to have a wide char - // version of struct stat as well as a wide char stat function variant. - // This was droped since OW 1.4 "for consistency across platforms". - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) - #define wxStructStat struct _wstati64 - #else - #define wxStructStat struct _stati64 - #endif - #else - #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) - #define wxStructStat struct _wstat - #else - #define wxStructStat struct _stat - #endif - #endif - - // constants (unless already defined by the user code) - #ifdef wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS - #ifndef O_RDONLY - #define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY - #define O_WRONLY _O_WRONLY - #define O_RDWR _O_RDWR - #define O_EXCL _O_EXCL - #define O_CREAT _O_CREAT - #define O_BINARY _O_BINARY - #endif - - #ifndef S_IFMT - #define S_IFMT _S_IFMT - #define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR - #define S_IFREG _S_IFREG - #endif - #endif // wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS - - #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES - // wxFile is present and supports large files. Currently wxFFile - // doesn't have large file support with any Windows compiler (even - // Win64 ones). - #if wxUSE_FILE - #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES - #endif - #endif - - // it's a private define, undefine it so that nobody gets tempted to use it - #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES -#else // Unix or Windows using unknown compiler, assume POSIX supported - typedef off_t wxFileOffset; - #ifdef _LARGE_FILES - #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec - wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(wxLongLong_t), - BadFileSizeType ); - // wxFile is present and supports large files - #ifdef wxUSE_FILE - #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES - #endif - // wxFFile is present and supports large files - #if SIZEOF_LONG == 8 || defined HAVE_FSEEKO - #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES - #endif - #else - #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec _T("") - #endif - // functions - #define wxClose close - #define wxRead ::read - #define wxWrite ::write - #define wxLseek lseek - #define wxSeek lseek - #define wxFsync fsync - #define wxEof eof - - #define wxMkDir mkdir - #define wxRmDir rmdir - - #define wxTell(fd) lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR) - - #define wxStructStat struct stat - - #if wxUSE_UNICODE - #define wxNEED_WX_UNISTD_H - #if defined(__DMC__) - typedef unsigned long mode_t; - #endif - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxStat( const wxChar *file_name, wxStructStat *buf ); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxLstat( const wxChar *file_name, wxStructStat *buf ); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxAccess( const wxChar *pathname, int mode ); - WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxOpen( const wxChar *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode ); - #else - #define wxOpen open - #define wxStat stat - #define wxLstat lstat - #define wxAccess access - #endif - - #define wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT -#endif // platforms - -#ifdef O_BINARY - #define wxO_BINARY O_BINARY -#else - #define wxO_BINARY 0 -#endif - -// if the platform doesn't have symlinks, define wxLstat to be the same as -// wxStat to avoid #ifdefs in the code using it -#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT - #define wxLstat wxStat -#endif - -#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 -// -// VisualAge C++ V4.0 cannot have any external linkage const decs -// in headers included by more than one primary source -// -extern const int wxInvalidOffset; -#else -const int wxInvalidOffset = -1; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFileExists(const wxString& filename); - -// does the path exist? (may have or not '/' or '\\' at the end) -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxDirExists(const wxChar *pszPathName); - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsAbsolutePath(const wxString& filename); - -// Get filename -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxFileNameFromPath(wxChar *path); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFileNameFromPath(const wxString& path); - -// Get directory -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxPathOnly(const wxString& path); - -// wxString version -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxRealPath(const wxString& path); - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDos2UnixFilename(wxChar *s); - -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUnix2DosFilename(wxChar *s); - -// Strip the extension, in situ -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wxChar *buffer); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wxString& buffer); - -// Get a temporary filename -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxChar *buf = (wxChar *) NULL); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxString& buf); - -// Expand file name (~/ and ${OPENWINHOME}/ stuff) -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxExpandPath(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *path); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxExpandPath(wxString& dest, const wxChar *path); - -// Contract w.r.t environment ( -> ${OPENWINHOME}/lib) -// and make (if under the home tree) relative to home -// [caller must copy-- volatile] -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxContractPath(const wxString& filename, - const wxString& envname = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& user = wxEmptyString); - -// Destructive removal of /./ and /../ stuff -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxRealPath(wxChar *path); - -// Allocate a copy of the full absolute path -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxCopyAbsolutePath(const wxString& path); - -// Get first file name matching given wild card. -// Flags are reserved for future use. -#define wxFILE 1 -#define wxDIR 2 -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindFirstFile(const wxChar *spec, int flags = wxFILE); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindNextFile(); - -// Does the pattern contain wildcards? -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWild(const wxString& pattern); - -// Does the pattern match the text (usually a filename)? -// If dot_special is true, doesn't match * against . (eliminating -// `hidden' dot files) -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMatchWild(const wxString& pattern, const wxString& text, bool dot_special = true); - -// Concatenate two files to form third -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxConcatFiles(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, const wxString& file3); - -// Copy file1 to file2 -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxCopyFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, - bool overwrite = true); - -// Remove file -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRemoveFile(const wxString& file); - -// Rename file -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRenameFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, bool overwrite = true); - -// Get current working directory. -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -// If buf is NULL, allocates space using new, else -// copies into buf. -// IMPORTANT NOTE getcwd is know not to work under some releases -// of Win32s 1.3, according to MS release notes! -wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetWorkingDirectory(wxChar *buf = (wxChar *) NULL, int sz = 1000) ); -// new and preferred version of wxGetWorkingDirectory -// NB: can't have the same name because of overloading ambiguity -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetCwd(); - -// Set working directory -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetWorkingDirectory(const wxString& d); - -// Make directory -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm = 0777); - -// Remove directory. Flags reserved for future use. -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags = 0); - -// Return the type of an open file -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(int fd); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(FILE *fp); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -// compatibility defines, don't use in new code -wxDEPRECATED( inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName) ); -inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName) -{ - return wxDirExists(pszPathName); -} -#endif //WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -// permissions; these functions work both on files and directories: -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWritable(const wxString &path); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsReadable(const wxString &path); -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsExecutable(const wxString &path); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// separators in file names -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// between file name and extension -#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT wxT('.') - -// between drive/volume name and the path -#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK wxT(':') - -// between the path components -#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS wxT('\\') -#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX wxT('/') -#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC wxT(':') -#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_VMS wxT('.') // VMS also uses '[' and ']' - -// separator in the path list (as in PATH environment variable) -// there is no PATH variable in Classic Mac OS so just use the -// semicolon (it must be different from the file name separator) -// NB: these are strings and not characters on purpose! -#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS wxT(";") -#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX wxT(":") -#define wxPATH_SEP_MAC wxT(";") - -// platform independent versions -#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__) - // CYGWIN also uses UNIX settings - #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX - #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_UNIX -#elif defined(__MAC__) - #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC - #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_MAC -#else // Windows and OS/2 - #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS - #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_DOS -#endif // Unix/Windows - -// this is useful for wxString::IsSameAs(): to compare two file names use -// filename1.IsSameAs(filename2, wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE) -#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__OS2__) - #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE true -#else // Windows, Mac OS and OS/2 - #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE false -#endif // Unix/Windows - -// is the char a path separator? -inline bool wxIsPathSeparator(wxChar c) -{ - // under DOS/Windows we should understand both Unix and DOS file separators -#if ( defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__) )|| defined(__MAC__) - return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH; -#else - return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS || c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; -#endif -} - -// does the string ends with path separator? -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxEndsWithPathSeparator(const wxChar *pszFileName); - -// split the full path into path (including drive for DOS), name and extension -// (understands both '/' and '\\') -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(const wxChar *pszFileName, - wxString *pstrPath, - wxString *pstrName, - wxString *pstrExt); - -// find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxChar *pszPath, const wxChar *pszFile); - -// Get the OS directory if appropriate (such as the Windows directory). -// On non-Windows platform, probably just return the empty string. -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOSDirectory(); - -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - -// Get file modification time -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE time_t wxFileModificationTime(const wxString& filename); - -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - -// Parses the wildCard, returning the number of filters. -// Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem, -// The arrays will contain an equal number of items found before the error. -// wildCard is in the form: -// "All files (*)|*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png" -WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(const wxString& wildCard, wxArrayString& descriptions, wxArrayString& filters); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifdef __UNIX__ - -// set umask to the given value in ctor and reset it to the old one in dtor -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUmaskChanger -{ -public: - // change the umask to the given one if it is not -1: this allows to write - // the same code whether you really want to change umask or not, as is in - // wxFileConfig::Flush() for example - wxUmaskChanger(int umaskNew) - { - m_umaskOld = umaskNew == -1 ? -1 : (int)umask((mode_t)umaskNew); - } - - ~wxUmaskChanger() - { - if ( m_umaskOld != -1 ) - umask((mode_t)m_umaskOld); - } - -private: - int m_umaskOld; -}; - -// this macro expands to an "anonymous" wxUmaskChanger object under Unix and -// nothing elsewhere -#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m) wxUmaskChanger wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(umaskChanger_)(m) - -#else // !__UNIX__ - -#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m) - -#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ - - -// Path searching -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPathList : public wxArrayString -{ -public: - wxPathList() {} - wxPathList(const wxArrayString &arr) - { Add(arr); } - - // Adds all paths in environment variable - void AddEnvList(const wxString& envVariable); - - // Adds given path to this list - bool Add(const wxString& path); - void Add(const wxArrayString &paths); - - // Find the first full path for which the file exists - wxString FindValidPath(const wxString& filename) const; - - // Find the first full path for which the file exists; ensure it's an - // absolute path that gets returned. - wxString FindAbsoluteValidPath(const wxString& filename) const; - - // Given full path and filename, add path to list - bool EnsureFileAccessible(const wxString& path); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // Returns true if the path is in the list - wxDEPRECATED( bool Member(const wxString& path) const ); -#endif -}; - -#endif // _WX_FILEFN_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filename.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filename.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0a3abb58f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filename.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,541 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/filename.h -// Purpose: wxFileName - encapsulates a file path -// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 28.12.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: filename.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2000 Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILENAME_H_ -#define _WX_FILENAME_H_ - -/* - TODO: - - 1. support for drives under Windows - 2. more file operations: - a) chmod() - b) [acm]time() - get and set - c) rename()? - 3. SameFileAs() function to compare inodes under Unix - */ - -#include "wx/arrstr.h" -#include "wx/filefn.h" -#include "wx/datetime.h" -#include "wx/intl.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILE -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFile; -#endif - -#if wxUSE_FFILE -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFFile; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// the various values for the path format: this mainly affects the path -// separator but also whether or not the path has the drive part (as under -// Windows) -enum wxPathFormat -{ - wxPATH_NATIVE = 0, // the path format for the current platform - wxPATH_UNIX, - wxPATH_BEOS = wxPATH_UNIX, - wxPATH_MAC, - wxPATH_DOS, - wxPATH_WIN = wxPATH_DOS, - wxPATH_OS2 = wxPATH_DOS, - wxPATH_VMS, - - wxPATH_MAX // Not a valid value for specifying path format -}; - -// the kind of normalization to do with the file name: these values can be -// or'd together to perform several operations at once -enum wxPathNormalize -{ - wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS = 0x0001, // replace env vars with their values - wxPATH_NORM_DOTS = 0x0002, // squeeze all .. and . and prepend cwd - wxPATH_NORM_TILDE = 0x0004, // Unix only: replace ~ and ~user - wxPATH_NORM_CASE = 0x0008, // if case insensitive => tolower - wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE = 0x0010, // make the path absolute - wxPATH_NORM_LONG = 0x0020, // make the path the long form - wxPATH_NORM_SHORTCUT = 0x0040, // resolve the shortcut, if it is a shortcut - wxPATH_NORM_ALL = 0x00ff & ~wxPATH_NORM_CASE -}; - -// what exactly should GetPath() return? -enum -{ - wxPATH_GET_VOLUME = 0x0001, // include the volume if applicable - wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR = 0x0002 // terminate the path with the separator -}; - -// MkDir flags -enum -{ - wxPATH_MKDIR_FULL = 0x0001 // create directories recursively -}; - -// error code of wxFileName::GetSize() -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxULongLong) wxInvalidSize; - - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileName: encapsulates a file path -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileName -{ -public: - // constructors and assignment - - // the usual stuff - wxFileName() { Clear(); } - wxFileName(const wxFileName& filepath) { Assign(filepath); } - - // from a full filename: if it terminates with a '/', a directory path - // is contructed (the name will be empty), otherwise a file name and - // extension are extracted from it - wxFileName( const wxString& fullpath, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) - { Assign( fullpath, format ); } - - // from a directory name and a file name - wxFileName(const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { Assign(path, name, format); } - - // from a volume, directory name, file base name and extension - wxFileName(const wxString& volume, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - const wxString& ext, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, format); } - - // from a directory name, file base name and extension - wxFileName(const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - const wxString& ext, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { Assign(path, name, ext, format); } - - // the same for delayed initialization - - void Assign(const wxFileName& filepath); - - void Assign(const wxString& fullpath, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - void Assign(const wxString& volume, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - const wxString& ext, - bool hasExt, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - void Assign(const wxString& volume, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - const wxString& ext, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, !ext.empty(), format); } - - void Assign(const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - void Assign(const wxString& path, - const wxString& name, - const wxString& ext, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - void AssignDir(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // assorted assignment operators - - wxFileName& operator=(const wxFileName& filename) - { Assign(filename); return *this; } - - wxFileName& operator=(const wxString& filename) - { Assign(filename); return *this; } - - // reset all components to default, uninitialized state - void Clear(); - - // static pseudo constructors - static wxFileName FileName(const wxString& file, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - static wxFileName DirName(const wxString& dir, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // file tests - - // is the filename valid at all? - bool IsOk() const - { - // we're fine if we have the path or the name or if we're a root dir - return m_dirs.size() != 0 || !m_name.empty() || !m_relative || - !m_ext.empty() || m_hasExt; - } - - // does the file with this name exists? - bool FileExists() const; - static bool FileExists( const wxString &file ); - - // does the directory with this name exists? - bool DirExists() const; - static bool DirExists( const wxString &dir ); - - // checks on most common flags for files/directories; - // more platform-specific features (like e.g. Unix permissions) are not - // available in wxFileName - - bool IsDirWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetPath()); } - static bool IsDirWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); } - - bool IsDirReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetPath()); } - static bool IsDirReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); } - - // NOTE: IsDirExecutable() is not present because the meaning of "executable" - // directory is very platform-dependent and also not so useful - - bool IsFileWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetFullPath()); } - static bool IsFileWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); } - - bool IsFileReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetFullPath()); } - static bool IsFileReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); } - - bool IsFileExecutable() const { return wxIsExecutable(GetFullPath()); } - static bool IsFileExecutable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsExecutable(path); } - - - // time functions -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - // set the file last access/mod and creation times - // (any of the pointers may be NULL) - bool SetTimes(const wxDateTime *dtAccess, - const wxDateTime *dtMod, - const wxDateTime *dtCreate); - - // set the access and modification times to the current moment - bool Touch(); - - // return the last access, last modification and create times - // (any of the pointers may be NULL) - bool GetTimes(wxDateTime *dtAccess, - wxDateTime *dtMod, - wxDateTime *dtCreate) const; - - // convenience wrapper: get just the last mod time of the file - wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const - { - wxDateTime dtMod; - (void)GetTimes(NULL, &dtMod, NULL); - return dtMod; - } -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - bool MacSetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ; - bool MacGetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ; - // gets the 'common' type and creator for a certain extension - static bool MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ; - // registers application defined extensions and their default type and creator - static void MacRegisterDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ; - // looks up the appropriate type and creator from the registration and then sets - bool MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ; -#endif - - // various file/dir operations - - // retrieve the value of the current working directory - void AssignCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString); - static wxString GetCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString); - - // change the current working directory - bool SetCwd(); - static bool SetCwd( const wxString &cwd ); - - // get the value of user home (Unix only mainly) - void AssignHomeDir(); - static wxString GetHomeDir(); - - // get the system temporary directory - static wxString GetTempDir(); - -#if wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE - // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix - void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix); - static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix); -#endif // wxUSE_FILE - -#if wxUSE_FILE - // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the - // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if - // possible) - void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp); - static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, - wxFile *fileTemp); -#endif // wxUSE_FILE - -#if wxUSE_FFILE - // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the - // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if - // possible) - void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFFile *fileTemp); - static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, - wxFFile *fileTemp); -#endif // wxUSE_FFILE - - // directory creation and removal. - bool Mkdir( int perm = 0777, int flags = 0); - static bool Mkdir( const wxString &dir, int perm = 0777, int flags = 0 ); - - bool Rmdir(); - static bool Rmdir( const wxString &dir ); - - // operations on the path - - // normalize the path: with the default flags value, the path will be - // made absolute, without any ".." and "." and all environment - // variables will be expanded in it - // - // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd - bool Normalize(int flags = wxPATH_NORM_ALL, - const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // get a path path relative to the given base directory, i.e. opposite - // of Normalize - // - // pass an empty string to get a path relative to the working directory - // - // returns true if the file name was modified, false if we failed to do - // anything with it (happens when the file is on a different volume, - // for example) - bool MakeRelativeTo(const wxString& pathBase = wxEmptyString, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // make the path absolute - // - // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd - bool MakeAbsolute(const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { return Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE | - wxPATH_NORM_TILDE, cwd, format); } - -#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_OLE - // if the path is a shortcut, return the target and optionally, - // the arguments - bool GetShortcutTarget(const wxString& shortcutPath, - wxString& targetFilename, - wxString* arguments = NULL); -#endif - - // Comparison - - // compares with the rules of the given platforms format - bool SameAs(const wxFileName& filepath, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; - - // compare with another filename object - bool operator==(const wxFileName& filename) const - { return SameAs(filename); } - bool operator!=(const wxFileName& filename) const - { return !SameAs(filename); } - - // compare with a filename string interpreted as a native file name - bool operator==(const wxString& filename) const - { return SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); } - bool operator!=(const wxString& filename) const - { return !SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); } - - // are the file names of this type cases sensitive? - static bool IsCaseSensitive( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); - - // is this filename absolute? - bool IsAbsolute(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; - - // is this filename relative? - bool IsRelative(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const - { return !IsAbsolute(format); } - - // Returns the characters that aren't allowed in filenames - // on the specified platform. - static wxString GetForbiddenChars(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // Information about path format - - // get the string separating the volume from the path for this format, - // return an empty string if this format doesn't support the notion of - // volumes at all - static wxString GetVolumeSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // get the string of path separators for this format - static wxString GetPathSeparators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // get the string of path terminators, i.e. characters which terminate the - // path - static wxString GetPathTerminators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // get the canonical path separator for this format - static wxChar GetPathSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) - { return GetPathSeparators(format)[0u]; } - - // is the char a path separator for this format? - static bool IsPathSeparator(wxChar ch, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // Dir accessors - size_t GetDirCount() const { return m_dirs.size(); } - void AppendDir(const wxString& dir); - void PrependDir(const wxString& dir); - void InsertDir(size_t before, const wxString& dir); - void RemoveDir(size_t pos); - void RemoveLastDir() { RemoveDir(GetDirCount() - 1); } - - // Other accessors - void SetExt( const wxString &ext ) { m_ext = ext; m_hasExt = !m_ext.empty(); } - void ClearExt() { m_ext = wxEmptyString; m_hasExt = false; } - void SetEmptyExt() { m_ext = wxT(""); m_hasExt = true; } - wxString GetExt() const { return m_ext; } - bool HasExt() const { return m_hasExt; } - - void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_name = name; } - wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } - bool HasName() const { return !m_name.empty(); } - - void SetVolume( const wxString &volume ) { m_volume = volume; } - wxString GetVolume() const { return m_volume; } - bool HasVolume() const { return !m_volume.empty(); } - - // full name is the file name + extension (but without the path) - void SetFullName(const wxString& fullname); - wxString GetFullName() const; - - const wxArrayString& GetDirs() const { return m_dirs; } - - // flags are combination of wxPATH_GET_XXX flags - wxString GetPath(int flags = wxPATH_GET_VOLUME, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; - - // Replace current path with this one - void SetPath( const wxString &path, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); - - // Construct full path with name and ext - wxString GetFullPath( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const; - - // Return the short form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) - wxString GetShortPath() const; - - // Return the long form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) - wxString GetLongPath() const; - - // Is this a file or directory (not necessarily an existing one) - bool IsDir() const { return m_name.empty() && m_ext.empty(); } - - // various helpers - - // get the canonical path format for this platform - static wxPathFormat GetFormat( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); - - // split a fullpath into the volume, path, (base) name and extension - // (all of the pointers can be NULL) - static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, - wxString *volume, - wxString *path, - wxString *name, - wxString *ext, - bool *hasExt = NULL, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, - wxString *volume, - wxString *path, - wxString *name, - wxString *ext, - wxPathFormat format) - { - SplitPath(fullpath, volume, path, name, ext, NULL, format); - } - - // compatibility version: volume is part of path - static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, - wxString *path, - wxString *name, - wxString *ext, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // split a path into volume and pure path part - static void SplitVolume(const wxString& fullpathWithVolume, - wxString *volume, - wxString *path, - wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); - - // Filesize - - // returns the size of the given filename - wxULongLong GetSize() const; - static wxULongLong GetSize(const wxString &file); - - // returns the size in a human readable form - wxString GetHumanReadableSize(const wxString &nullsize = wxGetTranslation(_T("Not available")), - int precision = 1) const; - static wxString GetHumanReadableSize(const wxULongLong &sz, - const wxString &nullsize = wxGetTranslation(_T("Not available")), - int precision = 1); - - - // deprecated methods, don't use any more - // -------------------------------------- - -#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__ - wxString GetPath( bool withSep, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const - { return GetPath(withSep ? wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR : 0, format); } -#endif - wxString GetPathWithSep(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const - { return GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME | wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR, format); } - -private: - // check whether this dir is valid for Append/Prepend/InsertDir() - static bool IsValidDirComponent(const wxString& dir); - - // the drive/volume/device specification (always empty for Unix) - wxString m_volume; - - // the path components of the file - wxArrayString m_dirs; - - // the file name and extension (empty for directories) - wxString m_name, - m_ext; - - // when m_dirs is empty it may mean either that we have no path at all or - // that our path is '/', i.e. the root directory - // - // we use m_relative to distinguish between these two cases, it will be - // true in the former and false in the latter - // - // NB: the path is not absolute just because m_relative is false, it still - // needs the drive (i.e. volume) in some formats (Windows) - bool m_relative; - - // when m_ext is empty, it may be because we don't have any extension or - // because we have an empty extension - // - // the difference is important as file with name "foo" and without - // extension has full name "foo" while with empty extension it is "foo." - bool m_hasExt; -}; - -#endif // _WX_FILENAME_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filepicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filepicker.h deleted file mode 100644 index aad2a4f65..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filepicker.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/filepicker.h -// Purpose: wxFilePickerCtrl, wxDirPickerCtrl base header -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: filepicker.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - -#include "wx/pickerbase.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFilePickerWidgetLabel[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[]; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirPickerWidgetLabel[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be -// implemented by controls used by wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { } - virtual ~wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { } - - wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } - virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str) { m_path=str; } - - // returns the picker widget cast to wxControl - virtual wxControl *AsControl() = 0; - -protected: - virtual void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *) = 0; - virtual void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *) = 0; - - wxString m_path; -}; - -// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase -// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to -// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles - -#define wxFLP_OPEN 0x0400 -#define wxFLP_SAVE 0x0800 -#define wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT 0x1000 -#define wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST 0x2000 -#define wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR 0x4000 - -// NOTE: wxMULTIPLE is not supported ! - - -#define wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0008 -#define wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR 0x0010 - - -// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase -// under the name "wxFilePickerWidget" and "wxDirPickerWidget". -// NOTE: wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase will allocate a wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget and this -// requires that all classes being mapped as wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget have the -// same prototype for the contructor... -// since GTK >= 2.6, there is GtkFileButton -#if defined(__WXGTK26__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/filepicker.h" - #define wxFilePickerWidget wxFileButton - #define wxDirPickerWidget wxDirButton -#else - #include "wx/generic/filepickerg.h" - #define wxFilePickerWidget wxGenericFileButton - #define wxDirPickerWidget wxGenericDirButton -#endif - - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase : public wxPickerBase -{ -public: - wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase() : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) {} - -protected: - // NB: no default values since this function will never be used - // directly by the user and derived classes wouldn't use them - bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& path, - const wxString &message, - const wxString &wildcard, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - long style, - const wxValidator& validator, - const wxString& name); - -public: // public API - - wxString GetPath() const; - void SetPath(const wxString &str); - -public: // internal functions - - void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); - void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); - - // event handler for our picker - void OnFileDirChange(wxFileDirPickerEvent &); - - // Returns TRUE if the current path is a valid one - // (i.e. a valid file for a wxFilePickerWidget or a valid - // folder for a wxDirPickerWidget). - virtual bool CheckPath(const wxString &str) const = 0; - - // TRUE if any textctrl change should update the current working directory - virtual bool IsCwdToUpdate() const = 0; - - // Returns the event type sent by this picker - virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0; - - // Returns the filtered value currently placed in the text control (if present). - virtual wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const = 0; - -protected: - // creates the picker control - virtual - wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& wildcard) = 0; - -protected: - - // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore - bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; - - // m_picker object as wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase interface - wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *m_pickerIface; -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - - -#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFilePickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the -// platform-dependent wxFilePickerWidget and, if wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is -// used, a textctrl next to it. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) - -#ifdef __WXGTK__ - // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker - #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST) -#else - #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST) -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFilePickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase -{ -public: - wxFilePickerCtrl() {} - - wxFilePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, path, message, wildcard, pos, size, style, - validator, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr) - { - return wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::CreateBase(parent, id, path, - message, wildcard, - pos, size, style, - validator, name); - } - - -public: // overrides - - // return true if the given path is valid for this control - bool CheckPath(const wxString& path) const; - - // return the text control value in canonical form - wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const; - - bool IsCwdToUpdate() const - { return HasFlag(wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR); } - - wxEventType GetEventType() const - { return wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; } - -protected: - wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& wildcard) - { - return new wxFilePickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY, - wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, - path, message, wildcard, - wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, - GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle())); - } - - // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style - long GetPickerStyle(long style) const - { - return (style & (wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_SAVE|wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT| - wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST|wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR)); - } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrl) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL - - -#if wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the -// platform-dependent wxDirPickerWidget and eventually a textctrl -// (see wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL) next to it. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) - -#ifdef __WXGTK__ - // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker - #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST) -#else - #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST) -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirPickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase -{ -public: - wxDirPickerCtrl() {} - - wxDirPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, path, message, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr) - { - return wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::CreateBase - ( - parent, id, path, message, wxEmptyString, - pos, size, style, validator, name - ); - } - - -public: // overrides - - bool CheckPath(const wxString &path) const; - - wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const; - - bool IsCwdToUpdate() const - { return HasFlag(wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR); } - - wxEventType GetEventType() const - { return wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; } - -protected: - wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& path, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& WXUNUSED(wildcard)) - { - return new wxDirPickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY, wxDirPickerWidgetLabel, - path, message, - wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, - GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle())); - } - - // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style - long GetPickerStyle(long style) const - { return (style & (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST|wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR)); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrl) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - - -#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileDirPickerEvent: used by wxFilePickerCtrl and wxDirPickerCtrl only -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, 1102) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, 1103) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxFileDirPickerEvent() {} - wxFileDirPickerEvent(wxEventType type, wxObject *generator, int id, const wxString &path) - : wxCommandEvent(type, id), - m_path(path) - { - SetEventObject(generator); - } - - wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } - void SetPath(const wxString &p) { m_path = p; } - - // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFileDirPickerEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxString m_path; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFileDirPickerEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFileDirPickerEventFunction)(wxFileDirPickerEvent&); - -#define wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxFileDirPickerEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn)) - - -#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL - -#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filesys.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filesys.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d1ad27e8..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/filesys.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/filesys.h -// Purpose: class for opening files - virtual file system -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: filesys.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __FILESYS_H__ -#define __FILESYS_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if !wxUSE_STREAMS -#error You cannot compile virtual file systems without wxUSE_STREAMS -#endif - -#if wxUSE_HTML && !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM -#error You cannot compile wxHTML without virtual file systems -#endif - -#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#include "wx/stream.h" -#include "wx/datetime.h" -#include "wx/filename.h" -#include "wx/hashmap.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFSFile; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystemHandler; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystem; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFSFile -// This class is a file opened using wxFileSystem. It consists of -// input stream, location, mime type & optional anchor -// (in 'index.htm#chapter2', 'chapter2' is anchor) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSFile : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFSFile(wxInputStream *stream, const wxString& loc, - const wxString& mimetype, const wxString& anchor -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - , wxDateTime modif -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - ) - { - m_Stream = stream; - m_Location = loc; - m_MimeType = mimetype; m_MimeType.MakeLower(); - m_Anchor = anchor; -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - m_Modif = modif; -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - } - - virtual ~wxFSFile() { delete m_Stream; } - - // returns stream. This doesn't give away ownership of the stream object. - wxInputStream *GetStream() const { return m_Stream; } - - // gives away the ownership of the current stream. - wxInputStream *DetachStream() - { - wxInputStream *stream = m_Stream; - m_Stream = NULL; - return stream; - } - - // deletes the current stream and takes ownership of another. - void SetStream(wxInputStream *stream) - { - delete m_Stream; - m_Stream = stream; - } - - // returns file's mime type - const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_MimeType; } - - // returns the original location (aka filename) of the file - const wxString& GetLocation() const { return m_Location; } - - const wxString& GetAnchor() const { return m_Anchor; } - -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const { return m_Modif; } -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - -private: - wxInputStream *m_Stream; - wxString m_Location; - wxString m_MimeType; - wxString m_Anchor; -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - wxDateTime m_Modif; -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFSFile) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSFile) -}; - - - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileSystemHandler -// This class is FS handler for wxFileSystem. It provides -// interface to access certain -// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemHandler : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFileSystemHandler() : wxObject() {} - - // returns true if this handler is able to open given location - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location) = 0; - - // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream. - // Returns NULL if opening failed. - // The location is always absolute path. - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location) = 0; - - // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting - // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either. - // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists - virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - virtual wxString FindNext(); - -protected: - // returns protocol ("file", "http", "tar" etc.) The last (most right) - // protocol is used: - // {it returns "tar" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} - wxString GetProtocol(const wxString& location) const; - - // returns left part of address: - // {it returns "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} - wxString GetLeftLocation(const wxString& location) const; - - // returns anchor part of address: - // {it returns "anchor" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt#anchor"} - // NOTE: anchor is NOT a part of GetLeftLocation()'s return value - wxString GetAnchor(const wxString& location) const; - - // returns right part of address: - // {it returns "/README.txt" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} - wxString GetRightLocation(const wxString& location) const; - - // Returns MIME type of the file - w/o need to open it - // (default behaviour is that it returns type based on extension) - wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location); - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileSystemHandler) -}; - - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileSystem -// This class provides simple interface for opening various -// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Open Bit Flags -enum { - wxFS_READ = 1, // Open for reading - wxFS_SEEKABLE = 4 // Returned stream will be seekable -}; - -WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFileSystemHandler*, wxFSHandlerHash, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystem : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxFileSystem() : wxObject() { m_FindFileHandler = NULL;} - virtual ~wxFileSystem(); - - // sets the current location. Every call to OpenFile is - // relative to this location. - // NOTE !! - // unless is_dir = true 'location' is *not* the directory but - // file contained in this directory - // (so ChangePathTo("dir/subdir/xh.htm") sets m_Path to "dir/subdir/") - void ChangePathTo(const wxString& location, bool is_dir = false); - - wxString GetPath() const {return m_Path;} - - // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream. - // Returns NULL if opening failed. - // It first tries to open the file in relative scope - // (based on ChangePathTo()'s value) and then as an absolute - // path. - wxFSFile* OpenFile(const wxString& location, int flags = wxFS_READ); - - // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting - // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either. - // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists - wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - wxString FindNext(); - - // find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found - bool FindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxChar *path, const wxChar *file); - - // Adds FS handler. - // In fact, this class is only front-end to the FS handlers :-) - static void AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler); - - // Removes FS handler - static wxFileSystemHandler* RemoveHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler); - - // Returns true if there is a handler which can open the given location. - static bool HasHandlerForPath(const wxString& location); - - // remove all items from the m_Handlers list - static void CleanUpHandlers(); - - // Returns the native path for a file URL - static wxFileName URLToFileName(const wxString& url); - - // Returns the file URL for a native path - static wxString FileNameToURL(const wxFileName& filename); - - -protected: - wxFileSystemHandler *MakeLocal(wxFileSystemHandler *h); - - wxString m_Path; - // the path (location) we are currently in - // this is path, not file! - // (so if you opened test/demo.htm, it is - // "test/", not "test/demo.htm") - wxString m_LastName; - // name of last opened file (full path) - static wxList m_Handlers; - // list of FS handlers - wxFileSystemHandler *m_FindFileHandler; - // handler that succeed in FindFirst query - wxFSHandlerHash m_LocalHandlers; - // Handlers local to this instance - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystem) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileSystem) -}; - - -/* - -'location' syntax: - -To determine FS type, we're using standard KDE notation: -file:/absolute/path/file.htm -file:relative_path/xxxxx.html -/some/path/x.file ('file:' is default) -http://www.gnome.org -file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt - -special characters : - ':' - FS identificator is before this char - '#' - separator. It can be either HTML anchor ("index.html#news") - (in case there is no ':' in the string to the right from it) - or FS separator - (example : http://www.wxhtml.org/wxhtml-0.1.tar.gz#tar:/include/wxhtml/filesys.h" - this would access tgz archive stored on web) - '/' - directory (path) separator. It is used to determine upper-level path. - HEY! Don't use \ even if you're on Windows! - -*/ - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocalFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler -{ -public: - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); - virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - virtual wxString FindNext(); - - // wxLocalFSHandler will prefix all filenames with 'root' before accessing - // files on disk. This effectively makes 'root' the top-level directory - // and prevents access to files outside this directory. - // (This is similar to Unix command 'chroot'.) - static void Chroot(const wxString& root) { ms_root = root; } - -protected: - static wxString ms_root; -}; - - - -#endif - // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#endif - // __FILESYS_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/flags.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/flags.h deleted file mode 100644 index a266e4dde..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/flags.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/flags.h -// Purpose: a bitset suited for replacing the current style flags -// Author: Stefan Csomor -// Modified by: -// Created: 27/07/03 -// RCS-ID: $Id: flags.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $ -// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_SETH__ -#define _WX_SETH__ - -// wxBitset should be applied to an enum, then this can be used like -// bitwise operators but keeps the type safety and information, the -// enums must be in a sequence , their value determines the bit position -// that they represent -// The api is made as close as possible to - -template class wxBitset -{ - friend class wxEnumData ; -public: - // creates a wxBitset<> object with all flags initialized to 0 - wxBitset() { m_data = 0; } - - // created a wxBitset<> object initialized according to the bits of the - // integral value val - wxBitset(unsigned long val) { m_data = val ; } - - // copies the content in the new wxBitset<> object from another one - wxBitset(const wxBitset &src) { m_data = src.m_data; } - - // creates a wxBitset<> object that has the specific flag set - wxBitset(const T el) { m_data |= 1 << el; } - - // returns the integral value that the bits of this object represent - unsigned long to_ulong() const { return m_data ; } - - // assignment - wxBitset &operator =(const wxBitset &rhs) - { - m_data = rhs.m_data; - return *this; - } - - // bitwise or operator, sets all bits that are in rhs and leaves - // the rest unchanged - wxBitset &operator |=(const wxBitset &rhs) - { - m_data |= rhs.m_data; - return *this; - } - - // bitwsie exclusive-or operator, toggles the value of all bits - // that are set in bits and leaves all others unchanged - wxBitset &operator ^=(const wxBitset &rhs) // difference - { - m_data ^= rhs.m_data; - return *this; - } - - // bitwise and operator, resets all bits that are not in rhs and leaves - // all others unchanged - wxBitset &operator &=(const wxBitset &rhs) // intersection - { - m_data &= rhs.m_data; - return *this; - } - - // bitwise or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that set are in - // bitset2 or in this bitset - wxBitset operator |(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // union - { - wxBitset s; - s.m_data = m_data | bitset2.m_data; - return s; - } - - // bitwise exclusive-or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set either in - // bitset2 or in this bitset but not in both - wxBitset operator ^(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // difference - { - wxBitset s; - s.m_data = m_data ^ bitset2.m_data; - return s; - } - - // bitwise and operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set both in - // bitset2 and in this bitset - wxBitset operator &(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // intersection - { - wxBitset s; - s.m_data = m_data & bitset2.m_data; - return s; - } - - // sets appropriate the bit to true - wxBitset& set(const T el) //Add element - { - m_data |= 1 << el; - return *this; - } - - // clears the appropriate flag to false - wxBitset& reset(const T el) //remove element - { - m_data &= ~(1 << el); - return *this; - } - - // clear all flags - wxBitset& reset() - { - m_data = 0; - return *this; - } - - // true if this flag is set - bool test(const T el) const - { - return (m_data & (1 << el)) ? true : false; - } - - // true if no flag is set - bool none() const - { - return m_data == 0; - } - - // true if any flag is set - bool any() const - { - return m_data != 0; - } - - // true if both have the same flags - bool operator ==(const wxBitset &rhs) const - { - return m_data == rhs.m_data; - } - - // true if both differ in their flags set - bool operator !=(const wxBitset &rhs) const - { - return !operator==(rhs); - } - - bool operator[] (const T el) const { return test(el) ; } - -private : - unsigned long m_data; -}; - -#define WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( flags ) \ - class WXDLLEXPORT flags \ - {\ - public : \ - flags(long data=0) :m_data(data) {} \ - long m_data ;\ - bool operator ==(const flags &rhs) const { return m_data == rhs.m_data; }\ - } ; - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fmappriv.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fmappriv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06cf2cdb2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fmappriv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fmappriv.h -// Purpose: private wxFontMapper stuff, not to be used by the library users -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 21.06.2003 (extracted from common/fontmap.cpp) -// RCS-ID: $Id: fmappriv.h 27454 2004-05-26 10:49:43Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ -#define _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// a special pseudo encoding which means "don't ask me about this charset -// any more" -- we need it to avoid driving the user crazy with asking him -// time after time about the same charset which he [presumably] doesn't -// have the fonts for -enum { wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN = -2 }; - -// the config paths we use -#if wxUSE_CONFIG - -#define FONTMAPPER_ROOT_PATH wxT("/wxWindows/FontMapper") -#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH wxT("Charsets") -#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_ALIAS_PATH wxT("Aliases") - -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontMapperPathChanger: change the config path during our lifetime -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG - -class wxFontMapperPathChanger -{ -public: - wxFontMapperPathChanger(wxFontMapperBase *fontMapper, const wxString& path) - { - m_fontMapper = fontMapper; - m_ok = m_fontMapper->ChangePath(path, &m_pathOld); - } - - bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } - - ~wxFontMapperPathChanger() - { - if ( IsOk() ) - m_fontMapper->RestorePath(m_pathOld); - } - -private: - // the fontmapper object we're working with - wxFontMapperBase *m_fontMapper; - - // the old path to be restored if m_ok - wxString m_pathOld; - - // have we changed the path successfully? - bool m_ok; - - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperPathChanger) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - -#endif // _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/font.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/font.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2fd044c99..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/font.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/font.h -// Purpose: wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 20.09.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: font.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxDEFAULT &c -#include "wx/fontenc.h" // the font encoding constants -#include "wx/gdiobj.h" // the base class - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontData; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontBase; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSize; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// font constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// standard font families: these may be used only for the font creation, it -// doesn't make sense to query an existing font for its font family as, -// especially if the font had been created from a native font description, it -// may be unknown -enum wxFontFamily -{ - wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT, - wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE, - wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN, - wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT, - wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS, - wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN, - wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE, - wxFONTFAMILY_MAX, - wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN = wxFONTFAMILY_MAX -}; - -// font styles -enum wxFontStyle -{ - wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL, - wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC, - wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT, - wxFONTSTYLE_MAX -}; - -// font weights -enum wxFontWeight -{ - wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL, - wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT, - wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD, - wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX -}; - -// the font flag bits for the new font ctor accepting one combined flags word -enum -{ - // no special flags: font with default weight/slant/anti-aliasing - wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT = 0, - - // slant flags (default: no slant) - wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC = 1 << 0, - wxFONTFLAG_SLANT = 1 << 1, - - // weight flags (default: medium) - wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT = 1 << 2, - wxFONTFLAG_BOLD = 1 << 3, - - // anti-aliasing flag: force on or off (default: the current system default) - wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 4, - wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 5, - - // underlined/strikethrough flags (default: no lines) - wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED = 1 << 6, - wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH = 1 << 7, - - // the mask of all currently used flags - wxFONTFLAG_MASK = wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC | - wxFONTFLAG_SLANT | - wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT | - wxFONTFLAG_BOLD | - wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED | - wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED | - wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED | - wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontBase represents a font object -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeFontInfo; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject -{ -public: - // creator function - virtual ~wxFontBase(); - - // from the font components - static wxFont *New( - int pointSize, // size of the font in points - int family, // see wxFontFamily enum - int style, // see wxFontStyle enum - int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum - bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default - const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ... - - // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate - // parameters for each flag - static wxFont *New(int pointSize, - wxFontFamily family, - int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT, - const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); - - // from the font components - static wxFont *New( - const wxSize& pixelSize, // size of the font in pixels - int family, // see wxFontFamily enum - int style, // see wxFontStyle enum - int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum - bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default - const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ... - - // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate - // parameters for each flag - static wxFont *New(const wxSize& pixelSize, - wxFontFamily family, - int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT, - const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); - - // from the (opaque) native font description object - static wxFont *New(const wxNativeFontInfo& nativeFontDesc); - - // from the string representation of wxNativeFontInfo - static wxFont *New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc); - - // was the font successfully created? - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; } - - // comparison - bool operator == (const wxFont& font) const; - bool operator != (const wxFont& font) const; - - // accessors: get the font characteristics - virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0; - virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const; - virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const; - virtual int GetFamily() const = 0; - virtual int GetStyle() const = 0; - virtual int GetWeight() const = 0; - virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0; - virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0; - virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0; - virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const = 0; - - virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const; - - wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const; - wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const; - - // change the font characteristics - virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0; - virtual void SetPixelSize( const wxSize& pixelSize ); - virtual void SetFamily( int family ) = 0; - virtual void SetStyle( int style ) = 0; - virtual void SetWeight( int weight ) = 0; - virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0; - virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0; - virtual bool SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ); - void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) - { DoSetNativeFontInfo(info); } - - bool SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info); - bool SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(const wxString& info); - - // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString() - // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...) - wxString GetFamilyString() const; - wxString GetStyleString() const; - wxString GetWeightString() const; - - // Unofficial API, don't use - virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool WXUNUSED(no) = true ) { } - virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const { return false; } - - // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default - // encoding parameter - static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding() { return ms_encodingDefault; } - static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); - -protected: - // the function called by both overloads of SetNativeFontInfo() - virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); - -private: - // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system - // encoding, but may be changed by the application using - // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without - // specifying encoding parameter using this encoding - static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault; -}; - -// include the real class declaration -#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - #include "wx/x11/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - #include "wx/mgl/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - #include "wx/dfb/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/font.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/font.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 280a567bb..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontdlg.h -// Purpose: common interface for different wxFontDialog classes -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 12.05.02 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlg.h 41846 2006-10-09 22:56:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1997-2002 wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FONTDLG - -#if wxUSE_FONTDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" // the base class -#include "wx/cmndata.h" // wxFontData - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontDialog interface -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialogBase : public wxDialog -{ -public: - // create the font dialog - wxFontDialogBase() { } - wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; } - wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) - { m_parent = parent; InitFontData(&data); } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent) - { return DoCreate(parent); } - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) - { InitFontData(&data); return Create(parent); } - - virtual ~wxFontDialogBase(); - - // retrieve the font data - const wxFontData& GetFontData() const { return m_fontData; } - wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use - wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); - - wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -protected: - virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; return true; } - - void InitFontData(const wxFontData *data = NULL) - { if ( data ) m_fontData = *data; } - - wxFontData m_fontData; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontDialogBase) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use -inline wxFontDialogBase::wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) -{ m_parent = parent; InitFontData(data); } - -inline bool wxFontDialogBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) -{ InitFontData(data); return Create(parent); } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// platform-specific wxFontDialog implementation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined( __WXMAC_OSX__ ) && ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2 ) -//set to 1 to use native mac font and color dialogs -#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 1 -#else -//not supported on these platforms, leave 0 -#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 0 -#endif - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || \ - defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ - defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ - defined(__WXWINCE__) || \ - defined(__WXGPE__) - - #include "wx/generic/fontdlgg.h" - #define wxFontDialog wxGenericFontDialog -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/fontdlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/fontdlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/fontdlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/fontdlg.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/fontdlg.h" -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global public functions -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// get the font from user and return it, returns wxNullFont if the dialog was -// cancelled -wxFont WXDLLEXPORT -wxGetFontFromUser(wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)NULL, - const wxFont& fontInit = wxNullFont, const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString); - -#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG - -#endif - // _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ac0d63a3..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontenc.h -// Purpose: wxFontEncoding constants -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29.03.00 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontenc.h 29139 2004-09-14 12:08:28Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTENC_H_ -#define _WX_FONTENC_H_ - -// font encodings -enum wxFontEncoding -{ - wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM = -1, // system default - wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, // current default encoding - - // ISO8859 standard defines a number of single-byte charsets - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, // West European (Latin1) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, // Central and East European (Latin2) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3, // Esperanto (Latin3) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, // Baltic (old) (Latin4) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, // Cyrillic - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, // Arabic - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, // Greek - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, // Hebrew - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, // Turkish (Latin5) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10, // Variation of Latin4 (Latin6) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11, // Thai - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12, // doesn't exist currently, but put it - // here anyhow to make all ISO8859 - // consecutive numbers - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, // Baltic (Latin7) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14, // Latin8 - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, // Latin9 (a.k.a. Latin0, includes euro) - wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX, - - // Cyrillic charset soup (see http://czyborra.com/charsets/cyrillic.html) - wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, // KOI8 Russian - wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, // KOI8 Ukrainian - wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE, // same as MS-DOS CP866 - wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN, // used under Linux in Bulgaria - - // what would we do without Microsoft? They have their own encodings - // for DOS - wxFONTENCODING_CP437, // original MS-DOS codepage - wxFONTENCODING_CP850, // CP437 merged with Latin1 - wxFONTENCODING_CP852, // CP437 merged with Latin2 - wxFONTENCODING_CP855, // another cyrillic encoding - wxFONTENCODING_CP866, // and another one - // and for Windows - wxFONTENCODING_CP874, // WinThai - wxFONTENCODING_CP932, // Japanese (shift-JIS) - wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Chinese simplified (GB) - wxFONTENCODING_CP949, // Korean (Hangul charset) - wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Chinese (traditional - Big5) - wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, // WinLatin2 - wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, // WinCyrillic - wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, // WinLatin1 - wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, // WinGreek (8859-7) - wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, // WinTurkish - wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, // WinHebrew - wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, // WinArabic - wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, // WinBaltic (same as Latin 7) - wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX, - - wxFONTENCODING_UTF7, // UTF-7 Unicode encoding - wxFONTENCODING_UTF8, // UTF-8 Unicode encoding - wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP, // Extended Unix Codepage for Japanese - wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // UTF-16 Big Endian Unicode encoding - wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // UTF-16 Little Endian Unicode encoding - wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // UTF-32 Big Endian Unicode encoding - wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // UTF-32 Little Endian Unicode encoding - - wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN, // the standard mac encodings - wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD, - wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW, - wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI, - wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI, - wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI, - wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA, - wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI, - wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL, - wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU, - wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA, - wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM, - wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE, - wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE, - wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER, - wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI, - wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP, - wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR, - wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE, - wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT, - wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL, - wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS, - wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN, - wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC, - wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD, - - wxFONTENCODING_MAX, // highest enumerated encoding value - - wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN = wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN , - wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX = wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD , - - // aliases for endian-dependent UTF encodings -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN - wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // native UTF-16 - wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // native UTF-32 -#else // WORDS_BIGENDIAN - wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // native UTF-16 - wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // native UTF-32 -#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN - - // alias for the native Unicode encoding on this platform - // (this is used by wxEncodingConverter and wxUTFFile only for now) -#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 - wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16, -#else // SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 - wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32, -#endif - - // alternative names for Far Eastern encodings - // Chinese - wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 = wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Simplified Chinese - wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 = wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Traditional Chinese - - // Japanese (see http://zsigri.tripod.com/fontboard/cjk/jis.html) - wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS = wxFONTENCODING_CP932 // Shift JIS -}; - -#endif // _WX_FONTENC_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenum.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenum.h deleted file mode 100644 index c4f8d9881..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontenum.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontenum.h -// Purpose: wxFontEnumerator class for getting available fonts -// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: extended to enumerate more than just font facenames and works -// not only on Windows now (VZ) -// Created: 04/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontenum.h 43727 2006-12-01 10:14:28Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_ -#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_ - -#include "wx/fontenc.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -#if wxUSE_PANGO || defined(__WXDFB__) - // defined if the port uses only UTF-8 font encodings internally - #define wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontEnumerator enumerates all available fonts on the system or only the -// fonts with given attributes -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontEnumerator -{ -public: - wxFontEnumerator() {} - - // virtual dtor for the base class - virtual ~wxFontEnumerator() {} - - // start enumerating font facenames (either all of them or those which - // support the given encoding) - will result in OnFacename() being - // called for each available facename (until they are exhausted or - // OnFacename returns false) - virtual bool EnumerateFacenames - ( - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all - bool fixedWidthOnly = false - ); - - // enumerate the different encodings either for given font facename or for - // all facenames - will result in OnFontEncoding() being called for each - // available (facename, encoding) couple - virtual bool EnumerateEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); - - // callbacks which are called after one of EnumerateXXX() functions from - // above is invoked - all of them may return false to stop enumeration or - // true to continue with it - - // called by EnumerateFacenames - virtual bool OnFacename(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename)) - { return true; } - - // called by EnumerateEncodings - virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename), - const wxString& WXUNUSED(encoding)) - { return true; } - - - - // convenience function that returns array of facenames. - static wxArrayString - GetFacenames(wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all - bool fixedWidthOnly = false); - - // convenience function that returns array of all available encodings. - static wxArrayString GetEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); - - // convenience function that returns true if the given face name exist - // in the user's system - static bool IsValidFacename(const wxString &str); - -private: -#ifdef wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS - // helper for ports that only use UTF-8 encoding natively - bool EnumerateEncodingsUTF8(const wxString& facename); -#endif - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator) -}; - -#endif // _WX_FONTENUM_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontmap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontmap.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff6684fa6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontmap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontmap.h -// Purpose: wxFontMapper class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 04.11.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontmap.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ -#define _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_FONTMAP - -#include "wx/fontenc.h" // for wxFontEncoding - -#if wxUSE_GUI - #include "wx/fontutil.h" // for wxNativeEncodingInfo -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper; - -#if wxUSE_GUI - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// ============================================================================ -// wxFontMapper manages user-definable correspondence between wxWidgets font -// encodings and the fonts present on the machine. -// -// This is a singleton class, font mapper objects can only be accessed using -// wxFontMapper::Get(). -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontMapperBase: this is a non-interactive class which just uses its built -// in knowledge of the encodings equivalence -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFontMapperBase -{ -public: - // constructtor and such - // --------------------- - - // default ctor - wxFontMapperBase(); - - // virtual dtor for any base class - virtual ~wxFontMapperBase(); - - // return instance of the wxFontMapper singleton - // wxBase code only cares that it's a wxFontMapperBase - // In wxBase, wxFontMapper is only forward declared - // so one cannot implicitly cast from it to wxFontMapperBase. - static wxFontMapperBase *Get(); - - // set the singleton to 'mapper' instance and return previous one - static wxFontMapper *Set(wxFontMapper *mapper); - - // delete the existing font mapper if any - static void Reset(); - - - // translates charset strings to encoding - // -------------------------------------- - - // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or - // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it - // - // interactive parameter is ignored in the base class, we behave as if it - // were always false - virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, - bool interactive = true); - - // information about supported encodings - // ------------------------------------- - - // get the number of font encodings we know about - static size_t GetSupportedEncodingsCount(); - - // get the n-th supported encoding - static wxFontEncoding GetEncoding(size_t n); - - // return canonical name of this encoding (this is a short string, - // GetEncodingDescription() returns a longer one) - static wxString GetEncodingName(wxFontEncoding encoding); - - // return a list of all names of this encoding (see GetEncodingName) - static const wxChar** GetAllEncodingNames(wxFontEncoding encoding); - - // return user-readable string describing the given encoding - // - // NB: hard-coded now, but might change later (read it from config?) - static wxString GetEncodingDescription(wxFontEncoding encoding); - - // find the encoding corresponding to the given name, inverse of - // GetEncodingName() and less general than CharsetToEncoding() - // - // returns wxFONTENCODING_MAX if the name is not a supported encoding - static wxFontEncoding GetEncodingFromName(const wxString& name); - - - // functions which allow to configure the config object used: by default, - // the global one (from wxConfigBase::Get() will be used) and the default - // root path for the config settings is the string returned by - // GetDefaultConfigPath() - // ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG - // set the root config path to use (should be an absolute path) - void SetConfigPath(const wxString& prefix); - - // return default config path - static const wxChar *GetDefaultConfigPath(); -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - - - // returns true for the base class and false for a "real" font mapper object - // (implementation-only) - virtual bool IsDummy() { return true; } - -protected: -#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG - // get the config object we're using -- either the global config object - // or a wxMemoryConfig object created by this class otherwise - wxConfigBase *GetConfig(); - - // gets the root path for our settings -- if it wasn't set explicitly, use - // GetDefaultConfigPath() - const wxString& GetConfigPath(); - - // change to the given (relative) path in the config, return true if ok - // (then GetConfig() will return something !NULL), false if no config - // object - // - // caller should provide a pointer to the string variable which should be - // later passed to RestorePath() - bool ChangePath(const wxString& pathNew, wxString *pathOld); - - // restore the config path after use - void RestorePath(const wxString& pathOld); - - // config object and path (in it) to use - wxConfigBase *m_configDummy; - - wxString m_configRootPath; -#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG - - // the real implementation of the base class version of CharsetToEncoding() - // - // returns wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN if encoding is unknown and we shouldn't - // ask the user about it, wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it is unknown but we - // should/could ask the user - int NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset); - -private: - // the global fontmapper object or NULL - static wxFontMapper *sm_instance; - - friend class wxFontMapperPathChanger; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperBase) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontMapper: interactive extension of wxFontMapperBase -// -// The default implementations of all functions will ask the user if they are -// not capable of finding the answer themselves and store the answer in a -// config file (configurable via SetConfigXXX functions). This behaviour may -// be disabled by giving the value of false to "interactive" parameter. -// However, the functions will always consult the config file to allow the -// user-defined values override the default logic and there is no way to -// disable this -- which shouldn't be ever needed because if "interactive" was -// never true, the config file is never created anyhow. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontMapper : public wxFontMapperBase -{ -public: - // default ctor - wxFontMapper(); - - // virtual dtor for a base class - virtual ~wxFontMapper(); - - // working with the encodings - // -------------------------- - - // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or - // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it - virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, - bool interactive = true); - - // find an alternative for the given encoding (which is supposed to not be - // available on this system). If successful, return true and fill info - // structure with the parameters required to create the font, otherwise - // return false - virtual bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, - wxNativeEncodingInfo *info, - const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString, - bool interactive = true); - - // version better suitable for 'public' use. Returns wxFontEcoding - // that can be used it wxFont ctor - bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, - wxFontEncoding *alt_encoding, - const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString, - bool interactive = true); - - // checks whether given encoding is available in given face or not. - // - // if no facename is given (default), return true if it's available in any - // facename at alll. - virtual bool IsEncodingAvailable(wxFontEncoding encoding, - const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); - - - // configure the appearance of the dialogs we may popup - // ---------------------------------------------------- - - // the parent window for modal dialogs - void SetDialogParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_windowParent = parent; } - - // the title for the dialogs (note that default is quite reasonable) - void SetDialogTitle(const wxString& title) { m_titleDialog = title; } - - // GUI code needs to know it's a wxFontMapper because there - // are additional methods in the subclass. - static wxFontMapper *Get(); - - // pseudo-RTTI since we aren't a wxObject. - virtual bool IsDummy() { return false; } - -protected: - // GetAltForEncoding() helper: tests for the existence of the given - // encoding and saves the result in config if ok - this results in the - // following (desired) behaviour: when an unknown/unavailable encoding is - // requested for the first time, the user is asked about a replacement, - // but if he doesn't choose any and the default logic finds one, it will - // be saved in the config so that the user won't be asked about it any - // more - bool TestAltEncoding(const wxString& configEntry, - wxFontEncoding encReplacement, - wxNativeEncodingInfo *info); - - // the title for our dialogs - wxString m_titleDialog; - - // the parent window for our dialogs - wxWindow *m_windowParent; - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapper) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global variables -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// the default font mapper for wxWidgets programs do NOT use! This is for -// backward compatibility, use wxFontMapper::Get() instead -#define wxTheFontMapper (wxFontMapper::Get()) - -#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP - -#if wxUSE_GUI - // wxEncodingToCodepage (utils.cpp) needs wxGetNativeFontEncoding - #include "wx/fontutil.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP - -#endif // _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontpicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontpicker.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff02eddd5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontpicker.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontpicker.h -// Purpose: wxFontPickerCtrl base header -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpicker.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - - -#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL - -#include "wx/pickerbase.h" - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontPickerEvent; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr[]; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be -// implemented by controls used by wxFontPickerCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxFontPickerWidgetBase() { m_selectedFont = *wxNORMAL_FONT; } - virtual ~wxFontPickerWidgetBase() {} - - wxFont GetSelectedFont() const - { return m_selectedFont; } - virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont &f) - { m_selectedFont = f; UpdateFont(); } - -protected: - - virtual void UpdateFont() = 0; - - // the current font (may be invalid if none) - // NOTE: don't call this m_font as wxWindow::m_font already exists - wxFont m_selectedFont; -}; - -// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFontPickerWidgetBase -// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to -// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles - - -// keeps the label of the button updated with the fontface name + font size -// E.g. choosing "Times New Roman bold, italic with size 10" from the fontdialog, -// updates the wxFontButtonGeneric's label (overwriting any previous label) -// with the "Times New Roman, 10" text (only fontface + fontsize is displayed -// to avoid extralong labels). -#define wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL 0x0008 - -// uses the currently selected font to draw the label of the button -#define wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL 0x0010 - -// since GTK > 2.4, there is GtkFontButton -#if defined(__WXGTK24__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/gtk/fontpicker.h" - #define wxFontPickerWidget wxFontButton -#else - #include "wx/generic/fontpickerg.h" - #define wxFontPickerWidget wxGenericFontButton -#endif - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontPickerCtrl specific flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) -#define wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL) - -// not a style but rather the default value of the maximum pointsize allowed -#define wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE 100 - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the -// platform-dependent wxFontPickerWidget andm if wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is -// used, a textctrl next to it. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase -{ -public: - wxFontPickerCtrl() - : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false), - m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE) - { - } - - virtual ~wxFontPickerCtrl() {} - - - wxFontPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr) - : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false), - m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE) - { - Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr); - - -public: // public API - - // get the font chosen - wxFont GetSelectedFont() const - { return ((wxFontPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetSelectedFont(); } - - // sets currently displayed font - void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& f); - - // set/get the max pointsize - void SetMaxPointSize(unsigned int max) - { m_nMaxPointSize=max; } - unsigned int GetMaxPointSize() const - { return m_nMaxPointSize; } - -public: // internal functions - - void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); - void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); - - // event handler for our picker - void OnFontChange(wxFontPickerEvent &); - - // used to convert wxString <-> wxFont - virtual wxString Font2String(const wxFont &font); - virtual wxFont String2Font(const wxString &font); - -protected: - - // extracts the style for our picker from wxFontPickerCtrl's style - long GetPickerStyle(long style) const - { return (style & (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)); } - - // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore - bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; - - // the maximum pointsize allowed to the user - unsigned int m_nMaxPointSize; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrl) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFontPickerEvent: used by wxFontPickerCtrl only -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, 1102) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxFontPickerEvent() {} - wxFontPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxFont &f) - : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id), - m_font(f) - { - SetEventObject(generator); - } - - wxFont GetFont() const { return m_font; } - void SetFont(const wxFont &c) { m_font = c; } - - // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFontPickerEvent(*this); } - -private: - wxFont m_font; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFontPickerEvent) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event types and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFontPickerEventFunction)(wxFontPickerEvent&); - -#define wxFontPickerEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxFontPickerEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFontPickerEventHandler(fn)) - - -#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL - -#endif - // _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontutil.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontutil.h deleted file mode 100644 index a2a112409..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fontutil.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fontutil.h -// Purpose: font-related helper functions -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 05.11.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontutil.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -// General note: this header is private to wxWidgets and is not supposed to be -// included by user code. The functions declared here are implemented in -// msw/fontutil.cpp for Windows, unix/fontutil.cpp for GTK/Motif &c. - -#ifndef _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ -#define _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/font.h" // for wxFont and wxFontEncoding - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeEncodingInfo; - -#if defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) - -// the symbolic names for the XLFD fields (with examples for their value) -// -// NB: we suppose that the font always starts with the empty token (font name -// registry field) as we never use nor generate it anyhow -enum wxXLFDField -{ - wxXLFD_FOUNDRY, // adobe - wxXLFD_FAMILY, // courier, times, ... - wxXLFD_WEIGHT, // black, bold, demibold, medium, regular, light - wxXLFD_SLANT, // r/i/o (roman/italique/oblique) - wxXLFD_SETWIDTH, // condensed, expanded, ... - wxXLFD_ADDSTYLE, // whatever - usually nothing - wxXLFD_PIXELSIZE, // size in pixels - wxXLFD_POINTSIZE, // size in points - wxXLFD_RESX, // 72, 75, 100, ... - wxXLFD_RESY, - wxXLFD_SPACING, // m/p/c (monospaced/proportional/character cell) - wxXLFD_AVGWIDTH, // average width in 1/10 pixels - wxXLFD_REGISTRY, // iso8859, rawin, koi8, ... - wxXLFD_ENCODING, // 1, r, r, ... - wxXLFD_MAX -}; - -#endif // _WX_X_FONTLIKE - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// wxNativeFontInfo is platform-specific font representation: this struct -// should be considered as opaque font description only used by the native -// functions, the user code can only get the objects of this type from -// somewhere and pass it somewhere else (possibly save them somewhere using -// ToString() and restore them using FromString()) -class WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeFontInfo -{ -public: -#if wxUSE_PANGO - PangoFontDescription *description; -#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) - // the members can't be accessed directly as we only parse the - // xFontName on demand -private: - // the components of the XLFD - wxString fontElements[wxXLFD_MAX]; - - // the full XLFD - wxString xFontName; - - // true until SetXFontName() is called - bool m_isDefault; - - // return true if we have already initialized fontElements - inline bool HasElements() const; - -public: - // init the elements from an XLFD, return true if ok - bool FromXFontName(const wxString& xFontName); - - // return false if we were never initialized with a valid XLFD - bool IsDefault() const { return m_isDefault; } - - // return the XLFD (using the fontElements if necessary) - wxString GetXFontName() const; - - // get the given XFLD component - wxString GetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field) const; - - // change the font component - void SetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field, const wxString& value); - - // set the XFLD - void SetXFontName(const wxString& xFontName); -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - LOGFONT lf; -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - // OS/2 native structures that define a font - FATTRS fa; - FONTMETRICS fm; - FACENAMEDESC fn; -#else // other platforms - // - // This is a generic implementation that should work on all ports - // without specific support by the port. - // - #define wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO - - int pointSize; - wxFontFamily family; - wxFontStyle style; - wxFontWeight weight; - bool underlined; - wxString faceName; - wxFontEncoding encoding; -#endif // platforms - - // default ctor (default copy ctor is ok) - wxNativeFontInfo() { Init(); } - -#if wxUSE_PANGO -private: - void Init(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); - void Free(); - -public: - wxNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) { Init(info); } - ~wxNativeFontInfo() { Free(); } - - wxNativeFontInfo& operator=(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) - { - Free(); - Init(info); - return *this; - } -#endif // wxUSE_PANGO - - // reset to the default state - void Init(); - - // init with the parameters of the given font - void InitFromFont(const wxFont& font) - { - // translate all font parameters - SetStyle((wxFontStyle)font.GetStyle()); - SetWeight((wxFontWeight)font.GetWeight()); - SetUnderlined(font.GetUnderlined()); -#if defined(__WXMSW__) - if ( font.IsUsingSizeInPixels() ) - SetPixelSize(font.GetPixelSize()); - else - SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize()); -#else - SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize()); -#endif - - // set the family/facename - SetFamily((wxFontFamily)font.GetFamily()); - const wxString& facename = font.GetFaceName(); - if ( !facename.empty() ) - { - SetFaceName(facename); - } - - // deal with encoding now (it may override the font family and facename - // so do it after setting them) - SetEncoding(font.GetEncoding()); - } - - // accessors and modifiers for the font elements - int GetPointSize() const; - wxSize GetPixelSize() const; - wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; - wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; - bool GetUnderlined() const; - wxString GetFaceName() const; - wxFontFamily GetFamily() const; - wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; - - void SetPointSize(int pointsize); - void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize); - void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); - void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); - void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); - bool SetFaceName(const wxString& facename); - void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); - void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); - - // sets the first facename in the given array which is found - // to be valid. If no valid facename is given, sets the - // first valid facename returned by wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames(). - // Does not return a bool since it cannot fail. - void SetFaceName(const wxArrayString &facenames); - - - // it is important to be able to serialize wxNativeFontInfo objects to be - // able to store them (in config file, for example) - bool FromString(const wxString& s); - wxString ToString() const; - - // we also want to present the native font descriptions to the user in some - // human-readable form (it is not platform independent neither, but can - // hopefully be understood by the user) - bool FromUserString(const wxString& s); - wxString ToUserString() const; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// font-related functions (common) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// translate a wxFontEncoding into native encoding parameter (defined above), -// returning true if an (exact) macth could be found, false otherwise (without -// attempting any substitutions) -extern bool wxGetNativeFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, - wxNativeEncodingInfo *info); - -// test for the existence of the font described by this facename/encoding, -// return true if such font(s) exist, false otherwise -extern bool wxTestFontEncoding(const wxNativeEncodingInfo& info); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// font-related functions (X and GTK) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifdef _WX_X_FONTLIKE - #include "wx/unix/fontutil.h" -#endif // X || GDK - -#endif // _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/frame.h deleted file mode 100644 index cecbf1b5d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/frame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/frame.h -// Purpose: wxFrame class interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 15.11.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: frame.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/toplevel.h" // the base class - -// the default names for various classs -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStatusLineNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxToolBarNameStr[]; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// wxFrame-specific (i.e. not for wxDialog) styles -#define wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR 0x0002 // No taskbar button (MSW only) -#define wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW 0x0004 // No taskbar button, no system menu -#define wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT 0x0008 // Always above its parent -#define wxFRAME_SHAPED 0x0010 // Create a window that is able to be shaped - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFrame is a top-level window with optional menubar, statusbar and toolbar -// -// For each of *bars, a frame may have several of them, but only one is -// managed by the frame, i.e. resized/moved when the frame is and whose size -// is accounted for in client size calculations - all others should be taken -// care of manually. The CreateXXXBar() functions create this, main, XXXBar, -// but the actual creation is done in OnCreateXXXBar() functions which may be -// overridden to create custom objects instead of standard ones when -// CreateXXXBar() is called. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrameBase : public wxTopLevelWindow -{ -public: - // construction - wxFrameBase(); - virtual ~wxFrameBase(); - - wxFrame *New(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - // frame state - // ----------- - - // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0) - // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates - virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; - - // sends a size event to the window using its current size -- this has an - // effect of refreshing the window layout - virtual void SendSizeEvent(); - - // menu bar functions - // ------------------ - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); - virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const { return m_frameMenuBar; } -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - // process menu command: returns true if processed - bool ProcessCommand(int winid); - - // status bar functions - // -------------------- -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - // create the main status bar by calling OnCreateStatusBar() - virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1, - long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, - wxWindowID winid = 0, - const wxString& name = - wxStatusLineNameStr); - // return a new status bar - virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar(int number, - long style, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& name); - // get the main status bar - virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return m_frameStatusBar; } - - // sets the main status bar - virtual void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar); - - // forward these to status bar - virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0); - virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]); - void PushStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0); - void PopStatusText(int number = 0); - - // set the status bar pane the help will be shown in - void SetStatusBarPane(int n) { m_statusBarPane = n; } - int GetStatusBarPane() const { return m_statusBarPane; } -#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR - - // toolbar functions - // ----------------- - -#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR - // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar() - virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); - // return a new toolbar - virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& name ); - - // get/set the main toolbar - virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_frameToolBar; } - virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar); -#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - // event handlers -#if wxUSE_MENUS -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - void OnMenuOpen(wxMenuEvent& event); - void OnMenuClose(wxMenuEvent& event); - void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event); -#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR - - // send wxUpdateUIEvents for all menu items in the menubar, - // or just for menu if non-NULL - virtual void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu = NULL); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - // do the UI update processing for this window - virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE); - - // Implement internal behaviour (menu updating on some platforms) - virtual void OnInternalIdle(); - - // if there is no real wxTopLevelWindow on this platform we have to define - // some wxTopLevelWindowBase pure virtual functions here to avoid breaking - // old ports (wxMotif) which don't define them in wxFrame -#ifndef wxTopLevelWindowNative - virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), - long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) - { return false; } - virtual bool IsFullScreen() const - { return false; } -#endif // no wxTopLevelWindowNative - -#if wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR - // show help text (typically in the statusbar); show is false - // if you are hiding the help, true otherwise - virtual void DoGiveHelp(const wxString& text, bool show); -#endif - -protected: - // the frame main menu/status/tool bars - // ------------------------------------ - - // this (non virtual!) function should be called from dtor to delete the - // main menubar, statusbar and toolbar (if any) - void DeleteAllBars(); - - // test whether this window makes part of the frame - virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *win) const; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - // override to update menu bar position when the frame size changes - virtual void PositionMenuBar() { } - - // override to do something special when the menu bar is being removed - // from the frame - virtual void DetachMenuBar(); - - // override to do something special when the menu bar is attached to the - // frame - virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); - - wxMenuBar *m_frameMenuBar; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && (wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR) - // the saved status bar text overwritten by DoGiveHelp() - wxString m_oldStatusText; -#endif - -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when - // something changes - virtual void PositionStatusBar() { } - - // show the help string for this menu item in the given status bar: the - // status bar pointer can be NULL; return true if help was shown - bool ShowMenuHelp(wxStatusBar *statbar, int helpid); - - wxStatusBar *m_frameStatusBar; -#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR - - - int m_statusBarPane; - -#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR - // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when - // something changes - virtual void PositionToolBar() { } - - wxToolBar *m_frameToolBar; -#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR - -#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFrameBase) -}; - -// include the real class declaration -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) // && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) - #include "wx/univ/frame.h" -#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ - #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/frame.h" - #elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/frame.h" - #endif -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_arc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_arc.h deleted file mode 100644 index c66f14b20..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_arc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fs_arc.h -// Purpose: Archive file system -// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Mike Wetherell -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik, (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell -// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_arc.h 42713 2006-10-30 11:56:12Z ABX $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FS_ARC_H_ -#define _WX_FS_ARC_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE - -#include "wx/filesys.h" -#include "wx/hashmap.h" - -WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(int, wxArchiveFilenameHashMap); - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxArchiveFSHandler -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler -{ -public: - wxArchiveFSHandler(); - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); - virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - virtual wxString FindNext(); - void Cleanup(); - virtual ~wxArchiveFSHandler(); - -private: - class wxArchiveFSCache *m_cache; - wxFileSystem m_fs; - - // these vars are used by FindFirst/Next: - class wxArchiveFSCacheData *m_Archive; - struct wxArchiveFSEntry *m_FindEntry; - wxString m_Pattern, m_BaseDir, m_ZipFile; - bool m_AllowDirs, m_AllowFiles; - wxArchiveFilenameHashMap *m_DirsFound; - - wxString DoFind(); - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler) - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE - -#endif // _WX_FS_ARC_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_filter.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_filter.h deleted file mode 100644 index f4e7e1387..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_filter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fs_filter.h -// Purpose: Filter file system handler -// Author: Mike Wetherell -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell -// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_filter.h 42713 2006-10-30 11:56:12Z ABX $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ -#define _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#include "wx/filesys.h" - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFilterFSHandler -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler -{ -public: - wxFilterFSHandler() : wxFileSystemHandler() { } - virtual ~wxFilterFSHandler() { } - - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); - - virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - virtual wxString FindNext(); - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterFSHandler) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#endif // _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_inet.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_inet.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e29572b0..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_inet.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: fs_inet.h -// Purpose: HTTP and FTP file system -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FS_INET_H_ -#define _WX_FS_INET_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS - -#include "wx/filesys.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxInternetFSHandler -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxInternetFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler -{ - public: - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS - -#endif // _WX_FS_INET_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_mem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_mem.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c9313485..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_mem.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: fs_mem.h -// Purpose: in-memory file system -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FS_MEM_H_ -#define _WX_FS_MEM_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#include "wx/filesys.h" - -#if wxUSE_GUI - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMemoryFSHandlerBase -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandlerBase : public wxFileSystemHandler -{ -public: - wxMemoryFSHandlerBase(); - virtual ~wxMemoryFSHandlerBase(); - - // Add file to list of files stored in memory. Stored data (bitmap, text or - // raw data) will be copied into private memory stream and available under - // name "memory:" + filename - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata); - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const void *binarydata, size_t size); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, - const wxString& textdata, - const wxString& mimetype); - static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, - const void *binarydata, size_t size, - const wxString& mimetype); -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - - // Remove file from memory FS and free occupied memory - static void RemoveFile(const wxString& filename); - - virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); - virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); - virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); - virtual wxString FindNext(); - -protected: - static bool CheckHash(const wxString& filename); - static wxHashTable *m_Hash; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMemoryFSHandler -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -// add GUI-only operations to the base class -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase -{ -public: - // bring the base class versions into the scope, otherwise they would be - // inaccessible in wxMemoryFSHandler - // (unfortunately "using" can't be used as gcc 2.95 doesn't have it...) - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata) - { - wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, textdata); - } - - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, - const void *binarydata, - size_t size) - { - wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, binarydata, size); - } -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, - const wxString& textdata, - const wxString& mimetype) - { - wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename, - textdata, - mimetype); - } - static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, - const void *binarydata, size_t size, - const wxString& mimetype) - { - wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename, - binarydata, size, - mimetype); - } -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - -#if wxUSE_IMAGE - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, - const wxImage& image, - long type); - - static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, - const wxBitmap& bitmap, - long type); -#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE - -}; - -#else // !wxUSE_GUI - -// just the same thing as the base class in wxBase -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase -{ -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI - -#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM - -#endif // _WX_FS_MEM_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_zip.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_zip.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d39e9fc4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/fs_zip.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/fs_zip.h -// Purpose: wxZipFSHandler typedef for compatibility -// Author: Mike Wetherell -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell -// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_zip.h 42713 2006-10-30 11:56:12Z ABX $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ -#define _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_FS_ZIP - -#include "wx/fs_arc.h" - -typedef wxArchiveFSHandler wxZipFSHandler; - -#endif // wxUSE_FS_ZIP - -#endif // _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gauge.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gauge.h deleted file mode 100644 index a8accc082..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gauge.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/gauge.h -// Purpose: wxGauge interface -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 20.02.01 -// RCS-ID: $Id: gauge.h 41089 2006-09-09 13:36:54Z RR $ -// Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GAUGE - -#include "wx/control.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGauge style flags -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxGA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL -#define wxGA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL - -// Win32 only, is default (and only) on some other platforms -#define wxGA_SMOOTH 0x0020 - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // obsolete style - #define wxGA_PROGRESSBAR 0 -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -// GTK and Mac always have native implementation of the indeterminate mode -// wxMSW has native implementation only if comctl32.dll >= 6.00 -#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 1 -#else - #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 0 -#endif - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxGaugeNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGauge: a progress bar -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGaugeBase : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxGaugeBase() { m_rangeMax = m_gaugePos = 0; } - virtual ~wxGaugeBase(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - int range, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr); - - // determinate mode API - - // set/get the control range - virtual void SetRange(int range); - virtual int GetRange() const; - - virtual void SetValue(int pos); - virtual int GetValue() const; - - // indeterminate mode API - virtual void Pulse(); - - // simple accessors - bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL); } - - // appearance params (not implemented for most ports) - virtual void SetShadowWidth(int w); - virtual int GetShadowWidth() const; - - virtual void SetBezelFace(int w); - virtual int GetBezelFace() const; - - // overriden base class virtuals - virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } - -protected: - // the max position - int m_rangeMax; - - // the current position - int m_gaugePos; - -#if wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE - int m_nDirection; // can be wxRIGHT or wxLEFT -#endif - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGaugeBase) -}; - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - #include "wx/univ/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/gauge95.h" - #define wxGauge wxGauge95 -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - #include "wx/motif/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) - #include "wx/gtk/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - #include "wx/gtk1/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - #include "wx/mac/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) - #include "wx/cocoa/gauge.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - #include "wx/os2/gauge.h" -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE - -#endif - // _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gbsizer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gbsizer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ea8b9e91..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gbsizer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: gbsizer.h -// Purpose: wxGridBagSizer: A sizer that can lay out items in a grid, -// with items at specified cells, and with the option of row -// and/or column spanning -// -// Author: Robin Dunn -// Created: 03-Nov-2003 -// RCS-ID: $Id: gbsizer.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __WXGBSIZER_H__ -#define __WXGBSIZER_H__ - -#include "wx/sizer.h" - - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Classes to represent a position in the grid and a size of an item in the -// grid, IOW, the number of rows and columns it occupies. I chose to use these -// instead of wxPoint and wxSize because they are (x,y) and usually pixel -// oriented while grids and tables are usually thought of as (row,col) so some -// confusion would definitely result in using wxPoint... -// -// NOTE: This should probably be refactored to a common RowCol data type which -// is used for this and also for wxGridCellCoords. -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGBPosition -{ -public: - wxGBPosition() : m_row(0), m_col(0) {} - wxGBPosition(int row, int col) : m_row(row), m_col(col) {} - - // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay. - - int GetRow() const { return m_row; } - int GetCol() const { return m_col; } - void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; } - void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; } - - bool operator==(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return m_row == p.m_row && m_col == p.m_col; } - bool operator!=(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return !(*this == p); } - -private: - int m_row; - int m_col; -}; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGBSpan -{ -public: - wxGBSpan() : m_rowspan(1), m_colspan(1) {} - wxGBSpan(int rowspan, int colspan) : m_rowspan(rowspan), m_colspan(colspan) {} - - // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay. - - int GetRowspan() const { return m_rowspan; } - int GetColspan() const { return m_colspan; } - void SetRowspan(int rowspan) { m_rowspan = rowspan; } - void SetColspan(int colspan) { m_colspan = colspan; } - - bool operator==(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return m_rowspan == o.m_rowspan && m_colspan == o.m_colspan; } - bool operator!=(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return !(*this == o); } - -private: - int m_rowspan; - int m_colspan; -}; - - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxGBSpan) wxDefaultSpan; - - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGBSizerItem -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGridBagSizer; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGBSizerItem : public wxSizerItem -{ -public: - // spacer - wxGBSizerItem( int width, - int height, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span, - int flag, - int border, - wxObject* userData); - - // window - wxGBSizerItem( wxWindow *window, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span, - int flag, - int border, - wxObject* userData ); - - // subsizer - wxGBSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span, - int flag, - int border, - wxObject* userData ); - - // default ctor - wxGBSizerItem(); - - - // Get the grid position of the item - wxGBPosition GetPos() const { return m_pos; } - void GetPos(int& row, int& col) const; - - // Get the row and column spanning of the item - wxGBSpan GetSpan() const { return m_span; } - void GetSpan(int& rowspan, int& colspan) const; - - // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there - // is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new - // position, then set the new position. Returns true if the change is - // successful and after the next Layout the item will be moved. - bool SetPos( const wxGBPosition& pos ); - - // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there - // is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new - // spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns true if the change - // is successful and after the next Layout the item will be resized. - bool SetSpan( const wxGBSpan& span ); - - // Returns true if this item and the other item instersect - bool Intersects(const wxGBSizerItem& other); - - // Returns true if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. - bool Intersects(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span); - - // Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item - void GetEndPos(int& row, int& col); - - - wxGridBagSizer* GetGBSizer() const { return m_gbsizer; } - void SetGBSizer(wxGridBagSizer* sizer) { m_gbsizer = sizer; } - - -protected: - wxGBPosition m_pos; - wxGBSpan m_span; - wxGridBagSizer* m_gbsizer; // so SetPos/SetSpan can check for intersects - - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem) -}; - - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridBagSizer -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridBagSizer : public wxFlexGridSizer -{ -public: - wxGridBagSizer(int vgap = 0, int hgap = 0 ); - - // The Add methods return true if the item was successfully placed at the - // given position, false if something was already there. - wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, - int flag = 0, - int border = 0, - wxObject* userData = NULL ); - wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, - int flag = 0, - int border = 0, - wxObject* userData = NULL ); - wxSizerItem* Add( int width, - int height, - const wxGBPosition& pos, - const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, - int flag = 0, - int border = 0, - wxObject* userData = NULL ); - wxSizerItem* Add( wxGBSizerItem *item ); - - - // Get/Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. - wxSize GetEmptyCellSize() const { return m_emptyCellSize; } - void SetEmptyCellSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_emptyCellSize = sz; } - - // Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and vgap. Only - // valid after a Layout. - wxSize GetCellSize(int row, int col) const; - - // Get the grid position of the specified item (non-recursive) - wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxWindow *window); - wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer); - wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(size_t index); - - // Set the grid position of the specified item. Returns true on success. - // If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there) then - // false is returned. (non-recursive) - bool SetItemPosition(wxWindow *window, const wxGBPosition& pos); - bool SetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBPosition& pos); - bool SetItemPosition(size_t index, const wxGBPosition& pos); - - // Get the row/col spanning of the specified item (non-recursive) - wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxWindow *window); - wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer); - wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(size_t index); - - // Set the row/col spanning of the specified item. Returns true on - // success. If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there) - // then false is returned. (non-recursive) - bool SetItemSpan(wxWindow *window, const wxGBSpan& span); - bool SetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBSpan& span); - bool SetItemSpan(size_t index, const wxGBSpan& span); - - - // Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns NULL if - // not found. (non-recursive) - wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxWindow* window); - wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxSizer* sizer); - - - // Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or NULL if there is no - // item at that position. (non-recursive) - wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPosition(const wxGBPosition& pos); - - - // Return the sizer item located at the point given in pt, or NULL if - // there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond - // to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for - // layout. (non-recursive) - wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt); - - - // Return the sizer item that has a matching user data (it only compares - // pointer values) or NULL if not found. (non-recursive) - wxGBSizerItem* FindItemWithData(const wxObject* userData); - - - // These are what make the sizer do size calculations and layout - virtual void RecalcSizes(); - virtual wxSize CalcMin(); - - - // Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the given - // item. Returns true if so, false if there would be no overlap. If an - // excludeItem is given then it will not be checked for intersection, for - // example it may be the item we are checking the position of. - bool CheckForIntersection(wxGBSizerItem* item, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL); - bool CheckForIntersection(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL); - - - // The Add base class virtuals should not be used with this class, but - // we'll try to make them automatically select a location for the item - // anyway. - virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Add( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - - // The Insert and Prepend base class virtuals that are not appropriate for - // this class and should not be used. Their implementation in this class - // simply fails. - virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizerItem *item ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); - virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizerItem *item ); - - -protected: - wxGBPosition FindEmptyCell(); -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - void AdjustForOverflow(); -#endif - - wxSize m_emptyCellSize; - - -private: - - DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer) -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdicmn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdicmn.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ec1f6ac6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdicmn.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,755 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/gdicmn.h -// Purpose: Common GDI classes, types and declarations -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: gdicmn.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GDICMNH__ -#define _WX_GDICMNH__ - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/fontenc.h" -#include "wx/hashmap.h" -#include "wx/math.h" - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declarations -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPen; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Bitmap flags -enum wxBitmapType -{ - wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID, // should be == 0 for compatibility! - wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE, - wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY = 50 -}; - -// Standard cursors -enum wxStockCursor -{ - wxCURSOR_NONE, // should be 0 - wxCURSOR_ARROW, - wxCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW, - wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE, - wxCURSOR_CHAR, - wxCURSOR_CROSS, - wxCURSOR_HAND, - wxCURSOR_IBEAM, - wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON, - wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER, - wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON, - wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY, - wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH, - wxCURSOR_PENCIL, - wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT, - wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT, - wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW, - wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON, - wxCURSOR_SIZENESW, - wxCURSOR_SIZENS, - wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE, - wxCURSOR_SIZEWE, - wxCURSOR_SIZING, - wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN, - wxCURSOR_WAIT, - wxCURSOR_WATCH, - wxCURSOR_BLANK, -#ifdef __WXGTK__ - wxCURSOR_DEFAULT, // standard X11 cursor -#endif -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - wxCURSOR_COPY_ARROW , // MacOS Theme Plus arrow -#endif -#ifdef __X__ - // Not yet implemented for Windows - wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE, - wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW, - wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP, - wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN, -#endif // X11 - - wxCURSOR_ARROWWAIT, - - wxCURSOR_MAX -}; - -#ifndef __WXGTK__ - #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT wxCURSOR_ARROW -#endif - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/* Useful macro for creating icons portably, for example: - - wxIcon *icon = new wxICON(mondrian); - - expands into: - - wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon("mondrian"); // On wxMSW - wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon(mondrian_xpm); // On wxGTK - */ - -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - // Load from a resource - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) -#elif defined(__WXPM__) - // Load from a resource - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) -#elif defined(__WXMGL__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm ) -#elif defined(__WXDFB__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm ) -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm ) -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm ) -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) -#elif defined(__WXX11__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) -#else - // This will usually mean something on any platform - #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) -#endif // platform - -/* Another macro: this one is for portable creation of bitmaps. We assume that - under Unix bitmaps live in XPMs and under Windows they're in ressources. - */ - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) - #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(wxT(#name), wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE) -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || \ - defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ - defined(__WXX11__) || \ - defined(__WXMAC__) || \ - defined(__WXMGL__) || \ - defined(__WXDFB__) || \ - defined(__WXCOCOA__) - // Initialize from an included XPM - #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap( (const char**) name##_xpm ) -#else // other platforms - #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM) -#endif // platform - -// =========================================================================== -// classes -// =========================================================================== - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSize -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSize -{ -public: - // members are public for compatibility, don't use them directly. - int x, y; - - // constructors - wxSize() : x(0), y(0) { } - wxSize(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } - - // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok - - bool operator==(const wxSize& sz) const { return x == sz.x && y == sz.y; } - bool operator!=(const wxSize& sz) const { return x != sz.x || y != sz.y; } - - wxSize operator+(const wxSize& sz) const { return wxSize(x + sz.x, y + sz.y); } - wxSize operator-(const wxSize& sz) const { return wxSize(x - sz.x, y - sz.y); } - wxSize operator/(int i) const { return wxSize(x / i, y / i); } - wxSize operator*(int i) const { return wxSize(x * i, y * i); } - - wxSize& operator+=(const wxSize& sz) { x += sz.x; y += sz.y; return *this; } - wxSize& operator-=(const wxSize& sz) { x -= sz.x; y -= sz.y; return *this; } - wxSize& operator/=(const int i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; } - wxSize& operator*=(const int i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; } - - void IncTo(const wxSize& sz) - { if ( sz.x > x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y > y ) y = sz.y; } - void DecTo(const wxSize& sz) - { if ( sz.x < x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y < y ) y = sz.y; } - - void IncBy(int dx, int dy) { x += dx; y += dy; } - void IncBy(const wxSize& sz) { IncBy(sz.x, sz.y); } - void IncBy(int d) { IncBy(d, d); } - - void DecBy(int dx, int dy) { IncBy(-dx, -dy); } - void DecBy(const wxSize& sz) { DecBy(sz.x, sz.y); } - void DecBy(int d) { DecBy(d, d); } - - - wxSize& Scale(float xscale, float yscale) - { x = (int)(x*xscale); y = (int)(y*yscale); return *this; } - - // accessors - void Set(int xx, int yy) { x = xx; y = yy; } - void SetWidth(int w) { x = w; } - void SetHeight(int h) { y = h; } - - int GetWidth() const { return x; } - int GetHeight() const { return y; } - - bool IsFullySpecified() const { return x != wxDefaultCoord && y != wxDefaultCoord; } - - // combine this size with the other one replacing the default (i.e. equal - // to wxDefaultCoord) components of this object with those of the other - void SetDefaults(const wxSize& size) - { - if ( x == wxDefaultCoord ) - x = size.x; - if ( y == wxDefaultCoord ) - y = size.y; - } - - // compatibility - int GetX() const { return x; } - int GetY() const { return y; } -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Point classes: with real or integer coordinates -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRealPoint -{ -public: - double x; - double y; - - wxRealPoint() : x(0.0), y(0.0) { } - wxRealPoint(double xx, double yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } - - wxRealPoint operator+(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return wxRealPoint(x + pt.x, y + pt.y); } - wxRealPoint operator-(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return wxRealPoint(x - pt.x, y - pt.y); } - - bool operator==(const wxRealPoint& pt) const - { - return wxIsSameDouble(x, pt.x) && wxIsSameDouble(y, pt.y); - } - bool operator!=(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return !(*this == pt); } -}; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint -{ -public: - int x, y; - - wxPoint() : x(0), y(0) { } - wxPoint(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } - - // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok - - // comparison - bool operator==(const wxPoint& p) const { return x == p.x && y == p.y; } - bool operator!=(const wxPoint& p) const { return !(*this == p); } - - // arithmetic operations (component wise) - wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p) const { return wxPoint(x + p.x, y + p.y); } - wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p) const { return wxPoint(x - p.x, y - p.y); } - - wxPoint& operator+=(const wxPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; } - wxPoint& operator-=(const wxPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; } - - wxPoint& operator+=(const wxSize& s) { x += s.GetWidth(); y += s.GetHeight(); return *this; } - wxPoint& operator-=(const wxSize& s) { x -= s.GetWidth(); y -= s.GetHeight(); return *this; } - - wxPoint operator+(const wxSize& s) const { return wxPoint(x + s.GetWidth(), y + s.GetHeight()); } - wxPoint operator-(const wxSize& s) const { return wxPoint(x - s.GetWidth(), y - s.GetHeight()); } - - wxPoint operator-() const { return wxPoint(-x, -y); } -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxRect -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect -{ -public: - wxRect() - : x(0), y(0), width(0), height(0) - { } - wxRect(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh) - : x(xx), y(yy), width(ww), height(hh) - { } - wxRect(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); - wxRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& size) - : x(pt.x), y(pt.y), width(size.x), height(size.y) - { } - wxRect(const wxSize& size) - : x(0), y(0), width(size.x), height(size.y) - { } - - // default copy ctor and assignment operators ok - - int GetX() const { return x; } - void SetX(int xx) { x = xx; } - - int GetY() const { return y; } - void SetY(int yy) { y = yy; } - - int GetWidth() const { return width; } - void SetWidth(int w) { width = w; } - - int GetHeight() const { return height; } - void SetHeight(int h) { height = h; } - - wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(x, y); } - void SetPosition( const wxPoint &p ) { x = p.x; y = p.y; } - - wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(width, height); } - void SetSize( const wxSize &s ) { width = s.GetWidth(); height = s.GetHeight(); } - - bool IsEmpty() const { return (width <= 0) || (height <= 0); } - - int GetLeft() const { return x; } - int GetTop() const { return y; } - int GetBottom() const { return y + height - 1; } - int GetRight() const { return x + width - 1; } - - void SetLeft(int left) { x = left; } - void SetRight(int right) { width = right - x + 1; } - void SetTop(int top) { y = top; } - void SetBottom(int bottom) { height = bottom - y + 1; } - - wxPoint GetTopLeft() const { return GetPosition(); } - wxPoint GetLeftTop() const { return GetTopLeft(); } - void SetTopLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetPosition(p); } - void SetLeftTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopLeft(p); } - - wxPoint GetBottomRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetBottom()); } - wxPoint GetRightBottom() const { return GetBottomRight(); } - void SetBottomRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); } - void SetRightBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomRight(p); } - - wxPoint GetTopRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetTop()); } - wxPoint GetRightTop() const { return GetTopRight(); } - void SetTopRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetTop(p.y); } - void SetRightTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopLeft(p); } - - wxPoint GetBottomLeft() const { return wxPoint(GetLeft(), GetBottom()); } - wxPoint GetLeftBottom() const { return GetBottomLeft(); } - void SetBottomLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetLeft(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); } - void SetLeftBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomLeft(p); } - - // operations with rect - wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy); - wxRect& Inflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(d.x, d.y); } - wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(d, d); } - wxRect Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const - { - wxRect r = *this; - r.Inflate(dx, dy); - return r; - } - - wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { return Inflate(-dx, -dy); } - wxRect& Deflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(-d.x, -d.y); } - wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(-d); } - wxRect Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const - { - wxRect r = *this; - r.Deflate(dx, dy); - return r; - } - - void Offset(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { x += dx; y += dy; } - void Offset(const wxPoint& pt) { Offset(pt.x, pt.y); } - - wxRect& Intersect(const wxRect& rect); - wxRect Intersect(const wxRect& rect) const - { - wxRect r = *this; - r.Intersect(rect); - return r; - } - - wxRect& Union(const wxRect& rect); - wxRect Union(const wxRect& rect) const - { - wxRect r = *this; - r.Union(rect); - return r; - } - - // compare rectangles - bool operator==(const wxRect& rect) const; - bool operator!=(const wxRect& rect) const { return !(*this == rect); } - - // return true if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect - bool Contains(int x, int y) const; - bool Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt.x, pt.y); } - // return true if the rectangle is (not strcitly) inside the rect - bool Contains(const wxRect& rect) const; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // use Contains() instead - wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(int x, int y) const ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxRect& rect) const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - // return true if the rectangles have a non empty intersection - bool Intersects(const wxRect& rect) const; - - - // these are like Union() but don't ignore empty rectangles - wxRect operator+(const wxRect& rect) const; - wxRect& operator+=(const wxRect& rect) - { - *this = *this + rect; - return *this; - } - - - // centre this rectangle in the given (usually, but not necessarily, - // larger) one - wxRect CentreIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const - { - return wxRect(dir & wxHORIZONTAL ? r.x + (r.width - width)/2 : x, - dir & wxVERTICAL ? r.y + (r.height - height)/2 : y, - width, height); - } - - wxRect CenterIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const - { - return CentreIn(r, dir); - } - -public: - int x, y, width, height; -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 -inline bool wxRect::Inside(int cx, int cy) const { return Contains(cx, cy); } -inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt); } -inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxRect& rect) const { return Contains(rect); } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Management of pens, brushes and fonts -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -typedef wxInt8 wxDash; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObjListBase { -public: - wxGDIObjListBase(); - ~wxGDIObjListBase(); - -protected: - wxList list; -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPenList: public wxGDIObjListBase -{ -public: - wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour, int width, int style); -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( void AddPen(wxPen*) ); - wxDEPRECATED( void RemovePen(wxPen*) ); -#endif -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushList: public wxGDIObjListBase -{ -public: - wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, int style = wxSOLID); -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( void AddBrush(wxBrush*) ); - wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveBrush(wxBrush*) ); -#endif -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontList: public wxGDIObjListBase -{ -public: - wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, - bool underline = false, - const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, - wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - wxDEPRECATED( void AddFont(wxFont*) ); - wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveFont(wxFont*) ); -#endif -}; - -WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxColour*, wxStringToColourHashMap); - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDatabase -{ -public: - wxColourDatabase(); - ~wxColourDatabase(); - - // find colour by name or name for the given colour - wxColour Find(const wxString& name) const; - wxString FindName(const wxColour& colour) const; - - // add a new colour to the database - void AddColour(const wxString& name, const wxColour& colour); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, use Find() instead - wxDEPRECATED( wxColour *FindColour(const wxString& name) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - -#ifdef __WXPM__ - // PM keeps its own type of colour table - long* m_palTable; - size_t m_nSize; -#endif - -private: - // load the database with the built in colour values when called for the - // first time, do nothing after this - void Initialize(); - - wxStringToColourHashMap *m_map; -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxResourceCache: public wxList -{ -public: - wxResourceCache() { } -#if !wxUSE_STL - wxResourceCache(const unsigned int keyType) : wxList(keyType) { } -#endif - virtual ~wxResourceCache(); -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global variables -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Lists of GDI objects -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxPenList*) wxThePenList; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxBrushList*) wxTheBrushList; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxFontList*) wxTheFontList; - -/* Stock objects - - wxStockGDI creates the stock GDI objects on demand. Pointers to the - created objects are stored in the ms_stockObject array, which is indexed - by the Item enum values. Platorm-specific fonts can be created by - implementing a derived class with an override for the GetFont function. - wxStockGDI operates as a singleton, accessed through the ms_instance - pointer. By default this pointer is set to an instance of wxStockGDI. - A derived class must arrange to set this pointer to an instance of itself. -*/ -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStockGDI -{ -public: - enum Item { - BRUSH_BLACK, - BRUSH_BLUE, - BRUSH_CYAN, - BRUSH_GREEN, - BRUSH_GREY, - BRUSH_LIGHTGREY, - BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY, - BRUSH_RED, - BRUSH_TRANSPARENT, - BRUSH_WHITE, - COLOUR_BLACK, - COLOUR_BLUE, - COLOUR_CYAN, - COLOUR_GREEN, - COLOUR_LIGHTGREY, - COLOUR_RED, - COLOUR_WHITE, - CURSOR_CROSS, - CURSOR_HOURGLASS, - CURSOR_STANDARD, - FONT_ITALIC, - FONT_NORMAL, - FONT_SMALL, - FONT_SWISS, - PEN_BLACK, - PEN_BLACKDASHED, - PEN_CYAN, - PEN_GREEN, - PEN_GREY, - PEN_LIGHTGREY, - PEN_MEDIUMGREY, - PEN_RED, - PEN_TRANSPARENT, - PEN_WHITE, - ITEMCOUNT - }; - - wxStockGDI(); - virtual ~wxStockGDI(); - static void DeleteAll(); - - static wxStockGDI& instance() { return *ms_instance; } - - static const wxBrush* GetBrush(Item item); - static const wxColour* GetColour(Item item); - static const wxCursor* GetCursor(Item item); - // Can be overridden by platform-specific derived classes - virtual const wxFont* GetFont(Item item); - static const wxPen* GetPen(Item item); - -protected: - static wxStockGDI* ms_instance; - - static wxObject* ms_stockObject[ITEMCOUNT]; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStockGDI) -}; - -#define wxITALIC_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_ITALIC) -#define wxNORMAL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_NORMAL) -#define wxSMALL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SMALL) -#define wxSWISS_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SWISS) - -#define wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACKDASHED) -#define wxBLACK_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACK) -#define wxCYAN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_CYAN) -#define wxGREEN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREEN) -#define wxGREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREY) -#define wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_LIGHTGREY) -#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_MEDIUMGREY) -#define wxRED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_RED) -#define wxTRANSPARENT_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_TRANSPARENT) -#define wxWHITE_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_WHITE) - -#define wxBLACK_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLACK) -#define wxBLUE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLUE) -#define wxCYAN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_CYAN) -#define wxGREEN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREEN) -#define wxGREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREY) -#define wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_LIGHTGREY) -#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY) -#define wxRED_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_RED) -#define wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_TRANSPARENT) -#define wxWHITE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_WHITE) - -#define wxBLACK wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLACK) -#define wxBLUE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLUE) -#define wxCYAN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_CYAN) -#define wxGREEN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_GREEN) -#define wxLIGHT_GREY wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_LIGHTGREY) -#define wxRED wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_RED) -#define wxWHITE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_WHITE) - -#define wxCROSS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_CROSS) -#define wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_HOURGLASS) -#define wxSTANDARD_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_STANDARD) - -// 'Null' objects -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxBitmap) wxNullBitmap; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxIcon) wxNullIcon; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxCursor) wxNullCursor; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxPen) wxNullPen; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxBrush) wxNullBrush; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxPalette) wxNullPalette; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxFont) wxNullFont; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxColour) wxNullColour; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxColourDatabase*) wxTheColourDatabase; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxPanelNameStr[]; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// global functions -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// resource management -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxInitializeStockLists(); -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDeleteStockLists(); - -// is the display colour (or monochrome)? -extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDisplay(); - -// Returns depth of screen -extern int WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayDepth(); -#define wxGetDisplayDepth wxDisplayDepth - -// get the display size -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplaySize(int *width, int *height); -extern wxSize WXDLLEXPORT wxGetDisplaySize(); -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplaySizeMM(int *width, int *height); -extern wxSize WXDLLEXPORT wxGetDisplaySizeMM(); - -// Get position and size of the display workarea -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDisplayRect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height); -extern wxRect WXDLLEXPORT wxGetClientDisplayRect(); - -// set global cursor -extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor); - -#endif - // _WX_GDICMNH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdiobj.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdiobj.h deleted file mode 100644 index 55e722bf6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gdiobj.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/gdiobj.h -// Purpose: wxGDIObject base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: gdiobj.h 42211 2006-10-21 17:19:11Z SN $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/object.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGDIRefData is the base class for wxXXXData structures which contain the -// real data for the GDI object and are shared among all wxWin objects sharing -// the same native GDI object -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIRefData: public wxObjectRefData { }; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGDIObject -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObject: public wxObject -{ -public: - bool IsNull() const { return m_refData == NULL; } - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) - // Creates the resource - virtual bool RealizeResource() { return false; } - - // Frees the resource - virtual bool FreeResource(bool WXUNUSED(force) = false) { return false; } - - virtual bool IsFree() const { return false; } - - // Returns handle. - virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const { return 0; } -#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject) -}; - -#endif - // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce524a5c9..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h -// Purpose: generic wxAboutBox() implementation -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2006-10-07 -// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlgg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerFlags; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericAboutDialog: generic "About" dialog implementation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericAboutDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - // constructors and Create() method - // -------------------------------- - - // default ctor, you must use Create() to really initialize the dialog - wxGenericAboutDialog() { Init(); } - - // ctor which fully initializes the object - wxGenericAboutDialog(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(info); - } - - // this method must be called if and only if the default ctor was used - bool Create(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info); - -protected: - // this virtual method may be overridden to add some more controls to the - // dialog - // - // notice that for this to work you must call Create() from the derived - // class ctor and not use the base class ctor directly as otherwise the - // virtual function of the derived class wouldn't be called - virtual void DoAddCustomControls() { } - - // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents with the specified - // flags - void AddControl(wxWindow *win, const wxSizerFlags& flags); - - // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents and center it - void AddControl(wxWindow *win); - - // add the text, if it's not empty, to the text sizer contents - void AddText(const wxString& text); - -#if wxUSE_COLLPANE - // add a wxCollapsiblePane containing the given text - void AddCollapsiblePane(const wxString& title, const wxString& text); -#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE - -private: - // common part of all ctors - void Init() { m_sizerText = NULL; } - - - wxSizer *m_sizerText; -}; - -// unlike wxAboutBox which can show either the native or generic about dialog, -// this function always shows the generic one -WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxGenericAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info); - -#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/accel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/accel.h deleted file mode 100644 index c22e08643..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/accel.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/accel.h -// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class -// Author: Robert Roebling -// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 42752 2006-10-30 19:26:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAcceleratorTable -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxAcceleratorTable(); - wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); - virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable(); - - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const; - - void Add(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry); - void Remove(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry); - - // implementation - // -------------- - - wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; - int GetCommand(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; - - const wxAcceleratorEntry *GetEntry(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; - -protected: - // ref counting code - virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const; - virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/animate.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/animate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 28cb4b8bb..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/animate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/animate.h -// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl -// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi -// Created: 13/8/99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: animate.h 58350 2009-01-24 10:00:38Z FM $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ -#define _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnimation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxAnimationDecoder, wxAnimationDecoderList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimation : public wxAnimationBase -{ -public: -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxAnimation() {} - wxAnimation(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) - { LoadFile(name, type); } -#endif - virtual bool IsOk() const - { return m_refData != NULL; } - - virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const; - virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int i) const; - virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int i) const; - virtual wxSize GetSize() const; - - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, - wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); - virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, - wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); - - // extended interface used by the generic implementation of wxAnimationCtrl - wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; - wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; - wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; - wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; - wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; - -protected: - static wxAnimationDecoderList sm_handlers; - -public: - static inline wxAnimationDecoderList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } - static void AddHandler(wxAnimationDecoder *handler); - static void InsertHandler(wxAnimationDecoder *handler); - static const wxAnimationDecoder *FindHandler( wxAnimationType animType ); - - static void CleanUpHandlers(); - static void InitStandardHandlers(); - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnimationCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase -{ -public: - wxAnimationCtrl() { Init(); } - wxAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, id, anim, pos, size, style, name); - } - - void Init(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr); - - ~wxAnimationCtrl(); - -public: - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); - - virtual void Stop(); - virtual bool Play() - { return Play(true /* looped */); } - virtual bool IsPlaying() const - { return m_isPlaying; } - - void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &animation); - wxAnimation GetAnimation() const - { return m_animation; } - - virtual void SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp); - - // override base class method - virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); - -public: // event handlers - - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - void OnTimer(wxTimerEvent& event); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - -public: // extended API specific to this implementation of wxAnimateCtrl - - // Specify whether the animation's background colour is to be shown (the default), - // or whether the window background should show through - void SetUseWindowBackgroundColour(bool useWinBackground = true) - { m_useWinBackgroundColour = useWinBackground; } - bool IsUsingWindowBackgroundColour() const - { return m_useWinBackgroundColour; } - - // This overload of Play() lets you specify if the animation must loop or not - bool Play(bool looped); - - // Draw the current frame of the animation into given DC. - // This is fast as current frame is always cached. - void DrawCurrentFrame(wxDC& dc); - - // Returns a wxBitmap with the current frame drawn in it - wxBitmap& GetBackingStore() - { return m_backingStore; } - -protected: // internal utilities - - // resize this control to fit m_animation - void FitToAnimation(); - - // Draw the background; use this when e.g. previous frame had wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal. - void DisposeToBackground(); - void DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc); - void DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &sz); - - void IncrementalUpdateBackingStore(); - bool RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(unsigned int); - void DrawFrame(wxDC &dc, unsigned int); - - virtual void DisplayStaticImage(); - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - -protected: - unsigned int m_currentFrame; // Current frame - bool m_looped; // Looped, or not - wxTimer m_timer; // The timer - wxAnimation m_animation; // The animation - - bool m_isPlaying; // Is the animation playing? - bool m_useWinBackgroundColour; // Use animation bg colour or window bg colour? - - wxBitmap m_backingStore; // The frames are drawn here and then blitted - // on the screen - -private: - typedef wxAnimationCtrlBase base_type; - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index e91e0afdd..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/bmpcbox.h -// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox -// Author: Jaakko Salli -// Modified by: -// Created: Aug-30-2006 -// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 42046 2006-10-16 09:30:01Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ - - -#define wxGENERIC_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 - -#include "wx/odcombo.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown -// in front of string items. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, - public wxBitmapComboBoxBase -{ -public: - - // ctors and such - wxBitmapComboBox() : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase() - { - Init(); - } - - wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - int n = 0, - const wxString choices[] = NULL, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr) - : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), - wxBitmapComboBoxBase() - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, - choices, style, validator, name); - } - - wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long style, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - int n, - const wxString choices[], - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxSize& size, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); - - virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox(); - - // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box. - int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) - { return DoAppendWithImage(item, bitmap); } - - int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData) - { int n = DoAppendWithImage(item, bitmap); SetClientData(n, clientData); return n; } - int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData) - { int n = DoAppendWithImage(item, bitmap); SetClientObject(n, clientData); return n; } - - // Returns size of image used in list. - virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const - { - return m_usedImgSize; - } - - // Returns the image of the item with the given index. - virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const; - - // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT or wxCB_SORT - // styles, use Append instead. - int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos) - { return DoInsertWithImage(item, bitmap, pos); } - - int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, - unsigned int pos, void *clientData); - int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, - unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData); - - // Sets the image for the given item. - virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap); - - virtual void Clear(); - virtual void Delete(unsigned int n); - -protected: - - virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; - virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; - virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t item) const; - virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth(size_t item) const; - - virtual int DoAppendWithImage(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap); - virtual int DoInsertWithImage(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, - unsigned int pos); - - virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item); - virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos); - - virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); - - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - // Event handlers - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - // Recalculates amount of empty space needed in front of - // text in control itself. - void DetermineIndent(); - - bool OnAddBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); - - // Adds image to position - called in Append/Insert before - // string is added. - bool DoInsertBitmap(const wxBitmap& image, unsigned int pos); - - - wxArrayPtrVoid m_bitmaps; // Images associated with items - wxSize m_usedImgSize; // Size of bitmaps - -private: - int m_imgAreaWidth; // Width and height of area next to text field - int m_fontHeight; - bool m_inResize; - - void Init(); - void PostCreate(); - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index c29a0f96d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/busyinfo.h -// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy) -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: busyinfo.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __BUSYINFO_H__ -#define __BUSYINFO_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxBusyInfo -// Displays progress information -// Can be used in exactly same way as wxBusyCursor -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBusyInfo : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent = NULL); - - virtual ~wxBusyInfo(); - -private: - wxFrame *m_InfoFrame; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBusyInfo) -}; - - -#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO - -#endif // __BUSYINFO_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fa2c702a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/buttonbar.h -// Purpose: wxButtonToolBar declaration -// Author: Julian Smart, after Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, SciTech -// Modified by: -// Created: 2006-04-13 -// Id: $Id: buttonbar.h 38714 2006-04-14 15:49:57Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, -// SciTech Software, Inc. -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ -#define _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ - -#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" -#include "wx/toolbar.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonToolBarTool; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxButtonToolBar -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonToolBar : public wxToolBarBase -{ -public: - // construction/destruction - wxButtonToolBar() { Init(); } - wxButtonToolBar(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ); - - virtual ~wxButtonToolBar(); - - virtual bool Realize(); - - virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString); - virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; - -protected: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // implement base class pure virtuals - virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); - virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); - - virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); - virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); - virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); - - virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, - const wxString& label, - const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, - const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, - wxItemKind kind, - wxObject *clientData, - const wxString& shortHelp, - const wxString& longHelp); - virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control); - - virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; - - // calculate layout - void DoLayout(); - - // get the bounding rect for the given tool - wxRect GetToolRect(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) const; - - // get the rect limits depending on the orientation: top/bottom for a - // vertical toolbar, left/right for a horizontal one - void GetRectLimits(const wxRect& rect, wxCoord *start, wxCoord *end) const; - - // receives button commands - void OnCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // paints a border - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - // detects mouse clicks outside buttons - void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event); - -private: - // have we calculated the positions of our tools? - bool m_needsLayout; - - // the width of a separator - wxCoord m_widthSeparator; - - // the total size of all toolbar elements - wxCoord m_maxWidth, - m_maxHeight; - - // the height of a label - int m_labelHeight; - - // the space above the label - int m_labelMargin; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonToolBar) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif - // _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 43b854c64..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/calctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,324 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: generic/calctrl.h -// Purpose: generic implementation of date-picker control -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29.12.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrl.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H -#define _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H - -#include "wx/control.h" // the base class -#include "wx/dcclient.h" // for wxPaintDC - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; - -#define wxCalendarNameStr _T("CalendarCtrl") - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxCalendarCtrl: a control allowing the user to pick a date interactively -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarCtrl : public wxControl -{ -public: - // construction - wxCalendarCtrl() { Init(); } - wxCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS | wxWANTS_CHARS, - const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS | wxWANTS_CHARS, - const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); - - virtual ~wxCalendarCtrl(); - - virtual bool Destroy(); - - // set/get the current date - // ------------------------ - - bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date); // we need to be able to control if the event should be sent in SetDateAndNotify(...) - const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; } - - // set/get the range in which selection can occur - // --------------------------------------------- - - bool SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime); - const wxDateTime& GetLowerDateLimit() const { return m_lowdate; } - bool SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime); - const wxDateTime& GetUpperDateLimit() const { return m_highdate; } - - bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime); - - // calendar mode - // ------------- - - // some calendar styles can't be changed after the control creation by - // just using SetWindowStyle() and Refresh() and the functions below - // should be used instead for them - - // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit - void EnableYearChange(bool enable = true); - - // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit - void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true); - - // corresponds to wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS bit - void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = true); - - // customization - // ------------- - - // header colours are used for painting the weekdays at the top - void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) - { - m_colHeaderFg = colFg; - m_colHeaderBg = colBg; - } - - const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return m_colHeaderFg; } - const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return m_colHeaderBg; } - - // highlight colour is used for the currently selected date - void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) - { - m_colHighlightFg = colFg; - m_colHighlightBg = colBg; - } - - const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return m_colHighlightFg; } - const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return m_colHighlightBg; } - - // holiday colour is used for the holidays (if style & wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS) - void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) - { - m_colHolidayFg = colFg; - m_colHolidayBg = colBg; - } - - const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return m_colHolidayFg; } - const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return m_colHolidayBg; } - - // an item without custom attributes is drawn with the default colours and - // font and without border, setting custom attributes allows to modify this - // - // the day parameter should be in 1..31 range, for days 29, 30, 31 the - // corresponding attribute is just unused if there is no such day in the - // current month - - wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t day) const - { - wxCHECK_MSG( day > 0 && day < 32, NULL, _T("invalid day") ); - - return m_attrs[day - 1]; - } - - void SetAttr(size_t day, wxCalendarDateAttr *attr) - { - wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, _T("invalid day") ); - - delete m_attrs[day - 1]; - m_attrs[day - 1] = attr; - } - - void SetHoliday(size_t day); - - void ResetAttr(size_t day) { SetAttr(day, (wxCalendarDateAttr *)NULL); } - - // returns one of wxCAL_HITTEST_XXX constants and fills either date or wd - // with the corresponding value (none for NOWHERE, the date for DAY and wd - // for HEADER) - wxCalendarHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pos, - wxDateTime *date = NULL, - wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd = NULL); - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - // forward these functions to all subcontrols - virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); - virtual bool Show(bool show = true); - - virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); - - virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const - { return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); } - - static wxVisualAttributes - GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); - - void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); - -protected: - // override some base class virtuals - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; - virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; - virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags); - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); - -private: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // startup colours and reinitialization after colour changes in system - void InitColours(); - - // event handlers - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - void OnClick(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnDClick(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); - void OnMonthChange(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnYearChange(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // (re)calc m_widthCol and m_heightRow - void RecalcGeometry(); - - // set the date and send the notification - void SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date); - - // get the week (row, in range 1..6) for the given date - size_t GetWeek(const wxDateTime& date) const; - - // get the date from which we start drawing days - wxDateTime GetStartDate() const; - - // is this date shown? - bool IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const; - - // is this date in the given range? - bool IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const; - - // range helpers - bool ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const; - bool ChangeMonth(wxDateTime* target) const; - - // redraw the given date - void RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date); - - // change the date inside the same month/year - void ChangeDay(const wxDateTime& date); - - // set the attributes for the holidays if needed - void SetHolidayAttrs(); - - // reset all holidays - void ResetHolidayAttrs(); - - // generate the given calendar event(s) - void GenerateEvent(wxEventType type) - { - wxCalendarEvent event(this, type); - (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); - } - - void GenerateEvents(wxEventType type1, wxEventType type2) - { - GenerateEvent(type1); - GenerateEvent(type2); - } - - // do we allow changing the month/year? - bool AllowMonthChange() const - { - return (GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE) - != wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE; - } - bool AllowYearChange() const - { - return !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE); - } - - // show the correct controls - void ShowCurrentControls(); - - // create the month combo and year spin controls - void CreateMonthComboBox(); - void CreateYearSpinCtrl(); - -public: - // get the currently shown control for month/year - wxControl *GetMonthControl() const; - wxControl *GetYearControl() const; - -private: - // OnPaint helper-methods - - // Highlight the [fromdate : todate] range using pen and brush - void HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* dc, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, const wxPen* pen, const wxBrush* brush); - - // Get the "coordinates" for the date relative to the month currently displayed. - // using (day, week): upper left coord is (1, 1), lower right coord is (7, 6) - // if the date isn't visible (-1, -1) is put in (day, week) and false is returned - bool GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const; - - // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year - // typed in by the user - void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = true; } - - // the subcontrols - wxStaticText *m_staticMonth; - wxComboBox *m_comboMonth; - - wxStaticText *m_staticYear; - wxSpinCtrl *m_spinYear; - - // the current selection - wxDateTime m_date; - - // the date-range - wxDateTime m_lowdate; - wxDateTime m_highdate; - - // default attributes - wxColour m_colHighlightFg, - m_colHighlightBg, - m_colHolidayFg, - m_colHolidayBg, - m_colHeaderFg, - m_colHeaderBg, - m_colBackground, - m_colSorrounding; - - // the attributes for each of the month days - wxCalendarDateAttr *m_attrs[31]; - - // the width and height of one column/row in the calendar - wxCoord m_widthCol, - m_heightRow, - m_rowOffset; - - wxRect m_leftArrowRect, - m_rightArrowRect; - - // the week day names - wxString m_weekdays[7]; - - // true if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in - // the year control - bool m_userChangedYear; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/caret.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/caret.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b8de00ed..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/caret.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: generic/caret.h -// Purpose: generic wxCaret class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (original code by Robert Roebling) -// Modified by: -// Created: 25.05.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.h 42397 2006-10-25 12:12:56Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_ -#define _WX_CARET_H_ - -#include "wx/timer.h" -#include "wx/dc.h" -#include "wx/overlay.h" - -#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY - #define wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaret; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretTimer : public wxTimer -{ -public: - wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret); - virtual void Notify(); - -private: - wxCaret *m_caret; -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaret : public wxCaretBase -{ -public: - // ctors - // ----- - // default - use Create() - wxCaret() : m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } - // creates a block caret associated with the given window - wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) - : wxCaretBase(window, width, height), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } - wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) - : wxCaretBase(window, size), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } - - virtual ~wxCaret(); - - // implementation - // -------------- - - // called by wxWindow (not using the event tables) - virtual void OnSetFocus(); - virtual void OnKillFocus(); - - // called by wxCaretTimer - void OnTimer(); - -protected: - virtual void DoShow(); - virtual void DoHide(); - virtual void DoMove(); - virtual void DoSize(); - - // blink the caret once - void Blink(); - - // refresh the caret - void Refresh(); - - // draw the caret on the given DC - void DoDraw(wxDC *dc); - -private: - // GTK specific initialization - void InitGeneric(); - -#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS - // the overlay for displaying the caret - wxOverlay m_overlay; -#else - // the bitmap holding the part of window hidden by the caret when it was - // at (m_xOld, m_yOld) - wxBitmap m_bmpUnderCaret; - int m_xOld, - m_yOld; -#endif - - wxCaretTimer m_timer; - bool m_blinkedOut, // true => caret hidden right now - m_hasFocus; // true => our window has focus -}; - -#endif // _WX_CARET_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79bc395d3..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,320 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/choicdgg.h -// Purpose: Generic choice dialogs -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: 03.11.00: VZ to add wxArrayString and multiple sel functions -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: choicdgg.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ - -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBoxBase; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// some (ugly...) constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxCHOICE_HEIGHT 150 -#define wxCHOICE_WIDTH 200 - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \ - (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE) -#else -#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \ - (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE) -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxAnyChoiceDialog: a base class for dialogs containing a listbox -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxAnyChoiceDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxAnyChoiceDialog() { } - - wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) - { - (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, - styleDlg, pos, styleLbox); - } - wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) - { - (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices, - styleDlg, pos, styleLbox); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB); - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB); - -protected: - wxListBoxBase *m_listbox; - - virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n, - const wxString *choices, - long styleLbox); - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyChoiceDialog) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSingleChoiceDialog: a dialog with single selection listbox -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSingleChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog -{ -public: - wxSingleChoiceDialog() - { - m_selection = -1; - } - - wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, - const wxString *choices, - char **clientData = (char **)NULL, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - char **clientData = (char **)NULL, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, - const wxString *choices, - char **clientData = (char **)NULL, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - char **clientData = (char **)NULL, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - void SetSelection(int sel); - int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; } - wxString GetStringSelection() const { return m_stringSelection; } - - // obsolete function (NB: no need to make it return wxChar, it's untyped) - char *GetSelectionClientData() const { return (char *)m_clientData; } - - // implementation from now on - void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); -#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ - void OnListBoxDClick(wxCommandEvent& event); -#endif -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - void OnJoystickButtonDown(wxJoystickEvent& event); -#endif - -protected: - int m_selection; - wxString m_stringSelection; - - void DoChoice(); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSingleChoiceDialog) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMultiChoiceDialog: a dialog with multi selection listbox -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMultiChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog -{ -public: - wxMultiChoiceDialog() { } - - wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, - const wxString *choices, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) - { - (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, style, pos); - } - wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) - { - (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices, style, pos); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, - const wxString *choices, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - void SetSelections(const wxArrayInt& selections); - wxArrayInt GetSelections() const { return m_selections; } - - // implementation from now on - virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); - -protected: -#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX - virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n, - const wxString *choices, - long styleLbox); -#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX - - wxArrayInt m_selections; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMultiChoiceDialog) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wrapper functions which can be used to get selection(s) from the user -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// get the user selection as a string -WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -// Same as above but gets position in list of strings, instead of string, -// or -1 if no selection -WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -// Return client data instead or NULL if cancelled -WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - void **client_data, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - void **client_data, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty -// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of -// selections -WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - int n, const wxString *choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption, - const wxArrayString& choices, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int x = wxDefaultCoord, - int y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true, - int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, - int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h deleted file mode 100644 index a67f1181f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/clrpickerg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericColourButton header -// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code) -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpickerg.h 58967 2009-02-17 13:31:28Z SC $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ -#define _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ - -#include "wx/button.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericColourButton: a button which brings up a wxColourDialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label -#define wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL 100 - -// the default style -#define wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL) - -#ifndef wxCLRBTN_USES_BMP_BUTTON - #define wxCLRBTN_USES_BMP_BUTTON 0 -#endif - -#if wxCLRBTN_USES_BMP_BUTTON - #include "wx/bmpbutton.h" - #define wxCLRBTN_BASE_CLASS wxBitmapButton -#else - #define wxCLRBTN_BASE_CLASS wxButton -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericColourButton : public wxCLRBTN_BASE_CLASS, - public wxColourPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxGenericColourButton() {} - wxGenericColourButton(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, col, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - virtual ~wxGenericColourButton() {} - - -public: // API extensions specific for wxGenericColourButton - - // user can override this to init colour data in a different way - virtual void InitColourData(); - - // returns the colour data shown in wxColourDialog - wxColourData *GetColourData() { return &ms_data; } - - -public: - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr); - - void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); - - -protected: - - wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - void UpdateColour(); - - // the colour data shown in wxColourPickerCtrlGeneric - // controls. This member is static so that all colour pickers - // in the program share the same set of custom colours. - static wxColourData ms_data; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourButton) -}; - - -#endif // _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 412c67980..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/collpaneg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericCollapsiblePane -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 8/10/2006 -// RCS-ID: $Id: collpaneg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ -#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ - -// forward declared -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticLine; - -// class name -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxChar) wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericCollapsiblePane -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericCollapsiblePane : public wxCollapsiblePaneBase -{ -public: - wxGenericCollapsiblePane() { Init(); } - - wxGenericCollapsiblePane(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& label, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, val, name); - } - - void Init() - { - m_pButton = NULL; - m_pPane = NULL; - m_pStaticLine = NULL; - m_sz = NULL; - } - - ~wxGenericCollapsiblePane(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& label, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr); - - // public wxCollapsiblePane API - virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true); - virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label); - - virtual bool IsCollapsed() const - { return m_pPane==NULL || !m_pPane->IsShown(); } - virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const - { return m_pPane; } - virtual wxString GetLabel() const - { return m_strLabel; } - - virtual bool Layout(); - - // implementation only, don't use - void OnStateChange(const wxSize& sizeNew); - -protected: - // overridden methods - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - wxString GetBtnLabel() const; - int GetBorder() const; - - // child controls - wxButton *m_pButton; - wxStaticLine *m_pStaticLine; - wxWindow *m_pPane; - wxSizer *m_sz; - - // the button label without ">>" or "<<" - wxString m_strLabel; - -private: - // event handlers - void OnButton(wxCommandEvent &ev); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &ev); - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericCollapsiblePane) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colour.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colour.h deleted file mode 100644 index 826e2c363..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colour.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/colour.h -// Purpose: wxColour class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 41751 2006-10-08 21:56:55Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ - -#include "wx/object.h" - -// Colour -class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour: public wxColourBase -{ -public: - // constructors - // ------------ - - // default - wxColour(); - DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS - - // copy ctors and assignment operators - wxColour(const wxColour& col); - wxColour& operator=(const wxColour& col); - - // dtor - virtual ~wxColour(); - - // accessors - bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - bool IsOk() const { return m_isInit; } - - unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; } - unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; } - unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; } - unsigned char Alpha() const { return m_alpha; } - - // comparison - bool operator==(const wxColour& colour) const - { - return (m_red == colour.m_red && - m_green == colour.m_green && - m_blue == colour.m_blue && - m_alpha == colour.m_alpha && - m_isInit == colour.m_isInit); - } - - bool operator!=(const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); } - -protected: - - // Helper function - void Init(); - - virtual void - InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a); - -private: - bool m_isInit; - unsigned char m_red; - unsigned char m_blue; - unsigned char m_green; - unsigned char m_alpha; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 77a3d6e3d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/colrdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericColourDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: colrdlgg.h 37164 2006-01-26 17:20:50Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __COLORDLGH_G__ -#define __COLORDLGH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" - -#define wxID_ADD_CUSTOM 3000 - -#if wxUSE_SLIDER - - #define wxID_RED_SLIDER 3001 - #define wxID_GREEN_SLIDER 3002 - #define wxID_BLUE_SLIDER 3003 - - class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider; - -#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericColourDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxGenericColourDialog(); - wxGenericColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, - wxColourData *data = (wxColourData *) NULL); - virtual ~wxGenericColourDialog(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = (wxColourData *) NULL); - - wxColourData &GetColourData() { return colourData; } - - virtual int ShowModal(); - - // Internal functions - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - virtual void CalculateMeasurements(); - virtual void CreateWidgets(); - virtual void InitializeColours(); - - virtual void PaintBasicColours(wxDC& dc); - virtual void PaintCustomColours(wxDC& dc); - virtual void PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc); - virtual void PaintHighlight(wxDC& dc, bool draw); - - virtual void OnBasicColourClick(int which); - virtual void OnCustomColourClick(int which); - - void OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& event); - -#if wxUSE_SLIDER - void OnRedSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnGreenSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnBlueSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); -#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - -protected: - wxColourData colourData; - wxWindow *dialogParent; - - // Area reserved for grids of colours - wxRect standardColoursRect; - wxRect customColoursRect; - wxRect singleCustomColourRect; - - // Size of each colour rectangle - wxPoint smallRectangleSize; - - // For single customizable colour - wxPoint customRectangleSize; - - // Grid spacing (between rectangles) - int gridSpacing; - - // Section spacing (between left and right halves of dialog box) - int sectionSpacing; - - // 48 'standard' colours - wxColour standardColours[48]; - - // 16 'custom' colours - wxColour customColours[16]; - - // Which colour is selected? An index into one of the two areas. - int colourSelection; - int whichKind; // 1 for standard colours, 2 for custom colours, - -#if wxUSE_SLIDER - wxSlider *redSlider; - wxSlider *greenSlider; - wxSlider *blueSlider; -#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER - - int buttonY; - - int okButtonX; - int customButtonX; - - // static bool colourDialogCancelled; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourDialog) -}; - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/combo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/combo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b2518539..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/combo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/combo.h -// Purpose: Generic wxComboCtrl -// Author: Jaakko Salli -// Modified by: -// Created: Apr-30-2006 -// RCS-ID: $Id: combo.h 41835 2006-10-09 20:12:19Z RR $ -// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ - -#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL - -// Only define generic if native doesn't have all the features -#if !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Generic wxComboCtrl -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - -// all actions of single line text controls are supported - -// popup/dismiss the choice window -#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_POPUP _T("popup") -#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_DISMISS _T("dismiss") - -#endif - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxChar) wxComboBoxNameStr[]; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericComboCtrl : public wxComboCtrlBase -{ -public: - // ctors and such - wxGenericComboCtrl() : wxComboCtrlBase() { Init(); } - - wxGenericComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) - : wxComboCtrlBase() - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); - - virtual ~wxGenericComboCtrl(); - - void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ); - - virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; - - static int GetFeatures() { return wxComboCtrlFeatures::All; } - -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) - // we have our own input handler and our own actions - virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action, - long numArg = 0l, - const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString); -#endif - -protected: - - // Mandatory virtuals - virtual void OnResize(); - - // Event handlers - void OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& event ); - void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - -private: - void Init(); - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericComboCtrl) -}; - - -#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ - -// If native wxComboCtrl was not defined, then prepare a simple -// front-end so that wxRTTI works as expected. - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboCtrl : public wxGenericComboCtrl -{ -public: - wxComboCtrl() : wxGenericComboCtrl() {} - - wxComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) - : wxGenericComboCtrl() - { - (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - virtual ~wxComboCtrl() {} - -protected: - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl) -}; - -#endif // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ - -#else - -#define wxGenericComboCtrl wxComboCtrl - -#endif // !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED) - -#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL -#endif - // _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dataview.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dataview.h deleted file mode 100644 index e6222abc6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dataview.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,311 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/dataview.h -// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl generic implementation header -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Id: $Id: dataview.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ -#define __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/control.h" -#include "wx/scrolwin.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewMainWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewHeaderWindow; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer: public wxDataViewRendererBase -{ -public: - wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - virtual ~wxDataViewRenderer(); - - virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ) = 0; - virtual wxSize GetSize() = 0; - - virtual bool Activate( wxRect WXUNUSED(cell), - wxDataViewListModel *WXUNUSED(model), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(col), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(row) ) - { return false; } - - virtual bool LeftClick( wxPoint WXUNUSED(cursor), - wxRect WXUNUSED(cell), - wxDataViewListModel *WXUNUSED(model), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(col), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(row) ) - { return false; } - virtual bool RightClick( wxPoint WXUNUSED(cursor), - wxRect WXUNUSED(cell), - wxDataViewListModel *WXUNUSED(model), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(col), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(row) ) - { return false; } - virtual bool StartDrag( wxPoint WXUNUSED(cursor), - wxRect WXUNUSED(cell), - wxDataViewListModel *WXUNUSED(model), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(col), - unsigned int WXUNUSED(row) ) - { return false; } - - // Create DC on request - virtual wxDC *GetDC(); - -private: - wxDC *m_dc; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewCustomRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewTextRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - - bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); - bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ); - - bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); - wxSize GetSize(); - -private: - wxString m_text; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("wxBitmap"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - - bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); - bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ); - - bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); - wxSize GetSize(); - -private: - wxIcon m_icon; - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewToggleRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("bool"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - - bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); - bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ); - - bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); - bool Activate( wxRect cell, wxDataViewListModel *model, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - wxSize GetSize(); - -private: - bool m_toggle; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewProgressRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label = wxEmptyString, - const wxString &varianttype = wxT("long"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); - virtual ~wxDataViewProgressRenderer(); - - bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); - - virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); - virtual wxSize GetSize(); - -private: - wxString m_label; - int m_value; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewDateRenderer -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewDateRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer -{ -public: - wxDataViewDateRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("datetime"), - wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE ); - - bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); - - virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); - virtual wxSize GetSize(); - virtual bool Activate( wxRect cell, - wxDataViewListModel *model, unsigned int col, unsigned int row ); - -private: - wxDateTime m_date; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewDateRenderer) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewColumn -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn: public wxDataViewColumnBase -{ -public: - wxDataViewColumn( const wxString &title, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column, - int width = 80, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); - wxDataViewColumn( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column, - int width = 80, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); - virtual ~wxDataViewColumn(); - - virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title ); - virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ); - - virtual void SetAlignment( wxAlignment align ); - - virtual void SetSortable( bool sortable ); - virtual bool GetSortable(); - virtual void SetSortOrder( bool ascending ); - virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending(); - - virtual int GetWidth(); - -private: - int m_width; - int m_fixedWidth; - -protected: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewColumn) -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDataViewCtrl -// --------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrlBase, - public wxScrollHelperNative -{ -public: - wxDataViewCtrl() : wxScrollHelperNative(this) - { - Init(); - } - - wxDataViewCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator ) - : wxScrollHelperNative(this) - { - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator ); - } - - virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl(); - - void Init(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator ); - - virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewListModel *model ); - virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); - - virtual void SetSelection( int row ); // -1 for unselect - virtual void SetSelectionRange( unsigned int from, unsigned int to ); - virtual void SetSelections( const wxArrayInt& aSelections); - virtual void Unselect( unsigned int row ); - - virtual bool IsSelected( unsigned int row ) const; - virtual int GetSelection() const; - virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; - -private: - friend class wxDataViewMainWindow; - friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindow; - wxDataViewListModelNotifier *m_notifier; - wxDataViewMainWindow *m_clientArea; - wxDataViewHeaderWindow *m_headerArea; - -private: - void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); - - // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the - // arrows but let the other navigation characters through -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); -#endif // __WXMSW__ - - WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - - -#endif // __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index bb3f01efc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: generic/datectrl.h -// Purpose: generic wxDatePickerCtrl implementation -// Author: Andreas Pflug -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-01-19 -// RCS-ID: $Id: datectrl.h 42539 2006-10-27 18:02:21Z RR $ -// Copyright: (c) 2005 Andreas Pflug -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarDateAttr; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxComboCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarComboPopup; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric : public wxDatePickerCtrlBase -{ -public: - // creating the control - wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric() { Init(); } - virtual ~wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(); - wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr); - - // wxDatePickerCtrl methods - void SetValue(const wxDateTime& date); - wxDateTime GetValue() const; - - bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const; - void SetRange(const wxDateTime &dt1, const wxDateTime &dt2); - - bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, - const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime); - - // extra methods available only in this (generic) implementation - bool SetFormat(const wxChar *fmt); - wxCalendarCtrl *GetCalendar() const { return m_cal; } - - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - // overridden base class methods - virtual bool Destroy(); - -protected: - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - -private: - void Init(); - - void OnText(wxCommandEvent &event); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); - - wxCalendarCtrl *m_cal; - wxComboCtrl* m_combo; - wxCalendarComboPopup* m_popup; - - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5477bb961..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/dcps.h -// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC class -// Author: Julian Smart and others -// Modified by: -// RCS-ID: $Id: dcpsg.h 41751 2006-10-08 21:56:55Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DCPSG_H_ -#define _WX_DCPSG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - -#include "wx/dc.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/module.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(int) wxPageNumber; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class wxPostScriptDC; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPostScriptDC -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPostScriptDC: public wxDC -{ -public: - wxPostScriptDC(); - - // Recommended constructor - wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData); - - // Recommended destructor :-) - virtual ~wxPostScriptDC(); - - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const; - - bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } - - void Clear(); - void SetFont( const wxFont& font ); - void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); - void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); - void SetLogicalFunction( int function ); - void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush ); - - void DestroyClippingRegion(); - - bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); - void EndDoc(); - void StartPage(); - void EndPage(); - - wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; - wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; - bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } - - // Resolution in pixels per logical inch - wxSize GetPPI() const; - - void SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp ); - void SetDeviceOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); - - void SetBackgroundMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } - void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { } - - wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } - void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) { m_printData = data; } - - virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; } - - static void SetResolution(int ppi); - static int GetResolution(); - - void PsPrintf( const wxChar* fmt, ... ); - void PsPrint( const char* psdata ); - void PsPrint( int ch ); - -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - void PsPrint( const wxChar* psdata ) { PsPrint( wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB( psdata ) ); } -#endif - -private: - static float ms_PSScaleFactor; - -protected: - bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col, int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); - bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const; - void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); - void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) ; - void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc); - void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea); - void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); - void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); - void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); - void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20); - void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); -#if wxUSE_SPLINES - void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points); -#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES - bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, - wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, - wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); - void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false); - void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle); - void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); - void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip)) { } - void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, - wxCoord *descent = NULL, - wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, - wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; - void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const; - void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const; - - FILE* m_pstream; // PostScript output stream - wxString m_title; - unsigned char m_currentRed; - unsigned char m_currentGreen; - unsigned char m_currentBlue; - int m_pageNumber; - bool m_clipping; - double m_underlinePosition; - double m_underlineThickness; - wxPrintData m_printData; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - -#endif - // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -#endif - // _WX_DCPSG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 190850ce9..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,295 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: dirctrlg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl class -// Builds on wxDirCtrl class written by Robert Roebling for the -// wxFile application, modified by Harm van der Heijden. -// Further modified for Windows. -// Author: Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart et al -// Modified by: -// Created: 21/3/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrlg.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_ - -#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG - #include "wx/imaglist.h" -#endif - -#if wxUSE_DIRDLG - -#include "wx/treectrl.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/dirdlg.h" -#include "wx/choice.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Extra styles for wxGenericDirCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum -{ - // Only allow directory viewing/selection, no files - wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY = 0x0010, - // When setting the default path, select the first file in the directory - wxDIRCTRL_SELECT_FIRST = 0x0020, - // Show the filter list - wxDIRCTRL_SHOW_FILTERS = 0x0040, - // Use 3D borders on internal controls - wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL = 0x0080, - // Editable labels - wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS = 0x0100 -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirItemData -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirItemData : public wxTreeItemData -{ -public: - wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, bool isDir); - virtual ~wxDirItemData(){} - void SetNewDirName(const wxString& path); - - bool HasSubDirs() const; - bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const; - - wxString m_path, m_name; - bool m_isHidden; - bool m_isExpanded; - bool m_isDir; -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDirFilterListCtrl; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDirCtrl: public wxControl -{ -public: - wxGenericDirCtrl(); - wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL|wxSUNKEN_BORDER, - const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString, - int defaultFilter = 0, - const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr ) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL|wxSUNKEN_BORDER, - const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString, - int defaultFilter = 0, - const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr ); - - virtual void Init(); - - virtual ~wxGenericDirCtrl(); - - void OnExpandItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); - void OnCollapseItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); - void OnBeginEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); - void OnEndEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event ); - - // Try to expand as much of the given path as possible. - virtual bool ExpandPath(const wxString& path); - // collapse the path - virtual bool CollapsePath(const wxString& path); - - // Accessors - - virtual inline wxString GetDefaultPath() const { return m_defaultPath; } - virtual void SetDefaultPath(const wxString& path) { m_defaultPath = path; } - - // Get dir or filename - virtual wxString GetPath() const; - - // Get selected filename path only (else empty string). - // I.e. don't count a directory as a selection - virtual wxString GetFilePath() const; - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); - - virtual void ShowHidden( bool show ); - virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; } - - virtual wxString GetFilter() const { return m_filter; } - virtual void SetFilter(const wxString& filter); - - virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_currentFilter; } - virtual void SetFilterIndex(int n); - - virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootId() { return m_rootId; } - - virtual wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_treeCtrl; } - virtual wxDirFilterListCtrl* GetFilterListCtrl() const { return m_filterListCtrl; } - - // Helper - virtual void SetupSections(); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // Parse the filter into an array of filters and an array of descriptions - virtual int ParseFilter(const wxString& filterStr, wxArrayString& filters, wxArrayString& descriptions); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - - // Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'. - // E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include" - // then the child for /usr is returned. - // If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to true - virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done); - - // Resize the components of the control - virtual void DoResize(); - - // Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch: - virtual void ReCreateTree(); - - // Collapse the entire tree - virtual void CollapseTree(); - -protected: - virtual void ExpandRoot(); - virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId); - virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId); - virtual const wxTreeItemId AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId = 0); - virtual wxTreeItemId AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent, - const wxString & text, - int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1, - wxTreeItemData * data = NULL); - //void FindChildFiles(wxTreeItemId id, int dirFlags, wxArrayString& filenames); - virtual wxTreeCtrl* CreateTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long treeStyle); - - // Extract description and actual filter from overall filter string - bool ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxString& filter, wxString& description); - -private: - bool m_showHidden; - wxTreeItemId m_rootId; - wxString m_defaultPath; // Starting path - long m_styleEx; // Extended style - wxString m_filter; // Wildcards in same format as per wxFileDialog - int m_currentFilter; // The current filter index - wxString m_currentFilterStr; // Current filter string - wxTreeCtrl* m_treeCtrl; - wxDirFilterListCtrl* m_filterListCtrl; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl) -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxDirFilterListCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirFilterListCtrl: public wxChoice -{ -public: - wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); } - wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style); - } - - bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0); - - void Init(); - - virtual ~wxDirFilterListCtrl() {} - - //// Operations - void FillFilterList(const wxString& filter, int defaultFilter); - - //// Events - void OnSelFilter(wxCommandEvent& event); - -protected: - wxGenericDirCtrl* m_dirCtrl; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl) -}; - -#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXPM__) - #define wxDirCtrl wxGenericDirCtrl -#endif - -// Symbols for accessing individual controls -#define wxID_TREECTRL 7000 -#define wxID_FILTERLISTCTRL 7001 - -#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileIconsTable - use wxTheFileIconsTable which is created as necessary -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileIconsTable -{ -public: - wxFileIconsTable(); - ~wxFileIconsTable(); - - enum iconId_Type - { - folder, - folder_open, - computer, - drive, - cdrom, - floppy, - removeable, - file, - executable - }; - - int GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime = wxEmptyString); - wxImageList *GetSmallImageList(); - -protected: - void Create(); // create on first use - - wxImageList *m_smallImageList; - wxHashTable *m_HashTable; -}; - -// The global fileicons table -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxFileIconsTable *) wxTheFileIconsTable; - -#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG - -#endif - // _WX_DIRCTRLG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73b61b529..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/dirdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl class -// Builds on wxDirCtrl class written by Robert Roebling for the -// wxFile application, modified by Harm van der Heijden. -// Further modified for Windows. -// Author: Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart et al -// Modified by: -// Created: 21/3/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlgg.h 39402 2006-05-28 23:32:12Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ -#define _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDirCtrl; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeEvent; - -// we may be included directly as well as from wx/dirdlg.h (FIXME) -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirDialogNameStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; - -#ifndef wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE -#else - #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER) -#endif -#endif - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericDirDialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericDirDialog() : wxDirDialogBase() { } - - wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, - const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,//Size(450, 550), - const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); - - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, - const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,//Size(450, 550), - const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); - - //// Accessors - void SetPath(const wxString& path); - wxString GetPath() const; - - //// Overrides - virtual int ShowModal(); - virtual void EndModal(int retCode); - - // this one is specific to wxGenericDirDialog - wxTextCtrl* GetInputCtrl() const { return m_input; } - -protected: - //// Event handlers - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnTreeSelected(wxTreeEvent &event); - void OnTreeKeyDown(wxTreeEvent &event); - void OnNew(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnGoHome(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnShowHidden(wxCommandEvent& event); - - wxGenericDirCtrl* m_dirCtrl; - wxTextCtrl* m_input; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirDialog) -}; - -#endif // _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index f5cdd447f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/dragimgg.h -// Purpose: wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope -// with more sophisticated images -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/2/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimgg.h 42397 2006-10-25 12:12:56Z VS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ -#define _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" -#include "wx/cursor.h" -#include "wx/treectrl.h" -#include "wx/listctrl.h" -#include "wx/log.h" -#include "wx/overlay.h" - -/* - To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example: - - void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event) - { -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets -#endif - - CaptureMouse(); - - m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId); - m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this); - m_dragImage->Move(pt, this); - m_dragImage->Show(this); - ... - } - - In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required, - then move and show the image again: - - void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) - { - if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE) - { - event.Skip(); - return; - } - - // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image - if (m_dragImage) - m_dragImage->Hide(this); - - // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target - ... - -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - if (updateWindow) - ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); -#endif - - // Move and show the image again - m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this); - m_dragImage->Show(this); - } - - Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image. - - void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) - { - ... - - // End the drag and delete the drag image - if (m_dragImage) - { - m_dragImage->EndDrag(this); - delete m_dragImage; - m_dragImage = NULL; - } - ReleaseMouse(); - } -*/ - -/* - * wxGenericDragImage - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDragImage: public wxObject -{ -public: - - // Ctors & dtor - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) - { - Init(); - Create(cursor); - } - - wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) - { - Init(); - - Create(image, cursor); - } - - wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) - { - Init(); - - Create(image, cursor); - } - - wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) - { - Init(); - - Create(str, cursor); - } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // don't use in new code, use versions without hot spot parameter - wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); - wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#if wxUSE_TREECTRL - wxGenericDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id) - { - Init(); - - Create(treeCtrl, id); - } -#endif - -#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL - wxGenericDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id) - { - Init(); - - Create(listCtrl, id); - } -#endif - - virtual ~wxGenericDragImage(); - - // Attributes - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - // For efficiency, tell wxGenericDragImage to use a bitmap that's already - // created (e.g. from last drag) - void SetBackingBitmap(wxBitmap* bitmap) { -#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY - m_pBackingBitmap = bitmap; -#endif - } - - // Operations - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - // Create a drag image with a virtual image (need to override DoDrawImage, GetImageRect) - bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); - - // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor - bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); - - // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor - bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); - - // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor - bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); - -#if wxUSE_TREECTRL - // Create a drag image for the given tree control item - bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id); -#endif - -#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL - // Create a drag image for the given list control item - bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id); -#endif - - // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left - // corner of the image. - bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL); - - // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left - // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the - // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to. - bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect); - - // End drag - bool EndDrag(); - - // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window - // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL. - bool Move(const wxPoint& pt); - - // Show the image - bool Show(); - - // Hide the image - bool Hide(); - - // Implementation - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - void Init(); - - // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) - virtual wxRect GetImageRect(const wxPoint& pos) const; - - // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) - virtual bool DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const; - - // Override this if you wish to draw the window contents to the backing bitmap - // yourself. This can be desirable if you wish to avoid flicker by not having to - // redraw the window itself before dragging in order to be graphic-minus-dragged-objects. - // Instead, paint the drag image's backing bitmap to be correct, and leave the window - // to be updated only when dragging the objects away (thus giving a smoother appearance). - virtual bool UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC, - const wxRect& sourceRect, const wxRect& destRect) const; - - // Erase and redraw simultaneously if possible - virtual bool RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPos, bool eraseOld, bool drawNew); - -protected: - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - wxIcon m_icon; - wxCursor m_cursor; - wxCursor m_oldCursor; -// wxPoint m_hotspot; - wxPoint m_offset; // The hostpot value passed to BeginDrag - wxPoint m_position; - bool m_isDirty; - bool m_isShown; - wxWindow* m_window; - wxDC* m_windowDC; - -#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY - wxOverlay m_overlay; - wxDCOverlay* m_dcOverlay; -#else - // Stores the window contents while we're dragging the image around - wxBitmap m_backingBitmap; - wxBitmap* m_pBackingBitmap; // Pointer to existing backing bitmap - // (pass to wxGenericDragImage as an efficiency measure) - // A temporary bitmap for repairing/redrawing - wxBitmap m_repairBitmap; -#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY - - wxRect m_boundingRect; - bool m_fullScreen; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage) -}; - -#endif - // _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index c28732213..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericFindReplaceDialog class -// Author: Markus Greither -// Modified by: -// Created: 25/05/2001 -// RCS-ID: -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); } - - wxGenericFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent, - wxFindReplaceData *data, - const wxString& title, - int style = 0) - { - Init(); - - (void)Create(parent, data, title, style); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxFindReplaceData *data, - const wxString& title, - int style = 0); - -protected: - void Init(); - - void SendEvent(const wxEventType& evtType); - - void OnFind(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnReplace(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnReplaceAll(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); - - void OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - - wxCheckBox *m_chkCase, - *m_chkWord; - - wxRadioBox *m_radioDir; - - wxTextCtrl *m_textFind, - *m_textRepl; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog) - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 70da48c38..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/filedlgg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericFileDialog -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 8/17/99 -// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling -// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlgg.h 39631 2006-06-08 10:05:42Z RR $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ -#define _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ - -#include "wx/listctrl.h" -#include "wx/datetime.h" -#include "wx/filefn.h" -#include "wx/filedlg.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileData; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileCtrl; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericFileDialog; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItem; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl; - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericFileDialog -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericFileDialog() : wxFileDialogBase() { Init(); } - - wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr, - bool bypassGenericImpl = false ); - - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr, - bool bypassGenericImpl = false ); - - virtual ~wxGenericFileDialog(); - - virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { SetTitle(message); } - virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); - virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex); - virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard); - - // for multiple file selection - virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const; - virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const; - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - virtual int ShowModal(); - virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); - - void OnSelected( wxListEvent &event ); - void OnActivated( wxListEvent &event ); - void OnList( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnReport( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnUp( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnHome( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnListOk( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnNew( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnChoiceFilter( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &event ); - void OnCheck( wxCommandEvent &event ); - - virtual void HandleAction( const wxString &fn ); - - virtual void UpdateControls(); - -private: - // Don't use this implementation at all :-) - bool m_bypassGenericImpl; - -protected: - // use the filter with the given index - void DoSetFilterIndex(int filterindex); - - wxString m_filterExtension; - wxChoice *m_choice; - wxTextCtrl *m_text; - wxFileCtrl *m_list; - wxCheckBox *m_check; - wxStaticText *m_static; - wxBitmapButton *m_upDirButton; - wxBitmapButton *m_newDirButton; - -private: - void Init(); - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileDialog) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - // these variables are preserved between wxGenericFileDialog calls - static long ms_lastViewStyle; // list or report? - static bool ms_lastShowHidden; // did we show hidden files? -}; - -#ifdef wxUSE_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxGenericFileDialog -{ -public: - wxFileDialog() {} - - wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - long style = 0, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) - :wxGenericFileDialog(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos) - { - } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileData - a class to hold the file info for the wxFileCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileData -{ -public: - enum fileType - { - is_file = 0x0000, - is_dir = 0x0001, - is_link = 0x0002, - is_exe = 0x0004, - is_drive = 0x0008 - }; - - wxFileData() { Init(); } - // Full copy constructor - wxFileData( const wxFileData& fileData ) { Copy(fileData); } - // Create a filedata from this information - wxFileData( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName, - fileType type, int image_id ); - - // make a full copy of the other wxFileData - void Copy( const wxFileData &other ); - - // (re)read the extra data about the file from the system - void ReadData(); - - // get the name of the file, dir, drive - wxString GetFileName() const { return m_fileName; } - // get the full path + name of the file, dir, path - wxString GetFilePath() const { return m_filePath; } - // Set the path + name and name of the item - void SetNewName( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName ); - - // Get the size of the file in bytes - wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_size; } - // Get the type of file, either file extension or , , - wxString GetFileType() const; - // get the last modification time - wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_dateTime; } - // Get the time as a formatted string - wxString GetModificationTime() const; - // in UNIX get rwx for file, in MSW get attributes ARHS - wxString GetPermissions() const { return m_permissions; } - // Get the id of the image used in a wxImageList - int GetImageId() const { return m_image; } - - bool IsFile() const { return !IsDir() && !IsLink() && !IsDrive(); } - bool IsDir() const { return (m_type & is_dir ) != 0; } - bool IsLink() const { return (m_type & is_link ) != 0; } - bool IsExe() const { return (m_type & is_exe ) != 0; } - bool IsDrive() const { return (m_type & is_drive) != 0; } - - // Get/Set the type of file, file/dir/drive/link - int GetType() const { return m_type; } - - // the wxFileCtrl fields in report view - enum fileListFieldType - { - FileList_Name, - FileList_Size, - FileList_Type, - FileList_Time, -#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) - FileList_Perm, -#endif // defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) - FileList_Max - }; - - // Get the entry for report view of wxFileCtrl - wxString GetEntry( fileListFieldType num ) const; - - // Get a string representation of the file info - wxString GetHint() const; - // initialize a wxListItem attributes - void MakeItem( wxListItem &item ); - - // operators - wxFileData& operator = (const wxFileData& fd) { Copy(fd); return *this; } - -protected: - wxString m_fileName; - wxString m_filePath; - wxFileOffset m_size; - wxDateTime m_dateTime; - wxString m_permissions; - int m_type; - int m_image; - -private: - void Init(); -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxFileCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileCtrl : public wxListCtrl -{ -public: - wxFileCtrl(); - wxFileCtrl( wxWindow *win, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString &wild, - bool showHidden, - const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLC_LIST, - const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString &name = wxT("filelist") ); - virtual ~wxFileCtrl(); - - virtual void ChangeToListMode(); - virtual void ChangeToReportMode(); - virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode(); - virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = true ); - bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; } - - virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item ); - virtual void UpdateItem(const wxListItem &item); - virtual void UpdateFiles(); - virtual void MakeDir(); - virtual void GoToParentDir(); - virtual void GoToHomeDir(); - virtual void GoToDir( const wxString &dir ); - virtual void SetWild( const wxString &wild ); - wxString GetWild() const { return m_wild; } - wxString GetDir() const { return m_dirName; } - - void OnListDeleteItem( wxListEvent &event ); - void OnListDeleteAllItems( wxListEvent &event ); - void OnListEndLabelEdit( wxListEvent &event ); - void OnListColClick( wxListEvent &event ); - - virtual void SortItems(wxFileData::fileListFieldType field, bool foward); - bool GetSortDirection() const { return m_sort_foward; } - wxFileData::fileListFieldType GetSortField() const { return m_sort_field; } - -protected: - void FreeItemData(wxListItem& item); - void FreeAllItemsData(); - - wxString m_dirName; - bool m_showHidden; - wxString m_wild; - - bool m_sort_foward; - wxFileData::fileListFieldType m_sort_field; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrl) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 502587bea..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/filepickerg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericFileDirButton, wxGenericFileButton, wxGenericDirButton -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: filepickerg.h 40100 2006-07-15 15:13:04Z VS $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ -#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ - -#include "wx/button.h" -#include "wx/filedlg.h" -#include "wx/dirdlg.h" - - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxEventType) wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxEventType) wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericFileDirButton: a button which brings up a wx{File|Dir}Dialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileDirButton : public wxButton, - public wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxGenericFileDirButton() { } - wxGenericFileDirButton(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, - pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - virtual ~wxGenericFileDirButton() {} - - virtual wxControl *AsControl() { return this; } - -public: // overrideable - - virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() = 0; - - virtual wxWindow *GetDialogParent() - { return GetParent(); } - - virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0; - -public: - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr); - - // event handler for the click - void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); - -protected: - wxString m_message, m_wildcard; -}; - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericFileButton: a button which brings up a wxFileDialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN) - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton -{ -public: - wxGenericFileButton() {} - wxGenericFileButton(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, - const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, - pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - -public: // overrideable - - virtual long GetDialogStyle() const - { - long filedlgstyle = 0; - - if (this->HasFlag(wxFLP_OPEN)) - filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OPEN; - if (this->HasFlag(wxFLP_SAVE)) - filedlgstyle |= wxFD_SAVE; - if (this->HasFlag(wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT)) - filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT; - if (this->HasFlag(wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST)) - filedlgstyle |= wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST; - if (this->HasFlag(wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR)) - filedlgstyle |= wxFD_CHANGE_DIR; - - return filedlgstyle; - } - - virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() - { - wxFileDialog *p = new wxFileDialog(GetDialogParent(), m_message, - wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, - m_wildcard, GetDialogStyle()); - - // this sets both the default folder and the default file of the dialog - p->SetPath(m_path); - return p; - } - - wxEventType GetEventType() const - { return wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; } - -protected: - void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p) - { wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->SetPath(m_path); } - void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p) - { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->GetPath(); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileButton) -}; - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericDirButton: a button which brings up a wxDirDialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE 0 - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton -{ -public: - wxGenericDirButton() {} - wxGenericDirButton(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& label = wxDirPickerWidgetLabel, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, - const wxString &message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wxEmptyString, - pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - -public: // overrideable - - virtual long GetDialogStyle() const - { - long dirdlgstyle = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE; - - if (this->HasFlag(wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST)) - dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST; - if (this->HasFlag(wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR)) - dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_CHANGE_DIR; - - return dirdlgstyle; - } - - virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() - { - return new wxDirDialog(GetDialogParent(), m_message, m_path, - GetDialogStyle()); - } - - wxEventType GetEventType() const - { return wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; } - -protected: - void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p) - { wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->SetPath(m_path); } - void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p) - { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->GetPath(); } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirButton) -}; - - -#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6a4b80b29..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/fontdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericFontDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlgg.h 39286 2006-05-23 11:16:47Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H -#define _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/font.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 1 -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinEvent; -#else -#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 0 -#endif - -/* - * FONT DIALOG - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxText; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontPreviewer; - -enum -{ - wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE = 3000, - wxID_FONT_STYLE, - wxID_FONT_WEIGHT, - wxID_FONT_FAMILY, - wxID_FONT_COLOUR, - wxID_FONT_SIZE -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericFontDialog() { Init(); } - wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent) - : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); } - wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) - : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Init(); } - virtual ~wxGenericFontDialog(); - - virtual int ShowModal(); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only - wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - // Internal functions - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - - virtual void CreateWidgets(); - virtual void InitializeFont(); - - void OnChangeFont(wxCommandEvent& event); - -#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE - void OnChangeSize(wxSpinEvent& event); -#endif - -protected: - - virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent); - -private: - - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - void DoChangeFont(); - - wxFont m_dialogFont; - - wxChoice *m_familyChoice; - wxChoice *m_styleChoice; - wxChoice *m_weightChoice; - wxChoice *m_colourChoice; - wxCheckBox *m_underLineCheckBox; - -#if !USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE - wxChoice *m_pointSizeChoice; -#endif - - wxFontPreviewer *m_previewer; - bool m_useEvents; - - // static bool fontDialogCancelled; - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontDialog) -}; - -WXDLLEXPORT const wxChar *wxFontFamilyIntToString(int family); -WXDLLEXPORT const wxChar *wxFontWeightIntToString(int weight); -WXDLLEXPORT const wxChar *wxFontStyleIntToString(int style); -WXDLLEXPORT int wxFontFamilyStringToInt(wxChar *family); -WXDLLEXPORT int wxFontWeightStringToInt(wxChar *weight); -WXDLLEXPORT int wxFontStyleStringToInt(wxChar *style); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only -inline wxGenericFontDialog::wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) - :wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); InitFontData(data); Create(parent); } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h deleted file mode 100644 index ead764513..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/fontpickerg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericFontButton header -// Author: Francesco Montorsi -// Modified by: -// Created: 14/4/2006 -// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi -// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpickerg.h 42999 2006-11-03 21:54:13Z VZ $ -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ -#define _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ - -#include "wx/button.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericFontButton: a button which brings up a wxColourDialog -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE \ - (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL | wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL) - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFontButton : public wxButton, - public wxFontPickerWidgetBase -{ -public: - wxGenericFontButton() {} - wxGenericFontButton(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxFont &initial = wxNullFont, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr) - { - Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - virtual ~wxGenericFontButton() {} - - -public: // API extensions specific for wxGenericFontButton - - // user can override this to init font data in a different way - virtual void InitFontData(); - - // returns the font data shown in wxColourDialog - wxFontData *GetFontData() { return &ms_data; } - - -public: - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxFont &initial = *wxNORMAL_FONT, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr); - - void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); - - -protected: - - void UpdateFont(); - - // the colour data shown in wxColourPickerCtrlGeneric - // controls. This member is static so that all colour pickers - // in the program share the same set of custom colours. - static wxFontData ms_data; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontButton) -}; - - -#endif // _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/grid.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/grid.h deleted file mode 100644 index e84bb7dd7..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/grid.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2302 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/grid.h -// Purpose: wxGrid and related classes -// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) -// Modified by: Santiago Palacios -// Created: 1/08/1999 -// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.h 55568 2008-09-12 12:49:11Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GRID - -#include "wx/scrolwin.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxChar) wxGridNameStr[]; - -// Default parameters for wxGrid -// -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_ROWS 10 -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_COLS 10 -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 25 -#else -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 30 -#endif // __WXMSW__ -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH 80 -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT 32 -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH 82 -#define WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE 2 -#define WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT 15 -#define WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH 15 -#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 16 - -// type names for grid table values -#define wxGRID_VALUE_STRING _T("string") -#define wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL _T("bool") -#define wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER _T("long") -#define wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT _T("double") -#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE _T("choice") - -#define wxGRID_VALUE_TEXT wxGRID_VALUE_STRING -#define wxGRID_VALUE_LONG wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - // magic constant which tells (to some functions) to automatically - // calculate the appropriate size - #define wxGRID_AUTOSIZE (-1) -#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20808 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttr; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxSafeIncRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->IncRef() -#define wxSafeDecRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->DecRef() - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellWorker: common base class for wxGridCellRenderer and -// wxGridCellEditor -// -// NB: this is more an implementation convenience than a design issue, so this -// class is not documented and is not public at all -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellWorker : public wxClientDataContainer -{ -public: - wxGridCellWorker() { m_nRef = 1; } - - // this class is ref counted: it is created with ref count of 1, so - // calling DecRef() once will delete it. Calling IncRef() allows to lock - // it until the matching DecRef() is called - void IncRef() { m_nRef++; } - void DecRef() { if ( --m_nRef == 0 ) delete this; } - - // interpret renderer parameters: arbitrary string whose interpretatin is - // left to the derived classes - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - -protected: - // virtual dtor for any base class - private because only DecRef() can - // delete us - virtual ~wxGridCellWorker(); - -private: - size_t m_nRef; - - // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and - // no friends - friend class wxGridCellWorkerDummyFriend; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellRenderer: this class is responsible for actually drawing the cell -// in the grid. You may pass it to the wxGridCellAttr (below) to change the -// format of one given cell or to wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer() to change the -// view of all cells. This is an ABC, you will normally use one of the -// predefined derived classes or derive your own class from it. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellRenderer : public wxGridCellWorker -{ -public: - // draw the given cell on the provided DC inside the given rectangle - // using the style specified by the attribute and the default or selected - // state corresponding to the isSelected value. - // - // this pure virtual function has a default implementation which will - // prepare the DC using the given attribute: it will draw the rectangle - // with the bg colour from attr and set the text colour and font - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected) = 0; - - // get the preferred size of the cell for its contents - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col) = 0; - - // create a new object which is the copy of this one - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const = 0; -}; - -// the default renderer for the cells containing string data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellStringRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer -{ -public: - // draw the string - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - // return the string extent - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellStringRenderer; } - -protected: - // set the text colours before drawing - void SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, - const wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - bool isSelected); - - // calc the string extent for given string/font - wxSize DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxString& text); -}; - -// the default renderer for the cells containing numeric (long) data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer -{ -public: - // draw the string right aligned - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellNumberRenderer; } - -protected: - wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer -{ -public: - wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width = -1, int precision = -1); - - // get/change formatting parameters - int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } - void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; m_format.clear(); } - int GetPrecision() const { return m_precision; } - void SetPrecision(int precision) { m_precision = precision; m_format.clear(); } - - // draw the string right aligned with given width/precision - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - // parameters string format is "width[,precision]" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; - -protected: - wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); - -private: - // formatting parameters - int m_width, - m_precision; - - wxString m_format; -}; - -// renderer for boolean fields -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer -{ -public: - // draw a check mark or nothing - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - // return the checkmark size - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellBoolRenderer; } - -private: - static wxSize ms_sizeCheckMark; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellEditor: This class is responsible for providing and manipulating -// the in-place edit controls for the grid. Instances of wxGridCellEditor -// (actually, instances of derived classes since it is an ABC) can be -// associated with the cell attributes for individual cells, rows, columns, or -// even for the entire grid. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEditor : public wxGridCellWorker -{ -public: - wxGridCellEditor(); - - bool IsCreated() { return m_control != NULL; } - wxControl* GetControl() { return m_control; } - void SetControl(wxControl* control) { m_control = control; } - - wxGridCellAttr* GetCellAttr() { return m_attr; } - void SetCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr) { m_attr = attr; } - - // Creates the actual edit control - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) = 0; - - // Size and position the edit control - virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); - - // Show or hide the edit control, use the specified attributes to set - // colours/fonts for it - virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL); - - // Draws the part of the cell not occupied by the control: the base class - // version just fills it with background colour from the attribute - virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - - // Fetch the value from the table and prepare the edit control - // to begin editing. Set the focus to the edit control. - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0; - - // Complete the editing of the current cell. Returns true if the value has - // changed. If necessary, the control may be destroyed. - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0; - - // Reset the value in the control back to its starting value - virtual void Reset() = 0; - - // return true to allow the given key to start editing: the base class - // version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived - // classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in - // their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a - // mandatory requirment. - // - // NB: if the key is F2 (special), editing will always start and this - // method will not be called at all (but StartingKey() will) - virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // If the editor is enabled by pressing keys on the grid, this will be - // called to let the editor do something about that first key if desired - virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // if the editor is enabled by clicking on the cell, this method will be - // called - virtual void StartingClick(); - - // Some types of controls on some platforms may need some help - // with the Return key. - virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // Final cleanup - virtual void Destroy(); - - // create a new object which is the copy of this one - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const = 0; - - // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control - virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0; - -protected: - // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us - virtual ~wxGridCellEditor(); - - // the control we show on screen - wxControl* m_control; - - // a temporary pointer to the attribute being edited - wxGridCellAttr* m_attr; - - // if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we - // must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to - // Show(true) and Show(false) - wxColour m_colFgOld, - m_colBgOld; - wxFont m_fontOld; - - // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and - // no friends - friend class wxGridCellEditorDummyFriend; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditor) -}; - -#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - -// the editor for string/text data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellTextEditor : public wxGridCellEditor -{ -public: - wxGridCellTextEditor(); - - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); - - virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - - virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - - virtual void Reset(); - virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // parameters string format is "max_width" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellTextEditor; } - - // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - -protected: - wxTextCtrl *Text() const { return (wxTextCtrl *)m_control; } - - // parts of our virtual functions reused by the derived classes - void DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue); - void DoReset(const wxString& startValue); - -private: - size_t m_maxChars; // max number of chars allowed - wxString m_startValue; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellTextEditor) -}; - -// the editor for numeric (long) data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor -{ -public: - // allows to specify the range - if min == max == -1, no range checking is - // done - wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min = -1, int max = -1); - - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - - virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - - virtual void Reset(); - virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - - // parameters string format is "min,max" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellNumberEditor(m_min, m_max); } - - // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - -protected: -#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL - wxSpinCtrl *Spin() const { return (wxSpinCtrl *)m_control; } -#endif - - // if HasRange(), we use wxSpinCtrl - otherwise wxTextCtrl - bool HasRange() const - { -#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL - return m_min != m_max; -#else - return false; -#endif - } - - // string representation of m_valueOld - wxString GetString() const - { return wxString::Format(_T("%ld"), m_valueOld); } - -private: - int m_min, - m_max; - - long m_valueOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellNumberEditor) -}; - -// the editor for floating point numbers (double) data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor -{ -public: - wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width = -1, int precision = -1); - - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - - virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - - virtual void Reset(); - virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellFloatEditor(m_width, m_precision); } - - // parameters string format is "width,precision" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - -protected: - // string representation of m_valueOld - wxString GetString() const; - -private: - int m_width, - m_precision; - double m_valueOld; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellFloatEditor) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - -#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX - -// the editor for boolean data -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolEditor : public wxGridCellEditor -{ -public: - wxGridCellBoolEditor() { } - - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - - virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); - virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL); - - virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - - virtual void Reset(); - virtual void StartingClick(); - virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellBoolEditor; } - - // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control, see - // also UseStringValues() - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - - // set the string values returned by GetValue() for the true and false - // states, respectively - static void UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue = _T("1"), - const wxString& valueFalse = wxEmptyString); - - // return true if the given string is equal to the string representation of - // true value which we currently use - static bool IsTrueValue(const wxString& value); - -protected: - wxCheckBox *CBox() const { return (wxCheckBox *)m_control; } - -private: - bool m_startValue; - - static wxString ms_stringValues[2]; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellBoolEditor) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX - -#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -// the editor for string data allowing to choose from the list of strings -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellChoiceEditor : public wxGridCellEditor -{ -public: - // if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array - wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0, - const wxString choices[] = NULL, - bool allowOthers = false); - wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, - bool allowOthers = false); - - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - - virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - - virtual void Reset(); - - // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const; - - // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - -protected: - wxComboBox *Combo() const { return (wxComboBox *)m_control; } - -// DJC - (MAPTEK) you at least need access to m_choices if you -// wish to override this class -protected: - wxString m_startValue; - wxArrayString m_choices; - bool m_allowOthers; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellChoiceEditor) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellAttr: this class can be used to alter the cells appearance in -// the grid by changing their colour/font/... from default. An object of this -// class may be returned by wxGridTable::GetAttr(). -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttr : public wxClientDataContainer -{ -public: - enum wxAttrKind - { - Any, - Default, - Cell, - Row, - Col, - Merged - }; - - // ctors - wxGridCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL) - { - Init(attrDefault); - - // MB: args used to be 0,0 here but wxALIGN_LEFT is 0 - SetAlignment(-1, -1); - } - - // VZ: considering the number of members wxGridCellAttr has now, this ctor - // seems to be pretty useless... may be we should just remove it? - wxGridCellAttr(const wxColour& colText, - const wxColour& colBack, - const wxFont& font, - int hAlign, - int vAlign) - : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) - { - Init(); - SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); - } - - // creates a new copy of this object - wxGridCellAttr *Clone() const; - void MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom); - - // this class is ref counted: it is created with ref count of 1, so - // calling DecRef() once will delete it. Calling IncRef() allows to lock - // it until the matching DecRef() is called - void IncRef() { m_nRef++; } - void DecRef() { if ( --m_nRef == 0 ) delete this; } - - // setters - void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } - void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } - void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } - void SetAlignment(int hAlign, int vAlign) - { - m_hAlign = hAlign; - m_vAlign = vAlign; - } - void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols); - void SetOverflow(bool allow = true) - { m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; } - void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true) - { m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; } - - // takes ownership of the pointer - void SetRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) - { wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); m_renderer = renderer; } - void SetEditor(wxGridCellEditor* editor) - { wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); m_editor = editor; } - - void SetKind(wxAttrKind kind) { m_attrkind = kind; } - - // accessors - bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } - bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } - bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } - bool HasAlignment() const { return (m_hAlign != -1 || m_vAlign != -1); } - bool HasRenderer() const { return m_renderer != NULL; } - bool HasEditor() const { return m_editor != NULL; } - bool HasReadWriteMode() const { return m_isReadOnly != Unset; } - bool HasOverflowMode() const { return m_overflow != UnsetOverflow; } - bool HasSize() const { return m_sizeRows != 1 || m_sizeCols != 1; } - - const wxColour& GetTextColour() const; - const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const; - const wxFont& GetFont() const; - void GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const; - void GetSize(int *num_rows, int *num_cols) const; - bool GetOverflow() const - { return m_overflow != SingleCell; } - wxGridCellRenderer *GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const; - wxGridCellEditor *GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const; - - bool IsReadOnly() const { return m_isReadOnly == wxGridCellAttr::ReadOnly; } - - wxAttrKind GetKind() { return m_attrkind; } - - void SetDefAttr(wxGridCellAttr* defAttr) { m_defGridAttr = defAttr; } - -protected: - // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us - virtual ~wxGridCellAttr() - { - wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); - wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); - } - -private: - enum wxAttrReadMode - { - Unset = -1, - ReadWrite, - ReadOnly - }; - - enum wxAttrOverflowMode - { - UnsetOverflow = -1, - Overflow, - SingleCell - }; - - // the common part of all ctors - void Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL); - - - // the ref count - when it goes to 0, we die - size_t m_nRef; - - wxColour m_colText, - m_colBack; - wxFont m_font; - int m_hAlign, - m_vAlign; - int m_sizeRows, - m_sizeCols; - - wxAttrOverflowMode m_overflow; - - wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; - wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; - wxGridCellAttr* m_defGridAttr; - - wxAttrReadMode m_isReadOnly; - - wxAttrKind m_attrkind; - - // use Clone() instead - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttr) - - // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and - // no friends - friend class wxGridCellAttrDummyFriend; -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellAttrProvider: class used by wxGridTableBase to retrieve/store the -// cell attributes. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// implementation note: we separate it from wxGridTableBase because we wish to -// avoid deriving a new table class if possible, and sometimes it will be -// enough to just derive another wxGridCellAttrProvider instead -// -// the default implementation is reasonably efficient for the generic case, -// but you might still wish to implement your own for some specific situations -// if you have performance problems with the stock one -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProvider : public wxClientDataContainer -{ -public: - wxGridCellAttrProvider(); - virtual ~wxGridCellAttrProvider(); - - // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer - virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col, - wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const; - - // all these functions take ownership of the pointer, don't call DecRef() - // on it - virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); - virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row); - virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col); - - // these functions must be called whenever some rows/cols are deleted - // because the internal data must be updated then - void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); - void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); - -private: - void InitData(); - - wxGridCellAttrProviderData *m_data; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttrProvider) -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Grid table classes -// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableBase : public wxObject, public wxClientDataContainer -{ -public: - wxGridTableBase(); - virtual ~wxGridTableBase(); - - // You must override these functions in a derived table class - // - virtual int GetNumberRows() = 0; - virtual int GetNumberCols() = 0; - virtual bool IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) = 0; - virtual wxString GetValue( int row, int col ) = 0; - virtual void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) = 0; - - // Data type determination and value access - virtual wxString GetTypeName( int row, int col ); - virtual bool CanGetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); - virtual bool CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); - - virtual long GetValueAsLong( int row, int col ); - virtual double GetValueAsDouble( int row, int col ); - virtual bool GetValueAsBool( int row, int col ); - - virtual void SetValueAsLong( int row, int col, long value ); - virtual void SetValueAsDouble( int row, int col, double value ); - virtual void SetValueAsBool( int row, int col, bool value ); - - // For user defined types - virtual void* GetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); - virtual void SetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName, void* value ); - - - // Overriding these is optional - // - virtual void SetView( wxGrid *grid ) { m_view = grid; } - virtual wxGrid * GetView() const { return m_view; } - - virtual void Clear() {} - virtual bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); - virtual bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 ); - virtual bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); - virtual bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); - virtual bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 ); - virtual bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); - - virtual wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ); - virtual wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ); - virtual void SetRowLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(row), const wxString& ) {} - virtual void SetColLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(col), const wxString& ) {} - - // Attribute handling - // - - // give us the attr provider to use - we take ownership of the pointer - void SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider); - - // get the currently used attr provider (may be NULL) - wxGridCellAttrProvider *GetAttrProvider() const { return m_attrProvider; } - - // Does this table allow attributes? Default implementation creates - // a wxGridCellAttrProvider if necessary. - virtual bool CanHaveAttributes(); - - // by default forwarded to wxGridCellAttrProvider if any. May be - // overridden to handle attributes directly in the table. - virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr( int row, int col, - wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ); - - - // these functions take ownership of the pointer - virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col); - virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row); - virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col); - -private: - wxGrid * m_view; - wxGridCellAttrProvider *m_attrProvider; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridTableBase) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableBase) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridTableMessage -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// IDs for messages sent from grid table to view -// -enum wxGridTableRequest -{ - wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES = 2000, - wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, - wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableMessage -{ -public: - wxGridTableMessage(); - wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, - int comInt1 = -1, - int comInt2 = -1 ); - - void SetTableObject( wxGridTableBase *table ) { m_table = table; } - wxGridTableBase * GetTableObject() const { return m_table; } - void SetId( int id ) { m_id = id; } - int GetId() { return m_id; } - void SetCommandInt( int comInt1 ) { m_comInt1 = comInt1; } - int GetCommandInt() { return m_comInt1; } - void SetCommandInt2( int comInt2 ) { m_comInt2 = comInt2; } - int GetCommandInt2() { return m_comInt2; } - -private: - wxGridTableBase *m_table; - int m_id; - int m_comInt1; - int m_comInt2; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableMessage) -}; - - - -// ------ wxGridStringArray -// A 2-dimensional array of strings for data values -// - -WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxArrayString, wxGridStringArray, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); - - - -// ------ wxGridStringTable -// -// Simplest type of data table for a grid for small tables of strings -// that are stored in memory -// - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridStringTable : public wxGridTableBase -{ -public: - wxGridStringTable(); - wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ); - virtual ~wxGridStringTable(); - - // these are pure virtual in wxGridTableBase - // - int GetNumberRows(); - int GetNumberCols(); - wxString GetValue( int row, int col ); - void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ); - bool IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ); - - // overridden functions from wxGridTableBase - // - void Clear(); - bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); - bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 ); - bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); - bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); - bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 ); - bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); - - void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& ); - void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& ); - wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ); - wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ); - -private: - wxGridStringArray m_data; - - // These only get used if you set your own labels, otherwise the - // GetRow/ColLabelValue functions return wxGridTableBase defaults - // - wxArrayString m_rowLabels; - wxArrayString m_colLabels; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxGridStringTable ) -}; - - - -// ============================================================================ -// Grid view classes -// ============================================================================ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGridCellCoords: location of a cell in the grid -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords -{ -public: - wxGridCellCoords() { m_row = m_col = -1; } - wxGridCellCoords( int r, int c ) { m_row = r; m_col = c; } - - // default copy ctor is ok - - int GetRow() const { return m_row; } - void SetRow( int n ) { m_row = n; } - int GetCol() const { return m_col; } - void SetCol( int n ) { m_col = n; } - void Set( int row, int col ) { m_row = row; m_col = col; } - - wxGridCellCoords& operator=( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) - { - if ( &other != this ) - { - m_row=other.m_row; - m_col=other.m_col; - } - return *this; - } - - bool operator==( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const - { - return (m_row == other.m_row && m_col == other.m_col); - } - - bool operator!=( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const - { - return (m_row != other.m_row || m_col != other.m_col); - } - - bool operator!() const - { - return (m_row == -1 && m_col == -1 ); - } - -private: - int m_row; - int m_col; -}; - - -// For comparisons... -// -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords; -extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxRect wxGridNoCellRect; - -// An array of cell coords... -// -WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellCoords, wxGridCellCoordsArray, - class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGrid -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGrid : public wxScrolledWindow -{ -public: - wxGrid() ; - - wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, - const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr ); - - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, - const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr ); - - virtual ~wxGrid(); - - enum wxGridSelectionModes {wxGridSelectCells, - wxGridSelectRows, - wxGridSelectColumns}; - - bool CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, - wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode = - wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ); - - void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode); - wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const; - - // ------ grid dimensions - // - int GetNumberRows() { return m_numRows; } - int GetNumberCols() { return m_numCols; } - - - // ------ display update functions - // - wxArrayInt CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ); - - wxArrayInt CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ); - wxGridCellCoordsArray CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ); - - - // ------ event handlers - // - void ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - void ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - void ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - void ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); - bool ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& ); - - void DoEndDragResizeRow(); - void DoEndDragResizeCol(); - void DoEndDragMoveCol(); - - wxGridTableBase * GetTable() const { return m_table; } - bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership = false, - wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode = - wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ); - - void ClearGrid(); - bool InsertRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - bool AppendRows( int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - bool DeleteRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - bool InsertCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - bool AppendCols( int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - bool DeleteCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true ); - - void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ); - void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ); - void DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& ); - void DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & reg ); - void DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& ); - void DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells); - - // this function is called when the current cell highlight must be redrawn - // and may be overridden by the user - virtual void DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ); - - virtual void DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows ); - virtual void DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ); - - virtual void DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& cols ); - virtual void DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ); - - - // ------ Cell text drawing functions - // - void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxString&, const wxRect&, - int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT, - int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP, - int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ); - - void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayString& lines, const wxRect&, - int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT, - int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP, - int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ); - - - // Split a string containing newline chararcters into an array of - // strings and return the number of lines - // - void StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ); - - void GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, - const wxArrayString& lines, - long *width, long *height ); - - - // ------ - // Code that does a lot of grid modification can be enclosed - // between BeginBatch() and EndBatch() calls to avoid screen - // flicker - // - void BeginBatch() { m_batchCount++; } - void EndBatch(); - - int GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; } - - virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = true, - const wxRect* rect = (const wxRect *) NULL); - - // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an - // immediate repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are - // already inside a BeginBatch / EndBatch block. - // - // This function is necessary because wxGrid has a minimal OnPaint() - // handler to reduce screen flicker. - // - void ForceRefresh(); - - - // ------ edit control functions - // - bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; } - void EnableEditing( bool edit ); - - void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = true ); - void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(false); } - bool CanEnableCellControl() const; - bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const; - bool IsCellEditControlShown() const; - - bool IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const; - - void ShowCellEditControl(); - void HideCellEditControl(); - void SaveEditControlValue(); - - - // ------ grid location functions - // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of - // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device - // coordinates for mouse events etc. - // - void XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& ); - int YToRow( int y ); - int XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax = false ); - - int YToEdgeOfRow( int y ); - int XToEdgeOfCol( int x ); - - wxRect CellToRect( int row, int col ); - wxRect CellToRect( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) - { return CellToRect( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } - - int GetGridCursorRow() { return m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); } - int GetGridCursorCol() { return m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); } - - // check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or - // at least partially visible in the grid window - // - bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = true ); - bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = true ) - { return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); } - void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ); - void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) - { MakeCellVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } - - - // ------ grid cursor movement functions - // - void SetGridCursor( int row, int col ) - { SetCurrentCell( wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); } - - bool MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ); - bool MovePageDown(); - bool MovePageUp(); - bool MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ); - bool MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ); - - - // ------ label and gridline formatting - // - int GetDefaultRowLabelSize() { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; } - int GetRowLabelSize() { return m_rowLabelWidth; } - int GetDefaultColLabelSize() { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; } - int GetColLabelSize() { return m_colLabelHeight; } - wxColour GetLabelBackgroundColour() { return m_labelBackgroundColour; } - wxColour GetLabelTextColour() { return m_labelTextColour; } - wxFont GetLabelFont() { return m_labelFont; } - void GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ); - void GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ); - int GetColLabelTextOrientation(); - wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ); - wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ); - wxColour GetGridLineColour() { return m_gridLineColour; } - - // these methods may be overridden to customize individual grid lines - // appearance - virtual wxPen GetDefaultGridLinePen(); - virtual wxPen GetRowGridLinePen(int row); - virtual wxPen GetColGridLinePen(int col); - wxColour GetCellHighlightColour() { return m_cellHighlightColour; } - int GetCellHighlightPenWidth() { return m_cellHighlightPenWidth; } - int GetCellHighlightROPenWidth() { return m_cellHighlightROPenWidth; } - - void SetRowLabelSize( int width ); - void SetColLabelSize( int height ); - void SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& ); - void SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& ); - void SetLabelFont( const wxFont& ); - void SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); - void SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); - void SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ); - void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& ); - void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& ); - void SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& ); - void SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& ); - void SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width); - void SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width); - - void EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = true ); - void DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( false ); } - bool CanDragRowSize() { return m_canDragRowSize; } - void EnableDragColSize( bool enable = true ); - void DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( false ); } - bool CanDragColSize() { return m_canDragColSize; } - void EnableDragColMove( bool enable = true ); - void DisableDragColMove() { EnableDragColMove( false ); } - bool CanDragColMove() { return m_canDragColMove; } - void EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = true); - void DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(false); } - bool CanDragGridSize() { return m_canDragGridSize; } - - void EnableDragCell( bool enable = true ); - void DisableDragCell() { EnableDragCell( false ); } - bool CanDragCell() { return m_canDragCell; } - - // this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col - void SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - void SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - void SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr); - - // returns the attribute we may modify in place: a new one if this cell - // doesn't have any yet or the existing one if it does - // - // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer, as usual - wxGridCellAttr *GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const; - - - // shortcuts for setting the column parameters - - // set the format for the data in the column: default is string - void SetColFormatBool(int col); - void SetColFormatNumber(int col); - void SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1); - void SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName); - - void EnableGridLines( bool enable = true ); - bool GridLinesEnabled() { return m_gridLinesEnabled; } - - // ------ row and col formatting - // - int GetDefaultRowSize(); - int GetRowSize( int row ); - int GetDefaultColSize(); - int GetColSize( int col ); - wxColour GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(); - wxColour GetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col ); - wxColour GetDefaultCellTextColour(); - wxColour GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ); - wxFont GetDefaultCellFont(); - wxFont GetCellFont( int row, int col ); - void GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ); - void GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ); - bool GetDefaultCellOverflow(); - bool GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ); - void GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ); - - void SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false ); - void SetRowSize( int row, int height ); - void SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false ); - - void SetColSize( int col, int width ); - - //Column positions - int GetColAt( int colPos ) const - { - if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) - return colPos; - else - return m_colAt[colPos]; - } - - void SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ); - - int GetColPos( int colID ) const - { - if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) - return colID; - else - { - for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) - { - if ( m_colAt[i] == colID ) - return i; - } - } - - return -1; - } - - // automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if - // setAsMin is true, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width - // for this column - void AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = true ) - { AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, true); } - void AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = true ) - { AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, false); } - - // auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!) - void AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = true ) - { (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false, setAsMin); } - - void AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = true ) - { (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(false, setAsMin); } - - // auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size - // and also set the grid size to just fit its contents - void AutoSize(); - - // autosize row height depending on label text - void AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ); - - // autosize column width depending on label text - void AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ); - - // column won't be resized to be lesser width - this must be called during - // the grid creation because it won't resize the column if it's already - // narrower than the minimal width - void SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ); - void SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ); - - /* These members can be used to query and modify the minimal - * acceptable size of grid rows and columns. Call this function in - * your code which creates the grid if you want to display cells - * with a size smaller than the default acceptable minimum size. - * Like the members SetColMinimalWidth and SetRowMinimalWidth, - * the existing rows or columns will not be checked/resized. - */ - void SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ); - void SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int width ); - int GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const; - int GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const; - - void SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& ); - void SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& ); - void SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& ); - - void SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& ); - void SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& ); - void SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& ); - void SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); - void SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ); - void SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ); - void SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ); - void SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ); - - // takes ownership of the pointer - void SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer); - void SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer); - wxGridCellRenderer *GetDefaultRenderer() const; - wxGridCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer(int row, int col); - - // takes ownership of the pointer - void SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor); - void SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor *editor); - wxGridCellEditor *GetDefaultEditor() const; - wxGridCellEditor* GetCellEditor(int row, int col); - - - - // ------ cell value accessors - // - wxString GetCellValue( int row, int col ) - { - if ( m_table ) - { - return m_table->GetValue( row, col ); - } - else - { - return wxEmptyString; - } - } - - wxString GetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) - { return GetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } - - void SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ); - void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s ) - { SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); } - - // returns true if the cell can't be edited - bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const; - - // make the cell editable/readonly - void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = true); - - // ------ select blocks of cells - // - void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = false ); - void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = false ); - - void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, - bool addToSelected = false ); - - void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, - const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, - bool addToSelected = false ) - { SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(), - bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(), - addToSelected ); } - - void SelectAll(); - - bool IsSelection(); - - // ------ deselect blocks or cells - // - void DeselectRow( int row ); - void DeselectCol( int col ); - void DeselectCell( int row, int col ); - - void ClearSelection(); - - bool IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const; - - bool IsInSelection( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const - { return IsInSelection( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } - - wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectedCells() const; - wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const; - wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const; - wxArrayInt GetSelectedRows() const; - wxArrayInt GetSelectedCols() const; - - // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the block of cells - // limited by TopLeft and BottomRight cell in device coords and clipped - // to the client size of the grid window. - // - wxRect BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords & topLeft, - const wxGridCellCoords & bottomRight ); - - // Access or update the selection fore/back colours - wxColour GetSelectionBackground() const - { return m_selectionBackground; } - wxColour GetSelectionForeground() const - { return m_selectionForeground; } - - void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionBackground = c; } - void SetSelectionForeground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionForeground = c; } - - - // Methods for a registry for mapping data types to Renderers/Editors - void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, - wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, - wxGridCellEditor* editor); - // DJC MAPTEK - virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const; - wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const - { return GetDefaultEditorForCell(c.GetRow(), c.GetCol()); } - virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const; - virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const; - virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const; - - // grid may occupy more space than needed for its rows/columns, this - // function allows to set how big this extra space is - void SetMargins(int extraWidth, int extraHeight) - { - m_extraWidth = extraWidth; - m_extraHeight = extraHeight; - - CalcDimensions(); - } - - // Accessors for component windows - wxWindow* GetGridWindow() { return (wxWindow*)m_gridWin; } - wxWindow* GetGridRowLabelWindow() { return (wxWindow*)m_rowLabelWin; } - wxWindow* GetGridColLabelWindow() { return (wxWindow*)m_colLabelWin; } - wxWindow* GetGridCornerLabelWindow() { return (wxWindow*)m_cornerLabelWin; } - - // Allow adjustment of scroll increment. The default is (15, 15). - void SetScrollLineX(int x) { m_scrollLineX = x; } - void SetScrollLineY(int y) { m_scrollLineY = y; } - int GetScrollLineX() const { return m_scrollLineX; } - int GetScrollLineY() const { return m_scrollLineY; } - - // Implementation - int GetScrollX(int x) const - { - return (x + GetScrollLineX() - 1) / GetScrollLineX(); - } - - int GetScrollY(int y) const - { - return (y + GetScrollLineY() - 1) / GetScrollLineY(); - } - - - // override some base class functions - virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); - - - // ------ For compatibility with previous wxGrid only... - // - // ************************************************ - // ** Don't use these in new code because they ** - // ** are liable to disappear in a future ** - // ** revision ** - // ************************************************ - // - - wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, - int x, int y, int w = wxDefaultCoord, int h = wxDefaultCoord, - long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, - const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr ) - : wxScrolledWindow( parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x,y), wxSize(w,h), - (style|wxWANTS_CHARS), name ) - { - Create(); - } - - void SetCellValue( const wxString& val, int row, int col ) - { SetCellValue( row, col, val ); } - - void UpdateDimensions() - { CalcDimensions(); } - - int GetRows() { return GetNumberRows(); } - int GetCols() { return GetNumberCols(); } - int GetCursorRow() { return GetGridCursorRow(); } - int GetCursorColumn() { return GetGridCursorCol(); } - - int GetScrollPosX() { return 0; } - int GetScrollPosY() { return 0; } - - void SetScrollX( int WXUNUSED(x) ) { } - void SetScrollY( int WXUNUSED(y) ) { } - - void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width ) - { SetColSize( col, width ); } - - int GetColumnWidth( int col ) - { return GetColSize( col ); } - - void SetRowHeight( int row, int height ) - { SetRowSize( row, height ); } - - // GetRowHeight() is below - - int GetViewHeight() // returned num whole rows visible - { return 0; } - - int GetViewWidth() // returned num whole cols visible - { return 0; } - - void SetLabelSize( int orientation, int sz ) - { - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - SetColLabelSize( sz ); - else - SetRowLabelSize( sz ); - } - - int GetLabelSize( int orientation ) - { - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - return GetColLabelSize(); - else - return GetRowLabelSize(); - } - - void SetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int align ) - { - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - SetColLabelAlignment( align, -1 ); - else - SetRowLabelAlignment( align, -1 ); - } - - int GetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int WXUNUSED(align) ) - { - int h, v; - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - { - GetColLabelAlignment( &h, &v ); - return h; - } - else - { - GetRowLabelAlignment( &h, &v ); - return h; - } - } - - void SetLabelValue( int orientation, const wxString& val, int pos ) - { - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - SetColLabelValue( pos, val ); - else - SetRowLabelValue( pos, val ); - } - - wxString GetLabelValue( int orientation, int pos) - { - if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) - return GetColLabelValue( pos ); - else - return GetRowLabelValue( pos ); - } - - wxFont GetCellTextFont() const - { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); } - - wxFont GetCellTextFont(int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col)) const - { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); } - - void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt) - { SetDefaultCellFont( fnt ); } - - void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt, int row, int col) - { SetCellFont( row, col, fnt ); } - - void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& val, int row, int col) - { SetCellTextColour( row, col, val ); } - - void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& col) - { SetDefaultCellTextColour( col ); } - - void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col) - { SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( col ); } - - void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour, int row, int col) - { SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); } - - bool GetEditable() { return IsEditable(); } - void SetEditable( bool edit = true ) { EnableEditing( edit ); } - bool GetEditInPlace() { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); } - - void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = true) { } - - void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col) - { SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); } - void SetCellAlignment( int WXUNUSED(align) ) {} - void SetCellBitmap(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col)) - { } - void SetDividerPen(const wxPen& WXUNUSED(pen)) { } - wxPen& GetDividerPen() const; - void OnActivate(bool WXUNUSED(active)) {} - - // ******** End of compatibility functions ********** - - - - // ------ control IDs - enum { wxGRID_CELLCTRL = 2000, - wxGRID_TOPCTRL }; - - // ------ control types - enum { wxGRID_TEXTCTRL = 2100, - wxGRID_CHECKBOX, - wxGRID_CHOICE, - wxGRID_COMBOBOX }; - - // overridden wxWindow methods - virtual void Fit(); - -protected: - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - bool m_created; - - wxGridWindow *m_gridWin; - wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; - wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; - wxGridCornerLabelWindow *m_cornerLabelWin; - - wxGridTableBase *m_table; - bool m_ownTable; - - int m_numRows; - int m_numCols; - - wxGridCellCoords m_currentCellCoords; - - wxGridCellCoords m_selectingTopLeft; - wxGridCellCoords m_selectingBottomRight; - wxGridCellCoords m_selectingKeyboard; - wxGridSelection *m_selection; - wxColour m_selectionBackground; - wxColour m_selectionForeground; - - // NB: *never* access m_row/col arrays directly because they are created - // on demand, *always* use accessor functions instead! - - // init the m_rowHeights/Bottoms arrays with default values - void InitRowHeights(); - - int m_defaultRowHeight; - int m_minAcceptableRowHeight; - wxArrayInt m_rowHeights; - wxArrayInt m_rowBottoms; - - // init the m_colWidths/Rights arrays - void InitColWidths(); - - int m_defaultColWidth; - int m_minAcceptableColWidth; - wxArrayInt m_colWidths; - wxArrayInt m_colRights; - - // get the col/row coords - int GetColWidth(int col) const; - int GetColLeft(int col) const; - int GetColRight(int col) const; - - // this function must be public for compatibility... -public: - int GetRowHeight(int row) const; -protected: - - int GetRowTop(int row) const; - int GetRowBottom(int row) const; - - int m_rowLabelWidth; - int m_colLabelHeight; - - // the size of the margin left to the right and bottom of the cell area - int m_extraWidth, - m_extraHeight; - - wxColour m_labelBackgroundColour; - wxColour m_labelTextColour; - wxFont m_labelFont; - - int m_rowLabelHorizAlign; - int m_rowLabelVertAlign; - int m_colLabelHorizAlign; - int m_colLabelVertAlign; - int m_colLabelTextOrientation; - - bool m_defaultRowLabelValues; - bool m_defaultColLabelValues; - - wxColour m_gridLineColour; - bool m_gridLinesEnabled; - wxColour m_cellHighlightColour; - int m_cellHighlightPenWidth; - int m_cellHighlightROPenWidth; - - - // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize() - int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true); - int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true); - - // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() - void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, bool column /* or row? */); - - // if a column has a minimal width, it will be the value for it in this - // hash table - wxLongToLongHashMap m_colMinWidths, - m_rowMinHeights; - - // get the minimal width of the given column/row - int GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const; - int GetRowMinimalHeight(int col) const; - - // do we have some place to store attributes in? - bool CanHaveAttributes(); - - // cell attribute cache (currently we only cache 1, may be will do - // more/better later) - struct CachedAttr - { - int row, col; - wxGridCellAttr *attr; - } m_attrCache; - - // invalidates the attribute cache - void ClearAttrCache(); - - // adds an attribute to cache - void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const; - - // looks for an attr in cache, returns true if found - bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const; - - // looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the - // result - wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const; - wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) - { return GetCellAttr( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } - - // the default cell attr object for cells that don't have their own - wxGridCellAttr* m_defaultCellAttr; - - - bool m_inOnKeyDown; - int m_batchCount; - - - wxGridTypeRegistry* m_typeRegistry; - - enum CursorMode - { - WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, - WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, - WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, - WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, - WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, - WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL - }; - - // this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor - // for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not false releases the mouse - // if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured - // - // for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode - // directly! - void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, - wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL, - bool captureMouse = true); - - wxWindow *m_winCapture; // the window which captured the mouse - CursorMode m_cursorMode; - - //Column positions - wxArrayInt m_colAt; - int m_moveToCol; - - bool m_canDragRowSize; - bool m_canDragColSize; - bool m_canDragColMove; - bool m_canDragGridSize; - bool m_canDragCell; - int m_dragLastPos; - int m_dragRowOrCol; - bool m_isDragging; - wxPoint m_startDragPos; - - bool m_waitForSlowClick; - - wxGridCellCoords m_selectionStart; - - wxCursor m_rowResizeCursor; - wxCursor m_colResizeCursor; - - bool m_editable; // applies to whole grid - bool m_cellEditCtrlEnabled; // is in-place edit currently shown? - - int m_scrollLineX; // X scroll increment - int m_scrollLineY; // Y scroll increment - - void Create(); - void Init(); - void CalcDimensions(); - void CalcWindowSizes(); - bool Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& ); - - - int SendEvent( const wxEventType, int row, int col, wxMouseEvent& ); - int SendEvent( const wxEventType, int row, int col ); - int SendEvent( const wxEventType type) - { - return SendEvent(type, - m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), - m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); - } - - void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& ); - void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& ); - void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); - void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); - void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); - void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); - - - void SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ); - void SetCurrentCell( int row, int col ) - { SetCurrentCell( wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); } - - void HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ); - - void HighlightBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, - const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) - { HighlightBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(), - bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol() ); } - - // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) - // - bool GetModelValues(); - bool SetModelValues(); - -private: - // Calculate the minimum acceptable size for labels area - wxCoord CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(bool column /* or row? */); - - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid ) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGrid) -}; - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Grid event class and event types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxGridEvent() - : wxNotifyEvent(), m_row(-1), m_col(-1), m_x(-1), m_y(-1), - m_selecting(0), m_control(0), m_meta(0), m_shift(0), m_alt(0) - { - } - - wxGridEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, - int row=-1, int col=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, bool sel = true, - bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false); - - virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; } - virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; } - wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); } - bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; } - bool ControlDown() { return m_control; } - bool MetaDown() { return m_meta; } - bool ShiftDown() { return m_shift; } - bool AltDown() { return m_alt; } - bool CmdDown() - { -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - return MetaDown(); -#else - return ControlDown(); -#endif - } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEvent(*this); } - -protected: - int m_row; - int m_col; - int m_x; - int m_y; - bool m_selecting; - bool m_control; - bool m_meta; - bool m_shift; - bool m_alt; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEvent) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSizeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxGridSizeEvent() - : wxNotifyEvent(), m_rowOrCol(-1), m_x(-1), m_y(-1), - m_control(0), m_meta(0), m_shift(0), m_alt(0) - { - } - - wxGridSizeEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, - int rowOrCol=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, - bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false); - - int GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; } - wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); } - bool ControlDown() { return m_control; } - bool MetaDown() { return m_meta; } - bool ShiftDown() { return m_shift; } - bool AltDown() { return m_alt; } - bool CmdDown() - { -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - return MetaDown(); -#else - return ControlDown(); -#endif - } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridSizeEvent(*this); } - -protected: - int m_rowOrCol; - int m_x; - int m_y; - bool m_control; - bool m_meta; - bool m_shift; - bool m_alt; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridSizeEvent) -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRangeSelectEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxGridRangeSelectEvent() - : wxNotifyEvent() - { - m_topLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; - m_bottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; - m_selecting = false; - m_control = false; - m_meta = false; - m_shift = false; - m_alt = false; - } - - wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, - const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, - const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, - bool sel = true, - bool control = false, bool shift = false, - bool alt = false, bool meta = false); - - wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; } - wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; } - int GetTopRow() { return m_topLeft.GetRow(); } - int GetBottomRow() { return m_bottomRight.GetRow(); } - int GetLeftCol() { return m_topLeft.GetCol(); } - int GetRightCol() { return m_bottomRight.GetCol(); } - bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; } - bool ControlDown() { return m_control; } - bool MetaDown() { return m_meta; } - bool ShiftDown() { return m_shift; } - bool AltDown() { return m_alt; } - bool CmdDown() - { -#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) - return MetaDown(); -#else - return ControlDown(); -#endif - } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridRangeSelectEvent(*this); } - -protected: - wxGridCellCoords m_topLeft; - wxGridCellCoords m_bottomRight; - bool m_selecting; - bool m_control; - bool m_meta; - bool m_shift; - bool m_alt; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridRangeSelectEvent) -}; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEditorCreatedEvent : public wxCommandEvent { -public: - wxGridEditorCreatedEvent() - : wxCommandEvent() - { - m_row = 0; - m_col = 0; - m_ctrl = NULL; - } - - wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, - int row, int col, wxControl* ctrl); - - int GetRow() { return m_row; } - int GetCol() { return m_col; } - wxControl* GetControl() { return m_ctrl; } - void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; } - void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; } - void SetControl(wxControl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(*this); } - -private: - int m_row; - int m_col; - wxControl* m_ctrl; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent) -}; - - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, 1580) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, 1581) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, 1582) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1583) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, 1584) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, 1585) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, 1586) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1587) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, 1588) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, 1589) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, 1590) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, 1591) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, 1592) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, 1593) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, 1594) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, 1595) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, 1596) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, 1597) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEventFunction)(wxGridEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridSizeEventFunction)(wxGridSizeEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&); -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&); - -#define wxGridEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxGridEventFunction, &func) - -#define wxGridSizeEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxGridSizeEventFunction, &func) - -#define wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &func) - -#define wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &func) - -#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEventHandler(fn)) - -#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridSizeEventHandler(fn)) - -#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(fn)) - -#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(ROW_SIZE, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(COL_SIZE, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(COL_MOVE, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(RANGE_SELECT, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_CHANGE, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(SELECT_CELL, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_SHOWN, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_HIDDEN, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(EDITOR_CREATED, id, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) - -// same as above but for any id (exists mainly for backwards compatibility but -// then it's also true that you rarely have multiple grid in the same window) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_COL_MOVE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(wxID_ANY, fn) -#define EVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(wxID_ANY, fn) - -#if 0 // TODO: implement these ? others ? - -extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL; -extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS; -extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL; - -#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), -#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), -#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), - -#endif - -#endif // wxUSE_GRID -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2581fd288..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: generic/gridctrl.h -// Purpose: wxGrid controls -// Author: Paul Gammans, Roger Gammans -// Modified by: -// Created: 11/04/2001 -// RCS-ID: $Id: gridctrl.h 48089 2007-08-15 11:46:57Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) The Computer Surgery (paul@compsurg.co.uk) -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ - -#include "wx/grid.h" - -#if wxUSE_GRID - -#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICEINT _T("choiceint") -#define wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME _T("datetime") - -#if wxUSE_DATETIME - -#include "wx/datetime.h" - -// the default renderer for the cells containing Time and dates.. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer -{ -public: - wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer(const wxString& outformat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, - const wxString& informat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat); - - // draw the string right aligned - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; - - // parameters string format is "width[,precision]" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - -protected: - wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); - - wxString m_iformat; - wxString m_oformat; - wxDateTime m_dateDef; - wxDateTime::TimeZone m_tz; -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME - -// the default renderer for the cells containing Time and dates.. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer -{ -public: - wxGridCellEnumRenderer( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString ); - - // draw the string right aligned - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; - - // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]" - virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); - -protected: - wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); - - wxArrayString m_choices; -}; - - -#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumEditor : public wxGridCellChoiceEditor -{ -public: - wxGridCellEnumEditor( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString ); - virtual ~wxGridCellEnumEditor() {} - - virtual wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const; - - virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); - -private: - long int m_startint; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEnumEditor) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor -{ -public: - wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor() : wxGridCellTextEditor() { } - virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, - wxWindowID id, - wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); - - virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor; } - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer -{ -public: - wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer() : wxGridCellStringRenderer() { } - - virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col, - bool isSelected); - - virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, - wxGridCellAttr& attr, - wxDC& dc, - int row, int col); - - virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const - { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer; } - -private: - wxArrayString GetTextLines( wxGrid& grid, - wxDC& dc, - const wxGridCellAttr& attr, - const wxRect& rect, - int row, int col); - -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GRID -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h deleted file mode 100644 index fff21a368..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/gridsel.h -// Purpose: wxGridSelection -// Author: Stefan Neis -// Modified by: -// Created: 20/02/2000 -// RCS-ID: $$ -// Copyright: (c) Stefan Neis -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GRID - -#include "wx/grid.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSelection -{ -public: - wxGridSelection( wxGrid * grid, wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes sel = - wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ); - bool IsSelection(); - bool IsInSelection ( int row, int col ); - void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode); - wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; } - void SelectRow( int row, - bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false, - bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false ); - void SelectCol( int col, - bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false, - bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false ); - void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, - int bottomRow, int rightCol, - bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false, - bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false, - bool sendEvent = true ); - void SelectCell( int row, int col, - bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false, - bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false, - bool sendEvent = true ); - void ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col, - bool ControlDown = false, - bool ShiftDown = false, - bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false ); - void ClearSelection(); - - void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); - void UpdateCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); - -private: - int BlockContain( int topRow1, int leftCol1, - int bottomRow1, int rightCol1, - int topRow2, int leftCol2, - int bottomRow2, int rightCol2 ); - // returns 1, if Block1 contains Block2, - // -1, if Block2 contains Block1, - // 0, otherwise - - int BlockContainsCell( int topRow, int leftCol, - int bottomRow, int rightCol, - int row, int col ) - // returns 1, if Block contains Cell, - // 0, otherwise - { - return ( topRow <= row && row <= bottomRow && - leftCol <= col && col <= rightCol ); - } - - wxGridCellCoordsArray m_cellSelection; - wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionTopLeft; - wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionBottomRight; - wxArrayInt m_rowSelection; - wxArrayInt m_colSelection; - - wxGrid *m_grid; - wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes m_selectionMode; - - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSelection) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_GRID -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/helpext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/helpext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62d5c6748..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/helpext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/*-*- c++ -*-******************************************************** - * helpext.h - an external help controller for wxWidgets * - * * - * (C) 1998 by Karsten Ballueder (Ballueder@usa.net) * - * License: wxWindows licence * - * * - * $Id: helpext.h 50711 2007-12-15 02:57:58Z VZ $ - *******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __WX_HELPEXT_H_ -#define __WX_HELPEXT_H_ - -#if wxUSE_HELP - -#include "wx/helpbase.h" - -/** - This class implements help via an external browser. - It requires the name of a directory containing the documentation - and a file mapping numerical Section numbers to relative URLS. - - The map file contains two or three fields per line: - numeric_id relative_URL [; comment/documentation] - - The numeric_id is the id used to look up the entry in - DisplaySection()/DisplayBlock(). The relative_URL is a filename of - an html file, relative to the help directory. The optional - comment/documentation field (after a ';') is used for keyword - searches, so some meaningful text here does not hurt. - If the documentation itself contains a ';', only the part before - that will be displayed in the listbox, but all of it used for search. - - Lines starting with ';' will be ignored. -*/ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase -{ -public: - wxExtHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL); - virtual ~wxExtHelpController(); - - /** Tell it which browser to use. - The Netscape support will check whether Netscape is already - running (by looking at the .netscape/lock file in the user's - home directory) and tell it to load the page into the existing - window. - @param browsername The command to call a browser/html viewer. - @param isNetscape Set this to true if the browser is some variant of Netscape. - */ - void SetBrowser(const wxString& browsername = wxEmptyString, - bool isNetscape = false); - - // Set viewer: new name for SetBrowser - virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& viewer = wxEmptyString, - long flags = wxHELP_NETSCAPE); - - /** This must be called to tell the controller where to find the - documentation. - If a locale is set, look in file/localename, i.e. - If passed "/usr/local/myapp/help" and the current wxLocale is - set to be "de", then look in "/usr/local/myapp/help/de/" - first and fall back to "/usr/local/myapp/help" if that - doesn't exist. - - @param file - NOT a filename, but a directory name. - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir, int WXUNUSED(server)) - { return Initialize(dir); } - - /** This must be called to tell the controller where to find the - documentation. - If a locale is set, look in file/localename, i.e. - If passed "/usr/local/myapp/help" and the current wxLocale is - set to be "de", then look in "/usr/local/myapp/help/de/" - first and fall back to "/usr/local/myapp/help" if that - doesn't exist. - @param dir - directory name where to fine the help files - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir); - - /** If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize. - @file Name of help directory. - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); - - /** Display list of all help entries. - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool DisplayContents(void); - /** Display help for id sectionNo. - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); - /** Display help for id sectionNo -- identical with DisplaySection(). - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section); - /** Display help for URL (using DisplayHelp) or keyword (using KeywordSearch) - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); - /** Search comment/documentation fields in map file and present a - list to chose from. - @key k string to search for, empty string will list all entries - @return true on success - */ - virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, - wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); - - /// does nothing - virtual bool Quit(void); - /// does nothing - virtual void OnQuit(void); - - /// Call the browser using a relative URL. - virtual bool DisplayHelp(const wxString &) ; - - /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame. - virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), - const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size), - const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition, - bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false) - { - // does nothing by default - } - /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help - /// frame. - virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL, - wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL, - bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL) - { - return (wxFrame*) NULL;// does nothing by default - } - -protected: - /// Filename of currently active map file. - wxString m_helpDir; - /// How many entries do we have in the map file? - int m_NumOfEntries; - /// A list containing all id,url,documentation triples. - wxList *m_MapList; - -private: - // parse a single line of the map file (called by LoadFile()) - // - // return true if the line was valid or false otherwise - bool ParseMapFileLine(const wxString& line); - - /// Deletes the list and all objects. - void DeleteList(void); - - - /// How to call the html viewer. - wxString m_BrowserName; - /// Is the viewer a variant of netscape? - bool m_BrowserIsNetscape; - - DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_HELP - -#endif // __WX_HELPEXT_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/icon.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/icon.h deleted file mode 100644 index de7d23834..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/icon.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/icon.h -// Purpose: wxIcon implementation for ports where it's same as wxBitmap -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 17/09/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 42752 2006-10-30 19:26:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxIcon -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef wxICON_DEFAULT_BITMAP_TYPE -#define wxICON_DEFAULT_BITMAP_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon: public wxBitmap -{ -public: - wxIcon(); - - wxIcon( const char **bits, int width=-1, int height=-1 ); - wxIcon( char **bits, int width=-1, int height=-1 ); - - // For compatibility with wxMSW where desired size is sometimes required to - // distinguish between multiple icons in a resource. - wxIcon( const wxString& filename, - wxBitmapType type = wxICON_DEFAULT_BITMAP_TYPE, - int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth)=-1, int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight)=-1 ) : - wxBitmap(filename, type) - { - } - - wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc) - : wxBitmap(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY) - { - } - - // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome): - // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no - // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function - void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h deleted file mode 100644 index 92db6dc87..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/imaglist.h -// Purpose: -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Created: 01/02/97 -// Id: -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __IMAGELISTH_G__ -#define __IMAGELISTH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/list.h" -#include "wx/icon.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour; - - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericImageList: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; } - wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); - virtual ~wxGenericImageList(); - bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); - bool Create(); - - virtual int GetImageCount() const; - virtual bool GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const; - - int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); - int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ); - int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour ); - wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const; - wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const; - bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap ); - bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ); - bool Remove( int index ); - bool RemoveAll(); - - virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y, - int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, - bool solidBackground = false); - - // Internal use only - const wxBitmap *GetBitmapPtr(int index) const; -private: - wxList m_images; - - int m_width; - int m_height; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericImageList) -}; - -#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST - -/* - * wxImageList has to be a real class or we have problems with - * the run-time information. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxGenericImageList -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList) - -public: - wxImageList() {} - - wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ) - : wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount) - { - } -}; -#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST - -#endif // __IMAGELISTH_G__ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/laywin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/laywin.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffb1f1a8d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/laywin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: laywin.h -// Purpose: Implements a simple layout algorithm, plus -// wxSashLayoutWindow which is an example of a window with -// layout-awareness (via event handlers). This is suited to -// IDE-style window layout. -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 04/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: laywin.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ -#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ - -#if wxUSE_SASH - #include "wx/sashwin.h" -#endif // wxUSE_SASH - -#include "wx/event.h" - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, 1500) - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, 1501) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -enum wxLayoutOrientation -{ - wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL, - wxLAYOUT_VERTICAL -}; - -enum wxLayoutAlignment -{ - wxLAYOUT_NONE, - wxLAYOUT_TOP, - wxLAYOUT_LEFT, - wxLAYOUT_RIGHT, - wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM -}; - -// Not sure this is necessary -// Tell window which dimension we're sizing on -#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_Y 0x0008 -#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_X 0x0000 - -// Use most recently used length -#define wxLAYOUT_MRU_LENGTH 0x0010 - -// Only a query, so don't actually move it. -#define wxLAYOUT_QUERY 0x0100 - -/* - * This event is used to get information about window alignment, - * orientation and size. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent: public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(wxWindowID id = 0) - { - SetEventType(wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO); - m_requestedLength = 0; - m_flags = 0; - m_id = id; - m_alignment = wxLAYOUT_TOP; - m_orientation = wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL; - } - - // Read by the app - void SetRequestedLength(int length) { m_requestedLength = length; } - int GetRequestedLength() const { return m_requestedLength; } - - void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } - int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } - - // Set by the app - void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; } - wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } - - void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; } - wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; } - - void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; } - wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(*this); } - -protected: - int m_flags; - int m_requestedLength; - wxSize m_size; - wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation; - wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent) -}; - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&); - -#define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \ - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, & func ), NULL ), - -/* - * This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalculateLayoutEvent: public wxEvent -{ -public: - wxCalculateLayoutEvent(wxWindowID id = 0) - { - SetEventType(wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT); - m_flags = 0; - m_id = id; - } - - // Read by the app - void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } - int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } - - // Set by the app - void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } - wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } - - virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCalculateLayoutEvent(*this); } - -protected: - int m_flags; - wxRect m_rect; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent) -}; - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&); - -#define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \ - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, & func ), NULL ), - -#if wxUSE_SASH - -// This is window that can remember alignment/orientation, does its own layout, -// and can provide sashes too. Useful for implementing docked windows with sashes in -// an IDE-style interface. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashLayoutWindow: public wxSashWindow -{ -public: - wxSashLayoutWindow() - { - Init(); - } - - wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow")) - { - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow")); - -// Accessors - inline wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; } - inline wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; } - - inline void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; } - inline void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; } - - // Give the window default dimensions - inline void SetDefaultSize(const wxSize& size) { m_defaultSize = size; } - -// Event handlers - // Called by layout algorithm to allow window to take a bit out of the - // client rectangle, and size itself if not in wxLAYOUT_QUERY mode. - void OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event); - - // Called by layout algorithm to retrieve information about the window. - void OnQueryLayoutInfo(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent& event); - -private: - void Init(); - - wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment; - wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation; - wxSize m_defaultSize; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSashLayoutWindow) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_SASH - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; - -// This class implements the layout algorithm -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxLayoutAlgorithm: public wxObject -{ -public: - wxLayoutAlgorithm() {} - -#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE - // The MDI client window is sized to whatever's left over. - bool LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL); -#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE - - // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over. This function for backward - // compatibility; use LayoutWindow. - bool LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = (wxWindow*) NULL); - - // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over. - bool LayoutWindow(wxWindow* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = (wxWindow*) NULL); -}; - -#endif - // _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 410964925..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,281 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/listctrl.h -// Purpose: Generic list control -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrl.h 46432 2007-06-13 03:46:20Z SC $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ - -#include "wx/textctrl.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList; - -#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP -class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget; -#endif - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// internal classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxListHeaderWindow; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxListMainWindow; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxListCtrl -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericListCtrl: public wxControl -{ -public: - - wxGenericListCtrl(); - wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLC_ICON, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) - { - Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - virtual ~wxGenericListCtrl(); - - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLC_ICON, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr); - - bool GetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ) const; - bool SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ); - int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const; - bool SetColumnWidth( int col, int width); - int GetCountPerPage() const; // not the same in wxGLC as in Windows, I think - wxRect GetViewRect() const; - - bool GetItem( wxListItem& info ) const; - bool SetItem( wxListItem& info ) ; - long SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1 ); - int GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const; - bool SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask); - bool SetItemImage( long item, int image, int selImage = -1 ); - bool SetItemColumnImage( long item, long column, int image ); - wxString GetItemText( long item ) const; - void SetItemText( long item, const wxString& str ); - wxUIntPtr GetItemData( long item ) const; -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 - bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data); -#endif // wxABI 2.8.4+ - bool SetItemData(long item, long data); - bool GetItemRect( long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const; - bool GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const; - bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC - int GetItemCount() const; - int GetColumnCount() const; - void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false ); - wxSize GetItemSpacing() const; - void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col); - wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const; - void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col); - wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const; - void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f); - wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const; - int GetSelectedItemCount() const; - wxColour GetTextColour() const; - void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col); - long GetTopItem() const; - - void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = true ) ; - void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); - void RecreateWindow() {} - long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const; - wxImageList *GetImageList( int which ) const; - void SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ); - void AssignImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ); - bool Arrange( int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT ); // always wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT in wxGLC - - void ClearAll(); - bool DeleteItem( long item ); - bool DeleteAllItems(); - bool DeleteAllColumns(); - bool DeleteColumn( int col ); - - void SetItemCount(long count); - - wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(long item, - wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); - wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const; - void Edit( long item ) { EditLabel(item); } - - bool EnsureVisible( long item ); - long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false ); - long FindItem( long start, wxUIntPtr data ); - long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC - long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long *pSubItem = NULL ) const; - long InsertItem(wxListItem& info); - long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label ); - long InsertItem( long index, int imageIndex ); - long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex ); - long InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem& info ); - long InsertColumn( long col, const wxString& heading, - int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, int width = -1 ); - bool ScrollList( int dx, int dy ); - bool SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data ); - bool Update( long item ); - // Must provide overload to avoid hiding it (and warnings about it) - virtual void Update() { wxControl::Update(); } - - // are we in report mode? - bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); } - - // are we in virtual report mode? - bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); } - - // do we have a header window? - bool HasHeader() const - { return InReportView() && !HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER); } - - // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls) - void RefreshItem(long item); - void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // obsolete, don't use - wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall ) const ); -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - - virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const - { - return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); - } - - static wxVisualAttributes - GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - void OnInternalIdle( ); - void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); - - // We have to hand down a few functions - virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, - const wxRect *rect = NULL); - - virtual void Freeze(); - virtual void Thaw(); - - virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); - virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); - virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; - virtual wxColour GetForegroundColour() const; - virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); - virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); - - virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const; - virtual void SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true); - -#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP - virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); - virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const; -#endif - - virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } - virtual void SetFocus(); - - // implementation - // -------------- - - wxImageList *m_imageListNormal; - wxImageList *m_imageListSmall; - wxImageList *m_imageListState; // what's that ? - bool m_ownsImageListNormal, - m_ownsImageListSmall, - m_ownsImageListState; - wxListHeaderWindow *m_headerWin; - wxListMainWindow *m_mainWin; - wxCoord m_headerHeight; - -protected: - virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ); - - // take into account the coordinates difference between the container - // window and the list control window itself here - virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const; - virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const; - - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - // return the text for the given column of the given item - virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const; - - // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will - // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for - // details. - virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const; - - // return the icon for the given item and column. - virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const; - - // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none) - virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const; - - // it calls our OnGetXXX() functions - friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxListMainWindow; - -private: - // create the header window - void CreateHeaderWindow(); - - // calculate and set height of the header - void CalculateAndSetHeaderHeight(); - - // reposition the header and the main window in the report view depending - // on whether it should be shown or not - void ResizeReportView(bool showHeader); - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericListCtrl) -}; - -#if (!defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) && (!defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) -/* - * wxListCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with - * the run-time information. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxGenericListCtrl -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl) - -public: - wxListCtrl() {} - - wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLC_ICON, - const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) - : wxGenericListCtrl(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name) - { - } - -}; -#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__ - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/logg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/logg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 855c0c2f3..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/logg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/logg.h -// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs) -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: logg.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_LOGG_H_ -#define _WX_LOGG_H_ - -#if wxUSE_GUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// the following log targets are only compiled in if the we're compiling the -// GUI part (andnot just the base one) of the library, they're implemented in -// src/generic/logg.cpp *and not src/common/log.cpp unlike all the rest) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - -// log everything to a text window (GUI only of course) -class WXDLLEXPORT wxLogTextCtrl : public wxLog -{ -public: - wxLogTextCtrl(wxTextCtrl *pTextCtrl); - -protected: - // implement sink function - virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t); - -private: - // the control we use - wxTextCtrl *m_pTextCtrl; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogTextCtrl) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// GUI log target, the default one for wxWidgets programs -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_LOGGUI - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxLogGui : public wxLog -{ -public: - // ctor - wxLogGui(); - - // show all messages that were logged since the last Flush() - virtual void Flush(); - -protected: - virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t); - - // empty everything - void Clear(); - - wxArrayString m_aMessages; // the log message texts - wxArrayInt m_aSeverity; // one of wxLOG_XXX values - wxArrayLong m_aTimes; // the time of each message - bool m_bErrors, // do we have any errors? - m_bWarnings, // any warnings? - m_bHasMessages; // any messages at all? - -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_LOGGUI - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// (background) log window: this class forwards all log messages to the log -// target which was active when it was instantiated, but also collects them -// to the log window. This window has it's own menu which allows the user to -// close it, clear the log contents or save it to the file. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxLogWindow : public wxLogPassThrough -{ -public: - wxLogWindow(wxWindow *pParent, // the parent frame (can be NULL) - const wxChar *szTitle, // the title of the frame - bool bShow = true, // show window immediately? - bool bPassToOld = true); // pass messages to the old target? - - virtual ~wxLogWindow(); - - // window operations - // show/hide the log window - void Show(bool bShow = true); - // retrieve the pointer to the frame - wxFrame *GetFrame() const; - - // overridables - // called immediately after the log frame creation allowing for - // any extra initializations - virtual void OnFrameCreate(wxFrame *frame); - // called if the user closes the window interactively, will not be - // called if it is destroyed for another reason (such as when program - // exits) - return true from here to allow the frame to close, false - // to prevent this from happening - virtual bool OnFrameClose(wxFrame *frame); - // called right before the log frame is going to be deleted: will - // always be called unlike OnFrameClose() - virtual void OnFrameDelete(wxFrame *frame); - -protected: - virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t); - virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t); - -private: - wxLogFrame *m_pLogFrame; // the log frame - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogWindow) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_LOGWINDOW - -#endif // wxUSE_GUI - -#endif // _WX_LOGG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mask.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mask.h deleted file mode 100644 index 41c85e3c4..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mask.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/mask.h -// Purpose: generic implementation of wxMask -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 2006-09-28 -// RCS-ID: $Id: mask.h 41495 2006-09-28 23:02:39Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// generic wxMask implementation -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask : public wxMaskBase -{ -public: - wxMask() { } - wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour) - { - InitFromColour(bitmap, colour); - } - -#if wxUSE_PALETTE - wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex) - { - Create(bitmap, paletteIndex); - } -#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE - - wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap) - { - InitFromMonoBitmap(bitmap); - } - - // implementation-only from now on - wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } - -private: - // implement wxMaskBase pure virtuals - virtual void FreeData(); - virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); - virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); - - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mdig.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mdig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 99d924399..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/mdig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,335 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/mdig.h -// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes -// Author: Hans Van Leemputten -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/07/2002 -// RCS-ID: $Id: mdig.h 41223 2006-09-14 17:36:18Z PC $ -// Copyright: (c) Hans Van Leemputten -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_MDIG_H_ -#define _WX_MDIG_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/frame.h" -#include "wx/panel.h" -#include "wx/notebook.h" - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStatusLineNameStr[]; - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIParentFrame; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIClientWindow; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIChildFrame; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericMDIParentFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIParentFrame: public wxFrame -{ -public: - wxGenericMDIParentFrame(); - wxGenericMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); - - virtual ~wxGenericMDIParentFrame(); - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_pWindowMenu; }; - void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu); - - virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - void SetChildMenuBar(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *pChild); - - virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); - - wxGenericMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const; - inline void SetActiveChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame); - - wxGenericMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const; - virtual wxGenericMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(); - - virtual void Cascade() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Tile(wxOrientation WXUNUSED(orient) = wxHORIZONTAL) { } - virtual void ArrangeIcons() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void ActivateNext(); - virtual void ActivatePrevious(); - -protected: - wxGenericMDIClientWindow *m_pClientWindow; - wxGenericMDIChildFrame *m_pActiveChild; -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu *m_pWindowMenu; - wxMenuBar *m_pMyMenuBar; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -protected: - void Init(); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - void RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); - void AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); - - void DoHandleMenu(wxCommandEvent &event); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIParentFrame) -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericMDIChildFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIChildFrame: public wxPanel -{ -public: - wxGenericMDIChildFrame(); - wxGenericMDIChildFrame( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ); - - virtual ~wxGenericMDIChildFrame(); - bool Create( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - virtual void SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar ); - virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); - virtual wxString GetTitle() const; - - virtual void Activate(); - -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - // no status bars - virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar( int WXUNUSED(number) = 1, - long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, - wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid) = 1, - const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString) - { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; } - - virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return (wxStatusBar*)NULL; } - virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {} - virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {} -#endif - - // no size hints - virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int WXUNUSED(minW), - int WXUNUSED(minH), - int WXUNUSED(maxW) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(maxH) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(incW) = wxDefaultCoord, - int WXUNUSED(incH) = wxDefaultCoord) {} - -#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR - // no toolbar bars - virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar( long WXUNUSED(style), - wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid), - const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) ) - { return (wxToolBar*)NULL; } - virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return (wxToolBar*)NULL; } -#endif - - // no icon - void SetIcon( const wxIcon& WXUNUSED(icon) ) { } - void SetIcons( const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons) ) { } - - // no maximize etc - virtual void Maximize( bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } - virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; } - virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; } - virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; } - virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; } - - virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } - - void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event); - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - - // The next 2 are copied from top level... - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - void SetMDIParentFrame(wxGenericMDIParentFrame* parentFrame); - wxGenericMDIParentFrame* GetMDIParentFrame() const; - -protected: - wxGenericMDIParentFrame *m_pMDIParentFrame; - wxRect m_MDIRect; - wxString m_Title; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenuBar *m_pMenuBar; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -protected: - void Init(); - - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); - - // This function needs to be called when a size change is confirmed, - // we needed this function to prevent any body from the outside - // changing the panel... it messes the UI layout when we would allow it. - void ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIChildFrame) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - - friend class wxGenericMDIClientWindow; -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericMDIClientWindow -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMDIClientWindow: public wxNotebook -{ -public: - wxGenericMDIClientWindow(); - wxGenericMDIClientWindow( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0 ); - virtual ~wxGenericMDIClientWindow(); - virtual bool CreateClient( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL ); - - virtual int SetSelection(size_t nPage); - -protected: - void PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection); - - void OnPageChanged(wxNotebookEvent& event); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIClientWindow) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - - -/* - * Define normal wxMDI classes based on wxGenericMDI - */ - -#ifndef wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE -#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 1 -#else -#define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 0 -#endif -#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE - -#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE - -class wxMDIChildFrame ; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMDIParentFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame: public wxGenericMDIParentFrame -{ -public: - wxMDIParentFrame() {} - wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) - :wxGenericMDIParentFrame(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name) - { - } - - wxMDIChildFrame * GetActiveChild() const ; - - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame) -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMDIChildFrame -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame: public wxGenericMDIChildFrame -{ -public: - wxMDIChildFrame() {} - - wxMDIChildFrame( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, - wxWindowID winid, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ) - :wxGenericMDIChildFrame(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name) - { - } -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame) -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxMDIClientWindow -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow: public wxGenericMDIClientWindow -{ -public: - wxMDIClientWindow() {} - - wxMDIClientWindow( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0 ) - :wxGenericMDIClientWindow(parent, style) - { - } - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow) -}; - -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_MDIG_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 46c5d599e..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/msgdlgg.h -// Purpose: Generic wxMessageDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlgg.h 49765 2007-11-09 18:32:38Z DE $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __MSGDLGH_G__ -#define __MSGDLGH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -// type is an 'or' (|) of wxOK, wxCANCEL, wxYES_NO -// Returns wxYES/NO/OK/CANCEL - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr[]; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericMessageDialog: public wxDialog, public wxMessageDialogBase -{ -DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMessageDialog) - -public: - wxGenericMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, - long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - void OnYes(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnNo(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#if (!defined( __WXMSW__ ) && !defined( __WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXPM__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) -#define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog -#endif - -#endif // __MSGDLGH_G__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/notebook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/notebook.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b9e109e2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/notebook.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: notebook.h -// Purpose: wxNotebook class (a.k.a. property sheet, tabbed dialog) -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 41738 2006-10-08 17:37:23Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ -#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#include "wx/event.h" -#include "wx/control.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// types -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// fwd declarations -class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabView; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxNotebook -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase -{ -public: - // ctors - // ----- - // default for dynamic class - wxNotebook(); - // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?) - wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); - // Create() function - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); - // dtor - virtual ~wxNotebook(); - - // accessors - // --------- - // Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, -1 if not found. - int FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const; - - // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously - // selected one (or -1 on error) - // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events - int SetSelection(size_t nPage); - // cycle thru the tabs - // void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = true); - // get the currently selected page - int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; } - - // changes selected page without sending events - int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage); - - // set/get the title of a page - bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); - wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; - - // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all - // versions support it - they will always return 1 then) - virtual int GetRowCount() const ; - - // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list - int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; - bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); - - // control the appearance of the notebook pages - // set the size (the same for all pages) - void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); - // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) - void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); - - // Sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size) - void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); - - // operations - // ---------- - // remove one page from the notebook, and delete the page. - bool DeletePage(size_t nPage); - bool DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page); - // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting the page. - bool RemovePage(size_t nPage); - bool RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page); - virtual wxWindow* DoRemovePage(size_t nPage); - - // remove all pages - bool DeleteAllPages(); - // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position - bool InsertPage(size_t nPage, - wxNotebookPage *pPage, - const wxString& strText, - bool bSelect = false, - int imageId = -1); - - // callbacks - // --------- - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - void OnInternalIdle(); - void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event); - void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); - void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); - - // base class virtuals - // ------------------- - virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); - virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true); - virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase); - - virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; - - // Implementation - - // wxNotebook on Motif uses a generic wxTabView to implement itself. - wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } - void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } - - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - virtual wxRect GetAvailableClientSize(); - - // Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect - // and resize the children if required - bool RefreshLayout(bool force = true); - -protected: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // helper functions - void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages - - int m_nSelection; // the current selection (-1 if none) - - wxTabView* m_tabView; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06c0d2f01..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/numdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxNumberEntryDialog class -// Author: John Labenski -// Modified by: -// Created: 07.02.04 (extracted from textdlgg.cpp) -// RCS-ID: $Id: numdlgg.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __NUMDLGH_G__ -#define __NUMDLGH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; -#else - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxNumberEntryDialog: a dialog with spin control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxNumberEntryDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& prompt, - const wxString& caption, - long value, long min, long max, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - long GetValue() const { return m_value; } - - // implementation only - void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); - -protected: - -#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL - wxSpinCtrl *m_spinctrl; -#else - wxTextCtrl *m_spinctrl; -#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL - - long m_value, m_min, m_max; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// function to get a number from user -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -long WXDLLEXPORT -wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& message, - const wxString& prompt, - const wxString& caption, - long value = 0, - long min = 0, - long max = 100, - wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)NULL, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - -#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG - -#endif // __NUMDLGH_G__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52fa95bc1..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/paletteg.h -// Purpose: -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: paletteg.h 42752 2006-10-30 19:26:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef __WX_PALETTEG_H__ -#define __WX_PALETTEG_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/gdiobj.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// classes -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPalette -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette: public wxPaletteBase -{ -public: - wxPalette(); - wxPalette( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue ); - virtual ~wxPalette(); - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const; - - bool Create( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue); - int GetPixel( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue ) const; - bool GetRGB( int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue ) const; - - virtual int GetColoursCount() const; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette) -}; - -#endif // __WX_PALETTEG_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/panelg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/panelg.h deleted file mode 100644 index f211a995c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/panelg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/panelg.h -// Purpose: wxPanel: a container for child controls -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: panelg.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_PANEL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_PANEL_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers and forward declarations -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/containr.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControlContainer; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxPanelNameStr[]; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPanel contains other controls and implements TAB traversal between them -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPanel : public wxWindow -{ -public: - wxPanel() { Init(); } - - // Old-style constructor (no default values for coordinates to avoid - // ambiguity with the new one) - wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, - int x, int y, int width, int height, - long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, - const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name); - } - - // Constructor - wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, - const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); - } - - // Pseudo ctor - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, - const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); - - virtual ~wxPanel(); - - // implementation from now on - // -------------------------- - - // calls layout for layout constraints and sizers - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - virtual void InitDialog(); - -#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ - virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return true; } -#endif - - - WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); - -protected: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPanel) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif - // _WX_GENERIC_PANEL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/printps.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/printps.h deleted file mode 100644 index 107a2a29b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/printps.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: printps.h -// Purpose: wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPostScriptPrintPreview -// wxGenericPageSetupDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: printps.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __PRINTPSH__ -#define __PRINTPSH__ - -#include "wx/prntbase.h" - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPostScriptPrinter : public wxPrinterBase -{ -public: - wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL); - virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter(); - - virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true); - virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); - virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a -// wxPrintout. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPostScriptPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase -{ -public: - wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, - wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = (wxPrintout *) NULL, - wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL); - wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, - wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, - wxPrintData *data); - - virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintPreview(); - - virtual bool Print(bool interactive); - virtual void DetermineScaling(); - -private: - void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting); - -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview) -}; - -#endif - -#endif -// __PRINTPSH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2215e1066..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: prntdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxGenericPrintDialog, wxGenericPrintSetupDialog, -// wxGenericPageSetupDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: prntdlgg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __PRINTDLGH_G_ -#define __PRINTDLGH_G_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/cmndata.h" -#include "wx/prntbase.h" -#include "wx/printdlg.h" -#include "wx/listctrl.h" - -#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - #include "wx/dcps.h" -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioBox; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupData; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// This is not clear why all these enums start with 10 or 30 but do not change it -// without good reason to avoid some subtle backwards compatibility breakage - -enum -{ - wxPRINTID_STATIC = 10, - wxPRINTID_RANGE, - wxPRINTID_FROM, - wxPRINTID_TO, - wxPRINTID_COPIES, - wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, - wxPRINTID_SETUP -}; - -enum -{ - wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN = 30, - wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, - wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, - wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN -}; - -enum -{ - wxPRINTID_PRINTCOLOUR = 10, - wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, - wxPRINTID_COMMAND, - wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, - wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE, - wxPRINTID_PRINTER -}; - -#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPostScriptNativeData -//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPostScriptPrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase -{ -public: - wxPostScriptPrintNativeData(); - virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintNativeData(); - - virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); - virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); - - virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } - virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } - - const wxString& GetPrinterCommand() const { return m_printerCommand; } - const wxString& GetPrinterOptions() const { return m_printerOptions; } - const wxString& GetPreviewCommand() const { return m_previewCommand; } - const wxString& GetFontMetricPath() const { return m_afmPath; } - double GetPrinterScaleX() const { return m_printerScaleX; } - double GetPrinterScaleY() const { return m_printerScaleY; } - long GetPrinterTranslateX() const { return m_printerTranslateX; } - long GetPrinterTranslateY() const { return m_printerTranslateY; } - - void SetPrinterCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printerCommand = command; } - void SetPrinterOptions(const wxString& options) { m_printerOptions = options; } - void SetPreviewCommand(const wxString& command) { m_previewCommand = command; } - void SetFontMetricPath(const wxString& path) { m_afmPath = path; } - void SetPrinterScaleX(double x) { m_printerScaleX = x; } - void SetPrinterScaleY(double y) { m_printerScaleY = y; } - void SetPrinterScaling(double x, double y) { m_printerScaleX = x; m_printerScaleY = y; } - void SetPrinterTranslateX(long x) { m_printerTranslateX = x; } - void SetPrinterTranslateY(long y) { m_printerTranslateY = y; } - void SetPrinterTranslation(long x, long y) { m_printerTranslateX = x; m_printerTranslateY = y; } - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() { return m_outputStream; } - void SetOutputStream( wxOutputStream *output ) { m_outputStream = output; } -#endif - -private: - wxString m_printerCommand; - wxString m_previewCommand; - wxString m_printerOptions; - wxString m_afmPath; - double m_printerScaleX; - double m_printerScaleY; - long m_printerTranslateX; - long m_printerTranslateY; -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - wxOutputStream *m_outputStream; -#endif - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintNativeData) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Simulated Print and Print Setup dialogs for non-Windows platforms (and -// Windows using PostScript print/preview) -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericPrintDialog : public wxPrintDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, - wxPrintDialogData* data = (wxPrintDialogData*)NULL); - wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); - - virtual ~wxGenericPrintDialog(); - - void OnSetup(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); - - virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); - virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); - - virtual int ShowModal(); - - wxPrintData& GetPrintData() - { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } - - wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; } - wxDC *GetPrintDC(); - -public: -// wxStaticText* m_printerMessage; - wxButton* m_setupButton; -// wxButton* m_helpButton; - wxRadioBox* m_rangeRadioBox; - wxTextCtrl* m_fromText; - wxTextCtrl* m_toText; - wxTextCtrl* m_noCopiesText; - wxCheckBox* m_printToFileCheckBox; -// wxCheckBox* m_collateCopiesCheckBox; - - wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; - -protected: - void Init(wxWindow *parent); - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericPrintDialog) -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericPrintSetupDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - // There are no configuration options for the dialog, so we - // just pass the wxPrintData object (no wxPrintSetupDialogData class needed) - wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); - virtual ~wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(); - - void Init(wxPrintData* data); - - void OnPrinter(wxListEvent& event); - - virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); - virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); - - virtual wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice(); - -public: - wxListCtrl* m_printerListCtrl; - wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox; - wxTextCtrl* m_printerCommandText; - wxTextCtrl* m_printerOptionsText; - wxCheckBox* m_colourCheckBox; - wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice; - - wxPrintData m_printData; - wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } - - // After pressing OK, write data here. - wxPrintData* m_targetData; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog) -}; -#endif - // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericPageSetupDialog : public wxPageSetupDialogBase -{ -public: - wxGenericPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent = NULL, - wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL); - virtual ~wxGenericPageSetupDialog(); - - virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); - virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); - - virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData(); - - void OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& event); - wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice(int* x, int* y); - -public: - wxButton* m_printerButton; - wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox; - wxTextCtrl* m_marginLeftText; - wxTextCtrl* m_marginTopText; - wxTextCtrl* m_marginRightText; - wxTextCtrl* m_marginBottomText; - wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice; - - wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageData; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericPageSetupDialog) -}; - -#endif - -#endif -// __PRINTDLGH_G_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 02210b3ca..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -//////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: progdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxProgressDialog class -// Author: Karsten Ballueder -// Modified by: -// Created: 09.05.1999 -// RCS-ID: $Id: progdlgg.h 50711 2007-12-15 02:57:58Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder -// Licence: wxWindows licence -//////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __PROGDLGH_G__ -#define __PROGDLGH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/progdlg.h" - -#if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGauge; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; - -/* Progress dialog which shows a moving progress bar. - Taken from the Mahogany project.*/ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxProgressDialog : public wxDialog -{ -DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProgressDialog) -public: - /* Creates and displays dialog, disables event handling for other - frames or parent frame to avoid recursion problems. - @param title title for window - @param message message to display in window - @param maximum value for status bar, if <= 0, no bar is shown - @param parent window or NULL - @param style is the bit mask of wxPD_XXX constants from wx/defs.h - */ - wxProgressDialog(const wxString &title, wxString const &message, - int maximum = 100, - wxWindow *parent = NULL, - int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE); - /* Destructor. - Re-enables event handling for other windows. - */ - virtual ~wxProgressDialog(); - - /* Update the status bar to the new value. - @param value new value - @param newmsg if used, new message to display - @returns true if ABORT button has not been pressed - */ - virtual bool Update(int value, const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); - - /* Switches the dialog to use a gauge in indeterminate mode and calls - wxGauge::Pulse() to show to the user a bit of progress */ - virtual bool Pulse(const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); - - // Must provide overload to avoid hiding it (and warnings about it) - virtual void Update() { wxDialog::Update(); } - - /* Can be called to continue after the cancel button has been pressed, but - the program decided to continue the operation (e.g., user didn't - confirm it) - */ - void Resume(); - - virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); - -protected: - // callback for optional abort button - void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // callback for optional skip button - void OnSkip(wxCommandEvent& event); - - // callback to disable "hard" window closing - void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); - - // must be called to reenable the other windows temporarily disabled while - // the dialog was shown - void ReenableOtherWindows(); - -private: - // create the label with given text and another one to show the time nearby - // as the next windows in the sizer, returns the created control - wxStaticText *CreateLabel(const wxString& text, wxSizer *sizer); - - // updates the label message - void UpdateMessage(const wxString &newmsg); - - // common part of Update() and Pulse(), returns true if not cancelled - bool DoAfterUpdate(bool *skip); - - // shortcuts for enabling buttons - void EnableClose(); - void EnableSkip(bool enable=true); - void EnableAbort(bool enable=true); - inline void DisableSkip() { EnableSkip(false); } - inline void DisableAbort() { EnableAbort(false); } - - // the status bar - wxGauge *m_gauge; - // the message displayed - wxStaticText *m_msg; - // displayed elapsed, estimated, remaining time - class wxStaticText *m_elapsed, - *m_estimated, - *m_remaining; - // time when the dialog was created - unsigned long m_timeStart; - // time when the dialog was closed or cancelled - unsigned long m_timeStop; - // time between the moment the dialog was closed/cancelled and resume - unsigned long m_break; - - // parent top level window (may be NULL) - wxWindow *m_parentTop; - - // continue processing or not (return value for Update()) - enum - { - Uncancelable = -1, // dialog can't be canceled - Canceled, // can be cancelled and, in fact, was - Continue, // can be cancelled but wasn't - Finished // finished, waiting to be removed from screen - } m_state; - - // skip some portion - bool m_skip; - -#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) - // the abort and skip buttons (or NULL if none) - wxButton *m_btnAbort; - wxButton *m_btnSkip; -#endif - - // the maximum value - int m_maximum; - - // saves the time when elapsed time was updated so there is only one - // update per second - unsigned long m_last_timeupdate; - // tells how often a change of the estimated time has to be confirmed - // before it is actually displayed - this reduces the frequence of updates - // of estimated and remaining time - const int m_delay; - // counts the confirmations - int m_ctdelay; - unsigned long m_display_estimated; - - bool m_hasAbortButton, - m_hasSkipButton; - -#if defined(__WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXPM__) - // the factor we use to always keep the value in 16 bit range as the native - // control only supports ranges from 0 to 65,535 - size_t m_factor; -#endif // __WXMSW__ - - // for wxPD_APP_MODAL case - class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDisabler *m_winDisabler; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProgressDialog) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG - -#endif // __PROGDLGH_G__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c2199116..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/propdlg.h -// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 2005-03-12 -// RCS-ID: $Id: propdlg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_ -#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBase; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPropertySheetDialog -// A platform-independent properties dialog. -// -// * on PocketPC, a flat-look 'property sheet' notebook will be used, with -// no OK/Cancel/Help buttons -// * on other platforms, a normal notebook will be used, with standard buttons -// -// To use this class, call Create from your derived class. -// Then create pages and add to the book control. Finally call CreateButtons and -// LayoutDialog. -// -// For example: -// -// MyPropertySheetDialog::Create(...) -// { -// wxPropertySheetDialog::Create(...); -// -// // Add page -// wxPanel* panel = new wxPanel(GetBookCtrl(), ...); -// GetBookCtrl()->AddPage(panel, wxT("General")); -// -// CreateButtons(); -// LayoutDialog(); -// } -// -// Override CreateBookCtrl and AddBookCtrl to create and add a different -// kind of book control. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Use the platform default -#define wxPROPSHEET_DEFAULT 0x0001 - -// Use a notebook -#define wxPROPSHEET_NOTEBOOK 0x0002 - -// Use a toolbook -#define wxPROPSHEET_TOOLBOOK 0x0004 - -// Use a choicebook -#define wxPROPSHEET_CHOICEBOOK 0x0008 - -// Use a listbook -#define wxPROPSHEET_LISTBOOK 0x0010 - -// Use a wxButtonToolBar toolbook -#define wxPROPSHEET_BUTTONTOOLBOOK 0x0020 - -// Use a treebook -#define wxPROPSHEET_TREEBOOK 0x0040 - -// Shrink dialog to fit current page -#define wxPROPSHEET_SHRINKTOFIT 0x0100 - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxPropertySheetDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxPropertySheetDialog() : wxDialog() { Init(); } - - wxPropertySheetDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, title, pos, sz, style, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); - -//// Accessors - - // Set and get the notebook - void SetBookCtrl(wxBookCtrlBase* book) { m_bookCtrl = book; } - wxBookCtrlBase* GetBookCtrl() const { return m_bookCtrl; } - - // Set and get the inner sizer - void SetInnerSize(wxSizer* sizer) { m_innerSizer = sizer; } - wxSizer* GetInnerSizer() const { return m_innerSizer ; } - - // Set and get the book style - void SetSheetStyle(long sheetStyle) { m_sheetStyle = sheetStyle; } - long GetSheetStyle() const { return m_sheetStyle ; } - - // Set and get the border around the whole dialog - void SetSheetOuterBorder(int border) { m_sheetOuterBorder = border; } - int GetSheetOuterBorder() const { return m_sheetOuterBorder ; } - - // Set and get the border around the book control only - void SetSheetInnerBorder(int border) { m_sheetInnerBorder = border; } - int GetSheetInnerBorder() const { return m_sheetInnerBorder ; } - -/// Operations - - // Creates the buttons (none on PocketPC) - virtual void CreateButtons(int flags = wxOK|wxCANCEL); - - // Lay out the dialog, to be called after pages have been created - virtual void LayoutDialog(int centreFlags = wxBOTH); - -/// Implementation - - // Creates the book control. If you want to use a different kind of - // control, override. - virtual wxBookCtrlBase* CreateBookCtrl(); - - // Adds the book control to the inner sizer. - virtual void AddBookCtrl(wxSizer* sizer); - - // Set the focus - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - - // Resize dialog if necessary - void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); - -private: - void Init(); - -protected: - wxBookCtrlBase* m_bookCtrl; - wxSizer* m_innerSizer; // sizer for extra space - long m_sheetStyle; - int m_sheetOuterBorder; - int m_sheetInnerBorder; - int m_selectedPage; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialog) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL - -#endif // _WX_PROPDLG_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/region.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/region.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a27f289f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/region.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/region.h -// Purpose: generic wxRegion class -// Author: David Elliott -// Modified by: -// Created: 2004/04/12 -// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 41429 2006-09-25 11:47:23Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ -#define _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionGeneric : public wxRegionBase -{ -public: - wxRegionGeneric(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); - wxRegionGeneric(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); - wxRegionGeneric(const wxRect& rect); - wxRegionGeneric(); - virtual ~wxRegionGeneric(); - - // wxRegionBase pure virtuals - virtual void Clear(); - virtual bool IsEmpty() const; - -protected: - virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const; - virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; - - // wxRegionBase pure virtuals - virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; - virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const; - virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; - virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const; - - virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); - virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect); - virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region); - virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region); - virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region); - virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region); - - friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIteratorGeneric; -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIteratorGeneric : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxRegionIteratorGeneric(); - wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionGeneric& region); - wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionIteratorGeneric& iterator); - virtual ~wxRegionIteratorGeneric(); - - wxRegionIteratorGeneric& operator=(const wxRegionIteratorGeneric& iterator); - - void Reset() { m_current = 0; } - void Reset(const wxRegionGeneric& region); - - operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); } - bool HaveRects() const; - - wxRegionIteratorGeneric& operator++(); - wxRegionIteratorGeneric operator++(int); - - long GetX() const; - long GetY() const; - long GetW() const; - long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); } - long GetH() const; - long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); } - wxRect GetRect() const; -private: - long m_current; - wxRegionGeneric m_region; -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 457a4a729..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: sashwin.h -// Purpose: wxSashWindow implementation. A sash window has an optional -// sash on each edge, allowing it to be dragged. An event -// is generated when the sash is released. -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: sashwin.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ -#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ - -#if wxUSE_SASH - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/string.h" - -#define wxSASH_DRAG_NONE 0 -#define wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING 1 -#define wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN 2 - -enum wxSashEdgePosition { - wxSASH_TOP = 0, - wxSASH_RIGHT, - wxSASH_BOTTOM, - wxSASH_LEFT, - wxSASH_NONE = 100 -}; - -/* - * wxSashEdge represents one of the four edges of a window. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge -{ -public: - wxSashEdge() - { m_show = false; -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - m_border = false; -#endif - m_margin = 0; } - - bool m_show; // Is the sash showing? -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - bool m_border; // Do we draw a border? -#endif - int m_margin; // The margin size -}; - -/* - * wxSashWindow flags - */ - -#define wxSW_NOBORDER 0x0000 -//#define wxSW_3D 0x0010 -#define wxSW_BORDER 0x0020 -#define wxSW_3DSASH 0x0040 -#define wxSW_3DBORDER 0x0080 -#define wxSW_3D (wxSW_3DSASH | wxSW_3DBORDER) - -/* - * wxSashWindow allows any of its edges to have a sash which can be dragged - * to resize the window. The actual content window will be created as a child - * of wxSashWindow. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashWindow: public wxWindow -{ -public: - // Default constructor - wxSashWindow() - { - Init(); - } - - // Normal constructor - wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow")) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - virtual ~wxSashWindow(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow")); - - // Set whether there's a sash in this position - void SetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool sash); - - // Get whether there's a sash in this position - bool GetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_show; } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // Set whether there's a border in this position - // This value is unused in wxSashWindow. - void SetSashBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool border) { m_sashes[edge].m_border = border; } - - // Get whether there's a border in this position - // This value is unused in wxSashWindow. - bool HasBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_border; } -#endif - - // Get border size - int GetEdgeMargin(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_margin; } - - // Sets the default sash border size - void SetDefaultBorderSize(int width) { m_borderSize = width; } - - // Gets the default sash border size - int GetDefaultBorderSize() const { return m_borderSize; } - - // Sets the addition border size between child and sash window - void SetExtraBorderSize(int width) { m_extraBorderSize = width; } - - // Gets the addition border size between child and sash window - int GetExtraBorderSize() const { return m_extraBorderSize; } - - virtual void SetMinimumSizeX(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeX = min; } - virtual void SetMinimumSizeY(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeY = min; } - virtual int GetMinimumSizeX() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeX; } - virtual int GetMinimumSizeY() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeY; } - - virtual void SetMaximumSizeX(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeX = max; } - virtual void SetMaximumSizeY(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeY = max; } - virtual int GetMaximumSizeX() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeX; } - virtual int GetMaximumSizeY() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeY; } - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Implementation - - // Paints the border and sash - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - // Handles mouse events - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev); - - // Adjusts the panes - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) - // Handle cursor correctly - void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event); -#endif // wxMSW - - // Draws borders - void DrawBorders(wxDC& dc); - - // Draws the sashes - void DrawSash(wxSashEdgePosition edge, wxDC& dc); - - // Draws the sashes - void DrawSashes(wxDC& dc); - - // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) - void DrawSashTracker(wxSashEdgePosition edge, int x, int y); - - // Tests for x, y over sash - wxSashEdgePosition SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 2); - - // Resizes subwindows - void SizeWindows(); - - // Initialize colours - void InitColours(); - -private: - void Init(); - - wxSashEdge m_sashes[4]; - int m_dragMode; - wxSashEdgePosition m_draggingEdge; - int m_oldX; - int m_oldY; - int m_borderSize; - int m_extraBorderSize; - int m_firstX; - int m_firstY; - int m_minimumPaneSizeX; - int m_minimumPaneSizeY; - int m_maximumPaneSizeX; - int m_maximumPaneSizeY; - wxCursor* m_sashCursorWE; - wxCursor* m_sashCursorNS; - wxColour m_lightShadowColour; - wxColour m_mediumShadowColour; - wxColour m_darkShadowColour; - wxColour m_hilightColour; - wxColour m_faceColour; - bool m_mouseCaptured; - wxCursor* m_currentCursor; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSashWindow) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSashWindow) -}; - -BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, - wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, wxEVT_FIRST + 1200) -END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() - -enum wxSashDragStatus -{ - wxSASH_STATUS_OK, - wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEvent: public wxCommandEvent -{ -public: - wxSashEvent(int id = 0, wxSashEdgePosition edge = wxSASH_NONE) - { - m_eventType = (wxEventType) wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED; - m_id = id; - m_edge = edge; - } - - void SetEdge(wxSashEdgePosition edge) { m_edge = edge; } - wxSashEdgePosition GetEdge() const { return m_edge; } - - //// The rectangle formed by the drag operation - void SetDragRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_dragRect = rect; } - wxRect GetDragRect() const { return m_dragRect; } - - //// Whether the drag caused the rectangle to be reversed (e.g. - //// dragging the top below the bottom) - void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; } - wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; } - -private: - wxSashEdgePosition m_edge; - wxRect m_dragRect; - wxSashDragStatus m_dragStatus; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSashEvent) -}; - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&); - -#define wxSashEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSashEventFunction, &func) - -#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, wxSashEventHandler(fn)) -#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, wxSashEventHandler(fn)) - -#endif // wxUSE_SASH - -#endif - // _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1677315fc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/scrolwin.h -// Purpose: wxGenericScrolledWindow class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolwin.h 35875 2005-10-10 18:24:27Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// headers and constants -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/panel.h" - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericScrolledWindow -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7874e441f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h -// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: -// Created: 28.10.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctlg.h 52582 2008-03-17 13:46:31Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if -// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still -// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but -// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl -// without tons of #ifdefs. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_SPINBTN - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton; -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxControl -{ -public: - wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); } - - wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, - int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, - const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl")) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, - int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, - const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl")); - - virtual ~wxSpinCtrl(); - - // operations - void SetValue(int val); - void SetValue(const wxString& text); - void SetRange(int min, int max); - void SetSelection(long from, long to); - - // accessors - int GetValue() const; - int GetMin() const; - int GetMax() const; - - // implementation from now on - - // forward these functions to all subcontrols - virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); - virtual bool Show(bool show = true); - virtual bool Reparent(wxWindow *newParent); - - // get the subcontrols - wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; } - wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_btn; } - - // set the value of the text (only) - void SetTextValue(int val); - - // put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return - // true or return false if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the - // number is out of range - bool GetTextValue(int *val) const; - -protected: - // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); - - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - -private: - // the subcontrols - wxTextCtrl *m_text; - wxSpinButton *m_btn; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) -}; - -#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#include "wx/textctrl.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxTextCtrl -{ -public: - wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); } - - wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, - int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, - const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl")) - { - Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); - } - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, - int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, - const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl")) - { - SetRange(min, max); - - bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, - wxDefaultValidator, name); - SetValue(initial); - - return ok; - } - - // accessors - int GetValue(int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 1) const - { - int n; - if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%d"), &n) != 1) ) - n = INT_MIN; - - return n; - } - - int GetMin() const { return m_min; } - int GetMax() const { return m_max; } - - // operations - void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(value); } - void SetValue(int val) { wxString s; s << val; wxTextCtrl::SetValue(s); } - void SetRange(int min, int max) { m_min = min; m_max = max; } - -protected: - // initialize m_min/max with the default values - void Init() { SetRange(0, 100); } - - int m_min; - int m_max; - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splash.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splash.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff49d630d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: splash.h -// Purpose: Splash screen class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 28/6/2000 -// RCS-ID: $Id: splash.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows Licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_ -#define _WX_SPLASH_H_ - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" -#include "wx/timer.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" - - -/* - * A window for displaying a splash screen - */ - -#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_PARENT 0x01 -#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x02 -#define wxSPLASH_NO_CENTRE 0x00 -#define wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT 0x04 -#define wxSPLASH_NO_TIMEOUT 0x00 - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow; - -/* - * wxSplashScreen - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreen: public wxFrame -{ -public: - // for RTTI macros only - wxSplashScreen() {} - wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int milliseconds, - wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSIMPLE_BORDER|wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR|wxSTAY_ON_TOP); - virtual ~wxSplashScreen(); - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& event); - - long GetSplashStyle() const { return m_splashStyle; } - wxSplashScreenWindow* GetSplashWindow() const { return m_window; } - int GetTimeout() const { return m_milliseconds; } - -protected: - wxSplashScreenWindow* m_window; - long m_splashStyle; - int m_milliseconds; - wxTimer m_timer; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplashScreen) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreen) -}; - -/* - * wxSplashScreenWindow - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow: public wxWindow -{ -public: - wxSplashScreenWindow(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxNO_BORDER); - - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event); - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); - - void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } - wxBitmap& GetBitmap() { return m_bitmap; } - -protected: - wxBitmap m_bitmap; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreenWindow) -}; - - -#endif - // _WX_SPLASH_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splitter.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splitter.h deleted file mode 100644 index ac651f269..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/splitter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,406 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/splitter.h -// Purpose: wxSplitterWindow class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: splitter.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ - -#include "wx/window.h" // base class declaration -#include "wx/containr.h" // wxControlContainer - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterEvent; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// splitter constants -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum wxSplitMode -{ - wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL = 1, - wxSPLIT_VERTICAL -}; - -enum -{ - wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE, - wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING, - wxSPLIT_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN -}; - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSplitterWindow maintains one or two panes, with -// an optional vertical or horizontal split which -// can be used with the mouse or programmatically. -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// TODO: -// 1) Perhaps make the borders sensitive to dragging in order to create a split. -// The MFC splitter window manages scrollbars as well so is able to -// put sash buttons on the scrollbars, but we probably don't want to go down -// this path. -// 2) for wxWidgets 2.0, we must find a way to set the WS_CLIPCHILDREN style -// to prevent flickering. (WS_CLIPCHILDREN doesn't work in all cases so can't be -// standard). - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSplitterWindow: public wxWindow -{ -public: - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Public API - - // Default constructor - wxSplitterWindow() - { - Init(); - } - - // Normal constructor - wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_3D, - const wxString& name = wxT("splitter")) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - virtual ~wxSplitterWindow(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxSP_3D, - const wxString& name = wxT("splitter")); - - // Gets the only or left/top pane - wxWindow *GetWindow1() const { return m_windowOne; } - - // Gets the right/bottom pane - wxWindow *GetWindow2() const { return m_windowTwo; } - - // Sets the split mode - void SetSplitMode(int mode) - { - wxASSERT_MSG( mode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL || mode == wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL, - _T("invalid split mode") ); - - m_splitMode = (wxSplitMode)mode; - } - - // Gets the split mode - wxSplitMode GetSplitMode() const { return m_splitMode; } - - // Initialize with one window - void Initialize(wxWindow *window); - - // Associates the given window with window 2, drawing the appropriate sash - // and changing the split mode. - // Does nothing and returns false if the window is already split. - // A sashPosition of 0 means choose a default sash position, - // negative sashPosition specifies the size of right/lower pane as it's - // absolute value rather than the size of left/upper pane. - virtual bool SplitVertically(wxWindow *window1, - wxWindow *window2, - int sashPosition = 0) - { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_VERTICAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); } - virtual bool SplitHorizontally(wxWindow *window1, - wxWindow *window2, - int sashPosition = 0) - { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); } - - // Removes the specified (or second) window from the view - // Doesn't actually delete the window. - bool Unsplit(wxWindow *toRemove = (wxWindow *) NULL); - - // Replaces one of the windows with another one (neither old nor new - // parameter should be NULL) - bool ReplaceWindow(wxWindow *winOld, wxWindow *winNew); - - // Make sure the child window sizes are updated. This is useful - // for reducing flicker by updating the sizes before a - // window is shown, if you know the overall size is correct. - void UpdateSize(); - - // Is the window split? - bool IsSplit() const { return (m_windowTwo != NULL); } - - // Sets the sash size - void SetSashSize(int width) { m_sashSize = width; } - - // Sets the border size - void SetBorderSize(int WXUNUSED(width)) { } - - // Gets the sash size - int GetSashSize() const; - - // Gets the border size - int GetBorderSize() const; - - // Set the sash position - void SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw = true); - - // Gets the sash position - int GetSashPosition() const { return m_sashPosition; } - - // Set the sash gravity - void SetSashGravity(double gravity); - - // Gets the sash gravity - double GetSashGravity() const { return m_sashGravity; } - - // If this is zero, we can remove panes by dragging the sash. - void SetMinimumPaneSize(int min); - int GetMinimumPaneSize() const { return m_minimumPaneSize; } - - // NB: the OnXXX() functions below are for backwards compatibility only, - // don't use them in new code but handle the events instead! - - // called when the sash position is about to change, may return a new value - // for the sash or -1 to prevent the change from happening at all - virtual int OnSashPositionChanging(int newSashPosition); - - // Called when the sash position is about to be changed, return - // false from here to prevent the change from taking place. - // Repositions sash to minimum position if pane would be too small. - // newSashPosition here is always positive or zero. - virtual bool OnSashPositionChange(int newSashPosition); - - // If the sash is moved to an extreme position, a subwindow - // is removed from the splitter window, and the app is - // notified. The app should delete or hide the window. - virtual void OnUnsplit(wxWindow *removed); - - // Called when the sash is double-clicked. - // The default behaviour is to remove the sash if the - // minimum pane size is zero. - virtual void OnDoubleClickSash(int x, int y); - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Implementation - - // Paints the border and sash - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - // Handles mouse events - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev); - - // Adjusts the panes - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - // In live mode, resize child windows in idle time - void OnInternalIdle(); - - // Draws the sash - virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc); - - // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) - virtual void DrawSashTracker(int x, int y); - - // Tests for x, y over sash - virtual bool SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 5); - - // Resizes subwindows - virtual void SizeWindows(); - - void SetNeedUpdating(bool needUpdating) { m_needUpdating = needUpdating; } - bool GetNeedUpdating() const { return m_needUpdating ; } - -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - virtual bool MacClipGrandChildren() const { return true ; } -#endif - -protected: - // event handlers -#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) - void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event); -#endif // wxMSW - - // send the given event, return false if the event was processed and vetoed - // by the user code - bool DoSendEvent(wxSplitterEvent& event); - - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // common part of SplitVertically() and SplitHorizontally() - bool DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode, - wxWindow *window1, wxWindow *window2, - int sashPosition); - - // adjusts sash position with respect to min. pane and window sizes - int AdjustSashPosition(int sashPos) const; - - // get either width or height depending on the split mode - int GetWindowSize() const; - - // convert the user specified sash position which may be > 0 (as is), < 0 - // (specifying the size of the right pane) or 0 (use default) to the real - // position to be passed to DoSetSashPosition() - int ConvertSashPosition(int sashPos) const; - - // set the real sash position, sashPos here must be positive - // - // returns true if the sash position has been changed, false otherwise - bool DoSetSashPosition(int sashPos); - - // set the sash position and send an event about it having been changed - void SetSashPositionAndNotify(int sashPos); - - // callbacks executed when we detect that the mouse has entered or left - // the sash - virtual void OnEnterSash(); - virtual void OnLeaveSash(); - - // set the cursor appropriate for the current split mode - void SetResizeCursor(); - - // redraw the splitter if its "hotness" changed if necessary - void RedrawIfHotSensitive(bool isHot); - - // return the best size of the splitter equal to best sizes of its - // subwindows - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - - - wxSplitMode m_splitMode; - wxWindow* m_windowOne; - wxWindow* m_windowTwo; - int m_dragMode; - int m_oldX; - int m_oldY; - int m_sashPosition; // Number of pixels from left or top - double m_sashGravity; - int m_sashSize; - wxSize m_lastSize; - int m_requestedSashPosition; - int m_sashPositionCurrent; // while dragging - int m_firstX; - int m_firstY; - int m_minimumPaneSize; - wxCursor m_sashCursorWE; - wxCursor m_sashCursorNS; - wxPen *m_sashTrackerPen; - - // when in live mode, set this to true to resize children in idle - bool m_needUpdating:1; - bool m_permitUnsplitAlways:1; - bool m_isHot:1; - bool m_checkRequestedSashPosition:1; - -private: - WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// event class and macros -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// we reuse the same class for all splitter event types because this is the -// usual wxWin convention, but the three event types have different kind of -// data associated with them, so the accessors can be only used if the real -// event type matches with the one for which the accessors make sense -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSplitterEvent : public wxNotifyEvent -{ -public: - wxSplitterEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, - wxSplitterWindow *splitter = (wxSplitterWindow *)NULL) - : wxNotifyEvent(type) - { - SetEventObject(splitter); - if (splitter) m_id = splitter->GetId(); - } - - // SASH_POS_CHANGED methods - - // setting the sash position to -1 prevents the change from taking place at - // all - void SetSashPosition(int pos) - { - wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED - || GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING); - - m_data.pos = pos; - } - - int GetSashPosition() const - { - wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED - || GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING); - - return m_data.pos; - } - - // UNSPLIT event methods - wxWindow *GetWindowBeingRemoved() const - { - wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT ); - - return m_data.win; - } - - // DCLICK event methods - int GetX() const - { - wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED ); - - return m_data.pt.x; - } - - int GetY() const - { - wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED ); - - return m_data.pt.y; - } - -private: - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterWindow; - - // data for the different types of event - union - { - int pos; // position for SASH_POS_CHANGED event - wxWindow *win; // window being removed for UNSPLIT event - struct - { - int x, y; - } pt; // position of double click for DCLICK event - } m_data; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSplitterEvent) -}; - -typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&); - -#define wxSplitterEventHandler(func) \ - (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSplitterEventFunction, &func) - -#define wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(evt, id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_ ## evt, id, wxSplitterEventHandler(fn)) - -#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGED, id, fn) - -#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGING, id, fn) - -#define EVT_SPLITTER_DCLICK(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn) - -#define EVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT(id, fn) \ - wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(UNSPLIT, id, fn) - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index d28856c56..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/srchctlg.h -// Purpose: generic wxSearchCtrl class -// Author: Vince Harron -// Created: 2006-02-19 -// RCS-ID: $Id: srchctlg.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: Vince Harron -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ - -#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL - -#include "wx/bitmap.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchTextCtrl; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxSearchCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSearchButton -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxSearchCtrl : public wxSearchCtrlBase -{ -public: - // creation - // -------- - - wxSearchCtrl(); - wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); - - virtual ~wxSearchCtrl(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = 0, - const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - // get/set search button menu - // -------------------------- - virtual void SetMenu( wxMenu* menu ); - virtual wxMenu* GetMenu(); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - // get/set search options - // ---------------------- - virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ); - virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const; - - virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ); - virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802 - // TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class... - void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text); - wxString GetDescriptiveText() const; -#endif - - // accessors - // --------- - - virtual wxString GetValue() const; - virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); - - virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const; - - virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; - virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; - virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; - - virtual bool IsModified() const; - virtual bool IsEditable() const; - - // more readable flag testing methods - virtual bool IsSingleLine() const; - virtual bool IsMultiLine() const; - - // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection. - virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; - - virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const; - - // operations - // ---------- - - // editing - virtual void Clear(); - virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); - virtual void Remove(long from, long to); - - // load/save the controls contents from/to the file - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file); - virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); - - // sets/clears the dirty flag - virtual void MarkDirty(); - virtual void DiscardEdits(); - - // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line - // text control - virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)); - - // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always - // inserts it at the end - virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); - virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); - - // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event, - // return true if anything has been inserted - virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event); - - // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these - // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to - // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text - virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); - virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); - virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style); - virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const; - - // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl - // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates - // which represent column and line. - virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; - virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; - - virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); - - // find the character at position given in pixels - // - // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor - // scrolling) - virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; - virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, - wxTextCoord *col, - wxTextCoord *row) const; - - // Clipboard operations - virtual void Copy(); - virtual void Cut(); - virtual void Paste(); - - virtual bool CanCopy() const; - virtual bool CanCut() const; - virtual bool CanPaste() const; - - // Undo/redo - virtual void Undo(); - virtual void Redo(); - - virtual bool CanUndo() const; - virtual bool CanRedo() const; - - // Insertion point - virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); - virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); - virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; - virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; - - virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); - virtual void SelectAll(); - virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); - -#if 0 - - // override streambuf method -#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM - int overflow(int i); -#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM - - // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we - // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s); - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i); - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i); - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f); - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d); - wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c); -#endif - - // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event - virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); - - virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const; - - // wxWindow overrides - virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); - - // search control generic only - void SetSearchBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); - void SetCancelBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); -#if wxUSE_MENUS - void SetSearchMenuBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -protected: - virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0); - - // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); - virtual void LayoutControls(int x, int y, int width, int height); - - virtual void RecalcBitmaps(); - - void Init(); - - virtual wxBitmap RenderSearchBitmap( int x, int y, bool renderDrop ); - virtual wxBitmap RenderCancelBitmap( int x, int y ); - - virtual void OnSearchButton( wxCommandEvent& event ); - - void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event ); - void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ); - - bool HasMenu() const - { -#if wxUSE_MENUS - return m_menu != NULL; -#else // !wxUSE_MENUS - return false; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS/!wxUSE_MENUS - } - -private: - friend class wxSearchButton; - -#if wxUSE_MENUS - void PopupSearchMenu(); -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - // the subcontrols - wxSearchTextCtrl *m_text; - wxSearchButton *m_searchButton; - wxSearchButton *m_cancelButton; -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxMenu *m_menu; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - bool m_searchButtonVisible; - bool m_cancelButtonVisible; - - bool m_searchBitmapUser; - bool m_cancelBitmapUser; -#if wxUSE_MENUS - bool m_searchMenuBitmapUser; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - - wxBitmap m_searchBitmap; - wxBitmap m_cancelBitmap; -#if wxUSE_MENUS - wxBitmap m_searchMenuBitmap; -#endif // wxUSE_MENUS - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl) - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statline.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statline.h deleted file mode 100644 index 114ec3592..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statline.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: generic/statline.h -// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Created: 28.06.99 -// Version: $Id: statline.h 43874 2006-12-09 14:52:59Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ - -class wxStaticBox; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxStaticLine -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine) - -public: - // constructors and pseudo-constructors - wxStaticLine() { m_statbox = NULL; } - - wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, - const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ) - { - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); - } - - virtual ~wxStaticLine(); - - bool Create( wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, - const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ); - - // it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we - // will want to return the main widget for m_statbox - // - WXWidget GetMainWidget() const; - - // override wxWindow methods to make things work - virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, - int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); - virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); -protected: - // we implement the static line using a static box - wxStaticBox *m_statbox; -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4852acde5..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/statusbr.h -// Purpose: wxStatusBarGeneric class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: VZ at 05.02.00 to derive from wxStatusBarBase -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbr.h 41200 2006-09-13 19:10:31Z ABX $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR - -#include "wx/pen.h" -#include "wx/arrstr.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarGeneric : public wxStatusBarBase -{ -public: - wxStatusBarGeneric() { Init(); } - wxStatusBarGeneric(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP, - const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr) - { - Init(); - - Create(parent, winid, style, name); - } - - virtual ~wxStatusBarGeneric(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, - long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP, - const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr); - - // Create status line - virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, - const int *widths = (const int *) NULL); - - // Set status line text - virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0); - virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const; - - // Set status line widths - virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]); - - // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle - virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const; - - // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar - virtual void SetMinHeight(int height); - - virtual int GetBorderX() const { return m_borderX; } - virtual int GetBorderY() const { return m_borderY; } - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Implementation - - virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, int i); - virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i); - - void SetBorderX(int x); - void SetBorderY(int y); - - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - - void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event); - - virtual void InitColours(); - - // Responds to colour changes - void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); - -protected: - // common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - wxArrayString m_statusStrings; - - // the last known width of the client rect (used to rebuild cache) - int m_lastClientWidth; - // the widths of the status bar panes in pixels - wxArrayInt m_widthsAbs; - - int m_borderX; - int m_borderY; - wxPen m_mediumShadowPen; - wxPen m_hilightPen; - - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBarGeneric) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR - -#endif - // _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/tabg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/tabg.h deleted file mode 100644 index bdac54166..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/tabg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,363 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: tabg.h -// Purpose: Generic tabbed dialogs -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: tabg.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __TABGH_G__ -#define __TABGH_G__ - -#define WXTAB_VERSION 1.1 - -#include "wx/hashmap.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/panel.h" -#include "wx/list.h" - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabView; - -/* - * A wxTabControl is the internal and visual representation - * of the tab. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabControl: public wxObject -{ -DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabControl) -public: - wxTabControl(wxTabView *v = (wxTabView *) NULL); - virtual ~wxTabControl(void); - - virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc, bool lastInRow); - void SetLabel(const wxString& str) { m_controlLabel = str; } - wxString GetLabel(void) const { return m_controlLabel; } - - void SetFont(const wxFont& f) { m_labelFont = f; } - wxFont *GetFont(void) const { return (wxFont*) & m_labelFont; } - - void SetSelected(bool sel) { m_isSelected = sel; } - bool IsSelected(void) const { return m_isSelected; } - - void SetPosition(int x, int y) { m_offsetX = x; m_offsetY = y; } - void SetSize(int x, int y) { m_width = x; m_height = y; } - - void SetRowPosition(int r) { m_rowPosition = r; } - int GetRowPosition() const { return m_rowPosition; } - void SetColPosition(int c) { m_colPosition = c; } - int GetColPosition() const { return m_colPosition; } - - int GetX(void) const { return m_offsetX; } - int GetY(void) const { return m_offsetY; } - int GetWidth(void) const { return m_width; } - int GetHeight(void) const { return m_height; } - - int GetId(void) const { return m_id; } - void SetId(int i) { m_id = i; } - - virtual bool HitTest(int x, int y) const ; - -protected: - wxTabView* m_view; - wxString m_controlLabel; - bool m_isSelected; - wxFont m_labelFont; - int m_offsetX; // Offsets from top-left of tab view area (the area below the tabs) - int m_offsetY; - int m_width; - int m_height; - int m_id; - int m_rowPosition; // Position in row from 0 - int m_colPosition; // Position in col from 0 -}; - -/* - * Each wxTabLayer is a list of tabs. E.g. there - * are 3 layers in the MS Word Options dialog. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabLayer: public wxList -{ -}; - -/* - * The wxTabView controls and draws the tabbed object - */ - -WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxTabLayer, wxTabLayerList); - -#define wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX 1 // Draws 3D boxes round tab layers -#define wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR 2 // Colours interior of tabs, otherwise draws outline - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabView: public wxObject -{ -DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView) -public: - wxTabView(long style = wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX | wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR); - virtual ~wxTabView(); - - inline int GetNumberOfLayers() const { return m_layers.GetCount(); } -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - inline wxList& GetLayers() { return *(wxList *)&m_layers; } -#else - inline wxTabLayerList& GetLayers() { return m_layers; } -#endif - - inline void SetWindow(wxWindow* wnd) { m_window = wnd; } - inline wxWindow* GetWindow(void) const { return m_window; } - - // Automatically positions tabs - wxTabControl *AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab = (wxTabControl *) NULL); - - // Remove the tab without deleting the window - bool RemoveTab(int id); - - void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = true); - - bool SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label); - wxString GetTabText(int id) const; - - // Layout tabs (optional, e.g. if resizing window) - void LayoutTabs(); - - // Draw all tabs - virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc); - - // Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it - virtual bool OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - - // Called when a tab is activated - virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); - // Allows vetoing - virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return true; }; - - // Allows use of application-supplied wxTabControl classes. - virtual wxTabControl *OnCreateTabControl(void) { return new wxTabControl(this); } - - void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& col); - void SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col); - void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); - inline void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_textColour = col; } - - inline wxColour GetHighlightColour(void) const { return m_highlightColour; } - inline wxColour GetShadowColour(void) const { return m_shadowColour; } - inline wxColour GetBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_backgroundColour; } - inline wxColour GetTextColour(void) const { return m_textColour; } - inline const wxPen *GetHighlightPen(void) const { return m_highlightPen; } - inline const wxPen *GetShadowPen(void) const { return m_shadowPen; } - inline const wxPen *GetBackgroundPen(void) const { return m_backgroundPen; } - inline const wxBrush *GetBackgroundBrush(void) const { return m_backgroundBrush; } - - inline void SetViewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_tabViewRect = rect; } - inline wxRect GetViewRect(void) const { return m_tabViewRect; } - - // Calculate tab width to fit to view, and optionally adjust the view - // to fit the tabs exactly. - int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = false); - - inline void SetTabStyle(long style) { m_tabStyle = style; } - inline long GetTabStyle(void) const { return m_tabStyle; } - - inline void SetTabSize(int w, int h) { m_tabWidth = w; m_tabHeight = h; } - inline int GetTabWidth(void) const { return m_tabWidth; } - inline int GetTabHeight(void) const { return m_tabHeight; } - inline void SetTabSelectionHeight(int h) { m_tabSelectionHeight = h; } - inline int GetTabSelectionHeight(void) const { return m_tabSelectionHeight; } - - // Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several - // times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows). - int GetTotalTabHeight(); - - inline int GetTopMargin(void) const { return m_topMargin; } - inline void SetTopMargin(int margin) { m_topMargin = margin; } - - void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = true); - inline int GetTabSelection() const { return m_tabSelection; } - - // Find tab control for id - wxTabControl *FindTabControlForId(int id) const ; - - // Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero) - wxTabControl *FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const ; - - inline int GetHorizontalTabOffset() const { return m_tabHorizontalOffset; } - inline int GetHorizontalTabSpacing() const { return m_tabHorizontalSpacing; } - inline void SetHorizontalTabOffset(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalOffset = sp; } - inline void SetHorizontalTabSpacing(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalSpacing = sp; } - - inline void SetVerticalTabTextSpacing(int s) { m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = s; } - inline int GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() const { return m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; } - - inline wxFont *GetTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabFont; } - inline void SetTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabFont = f; } - - inline wxFont *GetSelectedTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabSelectedFont; } - inline void SetSelectedTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabSelectedFont = f; } - // Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned. - wxList::compatibility_iterator FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const ; - - // Do the necessary to change to this tab - virtual bool ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control); - - // Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary, - // without calling app activation code - bool MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control); - - inline int GetNumberOfTabs() const { return m_noTabs; } - -protected: - // List of layers, from front to back. - wxTabLayerList m_layers; - - // Selected tab - int m_tabSelection; - - // Usual tab height - int m_tabHeight; - - // The height of the selected tab - int m_tabSelectionHeight; - - // Usual tab width - int m_tabWidth; - - // Space between tabs - int m_tabHorizontalSpacing; - - // Space between top of normal tab and text - int m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; - - // Horizontal offset of each tab row above the first - int m_tabHorizontalOffset; - - // The distance between the bottom of the first tab row - // and the top of the client area (i.e. the margin) - int m_topMargin; - - // The position and size of the view above which the tabs are placed. - // I.e., the internal client area of the sheet. - wxRect m_tabViewRect; - - // Bitlist of styles - long m_tabStyle; - - // Colours - wxColour m_highlightColour; - wxColour m_shadowColour; - wxColour m_backgroundColour; - wxColour m_textColour; - - // Pen and brush cache - const wxPen* m_highlightPen; - const wxPen* m_shadowPen; - const wxPen* m_backgroundPen; - const wxBrush* m_backgroundBrush; - - wxFont m_tabFont; - wxFont m_tabSelectedFont; - - int m_noTabs; - - wxWindow* m_window; -}; - -/* - * A dialog box class that is tab-friendly - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedDialog : public wxDialog -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog) - -public: - wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxString& title, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long windowStyle = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, - const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); - virtual ~wxTabbedDialog(); - - wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } - void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - -protected: - wxTabView* m_tabView; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -/* - * A panel class that is tab-friendly - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedPanel : public wxPanel -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel) - -public: - wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, - wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long windowStyle = 0, - const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); - virtual ~wxTabbedPanel(); - - wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } - void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } - - void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); - void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); - -protected: - wxTabView* m_tabView; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() -}; - -WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow*, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, - wxIntToWindowHashMap); - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPanelTabView : public wxTabView -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanelTabView) - -public: - wxPanelTabView(wxPanel *pan, long style = wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX | wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR); - virtual ~wxPanelTabView(void); - - // Called when a tab is activated - virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); - - // Specific to this class - void AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window); - wxWindow *GetTabWindow(int id) const ; - void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = true); - wxWindow *GetCurrentWindow() const { return m_currentWindow; } - - void ShowWindowForTab(int id); - // wxList& GetWindows() const { return (wxList&) m_tabWindows; } - -protected: - // List of panels, one for each tab. Indexed - // by tab ID. - wxIntToWindowHashMap m_tabWindows; - wxWindow* m_currentWindow; - wxPanel* m_panel; -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h deleted file mode 100644 index f7809e58d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: textdlgg.h -// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: textdlgg.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __TEXTDLGH_G__ -#define __TEXTDLGH_G__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_TEXTDLG - -#include "wx/dialog.h" - -#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS -#include "wx/valtext.h" -#endif - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr[]; -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr[]; - -#define wxTextEntryDialogStyle (wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE | wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTextEntryDialog: a dialog with text control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextEntryDialog : public wxDialog -{ -public: - wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); - - void SetValue(const wxString& val); - wxString GetValue() const { return m_value; } - -#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS - void SetTextValidator( const wxTextValidator& validator ); - void SetTextValidator( long style = wxFILTER_NONE ); - wxTextValidator* GetTextValidator() { return (wxTextValidator*)m_textctrl->GetValidator(); } -#endif - // wxUSE_VALIDATORS - - // implementation only - void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); - -protected: - wxTextCtrl *m_textctrl; - wxString m_value; - long m_dialogStyle; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxPasswordEntryDialog: dialog with password control, [ok] and [cancel] -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPasswordEntryDialog : public wxTextEntryDialog -{ -public: - wxPasswordEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, - const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr, - const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, - long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// function to get a string from user -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -wxString WXDLLEXPORT -wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr, - const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString, - wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL, - wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord, - wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true); - -wxString WXDLLEXPORT -wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message, - const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr, - const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString, - wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL, - wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord, - wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord, - bool centre = true); - -#endif - // wxUSE_TEXTDLG -#endif - // __TEXTDLGH_G__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/timer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/timer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f52c1b4a..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/timer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: timer.h -// Purpose: Generic implementation of wxTimer class -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// Id: $Id: timer.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef __WX_TIMER_H__ -#define __WX_TIMER_H__ - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxTimer -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class wxTimerDesc; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimer : public wxTimerBase -{ -public: - wxTimer() { Init(); } - wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = -1) : wxTimerBase(owner, timerid) - { Init(); } - virtual ~wxTimer(); - - virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false); - virtual void Stop(); - - virtual bool IsRunning() const; - - // implementation - static void NotifyTimers(); - -protected: - void Init(); - -private: - wxTimerDesc *m_desc; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer) -}; - -#endif // __WX_TIMER_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index a555716f6..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/treectlg.h -// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class -// Author: Robert Roebling -// Modified by: -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: treectlg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ -#define _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ - -#if wxUSE_TREECTRL - -#include "wx/scrolwin.h" -#include "wx/pen.h" - -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// forward declaration -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeItem; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeItemData; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeRenameTimer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeFindTimer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; - -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGenericTreeCtrl - the tree control -// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericTreeCtrl : public wxTreeCtrlBase, - public wxScrollHelper -{ -public: - // creation - // -------- - - wxGenericTreeCtrl() : wxTreeCtrlBase(), wxScrollHelper(this) { Init(); } - - wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr) - : wxTreeCtrlBase(), - wxScrollHelper(this) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); - } - - virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl(); - - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr); - - - // implement base class pure virtuals - // ---------------------------------- - - virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; - - virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const { return m_indent; } - virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent); - - - virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - - virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, - wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const; - virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - - virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text); - virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, - int image, - wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal); - virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data); - - virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true); - virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true); - virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool highlight = true); - virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col); - virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col); - virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font); - - virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - - virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item, - bool recursively = true) const; - - // navigation - // ---------- - - virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; } - virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const { return m_current; } - virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const; - - virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, - wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, - wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - - virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - - - // operations - // ---------- - - virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text, - int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1, - wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); - - virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void DeleteAllItems(); - - virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item); - - virtual void Unselect(); - virtual void UnselectAll(); - virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true); - - virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item); - virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item); - - virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, - wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); - virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const; - virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, - bool discardChanges = false); - - virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); - - // items geometry - // -------------- - - virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item, - wxRect& rect, - bool textOnly = false) const; - - - // this version specific methods - // ----------------------------- - - wxImageList *GetButtonsImageList() const { return m_imageListButtons; } - void SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - void AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList); - - void SetDropEffectAboveItem( bool above = false ) { m_dropEffectAboveItem = above; } - bool GetDropEffectAboveItem() const { return m_dropEffectAboveItem; } - - wxTreeItemId GetNext(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // use EditLabel() instead - void Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item ) { EditLabel(item); } -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // deprecated functions: use Set/GetItemImage directly - wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item) const ); - wxDEPRECATED( void SetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image) ); - - // use the versions taking wxTreeItemIdValue cookies (note that - // GetNextChild() is not inside wxDEPRECATED on purpose, as otherwise we - // get twice as many warnings without any added benefit: it is always used - // with GetFirstChild() anyhow) - wxDEPRECATED( wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, - long& cookie) const ); - wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, - long& cookie) const; -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - - // implementation only from now on - - // overridden base class virtuals - virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); - virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); - - virtual void Freeze(); - virtual void Thaw(); - virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL); - - virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); - virtual void SetWindowStyle(const long styles); - - // callbacks - void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); - void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); - void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); - void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); - void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ); - void OnGetToolTip( wxTreeEvent &event ); - void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); - void OnInternalIdle( ); - - virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const - { - return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); - } - - static wxVisualAttributes - GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); - - // implementation helpers - void AdjustMyScrollbars(); - - WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() - -protected: - friend class wxGenericTreeItem; - friend class wxTreeRenameTimer; - friend class wxTreeFindTimer; - friend class wxTreeTextCtrl; - - wxFont m_normalFont; - wxFont m_boldFont; - - wxGenericTreeItem *m_anchor; - wxGenericTreeItem *m_current, - *m_key_current, - // A hint to select a parent item after deleting a child - *m_select_me; - unsigned short m_indent; - int m_lineHeight; - wxPen m_dottedPen; - wxBrush *m_hilightBrush, - *m_hilightUnfocusedBrush; - bool m_hasFocus; - bool m_dirty; - bool m_ownsImageListButtons; - bool m_isDragging; // true between BEGIN/END drag events - bool m_lastOnSame; // last click on the same item as prev - wxImageList *m_imageListButtons; - - int m_freezeCount; - int m_dragCount; - wxPoint m_dragStart; - wxGenericTreeItem *m_dropTarget; - wxCursor m_oldCursor; // cursor is changed while dragging - wxGenericTreeItem *m_oldSelection; - wxGenericTreeItem *m_underMouse; // for visual effects - wxTreeTextCtrl *m_textCtrl; - - wxTimer *m_renameTimer; - - // incremental search data - wxString m_findPrefix; - wxTimer *m_findTimer; - - bool m_dropEffectAboveItem; - - // the common part of all ctors - void Init(); - - // misc helpers - void SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *itemBeingDeleted); - - void DrawBorder(const wxTreeItemId& item); - void DrawLine(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool below); - void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item); - - void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id, - bool unselect_others = true, - bool extended_select = false); - - virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, - size_t previous, - const wxString& text, - int image, - int selectedImage, - wxTreeItemData *data); - virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent, - const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, - const wxString& text, - int image = -1, int selImage = -1, - wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); - virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const; - - // called by wxTextTreeCtrl when it marks itself for deletion - void ResetTextControl(); - - // find the first item starting with the given prefix after the given item - wxTreeItemId FindItem(const wxTreeItemId& id, const wxString& prefix) const; - - bool HasButtons() const { return HasFlag(wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS); } - - void CalculateLineHeight(); - int GetLineHeight(wxGenericTreeItem *item) const; - void PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc, int level, int &y ); - void PaintItem( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc); - - void CalculateLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level, int &y ); - void CalculatePositions(); - void CalculateSize( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc ); - - void RefreshSubtree( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); - void RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); - - // redraw all selected items - void RefreshSelected(); - - // RefreshSelected() recursive helper - void RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item); - - void OnRenameTimer(); - bool OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item, const wxString& value); - void OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item); - - void FillArray(wxGenericTreeItem*, wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const; - void SelectItemRange( wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2 ); - bool TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select); - bool TagNextChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select); - void UnselectAllChildren( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); - void ChildrenClosing(wxGenericTreeItem* item); - - void DoDirtyProcessing(); - - virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; - -private: - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl) -}; - -#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) -/* - * wxTreeCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with - * the run-time information. - */ - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxGenericTreeCtrl -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl) - -public: - wxTreeCtrl() {} - - wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, - const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, - const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr) - : wxGenericTreeCtrl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) - { - } -}; -#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__ - -#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL - -#endif // _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/wizard.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/wizard.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d4d9bd60..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/generic/wizard.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/generic/wizard.h -// Purpose: declaration of generic wxWizard class -// Author: Vadim Zeitlin -// Modified by: Robert Vazan (sizers) -// Created: 28.09.99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: wizard.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin -// Licence: wxWindows licence -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ -#define _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxWizard -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBitmap; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardSizer; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizard : public wxWizardBase -{ -public: - // ctor - wxWizard() { Init(); } - wxWizard(wxWindow *parent, - int id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE) - { - Init(); - Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style); - } - bool Create(wxWindow *parent, - int id = wxID_ANY, - const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); - void Init(); - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 - virtual ~wxWizard(); -#endif - - // implement base class pure virtuals - virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage); - virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const; - virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); - virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const; - virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage); - virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const; - virtual void SetBorder(int border); - - /// set/get bitmap -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 - const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } - void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); -#endif - - // implementation only from now on - // ------------------------------- - - // is the wizard running? - bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; } - - // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current - // page first and return false without changing the page if - // TransferDataFromWindow() returns false - otherwise, returns true - bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = true); - - // do fill the dialog with controls - // this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text - virtual void DoCreateControls(); - -protected: - // for compatibility only, doesn't do anything any more - void FinishLayout() { } - -private: - // was the dialog really created? - bool WasCreated() const { return m_btnPrev != NULL; } - - // event handlers - void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnBackOrNext(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event); - - void OnWizEvent(wxWizardEvent& event); - - void AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); - void AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); - void AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow); - void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); - - // the page size requested by user - wxSize m_sizePage; - - // the dialog position from the ctor - wxPoint m_posWizard; - - // wizard state - wxWizardPage *m_page; // the current page or NULL - wxBitmap m_bitmap; // the default bitmap to show - - // wizard controls - wxButton *m_btnPrev, // the "" or "Finish" button - wxStaticBitmap *m_statbmp; // the control for the bitmap - - // Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder() - int m_border; - - // Whether RunWizard() was called - bool m_started; - - // Whether was modal (modeless has to be destroyed on finish or cancel) - bool m_wasModal; - - // True if pages are laid out using the sizer - bool m_usingSizer; - - // Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding - wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage; - - // Actual position and size of pages - wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage; - - friend class wxWizardSizer; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard) - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard) -}; - -#endif // _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/geometry.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/geometry.h deleted file mode 100644 index 385f36e98..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/geometry.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,814 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/geometry.h -// Purpose: Common Geometry Classes -// Author: Stefan Csomor -// Modified by: -// Created: 08/05/99 -// RCS-ID: $Id: geometry.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ -#define _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY - -#include "wx/utils.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/math.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream; - -// clipping from Cohen-Sutherland - -enum wxOutCode -{ - wxInside = 0x00 , - wxOutLeft = 0x01 , - wxOutRight = 0x02 , - wxOutTop = 0x08 , - wxOutBottom = 0x04 -}; - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint2DInt -{ -public : - inline wxPoint2DInt(); - inline wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ); - inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ); - inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt ); - - // noops for this class, just return the coords - inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; - inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; - - inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const; - wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const; - inline void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ); - void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ); - void SetPolarCoordinates( wxInt32 angle , wxInt32 length ); - // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle - inline void Normalize(); - - inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; - inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; - inline wxInt32 GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const; - inline wxInt32 GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const; - - // the reflection of this point - inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(); - - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxDouble n); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxInt32 n); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxDouble n); - inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxInt32 n); - inline operator wxPoint() const; - inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const; - inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const; - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const; - void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ); -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS - - wxInt32 m_x; - wxInt32 m_y; -}; - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); - -inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt() -{ - m_x = 0; - m_y = 0; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ) -{ - m_x = x; - m_y = y; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) -{ - m_x = pt.m_x; - m_y = pt.m_y; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt ) -{ - m_x = pt.x; - m_y = pt.y; -} - -inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const -{ - if ( x ) - *x = m_x; - if ( y ) - *y = m_y; -} - -inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const -{ - GetFloor(x, y); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetVectorLength() const -{ - // cast needed MIPSpro compiler under SGI - return sqrt( (double)(m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) ); -} - -inline void wxPoint2DInt::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ) -{ - wxDouble before = GetVectorLength(); - m_x = (wxInt32)(m_x * length / before); - m_y = (wxInt32)(m_y * length / before); -} - -inline void wxPoint2DInt::Normalize() -{ - SetVectorLength( 1 ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const -{ - return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const -{ - return ( (wxDouble)(pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (wxDouble)(pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) ); -} - -inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const -{ - return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y ); -} - -inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const -{ - return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt::operator wxPoint() const -{ - return wxPoint( m_x, m_y); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt wxPoint2DInt::operator-() -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( -m_x, -m_y); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - m_x = pt.m_x; - m_y = pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const -{ - return m_x == pt.m_x && m_y == pt.m_y; -} - -inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const -{ - return m_x != pt.m_x || m_y != pt.m_y; -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y ); -} - - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n) -{ - return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x / n) , (int) (pt.m_y / n) ); -} - -// wxPoint2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint2DDouble -{ -public : - inline wxPoint2DDouble(); - inline wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ); - inline wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ); - wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) - { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.m_x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.m_y ; } - wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint &pt ) - { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.y ; } - - // two different conversions to integers, floor and rounding - inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; - inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; - - inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const; - wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const ; - void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ); - void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ); - void SetPolarCoordinates( wxDouble angle , wxDouble length ); - // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle - void Normalize(); - - inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const; - inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const; - inline wxDouble GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const; - inline wxDouble GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const; - - // the reflection of this point - inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(); - - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxDouble n); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxInt32 n); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxDouble n); - inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxInt32 n); - - inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const; - inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const; - - wxDouble m_x; - wxDouble m_y; -}; - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n); -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n); - -inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble() -{ - m_x = 0.0; - m_y = 0.0; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) -{ - m_x = x; - m_y = y; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) -{ - m_x = pt.m_x; - m_y = pt.m_y; -} - -inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const -{ - *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x ); - *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y ); -} - -inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const -{ - *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x + 0.5 ); - *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y + 0.5); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetVectorLength() const -{ - return sqrt( (m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) ) ; -} - -inline void wxPoint2DDouble::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ) -{ - wxDouble before = GetVectorLength() ; - m_x = (m_x * length / before) ; - m_y = (m_y * length / before) ; -} - -inline void wxPoint2DDouble::Normalize() -{ - SetVectorLength( 1 ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const -{ - return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const -{ - return ( (pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const -{ - return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y ); -} - -inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const -{ - return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble wxPoint2DDouble::operator-() -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( -m_x, -m_y); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - m_x = pt.m_x; - m_y = pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x * pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y * pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - m_x = m_x / pt.m_x; - m_y = m_y / pt.m_y; - return *this; -} - -inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const -{ - return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, pt.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, pt.m_y); -} - -inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const -{ - return !(*this == pt); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y ); -} - - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); -} - -inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n) -{ - return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); -} - -// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the -// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if -// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval. - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect2DDouble -{ -public: - wxRect2DDouble() - { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; } - wxRect2DDouble(wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) - { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; } -/* - wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& topLeft, const wxPoint2DDouble& bottomRight); - wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& pos, const wxSize& size); - wxRect2DDouble(const wxRect2DDouble& rect); -*/ - // single attribute accessors - - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetPosition() - { return wxPoint2DDouble(m_x, m_y); } - inline wxSize GetSize() - { return wxSize((int) m_width, (int) m_height); } - - // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters conterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their - // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners apropriately - - inline wxDouble GetLeft() const { return m_x; } - inline void SetLeft( wxDouble n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; } - inline void MoveLeftTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n; } - inline wxDouble GetTop() const { return m_y; } - inline void SetTop( wxDouble n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; } - inline void MoveTopTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n; } - inline wxDouble GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; } - inline void SetBottom( wxDouble n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);} - inline void MoveBottomTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n - m_height; } - inline wxDouble GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; } - inline void SetRight( wxDouble n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; } - inline void MoveRightTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n - m_width; } - - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftTop() const - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y ); } - inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftBottom() const - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y + m_height ); } - inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; } - inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightTop() const - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y ); } - inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightBottom() const - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); } - inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);} - inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } - inline wxPoint2DDouble GetCentre() const - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); } - inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving... - inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); } - inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const - { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_x > m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_y > m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); } - inline wxOutCode GetOutcode(const wxPoint2DDouble &pt) const - { return GetOutCode(pt) ; } - inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const - { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; } - inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const - { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) && - ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); } - inline bool IsEmpty() const - { return m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0; } - inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const - { return wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_width, m_width) && wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_height, m_height); } - - inline void Inset( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) - { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; } - inline void Inset( wxDouble left , wxDouble top ,wxDouble right , wxDouble bottom ) - { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;} - inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) - { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; } - - void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ); - - inline wxPoint2DDouble Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor ) - { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); } - - static void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ); - inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) - { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); } - inline wxRect2DDouble CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const - { wxRect2DDouble result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } - bool Intersects( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const; - - static void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ); - void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) - { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); } - void Union( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ); - inline wxRect2DDouble CreateUnion( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const - { wxRect2DDouble result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } - - inline void Scale( wxDouble f ) - { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;} - inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum ) - { m_x *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_y *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); - m_width *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_height *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum);} - - wxRect2DDouble& operator = (const wxRect2DDouble& rect); - inline bool operator == (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const - { return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, rect.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, rect.m_y) && HaveEqualSize(rect); } - inline bool operator != (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const - { return !(*this == rect); } - - wxDouble m_x; - wxDouble m_y; - wxDouble m_width; - wxDouble m_height; -}; - - -// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the -// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if -// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval. - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect2DInt -{ -public: - wxRect2DInt() { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; } - wxRect2DInt( const wxRect& r ) { m_x = r.x ; m_y = r.y ; m_width = r.width ; m_height = r.height ; } - wxRect2DInt(wxInt32 x, wxInt32 y, wxInt32 w, wxInt32 h) { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; } - wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& topLeft, const wxPoint2DInt& bottomRight); - inline wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size); - inline wxRect2DInt(const wxRect2DInt& rect); - - // single attribute accessors - - inline wxPoint2DInt GetPosition() { return wxPoint2DInt(m_x, m_y); } - inline wxSize GetSize() { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } - - // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters conterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their - // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners apropriately - - inline wxInt32 GetLeft() const { return m_x; } - inline void SetLeft( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; } - inline void MoveLeftTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n; } - inline wxInt32 GetTop() const { return m_y; } - inline void SetTop( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; } - inline void MoveTopTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n; } - inline wxInt32 GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; } - inline void SetBottom( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);} - inline void MoveBottomTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n - m_height; } - inline wxInt32 GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; } - inline void SetRight( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; } - inline void MoveRightTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n - m_width; } - - inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y ); } - inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y + m_height ); } - inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; } - inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } - inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y ); } - inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; } - inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); } - inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);} - inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } - inline wxPoint2DInt GetCentre() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); } - inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving... - inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); } - inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const - { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_x >= m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) + - ( ( pt.m_y >= m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); } - inline wxOutCode GetOutcode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const - { return GetOutCode( pt ) ; } - inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const - { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; } - inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const - { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) && - ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); } - inline bool IsEmpty() const - { return ( m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0 ); } - inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const - { return ( rect.m_width == m_width && rect.m_height == m_height ); } - - inline void Inset( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ) { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; } - inline void Inset( wxInt32 left , wxInt32 top ,wxInt32 right , wxInt32 bottom ) - { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;} - inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; } - void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DInt &rect ); - inline wxPoint2DInt Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor ) { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); } - - static void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ); - inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); } - inline wxRect2DInt CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } - bool Intersects( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const; - - static void Union( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ); - void Union( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); } - void Union( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ); - inline wxRect2DInt CreateUnion( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } - - inline void Scale( wxInt32 f ) { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;} - inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum ) - { m_x *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_y *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); - m_width *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_height *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum);} - - wxRect2DInt& operator = (const wxRect2DInt& rect); - bool operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const; - bool operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const; - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS - void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const; - void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ); -#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS - - wxInt32 m_x; - wxInt32 m_y; - wxInt32 m_width; - wxInt32 m_height; -}; - -inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxRect2DInt &r ) -{ - m_x = r.m_x; - m_y = r.m_y; - m_width = r.m_width; - m_height = r.m_height; -} - -inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &a , const wxPoint2DInt &b) -{ - m_x = wxMin( a.m_x , b.m_x ); - m_y = wxMin( a.m_y , b.m_y ); - m_width = abs( a.m_x - b.m_x ); - m_height = abs( a.m_y - b.m_y ); -} - -inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size) -{ - m_x = pos.m_x; - m_y = pos.m_y; - m_width = size.x; - m_height = size.y; -} - -inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const -{ - return (m_x==rect.m_x && m_y==rect.m_y && - m_width==rect.m_width && m_height==rect.m_height); -} - -inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const -{ - return !(*this == rect); -} - -class wxTransform2D -{ -public : - virtual ~wxTransform2D() { } - virtual void Transform( wxPoint2DInt* pt )const = 0; - virtual void Transform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const; - virtual wxPoint2DInt Transform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; - virtual wxRect2DInt Transform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ; - - virtual void InverseTransform( wxPoint2DInt* pt ) const = 0; - virtual void InverseTransform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const ; - virtual wxPoint2DInt InverseTransform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const ; - virtual wxRect2DInt InverseTransform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ; -}; - -inline void wxTransform2D::Transform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const - { wxPoint2DInt a = r->GetLeftTop() , b = r->GetRightBottom(); Transform( &a ); Transform( &b ); *r = wxRect2DInt( a , b ); } - -inline wxPoint2DInt wxTransform2D::Transform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const - { wxPoint2DInt res = pt; Transform( &res ); return res; } - -inline wxRect2DInt wxTransform2D::Transform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const - { wxRect2DInt res = r; Transform( &res ); return res; } - -inline void wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const - { wxPoint2DInt a = r->GetLeftTop() , b = r->GetRightBottom(); InverseTransform( &a ); InverseTransform( &b ); *r = wxRect2DInt( a , b ); } - -inline wxPoint2DInt wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const - { wxPoint2DInt res = pt; InverseTransform( &res ); return res; } - -inline wxRect2DInt wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const - { wxRect2DInt res = r; InverseTransform( &res ); return res; } - - -#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY - -#endif // _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gifdecod.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gifdecod.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7760d4759..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gifdecod.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/gifdecod.h -// Purpose: wxGIFDecoder, GIF reader for wxImage and wxAnimation -// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Version: 3.02 -// CVS-ID: $Id: gifdecod.h 45563 2007-04-21 18:17:50Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ -#define _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF - -#include "wx/stream.h" -#include "wx/image.h" -#include "wx/animdecod.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -// internal utility used to store a frame in 8bit-per-pixel format -class GIFImage; - - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Constants -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Error codes: -// Note that the error code wxGIF_TRUNCATED means that the image itself -// is most probably OK, but the decoder didn't reach the end of the data -// stream; this means that if it was not reading directly from file, -// the stream will not be correctly positioned. -// -enum wxGIFErrorCode -{ - wxGIF_OK = 0, // everything was OK - wxGIF_INVFORMAT, // error in GIF header - wxGIF_MEMERR, // error allocating memory - wxGIF_TRUNCATED // file appears to be truncated -}; - -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxGIFDecoder class -// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLEXPORT wxGIFDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder -{ -public: - // constructor, destructor, etc. - wxGIFDecoder(); - ~wxGIFDecoder(); - - // get data of current frame - unsigned char* GetData(unsigned int frame) const; - unsigned char* GetPalette(unsigned int frame) const; - unsigned int GetNcolours(unsigned int frame) const; - int GetTransparentColourIndex(unsigned int frame) const; - wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; - - virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; - virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const; - - // GIFs can contain both static images and animations - bool IsAnimation() const - { return m_nFrames > 1; } - - // load function which returns more info than just Load(): - wxGIFErrorCode LoadGIF( wxInputStream& stream ); - - // free all internal frames - void Destroy(); - - // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals - virtual bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const; - virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) - { return LoadGIF(stream) == wxGIF_OK; } - - bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const; - - wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const - { return new wxGIFDecoder; } - wxAnimationType GetType() const - { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF; } - -private: - // array of all frames - wxArrayPtrVoid m_frames; - - // decoder state vars - int m_restbits; // remaining valid bits - unsigned int m_restbyte; // remaining bytes in this block - unsigned int m_lastbyte; // last byte read - unsigned char m_buffer[256]; // buffer for reading - unsigned char *m_bufp; // pointer to next byte in buffer - - int getcode(wxInputStream& stream, int bits, int abfin); - wxGIFErrorCode dgif(wxInputStream& stream, - GIFImage *img, int interl, int bits); - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGIFDecoder) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_STREAM && wxUSE_GIF - -#endif // _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/glcanvas.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/glcanvas.h deleted file mode 100644 index 25e2eac0b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/glcanvas.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/glcanvas.h -// Purpose: wxGLCanvas base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 43623 2006-11-24 10:30:42Z MR $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Constants for attriblist -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// The generic GL implementation doesn't support most of these options, -// such as stereo, auxiliary buffers, alpha channel, and accum buffer. -// Other implementations may actually support them. - -enum -{ - WX_GL_RGBA=1, /* use true color palette */ - WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, /* bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA */ - WX_GL_LEVEL, /* 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay */ - WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, /* use doublebuffer */ - WX_GL_STEREO, /* use stereoscopic display */ - WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS, /* number of auxiliary buffers */ - WX_GL_MIN_RED, /* use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA, /* use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits) */ - WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, /* bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32) */ - WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, /* bits for stencil buffer */ - WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED, /* use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits) */ - WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA /* use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits) */ -}; - -#define wxGLCanvasName _T("GLCanvas") - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) -#include "wx/x11/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) -#include "wx/gtk/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXGTK__) -#include "wx/gtk1/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXX11__) -#include "wx/x11/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXMAC__) -#include "wx/mac/glcanvas.h" -#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) -#include "wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h" -#else -#error "wxGLCanvas not supported in this wxWidgets port" -#endif - -#include "wx/app.h" -class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLApp : public wxApp -{ -public: - wxGLApp() : wxApp() { } - virtual ~wxGLApp(); - - // use this in the constructor of the user-derived wxGLApp class to - // determine if an OpenGL rendering context with these attributes - // is available - returns true if so, false if not. - bool InitGLVisual(int *attribList); - -private: - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLApp) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_GLCANVAS -#endif - // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/graphics.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/graphics.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34f831e91..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/graphics.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,732 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/graphics.h -// Purpose: graphics context header -// Author: Stefan Csomor -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor -// RCS-ID: $Id: graphics.h 57953 2009-01-09 18:46:48Z SC $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ -#define _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT - -#include "wx/geometry.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDC; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDC; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsContext; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPath; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFigure; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPen; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBrush; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFont; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap; - -/* - * notes about the graphics context apis - * - * angles : are measured in radians, 0.0 being in direction of positiv x axis, PI/2 being - * in direction of positive y axis. - */ - -// Base class of all objects used for drawing in the new graphics API, the always point back to their -// originating rendering engine, there is no dynamic unloading of a renderer currently allowed, -// these references are not counted - -// -// The data used by objects like graphics pens etc is ref counted, in order to avoid unnecessary expensive -// duplication. Any operation on a shared instance that results in a modified state, uncouples this -// instance from the other instances that were shared - using copy on write semantics -// - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsObjectRefData : public wxObjectRefData -{ -public : - wxGraphicsObjectRefData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ); - wxGraphicsObjectRefData( const wxGraphicsObjectRefData* data ); - wxGraphicsRenderer* GetRenderer() const ; - virtual wxGraphicsObjectRefData* Clone() const ; - -protected : - wxGraphicsRenderer* m_renderer; -} ; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsObject : public wxObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsObject() ; -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsObject( const wxGraphicsObject& other) : wxObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsObject& operator= (const wxGraphicsObject & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - wxGraphicsObject( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ) ; - virtual ~wxGraphicsObject() ; - - bool IsNull() const ; - - // returns the renderer that was used to create this instance, or NULL if it has not been initialized yet - wxGraphicsRenderer* GetRenderer() const ; - wxGraphicsObjectRefData* GetGraphicsData() const ; -protected : - virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const; - virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsObject) -} ; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPen : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsPen() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsPen( const wxGraphicsPen& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsPen& operator= (const wxGraphicsPen & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - virtual ~wxGraphicsPen() {} -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPen) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsPen) wxNullGraphicsPen; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBrush : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsBrush() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsBrush( const wxGraphicsBrush& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsBrush& operator= (const wxGraphicsBrush & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - virtual ~wxGraphicsBrush() {} -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBrush) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsBrush) wxNullGraphicsBrush; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFont : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsFont() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsFont( const wxGraphicsFont& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsFont& operator= (const wxGraphicsFont & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - virtual ~wxGraphicsFont() {} -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFont) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsFont) wxNullGraphicsFont; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsBitmap() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsBitmap& operator= (const wxGraphicsBitmap & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - virtual ~wxGraphicsBitmap() {} -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBitmap) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsBitmap) wxNullGraphicsBitmap; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrixData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData -{ -public : - wxGraphicsMatrixData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) : - wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) {} - - virtual ~wxGraphicsMatrixData() {} - - // concatenates the matrix - virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrixData *t ) = 0; - - // sets the matrix to the respective values - virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, - wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) = 0; - - // gets the component valuess of the matrix - virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL, - wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const = 0; - - // makes this the inverse matrix - virtual void Invert() = 0; - - // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? - virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* t) const = 0; - - // return true if this is the identity matrix - virtual bool IsIdentity() const = 0; - - // - // transformation - // - - // add the translation to this matrix - virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) = 0; - - // add the scale to this matrix - virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) = 0; - - // add the rotation to this matrix (radians) - virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ) = 0; - - // - // apply the transforms - // - - // applies that matrix to the point - virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const = 0; - - // applies the matrix except for translations - virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const =0; - - // returns the native representation - virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const = 0; -} ; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsMatrix() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsMatrix( const wxGraphicsMatrix& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsMatrix& operator= (const wxGraphicsMatrix & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - - virtual ~wxGraphicsMatrix() {} - - // concatenates the matrix - virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix *t ); - void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix &t ) { Concat( &t ); } - - // sets the matrix to the respective values - virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, - wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0); - - // gets the component valuess of the matrix - virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL, - wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const; - - // makes this the inverse matrix - virtual void Invert(); - - // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? - virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix* t) const; - bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix& t) const { return IsEqual( &t ); } - - // return true if this is the identity matrix - virtual bool IsIdentity() const; - - // - // transformation - // - - // add the translation to this matrix - virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ); - - // add the scale to this matrix - virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ); - - // add the rotation to this matrix (radians) - virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ); - - // - // apply the transforms - // - - // applies that matrix to the point - virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const; - - // applies the matrix except for translations - virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const; - - // returns the native representation - virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const; - - const wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData() const - { return (const wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); } - wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData() - { return (wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); } - -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsMatrix) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsMatrix) wxNullGraphicsMatrix; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPathData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData -{ -public : - wxGraphicsPathData(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) : wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) {} - virtual ~wxGraphicsPathData() {} - - // - // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed - // - - // begins a new subpath at (x,y) - virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; - - // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) - virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; - - // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point - virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; - - // adds another path - virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPathData* path ) =0; - - // closes the current sub-path - virtual void CloseSubpath() = 0; - - // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set - virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const = 0; - - // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle - virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ) = 0; - - // - // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled - // using the primitives from above - // - - // adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point - virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); - - // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath - virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); - - // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle - virtual void AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ); - - // appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) - virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) ; - - // appends an ellipse - virtual void AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); - - // appends a rounded rectangle - virtual void AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); - - // returns the native path - virtual void * GetNativePath() const = 0; - - // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) - virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p) const= 0; - - // transforms each point of this path by the matrix - virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* matrix ) =0; - - // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) - virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h) const=0; - - virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) const=0; -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPath : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsPath() {} -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsPath( const wxGraphicsPath& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsPath& operator= (const wxGraphicsPath & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - virtual ~wxGraphicsPath() {} - - // - // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed - // - - // begins a new subpath at (x,y) - virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); - void MoveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p); - - // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) - virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); - void AddLineToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p); - - // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point - virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) ; - void AddCurveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& c1, const wxPoint2DDouble& c2, const wxPoint2DDouble& e); - - // adds another path - virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ); - - // closes the current sub-path - virtual void CloseSubpath() ; - - // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set - virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const; - wxPoint2DDouble GetCurrentPoint() const; - - // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle - virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ) ; - void AddArc( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise); - - // - // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled - // using the primitives from above - // - - // adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point - virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); - - // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath - virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); - - // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle - virtual void AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ); - - // appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) - virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) ; - - // appends an ellipse - virtual void AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); - - // appends a rounded rectangle - virtual void AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); - - // returns the native path - virtual void * GetNativePath() const; - - // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) - virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p)const; - - // transforms each point of this path by the matrix - virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ); - - // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) - virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h)const; - wxRect2DDouble GetBox()const; - - virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const; - bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const; - - const wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData() const - { return (const wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); } - wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData() - { return (wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); } - -private : - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPath) -} ; - -extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxGraphicsPath) wxNullGraphicsPath; - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsContext : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public: - wxGraphicsContext(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer); - - virtual ~wxGraphicsContext(); - - static wxGraphicsContext* Create( const wxWindowDC& dc) ; - -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxMemoryDC& dc) ; -#endif - - static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNative( void * context ) ; - - static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNativeWindow( void * window ) ; - - static wxGraphicsContext* Create( wxWindow* window ) ; - - // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed - static wxGraphicsContext * Create(); - - wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() const; - - virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) const; - - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) const; - - // sets the brush to a linear gradient, starting at (x1,y1) with color c1 to (x2,y2) with color c2 - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateLinearGradientBrush( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, - const wxColour&c1, const wxColour&c2) const; - - // sets the brush to a radial gradient originating at (xo,yc) with color oColor and ends on a circle around (xc,yc) - // with radius r and color cColor - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateRadialGradientBrush( wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, - const wxColour &oColor, const wxColour &cColor) const; - - // sets the font - virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) const; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) const; -#endif - - //virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) const; - - // create a 'native' matrix corresponding to these values - virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, - wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) const; - - // push the current state of the context, ie the transformation matrix on a stack - virtual void PushState() = 0; - - // pops a stored state from the stack - virtual void PopState() = 0; - - // clips drawings to the region intersected with the current clipping region - virtual void Clip( const wxRegion ®ion ) = 0; - - // clips drawings to the rect intersected with the current clipping region - virtual void Clip( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; - - // resets the clipping to original extent - virtual void ResetClip() = 0 ; - - // returns the native context - virtual void * GetNativeContext() = 0; - - // returns the current logical function - virtual int GetLogicalFunction() const { return m_logicalFunction; } - - // sets the current logical function, returns true if it supported - virtual bool SetLogicalFunction(int function) ; - - // - // transformation : changes the current transformation matrix CTM of the context - // - - // translate - virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) = 0; - - // scale - virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) = 0; - - // rotate (radians) - virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ) = 0; - - // concatenates this transform with the current transform of this context - virtual void ConcatTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0; - - // sets the transform of this context - virtual void SetTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0; - - // gets the matrix of this context - virtual wxGraphicsMatrix GetTransform() const = 0; - // - // setting the paint - // - - // sets the pen - virtual void SetPen( const wxGraphicsPen& pen ); - - void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); - - // sets the brush for filling - virtual void SetBrush( const wxGraphicsBrush& brush ); - - void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); - - // sets the font - virtual void SetFont( const wxGraphicsFont& font ); - - void SetFont( const wxFont& font, const wxColour& colour ); - - - // strokes along a path with the current pen - virtual void StrokePath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ) = 0; - - // fills a path with the current brush - virtual void FillPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ) = 0; - - // draws a path by first filling and then stroking - virtual void DrawPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); - - // - // text - // - - virtual void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; - - virtual void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble angle ); - - virtual void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush ) ; - - virtual void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble angle, const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush ); - - virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &text, wxDouble *width, wxDouble *height, - wxDouble *descent, wxDouble *externalLeading ) const = 0; - - virtual void GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayDouble& widths) const = 0; - - // - // image support - // -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - void DrawGraphicsBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); -#endif - - virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; - - virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; - - // - // convenience methods - // - - // strokes a single line - virtual void StrokeLine( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2); - - // stroke lines connecting each of the points - virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points); - - // stroke disconnected lines from begin to end points - virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *beginPoints, const wxPoint2DDouble *endPoints); - - // draws a polygon - virtual void DrawLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); - - // draws a polygon - virtual void DrawRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); - - // draws an ellipse - virtual void DrawEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); - - // draws a rounded rectangle - virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); - - // wrappers using wxPoint2DDouble TODO - - // helper to determine if a 0.5 offset should be applied for the drawing operation - virtual bool ShouldOffset() const { return false; } - -protected : - - wxGraphicsPen m_pen; - wxGraphicsBrush m_brush; - wxGraphicsFont m_font; - int m_logicalFunction; - -private : - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext) - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext) -}; - -#if 0 - -// -// A graphics figure allows to cache path, pen etc creations, also will be a basis for layering/grouping elements -// - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFigure : public wxGraphicsObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsFigure(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) ; -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810 - wxGraphicsFigure( const wxGraphicsFigure& other) : wxGraphicsObject( other ) {} - wxGraphicsFigure& operator= (const wxGraphicsFigure & other) { Ref(other); return *this;} -#endif - - virtual ~wxGraphicsFigure() ; - - void SetPath( wxGraphicsMatrix* matrix ); - - void SetMatrix( wxGraphicsPath* path); - - // draws this object on the context - virtual void Draw( wxGraphicsContext* cg ); - - // returns the path of this object - wxGraphicsPath* GetPath() { return m_path; } - - // returns the transformation matrix of this object, may be null if there is no transformation necessary - wxGraphicsMatrix* GetMatrix() { return m_matrix; } - -private : - wxGraphicsMatrix* m_matrix; - wxGraphicsPath* m_path; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFigure) -} ; - -#endif - -// -// The graphics renderer is the instance corresponding to the rendering engine used, eg there is ONE core graphics renderer -// instance on OSX. This instance is pointed back to by all objects created by it. Therefore you can create eg additional -// paths at any point from a given matrix etc. -// - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer : public wxObject -{ -public : - wxGraphicsRenderer() {} - - virtual ~wxGraphicsRenderer() {} - - static wxGraphicsRenderer* GetDefaultRenderer(); - - // Context - - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxWindowDC& dc) = 0 ; -#ifdef __WXMSW__ - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxMemoryDC& dc) = 0 ; -#endif - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeContext( void * context ) = 0; - - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeWindow( void * window ) = 0; - - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( wxWindow* window ) = 0; - - // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed - virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateMeasuringContext() = 0; - - // Path - - virtual wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() = 0; - - // Matrix - - virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, - wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) = 0; - - // Paints - - virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) = 0 ; - - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) = 0 ; - - // sets the brush to a linear gradient, starting at (x1,y1) with color c1 to (x2,y2) with color c2 - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateLinearGradientBrush( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, - const wxColour&c1, const wxColour&c2) = 0; - - // sets the brush to a radial gradient originating at (xo,yc) with color oColor and ends on a circle around (xc,yc) - // with radius r and color cColor - virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateRadialGradientBrush( wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, - const wxColour &oColor, const wxColour &cColor) = 0; - - // sets the font - virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) = 0; - -#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809 - wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp ); -#endif - -private : - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer) - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer) -} ; - -#endif - -#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/grid.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/grid.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5012629..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/grid.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/grid.h -// Purpose: wxGrid base header -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/generic/grid.h" - -#endif - // _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gsocket.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gsocket.h deleted file mode 100644 index 83d8ee49b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/gsocket.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Project: GSocket (Generic Socket) - * Name: gsocket.h - * Author: Guilhem Lavaux - * Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia (maintainer) - * Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux - * Licence: wxWindows Licence - * Purpose: GSocket include file (system independent) - * CVSID: $Id: gsocket.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ - * ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -#ifndef __GSOCKET_H -#define __GSOCKET_H - -#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__ -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" /* for WXDLLIMPEXP_NET */ - -#endif - -#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) - -#include - -/* - Including sys/types.h under cygwin results in the warnings about "fd_set - having been defined in sys/types.h" when winsock.h is included later and - doesn't seem to be necessary anyhow. It's not needed under Mac neither. - */ -#if !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) -#include -#endif - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -#include -#endif - -class GSocket; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef struct _GAddress GAddress; - -typedef enum { - GSOCK_NOFAMILY = 0, - GSOCK_INET, - GSOCK_INET6, - GSOCK_UNIX -} GAddressType; - -typedef enum { - GSOCK_STREAMED, - GSOCK_UNSTREAMED -} GSocketStream; - -typedef enum { - GSOCK_NOERROR = 0, - GSOCK_INVOP, - GSOCK_IOERR, - GSOCK_INVADDR, - GSOCK_INVSOCK, - GSOCK_NOHOST, - GSOCK_INVPORT, - GSOCK_WOULDBLOCK, - GSOCK_TIMEDOUT, - GSOCK_MEMERR, - GSOCK_OPTERR -} GSocketError; - -/* See below for an explanation on how events work. - */ -typedef enum { - GSOCK_INPUT = 0, - GSOCK_OUTPUT = 1, - GSOCK_CONNECTION = 2, - GSOCK_LOST = 3, - GSOCK_MAX_EVENT = 4 -} GSocketEvent; - -enum { - GSOCK_INPUT_FLAG = 1 << GSOCK_INPUT, - GSOCK_OUTPUT_FLAG = 1 << GSOCK_OUTPUT, - GSOCK_CONNECTION_FLAG = 1 << GSOCK_CONNECTION, - GSOCK_LOST_FLAG = 1 << GSOCK_LOST -}; - -typedef int GSocketEventFlags; - -typedef void (*GSocketCallback)(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event, - char *cdata); - - -/* Functions tables for internal use by GSocket code: */ - -/* Actually this is a misnomer now, but reusing this name means I don't - have to ifdef app traits or common socket code */ -class GSocketGUIFunctionsTable -{ -public: - // needed since this class declares virtual members - virtual ~GSocketGUIFunctionsTable() { } - virtual bool OnInit() = 0; - virtual void OnExit() = 0; - virtual bool CanUseEventLoop() = 0; - virtual bool Init_Socket(GSocket *socket) = 0; - virtual void Destroy_Socket(GSocket *socket) = 0; -#ifndef __WINDOWS__ - virtual void Install_Callback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event) = 0; - virtual void Uninstall_Callback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event) = 0; -#endif - virtual void Enable_Events(GSocket *socket) = 0; - virtual void Disable_Events(GSocket *socket) = 0; -}; - - -/* Global initializers */ - -/* Sets GUI functions callbacks. Must be called *before* GSocket_Init - if the app uses async sockets. */ -void GSocket_SetGUIFunctions(GSocketGUIFunctionsTable *guifunc); - -/* GSocket_Init() must be called at the beginning */ -int GSocket_Init(void); - -/* GSocket_Cleanup() must be called at the end */ -void GSocket_Cleanup(void); - - -/* Constructors / Destructors */ - -GSocket *GSocket_new(void); - - -/* GAddress */ - -GAddress *GAddress_new(void); -GAddress *GAddress_copy(GAddress *address); -void GAddress_destroy(GAddress *address); - -void GAddress_SetFamily(GAddress *address, GAddressType type); -GAddressType GAddress_GetFamily(GAddress *address); - -/* The use of any of the next functions will set the address family to - * the specific one. For example if you use GAddress_INET_SetHostName, - * address family will be implicitly set to AF_INET. - */ - -GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetHostName(GAddress *address, const char *hostname); -GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetAnyAddress(GAddress *address); -GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetHostAddress(GAddress *address, - unsigned long hostaddr); -GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetPortName(GAddress *address, const char *port, - const char *protocol); -GSocketError GAddress_INET_SetPort(GAddress *address, unsigned short port); - -GSocketError GAddress_INET_GetHostName(GAddress *address, char *hostname, - size_t sbuf); -unsigned long GAddress_INET_GetHostAddress(GAddress *address); -unsigned short GAddress_INET_GetPort(GAddress *address); - -/* TODO: Define specific parts (INET6, UNIX) */ - -GSocketError GAddress_UNIX_SetPath(GAddress *address, const char *path); -GSocketError GAddress_UNIX_GetPath(GAddress *address, char *path, size_t sbuf); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -# if defined(__WINDOWS__) -# include "wx/msw/gsockmsw.h" -# elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) -# include "wx/mac/gsockmac.h" -# else -# include "wx/unix/gsockunx.h" -# endif - -#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */ - -#endif /* __GSOCKET_H */ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hash.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hash.h deleted file mode 100644 index 69cc9ad53..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,630 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/hash.h -// Purpose: wxHashTable class -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: VZ at 25.02.00: type safe hashes with WX_DECLARE_HASH() -// Created: 01/02/97 -// RCS-ID: $Id: hash.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HASH_H__ -#define _WX_HASH_H__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if !wxUSE_STL && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - #define wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE 1 -#else - #define wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE 0 -#endif - -#if !wxUSE_STL - #include "wx/object.h" -#else - class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject; -#endif -#if wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - #include "wx/list.h" -#endif -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - #include "wx/dynarray.h" -#endif - -// the default size of the hash -#define wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT (1000) - -/* - * A hash table is an array of user-definable size with lists - * of data items hanging off the array positions. Usually there'll - * be a hit, so no search is required; otherwise we'll have to run down - * the list to find the desired item. -*/ - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// this is the base class for object hashes: hash tables which contain -// pointers to objects -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxHashTableBase(); - - void Create(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, - size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT); - void Destroy(); - - size_t GetSize() const { return m_hashSize; } - size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } - - void DeleteContents(bool flag); - -protected: - // find the node for (key, value) - wxNodeBase *GetNode(long key, long value) const; - - // the array of lists in which we store the values for given key hash - wxListBase **m_hashTable; - - // the size of m_lists array - size_t m_hashSize; - - // the type of indexing we use - wxKeyType m_keyType; - - // the total number of elements in the hash - size_t m_count; - - // should we delete our data? - bool m_deleteContents; - -private: - // no copy ctor/assignment operator (yet) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHashTableBase) -}; - -#else // if !wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -#if !defined(wxENUM_KEY_TYPE_DEFINED) -#define wxENUM_KEY_TYPE_DEFINED - -enum wxKeyType -{ - wxKEY_NONE, - wxKEY_INTEGER, - wxKEY_STRING -}; - -#endif - -union wxHashKeyValue -{ - long integer; - wxChar *string; -}; - -// for some compilers (AIX xlC), defining it as friend inside the class is not -// enough, so provide a real forward declaration -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node -{ - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase; - typedef class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node _Node; -public: - wxHashTableBase_Node( long key, void* value, - wxHashTableBase* table ); - wxHashTableBase_Node( const wxChar* key, void* value, - wxHashTableBase* table ); - ~wxHashTableBase_Node(); - - long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; } - const wxChar* GetKeyString() const { return m_key.string; } - - void* GetData() const { return m_value; } - void SetData( void* data ) { m_value = data; } - -protected: - _Node* GetNext() const { return m_next; } - -protected: - // next node in the chain - wxHashTableBase_Node* m_next; - - // key - wxHashKeyValue m_key; - - // value - void* m_value; - - // pointer to the hash containing the node, used to remove the - // node from the hash when the user deletes the node iterating - // through it - // TODO: move it to wxHashTable_Node (only wxHashTable supports - // iteration) - wxHashTableBase* m_hashPtr; -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase -#if !wxUSE_STL - : public wxObject -#endif -{ - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node; -public: - typedef wxHashTableBase_Node Node; - - wxHashTableBase(); - virtual ~wxHashTableBase() { } - - void Create( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, - size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT ); - void Clear(); - void Destroy(); - - size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } - size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } - - void DeleteContents( bool flag ) { m_deleteContents = flag; } - - static long MakeKey(const wxChar *string); - -protected: - void DoPut( long key, long hash, void* data ); - void DoPut( const wxChar* key, long hash, void* data ); - void* DoGet( long key, long hash ) const; - void* DoGet( const wxChar* key, long hash ) const; - void* DoDelete( long key, long hash ); - void* DoDelete( const wxChar* key, long hash ); - -private: - // Remove the node from the hash, *only called from - // ~wxHashTable*_Node destructor - void DoRemoveNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); - - // destroys data contained in the node if appropriate: - // deletes the key if it is a string and destrys - // the value if m_deleteContents is true - void DoDestroyNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); - - // inserts a node in the table (at the end of the chain) - void DoInsertNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); - - // removes a node from the table (fiven a pointer to the previous - // but does not delete it (only deletes its contents) - void DoUnlinkNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node, - wxHashTableBase_Node* prev ); - - // unconditionally deletes node value (invoking the - // correct destructor) - virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) = 0; - -protected: - // number of buckets - size_t m_size; - - // number of nodes (key/value pairs) - size_t m_count; - - // table - Node** m_table; - - // key typ (INTEGER/STRING) - wxKeyType m_keyType; - - // delete contents when hash is cleared - bool m_deleteContents; - -private: - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHashTableBase) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -#if !wxUSE_STL - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// a hash table which stores longs -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableLong : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxHashTableLong(size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT) - { Init(size); } - virtual ~wxHashTableLong(); - - void Create(size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT); - void Destroy(); - - size_t GetSize() const { return m_hashSize; } - size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } - - void Put(long key, long value); - long Get(long key) const; - long Delete(long key); - -protected: - void Init(size_t size); - -private: - wxArrayLong **m_values, - **m_keys; - - // the size of array above - size_t m_hashSize; - - // the total number of elements in the hash - size_t m_count; - - // not implemented yet - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHashTableLong) -}; - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxStringHashTable: a hash table which indexes strings with longs -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringHashTable : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxStringHashTable(size_t sizeTable = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT); - virtual ~wxStringHashTable(); - - // add a string associated with this key to the table - void Put(long key, const wxString& value); - - // get the string from the key: if not found, an empty string is returned - // and the wasFound is set to false if not NULL - wxString Get(long key, bool *wasFound = NULL) const; - - // remove the item, returning true if the item was found and deleted - bool Delete(long key) const; - - // clean up - void Destroy(); - -private: - wxArrayLong **m_keys; - wxArrayString **m_values; - - // the size of array above - size_t m_hashSize; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringHashTable) -}; - -#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - -#endif // !wxUSE_STL - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// for compatibility only -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#if !wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable_Node : public wxHashTableBase_Node -{ - friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; -public: - wxHashTable_Node( long key, void* value, - wxHashTableBase* table ) - : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { } - wxHashTable_Node( const wxChar* key, void* value, - wxHashTableBase* table ) - : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { } - - wxObject* GetData() const - { return (wxObject*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetData(); } - void SetData( wxObject* data ) - { wxHashTableBase_Node::SetData( data ); } - - wxHashTable_Node* GetNext() const - { return (wxHashTable_Node*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetNext(); } -}; - -// should inherit protectedly, but it is public for compatibility in -// order to publicly inherit from wxObject -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable : public wxHashTableBase -{ - typedef wxHashTableBase hash; -public: - typedef wxHashTable_Node Node; - typedef wxHashTable_Node* compatibility_iterator; -public: - wxHashTable( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, - size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT ) - : wxHashTableBase() { Create( keyType, size ); BeginFind(); } - wxHashTable( const wxHashTable& table ); - - virtual ~wxHashTable() { Destroy(); } - - const wxHashTable& operator=( const wxHashTable& ); - - // key and value are the same - void Put(long value, wxObject *object) - { DoPut( value, value, object ); } - void Put(long lhash, long value, wxObject *object) - { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); } - void Put(const wxChar *value, wxObject *object) - { DoPut( value, MakeKey( value ), object ); } - void Put(long lhash, const wxChar *value, wxObject *object) - { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); } - - // key and value are the same - wxObject *Get(long value) const - { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, value ); } - wxObject *Get(long lhash, long value) const - { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); } - wxObject *Get(const wxChar *value) const - { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, MakeKey( value ) ); } - wxObject *Get(long lhash, const wxChar *value) const - { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); } - - // Deletes entry and returns data if found - wxObject *Delete(long key) - { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, key ); } - wxObject *Delete(long lhash, long key) - { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); } - wxObject *Delete(const wxChar *key) - { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, MakeKey( key ) ); } - wxObject *Delete(long lhash, const wxChar *key) - { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); } - - // Construct your own integer key from a string, e.g. in case - // you need to combine it with something - long MakeKey(const wxChar *string) const - { return wxHashTableBase::MakeKey(string); } - - // Way of iterating through whole hash table (e.g. to delete everything) - // Not necessary, of course, if you're only storing pointers to - // objects maintained separately - void BeginFind() { m_curr = NULL; m_currBucket = 0; } - Node* Next(); - - void Clear() { wxHashTableBase::Clear(); } - - size_t GetCount() const { return wxHashTableBase::GetCount(); } -protected: - // copy helper - void DoCopy( const wxHashTable& copy ); - - // searches the next node starting from bucket bucketStart and sets - // m_curr to it and m_currBucket to its bucket - void GetNextNode( size_t bucketStart ); -private: - virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); - - // current node - Node* m_curr; - - // bucket the current node belongs to - size_t m_currBucket; -}; - -#else // if wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable : public wxObject -{ -public: - typedef wxNode Node; - typedef wxNode* compatibility_iterator; - - int n; - int current_position; - wxNode *current_node; - - unsigned int key_type; - wxList **hash_table; - - wxHashTable(int the_key_type = wxKEY_INTEGER, - int size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT); - virtual ~wxHashTable(); - - // copy ctor and assignment operator - wxHashTable(const wxHashTable& table) : wxObject() - { DoCopy(table); } - wxHashTable& operator=(const wxHashTable& table) - { Clear(); DoCopy(table); return *this; } - - void DoCopy(const wxHashTable& table); - - void Destroy(); - - bool Create(int the_key_type = wxKEY_INTEGER, - int size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT); - - // Note that there are 2 forms of Put, Get. - // With a key and a value, the *value* will be checked - // when a collision is detected. Otherwise, if there are - // 2 items with a different value but the same key, - // we'll retrieve the WRONG ONE. So where possible, - // supply the required value along with the key. - // In fact, the value-only versions make a key, and still store - // the value. The use of an explicit key might be required - // e.g. when combining several values into one key. - // When doing that, it's highly likely we'll get a collision, - // e.g. 1 + 2 = 3, 2 + 1 = 3. - - // key and value are NOT necessarily the same - void Put(long key, long value, wxObject *object); - void Put(long key, const wxChar *value, wxObject *object); - - // key and value are the same - void Put(long value, wxObject *object); - void Put(const wxChar *value, wxObject *object); - - // key and value not the same - wxObject *Get(long key, long value) const; - wxObject *Get(long key, const wxChar *value) const; - - // key and value are the same - wxObject *Get(long value) const; - wxObject *Get(const wxChar *value) const; - - // Deletes entry and returns data if found - wxObject *Delete(long key); - wxObject *Delete(const wxChar *key); - - wxObject *Delete(long key, int value); - wxObject *Delete(long key, const wxChar *value); - - // Construct your own integer key from a string, e.g. in case - // you need to combine it with something - long MakeKey(const wxChar *string) const; - - // Way of iterating through whole hash table (e.g. to delete everything) - // Not necessary, of course, if you're only storing pointers to - // objects maintained separately - - void BeginFind(); - Node* Next(); - - void DeleteContents(bool flag); - void Clear(); - - // Returns number of nodes - size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } - -private: - size_t m_count; // number of elements in the hashtable - bool m_deleteContents; - - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHashTable) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -#if !wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -// defines a new type safe hash table which stores the elements of type eltype -// in lists of class listclass -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH(eltype, dummy, hashclass, classexp) \ - classexp hashclass : public wxHashTableBase \ - { \ - public: \ - hashclass(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, \ - size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT) \ - : wxHashTableBase() { Create(keyType, size); } \ - \ - virtual ~hashclass() { Destroy(); } \ - \ - void Put(long key, eltype *data) { DoPut(key, key, (void*)data); } \ - void Put(long lhash, long key, eltype *data) \ - { DoPut(key, lhash, (void*)data); } \ - eltype *Get(long key) const { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, key); } \ - eltype *Get(long lhash, long key) const \ - { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, lhash); } \ - eltype *Delete(long key) { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, key); } \ - eltype *Delete(long lhash, long key) \ - { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, lhash); } \ - private: \ - virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) \ - { delete (eltype*)node->GetData(); } \ - \ - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(hashclass) \ - } - -#else // if wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH(eltype, listclass, hashclass, classexp) \ - classexp hashclass : public wxHashTableBase \ - { \ - public: \ - hashclass(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, \ - size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT) \ - { Create(keyType, size); } \ - \ - virtual ~hashclass() { Destroy(); } \ - \ - void Put(long key, long val, eltype *data) { DoPut(key, val, data); } \ - void Put(long key, eltype *data) { DoPut(key, key, data); } \ - \ - eltype *Get(long key, long value) const \ - { \ - wxNodeBase *node = GetNode(key, value); \ - return node ? ((listclass::Node *)node)->GetData() : (eltype *)0; \ - } \ - eltype *Get(long key) const { return Get(key, key); } \ - \ - eltype *Delete(long key, long value) \ - { \ - eltype *data; \ - \ - wxNodeBase *node = GetNode(key, value); \ - if ( node ) \ - { \ - data = ((listclass::Node *)node)->GetData(); \ - \ - delete node; \ - m_count--; \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - data = (eltype *)0; \ - } \ - \ - return data; \ - } \ - eltype *Delete(long key) { return Delete(key, key); } \ - \ - protected: \ - void DoPut(long key, long value, eltype *data) \ - { \ - size_t slot = (size_t)abs((int)(key % (long)m_hashSize)); \ - \ - if ( !m_hashTable[slot] ) \ - { \ - m_hashTable[slot] = new listclass(m_keyType); \ - if ( m_deleteContents ) \ - m_hashTable[slot]->DeleteContents(true); \ - } \ - \ - ((listclass *)m_hashTable[slot])->Append(value, data); \ - m_count++; \ - } \ - \ - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(hashclass) \ - } - -#endif // wxUSE_OLD_HASH_TABLE - -// this macro is to be used in the user code -#define WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class) - -// and this one does exactly the same thing but should be used inside the -// library -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class WXDLLEXPORT) - -#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash, usergoo) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class usergoo) - -// delete all hash elements -// -// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the -// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not -// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't -// count on it)! -#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_TABLE(hash) \ - { \ - (hash).BeginFind(); \ - wxHashTable::compatibility_iterator it = (hash).Next(); \ - while( it ) \ - { \ - delete it->GetData(); \ - it = (hash).Next(); \ - } \ - (hash).Clear(); \ - } - -#endif - // _WX_HASH_H__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashmap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashmap.h deleted file mode 100644 index 425315dc0..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashmap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,739 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/hashmap.h -// Purpose: wxHashMap class -// Author: Mattia Barbon -// Modified by: -// Created: 29/01/2002 -// RCS-ID: $Id: hashmap.h 57388 2008-12-17 09:34:48Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HASHMAP_H_ -#define _WX_HASHMAP_H_ - -#include "wx/string.h" - -// In wxUSE_STL build we prefer to use the standard hash map class but it can -// be either in non-standard hash_map header (old g++ and some other STL -// implementations) or in C++0x standard unordered_map which can in turn be -// available either in std::tr1 or std namespace itself -// -// To summarize: if std::unordered_map is available use it, otherwise use tr1 -// and finally fall back to non-standard hash_map - -#if (defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP)) \ - && (defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP)) - #define HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP -#endif - -#if wxUSE_STL && \ - (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP)) - -#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) - #include - #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std -#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP) - #include - #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std::tr1 -#endif - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ - typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::unordered_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME - -#elif wxUSE_STL && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) - -#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) - #include -#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP) - #include -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP) - #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE __gnu_cxx -#elif defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP) - #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std -#endif - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ - typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME - -#else // !wxUSE_STL || no std::{hash,unordered}_map class available - -#define wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ -typedef int ptrdiff_t; -#else -#include // for ptrdiff_t -#endif - -// private -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTable_NodeBase -{ - _wxHashTable_NodeBase() : m_nxt(0) {} - - _wxHashTable_NodeBase* m_nxt; - -// Cannot do this: -// DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(_wxHashTable_NodeBase) -// without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. -}; - -// private -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTableBase2 -{ -public: - typedef void (*NodeDtor)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); - typedef unsigned long (*BucketFromNode)(_wxHashTableBase2*,_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); - typedef _wxHashTable_NodeBase* (*ProcessNode)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); -protected: - static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* DummyProcessNode(_wxHashTable_NodeBase* node); - static void DeleteNodes( size_t buckets, _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table, - NodeDtor dtor ); - static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* GetFirstNode( size_t buckets, - _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table ) - { - for( size_t i = 0; i < buckets; ++i ) - if( table[i] ) - return table[i]; - return 0; - } - - // as static const unsigned prime_count = 31 but works with all compilers - enum { prime_count = 31 }; - static const unsigned long ms_primes[prime_count]; - - // returns the first prime in ms_primes greater than n - static unsigned long GetNextPrime( unsigned long n ); - - // returns the first prime in ms_primes smaller than n - // ( or ms_primes[0] if n is very small ) - static unsigned long GetPreviousPrime( unsigned long n ); - - static void CopyHashTable( _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable, - size_t srcBuckets, _wxHashTableBase2* dst, - _wxHashTable_NodeBase** dstTable, - BucketFromNode func, ProcessNode proc ); - - static void** AllocTable( size_t sz ) - { - return (void **)calloc(sz, sizeof(void*)); - } - static void FreeTable(void *table) - { - free(table); - } -}; - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( VALUE_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EX_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP, SHOULD_GROW, SHOULD_SHRINK ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME : protected _wxHashTableBase2 \ -{ \ -public: \ - typedef KEY_T key_type; \ - typedef VALUE_T value_type; \ - typedef HASH_T hasher; \ - typedef KEY_EQ_T key_equal; \ - \ - typedef size_t size_type; \ - typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; \ - typedef value_type* pointer; \ - typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \ - typedef value_type& reference; \ - typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ - /* should these be protected? */ \ - typedef const KEY_T const_key_type; \ - typedef const VALUE_T const_mapped_type; \ -public: \ - struct Node; \ - typedef KEY_EX_T key_extractor; \ - typedef CLASSNAME Self; \ -protected: \ - Node** m_table; \ - size_t m_tableBuckets; \ - size_t m_items; \ - hasher m_hasher; \ - key_equal m_equals; \ - key_extractor m_getKey; \ -public: \ - struct Node:public _wxHashTable_NodeBase \ - { \ - public: \ - Node( const value_type& value ) \ - : m_value( value ) {} \ - Node* m_next() { return (Node*)this->m_nxt; } \ - \ - value_type m_value; \ - }; \ - \ - CLASSEXP Iterator; \ - friend CLASSEXP Iterator; \ -protected: \ - static void DeleteNode( _wxHashTable_NodeBase* node ) \ - { \ - delete (Node*)node; \ - } \ -public: \ - /* */ \ - /* forward iterator */ \ - /* */ \ - CLASSEXP Iterator \ - { \ - public: \ - Node* m_node; \ - Self* m_ht; \ - \ - Iterator() : m_node(0), m_ht(0) {} \ - Iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \ - : m_node(node), m_ht((Self*)ht) {} \ - bool operator ==( const Iterator& it ) const \ - { return m_node == it.m_node; } \ - bool operator !=( const Iterator& it ) const \ - { return m_node != it.m_node; } \ - protected: \ - Node* GetNextNode() \ - { \ - size_type bucket = GetBucketForNode(m_ht,m_node); \ - for( size_type i = bucket + 1; i < m_ht->m_tableBuckets; ++i ) \ - { \ - if( m_ht->m_table[i] ) \ - return m_ht->m_table[i]; \ - } \ - return 0; \ - } \ - \ - void PlusPlus() \ - { \ - Node* next = m_node->m_next(); \ - m_node = next ? next : GetNextNode(); \ - } \ - }; \ - \ -public: \ - CLASSEXP iterator : public Iterator \ - { \ - public: \ - iterator() : Iterator() {} \ - iterator( Node* node, Self* ht ) : Iterator( node, ht ) {} \ - iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus(); return *this; } \ - iterator operator++(int) { iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \ - reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \ - pointer operator ->() const { return &(m_node->m_value); } \ - }; \ - \ - CLASSEXP const_iterator : public Iterator \ - { \ - public: \ - const_iterator() : Iterator() {} \ - const_iterator(iterator i) : Iterator(i) {} \ - const_iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \ - : Iterator( node, (Self*)ht ) {} \ - const_iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus();return *this; } \ - const_iterator operator++(int) { const_iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \ - const_reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \ - const_pointer operator ->() const { return &(m_node->m_value); } \ - }; \ - \ - CLASSNAME( size_type sz = 10, const hasher& hfun = hasher(), \ - const key_equal& k_eq = key_equal(), \ - const key_extractor& k_ex = key_extractor() ) \ - : m_tableBuckets( GetNextPrime( (unsigned long) sz ) ), \ - m_items( 0 ), \ - m_hasher( hfun ), \ - m_equals( k_eq ), \ - m_getKey( k_ex ) \ - { \ - m_table = (Node**)AllocTable( m_tableBuckets ); \ - } \ - \ - CLASSNAME( const Self& ht ) \ - : m_table( 0 ), \ - m_tableBuckets( 0 ), \ - m_items( ht.m_items ), \ - m_hasher( ht.m_hasher ), \ - m_equals( ht.m_equals ), \ - m_getKey( ht.m_getKey ) \ - { \ - HashCopy( ht ); \ - } \ - \ - const Self& operator=( const Self& ht ) \ - { \ - clear(); \ - m_hasher = ht.m_hasher; \ - m_equals = ht.m_equals; \ - m_getKey = ht.m_getKey; \ - m_items = ht.m_items; \ - HashCopy( ht ); \ - return *this; \ - } \ - \ - ~CLASSNAME() \ - { \ - clear(); \ - \ - FreeTable(m_table); \ - } \ - \ - hasher hash_funct() { return m_hasher; } \ - key_equal key_eq() { return m_equals; } \ - \ - /* removes all elements from the hash table, but does not */ \ - /* shrink it ( perhaps it should ) */ \ - void clear() \ - { \ - DeleteNodes( m_tableBuckets, (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)m_table, \ - DeleteNode ); \ - m_items = 0; \ - } \ - \ - size_type size() const { return m_items; } \ - size_type max_size() const { return size_type(-1); } \ - bool empty() const { return size() == 0; } \ - \ - const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator( 0, this ); } \ - iterator end() { return iterator( 0, this ); } \ - const_iterator begin() const \ - { return const_iterator( (Node*)GetFirstNode( m_tableBuckets, (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)m_table ), this ); } \ - iterator begin() \ - { return iterator( (Node*)GetFirstNode( m_tableBuckets, (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)m_table ), this ); } \ - \ - size_type erase( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { \ - Node** node = GetNodePtr( key ); \ - \ - if( !node ) \ - return 0; \ - \ - --m_items; \ - Node* temp = (*node)->m_next(); \ - delete *node; \ - (*node) = temp; \ - if( SHOULD_SHRINK( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \ - ResizeTable( GetPreviousPrime( (unsigned long) m_tableBuckets ) - 1 ); \ - return 1; \ - } \ - \ -protected: \ - static size_type GetBucketForNode( Self* ht, Node* node ) \ - { \ - return ht->m_hasher( ht->m_getKey( node->m_value ) ) \ - % ht->m_tableBuckets; \ - } \ - static Node* CopyNode( Node* node ) { return new Node( *node ); } \ - \ - Node* GetOrCreateNode( const value_type& value, bool& created ) \ - { \ - const const_key_type& key = m_getKey( value ); \ - size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ - Node* node = m_table[bucket]; \ - \ - while( node ) \ - { \ - if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \ - { \ - created = false; \ - return node; \ - } \ - node = node->m_next(); \ - } \ - created = true; \ - return CreateNode( value, bucket); \ - }\ - Node * CreateNode( const value_type& value, size_t bucket ) \ - {\ - Node* node = new Node( value ); \ - node->m_nxt = m_table[bucket]; \ - m_table[bucket] = node; \ - \ - /* must be after the node is inserted */ \ - ++m_items; \ - if( SHOULD_GROW( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \ - ResizeTable( m_tableBuckets ); \ - \ - return node; \ - } \ - void CreateNode( const value_type& value ) \ - {\ - CreateNode(value, m_hasher( m_getKey(value) ) % m_tableBuckets ); \ - }\ - \ - /* returns NULL if not found */ \ - Node** GetNodePtr( const const_key_type& key ) const \ - { \ - size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ - Node** node = &m_table[bucket]; \ - \ - while( *node ) \ - { \ - if( m_equals( m_getKey( (*node)->m_value ), key ) ) \ - return node; \ - /* Tell the compiler to not do any strict-aliasing assumptions with a void cast? Can we make such a runtime guarantee? */ \ - node = (Node**)&(*node)->m_nxt; \ - } \ - \ - return NULL; \ - } \ - \ - /* returns NULL if not found */ \ - /* expressing it in terms of GetNodePtr is 5-8% slower :-( */ \ - Node* GetNode( const const_key_type& key ) const \ - { \ - size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ - Node* node = m_table[bucket]; \ - \ - while( node ) \ - { \ - if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \ - return node; \ - node = node->m_next(); \ - } \ - \ - return 0; \ - } \ - \ - void ResizeTable( size_t newSize ) \ - { \ - newSize = GetNextPrime( (unsigned long)newSize ); \ - Node** srcTable = m_table; \ - size_t srcBuckets = m_tableBuckets; \ - m_table = (Node**)AllocTable( newSize ); \ - m_tableBuckets = newSize; \ - \ - CopyHashTable( (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)srcTable, srcBuckets, \ - this, (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)m_table, \ - (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode,\ - (ProcessNode)&DummyProcessNode ); \ - FreeTable(srcTable); \ - } \ - \ - /* this must be called _after_ m_table has been cleaned */ \ - void HashCopy( const Self& ht ) \ - { \ - ResizeTable( ht.size() ); \ - CopyHashTable( (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)ht.m_table, ht.m_tableBuckets,\ - (_wxHashTableBase2*)this, \ - (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)m_table, \ - (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode, \ - (ProcessNode)CopyNode ); \ - } \ -}; - -// defines an STL-like pair class CLASSNAME storing two fields: first of type -// KEY_T and second of type VALUE_T -#define _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ -{ \ -public: \ - typedef KEY_T t1; \ - typedef VALUE_T t2; \ - typedef const KEY_T const_t1; \ - typedef const VALUE_T const_t2; \ - \ - CLASSNAME( const const_t1& f, const const_t2& s ):first(t1(f)),second(t2(s)) {} \ - \ - t1 first; \ - t2 second; \ -}; - -// defines the class CLASSNAME returning the key part (of type KEY_T) from a -// pair of type PAIR_T -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, PAIR_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ -{ \ - typedef KEY_T key_type; \ - typedef PAIR_T pair_type; \ - typedef const key_type const_key_type; \ - typedef const pair_type const_pair_type; \ - typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \ - typedef const_pair_type& const_pair_reference; \ -public: \ - CLASSNAME() { } \ - const_key_reference operator()( const_pair_reference pair ) const { return pair.first; }\ - \ - /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \ - /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \ - /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \ - CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \ -}; - -// grow/shrink predicates -inline bool never_grow( size_t, size_t ) { return false; } -inline bool never_shrink( size_t, size_t ) { return false; } -inline bool grow_lf70( size_t buckets, size_t items ) -{ - return float(items)/float(buckets) >= 0.85; -} - -#endif // various hash map implementations - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// hashing and comparison functors -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// NB: implementation detail: all of these classes must have dummy assignment -// operators to suppress warnings about "statement with no effect" from gcc -// in the hash table class assignment operator (where they're assigned) - -#ifndef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -// integer types -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash -{ - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longHash; - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash ulongHash; - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash intHash; - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash uintHash; - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash shortHash; - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash ushortHash; - -#if defined wxLongLong_t && !defined wxLongLongIsLong - // hash ought to work but doesn't on some compilers - #if (!defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG == 4) \ - || (defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG * 2) - size_t longlongHash( wxLongLong_t x ) const - { - return longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x) ) ^ - longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x >> (sizeof(long) * 8)) ); - } - #elif defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longlongHash; - #else - WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longlongHash; - #endif -#endif - -public: - wxIntegerHash() { } - size_t operator()( long x ) const { return longHash( x ); } - size_t operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return ulongHash( x ); } - size_t operator()( int x ) const { return intHash( x ); } - size_t operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return uintHash( x ); } - size_t operator()( short x ) const { return shortHash( x ); } - size_t operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return ushortHash( x ); } -#if defined wxLongLong_t && !defined wxLongLongIsLong - size_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); } - size_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); } -#endif - - wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; } -}; - -#else // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -// integer types -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash -{ -public: - wxIntegerHash() { } - unsigned long operator()( long x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } - unsigned long operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return x; } - unsigned long operator()( int x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } - unsigned long operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return x; } - unsigned long operator()( short x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } - unsigned long operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return x; } -#if defined wxLongLong_t && !defined wxLongLongIsLong - wxULongLong_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return wx_static_cast(wxULongLong_t, x); } - wxULongLong_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return x; } -#endif - - wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; } -}; - -#endif // !wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP/wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerEqual -{ -public: - wxIntegerEqual() { } - bool operator()( long a, long b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( unsigned long a, unsigned long b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( int a, int b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( unsigned int a, unsigned int b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( short a, short b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( unsigned short a, unsigned short b ) const { return a == b; } -#if defined wxLongLong_t && !defined wxLongLongIsLong - bool operator()( wxLongLong_t a, wxLongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; } - bool operator()( wxULongLong_t a, wxULongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; } -#endif - - wxIntegerEqual& operator=(const wxIntegerEqual&) { return *this; } -}; - -// pointers -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerHash -{ -public: - wxPointerHash() { } - -#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - wxUIntPtr operator()( const void* k ) const { return wxPtrToUInt(k); } -#else - wxUIntPtr operator()( const void* k ) const { return wxPtrToUInt(k); } -#endif - - wxPointerHash& operator=(const wxPointerHash&) { return *this; } -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerEqual -{ -public: - wxPointerEqual() { } - bool operator()( const void* a, const void* b ) const { return a == b; } - - wxPointerEqual& operator=(const wxPointerEqual&) { return *this; } -}; - -// wxString, char*, wxChar* -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringHash -{ -public: - wxStringHash() {} - unsigned long operator()( const wxString& x ) const - { return wxCharStringHash( x.c_str() ); } - unsigned long operator()( const wxChar* x ) const - { return wxCharStringHash( x ); } - static unsigned long wxCharStringHash( const wxChar* ); -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - unsigned long operator()( const char* x ) const - { return charStringHash( x ); } - static unsigned long charStringHash( const char* ); -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - - wxStringHash& operator=(const wxStringHash&) { return *this; } -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringEqual -{ -public: - wxStringEqual() {} - bool operator()( const wxString& a, const wxString& b ) const - { return a == b; } - bool operator()( const wxChar* a, const wxChar* b ) const - { return wxStrcmp( a, b ) == 0; } -#if wxUSE_UNICODE - bool operator()( const char* a, const char* b ) const - { return strcmp( a, b ) == 0; } -#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE - - wxStringEqual& operator=(const wxStringEqual&) { return *this; } -}; - -#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ -_WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSEXP ) \ -_WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \ -_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, KEY_T, HASH_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \ -{ \ -public: \ - typedef VALUE_T mapped_type; \ - _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \ - \ - wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \ - key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \ - : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \ - CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \ - \ - mapped_type& operator[]( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { \ - bool created; \ - return GetOrCreateNode( \ - CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( key, mapped_type() ), \ - created)->m_value.second; \ - } \ - \ - const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \ - { \ - return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ - } \ - \ - iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { \ - return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ - } \ - \ - Insert_Result insert( const value_type& v ) \ - { \ - bool created; \ - Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( \ - CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( v.first, v.second ), \ - created); \ - return Insert_Result(iterator(node, this), created); \ - } \ - \ - size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \ - { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \ - void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( it->first ); } \ - void erase( const const_iterator& it ) { erase( it->first ); } \ - \ - /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \ - size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { \ - /* explicit cast needed to suppress CodeWarrior warnings */ \ - return (size_type)(GetNode( key ) ? 1 : 0); \ - } \ -} - -#endif // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP - -// these macros are to be used in the user code -#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, class ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \ - CLASSNAME, class ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \ - CLASSNAME, class ) - -// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the -// library -#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ - WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \ - CLASSNAME, class WXDLLEXPORT ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \ - CLASSNAME, DECL ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ - WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \ - class WXDLLEXPORT ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \ - CLASSNAME, DECL ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ - WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \ - class WXDLLEXPORT ) - -// delete all hash elements -// -// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the -// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not -// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't -// count on it)! -#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(type, hashmap) \ - { \ - type::iterator it, en; \ - for( it = (hashmap).begin(), en = (hashmap).end(); it != en; ++it ) \ - delete it->second; \ - (hashmap).clear(); \ - } - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Declarations of common hashmap classes - -WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( long, long, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, - wxLongToLongHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); - - -#endif // _WX_HASHMAP_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashset.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashset.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed161cbf2..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hashset.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/hashset.h -// Purpose: wxHashSet class -// Author: Mattia Barbon -// Modified by: -// Created: 11/08/2003 -// RCS-ID: $Id: hashset.h 55215 2008-08-23 18:54:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HASHSET_H_ -#define _WX_HASHSET_H_ - -#include "wx/hashmap.h" - -// see comment in wx/hashmap.h which also applies to different standard hash -// set classes - -#if wxUSE_STL && \ - (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET)) - -#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) - #include - #define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\ - typedef std::unordered_set< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME -#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET) - #include - #define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\ - typedef std::tr1::unordered_set< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME -#else -#error Update this code: unordered_set is available, but I do not know where. -#endif - -#elif wxUSE_STL && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) - -#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) - #include -#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP) - #include -#endif - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\ - typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_set< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME - -#else // !wxUSE_STL || !defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) - -// this is a complex way of defining an easily inlineable identity function... -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ -{ \ - typedef KEY_T key_type; \ - typedef const key_type const_key_type; \ - typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \ -public: \ - CLASSNAME() { } \ - const_key_reference operator()( const_key_reference key ) const \ - { return key; } \ - \ - /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \ - /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \ - /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \ - CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \ -}; - -#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\ -_WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \ -_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( KEY_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \ -CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \ -{ \ -public: \ - _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \ - \ - wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \ - key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \ - : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \ - CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \ - \ - Insert_Result insert( const key_type& key ) \ - { \ - bool created; \ - Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( key, created ); \ - return Insert_Result( iterator( node, this ), created ); \ - } \ - \ - const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \ - { \ - return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ - } \ - \ - iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { \ - return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ - } \ - \ - size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \ - { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \ - void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \ - void erase( const const_iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \ - \ - /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \ - size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) \ - { return GetNode( key ) ? 1 : 0; } \ -} - -#endif // !wxUSE_STL || !defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) - -// these macros are to be used in the user code -#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, class ) - -// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the -// library -#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \ - _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) - -#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ - WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \ - CLASSNAME, class WXDLLEXPORT ) - -// delete all hash elements -// -// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the -// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not -// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't -// count on it)! -#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_SET(type, hashset) \ - { \ - type::iterator it, en; \ - for( it = (hashset).begin(), en = (hashset).end(); it != en; ++it ) \ - delete *it; \ - (hashset).clear(); \ - } - -#endif // _WX_HASHSET_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/help.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/help.h deleted file mode 100644 index f23330798..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/help.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: help.h -// Purpose: wxHelpController base header -// Author: wxWidgets Team -// Modified by: -// Created: -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: help.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HELP - -#include "wx/helpbase.h" - -#ifdef __WXWINCE__ - #include "wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h" - - #define wxHelpController wxWinceHelpController -#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) - #include "wx/palmos/help.h" - - #define wxHelpController wxPalmHelpController -#elif defined(__WXMSW__) - #include "wx/msw/helpchm.h" - - #define wxHelpController wxCHMHelpController -#else // !MSW - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - #include "wx/html/helpctrl.h" - #define wxHelpController wxHtmlHelpController -#else - #include "wx/generic/helpext.h" - #define wxHelpController wxExtHelpController -#endif - -#endif // MSW/!MSW - -#endif // wxUSE_HELP - -#endif - // _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index cc77ef102..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helpbase.h -// Purpose: Help system base classes -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 04/01/98 -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpbase.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPBASEH__ -#define _WX_HELPBASEH__ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HELP - -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/gdicmn.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" - -// Flags for SetViewer -#define wxHELP_NETSCAPE 1 - -// Search modes: -enum wxHelpSearchMode -{ - wxHELP_SEARCH_INDEX, - wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL -}; - -// Defines the API for help controllers -class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerBase: public wxObject -{ -public: - inline wxHelpControllerBase(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL) { m_parentWindow = parentWindow; } - inline ~wxHelpControllerBase() {} - - // Must call this to set the filename and server name. - // server is only required when implementing TCP/IP-based - // help controllers. - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file), int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return false; } - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file)) { return false; } - - // Set viewer: only relevant to some kinds of controller - virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {} - - // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) = 0; - - // Displays the contents - virtual bool DisplayContents(void) = 0; - - // Display the given section - virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo) = 0; - - // Display the section using a context id - virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int WXUNUSED(contextId)) { return false; } - - // Display the text in a popup, if possible - virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos)) { return false; } - - // By default, uses KeywordSection to display a topic. Implementations - // may override this for more specific behaviour. - virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); } - virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) = 0; - virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, - wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL) = 0; - /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame. - virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), - const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size), - const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition, - bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false) - { - // does nothing by default - } - /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help - /// frame. - virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL, - wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL, - bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL) - { - return (wxFrame*) NULL; // does nothing by default - } - - virtual bool Quit() = 0; - virtual void OnQuit() {} - - /// Set the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. - virtual void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_parentWindow = win; } - - /// Get the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. - virtual wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_parentWindow; } - -protected: - wxWindow* m_parentWindow; -private: - DECLARE_CLASS(wxHelpControllerBase) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_HELP - -#endif -// _WX_HELPBASEH__ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helphtml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helphtml.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ed3d9894..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helphtml.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helphtml.h -// Purpose: Includes wx/html/helpctrl.h, for wxHtmlHelpController. -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: 2003-05-24 -// RCS-ID: $Id: helphtml.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef __WX_HELPHTML_H_ -#define __WX_HELPHTML_H_ - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP -#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h" -#endif - -#endif // __WX_HELPHTML_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpwin.h deleted file mode 100644 index b15b245ec..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/helpwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helpwin.h -// Purpose: Includes Windows or OS/2 help -// Author: Julian Smart -// Modified by: -// Created: -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpwin.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ -// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ -#define _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ - -#if defined(__WXMSW__) -#include "wx/msw/helpwin.h" -#elif defined(__WXPM__) -#include "wx/os2/helpwin.h" -#endif - -#endif - // _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/forcelnk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/forcelnk.h deleted file mode 100644 index f54ad839d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/forcelnk.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: forcelnk.h -// Purpose: see bellow -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: forcelnk.h 35686 2005-09-25 18:46:14Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - -DESCRPITON: - -mod_*.cpp files contain handlers for tags. These files are modules - they contain -one wxTagModule class and it's OnInit() method is called from wxApp's init method. -The module is called even if you only link it into the executable, so everything -seems wonderful. - -The problem is that we have these modules in LIBRARY and mod_*.cpp files contain -no method nor class which is known out of the module. So the linker won't -link these .o/.obj files into executable because it detected that it is not used -by the program. - -To workaround this I introduced set of macros FORCE_LINK_ME and FORCE_LINK. These -macros are generic and are not limited to mod_*.cpp files. You may find them quite -useful somewhere else... - -How to use them: -let's suppose you want to always link file foo.cpp and that you have module -always.cpp that is certainly always linked (e.g. the one with main() function -or htmlwin.cpp in wxHtml library). - -Place FORCE_LINK_ME(foo) somewhere in foo.cpp and FORCE_LINK(foo) somewhere -in always.cpp -See mod_*.cpp and htmlwin.cpp for example :-) - -*/ - - -#ifndef _WX_FORCELNK_H_ -#define _WX_FORCELNK_H_ - -#include "wx/link.h" - -// compatibility defines -#define FORCE_LINK wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE -#define FORCE_LINK_ME wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE - -#define FORCE_WXHTML_MODULES() \ - FORCE_LINK(m_layout) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_fonts) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_image) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_list) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_dflist) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_pre) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_hline) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_links) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_tables) \ - FORCE_LINK(m_style) - - -#endif // _WX_FORCELNK_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpctrl.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf0bd0574..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpctrl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helpctrl.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpController -// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic -// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik -// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpctrl.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPCTRL_H_ -#define _WX_HELPCTRL_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#include "wx/helpbase.h" -#include "wx/html/helpfrm.h" - -#define wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME (wxID_HIGHEST + 1) - -// This style indicates that the window is -// embedded in the application and must not be -// destroyed by the help controller. -#define wxHF_EMBEDDED 0x00008000 - -// Create a dialog for the help window. -#define wxHF_DIALOG 0x00010000 - -// Create a frame for the help window. -#define wxHF_FRAME 0x00020000 - -// Make the dialog modal when displaying help. -#define wxHF_MODAL 0x00040000 - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpFrame; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase // wxEvtHandler -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController) - -public: - wxHtmlHelpController(int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL); - virtual ~wxHtmlHelpController(); - - void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format); - void SetTempDir(const wxString& path) { m_helpData.SetTempDir(path); } - bool AddBook(const wxString& book_url, bool show_wait_msg = false); - bool AddBook(const wxFileName& book_file, bool show_wait_msg = false); - - bool Display(const wxString& x); - bool Display(int id); - bool DisplayContents(); - bool DisplayIndex(); - bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword, - wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); - - wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() { return m_helpWindow; } - void SetHelpWindow(wxHtmlHelpWindow* helpWindow); - - wxHtmlHelpFrame* GetFrame() { return m_helpFrame; } - wxHtmlHelpDialog* GetDialog() { return m_helpDialog; } - - void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString); - - // Assigns config object to the Ctrl. This config is then - // used in subsequent calls to Read/WriteCustomization of both help - // Ctrl and it's wxHtmlWindow - virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); - virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); - - //// Backward compatibility with wxHelpController API - - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize(file); } - virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); - virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {} - virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxT("")); - virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); - virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return Display(section); } - virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) { return DisplaySection(blockNo); } - virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos); - - virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& title, - const wxSize& size, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - bool newFrameEachTime = false); - /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help - /// frame. - virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL, - wxPoint *pos = NULL, - bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL); - - // Get direct access to help data: - wxHtmlHelpData *GetHelpData() { return &m_helpData; } - - virtual bool Quit() ; - virtual void OnQuit() {} - - void OnCloseFrame(wxCloseEvent& evt); - - // Make the help controller's frame 'modal' if - // needed - void MakeModalIfNeeded(); - - // Find the top-most parent window - wxWindow* FindTopLevelWindow(); - -protected: - virtual wxWindow* CreateHelpWindow(); - virtual wxHtmlHelpFrame* CreateHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData *data); - virtual wxHtmlHelpDialog* CreateHelpDialog(wxHtmlHelpData *data); - virtual void DestroyHelpWindow(); - - wxHtmlHelpData m_helpData; - wxHtmlHelpWindow* m_helpWindow; - wxConfigBase * m_Config; - wxString m_ConfigRoot; - wxString m_titleFormat; - int m_FrameStyle; - wxHtmlHelpFrame* m_helpFrame; - wxHtmlHelpDialog* m_helpDialog; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController) -}; - -/* - * wxHtmlModalHelp - * A convenience class particularly for use on wxMac, - * where you can only show modal dialogs from a modal - * dialog. - * - * Use like this: - * - * wxHtmlModalHelp help(parent, filename, topic); - * - * If topic is empty, the help contents is displayed. - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlModalHelp -{ -public: - wxHtmlModalHelp(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& helpFile, const wxString& topic = wxEmptyString, - int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE | wxHF_DIALOG | wxHF_MODAL); -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#endif // _WX_HELPCTRL_H_ diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdata.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdata.h deleted file mode 100644 index fcd54d780..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdata.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helpdata.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpData -// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic -// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik -// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpdata.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPDATA_H_ -#define _WX_HELPDATA_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HTML - -#include "wx/object.h" -#include "wx/string.h" -#include "wx/filesys.h" -#include "wx/dynarray.h" -#include "wx/font.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpData; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// helper classes & structs -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlBookRecord -{ -public: - wxHtmlBookRecord(const wxString& bookfile, const wxString& basepath, - const wxString& title, const wxString& start) - { - m_BookFile = bookfile; - m_BasePath = basepath; - m_Title = title; - m_Start = start; - // for debugging, give the contents index obvious default values - m_ContentsStart = m_ContentsEnd = -1; - } - wxString GetBookFile() const { return m_BookFile; } - wxString GetTitle() const { return m_Title; } - wxString GetStart() const { return m_Start; } - wxString GetBasePath() const { return m_BasePath; } - /* SetContentsRange: store in the bookrecord where in the index/contents lists the - * book's records are stored. This to facilitate searching in a specific book. - * This code will have to be revised when loading/removing books becomes dynamic. - * (as opposed to appending only) - * Note that storing index range is pointless, because the index is alphab. sorted. */ - void SetContentsRange(int start, int end) { m_ContentsStart = start; m_ContentsEnd = end; } - int GetContentsStart() const { return m_ContentsStart; } - int GetContentsEnd() const { return m_ContentsEnd; } - - void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_Title = title; } - void SetBasePath(const wxString& path) { m_BasePath = path; } - void SetStart(const wxString& start) { m_Start = start; } - - // returns full filename of page (which is part of the book), - // i.e. with book's basePath prepended. If page is already absolute - // path, basePath is _not_ prepended. - wxString GetFullPath(const wxString &page) const; - -protected: - wxString m_BookFile; - wxString m_BasePath; - wxString m_Title; - wxString m_Start; - int m_ContentsStart; - int m_ContentsEnd; -}; - - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlBookRecord, wxHtmlBookRecArray, - WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML); - -struct WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpDataItem -{ - wxHtmlHelpDataItem() : level(0), parent(NULL), id(wxID_ANY), book(NULL) {} - - int level; - wxHtmlHelpDataItem *parent; - int id; - wxString name; - wxString page; - wxHtmlBookRecord *book; - - // returns full filename of m_Page, i.e. with book's basePath prepended - wxString GetFullPath() const { return book->GetFullPath(page); } - - // returns item indented with spaces if it has level>1: - wxString GetIndentedName() const; -}; - -WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlHelpDataItem, wxHtmlHelpDataItems, - WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -// old interface to contents and index: -struct wxHtmlContentsItem -{ - wxHtmlContentsItem(); - wxHtmlContentsItem(const wxHtmlHelpDataItem& d); - wxHtmlContentsItem& operator=(const wxHtmlContentsItem& d); - ~wxHtmlContentsItem(); - - int m_Level; - int m_ID; - wxChar *m_Name; - wxChar *m_Page; - wxHtmlBookRecord *m_Book; - - // returns full filename of m_Page, i.e. with book's basePath prepended - wxString GetFullPath() const { return m_Book->GetFullPath(m_Page); } - -private: - bool m_autofree; -}; -#endif - - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// wxHtmlSearchEngine -// This class takes input streams and scans them for occurence -// of keyword(s) -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSearchEngine : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxHtmlSearchEngine() : wxObject() {} - virtual ~wxHtmlSearchEngine() {} - - // Sets the keyword we will be searching for - virtual void LookFor(const wxString& keyword, bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only); - - // Scans the stream for the keyword. - // Returns true if the stream contains keyword, fALSE otherwise - virtual bool Scan(const wxFSFile& file); - -private: - wxString m_Keyword; - bool m_CaseSensitive; - bool m_WholeWords; - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchEngine) -}; - - -// State information of a search action. I'd have preferred to make this a -// nested class inside wxHtmlHelpData, but that's against coding standards :-( -// Never construct this class yourself, obtain a copy from -// wxHtmlHelpData::PrepareKeywordSearch(const wxString& key) -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSearchStatus -{ -public: - // constructor; supply wxHtmlHelpData ptr, the keyword and (optionally) the - // title of the book to search. By default, all books are searched. - wxHtmlSearchStatus(wxHtmlHelpData* base, const wxString& keyword, - bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only, - const wxString& book = wxEmptyString); - bool Search(); // do the next iteration - bool IsActive() { return m_Active; } - int GetCurIndex() { return m_CurIndex; } - int GetMaxIndex() { return m_MaxIndex; } - const wxString& GetName() { return m_Name; } - - const wxHtmlHelpDataItem *GetCurItem() const { return m_CurItem; } -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContentsItem() ); -#endif - -private: - wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data; - wxHtmlSearchEngine m_Engine; - wxString m_Keyword, m_Name; - wxString m_LastPage; - wxHtmlHelpDataItem* m_CurItem; - bool m_Active; // search is not finished - int m_CurIndex; // where we are now - int m_MaxIndex; // number of files we search - // For progress bar: 100*curindex/maxindex = % complete - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchStatus) -}; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpData : public wxObject -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData) - friend class wxHtmlSearchStatus; - -public: - wxHtmlHelpData(); - virtual ~wxHtmlHelpData(); - - // Sets directory where temporary files are stored. - // These temp files are index & contents file in binary (much faster to read) - // form. These files are NOT deleted on program's exit. - void SetTempDir(const wxString& path); - - // Adds new book. 'book' is location of .htb file (stands for "html book"). - // See documentation for details on its format. - // Returns success. - bool AddBook(const wxString& book); - bool AddBookParam(const wxFSFile& bookfile, - wxFontEncoding encoding, - const wxString& title, const wxString& contfile, - const wxString& indexfile = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& deftopic = wxEmptyString, - const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); - - // Some accessing stuff: - - // returns URL of page on basis of (file)name - wxString FindPageByName(const wxString& page); - // returns URL of page on basis of MS id - wxString FindPageById(int id); - - const wxHtmlBookRecArray& GetBookRecArray() const { return m_bookRecords; } - - const wxHtmlHelpDataItems& GetContentsArray() const { return m_contents; } - const wxHtmlHelpDataItems& GetIndexArray() const { return m_index; } - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // deprecated interface, new interface is arrays-based (see above) - wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlContentsItem* GetContents() ); - wxDEPRECATED( int GetContentsCnt() ); - wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlContentsItem* GetIndex() ); - wxDEPRECATED( int GetIndexCnt() ); -#endif - -protected: - wxString m_tempPath; - - // each book has one record in this array: - wxHtmlBookRecArray m_bookRecords; - - wxHtmlHelpDataItems m_contents; // list of all available books and pages - wxHtmlHelpDataItems m_index; // list of index itesm - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - // deprecated data structures, set only if GetContents(), GetIndex() - // called - wxHtmlContentsItem* m_cacheContents; - wxHtmlContentsItem* m_cacheIndex; -private: - void CleanCompatibilityData(); -#endif - -protected: - // Imports .hhp files (MS HTML Help Workshop) - bool LoadMSProject(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxFileSystem& fsys, - const wxString& indexfile, const wxString& contentsfile); - // Reads binary book - bool LoadCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxInputStream *f); - // Writes binary book - bool SaveCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxOutputStream *f); - - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData) -}; - -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdlg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f10c6a4d..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpdlg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/html/helpdlg.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpDialog -// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic -// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik -// Author: Harm van der Heijden, Vaclav Slavik, Julian Smart -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpdlg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden, Vaclav Slavik, Julian Smart -// Licence: wxWidgets licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPDLG_H_ -#define _WX_HELPDLG_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#include "wx/html/helpdata.h" -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/dialog.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" -#include "wx/config.h" -#include "wx/splitter.h" -#include "wx/notebook.h" -#include "wx/listbox.h" -#include "wx/choice.h" -#include "wx/combobox.h" -#include "wx/checkbox.h" -#include "wx/stattext.h" -#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h" -#include "wx/html/helpwnd.h" -#include "wx/html/htmprint.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog : public wxDialog -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpDialog) - -public: - wxHtmlHelpDialog(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); } - wxHtmlHelpDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID, - const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL); - virtual ~wxHtmlHelpDialog(); - - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE); - - /// Returns the data associated with this dialog. - wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; } - - /// Returns the controller that created this dialog. - wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; } - - /// Sets the controller associated with this dialog. - void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller) { m_helpController = controller; } - - /// Returns the help window. - wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() const { return m_HtmlHelpWin; } - - // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s" - // (for title of displayed HTML page) - void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format); - - // Override to add custom buttons to the toolbar - virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar* WXUNUSED(toolBar), int WXUNUSED(style)) {} - -protected: - void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL); - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - -protected: - // Temporary pointer to pass to window - wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data; - wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame - wxHtmlHelpWindow *m_HtmlHelpWin; - wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpDialog) -}; - -#endif - // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpfrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpfrm.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a9b3e12b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpfrm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: helpfrm.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpFrame -// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic -// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik -// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpfrm.h 50202 2007-11-23 21:29:29Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPFRM_H_ -#define _WX_HELPFRM_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#include "wx/helpbase.h" -#include "wx/html/helpdata.h" -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" -#include "wx/config.h" -#include "wx/splitter.h" -#include "wx/notebook.h" -#include "wx/listbox.h" -#include "wx/choice.h" -#include "wx/combobox.h" -#include "wx/checkbox.h" -#include "wx/stattext.h" -#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h" -#include "wx/html/helpwnd.h" -#include "wx/html/htmprint.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl; - - -// style flags for the Help Frame -#define wxHF_TOOLBAR 0x0001 -#define wxHF_CONTENTS 0x0002 -#define wxHF_INDEX 0x0004 -#define wxHF_SEARCH 0x0008 -#define wxHF_BOOKMARKS 0x0010 -#define wxHF_OPEN_FILES 0x0020 -#define wxHF_PRINT 0x0040 -#define wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR 0x0080 -#define wxHF_MERGE_BOOKS 0x0100 -#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK 0x0200 -#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK_CHAPTER 0x0400 -#define wxHF_ICONS_FOLDER 0x0000 // this is 0 since it is default -#define wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHF_TOOLBAR | wxHF_CONTENTS | \ - wxHF_INDEX | wxHF_SEARCH | \ - wxHF_BOOKMARKS | wxHF_PRINT) -//compatibility: -#define wxHF_OPENFILES wxHF_OPEN_FILES -#define wxHF_FLATTOOLBAR wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR -#define wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE - -struct wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem; -class wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpControllerBase; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpFrame : public wxFrame -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame) - -public: - wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); } - wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID, - const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL, - wxConfigBase *config=NULL, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString); - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, - int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, - wxConfigBase *config=NULL, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString); - virtual ~wxHtmlHelpFrame(); - - /// Returns the data associated with the window. - wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; } - - /// Returns the help controller associated with the window. - wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; } - - /// Sets the help controller associated with the window. - void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller) { m_helpController = controller; } - - /// Returns the help window. - wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() const { return m_HtmlHelpWin; } - - // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s" - // (for title of displayed HTML page) - void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format); - - // For compatibility - void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString); - - // Make the help controller's frame 'modal' if - // needed - void AddGrabIfNeeded(); - - // Override to add custom buttons to the toolbar - virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar* WXUNUSED(toolBar), int WXUNUSED(style)) {} - - // we don't want to prevent the app from closing just because a help window - // remains opened - virtual bool ShouldPreventAppExit() const { return false; } - -protected: - void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL); - - void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); - void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); - -#ifdef __WXMAC__ - void OnClose(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event); -#endif - - // Images: - enum { - IMG_Book = 0, - IMG_Folder, - IMG_Page - }; - -protected: - wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data; - bool m_DataCreated; // m_Data created by frame, or supplied? - wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame - wxHtmlHelpWindow *m_HtmlHelpWin; - wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController; - -private: - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame) -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpwnd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpwnd.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0541092c..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/helpwnd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: wx/html/helpwnd.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpWindow -// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic -// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik -// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: helpwnd.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HELPWND_H_ -#define _WX_HELPWND_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#include "wx/helpbase.h" -#include "wx/html/helpdata.h" -#include "wx/window.h" -#include "wx/frame.h" -#include "wx/config.h" -#include "wx/splitter.h" -#include "wx/notebook.h" -#include "wx/listbox.h" -#include "wx/choice.h" -#include "wx/combobox.h" -#include "wx/checkbox.h" -#include "wx/stattext.h" -#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h" -#include "wx/html/htmprint.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl; - -// style flags for the Help Frame -#define wxHF_TOOLBAR 0x0001 -#define wxHF_CONTENTS 0x0002 -#define wxHF_INDEX 0x0004 -#define wxHF_SEARCH 0x0008 -#define wxHF_BOOKMARKS 0x0010 -#define wxHF_OPEN_FILES 0x0020 -#define wxHF_PRINT 0x0040 -#define wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR 0x0080 -#define wxHF_MERGE_BOOKS 0x0100 -#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK 0x0200 -#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK_CHAPTER 0x0400 -#define wxHF_ICONS_FOLDER 0x0000 // this is 0 since it is default -#define wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHF_TOOLBAR | wxHF_CONTENTS | \ - wxHF_INDEX | wxHF_SEARCH | \ - wxHF_BOOKMARKS | wxHF_PRINT) -//compatibility: -#define wxHF_OPENFILES wxHF_OPEN_FILES -#define wxHF_FLATTOOLBAR wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR -#define wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE - -struct wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg -{ - int x, y, w, h; - long sashpos; - bool navig_on; -}; - -struct wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem; -class wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex; - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpControllerBase; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController; - -/*! - * Help window - */ - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow : public wxWindow -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpWindow) - -public: - wxHtmlHelpWindow(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); } - wxHtmlHelpWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - int style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, - int helpStyle = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, - wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL); - bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, - const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, - const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, - int style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, - int helpStyle = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE); - virtual ~wxHtmlHelpWindow(); - - wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; } - wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; } - void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller); - - // Displays page x. If not found it will offect the user a choice of - // searching books. - // Looking for the page runs in these steps: - // 1. try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm") - // 2. try to open starting page of book x - // 3. try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...") - // 4. try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...") - bool Display(const wxString& x); - - // Alternative version that works with numeric ID. - // (uses extension to MS format, , see docs) - bool Display(const int id); - - // Displays help window and focuses contents. - bool DisplayContents(); - - // Displays help window and focuses index. - bool DisplayIndex(); - - // Searches for keyword. Returns true and display page if found, return - // false otherwise - // Syntax of keyword is Altavista-like: - // * words are separated by spaces - // (but "\"hello world\"" is only one world "hello world") - // * word may be pretended by + or - - // (+ : page must contain the word ; - : page can't contain the word) - // * if there is no + or - before the word, + is default - bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword, - wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); - - void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString) - { - m_Config = config; - m_ConfigRoot = rootpath; - ReadCustomization(config, rootpath); - } - - // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path' - // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path. - // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders. - void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); - void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); - - // call this to let wxHtmlHelpWindow know page changed - void NotifyPageChanged(); - - // Refreshes Contents and Index tabs - void RefreshLists(); - - // Gets the HTML window - wxHtmlWindow* GetHtmlWindow() const { return m_HtmlWin; } - - // Gets the splitter window - wxSplitterWindow* GetSplitterWindow() const { return m_Splitter; } - - // Gets the toolbar - wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_toolBar; } - - // Gets the configuration data - wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg& GetCfgData() { return m_Cfg; } - - // Gets the tree control - wxTreeCtrl *GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_ContentsBox; } - -protected: - void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL); - - // Adds items to m_Contents tree control - void CreateContents(); - - // Adds items to m_IndexList - void CreateIndex(); - - // Add books to search choice panel - void CreateSearch(); - - // Updates "merged index" structure that combines indexes of all books - // into better searchable structure - void UpdateMergedIndex(); - - // Add custom buttons to toolbar - virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar *toolBar, int style); - - // Displays options dialog (fonts etc.) - virtual void OptionsDialog(); - - void OnToolbar(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnContentsSel(wxTreeEvent& event); - void OnIndexSel(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnIndexFind(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnIndexAll(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnSearchSel(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnSearch(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnBookmarksSel(wxCommandEvent& event); - void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); - - // Images: - enum { - IMG_Book = 0, - IMG_Folder, - IMG_Page - }; - -protected: - wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data; - bool m_DataCreated; // m_Data created by frame, or supplied? - wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame - // below are various pointers to GUI components - wxHtmlWindow *m_HtmlWin; - wxSplitterWindow *m_Splitter; - wxPanel *m_NavigPan; - wxNotebook *m_NavigNotebook; - wxTreeCtrl *m_ContentsBox; - wxTextCtrl *m_IndexText; - wxButton *m_IndexButton; - wxButton *m_IndexButtonAll; - wxListBox *m_IndexList; - wxTextCtrl *m_SearchText; - wxButton *m_SearchButton; - wxListBox *m_SearchList; - wxChoice *m_SearchChoice; - wxStaticText *m_IndexCountInfo; - wxCheckBox *m_SearchCaseSensitive; - wxCheckBox *m_SearchWholeWords; - wxToolBar* m_toolBar; - - wxComboBox *m_Bookmarks; - wxArrayString m_BookmarksNames, m_BookmarksPages; - - wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg m_Cfg; - - wxConfigBase *m_Config; - wxString m_ConfigRoot; - - // pagenumbers of controls in notebook (usually 0,1,2) - int m_ContentsPage; - int m_IndexPage; - int m_SearchPage; - - // lists of available fonts (used in options dialog) - wxArrayString *m_NormalFonts, *m_FixedFonts; - int m_FontSize; // 0,1,2 = small,medium,big - wxString m_NormalFace, m_FixedFace; - - bool m_UpdateContents; - -#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE - wxHtmlEasyPrinting *m_Printer; -#endif - wxHashTable *m_PagesHash; - wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController; - - int m_hfStyle; - -private: - void DoIndexFind(); - void DoIndexAll(); - void DisplayIndexItem(const wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem *it); - wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex *m_mergedIndex; - - DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpWindow) -}; - -/*! - * Command IDs - */ - -enum -{ - //wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME = wxID_HIGHEST + 1, - wxID_HTML_PANEL = wxID_HIGHEST + 2, - wxID_HTML_BACK, - wxID_HTML_FORWARD, - wxID_HTML_UPNODE, - wxID_HTML_UP, - wxID_HTML_DOWN, - wxID_HTML_PRINT, - wxID_HTML_OPENFILE, - wxID_HTML_OPTIONS, - wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSLIST, - wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSADD, - wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSREMOVE, - wxID_HTML_TREECTRL, - wxID_HTML_INDEXPAGE, - wxID_HTML_INDEXLIST, - wxID_HTML_INDEXTEXT, - wxID_HTML_INDEXBUTTON, - wxID_HTML_INDEXBUTTONALL, - wxID_HTML_NOTEBOOK, - wxID_HTML_SEARCHPAGE, - wxID_HTML_SEARCHTEXT, - wxID_HTML_SEARCHLIST, - wxID_HTML_SEARCHBUTTON, - wxID_HTML_SEARCHCHOICE, - wxID_HTML_COUNTINFO -}; - -#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP - -#endif diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlcell.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlcell.h deleted file mode 100644 index adb194dcc..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlcell.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,673 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: htmlcell.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlCell class is used by wxHtmlWindow/wxHtmlWinParser -// as a basic visual element of HTML page -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: htmlcell.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HTMLCELL_H_ -#define _WX_HTMLCELL_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HTML - -#include "wx/html/htmltag.h" -#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h" -#include "wx/window.h" - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlLinkInfo; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCell; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlContainerCell; - - -// wxHtmlSelection is data holder with information about text selection. -// Selection is defined by two positions (beginning and end of the selection) -// and two leaf(!) cells at these positions. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSelection -{ -public: - wxHtmlSelection() - : m_fromPos(wxDefaultPosition), m_toPos(wxDefaultPosition), - m_fromPrivPos(wxDefaultPosition), m_toPrivPos(wxDefaultPosition), - m_fromCell(NULL), m_toCell(NULL) {} - - void Set(const wxPoint& fromPos, const wxHtmlCell *fromCell, - const wxPoint& toPos, const wxHtmlCell *toCell); - void Set(const wxHtmlCell *fromCell, const wxHtmlCell *toCell); - - const wxHtmlCell *GetFromCell() const { return m_fromCell; } - const wxHtmlCell *GetToCell() const { return m_toCell; } - - // these values are in absolute coordinates: - const wxPoint& GetFromPos() const { return m_fromPos; } - const wxPoint& GetToPos() const { return m_toPos; } - - // these are From/ToCell's private data - const wxPoint& GetFromPrivPos() const { return m_fromPrivPos; } - const wxPoint& GetToPrivPos() const { return m_toPrivPos; } - void SetFromPrivPos(const wxPoint& pos) { m_fromPrivPos = pos; } - void SetToPrivPos(const wxPoint& pos) { m_toPrivPos = pos; } - void ClearPrivPos() { m_toPrivPos = m_fromPrivPos = wxDefaultPosition; } - - bool IsEmpty() const - { return m_fromPos == wxDefaultPosition && - m_toPos == wxDefaultPosition; } - -private: - wxPoint m_fromPos, m_toPos; - wxPoint m_fromPrivPos, m_toPrivPos; - const wxHtmlCell *m_fromCell, *m_toCell; -}; - - - -enum wxHtmlSelectionState -{ - wxHTML_SEL_OUT, // currently rendered cell is outside the selection - wxHTML_SEL_IN, // ... is inside selection - wxHTML_SEL_CHANGING // ... is the cell on which selection state changes -}; - -// Selection state is passed to wxHtmlCell::Draw so that it can render itself -// differently e.g. when inside text selection or outside it. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingState -{ -public: - wxHtmlRenderingState() : m_selState(wxHTML_SEL_OUT) {} - - void SetSelectionState(wxHtmlSelectionState s) { m_selState = s; } - wxHtmlSelectionState GetSelectionState() const { return m_selState; } - - void SetFgColour(const wxColour& c) { m_fgColour = c; } - const wxColour& GetFgColour() const { return m_fgColour; } - void SetBgColour(const wxColour& c) { m_bgColour = c; } - const wxColour& GetBgColour() const { return m_bgColour; } - -private: - wxHtmlSelectionState m_selState; - wxColour m_fgColour, m_bgColour; -}; - - -// HTML rendering customization. This class is used when rendering wxHtmlCells -// as a callback: -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingStyle -{ -public: - virtual ~wxHtmlRenderingStyle() {} - virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0; - virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0; -}; - -// Standard style: -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle : public wxHtmlRenderingStyle -{ -public: - virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& clr); - virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& clr); -}; - - -// Information given to cells when drawing them. Contains rendering state, -// selection information and rendering style object that can be used to -// customize the output. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingInfo -{ -public: - wxHtmlRenderingInfo() : m_selection(NULL), m_style(NULL) {} - - void SetSelection(wxHtmlSelection *s) { m_selection = s; } - wxHtmlSelection *GetSelection() const { return m_selection; } - - void SetStyle(wxHtmlRenderingStyle *style) { m_style = style; } - wxHtmlRenderingStyle& GetStyle() { return *m_style; } - - wxHtmlRenderingState& GetState() { return m_state; } - -protected: - wxHtmlSelection *m_selection; - wxHtmlRenderingStyle *m_style; - wxHtmlRenderingState m_state; -}; - - -// Flags for wxHtmlCell::FindCellByPos -enum -{ - wxHTML_FIND_EXACT = 1, - wxHTML_FIND_NEAREST_BEFORE = 2, - wxHTML_FIND_NEAREST_AFTER = 4 -}; - - -// Superscript/subscript/normal script mode of a cell -enum wxHtmlScriptMode -{ - wxHTML_SCRIPT_NORMAL, - wxHTML_SCRIPT_SUB, - wxHTML_SCRIPT_SUP -}; - - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlCell -// Internal data structure. It represents fragments of parsed -// HTML page - a word, picture, table, horizontal line and so -// on. It is used by wxHtmlWindow to represent HTML page in -// memory. -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlCell : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxHtmlCell(); - virtual ~wxHtmlCell(); - - void SetParent(wxHtmlContainerCell *p) {m_Parent = p;} - wxHtmlContainerCell *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;} - - int GetPosX() const {return m_PosX;} - int GetPosY() const {return m_PosY;} - int GetWidth() const {return m_Width;} - - // Returns the maximum possible length of the cell. - // Call Layout at least once before using GetMaxTotalWidth() - virtual int GetMaxTotalWidth() const { return m_Width; } - - int GetHeight() const {return m_Height;} - int GetDescent() const {return m_Descent;} - - void SetScriptMode(wxHtmlScriptMode mode, long previousBase); - wxHtmlScriptMode GetScriptMode() const { return m_ScriptMode; } - long GetScriptBaseline() { return m_ScriptBaseline; } - - // Formatting cells are not visible on the screen, they only alter - // renderer's state. - bool IsFormattingCell() const { return m_Width == 0 && m_Height == 0; } - - const wxString& GetId() const { return m_id; } - void SetId(const wxString& id) { m_id = id; } - - // returns the link associated with this cell. The position is position - // within the cell so it varies from 0 to m_Width, from 0 to m_Height - virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int WXUNUSED(x) = 0, - int WXUNUSED(y) = 0) const - { return m_Link; } - - // Returns cursor to be used when mouse is over the cell: - virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window) const; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // this was replaced by GetMouseCursor, don't use in new code! - virtual wxCursor GetCursor() const; -#endif - - // return next cell among parent's cells - wxHtmlCell *GetNext() const {return m_Next;} - // returns first child cell (if there are any, i.e. if this is container): - virtual wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild() const { return NULL; } - - // members writing methods - virtual void SetPos(int x, int y) {m_PosX = x, m_PosY = y;} - void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link); - void SetNext(wxHtmlCell *cell) {m_Next = cell;} - - // 1. adjust cell's width according to the fact that maximal possible width - // is w. (this has sense when working with horizontal lines, tables - // etc.) - // 2. prepare layout (=fill-in m_PosX, m_PosY (and sometime m_Height) - // members) = place items to fit window, according to the width w - virtual void Layout(int w); - - // renders the cell - virtual void Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), - int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), - int WXUNUSED(view_y1), int WXUNUSED(view_y2), - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) {} - - // proceed drawing actions in case the cell is not visible (scrolled out of - // screen). This is needed to change fonts, colors and so on. - virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), - int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) {} - - // This method returns pointer to the FIRST cell for that - // the condition - // is true. It first checks if the condition is true for this - // cell and then calls m_Next->Find(). (Note: it checks - // all subcells if the cell is container) - // Condition is unique condition identifier (see htmldefs.h) - // (user-defined condition IDs should start from 10000) - // and param is optional parameter - // Example : m_Cell->Find(wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR, "news"); - // returns pointer to anchor news - virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const; - - - // This function is called when mouse button is clicked over the cell. - // Returns true if a link is clicked, false otherwise. - // - // 'window' is pointer to wxHtmlWindowInterface of the window which - // generated the event. - // HINT: if this handling is not enough for you you should use - // wxHtmlWidgetCell - virtual bool ProcessMouseClick(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxMouseEvent& event); - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // this was replaced by ProcessMouseClick, don't use in new code! - virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *window, - int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event); -#endif - - // This method used to adjust pagebreak position. The parameter is variable - // that contains y-coordinate of page break (= horizontal line that should - // not be crossed by words, images etc.). If this cell cannot be divided - // into two pieces (each one on another page) then it moves the pagebreak - // few pixels up. - // - // Returned value : true if pagebreak was modified, false otherwise - // Usage : while (container->AdjustPagebreak(&p)) {} - virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak, - wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks) const; - - // Sets cell's behaviour on pagebreaks (see AdjustPagebreak). Default - // is true - the cell can be split on two pages - void SetCanLiveOnPagebreak(bool can) { m_CanLiveOnPagebreak = can; } - - // Can the line be broken before this cell? - virtual bool IsLinebreakAllowed() const - { return !IsFormattingCell(); } - - // Returns true for simple == terminal cells, i.e. not composite ones. - // This if for internal usage only and may disappear in future versions! - virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return true; } - - // Find a cell inside this cell positioned at the given coordinates - // (relative to this's positions). Returns NULL if no such cell exists. - // The flag can be used to specify whether to look for terminal or - // nonterminal cells or both. In either case, returned cell is deepest - // cell in cells tree that contains [x,y]. - virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - unsigned flags = wxHTML_FIND_EXACT) const; - - // Returns absolute position of the cell on HTML canvas. - // If rootCell is provided, then it's considered to be the root of the - // hierarchy and the returned value is relative to it. - wxPoint GetAbsPos(wxHtmlCell *rootCell = NULL) const; - - // Returns root cell of the hierarchy (i.e. grand-grand-...-parent that - // doesn't have a parent itself) - wxHtmlCell *GetRootCell() const; - - // Returns first (last) terminal cell inside this cell. It may return NULL, - // but it is rare -- only if there are no terminals in the tree. - virtual wxHtmlCell *GetFirstTerminal() const - { return wxConstCast(this, wxHtmlCell); } - virtual wxHtmlCell *GetLastTerminal() const - { return wxConstCast(this, wxHtmlCell); } - - // Returns cell's depth, i.e. how far under the root cell it is - // (if it is the root, depth is 0) - unsigned GetDepth() const; - - // Returns true if the cell appears before 'cell' in natural order of - // cells (= as they are read). If cell A is (grand)parent of cell B, - // then both A.IsBefore(B) and B.IsBefore(A) always return true. - bool IsBefore(wxHtmlCell *cell) const; - - // Converts the cell into text representation. If sel != NULL then - // only part of the cell inside the selection is converted. - virtual wxString ConvertToText(wxHtmlSelection *WXUNUSED(sel)) const - { return wxEmptyString; } - -protected: - // pointer to the next cell - wxHtmlCell *m_Next; - // pointer to parent cell - wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Parent; - - // dimensions of fragment (m_Descent is used to position text & images) - long m_Width, m_Height, m_Descent; - // position where the fragment is drawn: - long m_PosX, m_PosY; - - // superscript/subscript/normal: - wxHtmlScriptMode m_ScriptMode; - long m_ScriptBaseline; - - // destination address if this fragment is hypertext link, NULL otherwise - wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_Link; - // true if this cell can be placed on pagebreak, false otherwise - bool m_CanLiveOnPagebreak; - // unique identifier of the cell, generated from "id" property of tags - wxString m_id; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlCell) -}; - - - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Inherited cells: -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlWordCell -// Single word in input stream. -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWordCell : public wxHtmlCell -{ -public: - wxHtmlWordCell(const wxString& word, const wxDC& dc); - void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window) const; - wxString ConvertToText(wxHtmlSelection *sel) const; - bool IsLinebreakAllowed() const { return m_allowLinebreak; } - - void SetPreviousWord(wxHtmlWordCell *cell); - -protected: - void SetSelectionPrivPos(const wxDC& dc, wxHtmlSelection *s) const; - void Split(const wxDC& dc, - const wxPoint& selFrom, const wxPoint& selTo, - unsigned& pos1, unsigned& pos2) const; - - wxString m_Word; - bool m_allowLinebreak; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWordCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWordCell) -}; - - - - - -// Container contains other cells, thus forming tree structure of rendering -// elements. Basic code of layout algorithm is contained in this class. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlContainerCell : public wxHtmlCell -{ -public: - wxHtmlContainerCell(wxHtmlContainerCell *parent); - virtual ~wxHtmlContainerCell(); - - virtual void Layout(int w); - virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); -/* virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak, int *known_pagebreaks = NULL, int number_of_pages = 0) const;*/ - virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak, wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks) const; - - // insert cell at the end of m_Cells list - void InsertCell(wxHtmlCell *cell); - - // sets horizontal/vertical alignment - void SetAlignHor(int al) {m_AlignHor = al; m_LastLayout = -1;} - int GetAlignHor() const {return m_AlignHor;} - void SetAlignVer(int al) {m_AlignVer = al; m_LastLayout = -1;} - int GetAlignVer() const {return m_AlignVer;} - - // sets left-border indentation. units is one of wxHTML_UNITS_* constants - // what is combination of wxHTML_INDENT_* - void SetIndent(int i, int what, int units = wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS); - // returns the indentation. ind is one of wxHTML_INDENT_* constants - int GetIndent(int ind) const; - // returns type of value returned by GetIndent(ind) - int GetIndentUnits(int ind) const; - - // sets alignment info based on given tag's params - void SetAlign(const wxHtmlTag& tag); - // sets floating width adjustment - // (examples : 32 percent of parent container, - // -15 pixels percent (this means 100 % - 15 pixels) - void SetWidthFloat(int w, int units) {m_WidthFloat = w; m_WidthFloatUnits = units; m_LastLayout = -1;} - void SetWidthFloat(const wxHtmlTag& tag, double pixel_scale = 1.0); - // sets minimal height of this container. - void SetMinHeight(int h, int align = wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP) {m_MinHeight = h; m_MinHeightAlign = align; m_LastLayout = -1;} - - void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr) {m_UseBkColour = true; m_BkColour = clr;} - // returns background colour (of wxNullColour if none set), so that widgets can - // adapt to it: - wxColour GetBackgroundColour(); - void SetBorder(const wxColour& clr1, const wxColour& clr2) {m_UseBorder = true; m_BorderColour1 = clr1, m_BorderColour2 = clr2;} - virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int x = 0, int y = 0) const; - virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 - // this was replaced by ProcessMouseClick, don't use in new code! - virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *window, - int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event); -#endif - virtual bool ProcessMouseClick(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window, - const wxPoint& pos, - const wxMouseEvent& event); - - virtual wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild() const { return m_Cells; } -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 - wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlCell* GetFirstCell() const ); -#endif - // returns last child cell: - wxHtmlCell* GetLastChild() const { return m_LastCell; } - - // see comment in wxHtmlCell about this method - virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return false; } - - virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, - unsigned flags = wxHTML_FIND_EXACT) const; - - virtual wxHtmlCell *GetFirstTerminal() const; - virtual wxHtmlCell *GetLastTerminal() const; - - - // Removes indentation on top or bottom of the container (i.e. above or - // below first/last terminal cell). For internal use only. - virtual void RemoveExtraSpacing(bool top, bool bottom); - - // Returns the maximum possible length of the container. - // Call Layout at least once before using GetMaxTotalWidth() - virtual int GetMaxTotalWidth() const { return m_MaxTotalWidth; } - -protected: - void UpdateRenderingStatePre(wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info, - wxHtmlCell *cell) const; - void UpdateRenderingStatePost(wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info, - wxHtmlCell *cell) const; - -protected: - int m_IndentLeft, m_IndentRight, m_IndentTop, m_IndentBottom; - // indentation of subcells. There is always m_Indent pixels - // big space between given border of the container and the subcells - // it m_Indent < 0 it is in PERCENTS, otherwise it is in pixels - int m_MinHeight, m_MinHeightAlign; - // minimal height. - wxHtmlCell *m_Cells, *m_LastCell; - // internal cells, m_Cells points to the first of them, m_LastCell to the last one. - // (LastCell is needed only to speed-up InsertCell) - int m_AlignHor, m_AlignVer; - // alignment horizontal and vertical (left, center, right) - int m_WidthFloat, m_WidthFloatUnits; - // width float is used in adjustWidth - bool m_UseBkColour; - wxColour m_BkColour; - // background color of this container - bool m_UseBorder; - wxColour m_BorderColour1, m_BorderColour2; - // borders color of this container - int m_LastLayout; - // if != -1 then call to Layout may be no-op - // if previous call to Layout has same argument - int m_MaxTotalWidth; - // Maximum possible length if ignoring line wrap - - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlContainerCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlContainerCell) -}; - -#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 -inline wxHtmlCell* wxHtmlContainerCell::GetFirstCell() const - { return GetFirstChild(); } -#endif - - - - -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlColourCell -// Color changer. -// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlColourCell : public wxHtmlCell -{ -public: - wxHtmlColourCell(const wxColour& clr, int flags = wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND) : wxHtmlCell() {m_Colour = clr; m_Flags = flags;} - virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - -protected: - wxColour m_Colour; - unsigned m_Flags; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlColourCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlColourCell) -}; - - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlFontCell -// Sets actual font used for text rendering -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFontCell : public wxHtmlCell -{ -public: - wxHtmlFontCell(wxFont *font) : wxHtmlCell() { m_Font = (*font); } - virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - -protected: - wxFont m_Font; - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlFontCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlFontCell) -}; - - - - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlwidgetCell -// This cell is connected with wxWindow object -// You can use it to insert windows into HTML page -// (buttons, input boxes etc.) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWidgetCell : public wxHtmlCell -{ -public: - // !!! wnd must have correct parent! - // if w != 0 then the m_Wnd has 'floating' width - it adjust - // it's width according to parent container's width - // (w is percent of parent's width) - wxHtmlWidgetCell(wxWindow *wnd, int w = 0); - virtual ~wxHtmlWidgetCell() { m_Wnd->Destroy(); } - virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, - wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info); - virtual void Layout(int w); - -protected: - wxWindow* m_Wnd; - int m_WidthFloat; - // width float is used in adjustWidth (it is in percents) - - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWidgetCell) - DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWidgetCell) -}; - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlLinkInfo -// Internal data structure. It represents hypertext link -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlLinkInfo : public wxObject -{ -public: - wxHtmlLinkInfo() : wxObject() - { m_Href = m_Target = wxEmptyString; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; } - wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxString& href, const wxString& target = wxEmptyString) : wxObject() - { m_Href = href; m_Target = target; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; } - wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l) : wxObject() - { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event; - m_Cell = l.m_Cell; } - wxHtmlLinkInfo& operator=(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l) - { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event; - m_Cell = l.m_Cell; return *this; } - - void SetEvent(const wxMouseEvent *e) { m_Event = e; } - void SetHtmlCell(const wxHtmlCell *e) { m_Cell = e; } - - wxString GetHref() const { return m_Href; } - wxString GetTarget() const { return m_Target; } - const wxMouseEvent* GetEvent() const { return m_Event; } - const wxHtmlCell* GetHtmlCell() const { return m_Cell; } - -private: - wxString m_Href, m_Target; - const wxMouseEvent *m_Event; - const wxHtmlCell *m_Cell; -}; - - - -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator -// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator -{ -public: - wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator(const wxHtmlCell *from, const wxHtmlCell *to) - : m_to(to), m_pos(from) {} - - operator bool() const { return m_pos != NULL; } - const wxHtmlCell* operator++(); - const wxHtmlCell* operator->() const { return m_pos; } - const wxHtmlCell* operator*() const { return m_pos; } - -private: - const wxHtmlCell *m_to, *m_pos; -}; - - - -#endif // wxUSE_HTML - -#endif // _WX_HTMLCELL_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmldefs.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmldefs.h deleted file mode 100644 index d000e616f..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmldefs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: htmldefs.h -// Purpose: constants for wxhtml library -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: htmldefs.h 40823 2006-08-25 16:52:58Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_ -#define _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HTML - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ALIGNMENTS -// Describes alignment of text etc. in containers -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0000 -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002 -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_JUSTIFY 0x0010 - -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004 -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008 - -#define wxHTML_ALIGN_CENTER 0x0001 - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COLOR MODES -// Used by wxHtmlColourCell to determine clr of what is changing -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND 0x0001 -#define wxHTML_CLR_BACKGROUND 0x0002 - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// UNITS -// Used to specify units -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS 0x0001 -#define wxHTML_UNITS_PERCENT 0x0002 - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// INDENTS -// Used to specify indetation relatives -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT 0x0010 -#define wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT 0x0020 -#define wxHTML_INDENT_TOP 0x0040 -#define wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM 0x0080 - -#define wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL (wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT | wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT) -#define wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL (wxHTML_INDENT_TOP | wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM) -#define wxHTML_INDENT_ALL (wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL | wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL) - - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIND CONDITIONS -// Identifiers of wxHtmlCell's Find() conditions -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#define wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR 1 - // Finds the anchor of 'param' name (pointer to wxString). - -#define wxHTML_COND_ISIMAGEMAP 2 - // Finds imagemap of 'param' name (pointer to wxString). - // (used exclusively by m_image.cpp) - -#define wxHTML_COND_USER 10000 - // User-defined conditions should start from this number - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// INTERNALS -// wxHTML internal constants -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - /* size of one scroll step of wxHtmlWindow in pixels */ -#define wxHTML_SCROLL_STEP 16 - - /* size of temporary buffer used during parsing */ -#define wxHTML_BUFLEN 1024 - - /* maximum number of pages printable via html printing */ -#define wxHTML_PRINT_MAX_PAGES 999 - -#endif // wxUSE_HTML - -#endif // _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlfilt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlfilt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38b5ab344..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlfilt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: htmlfilt.h -// Purpose: filters -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: htmlfilt.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HTMLFILT_H_ -#define _WX_HTMLFILT_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" - -#if wxUSE_HTML - -#include "wx/filesys.h" - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlFilter -// This class is input filter. It can "translate" files -// in non-HTML format to HTML format -// interface to access certain -// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFilter : public wxObject -{ - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlFilter) - -public: - wxHtmlFilter() : wxObject() {} - virtual ~wxHtmlFilter() {} - - // returns true if this filter is able to open&read given file - virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0; - - // Reads given file and returns HTML document. - // Returns empty string if opening failed - virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0; -}; - - - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlFilterPlainText -// This filter is used as default filter if no other can -// be used (= uknown type of file). It is used by -// wxHtmlWindow itself. -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFilterPlainText : public wxHtmlFilter -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterPlainText) - -public: - virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const; - virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const; -}; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// wxHtmlFilterHTML -// filter for text/html -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class wxHtmlFilterHTML : public wxHtmlFilter -{ - DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterHTML) - - public: - virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const; - virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const; -}; - - - -#endif // wxUSE_HTML - -#endif // _WX_HTMLFILT_H_ - diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlpars.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlpars.h deleted file mode 100644 index b1080863b..000000000 --- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlpars.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Name: htmlpars.h -// Purpose: wxHtmlParser class (generic parser) -// Author: Vaclav Slavik -// RCS-ID: $Id: htmlpars.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $ -// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik -// Licence: wxWindows licence -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WX_HTMLPARS_H_ -#define _WX_HTMLPARS_H_ - -#include "wx/defs.h" -#if wxUSE_HTML - -#include "wx/html/htmltag.h" -#include "wx/filesys.h" -#include "wx/hash.h" -#include "wx/fontenc.h" - -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMBConv; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlParser; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlTagHandler; -class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser; - -class wxHtmlTextPieces; -class wxHtmlParserState; - - -enum wxHtmlURLType -{ - wxHTML_URL_PAGE, - wxHTML_URL_IMAGE, - wxHTML_URL_OTHER -}; - -// This class handles generic parsing of HTML document : it scans -// the document and divides it into blocks of tags (where one block -// consists of starting and ending tag and of text between these -// 2 tags. -class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlParser : public wxObject -{ - DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlParser) - -public: - wxHtmlParser(); - virtual ~wxHtmlParser(); - - // Sets the class which will be used for opening files - void SetFS(wxFileSystem *fs) { m_FS = fs; } - - wxFileSystem* GetFS() const { return m_FS; } - - // Opens file if the parser is allowed to open given URL (may be forbidden - // for security reasons) - virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const; - - // You can simply call this method when you need parsed output. - // This method does these things: - // 1. call InitParser(source); - // 2. call DoParsing(); - // 3. call GetProduct(); (its return value is then returned) - // 4. call DoneParser(); - wxObject* Parse(const wxString& source); - - // Sets the source. This must be called before running Parse() method. - virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source); - // This must be called after Parse(). - virtual void DoneParser(); - - // May be called during parsing to immediately return from Parse(). - virtual void StopParsing() { m_stopParsing = true; } - - // Parses the m_Source from begin_pos to end_pos-1. - // (in noparams version it parses whole m_Source) - void DoParsing(int begin_pos, int end_pos); - void DoParsing(); - - // Returns pointer to the tag at parser's current position - wxHtmlTag *GetCurrentTag() const { return m_CurTag; } - - // Returns product of parsing - // Returned value is result of parsing of the part. The type of this result - // depends on internal representation in derived parser - // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details). - virtual wxObject* GetProduct() = 0; - - // adds handler to the list & hash table of handlers. - virtual void AddTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler); - - // Forces the handler to handle additional tags (not returned by GetSupportedTags). - // The handler should already be in use by this parser. - // Example: you want to parse following pseudo-html structure: - // - // - // - // - // This last it has different meaning, we don't want it to be parsed by myitems handler! - // handler can handle only 'myitems' (e.g. its GetSupportedTags returns "MYITEMS") - // you can call PushTagHandler(handler, "IT") when you find - // and call PopTagHandler() when you find - void PushTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler, const wxString& tags); - - // Restores state before last call to PushTagHandler - void PopTagHandler(); - - wxString* GetSource() {return &m_Source;} - void SetSource(const wxString& src); - - // Sets HTML source and remembers current parser's state so that it can - // later be restored. This is useful for on-line modifications of - // HTML source (for example, 
 handler replaces spaces with  
-    // and newlines with 
)
-    virtual void SetSourceAndSaveState(const wxString& src);
-    // Restores parser's state from stack or returns false if the stack is
-    // empty
-    virtual bool RestoreState();
-
-    // Returns HTML source inside the element (i.e. between the starting
-    // and ending tag)
-    wxString GetInnerSource(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-
-    // Parses HTML string 'markup' and extracts charset info from  tag
-    // if present. Returns empty string if the tag is missing.
-    // For wxHTML's internal use.
-    static wxString ExtractCharsetInformation(const wxString& markup);
-
-    // Returns entity parser object, used to substitute HTML &entities;
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser *GetEntitiesParser() const { return m_entitiesParser; }
-
-protected:
-    // DOM structure
-    void CreateDOMTree();
-    void DestroyDOMTree();
-    void CreateDOMSubTree(wxHtmlTag *cur,
-                          int begin_pos, int end_pos,
-                          wxHtmlTagsCache *cache);
-
-    // Adds text to the output.
-    // This is called from Parse() and must be overriden in derived classes.
-    // txt is not guaranteed to be only one word. It is largest continuous part of text
-    // (= not broken by tags)
-    // NOTE : using char* because of speed improvements
-    virtual void AddText(const wxChar* txt) = 0;
-
-    // Adds tag and proceeds it. Parse() may (and usually is) called from this method.
-    // This is called from Parse() and may be overriden.
-    // Default behavior is that it looks for proper handler in m_Handlers. The tag is
-    // ignored if no hander is found.
-    // Derived class is *responsible* for filling in m_Handlers table.
-    virtual void AddTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-
-protected:
-    // DOM tree:
-    wxHtmlTag *m_CurTag;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Tags;
-    wxHtmlTextPieces *m_TextPieces;
-    size_t m_CurTextPiece;
-
-    wxString m_Source;
-
-    wxHtmlParserState *m_SavedStates;
-
-    // handlers that handle particular tags. The table is accessed by
-    // key = tag's name.
-    // This attribute MUST be filled by derived class otherwise it would
-    // be empty and no tags would be recognized
-    // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details about filling it)
-    // m_HandlersHash is for random access based on knowledge of tag name (BR, P, etc.)
-    //      it may (and often does) contain more references to one object
-    // m_HandlersList is list of all handlers and it is guaranteed to contain
-    //      only one reference to each handler instance.
-    wxList m_HandlersList;
-    wxHashTable m_HandlersHash;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlParser)
-
-    // class for opening files (file system)
-    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
-    // handlers stack used by PushTagHandler and PopTagHandler
-    wxList *m_HandlersStack;
-
-    // entity parse
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser *m_entitiesParser;
-
-    // flag indicating that the parser should stop
-    bool m_stopParsing;
-};
-
-
-
-// This class (and derived classes) cooperates with wxHtmlParser.
-// Each recognized tag is passed to handler which is capable
-// of handling it. Each tag is handled in 3 steps:
-// 1. Handler will modifies state of parser
-//    (using its public methods)
-// 2. Parser parses source between starting and ending tag
-// 3. Handler restores original state of the parser
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagHandler : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagHandler() : wxObject () { m_Parser = NULL; }
-
-    // Sets the parser.
-    // NOTE : each _instance_ of handler is guaranteed to be called
-    // only by one parser. This means you don't have to care about
-    // reentrancy.
-    virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser)
-        { m_Parser = parser; }
-
-    // Returns list of supported tags. The list is in uppercase and
-    // tags are delimited by ','.
-    // Example : "I,B,FONT,P"
-    //   is capable of handling italic, bold, font and paragraph tags
-    virtual wxString GetSupportedTags() = 0;
-
-    // This is hadling core method. It does all the Steps 1-3.
-    // To process step 2, you can call ParseInner()
-    // returned value : true if it called ParseInner(),
-    //                  false etherwise
-    virtual bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // parses input between beginning and ending tag.
-    // m_Parser must be set.
-    void ParseInner(const wxHtmlTag& tag)
-        { m_Parser->DoParsing(tag.GetBeginPos(), tag.GetEndPos1()); }
-
-    // Parses given source as if it was tag's inner code (see
-    // wxHtmlParser::GetInnerSource).  Unlike ParseInner(), this method lets
-    // you specify the source code to parse. This is useful when you need to
-    // modify the inner text before parsing.
-    void ParseInnerSource(const wxString& source);
-
-    wxHtmlParser *m_Parser;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler)
-};
-
-
-// This class is used to parse HTML entities in strings. It can handle
-// both named entities and &#xxxx entries where xxxx is Unicode code.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
-    virtual ~wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
-
-    // Sets encoding of output string.
-    // Has no effect if wxUSE_WCHAR_T==0 or wxUSE_UNICODE==1
-    void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    // Parses entities in input and replaces them with respective characters
-    // (with respect to output encoding)
-    wxString Parse(const wxString& input);
-
-    // Returns character for given entity or 0 if the enity is unknown
-    wxChar GetEntityChar(const wxString& entity);
-
-    // Returns character that represents given Unicode code
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code) { return (wxChar)code; }
-#else
-    wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv *m_conv;
-    wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlproc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlproc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eda556b49..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlproc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlprep.h
-// Purpose:     HTML processor
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: htmlproc.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Priority of preprocessor in the chain. The higher, the earlier it is used
-enum
-{
-    wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE = 128, // if the order doesn't matter, use this
-                                    // priority
-    wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM   = 256  // >=256 is only for wxHTML's internals
-};
-
-// Classes derived from this class serve as simple text processors for
-// wxHtmlWindow. wxHtmlWindow runs HTML markup through all registered
-// processors before displaying it, thus allowing for on-the-fly
-// modifications of the markup.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlProcessor : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlProcessor)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlProcessor() : wxObject(), m_enabled(true) {}
-    virtual ~wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-
-    // Process input text and return processed result
-    virtual wxString Process(const wxString& text) const = 0;
-
-    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
-    // is the processor applied to the text.
-    virtual int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE; }
-
-    // Enable/disable the processor. wxHtmlWindow won't use a disabled
-    // processor even if it is in its processors queue.
-    virtual void Enable(bool enable = true) { m_enabled = enable; }
-    bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-
-protected:
-    bool m_enabled;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPROC_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmltag.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmltag.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 659611192..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmltag.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmltag.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlTag class (represents single tag)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: htmltag.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsCache
-//          - internal wxHTML class, do not use!
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct wxHtmlCacheItem;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagsCache : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsCache)
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlCacheItem *m_Cache;
-    int m_CacheSize;
-    int m_CachePos;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagsCache() : wxObject() {m_CacheSize = 0; m_Cache = NULL;}
-    wxHtmlTagsCache(const wxString& source);
-    virtual ~wxHtmlTagsCache() {free(m_Cache);}
-
-    // Finds parameters for tag starting at at and fills the variables
-    void QueryTag(int at, int* end1, int* end2);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsCache)
-};
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTag
-//                  This represents single tag. It is used as internal structure
-//                  by wxHtmlParser.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTag : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxHtmlTag)
-
-protected:
-    // constructs wxHtmlTag object based on HTML tag.
-    // The tag begins (with '<' character) at position pos in source
-    // end_pos is position where parsing ends (usually end of document)
-    wxHtmlTag(wxHtmlTag *parent,
-              const wxString& source, int pos, int end_pos,
-              wxHtmlTagsCache *cache,
-              wxHtmlEntitiesParser *entParser);
-    friend class wxHtmlParser;
-public:
-    virtual ~wxHtmlTag();
-
-    wxHtmlTag *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
-    wxHtmlTag *GetFirstSibling() const;
-    wxHtmlTag *GetLastSibling() const;
-    wxHtmlTag *GetChildren() const { return m_FirstChild; }
-    wxHtmlTag *GetPreviousSibling() const { return m_Prev; }
-    wxHtmlTag *GetNextSibling() const {return m_Next; }
-    // Return next tag, as if tree had been flattened
-    wxHtmlTag *GetNextTag() const;
-
-    // Returns tag's name in uppercase.
-    inline wxString GetName() const {return m_Name;}
-
-    // Returns true if the tag has given parameter. Parameter
-    // should always be in uppercase.
-    // Example :  HasParam("SRC") returns true
-    bool HasParam(const wxString& par) const;
-
-    // Returns value of the param. Value is in uppercase unless it is
-    // enclosed with "
-    // Example : 
 GetParam("ALIGN") returns (RIGHT)
-    //           
 GetParam("SRC") returns (WhaT.jpg)
-    //                           (or ("WhaT.jpg") if with_commas == true)
-    wxString GetParam(const wxString& par, bool with_commas = false) const;
-
-    // Convenience functions:
-    bool GetParamAsColour(const wxString& par, wxColour *clr) const;
-    bool GetParamAsInt(const wxString& par, int *clr) const;
-
-    // Scans param like scanf() functions family does.
-    // Example : ScanParam("COLOR", "\"#%X\"", &clr);
-    // This is always with with_commas=false
-    // Returns number of scanned values
-    // (like sscanf() does)
-    // NOTE: unlike scanf family, this function only accepts
-    //       *one* parameter !
-    int ScanParam(const wxString& par, const wxChar *format, void *param) const;
-
-    // Returns string containing all params.
-    wxString GetAllParams() const;
-
-    // return true if this there is matching ending tag
-    inline bool HasEnding() const {return m_End1 >= 0;}
-
-    // returns beginning position of _internal_ block of text
-    // See explanation (returned value is marked with *):
-    // bla bla bla * bla bla intenal text bla bla
-    inline int GetBeginPos() const {return m_Begin;}
-    // returns ending position of _internal_ block of text.
-    // bla bla bla  bla bla intenal text* bla bla
-    inline int GetEndPos1() const {return m_End1;}
-    // returns end position 2 :
-    // bla bla bla  bla bla internal text* bla bla
-    inline int GetEndPos2() const {return m_End2;}
-
-private:
-    wxString m_Name;
-    int m_Begin, m_End1, m_End2;
-    wxArrayString m_ParamNames, m_ParamValues;
-
-    // DOM tree relations:
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Next;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Prev;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_FirstChild, *m_LastChild;
-    wxHtmlTag *m_Parent;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTag)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 847fe7237..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmlwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,651 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmlwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlWindow class for parsing & displaying HTML
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: htmlwin.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlfilt.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class wxHtmlProcessor;
-class wxHtmlWinModule;
-class wxHtmlHistoryArray;
-class wxHtmlProcessorList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinAutoScrollTimer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCellEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlLinkEvent;
-
-
-// wxHtmlWindow flags:
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_NEVER    0x0002
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO     0x0004
-#define wxHW_NO_SELECTION       0x0008
-
-#define wxHW_DEFAULT_STYLE      wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO
-
-/// Enum for wxHtmlWindow::OnOpeningURL and wxHtmlWindowInterface::OnOpeningURL
-enum wxHtmlOpeningStatus
-{
-    /// Open the requested URL
-    wxHTML_OPEN,
-    /// Do not open the URL
-    wxHTML_BLOCK,
-    /// Redirect to another URL (returned from OnOpeningURL)
-    wxHTML_REDIRECT
-};
-
-/**
-    Abstract interface to a HTML rendering window (such as wxHtmlWindow or
-    wxHtmlListBox) that is passed to wxHtmlWinParser. It encapsulates all
-    communication from the parser to the window.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface
-{
-public:
-    /// Ctor
-    wxHtmlWindowInterface() {}
-    virtual ~wxHtmlWindowInterface() {}
-
-    /**
-        Called by the parser to set window's title to given text.
-     */
-    virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
-
-    /**
-        Called when a link is clicked.
-
-        @param link information about the clicked link
-     */
-    virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) = 0;
-
-    /**
-        Called when the parser needs to open another URL (e.g. an image).
-
-        @param type     Type of the URL request (e.g. image)
-        @param url      URL the parser wants to open
-        @param redirect If the return value is wxHTML_REDIRECT, then the
-                        URL to redirect to will be stored in this variable
-                        (the pointer must never be NULL)
-
-        @return indicator of how to treat the request
-     */
-    virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
-                                                 const wxString& url,
-                                                 wxString *redirect) const = 0;
-
-    /**
-        Converts coordinates @a pos relative to given @a cell to
-        physical coordinates in the window.
-     */
-    virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
-                                       const wxPoint& pos) const = 0;
-
-    /// Returns the window used for rendering (may be NULL).
-    virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow() = 0;
-
-    /// Returns background colour to use by default.
-    virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const = 0;
-
-    /// Sets window's background to colour @a clr.
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0;
-
-    /// Sets window's background to given bitmap.
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg) = 0;
-
-    /// Sets status bar text.
-    virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text) = 0;
-
-    /// Type of mouse cursor
-    enum HTMLCursor
-    {
-        /// Standard mouse cursor (typically an arrow)
-        HTMLCursor_Default,
-        /// Cursor shown over links
-        HTMLCursor_Link,
-        /// Cursor shown over selectable text
-        HTMLCursor_Text
-    };
-
-    /**
-        Returns mouse cursor of given @a type.
-     */
-    virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const = 0;
-};
-
-/**
-    Helper class that implements part of mouse handling for wxHtmlWindow and
-    wxHtmlListBox. Cursor changes and clicking on links are handled, text
-    selection is not.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
-protected:
-    /**
-        Ctor.
-
-        @param iface Interface to the owner window.
-     */
-    wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(wxHtmlWindowInterface *iface);
-
-    /**
-        Virtual dtor.
-
-        It is not really needed in this case but at leats it prevents gcc from
-        complaining about its absence.
-     */
-    virtual ~wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper() { }
-
-    /// Returns true if the mouse moved since the last call to HandleIdle
-    bool DidMouseMove() const { return m_tmpMouseMoved; }
-
-    /// Call this from EVT_MOTION event handler
-    void HandleMouseMoved();
-
-    /**
-        Call this from EVT_LEFT_UP handler (or, alternatively, EVT_LEFT_DOWN).
-
-        @param rootCell HTML cell inside which the click occured. This doesn't
-                        have to be the leaf cell, it can be e.g. toplevel
-                        container, but the mouse must be inside the container's
-                        area, otherwise the event would be ignored.
-        @param pos      Mouse position in coordinates relative to @a cell
-        @param event    The event that triggered the call
-     */
-    bool HandleMouseClick(wxHtmlCell *rootCell,
-                          const wxPoint& pos, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /**
-        Call this from OnInternalIdle of the HTML displaying window. Handles
-        mouse movements and must be used together with HandleMouseMoved.
-
-        @param rootCell HTML cell inside which the click occured. This doesn't
-                        have to be the leaf cell, it can be e.g. toplevel
-                        container, but the mouse must be inside the container's
-                        area, otherwise the event would be ignored.
-        @param pos      Current mouse position in coordinates relative to
-                        @a cell
-     */
-    void HandleIdle(wxHtmlCell *rootCell, const wxPoint& pos);
-
-    /**
-        Called by HandleIdle when the mouse hovers over a cell. Default
-        behaviour is to do nothing.
-
-        @param cell   the cell the mouse is over
-        @param x, y   coordinates of mouse relative to the cell
-     */
-    virtual void OnCellMouseHover(wxHtmlCell *cell, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
-    /**
-        Called by HandleMouseClick when the user clicks on a cell.
-        Default behavior is to call wxHtmlWindowInterface::OnLinkClicked()
-        if this cell corresponds to a hypertext link.
-
-        @param cell   the cell the mouse is over
-        @param x, y   coordinates of mouse relative to the cell
-        @param event    The event that triggered the call
-
-
-        @return true if a link was clicked, false otherwise.
-     */
-    virtual bool OnCellClicked(wxHtmlCell *cell,
-                               wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                               const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    // this flag indicates if the mouse moved (used by HandleIdle)
-    bool m_tmpMouseMoved;
-    // contains last link name
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_tmpLastLink;
-    // contains the last (terminal) cell which contained the mouse
-    wxHtmlCell *m_tmpLastCell;
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlWindowInterface *m_interface;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWindow
-//                  (This is probably the only class you will directly use.)
-//                  Purpose of this class is to display HTML page (either local
-//                  file or downloaded via HTTP protocol) in a window. Width of
-//                  window is constant - given in constructor - virtual height
-//                  is changed dynamicly depending on page size.  Once the
-//                  window is created you can set it's content by calling
-//                  SetPage(text) or LoadPage(filename).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindow : public wxScrolledWindow,
-                                      public wxHtmlWindowInterface,
-                                      public wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow)
-    friend class wxHtmlWinModule;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWindow() : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this) { Init(); }
-    wxHtmlWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxHW_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                 const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"))
-        : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-    virtual ~wxHtmlWindow();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"));
-
-    // Set HTML page and display it. !! source is HTML document itself,
-    // it is NOT address/filename of HTML document. If you want to
-    // specify document location, use LoadPage() istead
-    // Return value : false if an error occurred, true otherwise
-    virtual bool SetPage(const wxString& source);
-
-    // Append to current page
-    bool AppendToPage(const wxString& source);
-
-    // Load HTML page from given location. Location can be either
-    // a) /usr/wxGTK2/docs/html/wx.htm
-    // b) http://www.somewhere.uk/document.htm
-    // c) ftp://ftp.somesite.cz/pub/something.htm
-    // In case there is no prefix (http:,ftp:), the method
-    // will try to find it itself (1. local file, then http or ftp)
-    // After the page is loaded, the method calls SetPage() to display it.
-    // Note : you can also use path relative to previously loaded page
-    // Return value : same as SetPage
-    virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
-
-    // Loads HTML page from file
-    bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& filename);
-
-    // Returns full location of opened page
-    wxString GetOpenedPage() const {return m_OpenedPage;}
-    // Returns anchor within opened page
-    wxString GetOpenedAnchor() const {return m_OpenedAnchor;}
-    // Returns  of opened page or empty string otherwise
-    wxString GetOpenedPageTitle() const {return m_OpenedPageTitle;}
-
-    // Sets frame in which page title will  be displayed. Format is format of
-    // frame title, e.g. "HtmlHelp : %s". It must contain exactly one %s
-    void SetRelatedFrame(wxFrame* frame, const wxString& format);
-    wxFrame* GetRelatedFrame() const {return m_RelatedFrame;}
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // After(!) calling SetRelatedFrame, this sets statusbar slot where messages
-    // will be displayed. Default is -1 = no messages.
-    void SetRelatedStatusBar(int bar);
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page.
-    void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face,
-                  const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
-    // default size; use either specified or default font
-    void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
-                          const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
-                          const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Sets space between text and window borders.
-    void SetBorders(int b) {m_Borders = b;}
-
-    // Sets the bitmap to use for background (currnetly it will be tiled,
-    // when/if we have CSS support we could add other possibilities...)
-    void SetBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg) { m_bmpBg = bmpBg; }
-
-    // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
-    // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
-    // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
-    virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
-    // ...
-    virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Goes to previous/next page (in browsing history)
-    // Returns true if successful, false otherwise
-    bool HistoryBack();
-    bool HistoryForward();
-    bool HistoryCanBack();
-    bool HistoryCanForward();
-    // Resets history
-    void HistoryClear();
-
-    // Returns pointer to conteiners/cells structure.
-    // It should be used ONLY when printing
-    wxHtmlContainerCell* GetInternalRepresentation() const {return m_Cell;}
-
-    // Adds input filter
-    static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
-
-    // Returns a pointer to the parser.
-    wxHtmlWinParser *GetParser() const { return m_Parser; }
-
-    // Adds HTML processor to this instance of wxHtmlWindow:
-    void AddProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
-    // Adds HTML processor to wxHtmlWindow class as whole:
-    static void AddGlobalProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
-
-
-    // -- Callbacks --
-
-    // Sets the title of the window
-    // (depending on the information passed to SetRelatedFrame() method)
-    virtual void OnSetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
-    // Called when user clicked on hypertext link. Default behavior is to
-    // call LoadPage(loc)
-    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-    // Called when wxHtmlWindow wants to fetch data from an URL (e.g. when
-    // loading a page or loading an image). The data are downloaded if and only if
-    // OnOpeningURL returns true. If OnOpeningURL returns wxHTML_REDIRECT,
-    // it must set *redirect to the new URL
-    virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType WXUNUSED(type),
-                                             const wxString& WXUNUSED(url),
-                                             wxString *WXUNUSED(redirect)) const
-        { return wxHTML_OPEN; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-    // Helper functions to select parts of page:
-    void SelectWord(const wxPoint& pos);
-    void SelectLine(const wxPoint& pos);
-    void SelectAll();
-
-    // Convert selection to text:
-    wxString SelectionToText() { return DoSelectionToText(m_selection); }
-
-    // Converts current page to text:
-    wxString ToText();
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-    /// Returns standard HTML cursor as used by wxHtmlWindow
-    static wxCursor GetDefaultHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type);
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-    // Scrolls to anchor of this name. (Anchor is #news
-    // or #features etc. it is part of address sometimes:
-    // http://www.ms.mff.cuni.cz/~vsla8348/wxhtml/index.html#news)
-    // Return value : true if anchor exists, false otherwise
-    bool ScrollToAnchor(const wxString& anchor);
-
-    // Prepares layout (= fill m_PosX, m_PosY for fragments) based on
-    // actual size of window. This method also setup scrollbars
-    void CreateLayout();
-
-    void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-    void OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnClipboardEvent(wxClipboardTextEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-    // Returns new filter (will be stored into m_DefaultFilter variable)
-    virtual wxHtmlFilter *GetDefaultFilter() {return new wxHtmlFilterPlainText;}
-
-    // cleans static variables
-    static void CleanUpStatics();
-
-    // Returns true if text selection is enabled (wxClipboard must be available
-    // and wxHW_NO_SELECTION not used)
-    bool IsSelectionEnabled() const;
-
-    enum ClipboardType
-    {
-        Primary,
-        Secondary
-    };
-
-    // Copies selection to clipboard if the clipboard support is available
-    //
-    // returns true if anything was copied to clipboard, false otherwise
-    bool CopySelection(ClipboardType t = Secondary);
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-    // Automatic scrolling during selection:
-    void StopAutoScrolling();
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-    wxString DoSelectionToText(wxHtmlSelection *sel);
-
-public:
-    // wxHtmlWindowInterface methods:
-    virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title);
-    virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-    virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
-                                                 const wxString& url,
-                                                 wxString *redirect) const;
-    virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
-                                       const wxPoint& pos) const;
-    virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow();
-    virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const;
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr);
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg);
-    virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const;
-
-    // implementation of SetPage()
-    bool DoSetPage(const wxString& source);
-
-protected:
-    // This is pointer to the first cell in parsed data.  (Note: the first cell
-    // is usually top one = all other cells are sub-cells of this one)
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cell;
-    // parser which is used to parse HTML input.
-    // Each wxHtmlWindow has it's own parser because sharing one global
-    // parser would be problematic (because of reentrancy)
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
-    // contains name of actualy opened page or empty string if no page opened
-    wxString m_OpenedPage;
-    // contains name of current anchor within m_OpenedPage
-    wxString m_OpenedAnchor;
-    // contains title of actualy opened page or empty string if no <TITLE> tag
-    wxString m_OpenedPageTitle;
-    // class for opening files (file system)
-    wxFileSystem* m_FS;
-
-    wxFrame *m_RelatedFrame;
-    wxString m_TitleFormat;
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // frame in which page title should be displayed & number of it's statusbar
-    // reserved for usage with this html window
-    int m_RelatedStatusBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    // borders (free space between text and window borders)
-    // defaults to 10 pixels.
-    int m_Borders;
-
-    // current text selection or NULL
-    wxHtmlSelection *m_selection;
-
-    // true if the user is dragging mouse to select text
-    bool m_makingSelection;
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-    // time of the last doubleclick event, used to detect tripleclicks
-    // (tripleclicks are used to select whole line):
-    wxMilliClock_t m_lastDoubleClick;
-
-    // helper class to automatically scroll the window if the user is selecting
-    // text and the mouse leaves wxHtmlWindow:
-    wxHtmlWinAutoScrollTimer *m_timerAutoScroll;
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-private:
-    // window content for double buffered rendering:
-    wxBitmap *m_backBuffer;
-
-    // background image, may be invalid
-    wxBitmap m_bmpBg;
-
-    // variables used when user is selecting text
-    wxPoint     m_tmpSelFromPos;
-    wxHtmlCell *m_tmpSelFromCell;
-
-    // if >0 contents of the window is not redrawn
-    // (in order to avoid ugly blinking)
-    int m_tmpCanDrawLocks;
-
-    // list of HTML filters
-    static wxList m_Filters;
-    // this filter is used when no filter is able to read some file
-    static wxHtmlFilter *m_DefaultFilter;
-
-    // html processors array:
-    wxHtmlProcessorList *m_Processors;
-    static wxHtmlProcessorList *m_GlobalProcessors;
-
-    // browser history
-    wxHtmlHistoryArray *m_History;
-    int m_HistoryPos;
-    // if this FLAG is false, items are not added to history
-    bool m_HistoryOn;
-
-    // a flag set if we need to erase background in OnPaint() (otherwise this
-    // is supposed to have been done in OnEraseBackground())
-    bool m_eraseBgInOnPaint;
-
-    // standard mouse cursors
-    static wxCursor *ms_cursorLink;
-    static wxCursor *ms_cursorText;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow)
-};
-
-
-
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML,
-                                wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_CLICKED, 1000)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML,
-                                wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_HOVER, 1001)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML,
-                                wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, 1002)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-
-/*!
- * Html cell window event
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlCellEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlCellEvent() {}
-    wxHtmlCellEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id,
-                    wxHtmlCell *cell, const wxPoint &pt,
-                    const wxMouseEvent &ev)
-        : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id)
-    {
-        m_cell = cell;
-        m_pt = pt;
-        m_mouseEvent = ev;
-        m_bLinkWasClicked = false;
-    }
-
-    wxHtmlCell* GetCell() const { return m_cell; }
-    wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pt; }
-    wxMouseEvent GetMouseEvent() const { return m_mouseEvent; }
-
-    void SetLinkClicked(bool linkclicked) { m_bLinkWasClicked=linkclicked; }
-    bool GetLinkClicked() const { return m_bLinkWasClicked; }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHtmlCellEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlCell *m_cell;
-    wxMouseEvent m_mouseEvent;
-    wxPoint m_pt;
-
-    bool m_bLinkWasClicked;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHtmlCellEvent)
-};
-
-
-
-/*!
- * Html link event
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlLinkEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlLinkEvent() {}
-    wxHtmlLinkEvent(int id, const wxHtmlLinkInfo &linkinfo)
-        : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, id)
-    {
-        m_linkInfo = linkinfo;
-    }
-
-    const wxHtmlLinkInfo &GetLinkInfo() const { return m_linkInfo; }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHtmlLinkEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo m_linkInfo;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHtmlLinkEvent)
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHtmlCellEventFunction)(wxHtmlCellEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHtmlLinkEventFunction)(wxHtmlLinkEvent&);
-
-#define wxHtmlCellEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxHtmlCellEventFunction, &func)
-#define wxHtmlLinkEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxHtmlLinkEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_HTML_CELL_CLICKED(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_CLICKED, id, wxHtmlCellEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_HTML_CELL_HOVER(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_HOVER, id, wxHtmlCellEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, id, wxHtmlLinkEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmprint.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmprint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ecc93e66e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/htmprint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        htmprint.h
-// Purpose:     html printing classes
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     25/09/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: htmprint.h 47862 2007-08-03 08:50:49Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlfilt.h"
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-#include <limits.h> // INT_MAX
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlDCRenderer
-//                  This class is capable of rendering HTML into specified
-//                  portion of DC
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlDCRenderer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlDCRenderer();
-    virtual ~wxHtmlDCRenderer();
-
-    // Following 3 methods *must* be called before any call to Render:
-
-    // Assign DC to this render
-    void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0);
-
-    // Sets size of output rectangle, in pixels. Note that you *can't* change
-    // width of the rectangle between calls to Render! (You can freely change height.)
-    void SetSize(int width, int height);
-
-    // Sets the text to be displayed.
-    // Basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-    // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
-    // isdir is false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
-    // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
-    void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = true);
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
-    // default size; use either specified or default font
-    void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
-                          const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
-                          const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // [x,y] is position of upper-left corner of printing rectangle (see SetSize)
-    // from is y-coordinate of the very first visible cell
-    // to is y-coordinate of the next following page break, if any
-    // Returned value is y coordinate of first cell than didn't fit onto page.
-    // Use this value as 'from' in next call to Render in order to print multiple pages
-    // document
-    // If dont_render is TRUE then nothing is rendered into DC and it only counts
-    // pixels and return y coord of the next page
-    //
-    // known_pagebreaks and number_of_pages are used only when counting pages;
-    // otherwise, their default values should be used. Their purpose is to
-    // support pagebreaks using a subset of CSS2's <DIV>. The <DIV> handler
-    // needs to know what pagebreaks have already been set so that it doesn't
-    // set the same pagebreak twice.
-    //
-    // CAUTION! Render() changes DC's user scale and does NOT restore it!
-    int Render(int x, int y, wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks, int from = 0,
-               int dont_render = FALSE, int to = INT_MAX);
-
-    // returns total height of the html document
-    // (compare Render's return value with this)
-    int GetTotalHeight();
-
-private:
-    wxDC *m_DC;
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
-    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cells;
-    int m_MaxWidth, m_Width, m_Height;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlDCRenderer)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-enum {
-    wxPAGE_ODD,
-    wxPAGE_EVEN,
-    wxPAGE_ALL
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlPrintout
-//                  This class is derived from standard wxWidgets printout class
-//                  and is used to print HTML documents.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlPrintout(const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
-    virtual ~wxHtmlPrintout();
-
-    void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString &basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = true);
-            // prepares the class for printing this html document.
-            // Must be called before using the class, in fact just after constructor
-            //
-            // basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
-            // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
-            // isdir is false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
-            // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
-
-    void SetHtmlFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-            // same as SetHtmlText except that it takes regular file as the parameter
-
-    void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-    void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-            // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
-            // You can use macros in it:
-            //   @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-            //   @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-            //
-            // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
-            // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
-    // default size; use either specified or default font
-    void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
-                          const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
-                          const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
-    void SetMargins(float top = 25.2, float bottom = 25.2, float left = 25.2, float right = 25.2,
-                    float spaces = 5);
-            // sets margins in milimeters. Defaults to 1 inch for margins and 0.5cm for space
-            // between text and header and/or footer
-
-    // wxPrintout stuff:
-    bool OnPrintPage(int page);
-    bool HasPage(int page);
-    void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
-    bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
-    void OnPreparePrinting();
-
-    // Adds input filter
-    static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
-
-    // Cleanup
-    static void CleanUpStatics();
-
-private:
-
-    void RenderPage(wxDC *dc, int page);
-            // renders one page into dc
-    wxString TranslateHeader(const wxString& instr, int page);
-            // substitute @PAGENUM@ and @PAGESCNT@ by real values
-    void CountPages();
-            // counts pages and fills m_NumPages and m_PageBreaks
-
-
-private:
-    int m_NumPages;
-    //int m_PageBreaks[wxHTML_PRINT_MAX_PAGES];
-    wxArrayInt m_PageBreaks;
-
-    wxString m_Document, m_BasePath;
-    bool m_BasePathIsDir;
-    wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
-
-    int m_HeaderHeight, m_FooterHeight;
-    wxHtmlDCRenderer *m_Renderer, *m_RendererHdr;
-    float m_MarginTop, m_MarginBottom, m_MarginLeft, m_MarginRight, m_MarginSpace;
-
-    // list of HTML filters
-    static wxList m_Filters;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlPrintout)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlEasyPrinting
-//                  This class provides very simple interface to printing
-//                  architecture. It allows you to print HTML documents only
-//                  with very few commands.
-//
-//                  Note : do not create this class on stack only.
-//                         You should create an instance on app startup and
-//                         use this instance for all printing. Why? The class
-//                         stores page&printer settings in it.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlEasyPrinting : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxHtmlEasyPrinting(const wxString& name = wxT("Printing"), wxWindow *parentWindow = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxHtmlEasyPrinting();
-
-    bool PreviewFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-    bool PreviewText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
-            // Preview file / html-text for printing
-            // (and offers printing)
-            // basepath is base directory for opening subsequent files (e.g. from <img> tag)
-
-    bool PrintFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
-    bool PrintText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
-            // Print file / html-text w/o preview
-
-    void PageSetup();
-            // pop up printer or page setup dialog
-
-    void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-    void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
-            // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
-            // You can use macros in it:
-            //   @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
-            //   @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
-            //
-            // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
-            // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
-    void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = 0);
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used)
-
-    // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
-    // default size; use either specified or default font
-    void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
-                          const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
-                          const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
-    wxPrintData *GetPrintData();
-    wxPageSetupDialogData *GetPageSetupData() {return m_PageSetupData;}
-            // return page setting data objects.
-            // (You can set their parameters.)
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_ParentWindow; }
-            // get the parent window
-    void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_ParentWindow = window; }
-            // set the parent window
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxHtmlPrintout *CreatePrintout();
-    virtual bool DoPreview(wxHtmlPrintout *printout1, wxHtmlPrintout *printout2);
-    virtual bool DoPrint(wxHtmlPrintout *printout);
-
-private:
-    wxPrintData *m_PrintData;
-    wxPageSetupDialogData *m_PageSetupData;
-    wxString m_Name;
-    int m_FontsSizesArr[7];
-    int *m_FontsSizes;
-    wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
-
-    enum FontMode
-    {
-        FontMode_Explicit,
-        FontMode_Standard
-    };
-    FontMode m_fontMode;
-
-    wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
-    wxWindow *m_ParentWindow;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEasyPrinting)
-};
-
-
-
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/m_templ.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/m_templ.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d75346c65..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/m_templ.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        m_templ.h
-// Purpose:     Modules template file
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: m_templ.h 30098 2004-10-26 10:32:38Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-DESCRIPTION:
-This is set of macros for easier writing of tag handlers. How to use it?
-See mod_fonts.cpp for example...
-
-Attention! This is quite strange C++ bastard. Before using it,
-I STRONGLY recommend reading and understanding these macros!!
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-#define _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(name,tags)                                      \
-    class wxHTML_Handler_##name : public wxHtmlWinTagHandler              \
-    {                                                                     \
-        public:                                                           \
-            wxString GetSupportedTags() {return wxT(tags);}
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_VARS                                                  \
-        private:
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_CONSTR(name)                                                \
-        public:                                                           \
-        wxHTML_Handler_##name () : wxHtmlWinTagHandler()
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_PROC(varib)                                           \
-        public:                                                           \
-            bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& varib)
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_END(name)                                             \
-    };
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_BEGIN(name)                                           \
-    class wxHTML_Module##name : public wxHtmlTagsModule                   \
-    {                                                                     \
-        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTML_Module##name )                       \
-        public:                                                           \
-            void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser *parser)               \
-                {
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_ADD(handler)                                          \
-                    parser->AddTagHandler(new wxHTML_Handler_##handler);
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_END(name)                                             \
-                }                                                         \
-    };                                                                    \
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTML_Module##name , wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-
-
-#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/webkit.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/webkit.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 16bd4fdf0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/webkit.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/html/webkit.h
-// Purpose:     wxWebKitCtrl - embeddable web kit control
-// Author:      Jethro Grassie / Kevin Ollivier
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-4-16
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: webkit.h 53798 2008-05-28 06:12:34Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) Jethro Grassie / Kevin Ollivier
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WEBKIT_H
-#define _WX_WEBKIT_H
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBKIT
-
-#if !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#error "wxWebKitCtrl not implemented for this platform"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Web Kit Control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxWebKitCtrl : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWebKitCtrl)
-
-    wxWebKitCtrl() {};
-    wxWebKitCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-                    wxWindowID winID,
-                    const wxString& strURL,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-                    const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                    const wxString& name = wxT("webkitctrl"))
-    {
-        Create(parent, winID, strURL, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    };
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID winID,
-                const wxString& strURL,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("webkitctrl"));
-    virtual ~wxWebKitCtrl();
-
-    void LoadURL(const wxString &url);
-
-    bool CanGoBack();
-    bool CanGoForward();
-    bool GoBack();
-    bool GoForward();
-    void Reload();
-    void Stop();
-    bool CanGetPageSource();
-    wxString GetPageSource();
-    void SetPageSource(const wxString& source, const wxString& baseUrl = wxEmptyString);
-	wxString GetPageURL(){ return m_currentURL; }
-    void SetPageTitle(const wxString& title) { m_pageTitle = title; }
-	wxString GetPageTitle(){ return m_pageTitle; }
-    
-    // since these worked in 2.6, add wrappers
-    void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { SetPageTitle(title); }
-    wxString GetTitle() { return GetPageTitle(); }
-    
-    wxString GetSelection();
-    
-    bool CanIncreaseTextSize();
-    void IncreaseTextSize();
-    bool CanDecreaseTextSize();
-    void DecreaseTextSize();
-    
-    void Print(bool showPrompt=FALSE);
-    
-    void MakeEditable(bool enable=TRUE);
-    bool IsEditable();
-    
-    wxString RunScript(const wxString& javascript);
-    
-    void SetScrollPos(int pos);
-    int GetScrollPos();
-
-    //we need to resize the webview when the control size changes
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event);
-    void OnMove(wxMoveEvent &event);
-    void OnMouseEvents(wxMouseEvent &event);
-protected:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    void MacVisibilityChanged();
-
-private:
-    wxWindow *m_parent;
-    wxWindowID m_windowID;
-    wxString m_currentURL;
-    wxString m_pageTitle;
-    
-    struct objc_object *m_webView;
-    
-    // we may use this later to setup our own mouse events,
-    // so leave it in for now.
-    void* m_webKitCtrlEventHandler;
-    //It should be WebView*, but WebView is an Objective-C class
-    //TODO: look into using DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS rather than this.
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Web Kit Events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum {
-    wxWEBKIT_STATE_START = 1,
-    wxWEBKIT_STATE_NEGOTIATING = 2,
-    wxWEBKIT_STATE_REDIRECTING = 4,
-    wxWEBKIT_STATE_TRANSFERRING = 8,
-    wxWEBKIT_STATE_STOP = 16,
-        wxWEBKIT_STATE_FAILED = 32
-};
-
-enum {
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_LINK_CLICKED = 1,
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_BACK_NEXT = 2,
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_FORM_SUBMITTED = 4,
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_RELOAD = 8,
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_FORM_RESUBMITTED = 16,
-    wxWEBKIT_NAV_OTHER = 32
-
-};
-
-
-
-class wxWebKitBeforeLoadEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxWebKitBeforeLoadEvent )
-    
-public:
-    bool IsCancelled() { return m_cancelled; }
-    void Cancel(bool cancel = true) { m_cancelled = cancel; }
-    wxString GetURL() { return m_url; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_url = url; }
-    void SetNavigationType(int navType) { m_navType = navType; }
-    int GetNavigationType() { return m_navType; }
-
-    wxWebKitBeforeLoadEvent( wxWindow* win = (wxWindow*) NULL );
-    wxEvent *Clone(void) const { return new wxWebKitBeforeLoadEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    bool m_cancelled;
-    wxString m_url;
-    int m_navType;
-};
-
-class wxWebKitStateChangedEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxWebKitStateChangedEvent )
-
-public:
-    int GetState() { return m_state; }
-    void SetState(const int state) { m_state = state; }
-    wxString GetURL() { return m_url; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_url = url; }
-
-    wxWebKitStateChangedEvent( wxWindow* win = (wxWindow*) NULL );
-    wxEvent *Clone(void) const { return new wxWebKitStateChangedEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    int m_state;
-    wxString m_url;
-};
-
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-class wxWebKitNewWindowEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxWebViewNewWindowEvent )
-public:
-    wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_url = url; }
-    wxString GetTargetName() const { return m_targetName; }
-    void SetTargetName(const wxString& name) { m_targetName = name; }
-
-    wxWebKitNewWindowEvent( wxWindow* win = (wxWindow*)(NULL));
-    wxEvent *Clone(void) const { return new wxWebKitNewWindowEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_url;
-    wxString m_targetName;
-};
-#endif
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWebKitStateChangedEventFunction)(wxWebKitStateChangedEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWebKitBeforeLoadEventFunction)(wxWebKitBeforeLoadEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWebKitNewWindowEventFunction)(wxWebKitNewWindowEvent&);
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_WEBKIT_BEFORE_LOAD, wxID_ANY)
-    DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_WEBKIT_STATE_CHANGED, wxID_ANY)
-    DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_WEBKIT_NEW_WINDOW, wxID_ANY)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#define EVT_WEBKIT_STATE_CHANGED(func) \
-            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_WEBKIT_STATE_CHANGED, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            (wxObjectEventFunction)   \
-                            (wxWebKitStateChangedEventFunction) & func, \
-                            (wxObject *) NULL ),
-                            
-#define EVT_WEBKIT_BEFORE_LOAD(func) \
-            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_WEBKIT_BEFORE_LOAD, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            (wxObjectEventFunction)   \
-                            (wxWebKitBeforeLoadEventFunction) & func, \
-                            (wxObject *) NULL ),
-
-#define EVT_WEBKIT_NEW_WINDOW(func)                              \
-            DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_WEBKIT_NEW_WINDOW, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            wxID_ANY, \
-                            (wxObjectEventFunction)   \
-                            (wxWebKitNewWindowEventFunction) & func, \
-                            (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBKIT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_WEBKIT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/winpars.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/winpars.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 00ff54c40..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/html/winpars.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        winpars.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlWinParser class (parser to be used with wxHtmlWindow)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: winpars.h 59260 2009-03-02 10:43:00Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINPARS_H_
-#define _WX_WINPARS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/encconv.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinTagHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlTagsModule;
-struct wxHtmlWinParser_TextParsingState;
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinParser
-//                  This class is derived from wxHtmlParser and its mail goal
-//                  is to parse HTML input so that it can be displayed in
-//                  wxHtmlWindow. It uses special wxHtmlWinTagHandler.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWinParser : public wxHtmlParser
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWinParser)
-    friend class wxHtmlWindow;
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWinParser(wxHtmlWindowInterface *wndIface = NULL);
-
-    virtual ~wxHtmlWinParser();
-
-    virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source);
-    virtual void DoneParser();
-    virtual wxObject* GetProduct();
-
-    virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const;
-
-    // Set's the DC used for parsing. If SetDC() is not called,
-    // parsing won't proceed
-    virtual void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0)
-        { m_DC = dc; m_PixelScale = pixel_scale; }
-
-    wxDC *GetDC() {return m_DC;}
-    double GetPixelScale() {return m_PixelScale;}
-    int GetCharHeight() const {return m_CharHeight;}
-    int GetCharWidth() const {return m_CharWidth;}
-
-    // NOTE : these functions do _not_ return _actual_
-    // height/width. They return h/w of default font
-    // for this DC. If you want actual values, call
-    // GetDC()->GetChar...()
-
-    // returns interface to the rendering window
-    wxHtmlWindowInterface *GetWindowInterface() {return m_windowInterface;}
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, use GetWindowInterface()->GetHTMLWindow() instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlWindow *GetWindow() );
-#endif
-
-    // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
-    void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
-    // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
-    // default size; use either specified or default font
-    void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
-                          const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
-                          const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Adds tags module. see wxHtmlTagsModule for details.
-    static void AddModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
-    static void RemoveModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
-    // parsing-related methods. These methods are called by tag handlers:
-
-    // Returns pointer to actual container. Common use in tag handler is :
-    // m_WParser->GetContainer()->InsertCell(new ...);
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *GetContainer() const {return m_Container;}
-
-    // opens new container. This container is sub-container of opened
-    // container. Sets GetContainer to newly created container
-    // and returns it.
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *OpenContainer();
-
-    // works like OpenContainer except that new container is not created
-    // but c is used. You can use this to directly set actual container
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *SetContainer(wxHtmlContainerCell *c);
-
-    // closes the container and sets actual Container to upper-level
-    // container
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *CloseContainer();
-
-    int GetFontSize() const {return m_FontSize;}
-    void SetFontSize(int s);
-    int GetFontBold() const {return m_FontBold;}
-    void SetFontBold(int x) {m_FontBold = x;}
-    int GetFontItalic() const {return m_FontItalic;}
-    void SetFontItalic(int x) {m_FontItalic = x;}
-    int GetFontUnderlined() const {return m_FontUnderlined;}
-    void SetFontUnderlined(int x) {m_FontUnderlined = x;}
-    int GetFontFixed() const {return m_FontFixed;}
-    void SetFontFixed(int x) {m_FontFixed = x;}
-    wxString GetFontFace() const {return GetFontFixed() ? m_FontFaceFixed : m_FontFaceNormal;}
-    void SetFontFace(const wxString& face);
-
-    int GetAlign() const {return m_Align;}
-    void SetAlign(int a) {m_Align = a;}
-
-    wxHtmlScriptMode GetScriptMode() const { return m_ScriptMode; }
-    void SetScriptMode(wxHtmlScriptMode mode) { m_ScriptMode = mode; }
-    long GetScriptBaseline() const { return m_ScriptBaseline; }
-    void SetScriptBaseline(long base) { m_ScriptBaseline = base; }
-
-    const wxColour& GetLinkColor() const { return m_LinkColor; }
-    void SetLinkColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_LinkColor = clr; }
-    const wxColour& GetActualColor() const { return m_ActualColor; }
-    void SetActualColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_ActualColor = clr ;}
-    const wxHtmlLinkInfo& GetLink() const { return m_Link; }
-    void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-    // applies current parser state (link, sub/supscript, ...) to given cell
-    void ApplyStateToCell(wxHtmlCell *cell);
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    void SetInputEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc);
-    wxFontEncoding GetInputEncoding() const { return m_InputEnc; }
-    wxFontEncoding GetOutputEncoding() const { return m_OutputEnc; }
-    wxEncodingConverter *GetEncodingConverter() const { return m_EncConv; }
-#endif
-
-    // creates font depending on m_Font* members.
-    virtual wxFont* CreateCurrentFont();
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    enum WhitespaceMode
-    {
-        Whitespace_Normal,  // normal mode, collapse whitespace
-        Whitespace_Pre      // inside <pre>, keep whitespace as-is
-    };
-
-    // change the current whitespace handling mode
-    void SetWhitespaceMode(WhitespaceMode mode);
-    WhitespaceMode GetWhitespaceMode() const;
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-
-protected:
-    virtual void AddText(const wxChar* txt);
-
-private:
-    void FlushWordBuf(wxChar *temp, int& templen, wxChar nbsp);
-    void AddWord(wxHtmlWordCell *c);
-    void AddWord(const wxString& word);
-    void AddPreBlock(const wxString& text);
-
-    bool m_tmpLastWasSpace;
-    wxChar *m_tmpStrBuf;
-    size_t  m_tmpStrBufSize;
-        // temporary variables used by AddText
-    wxHtmlWindowInterface *m_windowInterface;
-            // window we're parsing for
-    double m_PixelScale;
-    wxDC *m_DC;
-            // Device Context we're parsing for
-    static wxList m_Modules;
-            // list of tags modules (see wxHtmlTagsModule for details)
-            // This list is used to initialize m_Handlers member.
-
-    wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Container;
-            // current container. See Open/CloseContainer for details.
-
-    int m_FontBold, m_FontItalic, m_FontUnderlined, m_FontFixed; // this is not true,false but 1,0, we need it for indexing
-    int m_FontSize; /* -2 to +4,  0 is default */
-    wxColour m_LinkColor;
-    wxColour m_ActualColor;
-            // basic font parameters.
-    wxHtmlLinkInfo m_Link;
-            // actual hypertext link or empty string
-    bool m_UseLink;
-            // true if m_Link is not empty
-    long m_CharHeight, m_CharWidth;
-            // average height of normal-sized text
-    int m_Align;
-            // actual alignment
-    wxHtmlScriptMode m_ScriptMode;
-            // current script mode (sub/sup/normal)
-    long m_ScriptBaseline;
-            // current sub/supscript base
-
-    wxFont* m_FontsTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-    wxString m_FontsFacesTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxFontEncoding m_FontsEncTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#endif
-            // table of loaded fonts. 1st four indexes are 0 or 1, depending on on/off
-            // state of these flags (from left to right):
-            // [bold][italic][underlined][fixed_size]
-            // last index is font size : from 0 to 6 (remapped from html sizes 1 to 7)
-            // Note : this table covers all possible combinations of fonts, but not
-            // all of them are used, so many items in table are usually NULL.
-    int m_FontsSizes[7];
-    wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
-            // html font sizes and faces of fixed and proportional fonts
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxFontEncoding m_InputEnc, m_OutputEnc;
-            // I/O font encodings
-    wxEncodingConverter *m_EncConv;
-#endif
-
-    // NB: this pointer replaces m_lastWordCell pointer in wx<=2.8.7; this
-    //     way, wxHtmlWinParser remains ABI compatible with older versions
-    //     despite addition of two fields in wxHtmlWinParser_TextParsingState
-    wxHtmlWinParser_TextParsingState *m_textParsingState;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinParser)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinTagHandler
-//                  This is basicly wxHtmlTagHandler except
-//                  it is extended with protected member m_Parser pointing to
-//                  the wxHtmlWinParser object
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWinTagHandler : public wxHtmlTagHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWinTagHandler() : wxHtmlTagHandler() {}
-
-    virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser) {wxHtmlTagHandler::SetParser(parser); m_WParser = (wxHtmlWinParser*) parser;}
-
-protected:
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_WParser; // same as m_Parser, but overcasted
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsModule
-//                  This is basic of dynamic tag handlers binding.
-//                  The class provides methods for filling parser's handlers
-//                  hash table.
-//                  (See documentation for details)
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagsModule : public wxModule
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlTagsModule() : wxModule() {}
-
-    virtual bool OnInit();
-    virtual void OnExit();
-
-    // This is called by wxHtmlWinParser.
-    // The method must simply call parser->AddTagHandler(new
-    // <handler_class_name>); for each handler
-    virtual void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser * WXUNUSED(parser)) { }
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_WINPARS_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/htmllbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/htmllbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 533b79171..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/htmllbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,325 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/htmllbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxHtmlListBox is a listbox whose items are wxHtmlCells
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31.05.03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: htmllbox.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/vlbox.h"               // base class
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    #include "wx/filesys.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCell;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxCache;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxStyle;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const wxChar) wxHtmlListBoxNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const wxChar) wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlListBox : public wxVListBox,
-                                       public wxHtmlWindowInterface,
-                                       public wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox)
-public:
-    // constructors and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // default constructor, you must call Create() later
-    wxHtmlListBox();
-
-    // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
-    wxHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                  wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                  const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                  long style = 0,
-                  const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
-    // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
-    //
-    // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE
-    //
-    // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // destructor cleans up whatever resources we use
-    virtual ~wxHtmlListBox();
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void RefreshLine(size_t line);
-    virtual void RefreshLines(size_t from, size_t to);
-    virtual void RefreshAll();
-    virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count);
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    // retrieve the file system used by the wxHtmlWinParser: if you use
-    // relative paths in your HTML, you should use its ChangePathTo() method
-    wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() { return m_filesystem; }
-    const wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() const { return m_filesystem; }
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
-    // this method must be implemented in the derived class and should return
-    // the body (i.e. without <html>) of the HTML for the given item
-    virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const = 0;
-
-    // this function may be overridden to decorate HTML returned by OnGetItem()
-    virtual wxString OnGetItemMarkup(size_t n) const;
-
-
-    // this method allows to customize the selection appearance: it may be used
-    // to specify the colour of the text which normally has the given colour
-    // colFg when it is inside the selection
-    //
-    // by default, the original colour is not used at all and all text has the
-    // same (default for this system) colour inside selection
-    virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& colFg) const;
-
-    // this is the same as GetSelectedTextColour() but allows to customize the
-    // background colour -- this is even more rarely used as you can change it
-    // globally using SetSelectionBackground()
-    virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& colBg) const;
-
-
-    // we implement both of these functions in terms of OnGetItem(), they are
-    // not supposed to be overridden by our descendants
-    virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const;
-
-    // This method may be overriden to handle clicking on a link in
-    // the listbox. By default, clicking links is ignored.
-    virtual void OnLinkClicked(size_t n, const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // ensure that the given item is cached
-    void CacheItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-    // wxHtmlWindowInterface methods:
-    virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title);
-    virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-    virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
-                                                 const wxString& url,
-                                                 wxString *redirect) const;
-    virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
-                                       const wxPoint& pos) const;
-    virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow();
-    virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const;
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr);
-    virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg);
-    virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const;
-
-    // returns index of item that contains given HTML cell
-    size_t GetItemForCell(const wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
-    // return physical coordinates of root wxHtmlCell of n-th item
-    wxPoint GetRootCellCoords(size_t n) const;
-
-    // Converts physical coordinates stored in @a pos into coordinates
-    // relative to the root cell of the item under mouse cursor, if any. If no
-    // cell is found under the cursor, returns false.  Otherwise stores the new
-    // coordinates back into @a pos and pointer to the cell under cursor into
-    // @a cell and returns true.
-    bool PhysicalCoordsToCell(wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell*& cell) const;
-
-    // The opposite of PhysicalCoordsToCell: converts coordinates relative to
-    // given cell to physical coordinates in the window
-    wxPoint CellCoordsToPhysical(const wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
-private:
-    // this class caches the pre-parsed HTML to speed up display
-    wxHtmlListBoxCache *m_cache;
-
-    // HTML parser we use
-    wxHtmlWinParser *m_htmlParser;
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    // file system used by m_htmlParser
-    wxFileSystem m_filesystem;
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-    // rendering style for the parser which allows us to customize our colours
-    wxHtmlListBoxStyle *m_htmlRendStyle;
-
-
-    // it calls our GetSelectedTextColour() and GetSelectedTextBgColour()
-    friend class wxHtmlListBoxStyle;
-    friend class wxHtmlListBoxWinInterface;
-
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSimpleHtmlListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE     wxBORDER_SUNKEN
-#define wxHLB_MULTIPLE          wxLB_MULTIPLE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxSimpleHtmlListBox : public wxHtmlListBox,
-                                             public wxItemContainer
-{
-public:
-    // wxListbox-compatible constructors
-    // ---------------------------------
-
-    wxSimpleHtmlListBox() { }
-
-    wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                        wxWindowID id,
-                        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                        int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                        long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                        const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                        const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                        wxWindowID id,
-                        const wxPoint& pos,
-                        const wxSize& size,
-                        const wxArrayString& choices,
-                        long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                        const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                        const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxSimpleHtmlListBox();
-
-    // these must be overloaded otherwise the compiler will complain
-    // about  wxItemContainerImmutable::[G|S]etSelection being pure virtuals...
-    void SetSelection(int n)
-        { wxVListBox::SetSelection(n); }
-    int GetSelection() const
-        { return wxVListBox::GetSelection(); }
-
-    // see ctrlsub.h for more info about this:
-    wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
-
-
-    // accessing strings
-    // -----------------
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const
-        { return m_items.GetCount(); }
-
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // override default unoptimized wxItemContainer::GetStrings() function
-    wxArrayString GetStrings() const
-        { return m_items; }
-
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-    // override default unoptimized wxItemContainer::Append() function
-    void Append(const wxArrayString& strings);
-
-    // since we override one Append() overload, we need to overload all others too
-    int Append(const wxString& item)
-        { return wxItemContainer::Append(item); }
-    int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData)
-        { return wxItemContainer::Append(item, clientData); }
-    int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData)
-        { return wxItemContainer::Append(item, clientData); }
-
-
-protected:
-
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData)
-        { m_HTMLclientData[n] = clientData; }
-
-    virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const
-        { return m_HTMLclientData[n]; }
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData *clientData)
-        { m_HTMLclientData[n] = (void *)clientData; }
-    virtual wxClientData *DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const
-        { return (wxClientData *)m_HTMLclientData[n]; }
-
-    // calls wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount() and RefreshAll()
-    void UpdateCount();
-
-    // overload these functions just to change their visibility: users of
-    // wxSimpleHtmlListBox shouldn't be allowed to call them directly!
-    virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count)
-        { wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount(count); }
-    virtual void SetLineCount(size_t count)
-        { wxHtmlListBox::SetLineCount(count); }
-
-    virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const
-        { return m_items[n]; }
-
-    wxArrayString   m_items;
-    wxArrayPtrVoid  m_HTMLclientData;
-
-    // Note: For the benefit of old compilers (like gcc-2.8) this should
-    // not be named m_clientdata as that clashes with the name of an
-    // anonymous struct member in wxEvtHandler, which we derive from.
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hyperlink.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hyperlink.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8618466b8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/hyperlink.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/hyperlink.h
-// Purpose:     Hyperlink control
-// Author:      David Norris <danorris@gmail.com>, Otto Wyss
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     04/02/2005
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: hyperlink.h 42409 2006-10-25 20:23:06Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 David Norris
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HYPERLINK_H__
-#define _WX_HYPERLINK_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHL_CONTEXTMENU        0x0001
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT         0x0002
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT        0x0004
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE       0x0008
-#define wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE      (wxHL_CONTEXTMENU|wxNO_BORDER|wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE)
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxChar) wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr[];
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHyperlinkCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A static text control that emulates a hyperlink. The link is displayed
-// in an appropriate text style, derived from the control's normal font.
-// When the mouse rolls over the link, the cursor changes to a hand and the
-// link's color changes to the active color.
-//
-// Clicking on the link does not launch a web browser; instead, a
-// HyperlinkEvent is fired. The event propagates upward until it is caught,
-// just like a wxCommandEvent.
-//
-// Use the EVT_HYPERLINK() to catch link events.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // Default constructor (for two-step construction).
-    wxHyperlinkCtrl() { }
-
-    // Constructor.
-    wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-                    wxWindowID id,
-                    const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                    const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        (void)Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // Creation function (for two-step construction).
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr);
-
-
-    // get/set
-    wxColour GetHoverColour() const { return m_hoverColour; }
-    void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) { m_hoverColour = colour; }
-
-    wxColour GetNormalColour() const { return m_normalColour; }
-    void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
-    wxColour GetVisitedColour() const { return m_visitedColour; }
-    void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
-    wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
-    void SetURL (const wxString &url) { m_url=url; }
-
-    void SetVisited(bool visited = true) { m_visited=visited; }
-    bool GetVisited() const { return m_visited; }
-
-    // NOTE: also wxWindow::Set/GetLabel, wxWindow::Set/GetBackgroundColour,
-    //       wxWindow::Get/SetFont, wxWindow::Get/SetCursor are important !
-
-
-protected:
-    // event handlers
-
-    // Renders the hyperlink.
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-    // Returns the wxRect of the label of this hyperlink.
-    // This is different from the clientsize's rectangle when
-    // clientsize != bestsize and this rectangle is influenced
-    // by the alignment of the label (wxHL_ALIGN_*).
-    wxRect GetLabelRect() const;
-
-    // If the click originates inside the bounding box of the label,
-    // a flag is set so that an event will be fired when the left
-    // button is released.
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // If the click both originated and finished inside the bounding box
-    // of the label, a HyperlinkEvent is fired.
-    void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // Changes the cursor to a hand, if the mouse is inside the label's
-    // bounding box.
-    void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // Changes the cursor back to the default, if necessary.
-    void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // handles "Copy URL" menuitem
-    void OnPopUpCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // Refreshes the control to update label's position if necessary
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-
-    // overridden base class virtuals
-
-    // Returns the best size for the window, which is the size needed
-    // to display the text label.
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // creates a context menu with "Copy URL" menuitem
-    virtual void DoContextMenu(const wxPoint &);
-
-private:
-    // URL associated with the link. This is transmitted inside
-    // the HyperlinkEvent fired when the user clicks on the label.
-    wxString m_url;
-
-    // Foreground colours for various link types.
-    // NOTE: wxWindow::m_backgroundColour is used for background,
-    //       wxWindow::m_foregroundColour is used to render non-visited links
-    wxColour m_hoverColour;
-    wxColour m_normalColour;
-    wxColour m_visitedColour;
-
-    // True if the mouse cursor is inside the label's bounding box.
-    bool m_rollover;
-
-    // True if the link has been clicked before.
-    bool m_visited;
-
-    // True if a click is in progress (left button down) and the click
-    // originated inside the label's bounding box.
-    bool m_clicking;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHyperlinkEvent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Declare an event identifier.
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, 3700)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-//
-// An event fired when the user clicks on the label in a hyperlink control.
-// See HyperlinkControl for details.
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxHyperlinkEvent() {}
-    wxHyperlinkEvent(wxObject *generator, wxWindowID id, const wxString& url)
-        : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, id),
-          m_url(url)
-    {
-        SetEventObject(generator);
-    }
-
-    // Returns the URL associated with the hyperlink control
-    // that the user clicked on.
-    wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString &url) { m_url=url; }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHyperlinkEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-
-    // URL associated with the hyperlink control that the used clicked on.
-    wxString m_url;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHyperlinkEvent)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHyperlinkEventFunction)(wxHyperlinkEvent&);
-
-#define wxHyperlinkEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxHyperlinkEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_HYPERLINK(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, id, wxHyperlinkEventHandler(fn))
-
-#ifdef _WX_DEFINE_DATE_EVENTS_
-    DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK)
-
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkEvent, wxCommandEvent)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_HYPERLINK_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/icon.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/icon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fac90f555..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/icon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/icon.h
-// Purpose:     wxIcon base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: icon.h 41538 2006-09-30 20:45:15Z RR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/iconloc.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-  #include "wx/msw/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-  #include "wx/motif/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-  #define wxICON_DEFAULT_BITMAP_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-  #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-  #include "wx/mac/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-  #include "wx/cocoa/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-  #include "wx/os2/icon.h"
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxIcon,WXDLLEXPORT)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconbndl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconbndl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ee8e9afe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconbndl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/iconbndl.h
-// Purpose:     wxIconBundle
-// Author:      Mattia barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.03.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: iconbndl.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
-#define _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-// for wxSize
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY( wxIcon, wxIconArray );
-
-// this class can't load bitmaps of type wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
-// if you need them, you have to load them manually and call
-// wxIconCollection::AddIcon
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIconBundle
-{
-public:
-    // default constructor
-    wxIconBundle() : m_icons() {}
-    // initializes the bundle with the icon(s) found in the file
-    wxIconBundle( const wxString& file, long type ) : m_icons()
-        { AddIcon( file, type ); }
-    // initializes the bundle with a single icon
-    wxIconBundle( const wxIcon& icon ) : m_icons()
-        { AddIcon( icon ); }
-
-    const wxIconBundle& operator =( const wxIconBundle& ic );
-    wxIconBundle( const wxIconBundle& ic ) : m_icons()
-        { *this = ic; }
-
-    ~wxIconBundle() { DeleteIcons(); }
-
-    // adds all the icons contained in the file to the collection,
-    // if the collection already contains icons with the same
-    // width and height, they are replaced
-    void AddIcon( const wxString& file, long type );
-    // adds the icon to the collection, if the collection already
-    // contains an icon with the same width and height, it is
-    // replaced
-    void AddIcon( const wxIcon& icon );
-
-    // returns the icon with the given size; if no such icon exists,
-    // returns the icon with size wxSYS_ICON_[XY]; if no such icon exists,
-    // returns the first icon in the bundle
-    const wxIcon& GetIcon( const wxSize& size ) const;
-    // equivalent to GetIcon( wxSize( size, size ) )
-    const wxIcon& GetIcon( wxCoord size = wxDefaultCoord ) const
-        { return GetIcon( wxSize( size, size ) ); }
-private:
-    // delete all icons
-    void DeleteIcons();
-public:
-    wxIconArray m_icons;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconloc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 41abc8fa7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iconloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/iconloc.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxIconLocation class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     21.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: iconloc.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-#define _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIconLocation: describes the location of an icon
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is
-    wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocationBase(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString)
-        : m_filename(filename) { }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
-    // returns true if this object is valid/initialized
-    bool IsOk() const { return !m_filename.empty(); }
-
-    // set/get the icon file name
-    void SetFileName(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
-    const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_filename;
-};
-
-// under MSW the same file may contain several icons so we also store the
-// index of the icon
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is and the icons index in
-    // the file
-    wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, int num = 0);
-
-    // set/get the icon index
-    void SetIndex(int num) { m_index = num; }
-    int GetIndex() const { return m_index; }
-
-private:
-    int m_index;
-};
-
-inline
-wxIconLocation::wxIconLocation(const wxString& file, int num)
-              : wxIconLocationBase(file)
-{
-    SetIndex(num);
-}
-
-#else // !MSW
-
-// must be a class because we forward declare it as class
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
-    wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString)
-        : wxIconLocationBase(filename) { }
-};
-
-#endif // platform
-
-#endif // _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a522236..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/imagbmp.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage BMP, ICO, CUR and ANI handlers
-// Author:      Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagbmp.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-// defines for saving the BMP file in different formats, Bits Per Pixel
-// USE: wximage.SetOption( wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT, wxBMP_xBPP );
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT wxString(_T("wxBMP_FORMAT"))
-
-// These two options are filled in upon reading CUR file and can (should) be
-// specified when saving a CUR file - they define the hotspot of the cursor:
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X  wxT("HotSpotX")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y  wxT("HotSpotY")
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // Do not use these macros, they are deprecated
-    #define wxBMP_FORMAT    wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
-    #define wxCUR_HOTSPOT_X wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
-    #define wxCUR_HOTSPOT_Y wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
-#endif
-
-
-enum
-{
-    wxBMP_24BPP        = 24, // default, do not need to set
-    //wxBMP_16BPP      = 16, // wxQuantize can only do 236 colors?
-    wxBMP_8BPP         =  8, // 8bpp, quantized colors
-    wxBMP_8BPP_GREY    =  9, // 8bpp, rgb averaged to greys
-    wxBMP_8BPP_GRAY    =  wxBMP_8BPP_GREY,
-    wxBMP_8BPP_RED     = 10, // 8bpp, red used as greyscale
-    wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE = 11, // 8bpp, use the wxImage's palette
-    wxBMP_4BPP         =  4, // 4bpp, quantized colors
-    wxBMP_1BPP         =  1, // 1bpp, quantized "colors"
-    wxBMP_1BPP_BW      =  2  // 1bpp, black & white from red
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBMPHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBMPHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxBMPHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = _T("Windows bitmap file");
-        m_extension = _T("bmp");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP;
-        m_mime = _T("image/x-bmp");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-    bool SaveDib(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose,
-                 bool IsBmp, bool IsMask);
-    bool DoLoadDib(wxImage *image, int width, int height, int bpp, int ncolors,
-                   int comp, wxFileOffset bmpOffset, wxInputStream& stream,
-                   bool verbose, bool IsBmp, bool hasPalette);
-    bool LoadDib(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, bool IsBmp);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
-     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPHandler)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxICOHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxICOHandler : public wxBMPHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxICOHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = _T("Windows icon file");
-        m_extension = _T("ico");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO;
-        m_mime = _T("image/x-ico");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int index );
-    virtual int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOHandler)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCURHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCURHandler : public wxICOHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxCURHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = _T("Windows cursor file");
-        m_extension = _T("cur");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR;
-        m_mime = _T("image/x-cur");
-    }
-
-    // VS: This handler's meat is implemented inside wxICOHandler (the two
-    //     formats are almost identical), but we hide this fact at
-    //     the API level, since it is a mere implementation detail.
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCURHandler)
-};
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxANIHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxANIHandler : public wxCURHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxANIHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = _T("Windows animated cursor file");
-        m_extension = _T("ani");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI;
-        m_mime = _T("image/x-ani");
-    }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), bool WXUNUSED(verbose=true) ){return false ;}
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxANIHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR
-#endif // _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/image.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/image.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8048da442..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/image.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,454 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/image.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage class
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: image.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-#  include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-// on some systems (Unixware 7.x) index is defined as a macro in the headers
-// which breaks the compilation below
-#undef index
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY  wxString(_T("quality"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME wxString(_T("FileName"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION            wxString(_T("Resolution"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX           wxString(_T("ResolutionX"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY           wxString(_T("ResolutionY"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT        wxString(_T("ResolutionUnit"))
-
-// constants used with wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
-enum
-{
-    wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = 1,
-    wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = 2
-};
-
-// Constants for wxImage::Scale() for determining the level of quality
-enum
-{
-    wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = 0,
-    wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = 1
-};
-
-// alpha channel values: fully transparent, default threshold separating
-// transparent pixels from opaque for a few functions dealing with alpha and
-// fully opaque
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = 0x80;
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxImage,WXDLLEXPORT)
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImageHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageHandler: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxImageHandler()
-        : m_name(wxEmptyString), m_extension(wxEmptyString), m_mime(), m_type(0)
-        { }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-
-    virtual int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
-
-    bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) { return CallDoCanRead(stream); }
-    bool CanRead( const wxString& name );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
-    void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
-    void SetMimeType(const wxString& type) { m_mime = type; }
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-    const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
-    long GetType() const { return m_type; }
-    const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mime; }
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0;
-
-    // save the stream position, call DoCanRead() and restore the position
-    bool CallDoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    wxString  m_name;
-    wxString  m_extension;
-    wxString  m_mime;
-    long      m_type;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxImageHandler)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImageHistogram
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageHistogramEntry
-{
-public:
-    wxImageHistogramEntry() { index = value = 0; }
-    unsigned long index;
-    unsigned long value;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP(unsigned long, wxImageHistogramEntry,
-                             wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
-                             wxImageHistogramBase);
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageHistogram : public wxImageHistogramBase
-{
-public:
-    wxImageHistogram() : wxImageHistogramBase(256) { }
-
-    // get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
-    static unsigned long MakeKey(unsigned char r,
-                                 unsigned char g,
-                                 unsigned char b)
-    {
-        return (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
-    }
-
-    // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher
-    // RGB values than RGB(startR, startG, startB)
-    //
-    // returns true and puts this colour in r, g, b (each of which may be NULL)
-    // on success or returns false if there are no more free colours
-    bool FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char *r,
-                               unsigned char *g,
-                               unsigned char *b,
-                               unsigned char startR = 1,
-                               unsigned char startG = 0,
-                               unsigned char startB = 0 ) const;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImage
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // red, green and blue are 8 bit unsigned integers in the range of 0..255
-    // We use the identifier RGBValue instead of RGB, since RGB is #defined
-    class RGBValue
-    {
-    public:
-      RGBValue(unsigned char r=0, unsigned char g=0, unsigned char b=0)
-        : red(r), green(g), blue(b) {}
-        unsigned char red;
-        unsigned char green;
-        unsigned char blue;
-    };
-
-    // hue, saturation and value are doubles in the range 0.0..1.0
-    class HSVValue
-    {
-    public:
-        HSVValue(double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0)
-            : hue(h), saturation(s), value(v) {}
-        double hue;
-        double saturation;
-        double value;
-    };
-
-    wxImage(){}
-    wxImage( int width, int height, bool clear = true );
-    wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false );
-    wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false );
-    wxImage( const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
-    wxImage( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-    wxImage( const char* const* xpmData );
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
-    wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    bool Create( int width, int height, bool clear = true );
-    bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false );
-    bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false );
-    bool Create( const char* const* xpmData );
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    // needed for Borland 5.5
-    wxImage( char** xpmData ) { Create(wx_const_cast(const char* const*, xpmData)); }
-    bool Create( char** xpmData ) { return Create(wx_const_cast(const char* const*, xpmData)); }
-#endif
-    void Destroy();
-
-    // creates an identical copy of the image (the = operator
-    // just raises the ref count)
-    wxImage Copy() const;
-
-    // return the new image with size width*height
-    wxImage GetSubImage( const wxRect& rect) const;
-
-    // Paste the image or part of this image into an image of the given size at the pos
-    //  any newly exposed areas will be filled with the rgb colour
-    //  by default if r = g = b = -1 then fill with this image's mask colour or find and
-    //  set a suitable mask colour
-    wxImage Size( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos,
-                  int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) const;
-
-    // pastes image into this instance and takes care of
-    // the mask colour and out of bounds problems
-    void Paste( const wxImage &image, int x, int y );
-
-    // return the new image with size width*height
-    wxImage Scale( int width, int height, int quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL ) const;
-
-    // box averager and bicubic filters for up/down sampling
-    wxImage ResampleBox(int width, int height) const;
-    wxImage ResampleBicubic(int width, int height) const;
-
-    // blur the image according to the specified pixel radius
-    wxImage Blur(int radius);
-    wxImage BlurHorizontal(int radius);
-    wxImage BlurVertical(int radius);
-
-    wxImage ShrinkBy( int xFactor , int yFactor ) const ;
-
-    // rescales the image in place
-    wxImage& Rescale( int width, int height, int quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL ) { return *this = Scale(width, height, quality); }
-
-    // resizes the image in place
-    wxImage& Resize( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos,
-                     int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) { return *this = Size(size, pos, r, g, b); }
-
-    // Rotates the image about the given point, 'angle' radians.
-    // Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
-    wxImage Rotate(double angle, const wxPoint & centre_of_rotation,
-                   bool interpolating = true, wxPoint * offset_after_rotation = (wxPoint*) NULL) const;
-
-    wxImage Rotate90( bool clockwise = true ) const;
-    wxImage Mirror( bool horizontally = true ) const;
-
-    // replace one colour with another
-    void Replace( unsigned char r1, unsigned char g1, unsigned char b1,
-                  unsigned char r2, unsigned char g2, unsigned char b2 );
-
-    // Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the image.
-    // The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb), defaults to ITU-T BT.601
-    wxImage ConvertToGreyscale( double lr = 0.299, double lg = 0.587, double lb = 0.114 ) const;
-
-    // convert to monochrome image (<r,g,b> will be replaced by white,
-    // everything else by black)
-    wxImage ConvertToMono( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) const;
-
-    // these routines are slow but safe
-    void SetRGB( int x, int y, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
-    void SetRGB( const wxRect& rect, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
-    unsigned char GetRed( int x, int y ) const;
-    unsigned char GetGreen( int x, int y ) const;
-    unsigned char GetBlue( int x, int y ) const;
-
-    void SetAlpha(int x, int y, unsigned char alpha);
-    unsigned char GetAlpha(int x, int y) const;
-
-    // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher
-    // RGB values than <startR,startG,startB>
-    bool FindFirstUnusedColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b,
-                                unsigned char startR = 1, unsigned char startG = 0,
-                                unsigned char startB = 0 ) const;
-    // Set image's mask to the area of 'mask' that has <r,g,b> colour
-    bool SetMaskFromImage(const wxImage & mask,
-                          unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb);
-
-    // converts image's alpha channel to mask, if it has any, does nothing
-    // otherwise:
-    bool ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD);
-
-    // This method converts an image where the original alpha
-    // information is only available as a shades of a colour
-    // (actually shades of grey) typically when you draw anti-
-    // aliased text into a bitmap. The DC drawinf routines
-    // draw grey values on the black background although they
-    // actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.
-    // This method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background
-    // and white text (actually only the red channel is read).
-    // The method will then fill up the whole image with the
-    // colour given.
-    bool ConvertColourToAlpha( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
-
-    static bool CanRead( const wxString& name );
-    static int GetImageCount( const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    static bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-    static int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-#endif
-
-    virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name ) const;
-    virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, int type ) const;
-    virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype ) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, int type ) const;
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype ) const;
-#endif
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const;
-    int GetWidth() const;
-    int GetHeight() const;
-
-    // these functions provide fastest access to wxImage data but should be
-    // used carefully as no checks are done
-    unsigned char *GetData() const;
-    void SetData( unsigned char *data, bool static_data=false );
-    void SetData( unsigned char *data, int new_width, int new_height, bool static_data=false );
-
-    unsigned char *GetAlpha() const;    // may return NULL!
-    bool HasAlpha() const { return GetAlpha() != NULL; }
-    void SetAlpha(unsigned char *alpha = NULL, bool static_data=false);
-    void InitAlpha();
-
-    // return true if this pixel is masked or has alpha less than specified
-    // threshold
-    bool IsTransparent(int x, int y,
-                       unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) const;
-
-    // Mask functions
-    void SetMaskColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
-    // Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour
-    // returns true if using current mask colour
-    bool GetOrFindMaskColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b ) const;
-    unsigned char GetMaskRed() const;
-    unsigned char GetMaskGreen() const;
-    unsigned char GetMaskBlue() const;
-    void SetMask( bool mask = true );
-    bool HasMask() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    // Palette functions
-    bool HasPalette() const;
-    const wxPalette& GetPalette() const;
-    void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // Option functions (arbitrary name/value mapping)
-    void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
-    void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value);
-    wxString GetOption(const wxString& name) const;
-    int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name) const;
-    bool HasOption(const wxString& name) const;
-
-    unsigned long CountColours( unsigned long stopafter = (unsigned long) -1 ) const;
-
-    // Computes the histogram of the image and fills a hash table, indexed
-    // with integer keys built as 0xRRGGBB, containing wxImageHistogramEntry
-    // objects. Each of them contains an 'index' (useful to build a palette
-    // with the image colours) and a 'value', which is the number of pixels
-    // in the image with that colour.
-    // Returned value: # of entries in the histogram
-    unsigned long ComputeHistogram( wxImageHistogram &h ) const;
-
-    // Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. angle is a double in the range
-    // -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
-    void RotateHue(double angle);
-
-    static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
-    static void AddHandler( wxImageHandler *handler );
-    static void InsertHandler( wxImageHandler *handler );
-    static bool RemoveHandler( const wxString& name );
-    static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& name );
-    static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& extension, long imageType );
-    static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( long imageType );
-    static wxImageHandler *FindHandlerMime( const wxString& mimetype );
-
-    static wxString GetImageExtWildcard();
-
-    static void CleanUpHandlers();
-    static void InitStandardHandlers();
-
-    static HSVValue RGBtoHSV(const RGBValue& rgb);
-    static RGBValue HSVtoRGB(const HSVValue& hsv);
-
-
-protected:
-    static wxList   sm_handlers;
-
-    // return the index of the point with the given coordinates or -1 if the
-    // image is invalid of the coordinates are out of range
-    //
-    // note that index must be multiplied by 3 when using it with RGB array
-    long XYToIndex(int x, int y) const;
-
-    virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const;
-    virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const;
-
-private:
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImage)
-};
-
-
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxInitAllImageHandlers();
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxImage)    wxNullImage;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImage handlers
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/imagbmp.h"
-#include "wx/imagpng.h"
-#include "wx/imaggif.h"
-#include "wx/imagpcx.h"
-#include "wx/imagjpeg.h"
-#include "wx/imagtga.h"
-#include "wx/imagtiff.h"
-#include "wx/imagpnm.h"
-#include "wx/imagxpm.h"
-#include "wx/imagiff.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaggif.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaggif.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a3e44db0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaggif.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imaggif.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage GIF handler
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik & Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imaggif.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGIFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GIF
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGIFHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxGIFHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("GIF file");
-        m_extension = wxT("gif");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/gif");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFHandler)
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagiff.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagiff.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d7920c2c0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagiff.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagiff.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage handler for Amiga IFF images
-// Author:      Steffen Gutmann
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagiff.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Steffen Gutmann, 2002
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIFFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIFFHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxIFFHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("IFF file");
-        m_extension = wxT("iff");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/x-iff");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1);
-    virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true);
-    virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIFFHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagjpeg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagjpeg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 06880683c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagjpeg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagjpeg.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage JPEG handler
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagjpeg.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxJPEGHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxJPEGHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxJPEGHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("JPEG file");
-        m_extension = wxT("jpg");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/jpeg");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJPEGHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaglist.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaglist.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c3c24ea3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imaglist.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/imaglist.h
-// Purpose:     wxImageList base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imaglist.h 41288 2006-09-18 23:06:35Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
-
-/*
- * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
- * images for their items by an index into an image list.
- * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
- * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
- * two bitmaps, or an icon.
- *
- * Image lists can also create and draw images used for drag and drop functionality.
- * This is not yet implemented in wxImageList. We need to discuss a generic API
- * for doing drag and drop and see whether it ties in with the Win95 view of it.
- * See below for candidate functions and an explanation of how they might be
- * used.
- */
-
-// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
-enum
-{
-    wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
-    wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL,  // Small icons
-    wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE   // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
-};
-
-// Flags for Draw
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL         0x0001
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT    0x0002
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED       0x0004
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED        0x0008
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC_CARBON__)
-    #define wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST)
-    #include "wx/generic/imaglist.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/imaglist.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC_CARBON__)
-    #include "wx/mac/imaglist.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpcx.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpcx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c35fe0973..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpcx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagpcx.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage PCX handler
-// Author:      Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia <guille@iies.es>
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagpcx.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPCXHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PCX
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPCXHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxPCXHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("PCX file");
-        m_extension = wxT("pcx");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/pcx");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPCXHandler)
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_PCX
-
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpng.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpng.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5252e3aa0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpng.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagpng.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage PNG handler
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagpng.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPNGHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBPNG
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT    wxT("PngFormat")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH  wxT("PngBitDepth")
-
-enum
-{
-    wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR = 0,
-    wxPNG_TYPE_GREY = 2,
-    wxPNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = 3
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPNGHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxPNGHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("PNG file");
-        m_extension = wxT("png");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/png");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGHandler)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_LIBPNG
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpnm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpnm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e6f5a50ae..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagpnm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagpnm.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage PNM handler
-// Author:      Sylvain Bougnoux
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagpnm.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Sylvain Bougnoux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPNMHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PNM
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPNMHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxPNMHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("PNM file");
-        m_extension = wxT("pnm");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/pnm");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNMHandler)
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtga.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtga.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3eec26e0c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtga.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/imagtga.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage TGA handler
-// Author:      Seth Jackson
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagtga.h 43843 2006-12-07 05:44:44Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Seth Jackson
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTGAHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_TGA
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTGAHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxTGAHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("TGA file");
-        m_extension = wxT("tga");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/tga");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage* image, wxInputStream& stream,
-                            bool verbose = true, int index = -1);
-    virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream,
-                             bool verbose = true);
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTGAHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TGA
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtiff.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtiff.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d236b75c0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagtiff.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imagtiff.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage TIFF handler
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagtiff.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTIFFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-// defines for wxImage::SetOption
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE               wxString(_T("BitsPerSample"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL             wxString(_T("SamplesPerPixel"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION                 wxString(_T("Compression"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR             wxString(_T("ImageDescriptor"))
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTIFFHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxTIFFHandler();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-    virtual int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTIFFHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagxpm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagxpm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6982e77af..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/imagxpm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        imaggif.h
-// Purpose:     wxImage XPM handler
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imagxpm.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxXPMHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxXPMHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    inline wxXPMHandler()
-    {
-        m_name = wxT("XPM file");
-        m_extension = wxT("xpm");
-        m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM;
-        m_mime = wxT("image/xpm");
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-    virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMHandler)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/init.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/init.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c40018cfe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/init.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/init.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets initialization and finalization functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: init.h 42109 2006-10-19 07:43:24Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_INIT_H_
-#define _WX_INIT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEntry helper functions which allow to have more fine grained control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// do common initialization, return true if ok (in this case wxEntryCleanup
-// must be called later), otherwise the program can't use wxWidgets at all
-//
-// this function also creates wxTheApp as a side effect, if IMPLEMENT_APP
-// hadn't been used a dummy default application object is created
-//
-// note that the parameters may be modified, this is why we pass them by
-// reference!
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
-// free the resources allocated by the library in wxEntryStart() and shut it
-// down (wxEntryStart() may be called again afterwards if necessary)
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryCleanup();
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEntry: this function initializes the library, runs the main event loop
-//          and cleans it up
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// note that other, platform-specific, overloads of wxEntry may exist as well
-// but this one always exists under all platforms
-//
-// returns the program exit code
-extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
-// we overload wxEntry[Start]() to take "char **" pointers too
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, char **argv);
-extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, char **argv);
-
-#endif// wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Using the library without (explicit) application object: you may avoid using
-// DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros and call the functions below instead at
-// the program startup and termination
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each
-// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize())
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(int argc = 0, wxChar **argv = NULL);
-
-// clean up -- the library can't be used any more after the last call to
-// wxUninitialize()
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUninitialize();
-
-// create an object of this class on stack to initialize/cleanup the library
-// automatically
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitializer
-{
-public:
-    // initialize the library
-    wxInitializer(int argc = 0, wxChar **argv = NULL)
-    {
-        m_ok = wxInitialize(argc, argv);
-    }
-
-    // has the initialization been successful? (explicit test)
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    // has the initialization been successful? (implicit test)
-    operator bool() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    // dtor only does clean up if we initialized the library properly
-    ~wxInitializer() { if ( m_ok ) wxUninitialize(); }
-
-private:
-    bool m_ok;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_INIT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/intl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/intl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 02bef05b8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/intl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,632 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/intl.h
-// Purpose:     Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Michael N. Filippov <michael@idisys.iae.nsk.su>
-//              (2003/09/30 - plural forms support)
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: intl.h 53754 2008-05-26 18:50:17Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// WARNING: Parts of this file are generated. See misc/languages/README for
-// details.
-
-#ifndef _WX_INTL_H_
-#define _WX_INTL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Make wxLayoutDirection enum available without need for wxUSE_INTL so wxWindow, wxApp
-// and other classes are not distrubed by wxUSE_INTL
-
-enum wxLayoutDirection
-{
-    wxLayout_Default,
-    wxLayout_LeftToRight,
-    wxLayout_RightToLeft
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_INTL
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// global decls
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// gettext() style macros (notice that xgettext should be invoked with
-// --keyword="_" --keyword="wxPLURAL:1,2" options
-// to extract the strings from the sources)
-#ifndef WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO
-    #define _(s)                     wxGetTranslation(_T(s))
-    #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n)  wxGetTranslation(_T(sing), _T(plur), n)
-#endif
-
-// another one which just marks the strings for extraction, but doesn't
-// perform the translation (use -kwxTRANSLATE with xgettext!)
-#define wxTRANSLATE(str) _T(str)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward decls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLocale;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLanguageInfoArray;
-class wxMsgCatalog;
-
-// ============================================================================
-// locale support
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLanguage: defines all supported languages
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// --- --- --- generated code begins here --- --- ---
-
-// This enum is generated by misc/languages/genlang.py
-// When making changes, please put them into misc/languages/langtabl.txt
-enum wxLanguage
-{
-    // user's default/preffered language as got from OS:
-    wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT,
-    // unknown language, if wxLocale::GetSystemLanguage fails:
-    wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN,
-
-    wxLANGUAGE_ABKHAZIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AFAR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AFRIKAANS,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ALBANIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AMHARIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_ALGERIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_BAHRAIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_EGYPT,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_IRAQ,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_JORDAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_KUWAIT,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LEBANON,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LIBYA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_MOROCCO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_OMAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_QATAR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SUDAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SYRIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_TUNISIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_UAE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_YEMEN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ARMENIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ASSAMESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AYMARA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AZERI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_CYRILLIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_LATIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BASHKIR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BASQUE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BELARUSIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BENGALI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BHUTANI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BIHARI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BISLAMA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BRETON,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BULGARIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_BURMESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CAMBODIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CATALAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_HONGKONG,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_MACAU,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SINGAPORE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TAIWAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CORSICAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CROATIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_CZECH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_DANISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH_BELGIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_UK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BELIZE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BOTSWANA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CANADA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_DENMARK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_EIRE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_JAMAICA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ESPERANTO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ESTONIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FAEROESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FARSI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FIJI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FINNISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_MONACO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS,
-    wxLANGUAGE_FRISIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GALICIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GEORGIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_BELGIUM,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_SWISS,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GREEK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GREENLANDIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GUARANI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_GUJARATI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_HAUSA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_HEBREW,
-    wxLANGUAGE_HINDI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_HUNGARIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ICELANDIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_INDONESIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_INUKTITUT,
-    wxLANGUAGE_INUPIAK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_IRISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN_SWISS,
-    wxLANGUAGE_JAPANESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_JAVANESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KANNADA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI_INDIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KAZAKH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KERNEWEK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KINYARWANDA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KIRGHIZ,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KIRUNDI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KONKANI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KOREAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_KURDISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_LAOTHIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_LATIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_LATVIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_LINGALA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_LITHUANIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MACEDONIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALAGASY,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALAY,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALAYALAM,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_MALAYSIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MALTESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MANIPURI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MAORI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MARATHI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MOLDAVIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_MONGOLIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_NAURU,
-    wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI_INDIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL,
-    wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_OCCITAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ORIYA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_OROMO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_PASHTO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_POLISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_PUNJABI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_QUECHUA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_RHAETO_ROMANCE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ROMANIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN_UKRAINE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SAMOAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SANGHO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SANSKRIT,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SCOTS_GAELIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_LATIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SERBO_CROATIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SESOTHO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SETSWANA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SHONA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SINDHI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SINHALESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SISWATI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SLOVAK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SLOVENIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SOMALI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ARGENTINA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_BOLIVIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_CHILE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COLOMBIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ECUADOR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_GUATEMALA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_HONDURAS,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MEXICAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MODERN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_NICARAGUA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PANAMA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PARAGUAY,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PERU,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_URUGUAY,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_US,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_VENEZUELA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SUNDANESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SWAHILI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH_FINLAND,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TAGALOG,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TAJIK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TAMIL,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TATAR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TELUGU,
-    wxLANGUAGE_THAI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TIBETAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TIGRINYA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TONGA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TSONGA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TURKISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TURKMEN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_TWI,
-    wxLANGUAGE_UIGHUR,
-    wxLANGUAGE_UKRAINIAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_URDU,
-    wxLANGUAGE_URDU_INDIA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_URDU_PAKISTAN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_CYRILLIC,
-    wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_LATIN,
-    wxLANGUAGE_VIETNAMESE,
-    wxLANGUAGE_VOLAPUK,
-    wxLANGUAGE_WELSH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_WOLOF,
-    wxLANGUAGE_XHOSA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_YIDDISH,
-    wxLANGUAGE_YORUBA,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ZHUANG,
-    wxLANGUAGE_ZULU,
-
-    // for custom, user-defined languages:
-    wxLANGUAGE_USER_DEFINED
-
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // For binary compatibility, we can't put new items in their normal
-    // position in the enum, because it would change other values.  We have to
-    // put it somewhere well outside normal range -- the particular value used
-    // is arbitrary:
-    , wxLANGUAGE_VALENCIAN = 0x1fffffff,
-    wxLANGUAGE_SAMI
-#endif
-};
-
-// --- --- --- generated code ends here --- --- ---
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLanguageInfo: encapsulates wxLanguage to OS native lang.desc.
-//                 translation information
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLanguageInfo
-{
-    int Language;                   // wxLanguage id
-    wxString CanonicalName;         // Canonical name, e.g. fr_FR
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    wxUint32 WinLang,               // Win32 language identifiers
-             WinSublang;
-#endif // __WIN32__
-    wxString Description;           // human-readable name of the language
-    wxLayoutDirection LayoutDirection;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocaleCategory: the category of locale settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleCategory
-{
-    // (any) numbers
-    wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER,
-
-    // date/time
-    wxLOCALE_CAT_DATE,
-
-    // monetary value
-    wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY,
-
-    wxLOCALE_CAT_MAX
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocaleInfo: the items understood by wxLocale::GetInfo()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleInfo
-{
-    // the thounsands separator
-    wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP,
-
-    // the character used as decimal point
-    wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT
-
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocale: encapsulates all language dependent settings, including current
-//           message catalogs, date, time and currency formats (TODO) &c
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleInitFlags
-{
-    wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT  = 0x0001,     // load wxwin.mo?
-    wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING = 0x0002      // convert encoding on the fly?
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    // -----------
-
-        // call Init() if you use this ctor
-    wxLocale() { DoCommonInit(); }
-
-        // the ctor has a side effect of changing current locale
-    wxLocale(const wxChar *szName,                               // name (for messages)
-             const wxChar *szShort = (const wxChar *) NULL,      // dir prefix (for msg files)
-             const wxChar *szLocale = (const wxChar *) NULL,     // locale (for setlocale)
-             bool bLoadDefault = true,                           // preload wxstd.mo?
-             bool bConvertEncoding = false)                      // convert Win<->Unix if necessary?
-        {
-            DoCommonInit();
-
-            Init(szName, szShort, szLocale, bLoadDefault, bConvertEncoding);
-        }
-
-    wxLocale(int language, // wxLanguage id or custom language
-             int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT | wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING)
-        {
-            DoCommonInit();
-
-            Init(language, flags);
-        }
-
-        // the same as a function (returns true on success)
-    bool Init(const wxChar *szName,
-              const wxChar *szShort = (const wxChar *) NULL,
-              const wxChar *szLocale = (const wxChar *) NULL,
-              bool bLoadDefault = true,
-              bool bConvertEncoding = false);
-
-        // same as second ctor (returns true on success)
-    bool Init(int language = wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT,
-              int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT | wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING);
-
-        // restores old locale
-    virtual ~wxLocale();
-
-    // Try to get user's (or OS's) preferred language setting.
-    // Return wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN if language-guessing algorithm failed
-    static int GetSystemLanguage();
-
-    // get the encoding used by default for text on this system, returns
-    // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it couldn't be determined
-    static wxFontEncoding GetSystemEncoding();
-
-    // get the string describing the system encoding, return empty string if
-    // couldn't be determined
-    static wxString GetSystemEncodingName();
-
-    // get the values of the given locale-dependent datum: the current locale
-    // is used, the US default value is returned if everything else fails
-    static wxString GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index, wxLocaleCategory cat);
-
-    // return true if the locale was set successfully
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_pszOldLocale != NULL; }
-
-    // returns locale name
-    const wxChar *GetLocale() const { return m_strLocale; }
-
-    // return current locale wxLanguage value
-    int GetLanguage() const { return m_language; }
-
-    // return locale name to be passed to setlocale()
-    wxString GetSysName() const;
-
-    // return 'canonical' name, i.e. in the form of xx[_YY], where xx is
-    // language code according to ISO 639 and YY is country name
-    // as specified by ISO 3166.
-    wxString GetCanonicalName() const { return m_strShort; }
-
-    // add a prefix to the catalog lookup path: the message catalog files will be
-    // looked up under prefix/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES, prefix/LC_MESSAGES and prefix
-    // (in this order).
-    //
-    // This only applies to subsequent invocations of AddCatalog()!
-    static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
-
-    // add a catalog: it's searched for in standard places (current directory
-    // first, system one after), but the you may prepend additional directories to
-    // the search path with AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix().
-    //
-    // The loaded catalog will be used for message lookup by GetString().
-    //
-    // Returns 'true' if it was successfully loaded
-    bool AddCatalog(const wxChar *szDomain);
-    bool AddCatalog(const wxChar *szDomain,
-                    wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, const wxChar *msgIdCharset);
-
-    // check if the given locale is provided by OS and C run time
-    static bool IsAvailable(int lang);
-
-    // check if the given catalog is loaded
-    bool IsLoaded(const wxChar *szDomain) const;
-
-    // Retrieve the language info struct for the given language
-    //
-    // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller
-    static const wxLanguageInfo *GetLanguageInfo(int lang);
-
-    // Returns language name in English or empty string if the language
-    // is not in database
-    static wxString GetLanguageName(int lang);
-
-    // Find the language for the given locale string which may be either a
-    // canonical ISO 2 letter language code ("xx"), a language code followed by
-    // the country code ("xx_XX") or a Windows full language name ("Xxxxx...")
-    //
-    // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller
-    static const wxLanguageInfo *FindLanguageInfo(const wxString& locale);
-
-    // Add custom language to the list of known languages.
-    // Notes: 1) wxLanguageInfo contains platform-specific data
-    //        2) must be called before Init to have effect
-    static void AddLanguage(const wxLanguageInfo& info);
-
-    // retrieve the translation for a string in all loaded domains unless
-    // the szDomain parameter is specified (and then only this domain is
-    // searched)
-    // n - additional parameter for PluralFormsParser
-    //
-    // return original string if translation is not available
-    // (in this case an error message is generated the first time
-    //  a string is not found; use wxLogNull to suppress it)
-    //
-    // domains are searched in the last to first order, i.e. catalogs
-    // added later override those added before.
-    virtual const wxChar *GetString(const wxChar *szOrigString,
-                                    const wxChar *szDomain = NULL) const;
-    // plural form version of the same:
-    virtual const wxChar *GetString(const wxChar *szOrigString,
-                                    const wxChar *szOrigString2,
-                                    size_t n,
-                                    const wxChar *szDomain = NULL) const;
-
-    // Returns the current short name for the locale
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strShort; }
-
-    // return the contents of .po file header
-    wxString GetHeaderValue( const wxChar* szHeader,
-                             const wxChar* szDomain = NULL ) const;
-
-    // These two methods are for internal use only. First one creates
-    // ms_languagesDB if it doesn't already exist, second one destroys
-    // it.
-    static void CreateLanguagesDB();
-    static void DestroyLanguagesDB();
-
-private:
-    // find catalog by name in a linked list, return NULL if !found
-    wxMsgCatalog  *FindCatalog(const wxChar *szDomain) const;
-
-    // copy default table of languages from global static array to
-    // m_langugagesInfo, called by InitLanguagesDB
-    static void InitLanguagesDB();
-
-    // initialize the member fields to default values
-    void DoCommonInit();
-
-    wxString       m_strLocale,       // this locale name
-                   m_strShort;        // short name for the locale
-    int            m_language;        // this locale wxLanguage value
-
-    const wxChar  *m_pszOldLocale;    // previous locale from setlocale()
-    wxLocale      *m_pOldLocale;      // previous wxLocale
-
-    wxMsgCatalog  *m_pMsgCat;         // pointer to linked list of catalogs
-
-    bool           m_bConvertEncoding;
-
-    bool           m_initialized;
-
-    static wxLanguageInfoArray *ms_languagesDB;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLocale)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the current locale object (note that it may be NULL!)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale* wxGetLocale();
-
-// get the translation of the string in the current locale
-inline const wxChar *
-wxGetTranslation(const wxChar *sz, const wxChar* domain = NULL)
-{
-    wxLocale *pLoc = wxGetLocale();
-    if (pLoc)
-        return pLoc->GetString(sz, domain);
-    else
-        return sz;
-}
-
-inline const wxChar *
-wxGetTranslation(const wxChar *sz1, const wxChar *sz2,
-                 size_t n,
-                 const wxChar *domain = NULL)
-{
-    wxLocale *pLoc = wxGetLocale();
-    if (pLoc)
-        return pLoc->GetString(sz1, sz2, n, domain);
-    else
-        return n == 1 ? sz1 : sz2;
-}
-
-#else // !wxUSE_INTL
-
-// the macros should still be defined - otherwise compilation would fail
-
-#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO)
-    #if !defined(_)
-        #define _(s)                 (_T(s))
-    #endif
-    #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n)  ((n) == 1 ? _T(sing) : _T(plur))
-#endif
-
-#define wxTRANSLATE(str) _T(str)
-
-inline const wxChar *
-wxGetTranslation(const wxChar *sz, const wxChar * WXUNUSED(domain) = NULL)
-{
-    return sz;
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL
-
-// define this one just in case it occurs somewhere (instead of preferred
-// wxTRANSLATE) too
-#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO)
-    #if !defined(gettext_noop)
-        #define gettext_noop(str) _T(str)
-    #endif
-    #if !defined(N_)
-        #define N_(s)             _T(s)
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_INTL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iosfwrap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iosfwrap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a4df4bfb9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/iosfwrap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/iosfwrap.h
-// Purpose:     includes the correct stream-related forward declarations
-// Author:      Jan van Dijk <jan@etpmod.phys.tue.nl>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     18.12.2002
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: iosfwrap.h 33555 2005-04-12 21:06:03Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-    // There is no pre-ANSI iosfwd header so we include the full declarations.
-#   include <iostream.h>
-#else
-#   include <iosfwd>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#   include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ioswrap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ioswrap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c94219f8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ioswrap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/ioswrap.h
-// Purpose:     includes the correct iostream headers for current compiler
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.02.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ioswrap.h 33555 2005-04-12 21:06:03Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-#   include <iostream.h>
-#else
-#   include <iostream>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#   include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 34d056dde..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/ipc.h
-// Purpose:     wrapper around different wxIPC classes implementations
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.04.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ipc.h 35698 2005-09-25 20:49:40Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IPC_H_
-#define _WX_IPC_H_
-
-// Set wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC to 1 to use DDE for IPC under Windows. If it is set to
-// 0, or if the platform is not Windows, use TCP/IP for IPC implementation
-
-#if !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC)
-    #ifdef __WXMSW__
-        #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 1
-    #else
-        #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-    #endif
-#endif // !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC)
-
-#if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
-    #undef wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
-    #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
-    #define wxConnection    wxDDEConnection
-    #define wxServer        wxDDEServer
-    #define wxClient        wxDDEClient
-
-    #include "wx/dde.h"
-#else // !wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
-    #define wxConnection    wxTCPConnection
-    #define wxServer        wxTCPServer
-    #define wxClient        wxTCPClient
-
-    #include "wx/sckipc.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC/!wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
-
-#endif // _WX_IPC_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipcbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipcbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e12f52dfe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ipcbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ipcbase.h
-// Purpose:     Base classes for IPC
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     4/1/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ipcbase.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IPCBASEH__
-#define _WX_IPCBASEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-enum wxIPCFormat
-{
-  wxIPC_INVALID =          0,
-  wxIPC_TEXT =             1,  /* CF_TEXT */
-  wxIPC_BITMAP =           2,  /* CF_BITMAP */
-  wxIPC_METAFILE =         3,  /* CF_METAFILEPICT */
-  wxIPC_SYLK =             4,
-  wxIPC_DIF =              5,
-  wxIPC_TIFF =             6,
-  wxIPC_OEMTEXT =          7,  /* CF_OEMTEXT */
-  wxIPC_DIB =              8,  /* CF_DIB */
-  wxIPC_PALETTE =          9,
-  wxIPC_PENDATA =          10,
-  wxIPC_RIFF =             11,
-  wxIPC_WAVE =             12,
-  wxIPC_UNICODETEXT =      13,
-  wxIPC_ENHMETAFILE =      14,
-  wxIPC_FILENAME =         15, /* CF_HDROP */
-  wxIPC_LOCALE =           16,
-  wxIPC_PRIVATE =          20
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxServerBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClientBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConnectionBase: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxConnectionBase)
-
-public:
-  wxConnectionBase(wxChar *buffer, int size); // use external buffer
-  wxConnectionBase(); // use internal, adaptive buffer
-  wxConnectionBase(const wxConnectionBase& copy);
-  virtual ~wxConnectionBase(void);
-
-  void SetConnected( bool c ) { m_connected = c; }
-  bool GetConnected() { return m_connected; }
-
-  // Calls that CLIENT can make
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT ) = 0;
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxString& str) { return Execute(str, -1, wxIPC_TEXT); }
-  virtual wxChar *Request(const wxString& item, int *size = (int *) NULL, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT) = 0;
-  virtual bool Poke(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT) = 0;
-  virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0;
-  virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0;
-
-  // Calls that SERVER can make
-  virtual bool Advise(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT) = 0;
-
-  // Calls that both can make
-  virtual bool Disconnect(void) = 0;
-
-  // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will
-  virtual bool OnExecute     ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               wxChar *WXUNUSED(data),
-                               int WXUNUSED(size),
-                               wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format) )
-                             { return false; }
-
-  virtual wxChar *OnRequest    ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
-                               int *WXUNUSED(size),
-                               wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format) )
-                             { return (wxChar *) NULL; }
-
-  virtual bool OnPoke        ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
-                               wxChar *WXUNUSED(data),
-                               int WXUNUSED(size),
-                               wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format) )
-                             { return false; }
-
-  virtual bool OnStartAdvise ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(item) )
-                             { return false; }
-
-  virtual bool OnStopAdvise  ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(item) )
-                             { return false; }
-
-  // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
-  virtual bool OnAdvise      ( const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
-                               wxChar *WXUNUSED(data),
-                               int WXUNUSED(size),
-                               wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format) )
-                             { return false; }
-
-  // Callbacks to BOTH - override at will
-  // Default behaviour is to delete connection and return true
-  virtual bool OnDisconnect(void) = 0;
-
-  // return a buffer at least this size, reallocating buffer if needed
-  // returns NULL if using an inadequate user buffer - it can't be resized
-  wxChar *      GetBufferAtLeast( size_t bytes );
-
-protected:
-  bool          m_connected;
-private:
-  wxChar *      m_buffer;
-  size_t        m_buffersize;
-  bool          m_deletebufferwhendone;
-
-  // can't use DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConnectionBase) because we already
-  // have copy ctor but still forbid the default assignment operator
-  wxConnectionBase& operator=(const wxConnectionBase&);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxServerBase: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxServerBase)
-
-public:
-  inline wxServerBase(void) {}
-  inline ~wxServerBase(void) {}
-
-  // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use)
-  virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName) = 0;
-
-  // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic) = 0;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientBase: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientBase)
-
-public:
-  inline wxClientBase(void) {}
-  inline ~wxClientBase(void) {}
-
-  virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host) = 0;
-
-  // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot.
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
-                                           const wxString& server,
-                                           const wxString& topic) = 0;
-
-  // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection(void) = 0;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_IPCBASEH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isql.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isql.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cec4920b3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isql.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  isql.h
- *
- *  $Id: isql.h 35518 2005-09-16 11:22:35Z JS $
- *
- *  iODBC defines
- *
- *  The iODBC driver manager.
- *
- *  Copyright (C) 1995 by Ke Jin <kejin@empress.com>
- *
- *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- *  Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- *  Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-#ifndef _ISQL_H
-#define _ISQL_H
-
-#if defined(WIN32)
-#define SQL_API                 __stdcall
-
-#ifndef FAR
-#define FAR
-#endif
-
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-#define SQL_API                 _Optlink
-
-#ifndef FAR
-#define FAR
-#define EXPORT
-#define CALLBACK
-#endif
-
-#else
-#define FAR
-#define EXPORT
-#define CALLBACK
-#define SQL_API                 EXPORT CALLBACK
-
-#ifndef __EMX__
-typedef void *HWND;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-typedef void *SQLHWND;
-
-typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
-typedef long int SDWORD;
-typedef short int SWORD;
-typedef unsigned long int UDWORD;
-typedef unsigned short int UWORD;
-typedef long SQLINTEGER;
-typedef UDWORD SQLUINTEGER;
-
-typedef void FAR *PTR;
-typedef void FAR *HENV;
-typedef void FAR *HDBC;
-typedef void FAR *HSTMT;
-
-typedef signed short RETCODE;
-#define SQLRETURN RETCODE
-
-
-#define ODBCVER                 0x0250
-
-#define SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH  512
-#define SQL_MAX_DSN_LENGTH      32
-
-/*
- *  Function return codes
- */
-#define SQL_INVALID_HANDLE      (-2)
-#define SQL_ERROR               (-1)
-#define SQL_SUCCESS             0
-#define SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO   1
-#define SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND       100
-
-/*
- *  Standard SQL datatypes, using ANSI type numbering
- */
-#define SQL_CHAR                1
-#define SQL_NUMERIC             2
-#define SQL_DECIMAL             3
-#define SQL_INTEGER             4
-#define SQL_SMALLINT            5
-#define SQL_FLOAT               6
-#define SQL_REAL                7
-#define SQL_DOUBLE              8
-#define SQL_VARCHAR             12
-
-#define SQL_TYPE_MIN            SQL_CHAR
-#define SQL_TYPE_NULL           0
-#define SQL_TYPE_MAX            SQL_VARCHAR
-
-/*
- *  C datatype to SQL datatype mapping
- */
-#define SQL_C_CHAR              SQL_CHAR
-#define SQL_C_LONG              SQL_INTEGER
-#define SQL_C_SHORT             SQL_SMALLINT
-#define SQL_C_FLOAT             SQL_REAL
-#define SQL_C_DOUBLE            SQL_DOUBLE
-#define SQL_C_DEFAULT           99
-
-/*
- *  NULL status constants.
- */
-#define SQL_NO_NULLS            0
-#define SQL_NULLABLE            1
-#define SQL_NULLABLE_UNKNOWN    2
-
-/*
- *  Special length values
- */
-#define SQL_NULL_DATA           (-1)
-#define SQL_DATA_AT_EXEC        (-2)
-#define SQL_NTS                 (-3)
-
-/*
- *  SQLFreeStmt
- */
-#define SQL_CLOSE               0
-#define SQL_DROP                1
-#define SQL_UNBIND              2
-#define SQL_RESET_PARAMS        3
-
-/*
- *  SQLTransact
- */
-#define SQL_COMMIT              0
-#define SQL_ROLLBACK            1
-
-/*
- *  SQLColAttributes
- */
-#define SQL_COLUMN_COUNT                0
-#define SQL_COLUMN_NAME                 1
-#define SQL_COLUMN_TYPE                 2
-#define SQL_COLUMN_LENGTH               3
-#define SQL_COLUMN_PRECISION            4
-#define SQL_COLUMN_SCALE                5
-#define SQL_COLUMN_DISPLAY_SIZE         6
-#define SQL_COLUMN_NULLABLE             7
-#define SQL_COLUMN_UNSIGNED             8
-#define SQL_COLUMN_MONEY                9
-#define SQL_COLUMN_UPDATABLE            10
-#define SQL_COLUMN_AUTO_INCREMENT       11
-#define SQL_COLUMN_CASE_SENSITIVE       12
-#define SQL_COLUMN_SEARCHABLE           13
-#define SQL_COLUMN_TYPE_NAME            14
-#define SQL_COLUMN_TABLE_NAME           15
-#define SQL_COLUMN_OWNER_NAME           16
-#define SQL_COLUMN_QUALIFIER_NAME       17
-#define SQL_COLUMN_LABEL                18
-
-#define SQL_COLATT_OPT_MAX      SQL_COLUMN_LABEL
-#define SQL_COLATT_OPT_MIN      SQL_COLUMN_COUNT
-#define SQL_COLUMN_DRIVER_START 1000
-
-/*
- *  SQLColAttributes : SQL_COLUMN_UPDATABLE
- */
-#define SQL_ATTR_READONLY           0
-#define SQL_ATTR_WRITE              1
-#define SQL_ATTR_READWRITE_UNKNOWN  2
-
-/*
- *  SQLColAttributes : SQL_COLUMN_SEARCHABLE
- */
-#define SQL_UNSEARCHABLE        0
-#define SQL_LIKE_ONLY           1
-#define SQL_ALL_EXCEPT_LIKE     2
-#define SQL_SEARCHABLE          3
-
-/*
- *  NULL Handles
- */
-#define SQL_NULL_HENV           0
-#define SQL_NULL_HDBC           0
-#define SQL_NULL_HSTMT          0
-
-
-/*
- *  Function Prototypes
- */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-{
-#endif
-
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLAllocConnect (HENV henv, HDBC FAR * phdbc);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLAllocEnv (HENV FAR * phenv);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLAllocStmt (HDBC hdbc, HSTMT FAR * phstmt);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLBindCol (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD icol, SWORD fCType,
-      PTR rgbValue, SDWORD cbValueMax, SDWORD FAR * pcbValue);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLCancel (HSTMT hstmt);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLColAttributes (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD icol, UWORD fDescType,
-      PTR rgbDesc, SWORD cbDescMax, SWORD FAR * pcbDesc, SDWORD FAR * pfDesc);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLConnect (HDBC hdbc, UCHAR FAR * szDSN, SWORD cbDSN,
-      UCHAR FAR * szUID, SWORD cbUID, UCHAR FAR * szAuthStr, SWORD cbAuthStr);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLDescribeCol (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD icol,
-      UCHAR FAR * szColName, SWORD cbColNameMax, SWORD FAR * pcbColName,
-      SWORD FAR * pfSqlType, UDWORD FAR * pcbColDef, SWORD FAR * pibScale,
-      SWORD FAR * pfNullable);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLDisconnect (HDBC hdbc);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLError (HENV henv, HDBC hdbc, HSTMT hstmt,
-      UCHAR FAR * szSqlState, SDWORD FAR * pfNativeError, UCHAR FAR * szErrorMsg,
-      SWORD cbErrorMsgMax, SWORD FAR * pcbErrorMsg);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLExecDirect (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szSqlStr,
-      SDWORD cbSqlStr);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLExecute (HSTMT hstmt);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLFetch (HSTMT hstmt);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLFreeConnect (HDBC hdbc);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLFreeEnv (HENV henv);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLFreeStmt (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fOption);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetCursorName (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szCursor,
-      SWORD cbCursorMax, SWORD FAR * pcbCursor);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLNumResultCols (HSTMT hstmt, SWORD FAR * pccol);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLPrepare (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szSqlStr,
-      SDWORD cbSqlStr);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLRowCount (HSTMT hstmt, SDWORD FAR * pcrow);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetCursorName (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szCursor,
-      SWORD cbCursor);
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLTransact (HENV henv, HDBC hdbc, UWORD fType);
-
-/*
- *  Deprecated ODBC 1.0 function - Use SQLBindParameter
- */
-  RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetParam (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD ipar, SWORD fCType,
-      SWORD fSqlType, UDWORD cbColDef, SWORD ibScale, PTR rgbValue,
-      SDWORD FAR * pcbValue);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isqlext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isqlext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b2a833ac..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/isqlext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1178 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- *  isqlext.h
- *
- *  $Id: isqlext.h 30070 2004-10-22 19:11:07Z KH $
- *
- *  iODBC defines (ext)
- *
- *  The iODBC driver manager.
- *
- *  Copyright (C) 1995 by Ke Jin <kejin@empress.com>
- *
- *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- *  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- *  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- *  Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- *  Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-#ifndef _ISQLEXT_H
-#define _ISQLEXT_H
-
-#include "wx/isql.h"
-
-/*
- *  Generic constants
- */
-#define SQL_MAX_OPTION_STRING_LENGTH 256
-
-/*
- *  Additional return codes
- */
-#define SQL_STILL_EXECUTING         2
-#define SQL_NEED_DATA               99
-
-/*
- *  SQL extended datatypes
- */
-#define SQL_DATE                        9
-#define SQL_TIME                        10
-#define SQL_TIMESTAMP                   11
-#define SQL_LONGVARCHAR                 (-1)
-#define SQL_BINARY                      (-2)
-#define SQL_VARBINARY                   (-3)
-#define SQL_LONGVARBINARY               (-4)
-#define SQL_BIGINT                      (-5)
-#define SQL_TINYINT                     (-6)
-#define SQL_BIT                         (-7)
-
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_YEAR               (-80)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_MONTH              (-81)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_YEAR_TO_MONTH      (-82)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_DAY                (-83)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_HOUR               (-84)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_MINUTE             (-85)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_SECOND             (-86)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_DAY_TO_HOUR        (-87)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_DAY_TO_MINUTE      (-88)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_DAY_TO_SECOND      (-89)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_HOUR_TO_MINUTE     (-90)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_HOUR_TO_SECOND     (-91)
-#define SQL_INTERVAL_MINUTE_TO_SECOND   (-92)
-#define SQL_UNICODE                     (-95)
-
-#define SQL_TYPE_DRIVER_START   SQL_INTERVAL_YEAR
-#define SQL_TYPE_DRIVER_END     SQL_UNICODE
-
-#define SQL_SIGNED_OFFSET       (-20)
-#define SQL_UNSIGNED_OFFSET     (-22)
-
-/*
- *  C datatype to SQL datatype mapping
- */
-#define SQL_C_DATE              SQL_DATE
-#define SQL_C_TIME              SQL_TIME
-#define SQL_C_TIMESTAMP         SQL_TIMESTAMP
-#define SQL_C_BINARY            SQL_BINARY
-#define SQL_C_BIT               SQL_BIT
-#define SQL_C_TINYINT           SQL_TINYINT
-#define SQL_C_SLONG             SQL_C_LONG+SQL_SIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_SSHORT            SQL_C_SHORT+SQL_SIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_STINYINT          SQL_TINYINT+SQL_SIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_ULONG             SQL_C_LONG+SQL_UNSIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_USHORT            SQL_C_SHORT+SQL_UNSIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_UTINYINT          SQL_TINYINT+SQL_UNSIGNED_OFFSET
-#define SQL_C_BOOKMARK          SQL_C_ULONG
-
-/*
- *  Extended data types override sql.h defined
- */
-#undef SQL_TYPE_MIN
-#define SQL_TYPE_MIN SQL_BIT
-#define SQL_ALL_TYPES 0
-
-/*
- *  SQL portable types for C - DATE, TIME, TIMESTAMP
- */
-typedef struct _DATE_STRUCT
-  {
-    SWORD year;
-    UWORD month;
-    UWORD day;
-  }
-DATE_STRUCT;
-
-typedef struct _TIME_STRUCT
-  {
-    UWORD hour;
-    UWORD minute;
-    UWORD second;
-  }
-TIME_STRUCT;
-
-typedef struct _TIMESTAMP_STRUCT
-  {
-    SWORD year;
-    UWORD month;
-    UWORD day;
-    UWORD hour;
-    UWORD minute;
-    UWORD second;
-    UDWORD fraction;
-  }
-TIMESTAMP_STRUCT;
-
-typedef unsigned long int BOOKMARK;
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *  Level 1 Functions
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-/*
- *  SQLDriverConnect
- */
-#define SQL_DRIVER_NOPROMPT             0
-#define SQL_DRIVER_COMPLETE             1
-#define SQL_DRIVER_PROMPT               2
-#define SQL_DRIVER_COMPLETE_REQUIRED    3
-
-/*
- *  SQLGetData
- */
-#define SQL_NO_TOTAL                    (-4)
-
-/*
- *  SQLBindParameter
- */
-#define SQL_DEFAULT_PARAM               (-5)
-#define SQL_IGNORE                      (-6)
-#define SQL_LEN_DATA_AT_EXEC_OFFSET     (-100)
-#define SQL_LEN_DATA_AT_EXEC(length)    (-length+SQL_LEN_DATA_AT_EXEC_OFFSET)
-
-/*
- *  SQLGetFunctions
- */
-#define SQL_API_SQLALLOCCONNECT         1 /* Core Functions */
-#define SQL_API_SQLALLOCENV             2
-#define SQL_API_SQLALLOCSTMT            3
-#define SQL_API_SQLBINDCOL              4
-#define SQL_API_SQLCANCEL               5
-#define SQL_API_SQLCOLATTRIBUTES        6
-#define SQL_API_SQLCONNECT              7
-#define SQL_API_SQLDESCRIBECOL          8
-#define SQL_API_SQLDISCONNECT           9
-#define SQL_API_SQLERROR                10
-#define SQL_API_SQLEXECDIRECT           11
-#define SQL_API_SQLEXECUTE              12
-#define SQL_API_SQLFETCH                13
-#define SQL_API_SQLFREECONNECT          14
-#define SQL_API_SQLFREEENV              15
-#define SQL_API_SQLFREESTMT             16
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETCURSORNAME        17
-#define SQL_API_SQLNUMRESULTCOLS        18
-#define SQL_API_SQLPREPARE              19
-#define SQL_API_SQLROWCOUNT             20
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETCURSORNAME        21
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETPARAM             22
-#define SQL_API_SQLTRANSACT             23
-
-#define SQL_NUM_FUNCTIONS               23
-
-#define SQL_EXT_API_START               40
-
-#define SQL_API_SQLCOLUMNS              40 /* Level 1 Functions */
-#define SQL_API_SQLDRIVERCONNECT        41
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETCONNECTOPTION     42
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETDATA              43
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETFUNCTIONS         44
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETINFO              45
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETSTMTOPTION        46
-#define SQL_API_SQLGETTYPEINFO          47
-#define SQL_API_SQLPARAMDATA            48
-#define SQL_API_SQLPUTDATA              49
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETCONNECTOPTION     50
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETSTMTOPTION        51
-#define SQL_API_SQLSPECIALCOLUMNS       52
-#define SQL_API_SQLSTATISTICS           53
-#define SQL_API_SQLTABLES               54
-
-#define SQL_API_SQLBROWSECONNECT        55 /* Level 2 Functions */
-#define SQL_API_SQLCOLUMNPRIVILEGES     56
-#define SQL_API_SQLDATASOURCES          57
-#define SQL_API_SQLDESCRIBEPARAM        58
-#define SQL_API_SQLEXTENDEDFETCH        59
-#define SQL_API_SQLFOREIGNKEYS          60
-#define SQL_API_SQLMORERESULTS          61
-#define SQL_API_SQLNATIVESQL            62
-#define SQL_API_SQLNUMPARAMS            63
-#define SQL_API_SQLPARAMOPTIONS         64
-#define SQL_API_SQLPRIMARYKEYS          65
-#define SQL_API_SQLPROCEDURECOLUMNS     66
-#define SQL_API_SQLPROCEDURES           67
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETPOS               68
-#define SQL_API_SQLSETSCROLLOPTIONS     69
-#define SQL_API_SQLTABLEPRIVILEGES      70
-
-#define SQL_API_SQLDRIVERS              71
-#define SQL_API_SQLBINDPARAMETER        72
-#define SQL_EXT_API_LAST                SQL_API_SQLBINDPARAMETER
-
-#define SQL_API_ALL_FUNCTIONS           0
-
-#define SQL_NUM_EXTENSIONS (SQL_EXT_API_LAST-SQL_EXT_API_START+1)
-
-/*
- *  SQLGetInfo
- */
-#define SQL_INFO_FIRST                  0
-#define SQL_ACTIVE_CONNECTIONS          0
-#define SQL_ACTIVE_STATEMENTS           1
-#define SQL_DATA_SOURCE_NAME            2
-#define SQL_DRIVER_HDBC                 3
-#define SQL_DRIVER_HENV                 4
-#define SQL_DRIVER_HSTMT                5
-#define SQL_DRIVER_NAME                 6
-#define SQL_DRIVER_VER                  7
-#define SQL_FETCH_DIRECTION             8
-#define SQL_ODBC_API_CONFORMANCE        9
-#define SQL_ODBC_VER                    10
-#define SQL_ROW_UPDATES                 11
-#define SQL_ODBC_SAG_CLI_CONFORMANCE    12
-#define SQL_SERVER_NAME                 13
-#define SQL_SEARCH_PATTERN_ESCAPE       14
-#define SQL_ODBC_SQL_CONFORMANCE        15
-#define SQL_DBMS_NAME                   17
-#define SQL_DBMS_VER                    18
-#define SQL_ACCESSIBLE_TABLES           19
-#define SQL_ACCESSIBLE_PROCEDURES       20
-#define SQL_PROCEDURES                  21
-#define SQL_CONCAT_NULL_BEHAVIOR        22
-#define SQL_CURSOR_COMMIT_BEHAVIOR      23
-#define SQL_CURSOR_ROLLBACK_BEHAVIOR    24
-#define SQL_DATA_SOURCE_READ_ONLY       25
-#define SQL_DEFAULT_TXN_ISOLATION       26
-#define SQL_EXPRESSIONS_IN_ORDERBY      27
-#define SQL_IDENTIFIER_CASE             28
-#define SQL_IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_CHAR       29
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN         30
-#define SQL_MAX_CURSOR_NAME_LEN         31
-#define SQL_MAX_OWNER_NAME_LEN          32
-#define SQL_MAX_PROCEDURE_NAME_LEN      33
-#define SQL_MAX_QUALIFIER_NAME_LEN      34
-#define SQL_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN          35
-#define SQL_MULT_RESULT_SETS            36
-#define SQL_MULTIPLE_ACTIVE_TXN         37
-#define SQL_OUTER_JOINS                 38
-#define SQL_OWNER_TERM                  39
-#define SQL_PROCEDURE_TERM              40
-#define SQL_QUALIFIER_NAME_SEPARATOR    41
-#define SQL_QUALIFIER_TERM              42
-#define SQL_SCROLL_CONCURRENCY          43
-#define SQL_SCROLL_OPTIONS              44
-#define SQL_TABLE_TERM                  45
-#define SQL_TXN_CAPABLE                 46
-#define SQL_USER_NAME                   47
-#define SQL_CONVERT_FUNCTIONS           48
-#define SQL_NUMERIC_FUNCTIONS           49
-#define SQL_STRING_FUNCTIONS            50
-#define SQL_SYSTEM_FUNCTIONS            51
-#define SQL_TIMEDATE_FUNCTIONS          52
-#define SQL_CONVERT_BIGINT              53
-#define SQL_CONVERT_BINARY              54
-#define SQL_CONVERT_BIT                 55
-#define SQL_CONVERT_CHAR                56
-#define SQL_CONVERT_DATE                57
-#define SQL_CONVERT_DECIMAL             58
-#define SQL_CONVERT_DOUBLE              59
-#define SQL_CONVERT_FLOAT               60
-#define SQL_CONVERT_INTEGER             61
-#define SQL_CONVERT_LONGVARCHAR         62
-#define SQL_CONVERT_NUMERIC             63
-#define SQL_CONVERT_REAL                64
-#define SQL_CONVERT_SMALLINT            65
-#define SQL_CONVERT_TIME                66
-#define SQL_CONVERT_TIMESTAMP           67
-#define SQL_CONVERT_TINYINT             68
-#define SQL_CONVERT_VARBINARY           69
-#define SQL_CONVERT_VARCHAR             70
-#define SQL_CONVERT_LONGVARBINARY       71
-#define SQL_TXN_ISOLATION_OPTION        72
-#define SQL_ODBC_SQL_OPT_IEF            73
-
-/*
- *  ODBC SDK 1.0 Additions
- */
-#define SQL_CORRELATION_NAME            74
-#define SQL_NON_NULLABLE_COLUMNS        75
-
-/*
- *  ODBC SDK 2.0 Additions
- */
-#define SQL_DRIVER_HLIB                 76
-#define SQL_DRIVER_ODBC_VER             77
-#define SQL_LOCK_TYPES                  78
-#define SQL_POS_OPERATIONS              79
-#define SQL_POSITIONED_STATEMENTS       80
-#define SQL_GETDATA_EXTENSIONS          81
-#define SQL_BOOKMARK_PERSISTENCE        82
-#define SQL_STATIC_SENSITIVITY          83
-#define SQL_FILE_USAGE                  84
-#define SQL_NULL_COLLATION              85
-#define SQL_ALTER_TABLE                 86
-#define SQL_COLUMN_ALIAS                87
-#define SQL_GROUP_BY                    88
-#define SQL_KEYWORDS                    89
-#define SQL_ORDER_BY_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT  90
-#define SQL_OWNER_USAGE                 91
-#define SQL_QUALIFIER_USAGE             92
-#define SQL_QUOTED_IDENTIFIER_CASE      93
-#define SQL_SPECIAL_CHARACTERS          94
-#define SQL_SUBQUERIES                  95
-#define SQL_UNION                       96
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMNS_IN_GROUP_BY     97
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMNS_IN_INDEX        98
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMNS_IN_ORDER_BY     99
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT       100
-#define SQL_MAX_COLUMNS_IN_TABLE        101
-#define SQL_MAX_INDEX_SIZE              102
-#define SQL_MAX_ROW_SIZE_INCLUDES_LONG  103
-#define SQL_MAX_ROW_SIZE                104
-#define SQL_MAX_STATEMENT_LEN           105
-#define SQL_MAX_TABLES_IN_SELECT        106
-#define SQL_MAX_USER_NAME_LEN           107
-#define SQL_MAX_CHAR_LITERAL_LEN        108
-#define SQL_TIMEDATE_ADD_INTERVALS      109
-#define SQL_TIMEDATE_DIFF_INTERVALS     110
-#define SQL_NEED_LONG_DATA_LEN          111
-#define SQL_MAX_BINARY_LITERAL_LEN      112
-#define SQL_LIKE_ESCAPE_CLAUSE          113
-#define SQL_QUALIFIER_LOCATION          114
-
-/*
- *  ODBC SDK 2.01 Additions
- */
-#define SQL_OJ_CAPABILITIES             65003 /* Temp value until ODBC 3.0 */
-
-#define SQL_INFO_LAST                   SQL_QUALIFIER_LOCATION
-#define SQL_INFO_DRIVER_START           1000
-
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CONVERT_* bitmask values
- */
-#define SQL_CVT_CHAR            0x00000001L
-#define SQL_CVT_NUMERIC         0x00000002L
-#define SQL_CVT_DECIMAL         0x00000004L
-#define SQL_CVT_INTEGER         0x00000008L
-#define SQL_CVT_SMALLINT        0x00000010L
-#define SQL_CVT_FLOAT           0x00000020L
-#define SQL_CVT_REAL            0x00000040L
-#define SQL_CVT_DOUBLE          0x00000080L
-#define SQL_CVT_VARCHAR         0x00000100L
-#define SQL_CVT_LONGVARCHAR     0x00000200L
-#define SQL_CVT_BINARY          0x00000400L
-#define SQL_CVT_VARBINARY       0x00000800L
-#define SQL_CVT_BIT             0x00001000L
-#define SQL_CVT_TINYINT         0x00002000L
-#define SQL_CVT_BIGINT          0x00004000L
-#define SQL_CVT_DATE            0x00008000L
-#define SQL_CVT_TIME            0x00010000L
-#define SQL_CVT_TIMESTAMP       0x00020000L
-#define SQL_CVT_LONGVARBINARY   0x00040000L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CONVERT_FUNCTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_CVT_CONVERT      0x00000001L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_STRING_FUNCTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_STR_CONCAT       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_INSERT       0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LEFT         0x00000004L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LTRIM        0x00000008L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LENGTH       0x00000010L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LOCATE       0x00000020L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LCASE        0x00000040L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_REPEAT       0x00000080L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_REPLACE      0x00000100L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_RIGHT        0x00000200L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_RTRIM        0x00000400L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_SUBSTRING    0x00000800L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_UCASE        0x00001000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_ASCII        0x00002000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_CHAR         0x00004000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_DIFFERENCE   0x00008000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_LOCATE_2     0x00010000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_SOUNDEX      0x00020000L
-#define SQL_FN_STR_SPACE        0x00040000L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_NUMERIC_FUNCTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ABS          0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ACOS         0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ASIN         0x00000004L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ATAN         0x00000008L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ATAN2        0x00000010L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_CEILING      0x00000020L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_COS          0x00000040L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_COT          0x00000080L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_EXP          0x00000100L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_FLOOR        0x00000200L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_LOG          0x00000400L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_MOD          0x00000800L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_SIGN         0x00001000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_SIN          0x00002000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_SQRT         0x00004000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_TAN          0x00008000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_PI           0x00010000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_RAND         0x00020000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_DEGREES      0x00040000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_LOG10        0x00080000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_POWER        0x00100000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_RADIANS      0x00200000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_ROUND        0x00400000L
-#define SQL_FN_NUM_TRUNCATE     0x00800000L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_TIMEDATE_FUNCTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_TD_NOW           0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_CURDATE       0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_DAYOFMONTH    0x00000004L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_DAYOFWEEK     0x00000008L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_DAYOFYEAR     0x00000010L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_MONTH         0x00000020L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_QUARTER       0x00000040L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_WEEK          0x00000080L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_YEAR          0x00000100L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_CURTIME       0x00000200L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_HOUR          0x00000400L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_MINUTE        0x00000800L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_SECOND        0x00001000L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_TIMESTAMPADD  0x00002000L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_TIMESTAMPDIFF 0x00004000L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_DAYNAME       0x00008000L
-#define SQL_FN_TD_MONTHNAME     0x00010000L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_SYSTEM_FUNCTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_SYS_USERNAME     0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FN_SYS_DBNAME       0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FN_SYS_IFNULL       0x00000004L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_TIMEDATE_ADD_INTERVALS
- *  SQL_TIMEDATE_DIFF_INTERVALS
- */
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_FRAC_SECOND  0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_SECOND       0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_MINUTE       0x00000004L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_HOUR         0x00000008L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_DAY          0x00000010L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_WEEK         0x00000020L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_MONTH        0x00000040L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_QUARTER      0x00000080L
-#define SQL_FN_TSI_YEAR         0x00000100L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ODBC_API_CONFORMANCE
- */
-#define SQL_OAC_NONE            0x0000
-#define SQL_OAC_LEVEL1          0x0001
-#define SQL_OAC_LEVEL2          0x0002
-
-/*
- * SQL_ODBC_SAG_CLI_CONFORMANCE
- */
-#define SQL_OSCC_NOT_COMPLIANT  0x0000
-#define SQL_OSCC_COMPLIANT      0x0001
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ODBC_SQL_CONFORMANCE
- */
-#define SQL_OSC_MINIMUM         0x0000
-#define SQL_OSC_CORE            0x0001
-#define SQL_OSC_EXTENDED        0x0002
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CONCAT_NULL_BEHAVIOR
- */
-#define SQL_CB_NULL             0x0000
-#define SQL_CB_NON_NULL         0x0001
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CURSOR_COMMIT_BEHAVIOR
- *  SQL_CURSOR_ROLLBACK_BEHAVIOR
- */
-#define SQL_CB_DELETE           0x0000
-#define SQL_CB_CLOSE            0x0001
-#define SQL_CB_PRESERVE         0x0002
-
-/*
- *  SQL_IDENTIFIER_CASE
- */
-#define SQL_IC_UPPER            0x0001
-#define SQL_IC_LOWER            0x0002
-#define SQL_IC_SENSITIVE        0x0003
-#define SQL_IC_MIXED            0x0004
-
-/*
- *  SQL_TXN_CAPABLE
- */
-#define SQL_TC_NONE             0x0000
-#define SQL_TC_DML              0x0001
-#define SQL_TC_ALL              0x0002
-#define SQL_TC_DDL_COMMIT       0x0003
-#define SQL_TC_DDL_IGNORE       0x0004
-
-/*
- *  SQL_SCROLL_OPTIONS
- */
-#define SQL_SO_FORWARD_ONLY     0x00000001L
-#define SQL_SO_KEYSET_DRIVEN    0x00000002L
-#define SQL_SO_DYNAMIC          0x00000004L
-#define SQL_SO_MIXED            0x00000008L
-#define SQL_SO_STATIC           0x00000010L
-
-/*
- * SQL_SCROLL_CONCURRENCY
- */
-#define SQL_SCCO_READ_ONLY      0x00000001L
-#define SQL_SCCO_LOCK           0x00000002L
-#define SQL_SCCO_OPT_ROWVER     0x00000004L
-#define SQL_SCCO_OPT_VALUES     0x00000008L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_FETCH_DIRECTION
- */
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_NEXT       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_FIRST      0x00000002L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_LAST       0x00000004L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_PRIOR      0x00000008L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_ABSOLUTE   0x00000010L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_RELATIVE   0x00000020L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_RESUME     0x00000040L
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_BOOKMARK   0x00000080L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_TXN_ISOLATION_OPTION
- */
-#define SQL_TXN_READ_UNCOMMITTED    0x00000001L
-#define SQL_TXN_READ_COMMITTED      0x00000002L
-#define SQL_TXN_REPEATABLE_READ     0x00000004L
-#define SQL_TXN_SERIALIZABLE        0x00000008L
-#define SQL_TXN_VERSIONING          0x00000010L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CORRELATION_NAME
- */
-#define SQL_CN_NONE             0x0000
-#define SQL_CN_DIFFERENT        0x0001
-#define SQL_CN_ANY              0x0002
-
-/*
- * SQL_NON_NULLABLE_COLUMNS
- */
-#define SQL_NNC_NULL            0x0000
-#define SQL_NNC_NON_NULL        0x0001
-
-/*
- *  SQL_NULL_COLLATION
- */
-#define SQL_NC_HIGH             0x0000
-#define SQL_NC_LOW              0x0001
-#define SQL_NC_START            0x0002
-#define SQL_NC_END              0x0004
-
-/*
- * SQL_FILE_USAGE
- */
-#define SQL_FILE_NOT_SUPPORTED  0x0000
-#define SQL_FILE_TABLE          0x0001
-#define SQL_FILE_QUALIFIER      0x0002
-
-/*
- *  SQL_GETDATA_EXTENSIONS
- */
-#define SQL_GD_ANY_COLUMN       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_GD_ANY_ORDER        0x00000002L
-#define SQL_GD_BLOCK            0x00000004L
-#define SQL_GD_BOUND            0x00000008L
-
-/*
- * SQL_ALTER_TABLE
- */
-#define SQL_AT_ADD_COLUMN       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_AT_DROP_COLUMN      0x00000002L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_POSITIONED_STATEMENTS
- */
-#define SQL_PS_POSITIONED_DELETE    0x00000001L
-#define SQL_PS_POSITIONED_UPDATE    0x00000002L
-#define SQL_PS_SELECT_FOR_UPDATE    0x00000004L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_GROUP_BY
- */
-#define SQL_GB_NOT_SUPPORTED            0x0000
-#define SQL_GB_GROUP_BY_EQUALS_SELECT   0x0001
-#define SQL_GB_GROUP_BY_CONTAINS_SELECT 0x0002
-#define SQL_GB_NO_RELATION              0x0003
-
-/*
- *  SQL_OWNER_USAGE
- */
-#define SQL_OU_DML_STATEMENTS       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_OU_PROCEDURE_INVOCATION 0x00000002L
-#define SQL_OU_TABLE_DEFINITION     0x00000004L
-#define SQL_OU_INDEX_DEFINITION     0x00000008L
-#define SQL_OU_PRIVILEGE_DEFINITION 0x00000010L
-
-/*
- * SQL_QUALIFIER_USAGE
- */
-#define SQL_QU_DML_STATEMENTS       0x00000001L
-#define SQL_QU_PROCEDURE_INVOCATION 0x00000002L
-#define SQL_QU_TABLE_DEFINITION     0x00000004L
-#define SQL_QU_INDEX_DEFINITION     0x00000008L
-#define SQL_QU_PRIVILEGE_DEFINITION 0x00000010L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_SUBQUERIES
- */
-#define SQL_SQ_COMPARISON               0x00000001L
-#define SQL_SQ_EXISTS                   0x00000002L
-#define SQL_SQ_IN                       0x00000004L
-#define SQL_SQ_QUANTIFIED               0x00000008L
-#define SQL_SQ_CORRELATED_SUBQUERIES    0x00000010L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_UNION
- */
-#define SQL_U_UNION         0x00000001L
-#define SQL_U_UNION_ALL     0x00000002L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_BOOKMARK_PERSISTENCE
- */
-#define SQL_BP_CLOSE        0x00000001L
-#define SQL_BP_DELETE       0x00000002L
-#define SQL_BP_DROP         0x00000004L
-#define SQL_BP_TRANSACTION  0x00000008L
-#define SQL_BP_UPDATE       0x00000010L
-#define SQL_BP_OTHER_HSTMT  0x00000020L
-#define SQL_BP_SCROLL       0x00000040L
-
-/*
- * SQL_STATIC_SENSITIVITY
- */
-#define SQL_SS_ADDITIONS    0x00000001L
-#define SQL_SS_DELETIONS    0x00000002L
-#define SQL_SS_UPDATES      0x00000004L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_LOCK_TYPES
- */
-#define SQL_LCK_NO_CHANGE   0x00000001L
-#define SQL_LCK_EXCLUSIVE   0x00000002L
-#define SQL_LCK_UNLOCK      0x00000004L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_POS_OPERATIONS
- */
-#define SQL_POS_POSITION    0x00000001L
-#define SQL_POS_REFRESH     0x00000002L
-#define SQL_POS_UPDATE      0x00000004L
-#define SQL_POS_DELETE      0x00000008L
-#define SQL_POS_ADD         0x00000010L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_QUALIFIER_LOCATION
- */
-#define SQL_QL_START        0x0001L
-#define SQL_QL_END          0x0002L
-
-/*
- *  SQL_OJ_CAPABILITIES
- */
-#define SQL_OJ_LEFT                 0x00000001L
-#define SQL_OJ_RIGHT                0x00000002L
-#define SQL_OJ_FULL                 0x00000004L
-#define SQL_OJ_NESTED               0x00000008L
-#define SQL_OJ_NOT_ORDERED          0x00000010L
-#define SQL_OJ_INNER                0x00000020L
-#define SQL_OJ_ALL_COMPARISON_OPS   0x00000040L
-
-/*
- *  SQLGetStmtOption/SQLSetStmtOption
- */
-#define SQL_QUERY_TIMEOUT   0
-#define SQL_MAX_ROWS        1
-#define SQL_NOSCAN          2
-#define SQL_MAX_LENGTH      3
-#define SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE    4
-#define SQL_BIND_TYPE       5
-#define SQL_CURSOR_TYPE     6
-#define SQL_CONCURRENCY     7
-#define SQL_KEYSET_SIZE     8
-#define SQL_ROWSET_SIZE     9
-#define SQL_SIMULATE_CURSOR 10
-#define SQL_RETRIEVE_DATA   11
-#define SQL_USE_BOOKMARKS   12
-#define SQL_GET_BOOKMARK    13
-#define SQL_ROW_NUMBER      14
-
-#define SQL_STMT_OPT_MIN    SQL_QUERY_TIMEOUT
-#define SQL_STMT_OPT_MAX    SQL_ROW_NUMBER
-
-
-/*
- * SQL_QUERY_TIMEOUT
- */
-#define SQL_QUERY_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 0UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_MAX_ROWS
- */
-#define SQL_MAX_ROWS_DEFAULT 0UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_NOSCAN
- */
-#define SQL_NOSCAN_OFF      0UL /* 1.0 FALSE */
-#define SQL_NOSCAN_ON       1UL /* 1.0 TRUE */
-#define SQL_NOSCAN_DEFAULT  SQL_NOSCAN_OFF
-
-/*
- *  SQL_MAX_LENGTH
- */
-#define SQL_MAX_LENGTH_DEFAULT      0UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE
- */
-#define SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE_OFF        0UL
-#define SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE_ON         1UL
-#define SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE_DEFAULT    SQL_ASYNC_ENABLE_OFF
-
-/*
- *  SQL_BIND_TYPE
- */
-#define SQL_BIND_BY_COLUMN          0UL
-#define SQL_BIND_TYPE_DEFAULT       SQL_BIND_BY_COLUMN
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CONCURRENCY
- */
-#define SQL_CONCUR_READ_ONLY        1
-#define SQL_CONCUR_LOCK             2
-#define SQL_CONCUR_ROWVER           3
-#define SQL_CONCUR_VALUES           4
-#define SQL_CONCUR_DEFAULT          SQL_CONCUR_READ_ONLY
-
-/*
- *  SQL_CURSOR_TYPE
- */
-#define SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY     0UL
-#define SQL_CURSOR_KEYSET_DRIVEN    1UL
-#define SQL_CURSOR_DYNAMIC          2UL
-#define SQL_CURSOR_STATIC           3UL
-#define SQL_CURSOR_TYPE_DEFAULT     SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ROWSET_SIZE
- */
-#define SQL_ROWSET_SIZE_DEFAULT     1UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_KEYSET_SIZE
- */
-#define SQL_KEYSET_SIZE_DEFAULT     0UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_SIMULATE_CURSOR
- */
-#define SQL_SC_NON_UNIQUE           0UL
-#define SQL_SC_TRY_UNIQUE           1UL
-#define SQL_SC_UNIQUE               2UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_RETRIEVE_DATA
- */
-#define SQL_RD_OFF                  0UL
-#define SQL_RD_ON                   1UL
-#define SQL_RD_DEFAULT              SQL_RD_ON
-
-/*
- *  SQL_USE_BOOKMARKS
- */
-#define SQL_UB_OFF                  0UL
-#define SQL_UB_ON                   1UL
-#define SQL_UB_DEFAULT              SQL_UB_OFF
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetConnectOption/SQLGetConnectOption
- */
-#define SQL_ACCESS_MODE             101
-#define SQL_AUTOCOMMIT              102
-#define SQL_LOGIN_TIMEOUT           103
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACE               104
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACEFILE           105
-#define SQL_TRANSLATE_DLL           106
-#define SQL_TRANSLATE_OPTION        107
-#define SQL_TXN_ISOLATION           108
-#define SQL_CURRENT_QUALIFIER       109
-#define SQL_ODBC_CURSORS            110
-#define SQL_QUIET_MODE              111
-#define SQL_PACKET_SIZE             112
-
-#define SQL_CONN_OPT_MIN            SQL_ACCESS_MODE
-#define SQL_CONN_OPT_MAX            SQL_PACKET_SIZE
-#define SQL_CONNECT_OPT_DRVR_START  1000
-
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ACCESS_MODE
- */
-#define SQL_MODE_READ_WRITE         0UL
-#define SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY          1UL
-#define SQL_MODE_DEFAULT            SQL_MODE_READ_WRITE
-
-/*
- *  SQL_AUTOCOMMIT
- */
-#define SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_OFF          0UL
-#define SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_ON           1UL
-#define SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_DEFAULT      SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_ON
-
-/*
- *  SQL_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
- */
-#define SQL_LOGIN_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT   15UL
-
-/*
- *  SQL_OPT_TRACE
- */
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACE_OFF           0UL
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON            1UL
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACE_DEFAULT       SQL_OPT_TRACE_OFF
-#define SQL_OPT_TRACE_FILE_DEFAULT  "odbc.log"
-
-/*
- *  SQL_ODBC_CURSORS
- */
-#define SQL_CUR_USE_IF_NEEDED       0UL
-#define SQL_CUR_USE_ODBC            1UL
-#define SQL_CUR_USE_DRIVER          2UL
-#define SQL_CUR_DEFAULT             SQL_CUR_USE_DRIVER
-
-/*
- *  SQLSpecialColumns - Column types and scopes
- */
-#define SQL_BEST_ROWID              1
-#define SQL_ROWVER                  2
-
-#define SQL_SCOPE_CURROW            0
-#define SQL_SCOPE_TRANSACTION       1
-#define SQL_SCOPE_SESSION           2
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetPos
- */
-#define SQL_ENTIRE_ROWSET           0
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetPos
- */
-#define SQL_POSITION                0
-#define SQL_REFRESH                 1
-#define SQL_UPDATE                  2
-#define SQL_DELETE                  3
-#define SQL_ADD                     4
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetPos
- */
-#define SQL_LOCK_NO_CHANGE          0
-#define SQL_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE          1
-#define SQL_LOCK_UNLOCK             2
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetPos
- */
-#define SQL_POSITION_TO(hstmt,irow) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_POSITION,SQL_LOCK_NO_CHANGE)
-#define SQL_LOCK_RECORD(hstmt,irow,fLock) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_POSITION,fLock)
-#define SQL_REFRESH_RECORD(hstmt,irow,fLock) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_REFRESH,fLock)
-#define SQL_UPDATE_RECORD(hstmt,irow) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_UPDATE,SQL_LOCK_NO_CHANGE)
-#define SQL_DELETE_RECORD(hstmt,irow) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_DELETE,SQL_LOCK_NO_CHANGE)
-#define SQL_ADD_RECORD(hstmt,irow) \
-    SQLSetPos(hstmt,irow,SQL_ADD,SQL_LOCK_NO_CHANGE)
-
-/*
- *  All the ODBC keywords
- */
-#define SQL_ODBC_KEYWORDS \
-"ABSOLUTE,ACTION,ADA,ADD,ALL,ALLOCATE,ALTER,AND,ANY,ARE,AS,"\
-"ASC,ASSERTION,AT,AUTHORIZATION,AVG,"\
-"BEGIN,BETWEEN,BIT,BIT_LENGTH,BOTH,BY,CASCADE,CASCADED,CASE,CAST,CATALOG,"\
-"CHAR,CHAR_LENGTH,CHARACTER,CHARACTER_LENGTH,CHECK,CLOSE,COALESCE,"\
-"COBOL,COLLATE,COLLATION,COLUMN,COMMIT,CONNECT,CONNECTION,CONSTRAINT,"\
-"CONSTRAINTS,CONTINUE,CONVERT,CORRESPONDING,COUNT,CREATE,CROSS,CURRENT,"\
-"CURRENT_DATE,CURRENT_TIME,CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,CURRENT_USER,CURSOR,"\
-"DATE,DAY,DEALLOCATE,DEC,DECIMAL,DECLARE,DEFAULT,DEFERRABLE,"\
-"DEFERRED,DELETE,DESC,DESCRIBE,DESCRIPTOR,DIAGNOSTICS,DISCONNECT,"\
-"DISTINCT,DOMAIN,DOUBLE,DROP,"\
-"ELSE,END,END-EXEC,ESCAPE,EXCEPT,EXCEPTION,EXEC,EXECUTE,"\
-"EXISTS,EXTERNAL,EXTRACT,"\
-"FALSE,FETCH,FIRST,FLOAT,FOR,FOREIGN,FORTRAN,FOUND,FROM,FULL,"\
-"GET,GLOBAL,GO,GOTO,GRANT,GROUP,HAVING,HOUR,"\
-"IDENTITY,IMMEDIATE,IN,INCLUDE,INDEX,INDICATOR,INITIALLY,INNER,"\
-"INPUT,INSENSITIVE,INSERT,INTEGER,INTERSECT,INTERVAL,INTO,IS,ISOLATION,"\
-"JOIN,KEY,LANGUAGE,LAST,LEADING,LEFT,LEVEL,LIKE,LOCAL,LOWER,"\
-"MATCH,MAX,MIN,MINUTE,MODULE,MONTH,MUMPS,"\
-"NAMES,NATIONAL,NATURAL,NCHAR,NEXT,NO,NONE,NOT,NULL,NULLIF,NUMERIC,"\
-"OCTET_LENGTH,OF,ON,ONLY,OPEN,OPTION,OR,ORDER,OUTER,OUTPUT,OVERLAPS,"\
-"PAD,PARTIAL,PASCAL,PLI,POSITION,PRECISION,PREPARE,PRESERVE,"\
-"PRIMARY,PRIOR,PRIVILEGES,PROCEDURE,PUBLIC,"\
-"REFERENCES,RELATIVE,RESTRICT,REVOKE,RIGHT,ROLLBACK,ROWS,"\
-"SCHEMA,SCROLL,SECOND,SECTION,SELECT,SEQUENCE,SESSION,SESSION_USER,SET,SIZE,"\
-"SMALLINT,SOME,SPACE,SQL,SQLCA,SQLCODE,SQLERROR,SQLSTATE,SQLWARNING,"\
-"SUBSTRING,SUM,SYSTEM_USER,"\
-"TABLE,TEMPORARY,THEN,TIME,TIMESTAMP,TIMEZONE_HOUR,TIMEZONE_MINUTE,"\
-"TO,TRAILING,TRANSACTION,TRANSLATE,TRANSLATION,TRIM,TRUE,"\
-"UNION,UNIQUE,UNKNOWN,UPDATE,UPPER,USAGE,USER,USING,"\
-"VALUE,,VARCHAR,VARYING,VIEW,WHEN,WHENEVER,WHERE,WITH,WORK,YEAR"
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *  Level 2 Functions
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-/*
- *  SQLExtendedFetch - fFetchType
- */
-#define SQL_FETCH_NEXT          1
-#define SQL_FETCH_FIRST         2
-#define SQL_FETCH_LAST          3
-#define SQL_FETCH_PRIOR         4
-#define SQL_FETCH_ABSOLUTE      5
-#define SQL_FETCH_RELATIVE      6
-#define SQL_FETCH_BOOKMARK      8
-
-/*
- *  SQLExtendedFetch - rgfRowStatus
- */
-#define SQL_ROW_SUCCESS         0
-#define SQL_ROW_DELETED         1
-#define SQL_ROW_UPDATED         2
-#define SQL_ROW_NOROW           3
-#define SQL_ROW_ADDED           4
-#define SQL_ROW_ERROR           5
-
-/*
- *  SQLForeignKeys - UPDATE_RULE/DELETE_RULE
- */
-#define SQL_CASCADE             0
-#define SQL_RESTRICT            1
-#define SQL_SET_NULL            2
-
-/*
- *  SQLBindParameter - fParamType
- *  SQLProcedureColumns - COLUMN_TYPE
- */
-#define SQL_PARAM_TYPE_UNKNOWN  0
-#define SQL_PARAM_INPUT         1
-#define SQL_PARAM_INPUT_OUTPUT  2
-#define SQL_RESULT_COL          3
-#define SQL_PARAM_OUTPUT        4
-#define SQL_RETURN_VALUE        5
-
-/*
- *  SQLSetParam to SQLBindParameter conversion
- */
-#define SQL_PARAM_TYPE_DEFAULT  SQL_PARAM_INPUT_OUTPUT
-#define SQL_SETPARAM_VALUE_MAX  (-1L)
-
-/*
- *  SQLStatistics - fUnique
- */
-#define SQL_INDEX_UNIQUE        0
-#define SQL_INDEX_ALL           1
-
-/*
- *  SQLStatistics - fAccuracy
- */
-#define SQL_QUICK               0
-#define SQL_ENSURE              1
-
-/*
- *  SQLStatistics - TYPE
- */
-#define SQL_TABLE_STAT          0
-#define SQL_INDEX_CLUSTERED     1
-#define SQL_INDEX_HASHED        2
-#define SQL_INDEX_OTHER         3
-
-/*
- *  SQLProcedures - PROCEDURE_TYPE
- */
-#define SQL_PT_UNKNOWN          0
-#define SQL_PT_PROCEDURE        1
-#define SQL_PT_FUNCTION         2
-
-/*
- *  SQLSpecialColumns - PSEUDO_COLUMN
- */
-#define SQL_PC_UNKNOWN          0
-#define SQL_PC_NOT_PSEUDO       1
-#define SQL_PC_PSEUDO           2
-
-/*
- *  Deprecated defines from prior versions of ODBC
- */
-#define SQL_DATABASE_NAME           16
-#define SQL_FD_FETCH_PREV           SQL_FD_FETCH_PRIOR
-#define SQL_FETCH_PREV              SQL_FETCH_PRIOR
-#define SQL_CONCUR_TIMESTAMP        SQL_CONCUR_ROWVER
-#define SQL_SCCO_OPT_TIMESTAMP      SQL_SCCO_OPT_ROWVER
-#define SQL_CC_DELETE               SQL_CB_DELETE
-#define SQL_CR_DELETE               SQL_CB_DELETE
-#define SQL_CC_CLOSE                SQL_CB_CLOSE
-#define SQL_CR_CLOSE                SQL_CB_CLOSE
-#define SQL_CC_PRESERVE             SQL_CB_PRESERVE
-#define SQL_CR_PRESERVE             SQL_CB_PRESERVE
-#define SQL_FETCH_RESUME            7
-#define SQL_SCROLL_FORWARD_ONLY     0L
-#define SQL_SCROLL_KEYSET_DRIVEN    (-1L)
-#define SQL_SCROLL_DYNAMIC          (-2L)
-#define SQL_SCROLL_STATIC           (-3L)
-#define SQL_PC_NON_PSEUDO           SQL_PC_NOT_PSEUDO
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-/*
- *  Level 1 function prototypes
- */
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLColumns (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableName, SWORD cbTableName, UCHAR FAR * szColumnName,
-    SWORD cbColumnName);
-/* glt - Changed HWND to SQLHWND to match MSW header typing */
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLDriverConnect (HDBC hdbc, SQLHWND hwnd,
-    UCHAR FAR * szConnStrIn, SWORD cbConnStrIn, UCHAR FAR * szConnStrOut,
-    SWORD cbConnStrOutMax, SWORD FAR * pcbConnStrOut, UWORD fDriverCompletion);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetConnectOption (HDBC hdbc, UWORD fOption, PTR pvParam);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetData (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD icol, SWORD fCType,
-    PTR rgbValue, SDWORD cbValueMax, SDWORD FAR * pcbValue);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetFunctions (HDBC hdbc, UWORD fFunction,
-    UWORD FAR * pfExists);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetInfo (HDBC hdbc, UWORD fInfoType, PTR rgbInfoValue,
-    SWORD cbInfoValueMax, SWORD FAR * pcbInfoValue);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetStmtOption (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fOption, PTR pvParam);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLGetTypeInfo (HSTMT hstmt, SWORD fSqlType);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLParamData (HSTMT hstmt, PTR FAR * prgbValue);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLPutData (HSTMT hstmt, PTR rgbValue, SDWORD cbValue);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetConnectOption (HDBC hdbc, UWORD fOption, UDWORD vParam);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetStmtOption (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fOption, UDWORD vParam);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLSpecialColumns (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fColType,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier, SWORD cbTableQualifier,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner, UCHAR FAR * szTableName,
-    SWORD cbTableName, UWORD fScope, UWORD fNullable);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLStatistics (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableName, SWORD cbTableName, UWORD fUnique, UWORD fAccuracy);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLTables (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableName, SWORD cbTableName, UCHAR FAR * szTableType,
-    SWORD cbTableType);
-
-/*
- *  Level 2 function prototypes
- */
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLBrowseConnect (HDBC hdbc,
-    UCHAR FAR * szConnStrIn, SWORD cbConnStrIn, UCHAR FAR * szConnStrOut,
-    SWORD cbConnStrOutMax, SWORD FAR * pcbConnStrOut);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLColumnPrivileges (HSTMT hstmt,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier, SWORD cbTableQualifier,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner, UCHAR FAR * szTableName,
-    SWORD cbTableName, UCHAR FAR * szColumnName, SWORD cbColumnName);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLDataSources (HENV henv, UWORD fDirection,
-    UCHAR FAR * szDSN, SWORD cbDSNMax, SWORD FAR * pcbDSN,
-    UCHAR FAR * szDescription, SWORD cbDescriptionMax,
-    SWORD FAR * pcbDescription);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLDescribeParam (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD ipar,
-    SWORD FAR * pfSqlType, UDWORD FAR * pcbColDef, SWORD FAR * pibScale,
-    SWORD FAR * pfNullable);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLExtendedFetch (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fFetchType, SDWORD irow,
-    UDWORD FAR * pcrow, UWORD FAR * rgfRowStatus);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLForeignKeys (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szPkTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbPkTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szPkTableOwner, SWORD cbPkTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szPkTableName, SWORD cbPkTableName,
-    UCHAR FAR * szFkTableQualifier, SWORD cbFkTableQualifier,
-    UCHAR FAR * szFkTableOwner, SWORD cbFkTableOwner, UCHAR FAR * szFkTableName,
-    SWORD cbFkTableName);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLMoreResults (HSTMT hstmt);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLNativeSql (HDBC hdbc, UCHAR FAR * szSqlStrIn,
-    SDWORD cbSqlStrIn, UCHAR FAR * szSqlStr, SDWORD cbSqlStrMax,
-    SDWORD FAR * pcbSqlStr);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLNumParams (HSTMT hstmt, SWORD FAR * pcpar);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLParamOptions (HSTMT hstmt, UDWORD crow, UDWORD FAR * pirow);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLPrimaryKeys (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableName, SWORD cbTableName);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLProcedureColumns (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szProcQualifier,
-    SWORD cbProcQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szProcOwner, SWORD cbProcOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szProcName, SWORD cbProcName, UCHAR FAR * szColumnName,
-    SWORD cbColumnName);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLProcedures (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szProcQualifier,
-    SWORD cbProcQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szProcOwner, SWORD cbProcOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szProcName, SWORD cbProcName);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetPos (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD irow, UWORD fOption, UWORD fLock);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLTablePrivileges (HSTMT hstmt, UCHAR FAR * szTableQualifier,
-    SWORD cbTableQualifier, UCHAR FAR * szTableOwner, SWORD cbTableOwner,
-    UCHAR FAR * szTableName, SWORD cbTableName);
-
-/*
- *  SDK 2.0 Additional function prototypes
- */
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLDrivers (HENV henv, UWORD fDirection,
-    UCHAR FAR * szDriverDesc, SWORD cbDriverDescMax, SWORD FAR * pcbDriverDesc,
-    UCHAR FAR * szDriverAttributes, SWORD cbDrvrAttrMax,
-    SWORD FAR * pcbDrvrAttr);
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLBindParameter (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD ipar, SWORD fParamType,
-    SWORD fCType, SWORD fSqlType, UDWORD cbColDef, SWORD ibScale, PTR rgbValue,
-    SDWORD cbValueMax, SDWORD FAR * pcbValue);
-
-/*
- *  Deprecated - use SQLSetStmtOptions
- */
-RETCODE SQL_API SQLSetScrollOptions (HSTMT hstmt, UWORD fConcurrency,
-    SDWORD crowKeyset, UWORD crowRowset);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/joystick.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 388ab2e9a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        joystick.h
-// Purpose:     wxJoystick base header
-// Author:      wxWidgets Team
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets Team
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: joystick.h 32852 2005-03-16 16:18:31Z ABX $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__DARWIN__)
-#include "wx/mac/corefoundation/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/joystick.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/layout.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/layout.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 06dc60934..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/layout.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/layout.h
-// Purpose:     OBSOLETE layout constraint classes, use sizers instead
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: layout.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LAYOUT_H_
-#define _WX_LAYOUT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// X stupidly defines these in X.h
-#ifdef Above
-    #undef Above
-#endif
-#ifdef Below
-    #undef Below
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declrations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN 0
-
-enum wxEdge
-{
-    wxLeft, wxTop, wxRight, wxBottom, wxWidth, wxHeight,
-    wxCentre, wxCenter = wxCentre, wxCentreX, wxCentreY
-};
-
-enum wxRelationship
-{
-    wxUnconstrained = 0,
-    wxAsIs,
-    wxPercentOf,
-    wxAbove,
-    wxBelow,
-    wxLeftOf,
-    wxRightOf,
-    wxSameAs,
-    wxAbsolute
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIndividualLayoutConstraint: a constraint on window position
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIndividualLayoutConstraint : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint();
-
-    // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok
-
-    virtual ~wxIndividualLayoutConstraint(){}
-
-    void Set(wxRelationship rel, wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge otherE, int val = 0, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
-    //
-    // Sibling relationships
-    //
-    void LeftOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-    void RightOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-    void Above(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-    void Below(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
-    //
-    // 'Same edge' alignment
-    //
-    void SameAs(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge edge, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
-    // The edge is a percentage of the other window's edge
-    void PercentOf(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge wh, int per);
-
-    //
-    // Edge has absolute value
-    //
-    void Absolute(int val);
-
-    //
-    // Dimension is unconstrained
-    //
-    void Unconstrained() { relationship = wxUnconstrained; }
-
-    //
-    // Dimension is 'as is' (use current size settings)
-    //
-    void AsIs() { relationship = wxAsIs; }
-
-    //
-    // Accessors
-    //
-    wxWindowBase *GetOtherWindow() { return otherWin; }
-    wxEdge GetMyEdge() const { return myEdge; }
-    void SetEdge(wxEdge which) { myEdge = which; }
-    void SetValue(int v) { value = v; }
-    int GetMargin() { return margin; }
-    void SetMargin(int m) { margin = m; }
-    int GetValue() const { return value; }
-    int GetPercent() const { return percent; }
-    int GetOtherEdge() const { return otherEdge; }
-    bool GetDone() const { return done; }
-    void SetDone(bool d) { done = d; }
-    wxRelationship GetRelationship() { return relationship; }
-    void SetRelationship(wxRelationship r) { relationship = r; }
-
-    // Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
-    bool ResetIfWin(wxWindowBase *otherW);
-
-    // Try to satisfy constraint
-    bool SatisfyConstraint(wxLayoutConstraints *constraints, wxWindowBase *win);
-
-    // Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
-    // is not determinable, -1.
-    int GetEdge(wxEdge which, wxWindowBase *thisWin, wxWindowBase *other) const;
-
-protected:
-    // To be allowed to modify the internal variables
-    friend class wxIndividualLayoutConstraint_Serialize;
-
-    // 'This' window is the parent or sibling of otherWin
-    wxWindowBase *otherWin;
-
-    wxEdge myEdge;
-    wxRelationship relationship;
-    int margin;
-    int value;
-    int percent;
-    wxEdge otherEdge;
-    bool done;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIndividualLayoutConstraint)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLayoutConstraints: the complete set of constraints for a window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLayoutConstraints : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // Edge constraints
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint left;
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint top;
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint right;
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint bottom;
-    // Size constraints
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint width;
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint height;
-    // Centre constraints
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreX;
-    wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreY;
-
-    wxLayoutConstraints();
-
-    // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok
-
-    virtual ~wxLayoutConstraints(){}
-
-    bool SatisfyConstraints(wxWindowBase *win, int *noChanges);
-    bool AreSatisfied() const
-    {
-        return left.GetDone() && top.GetDone() &&
-               width.GetDone() && height.GetDone();
-    }
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLayoutConstraints)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-#endif // _WX_LAYOUT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/laywin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/laywin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c27d1e7db..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/laywin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/laywin.h
-// Purpose:     wxSashLayoutWindow base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: laywin.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/laywin.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/link.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/link.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 394f2422e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/link.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/link.h
-// Purpose:     macros to force linking modules which might otherwise be
-//              discarded by the linker
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: link.h 35722 2005-09-26 12:29:25Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LINK_H_
-#define _WX_LINK_H_
-
-// This must be part of the module you want to force:
-#define wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE(module_name)                         \
-                extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name ();     \
-                void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name () { }
-
-
-// And this must be somewhere where it certainly will be linked:
-#define wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(module_name)                              \
-                extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name ();     \
-                static struct wxForceLink##module_name                \
-                {                                                     \
-                    wxForceLink##module_name()                        \
-                    {                                                 \
-                        _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name ();         \
-                    }                                                 \
-                } _wx_link_dummy_var_##module_name;
-
-
-#endif // _WX_LINK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/list.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/list.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b5ae0689..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/list.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1308 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/list.h
-// Purpose:     wxList, wxStringList classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: VZ at 16/11/98: WX_DECLARE_LIST() and typesafe lists added
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: list.h 58742 2009-02-07 23:46:53Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-  All this is quite ugly but serves two purposes:
-    1. Be almost 100% compatible with old, untyped, wxList class
-    2. Ensure compile-time type checking for the linked lists
-
-  The idea is to have one base class (wxListBase) working with "void *" data,
-  but to hide these untyped functions - i.e. make them protected, so they
-  can only be used from derived classes which have inline member functions
-  working with right types. This achieves the 2nd goal. As for the first one,
-  we provide a special derivation of wxListBase called wxList which looks just
-  like the old class.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTH__
-#define _WX_LISTH__
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-    #include "wx/beforestd.h"
-    #include <algorithm>
-    #include <iterator>
-    #include <list>
-    #include "wx/afterstd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// type of compare function for list sort operation (as in 'qsort'): it should
-// return a negative value, 0 or positive value if the first element is less
-// than, equal or greater than the second
-
-extern "C"
-{
-typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxSortCompareFunction)(const void *elem1, const void *elem2);
-}
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectListNode;
-typedef wxObjectListNode wxNode;
-
-//
-typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxListIterateFunction)(void *current);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !defined(wxENUM_KEY_TYPE_DEFINED)
-#define wxENUM_KEY_TYPE_DEFINED
-
-enum wxKeyType
-{
-    wxKEY_NONE,
-    wxKEY_INTEGER,
-    wxKEY_STRING
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-
-#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl) \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT*, liT, decl)
-
-#if !defined( __VISUALC__ )
-
-template<class T>
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxList_SortFunction
-{
-public:
-    wxList_SortFunction(wxSortCompareFunction f) : m_f(f) { }
-    bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2)
-      { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; }
-private:
-    wxSortCompareFunction m_f;
-};
-
-#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) wxList_SortFunction<elT>(f)
-#define VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl)
-
-#else // if defined( __VISUALC__ )
-
-#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) std::greater<elT>( f )
-#define VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl)                                        \
-    decl liT;                                                                 \
-                                                                              \
-    /* Workaround for broken VC6 STL incorrectly requires a std::greater<> */ \
-    /* to be passed into std::list::sort() */                                 \
-    template <>                                                               \
-    struct std::greater<elT>                                                  \
-    {                                                                         \
-        private:                                                              \
-            wxSortCompareFunction m_CompFunc;                                 \
-        public:                                                               \
-            greater( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc = NULL )                  \
-                : m_CompFunc( compfunc ) {}                                   \
-            bool operator()(const elT X, const elT Y) const                   \
-                {                                                             \
-                    return m_CompFunc ?                                       \
-                        ( m_CompFunc( X, Y ) < 0 ) :                          \
-                        ( X > Y );                                            \
-                }                                                             \
-    };
-
-#endif // defined( __VISUALC__ )
-
-/*
-    Note 1: the outer helper class _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT below is a workaround
-    for mingw 3.2.3 compiler bug that prevents a static function of liT class
-    from being exported into dll. A minimal code snippet reproducing the bug:
-
-         struct WXDLLEXPORT Foo
-         {
-            static void Bar();
-            struct SomeInnerClass
-            {
-              friend class Foo; // comment this out to make it link
-            };
-            ~Foo()
-            {
-                Bar();
-            }
-         };
-
-    The program does not link under mingw_gcc 3.2.3 producing undefined
-    reference to Foo::Bar() function
-
-
-    Note 2: the EmptyList is needed to allow having a NULL pointer-like
-    invalid iterator. We used to use just an uninitialized iterator object
-    instead but this fails with some debug/checked versions of STL, notably the
-    glibc version activated with _GLIBCXX_DEBUG, so we need to have a separate
-    invalid iterator.
- */
-
-// the real wxList-class declaration
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT, liT, decl)                                    \
-    decl _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT                                                \
-    {                                                                         \
-        typedef elT _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT;                                 \
-    public:                                                                   \
-        static void DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT X );             \
-    };                                                                        \
-                                                                              \
-    VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl)                                            \
-    decl liT : public std::list<elT>                                          \
-    {                                                                         \
-    private:                                                                  \
-        typedef std::list<elT> BaseListType;                                  \
-        static BaseListType EmptyList;                                        \
-                                                                              \
-        bool m_destroy;                                                       \
-                                                                              \
-    public:                                                                   \
-        decl compatibility_iterator                                           \
-        {                                                                     \
-        private:                                                              \
-            /* Workaround for broken VC6 nested class name resolution */      \
-            typedef std::list<elT>::iterator iterator;                        \
-            friend class liT;                                                 \
-                                                                              \
-            iterator m_iter;                                                  \
-            liT * m_list;                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        public:                                                               \
-            compatibility_iterator()                                          \
-                : m_iter(EmptyList.end()), m_list( NULL ) {}                  \
-            compatibility_iterator( liT* li, iterator i )                     \
-                : m_iter( i ), m_list( li ) {}                                \
-            compatibility_iterator( const liT* li, iterator i )               \
-                : m_iter( i ), m_list( const_cast< liT* >( li ) ) {}          \
-                                                                              \
-            compatibility_iterator* operator->() { return this; }             \
-            const compatibility_iterator* operator->() const { return this; } \
-                                                                              \
-            bool operator==(const compatibility_iterator& i) const            \
-            {                                                                 \
-                wxASSERT_MSG( m_list && i.m_list,                             \
-                              _T("comparing invalid iterators is illegal") ); \
-                return (m_list == i.m_list) && (m_iter == i.m_iter);          \
-            }                                                                 \
-            bool operator!=(const compatibility_iterator& i) const            \
-                { return !( operator==( i ) ); }                              \
-            operator bool() const                                             \
-                { return m_list ? m_iter != m_list->end() : false; }          \
-            bool operator !() const                                           \
-                { return !( operator bool() ); }                              \
-                                                                              \
-            elT GetData() const                                               \
-                { return *m_iter; }                                           \
-            void SetData( elT e )                                             \
-                { *m_iter = e; }                                              \
-                                                                              \
-            compatibility_iterator GetNext() const                            \
-            {                                                                 \
-                iterator i = m_iter;                                          \
-                return compatibility_iterator( m_list, ++i );                 \
-            }                                                                 \
-            compatibility_iterator GetPrevious() const                        \
-            {                                                                 \
-                if ( m_iter == m_list->begin() )                              \
-                    return compatibility_iterator();                          \
-                                                                              \
-                iterator i = m_iter;                                          \
-                return compatibility_iterator( m_list, --i );                 \
-            }                                                                 \
-            int IndexOf() const                                               \
-            {                                                                 \
-                return *this ? std::distance( m_list->begin(), m_iter )       \
-                             : wxNOT_FOUND;                                   \
-            }                                                                 \
-        };                                                                    \
-    public:                                                                   \
-        liT() : m_destroy( false ) {}                                         \
-                                                                              \
-        compatibility_iterator Find( const elT e ) const                      \
-        {                                                                     \
-          liT* _this = const_cast< liT* >( this );                            \
-          return compatibility_iterator( _this,                               \
-                     std::find( _this->begin(), _this->end(), e ) );          \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        bool IsEmpty() const                                                  \
-            { return empty(); }                                               \
-        size_t GetCount() const                                               \
-            { return size(); }                                                \
-        int Number() const                                                    \
-            { return static_cast< int >( GetCount() ); }                      \
-                                                                              \
-        compatibility_iterator Item( size_t idx ) const                       \
-        {                                                                     \
-            iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin();                   \
-            std::advance( i, idx );                                           \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this, i );                         \
-        }                                                                     \
-        elT operator[](size_t idx) const                                      \
-        {                                                                     \
-            return Item(idx).GetData();                                       \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        compatibility_iterator GetFirst() const                               \
-        {                                                                     \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this,                              \
-                const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin() );                          \
-        }                                                                     \
-        compatibility_iterator GetLast() const                                \
-        {                                                                     \
-            iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->end();                     \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this, !empty() ? --i : i );        \
-        }                                                                     \
-        compatibility_iterator Member( elT e ) const                          \
-            { return Find( e ); }                                             \
-        compatibility_iterator Nth( int n ) const                             \
-            { return Item( n ); }                                             \
-        int IndexOf( elT e ) const                                            \
-            { return Find( e ).IndexOf(); }                                   \
-                                                                              \
-        compatibility_iterator Append( elT e )                                \
-        {                                                                     \
-            push_back( e );                                                   \
-            return GetLast();                                                 \
-        }                                                                     \
-        compatibility_iterator Insert( elT e )                                \
-        {                                                                     \
-            push_front( e );                                                  \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this, begin() );                   \
-        }                                                                     \
-        compatibility_iterator Insert(const compatibility_iterator &i, elT e) \
-        {                                                                     \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this, insert( i.m_iter, e ) );     \
-        }                                                                     \
-        compatibility_iterator Insert( size_t idx, elT e )                    \
-        {                                                                     \
-            return compatibility_iterator( this,                              \
-                                           insert( Item( idx ).m_iter, e ) ); \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        void DeleteContents( bool destroy )                                   \
-            { m_destroy = destroy; }                                          \
-        bool GetDeleteContents() const                                        \
-            { return m_destroy; }                                             \
-        void Erase( const compatibility_iterator& i )                         \
-        {                                                                     \
-            if ( m_destroy )                                                  \
-                _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction( i->GetData() );        \
-            erase( i.m_iter );                                                \
-        }                                                                     \
-        bool DeleteNode( const compatibility_iterator& i )                    \
-        {                                                                     \
-            if( i )                                                           \
-            {                                                                 \
-                Erase( i );                                                   \
-                return true;                                                  \
-            }                                                                 \
-            return false;                                                     \
-        }                                                                     \
-        bool DeleteObject( elT e )                                            \
-        {                                                                     \
-            return DeleteNode( Find( e ) );                                   \
-        }                                                                     \
-        void Clear()                                                          \
-        {                                                                     \
-            if ( m_destroy )                                                  \
-                std::for_each( begin(), end(),                                \
-                               _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction );       \
-            clear();                                                          \
-        }                                                                     \
-        /* Workaround for broken VC6 std::list::sort() see above */           \
-        void Sort( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc )                           \
-            { sort( WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, compfunc ) ); }                \
-        ~liT() { Clear(); }                                                   \
-                                                                              \
-        /* It needs access to our EmptyList */                                \
-        friend decl compatibility_iterator;                                   \
-    }
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname)                              \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname)                          \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname)                     \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLEXPORT)
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname)                 \
-    WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo)       \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class usergoo)
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo)   \
-    WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo)
-
-// this macro must be inserted in your program after
-//      #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)    "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!"
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name)      WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STL
-
-// due to circular header dependencies this function has to be declared here
-// (normally it's found in utils.h which includes itself list.h...)
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* copystring(const wxChar *s);
-#endif
-
-// undef it to get rid of old, deprecated functions
-#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// key stuff: a list may be optionally keyed on integer or string key
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-union wxListKeyValue
-{
-    long integer;
-    wxChar *string;
-};
-
-// a struct which may contain both types of keys
-//
-// implementation note: on one hand, this class allows to have only one function
-// for any keyed operation instead of 2 almost equivalent. OTOH, it's needed to
-// resolve ambiguity which we would otherwise have with wxStringList::Find() and
-// wxList::Find(const char *).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListKey
-{
-public:
-    // implicit ctors
-    wxListKey() : m_keyType(wxKEY_NONE)
-        { }
-    wxListKey(long i) : m_keyType(wxKEY_INTEGER)
-        { m_key.integer = i; }
-    wxListKey(const wxChar *s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING)
-        { m_key.string = wxStrdup(s); }
-    wxListKey(const wxString& s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING)
-        { m_key.string = wxStrdup(s.c_str()); }
-
-    // accessors
-    wxKeyType GetKeyType() const { return m_keyType; }
-    const wxChar *GetString() const
-        { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); return m_key.string; }
-    long GetNumber() const
-        { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); return m_key.integer; }
-
-    // comparison
-    // Note: implementation moved to list.cpp to prevent BC++ inline
-    // expansion warning.
-    bool operator==(wxListKeyValue value) const ;
-
-    // dtor
-    ~wxListKey()
-    {
-        if ( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING )
-            free(m_key.string);
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxKeyType m_keyType;
-    wxListKeyValue m_key;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNodeBase class is a (base for) node in a double linked list
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxListKey) wxDefaultListKey;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxListBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNodeBase
-{
-friend class wxListBase;
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxNodeBase(wxListBase *list = (wxListBase *)NULL,
-               wxNodeBase *previous = (wxNodeBase *)NULL,
-               wxNodeBase *next = (wxNodeBase *)NULL,
-               void *data = NULL,
-               const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey);
-
-    virtual ~wxNodeBase();
-
-    // FIXME no check is done that the list is really keyed on strings
-    const wxChar *GetKeyString() const { return m_key.string; }
-    long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; }
-
-    // Necessary for some existing code
-    void SetKeyString(wxChar* s) { m_key.string = s; }
-    void SetKeyInteger(long i) { m_key.integer = i; }
-
-#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-    // compatibility methods, use Get* instead.
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Next() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Previous() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxObject *Data() const );
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-protected:
-    // all these are going to be "overloaded" in the derived classes
-    wxNodeBase *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-    wxNodeBase *GetPrevious() const { return m_previous; }
-
-    void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
-    void SetData(void *data) { m_data = data; }
-
-    // get 0-based index of this node within the list or wxNOT_FOUND
-    int IndexOf() const;
-
-    virtual void DeleteData() { }
-public:
-    // for wxList::iterator
-    void** GetDataPtr() const { return &(((wxNodeBase*)this)->m_data); }
-private:
-    // optional key stuff
-    wxListKeyValue m_key;
-
-    void        *m_data;        // user data
-    wxNodeBase  *m_next,        // next and previous nodes in the list
-                *m_previous;
-
-    wxListBase  *m_list;        // list we belong to
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNodeBase)
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a double-linked list class
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListBase : public wxObject
-{
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxNodeBase; // should be able to call DetachNode()
-friend class wxHashTableBase;   // should be able to call untyped Find()
-
-public:
-    // default ctor & dtor
-    wxListBase(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE)
-        { Init(keyType); }
-    virtual ~wxListBase();
-
-    // accessors
-        // count of items in the list
-    size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; }
-
-        // return true if this list is empty
-    bool IsEmpty() const { return m_count == 0; }
-
-    // operations
-
-        // delete all nodes
-    void Clear();
-
-        // instruct it to destroy user data when deleting nodes
-    void DeleteContents(bool destroy) { m_destroy = destroy; }
-
-       // query if to delete
-    bool GetDeleteContents() const
-        { return m_destroy; }
-
-      // get the keytype
-    wxKeyType GetKeyType() const
-        { return m_keyType; }
-
-      // set the keytype (required by the serial code)
-    void SetKeyType(wxKeyType keyType)
-        { wxASSERT( m_count==0 ); m_keyType = keyType; }
-
-#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-    // compatibility methods from old wxList
-    wxDEPRECATED( int Number() const );             // use GetCount instead.
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *First() const );          // use GetFirst
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Last() const );           // use GetLast
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Nth(size_t n) const );    // use Item
-
-    // kludge for typesafe list migration in core classes.
-    wxDEPRECATED( operator wxList&() const );
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-protected:
-
-    // all methods here are "overloaded" in derived classes to provide compile
-    // time type checking
-
-    // create a node for the list of this type
-    virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next,
-                                   void *data,
-                                   const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) = 0;
-
-// Can't access these from derived classes otherwise (bug in Salford C++?)
-#ifdef __SALFORDC__
-public:
-#endif
-
-    // ctors
-        // from an array
-    wxListBase(size_t count, void *elements[]);
-        // from a sequence of objects
-    wxListBase(void *object, ... /* terminate with NULL */);
-
-protected:
-    void Assign(const wxListBase& list)
-        { Clear(); DoCopy(list); }
-
-        // get list head/tail
-    wxNodeBase *GetFirst() const { return m_nodeFirst; }
-    wxNodeBase *GetLast() const { return m_nodeLast; }
-
-        // by (0-based) index
-    wxNodeBase *Item(size_t index) const;
-
-        // get the list item's data
-    void *operator[](size_t n) const
-    {
-        wxNodeBase *node = Item(n);
-
-        return node ? node->GetData() : (wxNodeBase *)NULL;
-    }
-
-    // operations
-        // append to end of list
-    wxNodeBase *Prepend(void *object)
-        { return (wxNodeBase *)wxListBase::Insert(object); }
-        // append to beginning of list
-    wxNodeBase *Append(void *object);
-        // insert a new item at the beginning of the list
-    wxNodeBase *Insert(void *object) { return Insert( (wxNodeBase*)NULL, object); }
-        // insert a new item at the given position
-    wxNodeBase *Insert(size_t pos, void *object)
-        { return pos == GetCount() ? Append(object)
-                                   : Insert(Item(pos), object); }
-        // insert before given node or at front of list if prev == NULL
-    wxNodeBase *Insert(wxNodeBase *prev, void *object);
-
-        // keyed append
-    wxNodeBase *Append(long key, void *object);
-    wxNodeBase *Append(const wxChar *key, void *object);
-
-        // removes node from the list but doesn't delete it (returns pointer
-        // to the node or NULL if it wasn't found in the list)
-    wxNodeBase *DetachNode(wxNodeBase *node);
-        // delete element from list, returns false if node not found
-    bool DeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node);
-        // finds object pointer and deletes node (and object if DeleteContents
-        // is on), returns false if object not found
-    bool DeleteObject(void *object);
-
-    // search (all return NULL if item not found)
-        // by data
-    wxNodeBase *Find(const void *object) const;
-
-        // by key
-    wxNodeBase *Find(const wxListKey& key) const;
-
-    // get 0-based index of object or wxNOT_FOUND
-    int IndexOf( void *object ) const;
-
-    // this function allows the sorting of arbitrary lists by giving
-    // a function to compare two list elements. The list is sorted in place.
-    void Sort(const wxSortCompareFunction compfunc);
-
-    // functions for iterating over the list
-    void *FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction func);
-    void ForEach(wxListIterateFunction func);
-    void *LastThat(wxListIterateFunction func);
-
-    // for STL interface, "last" points to one after the last node
-    // of the controlled sequence (NULL for the end of the list)
-    void Reverse();
-    void DeleteNodes(wxNodeBase* first, wxNodeBase* last);
-private:
-
-        // common part of all ctors
-    void Init(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE);
-
-    // helpers
-        // common part of copy ctor and assignment operator
-    void DoCopy(const wxListBase& list);
-        // common part of all Append()s
-    wxNodeBase *AppendCommon(wxNodeBase *node);
-        // free node's data and node itself
-    void DoDeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node);
-
-    size_t m_count;             // number of elements in the list
-    bool m_destroy;             // destroy user data when deleting list items?
-    wxNodeBase *m_nodeFirst,    // pointers to the head and tail of the list
-               *m_nodeLast;
-
-    wxKeyType m_keyType;        // type of our keys (may be wxKEY_NONE)
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for definition of "template" list type
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// and now some heavy magic...
-
-// declare a list type named 'name' and containing elements of type 'T *'
-// (as a by product of macro expansion you also get wx##name##Node
-// wxNode-derived type)
-//
-// implementation details:
-//  1. We define _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name typedef to save in it the item type
-//     for the list of given type - this allows us to pass only the list name
-//     to WX_DEFINE_LIST() even if it needs both the name and the type
-//
-//  2. We redefine all non-type-safe wxList functions with type-safe versions
-//     which don't take any space (everything is inline), but bring compile
-//     time error checking.
-//
-//  3. The macro which is usually used (WX_DECLARE_LIST) is defined in terms of
-//     a more generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_2 macro which, in turn, uses the most
-//     generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 one. The last macro adds a sometimes
-//     interesting capability to store polymorphic objects in the list and is
-//     particularly useful with, for example, "wxWindow *" list where the
-//     wxWindowBase pointers are put into the list, but wxWindow pointers are
-//     retrieved from it.
-//
-//  4. final hack is that WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 is defined in terms of
-//     WX_DECLARE_LIST_4 to allow defining classes without operator->() as
-//     it results in compiler warnings when this operator doesn't make sense
-//     (i.e. stored elements are not pointers)
-
-// common part of WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 and WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, ptrop)        \
-    typedef int (*wxSortFuncFor_##name)(const T **, const T **);            \
-                                                                            \
-    classexp nodetype : public wxNodeBase                                   \
-    {                                                                       \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        nodetype(wxListBase *list = (wxListBase *)NULL,                     \
-                 nodetype *previous = (nodetype *)NULL,                     \
-                 nodetype *next = (nodetype *)NULL,                         \
-                 T *data = (T *)NULL,                                       \
-                 const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey)                   \
-            : wxNodeBase(list, previous, next, data, key) { }               \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *GetNext() const                                           \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetNext(); }                   \
-        nodetype *GetPrevious() const                                       \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetPrevious(); }               \
-                                                                            \
-        T *GetData() const                                                  \
-            { return (T *)wxNodeBase::GetData(); }                          \
-        void SetData(T *data)                                               \
-            { wxNodeBase::SetData(data); }                                  \
-                                                                            \
-    protected:                                                              \
-        virtual void DeleteData();                                          \
-                                                                            \
-        DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(nodetype)                                     \
-    };                                                                      \
-                                                                            \
-    classexp name : public wxListBase                                       \
-    {                                                                       \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        typedef nodetype Node;                                              \
-        classexp compatibility_iterator                                     \
-        {                                                                   \
-        public:                                                             \
-            compatibility_iterator(Node *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { }       \
-                                                                            \
-            Node *operator->() const { return m_ptr; }                      \
-            operator Node *() const { return m_ptr; }                       \
-                                                                            \
-        private:                                                            \
-            Node *m_ptr;                                                    \
-        };                                                                  \
-                                                                            \
-        name(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE) : wxListBase(keyType)          \
-            { }                                                             \
-        name(const name& list) : wxListBase(list.GetKeyType())              \
-            { Assign(list); }                                               \
-        name(size_t count, T *elements[])                                   \
-            : wxListBase(count, (void **)elements) { }                      \
-                                                                            \
-        name& operator=(const name& list)                                   \
-            { Assign(list); return *this; }                                 \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *GetFirst() const                                          \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetFirst(); }                  \
-        nodetype *GetLast() const                                           \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetLast(); }                   \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *Item(size_t index) const                                  \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Item(index); }                 \
-                                                                            \
-        T *operator[](size_t index) const                                   \
-        {                                                                   \
-            nodetype *node = Item(index);                                   \
-            return node ? (T*)(node->GetData()) : (T*)NULL;                 \
-        }                                                                   \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *Append(Tbase *object)                                     \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(object); }              \
-        nodetype *Insert(Tbase *object)                                     \
-            { return (nodetype *)Insert((nodetype*)NULL, object); }         \
-        nodetype *Insert(size_t pos, Tbase *object)                         \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(pos, object); }         \
-        nodetype *Insert(nodetype *prev, Tbase *object)                     \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(prev, object); }        \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *Append(long key, void *object)                            \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); }         \
-        nodetype *Append(const wxChar *key, void *object)                   \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); }         \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *DetachNode(nodetype *node)                                \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::DetachNode(node); }            \
-        bool DeleteNode(nodetype *node)                                     \
-            { return wxListBase::DeleteNode(node); }                        \
-        bool DeleteObject(Tbase *object)                                    \
-            { return wxListBase::DeleteObject(object); }                    \
-        void Erase(nodetype *it)                                            \
-            { DeleteNode(it); }                                             \
-                                                                            \
-        nodetype *Find(const Tbase *object) const                           \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(object); }                \
-                                                                            \
-        virtual nodetype *Find(const wxListKey& key) const                  \
-            { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(key); }                   \
-                                                                            \
-        int IndexOf(Tbase *object) const                                    \
-            { return wxListBase::IndexOf(object); }                         \
-                                                                            \
-        void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction func)                               \
-            { wxListBase::Sort(func); }                                     \
-        void Sort(wxSortFuncFor_##name func)                                \
-            { Sort((wxSortCompareFunction)func); }                          \
-                                                                            \
-    protected:                                                              \
-        virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next,  \
-                               void *data,                                  \
-                               const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey)     \
-            {                                                               \
-                return new nodetype(this,                                   \
-                                    (nodetype *)prev, (nodetype *)next,     \
-                                    (T *)data, key);                        \
-            }                                                               \
-        /* STL interface */                                                 \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        typedef size_t size_type;                                           \
-        typedef int difference_type;                                        \
-        typedef T* value_type;                                              \
-        typedef Tbase* base_value_type;                                     \
-        typedef value_type& reference;                                      \
-        typedef const value_type& const_reference;                          \
-        typedef base_value_type& base_reference;                            \
-        typedef const base_value_type& const_base_reference;                \
-                                                                            \
-        classexp iterator                                                   \
-        {                                                                   \
-            typedef name list;                                              \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef nodetype Node;                                          \
-            typedef iterator itor;                                          \
-            typedef T* value_type;                                          \
-            typedef value_type* ptr_type;                                   \
-            typedef value_type& reference;                                  \
-                                                                            \
-            Node* m_node;                                                   \
-            Node* m_init;                                                   \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef reference reference_type;                               \
-            typedef ptr_type pointer_type;                                  \
-                                                                            \
-            iterator(Node* node, Node* init) : m_node(node), m_init(init) {}\
-            iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }                     \
-            reference_type operator*() const                                \
-                { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }             \
-            ptrop                                                           \
-            itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; }\
-            const itor operator++(int)                                      \
-                { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; }\
-            itor& operator--()                                              \
-            {                                                               \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;           \
-                return *this;                                               \
-            }                                                               \
-            const itor operator--(int)                                      \
-            {                                                               \
-                itor tmp = *this;                                           \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;           \
-                return tmp;                                                 \
-            }                                                               \
-            bool operator!=(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node != m_node; }                             \
-            bool operator==(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node == m_node; }                             \
-        };                                                                  \
-        classexp const_iterator                                             \
-        {                                                                   \
-            typedef name list;                                              \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef nodetype Node;                                          \
-            typedef T* value_type;                                          \
-            typedef const value_type& const_reference;                      \
-            typedef const_iterator itor;                                    \
-            typedef value_type* ptr_type;                                   \
-                                                                            \
-            Node* m_node;                                                   \
-            Node* m_init;                                                   \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef const_reference reference_type;                         \
-            typedef const ptr_type pointer_type;                            \
-                                                                            \
-            const_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)                          \
-                : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }                            \
-            const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }               \
-            const_iterator(const iterator& it)                              \
-                : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { }                  \
-            reference_type operator*() const                                \
-                { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }             \
-            ptrop                                                           \
-            itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; }\
-            const itor operator++(int)                                      \
-                { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; }\
-            itor& operator--()                                              \
-            {                                                               \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;           \
-                return *this;                                               \
-            }                                                               \
-            const itor operator--(int)                                      \
-            {                                                               \
-                itor tmp = *this;                                           \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;           \
-                return tmp;                                                 \
-            }                                                               \
-            bool operator!=(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node != m_node; }                             \
-            bool operator==(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node == m_node; }                             \
-        };                                                                  \
-        classexp reverse_iterator                                           \
-        {                                                                   \
-            typedef name list;                                              \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef nodetype Node;                                          \
-            typedef T* value_type;                                          \
-            typedef reverse_iterator itor;                                  \
-            typedef value_type* ptr_type;                                   \
-            typedef value_type& reference;                                  \
-                                                                            \
-            Node* m_node;                                                   \
-            Node* m_init;                                                   \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef reference reference_type;                               \
-            typedef ptr_type pointer_type;                                  \
-                                                                            \
-            reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)                        \
-                : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }                            \
-            reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }             \
-            reference_type operator*() const                                \
-                { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }             \
-            ptrop                                                           \
-            itor& operator++()                                              \
-                { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; }           \
-            const itor operator++(int)                                      \
-            { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\
-            itor& operator--()                                              \
-            { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this; } \
-            const itor operator--(int)                                      \
-            {                                                               \
-                itor tmp = *this;                                           \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init;               \
-                return tmp;                                                 \
-            }                                                               \
-            bool operator!=(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node != m_node; }                             \
-            bool operator==(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node == m_node; }                             \
-        };                                                                  \
-        classexp const_reverse_iterator                                     \
-        {                                                                   \
-            typedef name list;                                              \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef nodetype Node;                                          \
-            typedef T* value_type;                                          \
-            typedef const_reverse_iterator itor;                            \
-            typedef value_type* ptr_type;                                   \
-            typedef const value_type& const_reference;                      \
-                                                                            \
-            Node* m_node;                                                   \
-            Node* m_init;                                                   \
-        public:                                                             \
-            typedef const_reference reference_type;                         \
-            typedef const ptr_type pointer_type;                            \
-                                                                            \
-            const_reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)                  \
-                : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }                            \
-            const_reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }       \
-            const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it)              \
-                : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { }                  \
-            reference_type operator*() const                                \
-                { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }             \
-            ptrop                                                           \
-            itor& operator++()                                              \
-                { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; }           \
-            const itor operator++(int)                                      \
-            { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\
-            itor& operator--()                                              \
-                { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this;}\
-            const itor operator--(int)                                      \
-            {                                                               \
-                itor tmp = *this;                                           \
-                m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init;               \
-                return tmp;                                                 \
-            }                                                               \
-            bool operator!=(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node != m_node; }                             \
-            bool operator==(const itor& it) const                           \
-                { return it.m_node == m_node; }                             \
-        };                                                                  \
-                                                                            \
-        wxEXPLICIT name(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type())      \
-            { assign(n, v); }                                               \
-        name(const const_iterator& first, const const_iterator& last)       \
-            { assign(first, last); }                                        \
-        iterator begin() { return iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); }        \
-        const_iterator begin() const                                        \
-            { return const_iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); }               \
-        iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }                \
-        const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }\
-        reverse_iterator rbegin()                                           \
-            { return reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); }             \
-        const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const                               \
-            { return const_reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); }       \
-        reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }\
-        const_reverse_iterator rend() const                                 \
-            { return const_reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }            \
-        void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type())               \
-        {                                                                   \
-            while (n < size())                                              \
-                pop_back();                                                 \
-            while (n > size())                                              \
-                push_back(v);                                                \
-        }                                                                   \
-        size_type size() const { return GetCount(); }                       \
-        size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; }                      \
-        bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }                            \
-        reference front() { return *begin(); }                              \
-        const_reference front() const { return *begin(); }                  \
-        reference back() { iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }           \
-        const_reference back() const { const_iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }\
-        void push_front(const_reference v = value_type())                   \
-            { Insert(GetFirst(), (const_base_reference)v); }                \
-        void pop_front() { DeleteNode(GetFirst()); }                        \
-        void push_back(const_reference v = value_type())                    \
-            { Append((const_base_reference)v); }                            \
-        void pop_back() { DeleteNode(GetLast()); }                          \
-        void assign(const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last)       \
-        {                                                                   \
-            clear();                                                        \
-            for(; first != last; ++first)                                   \
-                Append((const_base_reference)*first);                       \
-        }                                                                   \
-        void assign(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type())          \
-        {                                                                   \
-            clear();                                                        \
-            for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i)                                \
-                Append((const_base_reference)v);                            \
-        }                                                                   \
-        iterator insert(const iterator& it, const_reference v = value_type())\
-        {                                                                   \
-            if ( it == end() )                                              \
-                Append((const_base_reference)v);                            \
-            else                                                            \
-                Insert(it.m_node, (const_base_reference)v);                 \
-            iterator itprev(it);                                            \
-            return itprev--;                                                \
-        }                                                                   \
-        void insert(const iterator& it, size_type n, const_reference v = value_type())\
-        {                                                                   \
-            for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i)                                \
-                insert(it, v);                                              \
-        }                                                                   \
-        void insert(const iterator& it, const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last)\
-        {                                                                   \
-            for(; first != last; ++first)                                   \
-                insert(it, *first);                                         \
-        }                                                                   \
-        iterator erase(const iterator& it)                                  \
-        {                                                                   \
-            iterator next = iterator(it.m_node->GetNext(), GetLast());      \
-            DeleteNode(it.m_node); return next;                             \
-        }                                                                   \
-        iterator erase(const iterator& first, const iterator& last)         \
-        {                                                                   \
-            iterator next = last;                                           \
-            if ( next != end() )                                            \
-                ++next;                                                     \
-            DeleteNodes(first.m_node, last.m_node);                         \
-            return next;                                                    \
-        }                                                                   \
-        void clear() { Clear(); }                                           \
-        void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first, const iterator& last)\
-            { insert(it, first, last); l.erase(first, last); }              \
-        void splice(const iterator& it, name& l)                            \
-            { splice(it, l, l.begin(), l.end() ); }                         \
-        void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first)     \
-        {                                                                   \
-            if ( it != first )                                              \
-            {                                                               \
-                insert(it, *first);                                         \
-                l.erase(first);                                             \
-            }                                                               \
-        }                                                                   \
-        void remove(const_reference v)                                      \
-            { DeleteObject((const_base_reference)v); }                      \
-        void reverse()                                                      \
-            { Reverse(); }                                                  \
-     /* void swap(name& l)                                                  \
-        {                                                                   \
-            { size_t t = m_count; m_count = l.m_count; l.m_count = t; }     \
-            { bool t = m_destroy; m_destroy = l.m_destroy; l.m_destroy = t; }\
-            { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = l.m_nodeFirst; l.m_nodeFirst = t; }\
-            { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = l.m_nodeLast; l.m_nodeLast = t; }\
-            { wxKeyType t = m_keyType; m_keyType = l.m_keyType; l.m_keyType = t; }\
-        } */                                                                \
-    }
-
-#define WX_LIST_PTROP                                                       \
-            pointer_type operator->() const                                 \
-                { return (pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
-#define WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp)               \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp)        \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)        \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)        \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname)                              \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname)                              \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, decl) \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, decl)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname)                     \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname)                     \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo)       \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo)
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo)       \
-    typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname;                      \
-    WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo)
-
-// this macro must be inserted in your program after
-//      #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)    "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!"
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name)      WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL
-
-// ============================================================================
-// now we can define classes 100% compatible with the old ones
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// commonly used list classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY)
-
-// inline compatibility functions
-
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNodeBase deprecated methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Next() const { return (wxNode *)GetNext(); }
-inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Previous() const { return (wxNode *)GetPrevious(); }
-inline wxObject *wxNodeBase::Data() const { return (wxObject *)GetData(); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBase deprecated methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline int wxListBase::Number() const { return (int)GetCount(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::First() const { return (wxNode *)GetFirst(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::Last() const { return (wxNode *)GetLast(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::Nth(size_t n) const { return (wxNode *)Item(n); }
-inline wxListBase::operator wxList&() const { return *(wxList*)this; }
-
-#endif
-
-// define this to make a lot of noise about use of the old wxList classes.
-//#define wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxList compatibility class: in fact, it's a list of wxObjects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxObject, wxObjectList, wxObjectListNode,
-                        class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxList : public wxObjectList
-{
-public:
-#if defined(wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE) && !wxUSE_STL
-    wxList() { };
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxList(int key_type) );
-#elif !wxUSE_STL
-    wxList(int key_type = wxKEY_NONE);
-#endif
-
-    // this destructor is required for Darwin
-   ~wxList() { }
-
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-    wxList& operator=(const wxList& list)
-        { (void) wxListBase::operator=(list); return *this; }
-
-    // compatibility methods
-    void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction compfunc) { wxListBase::Sort(compfunc); }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-#else
-    wxNode *Member(wxObject *object) const { return (wxNode *)Find(object); }
-#endif
-
-private:
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxList)
-#endif
-};
-
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringList class for compatibility with the old code
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxChar, wxStringListBase, wxStringListNode, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-        // default
-#ifdef wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE
-    wxStringList();
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...) );
-#else
-    wxStringList();
-    wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...);
-#endif
-
-        // copying the string list: the strings are copied, too (extremely
-        // inefficient!)
-    wxStringList(const wxStringList& other) : wxStringListBase() { DeleteContents(true); DoCopy(other); }
-    wxStringList& operator=(const wxStringList& other)
-        { Clear(); DoCopy(other); return *this; }
-
-    // operations
-        // makes a copy of the string
-    wxNode *Add(const wxChar *s);
-
-        // Append to beginning of list
-    wxNode *Prepend(const wxChar *s);
-
-    bool Delete(const wxChar *s);
-
-    wxChar **ListToArray(bool new_copies = false) const;
-    bool Member(const wxChar *s) const;
-
-    // alphabetic sort
-    void Sort();
-
-private:
-    void DoCopy(const wxStringList&); // common part of copy ctor and operator=
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStringList)
-};
-
-#else // if wxUSE_STL
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(wxString, wxStringListBase, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase
-{
-public:
-    compatibility_iterator Append(wxChar* s)
-        { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Append(tmp); }
-    compatibility_iterator Insert(wxChar* s)
-        { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Insert(tmp); }
-    compatibility_iterator Insert(size_t pos, wxChar* s)
-    {
-        wxString tmp = s;
-        delete[] s;
-        return wxStringListBase::Insert(pos, tmp);
-    }
-    compatibility_iterator Add(const wxChar* s)
-        { push_back(s); return GetLast(); }
-    compatibility_iterator Prepend(const wxChar* s)
-        { push_front(s); return GetFirst(); }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STL
-
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// delete all list elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the list elements must be visible from the
-//     place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-//     be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-//     count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_LIST(type, list)                                            \
-    {                                                                        \
-        type::iterator it, en;                                               \
-        for( it = (list).begin(), en = (list).end(); it != en; ++it )        \
-            delete *it;                                                      \
-        (list).clear();                                                      \
-    }
-
-#endif // _WX_LISTH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4685ebbbe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,491 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/listbase.h
-// Purpose:     wxListCtrl class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.12.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listbase.h 46313 2007-06-03 22:38:28Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation
-typedef int (wxCALLBACK *wxListCtrlCompare)(long item1, long item2, long sortData);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrl constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// style flags
-#define wxLC_VRULES          0x0001
-#define wxLC_HRULES          0x0002
-
-#define wxLC_ICON            0x0004
-#define wxLC_SMALL_ICON      0x0008
-#define wxLC_LIST            0x0010
-#define wxLC_REPORT          0x0020
-
-#define wxLC_ALIGN_TOP       0x0040
-#define wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT      0x0080
-#define wxLC_AUTOARRANGE     0x0100
-#define wxLC_VIRTUAL         0x0200
-#define wxLC_EDIT_LABELS     0x0400
-#define wxLC_NO_HEADER       0x0800
-#define wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER  0x1000
-#define wxLC_SINGLE_SEL      0x2000
-#define wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING  0x4000
-#define wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING 0x8000
-
-#define wxLC_MASK_TYPE       (wxLC_ICON | wxLC_SMALL_ICON | wxLC_LIST | wxLC_REPORT)
-#define wxLC_MASK_ALIGN      (wxLC_ALIGN_TOP | wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT)
-#define wxLC_MASK_SORT       (wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING | wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING)
-
-// for compatibility only
-#define wxLC_USER_TEXT       wxLC_VIRTUAL
-
-// Omitted because
-//  (a) too much detail
-//  (b) not enough style flags
-//  (c) not implemented anyhow in the generic version
-//
-// #define wxLC_NO_SCROLL
-// #define wxLC_NO_LABEL_WRAP
-// #define wxLC_OWNERDRAW_FIXED
-// #define wxLC_SHOW_SEL_ALWAYS
-
-// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid
-#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE           0x0001
-#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT            0x0002
-#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE           0x0004
-#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA            0x0008
-#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM             0x0010
-#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH           0x0020
-#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT          0x0040
-
-// State flags for indicating the state of an item
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE       0x0000
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED    0x0001      // MSW only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED        0x0002
-#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED       0x0004
-#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT            0x0008      // MSW only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DISABLED       0x0010      // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_FILTERED       0x0020      // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_INUSE          0x0040      // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_PICKED         0x0080      // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_SOURCE         0x0100      // OS2 only
-
-// Hit test flags, used in HitTest
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE            0x0001  // Above the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW            0x0002  // Below the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE          0x0004  // In the client area but below the last item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON       0x0020  // On the bitmap associated with an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL      0x0080  // On the label (string) associated with an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT      0x0100  // In the area to the right of an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON  0x0200  // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT           0x0400  // To the left of the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT          0x0800  // To the right of the client area.
-
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
-
-// GetSubItemRect constants
-#define wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM -1l
-
-// Flags for GetNextItem (MSW only except wxLIST_NEXT_ALL)
-enum
-{
-    wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE,          // Searches for an item above the specified item
-    wxLIST_NEXT_ALL,            // Searches for subsequent item by index
-    wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW,          // Searches for an item below the specified item
-    wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT,           // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item
-    wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT           // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item
-};
-
-// Alignment flags for Arrange (MSW only except wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT)
-enum
-{
-    wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
-    wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT,
-    wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP,
-    wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID
-};
-
-// Column format (MSW only except wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT)
-enum wxListColumnFormat
-{
-    wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
-    wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT,
-    wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE,
-    wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE
-};
-
-// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth
-enum
-{
-    wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1,
-    wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2      // partly supported by generic version
-};
-
-// Flag values for GetItemRect
-enum
-{
-    wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS,
-    wxLIST_RECT_ICON,
-    wxLIST_RECT_LABEL
-};
-
-// Flag values for FindItem (MSW only)
-enum
-{
-    wxLIST_FIND_UP,
-    wxLIST_FIND_DOWN,
-    wxLIST_FIND_LEFT,
-    wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO: this should be renamed to wxItemAttr or something general like this
-//       and used as base class for wxTextAttr which duplicates this class
-//       entirely currently
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItemAttr
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxListItemAttr() { }
-    wxListItemAttr(const wxColour& colText,
-                   const wxColour& colBack,
-                   const wxFont& font)
-        : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font)
-    {
-    }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
-    // setters
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); }
-    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); }
-    bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); }
-
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
-    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
-    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
-
-    // this is almost like assignment operator except it doesn't overwrite the
-    // fields unset in the source attribute
-    void AssignFrom(const wxListItemAttr& source)
-    {
-        if ( source.HasTextColour() )
-            SetTextColour(source.GetTextColour());
-        if ( source.HasBackgroundColour() )
-            SetBackgroundColour(source.GetBackgroundColour());
-        if ( source.HasFont() )
-            SetFont(source.GetFont());
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxColour m_colText,
-             m_colBack;
-    wxFont   m_font;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListItem: the item or column info, used to exchange data with wxListCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxListItem() { Init(); m_attr = NULL; }
-    wxListItem(const wxListItem& item)
-        : wxObject(),
-          m_mask(item.m_mask),
-          m_itemId(item.m_itemId),
-          m_col(item.m_col),
-          m_state(item.m_state),
-          m_stateMask(item.m_stateMask),
-          m_text(item.m_text),
-          m_image(item.m_image),
-          m_data(item.m_data),
-          m_format(item.m_format),
-          m_width(item.m_width),
-          m_attr(NULL)
-    {
-        // copy list item attributes
-        if ( item.HasAttributes() )
-            m_attr = new wxListItemAttr(*item.GetAttributes());
-    }
-    virtual ~wxListItem() { delete m_attr; }
-
-    // resetting
-    void Clear() { Init(); m_text.clear(); ClearAttributes(); }
-    void ClearAttributes() { if ( m_attr ) { delete m_attr; m_attr = NULL; } }
-
-    // setters
-    void SetMask(long mask)
-        { m_mask = mask; }
-    void SetId(long id)
-        { m_itemId = id; }
-    void SetColumn(int col)
-        { m_col = col; }
-    void SetState(long state)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_STATE; m_state = state; m_stateMask |= state; }
-    void SetStateMask(long stateMask)
-        { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
-    void SetText(const wxString& text)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; m_text = text; }
-    void SetImage(int image)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; m_image = image; }
-    void SetData(long data)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = data; }
-    void SetData(void *data)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = wxPtrToUInt(data); }
-
-    void SetWidth(int width)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH; m_width = width; }
-    void SetAlign(wxListColumnFormat align)
-        { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT; m_format = align; }
-
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText)
-        { Attributes().SetTextColour(colText); }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack)
-        { Attributes().SetBackgroundColour(colBack); }
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
-        { Attributes().SetFont(font); }
-
-    // accessors
-    long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
-    long GetId() const { return m_itemId; }
-    int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
-    long GetState() const { return m_state & m_stateMask; }
-    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
-    int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
-    wxUIntPtr GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
-    int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-    wxListColumnFormat GetAlign() const { return (wxListColumnFormat)m_format; }
-
-    wxListItemAttr *GetAttributes() const { return m_attr; }
-    bool HasAttributes() const { return m_attr != NULL; }
-
-    wxColour GetTextColour() const
-        { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetTextColour() : wxNullColour; }
-    wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const
-        { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetBackgroundColour()
-                                 : wxNullColour; }
-    wxFont GetFont() const
-        { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetFont() : wxNullFont; }
-
-    // this conversion is necessary to make old code using GetItem() to
-    // compile
-    operator long() const { return m_itemId; }
-
-    // these members are public for compatibility
-
-    long            m_mask;     // Indicates what fields are valid
-    long            m_itemId;   // The zero-based item position
-    int             m_col;      // Zero-based column, if in report mode
-    long            m_state;    // The state of the item
-    long            m_stateMask;// Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags)
-    wxString        m_text;     // The label/header text
-    int             m_image;    // The zero-based index into an image list
-    wxUIntPtr       m_data;     // App-defined data
-
-    // For columns only
-    int             m_format;   // left, right, centre
-    int             m_width;    // width of column
-
-#ifdef __WXPM__
-    int             m_miniImage; // handle to the mini image for OS/2
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    // creates m_attr if we don't have it yet
-    wxListItemAttr& Attributes()
-    {
-        if ( !m_attr )
-            m_attr = new wxListItemAttr;
-
-        return *m_attr;
-    }
-
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_mask = 0;
-        m_itemId = 0;
-        m_col = 0;
-        m_state = 0;
-        m_stateMask = 0;
-        m_image = -1;
-        m_data = 0;
-
-        m_format = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE;
-        m_width = 0;
-    }
-
-    wxListItemAttr *m_attr;     // optional pointer to the items style
-
-private:
-    // VZ: this is strange, we have a copy ctor but not operator=(), why?
-    wxListItem& operator=(const wxListItem& item);
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListEvent - the event class for the wxListCtrl notifications
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
-        , m_code(0)
-        , m_oldItemIndex(0)
-        , m_itemIndex(0)
-        , m_col(0)
-        , m_pointDrag()
-        , m_item()
-        , m_editCancelled(false)
-        { }
-
-    wxListEvent(const wxListEvent& event)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(event)
-        , m_code(event.m_code)
-        , m_oldItemIndex(event.m_oldItemIndex)
-        , m_itemIndex(event.m_itemIndex)
-        , m_col(event.m_col)
-        , m_pointDrag(event.m_pointDrag)
-        , m_item(event.m_item)
-        , m_editCancelled(event.m_editCancelled)
-        { }
-
-    int GetKeyCode() const { return m_code; }
-    long GetIndex() const { return m_itemIndex; }
-    int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
-    wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
-    const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_item.m_text; }
-    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_item.m_text; }
-    int GetImage() const { return m_item.m_image; }
-    long GetData() const { return wx_static_cast(long, m_item.m_data); }
-    long GetMask() const { return m_item.m_mask; }
-    const wxListItem& GetItem() const { return m_item; }
-
-    // for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT only
-    long GetCacheFrom() const { return m_oldItemIndex; }
-    long GetCacheTo() const { return m_itemIndex; }
-
-    // was label editing canceled? (for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT only)
-    bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; }
-    void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxListEvent(*this); }
-
-//protected: -- not for backwards compatibility
-    int           m_code;
-    long          m_oldItemIndex; // only for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT
-    long          m_itemIndex;
-    int           m_col;
-    wxPoint       m_pointDrag;
-
-    wxListItem    m_item;
-
-protected:
-    bool          m_editCancelled;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxListEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrl event macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, 700)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, 701)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, 702)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, 703)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, 704)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, 705)
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_GET_INFO, 706)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_SET_INFO, 707)
-#endif
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, 708)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, 709)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, 710)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, 711)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, 712)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, 713)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, 714)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED, 715)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT, 716)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK, 717)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, 718)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_DRAGGING, 719)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, 720)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED, 721)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&);
-
-#define wxListEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxListEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(evt, id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ ## evt, id, wxListEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(INSERT_ITEM, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_DRAGGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_DRAGGING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_END_DRAG, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_SELECTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_DESELECTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_FOCUSED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(CACHE_HINT, id, fn)
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-#define EVT_LIST_GET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(GET_INFO, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_SET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(SET_INFO, id, fn)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fe8484ee6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/listbook.h
-// Purpose:     wxListbook: wxListCtrl and wxNotebook combination
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.08.03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listbook.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListView;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING;
-
-// wxListbook flags
-#define wxLB_DEFAULT          wxBK_DEFAULT
-#define wxLB_TOP              wxBK_TOP
-#define wxLB_BOTTOM           wxBK_BOTTOM
-#define wxLB_LEFT             wxBK_LEFT
-#define wxLB_RIGHT            wxBK_RIGHT
-#define wxLB_ALIGN_MASK       wxBK_ALIGN_MASK
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListbook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListbook : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    wxListbook()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-
-    wxListbook(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // quasi ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
-    // overridden base class methods
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
-    virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
-    virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
-    virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
-    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-    virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
-                            wxWindow *page,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            bool bSelect = false,
-                            int imageId = -1);
-    virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
-    virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
-    virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
-    virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
-    wxListView* GetListView() const { return (wxListView*)m_bookctrl; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
-
-    // get the size which the list control should have
-    virtual wxSize GetControllerSize() const;
-
-    void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel);
-
-    wxBookCtrlBaseEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
-    void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlBaseEvent &event);
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnListSelected(wxListEvent& event);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    int m_selection;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all constructors
-    void Init();
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListbook)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// listbook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListbookEvent : public wxBookCtrlBaseEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxListbookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0,
-                    int nSel = wxNOT_FOUND, int nOldSel = wxNOT_FOUND)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(commandType, id, nSel, nOldSel)
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxListbookEvent(const wxListbookEvent& event)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(event)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxListbookEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxListbookEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListbookEventFunction)(wxListbookEvent&);
-
-#define wxListbookEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxListbookEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxListbookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxListbookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c6a669d5c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/listbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxListBox class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listbox.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"         // base class
-
-// forward declarations are enough here
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBox interface is defined by the class wxListBoxBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBoxBase : public wxControlWithItems
-{
-public:
-    wxListBoxBase() { }
-    virtual ~wxListBoxBase();
-
-    // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems, except for the following
-    // ones which are not yet implemented by wxChoice/wxComboBox
-    void Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos)
-        { /* return*/ wxControlWithItems::Insert(item,pos); }
-    void Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, void *clientData)
-        { /* return*/ wxControlWithItems::Insert(item,pos,clientData); }
-    void Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData)
-        { /* return*/ wxControlWithItems::Insert(item,pos,clientData); }
-
-    void InsertItems(unsigned int nItems, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos);
-    void InsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos)
-        { DoInsertItems(items, pos); }
-
-    void Set(int n, const wxString* items, void **clientData = NULL);
-    void Set(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData = NULL)
-        { DoSetItems(items, clientData); }
-
-    // multiple selection logic
-    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const = 0;
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n) { DoSetSelection(n, true); }
-    void SetSelection(int n, bool select) { DoSetSelection(n, select); }
-    void Deselect(int n) { DoSetSelection(n, false); }
-    void DeselectAll(int itemToLeaveSelected = -1);
-
-    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool select);
-    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s)
-    {
-        return SetStringSelection(s, true);
-    }
-
-    // works for single as well as multiple selection listboxes (unlike
-    // GetSelection which only works for listboxes with single selection)
-    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const = 0;
-
-    // set the specified item at the first visible item or scroll to max
-    // range.
-    void SetFirstItem(int n) { DoSetFirstItem(n); }
-    void SetFirstItem(const wxString& s);
-
-    // ensures that the given item is visible scrolling the listbox if
-    // necessary
-    virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
-
-    // a combination of Append() and EnsureVisible(): appends the item to the
-    // listbox and ensures that it is visible i.e. not scrolled out of view
-    void AppendAndEnsureVisible(const wxString& s);
-
-    // return true if the listbox allows multiple selection
-    bool HasMultipleSelection() const
-    {
-        return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_MULTIPLE) ||
-               (m_windowStyle & wxLB_EXTENDED);
-    }
-
-    // return true if this listbox is sorted
-    bool IsSorted() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_SORT) != 0; }
-
-    // emulate selecting or deselecting the item event.GetInt() (depending on
-    // event.GetExtraLong())
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // returns the item number at a point or wxNOT_FOUND
-    int HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const { return DoListHitTest(point); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // compatibility - these functions are deprecated, use the new ones
-    // instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool Selected(int n) const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    // NB: due to wxGTK implementation details, DoInsert() is implemented
-    //     using DoInsertItems() and not the other way round
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos)
-        { InsertItems(1, &item, pos); return pos; }
-
-    // to be implemented in derived classes
-    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos) = 0;
-    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select) = 0;
-
-    // there is already wxWindow::DoHitTest() so call this one differently
-    virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(point)) const
-        { return wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListBoxBase)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    inline bool wxListBoxBase::Selected(int n) const { return IsSelected(n); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-  #include "wx/gtk1/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/listbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 96b6fa7b1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/listctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxListCtrl class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.12.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listctrl.h 46432 2007-06-13 03:46:20Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // headers should include this before first wxUSE_XXX check
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/listbase.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxListCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the wxListCtrl class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/msw/listctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/mac/carbon/listctrl.h"
-#else
-    #include "wx/generic/listctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListView: a class which provides a better API for list control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListView : public wxListCtrl
-{
-public:
-    wxListView() { }
-    wxListView( wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxLC_REPORT,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    // focus/selection stuff
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // [de]select an item
-    void Select(long n, bool on = true)
-    {
-        SetItemState(n, on ? wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED : 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED);
-    }
-
-    // focus and show the given item
-    void Focus(long index)
-    {
-        SetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED);
-        EnsureVisible(index);
-    }
-
-    // get the currently focused item or -1 if none
-    long GetFocusedItem() const
-    {
-        return GetNextItem(-1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED);
-    }
-
-    // get first and subsequent selected items, return -1 when no more
-    long GetNextSelected(long item) const
-        { return GetNextItem(item, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); }
-    long GetFirstSelected() const
-        { return GetNextSelected(-1); }
-
-    // return true if the item is selected
-    bool IsSelected(long index) const
-        { return GetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) != 0; }
-
-    // columns
-    // -------
-
-    void SetColumnImage(int col, int image)
-    {
-        wxListItem item;
-        item.SetMask(wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE);
-        item.SetImage(image);
-        SetColumn(col, item);
-    }
-
-    void ClearColumnImage(int col) { SetColumnImage(col, -1); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListView)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listimpl.cpp b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listimpl.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d43cfe99a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/listimpl.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        listimpl.cpp
-// Purpose:     second-part of macro based implementation of template lists
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16/11/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listimpl.cpp 38893 2006-04-24 17:59:10Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-
-#undef  WX_DEFINE_LIST
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)                                                  \
-    void _WX_LIST_HELPER_##name::DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name X )\
-    {                                                                         \
-        delete X;                                                             \
-    }                                                                         \
-    name::BaseListType name::EmptyList;
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STL
-
-    #define _DEFINE_LIST(T, name)         \
-        void wx##name##Node::DeleteData() \
-        {                                 \
-            delete (T *)GetData();        \
-        }
-
-    // redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation
-    // old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included
-    #undef  WX_DEFINE_LIST
-    #define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) _DEFINE_LIST(_WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name, name)
-
-    // don't pollute preprocessor's name space
-    //#undef  _DEFINE_LIST
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/log.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/log.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 288e8e552..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/log.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,653 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/log.h
-// Purpose:     Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs)
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: log.h 50993 2008-01-02 21:18:15Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LOG_H_
-#define _WX_LOG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common constants for use in wxUSE_LOG/!wxUSE_LOG
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the trace masks have been superceded by symbolic trace constants, they're
-// for compatibility only andwill be removed soon - do NOT use them
-
-// meaning of different bits of the trace mask (which allows selectively
-// enable/disable some trace messages)
-#define wxTraceMemAlloc 0x0001  // trace memory allocation (new/delete)
-#define wxTraceMessages 0x0002  // trace window messages/X callbacks
-#define wxTraceResAlloc 0x0004  // trace GDI resource allocation
-#define wxTraceRefCount 0x0008  // trace various ref counting operations
-
-#ifdef  __WXMSW__
-    #define wxTraceOleCalls 0x0100  // OLE interface calls
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: these types are needed even if wxUSE_LOG == 0
-typedef unsigned long wxTraceMask;
-typedef unsigned long wxLogLevel;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    #include <time.h>   // for time_t
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
-#  ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-#    define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 1
-#  else // !__WXDEBUG__
-#    define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLogFrame;
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// different standard log levels (you may also define your own)
-enum
-{
-    wxLOG_FatalError, // program can't continue, abort immediately
-    wxLOG_Error,      // a serious error, user must be informed about it
-    wxLOG_Warning,    // user is normally informed about it but may be ignored
-    wxLOG_Message,    // normal message (i.e. normal output of a non GUI app)
-    wxLOG_Status,     // informational: might go to the status line of GUI app
-    wxLOG_Info,       // informational message (a.k.a. 'Verbose')
-    wxLOG_Debug,      // never shown to the user, disabled in release mode
-    wxLOG_Trace,      // trace messages are also only enabled in debug mode
-    wxLOG_Progress,   // used for progress indicator (not yet)
-    wxLOG_User = 100, // user defined levels start here
-    wxLOG_Max = 10000
-};
-
-// symbolic trace masks - wxLogTrace("foo", "some trace message...") will be
-// discarded unless the string "foo" has been added to the list of allowed
-// ones with AddTraceMask()
-
-#define wxTRACE_MemAlloc wxT("memalloc") // trace memory allocation (new/delete)
-#define wxTRACE_Messages wxT("messages") // trace window messages/X callbacks
-#define wxTRACE_ResAlloc wxT("resalloc") // trace GDI resource allocation
-#define wxTRACE_RefCount wxT("refcount") // trace various ref counting operations
-
-#ifdef  __WXMSW__
-    #define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxT("ole")  // OLE interface calls
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// derive from this class to redirect (or suppress, or ...) log messages
-// normally, only a single instance of this class exists but it's not enforced
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLog
-{
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxLog(){}
-
-    // these functions allow to completely disable all log messages
-
-    // is logging disabled now?
-    static bool IsEnabled() { return ms_doLog; }
-
-    // change the flag state, return the previous one
-    static bool EnableLogging(bool doIt = true)
-        { bool doLogOld = ms_doLog; ms_doLog = doIt; return doLogOld; }
-
-    // static sink function - see DoLog() for function to overload in the
-    // derived classes
-    static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-    // message buffering
-
-    // flush shows all messages if they're not logged immediately (FILE
-    // and iostream logs don't need it, but wxGuiLog does to avoid showing
-    // 17 modal dialogs one after another)
-    virtual void Flush();
-
-    // flush the active target if any
-    static void FlushActive()
-    {
-        if ( !ms_suspendCount )
-        {
-            wxLog *log = GetActiveTarget();
-            if ( log )
-                log->Flush();
-        }
-    }
-
-    // only one sink is active at each moment
-    // get current log target, will call wxApp::CreateLogTarget() to
-    // create one if none exists
-    static wxLog *GetActiveTarget();
-
-    // change log target, pLogger may be NULL
-    static wxLog *SetActiveTarget(wxLog *pLogger);
-
-    // suspend the message flushing of the main target until the next call
-    // to Resume() - this is mainly for internal use (to prevent wxYield()
-    // from flashing the messages)
-    static void Suspend() { ms_suspendCount++; }
-
-    // must be called for each Suspend()!
-    static void Resume() { ms_suspendCount--; }
-
-    // functions controlling the default wxLog behaviour
-    // verbose mode is activated by standard command-line '-verbose'
-    // option
-    static void SetVerbose(bool bVerbose = true) { ms_bVerbose = bVerbose; }
-
-    // Set log level.  Log messages with level > logLevel will not be logged.
-    static void SetLogLevel(wxLogLevel logLevel) { ms_logLevel = logLevel; }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 /* 2.8.5+ only */
-    // should GetActiveTarget() try to create a new log object if the
-    // current is NULL?
-    static void DontCreateOnDemand();
-#endif
-
-    // Make GetActiveTarget() create a new log object again.
-    static void DoCreateOnDemand();
-
-    // log the count of repeating messages instead of logging the messages
-    // multiple times
-    static void SetRepetitionCounting(bool bRepetCounting = true)
-        { ms_bRepetCounting = bRepetCounting; }
-
-    // gets duplicate counting status
-    static bool GetRepetitionCounting() { return ms_bRepetCounting; }
-
-    // trace mask (see wxTraceXXX constants for details)
-    static void SetTraceMask(wxTraceMask ulMask) { ms_ulTraceMask = ulMask; }
-
-    // add string trace mask
-    static void AddTraceMask(const wxString& str)
-        { ms_aTraceMasks.push_back(str); }
-
-    // add string trace mask
-    static void RemoveTraceMask(const wxString& str);
-
-    // remove all string trace masks
-    static void ClearTraceMasks();
-
-    // get string trace masks
-    static const wxArrayString &GetTraceMasks() { return ms_aTraceMasks; }
-
-    // sets the timestamp string: this is used as strftime() format string
-    // for the log targets which add time stamps to the messages - set it
-    // to NULL to disable time stamping completely.
-    static void SetTimestamp(const wxChar *ts) { ms_timestamp = ts; }
-
-
-    // accessors
-
-    // gets the verbose status
-    static bool GetVerbose() { return ms_bVerbose; }
-
-    // get trace mask
-    static wxTraceMask GetTraceMask() { return ms_ulTraceMask; }
-
-    // is this trace mask in the list?
-    static bool IsAllowedTraceMask(const wxChar *mask);
-
-    // return the current loglevel limit
-    static wxLogLevel GetLogLevel() { return ms_logLevel; }
-
-    // get the current timestamp format string (may be NULL)
-    static const wxChar *GetTimestamp() { return ms_timestamp; }
-
-
-    // helpers
-
-    // put the time stamp into the string if ms_timestamp != NULL (don't
-    // change it otherwise)
-    static void TimeStamp(wxString *str);
-
-    // make dtor virtual for all derived classes
-    virtual ~wxLog();
-
-
-    // this method exists for backwards compatibility only, don't use
-    bool HasPendingMessages() const { return true; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // this function doesn't do anything any more, don't call it
-    wxDEPRECATED( static wxChar *SetLogBuffer(wxChar *buf, size_t size = 0) );
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    // the logging functions that can be overriden
-
-    // default DoLog() prepends the time stamp and a prefix corresponding
-    // to the message to szString and then passes it to DoLogString()
-    virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-    // default DoLogString does nothing but is not pure virtual because if
-    // you override DoLog() you might not need it at all
-    virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-    // log a line containing the number of times the previous message was
-    // repeated and returns this number (which can be 0)
-    static unsigned DoLogNumberOfRepeats();
-
-private:
-    // static variables
-    // ----------------
-
-    // traditional behaviour or counting repetitions
-    static bool        ms_bRepetCounting;
-    static wxString    ms_prevString;   // previous message that was logged
-    // how many times the previous message was logged
-    static unsigned    ms_prevCounter;
-    static time_t      ms_prevTimeStamp;// timestamp of the previous message
-    static wxLogLevel  ms_prevLevel;    // level of the previous message
-
-    static wxLog      *ms_pLogger;      // currently active log sink
-    static bool        ms_doLog;        // false => all logging disabled
-    static bool        ms_bAutoCreate;  // create new log targets on demand?
-    static bool        ms_bVerbose;     // false => ignore LogInfo messages
-
-    static wxLogLevel  ms_logLevel;     // limit logging to levels <= ms_logLevel
-
-    static size_t      ms_suspendCount; // if positive, logs are not flushed
-
-    // format string for strftime(), if NULL, time stamping log messages is
-    // disabled
-    static const wxChar *ms_timestamp;
-
-    static wxTraceMask ms_ulTraceMask;   // controls wxLogTrace behaviour
-    static wxArrayString ms_aTraceMasks; // more powerful filter for wxLogTrace
-
-
-    // this is the replacement of DoLogNumberOfRepeats() (which has to be kept
-    // to avoid breaking ABI in this version)
-    unsigned LogLastRepeatIfNeeded();
-
-    // implementation of the function above which supposes that the caller had
-    // already locked gs_prevCS
-    unsigned LogLastRepeatIfNeededUnlocked();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "trivial" derivations of wxLog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// log everything to a buffer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogBuffer : public wxLog
-{
-public:
-    wxLogBuffer() { }
-
-    // get the string contents with all messages logged
-    const wxString& GetBuffer() const { return m_str; }
-
-    // show the buffer contents to the user in the best possible way (this uses
-    // wxMessageOutputMessageBox) and clear it
-    virtual void Flush();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-    virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-private:
-    wxString m_str;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogBuffer)
-};
-
-
-// log everything to a "FILE *", stderr by default
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStderr : public wxLog
-{
-public:
-    // redirect log output to a FILE
-    wxLogStderr(FILE *fp = (FILE *) NULL);
-
-protected:
-    // implement sink function
-    virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-    FILE *m_fp;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogStderr)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-// log everything to an "ostream", cerr by default
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStream : public wxLog
-{
-public:
-    // redirect log output to an ostream
-    wxLogStream(wxSTD ostream *ostr = (wxSTD ostream *) NULL);
-
-protected:
-    // implement sink function
-    virtual void DoLogString(const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-    // using ptr here to avoid including <iostream.h> from this file
-    wxSTD ostream *m_ostr;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// /dev/null log target: suppress logging until this object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// example of usage:
-/*
-    void Foo()
-    {
-        wxFile file;
-
-        // wxFile.Open() normally complains if file can't be opened, we don't
-        // want it
-        wxLogNull logNo;
-
-        if ( !file.Open("bar") )
-            ... process error ourselves ...
-
-        // ~wxLogNull called, old log sink restored
-    }
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull
-{
-public:
-    wxLogNull() : m_flagOld(wxLog::EnableLogging(false)) { }
-    ~wxLogNull() { (void)wxLog::EnableLogging(m_flagOld); }
-
-private:
-    bool m_flagOld; // the previous value of the wxLog::ms_doLog
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// chaining log target: installs itself as a log target and passes all
-// messages to the real log target given to it in the ctor but also forwards
-// them to the previously active one
-//
-// note that you don't have to call SetActiveTarget() with this class, it
-// does it itself in its ctor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogChain : public wxLog
-{
-public:
-    wxLogChain(wxLog *logger);
-    virtual ~wxLogChain();
-
-    // change the new log target
-    void SetLog(wxLog *logger);
-
-    // this can be used to temporarily disable (and then reenable) passing
-    // messages to the old logger (by default we do pass them)
-    void PassMessages(bool bDoPass) { m_bPassMessages = bDoPass; }
-
-    // are we passing the messages to the previous log target?
-    bool IsPassingMessages() const { return m_bPassMessages; }
-
-    // return the previous log target (may be NULL)
-    wxLog *GetOldLog() const { return m_logOld; }
-
-    // override base class version to flush the old logger as well
-    virtual void Flush();
-
-    // call to avoid destroying the old log target
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805 /* 2.8.5+ only */
-    void DetachOldLog() { m_logOld = NULL; }
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    // pass the chain to the old logger if needed
-    virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *szString, time_t t);
-
-private:
-    // the current log target
-    wxLog *m_logNew;
-
-    // the previous log target
-    wxLog *m_logOld;
-
-    // do we pass the messages to the old logger?
-    bool m_bPassMessages;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogChain)
-};
-
-// a chain log target which uses itself as the new logger
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogPassThrough : public wxLogChain
-{
-public:
-    wxLogPassThrough();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogPassThrough)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    // include GUI log targets:
-    #include "wx/generic/logg.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ============================================================================
-// global functions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Log functions should be used by application instead of stdio, iostream &c
-// for log messages for easy redirection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// get error code/error message from system in a portable way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return the last system error code
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxSysErrorCode();
-
-// return the error message for given (or last if 0) error code
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxSysErrorMsg(unsigned long nErrCode = 0);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// define wxLog<level>
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(level)                                         \
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVLog##level(const wxChar *szFormat,          \
-                                           va_list argptr);                 \
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLog##level(const wxChar *szFormat,           \
-                                          ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1
-#define DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2_EXP(level, argclass, arg, expdecl)            \
-extern void expdecl wxVLog##level(argclass arg,                             \
-                                  const wxChar *szFormat,                   \
-                                  va_list argptr);                          \
-extern void expdecl wxLog##level(argclass arg,                              \
-                                 const wxChar *szFormat,                    \
-                                 ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2
-#else // !wxUSE_LOG
-
-// log functions do nothing at all
-#define DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(level)                                         \
-inline void wxVLog##level(const wxChar *WXUNUSED(szFormat),                 \
-                          va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) { }                     \
-inline void wxLog##level(const wxChar *WXUNUSED(szFormat),                  \
-                         ...) { }
-#define DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2_EXP(level, argclass, arg, expdecl)            \
-inline void wxVLog##level(argclass WXUNUSED(arg),                           \
-                          const wxChar *WXUNUSED(szFormat),                 \
-                          va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) {}                      \
-inline void wxLog##level(argclass WXUNUSED(arg),                            \
-                         const wxChar *WXUNUSED(szFormat),                  \
-                         ...) { }
-
-// Empty Class to fake wxLogNull
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull
-{
-public:
-    wxLogNull() { }
-};
-
-// Dummy macros to replace some functions.
-#define wxSysErrorCode() (unsigned long)0
-#define wxSysErrorMsg( X ) (const wxChar*)NULL
-
-// Fake symbolic trace masks... for those that are used frequently
-#define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxEmptyString // OLE interface calls
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG/!wxUSE_LOG
-
-#define DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2(level, argclass, arg)                         \
-    DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2_EXP(level, argclass, arg, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE)
-
-
-// a generic function for all levels (level is passes as parameter)
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2(Generic, wxLogLevel, level);
-
-// one function per each level
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(FatalError);
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Error);
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Warning);
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Message);
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Info);
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Verbose);
-
-// this function sends the log message to the status line of the top level
-// application frame, if any
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Status);
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    // this one is the same as previous except that it allows to explicitly
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-    // specify the frame to which the output should go
-    DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2_EXP(Status, wxFrame *, pFrame, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE);
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// additional one: as wxLogError, but also logs last system call error code
-// and the corresponding error message if available
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(SysError);
-
-// and another one which also takes the error code (for those broken APIs
-// that don't set the errno (like registry APIs in Win32))
-DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2(SysError, long, lErrCode);
-
-// debug functions do nothing in release mode
-#if wxUSE_LOG && wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
-    DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Debug);
-
-    // there is no more unconditional LogTrace: it is not different from
-    // LogDebug and it creates overload ambiguities
-    //DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION(Trace);
-
-    // this version only logs the message if the mask had been added to the
-    // list of masks with AddTraceMask()
-    DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2(Trace, const wxChar *, mask);
-
-    // and this one does nothing if all of level bits are not set in
-    // wxLog::GetActive()->GetTraceMask() -- it's deprecated in favour of
-    // string identifiers
-    DECLARE_LOG_FUNCTION2(Trace, wxTraceMask, mask);
-#else   //!debug || !wxUSE_LOG
-    // these functions do nothing in release builds, but don't define them as
-    // nothing as it could result in different code structure in debug and
-    // release and this could result in trouble when these macros are used
-    // inside if/else
-    //
-    // note that making wxVLogDebug/Trace() themselves (empty inline) functions
-    // is a bad idea as some compilers are stupid enough to not inline even
-    // empty functions if their parameters are complicated enough, but by
-    // defining them as an empty inline function we ensure that even dumbest
-    // compilers optimise them away
-    inline void wxLogNop() { }
-
-    #define wxVLogDebug(fmt, valist) wxLogNop()
-    #define wxVLogTrace(mask, fmt, valist) wxLogNop()
-
-    #ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
-        // unlike the inline functions below, this completely removes the
-        // wxLogXXX calls from the object file:
-        #define wxLogDebug(fmt, ...) wxLogNop()
-        #define wxLogTrace(mask, fmt, ...) wxLogNop()
-    #else // !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
-        // note that leaving out "fmt" in the vararg functions provokes a warning
-        // from SGI CC: "the last argument of the varargs function is unnamed"
-        inline void wxLogDebug(const wxChar *fmt, ...) { wxUnusedVar(fmt); }
-        inline void wxLogTrace(wxTraceMask, const wxChar *fmt, ...) { wxUnusedVar(fmt); }
-        inline void wxLogTrace(const wxChar *, const wxChar *fmt, ...) { wxUnusedVar(fmt); }
-    #endif // HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS/!HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
-#endif // debug/!debug
-
-// wxLogFatalError helper: show the (fatal) error to the user in a safe way,
-// i.e. without using wxMessageBox() for example because it could crash
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxSafeShowMessage(const wxString& title, const wxString& text);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debug only logging functions: use them with API name and error code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    // make life easier for people using VC++ IDE: clicking on the message
-    // will take us immediately to the place of the failed API
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
-    #define wxLogApiError(api, rc)                                            \
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("%s(%d): '%s' failed with error 0x%08lx (%s)."),       \
-                   __TFILE__, __LINE__, api,                                  \
-                   (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc))
-#else // !VC++
-    #define wxLogApiError(api, rc)                                            \
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("In file %s at line %d: '%s' failed with ")            \
-                   wxT("error 0x%08lx (%s)."),                                \
-                   __TFILE__, __LINE__, api,                                  \
-                   (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc))
-#endif // VC++/!VC++
-
-    #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogApiError(api, wxSysErrorCode())
-
-#else   //!debug
-    #define wxLogApiError(api, err) wxLogNop()
-    #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogNop()
-#endif  //debug/!debug
-
-// wxCocoa has additiional trace masks
-#if defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/log.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif  // _WX_LOG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/longlong.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/longlong.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bead4700..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/longlong.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1080 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/longlong.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxLongLong class - best implementation of a 64
-//              bit integer for the current platform.
-// Author:      Jeffrey C. Ollie <jeff@ollie.clive.ia.us>, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.02.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: longlong.h 54663 2008-07-16 15:22:22Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LONGLONG_H
-#define _WX_LONGLONG_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#include <limits.h>     // for LONG_MAX
-
-// define this to compile wxLongLongWx in "test" mode: the results of all
-// calculations will be compared with the real results taken from
-// wxLongLongNative -- this is extremely useful to find the bugs in
-// wxLongLongWx class!
-
-// #define wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1
-    #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// decide upon which class we will use
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxLongLong_t
-    // both warning and pragma warning are not portable, but at least an
-    // unknown pragma should never be an error -- except that, actually, some
-    // broken compilers don't like it, so we have to disable it in this case
-    // <sigh>
-    #ifdef __GNUC__
-        #warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\
-                 "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \
-                 "Please report your compiler version to " \
-                 "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!"
-    #elif !(defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__))
-        #pragma warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\
-                        "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \
-                        "Please report your compiler version to " \
-                        "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!"
-    #endif
-
-    #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1
-#endif // compiler
-
-// the user may predefine wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE and/or wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-// to disable automatic testing (useful for the test program which defines
-// both classes) but by default we only use one class
-#if (defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) && wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) || !defined(wxLongLong_t)
-    // don't use both classes unless wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE was explicitly set:
-    // this is useful in test programs and only there
-    #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-        #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 0
-    #endif
-
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongWx;
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongWx;
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxLongLong wxLongLongWx
-    #define wxULongLong wxULongLongWx
-#else
-    typedef wxLongLongWx wxLongLong;
-    typedef wxULongLongWx wxULongLong;
-#endif
-
-#else
-    // if nothing is defined, use native implementation by default, of course
-    #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-        #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-    #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 0
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLongLongNative;
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxULongLongNative;
-    typedef wxLongLongNative wxLongLong;
-    typedef wxULongLongNative wxULongLong;
-#endif
-
-// NB: if both wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX and NATIVE are defined, the user code should
-//     typedef wxLongLong as it wants, we don't do it
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// choose the appropriate class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we use iostream for wxLongLong output
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongNative
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // default ctor initializes to 0
-    wxLongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { }
-        // from long long
-    wxLongLongNative(wxLongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { }
-        // from 2 longs
-    wxLongLongNative(wxInt32 hi, wxUint32 lo)
-    {
-        // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss!
-        m_ll = ((wxLongLong_t) hi) << 32;
-        m_ll |= (wxLongLong_t) lo;
-    }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-    wxLongLongNative(wxLongLongWx ll);
-#endif
-
-    // default copy ctor is ok
-
-    // no dtor
-
-    // assignment operators
-        // from native 64 bit integer
-#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-#endif // !wxLongLongNative
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll);
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(int l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(long l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll);
-    wxLongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
-
-        // from double: this one has an explicit name because otherwise we
-        // would have ambiguity with "ll = int" and also because we don't want
-        // to have implicit conversions between doubles and wxLongLongs
-    wxLongLongNative& Assign(double d)
-        { m_ll = (wxLongLong_t)d; return *this; }
-
-    // assignment operators from wxLongLongNative is ok
-
-    // accessors
-        // get high part
-    wxInt32 GetHi() const
-        { return wx_truncate_cast(wxInt32, m_ll >> 32); }
-        // get low part
-    wxUint32 GetLo() const
-        { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); }
-
-        // get absolute value
-    wxLongLongNative Abs() const { return wxLongLongNative(*this).Abs(); }
-    wxLongLongNative& Abs() { if ( m_ll < 0 ) m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; }
-
-        // convert to native long long
-    wxLongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; }
-
-        // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
-    long ToLong() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( (m_ll >= LONG_MIN) && (m_ll <= LONG_MAX),
-                      _T("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
-        return wx_truncate_cast(long, m_ll);
-    }
-
-        // convert to double
-    double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); }
-
-    // don't provide implicit conversion to wxLongLong_t or we will have an
-    // ambiguity for all arithmetic operations
-    //operator wxLongLong_t() const { return m_ll; }
-
-    // operations
-        // addition
-    wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLong_t ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll += ll; return *this; }
-
-        // pre increment
-    wxLongLongNative& operator++()
-        { m_ll++; return *this; }
-
-        // post increment
-    wxLongLongNative operator++(int)
-        { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; }
-
-        // negation operator
-    wxLongLongNative operator-() const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(-m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& Negate() { m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; }
-
-        // subtraction
-    wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLong_t ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll -= ll; return *this; }
-
-        // pre decrement
-    wxLongLongNative& operator--()
-        { m_ll--; return *this; }
-
-        // post decrement
-    wxLongLongNative operator--(int)
-        { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; }
-
-    // shifts
-        // left shift
-    wxLongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll << shift); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift)
-        { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; }
-
-        // right shift
-    wxLongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift)
-        { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; }
-
-    // bitwise operators
-    wxLongLongNative operator&(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator&=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator|(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator|=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator^(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator^=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    // multiplication/division
-    wxLongLongNative operator*(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative operator*(long l) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * l); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator*=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator*=(long l)
-        { m_ll *= l; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator/(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative operator/(long l) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / l); }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator/=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-    wxLongLongNative& operator/=(long l)
-        { m_ll /= l; return *this; }
-
-    wxLongLongNative operator%(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); }
-    wxLongLongNative operator%(long l) const
-        { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % l); }
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator==(long l) const
-        { return m_ll == l; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator!=(long l) const
-        { return m_ll != l; }
-    bool operator<(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator<(long l) const
-        { return m_ll < l; }
-    bool operator>(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator>(long l) const
-        { return m_ll > l; }
-    bool operator<=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator<=(long l) const
-        { return m_ll <= l; }
-    bool operator>=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator>=(long l) const
-        { return m_ll >= l; }
-
-    // miscellaneous
-
-        // return the string representation of this number
-    wxString ToString() const;
-
-        // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer!
-    void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-        // input/output
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongNative&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongNative&);
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-private:
-    wxLongLong_t  m_ll;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongNative
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // default ctor initializes to 0
-    wxULongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { }
-        // from long long
-    wxULongLongNative(wxULongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { }
-        // from 2 longs
-    wxULongLongNative(wxUint32 hi, wxUint32 lo) : m_ll(0)
-    {
-        // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss!
-        m_ll = ((wxULongLong_t) hi) << 32;
-        m_ll |= (wxULongLong_t) lo;
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-    wxULongLongNative(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
-    // default copy ctor is ok
-
-    // no dtor
-
-    // assignment operators
-        // from native 64 bit integer
-#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-#endif // !wxLongLongNative
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(int l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(long l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l)
-        { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(const wxLongLongNative &ll)
-        { m_ll = ll.GetValue(); return *this; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll);
-    wxULongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
-    // assignment operators from wxULongLongNative is ok
-
-    // accessors
-        // get high part
-    wxUint32 GetHi() const
-        { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll >> 32); }
-        // get low part
-    wxUint32 GetLo() const
-        { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); }
-
-        // convert to native ulong long
-    wxULongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; }
-
-        // convert to ulong with range checking in debug mode (only!)
-    unsigned long ToULong() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_ll <= LONG_MAX,
-                      _T("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
-        return wx_truncate_cast(unsigned long, m_ll);
-    }
-
-        // convert to double
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-    double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, (__int64) m_ll); }
-#else
-    double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); }
-#endif
-
-    // operations
-        // addition
-    wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLong_t ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll += ll; return *this; }
-
-        // pre increment
-    wxULongLongNative& operator++()
-        { m_ll++; return *this; }
-
-        // post increment
-    wxULongLongNative operator++(int)
-        { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; }
-
-        // subtraction
-    wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLong_t ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLong_t ll)
-        { m_ll -= ll; return *this; }
-
-        // pre decrement
-    wxULongLongNative& operator--()
-        { m_ll--; return *this; }
-
-        // post decrement
-    wxULongLongNative operator--(int)
-        { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; }
-
-    // shifts
-        // left shift
-    wxULongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll << shift); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift)
-        { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; }
-
-        // right shift
-    wxULongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift)
-        { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; }
-
-    // bitwise operators
-    wxULongLongNative operator&(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator&=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator|(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator|=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator^(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator^=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
-    // multiplication/division
-    wxULongLongNative operator*(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative operator*(unsigned long l) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * l); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator*=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator*=(unsigned long l)
-        { m_ll *= l; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator/(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative operator/(unsigned long l) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / l); }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator/=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
-        { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-    wxULongLongNative& operator/=(unsigned long l)
-        { m_ll /= l; return *this; }
-
-    wxULongLongNative operator%(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); }
-    wxULongLongNative operator%(unsigned long l) const
-        { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % l); }
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator==(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll == l; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator!=(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll != l; }
-    bool operator<(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator<(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll < l; }
-    bool operator>(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator>(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll > l; }
-    bool operator<=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll <= l; }
-    bool operator>=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; }
-    bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const
-        { return m_ll >= l; }
-
-    // miscellaneous
-
-        // return the string representation of this number
-    wxString ToString() const;
-
-        // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer!
-    void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-        // input/output
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongNative&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongNative&);
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-private:
-    wxULongLong_t  m_ll;
-};
-
-inline
-wxLongLongNative& wxLongLongNative::operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll)
-{
-    m_ll = ll.GetValue();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongWx
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // default ctor initializes to 0
-    wxLongLongWx()
-    {
-        m_lo = m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = 0;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    }
-        // from long
-    wxLongLongWx(long l) { *this = l; }
-        // from 2 longs
-    wxLongLongWx(long hi, unsigned long lo)
-    {
-        m_hi = hi;
-        m_lo = lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = hi;
-        m_ll <<= 32;
-        m_ll |= lo;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    }
-
-    // default copy ctor is ok in both cases
-
-    // no dtor
-
-    // assignment operators
-        // from long
-    wxLongLongWx& operator=(long l)
-    {
-        m_lo = l;
-        m_hi = (l < 0 ? -1l : 0l);
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = l;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-        // from int
-    wxLongLongWx& operator=(int l)
-    {
-        return operator=((long)l);
-    }
-
-    wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l)
-    {
-        m_lo = l;
-        m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = l;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned int l)
-    {
-        return operator=((unsigned long)l);
-    }
-
-    wxLongLongWx& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-
-    // from double
-    wxLongLongWx& Assign(double d);
-        // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs
-
-    // accessors
-        // get high part
-    long GetHi() const { return m_hi; }
-        // get low part
-    unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; }
-
-        // get absolute value
-    wxLongLongWx Abs() const { return wxLongLongWx(*this).Abs(); }
-    wxLongLongWx& Abs()
-    {
-        if ( m_hi < 0 )
-            m_hi = -m_hi;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        if ( m_ll < 0 )
-            m_ll = -m_ll;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-        // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
-    long ToLong() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( (m_hi == 0l) || (m_hi == -1l),
-                      _T("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
-        return (long)m_lo;
-    }
-
-        // convert to double
-    double ToDouble() const;
-
-    // operations
-        // addition
-    wxLongLongWx operator+(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator+=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-    wxLongLongWx operator+(long l) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator+=(long l);
-
-        // pre increment operator
-    wxLongLongWx& operator++();
-
-        // post increment operator
-    wxLongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); }
-
-        // negation operator
-    wxLongLongWx operator-() const;
-    wxLongLongWx& Negate();
-
-        // subraction
-    wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator-=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
-        // pre decrement operator
-    wxLongLongWx& operator--();
-
-        // post decrement operator
-    wxLongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); }
-
-    // shifts
-        // left shift
-    wxLongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift);
-
-        // right shift
-    wxLongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift);
-
-    // bitwise operators
-    wxLongLongWx operator&(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator&=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-    wxLongLongWx operator|(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator|=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-    wxLongLongWx operator^(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator^=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-    wxLongLongWx operator~() const;
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-    bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
-        { return m_lo == ll.GetLo() && m_hi == ll.GetHi(); }
-#endif
-    bool operator!=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return !(*this == ll); }
-    bool operator<(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    bool operator>(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    bool operator<=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return *this < ll || *this == ll; }
-    bool operator>=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return *this > ll || *this == ll; }
-
-    bool operator<(long l) const { return *this < wxLongLongWx(l); }
-    bool operator>(long l) const { return *this > wxLongLongWx(l); }
-    bool operator==(long l) const
-    {
-        return l >= 0 ? (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l)
-                      : (m_hi == -1 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l);
-    }
-
-    bool operator<=(long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; }
-    bool operator>=(long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; }
-
-    // multiplication
-    wxLongLongWx operator*(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator*=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
-    // division
-    wxLongLongWx operator/(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxLongLongWx& operator/=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
-    wxLongLongWx operator%(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-
-    void Divide(const wxLongLongWx& divisor,
-                wxLongLongWx& quotient,
-                wxLongLongWx& remainder) const;
-
-    // input/output
-
-    // return the string representation of this number
-    wxString ToString() const;
-
-    void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongWx&);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongWx&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongWx&);
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongWx&);
-#endif
-
-private:
-    // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs
-
-    long m_hi;                // signed bit is in the high part
-    unsigned long m_lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    void Check()
-    {
-        wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo );
-    }
-
-    wxLongLong_t m_ll;
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongWx
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // default ctor initializes to 0
-    wxULongLongWx()
-    {
-        m_lo = m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = 0;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    }
-        // from ulong
-    wxULongLongWx(unsigned long l) { *this = l; }
-        // from 2 ulongs
-    wxULongLongWx(unsigned long hi, unsigned long lo)
-    {
-        m_hi = hi;
-        m_lo = lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = hi;
-        m_ll <<= 32;
-        m_ll |= lo;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    }
-
-    // from signed to unsigned
-    wxULongLongWx(wxLongLongWx ll)
-    {
-        wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0);
-        m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi();
-        m_lo = ll.GetLo();
-    }
-
-    // default copy ctor is ok in both cases
-
-    // no dtor
-
-    // assignment operators
-        // from long
-    wxULongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l)
-    {
-        m_lo = l;
-        m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = l;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-    wxULongLongWx& operator=(long l)
-    {
-        m_lo = l;
-        m_hi = (unsigned long) ((l<0) ? -1l : 0);
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-        m_ll = (wxULongLong_t) (wxLongLong_t) l;
-
-        Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-    wxULongLongWx& operator=(const class wxLongLongWx &ll) {
-        // Should we use an assert like it was before in the constructor?
-        // wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0);
-        m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi();
-        m_lo = ll.GetLo();
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs
-
-    // accessors
-        // get high part
-    unsigned long GetHi() const { return m_hi; }
-        // get low part
-    unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; }
-
-        // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
-    unsigned long ToULong() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_hi == 0ul,
-                      _T("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
-        return (unsigned long)m_lo;
-    }
-
-        // convert to double
-    double ToDouble() const;
-
-    // operations
-        // addition
-    wxULongLongWx operator+(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator+=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-    wxULongLongWx operator+(unsigned long l) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator+=(unsigned long l);
-
-        // pre increment operator
-    wxULongLongWx& operator++();
-
-        // post increment operator
-    wxULongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); }
-
-        // subtraction
-    wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator-=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
-        // pre decrement operator
-    wxULongLongWx& operator--();
-
-        // post decrement operator
-    wxULongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); }
-
-    // shifts
-        // left shift
-    wxULongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift);
-
-        // right shift
-    wxULongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift);
-
-    // bitwise operators
-    wxULongLongWx operator&(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator&=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-    wxULongLongWx operator|(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator|=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-    wxULongLongWx operator^(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator^=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-    wxULongLongWx operator~() const;
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return !(*this == ll); }
-    bool operator<(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    bool operator>(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    bool operator<=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return *this < ll || *this == ll; }
-    bool operator>=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
-        { return *this > ll || *this == ll; }
-
-    bool operator<(unsigned long l) const { return *this < wxULongLongWx(l); }
-    bool operator>(unsigned long l) const { return *this > wxULongLongWx(l); }
-    bool operator==(unsigned long l) const
-    {
-        return (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l);
-    }
-
-    bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; }
-    bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; }
-
-    // multiplication
-    wxULongLongWx operator*(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator*=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
-    // division
-    wxULongLongWx operator/(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-    wxULongLongWx& operator/=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
-    wxULongLongWx operator%(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-
-    void Divide(const wxULongLongWx& divisor,
-                wxULongLongWx& quotient,
-                wxULongLongWx& remainder) const;
-
-    // input/output
-
-    // return the string representation of this number
-    wxString ToString() const;
-
-    void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongWx&);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongWx&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongWx&);
-    friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-    class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongWx&);
-#endif
-
-private:
-    // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs
-
-    unsigned long m_hi;
-    unsigned long m_lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-    void Check()
-    {
-        wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo );
-    }
-
-    wxULongLong_t m_ll;
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// binary operators
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool operator<(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll > l; }
-inline bool operator>(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll < l; }
-inline bool operator<=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll >= l; }
-inline bool operator>=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll <= l; }
-inline bool operator==(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll == l; }
-inline bool operator!=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll != l; }
-
-inline wxLongLong operator+(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll + l; }
-inline wxLongLong operator-(long l, const wxLongLong& ll)
-{
-    return wxLongLong(l) - ll;
-}
-
-inline bool operator<(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull > l; }
-inline bool operator>(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull < l; }
-inline bool operator<=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull >= l; }
-inline bool operator>=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull <= l; }
-inline bool operator==(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull == l; }
-inline bool operator!=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull != l; }
-
-inline wxULongLong operator+(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull + l; }
-
-inline wxLongLong operator-(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull)
-{
-    wxULongLong ret = wxULongLong(l) - ull;
-    return wxLongLong((long)ret.GetHi(),ret.GetLo());
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t value);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t value);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t &value);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t &value);
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-#endif // _WX_LONGLONG_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/math.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/math.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 589715c87..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/math.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/**
-* Name:        wx/math.h
-* Purpose:     Declarations/definitions of common math functions
-* Author:      John Labenski and others
-* Modified by:
-* Created:     02/02/03
-* RCS-ID:      $Id: math.h 44690 2007-03-08 04:31:24Z PC $
-* Copyright:   (c) John Labenski
-* Licence:     wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MATH_H_
-#define _WX_MATH_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include <math.h>
-
-#ifndef M_PI
-    #define M_PI 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
-#endif
-
-/* Scaling factors for various unit conversions */
-#ifndef METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT
-    #define METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT 0.0393700787
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2inches
-    #define mm2inches (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef inches2mm
-    #define inches2mm (1/(mm2inches))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2twips
-    #define mm2twips (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*1440)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef twips2mm
-    #define twips2mm (1/(mm2twips))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2pt
-    #define mm2pt (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*72)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef pt2mm
-    #define pt2mm (1/(mm2pt))
-#endif
-
-
-/* unknown __VISAGECC__, __SYMANTECCC__ */
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-    #include <float.h>
-    #define wxFinite(x) _finite(x)
-#elif defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \
-      defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \
-      defined(__HPUX__)||defined(__MWERKS__)
-    #define wxFinite(x) finite(x)
-#else
-    #define wxFinite(x) ((x) == (x))
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)||defined(__BORLAND__)
-    #define wxIsNaN(x) _isnan(x)
-#elif defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \
-      defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \
-      defined(__HPUX__)||defined(__MWERKS__)
-    #define wxIsNaN(x) isnan(x)
-#else
-    #define wxIsNaN(x) ((x) != (x))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-    #ifdef __INTELC__
-
-        inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y)
-        {
-            // VZ: this warning, given for operators==() and !=() is not wrong, as ==
-            //     shouldn't be used with doubles, but we get too many of them and
-            //     removing these operators is probably not a good idea
-            //
-            //     Maybe we should alway compare doubles up to some "epsilon" precision
-            #pragma warning(push)
-
-            // floating-point equality and inequality comparisons are unreliable
-            #pragma warning(disable: 1572)
-
-            return x == y;
-
-            #pragma warning(pop)
-        }
-
-    #else /* !__INTELC__ */
-
-        inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y) { return x == y; }
-
-    #endif /* __INTELC__/!__INTELC__ */
-
-    inline bool wxIsNullDouble(double x) { return wxIsSameDouble(x, 0.); }
-
-    inline int wxRound(double x)
-    {
-        #if defined(HAVE_ROUND)
-            return int(round(x));
-        #else
-            return (int)(x < 0 ? x - 0.5 : x + 0.5);
-        #endif
-    }
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) ::MulDiv( a , b , c )
-#elif defined( __WXMAC__ )
-    #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) ( (wxInt32) ( ( (wxInt64)(a) * (wxInt64)(b) ) / (wxInt64)(c) ) )
-#else
-    #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) ((wxInt32)((a)*(((wxDouble)b)/((wxDouble)c))))
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-    /* functions from common/extended.c */
-    extern wxFloat64 ConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes);
-    extern void ConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes);
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE */
-
-
-#endif /* _WX_MATH_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/matrix.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/matrix.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 67812cd2e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/matrix.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:         wx/matrix.h
-// Purpose:      wxTransformMatrix class. NOT YET USED
-// Author:       Chris Breeze, Julian Smart
-// Modified by:  Klaas Holwerda
-// Created:      01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:       $Id: matrix.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:    (c) Julian Smart, Chris Breeze
-// Licence:      wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MATRIXH__
-#define _WX_MATRIXH__
-
-//! headerfiles="matrix.h wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-
-//! codefiles="matrix.cpp"
-
-// A simple 3x3 matrix. This may be replaced by a more general matrix
-// class some day.
-//
-// Note: this is intended to be used in wxDC at some point to replace
-// the current system of scaling/translation. It is not yet used.
-
-//:definition
-//  A 3x3 matrix to do 2D transformations.
-//  It can be used to map data to window coordinates,
-//  and also for manipulating your own data.
-//  For example drawing a picture (composed of several primitives)
-//  at a certain coordinate and angle within another parent picture.
-//  At all times m_isIdentity is set if the matrix itself is an Identity matrix.
-//  It is used where possible to optimize calculations.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTransformMatrix: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxTransformMatrix(void);
-    wxTransformMatrix(const wxTransformMatrix& mat);
-
-    //get the value in the matrix at col,row
-    //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
-    //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
-    double GetValue(int col, int row) const;
-
-    //set the value in the matrix at col,row
-    //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
-    //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
-    void SetValue(int col, int row, double value);
-
-    void operator = (const wxTransformMatrix& mat);
-    bool operator == (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const;
-    bool operator != (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const;
-
-    //multiply every element by t
-    wxTransformMatrix&          operator*=(const double& t);
-    //divide every element by t
-    wxTransformMatrix&          operator/=(const double& t);
-    //add matrix m to this t
-    wxTransformMatrix&          operator+=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
-    //subtract matrix m from this
-    wxTransformMatrix&          operator-=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
-    //multiply matrix m with this
-    wxTransformMatrix&          operator*=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
-
-    // constant operators
-
-    //multiply every element by t  and return result
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator*(const double& t) const;
-    //divide this matrix by t and return result
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator/(const double& t) const;
-    //add matrix m to this and return result
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator+(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
-    //subtract matrix m from this and return result
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator-(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
-    //multiply this by matrix m and return result
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator*(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
-    wxTransformMatrix           operator-() const;
-
-    //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
-    //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
-    double& operator()(int col, int row);
-
-    //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
-    //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
-    double operator()(int col, int row) const;
-
-    // Invert matrix
-    bool Invert(void);
-
-    // Make into identity matrix
-    bool Identity(void);
-
-    // Is the matrix the identity matrix?
-    // Only returns a flag, which is set whenever an operation
-    // is done.
-    inline bool IsIdentity(void) const { return m_isIdentity; }
-
-    // This does an actual check.
-    inline bool IsIdentity1(void) const ;
-
-    //Scale by scale (isotropic scaling i.e. the same in x and y):
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           | scale  0      0      |
-    //!code: matrix' = |  0     scale  0      | x matrix
-    //!code:           |  0     0      scale  |
-    bool Scale(double scale);
-
-    //Scale with center point and x/y scale
-    //
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           |  xs    0      xc(1-xs) |
-    //!code: matrix' = |  0    ys      yc(1-ys) | x matrix
-    //!code:           |  0     0      1        |
-    wxTransformMatrix&  Scale(const double &xs, const double &ys,const double &xc, const double &yc);
-
-    // mirror a matrix in x, y
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           | -1     0      0 |
-    //!code: matrix' = |  0    -1      0 | x matrix
-    //!code:           |  0     0      1 |
-    wxTransformMatrix&  Mirror(bool x=true, bool y=false);
-    // Translate by dx, dy:
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           | 1  0 dx |
-    //!code: matrix' = | 0  1 dy | x matrix
-    //!code:           | 0  0  1 |
-    bool Translate(double x, double y);
-
-    // Rotate clockwise by the given number of degrees:
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           |  cos sin 0 |
-    //!code: matrix' = | -sin cos 0 | x matrix
-    //!code:           |   0   0  1 |
-    bool Rotate(double angle);
-
-    //Rotate counter clockwise with point of rotation
-    //
-    //!ex:
-    //!code:           |  cos(r) -sin(r)    x(1-cos(r))+y(sin(r)|
-    //!code: matrix' = |  sin(r)  cos(r)    y(1-cos(r))-x(sin(r)| x matrix
-    //!code:           |   0          0                       1 |
-    wxTransformMatrix&  Rotate(const double &r, const double &x, const double &y);
-
-    // Transform X value from logical to device
-    inline double TransformX(double x) const;
-
-    // Transform Y value from logical to device
-    inline double TransformY(double y) const;
-
-    // Transform a point from logical to device coordinates
-    bool TransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const;
-
-    // Transform a point from device to logical coordinates.
-    // Example of use:
-    //   wxTransformMatrix mat = dc.GetTransformation();
-    //   mat.Invert();
-    //   mat.InverseTransformPoint(x, y, x1, y1);
-    // OR (shorthand:)
-    //   dc.LogicalToDevice(x, y, x1, y1);
-    // The latter is slightly less efficient if we're doing several
-    // conversions, since the matrix is inverted several times.
-    // N.B. 'this' matrix is the inverse at this point
-    bool InverseTransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const;
-
-    double Get_scaleX();
-    double Get_scaleY();
-    double GetRotation();
-    void   SetRotation(double rotation);
-
-
-public:
-    double  m_matrix[3][3];
-    bool    m_isIdentity;
-};
-
-
-/*
-Chris Breeze reported, that
-some functions of wxTransformMatrix cannot work because it is not
-known if he matrix has been inverted. Be careful when using it.
-*/
-
-// Transform X value from logical to device
-// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose
-// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates
-// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix
-// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place
-// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint
-inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformX(double x) const
-{
-    //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale)
-    //we can do without Y -> m_matrix[1]{0] is -sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero
-    //(x * m_matrix[0][0] + y * m_matrix[1][0] + m_matrix[2][0]))
-    return (m_isIdentity ? x : (x * m_matrix[0][0] +  m_matrix[2][0]));
-}
-
-// Transform Y value from logical to device
-// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose
-// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates
-// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix
-// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place
-// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint
-inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformY(double y) const
-{
-    //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale)
-    //we can do without X -> m_matrix[0]{1] is sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero
-    //(x * m_matrix[0][1] + y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1]))
-    return (m_isIdentity ? y : (y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1]));
-}
-
-
-// Is the matrix the identity matrix?
-// Each operation checks whether the result is still the identity matrix and sets a flag.
-inline bool wxTransformMatrix::IsIdentity1(void) const
-{
-    return
-    ( wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][0], 1.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][1], 1.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][2], 1.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][0], 0.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][0], 0.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][1], 0.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][1], 0.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][2], 0.0) &&
-      wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][2], 0.0) );
-}
-
-// Calculates the determinant of a 2 x 2 matrix
-inline double wxCalculateDet(double a11, double a21, double a12, double a22)
-{
-    return a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_MATRIXH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mdi.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mdi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f18b54a96..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mdi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/mdi.h
-// Purpose:     wxMDI base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mdi.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/mdig.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/generic/mdig.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MDI
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mediactrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mediactrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c47557b03..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mediactrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/mediactrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxMediaCtrl class
-// Author:      Ryan Norton <wxprojects@comcast.net>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11/07/04
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mediactrl.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Ryan Norton
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Definitions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Header guard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-#define _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Pre-compiled header stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compilation guard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Includes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/uri.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Declarations
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Enumerations
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxMediaState
-{
-    wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED,
-    wxMEDIASTATE_PAUSED,
-    wxMEDIASTATE_PLAYING
-};
-
-enum wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls
-{
-    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_NONE           =   0,
-    //Step controls like fastfoward, step one frame etc.
-    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP           =   1 << 0,
-    //Volume controls like the speaker icon, volume slider, etc.
-    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME         =   1 << 1,
-    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT        =
-                    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP |
-                    wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME
-};
-
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_DIRECTSHOW   wxT("wxAMMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_MCI          wxT("wxMCIMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_QUICKTIME    wxT("wxQTMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_GSTREAMER    wxT("wxGStreamerMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_REALPLAYER   wxT("wxRealPlayerMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_WMP10        wxT("wxWMP10MediaBackend")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaEvent
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // wxMediaEvent Constructor
-    //
-    // Normal constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    wxMediaEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
-    {                                       }
-
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // wxMediaEvent Copy Constructor
-    //
-    // Normal copy constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    wxMediaEvent(const wxMediaEvent &clone)
-            : wxNotifyEvent(clone)
-    {                                       }
-
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // wxMediaEvent::Clone
-    //
-    // Allocates a copy of this object.
-    // Required for wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
-    {   return new wxMediaEvent(*this);     }
-
-
-    // Put this class on wxWidget's RTTI table
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaCtrl : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxMediaCtrl() : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
-    {                                                                   }
-
-    wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"))
-                : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
-    {   Create(parent, winid, fileName, pos, size, style,
-               szBackend, validator, name);                             }
-
-    wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxURI& location,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"))
-                : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
-    {   Create(parent, winid, location, pos, size, style,
-               szBackend, validator, name);                             }
-
-    virtual ~wxMediaCtrl();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxURI& location,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
-    bool DoCreate(wxClassInfo* instance,
-                wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
-    bool Play();
-    bool Pause();
-    bool Stop();
-
-    bool Load(const wxString& fileName);
-
-    wxMediaState GetState();
-
-    wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset where, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    wxFileOffset Tell(); //FIXME: This should be const
-    wxFileOffset Length(); //FIXME: This should be const
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20601 /* 2.6.1+ only */
-    double GetPlaybackRate();           //All but MCI & GStreamer
-    bool SetPlaybackRate(double dRate); //All but MCI & GStreamer
-#endif
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20602 /* 2.6.2+ only */
-    bool Load(const wxURI& location);
-    bool Load(const wxURI& location, const wxURI& proxy);
-
-    wxFileOffset GetDownloadProgress(); // DirectShow only
-    wxFileOffset GetDownloadTotal();    // DirectShow only
-
-    double GetVolume();
-    bool   SetVolume(double dVolume);
-
-    bool    ShowPlayerControls(
-        wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls flags = wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT);
-
-    //helpers for the wxPython people
-    bool LoadURI(const wxString& fileName)
-    {   return Load(wxURI(fileName));       }
-    bool LoadURIWithProxy(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& proxy)
-    {   return Load(wxURI(fileName), wxURI(proxy));       }
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    static wxClassInfo* NextBackend();
-
-    void OnMediaFinished(wxMediaEvent& evt);
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h);
-    wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    //FIXME:  This is nasty... find a better way to work around
-    //inheritance issues
-#if defined(__WXMAC__)
-    virtual void MacVisibilityChanged();
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    friend class wxQTMediaBackend;
-#endif
-    class wxMediaBackend* m_imp;
-    bool m_bLoaded;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaCtrl)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaBackend
-//
-// Derive from this and use standard wxWidgets RTTI
-// (DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS and IMPLEMENT_CLASS) to make a backend
-// for wxMediaCtrl.  Backends are searched alphabetically -
-// the one with the earliest letter is tried first.
-//
-// Note that this is currently not API or ABI compatable -
-// so statically link or make the client compile on-site.
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackend : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxMediaBackend()
-    {                                   }
-
-    virtual ~wxMediaBackend();
-
-    virtual bool CreateControl(wxControl* WXUNUSED(ctrl),
-                               wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
-                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid),
-                               const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos),
-                               const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
-                               long WXUNUSED(style),
-                               const wxValidator& WXUNUSED(validator),
-                               const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual bool Play()
-    {   return false;                   }
-    virtual bool Pause()
-    {   return false;                   }
-    virtual bool Stop()
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual bool Load(const wxString& WXUNUSED(fileName))
-    {   return false;                   }
-    virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location))
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual bool SetPosition(wxLongLong WXUNUSED(where))
-    {   return 0;                       }
-    virtual wxLongLong GetPosition()
-    {   return 0;                       }
-    virtual wxLongLong GetDuration()
-    {   return 0;                       }
-
-    virtual void Move(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
-                      int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h))
-    {                                   }
-    virtual wxSize GetVideoSize() const
-    {   return wxSize(0,0);             }
-
-    virtual double GetPlaybackRate()
-    {   return 0.0;                     }
-    virtual bool SetPlaybackRate(double WXUNUSED(dRate))
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual wxMediaState GetState()
-    {   return wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED;    }
-
-    virtual double GetVolume()
-    {   return 0.0;                     }
-    virtual bool SetVolume(double WXUNUSED(dVolume))
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location),
-                      const wxURI& WXUNUSED(proxy))
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual bool   ShowPlayerControls(
-                    wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls WXUNUSED(flags))
-    {   return false;                   }
-    virtual bool   IsInterfaceShown()
-    {   return false;                   }
-
-    virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadProgress()
-    {    return 0;                      }
-    virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadTotal()
-    {    return 0;                      }
-
-    virtual void MacVisibilityChanged()
-    {                                   }
-    virtual void RESERVED9() {}
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaBackend)
-};
-
-
-//Event ID to give to our events
-#define wxMEDIA_FINISHED_ID    13000
-#define wxMEDIA_STOP_ID    13001
-
-//Define our event types - we need to call DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(EVT) later
-DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, wxMEDIA_FINISHED_ID)
-DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP,     wxMEDIA_STOP_ID)
-
-//Function type(s) our events need
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMediaEventFunction)(wxMediaEvent&);
-
-#define wxMediaEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxMediaEventFunction, &func)
-
-//Macro for usage with message maps
-#define EVT_MEDIA_FINISHED(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_MEDIA_STOP(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20602 /* 2.6.2+ only */
-#   define wxMEDIA_LOADED_ID      13002
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED,     wxMEDIA_LOADED_ID)
-#   define EVT_MEDIA_LOADED(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#endif
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20603 /* 2.6.3+ only */
-#   define wxMEDIA_STATECHANGED_ID      13003
-#   define wxMEDIA_PLAY_ID      13004
-#   define wxMEDIA_PAUSE_ID      13005
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED,     wxMEDIA_STATECHANGED_ID)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY,     wxMEDIA_PLAY_ID)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE,     wxMEDIA_PAUSE_ID)
-#   define EVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#   define EVT_MEDIA_PLAY(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#   define EVT_MEDIA_PAUSE(winid, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common backend base class used by many other backends
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackendCommonBase : public wxMediaBackend
-{
-public:
-    // add a pending wxMediaEvent of the given type
-    void QueueEvent(wxEventType evtType);
-
-    // notify that the movie playback is finished
-    void QueueFinishEvent()
-    {
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20603 /* 2.6.3+ only */
-        QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED);
-#endif
-        QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED);
-    }
-
-    // send the stop event and return true if it hasn't been vetoed
-    bool SendStopEvent();
-
-    // Queue pause event
-    void QueuePlayEvent();
-
-    // Queue pause event
-    void QueuePauseEvent();
-
-    // Queue stop event (no veto)
-    void QueueStopEvent();
-
-protected:
-    // call this when the movie size has changed but not because it has just
-    // been loaded (in this case, call NotifyMovieLoaded() below)
-    void NotifyMovieSizeChanged();
-
-    // call this when the movie is fully loaded
-    void NotifyMovieLoaded();
-
-
-    wxMediaCtrl *m_ctrl;      // parent control
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// End compilation gaurd
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif // wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// End header guard and header itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif // _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eec82a43a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/memconf.h
-// Purpose:     wxMemoryConfig class: a wxConfigBase implementation which only
-//              stores the settings in memory (thus they are lost when the
-//              program terminates)
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.01.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: memconf.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- * NB: I don't see how this class may possibly be useful to the application
- *     program (as the settings are lost on program termination), but it is
- *     handy to have it inside wxWidgets. So for now let's say that this class
- *     is private and should only be used by wxWidgets itself - this might
- *     change in the future.
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMCONF_H_
-#define _WX_MEMCONF_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#include "wx/fileconf.h"   // the base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryConfig: a config class which stores settings in non-persistent way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that we inherit from wxFileConfig which already stores its data in
-// memory and just disable file reading/writing - this is probably not optimal
-// and might be changed in future as well (this class will always deriev from
-// wxConfigBase though)
-class wxMemoryConfig : public wxFileConfig
-{
-public:
-    // default (and only) ctor
-    wxMemoryConfig() : wxFileConfig(wxEmptyString,  // default app name
-                                    wxEmptyString,  // default vendor name
-                                    wxEmptyString,  // no local config file
-                                    wxEmptyString,  // no system config file
-                                    0)              // don't use any files
-    {
-    }
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryConfig)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif // _WX_MEMCONF_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memory.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memory.h
deleted file mode 100644
index adb8ed2ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memory.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/memory.h
-// Purpose:     Memory operations
-// Author:      Arthur Seaton, Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: memory.h 39634 2006-06-08 12:51:01Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMORYH__
-#define _WX_MEMORYH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/msgout.h"
-
-/*
-  The macro which will be expanded to include the file and line number
-  info, or to be a straight call to the new operator.
-*/
-
-#if (defined(__WXDEBUG__) && wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void * wxDebugAlloc(size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum, bool isObject, bool isVect = false);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDebugFree(void * buf, bool isVect = false);
-
-//**********************************************************************************
-/*
-  The global operator new used for everything apart from getting
-  dynamic storage within this function itself.
-*/
-
-// We'll only do malloc and free for the moment: leave the interesting
-// stuff for the wxObject versions.
-
-
-#if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-// Undefine temporarily (new is #defined in object.h) because we want to
-// declare some new operators.
-#ifdef new
-    #undef new
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__SUNCC__)
-    #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) ) || defined( __MWERKS__)
-    #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1
-#elif defined (__SGI_CC_)
-    // only supported by -n32 compilers
-    #ifndef __EDG_ABI_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION
-        #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-    #endif
-#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) ) || defined( __MWERKS__)
-    #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1
-#else
-    // ::operator new[] is a recent C++ feature, so assume it's not supported
-    #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-#endif
-
-// devik 2000-8-29: All new/delete ops are now inline because they can't
-// be marked as dllexport/dllimport. It then leads to weird bugs when
-// used on MSW as DLL
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))
-inline void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum)
-{
-    return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, false);
-}
-
-inline void * operator new (size_t size)
-{
-    return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false);
-}
-
-inline void operator delete (void * buf)
-{
-    wxDebugFree(buf, false);
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-inline void * operator new[] (size_t size)
-{
-    return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false, true);
-}
-
-inline void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum)
-{
-    return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, true);
-}
-
-inline void operator delete[] (void * buf)
-{
-    wxDebugFree(buf, true);
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-#else
-
-void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum);
-
-void * operator new (size_t size);
-
-void operator delete (void * buf);
-
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-void * operator new[] (size_t size);
-
-void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum);
-
-void operator delete[] (void * buf);
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))
-
-// VC++ 6.0 and MWERKS
-#if ( defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) ) || defined(__MWERKS__)
-inline void operator delete(void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */)
-{
-    wxDebugFree(pData, false);
-}
-inline void operator delete[](void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */)
-{
-    wxDebugFree(pData, true);
-}
-#endif // __VISUALC__>=1200
-#endif // wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-//**********************************************************************************
-
-typedef unsigned int wxMarkerType;
-
-/*
-  Define the struct which will be placed at the start of all dynamically
-  allocated memory.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemStruct {
-
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContext; // access to the m_next pointer for list traversal.
-
-public:
-public:
-    int AssertList ();
-
-    size_t RequestSize () { return m_reqSize; }
-    wxMarkerType Marker () { return m_firstMarker; }
-
-    // When an object is deleted we set the id slot to a specific value.
-    inline void SetDeleted ();
-    inline int IsDeleted ();
-
-    int Append ();
-    int Unlink ();
-
-    // Used to determine if the object is really a wxMemStruct.
-    // Not a foolproof test by any means, but better than none I hope!
-    int AssertIt ();
-
-    // Do all validation on a node.
-    int ValidateNode ();
-
-    // Check the integrity of a node and of the list, node by node.
-    int CheckBlock ();
-    int CheckAllPrevious ();
-
-    // Print a single node.
-    void PrintNode ();
-
-    // Called when the memory linking functions get an error.
-    void ErrorMsg (const char *);
-    void ErrorMsg ();
-
-    inline void *GetActualData(void) const { return m_actualData; }
-
-    void Dump(void);
-
-public:
-    // Check for underwriting. There are 2 of these checks. This one
-    // inside the struct and another right after the struct.
-    wxMarkerType        m_firstMarker;
-
-    // File name and line number are from cpp.
-    wxChar*             m_fileName;
-    int                 m_lineNum;
-
-    // The amount of memory requested by the caller.
-    size_t              m_reqSize;
-
-    // Used to try to verify that we really are dealing with an object
-    // of the required class. Can be 1 of 2 values these indicating a valid
-    // wxMemStruct object, or a deleted wxMemStruct object.
-    wxMarkerType        m_id;
-
-    wxMemStruct *       m_prev;
-    wxMemStruct *       m_next;
-
-    void *              m_actualData;
-    bool                m_isObject;
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxMemStruct::*PmSFV) ();
-
-
-/*
-  Debugging class. This will only have a single instance, but it's
-  a reasonable way to keep everything together and to make this
-  available for change if needed by someone else.
-  A lot of this stuff would be better off within the wxMemStruct class, but
-  it's stuff which we need to access at times when there is no wxMemStruct
-  object so we use this class instead. Think of it as a collection of
-  globals which have to do with the wxMemStruct class.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContext {
-
-protected:
-    // Used to set alignment for markers.
-    static size_t CalcAlignment ();
-
-    // Returns the amount of padding needed after something of the given
-    // size. This is so that when we cast pointers backwards and forwards
-    // the pointer value will be valid for a wxMarkerType.
-    static size_t GetPadding (const size_t size) ;
-
-    // Traverse the list.
-    static void TraverseList (PmSFV, wxMemStruct *from = NULL);
-
-    static int debugLevel;
-    static bool debugOn;
-
-    static int m_balign;            // byte alignment
-    static int m_balignmask;        // mask for performing byte alignment
-public:
-    // Set a checkpoint to dump only the memory from
-    // a given point
-    static wxMemStruct *checkPoint;
-
-    wxDebugContext(void);
-    ~wxDebugContext(void);
-
-    static int GetLevel(void) { return debugLevel; }
-    static void SetLevel(int level) { debugLevel = level; }
-
-    static bool GetDebugMode(void) { return debugOn; }
-    static void SetDebugMode(bool flag) { debugOn = flag; }
-
-    static void SetCheckpoint(bool all = false);
-    static wxMemStruct *GetCheckpoint(void) { return checkPoint; }
-
-    // Calculated from the request size and any padding needed
-    // before the final marker.
-    static size_t PaddedSize (const size_t reqSize);
-
-    // Calc the total amount of space we need from the system
-    // to satisfy a caller request. This includes all padding.
-    static size_t TotSize (const size_t reqSize);
-
-    // Return valid pointers to offsets within the allocated memory.
-    static char * StructPos (const char * buf);
-    static char * MidMarkerPos (const char * buf);
-    static char * CallerMemPos (const char * buf);
-    static char * EndMarkerPos (const char * buf, const size_t size);
-
-    // Given a pointer to the start of the caller requested area
-    // return a pointer to the start of the entire alloc\'d buffer.
-    static char * StartPos (const char * caller);
-
-    // Access to the list.
-    static wxMemStruct * GetHead () { return m_head; }
-    static wxMemStruct * GetTail () { return m_tail; }
-
-    // Set the list sentinals.
-    static wxMemStruct * SetHead (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_head = st); }
-    static wxMemStruct * SetTail (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_tail = st); }
-
-    // If this is set then every new operation checks the validity
-    // of the all previous nodes in the list.
-    static bool GetCheckPrevious () { return m_checkPrevious; }
-    static void SetCheckPrevious (bool value) { m_checkPrevious = value; }
-
-    // Checks all nodes, or all nodes if checkAll is true
-    static int Check(bool checkAll = false);
-
-    // Print out the list of wxMemStruct nodes.
-    static bool PrintList(void);
-
-    // Dump objects
-    static bool Dump(void);
-
-    // Print statistics
-    static bool PrintStatistics(bool detailed = true);
-
-    // Print out the classes in the application.
-    static bool PrintClasses(void);
-
-    // Count the number of non-wxDebugContext-related objects
-    // that are outstanding
-    static int CountObjectsLeft(bool sinceCheckpoint = false);
-
-    // This function is used to output the dump
-    static void OutputDumpLine(const wxChar *szFormat, ...);
-
-private:
-    // Store these here to allow access to the list without
-    // needing to have a wxMemStruct object.
-    static wxMemStruct*         m_head;
-    static wxMemStruct*         m_tail;
-
-    // Set to false if we're not checking all previous nodes when
-    // we do a new. Set to true when we are.
-    static bool                 m_checkPrevious;
-};
-
-// Final cleanup (e.g. deleting the log object and doing memory leak checking)
-// will be delayed until all wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter objects have been
-// destructed. Adding one wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter per file will delay
-// memory leak checking until after destructing all global objects.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter
-{
-public:
-    wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter() {
-        sm_count++;
-    }
-
-    ~wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter() {
-        sm_count--;
-        if(!sm_count) DoDump();
-    }
-private:
-    void DoDump();
-    static int sm_count;
-};
-
-// make leak dump after all globals have been destructed
-static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_File;
-#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER \
-    static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_Extra;
-
-// Output a debug message, in a system dependent fashion.
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrace(const wxChar *fmt ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTraceLevel(int level, const wxChar *fmt ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-
-#define WXTRACE wxTrace
-#define WXTRACELEVEL wxTraceLevel
-
-#else // (defined(__WXDEBUG__) && wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER
-
-// Borland C++ Builder 6 seems to have troubles with inline functions (see bug
-// 819700)
-#if 0
-    inline void wxTrace(const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {}
-    inline void wxTraceLevel(int WXUNUSED(level), const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {}
-#else
-    #define wxTrace(fmt)
-    #define wxTraceLevel(l, fmt)
-#endif
-
-#define WXTRACE true ? (void)0 : wxTrace
-#define WXTRACELEVEL true ? (void)0 : wxTraceLevel
-
-#endif // (defined(__WXDEBUG__) && wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MEMORYH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memtext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memtext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a093f40b0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/memtext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/memtext.h
-// Purpose:     wxMemoryText allows to use wxTextBuffer without a file
-// Created:     14.11.01
-// Author:      Morten Hanssen
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Morten Hanssen
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-#define _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// there is no separate setting for wxMemoryText, it's smallish anyhow
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryText
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryText : public wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
-    // Constructors.
-    wxMemoryText() { }
-    wxMemoryText(const wxString& name) : wxTextBuffer(name) { }
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool OnExists() const
-        { return false; }
-
-    virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString & WXUNUSED(strBufferName),
-                        wxTextBufferOpenMode WXUNUSED(OpenMode))
-        { return true; }
-
-    virtual bool OnClose()
-        { return true; }
-
-    virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv))
-        { return true; }
-
-    virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType WXUNUSED(typeNew),
-                         const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxConvUTF8)
-        { return true; }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryText)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-#endif // _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menu.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 23e47a0b3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,555 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/menu.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menu.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/list.h"        // for "template" list classes
-#include "wx/window.h"      // base class for wxMenuBar
-
-// also include this one to ensure compatibility with old code which only
-// included wx/menu.h
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-
-// pseudo template list classes
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenu, wxMenuList);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuItem, wxMenuItemList);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenu
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    // create a menu
-    static wxMenu *New(const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, long style = 0);
-
-    // ctors
-    wxMenuBase(const wxString& title, long style = 0) : m_title(title)
-        { Init(style); }
-    wxMenuBase(long style = 0)
-        { Init(style); }
-
-    // dtor deletes all the menu items we own
-    virtual ~wxMenuBase();
-
-    // menu construction
-    // -----------------
-
-    // append any kind of item (normal/check/radio/separator)
-    wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid,
-                       const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                       const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-                       wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
-    {
-        return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind));
-    }
-
-    // append a separator to the menu
-    wxMenuItem* AppendSeparator() { return Append(wxID_SEPARATOR, wxEmptyString); }
-
-    // append a check item
-    wxMenuItem* AppendCheckItem(int itemid,
-                                const wxString& text,
-                                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK);
-    }
-
-    // append a radio item
-    wxMenuItem* AppendRadioItem(int itemid,
-                                const wxString& text,
-                                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO);
-    }
-
-    // append a submenu
-    wxMenuItem* AppendSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu,
-                              const wxString& text,
-                              const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_ANY, text, help,
-                                        wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
-    }
-
-    // the most generic form of Append() - append anything
-    wxMenuItem* Append(wxMenuItem *item) { return DoAppend(item); }
-
-    // insert a break in the menu (only works when appending the items, not
-    // inserting them)
-    virtual void Break() { }
-
-    // insert an item before given position
-    wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // insert an item before given position
-    wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos,
-                       int itemid,
-                       const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                       const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-                       wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
-    {
-        return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind));
-    }
-
-    // insert a separator
-    wxMenuItem* InsertSeparator(size_t pos)
-    {
-        return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_SEPARATOR));
-    }
-
-    // insert a check item
-    wxMenuItem* InsertCheckItem(size_t pos,
-                                int itemid,
-                                const wxString& text,
-                                const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK);
-    }
-
-    // insert a radio item
-     wxMenuItem* InsertRadioItem(size_t pos,
-                                 int itemid,
-                                 const wxString& text,
-                                 const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO);
-    }
-
-    // insert a submenu
-    wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos,
-                       int itemid,
-                       const wxString& text,
-                       wxMenu *submenu,
-                       const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help,
-                                           wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
-    }
-
-    // prepend an item to the menu
-    wxMenuItem* Prepend(wxMenuItem *item)
-    {
-        return Insert(0u, item);
-    }
-
-    // prepend any item to the menu
-    wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid,
-                        const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                        const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-                        wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
-    {
-        return Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, kind);
-    }
-
-    // prepend a separator
-    wxMenuItem* PrependSeparator()
-    {
-        return InsertSeparator(0u);
-    }
-
-    // prepend a check item
-    wxMenuItem* PrependCheckItem(int itemid,
-                                 const wxString& text,
-                                 const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return InsertCheckItem(0u, itemid, text, help);
-    }
-
-    // prepend a radio item
-    wxMenuItem* PrependRadioItem(int itemid,
-                                 const wxString& text,
-                                 const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return InsertRadioItem(0u, itemid, text, help);
-    }
-
-    // prepend a submenu
-    wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid,
-                        const wxString& text,
-                        wxMenu *submenu,
-                        const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return Insert(0u, itemid, text, submenu, help);
-    }
-
-    // detach an item from the menu, but don't delete it so that it can be
-    // added back later (but if it's not, the caller is responsible for
-    // deleting it!)
-    wxMenuItem *Remove(int itemid) { return Remove(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
-    wxMenuItem *Remove(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // delete an item from the menu (submenus are not destroyed by this
-    // function, see Destroy)
-    bool Delete(int itemid) { return Delete(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
-    bool Delete(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // delete the item from menu and destroy it (if it's a submenu)
-    bool Destroy(int itemid) { return Destroy(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
-    bool Destroy(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // menu items access
-    // -----------------
-
-    // get the items
-    size_t GetMenuItemCount() const { return m_items.GetCount(); }
-
-    const wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() const { return m_items; }
-    wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() { return m_items; }
-
-    // search
-    virtual int FindItem(const wxString& item) const;
-    wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
-
-    // find by position
-    wxMenuItem* FindItemByPosition(size_t position) const;
-
-    // get/set items attributes
-    void Enable(int itemid, bool enable);
-    bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const;
-
-    void Check(int itemid, bool check);
-    bool IsChecked(int itemid) const;
-
-    void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString& label);
-    wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const;
-
-    virtual void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString);
-    virtual wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const;
-
-    // misc accessors
-    // --------------
-
-    // the title
-    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
-    const wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
-    // event handler
-    void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
-    wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
-
-    // invoking window
-    void SetInvokingWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_invokingWindow = win; }
-    wxWindow *GetInvokingWindow() const { return m_invokingWindow; }
-
-    // style
-    long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
-
-    // implementation helpers
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // Updates the UI for a menu and all submenus recursively. source is the
-    // object that has the update event handlers defined for it. If NULL, the
-    // menu or associated window will be used.
-    void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = (wxEvtHandler*)NULL);
-
-    // get the menu bar this menu is attached to (may be NULL, always NULL for
-    // popup menus).  Traverse up the menu hierarchy to find it.
-    wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
-
-    // called when the menu is attached/detached to/from a menu bar
-    virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
-    virtual void Detach();
-
-    // is the menu attached to a menu bar (or is it a popup one)?
-    bool IsAttached() const { return GetMenuBar() != NULL; }
-
-    // set/get the parent of this menu
-    void SetParent(wxMenu *parent) { m_menuParent = parent; }
-    wxMenu *GetParent() const { return m_menuParent; }
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // unlike FindItem(), this function doesn't recurse but only looks through
-    // our direct children and also may return the index of the found child if
-    // pos != NULL
-    wxMenuItem *FindChildItem(int itemid, size_t *pos = NULL) const;
-
-    // called to generate a wxCommandEvent, return true if it was processed,
-    // false otherwise
-    //
-    // the checked parameter may have boolean value or -1 for uncheckable items
-    bool SendEvent(int itemid, int checked = -1);
-
-    // compatibility: these functions are deprecated, use the new ones instead
-    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // use the versions taking wxItem_XXX now instead, they're more readable
-    // and allow adding the radio items as well
-    void Append(int itemid,
-                const wxString& text,
-                const wxString& help,
-                bool isCheckable)
-    {
-        Append(itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL);
-    }
-
-    // use more readable and not requiring unused itemid AppendSubMenu() instead
-    wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid,
-                       const wxString& text,
-                       wxMenu *submenu,
-                       const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help,
-                                        wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
-    }
-
-    void Insert(size_t pos,
-                int itemid,
-                const wxString& text,
-                const wxString& help,
-                bool isCheckable)
-    {
-        Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL);
-    }
-
-    void Prepend(int itemid,
-                 const wxString& text,
-                 const wxString& help,
-                 bool isCheckable)
-    {
-        Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, isCheckable);
-    }
-
-    static void LockAccels(bool locked)
-    {
-        ms_locked = locked;
-    }
-
-protected:
-    // virtuals to override in derived classes
-    // ---------------------------------------
-
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    virtual wxMenuItem *DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual bool DoDelete(wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual bool DoDestroy(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // helpers
-    // -------
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init(long style);
-
-    // associate the submenu with this menu
-    void AddSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu);
-
-    wxMenuBar     *m_menuBar;           // menubar we belong to or NULL
-    wxMenu        *m_menuParent;        // parent menu or NULL
-
-    wxString       m_title;             // the menu title or label
-    wxMenuItemList m_items;             // the list of menu items
-
-    wxWindow      *m_invokingWindow;    // for popup menus
-
-    long           m_style;             // combination of wxMENU_XXX flags
-
-    wxEvtHandler  *m_eventHandler;      // a pluggable in event handler
-
-    static bool      ms_locked;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBase)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    //  Returns the stripped label
-    wxString GetLabelText(int itemid) const { return wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(GetLabel(itemid)); }
-#endif
-
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBarBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxMenuBarBase();
-
-    // dtor will delete all menus we own
-    virtual ~wxMenuBarBase();
-
-    // menu bar construction
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // append a menu to the end of menubar, return true if ok
-    virtual bool Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
-    // insert a menu before the given position into the menubar, return true
-    // if inserted ok
-    virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
-    // menu bar items access
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // get the number of menus in the menu bar
-    size_t GetMenuCount() const { return m_menus.GetCount(); }
-
-    // get the menu at given position
-    wxMenu *GetMenu(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // replace the menu at given position with another one, returns the
-    // previous menu (which should be deleted by the caller)
-    virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
-    // delete the menu at given position from the menu bar, return the pointer
-    // to the menu (which should be  deleted by the caller)
-    virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
-
-    // enable or disable a submenu
-    virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable) = 0;
-
-    // is the menu enabled?
-    virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t WXUNUSED(pos)) const { return true; }
-
-    // get or change the label of the menu at given position
-    virtual void SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label) = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const = 0;
-
-    // item search
-    // -----------
-
-    // by menu and item names, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found or id of the
-    // found item
-    virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menu, const wxString& item) const;
-
-    // find item by id (in any menu), returns NULL if not found
-    //
-    // if menu is !NULL, it will be filled with wxMenu this item belongs to
-    virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
-
-    // find menu by its caption, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure
-    int FindMenu(const wxString& title) const;
-
-    // item access
-    // -----------
-
-    // all these functions just use FindItem() and then call an appropriate
-    // method on it
-    //
-    // NB: under MSW, these methods can only be used after the menubar had
-    //     been attached to the frame
-
-    void Enable(int itemid, bool enable);
-    void Check(int itemid, bool check);
-    bool IsChecked(int itemid) const;
-    bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const;
-    virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return wxWindow::IsEnabled(); }
-
-    void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString &label);
-    wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const;
-
-    void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString);
-    wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const;
-
-    // implementation helpers
-
-    // get the frame we are attached to (may return NULL)
-    wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
-
-    // returns true if we're attached to a frame
-    bool IsAttached() const { return GetFrame() != NULL; }
-
-    // associate the menubar with the frame
-    virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
-
-    // called before deleting the menubar normally
-    virtual void Detach();
-
-    // need to override these ones to avoid virtual function hiding
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true) { return wxWindow::Enable(enable); }
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { wxWindow::SetLabel(s); }
-    virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return wxWindow::GetLabel(); }
-
-    // don't want menu bars to accept the focus by tabbing to them
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return false; }
-
-    // update all menu item states in all menus
-    virtual void UpdateMenus();
-
-protected:
-    // the list of all our menus
-    wxMenuList m_menus;
-
-    // the frame we are attached to (may be NULL)
-    wxFrame *m_menuBarFrame;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBarBase)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // Replacement for SetLabelTop
-    void SetMenuLabel(size_t pos, const wxString& label) { SetLabelTop(pos, label); }
-
-    // Gets the original label at the top-level of the menubar
-    // Implemented per port, since we can't have virtual functions in the stable branch.
-    // wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // Get the text only, from the label at the top-level of the menubar
-    wxString GetMenuLabelText(size_t pos) const;
-#endif
-
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-    #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
-#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/menu.h"
-#endif
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menuitem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menuitem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ac26948ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/menuitem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/menuitem.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenuItem class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menuitem.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"  // base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuItem is an item in the menu which may be either a normal item, a sub
-// menu or a separator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItemBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
-                           int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
-                           const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                           const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-                           wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                           wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
-
-    // destruction: wxMenuItem will delete its submenu
-    virtual ~wxMenuItemBase();
-
-    // the menu we're in
-    wxMenu *GetMenu() const { return m_parentMenu; }
-    void SetMenu(wxMenu* menu) { m_parentMenu = menu; }
-
-    // get/set id
-    void SetId(int itemid) { m_id = itemid; }
-    int  GetId() const { return m_id; }
-    bool IsSeparator() const { return m_id == wxID_SEPARATOR; }
-
-    // the item's text (or name)
-    //
-    // NB: the item's text includes the accelerators and mnemonics info (if
-    //     any), i.e. it may contain '&' or '_' or "\t..." and thus is
-    //     different from the item's label which only contains the text shown
-    //     in the menu
-    virtual void SetText(const wxString& str);
-
-    wxString GetLabel() const { return GetLabelFromText(m_text); }
-    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
-
-    // get the label from text (implemented in platform-specific code)
-    static wxString GetLabelFromText(const wxString& text);
-
-    // what kind of menu item we are
-    wxItemKind GetKind() const { return m_kind; }
-    void SetKind(wxItemKind kind) { m_kind = kind; }
-
-    virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable) { m_kind = checkable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL; }
-    bool IsCheckable() const
-        { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; }
-
-    bool IsSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu != NULL; }
-    void SetSubMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_subMenu = menu; }
-    wxMenu *GetSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu; }
-
-    // state
-    virtual void Enable(bool enable = true) { m_isEnabled = enable; }
-    virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; }
-
-    virtual void Check(bool check = true) { m_isChecked = check; }
-    virtual bool IsChecked() const { return m_isChecked; }
-    void Toggle() { Check(!m_isChecked); }
-
-    // help string (displayed in the status bar by default)
-    void SetHelp(const wxString& str);
-    const wxString& GetHelp() const { return m_help; }
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // extract the accelerator from the given menu string, return NULL if none
-    // found
-    static wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccelFromString(const wxString& label);
-
-    // get our accelerator or NULL (caller must delete the pointer)
-    virtual wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccel() const;
-
-    // set the accel for this item - this may also be done indirectly with
-    // SetText()
-    virtual void SetAccel(wxAcceleratorEntry *accel);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    // compatibility only, use new functions in the new code
-    void SetName(const wxString& str) { SetText(str); }
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return GetText(); }
-
-    static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu,
-                           int itemid,
-                           const wxString& text,
-                           const wxString& help,
-                           bool isCheckable,
-                           wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL)
-    {
-        return New(parentMenu, itemid, text, help,
-                   isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, subMenu);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    int           m_id;             // numeric id of the item >= 0 or wxID_ANY or wxID_SEPARATOR
-    wxMenu       *m_parentMenu,     // the menu we belong to
-                 *m_subMenu;        // our sub menu or NULL
-    wxString      m_text,           // label of the item
-                  m_help;           // the help string for the item
-    wxItemKind    m_kind;           // separator/normal/check/radio item?
-    bool          m_isChecked;      // is checked?
-    bool          m_isEnabled;      // is enabled?
-
-    // this ctor is for the derived classes only, we're never created directly
-    wxMenuItemBase(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
-                   int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
-                   const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-                   wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                   wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
-
-private:
-    // and, if we have one ctor, compiler won't generate a default copy one, so
-    // declare them ourselves - but don't implement as they shouldn't be used
-    wxMenuItemBase(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
-    wxMenuItemBase& operator=(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // Sets the label. This function replaces SetText.
-    void SetItemLabel(const wxString& str) { SetText(str); }
-
-    // return the item label including any mnemonics and accelerators.
-    // This used to be called GetText.
-    // We can't implement this in the base class (no new virtuals in stable branch)
-    // wxString GetItemLabel() const;
-
-    // return just the text of the item label, without any mnemonics
-    // This used to be called GetLabel.
-    wxString GetItemLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(m_text); }
-
-    // return just the text part of the given label. In 2.9 and up, this is implemented in
-    // platform-specific code, but is now implemented in terms of GetLabelFromText.
-    static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label);
-#endif
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-    #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
-#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/menuitem.h"
-#endif
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/metafile.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/metafile.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 50b836524..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/metafile.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/metafile.h
-// Purpose:     wxMetaFile class declaration
-// Author:      wxWidgets team
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     13.01.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: metafile.h 39841 2006-06-26 14:37:34Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_METAFILE
-
-// provide synonyms for all metafile classes
-#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile
-#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC
-#define wxMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject
-
-#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-        #if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-            #include "wx/palmos/enhmeta.h"
-        #else
-            #include "wx/msw/enhmeta.h"
-        #endif
-
-        #if wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
-            // use normal metafiles as well
-            #include "wx/msw/metafile.h"
-        #else // also map all metafile classes to enh metafile
-            typedef wxEnhMetaFile wxMetafile;
-            typedef wxEnhMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC;
-            #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-                typedef wxEnhMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject;
-            #endif
-
-            // this flag will be set if wxMetafile class is wxEnhMetaFile
-            #define wxMETAFILE_IS_ENH
-        #endif // wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
-    #else // !wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-        #if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-            #include "wx/palmos/metafile.h"
-        #else
-            #include "wx/msw/metafile.h"
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/metafile.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/metafile.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mimetype.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mimetype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ebf99618..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mimetype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,453 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/mimetype.h
-// Purpose:     classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-//  Chris Elliott (biol75@york.ac.uk) 5 Dec 00: write support for Win32
-// Created:     23.09.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mimetype.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MIMETYPE_H_
-#define _WX_MIMETYPE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers and such
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-// the things we really need
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// fwd decls
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxIconLocation;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileTypeImpl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl;
-
-// these constants define the MIME informations source under UNIX and are used
-// by wxMimeTypesManager::Initialize()
-enum wxMailcapStyle
-{
-    wxMAILCAP_STANDARD = 1,
-    wxMAILCAP_NETSCAPE = 2,
-    wxMAILCAP_KDE = 4,
-    wxMAILCAP_GNOME = 8,
-
-    wxMAILCAP_ALL = 15
-};
-
-/*
-    TODO: would it be more convenient to have this class?
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeType : public wxString
-{
-public:
-    // all string ctors here
-
-    wxString GetType() const { return BeforeFirst(_T('/')); }
-    wxString GetSubType() const { return AfterFirst(_T('/')); }
-
-    void SetSubType(const wxString& subtype)
-    {
-        *this = GetType() + _T('/') + subtype;
-    }
-
-    bool Matches(const wxMimeType& wildcard)
-    {
-        // implement using wxMimeTypesManager::IsOfType()
-    }
-};
-
-*/
-
-// wxMimeTypeCommands stores the verbs defined for the given MIME type with
-// their values
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypeCommands
-{
-public:
-    wxMimeTypeCommands() {}
-
-    wxMimeTypeCommands(const wxArrayString& verbs,
-                       const wxArrayString& commands)
-        : m_verbs(verbs),
-          m_commands(commands)
-    {
-    }
-
-    // add a new verb with the command or replace the old value
-    void AddOrReplaceVerb(const wxString& verb, const wxString& cmd);
-    void Add(const wxString& s)
-    {
-        m_verbs.Add(s.BeforeFirst(wxT('=')));
-        m_commands.Add(s.AfterFirst(wxT('=')));
-    }
-
-    // access the commands
-    size_t GetCount() const { return m_verbs.GetCount(); }
-    const wxString& GetVerb(size_t n) const { return m_verbs[n]; }
-    const wxString& GetCmd(size_t n) const { return m_commands[n]; }
-
-    bool HasVerb(const wxString& verb) const
-        { return m_verbs.Index(verb) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
-    // returns empty string and wxNOT_FOUND in idx if no such verb
-    wxString GetCommandForVerb(const wxString& verb, size_t *idx = NULL) const;
-
-    // get a "verb=command" string
-    wxString GetVerbCmd(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-    wxArrayString m_verbs;
-    wxArrayString m_commands;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileTypeInfo: static container of information accessed via wxFileType.
-//
-// This class is used with wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks() and Associate()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeInfo
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // a normal item
-    wxFileTypeInfo(const wxChar *mimeType,
-                   const wxChar *openCmd,
-                   const wxChar *printCmd,
-                   const wxChar *desc,
-                   // the other parameters form a NULL terminated list of
-                   // extensions
-                   ...);
-
-        // the array elements correspond to the parameters of the ctor above in
-        // the same order
-    wxFileTypeInfo(const wxArrayString& sArray);
-
-        // invalid item - use this to terminate the array passed to
-        // wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks
-    wxFileTypeInfo() { }
-
-    // test if this object can be used
-    bool IsValid() const { return !m_mimeType.empty(); }
-
-    // setters
-        // set the icon info
-    void SetIcon(const wxString& iconFile, int iconIndex = 0)
-    {
-        m_iconFile = iconFile;
-        m_iconIndex = iconIndex;
-    }
-        // set the short desc
-    void SetShortDesc(const wxString& shortDesc) { m_shortDesc = shortDesc; }
-
-    // accessors
-        // get the MIME type
-    const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimeType; }
-        // get the open command
-    const wxString& GetOpenCommand() const { return m_openCmd; }
-        // get the print command
-    const wxString& GetPrintCommand() const { return m_printCmd; }
-        // get the short description (only used under Win32 so far)
-    const wxString& GetShortDesc() const { return m_shortDesc; }
-        // get the long, user visible description
-    const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_desc; }
-        // get the array of all extensions
-    const wxArrayString& GetExtensions() const { return m_exts; }
-    size_t GetExtensionsCount() const {return m_exts.GetCount(); }
-        // get the icon info
-    const wxString& GetIconFile() const { return m_iconFile; }
-    int GetIconIndex() const { return m_iconIndex; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_mimeType,    // the MIME type in "type/subtype" form
-             m_openCmd,     // command to use for opening the file (%s allowed)
-             m_printCmd,    // command to use for printing the file (%s allowed)
-             m_shortDesc,   // a short string used in the registry
-             m_desc;        // a free form description of this file type
-
-    // icon stuff
-    wxString m_iconFile;    // the file containing the icon
-    int      m_iconIndex;   // icon index in this file
-
-    wxArrayString m_exts;   // the extensions which are mapped on this filetype
-
-
-#if 0 // TODO
-    // the additional (except "open" and "print") command names and values
-    wxArrayString m_commandNames,
-                  m_commandValues;
-#endif // 0
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxFileTypeInfo, wxArrayFileTypeInfo,
-                                  WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileType: gives access to all information about the files of given type.
-//
-// This class holds information about a given "file type". File type is the
-// same as MIME type under Unix, but under Windows it corresponds more to an
-// extension than to MIME type (in fact, several extensions may correspond to a
-// file type). This object may be created in many different ways and depending
-// on how it was created some fields may be unknown so the return value of all
-// the accessors *must* be checked!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileType
-{
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl;  // it has access to m_impl
-
-public:
-    // An object of this class must be passed to Get{Open|Print}Command. The
-    // default implementation is trivial and doesn't know anything at all about
-    // parameters, only filename and MIME type are used (so it's probably ok for
-    // Windows where %{param} is not used anyhow)
-    class MessageParameters
-    {
-    public:
-        // ctors
-        MessageParameters() { }
-        MessageParameters(const wxString& filename,
-                          const wxString& mimetype = wxEmptyString)
-            : m_filename(filename), m_mimetype(mimetype) { }
-
-        // accessors (called by GetOpenCommand)
-            // filename
-        const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
-            // mime type
-        const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimetype; }
-
-        // override this function in derived class
-        virtual wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) const
-            { return wxEmptyString; }
-
-        // virtual dtor as in any base class
-        virtual ~MessageParameters() { }
-
-    protected:
-        wxString m_filename, m_mimetype;
-    };
-
-    // ctor from static data
-    wxFileType(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-
-    // accessors: all of them return true if the corresponding information
-    // could be retrieved/found, false otherwise (and in this case all [out]
-    // parameters are unchanged)
-        // return the MIME type for this file type
-    bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
-    bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
-        // fill passed in array with all extensions associated with this file
-        // type
-    bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
-        // get the icon corresponding to this file type and of the given size
-    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc) const;
-    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc,
-                 const MessageParameters& params) const;
-        // get a brief file type description ("*.txt" => "text document")
-    bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
-
-    // get the command to be used to open/print the given file.
-        // get the command to execute the file of given type
-    bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
-                        const MessageParameters& params) const;
-        // a simpler to use version of GetOpenCommand() -- it only takes the
-        // filename and returns an empty string on failure
-    wxString GetOpenCommand(const wxString& filename) const;
-        // get the command to print the file of given type
-    bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
-                         const MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-
-        // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none
-    size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands,
-                          const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-    // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
-    // overwriteprompt is true
-    bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb,
-        bool overwriteprompt = true);
-
-    bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
-
-    // remove the association for this filetype from the system MIME database:
-    // notice that it will only work if the association is defined in the user
-    // file/registry part, we will never modify the system-wide settings
-    bool Unassociate();
-
-    // operations
-        // expand a string in the format of GetOpenCommand (which may contain
-        // '%s' and '%t' format specificators for the file name and mime type
-        // and %{param} constructions).
-    static wxString ExpandCommand(const wxString& command,
-                                  const MessageParameters& params);
-
-    // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from)
-    ~wxFileType();
-
-private:
-    // default ctor is private because the user code never creates us
-    wxFileType();
-
-    // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-    wxFileType(const wxFileType&);
-    wxFileType& operator=(const wxFileType&);
-
-    // the static container of wxFileType data: if it's not NULL, it means that
-    // this object is used as fallback only
-    const wxFileTypeInfo *m_info;
-
-    // the object which implements the real stuff like reading and writing
-    // to/from system MIME database
-    wxFileTypeImpl *m_impl;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMimeTypesManagerFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerFactory
-{
-public:
-    wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {}
-    virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {}
-
-    virtual wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-
-    static void Set( wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *factory );
-    static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *Get();
-    
-private:
-    static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *m_factory;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMimeTypesManager: interface to system MIME database.
-//
-// This class accesses the information about all known MIME types and allows
-// the application to retrieve information (including how to handle data of
-// given type) about them.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManager
-{
-public:
-    // static helper functions
-    // -----------------------
-
-        // check if the given MIME type is the same as the other one: the
-        // second argument may contain wildcards ('*'), but not the first. If
-        // the types are equal or if the mimeType matches wildcard the function
-        // returns true, otherwise it returns false
-    static bool IsOfType(const wxString& mimeType, const wxString& wildcard);
-
-    // ctor
-    wxMimeTypesManager();
-
-    // NB: the following 2 functions are for Unix only and don't do anything
-    //     elsewhere
-
-    // loads data from standard files according to the mailcap styles
-    // specified: this is a bitwise OR of wxMailcapStyle values
-    //
-    // use the extraDir parameter if you want to look for files in another
-    // directory
-    void Initialize(int mailcapStyle = wxMAILCAP_ALL,
-                    const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // and this function clears all the data from the manager
-    void ClearData();
-
-    // Database lookup: all functions return a pointer to wxFileType object
-    // whose methods may be used to query it for the information you're
-    // interested in. If the return value is !NULL, caller is responsible for
-    // deleting it.
-        // get file type from file extension
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
-        // get file type from MIME type (in format <category>/<format>)
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
-    // other operations: return true if there were no errors or false if there
-    // were some unrecognized entries (the good entries are always read anyhow)
-    //
-    // FIXME: These ought to be private ??
-
-        // read in additional file (the standard ones are read automatically)
-        // in mailcap format (see mimetype.cpp for description)
-        //
-        // 'fallback' parameter may be set to true to avoid overriding the
-        // settings from other, previously parsed, files by this one: normally,
-        // the files read most recently would override the older files, but with
-        // fallback == true this won't happen
-
-    bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& filename, bool fallback = false);
-        // read in additional file in mime.types format
-    bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& filename);
-
-    // enumerate all known MIME types
-    //
-    // returns the number of retrieved file types
-    size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
-    // these functions can be used to provide default values for some of the
-    // MIME types inside the program itself (you may also use
-    // ReadMailcap(filenameWithDefaultTypes, true /* use as fallback */) to
-    // achieve the same goal, but this requires having this info in a file).
-    //
-    // The filetypes array should be terminated by either NULL entry or an
-    // invalid wxFileTypeInfo (i.e. the one created with default ctor)
-    void AddFallbacks(const wxFileTypeInfo *filetypes);
-    void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
-
-    // create or remove associations
-
-        // create a new association using the fields of wxFileTypeInfo (at least
-        // the MIME type and the extension should be set)
-        // if the other fields are empty, the existing values should be left alone
-    wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-
-        // undo Associate()
-    bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) ;
-
-    // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from)
-    ~wxMimeTypesManager();
-
-private:
-    // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-    wxMimeTypesManager(const wxMimeTypesManager&);
-    wxMimeTypesManager& operator=(const wxMimeTypesManager&);
-
-    // the fallback info which is used if the information is not found in the
-    // real system database
-    wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
-
-    // the object working with the system MIME database
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_impl;
-
-    // if m_impl is NULL, create one
-    void EnsureImpl();
-
-    friend class wxMimeTypeCmnModule;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default mime manager for wxWidgets programs
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMimeTypesManager *) wxTheMimeTypesManager;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif
-  //_WX_MIMETYPE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/minifram.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/minifram.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b05574a65..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/minifram.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/minifram.h
-// Purpose:     wxMiniFrame base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: minifram.h 49299 2007-10-21 18:07:29Z PC $
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MINIFRAME
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-#include "wx/palmos/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk1/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/minifram.h"
-#else
-// TODO: it seems that wxMiniFrame could be just defined here generically
-//       instead of having all the above port-specific headers
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-typedef wxFrame wxMiniFrame;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MINIFRAME
-#endif // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/module.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/module.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7394f4e61..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/module.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/module.h
-// Purpose:     Modules handling
-// Author:      Wolfram Gloger/adapted by Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04/11/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: module.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wolfram Gloger and Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MODULE_H_
-#define _WX_MODULE_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// declare a linked list of modules
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxModule;
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxModule, wxModuleList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// and an array of class info objects
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxClassInfo *, wxArrayClassInfo,
-                                    class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-
-// declaring a class derived from wxModule will automatically create an
-// instance of this class on program startup, call its OnInit() method and call
-// OnExit() on program termination (but only if OnInit() succeeded)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxModule : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxModule() {}
-    virtual ~wxModule() {}
-
-    // if module init routine returns false the application
-    // will fail to startup
-
-    bool Init() { return OnInit(); }
-    void Exit() { OnExit(); }
-
-    // Override both of these
-
-        // called on program startup
-
-    virtual bool OnInit() = 0;
-
-        // called just before program termination, but only if OnInit()
-        // succeeded
-
-    virtual void OnExit() = 0;
-
-    static void RegisterModule(wxModule *module);
-    static void RegisterModules();
-    static bool InitializeModules();
-    static void CleanUpModules() { DoCleanUpModules(m_modules); }
-
-    // used by wxObjectLoader when unloading shared libs's
-
-    static void UnregisterModule(wxModule *module);
-
-protected:
-    static wxModuleList m_modules;
-
-    // the function to call from constructor of a deriving class add module
-    // dependency which will be initialized before the module and unloaded
-    // after that
-    void AddDependency(wxClassInfo *dep)
-    {
-        wxCHECK_RET( dep, _T("NULL module dependency") );
-
-        m_dependencies.Add(dep);
-    }
-
-private:
-    // initialize module and Append it to initializedModules list recursively
-    // calling itself to satisfy module dependencies if needed
-    static bool
-    DoInitializeModule(wxModule *module, wxModuleList &initializedModules);
-
-    // cleanup the modules in the specified list (which may not contain all
-    // modules if we're called during initialization because not all modules
-    // could be initialized) and also empty m_modules itself
-    static void DoCleanUpModules(const wxModuleList& modules);
-
-
-    // module dependencies: contains
-    wxArrayClassInfo m_dependencies;
-
-    // used internally while initiliazing/cleaning up modules
-    enum
-    {
-        State_Registered,   // module registered but not initialized yet
-        State_Initializing, // we're initializing this module but not done yet
-        State_Initialized   // module initialized successfully
-    } m_state;
-
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxModule)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MODULE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/apptrait.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/apptrait.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f6693ae6e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/apptrait.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msdos/apptrait.h
-// Author:      Michael Wetherell
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: apptrait.h 40807 2006-08-24 21:18:18Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Michael Wetherell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSDOS_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_MSDOS_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-class wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer, int *minVer) const;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_MSDOS_APPTRAIT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/mimetype.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/mimetype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 587736e98..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msdos/mimetype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msdos/mimetype.h
-// Purpose:     classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.09.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mimetype.h 39763 2006-06-16 09:31:12Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mimetype.h"
-
-
-class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
-{
-public :
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
-
-    // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
-    void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD,
-                    const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // and delete the data here
-    void ClearData();
-
-    // implement containing class functions
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
-    wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) ;
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
-    size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
-    // this are NOPs under MacOS
-    bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename), bool WXUNUSED(fallback) = TRUE) { return TRUE; }
-    bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename)) { return TRUE; }
-
-    void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
-
-    // create a new filetype association
-    wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-    // remove association
-    bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
-
-    // create a new filetype with the given name and extension
-    wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext);
-
-private:
-    wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
-};
-
-class wxFileTypeImpl
-{
-public:
-    // initialization functions
-    // this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match;
-    // if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and
-    // index 1 the type / * match
-    // if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for
-    // the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on
-
-    void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index)
-    { m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); }
-
-    // initialize us with our file type name
-    void SetFileType(const wxString& strFileType)
-        { m_strFileType = strFileType; }
-    void SetExt(const wxString& ext)
-        { m_ext = ext; }
-
-    // implement accessor functions
-    bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
-    bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
-    bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
-    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
-    bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
-    bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
-                        const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
-        { return GetCommand(openCmd, "open"); }
-    bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
-                         const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
-        { return GetCommand(printCmd, "print"); }
-
-    size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
-                          const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-    // remove the record for this file type
-    // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
-    bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
-    {
-        return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
-    }
-
-    // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
-    // overwriteprompt is TRUE
-    bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
-    bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
- private:
-    // helper function
-    bool GetCommand(wxString *command, const char *verb) const;
-
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
-    wxArrayInt              m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays
-    wxString m_strFileType, m_ext;
-};
-
-#endif
-  //_MIMETYPE_H
-
-/* vi: set cin tw=80 ts=4 sw=4: */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d22572600..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msgdlgg.h
-// Purpose:     common header and base class for wxMessageDialog
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: msgdlg.h 49765 2007-11-09 18:32:38Z DE $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialogBase
-{
-protected:
-    // common validation of wxMessageDialog style
-    void SetMessageDialogStyle(long style)
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( ((style & wxYES_NO) == wxYES_NO) || ((style & wxYES_NO) == 0),
-                      _T("wxYES and wxNO may only be used together in wxMessageDialog") );
-
-        wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxID_OK) != wxID_OK,
-                      _T("wxMessageBox: Did you mean wxOK (and not wxID_OK)?") );
-
-        m_dialogStyle = style;
-    }
-    inline long GetMessageDialogStyle() const
-    {
-        return m_dialogStyle;
-    }
-
-private:
-    long m_dialogStyle;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WX_COMPILING_MSGDLGG_CPP__)
-#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGPE__)
-#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-#include "wx/palmos/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/msgdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMessageBox: the simplest way to use wxMessageDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageBox(const wxString& message,
-                             const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
-                             long style = wxOK | wxCENTRE,
-                             wxWindow *parent = NULL,
-                             int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgout.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgout.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6130849c1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msgout.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msgout.h
-// Purpose:     wxMessageOutput class. Shows a message to the user
-// Author:      Mattia Barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     17.07.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: msgout.h 35690 2005-09-25 20:23:30Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGOUT_H_
-#define _WX_MSGOUT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMessageOutput is a class abstracting formatted output target, i.e.
-// something you can printf() to
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxMessageOutput() { }
-
-    // show a message to the user
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...)  ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 = 0;
-
-    // gets the current wxMessageOutput object (may be NULL during
-    // initialization or shutdown)
-    static wxMessageOutput* Get();
-
-    // sets the global wxMessageOutput instance; returns the previous one
-    static wxMessageOutput* Set(wxMessageOutput* msgout);
-
-private:
-    static wxMessageOutput* ms_msgOut;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation showing the message to the user in "best" possible way: uses
-// native message box if available (currently only under Windows) and stderr
-// otherwise; unlike wxMessageOutputMessageBox this class is always safe to use
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputBest : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    wxMessageOutputBest() { }
-
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation which sends output to stderr
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputStderr : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    wxMessageOutputStderr() { }
-
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation which shows output in a message box
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageOutputMessageBox : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    wxMessageOutputMessageBox() { }
-
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation using the native way of outputting debug messages
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputDebug : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    wxMessageOutputDebug() { }
-
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation using wxLog (mainly for backwards compatibility)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputLog : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
-    wxMessageOutputLog() { }
-
-    virtual void Printf(const wxChar* format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MSGOUT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mstream.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 19329a963..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/mstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/mstream.h
-// Purpose:     Memory stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mstream.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxMemoryInputStream(const void *data, size_t length);
-    wxMemoryInputStream(const wxMemoryOutputStream& stream);
-    virtual ~wxMemoryInputStream();
-    virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_length; }
-    virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-    char Peek();
-
-    wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, compatibility only
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf;
-
-    size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t nbytes);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-private:
-    size_t m_length;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    // if data is !NULL it must be allocated with malloc()
-    wxMemoryOutputStream(void *data = NULL, size_t length = 0);
-    virtual ~wxMemoryOutputStream();
-    virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_o_streambuf->GetLastAccess(); }
-    virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-    size_t CopyTo(void *buffer, size_t len) const;
-
-    wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, compatibility only
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf;
-
-protected:
-    size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t nbytes);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-    inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/accel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/accel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 284a6f136..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/accel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/accel.h
-// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorTable class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31/7/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: accel.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
-#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the accel table has all accelerators for a given window or menu
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxAcceleratorTable() { }
-
-    // load from .rc resource (Windows specific)
-    wxAcceleratorTable(const wxString& resource);
-
-    // initialize from array
-    wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]);
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const;
-    void SetHACCEL(WXHACCEL hAccel);
-    WXHACCEL GetHACCEL() const;
-
-    // translate the accelerator, return true if done
-    bool Translate(wxWindow *window, WXMSG *msg) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ACCEL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index 60db9e315..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0">
-<assemblyIdentity
-    version="0.64.1.0"
-    processorArchitecture="amd64"
-    name="Controls"
-    type="win32"
-/>
-<description>wxWindows application</description>
-<dependency>
-    <dependentAssembly>
-        <assemblyIdentity
-            type="win32"
-            name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls"
-            version="6.0.0.0"
-            processorArchitecture="amd64"
-            publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df"
-            language="*"
-        />
-    </dependentAssembly>
-</dependency>
-</assembly>
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/app.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/app.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 196600e58..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/app.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        app.h
-// Purpose:     wxApp class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: app.h 53157 2008-04-13 12:17:37Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
-#define _WX_APP_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxApp;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog;
-
-// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
-// a new App object to start application
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp : public wxAppBase
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
-
-public:
-    wxApp();
-    virtual ~wxApp();
-
-    // override base class (pure) virtuals
-    virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-    virtual void CleanUp();
-
-    virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
-    virtual void WakeUpIdle();
-
-    virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
-    virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
-
-    // implementation only
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-    void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
-    void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-    virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop();
-#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-
-    // deprecated functions, use wxEventLoop directly instead
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( void DoMessage(WXMSG *pMsg) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool DoMessage() );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool ProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-protected:
-    int    m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
-
-public:
-    // Implementation
-    static bool RegisterWindowClasses();
-    static bool UnregisterWindowClasses();
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    // initialize the richedit DLL of (at least) given version, return true if
-    // ok (Win95 has version 1, Win98/NT4 has 1 and 2, W2K has 3)
-    static bool InitRichEdit(int version = 2);
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-
-    // returns 400, 470, 471 for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if it
-    // wasn't found at all
-    static int GetComCtl32Version();
-
-    // the SW_XXX value to be used for the frames opened by the application
-    // (currently seems unused which is a bug -- TODO)
-    static int m_nCmdShow;
-
-protected:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxApp)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// MSW-specific wxEntry() overload and IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN definition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we need HINSTANCE declaration to define WinMain()
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-#ifndef SW_SHOWNORMAL
-    #define SW_SHOWNORMAL 1
-#endif
-
-// WinMain() is always ANSI, even in Unicode build, under normal Windows
-// but is always Unicode under CE
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    typedef wchar_t *wxCmdLineArgType;
-#else
-    typedef char *wxCmdLineArgType;
-#endif
-
-extern int WXDLLEXPORT
-wxEntry(HINSTANCE hInstance,
-        HINSTANCE hPrevInstance = NULL,
-        wxCmdLineArgType pCmdLine = NULL,
-        int nCmdShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL);
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && wxUSE_UNICODE
-    // Borland C++ has the following nonstandard behaviour: when the -WU
-    // command line flag is used, the linker expects to find wWinMain instead
-    // of WinMain. This flag causes the compiler to define _UNICODE and
-    // UNICODE symbols and there's no way to detect its use, so we have to
-    // define both WinMain and wWinMain so that IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN works
-    // for both code compiled with and without -WU.
-    // See http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&atid=309863&aid=1935997&group_id=9863
-    // for more details.
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD                        \
-        extern "C" int WINAPI wWinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance,                 \
-                                      HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,              \
-                                      wchar_t * WXUNUSED(lpCmdLine),        \
-                                      int nCmdShow)                         \
-        {                                                                   \
-            /* NB: wxEntry expects lpCmdLine argument to be char*, not */   \
-            /*     wchar_t*, but fortunately it's not used anywhere    */   \
-            /*     and we can simply pass NULL in:                     */   \
-            return wxEntry(hInstance, hPrevInstance, NULL, nCmdShow);       \
-        }
-#else
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD
-#endif // defined(__BORLANDC__) && wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
-    extern "C" int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance,                    \
-                                  HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,                \
-                                  wxCmdLineArgType lpCmdLine,             \
-                                  int nCmdShow)                           \
-    {                                                                     \
-        return wxEntry(hInstance, hPrevInstance, lpCmdLine, nCmdShow);    \
-    }                                                                     \
-    IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD
-
-#endif // _WX_APP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 855f759e1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/apptbase.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxAppTraits for MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: apptbase.h 40599 2006-08-13 21:00:32Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppTraits: the MSW version adds extra hooks needed by MSW-only code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    // wxExecute() support methods
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    // called before starting to wait for the child termination, may return
-    // some opaque data which will be passed later to AfterChildWaitLoop()
-    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop() = 0;
-
-    // process pending Windows messages, even in console app
-    virtual void AlwaysYield() = 0;
-
-    // called after starting to wait for the child termination, the parameter
-    // is the return value of BeforeChildWaitLoop()
-    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data) = 0;
-
-
-    // wxThread helpers
-    // ----------------
-
-    // process a message while waiting for a(nother) thread, should return
-    // false if and only if we have to exit the application
-    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait() = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e5971144..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/apptrait.h
-// Purpose:     class implementing wxAppTraits for MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     21.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: apptrait.h 40599 2006-08-13 21:00:32Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop();
-    virtual void AlwaysYield();
-    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data);
-
-    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait();
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop();
-    virtual void AlwaysYield();
-    virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data);
-
-    virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait();
-    virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer, int *minVer) const;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 819878129..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/bitmap.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmap class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: bitmap.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
-#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
-
-#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapRefData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-#if wxUSE_WXDIB
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDIB;
-#endif
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmap: a mono or colour bitmap
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap : public wxGDIImage
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor creates an invalid bitmap, you must Create() it later
-    wxBitmap() { }
-
-    // Initialize with raw data
-    wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-
-    // Initialize with XPM data
-    wxBitmap(const char* const* data);
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP
-    wxBitmap(char** data)
-    {
-        *this = wxBitmap(wx_const_cast(const char* const*, data));
-    }
-#endif
-
-    // Load a file or resource
-    wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
-
-    // New constructor for generalised creation from data
-    wxBitmap(const void* data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-
-    // Create a new, uninitialized bitmap of the given size and depth (if it
-    // is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display)
-    //
-    // NB: this ctor will create a DIB for 24 and 32bpp bitmaps, use ctor
-    //     taking a DC argument if you want to force using DDB in this case
-    wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
-
-    // Create a bitmap compatible with the given DC
-    wxBitmap(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc);
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    // Convert from wxImage
-    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1)
-        { (void)CreateFromImage(image, depth); }
-
-    // Create a DDB compatible with the given DC from wxImage
-    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc)
-        { (void)CreateFromImage(image, dc); }
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-    // we must have this, otherwise icons are silently copied into bitmaps using
-    // the copy ctor but the resulting bitmap is invalid!
-    wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { CopyFromIcon(icon); }
-
-    wxBitmap& operator=(const wxIcon& icon)
-    {
-        (void)CopyFromIcon(icon);
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxBitmap& operator=(const wxCursor& cursor)
-    {
-        (void)CopyFromCursor(cursor);
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxBitmap();
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-    // get the given part of bitmap
-    wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
-
-    // NB: This should not be called from user code. It is for wx internal
-    // use only. 
-    wxBitmap GetSubBitmapOfHDC( const wxRect& rect, WXHDC hdc ) const;
-
-    // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
-    bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-
-    // copies the contents and mask of the given cursor to the bitmap
-    bool CopyFromCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
-
-#if wxUSE_WXDIB
-    // copies from a device independent bitmap
-    bool CopyFromDIB(const wxDIB& dib);
-#endif
-
-    virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
-    virtual bool Create(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc);
-    virtual bool Create(const void* data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
-    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL);
-
-    wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const
-        { return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; }
-
-    // raw bitmap access support functions
-    void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
-    void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
-    void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    wxMask *GetMask() const;
-    wxBitmap GetMaskBitmap() const;
-    void SetMask(wxMask *mask);
-
-    // these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to
-    // disappear in the future
-    bool HasAlpha() const;
-    void UseAlpha();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // these functions do nothing and are only there for backwards
-    // compatibility
-    wxDEPRECATED( int GetQuality() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetQuality(int quality) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-public:
-    void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)bmp); }
-    WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const { return (WXHBITMAP)GetHandle(); }
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    void SetSelectedInto(wxDC *dc);
-    wxDC *GetSelectedInto() const;
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const;
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-    // creates an uninitialized bitmap, called from Create()s above
-    bool DoCreate(int w, int h, int depth, WXHDC hdc);
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    // creates the bitmap from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor
-    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth);
-
-    // creates a DDB from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor
-    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc);
-
-    // common part of the 2 methods above (hdc may be 0)
-    bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth, WXHDC hdc);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-private:
-    // common part of CopyFromIcon/CopyFromCursor for Win32
-    bool CopyFromIconOrCursor(const wxGDIImage& icon);
-
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMask: a mono bitmap used for drawing bitmaps transparently.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxMask();
-
-    // Copy constructor
-    wxMask(const wxMask &mask);
-
-    // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating the transparent
-    // area
-    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
-
-    // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating the
-    // transparent area
-    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
-
-    // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
-    wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-    // construct a mask from the givne bitmap handle
-    wxMask(WXHBITMAP hbmp) { m_maskBitmap = hbmp; }
-
-    virtual ~wxMask();
-
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-    // Implementation
-    WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; }
-    void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; }
-
-protected:
-    WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapHandler is a class which knows how to load/save bitmaps to/from file
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler : public wxGDIImageHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapHandler() { }
-    wxBitmapHandler(const wxString& name, const wxString& ext, long type)
-        : wxGDIImageHandler(name, ext, type)
-    {
-    }
-
-    // keep wxBitmapHandler derived from wxGDIImageHandler compatible with the
-    // old class which worked only with bitmaps
-    virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap,
-                        const void* data,
-                        long flags,
-                        int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-    virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
-                          const wxString& name,
-                          long flags,
-                          int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
-    virtual bool SaveFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
-                          const wxString& name,
-                          int type,
-                          const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
-
-    virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image,
-                        const void* data,
-                        long flags,
-                        int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-    virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image,
-                      const wxString& name,
-                      long flags,
-                      int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
-    virtual bool Save(wxGDIImage *image,
-                      const wxString& name,
-                      int type);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_BITMAP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/blank.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/blank.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 048f06b4a..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/blank.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e45e1c0c8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: bmpbuttn.h 36078 2005-11-03 19:38:20Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
-#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapButton() { }
-
-    wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-    // Implementation
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-    virtual void SetDefault();
-    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
-    virtual void DrawFace( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
-    virtual void DrawButtonFocus( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
-    virtual void DrawButtonDisable( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool with_marg );
-
-protected:
-    // reimplement some base class virtuals
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual void OnSetBitmap();
-
-    // invalidate m_brushDisabled when system colours change
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-    // change the currently bitmap if we have a hover one
-    void OnMouseEnterOrLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
-    // the brush we use to draw disabled buttons
-    wxBrush m_brushDisabled;
-
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxBitmapButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/brush.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/brush.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b2224f7c5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/brush.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/brush.h
-// Purpose:     wxBrush class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: brush.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_
-#define _WX_BRUSH_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBrush
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush : public wxBrushBase
-{
-public:
-    wxBrush();
-    wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style = wxSOLID);
-    wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple);
-    virtual ~wxBrush();
-
-    virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col);
-    virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
-    virtual void SetStyle(int style);
-    virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple);
-
-    bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const;
-    bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); }
-
-    wxColour GetColour() const;
-    virtual int GetStyle() const;
-    wxBitmap *GetStipple() const;
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
-
-    // return the HBRUSH for this brush
-    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BRUSH_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 42a1b9cd7..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/button.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/button.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f7c7d2c4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/button.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/button.h
-// Purpose:     wxButton class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: button.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Pushbutton
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton : public wxButtonBase
-{
-public:
-    wxButton() { }
-    wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxButton();
-
-    virtual void SetDefault();
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-    // coloured buttons support
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
-    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-private:
-    void MakeOwnerDrawn();
-
-protected:
-    // send a notification event, return true if processed
-    bool SendClickEvent();
-
-    // default button handling
-    void SetTmpDefault();
-    void UnsetTmpDefault();
-
-    // set or unset BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON style
-    static void SetDefaultStyle(wxButton *btn, bool on);
-
-    // usually overridden base class virtuals
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxButton)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BUTTON_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/caret.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/caret.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b1af3f887..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/caret.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/caret.h
-// Purpose:     wxCaret class - the MSW implementation of wxCaret
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: caret.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_
-#define _WX_CARET_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaret : public wxCaretBase
-{
-public:
-    wxCaret() { Init(); }
-        // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate
-        // with the given window
-    wxCaret(wxWindow *window, int width, int height)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(window, width, height);
-    }
-        // same as above
-    wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(window, size);
-    }
-
-    // process wxWindow notifications
-    virtual void OnSetFocus();
-    virtual void OnKillFocus();
-
-protected:
-    void Init()
-    {
-        wxCaretBase::Init();
-
-        m_hasCaret = false;
-    }
-
-    // override base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoMove();
-    virtual void DoShow();
-    virtual void DoHide();
-    virtual void DoSize();
-
-    // helper function which creates the system caret
-    bool MSWCreateCaret();
-
-private:
-    bool m_hasCaret;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaret)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CARET_H_
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index f3fa3a957..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 21d9963c6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/checkbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckBox class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: checkbox.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
-#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
-
-// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    wxCheckBox() { }
-    wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& label,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetValue(bool value);
-    virtual bool GetValue() const;
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState value);
-    virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
-
-    // make the checkbox owner drawn or reset it to normal style
-    void MakeOwnerDrawn(bool ownerDrawn);
-
-    // return true if this checkbox is owner drawn
-    bool IsOwnerDrawn() const;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // event handlers used by owner-drawn checkbox
-    void OnMouseEnterOrLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseLeft(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-
-    // current state of the checkbox
-    wxCheckBoxState m_state;
-
-    // true if the checkbox is currently pressed
-    bool m_isPressed;
-
-    // true if mouse is currently over the control
-    bool m_isHot;
-
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckBox)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checklst.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checklst.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 609936c16..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/checklst.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/checklst.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16.11.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: checklst.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   __CHECKLST__H_
-#define   __CHECKLST__H_
-
-#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-  #error  "wxCheckListBox class requires owner-drawn functionality."
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOwnerDrawn;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckListBoxItem; // fwd decl, defined in checklst.cpp
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
-{
-public:
-  // ctors
-  wxCheckListBox();
-  wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 int nStrings = 0,
-                 const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                 long style = 0,
-                 const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                 const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-  wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                 const wxPoint& pos,
-                 const wxSize& size,
-                 const wxArrayString& choices,
-                 long style = 0,
-                 const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                 const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-  // override base class virtuals
-  virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-  virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
-
-  // items may be checked
-  virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const;
-  virtual void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true);
-
-  // return the index of the item at this position or wxNOT_FOUND
-  int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const { return DoHitTestItem(pt.x, pt.y); }
-  int HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return DoHitTestItem(x, y); }
-
-  // accessors
-  size_t GetItemHeight() const { return m_nItemHeight; }
-
-  // we create our items ourselves and they have non-standard size,
-  // so we need to override these functions
-  virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n);
-  virtual bool          MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item);
-
-protected:
-  // this can't be called DoHitTest() because wxWindow already has this method
-  int DoHitTestItem(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-  // pressing space or clicking the check box toggles the item
-  void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-  void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-  wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
-  size_t    m_nItemHeight;  // height of checklistbox items (the same for all)
-
-  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckListBox)
-};
-
-#endif    //_CHECKLST_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/child.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/child.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 435cca247..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/child.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ab3db0040..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Name:        wx/msw/chkconf.h
- * Purpose:     Compiler-specific configuration checking
- * Author:      Julian Smart
- * Modified by:
- * Created:     01/02/97
- * RCS-ID:      $Id: chkconf.h 44436 2007-02-10 02:06:54Z RD $
- * Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
- * Licence:     wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_
-
-/* ensure that MSW-specific settings are defined */
-#ifndef wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_DC_CACHEING must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_DC_CACHEING */
-
-
-/*
- * disable the settings which don't work for some compilers
- */
-
-/*
- * If using PostScript-in-MSW in Univ, must enable PostScript
- */
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW && !wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-#   undef wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-#   define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
-#   if ( wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) || defined(__WINE__) ) || \
-       ((defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95))))
-#       define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * We don't want to give an error if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU is enabled but
- * wxUSE_UNICODE is not as this would make it impossible to simply set the
- * former in wx/setup.h as then the library wouldn't compile in non-Unicode
- * configurations, so instead simply unset it silently when it doesn't make
- * sense.
- */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-#   undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-#   define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Don't use MSLU if compiling with Wine
- */
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(__WINE__)
-#   undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-#   define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * All of the settings below require SEH support (__try/__catch) and can't work
- * without it.
- */
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && \
-    (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || __BORLANDC__ < 0x0550)
-#    undef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-#    define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-
-#    undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
-#    define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0
-
-#    undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-#    define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0
-#endif /* compiler doesn't support SEH */
-
-/* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS doesn't work with CodeWarrior */
-#if defined(__MWERKS__)
-#    undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#    define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS      0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-    /* These don't work as expected for mingw32 and cygwin32 */
-#   undef  wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-#   define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING            0
-
-#   undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#   define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
-
-#   undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#   define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
-
-/* some Cygwin versions don't have wcslen */
-#   if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__)
-#   if ! ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
-#       undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-#       define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __GNUWIN32__ */
-
-/* wxUSE_MFC is not defined when using configure as it doesn't make sense for
-   gcc or mingw32 anyhow */
-#ifndef wxUSE_MFC
-    #define wxUSE_MFC 0
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MFC) */
-
-/* MFC duplicates these operators */
-#if wxUSE_MFC
-#   undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#   define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
-
-#   undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#   define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
-#endif /* wxUSE_MFC */
-
-#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)
-    /* GnuWin32 doesn't have appropriate headers for e.g. IUnknown. */
-#   undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#   define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-#   undef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-#   define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-#   if !wxUSE_SPINBTN
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxSpinCtrl requires wxSpinButton on MSW"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_SPINBTN
-#           define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-   Win64-specific checks.
- */
-#ifdef __WIN64__
-#   if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-        /* this is not currently supported under Win64, volunteers needed to
-           make it work */
-#       undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-#       define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0
-
-#       undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
-#       define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0
-#   endif
-#endif /* __WIN64__ */
-
-
-/*
-   Compiler-specific checks.
- */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
-    /* BC++ 4.0 can't compile JPEG library */
-#   undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-#   define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0
-#endif
-
-/* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS = 1 not compatible with BC++ in DLL mode */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL))
-#   undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#   define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-#endif
-
-/* DMC++ doesn't have definitions for date picker control, so use generic control
- */
-#ifdef __DMC__
-#   if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-#       undef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC
-#       undef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-#   endif
-#   define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0
-#   define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 1
-#endif
-
-
-/* check that MSW-specific options are defined too */
-#ifndef wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_ACTIVEX must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0
-#    endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACTIVEX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0
-#    endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-#    endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_OLE
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_OLE must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_OLE 0
-#    endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_OLE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0
-#    endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#    endif
-#endif  /* wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UXTHEME
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_UXTHEME must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0
-#    endif
-#endif  /* wxUSE_UXTHEME */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO must be defined."
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO 0
-#    endif
-#endif  /* wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO */
-
-
-/*
-   un/redefine the options which we can't compile (after checking that they're
-   defined
- */
-#ifdef __WINE__
-    /* apparently it doesn't compile under Wine, remove it/when it does */
-    #if wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-        #undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-        #define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0
-    #endif // wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#endif // __WINE__
-
-
-/* check settings consistency for MSW-specific ones */
-#if !wxUSE_VARIANT
-#   if wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxActiveXContainer requires wxVariant"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#           define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-
-#   if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxAutomationObject requires wxVariant"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-#           define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_VARIANT */
-
-#if !wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-#    if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER."
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-#            define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-#        endif
-#    endif
-#    if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER."
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-#            define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0
-#        endif
-#    endif
-#endif  /* !wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER */
-
-#if !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-#   if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxUSE_UXTHEME requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_UXTHEME
-#           define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#   if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxUSE_MEDIACTRL requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-#           define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#   if wxUSE_INKEDIT
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxUSE_INKEDIT requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_INKEDIT
-#           define wxUSE_INKEDIT 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#endif  /* !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS */
-
-#if !wxUSE_OLE
-#   if wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxActiveXContainer requires wxUSE_OLE"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#           define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-
-#   if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxUSE_DATAOBJ requires wxUSE_OLE"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-#           define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-
-#   if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxAutomationObject requires wxUSE_OLE"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-#           define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_OLE */
-
-#if !wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-#   if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxMediaCtl requires wxActiveXContainer"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-#           define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 0
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_ACTIVEX */
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200 && wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#       ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#           error "wxGraphicsContext needs MSVC 7 or newer"
-#       else
-#           undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#           define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#       endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/choice.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/choice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c62037f87..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/choice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/choice.h
-// Purpose:     wxChoice class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to derive from wxChoiceBase
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: choice.h 51616 2008-02-09 15:22:15Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
-#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Choice item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxChoice() { Init(); }
-    virtual ~wxChoice();
-
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos,
-             const wxSize& size,
-             const wxArrayString& choices,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-    virtual void Clear();
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const;
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
-
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
-    // MSW only
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG *pMsg);
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init() { m_lastAcceptedSelection = wxID_NONE; }
-
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // MSW implementation
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    // update the height of the drop down list to fit the number of items we
-    // have (without changing the visible height)
-    void UpdateVisibleHeight();
-
-    // create and initialize the control
-    bool CreateAndInit(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                       const wxPoint& pos,
-                       const wxSize& size,
-                       int n, const wxString choices[],
-                       long style,
-                       const wxValidator& validator,
-                       const wxString& name);
-
-    // free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor)
-    void Free();
-
-
-    // last "completed" selection, i.e. not the transient one while the user is
-    // browsing the popup list: this is only used when != wxID_NONE which is
-    // the case while the drop down is opened
-    int m_lastAcceptedSelection;
-
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoice)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85f890217..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/clipbrd.h
-// Purpose:     wxClipboad class and clipboard functions for MSW
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: clipbrd.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
-#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"     // for wxDataFormat
-
-// These functions superceded by wxClipboard, but retained in order to
-// implement wxClipboard, and for compatibility.
-
-// open/close the clipboard
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxOpenClipboard();
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsClipboardOpened();
-#define wxClipboardOpen wxIsClipboardOpened
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxCloseClipboard();
-
-// get/set data
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxEmptyClipboard();
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxSetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
-                                    const void *data,
-                                    int width = 0, int height = 0);
-WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
-                                     long *len = NULL);
-
-// clipboard formats
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable(wxDataFormat dataFormat);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat wxEnumClipboardFormats(wxDataFormat dataFormat);
-WXDLLEXPORT int  wxRegisterClipboardFormat(wxChar *formatName);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetClipboardFormatName(wxDataFormat dataFormat,
-                                          wxChar *formatName,
-                                          int maxCount);
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClipboard
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
-
-public:
-    wxClipboard();
-    virtual ~wxClipboard();
-
-    // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
-    virtual bool Open();
-
-    // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
-    virtual void Close();
-
-    // query whether the clipboard is opened
-    virtual bool IsOpened() const;
-
-    // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
-    virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
-
-    // add to the clipboard data.
-    virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
-
-    // ask if data in correct format is available
-    virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
-
-    // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
-    virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
-
-    // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
-    virtual void Clear();
-
-    // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
-    // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
-    // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
-    virtual bool Flush();
-
-    // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
-    void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = false ) { }
-
-private:
-    IDataObject *m_lastDataObject;
-    bool m_isOpened;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-#endif
-    // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d9764393..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/colordlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxColourDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: colordlg.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
-#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourDialog: dialog for choosing a colours
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxColourDialog();
-    wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
-
-    wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
-
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    wxColourData        m_colourData;
-    wxString            m_title;
-
-    wxPoint             m_pos;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxColourDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_COLORDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colour.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colour.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7c31d47..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colour.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/colour.h
-// Purpose:     wxColour class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: colour.h 51769 2008-02-13 22:36:43Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_
-#define _WX_COLOUR_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Colour
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour : public wxColourBase
-{
-public:
-    // constructors
-    // ------------
-
-    wxColour() { Init(); }
-    wxColour( ChannelType red, ChannelType green, ChannelType blue,
-              ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE )
-        { Set(red, green, blue, alpha); }
-    wxColour( unsigned long colRGB ) { Set(colRGB); }
-    wxColour(const wxString& colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); }
-    wxColour(const wxChar *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); }
-
-
-    // dtor
-    virtual ~wxColour();
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_isInit; }
-
-    unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; }
-    unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; }
-    unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; }
-    unsigned char Alpha() const { return m_alpha ; }
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxColour& colour) const
-    {
-        return m_isInit == colour.m_isInit
-            && m_red == colour.m_red
-            && m_green == colour.m_green
-            && m_blue == colour.m_blue
-            && m_alpha == colour.m_alpha;
-    }
-
-    bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); }
-
-    WXCOLORREF GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; }
-
-
-public:
-    WXCOLORREF m_pixel;
-
-protected:
-    // Helper function
-    void Init();
-
-    virtual void
-    InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a);
-
-private:
-    bool          m_isInit;
-    unsigned char m_red;
-    unsigned char m_blue;
-    unsigned char m_green;
-    unsigned char m_alpha;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
-};
-
-#endif
-        // _WX_COLOUR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d391ad14..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ffb72c85d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/combo.h
-// Purpose:     wxComboCtrl class
-// Author:      Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     Apr-30-2006
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: combo.h 43881 2006-12-09 19:48:21Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_
-#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_
-
-// NB: Definition of _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ is used in wx/generic/combo.h to
-//     determine whether there is native wxComboCtrl, so make sure you
-//     use it in all native wxComboCtrls.
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TIMER
-    #include "wx/timer.h"
-    #define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION     1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION     0
-#endif
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Native wxComboCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define this only if native implementation includes all features
-#define wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxChar) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboCtrl : public wxComboCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxComboCtrl() : wxComboCtrlBase() { Init(); }
-
-    wxComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                   const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
-        : wxComboCtrlBase()
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxComboCtrl();
-
-    virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const;
-    virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
-    static int GetFeatures() { return wxComboCtrlFeatures::All; }
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION
-    void OnTimerEvent( wxTimerEvent& event );
-protected:
-    virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags );
-#endif
-
-protected:
-
-    // customization
-    virtual void OnResize();
-    virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const;
-    virtual void OnThemeChange();
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& event );
-    void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
-
-private:
-    void Init();
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION
-    // Popup animation related
-    wxLongLong  m_animStart;
-    wxTimer     m_animTimer;
-    wxRect      m_animRect;
-    int         m_animFlags;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl)
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-#endif
-    // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ac642da4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/combobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/combobox.h
-// Purpose:     wxComboBox class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: combobox.h 45818 2007-05-05 13:15:47Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Combobox control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox: public wxChoice
-{
-public:
-    wxComboBox() { }
-
-    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& value,
-            const wxPoint& pos,
-            const wxSize& size,
-            const wxArrayString& choices,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0,
-                const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    // List functions: see wxChoice
-
-    // Text field functions
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxChoice::SetSelection(n); }
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-    virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxChoice::GetSelection(); }
-    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-    virtual void SelectAll();
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-    virtual bool HasSelection() const;
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    bool MSWProcessEditMsg(WXUINT msg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG *pMsg);
-    
-    WXHWND GetEditHWND() const;
-
-    // Standard event handling
-    void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxComboBox)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-#endif
-    // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/computer.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/computer.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index f36237bdb..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/computer.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/control.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/control.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 881844866..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/control.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/control.h
-// Purpose:     wxControl class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: control.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
-#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// General item class
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl : public wxControlBase
-{
-public:
-    wxControl() { }
-
-    wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-              const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxControl();
-
-    // Simulates an event
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
-
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-    // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
-    bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // MSW-specific
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    // For ownerdraw items
-    virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return false; }
-    virtual bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return false; }
-
-    const wxArrayLong& GetSubcontrols() const { return m_subControls; }
-
-    // default handling of WM_CTLCOLORxxx: this is public so that wxWindow
-    // could call it
-    virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    // default style for the control include WS_TABSTOP if it AcceptsFocus()
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    // choose the default border for this window
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-    // return default best size (doesn't really make any sense, override this)
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // This is a helper for all wxControls made with UPDOWN native control.
-    // In wxMSW it was only wxSpinCtrl derived from wxSpinButton but in
-    // WinCE of Smartphones this happens also for native wxTextCtrl,
-    // wxChoice and others.
-    virtual wxSize GetBestSpinnerSize(const bool is_vertical) const;
-
-    // create the control of the given Windows class: this is typically called
-    // from Create() method of the derived class passing its label, pos and
-    // size parameter (style parameter is not needed because m_windowStyle is
-    // supposed to had been already set and so is used instead when this
-    // function is called)
-    bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname,
-                          const wxString& label,
-                          const wxPoint& pos,
-                          const wxSize& size);
-
-    // NB: the method below is deprecated now, with MSWGetStyle() the method
-    //     above should be used instead! Once all the controls are updated to
-    //     implement MSWGetStyle() this version will disappear.
-    //
-    // create the control of the given class with the given style (combination
-    // of WS_XXX flags, i.e. Windows style, not wxWidgets one), returns
-    // false if creation failed
-    //
-    // All parameters except classname and style are optional, if the
-    // size/position are not given, they should be set later with SetSize()
-    // and, label (the title of the window), of course, is left empty. The
-    // extended style is determined from the style and the app 3D settings
-    // automatically if it's not specified explicitly.
-    bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname,
-                          WXDWORD style,
-                          const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                          const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                          const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-                          WXDWORD exstyle = (WXDWORD)-1);
-
-    // call this from the derived class MSWControlColor() if you want to show
-    // the control greyed out (and opaque)
-    WXHBRUSH MSWControlColorDisabled(WXHDC pDC);
-
-    // common part of the 3 functions above: pass wxNullColour to use the
-    // appropriate background colour (meaning ours or our parents) or a fixed
-    // one
-    virtual WXHBRUSH DoMSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, wxColour colBg, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    // this is a helper for the derived class GetClassDefaultAttributes()
-    // implementation: it returns the right colours for the classes which
-    // contain something else (e.g. wxListBox, wxTextCtrl, ...) instead of
-    // being simple controls (such as wxButton, wxCheckBox, ...)
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-        GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant);
-
-    // for controls like radiobuttons which are really composite this array
-    // holds the ids (not HWNDs!) of the sub controls
-    wxArrayLong m_subControls;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxControl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CONTROL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 81091b301..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/crashrpt.h
-// Purpose:     helpers for the structured exception handling (SEH) under Win32
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     13.07.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: crashrpt.h 34436 2005-05-31 09:20:43Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
-
-struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// crash report generation flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    // we always report where the crash occurred
-    wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION = 0,
-
-    // if this flag is given, the call stack is dumped
-    //
-    // this results in dump/crash report as small as possible, this is the
-    // default flag
-    wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK = 1,
-
-    // if this flag is given, the values of the local variables are dumped
-    //
-    // note that with the current implementation it requires dumping the full
-    // process address space and so this will result in huge dump file and will
-    // take some time to generate
-    //
-    // it's probably not a good idea to use this by default, start with default
-    // mini dump and ask your users to set WX_CRASH_FLAGS environment variable
-    // to 2 or 4 if you need more information in the dump
-    wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCALS = 2,
-
-    // if this flag is given, the values of all global variables are dumped
-    //
-    // this creates a much larger mini dump than just wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK but
-    // still much smaller than wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCALS one
-    wxCRASH_REPORT_GLOBALS = 4,
-
-    // default is to create the smallest possible crash report
-    wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT = wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION | wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCrashContext: information about the crash context
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCrashContext
-{
-    // initialize this object with the given information or from the current
-    // global exception info which is only valid inside wxApp::OnFatalException
-    wxCrashContext(_EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep = NULL);
-
-    // get the name for this exception code
-    wxString GetExceptionString() const;
-
-
-    // exception code
-    size_t code;
-
-    // exception address
-    void *addr;
-
-    // machine-specific registers vaues
-    struct
-    {
-#ifdef __INTEL__
-        wxInt32 eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi, edi,
-                ebp, esp, eip,
-                cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss,
-                flags;
-#endif // __INTEL__
-    } regs;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCrashReport: this class is used to create crash reports
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCrashReport
-{
-    // set the name of the file to which the report is written, it is
-    // constructed from the .exe name by default
-    static void SetFileName(const wxChar *filename);
-
-    // return the current file name
-    static const wxChar *GetFileName();
-
-    // write the exception report to the file, return true if it could be done
-    // or false otherwise
-    //
-    // if ep pointer is NULL, the global exception info which is valid only
-    // inside wxApp::OnFatalException() is used
-    static bool Generate(int flags = wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT,
-                         _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep = NULL);
-
-
-    // generate a crash report from outside of wxApp::OnFatalException(), this
-    // can be used to take "snapshots" of the program in wxApp::OnAssert() for
-    // example
-    static bool GenerateNow(int flags = wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cross.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cross.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b8f4632f..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cross.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7bcdc30..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cursor.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cursor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 81758202c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/cursor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/cursor.h
-// Purpose:     wxCursor class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: cursor.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
-#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-
-// Cursor
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor : public wxGDIImage
-{
-public:
-    // constructors
-    wxCursor();
-    wxCursor(const wxImage& image);
-    wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height,
-             int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
-             const char maskBits[] = NULL);
-    wxCursor(const wxString& name,
-             long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE,
-             int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
-    wxCursor(int idCursor);
-    virtual ~wxCursor();
-
-    // implementation only
-    void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)cursor); }
-    WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (WXHCURSOR)GetHandle(); }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CURSOR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 18e17365d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/datectrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxDatePickerCtrl for Windows
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-01-09
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: datectrl.h 42207 2006-10-21 16:29:33Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDatePickerCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxDatePickerCtrl() { }
-
-    wxDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-                     wxWindowID id,
-                     const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime,
-                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                     long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
-                     const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                     const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, dt, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr);
-
-    // set/get the date
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt);
-    virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const;
-
-    // set/get the allowed valid range for the dates, if either/both of them
-    // are invalid, there is no corresponding limit and if neither is set
-    // GetRange() returns false
-    virtual void SetRange(const wxDateTime& dt1, const wxDateTime& dt2);
-    virtual bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const;
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // the date currently shown by the control, may be invalid
-    wxDateTime m_date;
-
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDatePickerCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85736af1a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dc.h
-// Purpose:     wxDC class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dc.h 42612 2006-10-29 10:46:49Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DC_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DC_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
-/*
- * Cached blitting, maintaining a cache
- * of bitmaps required for transparent blitting
- * instead of constant creation/deletion
- */
-
-class wxDCCacheEntry: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxDCCacheEntry(WXHBITMAP hBitmap, int w, int h, int depth);
-    wxDCCacheEntry(WXHDC hDC, int depth);
-    virtual ~wxDCCacheEntry();
-
-    WXHBITMAP   m_bitmap;
-    WXHDC       m_dc;
-    int         m_width;
-    int         m_height;
-    int         m_depth;
-};
-#endif
-
-// this is an ABC: use one of the derived classes to create a DC associated
-// with a window, screen, printer and so on
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC : public wxDCBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDC(WXHDC hDC) { Init(); m_hDC = hDC; }
-    virtual ~wxDC();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    virtual void Clear();
-
-    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
-    virtual void EndDoc();
-
-    virtual void StartPage();
-    virtual void EndPage();
-
-    virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-    virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
-    virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
-    virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
-    virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
-    virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
-
-    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
-    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
-    virtual int GetDepth() const;
-    virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
-
-    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
-    virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y);
-    virtual void SetSystemScale(double x, double y);
-    virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y);
-    virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp);
-    virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function);
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetRop(WXHDC cdc);
-    virtual void SelectOldObjects(WXHDC dc);
-
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_canvas; }
-    void SetWindow(wxWindow *win)
-    {
-        m_canvas = win;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-        // if we have palettes use the correct one for this window
-        InitializePalette();
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-    }
-
-    WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; }
-    void SetHDC(WXHDC dc, bool bOwnsDC = false)
-    {
-        m_hDC = dc;
-        m_bOwnsDC = bOwnsDC;
-
-        // we might have a pre existing clipping region, make sure that we
-        // return it if asked -- but avoid calling ::GetClipBox() right now as
-        // it could be unnecessary wasteful
-        m_clipping = true;
-        m_clipX1 =
-        m_clipX2 = 0;
-    }
-
-    const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const { return m_selectedBitmap; }
-    wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() { return m_selectedBitmap; }
-
-    // update the internal clip box variables
-    void UpdateClipBox();
-
-#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
-    static wxDCCacheEntry* FindBitmapInCache(WXHDC hDC, int w, int h);
-    static wxDCCacheEntry* FindDCInCache(wxDCCacheEntry* notThis, WXHDC hDC);
-
-    static void AddToBitmapCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry);
-    static void AddToDCCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry);
-    static void ClearCache();
-#endif
-
-    // RTL related functions
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this dc,
-    // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported
-    virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
-    virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir);
-
-protected:
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_canvas = NULL;
-        m_bOwnsDC = false;
-        m_hDC = NULL;
-
-        m_oldBitmap = NULL;
-        m_oldPen = NULL;
-        m_oldBrush = NULL;
-        m_oldFont = NULL;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-        m_oldPalette = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-    }
-
-    // create an uninitialized DC: this should be only used by the derived
-    // classes
-    wxDC() { Init(); }
-
-    virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                                 wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                 wxCoord *descent = NULL,
-                                 wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
-                                 wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
-    virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
-
-    virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
-                             int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
-
-    virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect,
-                                      const wxColour& initialColour,
-                                      const wxColour& destColour,
-                                      wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST);
-
-    virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
-
-    virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
-                           wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
-                           wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
-    virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                 wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-    virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
-                                   double sa, double ea);
-
-    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-    virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                                        double radius);
-    virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
-    virtual void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
-#endif
-
-    virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
-    virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                              bool useMask = false);
-
-    virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                   double angle);
-
-    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
-                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
-
-    // this is gnarly - we can't even call this function DoSetClippingRegion()
-    // because of virtual function hiding
-    virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region);
-    virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                     wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-    virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                  wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const;
-
-    virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                             wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
-    virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                               wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
-                               int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
-    virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[],
-                                   wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
-                                   int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
-    virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const 
-    { return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmap(*subrect); }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    // MSW specific, select a logical palette into the HDC
-    // (tell windows to translate pixel from other palettes to our custom one
-    // and vice versa)
-    // Realize tells it to also reset the system palette to this one.
-    void DoSelectPalette(bool realize = false);
-
-    // Find out what palette our parent window has, then select it into the dc
-    void InitializePalette();
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // common part of DoDrawText() and DoDrawRotatedText()
-    void DrawAnyText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
-    // common part of DoSetClippingRegion() and DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion()
-    void SetClippingHrgn(WXHRGN hrgn);
-
-    // implementation of DoGetSize() for wxScreen/PrinterDC: this simply
-    // returns the size of the entire device this DC is associated with
-    //
-    // notice that we intentionally put it in a separate function instead of
-    // DoGetSize() itself because we want it to remain pure virtual both
-    // because each derived class should take care to define it as needed (this
-    // implementation is not at all always appropriate) and because we want
-    // wxDC to be an ABC to prevent it from being created directly
-    void GetDeviceSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-
-    // MSW-specific member variables
-    // -----------------------------
-
-    // the window associated with this DC (may be NULL)
-    wxWindow         *m_canvas;
-
-    wxBitmap          m_selectedBitmap;
-
-    // TRUE => DeleteDC() in dtor, FALSE => only ReleaseDC() it
-    bool              m_bOwnsDC:1;
-
-    // our HDC
-    WXHDC             m_hDC;
-
-    // Store all old GDI objects when do a SelectObject, so we can select them
-    // back in (this unselecting user's objects) so we can safely delete the
-    // DC.
-    WXHBITMAP         m_oldBitmap;
-    WXHPEN            m_oldPen;
-    WXHBRUSH          m_oldBrush;
-    WXHFONT           m_oldFont;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    WXHPALETTE        m_oldPalette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING
-    static wxList     sm_bitmapCache;
-    static wxList     sm_dcCache;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDC)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDCTemp: a wxDC which doesn't free the given HDC (used by wxWidgets
-// only/mainly)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCTemp : public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // construct a temporary DC with the specified HDC and size (it should be
-    // specified whenever we know it for this HDC)
-    wxDCTemp(WXHDC hdc, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize)
-        : wxDC(hdc),
-          m_size(size)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxDCTemp()
-    {
-        // prevent base class dtor from freeing it
-        SetHDC((WXHDC)NULL);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_size.IsFullySpecified(),
-                      _T("size of this DC hadn't been set and is unknown") );
-
-        if ( w )
-            *w = m_size.x;
-        if ( h )
-            *h = m_size.y;
-    }
-
-private:
-    // size of this DC must be explicitly set by SetSize() as we have no way to
-    // find it ourselves
-    const wxSize m_size;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTemp)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DC_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 19d740280..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dcclient.h
-// Purpose:     wxClientDC class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dcclient.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
-#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// array types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this one if used by wxPaintDC only
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDCInfo;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxPaintDCInfo, wxArrayDCInfo);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DC classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxWindowDC();
-
-    // Create a DC corresponding to the whole window
-    wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
-    // initialize the newly created DC
-    void InitDC();
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowDC)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDC : public wxWindowDC
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxClientDC();
-
-    // Create a DC corresponding to the client area of the window
-    wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-    virtual ~wxClientDC();
-
-protected:
-    void InitDC();
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxClientDC)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC : public wxClientDC
-{
-public:
-    wxPaintDC();
-
-    // Create a DC corresponding for painting the window in OnPaint()
-    wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-    virtual ~wxPaintDC();
-
-    // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window)
-    static WXHDC FindDCInCache(wxWindow* win);
-
-protected:
-    static wxArrayDCInfo ms_cache;
-
-    // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window)
-    wxPaintDCInfo *FindInCache(size_t *index = NULL) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPaintDC)
-};
-
-/*
- * wxPaintDCEx
- * This class is used when an application sends an HDC with the WM_PAINT
- * message. It is used in HandlePaint and need not be used by an application.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDCEx : public wxPaintDC
-{
-public:
-    wxPaintDCEx(wxWindow *canvas, WXHDC dc);
-    virtual ~wxPaintDCEx();
-private:
-    int saveState;
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cb91de0f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dcmemory.h
-// Purpose:     wxMemoryDC class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dcmemory.h 48236 2007-08-20 23:43:32Z KO $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
-#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
-
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC : public wxDC, public wxMemoryDCBase
-{
-public:
-    wxMemoryDC() { CreateCompatible(NULL); Init(); }
-    wxMemoryDC(wxBitmap& bitmap) { CreateCompatible(NULL); Init(); SelectObject(bitmap); }
-    wxMemoryDC(wxDC *dc); // Create compatible DC
-
-
-protected:
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const;
-    virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-    virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect* subrect) const 
-    { return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmapOfHDC(*subrect, GetHDC() );}
-
-    // create DC compatible with the given one or screen if dc == NULL
-    bool CreateCompatible(wxDC *dc);
-
-    // initialize the newly created DC
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMemoryDC)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 040a26383..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dcprint.h
-// Purpose:     wxPrinterDC class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dcprint.h 42522 2006-10-27 13:07:40Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // Create a printer DC (obsolete function: use wxPrintData version now)
-    wxPrinterDC(const wxString& driver, const wxString& device, const wxString& output, bool interactive = true, int orientation = wxPORTRAIT);
-
-    // Create from print data
-    wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
-
-    wxPrinterDC(WXHDC theDC);
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
-    virtual void EndDoc();
-    virtual void StartPage();
-    virtual void EndPage();
-
-    wxRect GetPaperRect();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                              bool useMask = false);
-    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
-                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
-                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const
-    {
-        GetDeviceSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-
-    // init the dc
-    void Init();
-
-    wxPrintData m_printData;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPrinterDC)
-};
-
-// Gets an HDC for the default printer configuration
-// WXHDC WXDLLEXPORT wxGetPrinterDC(int orientation);
-
-// Gets an HDC for the specified printer configuration
-WXHDC WXDLLEXPORT wxGetPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a72f92c0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dcscreen.h
-// Purpose:     wxScreenDC class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dcscreen.h 36565 2005-12-25 12:52:53Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScreenDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // Create a DC representing the whole screen
-    wxScreenDC();
-
-    // Compatibility with X's requirements for drawing on top of all windows:
-    // they don't do anything under MSW
-    static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return true; }
-    static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return true; }
-    static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const
-    {
-        GetDeviceSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScreenDC)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dde.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dde.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3be1625c7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dde.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dde.h
-// Purpose:     DDE class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dde.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_
-#define _WX_DDE_H_
-
-#include "wx/ipcbase.h"
-
-/*
- * Mini-DDE implementation
-
-   Most transactions involve a topic name and an item name (choose these
-   as befits your application).
-
-   A client can:
-
-   - ask the server to execute commands (data) associated with a topic
-   - request data from server by topic and item
-   - poke data into the server
-   - ask the server to start an advice loop on topic/item
-   - ask the server to stop an advice loop
-
-   A server can:
-
-   - respond to execute, request, poke and advice start/stop
-   - send advise data to client
-
-   Note that this limits the server in the ways it can send data to the
-   client, i.e. it can't send unsolicited information.
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEServer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEClient;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEConnection: public wxConnectionBase
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEConnection)
-public:
-  wxDDEConnection(wxChar *buffer, int size); // use external buffer
-  wxDDEConnection(); // use internal buffer
-  virtual ~wxDDEConnection(void);
-
-  // Calls that CLIENT can make
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxString& str) { return Execute(str, -1, wxIPC_TEXT); }
-  virtual wxChar *Request(const wxString& item, int *size = NULL, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual bool Poke(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item);
-  virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item);
-
-  // Calls that SERVER can make
-  virtual bool Advise(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-
-  // Calls that both can make
-  virtual bool Disconnect(void);
-
-  // Default behaviour is to delete connection and return true
-  virtual bool OnDisconnect(void);
-
- public:
-  wxString      m_topicName;
-  wxDDEServer*  m_server;
-  wxDDEClient*  m_client;
-
-  WXHCONV       m_hConv;
-  wxChar*       m_sendingData;
-  int           m_dataSize;
-  wxIPCFormat  m_dataType;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDDEConnection)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEServer: public wxServerBase
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEServer)
- public:
-
-  wxDDEServer(void);
-  virtual ~wxDDEServer(void);
-  bool Create(const wxString& server_name); // Returns false if can't create server (e.g. port
-                                  // number is already in use)
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic);
-
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  // Implementation
-
-  // Find/delete wxDDEConnection corresponding to the HCONV
-  wxDDEConnection *FindConnection(WXHCONV conv);
-  bool DeleteConnection(WXHCONV conv);
-  inline wxString& GetServiceName(void) const { return (wxString&) m_serviceName; }
-    inline wxDDEConnectionList& GetConnections(void) const
-    {
-        return (wxDDEConnectionList&) m_connections;
-    }
-
-protected:
-    int       m_lastError;
-    wxString  m_serviceName;
-    wxDDEConnectionList m_connections;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEClient: public wxClientBase
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEClient)
- public:
-  wxDDEClient(void);
-  virtual ~wxDDEClient(void);
-  bool ValidHost(const wxString& host);
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host, const wxString& server, const wxString& topic);
-                                                // Call this to make a connection.
-                                                // Returns NULL if cannot.
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection(void); // Tailor this to return own connection.
-
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  // Implementation
-
-  // Find/delete wxDDEConnection corresponding to the HCONV
-  wxDDEConnection *FindConnection(WXHCONV conv);
-  bool DeleteConnection(WXHCONV conv);
-
-    inline wxDDEConnectionList& GetConnections(void) const
-    {
-        return (wxDDEConnectionList&) m_connections;
-    }
-
-protected:
-    int       m_lastError;
-    wxDDEConnectionList m_connections;
-};
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEInitialize();
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDECleanUp();
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DDE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0728c44f2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wrapdbgh.h
-// Purpose:     wraps dbghelp.h standard file
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-01-08 (extracted from msw/crashrpt.cpp)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: debughlp.h 31443 2005-01-18 10:10:23Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003-2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynlib.h"
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#include <imagehlp.h>
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-
-// we need to determine whether we have the declarations for the function in
-// debughlp.dll version 5.81 (at least) and we check for DBHLPAPI to test this
-//
-// reasons:
-//  - VC6 version of imagehlp.h doesn't define it
-//  - VC7 one does
-//  - testing for compiler version doesn't work as you can install and use
-//    the new SDK headers with VC6
-//
-// in any case, the user may override by defining wxUSE_DBGHELP himself
-#ifndef wxUSE_DBGHELP
-    #ifdef DBHLPAPI
-        #define wxUSE_DBGHELP 1
-    #else
-        #define wxUSE_DBGHELP 0
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_DBGHELP
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDbgHelpDLL: dynamically load dbghelp.dll functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wrapper for some functions from dbghelp.dll
-//
-// MT note: this class is not MT safe and should be only used from a single
-//          thread at a time (this is so because dbghelp.dll is not MT-safe
-//          itself anyhow)
-class wxDbgHelpDLL
-{
-public:
-    // some useful constants not present in debughlp.h (stolen from DIA SDK)
-    enum BasicType
-    {
-        BASICTYPE_NOTYPE = 0,
-        BASICTYPE_VOID = 1,
-        BASICTYPE_CHAR = 2,
-        BASICTYPE_WCHAR = 3,
-        BASICTYPE_INT = 6,
-        BASICTYPE_UINT = 7,
-        BASICTYPE_FLOAT = 8,
-        BASICTYPE_BCD = 9,
-        BASICTYPE_BOOL = 10,
-        BASICTYPE_LONG = 13,
-        BASICTYPE_ULONG = 14,
-        BASICTYPE_CURRENCY = 25,
-        BASICTYPE_DATE = 26,
-        BASICTYPE_VARIANT = 27,
-        BASICTYPE_COMPLEX = 28,
-        BASICTYPE_BIT = 29,
-        BASICTYPE_BSTR = 30,
-        BASICTYPE_HRESULT = 31,
-        BASICTYPE_MAX
-    };
-
-    enum SymbolTag
-    {
-        SYMBOL_TAG_NULL,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_EXE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND_DETAILS,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND_ENV,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_BLOCK,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_DATA,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_ANNOTATION,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_LABEL,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_PUBLIC_SYMBOL,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_UDT,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_ENUM,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_POINTER_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_ARRAY_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_BASE_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_TYPEDEF,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_BASE_CLASS,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FRIEND,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION_ARG_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FUNC_DEBUG_START,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_FUNC_DEBUG_END,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_USING_NAMESPACE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_VTABLE_SHAPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_VTABLE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_CUSTOM,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_THUNK,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_CUSTOM_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_MANAGED_TYPE,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_DIMENSION,
-        SYMBOL_TAG_MAX
-    };
-
-    enum DataKind
-    {
-        DATA_UNKNOWN,
-        DATA_LOCAL,
-        DATA_STATIC_LOCAL,
-        DATA_PARAM,
-        DATA_OBJECT_PTR,                    // "this" pointer
-        DATA_FILE_STATIC,
-        DATA_GLOBAL,
-        DATA_MEMBER,
-        DATA_STATIC_MEMBER,
-        DATA_CONSTANT,
-        DATA_MAX
-    };
-
-    enum UdtKind
-    {
-        UDT_STRUCT,
-        UDT_CLASS,
-        UDT_UNION,
-        UDT_MAX
-    };
-
-
-    // function types
-    typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymGetOptions_t)();
-    typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymSetOptions_t)(DWORD);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymInitialize_t)(HANDLE, LPSTR, BOOL);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *StackWalk_t)(DWORD, HANDLE, HANDLE, LPSTACKFRAME,
-                                       LPVOID, PREAD_PROCESS_MEMORY_ROUTINE,
-                                       PFUNCTION_TABLE_ACCESS_ROUTINE,
-                                       PGET_MODULE_BASE_ROUTINE,
-                                       PTRANSLATE_ADDRESS_ROUTINE);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymFromAddr_t)(HANDLE, DWORD64, PDWORD64, PSYMBOL_INFO);
-    typedef LPVOID (WINAPI *SymFunctionTableAccess_t)(HANDLE, DWORD);
-    typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymGetModuleBase_t)(HANDLE, DWORD);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymGetLineFromAddr_t)(HANDLE, DWORD,
-                                                PDWORD, PIMAGEHLP_LINE);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymSetContext_t)(HANDLE, PIMAGEHLP_STACK_FRAME,
-                                           PIMAGEHLP_CONTEXT);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymEnumSymbols_t)(HANDLE, ULONG64, PCSTR,
-                                            PSYM_ENUMERATESYMBOLS_CALLBACK, PVOID);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymGetTypeInfo_t)(HANDLE, DWORD64, ULONG,
-                                            IMAGEHLP_SYMBOL_TYPE_INFO, PVOID);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymCleanup_t)(HANDLE);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *EnumerateLoadedModules_t)(HANDLE, PENUMLOADED_MODULES_CALLBACK, PVOID);
-    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MiniDumpWriteDump_t)(HANDLE, DWORD, HANDLE,
-                                               MINIDUMP_TYPE,
-                                               CONST PMINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION,
-                                               CONST PMINIDUMP_USER_STREAM_INFORMATION,
-                                               CONST PMINIDUMP_CALLBACK_INFORMATION);
-
-    #define wxDO_FOR_ALL_SYM_FUNCS(what)                                      \
-        what(SymGetOptions);                                                  \
-        what(SymSetOptions);                                                  \
-        what(SymInitialize);                                                  \
-        what(StackWalk);                                                      \
-        what(SymFromAddr);                                                    \
-        what(SymFunctionTableAccess);                                         \
-        what(SymGetModuleBase);                                               \
-        what(SymGetLineFromAddr);                                             \
-        what(SymSetContext);                                                  \
-        what(SymEnumSymbols);                                                 \
-        what(SymGetTypeInfo);                                                 \
-        what(SymCleanup);                                                     \
-        what(EnumerateLoadedModules);                                         \
-        what(MiniDumpWriteDump)
-
-    #define wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION(func) static func ## _t func
-
-    wxDO_FOR_ALL_SYM_FUNCS(wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION);
-
-    #undef wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION
-
-    // load all functions from DLL, return true if ok
-    static bool Init();
-
-    // return the string with the error message explaining why Init() failed
-    static const wxString& GetErrorMessage();
-
-    // log error returned by the given function to debug output
-    static void LogError(const wxChar *func);
-
-    // return textual representation of the value of given symbol
-    static wxString DumpSymbol(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, void *pVariable);
-
-    // return the name of the symbol with given type index
-    static wxString GetSymbolName(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo);
-
-private:
-    // dereference the given symbol, i.e. return symbol which is not a
-    // pointer/reference any more
-    //
-    // if ppData != NULL, dereference the pointer as many times as we
-    // dereferenced the symbol
-    //
-    // return the tag of the dereferenced symbol
-    static SymbolTag DereferenceSymbol(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, void **ppData);
-
-    static wxString DumpField(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo,
-                              void *pVariable,
-                              unsigned level);
-
-    static wxString DumpBaseType(BasicType bt, DWORD64 length, void *pVariable);
-
-    static wxString DumpUDT(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo,
-                            void *pVariable,
-                            unsigned level = 0);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DBGHELP
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dialog.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dialog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79a124066..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dialog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dialog.h
-// Purpose:     wxDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dialog.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
-#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDialogNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialogModalData;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && (defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__))
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxToolBarNameStr[];
-#endif
-
-// Dialog boxes
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDialog() { Init(); }
-
-    // full ctor
-    wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-             const wxString& title,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
-             const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxDialog();
-
-    // return true if we're showing the dialog modally
-    virtual bool IsModal() const { return m_modalData != NULL; }
-
-    // show the dialog modally and return the value passed to EndModal()
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-    // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
-    virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
-
-
-    // we treat dialog toolbars specially under Windows CE
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    // create main toolbar by calling OnCreateToolBar()
-    virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
-                                     wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
-                                     const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-    // return a new toolbar
-    virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style,
-                                       wxWindowID winid,
-                                       const wxString& name );
-
-    // get the main toolbar
-    wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_dialogToolBar; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR && __POCKETPC__
-
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-    virtual void Raise();
-
-#ifdef __POCKETPC__
-    // Responds to the OK button in a PocketPC titlebar. This
-    // can be overridden, or you can change the id used for
-    // sending the event with SetAffirmativeId. Returns false
-    // if the event was not processed.
-    virtual bool DoOK();
-#endif
-
-    // Windows callbacks
-    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // use the other ctor
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-             const wxString& title, bool modal,
-             int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord, int width = 500, int height = 500,
-             long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
-             const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) );
-
-    // just call Show() or ShowModal()
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetModal(bool flag) );
-
-    // use IsModal()
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool IsModalShowing() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    // find the window to use as parent for this dialog if none has been
-    // specified explicitly by the user
-    //
-    // may return NULL
-    wxWindow *FindSuitableParent() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    wxWindow*   m_oldFocus;
-    bool        m_endModalCalled; // allow for closing within InitDialog
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    wxToolBar*  m_dialogToolBar;
-#endif
-
-    // this pointer is non-NULL only while the modal event loop is running
-    wxDialogModalData *m_modalData;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DIALOG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dib.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dib.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c1eb28c0d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dib.h
-// Purpose:     wxDIB class representing Win32 device independent bitmaps
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.03.03 (replaces the old file with the same name)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dib.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997-2003 wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_DIB_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_DIB_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXDIB
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDIB: represents a DIB section
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDIB
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    // --------------
-
-    // create an uninitialized DIB with the given width, height and depth (only
-    // 24 and 32 bpp DIBs are currently supported)
-    //
-    // after using this ctor, GetData() and GetHandle() may be used if IsOk()
-    // returns true
-    wxDIB(int width, int height, int depth)
-        { Init(); (void)Create(width, height, depth); }
-
-    // create a DIB from the DDB
-    wxDIB(const wxBitmap& bmp)
-        { Init(); (void)Create(bmp); }
-
-    // create a DIB from the Windows DDB
-    wxDIB(HBITMAP hbmp)
-        { Init(); (void)Create(hbmp); }
-
-    // load a DIB from file (any depth is supoprted here unlike above)
-    //
-    // as above, use IsOk() to see if the bitmap was loaded successfully
-    wxDIB(const wxString& filename)
-        { Init(); (void)Load(filename); }
-
-    // same as the corresponding ctors but with return value
-    bool Create(int width, int height, int depth);
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-    bool Create(HBITMAP hbmp);
-    bool Load(const wxString& filename);
-
-    // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically
-    ~wxDIB();
-
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    // create a bitmap compatible with the given HDC (or screen by default) and
-    // return its handle, the caller is responsible for freeing it (using
-    // DeleteObject())
-    HBITMAP CreateDDB(HDC hdc = 0) const;
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__
-
-    // get the handle from the DIB and reset it, i.e. this object won't destroy
-    // the DIB after this (but the caller should do it)
-    HBITMAP Detach() { HBITMAP hbmp = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return hbmp; }
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    // create a palette for this DIB (always a trivial/default one for 24bpp)
-    wxPalette *CreatePalette() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // save the DIB as a .BMP file to the file with the given name
-    bool Save(const wxString& filename);
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // return true if DIB was successfully created, false otherwise
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; }
-
-    // get the bitmap size
-    wxSize GetSize() const { DoGetObject(); return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-    int GetWidth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_width; }
-    int GetHeight() const { DoGetObject(); return m_height; }
-
-    // get the number of bits per pixel, or depth
-    int GetDepth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_depth; }
-
-    // get the DIB handle
-    HBITMAP GetHandle() const { return m_handle; }
-
-    // get raw pointer to bitmap bits, you should know what you do if you
-    // decide to use it
-    unsigned char *GetData() const
-        { DoGetObject(); return (unsigned char *)m_data; }
-
-
-    // HBITMAP conversion
-    // ------------------
-
-    // these functions are only used by wxWidgets internally right now, please
-    // don't use them directly if possible as they're subject to change
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    // creates a DDB compatible with the given (or screen) DC from either
-    // a plain DIB or a DIB section (in which case the last parameter must be
-    // non NULL)
-    static HBITMAP ConvertToBitmap(const BITMAPINFO *pbi,
-                                   HDC hdc = 0,
-                                   void *bits = NULL);
-
-    // create a plain DIB (not a DIB section) from a DDB, the caller is
-    // responsable for freeing it using ::GlobalFree()
-    static HGLOBAL ConvertFromBitmap(HBITMAP hbmp);
-
-    // creates a DIB from the given DDB or calculates the space needed by it:
-    // if pbi is NULL, only the space is calculated, otherwise pbi is supposed
-    // to point at BITMAPINFO of the correct size which is filled by this
-    // function (this overload is needed for wxBitmapDataObject code in
-    // src/msw/ole/dataobj.cpp)
-    static size_t ConvertFromBitmap(BITMAPINFO *pbi, HBITMAP hbmp);
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-
-
-    // wxImage conversion
-    // ------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    // create a DIB from the given image, the DIB will be either 24 or 32 (if
-    // the image has alpha channel) bpp
-    wxDIB(const wxImage& image) { Init(); (void)Create(image); }
-
-    // same as the above ctor but with the return code
-    bool Create(const wxImage& image);
-
-    // create wxImage having the same data as this DIB
-    wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-
-    // helper functions
-    // ----------------
-
-    // return the size of one line in a DIB with given width and depth: the
-    // point here is that as the scan lines need to be DWORD aligned so we may
-    // need to add some padding
-    static unsigned long GetLineSize(int width, int depth)
-    {
-        return ((width*depth + 31) & ~31) >> 3;
-    }
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // free resources
-    void Free();
-
-    // initialize the contents from the provided DDB (Create() must have been
-    // already called)
-    bool CopyFromDDB(HBITMAP hbmp);
-
-
-    // the DIB section handle, 0 if invalid
-    HBITMAP m_handle;
-
-    // NB: we could store only m_handle and not any of the other fields as
-    //     we may always retrieve them from it using ::GetObject(), but we
-    //     decide to still store them for efficiency concerns -- however if we
-    //     don't have them from the very beginning (e.g. DIB constructed from a
-    //     bitmap), we only retrieve them when necessary and so these fields
-    //     should *never* be accessed directly, even from inside wxDIB code
-
-    // function which must be called before accessing any members and which
-    // gets their values from m_handle, if not done yet
-    void DoGetObject() const;
-
-    // pointer to DIB bits, may be NULL
-    void *m_data;
-
-    // size and depth of the image
-    int m_width,
-        m_height,
-        m_depth;
-
-    // in some cases we could be using a handle which we didn't create and in
-    // this case we shouldn't free it neither -- this flag tell us if this is
-    // the case
-    bool m_ownsHandle;
-
-    // if true, we have alpha, if false we don't (note that we can still have
-    // m_depth == 32 but the last component is then simply padding and not
-    // alpha)
-    bool m_hasAlpha;
-
-
-    // DIBs can't be copied
-    wxDIB(const wxDIB&);
-    wxDIB& operator=(const wxDIB&);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline
-void wxDIB::Init()
-{
-    m_handle = 0;
-    m_ownsHandle = true;
-    m_hasAlpha = false;
-
-    m_data = NULL;
-
-    m_width =
-    m_height =
-    m_depth = 0;
-}
-
-inline
-void wxDIB::Free()
-{
-    if ( m_handle && m_ownsHandle )
-    {
-        if ( !::DeleteObject(m_handle) )
-        {
-            wxLogLastError(wxT("DeleteObject(hDIB)"));
-        }
-
-        Init();
-    }
-}
-
-inline wxDIB::~wxDIB()
-{
-    Free();
-}
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_WXDIB
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_DIB_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a9708e1e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dirdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxDirDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dirdlg.h 38956 2006-04-30 09:44:29Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
-#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
-                const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
-                long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
-
-    void SetPath(const wxString& path);
-
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDirDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DIRDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d7763d6c1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/dragimag.h
-// Purpose:     wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope
-//              with more sophisticated images
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08/04/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dragimag.h 45845 2007-05-05 19:00:35Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_
-#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-#include "wx/treectrl.h"
-#include "wx/listctrl.h"
-
-// If 1, use a simple wxCursor instead of ImageList_SetDragCursorImage
-#define wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE 0
-
-/*
-  To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example:
-
-  void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event)
-  {
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets
-#endif
-
-    CaptureMouse();
-
-    m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId);
-    m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this);
-    m_dragImage->Move(pt, this);
-    m_dragImage->Show(this);
-    ...
-  }
-
-  In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required,
-  then move and show the image again:
-
-  void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event)
-  {
-    if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE)
-    {
-        event.Skip();
-        return;
-    }
-
-    // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image
-    if (m_dragImage)
-        m_dragImage->Hide(this);
-
-    // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target
-    ...
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    if (updateWindow)
-        ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND());
-#endif
-
-    // Move and show the image again
-    m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this);
-    m_dragImage->Show(this);
- }
-
- Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image.
-
- void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event)
- {
-    ...
-
-    // End the drag and delete the drag image
-    if (m_dragImage)
-    {
-        m_dragImage->EndDrag(this);
-        delete m_dragImage;
-        m_dragImage = NULL;
-    }
-    ReleaseMouse();
- }
-*/
-
-/*
- Notes for Unix version:
- Can we simply use cursors instead, creating a cursor dynamically, setting it into the window
- in BeginDrag, and restoring the old cursor in EndDrag?
- For a really bog-standard implementation, we could simply use a normal dragging cursor
- and ignore the image.
-*/
-
-/*
- * wxDragImage
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDragImage: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-
-    // Ctors & dtor
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    wxDragImage();
-    wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(image, cursor);
-    }
-
-    // Deprecated form of the above
-    wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot);
-    }
-
-    wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(image, cursor);
-    }
-
-    // Deprecated form of the above
-    wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot);
-    }
-
-    wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(str, cursor);
-    }
-
-    // Deprecated form of the above
-    wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(str, cursor, cursorHotspot);
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-    wxDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(treeCtrl, id);
-    }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-    wxDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(listCtrl, id);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    virtual ~wxDragImage();
-
-    // Attributes
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Operations
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-    bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
-        return Create(image, cursor);
-    }
-
-    // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor
-    bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-    bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
-        return Create(image, cursor);
-    }
-
-    // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor
-    bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-    bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot))
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument."));
-        return Create(str, cursor);
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-    // Create a drag image for the given tree control item
-    bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-    // Create a drag image for the given list control item
-    bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id);
-#endif
-
-    // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
-    // corner of the image.
-    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);
-
-    // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
-    // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the
-    // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to.
-    bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect);
-
-    // End drag
-    bool EndDrag();
-
-    // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window
-    // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL.
-    bool Move(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-    // Show the image
-    bool Show();
-
-    // Hide the image
-    bool Hide();
-
-    // Implementation
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Initialize variables
-    void Init();
-
-    // Returns the native image list handle
-    WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
-
-#if !wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE
-    // Returns the native image list handle for the cursor
-    WXHIMAGELIST GetCursorHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hCursorImageList; }
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    WXHIMAGELIST    m_hImageList;
-
-#if wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE
-    wxCursor        m_oldCursor;
-#else
-    WXHIMAGELIST    m_hCursorImageList;
-#endif
-
-    wxCursor        m_cursor;
-//    wxPoint         m_cursorHotspot; // Obsolete
-    wxPoint         m_position;
-    wxWindow*       m_window;
-    wxRect          m_boundingRect;
-    bool            m_fullScreen;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDragImage)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDragImage)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-#endif
-    // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/drive.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/drive.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index cac90115f..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/drive.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/enhmeta.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/enhmeta.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d4cb58c6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/enhmeta.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/enhmeta.h
-// Purpose:     wxEnhMetaFile class for Win32
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     13.01.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: enhmeta.h 41751 2006-10-08 21:56:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    #include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEnhMetaFile: encapsulation of Win32 HENHMETAFILE
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFile : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxEnhMetaFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) : m_filename(file)
-        { Init(); }
-    wxEnhMetaFile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) : wxObject()
-        { Init(); Assign(metafile); }
-    wxEnhMetaFile& operator=(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
-        { Free(); Assign(metafile); return *this; }
-
-    virtual ~wxEnhMetaFile()
-        { Free(); }
-
-    // display the picture stored in the metafile on the given DC
-    bool Play(wxDC *dc, wxRect *rectBound = (wxRect *)NULL);
-
-    // accessors
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_hMF != 0; }
-
-    wxSize GetSize() const;
-    int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; }
-
-    const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
-
-    // copy the metafile to the clipboard: the width and height parameters are
-    // for backwards compatibility (with wxMetaFile) only, they are ignored by
-    // this method
-    bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
-
-    // implementation
-    WXHANDLE GetHENHMETAFILE() const { return m_hMF; }
-    void SetHENHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE hMF) { Free(); m_hMF = hMF; }
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-    void Free();
-    void Assign(const wxEnhMetaFile& mf);
-
-private:
-    wxString m_filename;
-    WXHANDLE m_hMF;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFile)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEnhMetaFileDC: allows to create a wxEnhMetaFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles),
-    // the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment
-    wxEnhMetaFileDC(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
-                    int width = 0, int height = 0,
-                    const wxString& description = wxEmptyString);
-
-    virtual ~wxEnhMetaFileDC();
-
-    // obtain a pointer to the new metafile (caller should delete it)
-    wxEnhMetaFile *Close();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-private:
-    // size passed to ctor and returned by DoGetSize()
-    int m_width,
-        m_height;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEnhMetaFileDC)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEnhMetaFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for enh metafile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that we want to support both CF_METAFILEPICT and CF_ENHMETAFILE and
-// so we derive from wxDataObject and not from wxDataObjectSimple
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileDataObject : public wxDataObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxEnhMetaFileDataObject() { }
-    wxEnhMetaFileDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
-        : m_metafile(metafile) { }
-
-    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
-    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
-    virtual void SetMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
-        { m_metafile = metafile; }
-    virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetMetafile() const
-        { return m_metafile; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
-    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir) const;
-    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, Direction dir) const;
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len,
-                         const void *buf);
-
-protected:
-    wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileDataObject)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject does derive from wxDataObjectSimple which
-// makes it more convenient to use (it can be used with wxDataObjectComposite)
-// at the price of not supoprting any more CF_METAFILEPICT but only
-// CF_ENHMETAFILE
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE) { }
-    wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
-        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
-
-    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
-    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
-    virtual void SetEnhMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile)
-        { m_metafile = metafile; }
-    virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetEnhMetafile() const
-        { return m_metafile; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-        { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                             void *buf) const
-        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t len, const void *buf)
-        { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-protected:
-    wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee4e7be6c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/evtloop.h
-// Purpose:     wxEventLoop class for MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-07-31
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: evtloop.h 36881 2006-01-15 10:13:40Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003-2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventLoop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop : public wxEventLoopManual
-{
-public:
-    wxEventLoop();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool Pending() const;
-    virtual bool Dispatch();
-
-    // MSW-specific methods
-    // --------------------
-
-    // preprocess a message, return true if processed (i.e. no further
-    // dispatching required)
-    virtual bool PreProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg);
-
-    // process a single message
-    virtual void ProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg);
-
-    // set the critical window: this is the window such that all the events
-    // except those to this window (and its children) stop to be processed
-    // (typical examples: assert or crash report dialog)
-    //
-    // calling this function with NULL argument restores the normal event
-    // handling
-    static void SetCriticalWindow(wxWindowMSW *win) { ms_winCritical = win; }
-
-    // return true if there is no critical window or if this window is [a child
-    // of] the critical one
-    static bool AllowProcessing(wxWindowMSW *win)
-    {
-        return !ms_winCritical || IsChildOfCriticalWindow(win);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    // override/implement base class virtuals
-    virtual void WakeUp();
-    virtual void OnNextIteration();
-
-    // check if the given window is a child of ms_winCritical (which must be
-    // non NULL)
-    static bool IsChildOfCriticalWindow(wxWindowMSW *win);
-
-
-    // critical window or NULL
-    static wxWindowMSW *ms_winCritical;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7874715e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxFindReplaceDialog class
-// Author:      Markus Greither
-// Modified by: 31.07.01: VZ: integrated into wxWidgets
-// Created:     23/03/2001
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright:   (c) Markus Greither
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); }
-    wxFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                        wxFindReplaceData *data,
-                        const wxString &title,
-                        int style = 0);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxFindReplaceData *data,
-                const wxString &title,
-                int style = 0);
-
-    virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialog();
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-
-    wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *GetImpl() const { return m_impl; }
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-    virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    void Init();
-
-    wxString                m_title;
-
-    wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *m_impl;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/file1.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/file1.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index f0a80d32b..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/file1.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/filedlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/filedlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ca031b7e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/filedlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/filedlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxFileDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: filedlg.h 39402 2006-05-28 23:32:12Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
-#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                 const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
-                 const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
-                 const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
-                 const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
-                 long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
-                 const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
-    virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
-    virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const;
-
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-protected:
-
-#if !(defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__))
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-    virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
-#endif // !(__SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__)
-
-private:
-    wxArrayString m_fileNames;
-    bool m_bMovedWindow;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/floppy.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/floppy.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 4453a7512..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/floppy.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 2994019d4..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a595b9fe..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/font.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/font.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fb4fab0fe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/font.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/font.h
-// Purpose:     wxFont class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: font.h 39411 2006-05-29 00:03:36Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
-#define _WX_FONT_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFont
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont : public wxFontBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxFont() { }
-
-    wxFont(int size,
-           int family,
-           int style,
-           int weight,
-           bool underlined = false,
-           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
-    }
-
-    wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize,
-           int family,
-           int style,
-           int weight,
-           bool underlined = false,
-           const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-           wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        (void)Create(pixelSize, family, style, weight,
-                     underlined, face, encoding);
-    }
-
-    wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0)
-    {
-        Create(info, hFont);
-    }
-
-    wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
-
-    bool Create(int size,
-                int family,
-                int style,
-                int weight,
-                bool underlined = false,
-                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        return DoCreate(size, wxDefaultSize, false, family, style,
-                        weight, underlined, face, encoding);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(const wxSize& pixelSize,
-                int family,
-                int style,
-                int weight,
-                bool underlined = false,
-                const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-                wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        return DoCreate(-1, pixelSize, true, family, style,
-                        weight, underlined, face, encoding);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0);
-
-    virtual ~wxFont();
-
-    // wxFontBase overridden functions
-    virtual wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const;
-    virtual wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const;
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual int GetPointSize() const;
-    virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
-    virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const;
-    virtual int GetFamily() const;
-    virtual int GetStyle() const;
-    virtual int GetWeight() const;
-    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
-    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
-    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
-    virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
-
-    virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
-    virtual void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize);
-    virtual void SetFamily(int family);
-    virtual void SetStyle(int style);
-    virtual void SetWeight(int weight);
-    virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
-    virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
-    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual bool IsFree() const;
-    virtual bool RealizeResource();
-    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
-    virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = false);
-
-    // for consistency with other wxMSW classes
-    WXHFONT GetHFONT() const;
-
-    /*
-       virtual bool UseResource();
-       virtual bool ReleaseResource();
-     */
-
-protected:
-    // real font creation function, used in all cases
-    bool DoCreate(int size,
-                  const wxSize& pixelSize,
-                  bool sizeUsingPixels,
-                  int family,
-                  int style,
-                  int weight,
-                  bool underlined = false,
-                  const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-                  wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
-    virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
-
-    void Unshare();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FONT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5892d2e60..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/fontdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: fontdlg.h 38448 2006-03-30 14:04:17Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFontDialog() : wxFontDialogBase() { /* must be Create()d later */ }
-    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent)
-        : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Create(parent); }
-    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
-        : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); }
-
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated interface, don't use
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated interface, don't use
-inline wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
-        : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { InitFontData(data); Create(parent); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontenum.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontenum.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c43ae2cac..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/fontenum.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/fontenum.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontEnumerator class for Windows
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: fontenum.h 39461 2006-05-29 21:12:51Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_MSW_H_
-#define _WX_FONTENUM_MSW_H_
-
-/*
- * wxFontEnumerator: for gathering font information
- */
-
-class wxFontEnumerator: public wxObject
-{
-DECLARE_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator)
-public:
-    wxFontEnumerator() {}
-
-    // Enumerate the fonts.
-    bool Enumerate();
-
-    // Stop enumeration if false is returned.
-    // By default, the enumerator stores the facenames in a list for
-    // retrieval via GetFacenames().
-    virtual bool OnFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    // Return the list of facenames.
-    wxStringList& GetFacenames() { return (wxStringList&) m_faceNames; }
-protected:
-    wxStringList    m_faceNames;
-};
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_FONTENUM_MSW_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/frame.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6139e5a29..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/frame.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/frame.h
-// Purpose:     wxFrame class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: frame.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
-#define _WX_FRAME_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame : public wxFrameBase
-{
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxFrame() { Init(); }
-    wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
-            wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& title,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-            const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxFrame();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
-    virtual void Raise();
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-    // Toolbar
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
-                                     wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                                     const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-    // Status bar
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
-                                           long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
-                                           wxWindowID id = 0,
-                                           const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
-
-    // Hint to tell framework which status bar to use: the default is to use
-    // native one for the platforms which support it (Win32), the generic one
-    // otherwise
-
-    // TODO: should this go into a wxFrameworkSettings class perhaps?
-    static void UseNativeStatusBar(bool useNative)
-        { m_useNativeStatusBar = useNative; }
-    static bool UsesNativeStatusBar()
-        { return m_useNativeStatusBar; }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    WXHMENU GetWinMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // event handlers
-    bool HandlePaint();
-    bool HandleSize(int x, int y, WXUINT flag);
-    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
-    bool HandleMenuSelect(WXWORD nItem, WXWORD nFlags, WXHMENU hMenu);
-    bool HandleMenuLoop(const wxEventType& evtType, WXWORD isPopup);
-
-    // tooltip management
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    WXHWND GetToolTipCtrl() const { return m_hwndToolTip; }
-    void SetToolTipCtrl(WXHWND hwndTT) { m_hwndToolTip = hwndTT; }
-#endif // tooltips
-
-    // a MSW only function which sends a size event to the window using its
-    // current size - this has an effect of refreshing the window layout
-    virtual void SendSizeEvent();
-
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
-    // override base class version to add menu bar accel processing
-    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG *msg)
-    {
-        return MSWDoTranslateMessage(this, msg);
-    }
-
-    // window proc for the frames
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message,
-                                    WXWPARAM wParam,
-                                    WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // override base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-    // perform MSW-specific action when menubar is changed
-    virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-
-    // a plug in for MDI frame classes which need to do something special when
-    // the menubar is set
-    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
-    // propagate our state change to all child frames
-    void IconizeChildFrames(bool bIconize);
-
-    // the real implementation of MSWTranslateMessage(), also used by
-    // wxMDIChildFrame
-    bool MSWDoTranslateMessage(wxFrame *frame, WXMSG *msg);
-
-    // handle WM_INITMENUPOPUP message to generate wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
-    bool HandleInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU hMenu);
-
-    virtual bool IsMDIChild() const { return false; }
-
-    // get default (wxWidgets) icon for the frame
-    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    virtual void PositionToolBar();
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual void PositionStatusBar();
-
-    static bool           m_useNativeStatusBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // frame menu, NULL if none
-    WXHMENU m_hMenu;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    WXHWND                m_hwndToolTip;
-#endif // tooltips
-
-    // used by IconizeChildFrames(), see comments there
-    bool m_wasMinimized;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFrame)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_FRAME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gauge95.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gauge95.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c6c74df20..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gauge95.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        gauge95.h
-// Purpose:     wxGauge95 class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: gauge95.h 43881 2006-12-09 19:48:21Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _GAUGE95_H_
-#define _GAUGE95_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxGaugeNameStr[];
-
-// Group box
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge95 : public wxGaugeBase
-{
-public:
-    wxGauge95() { }
-
-    wxGauge95(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              int range,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
-              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-              const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
-    {
-        (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                int range,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
-
-    // set gauge range/value
-    virtual void SetRange(int range);
-    virtual void SetValue(int pos);
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
-
-    void SetIndeterminateMode();
-    void SetDeterminateMode();
-    void Pulse();
-
-    WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge95)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif
-    // _GAUGEMSW_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index db4c72a84..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Name:        wx/msw/gccpriv.h
- Purpose:     MinGW/Cygwin definitions
- Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
- Modified by:
- Created:
- RCS-ID:      $Id: gccpriv.h 36155 2005-11-10 16:16:05Z ABX $
- Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
- Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_
-
-#if defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-    #define __GNUWIN32__
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__MINGW32__) && ( ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || ( ( __GNUC__ == 2 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95 ) ) )
-    #include <_mingw.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
-    #if __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1
-        #define HAVE_W32API_H
-    #endif
-#elif defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
-    #if ( __GNUC__ > 2 )
-        #define HAVE_W32API_H
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#if wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0)
-    #define HAVE_W32API_H
-#endif
-
-/* check for MinGW/Cygwin w32api version ( releases >= 0.5, only ) */
-#if defined( HAVE_W32API_H )
-#include <w32api.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Watcom can't handle defined(xxx) here: */
-#if defined(__W32API_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__W32API_MINOR_VERSION)
-    #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) \
- ( ( ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \
-      || ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __W32API_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) )
-#else
-    #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) (0)
-#endif
-
-/* Cygwin / Mingw32 with gcc >= 2.95 use new windows headers which
-   are more ms-like (header author is Anders Norlander, hence the name) */
-#if (defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) || ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
-    #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
-        #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
-        #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-/* "old" GNUWIN32 is the one without Norlander's headers: it lacks the
-   standard Win32 headers and we define the used stuff ourselves for it
-   in wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h */
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
-    #define __GNUWIN32_OLD__
-#endif
-
-/* Cygwin 1.0 */
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__==9))
-    #define __CYGWIN10__
-#endif
-
-/* Check for Mingw runtime version: */
-#if defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION)
-    #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) \
- ( ( ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \
-      || ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) )
-#else
-    #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) (0)
-#endif
-
-/* Mingw runtime 1.0-20010604 has some missing _tXXXX functions,
-   so let's define them ourselves: */
-#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) \
-    && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 1 )
-    #ifndef _tsetlocale
-      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-      #define _tsetlocale _wsetlocale
-      #else
-      #define _tsetlocale setlocale
-      #endif
-    #endif
-    #ifndef _tgetenv
-      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-      #define _tgetenv _wgetenv
-      #else
-      #define _tgetenv getenv
-      #endif
-    #endif
-    #ifndef _tfopen
-      #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-      #define _tfopen _wfopen
-      #else
-      #define _tfopen fopen
-      #endif
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-/* current (= before mingw-runtime 3.3) mingw32 headers forget to
-   define _puttchar, this will probably be fixed in the next versions but
-   for now do it ourselves
- */
-#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && \
-        !wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION(3,3) && !defined( _puttchar )
-    #ifdef wxUSE_UNICODE
-        #define  _puttchar   putwchar
-    #else
-        #define  _puttchar   puttchar
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-  /* _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 87582e104..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h
-// Purpose:     wxGDIImage class: base class for wxBitmap, wxIcon, wxCursor
-//              under MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: gdiimage.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// NB: this is a private header, it is not intended to be directly included by
-//     user code (but may be included from other, public, wxWin headers
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"          // base class
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"          // wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImageRefData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImageHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImage;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxGDIImageHandler, wxGDIImageHandlerList);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGDIImageRefData: common data fields for all derived classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageRefData : public wxGDIRefData
-{
-public:
-    wxGDIImageRefData()
-    {
-        m_width = m_height = m_depth = 0;
-
-        m_handle = 0;
-    }
-
-    wxGDIImageRefData(const wxGDIImageRefData& data) : wxGDIRefData(data)
-    {
-        m_width = data.m_width;
-        m_height = data.m_height;
-        m_depth = data.m_depth;
-
-        // can't copy handles like this, derived class copy ctor must do it!
-        m_handle = NULL;
-    }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; }
-
-    void SetSize(int w, int h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; }
-
-    // free the ressources we allocated
-    virtual void Free() = 0;
-
-    // for compatibility, the member fields are public
-
-    // the size of the image
-    int m_width, m_height;
-
-    // the depth of the image
-    int m_depth;
-
-    // the handle to it
-    union
-    {
-        WXHANDLE  m_handle;     // for untyped access
-        WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
-        WXHICON   m_hIcon;
-        WXHCURSOR m_hCursor;
-    };
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGDIImageHandler: a class which knows how to load/save wxGDIImages.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImageHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxGDIImageHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; }
-    wxGDIImageHandler(const wxString& name,
-                      const wxString& ext,
-                      long type)
-        : m_name(name), m_extension(ext)
-    {
-        m_type = type;
-    }
-
-    // accessors
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
-    void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
-
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-    const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
-    long GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-    // real handler operations: to implement in derived classes
-    virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image,
-                        const void* data,
-                        long flags,
-                        int width, int height, int depth = 1) = 0;
-    virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image,
-                      const wxString& name,
-                      long flags,
-                      int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight) = 0;
-    virtual bool Save(wxGDIImage *image,
-                      const wxString& name,
-                      int type) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    wxString  m_name;
-    wxString  m_extension;
-    long      m_type;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGDIImage: this class supports GDI image handlers which may be registered
-// dynamically and will be used for loading/saving the images in the specified
-// format. It also falls back to wxImage if no appropriate image is found.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIImage : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    // handlers list interface
-    static wxGDIImageHandlerList& GetHandlers() { return ms_handlers; }
-
-    static void AddHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler);
-    static void InsertHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler);
-    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
-
-    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
-    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, long type);
-    static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(long type);
-
-    static void InitStandardHandlers();
-    static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
-    // access to the ref data casted to the right type
-    wxGDIImageRefData *GetGDIImageData() const
-        { return (wxGDIImageRefData *)m_refData; }
-
-    // accessors
-    WXHANDLE GetHandle() const
-        { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_handle; }
-    void SetHandle(WXHANDLE handle)
-        { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_handle = handle; }
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return GetHandle() != 0; }
-
-    int GetWidth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_width; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_height; }
-    int GetDepth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_depth; }
-
-    void SetWidth(int w) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_width = w; }
-    void SetHeight(int h) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_height = h; }
-    void SetDepth(int d) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_depth = d; }
-
-    void SetSize(int w, int h)
-    {
-        AllocExclusive();
-        GetGDIImageData()->SetSize(w, h);
-    }
-    void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); }
-
-    // forward some of base class virtuals to wxGDIImageRefData
-    bool FreeResource(bool force = false);
-    virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
-
-protected:
-    // create the data for the derived class here
-    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const = 0;
-
-    // implement the wxObject method in terms of our, more specific, one
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const { return CreateData(); }
-
-    static wxGDIImageHandlerList ms_handlers;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3608ccb7c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Name:        wx/msw/genrcdefs.h
- * Purpose:     Emit preprocessor symbols into rcdefs.h for resource compiler
- * Author:      Mike Wetherell
- * RCS-ID:      $Id: genrcdefs.h 36133 2005-11-08 22:49:46Z MW $
- * Copyright:   (c) 2005 Mike Wetherell
- * Licence:     wxWindows licence
- */
-
-#define EMIT(line) line
-
-EMIT(#ifndef _WX_RCDEFS_H)
-EMIT(#define _WX_RCDEFS_H)
-
-#ifdef _MSC_FULL_VER
-EMIT(#define WX_MSC_FULL_VER _MSC_FULL_VER)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _M_AMD64
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_AMD64)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _M_ARM
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_ARM)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _M_IA64
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_IA64)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_X86)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _M_PPC
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_PPC)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _M_SH
-EMIT(#define WX_CPU_SH)
-#endif
-
-EMIT(#endif)
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1204fd405..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/glcanvas.h
-// Purpose:     wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Windows
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: glcanvas.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-#include <GL/gl.h>
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLCanvas;     /* forward reference */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext* other=NULL /* for sharing display lists */ );
-    virtual ~wxGLContext();
-
-    void SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const;
-    inline HGLRC GetGLRC() const { return m_glContext; }
-
-protected:
-    HGLRC m_glContext;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLContext)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas: public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    // This ctor is identical to the next, except for the fact that it
-    // doesn't create an implicit wxGLContext.
-    // The attribList parameter has been moved to avoid overload clashes.
-    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        int* attribList = 0,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
-        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
-    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, int *attribList = 0,
-        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
-    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
-        const wxGLContext *shared,
-        wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = 0,
-        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
-        int *attribList = (int *) NULL,
-        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
-    wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
-        const wxGLCanvas *shared,
-        wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = 0,
-        const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
-        int *attribList = 0,
-        const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
-    virtual ~wxGLCanvas();
-
-    // Replaces wxWindow::Create functionality, since
-    // we need to use a different window class
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-        const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
-        long style, const wxString& name);
-
-    void SetCurrent(const wxGLContext& RC) const;
-    void SetCurrent();
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit) { return wxWindow::SetCurrent(doit); };
-#endif
-
-    void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
-
-    void SwapBuffers();
-
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    void OnQueryNewPalette(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent& event);
-
-    void OnPaletteChanged(wxPaletteChangedEvent& event);
-
-    inline wxGLContext* GetContext() const { return m_glContext; }
-
-    inline WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; }
-
-    void SetupPixelFormat(int *attribList = (int *) NULL);
-
-    void SetupPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-
-    wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette();
-
-    inline wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return (wxPalette *) &m_palette; }
-
-protected:
-    wxGLContext*   m_glContext;  // this is typedef-ed ptr, in fact
-    wxPalette      m_palette;
-    WXHDC          m_hDC;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gsockmsw.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gsockmsw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b5149ebb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/gsockmsw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Project:     GSocket (Generic Socket) for WX
- * Name:        gsockmsw.h
- * Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
- * Licence:     wxWindows Licence
- * Purpose:     GSocket MSW header
- * CVSID:       $Id: gsockmsw.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifndef __GSOCK_MSW_H
-#define __GSOCK_MSW_H
-
-#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__)
-
-#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
-#include "wx/gsocket.h"
-#else
-#include "gsocket.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-    //CYGWIN gives annoying warning about runtime stuff if we don't do this
-#   define USE_SYS_TYPES_FD_SET
-#   include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
-#include <winsock.h>
-#endif
-
-class GSocketGUIFunctionsTableConcrete: public GSocketGUIFunctionsTable
-{
-public:
-    virtual bool OnInit();
-    virtual void OnExit();
-    virtual bool CanUseEventLoop();
-    virtual bool Init_Socket(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Destroy_Socket(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Enable_Events(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Disable_Events(GSocket *socket);
-};
-
-/* Definition of GSocket */
-class GSocket
-{
-public:
-  GSocket();
-  ~GSocket();
-  bool IsOk() { return m_ok; }
-  void Close();
-  void Shutdown();
-  GSocketError SetLocal(GAddress *address);
-  GSocketError SetPeer(GAddress *address);
-  GAddress *GetLocal();
-  GAddress *GetPeer();
-  GSocketError SetServer();
-  GSocket *WaitConnection();
-  bool SetReusable();
-  GSocketError Connect(GSocketStream stream);
-  GSocketError SetNonOriented();
-  int Read(char *buffer, int size);
-  int Write(const char *buffer, int size);
-  GSocketEventFlags Select(GSocketEventFlags flags);
-  void SetNonBlocking(bool non_block);
-  void SetTimeout(unsigned long millis);
-  GSocketError WXDLLIMPEXP_NET GetError();
-  void SetCallback(GSocketEventFlags flags,
-    GSocketCallback callback, char *cdata);
-  void UnsetCallback(GSocketEventFlags flags);
-  GSocketError GetSockOpt(int level, int optname,
-    void *optval, int *optlen);
-  GSocketError SetSockOpt(int level, int optname,
-    const void *optval, int optlen);
-protected:
-  GSocketError Input_Timeout();
-  GSocketError Output_Timeout();
-  GSocketError Connect_Timeout();
-  int Recv_Stream(char *buffer, int size);
-  int Recv_Dgram(char *buffer, int size);
-  int Send_Stream(const char *buffer, int size);
-  int Send_Dgram(const char *buffer, int size);
-  bool m_ok;
-
-/* TODO: Make these protected */
-public:
-  SOCKET m_fd;
-  GAddress *m_local;
-  GAddress *m_peer;
-  GSocketError m_error;
-
-  /* Attributes */
-  bool m_non_blocking;
-  bool m_server;
-  bool m_stream;
-  bool m_establishing;
-  bool m_reusable;
-  struct timeval m_timeout;
-
-  /* Callbacks */
-  GSocketEventFlags m_detected;
-  GSocketCallback m_cbacks[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
-  char *m_data[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
-  int m_msgnumber;
-};
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Definition of GAddress */
-struct _GAddress
-{
-  struct sockaddr *m_addr;
-  size_t m_len;
-
-  GAddressType m_family;
-  int m_realfamily;
-
-  GSocketError m_error;
-};
-
-
-/* GAddress */
-
-GSocketError _GAddress_translate_from(GAddress *address,
-                                      struct sockaddr *addr, int len);
-GSocketError _GAddress_translate_to  (GAddress *address,
-                                      struct sockaddr **addr, int *len);
-GSocketError _GAddress_Init_INET(GAddress *address);
-GSocketError _GAddress_Init_UNIX(GAddress *address);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif  /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */
-
-#endif  /* __GSOCK_MSW_H */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/hand.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/hand.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index e5a1fe7c2..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/hand.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 551fe8bbe..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/helpbest.h
-// Purpose:     Tries to load MS HTML Help, falls back to wxHTML upon failure
-// Author:      Mattia Barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     02/04/2001
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: helpbest.h 39440 2006-05-29 14:51:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPBEST_H_
-#define _WX_HELPBEST_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP && wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP \
-    && wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpfrm.h"        // for wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxBestHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
-{
-public:
-    wxBestHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL,
-                         int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE)
-        : wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow),
-          m_helpControllerType(wxUseNone),
-          m_helpController(NULL),
-          m_style(style)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxBestHelpController() { delete m_helpController; }
-
-    // Must call this to set the filename
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); }
-
-    // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->LoadFile( GetValidFilename( file ) );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplayContents()
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplayContents();
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplaySection( sectionNo );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplaySection( section );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplayBlock( blockNo );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplayContextPopup( contextId );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->DisplayTextPopup( text, pos );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
-                               wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->KeywordSearch( k, mode );
-    }
-
-    virtual bool Quit()
-    {
-        return m_helpController->Quit();
-    }
-
-    // Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame.
-    virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& title,
-                                    const wxSize& size,
-                                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                                    bool newFrameEachTime = false)
-    {
-        m_helpController->SetFrameParameters( title, size, pos,
-                                              newFrameEachTime );
-    }
-
-    // Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help frame.
-    virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL,
-                                        wxPoint *pos = NULL,
-                                        bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL)
-    {
-        return m_helpController->GetFrameParameters( size, pos,
-                                                     newFrameEachTime );
-    }
-
-    /// Set the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent.
-    virtual void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_helpController->SetParentWindow(win); }
-
-    /// Get the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent.
-    virtual wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_helpController->GetParentWindow(); }
-
-protected:
-    // Append/change extension if necessary.
-    wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const;
-
-protected:
-    enum HelpControllerType { wxUseNone, wxUseHtmlHelp, wxUseChmHelp };
-
-    HelpControllerType m_helpControllerType;
-    wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController;
-    int m_style;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBestHelpController)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBestHelpController)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP && wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP && wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_HELPBEST_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c057232c5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        helpchm.h
-// Purpose:     Help system: MS HTML Help implementation
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16/04/2000
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: helpchm.h 39725 2006-06-14 17:46:51Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPCHM_H_
-#define _WX_HELPCHM_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCHMHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase
-{
-public:
-    wxCHMHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) { }
-
-    // Must call this to set the filename
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); }
-
-    // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual bool DisplayContents();
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section);
-    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
-    virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId);
-    virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos);
-    virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
-                               wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-    virtual bool Quit();
-
-    wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
-
-    // helper of DisplayTextPopup(), also used in wxSimpleHelpProvider::ShowHelp
-    static bool ShowContextHelpPopup(const wxString& text,
-                                     const wxPoint& pos,
-                                     wxWindow *window);
-
-protected:
-    // Append extension if necessary.
-    wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxString m_helpFile;
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxCHMHelpController)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-
-#endif
-// _WX_HELPCHM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c363fbd9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        helpwin.h
-// Purpose:     Help system: WinHelp implementation
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: helpwin.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_HELPWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/wx.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWinHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxWinHelpController)
-
-public:
-    wxWinHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) {}
-    virtual ~wxWinHelpController() {}
-
-    // Must call this to set the filename
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); }
-
-    // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual bool DisplayContents();
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); }
-    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
-    virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId);
-    virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
-                               wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-    virtual bool Quit();
-
-    inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
-
-protected:
-    // Append extension if necessary.
-    wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const;
-
-private:
-    wxString m_helpFile;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-#endif
-// _WX_HELPWIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd4065ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,465 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * wx/msw/htmlhelp.h
- * Copyright 2004 Jacek Caban
- *
- * Originally written for the Wine project, and issued under
- * the wxWindows License by kind permission of the author.
- *
- * License:     wxWindows License
- */
-
-#ifndef __HTMLHELP_H__
-#define __HTMLHELP_H__
-
-#define HH_DISPLAY_TOPIC        0x00
-#define HH_HELP_FINDER          0x00
-#define HH_DISPLAY_TOC          0x01
-#define HH_DISPLAY_INDEX        0x02
-#define HH_DISPLAY_SEARCH       0x03
-#define HH_SET_WIN_TYPE         0x04
-#define HH_GET_WIN_TYPE         0x05
-#define HH_GET_WIN_HANDLE       0x06
-#define HH_ENUM_INFO_TYPE       0x07
-#define HH_SET_INFO_TYPE        0x08
-#define HH_SYNC                 0x09
-#define HH_RESERVED1            0x0A
-#define HH_RESERVED2            0x0B
-#define HH_RESERVED3            0x0C
-#define HH_KEYWORD_LOOKUP       0x0D
-#define HH_DISPLAY_TEXT_POPUP   0x0E
-#define HH_HELP_CONTEXT         0x0F
-#define HH_TP_HELP_CONTEXTMENU  0x10
-#define HH_TP_HELP_WM_HELP      0x11
-#define HH_CLOSE_ALL            0x12
-#define HH_ALINK_LOOKUP         0x13
-#define HH_GET_LAST_ERROR       0x14
-#define HH_ENUM_CATEGORY        0x15
-#define HH_ENUM_CATEGORY_IT     0x16
-#define HH_RESET_IT_FILTER      0x17
-#define HH_SET_INCLUSIVE_FILTER 0x18
-#define HH_SET_EXCLUSIVE_FILTER 0x19
-#define HH_INITIALIZE           0x1C
-#define HH_UNINITIALIZE         0x1D
-#define HH_PRETRANSLATEMESSAGE  0xFD
-#define HH_SET_GLOBAL_PROPERTY  0xFC
-
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_AUTOHIDESHOW  0x00000001
-#define HHWIN_PROP_ONTOP             0x00000002
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NOTITLEBAR        0x00000004
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NODEF_STYLES      0x00000008
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NODEF_EXSTYLES    0x00000010
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TRI_PANE          0x00000020
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NOTB_TEXT         0x00000040
-#define HHWIN_PROP_POST_QUIT         0x00000080
-#define HHWIN_PROP_AUTO_SYNC         0x00000100
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TRACKING          0x00000200
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_SEARCH        0x00000400
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_HISTORY       0x00000800
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_FAVORITES     0x00001000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_CHANGE_TITLE      0x00002000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NAV_ONLY_WIN      0x00004000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_NO_TOOLBAR        0x00008000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_MENU              0x00010000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_ADVSEARCH     0x00020000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_USER_POS          0x00040000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM1       0x00080000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM2       0x00100000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM3       0x00200000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM4       0x00400000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM5       0x00800000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM6       0x01000000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM7       0x02000000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM8       0x04000000
-#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM9       0x08000000
-#define HHWIN_TB_MARGIN              0x10000000
-
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_PROPERTIES     0x00000002
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_STYLES         0x00000004
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_EXSTYLES       0x00000008
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_RECT           0x00000010
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_NAV_WIDTH      0x00000020
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_SHOWSTATE      0x00000040
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_INFOTYPES      0x00000080
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_TB_FLAGS       0x00000100
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_EXPANSION      0x00000200
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_TABPOS         0x00000400
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_TABORDER       0x00000800
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_HISTORY_COUNT  0x00001000
-#define HHWIN_PARAM_CUR_TAB        0x00002000
-
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_EXPAND      0x00000002
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BACK        0x00000004
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_FORWARD     0x00000008
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_STOP        0x00000010
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_REFRESH     0x00000020
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_HOME        0x00000040
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BROWSE_FWD  0x00000080
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BROWSE_BCK  0x00000100
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_NOTES       0x00000200
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_CONTENTS    0x00000400
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_SYNC        0x00000800
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_OPTIONS     0x00001000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_PRINT       0x00002000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_INDEX       0x00004000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_SEARCH      0x00008000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_HISTORY     0x00010000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_FAVORITES   0x00020000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_JUMP1       0x00040000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_JUMP2       0x00080000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_ZOOM        0x00100000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_TOC_NEXT    0x00200000
-#define HHWIN_BUTTON_TOC_PREV    0x00400000
-
-#define HHWIN_DEF_BUTTONS  \
-    (HHWIN_BUTTON_EXPAND | HHWIN_BUTTON_BACK | HHWIN_BUTTON_OPTIONS | HHWIN_BUTTON_PRINT)
-
-#define IDTB_EXPAND       200
-#define IDTB_CONTRACT     201
-#define IDTB_STOP         202
-#define IDTB_REFRESH      203
-#define IDTB_BACK         204
-#define IDTB_HOME         205
-#define IDTB_SYNC         206
-#define IDTB_PRINT        207
-#define IDTB_OPTIONS      208
-#define IDTB_FORWARD      209
-#define IDTB_NOTES        210
-#define IDTB_BROWSE_FWD   211
-#define IDTB_BROWSE_BACK  212
-#define IDTB_CONTENTS     213
-#define IDTB_INDEX        214
-#define IDTB_SEARCH       215
-#define IDTB_HISTORY      216
-#define IDTB_FAVORITES    217
-#define IDTB_JUMP1        218
-#define IDTB_JUMP2        219
-#define IDTB_CUSTOMIZE    221
-#define IDTB_ZOOM         222
-#define IDTB_TOC_NEXT     223
-#define IDTB_TOC_PREV     224
-
-#define HHN_FIRST          (0U-860U)
-#define HHN_LAST           (0U-879U)
-#define HHN_NAVCOMPLETE    HHN_FIRST
-#define HHN_TRACK          (HHN_FIRST-1)
-#define HHN_WINDOW_CREATE  (HHN_FIRST-2)
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef struct tagHH_NOTIFY {
-    NMHDR hdr;
-    PCSTR pszurl;
-} HH_NOTIFY;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_POPUPA {
-    int       cbStruct;
-    HINSTANCE hinst;
-    UINT      idString;
-    LPCSTR    pszText;
-    POINT     pt;
-    COLORREF  clrForeground;
-    COLORREF  clrBackground;
-    RECT      rcMargins;
-    LPCSTR    pszFont;
-} HH_POPUPA;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_POPUPW {
-    int       cbStruct;
-    HINSTANCE hinst;
-    UINT      idString;
-    LPCWSTR   pszText;
-    POINT     pt;
-    COLORREF  clrForeground;
-    COLORREF  clrBackground;
-    RECT      rcMargins;
-    LPCWSTR   pszFont;
-} HH_POPUPW;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-typedef HH_POPUPW HH_POPUP;
-#else
-typedef HH_POPUPA HH_POPUP;
-#endif
-
-typedef struct tagHH_ALINKA {
-    int    cbStruct;
-    BOOL   fReserved;
-    LPCSTR pszKeywords;
-    LPCSTR pszUrl;
-    LPCSTR pszMsgText;
-    LPCSTR pszMsgTitle;
-    LPCSTR pszWindow;
-    BOOL   fIndexOnFail;
-} HH_ALINKA;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_ALINKW {
-    int     cbStruct;
-    BOOL    fReserved;
-    LPCWSTR pszKeywords;
-    LPCWSTR pszUrl;
-    LPCWSTR pszMsgText;
-    LPCWSTR pszMsgTitle;
-    LPCWSTR pszWindow;
-    BOOL    fIndexOnFail;
-} HH_ALINKW;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-typedef HH_ALINKW HH_ALINK;
-typedef HH_ALINKW HH_AKLINK;
-#else
-typedef HH_ALINKA HH_ALINK;
-typedef HH_ALINKA HH_AKLINK;
-#endif
-
-enum {
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_TOC,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_INDEX,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_SEARCH,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_FAVORITES,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_HISTORY,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_AUTHOR,
-    HHWIN_NAVTYPE_CUSTOM_FIRST = 11
-};
-
-enum {
-    IT_INCLUSIVE,
-    IT_EXCLUSIVE,
-    IT_HIDDEN
-};
-
-typedef struct tagHH_ENUM_IT {
-    int    cbStruct;
-    int    iType;
-    LPCSTR pszCatName;
-    LPCSTR pszITName;
-    LPCSTR pszITDescription;
-} HH_ENUM_IT, *PHH_ENUM_IT;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_ENUM_CAT {
-    int    cbStruct;
-    LPCSTR pszCatName;
-    LPCSTR pszCatDescription;
-} HH_ENUM_CAT, *PHH_ENUM_CAT;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_SET_INFOTYPE {
-    int    cbStruct;
-    LPCSTR pszCatName;
-    LPCSTR pszInfoTypeName;
-} HH_SET_INFOTYPE;
-
-typedef DWORD HH_INFOTYPE, *PHH_INFOTYPE;
-
-enum {
-    HHWIN_NAVTAB_TOP,
-    HHWIN_NAVTAB_LEFT,
-    HHWIN_NAVTAB_BOTTOM
-};
-
-#define HH_MAX_TABS 19
-
-enum {
-    HH_TAB_CONTENTS,
-    HH_TAB_INDEX,
-    HH_TAB_SEARCH,
-    HH_TAB_FAVORITES,
-    HH_TAB_HISTORY,
-    HH_TAB_AUTHOR,
-    HH_TAB_CUSTOM_FIRST = 11,
-    HH_TAB_CUSTOM_LAST = HH_MAX_TABS
-};
-
-#define HH_MAX_TABS_CUSTOM        (HH_TAB_CUSTOM_LAST-HH_TAB_CUSTOM_FIRST+1)
-#define HH_FTS_DEFAULT_PROXIMITY  -1
-
-typedef struct tagHH_FTS_QUERYA {
-    int    cbStruct;
-    BOOL   fUniCodeStrings;
-    LPCSTR pszSearchQuery;
-    LONG   iProximity;
-    BOOL   fStemmedSearch;
-    BOOL   fTitleOnly;
-    BOOL   fExecute;
-    LPCSTR pszWindow;
-} HH_FTS_QUERYA;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_FTS_QUERYW {
-    int     cbStruct;
-    BOOL    fUniCodeStrings;
-    LPCWSTR pszSearchQuery;
-    LONG    iProximity;
-    BOOL    fStemmedSearch;
-    BOOL    fTitleOnly;
-    BOOL    fExecute;
-    LPCWSTR pszWindow;
-} HH_FTS_QUERYW;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-typedef HH_FTS_QUERYW HH_FTS_QUERY;
-#else
-typedef HH_FTS_QUERYA HH_FTS_QUERY;
-#endif
-
-typedef struct tagHH_WINTYPEA {
-    int          cbStruct;
-    BOOL         fUniCodeStrings;
-    LPCSTR       pszType;
-    DWORD        fsValidMembers;
-    DWORD        fsWinProperties;
-    LPCSTR       pszCaption;
-    DWORD        dwStyles;
-    DWORD        dwExStyles;
-    RECT         rcWindowPos;
-    int          nShowState;
-    HWND         hwndHelp;
-    HWND         hwndCaller;
-    PHH_INFOTYPE paInfoTypes;
-    HWND         hwndToolBar;
-    HWND         hwndNavigation;
-    HWND         hwndHTML;
-    int          iNavWidth;
-    RECT         rcHTML;
-    LPCSTR       pszToc;
-    LPCSTR       pszIndex;
-    LPCSTR       pszFile;
-    LPCSTR       pszHome;
-    DWORD        fsToolBarFlags;
-    BOOL         fNotExpanded;
-    int          curNavType;
-    int          tabpos;
-    int          idNotify;
-    BYTE         tabOrder[HH_MAX_TABS+1];
-    int          cHistory;
-    LPCSTR       pszJump1;
-    LPCSTR       pszJump2;
-    LPCSTR       pszUrlJump1;
-    LPCSTR       pszUrlJump2;
-    RECT         rcMinSize;
-    int          cbInfoTypes;
-    LPCSTR       pszCustomTabs;
-} HH_WINTYPEA, *PHH_WINTYPEA;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_WINTYPEW {
-    int          cbStruct;
-    BOOL         fUniCodeStrings;
-    LPCWSTR      pszType;
-    DWORD        fsValidMembers;
-    DWORD        fsWinProperties;
-    LPCWSTR      pszCaption;
-    DWORD        dwStyles;
-    DWORD        dwExStyles;
-    RECT         rcWindowPos;
-    int          nShowState;
-    HWND         hwndHelp;
-    HWND         hwndCaller;
-    PHH_INFOTYPE paInfoTypes;
-    HWND         hwndToolBar;
-    HWND         hwndNavigation;
-    HWND         hwndHTML;
-    int          iNavWidth;
-    RECT         rcHTML;
-    LPCWSTR      pszToc;
-    LPCWSTR      pszIndex;
-    LPCWSTR      pszFile;
-    LPCWSTR      pszHome;
-    DWORD        fsToolBarFlags;
-    BOOL         fNotExpanded;
-    int          curNavType;
-    int          tabpos;
-    int          idNotify;
-    BYTE         tabOrder[HH_MAX_TABS+1];
-    int          cHistory;
-    LPCWSTR      pszJump1;
-    LPCWSTR      pszJump2;
-    LPCWSTR      pszUrlJump1;
-    LPCWSTR      pszUrlJump2;
-    RECT         rcMinSize;
-    int          cbInfoTypes;
-    LPCWSTR      pszCustomTabs;
-} HH_WINTYPEW, *PHH_WINTYPEW;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-typedef HH_WINTYPEW HH_WINTYPE;
-#else
-typedef HH_WINTYPEA HH_WINTYPE;
-#endif
-
-enum {
-    HHACT_TAB_CONTENTS,
-    HHACT_TAB_INDEX,
-    HHACT_TAB_SEARCH,
-    HHACT_TAB_HISTORY,
-    HHACT_TAB_FAVORITES,
-    HHACT_EXPAND,
-    HHACT_CONTRACT,
-    HHACT_BACK,
-    HHACT_FORWARD,
-    HHACT_STOP,
-    HHACT_REFRESH,
-    HHACT_HOME,
-    HHACT_SYNC,
-    HHACT_OPTIONS,
-    HHACT_PRINT,
-    HHACT_HIGHLIGHT,
-    HHACT_CUSTOMIZE,
-    HHACT_JUMP1,
-    HHACT_JUMP2,
-    HHACT_ZOOM,
-    HHACT_TOC_NEXT,
-    HHACT_TOC_PREV,
-    HHACT_NOTES,
-    HHACT_LAST_ENUM
-};
-
-typedef struct tagHH_NTRACKA {
-    NMHDR        hdr;
-    PCSTR        pszCurUrl;
-    int          idAction;
-    PHH_WINTYPEA phhWinType;
-} HH_NTRACKA;
-
-typedef struct tagHH_NTRACKW {
-    NMHDR        hdr;
-    PCSTR        pszCurUrl;
-    int          idAction;
-    PHH_WINTYPEW phhWinType;
-} HH_NTRACKW;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-typedef HH_NTRACKW HH_NTRACK;
-#else
-typedef HH_NTRACKA HH_NTRACK;
-#endif
-
-HWND WINAPI HtmlHelpA(HWND,LPCSTR,UINT,DWORD);
-HWND WINAPI HtmlHelpA(HWND,LPCSTR,UINT,DWORD);
-#define HtmlHelp WINELIB_NAME_AW(HtmlHelp)
-
-#define ATOM_HTMLHELP_API_ANSI    (LPTSTR)14
-#define ATOM_HTMLHELP_API_UNICODE (LPTSTR)15
-
-typedef enum tagHH_GPROPID {
-    HH_GPROPID_SINGLETHREAD     = 1,
-    HH_GPROPID_TOOLBAR_MARGIN   = 2,
-    HH_GPROPID_UI_LANGUAGE      = 3,
-    HH_GPROPID_CURRENT_SUBSET   = 4,
-    HH_GPROPID_CONTENT_LANGUAGE = 5
-} HH_GPROPID;
-
-#ifdef __WIDL_OAIDL_H
-
-typedef struct tagHH_GLOBAL_PROPERTY
-{
-    HH_GPROPID  id;
-    VARIANT     var;
-} HH_GLOBAL_PROPERTY ;
-
-#endif /* __WIDL_OAIDL_H */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __HTMLHELP_H__ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index 242ea4b62..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0">
-<assemblyIdentity
-    version="0.64.1.0"
-    processorArchitecture="IA64"
-    name="Controls"
-    type="win32"
-/>
-<description>wxWindows application</description>
-<dependency>
-    <dependentAssembly>
-        <assemblyIdentity
-            type="win32"
-            name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls"
-            version="6.0.0.0"
-            processorArchitecture="IA64"
-            publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df"
-            language="*"
-        />
-    </dependentAssembly>
-</dependency>
-</assembly>
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/icon.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/icon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9b822cd1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/icon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/icon.h
-// Purpose:     wxIcon class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: icon.h 42752 2006-10-30 19:26:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
-#define _WX_ICON_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// icon data
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that although wxIconRefData inherits from wxBitmapRefData, it is not
-// a valid wxBitmapRefData
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIconRefData : public wxGDIImageRefData
-{
-public:
-    wxIconRefData() { }
-    virtual ~wxIconRefData() { Free(); }
-
-    virtual void Free();
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Icon
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon : public wxGDIImage
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // default
-    wxIcon() { }
-
-        // from raw data
-    wxIcon(const char bits[], int width, int height);
-
-        // from XPM data
-    wxIcon(const char **data) { CreateIconFromXpm(data); }
-
-    wxIcon(char **data) { CreateIconFromXpm((const char **)data); }
-
-        // from resource/file
-    wxIcon(const wxString& name,
-           long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
-           int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
-
-    wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc);
-
-    virtual ~wxIcon();
-
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name,
-                          long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
-                          int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    wxIconRefData *GetIconData() const { return (wxIconRefData *)m_refData; }
-
-    void SetHICON(WXHICON icon) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)icon); }
-    WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (WXHICON)GetHandle(); }
-
-    // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
-    // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
-    // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
-    void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const
-    {
-        return new wxIconRefData;
-    }
-
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-    // create from XPM data
-    void CreateIconFromXpm(const char **data);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ICON_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b72aaaa8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/imaglist.h
-// Purpose:     wxImageList class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: imaglist.h 41271 2006-09-18 04:41:09Z KO $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For
-// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the
-// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them
-// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-  /*
-   * Public interface
-   */
-
-  wxImageList();
-
-  // Creates an image list.
-  // Specify the width and height of the images in the list,
-  // whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images
-  // from icons), and the initial size of the list.
-  wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1)
-  {
-    Create(width, height, mask, initialCount);
-  }
-  virtual ~wxImageList();
-
-
-  // Attributes
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  // Returns the number of images in the image list.
-  int GetImageCount() const;
-
-  // Returns the size (same for all images) of the images in the list
-  bool GetSize(int index, int &width, int &height) const;
-
-  // Operations
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  // Creates an image list
-  // width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same).
-  // mask specifies whether the images have masks or not.
-  // initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve.
-  bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialNumber = 1);
-
-  // Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
-  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
-  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add.
-  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
-
-  // Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
-  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
-  // 'bitmap' after calling Add.
-  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
-
-  // Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
-  int Add(const wxIcon& icon);
-
-  // Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
-  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
-  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace.
-  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
-
-/* Not supported by Win95
-  // Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
-  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
-  // 'bitmap'.
-  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
-*/
-
-  // Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
-  // You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace.
-  bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon);
-
-  // Removes the image at the given index.
-  bool Remove(int index);
-
-  // Remove all images
-  bool RemoveAll();
-
-  // Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
-  // If 'solidBackground' is true, Draw sets the image list background
-  // colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
-  // drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
-  bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
-            int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
-            bool solidBackground = false);
-
-  // Get a bitmap
-  wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const;
-
-  // Get an icon
-  wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const;
-
-  // TODO: miscellaneous functionality
-/*
-  wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index);
-  bool SetOverlayImage(int index, int overlayMask);
-
-*/
-
-  // TODO: Drag-and-drop related functionality.
-
-#if 0
-  // Creates a new drag image by combining the given image (typically a mouse cursor image)
-  // with the current drag image.
-  bool SetDragCursorImage(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot);
-
-  // If successful, returns a pointer to the temporary image list that is used for dragging;
-  // otherwise, NULL.
-  // dragPos: receives the current drag position.
-  // hotSpot: receives the offset of the drag image relative to the drag position.
-  static wxImageList *GetDragImageList(wxPoint& dragPos, wxPoint& hotSpot);
-
-  // Call this function to begin dragging an image. This function creates a temporary image list
-  // that is used for dragging. The image combines the specified image and its mask with the
-  // current cursor. In response to subsequent mouse move messages, you can move the drag image
-  // by using the DragMove member function. To end the drag operation, you can use the EndDrag
-  // member function.
-  bool BeginDrag(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot);
-
-  // Ends a drag operation.
-  bool EndDrag();
-
-  // Call this function to move the image that is being dragged during a drag-and-drop operation.
-  // This function is typically called in response to a mouse move message. To begin a drag
-  // operation, use the BeginDrag member function.
-  static bool DragMove(const wxPoint& point);
-
-  // During a drag operation, locks updates to the window specified by lockWindow and displays
-  // the drag image at the position specified by point.
-  // The coordinates are relative to the window's upper left corner, so you must compensate
-  // for the widths of window elements, such as the border, title bar, and menu bar, when
-  // specifying the coordinates.
-  // If lockWindow is NULL, this function draws the image in the display context associated
-  // with the desktop window, and coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the screen.
-  // This function locks all other updates to the given window during the drag operation.
-  // If you need to do any drawing during a drag operation, such as highlighting the target
-  // of a drag-and-drop operation, you can temporarily hide the dragged image by using the
-  // wxImageList::DragLeave function.
-
-  // lockWindow: pointer to the window that owns the drag image.
-  // point:      position at which to display the drag image. Coordinates are relative to the
-  //             upper left corner of the window (not the client area).
-
-  static bool DragEnter( wxWindow *lockWindow, const wxPoint& point );
-
-  // Unlocks the window specified by pWndLock and hides the drag image, allowing the
-  // window to be updated.
-  static bool DragLeave( wxWindow *lockWindow );
-
-  /* Here's roughly how you'd use these functions if implemented in this Win95-like way:
-
-  1) Starting to drag:
-
-  wxImageList *dragImageList = new wxImageList(16, 16, true);
-  dragImageList->Add(myDragImage); // Provide an image to combine with the current cursor
-  dragImageList->BeginDrag(0, wxPoint(0, 0));
-  wxShowCursor(false);        // wxShowCursor not yet implemented in wxWin
-  myWindow->CaptureMouse();
-
-  2) Dragging:
-
-  // Called within mouse move event. Could also use dragImageList instead of assuming
-  // these are static functions.
-  // These two functions could possibly be combined into one, since DragEnter is
-  // a bit obscure.
-  wxImageList::DragMove(wxPoint(x, y));  // x, y are current cursor position
-  wxImageList::DragEnter(NULL, wxPoint(x, y)); // NULL assumes dragging across whole screen
-
-  3) Finishing dragging:
-
-  dragImageList->EndDrag();
-  myWindow->ReleaseMouse();
-  wxShowCursor(true);
-*/
-
-#endif
-
-  // Implementation
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  // Returns the native image list handle
-  WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
-
-protected:
-  WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList;
-
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40d687588..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/msw/iniconf.h
-// Purpose:     INI-file based wxConfigBase implementation
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27.07.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: iniconf.h 28931 2004-08-27 18:59:37Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _INICONF_H
-#define   _INICONF_H
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIniConfig is a wxConfig implementation which uses MS Windows INI files to
-// store the data. Because INI files don't really support arbitrary nesting of
-// groups, we do the following:
-//  (1) in win.ini file we store all entries in the [vendor] section and
-//      the value group1/group2/key is mapped to the value group1_group2_key
-//      in this section, i.e. all path separators are replaced with underscore
-//  (2) in appname.ini file we map group1/group2/group3/key to the entry
-//      group2_group3_key in [group1]
-//
-// Of course, it might lead to indesirable results if '_' is also used in key
-// names (i.e. group/key is the same as group_key) and also GetPath() result
-// may be not what you would expect it to be.
-//
-// Another limitation: the keys and section names are never case-sensitive
-// which might differ from wxFileConfig it it was compiled with
-// wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE option.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// for this class, "local" file is the file appname.ini and the global file
-// is the [vendor] subsection of win.ini (default for "vendor" is to be the
-// same as appname). The file name (strAppName parameter) may, in fact,
-// contain the full path to the file. If it doesn't, the file is searched for
-// in the Windows directory.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIniConfig : public wxConfigBase
-{
-public:
-  // ctor & dtor
-    // if strAppName doesn't contain the extension and is not an absolute path,
-    // ".ini" is appended to it. if strVendor is empty, it's taken to be the
-    // same as strAppName.
-  wxIniConfig(const wxString& strAppName = wxEmptyString, const wxString& strVendor = wxEmptyString,
-    const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE);
-  virtual ~wxIniConfig();
-
-  // implement inherited pure virtual functions
-  virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath);
-  virtual const wxString& GetPath() const;
-
-  virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const;
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const;
-
-  virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const;
-  virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const;
-
-  // return true if the current group is empty
-  bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false);
-
-  virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-  virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-
-  virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& Key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true);
-  virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey);
-  virtual bool DeleteAll();
-
-protected:
-  // read/write
-  bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
-  bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *plResult) const;
-
-  bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue);
-  bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue);
-
-private:
-  // helpers
-  wxString GetPrivateKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const;
-  wxString GetKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const;
-
-  wxString m_strLocalFilename;  // name of the private INI file
-  wxString m_strGroup,    // current group in appname.ini file
-           m_strPath;     // the rest of the path (no trailing '_'!)
-};
-
-#endif  //_INICONF_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/joystick.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b24d22df..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        joystick.h
-// Purpose:     wxJoystick class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: joystick.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
-#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
- public:
-  /*
-   * Public interface
-   */
-
-  wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1);
-
-  // Attributes
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  wxPoint GetPosition(void) const;
-  int GetZPosition(void) const;
-  int GetButtonState(void) const;
-  int GetPOVPosition(void) const;
-  int GetPOVCTSPosition(void) const;
-  int GetRudderPosition(void) const;
-  int GetUPosition(void) const;
-  int GetVPosition(void) const;
-  int GetMovementThreshold(void) const;
-  void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
-
-  // Capabilities
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  static int GetNumberJoysticks(void);
-
-  bool IsOk(void) const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
-  int GetManufacturerId(void) const ;
-  int GetProductId(void) const ;
-  wxString GetProductName(void) const ;
-  int GetXMin(void) const;
-  int GetYMin(void) const;
-  int GetZMin(void) const;
-  int GetXMax(void) const;
-  int GetYMax(void) const;
-  int GetZMax(void) const;
-  int GetNumberButtons(void) const;
-  int GetNumberAxes(void) const;
-  int GetMaxButtons(void) const;
-  int GetMaxAxes(void) const;
-  int GetPollingMin(void) const;
-  int GetPollingMax(void) const;
-  int GetRudderMin(void) const;
-  int GetRudderMax(void) const;
-  int GetUMin(void) const;
-  int GetUMax(void) const;
-  int GetVMin(void) const;
-  int GetVMax(void) const;
-
-  bool HasRudder(void) const;
-  bool HasZ(void) const;
-  bool HasU(void) const;
-  bool HasV(void) const;
-  bool HasPOV(void) const;
-  bool HasPOV4Dir(void) const;
-  bool HasPOVCTS(void) const;
-
-  // Operations
-  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
-  // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
-  bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
-  bool ReleaseCapture(void);
-
-protected:
-  int       m_joystick;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/libraries.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/libraries.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09ff8996d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/libraries.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Name:        wx/msw/libraries.h
- * Purpose:     Pragmas for linking libs conditionally
- * Author:      Michael Wetherell
- * Modified by:
- * RCS-ID:      $Id: libraries.h 37045 2006-01-21 22:50:46Z MW $
- * Copyright:   (c) 2005 Michael Wetherell
- * Licence:     wxWindows licence
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_
-
-/*
- * Notes:
- *
- * In general the preferred place to add libs is in the bakefiles. This file
- * can be used where libs must be added conditionally, for those compilers that
- * support a way to do that.
- */
-
-/* VC++ 5 didn't include oleacc.lib, though it came with the PSDK */
-#if defined __VISUALC__ && (wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY || __VISUALC__ >= 1200)
-#pragma comment(lib, "oleacc")
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 94b99c5ef..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/listbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxListBox class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listbox.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
-#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// simple types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-  class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOwnerDrawn;
-
-  // define the array of list box items
-  #include  "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-  WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxOwnerDrawn *, wxListBoxItemsArray);
-#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-// forward decl for GetSelections()
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// List box control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxListBox();
-    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos,
-            const wxSize& size,
-            const wxArrayString& choices,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxListBox();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-
-    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
-
-    // wxCheckListBox support
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item);
-    bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
-
-    // plug-in for derived classes
-    virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n);
-
-    // allows to get the item and use SetXXX functions to set it's appearance
-    wxOwnerDrawn *GetItem(size_t n) const { return m_aItems[n]; }
-
-    // get the index of the given item
-    int GetItemIndex(wxOwnerDrawn *item) const { return m_aItems.Index(item); }
-#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-    // Windows-specific code to update the horizontal extent of the listbox, if
-    // necessary. If s is non-empty, the horizontal extent is increased to the
-    // length of this string if it's currently too short, otherwise the maximum
-    // extent of all strings is used. In any case calls InvalidateBestSize()
-    virtual void SetHorizontalExtent(const wxString& s = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Windows callbacks
-    bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // under XP when using "transition effect for menus and tooltips" if we
-    // return true for WM_PRINTCLIENT here then it causes noticable slowdown
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild()
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL)
-    {
-        return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select);
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
-    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& point) const;
-
-    // free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor)
-    void Free();
-
-    unsigned int m_noItems;
-    int m_selected;
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    // control items
-    wxListBoxItemsArray m_aItems;
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_LISTBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e6fd884a8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/listctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxListCtrl class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Agron Selimaj
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listctrl.h 54419 2008-06-29 01:35:24Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-/*
-    The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes:
-    wxLC_LIST:   multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be
-                 optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically,
-                 i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words,
-                 the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox.
-    wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header)
-    wxLC_ICON:   large icon view, with optional labels
-    wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels
-
-    You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or
-    SetWindowStyleFlag.
-
-    Further window styles:
-
-    wxLC_ALIGN_TOP          icons align to the top (default)
-    wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT         icons align to the left
-    wxLC_AUTOARRANGE        icons arrange themselves
-    wxLC_USER_TEXT          the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers
-    wxLC_EDIT_LABELS        labels are editable: app will be notified.
-    wxLC_NO_HEADER          no header in report mode
-    wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER     can't click on header
-    wxLC_SINGLE_SEL         single selection
-    wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING     sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems)
-    wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING    sort descending (ditto)
-
-    Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero).
-
-    Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the
-    control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case
-    the app will be notified when text is required (see sample).
-
-    Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control.
-    Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for
-    which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out
-    of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details.
-
-    Notifications are passed via the wxWidgets 2.0 event system, or using virtual
-    functions in wxWidgets 1.66.
-
-    See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage.
-
-    TODO:
-     - addition of further convenience functions
-       to avoid use of wxListItem in some functions
-     - state/overlay images: probably not needed.
-     - in Win95, you can be called back to supply other information
-       besides text, such as state information. This saves no memory
-       and is probably superfluous to requirements.
-     - testing of whole API, extending current sample.
-
-
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    /*
-     * Public interface
-     */
-
-    wxListCtrl() { Init(); }
-
-    wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = wxLC_ICON,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxListCtrl();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxLC_ICON,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr);
-
-
-    // Attributes
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Set the control colours
-    bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-    bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
-    // Gets information about this column
-    bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
-
-    // Sets information about this column
-    bool SetColumn(int col, const wxListItem& item) ;
-
-    // Gets the column width
-    int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
-
-    // Sets the column width
-    bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
-
-    // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
-    // visible area of the list control (list or report view)
-    // or the total number of items in the list control (icon
-    // or small icon view)
-    int GetCountPerPage() const;
-
-    // return the total area occupied by all the items (icon/small icon only)
-    wxRect GetViewRect() const;
-
-    // Gets the edit control for editing labels.
-    wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
-
-    // Gets information about the item
-    bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
-
-    // Sets information about the item
-    bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
-
-    // Sets a string field at a particular column
-    long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
-
-    // Gets the item state
-    int  GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
-
-    // Sets the item state
-    bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
-
-    // Sets the item image
-    bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage = -1) ;
-    bool SetItemColumnImage(long item, long column, int image);
-
-    // Gets the item text
-    wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
-
-    // Sets the item text
-    void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
-
-    // Gets the item data
-    wxUIntPtr GetItemData(long item) const ;
-
-    // Sets the item data
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-    bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data);
-#endif // wxABI 2.8.4+
-    bool SetItemData(long item, long data);
-
-    // Gets the item rectangle
-    bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
-
-    // Gets the subitem rectangle in report mode
-    bool GetSubItemRect(long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
-
-    // Gets the item position
-    bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
-
-    // Sets the item position
-    bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
-
-    // Gets the number of items in the list control
-    int GetItemCount() const;
-
-    // Gets the number of columns in the list control
-    int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
-
-    // get the horizontal and vertical components of the item spacing
-    wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
-
-    // Foreground colour of an item.
-    void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
-    wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;
-
-    // Background colour of an item.
-    void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col);
-    wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const;
-
-    // Font of an item.
-    void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f);
-    wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const;
-
-    // Gets the number of selected items in the list control
-    int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
-
-    // Gets the text colour of the listview
-    wxColour GetTextColour() const;
-
-    // Sets the text colour of the listview
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
-
-    // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
-    // list or report view
-    long GetTopItem() const ;
-
-    // Add or remove a single window style
-    void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = true) ;
-
-    // Set the whole window style
-    void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
-
-    // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
-    // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
-    // specified flags.
-    // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
-    long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
-
-    // Gets one of the three image lists
-    wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
-
-    // Sets the image list
-    // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
-    // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
-    // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
-    // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
-    // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
-    // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
-    void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
-    void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
-
-    // are we in report mode?
-    bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); }
-
-    // are we in virtual report mode?
-    bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); }
-
-    // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls)
-    void RefreshItem(long item);
-    void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo);
-
-    // Operations
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Arranges the items
-    bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
-
-    // Deletes an item
-    bool DeleteItem(long item);
-
-    // Deletes all items
-    bool DeleteAllItems() ;
-
-    // Deletes a column
-    bool DeleteColumn(int col);
-
-    // Deletes all columns
-    bool DeleteAllColumns();
-
-    // Clears items, and columns if there are any.
-    void ClearAll();
-
-    // Edit the label
-    wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
-
-    // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
-    bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
-
-    // Ensures this item is visible
-    bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
-
-    // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
-    // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
-    long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false);
-
-    // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
-    // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
-    long FindItem(long start, wxUIntPtr data);
-
-    // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
-    // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
-    long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
-
-    // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
-    // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
-    // Request the subitem number as well at the given coordinate.
-    long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long* ptrSubItem = NULL) const;
-
-    // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
-    // -1 otherwise.
-    long InsertItem(const wxListItem& info);
-
-    // Insert a string item
-    long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
-
-    // Insert an image item
-    long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
-
-    // Insert an image/string item
-    long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
-
-    // For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
-    long InsertColumn(long col, const wxListItem& info);
-
-    long InsertColumn(long col,
-                      const wxString& heading,
-                      int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
-                      int width = -1);
-
-    // set the number of items in a virtual list control
-    void SetItemCount(long count);
-
-    // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
-    // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
-    // specifies the number of columns to scroll.
-    // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
-    // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
-    bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
-
-    // Sort items.
-
-    // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
-    // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
-    // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
-    // data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
-    // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
-    // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
-    // or zero if the two items are equivalent.
-
-    // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
-    bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
-
-    // IMPLEMENTATION
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg);
-
-    // bring the control in sync with current m_windowStyle value
-    void UpdateStyle();
-
-    // Event handlers
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-    // Necessary for drawing hrules and vrules, if specified
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // obsolete stuff, for compatibility only -- don't use
-    wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const);
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    // convert our styles to Windows
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // special Windows message handling
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg,
-                                    WXWPARAM wParam,
-                                    WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // free memory taken by all internal data
-    void FreeAllInternalData();
-
-    // get the item attribute, either by quering it for virtual control, or by
-    // returning the one previously set using setter methods for a normal one
-    wxListItemAttr *DoGetItemAttr(long item) const;
-
-
-    wxTextCtrl*       m_textCtrl;        // The control used for editing a label
-    wxImageList *     m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
-    wxImageList *     m_imageListSmall;  // The image list for small icons
-    wxImageList *     m_imageListState;  // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
-    bool              m_ownsImageListNormal,
-                      m_ownsImageListSmall,
-                      m_ownsImageListState;
-
-    int               m_colCount;   // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
-                                    // keep track of inserted/deleted columns
-    long              m_count;      // Keep track of item count to save calls to
-                                    // ListView_GetItemCount
-    bool              m_ignoreChangeMessages;
-
-    // true if we have any internal data (user data & attributes)
-    bool m_AnyInternalData;
-
-    // true if we have any items with custom attributes
-    bool m_hasAnyAttr;
-
-    // these functions are only used for virtual list view controls, i.e. the
-    // ones with wxLC_VIRTUAL style
-
-    // return the text for the given column of the given item
-    virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const;
-
-    // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will
-    // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for
-    // details.
-    virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const;
-
-    // return the icon for the given item and column.
-    virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const;
-
-    // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none)
-    virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const;
-
-private:
-    // process NM_CUSTOMDRAW notification message
-    WXLPARAM OnCustomDraw(WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    // set the extended styles for the control (used by Create() and
-    // UpdateStyle()), only should be called if InReportView()
-    void MSWSetExListStyles();
-
-    // initialize the (already created) m_textCtrl with the associated HWND
-    void InitEditControl(WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    // destroy m_textCtrl if it's currently valid and reset it to NULL
-    void DeleteEditControl();
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d1a77a4..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 69ee0fd58..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/mdi.h
-// Purpose:     MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mdi.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_
-#define _WX_MDI_H_
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStatusLineNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIParentFrame
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxMDIParentFrame();
-    wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
-                     wxWindowID id,
-                     const wxString& title,
-                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                     long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
-                     const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxMDIParentFrame();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // Get the active MDI child window (Windows only)
-    wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const;
-
-    // Get the client window
-    wxMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; }
-
-    // Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
-    // just return a new class)
-    virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(void);
-
-    // MDI windows menu
-    wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_windowMenu; }
-    void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* menu) ;
-    virtual void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu = NULL);
-
-    // MDI operations
-    // --------------
-    virtual void Cascade();
-    virtual void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL);
-    virtual void ArrangeIcons();
-    virtual void ActivateNext();
-    virtual void ActivatePrevious();
-
-    // handlers
-    // --------
-
-    // Responds to colour changes
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnIconized(wxIconizeEvent& event);
-
-    bool HandleActivate(int state, bool minimized, WXHWND activate);
-    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
-
-    // override window proc for MDI-specific message processing
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM);
-    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* msg);
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
-    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
-
-    // set the size of the MDI client window to match the frame size
-    void UpdateClientSize();
-
-
-    wxMDIClientWindow *             m_clientWindow;
-    wxMDIChildFrame *               m_currentChild;
-    wxMenu*                         m_windowMenu;
-
-    // true if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child
-    bool m_parentFrameActive;
-
-private:
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIChildFrame
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); }
-    wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
-                    wxWindowID id,
-                    const wxString& title,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                    const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame();
-
-    bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
-
-    // MDI operations
-    virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true);
-    virtual void Restore();
-    virtual void Activate();
-
-    // Implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // Handlers
-    bool HandleMDIActivate(long bActivate, WXHWND, WXHWND);
-    bool HandleWindowPosChanging(void *lpPos);
-    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
-    bool HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo);
-
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG *msg);
-
-    virtual void MSWDestroyWindow();
-
-    bool ResetWindowStyle(void *vrect);
-
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-    virtual void InternalSetMenuBar();
-    virtual bool IsMDIChild() const { return true; }
-    virtual void DetachMenuBar();
-
-    virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    bool m_needsInitialShow; // Show must be called in idle time after Creation
-    bool m_needsResize; // flag which tells us to artificially resize the frame
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMDIChildFrame)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIClientWindow
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxMDIClientWindow() { Init(); }
-    wxMDIClientWindow(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        CreateClient(parent, style);
-    }
-
-    // Note: this is virtual, to allow overridden behaviour.
-    virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
-                              long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
-
-    // Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
-    void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    void Init() { m_scrollX = m_scrollY = 0; }
-
-    int m_scrollX, m_scrollY;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMDIClientWindow)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MDI_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 435cca247..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mdi.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menu.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 87c25ef72..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/menu.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxMenuItem is now in separate file)
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menu.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
-#define _WX_MENU_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    #include "wx/accel.h"
-    #include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAcceleratorEntry *, wxAcceleratorArray);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-#endif
-
-
-// Not using a combined wxToolBar/wxMenuBar? then use
-// a commandbar in WinCE .NET to implement the
-// menubar, since there is no ::SetMenu function.
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-#   if ((_WIN32_WCE >= 400) && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)) || \
-        defined(__HANDHELDPC__)
-#       define WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR
-#   else
-#       define WINCE_WITHOUT_COMMANDBAR
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Menu
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors & dtor
-    wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
-        : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
-
-    wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
-
-    virtual ~wxMenu();
-
-    virtual void Break();
-
-    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
-
-    bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-    // semi-private accessors
-        // get the window which contains this menu
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
-        // get the menu handle
-    WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // called by wxMenuBar to build its accel table from the accels of all menus
-    bool HasAccels() const { return !m_accels.IsEmpty(); }
-    size_t GetAccelCount() const { return m_accels.GetCount(); }
-    size_t CopyAccels(wxAcceleratorEntry *accels) const;
-
-    // called by wxMenuItem when its accels changes
-    void UpdateAccel(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // helper used by wxMenu itself (returns the index in m_accels)
-    int FindAccel(int id) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1)
-    bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1);
-
-    // terminate the current radio group, if any
-    void EndRadioGroup();
-
-    // if true, insert a breal before appending the next item
-    bool m_doBreak;
-
-    // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
-    int m_startRadioGroup;
-
-    // the menu handle of this menu
-    WXHMENU m_hMenu;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // the accelerators for our menu items
-    wxAcceleratorArray m_accels;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenu)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public :
-    wxMenuInfo() { m_menu = NULL; }
-    virtual ~wxMenuInfo() { }
-
-    void Create( wxMenu *menu , const wxString &title )
-    { m_menu = menu; m_title = title; }
-    wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; }
-    wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-private :
-    wxMenu *m_menu;
-    wxString m_title;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuInfo)
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuInfo, wxMenuInfoList );
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors & dtor
-        // default constructor
-    wxMenuBar();
-        // unused under MSW
-    wxMenuBar(long style);
-        // menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles
-    wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0);
-    virtual ~wxMenuBar();
-
-    // menubar construction
-    bool Append( wxMenuInfo *info ) { return Append( info->GetMenu() , info->GetTitle() ); }
-    const wxMenuInfoList& GetMenuInfos() const;
-
-    virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
-    virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
-
-    virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
-    virtual void SetLabelTop( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
-    virtual wxString GetLabelTop( size_t pos ) const;
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    WXHMENU Create();
-    virtual void Detach();
-    virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // Under WinCE, a menubar is owned by the frame's toolbar
-    void SetToolBar(wxToolBar* toolBar) { m_toolBar = toolBar; }
-    wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_toolBar; }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR
-    WXHWND GetCommandBar() const { return m_commandBar; }
-    bool AddAdornments(long style);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // get the accel table for all the menus
-    const wxAcceleratorTable& GetAccelTable() const { return m_accelTable; }
-
-    // update the accel table (must be called after adding/deleting a menu)
-    void RebuildAccelTable();
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-        // get the menu handle
-    WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
-
-    // if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically,
-    // call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL)
-    void Refresh();
-
-    // To avoid compile warning
-    void Refresh( bool eraseBackground,
-                          const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) { wxWindow::Refresh(eraseBackground, rect); }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    wxArrayString m_titles;
-    wxMenuInfoList m_menuInfos;
-
-    WXHMENU       m_hMenu;
-
-    // Return the MSW position for a wxMenu which is sometimes different from
-    // the wxWidgets position.
-    int MSWPositionForWxMenu(wxMenu *menu, int wxpos);
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // the accelerator table for all accelerators in all our menus
-    wxAcceleratorTable m_accelTable;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    wxToolBar*  m_toolBar;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR
-    WXHWND      m_commandBar;
-    bool        m_adornmentsAdded;
-#endif
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuBar)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // Gets the original label at the top-level of the menubar
-    wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const;
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MENU_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e49604cb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        menuitem.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenuItem class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11.11.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menuitem.h 48053 2007-08-13 17:07:01Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _MENUITEM_H
-#define   _MENUITEM_H
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    #include  "wx/ownerdrw.h"   // base class
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-                             , public wxOwnerDrawn
-#endif
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
-               int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
-               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-               wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-               wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
-    virtual ~wxMenuItem();
-
-    // override base class virtuals
-    virtual void SetText(const wxString& strName);
-    virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable);
-
-    virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = true);
-    virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = true);
-    virtual bool IsChecked() const;
-
-    // unfortunately needed to resolve ambiguity between
-    // wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable() and wxOwnerDrawn::IsCheckable()
-    bool IsCheckable() const { return wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable(); }
-
-    // the id for a popup menu is really its menu handle (as required by
-    // ::AppendMenu() API), so this function will return either the id or the
-    // menu handle depending on what we're
-    int GetRealId() const;
-
-    // mark item as belonging to the given radio group
-    void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
-    void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
-    void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
-
-    // compatibility only, don't use in new code
-    wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu,
-               int id,
-               const wxString& text,
-               const wxString& help,
-               bool isCheckable,
-               wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
-    // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
-    // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == false), end is valid
-    // only for the first one
-    union
-    {
-        int start;
-        int end;
-    } m_radioGroup;
-
-    // does this item start a radio group?
-    bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuItem)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // return the item label including any mnemonics and accelerators.
-    // This used to be called GetText.
-    wxString GetItemLabel() const { return GetText(); }
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif  //_MENUITEM_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/metafile.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/metafile.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04effbb6d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/metafile.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/metafile.h
-// Purpose:     wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC and wxMetaFileDataObject classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: VZ 07.01.00: implemented wxMetaFileDataObject
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: metafile.h 46103 2007-05-18 15:14:44Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
-#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    #include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafile and metafile device context classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileRefData: public wxGDIRefData
-{
-    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
-public:
-    wxMetafileRefData();
-    virtual ~wxMetafileRefData();
-
-public:
-    WXHANDLE m_metafile;
-    int m_windowsMappingMode;
-    int m_width, m_height;
-};
-
-#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData)
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile: public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual ~wxMetafile();
-
-    // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
-    // since it is now owned by the clipboard.
-    virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
-
-    virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return (M_METAFILEDATA && (M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile != 0)); };
-
-    // set/get the size of metafile for clipboard operations
-    wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
-    int GetWidth() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_width; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_height; }
-
-    void SetWidth(int width) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_width = width; }
-    void SetHeight(int height) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_height = height; }
-
-    // Implementation
-    WXHANDLE GetHMETAFILE() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile; }
-    void SetHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE mf) ;
-    int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_windowsMappingMode; }
-    void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDC: public wxDC
-{
-public:
-    // Don't supply origin and extent
-    // Supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable instead.
-    wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Supply origin and extent (recommended).
-    // Then don't need to supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable.
-    wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file, int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg);
-
-    virtual ~wxMetafileDC();
-
-    // Should be called at end of drawing
-    virtual wxMetafile *Close();
-    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                                 wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                 wxCoord *descent = NULL,
-                                 wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
-                                 const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
-#endif // wx ABI 2.8.5+
-
-    // this method shouldn't have been defined here (DoGetTextExtent() is the
-    // correct one) but keep it to avoid breaking binary backwards
-    // compatibility
-    virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, long *x, long *y,
-            long *descent = NULL, long *externalLeading = NULL,
-            wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16bit = false) const;
-
-    // Implementation
-    wxMetafile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; }
-    void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
-    int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return m_windowsMappingMode; }
-    void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm) { m_windowsMappingMode = mm; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-    int           m_windowsMappingMode;
-    wxMetafile*   m_metaFile;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
-};
-
-/*
- * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
- * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
- * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode.
- *
- */
-
-// No origin or extent
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
-
-// Optional origin and extent
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = true);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxMetafileDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE)
-        { }
-    wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile)
-        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
-
-    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
-    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
-    virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
-        { m_metafile = metafile; }
-    virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const
-        { return m_metafile; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-protected:
-    wxMetafile m_metafile;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_METAFIILE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/microwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/microwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 934302d0c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/microwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/*
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        microwin.h
-// Purpose:     Extra implementation for MicroWindows
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Created:     2001-05-31
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: microwin.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_MICROWIN_H_
-#define _WX_MICROWIN_H_
-
-/* Implemented by microwin.cpp */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-BOOL SetCursorPos(int x, int y);
-
-HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor);
-
-/* Implemented with wrong number of args by MicroWindows */
-/* so we need to use a different name */
-int GetScrollPosWX (HWND hWnd, int iSBar);
-
-BOOL ScrollWindow(HWND, int xAmount, int yAmount,
-                 CONST RECT* lpRect, CONST RECT* lpClipRect);
-
-HWND WindowFromPoint(POINT pt);
-SHORT GetKeyState(int nVirtKey);
-HWND  SetParent(HWND hWndChild, HWND hWndNewParent);
-VOID DragAcceptFiles(HWND, BOOL);
-BOOL IsDialogMessage(HWND hWnd, MSG* msg);
-DWORD GetMessagePos(VOID);
-BOOL IsIconic(HWND hWnd);
-int SetMapMode(HDC hDC, int mode);
-int GetMapMode(HDC hDC);
-HCURSOR LoadCursor(HINSTANCE hInst, int cursor);
-DWORD GetModuleFileName(HINSTANCE hInst, LPSTR name, DWORD sz);
-VOID DestroyIcon(HICON hIcon);
-COLORREF GetTextColor(HDC hdc);
-COLORREF GetBkColor(HDC hdc);
-HPALETTE SelectPalette(HDC hdc, HPALETTE hPalette, BOOL b);
-BOOL IntersectClipRect(HDC hdc, int x, int y,
-               int w, int h);
-BOOL GetClipBox(HDC hdc, RECT* rect);
-BOOL DrawIconEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, HICON hIcon, int w, int h, UINT istepIfAniCur, HBRUSH hbrFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags);
-BOOL SetViewportExtEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize);
-BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint);
-BOOL SetWindowExtEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize);
-BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPPOINT lpSize);
-BOOL ExtFloodFill(HDC hdc, int x, int y, COLORREF col, UINT flags);
-int SetPolyFillMode(HDC hdc, int mode);
-BOOL RoundRect(HDC hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, int r1, int r2);
-BOOL MaskBlt(HDC hdc, int x, int y, int w, int h,
-              HDC hDCSource, int xSrc, int ySrc, HBITMAP hBitmapMask, int xMask, int yMask, DWORD rop);
-UINT RealizePalette(HDC hDC);
-BOOL SetBrushOrgEx(HDC hdc, int xOrigin, int yOrigin, LPPOINT lpPoint);
-int GetObject(HGDIOBJ hObj, int sz, LPVOID logObj);
-
-/* For some reason these aren't defined in the headers */
-BOOL  EnableScrollBar (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, BOOL bEnable) ;
-BOOL  GetScrollPos (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int* pPos);
-BOOL  GetScrollRange (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int* pMinPos, int* pMaxPos);
-BOOL  SetScrollPos (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int iNewPos);
-BOOL  SetScrollRange (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int iMinPos, int iMaxPos);
-BOOL  SetScrollInfo (HWND hWnd, int iSBar,
-             LPCSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
-BOOL  GetScrollInfo(HWND hWnd, int iSBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
-BOOL  ShowScrollBar (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, BOOL bShow);
-HBITMAP WINAPI
-CreateBitmap( int width, int height, int nPlanes, int bPP, LPCVOID lpData);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Key State Masks for Mouse Messages
- */
-#ifndef MK_LBUTTON
-#define MK_LBUTTON          0x0001
-#define MK_RBUTTON          0x0002
-#define MK_SHIFT            0x0004
-#define MK_CONTROL          0x0008
-#define MK_MBUTTON          0x0010
-#endif
-
-/*
- * DrawIcon flags
- */
-
-#ifndef DI_MASK
-#define DI_MASK         0x0001
-#define DI_IMAGE        0x0002
-#define DI_NORMAL       0x0003
-#define DI_COMPAT       0x0004
-#define DI_DEFAULTSIZE  0x0008
-#endif
-
-/* TODO: May have to fake these message */
-#ifndef WM_INITDIALOG
-#define WM_INITDIALOG       0x0110
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_QUERYENDSESSION
-#define WM_QUERYENDSESSION              0x0011
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_ENDSESSION
-#define WM_ENDSESSION                   0x0016
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_SETCURSOR
-#define WM_SETCURSOR                    0x0020
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_GETMINMAXINFO
-#define WM_GETMINMAXINFO                0x0024
-typedef struct tagMINMAXINFO {
-    POINT ptReserved;
-    POINT ptMaxSize;
-    POINT ptMaxPosition;
-    POINT ptMinTrackSize;
-    POINT ptMaxTrackSize;
-} MINMAXINFO, *PMINMAXINFO, *LPMINMAXINFO;
-
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_SYSCOMMAND
-#define WM_SYSCOMMAND                   0x0112
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE
-#define WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE               0x0015
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE
-#define WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE              0x030F
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_PALETTEISCHANGING
-#define WM_PALETTEISCHANGING            0x0310
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_PALETTECHANGED
-#define WM_PALETTECHANGED               0x0311
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_NOTIFY
-#define WM_NOTIFY                       0x004E
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_DROPFILES
-#define WM_DROPFILES                    0x0233
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PALETTERGB
-#define PALETTERGB RGB
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MM_TEXT
-#define MM_TEXT 1
-#define MM_LOMETRIC 2
-#define MM_HIMETRIC 3
-#define MM_LOENGLISH 4
-#define MM_HIENGLISH 5
-#define MM_TWIPS 6
-#define MM_ISOTROPIC 7
-#define MM_ANISOTROPIC 8
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SC_MAXIMIZE
-#define SC_MINIMIZE 0xF020
-#define SC_MAXIMIZE 0xF030
-#endif
-
-// TODO: all of them
-#ifndef IDC_ARROW
-#define IDC_ARROW 1
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Standard Cursor IDs
- */
-#ifndef MAKEINTRESOURCE
-#define MAKEINTRESOURCE(r) r
-#endif
-
-#ifndef IDC_ARROW
-#define IDC_ARROW           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32512)
-#define IDC_IBEAM           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32513)
-#define IDC_WAIT            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32514)
-#define IDC_CROSS           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32515)
-#define IDC_UPARROW         MAKEINTRESOURCE(32516)
-#define IDC_SIZE            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32640) /* OBSOLETE: use IDC_SIZEALL */
-#define IDC_ICON            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32641) /* OBSOLETE: use IDC_ARROW */
-#define IDC_SIZENWSE        MAKEINTRESOURCE(32642)
-#define IDC_SIZENESW        MAKEINTRESOURCE(32643)
-#define IDC_SIZEWE          MAKEINTRESOURCE(32644)
-#define IDC_SIZENS          MAKEINTRESOURCE(32645)
-#define IDC_SIZEALL         MAKEINTRESOURCE(32646)
-#define IDC_NO              MAKEINTRESOURCE(32648) /* not in win3.1 */
-#if(WINVER >= 0x0500)
-#define IDC_HAND            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
-#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0500 */
-#define IDC_APPSTARTING     MAKEINTRESOURCE(32650) /* not in win3.1 */
-#if(WINVER >= 0x0400)
-#define IDC_HELP            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32651)
-#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0400 */
-#endif
-
-/* ExtFloodFill style flags */
-#define  FLOODFILLBORDER   0
-#define  FLOODFILLSURFACE  1
-
-/* PolyFill() Modes */
-#define ALTERNATE                    1
-#define WINDING                      2
-#define POLYFILL_LAST                2
-
-/* Quaternary raster codes */
-#define MAKEROP4(fore,back) (DWORD)((((back) << 8) & 0xFF000000) | (fore))
-
-/* Device Parameters for GetDeviceCaps() */
-#define DRIVERVERSION 0     /* Device driver version                    */
-#define TECHNOLOGY    2     /* Device classification                    */
-#define HORZSIZE      4     /* Horizontal size in millimeters           */
-#define VERTSIZE      6     /* Vertical size in millimeters             */
-
-/* Ternary raster operations */
-/* Now defined by MicroWindows */
-#if 0
-#define DSTINVERT           (DWORD)0x00550009 /* dest = (NOT dest)               */
-#define WHITENESS           (DWORD)0x00FF0062 /* dest = WHITE                    */
-#define SRCERASE            (DWORD)0x00440328 /* dest = source AND (NOT dest )   */
-#define MERGEPAINT          (DWORD)0x00BB0226 /* dest = (NOT source) OR dest     */
-#define SRCPAINT            (DWORD)0x00EE0086 /* dest = source OR dest           */
-#define NOTSRCCOPY          (DWORD)0x00330008 /* dest = (NOT source)             */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_MICROWIN_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b5107ac6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/mimetype.h
-// Purpose:     classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.09.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mimetype.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#include "wx/mimetype.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileTypeImpl is the MSW version of wxFileType, this is a private class
-// and is never used directly by the application
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl
-{
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxFileTypeImpl() { }
-
-    // one of these Init() function must be called (ctor can't take any
-    // arguments because it's common)
-
-        // initialize us with our file type name and extension - in this case
-        // we will read all other data from the registry
-    void Init(const wxString& strFileType, const wxString& ext);
-
-    // implement accessor functions
-    bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
-    bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
-    bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
-    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
-    bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
-    bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
-                        const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-    bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
-                         const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-    size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
-                          const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-    bool Unassociate();
-
-    // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
-    // overwriteprompt is true
-    bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd,
-                    const wxString& verb,
-                    bool overwriteprompt = true);
-
-    bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
-    // this is called  by Associate
-    bool SetDescription (const wxString& desc);
-
-private:
-    // helper function: reads the command corresponding to the specified verb
-    // from the registry (returns an empty string if not found)
-    wxString GetCommand(const wxChar *verb) const;
-
-    // get the registry path for the given verb
-    wxString GetVerbPath(const wxString& verb) const;
-
-    // check that the registry key for our extension exists, create it if it
-    // doesn't, return false if this failed
-    bool EnsureExtKeyExists();
-
-    wxString m_strFileType,         // may be empty
-             m_ext;
-
-    // these methods are not publicly accessible (as wxMimeTypesManager
-    // doesn't know about them), and should only be called by Unassociate
-
-    bool RemoveOpenCommand();
-    bool RemoveCommand(const wxString& verb);
-    bool RemoveMimeType();
-    bool RemoveDefaultIcon();
-    bool RemoveDescription();
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
-{
-public:
-    // nothing to do here, we don't load any data but just go and fetch it from
-    // the registry when asked for
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
-
-    // implement containing class functions
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
-    wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
-    size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
-    // this are NOPs under Windows
-    bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename), bool WXUNUSED(fallback) = true)
-        { return true; }
-    bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename))
-        { return true; }
-
-    // create a new filetype association
-    wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-
-    // create a new filetype with the given name and extension
-    wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif
-  //_MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/minifram.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/minifram.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63dc24f1b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/minifram.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/minifram.h
-// Purpose:     wxMiniFrame class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: minifram.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
-#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMiniFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-  wxMiniFrame() { }
-
-  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxString& title,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
-              const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-  {
-      return wxFrame::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size,
-                             style |
-                             wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW |
-                             (parent ? wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT : 0), name);
-  }
-
-  wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxString& title,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
-              const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-  {
-      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-  }
-
-protected:
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMiniFrame)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/missing.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/missing.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 871cbfafd..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/missing.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/missing.h
-// Purpose:     Declarations for parts of the Win32 SDK that are missing in
-//              the versions that come with some compilers
-// Created:     2002/04/23
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: missing.h 48436 2007-08-28 19:26:16Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Mattia Barbon
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MISSING_H_
-#define _WX_MISSING_H_
-
-/*
- * The following are required for VC++ 6.
- */
-
-// Needed by cursor.cpp
-#ifndef IDC_HAND
-    #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
-#endif
-
-// Needed by strconv.cpp
-#ifndef WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS
-    #define WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS 0x400
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WM_CONTEXTMENU
-    #define WM_CONTEXTMENU      0x007B
-#endif
-
-// Needed by toplevel.cpp
-#ifndef WM_UPDATEUISTATE
-    #define WM_UPDATEUISTATE    0x0128
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WM_CHANGEUISTATE
-    #define WM_CHANGEUISTATE    0x0127
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WM_PRINTCLIENT
-    #define WM_PRINTCLIENT 0x318
-#endif
-
-// Needed by toplevel.cpp
-#ifndef UIS_SET
-    #define UIS_SET         1
-    #define UIS_CLEAR       2
-    #define UIS_INITIALIZE  3
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UISF_HIDEFOCUS
-    #define UISF_HIDEFOCUS  1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UISF_HIDEACCEL
-    #define UISF_HIDEACCEL 2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OFN_EXPLORER
-    #define OFN_EXPLORER 0x00080000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OFN_ENABLESIZING
-    #define OFN_ENABLESIZING 0x00800000
-#endif
-
-// Needed by window.cpp
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
-        #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL           0x020A
-    #endif
-    #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA
-        #define WHEEL_DELTA             120
-    #endif
-    #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
-        #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
-    #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
-// Needed by window.cpp
-#ifndef VK_OEM_1
-    #define VK_OEM_1        0xBA
-    #define VK_OEM_2        0xBF
-    #define VK_OEM_3        0xC0
-    #define VK_OEM_4        0xDB
-    #define VK_OEM_5        0xDC
-    #define VK_OEM_6        0xDD
-    #define VK_OEM_7        0xDE
-#endif
-
-#ifndef VK_OEM_COMMA
-    #define VK_OEM_PLUS     0xBB
-    #define VK_OEM_COMMA    0xBC
-    #define VK_OEM_MINUS    0xBD
-    #define VK_OEM_PERIOD   0xBE
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SM_TABLETPC
-    #define SM_TABLETPC 86
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INKEDIT_CLASS
-#   define INKEDIT_CLASSW  L"INKEDIT"
-#   ifdef UNICODE
-#       define INKEDIT_CLASS   INKEDIT_CLASSW
-#   else
-#       define INKEDIT_CLASS   "INKEDIT"
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef EM_SETINKINSERTMODE
-#   define EM_SETINKINSERTMODE (WM_USER + 0x0204)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef EM_SETUSEMOUSEFORINPUT
-#define EM_SETUSEMOUSEFORINPUT (WM_USER + 0x224)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TPM_RECURSE
-#define TPM_RECURSE 1
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL
-#define WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL 0x00400000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WS_EX_COMPOSITED
-#define WS_EX_COMPOSITED 0x02000000L
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED
-#define WS_EX_LAYERED 0x00080000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LWA_ALPHA
-#define LWA_ALPHA 2
-#endif
-
-#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1200 && !defined MIIM_BITMAP
-#define MIIM_STRING      0x00000040
-#define MIIM_BITMAP      0x00000080
-#define MIIM_FTYPE       0x00000100
-#define HBMMENU_CALLBACK            ((HBITMAP) -1)
-typedef struct tagMENUINFO
-{
-    DWORD   cbSize;
-    DWORD   fMask;
-    DWORD   dwStyle;
-    UINT    cyMax;
-    HBRUSH  hbrBack;
-    DWORD   dwContextHelpID;
-    DWORD   dwMenuData;
-}   MENUINFO, FAR *LPMENUINFO;
-struct wxMENUITEMINFO_
-{
-    UINT cbSize;
-    UINT fMask;
-    UINT fType;
-    UINT fState;
-    UINT wID;
-    HMENU hSubMenu;
-    HBITMAP hbmpChecked;
-    HBITMAP hbmpUnchecked;
-    DWORD dwItemData;
-    LPTSTR dwTypeData;
-    UINT cch;
-    HBITMAP hbmpItem;
-};
-#else
-#define wxMENUITEMINFO_ MENUITEMINFO
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The following are required for VC++ 5 when the PSDK is not available.
- */
-
-#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1100
-
-#ifndef VER_NT_WORKSTATION
-
-typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEXA {
-    DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize;
-    DWORD dwMajorVersion;
-    DWORD dwMinorVersion;
-    DWORD dwBuildNumber;
-    DWORD dwPlatformId;
-    CHAR szCSDVersion[128];
-    WORD wServicePackMajor;
-    WORD wServicePackMinor;
-    WORD wSuiteMask;
-    BYTE wProductType;
-    BYTE wReserved;
-} OSVERSIONINFOEXA, *POSVERSIONINFOEXA, *LPOSVERSIONINFOEXA;
-typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEXW {
-    DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize;
-    DWORD dwMajorVersion;
-    DWORD dwMinorVersion;
-    DWORD dwBuildNumber;
-    DWORD dwPlatformId;
-    WCHAR szCSDVersion[128];
-    WORD wServicePackMajor;
-    WORD wServicePackMinor;
-    WORD wSuiteMask;
-    BYTE wProductType;
-    BYTE wReserved;
-} OSVERSIONINFOEXW, *POSVERSIONINFOEXW, *LPOSVERSIONINFOEXW;
-
-#ifdef UNICODE
-typedef OSVERSIONINFOW OSVERSIONINFO,*POSVERSIONINFO,*LPOSVERSIONINFO;
-typedef OSVERSIONINFOEXW OSVERSIONINFOEX,*POSVERSIONINFOEX,*LPOSVERSIONINFOEX;
-#else
-typedef OSVERSIONINFOA OSVERSIONINFO,*POSVERSIONINFO,*LPOSVERSIONINFO;
-typedef OSVERSIONINFOEXA OSVERSIONINFOEX,*POSVERSIONINFOEX,*LPOSVERSIONINFOEX;
-#endif
-
-#endif // defined VER_NT_WORKSTATION
-
-#ifndef CP_SYMBOL
-    #define CP_SYMBOL 42
-#endif
-
-// NMLVCUSTOMDRAW originally didn't have the iSubItem member. It was added
-// with IE4, as was IPN_FIRST which is used as a test :-(.
-//
-#ifndef IPN_FIRST
-
-typedef struct wxtagNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_ {
-    NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
-    COLORREF     clrText;
-    COLORREF     clrTextBk;
-    int          iSubItem;
-} wxNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_, *wxLPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_;
-
-#define NMLVCUSTOMDRAW wxNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_
-#define LPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW wxLPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_
-
-#endif // defined IPN_FIRST
-
-#endif // defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1100
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ListView common control
-// Needed by listctrl.cpp
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT
-    #define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT 0x00000020
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVS_EX_LABELTIP
-    #define LVS_EX_LABELTIP 0x00004000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES
-    #define LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES 0x00000002
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HDN_GETDISPINFOW
-    #define HDN_GETDISPINFOW (HDN_FIRST-29)
-#endif
-
- /*
-  * In addition to the above, the following are required for several compilers.
-  */
-
-#if !defined(CCS_VERT)
-#define CCS_VERT                0x00000080L
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(CCS_RIGHT)
-#define CCS_RIGHT               (CCS_VERT|CCS_BOTTOM)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST)
-    #define TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 54)
-#endif // !defined(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST)
-
-#ifndef CFM_BACKCOLOR
-    #define CFM_BACKCOLOR 0x04000000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HANGUL_CHARSET
-    #define HANGUL_CHARSET 129
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
-    #define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT 8197
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Tree control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef TV_FIRST
-    #define TV_FIRST                0x1100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVS_FULLROWSELECT
-    #define TVS_FULLROWSELECT       0x1000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVM_SETBKCOLOR
-    #define TVM_SETBKCOLOR          (TV_FIRST + 29)
-    #define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR        (TV_FIRST + 30)
-#endif
-
- /*
-  * The following are required for BC++ 5.5 (none at present.)
-  */
-
- /*
-  * The following are specifically required for Digital Mars C++
-  */
-
-#ifdef __DMC__
-
-typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEX {
-    DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize;
-    DWORD dwMajorVersion;
-    DWORD dwMinorVersion;
-    DWORD dwBuildNumber;
-    DWORD dwPlatformId;
-    TCHAR szCSDVersion[ 128 ];
-    WORD  wServicePackMajor;
-    WORD  wServicePackMinor;
-    WORD  wSuiteMask;
-    BYTE  wProductType;
-    BYTE  wReserved;
-} OSVERSIONINFOEX;
-
-#ifndef _TrackMouseEvent
-    #define _TrackMouseEvent TrackMouseEvent
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE
-    #define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (0x1000 + 54)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT
-    #define LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT           (0x1000 + 56)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVCF_IMAGE
-    #define LVCF_IMAGE             0x0010
-#endif
-
-#ifndef Header_GetItemRect
-    #define Header_GetItemRect(w,i,r) \
-            (BOOL)SendMessage((w),HDM_GETITEMRECT,(WPARAM)(i),(LPARAM)(r))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HDM_GETITEMRECT
-    #define HDM_GETITEMRECT (HDM_FIRST+7)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ListView_GetHeader
-    #define ListView_GetHeader(w) (HWND)SendMessage((w),LVM_GETHEADER,0,0)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ListView_GetSubItemRect
-    #define ListView_GetSubItemRect(w, i, s, c, p) (HWND)SendMessage(w,LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT,i, ((p) ? ((((LPRECT)(p))->top = s), (((LPRECT)(p))->left = c), (LPARAM)(p)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVM_GETHEADER
-    #define LVM_GETHEADER (LVM_FIRST+31)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVSICF_NOSCROLL
-    #define LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL  0x0001
-    #define LVSICF_NOSCROLL         0x0002
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CP_SYMBOL
-    #define CP_SYMBOL 42
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplay
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The windows headers with Digital Mars lack some typedefs.
-// typedef them as my_XXX and then #define to rename to XXX in case
-// a newer version of Digital Mars fixes the headers
-// (or up to date PSDK is in use with older version)
-// also we use any required definition (MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL) to recognize
-// whether whole missing block needs to be included
-
-#ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL
-
-    #define HMONITOR_DECLARED
-    DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
-    typedef BOOL(CALLBACK* my_MONITORENUMPROC)(HMONITOR,HDC,LPRECT,LPARAM);
-    #define MONITORENUMPROC my_MONITORENUMPROC
-    typedef struct my_tagMONITORINFO {
-        DWORD cbSize;
-        RECT rcMonitor;
-        RECT rcWork;
-        DWORD dwFlags;
-    } my_MONITORINFO,*my_LPMONITORINFO;
-    #define MONITORINFO my_MONITORINFO
-    #define LPMONITORINFO my_LPMONITORINFO
-
-    typedef struct my_MONITORINFOEX : public my_tagMONITORINFO
-    {
-        TCHAR       szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
-    } my_MONITORINFOEX, *my_LPMONITORINFOEX;
-    #define MONITORINFOEX my_MONITORINFOEX
-    #define LPMONITORINFOEX my_LPMONITORINFOEX
-
-    #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL
-        #define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL 0
-    #endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL
-
-    #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
-        #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
-    #endif // MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
-
-    #ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES
-        #define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES 1
-    #endif
-
-#endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Tree control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef TVIS_FOCUSED
-    #define TVIS_FOCUSED            0x0001
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVS_CHECKBOXES
-    #define TVS_CHECKBOXES          0x0100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVITEM
-    #define TVITEM TV_ITEM
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // DMC++
-
- /*
-  * The following are specifically required for OpenWatcom C++ (none at present)
-  */
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
-#endif
-
- /*
-  * The following are specifically required for MinGW (none at present)
-  */
-
-#if defined (__MINGW32__)
-
-#if !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(3,1)
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    RECT       rgrc[3];
-    WINDOWPOS *lppos;
-} NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS, *LPNCCALCSIZE_PARAMS;
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
- /*
-  * In addition to the declarations for VC++, the following are required for WinCE
-  */
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
-#endif
-
- /*
-  * The following are specifically required for Wine
-  */
-
-#ifdef __WINE__
-    #ifndef ENUM_CURRENT_SETTINGS
-        #define ENUM_CURRENT_SETTINGS   ((DWORD)-1)
-    #endif
-    #ifndef BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY
-        #define BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY    1112363332
-    #endif
-#endif  // defined __WINE__
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MISSING_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d43b3807..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/msgdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxMessageDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: msgdlg.h 37164 2006-01-26 17:20:50Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
-#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-/*
- * Message box dialog
- */
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr[];
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialog: public wxDialog, public wxMessageDialogBase
-{
-DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
-protected:
-    wxString    m_caption;
-    wxString    m_message;
-    wxWindow *  m_parent;
-public:
-    wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
-        long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-    int ShowModal(void);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mslu.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mslu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eccf13a26..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/mslu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/mslu.h
-// Purpose:     MSLU-related declarations
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to move out various functions to other files
-//              to fix header inter-dependencies
-// Created:     2002/02/17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mslu.h 42462 2006-10-26 19:06:51Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSLU_H_
-#define _WX_MSLU_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// Returns true if we are running under Unicode emulation in Win9x environment.
-// Workaround hacks take effect only if this condition is met
-// (NB: this function is needed even if !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxUsingUnicowsDll();
-
-#endif // _WX_MSLU_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 913965de7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/msvcrt.h
-// Purpose:     macros to use some non-standard features of MS Visual C++
-//              C run-time library
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31.01.1999
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: msvcrt.h 42363 2006-10-24 23:19:12Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// the goal of this file is to define wxCrtSetDbgFlag() macro which may be
-// used like this:
-//      wxCrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF);
-// to turn on memory leak checks for programs compiled with Microsoft Visual
-// C++ (5.0+). The macro will expand to nothing under other compilers.
-
-#ifndef _MSW_MSVCRT_H_
-#define _MSW_MSVCRT_H_
-
-// use debug CRT functions for memory leak detections in VC++ 5.0+ in debug
-// builds
-#undef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
-#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1000) \
-    && !defined(UNDER_CE)
-    // it doesn't combine well with wxWin own memory debugging methods
-    #if !wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS && !wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING && !defined(__NO_VC_CRTDBG__)
-        #define wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
-    // VC++ uses this macro as debug/release mode indicator
-    #ifndef _DEBUG
-        #define _DEBUG
-    #endif
-
-    // Need to undef new if including crtdbg.h which may redefine new itself
-    #ifdef new
-        #undef new
-    #endif
-
-    #include <stdlib.h>
-    #ifndef _CRTBLD
-        // Need when builded with pure MS SDK
-        #define _CRTBLD
-    #endif
-
-    #include <crtdbg.h>
-
-    #undef WXDEBUG_NEW
-    #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(_NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
-
-    // this define works around a bug with inline declarations of new, see
-    //
-    //      http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q140/8/58.asp
-    //
-    // for the details
-    #define new  WXDEBUG_NEW
-
-    #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag) \
-        _CrtSetDbgFlag(_CrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG) | (flag))
-#else // !using VC CRT
-    #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag)
-#endif // wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG
-
-#endif // _MSW_MSVCRT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/notebook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/notebook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 810bd8ae2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/notebook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/notebook.h
-// Purpose:     MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin for Windows version
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: notebook.h 41797 2006-10-09 12:10:01Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _NOTEBOOK_H
-#define _NOTEBOOK_H
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookPageInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public :
-    wxNotebookPageInfo() { m_page = NULL; m_imageId = -1; m_selected = false; }
-    virtual ~wxNotebookPageInfo() { }
-
-    void Create(wxNotebookPage *page,
-                const wxString& text,
-                bool selected,
-                int imageId)
-    {
-        m_page = page;
-        m_text = text;
-        m_selected = selected;
-        m_imageId = imageId;
-    }
-
-    wxNotebookPage* GetPage() const { return m_page; }
-    wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
-    bool GetSelected() const { return m_selected; }
-    int GetImageId() const { return m_imageId; }
-
-private:
-    wxNotebookPage *m_page;
-    wxString m_text;
-    bool m_selected;
-    int m_imageId;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookPageInfo)
-};
-
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxNotebookPageInfo, wxNotebookPageInfoList );
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
-{
-public:
-  // ctors
-  // -----
-    // default for dynamic class
-  wxNotebook();
-    // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
-  wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
-    // Create() function
-  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              long style = 0,
-              const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
-  virtual ~wxNotebook();
-
-  // accessors
-  // ---------
-    // get number of pages in the dialog
-  virtual size_t GetPageCount() const;
-
-    // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
-    // selected one (or -1 on error)
-    // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
-  int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
-    // get the currently selected page
-  int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
-
-    // changes selected page without sending events
-  int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage);
-
-    // set/get the title of a page
-  bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
-  wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
-
-  // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it. All
-  // the images belong to an image list, so you have to
-  // 1) create an image list
-  // 2) associate it with the notebook
-  // 3) set for each page it's image
-    // associate image list with a control
-  void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
-
-    // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
-  int  GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
-  bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
-
-    // currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row
-    // tab controls
-  int GetRowCount() const;
-
-  // control the appearance of the notebook pages
-    // set the size (the same for all pages)
-  void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
-    // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
-  void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
-
-  // operations
-  // ----------
-    // remove all pages
-  bool DeleteAllPages();
-
-    // inserts a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted ny the notebook,
-    // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active.
-  bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
-                  wxNotebookPage *pPage,
-                  const wxString& strText,
-                  bool bSelect = false,
-                  int imageId = -1);
-
-  void AddPageInfo( wxNotebookPageInfo* info ) { AddPage( info->GetPage() , info->GetText() , info->GetSelected() , info->GetImageId() ); }
-  const wxNotebookPageInfoList& GetPageInfos() const;
-
-    // Windows-only at present. Also, you must use the wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH
-    // style.
-  void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
-    // hit test
-  virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-
-    // calculate the size of the notebook from the size of its page
-  virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
-  // callbacks
-  // ---------
-  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-  void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event);
-  void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
-
-  // base class virtuals
-  // -------------------
-
-  virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-  virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD nSBCode,
-                           WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
-  virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-  // Attempts to get colour for UX theme page background
-  wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour() const;
-
-  // implementation only
-  // -------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-  virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
-  {
-      if ( !wxNotebookBase::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
-          return false;
-
-      UpdateBgBrush();
-
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  // return the themed brush for painting our children
-  virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-  // draw child background
-  virtual bool MSWPrintChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindow *win);
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-  // translate wxWin styles to the Windows ones
-  virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
-
-protected:
-  // common part of all ctors
-  void Init();
-
-  // hides the currently shown page and shows the given one (if not -1) and
-  // updates m_nSelection accordingly
-  void UpdateSelection(int selNew);
-
-  // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting
-  virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage);
-
-  // get the page rectangle for the current notebook size
-  //
-  // returns empty rectangle if an error occurs, do test for it
-  wxRect GetPageSize() const;
-
-  // set the size of the given page to fit in the notebook
-  void AdjustPageSize(wxNotebookPage *page);
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-  // gets the bitmap of notebook background and returns a brush from it
-  WXHBRUSH QueryBgBitmap();
-
-  // creates the brush to be used for drawing the tab control background
-  void UpdateBgBrush();
-
-  // common part of QueryBgBitmap() and MSWPrintChild()
-  //
-  // if child == NULL, draw background for the entire notebook itself
-  bool DoDrawBackground(WXHDC hDC, wxWindow *child = NULL);
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-  // these function are only used for reducing flicker on notebook resize and
-  // we don't need to do this for WinCE
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-  void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-  void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-  // true if we have already subclassed our updown control
-  bool m_hasSubclassedUpdown;
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-
-  // the current selection (-1 if none)
-  int m_nSelection;
-
-  wxNotebookPageInfoList m_pageInfos;
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-  // background brush used to paint the tab control
-  WXHBRUSH m_hbrBackground;
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNotebook)
-  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif // _NOTEBOOK_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45e684a1a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ole/access.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxAccessible class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2003-02-12
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: access.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_ACCESS_H_
-#define   _WX_ACCESS_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxIAccessible;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAccessible implements accessibility behaviour.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAccessible : public wxAccessibleBase
-{
-public:
-    wxAccessible(wxWindow *win = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxAccessible();
-
-// Overridables
-
-// Accessors
-
-    // Returns the wxIAccessible pointer
-    wxIAccessible* GetIAccessible() { return m_pIAccessible; }
-
-    // Returns the IAccessible standard interface pointer
-    void* GetIAccessibleStd() ;
-
-// Operations
-
-    // Sends an event when something changes in an accessible object.
-    static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType,
-                            int objectId);
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    wxIAccessible * m_pIAccessible;  // the pointer to COM interface
-    void*           m_pIAccessibleStd;  // the pointer to the standard COM interface,
-                                        // for default processing
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessible)
-};
-
-#endif  //wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-#endif  //_WX_ACCESS_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 96fddfe0f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/ole/activex.h
-// Purpose:     wxActiveXContainer class
-// Author:      Ryan Norton <wxprojects@comcast.net>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     8/18/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: activex.h 41793 2006-10-09 09:32:08Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Ryan Norton
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Definitions
-// ============================================================================
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wx includes
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h" // wxBasicString &c
-#include "wx/msw/ole/uuid.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// MSW COM includes
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#include <oleidl.h>
-#include <olectl.h>
-
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__)
-#include <exdisp.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <docobj.h>
-
-#ifndef STDMETHOD
-    #define STDMETHOD(funcname)  virtual HRESULT wxSTDCALL funcname
-#endif
-
-//
-//  These defines are from another ole header - but its not in the
-//  latest sdk.  Also the ifndef DISPID_READYSTATE is here because at
-//  least on my machine with the latest sdk olectl.h defines these 3
-//
-#ifndef DISPID_READYSTATE
-    #define DISPID_READYSTATE                               (-525)
-    #define DISPID_READYSTATECHANGE                         (-609)
-    #define DISPID_AMBIENT_TRANSFERPRIORITY                 (-728)
-#endif
-
-#define DISPID_AMBIENT_OFFLINEIFNOTCONNECTED            (-5501)
-#define DISPID_AMBIENT_SILENT                           (-5502)
-
-#ifndef DISPID_AMBIENT_CODEPAGE
-    #define DISPID_AMBIENT_CODEPAGE                         (-725)
-    #define DISPID_AMBIENT_CHARSET                          (-727)
-#endif
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  wxActiveXContainer
-//
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoOleInterface, I) \
-class wxAutoOleInterface \
-{   \
-    protected: \
-    I *m_interface; \
-\
-    public: \
-    explicit wxAutoOleInterface(I *pInterface = NULL) : m_interface(pInterface) {} \
-    wxAutoOleInterface(REFIID riid, IUnknown *pUnk) : m_interface(NULL) \
-    {   QueryInterface(riid, pUnk); } \
-    wxAutoOleInterface(REFIID riid, IDispatch *pDispatch) : m_interface(NULL) \
-    {   QueryInterface(riid, pDispatch); } \
-    wxAutoOleInterface(REFCLSID clsid, REFIID riid) : m_interface(NULL)\
-    {   CreateInstance(clsid, riid); }\
-    wxAutoOleInterface(const wxAutoOleInterface& ti) : m_interface(NULL)\
-    {   operator = (ti); }\
-\
-    wxAutoOleInterface& operator = (const wxAutoOleInterface& ti)\
-    {\
-        if (ti.m_interface)\
-            ti.m_interface->AddRef();\
-        Free();\
-        m_interface = ti.m_interface;\
-        return *this;\
-    }\
-\
-    wxAutoOleInterface& operator = (I *&ti)\
-    {\
-        Free();\
-        m_interface = ti;\
-        return *this;\
-    }\
-\
-    ~wxAutoOleInterface() {   Free();   }\
-\
-    inline void Free()\
-    {\
-        if (m_interface)\
-            m_interface->Release();\
-        m_interface = NULL;\
-    }\
-\
-    HRESULT QueryInterface(REFIID riid, IUnknown *pUnk)\
-    {\
-        Free();\
-        wxASSERT(pUnk != NULL);\
-        return pUnk->QueryInterface(riid, (void **) &m_interface);\
-    }\
-\
-    HRESULT CreateInstance(REFCLSID clsid, REFIID riid)\
-    {\
-        Free();\
-        return CoCreateInstance(clsid, NULL, CLSCTX_ALL, riid, (void **) &m_interface);\
-    }\
-\
-    inline operator I *() const {return m_interface;}\
-    inline I* operator ->() {return m_interface;}\
-    inline I** GetRef()    {return &m_interface;}\
-    inline bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }\
-    inline bool IsOk() const    {return m_interface != NULL;}\
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIDispatch, IDispatch)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIOleClientSite, IOleClientSite)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIUnknown, IUnknown)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIOleObject, IOleObject)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIOleInPlaceObject, IOleInPlaceObject)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIOleInPlaceActiveObject, IOleInPlaceActiveObject)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIOleDocumentView, IOleDocumentView)
-WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoIViewObject, IViewObject)
-
-class wxActiveXContainer : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxActiveXContainer(wxWindow * parent, REFIID iid, IUnknown* pUnk);
-    virtual ~wxActiveXContainer();
-
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&);
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent&);
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent&);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent&);
-
-protected:
-    friend class FrameSite;
-    friend class wxActiveXEvents;
-
-    wxAutoIDispatch            m_Dispatch;
-    wxAutoIOleClientSite      m_clientSite;
-    wxAutoIUnknown         m_ActiveX;
-    wxAutoIOleObject            m_oleObject;
-    wxAutoIOleInPlaceObject    m_oleInPlaceObject;
-    wxAutoIOleInPlaceActiveObject m_oleInPlaceActiveObject;
-    wxAutoIOleDocumentView    m_docView;
-    wxAutoIViewObject            m_viewObject;
-    HWND m_oleObjectHWND;
-    bool m_bAmbientUserMode;
-    DWORD m_docAdviseCookie;
-    wxWindow* m_realparent;
-
-    void CreateActiveX(REFIID, IUnknown*);
-};
-
-
-// Events
-class wxActiveXEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-private:
-    friend class wxActiveXEvents;
-    wxVariant m_params;
-    DISPID m_dispid;
-
-public:
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
-    { return new wxActiveXEvent(*this); }
-
-    size_t ParamCount() const
-    {   return m_params.GetCount();  }
-
-    wxString ParamType(size_t idx) const
-    {
-        wxASSERT(idx < m_params.GetCount());
-        return m_params[idx].GetType();
-    }
-
-    wxString ParamName(size_t idx) const
-    {
-        wxASSERT(idx < m_params.GetCount());
-        return m_params[idx].GetName();
-    }
-
-    wxVariant& operator[] (size_t idx)
-    {
-        wxASSERT(idx < ParamCount());
-        return m_params[idx];
-    }
-
-    DISPID GetDispatchId() const
-    {   return m_dispid;    }
-};
-
-#define wxACTIVEX_ID    14001
-DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_ACTIVEX, wxACTIVEX_ID)
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxActiveXEventFunction)(wxActiveXEvent&);
-#define EVT_ACTIVEX(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_ACTIVEX, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxActiveXEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define wxActiveXEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxActiveXEventFunction, &func)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACTIVEX
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 51a7fd811..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        automtn.h
-// Purpose:     OLE automation utilities
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11/6/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: automtn.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998, Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUTOMTN_H_
-#define _WX_AUTOMTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-
-typedef void            WXIDISPATCH;
-typedef unsigned short* WXBSTR;
-
-#ifdef GetObject
-#undef GetObject
-#endif
-
-/*
- * wxAutomationObject
- * Wraps up an IDispatch pointer and invocation; does variant conversion.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAutomationObject: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxAutomationObject(WXIDISPATCH* dispatchPtr = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxAutomationObject();
-
-    // Set/get dispatch pointer
-    inline void SetDispatchPtr(WXIDISPATCH* dispatchPtr) { m_dispatchPtr = dispatchPtr; }
-    inline WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchPtr() const { return m_dispatchPtr; }
-
-    // Get a dispatch pointer from the current object associated
-    // with a class id, such as "Excel.Application"
-    bool GetInstance(const wxString& classId) const;
-
-    // Get a dispatch pointer from a new instance of the the class
-    bool CreateInstance(const wxString& classId) const;
-
-    // Low-level invocation function. Pass either an array of variants,
-    // or an array of pointers to variants.
-    bool Invoke(const wxString& member, int action,
-        wxVariant& retValue, int noArgs, wxVariant args[], const wxVariant* ptrArgs[] = 0) const;
-
-    // Invoke a member function
-    wxVariant CallMethod(const wxString& method, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]);
-    wxVariant CallMethodArray(const wxString& method, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args);
-
-    // Convenience function
-    wxVariant CallMethod(const wxString& method,
-        const wxVariant& arg1 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant);
-
-    // Get/Put property
-    wxVariant GetProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs = 0, wxVariant args[] = (wxVariant*) NULL) const;
-    wxVariant GetPropertyArray(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const;
-    wxVariant GetProperty(const wxString& property,
-        const wxVariant& arg1, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant);
-
-    bool PutPropertyArray(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args);
-    bool PutProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]) ;
-    bool PutProperty(const wxString& property,
-        const wxVariant& arg1, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant,
-        const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant);
-
-    // Uses DISPATCH_PROPERTYGET
-    // and returns a dispatch pointer. The calling code should call Release
-    // on the pointer, though this could be implicit by constructing an wxAutomationObject
-    // with it and letting the destructor call Release.
-    WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]) const;
-    WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const;
-
-    // A way of initialising another wxAutomationObject with a dispatch object,
-    // without having to deal with nasty IDispatch pointers.
-    bool GetObject(wxAutomationObject& obj, const wxString& property, int noArgs = 0, wxVariant args[] = (wxVariant*) NULL) const;
-    bool GetObject(wxAutomationObject& obj, const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const;
-
-public:
-    WXIDISPATCH*  m_dispatchPtr;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutomationObject)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION
-
-#endif // _WX_AUTOMTN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 733b1b967..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/ole/dataform.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxDataFormat class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.10.99 (extracted from msw/ole/dataobj.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dataform.h 28812 2004-08-16 12:45:46Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H
-#define   _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataFormat identifies the single format of data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat
-{
-public:
-    // the clipboard formats under Win32 are WORD's
-    typedef unsigned short NativeFormat;
-
-    wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID) { m_format = format; }
-    wxDataFormat(const wxChar *format) { SetId(format); }
-
-    wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format)
-        { m_format = format; return *this; }
-    wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format)
-        { m_format = format.m_format; return *this; }
-
-    // default copy ctor/assignment operators ok
-
-    // comparison (must have both versions)
-    bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
-        { return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; }
-    bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
-        { return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; }
-    bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return m_format == format.m_format; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return m_format != format.m_format; }
-
-    // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
-    // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
-    // compatibility with old code)
-    NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
-    operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
-
-    // this works with standard as well as custom ids
-    void SetType(NativeFormat format) { m_format = format; }
-    NativeFormat GetType() const { return m_format; }
-
-    // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
-    // application-specific formats
-    wxString GetId() const;
-    void SetId(const wxChar *format);
-
-    // returns true if the format is one of those defined in wxDataFormatId
-    bool IsStandard() const { return m_format > 0 && m_format < wxDF_PRIVATE; }
-
-private:
-    NativeFormat m_format;
-};
-
-#endif //  _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ec2acdabb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/ole/dataobj.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxDataObject class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.05.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dataobj.h 37406 2006-02-09 03:45:14Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H
-#define   _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct IDataObject;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObject is a "smart" and polymorphic piece of data.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxDataObject();
-    virtual ~wxDataObject();
-
-    // retrieve IDataObject interface (for other OLE related classes)
-    IDataObject *GetInterface() const { return m_pIDataObject; }
-
-    // tell the object that it should be now owned by IDataObject - i.e. when
-    // it is deleted, it should delete us as well
-    void SetAutoDelete();
-
-    // return true if we support this format in "Get" direction
-    bool IsSupportedFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return wxDataObjectBase::IsSupported(format, Get); }
-
-    // if this method returns false, this wxDataObject will be copied to
-    // the clipboard with its size prepended to it, which is compatible with
-    // older wx versions
-    //
-    // if returns true, then this wxDataObject will be copied to the clipboard
-    // without any additional information and ::HeapSize() function will be used
-    // to get the size of that data
-    virtual bool NeedsVerbatimData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-    {
-        // return false from here only for compatibility with earlier wx versions
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    // function to return symbolic name of clipboard format (for debug messages)
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    static const wxChar *GetFormatName(wxDataFormat format);
-
-    #define wxGetFormatName(format) wxDataObject::GetFormatName(format)
-#else // !Debug
-    #define wxGetFormatName(format) _T("")
-#endif // Debug/!Debug
-    // they need to be accessed from wxIDataObject, so made them public,
-    // or wxIDataObject friend
-public:
-    virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size,
-                                           const wxDataFormat& format );
-    virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size,
-                                   const wxDataFormat& format );
-    virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format );
-
-private:
-    IDataObject *m_pIDataObject; // pointer to the COM interface
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObject)
-};
-
-#endif  //_WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 89c2b2141..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h
-// Purpose:     second part of platform specific wxDataObject header -
-//              declarations of predefined wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     21.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dataobj2.h 40772 2006-08-23 13:38:45Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H
-#define _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmap data
-//
-// NB: in fact, under MSW we support CF_DIB (and not CF_BITMAP) clipboard
-//     format and we also provide wxBitmapDataObject2 for CF_BITMAP (which is
-//     rarely used). This is ugly, but I haven't found a solution for it yet.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
-        : wxBitmapDataObjectBase(bitmap)
-        {
-            SetFormat(wxDF_DIB);
-
-            m_data = NULL;
-        }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-        { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                             void *buf) const
-        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t len, const void *buf)
-        { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
-    // the DIB data
-    void /* BITMAPINFO */ *m_data;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObject)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapDataObject2 - a data object for CF_BITMAP
-//
-// FIXME did I already mention it was ugly?
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObject2 : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxBitmapDataObject2(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
-        : wxBitmapDataObjectBase(bitmap)
-        {
-        }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-        { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                             void *buf) const
-        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t len, const void *buf)
-        { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObject2)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDataObject - data object for CF_HDROP
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFileDataObject() { }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pData) const;
-    virtual void AddFile(const wxString& file);
-
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-        { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                             void *buf) const
-        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t len, const void *buf)
-        { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObject)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxURLDataObject: data object for URLs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxURLDataObject : public wxDataObjectComposite
-{
-public:
-    // initialize with URL in ctor or use SetURL later
-    wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // return the URL as string
-    wxString GetURL() const;
-
-    // Set a string as the URL in the data object
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url);
-
-    // override to set m_textFormat
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
-                         size_t len,
-                         const void *buf);
-
-private:
-    // last data object we got data in
-    wxDataObjectSimple *m_dataObjectLast;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxURLDataObject)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f04eaba41..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ole/dropsrc.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxDropSource class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.03.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dropsrc.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_OLEDROPSRC_H
-#define   _WX_OLEDROPSRC_H
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxIDropSource;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
-// the cursor 'name' from the resources under MSW, but will expand to
-// something else under GTK. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef
-// in the application code.
-#define wxDROP_ICON(name)   wxCursor(_T(#name))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropSource is used to start the drag-&-drop operation on associated
-// wxDataObject object. It's responsible for giving UI feedback while dragging.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource : public wxDropSourceBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later!
-    //
-    // NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK
-    //     compatibility, as well as both icon parameters
-    wxDropSource(wxWindow *win = NULL,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
-    wxDropSource(wxDataObject& data,
-                 wxWindow *win = NULL,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
-                 const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
-
-    virtual ~wxDropSource();
-
-    // do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example)
-    // params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied
-    virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
-
-    // overridable: you may give some custom UI feedback during d&d operation
-    // in this function (it's called on each mouse move, so it shouldn't be
-    // too slow). Just return false if you want default feedback.
-    virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult effect);
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    wxIDropSource *m_pIDropSource;  // the pointer to COM interface
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSource)
-};
-
-#endif  //wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif  //_WX_OLEDROPSRC_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f96729d69..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ole/droptgt.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxDropTarget class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.03.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: droptgt.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_OLEDROPTGT_H
-#define   _WX_OLEDROPTGT_H
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class  wxIDropTarget;
-struct IDataObject;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// An instance of the class wxDropTarget may be associated with any wxWindow
-// derived object via SetDropTarget() function. If this is done, the virtual
-// methods of wxDropTarget are called when something is dropped on the window.
-//
-// Note that wxDropTarget is an abstract base class (ABC) and you should derive
-// your own class from it implementing pure virtual function in order to use it
-// (all of them, including protected ones which are called by the class itself)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget : public wxDropTargetBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxDropTarget();
-
-    // normally called by wxWindow on window creation/destruction, but might be
-    // called `manually' as well. Register() returns true on success.
-    bool Register(WXHWND hwnd);
-    void Revoke(WXHWND hwnd);
-
-    // provide default implementation for base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual bool GetData();
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // do we accept this kind of data?
-    bool IsAcceptedData(IDataObject *pIDataSource) const;
-
-    // give us the data source from IDropTarget::Drop() - this is later used by
-    // GetData() when it's called from inside OnData()
-    void SetDataSource(IDataObject *pIDataSource);
-
-private:
-    // helper used by IsAcceptedData() and GetData()
-    wxDataFormat GetSupportedFormat(IDataObject *pIDataSource) const;
-
-    wxIDropTarget *m_pIDropTarget; // the pointer to our COM interface
-    IDataObject   *m_pIDataSource; // the pointer to the source data object
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTarget)
-};
-
-#endif  //wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif  //_WX_OLEDROPTGT_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 94de2657b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        oleutils.h
-// Purpose:     OLE helper routines, OLE debugging support &c
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.02.1998
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: oleutils.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_OLEUTILS_H
-#define   _WX_OLEUTILS_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_OLE
-
-// ole2.h includes windows.h, so include wrapwin.h first
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-// get IUnknown, REFIID &c
-#include <ole2.h>
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// General purpose functions and macros
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// initialize/cleanup OLE
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// call OleInitialize() or CoInitialize[Ex]() depending on the platform
-//
-// return true if ok, false otherwise
-inline bool wxOleInitialize()
-{
-    // we need to initialize OLE library
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    if ( FAILED(::CoInitializeEx(NULL, COINIT_MULTITHREADED)) )
-#else
-    if ( FAILED(::OleInitialize(NULL)) )
-#endif
-    {
-        wxLogError(_("Cannot initialize OLE"));
-
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-inline void wxOleUninitialize()
-{
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    ::CoUninitialize();
-#else
-    ::OleUninitialize();
-#endif
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// misc helper functions/macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// release the interface pointer (if !NULL)
-inline void ReleaseInterface(IUnknown *pIUnk)
-{
-  if ( pIUnk != NULL )
-    pIUnk->Release();
-}
-
-// release the interface pointer (if !NULL) and make it NULL
-#define   RELEASE_AND_NULL(p)   if ( (p) != NULL ) { p->Release(); p = NULL; };
-
-// return true if the iid is in the array
-extern bool IsIidFromList(REFIID riid, const IID *aIids[], size_t nCount);
-
-// ============================================================================
-// IUnknown implementation helpers
-// ============================================================================
-
-/*
-   The most dumb implementation of IUnknown methods. We don't support
-   aggregation nor containment, but for 99% of cases this simple
-   implementation is quite enough.
-
-   Usage is trivial: here is all you should have
-   1) DECLARE_IUNKNOWN_METHODS in your (IUnknown derived!) class declaration
-   2) BEGIN/END_IID_TABLE with ADD_IID in between for all interfaces you
-      support (at least all for which you intent to return 'this' from QI,
-      i.e. you should derive from IFoo if you have ADD_IID(Foo)) somewhere else
-   3) IMPLEMENT_IUNKNOWN_METHODS somewhere also
-
-   These macros are quite simple: AddRef and Release are trivial and QI does
-   lookup in a static member array of IIDs and returns 'this' if it founds
-   the requested interface in it or E_NOINTERFACE if not.
- */
-
-/*
-  wxAutoULong: this class is used for automatically initalising m_cRef to 0
-*/
-class wxAutoULong
-{
-public:
-    wxAutoULong(ULONG value = 0) : m_Value(value) { }
-
-    operator ULONG&() { return m_Value; }
-    ULONG& operator=(ULONG value) { m_Value = value; return m_Value;  }
-
-    wxAutoULong& operator++() { ++m_Value; return *this; }
-    const wxAutoULong operator++( int ) { wxAutoULong temp = *this; ++m_Value; return temp; }
-
-    wxAutoULong& operator--() { --m_Value; return *this; }
-    const wxAutoULong operator--( int ) { wxAutoULong temp = *this; --m_Value; return temp; }
-
-private:
-    ULONG m_Value;
-};
-
-// declare the methods and the member variable containing reference count
-// you must also define the ms_aIids array somewhere with BEGIN_IID_TABLE
-// and friends (see below)
-
-#define   DECLARE_IUNKNOWN_METHODS                                            \
-  public:                                                                     \
-    STDMETHODIMP          QueryInterface(REFIID, void **);                    \
-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)  AddRef();                                           \
-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)  Release();                                          \
-  private:                                                                    \
-    static  const IID    *ms_aIids[];                                         \
-    wxAutoULong           m_cRef
-
-// macros for declaring supported interfaces
-// NB: you should write ADD_INTERFACE(Foo) and not ADD_INTERFACE(IID_IFoo)!
-#define BEGIN_IID_TABLE(cname)  const IID *cname::ms_aIids[] = {
-#define ADD_IID(iid)                                             &IID_I##iid,
-#define END_IID_TABLE                                          }
-
-// implementation is as straightforward as possible
-// Parameter:  classname - the name of the class
-#define   IMPLEMENT_IUNKNOWN_METHODS(classname)                               \
-  STDMETHODIMP classname::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv)             \
-  {                                                                           \
-    wxLogQueryInterface(_T(#classname), riid);                                \
-                                                                              \
-    if ( IsIidFromList(riid, ms_aIids, WXSIZEOF(ms_aIids)) ) {                \
-      *ppv = this;                                                            \
-      AddRef();                                                               \
-                                                                              \
-      return S_OK;                                                            \
-    }                                                                         \
-    else {                                                                    \
-      *ppv = NULL;                                                            \
-                                                                              \
-      return (HRESULT) E_NOINTERFACE;                                         \
-    }                                                                         \
-  }                                                                           \
-                                                                              \
-  STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) classname::AddRef()                                    \
-  {                                                                           \
-    wxLogAddRef(_T(#classname), m_cRef);                                      \
-                                                                              \
-    return ++m_cRef;                                                          \
-  }                                                                           \
-                                                                              \
-  STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) classname::Release()                                   \
-  {                                                                           \
-    wxLogRelease(_T(#classname), m_cRef);                                     \
-                                                                              \
-    if ( --m_cRef == wxAutoULong(0) ) {                                                    \
-      delete this;                                                            \
-      return 0;                                                               \
-    }                                                                         \
-    else                                                                      \
-      return m_cRef;                                                          \
-  }
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Debugging support
-// ============================================================================
-
-// VZ: I don't know it's not done for compilers other than VC++ but I leave it
-//     as is. Please note, though, that tracing OLE interface calls may be
-//     incredibly useful when debugging OLE programs.
-#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && ( ( defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1000) ) || defined(__MWERKS__) )
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// All OLE specific log functions have DebugTrace level (as LogTrace)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// tries to translate riid into a symbolic name, if possible
-void wxLogQueryInterface(const wxChar *szInterface, REFIID riid);
-
-// these functions print out the new value of reference counter
-void wxLogAddRef (const wxChar *szInterface, ULONG cRef);
-void wxLogRelease(const wxChar *szInterface, ULONG cRef);
-
-#else   //!__WXDEBUG__
-  #define   wxLogQueryInterface(szInterface, riid)
-  #define   wxLogAddRef(szInterface, cRef)
-  #define   wxLogRelease(szInterface, cRef)
-#endif  //__WXDEBUG__
-
-// wrapper around BSTR type (by Vadim Zeitlin)
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBasicString
-{
-public:
-    // ctors & dtor
-    wxBasicString(const char *sz);
-    wxBasicString(const wxString& str);
-    ~wxBasicString();
-
-    void Init(const char* sz);
-
-    // accessors
-    // just get the string
-    operator BSTR() const { return m_wzBuf; }
-    // retrieve a copy of our string - caller must SysFreeString() it later!
-    BSTR Get() const { return SysAllocString(m_wzBuf); }
-
-private:
-    // @@@ not implemented (but should be)
-    wxBasicString(const wxBasicString&);
-    wxBasicString& operator=(const wxBasicString&);
-
-    OLECHAR *m_wzBuf;     // actual string
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-// Convert variants
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxVariant;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxConvertVariantToOle(const wxVariant& variant, VARIANTARG& oleVariant);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxConvertOleToVariant(const VARIANTARG& oleVariant, wxVariant& variant);
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-// Convert string to Unicode
-WXDLLEXPORT BSTR wxConvertStringToOle(const wxString& str);
-
-// Convert string from BSTR to wxString
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxConvertStringFromOle(BSTR bStr);
-
-#else // !wxUSE_OLE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// stub functions to avoid #if wxUSE_OLE in the main code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxOleInitialize() { return false; }
-inline void wxOleUninitialize() { }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_OLE/!wxUSE_OLE
-
-#endif  //_WX_OLEUTILS_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a266d71b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ole/uuid.h
-// Purpose:     encapsulates an UUID with some added helper functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11.07.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: uuid.h 55113 2008-08-18 11:30:10Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-//
-// Notes:       you should link your project with RPCRT4.LIB!
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_OLEUUID_H
-#define   _WX_OLEUUID_H
-
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------
-// UUID (Universally Unique IDentifier) definition
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ----- taken from RPC.H
-#ifndef UUID_DEFINED            // in some cases RPC.H will be already
-  #ifdef  __WIN32__             // included, so avoid redefinition
-    typedef struct
-    {
-      unsigned long   Data1;
-      unsigned short  Data2;
-      unsigned short  Data3;
-      unsigned char   Data4[8];
-    } UUID;                     // UUID = GUID = CLSID = LIBID = IID
-  #endif  // WIN32
-#endif  // UUID_DEFINED
-
-#ifndef GUID_DEFINED
-  typedef UUID GUID;
-  #define UUID_DEFINED          // prevent redefinition
-#endif  // GUID_DEFINED
-
-typedef unsigned char uchar;
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a class to store UUID and it's string representation
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// uses RPC functions to create/convert Universally Unique Identifiers
-class WXDLLEXPORT Uuid
-{
-private:
-  UUID  m_uuid;
-  wxUChar *m_pszUuid;   // this string is alloc'd and freed by RPC
-  wxChar  *m_pszCForm;  // this string is allocated in Set/Create
-
-  void  UuidToCForm();
-
-  // function used to set initial state by all ctors
-  void  Init() { m_pszUuid = NULL; m_pszCForm = NULL; }
-
-public:
-  // ctors & dtor
-  Uuid()                 { Init();            }
-  Uuid(const wxChar *pc) { Init(); Set(pc);   }
-  Uuid(const UUID &uuid) { Init(); Set(uuid); }
- ~Uuid();
-
-  // copy ctor and assignment operator needed for this class
-  Uuid(const Uuid& uuid);
-  Uuid& operator=(const Uuid& uuid);
-
-  // create a brand new UUID
-  void Create();
-
-  // set value of UUID
-  bool Set(const wxChar *pc); // from a string, returns true if ok
-  void Set(const UUID& uuid); // from another UUID (never fails)
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809
-  // comparison operators
-  bool operator==(const Uuid& uuid) const;
-  bool operator!=(const Uuid& uuid) const;
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 2.8.9
-
-  // accessors
-  operator const UUID*()   const { return &m_uuid;               }
-  operator const wxChar*() const { return (wxChar *)(m_pszUuid); }
-
-  // return string representation of the UUID in the C form
-  // (as in DEFINE_GUID macro)
-  const wxChar *CForm() const    { return m_pszCForm;            }
-};
-
-#endif //_WX_OLEUUID_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/palette.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/palette.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 25aad71a5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/palette.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/palette.h
-// Purpose:     wxPalette class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: palette.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
-#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteRefData: public wxGDIRefData
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-public:
-    wxPaletteRefData(void);
-    virtual ~wxPaletteRefData(void);
-protected:
- WXHPALETTE m_hPalette;
-};
-
-#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette: public wxPaletteBase
-{
-public:
-    wxPalette();
-    wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
-    virtual ~wxPalette(void);
-    bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
-    
-    int GetPixel(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue) const;
-    bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
-
-    virtual int GetColoursCount() const;
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk(void) const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
-
-    virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = false);
-
-    // implemetation
-    inline WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE(void) const { return (M_PALETTEDATA ? M_PALETTEDATA->m_hPalette : 0); }
-    void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal);
-  
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PALETTE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 299016a31..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pen.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e5da34b8c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/pen.h
-// Purpose:     wxPen class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin: fixed operator=(), ==(), !=()
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: pen.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_
-#define _WX_PEN_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-typedef WXDWORD wxMSWDash;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPen;
-
-// VZ: this class should be made private
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenRefData : public wxGDIRefData
-{
-public:
-    wxPenRefData();
-    wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data);
-    virtual ~wxPenRefData();
-
-    bool operator==(const wxPenRefData& data) const
-    {
-        // we intentionally don't compare m_hPen fields here
-        return m_style == data.m_style &&
-               m_width == data.m_width &&
-               m_join == data.m_join &&
-               m_cap == data.m_cap &&
-               m_colour == data.m_colour &&
-               (m_style != wxSTIPPLE || m_stipple.IsSameAs(data.m_stipple)) &&
-               (m_style != wxUSER_DASH ||
-                (m_nbDash == data.m_nbDash &&
-                    memcmp(m_dash, data.m_dash, m_nbDash*sizeof(wxDash)) == 0));
-    }
-
-protected:
-    int           m_width;
-    int           m_style;
-    int           m_join;
-    int           m_cap;
-    wxBitmap      m_stipple;
-    int           m_nbDash;
-    wxDash *      m_dash;
-    wxColour      m_colour;
-    WXHPEN        m_hPen;
-
-private:
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPen;
-
-    // Cannot use
-    //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPenRefData)
-    // because copy constructor is explicitly declared above;
-    // but no copy assignment operator is defined, so declare
-    // it private to prevent the compiler from defining it:
-    wxPenRefData& operator=(const wxPenRefData&);
-};
-
-#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
-#define wxPENDATA(x) ((wxPenRefData *)(x).m_refData)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Pen
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPen();
-    wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, int style = wxSOLID);
-    wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width);
-    virtual ~wxPen();
-
-    bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const
-    {
-        const wxPenRefData *penData = (wxPenRefData *)pen.m_refData;
-
-        // an invalid pen is only equal to another invalid pen
-        return m_refData ? penData && *M_PENDATA == *penData : !penData;
-    }
-
-    bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); }
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const { return (m_refData != NULL); }
-
-    // Override in order to recreate the pen
-    void SetColour(const wxColour& col);
-    void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
-
-    void SetWidth(int width);
-    void SetStyle(int style);
-    void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple);
-    void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash);
-    void SetJoin(int join);
-    void SetCap(int cap);
-
-    wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); }
-    int GetWidth() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_width : 0); }
-    int GetStyle() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_style : 0); }
-    int GetJoin() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_join : 0); }
-    int GetCap() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_cap : 0); }
-    int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const
-    {
-        *ptr = (M_PENDATA ? (wxDash*)M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*) NULL);
-        return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0);
-    }
-    wxDash* GetDash() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (wxDash*)M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*)NULL); }
-    inline int GetDashCount() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0); }
-
-    inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (& M_PENDATA->m_stipple) : (wxBitmap*) NULL); }
-
-    // Internal
-    bool RealizeResource();
-    bool FreeResource(bool force = false);
-    WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const;
-    bool IsFree() const;
-    void Unshare();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_PEN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index afa760257..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index e7192aab6..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 565447b03..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/popupwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/popupwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 646cb5ca3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/popupwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/popupwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxPopupWindow class for wxMSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.01.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: popupwin.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPopupWindow : public wxPopupWindowBase
-{
-public:
-    wxPopupWindow() { }
-
-    wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE)
-        { (void)Create(parent, flags); }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-    // return the style to be used for the popup windows
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // get the HWND to be used as parent of this window with CreateWindow()
-    virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const;
-
-protected:
-    // popups handle the position like wxTopLevelWindow, not wxWindow
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPopupWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 581a9d7c1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        printdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: printdlg.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
-#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/prntbase.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowsPrintNativeData
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowsPrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowsPrintNativeData();
-    virtual ~wxWindowsPrintNativeData();
-    
-    virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data );
-    virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data );
-    
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    
-    void* GetDevMode() const { return m_devMode; }
-    void SetDevMode(void* data) { m_devMode = data; }
-    void* GetDevNames() const { return m_devNames; }
-    void SetDevNames(void* data) { m_devNames = data; }
-   
-private:
-    void* m_devMode;
-    void* m_devNames;
-
-    short m_customWindowsPaperId;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintNativeData)
-};
-    
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowsPrintDialog: the MSW dialog for printing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowsPrintDialog : public wxPrintDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowsPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
-    wxWindowsPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
-    virtual ~wxWindowsPrintDialog();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-    wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; }
-    wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); }
-
-    virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
-
-private:
-    wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
-    wxPrinterDC*      m_printerDC;
-    bool              m_destroyDC;
-    wxWindow*         m_dialogParent;
-    
-private:
-    bool ConvertToNative( wxPrintDialogData &data );
-    bool ConvertFromNative( wxPrintDialogData &data );
-    
-    // holds MSW handle
-    void*             m_printDlg;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintDialog)
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintDialog)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowsPageSetupDialog: the MSW page setup dialog 
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowsPageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowsPageSetupDialog();
-    wxWindowsPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxWindowsPageSetupDialog();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL);
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-    bool ConvertToNative( wxPageSetupDialogData &data );
-    bool ConvertFromNative( wxPageSetupDialogData &data );
-
-    virtual wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupDialogData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
-
-private:
-    wxPageSetupDialogData   m_pageSetupData;
-    wxWindow*               m_dialogParent;
-    
-    // holds MSW handle
-    void*                   m_pageDlg;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowsPageSetupDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8179f1b01..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/printwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        printwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: printwin.h 42522 2006-10-27 13:07:40Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
-#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/prntbase.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowsPrinter : public wxPrinterBase
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowsPrinter)
-
-public:
-    wxWindowsPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxWindowsPrinter();
-
-    virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent,
-                       wxPrintout *printout,
-                       bool prompt = true);
-
-    virtual wxDC *PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
-    virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
-
-private:
-    WXFARPROC     m_lpAbortProc;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowsPrinter)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a
-// wxPrintout.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowsPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowsPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
-                          wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
-                          wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
-    wxWindowsPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
-                          wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
-                          wxPrintData *data);
-    virtual ~wxWindowsPrintPreview();
-
-    virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
-    virtual void DetermineScaling();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowsPrintPreview)
-};
-
-#endif
-// _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/private.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/private.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cf3c0b9a0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/private.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,953 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/private.h
-// Purpose:     Private declarations: as this header is only included by
-//              wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start
-//              with "wx".
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: private.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
-    // Extra prototypes and symbols not defined by MicroWindows
-    #include "wx/msw/microwin.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// private constants
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// 260 was taken from windef.h
-#ifndef MAX_PATH
-    #define MAX_PATH  260
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// standard icons from the resources
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxSTD_FRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxSTD_MDIPARENTFRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxSTD_MDICHILDFRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxDEFAULT_FRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxDEFAULT_MDIPARENTFRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HICON) wxDEFAULT_MDICHILDFRAME_ICON;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(HFONT) wxSTATUS_LINE_FONT;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(HINSTANCE) wxhInstance;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// define things missing from some compilers' headers
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)
-#ifndef ZeroMemory
-    inline void ZeroMemory(void *buf, size_t len) { memset(buf, 0, len); }
-#endif
-#endif // old mingw32
-
-// this defines a CASTWNDPROC macro which casts a pointer to the type of a
-// window proc
-#if defined(STRICT) || defined(__GNUC__)
-    typedef WNDPROC WndProcCast;
-#else
-    typedef FARPROC WndProcCast;
-#endif
-
-
-#define CASTWNDPROC (WndProcCast)
-
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// some stuff for old Windows versions (FIXME: what does it do here??)
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !defined(APIENTRY)  // NT defines APIENTRY, 3.x not
-    #define APIENTRY FAR PASCAL
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    #define _EXPORT
-#else
-    #define _EXPORT _export
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    typedef signed short int SHORT;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__WIN32__)  // 3.x uses FARPROC for dialogs
-#ifndef STRICT
-    #define DLGPROC FARPROC
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Decide what window classes we're going to use
- * for this combination of CTl3D/FAFA settings
- */
-
-#define STATIC_CLASS     wxT("STATIC")
-#define STATIC_FLAGS     (SS_LEFT|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE)
-#define CHECK_CLASS      wxT("BUTTON")
-#define CHECK_FLAGS      (BS_AUTOCHECKBOX|WS_TABSTOP|WS_CHILD)
-#define CHECK_IS_FAFA    FALSE
-#define RADIO_CLASS      wxT("BUTTON")
-#define RADIO_FLAGS      (BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE)
-#define RADIO_SIZE       20
-#define RADIO_IS_FAFA    FALSE
-#define PURE_WINDOWS
-#define GROUP_CLASS      wxT("BUTTON")
-#define GROUP_FLAGS      (BS_GROUPBOX|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE)
-
-/*
-#define BITCHECK_FLAGS   (FB_BITMAP|FC_BUTTONDRAW|FC_DEFAULT|WS_VISIBLE)
-#define BITRADIO_FLAGS   (FC_BUTTONDRAW|FB_BITMAP|FC_RADIO|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE)
-*/
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// misc macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define MEANING_CHARACTER '0'
-#define DEFAULT_ITEM_WIDTH  100
-#define DEFAULT_ITEM_HEIGHT 80
-
-// Scale font to get edit control height
-//#define EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy)    (3*(cy)/2)
-#define EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy)    (cy+8)
-
-// Generic subclass proc, for panel item moving/sizing and intercept
-// EDIT control VK_RETURN messages
-extern LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT
-  wxSubclassedGenericControlProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// useful macros and functions
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// a wrapper macro for ZeroMemory()
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-#define wxZeroMemory(obj)   ::ZeroMemory(&obj, sizeof(obj))
-#else
-#define wxZeroMemory(obj)   memset((void*) & obj, 0, sizeof(obj))
-#endif
-
-// This one is a macro so that it can be tested with #ifdef, it will be
-// undefined if it cannot be implemented for a given compiler.
-// Vc++, bcc, dmc, ow, mingw, codewarrior (and rsxnt) have _get_osfhandle.
-// Cygwin has get_osfhandle. Others are currently unknown, e.g. Salford,
-// Intel, Visual Age.
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)fd)
-    #define wxOpenOSFHandle(h, flags) ((int)wxPtrToUInt(h))
-#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
-    #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)get_osfhandle(fd))
-#elif defined(__VISUALC__) \
-   || defined(__BORLANDC__) \
-   || defined(__DMC__) \
-   || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-   || defined(__MINGW32__) \
-   || (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MSL__))
-    #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fd))
-    #define wxOpenOSFHandle(h, flags) (_open_osfhandle(wxPtrToUInt(h), flags))
-    #define wx_fdopen _fdopen
-#endif
-
-// close the handle in the class dtor
-class AutoHANDLE
-{
-public:
-    wxEXPLICIT AutoHANDLE(HANDLE handle) : m_handle(handle) { }
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; }
-    operator HANDLE() const { return m_handle; }
-
-    ~AutoHANDLE() { if ( IsOk() ) ::CloseHandle(m_handle); }
-
-protected:
-    HANDLE m_handle;
-};
-
-// a template to make initializing Windows styructs less painful: it zeroes all
-// the struct fields and also sets cbSize member to the correct value (and so
-// can be only used with structures which have this member...)
-template <class T>
-struct WinStruct : public T
-{
-    WinStruct()
-    {
-        ::ZeroMemory(this, sizeof(T));
-
-        // explicit qualification is required here for this to be valid C++
-        this->cbSize = sizeof(T);
-    }
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-// make conversion from wxColour and COLORREF a bit less painful
-inline COLORREF wxColourToRGB(const wxColour& c)
-{
-    return RGB(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
-}
-
-inline COLORREF wxColourToPalRGB(const wxColour& c)
-{
-    return PALETTERGB(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
-}
-
-inline wxColour wxRGBToColour(COLORREF rgb)
-{
-    return wxColour(GetRValue(rgb), GetGValue(rgb), GetBValue(rgb));
-}
-
-inline void wxRGBToColour(wxColour& c, COLORREF rgb)
-{
-    c.Set(GetRValue(rgb), GetGValue(rgb), GetBValue(rgb));
-}
-
-// get the standard colour map for some standard colours - see comment in this
-// function to understand why is it needed and when should it be used
-//
-// it returns a wxCOLORMAP (can't use COLORMAP itself here as comctl32.dll
-// might be not included/available) array of size wxSTD_COLOUR_MAX
-//
-// NB: if you change these colours, update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS in the
-//     resources as well: it must have the same number of pixels!
-enum wxSTD_COLOUR
-{
-    wxSTD_COL_BTNTEXT,
-    wxSTD_COL_BTNSHADOW,
-    wxSTD_COL_BTNFACE,
-    wxSTD_COL_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSTD_COL_MAX
-};
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxCOLORMAP
-{
-    COLORREF from, to;
-};
-
-// this function is implemented in src/msw/window.cpp
-extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap();
-
-// create a wxRect from Windows RECT
-inline wxRect wxRectFromRECT(const RECT& rc)
-{
-    return wxRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top);
-}
-
-// copy Windows RECT to our wxRect
-inline void wxCopyRECTToRect(const RECT& rc, wxRect& rect)
-{
-    rect = wxRectFromRECT(rc);
-}
-
-// and vice versa
-inline void wxCopyRectToRECT(const wxRect& rect, RECT& rc)
-{
-    // note that we don't use wxRect::GetRight() as it is one of compared to
-    // wxRectFromRECT() above
-    rc.top = rect.y;
-    rc.left = rect.x;
-    rc.right = rect.x + rect.width;
-    rc.bottom = rect.y + rect.height;
-}
-
-// translations between HIMETRIC units (which OLE likes) and pixels (which are
-// liked by all the others) - implemented in msw/utilsexc.cpp
-extern void HIMETRICToPixel(LONG *x, LONG *y);
-extern void PixelToHIMETRIC(LONG *x, LONG *y);
-
-// Windows convention of the mask is opposed to the wxWidgets one, so we need
-// to invert the mask each time we pass one/get one to/from Windows
-extern HBITMAP wxInvertMask(HBITMAP hbmpMask, int w = 0, int h = 0);
-
-// Creates an icon or cursor depending from a bitmap
-//
-// The bitmap must be valid and it should have a mask. If it doesn't, a default
-// mask is created using light grey as the transparent colour.
-extern HICON wxBitmapToHICON(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
-// Same requirments as above apply and the bitmap must also have the correct
-// size.
-extern
-HCURSOR wxBitmapToHCURSOR(const wxBitmap& bmp, int hotSpotX, int hotSpotY);
-
-// get (x, y) from DWORD - notice that HI/LOWORD can *not* be used because they
-// will fail on system with multiple monitors where the coords may be negative
-//
-// these macros are standard now (Win98) but some older headers don't have them
-#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM
-    #define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
-    #define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp))
-#endif // GET_X_LPARAM
-
-// get the current state of SHIFT/CTRL keys
-inline bool wxIsShiftDown()
-{
-//    return (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x100) != 0;
-    // Returns different negative values on WinME and WinNT,
-    // so simply test for negative value.
-    return ::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxIsCtrlDown()
-{
-//    return (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100) != 0;
-    // Returns different negative values on WinME and WinNT,
-    // so simply test for negative value.
-    return ::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0;
-}
-
-// wrapper around GetWindowRect() and GetClientRect() APIs doing error checking
-// for Win32
-inline RECT wxGetWindowRect(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    RECT rect;
-
-    if ( !::GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect) )
-        wxLogLastError(_T("GetWindowRect"));
-
-    return rect;
-}
-
-inline RECT wxGetClientRect(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    RECT rect;
-
-    if ( !::GetClientRect(hwnd, &rect) )
-        wxLogLastError(_T("GetClientRect"));
-
-    return rect;
-}
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// small helper classes
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// create an instance of this class and use it as the HDC for screen, will
-// automatically release the DC going out of scope
-class ScreenHDC
-{
-public:
-    ScreenHDC() { m_hdc = ::GetDC(NULL);    }
-   ~ScreenHDC() { ::ReleaseDC(NULL, m_hdc); }
-
-    operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; }
-
-private:
-    HDC m_hdc;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(ScreenHDC)
-};
-
-// the same as ScreenHDC but for window DCs
-class WindowHDC
-{
-public:
-    WindowHDC(HWND hwnd) { m_hdc = ::GetDC(m_hwnd = hwnd); }
-   ~WindowHDC() { ::ReleaseDC(m_hwnd, m_hdc); }
-
-    operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; }
-
-private:
-   HWND m_hwnd;
-   HDC m_hdc;
-
-   DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(WindowHDC)
-};
-
-// the same as ScreenHDC but for memory DCs: creates the HDC compatible with
-// the given one (screen by default) in ctor and destroys it in dtor
-class MemoryHDC
-{
-public:
-    MemoryHDC(HDC hdc = 0) { m_hdc = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); }
-   ~MemoryHDC() { ::DeleteDC(m_hdc); }
-
-    operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; }
-
-private:
-    HDC m_hdc;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(MemoryHDC)
-};
-
-// a class which selects a GDI object into a DC in its ctor and deselects in
-// dtor
-class SelectInHDC
-{
-private:
-    void DoInit(HGDIOBJ hgdiobj) { m_hgdiobj = ::SelectObject(m_hdc, hgdiobj); }
-
-public:
-    SelectInHDC() : m_hdc(NULL) { }
-    SelectInHDC(HDC hdc, HGDIOBJ hgdiobj) : m_hdc(hdc) { DoInit(hgdiobj); }
-
-    void Init(HDC hdc, HGDIOBJ hgdiobj)
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hdc, _T("initializing twice?") );
-
-        m_hdc = hdc;
-
-        DoInit(hgdiobj);
-    }
-
-    ~SelectInHDC() { if ( m_hdc ) ::SelectObject(m_hdc, m_hgdiobj); }
-
-    // return true if the object was successfully selected
-    operator bool() const { return m_hgdiobj != 0; }
-
-private:
-    HDC m_hdc;
-    HGDIOBJ m_hgdiobj;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(SelectInHDC)
-};
-
-// a class which cleans up any GDI object
-class AutoGDIObject
-{
-protected:
-    AutoGDIObject() { m_gdiobj = NULL; }
-    AutoGDIObject(HGDIOBJ gdiobj) : m_gdiobj(gdiobj) { }
-    ~AutoGDIObject() { if ( m_gdiobj ) ::DeleteObject(m_gdiobj); }
-
-    void InitGdiobj(HGDIOBJ gdiobj)
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( !m_gdiobj, _T("initializing twice?") );
-
-        m_gdiobj = gdiobj;
-    }
-
-    HGDIOBJ GetObject() const { return m_gdiobj; }
-
-private:
-    HGDIOBJ m_gdiobj;
-};
-
-// TODO: all this asks for using a AutoHandler<T, CreateFunc> template...
-
-// a class for temporary brushes
-class AutoHBRUSH : private AutoGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    AutoHBRUSH(COLORREF col)
-        : AutoGDIObject(::CreateSolidBrush(col)) { }
-
-    operator HBRUSH() const { return (HBRUSH)GetObject(); }
-};
-
-// a class for temporary fonts
-class AutoHFONT : private AutoGDIObject
-{
-private:
-public:
-    AutoHFONT()
-        : AutoGDIObject() { }
-
-    AutoHFONT(const LOGFONT& lf)
-        : AutoGDIObject(::CreateFontIndirect(&lf)) { }
-
-    void Init(const LOGFONT& lf) { InitGdiobj(::CreateFontIndirect(&lf)); }
-
-    operator HFONT() const { return (HFONT)GetObject(); }
-};
-
-// a class for temporary pens
-class AutoHPEN : private AutoGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    AutoHPEN(COLORREF col)
-        : AutoGDIObject(::CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 0, col)) { }
-
-    operator HPEN() const { return (HPEN)GetObject(); }
-};
-
-// classes for temporary bitmaps
-class AutoHBITMAP : private AutoGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    AutoHBITMAP(HBITMAP hbmp) : AutoGDIObject(hbmp) { }
-
-    operator HBITMAP() const { return (HBITMAP)GetObject(); }
-};
-
-class CompatibleBitmap : public AutoHBITMAP
-{
-public:
-    CompatibleBitmap(HDC hdc, int w, int h)
-        : AutoHBITMAP(::CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, w, h))
-    {
-    }
-};
-
-class MonoBitmap : public AutoHBITMAP
-{
-public:
-    MonoBitmap(int w, int h)
-        : AutoHBITMAP(::CreateBitmap(w, h, 1, 1, 0))
-    {
-    }
-};
-
-// class automatically destroys the region object
-class AutoHRGN : private AutoGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    AutoHRGN(HRGN hrgn) : AutoGDIObject(hrgn) { }
-
-    operator HRGN() const { return (HRGN)GetObject(); }
-};
-
-// class sets the specified clipping region during its life time
-class HDCClipper
-{
-public:
-    HDCClipper(HDC hdc, HRGN hrgn)
-        : m_hdc(hdc)
-    {
-        if ( !::SelectClipRgn(hdc, hrgn) )
-            wxLogLastError(_T("SelectClipRgn"));
-    }
-
-    ~HDCClipper()
-    {
-        ::SelectClipRgn(m_hdc, NULL);
-    }
-
-private:
-    HDC m_hdc;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(HDCClipper)
-};
-
-// set the given map mode for the life time of this object
-//
-// NB: SetMapMode() is not supported by CE so we also define a helper macro
-//     to avoid using it there
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    #define wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, mm)
-#else // !__WXWINCE__
-    class HDCMapModeChanger
-    {
-    public:
-        HDCMapModeChanger(HDC hdc, int mm)
-            : m_hdc(hdc)
-        {
-            m_modeOld = ::SetMapMode(hdc, mm);
-            if ( !m_modeOld )
-                wxLogLastError(_T("SelectClipRgn"));
-        }
-
-        ~HDCMapModeChanger()
-        {
-            if ( m_modeOld )
-                ::SetMapMode(m_hdc, m_modeOld);
-        }
-
-    private:
-        HDC m_hdc;
-        int m_modeOld;
-
-        DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(HDCMapModeChanger)
-    };
-
-    #define wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, mm) \
-        HDCMapModeChanger wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxHDCMapModeChanger)(hdc, mm)
-#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
-
-// smart buffeer using GlobalAlloc/GlobalFree()
-class GlobalPtr
-{
-public:
-    // allocates a block of given size
-    GlobalPtr(size_t size, unsigned flags = GMEM_MOVEABLE)
-    {
-        m_hGlobal = ::GlobalAlloc(flags, size);
-        if ( !m_hGlobal )
-            wxLogLastError(_T("GlobalAlloc"));
-    }
-
-    ~GlobalPtr()
-    {
-        if ( m_hGlobal && ::GlobalFree(m_hGlobal) )
-            wxLogLastError(_T("GlobalFree"));
-    }
-
-    // implicit conversion
-    operator HGLOBAL() const { return m_hGlobal; }
-
-private:
-    HGLOBAL m_hGlobal;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GlobalPtr)
-};
-
-// when working with global pointers (which is unfortunately still necessary
-// sometimes, e.g. for clipboard) it is important to unlock them exactly as
-// many times as we lock them which just asks for using a "smart lock" class
-class GlobalPtrLock
-{
-public:
-    GlobalPtrLock(HGLOBAL hGlobal) : m_hGlobal(hGlobal)
-    {
-        m_ptr = GlobalLock(hGlobal);
-        if ( !m_ptr )
-            wxLogLastError(_T("GlobalLock"));
-    }
-
-    ~GlobalPtrLock()
-    {
-        if ( !GlobalUnlock(m_hGlobal) )
-        {
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-            // this might happen simply because the block became unlocked
-            DWORD dwLastError = ::GetLastError();
-            if ( dwLastError != NO_ERROR )
-            {
-                wxLogApiError(_T("GlobalUnlock"), dwLastError);
-            }
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-        }
-    }
-
-    operator void *() const { return m_ptr; }
-
-private:
-    HGLOBAL m_hGlobal;
-    void *m_ptr;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GlobalPtrLock)
-};
-
-// register the class when it is first needed and unregister it in dtor
-class ClassRegistrar
-{
-public:
-    // ctor doesn't register the class, call Initialize() for this
-    ClassRegistrar() { m_registered = -1; }
-
-    // return true if the class is already registered
-    bool IsInitialized() const { return m_registered != -1; }
-
-    // return true if the class had been already registered
-    bool IsRegistered() const { return m_registered == 1; }
-
-    // try to register the class if not done yet, return true on success
-    bool Register(const WNDCLASS& wc)
-    {
-        // we should only be called if we hadn't been initialized yet
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_registered == -1,
-                        _T("calling ClassRegistrar::Register() twice?") );
-
-        m_registered = ::RegisterClass(&wc) ? 1 : 0;
-        if ( !IsRegistered() )
-        {
-            wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterClassEx()"));
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            m_clsname = wc.lpszClassName;
-        }
-
-        return m_registered == 1;
-    }
-
-    // get the name of the registered class (returns empty string if not
-    // registered)
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_clsname; }
-
-    // unregister the class if it had been registered
-    ~ClassRegistrar()
-    {
-        if ( IsRegistered() )
-        {
-            if ( !::UnregisterClass(m_clsname, wxhInstance) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterClass"));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-private:
-    // initial value is -1 which means that we hadn't tried registering the
-    // class yet, it becomes true or false (1 or 0) when Initialize() is called
-    int m_registered;
-
-    // the name of the class, only non empty if it had been registered
-    wxString m_clsname;
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros to make casting between WXFOO and FOO a bit easier: the GetFoo()
-// returns Foo cast to the Windows type for oruselves, while GetFooOf() takes
-// an argument which should be a pointer or reference to the object of the
-// corresponding class (this depends on the macro)
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define GetHwnd()               ((HWND)GetHWND())
-#define GetHwndOf(win)          ((HWND)((win)->GetHWND()))
-// old name
-#define GetWinHwnd              GetHwndOf
-
-#define GetHdc()                ((HDC)GetHDC())
-#define GetHdcOf(dc)            ((HDC)(dc).GetHDC())
-
-#define GetHbitmap()            ((HBITMAP)GetHBITMAP())
-#define GetHbitmapOf(bmp)       ((HBITMAP)(bmp).GetHBITMAP())
-
-#define GetHicon()              ((HICON)GetHICON())
-#define GetHiconOf(icon)        ((HICON)(icon).GetHICON())
-
-#define GetHaccel()             ((HACCEL)GetHACCEL())
-#define GetHaccelOf(table)      ((HACCEL)((table).GetHACCEL()))
-
-#define GetHbrush()             ((HBRUSH)GetResourceHandle())
-#define GetHbrushOf(brush)      ((HBRUSH)(brush).GetResourceHandle())
-
-#define GetHmenu()              ((HMENU)GetHMenu())
-#define GetHmenuOf(menu)        ((HMENU)menu->GetHMenu())
-
-#define GetHcursor()            ((HCURSOR)GetHCURSOR())
-#define GetHcursorOf(cursor)    ((HCURSOR)(cursor).GetHCURSOR())
-
-#define GetHfont()              ((HFONT)GetHFONT())
-#define GetHfontOf(font)        ((HFONT)(font).GetHFONT())
-
-#define GetHimagelist()         ((HIMAGELIST)GetHIMAGELIST())
-#define GetHimagelistOf(imgl)   ((HIMAGELIST)imgl->GetHIMAGELIST())
-
-#define GetHpalette()           ((HPALETTE)GetHPALETTE())
-#define GetHpaletteOf(pal)      ((HPALETTE)(pal).GetHPALETTE())
-
-#define GetHpen()               ((HPEN)GetResourceHandle())
-#define GetHpenOf(pen)          ((HPEN)(pen).GetResourceHandle())
-
-#define GetHrgn()               ((HRGN)GetHRGN())
-#define GetHrgnOf(rgn)          ((HRGN)(rgn).GetHRGN())
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern "C"
-{
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE HINSTANCE wxGetInstance();
-}
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSetInstance(HINSTANCE hInst);
-
-// return the full path of the given module
-inline wxString wxGetFullModuleName(HMODULE hmod)
-{
-    wxString fullname;
-    if ( !::GetModuleFileName
-            (
-                hmod,
-                wxStringBuffer(fullname, MAX_PATH),
-                MAX_PATH
-            ) )
-    {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("GetModuleFileName"));
-    }
-
-    return fullname;
-}
-
-// return the full path of the program file
-inline wxString wxGetFullModuleName()
-{
-    return wxGetFullModuleName((HMODULE)wxGetInstance());
-}
-
-// return the run-time version of the OS in a format similar to
-// WINVER/_WIN32_WINNT compile-time macros:
-//
-//      0x0300      Windows NT 3.51
-//      0x0400      Windows 95, NT4
-//      0x0410      Windows 98
-//      0x0500      Windows ME, 2000
-//      0x0501      Windows XP
-//      0x0502      Windows 2003
-//      0x0600      Longhorn
-//
-// for the other Windows versions 0 is currently returned
-enum wxWinVersion
-{
-    wxWinVersion_Unknown = 0,
-
-    wxWinVersion_3 = 0x0300,
-    wxWinVersion_NT3 = wxWinVersion_3,
-
-    wxWinVersion_4 = 0x0400,
-    wxWinVersion_95 = wxWinVersion_4,
-    wxWinVersion_NT4 = wxWinVersion_4,
-    wxWinVersion_98 = 0x0410,
-
-    wxWinVersion_5 = 0x0500,
-    wxWinVersion_ME = wxWinVersion_5,
-    wxWinVersion_NT5 = wxWinVersion_5,
-    wxWinVersion_2000 = wxWinVersion_5,
-    wxWinVersion_XP = 0x0501,
-    wxWinVersion_2003 = 0x0502,
-
-    wxWinVersion_6 = 0x0600,
-    wxWinVersion_NT6 = 0x0600
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWinVersion wxGetWinVersion();
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// cursor stuff
-extern HCURSOR wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();    // from msw/utils.cpp
-extern const wxCursor *wxGetGlobalCursor(); // from msw/cursor.cpp
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font);
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxFillLogFont(LOGFONT *logFont, const wxFont *font);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxFont wxCreateFontFromLogFont(const LOGFONT *logFont);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxFontEncoding wxGetFontEncFromCharSet(int charset);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxSliderEvent(WXHWND control, WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos);
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxScrollBarEvent(WXHWND hbar, WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos);
-
-// Find maximum size of window/rectangle
-extern WXDLLEXPORT void wxFindMaxSize(WXHWND hwnd, RECT *rect);
-
-// Safely get the window text (i.e. without using fixed size buffer)
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetWindowText(WXHWND hWnd);
-
-// get the window class name
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetWindowClass(WXHWND hWnd);
-
-// get the window id (should be unsigned, hence this is not wxWindowID which
-// is, for mainly historical reasons, signed)
-extern WXDLLEXPORT WXWORD wxGetWindowId(WXHWND hWnd);
-
-// check if hWnd's WNDPROC is wndProc. Return true if yes, false if they are
-// different
-extern WXDLLEXPORT bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc);
-
-// Does this window style specify any border?
-inline bool wxStyleHasBorder(long style)
-{
-    return (style & (wxSIMPLE_BORDER | wxRAISED_BORDER |
-                     wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxDOUBLE_BORDER)) != 0;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// functions mapping HWND to wxWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this function simply checks whether the given hWnd corresponds to a wxWindow
-// and returns either that window if it does or NULL otherwise
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
-
-// find the window for HWND which is part of some wxWindow, i.e. unlike
-// wxFindWinFromHandle() above it will also work for "sub controls" of a
-// wxWindow.
-//
-// returns the wxWindow corresponding to the given HWND or NULL.
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hwnd);
-
-// Get the size of an icon
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxSize wxGetHiconSize(HICON hicon);
-
-// Lines are drawn differently for WinCE and regular WIN32
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxDrawLine(HDC hdc, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
-
-// fill the client rect of the given window on the provided dc using this brush
-inline void wxFillRect(HWND hwnd, HDC hdc, HBRUSH hbr)
-{
-    RECT rc;
-    ::GetClientRect(hwnd, &rc);
-    ::FillRect(hdc, &rc, hbr);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// 32/64 bit helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WIN64__
-
-inline void *wxGetWindowProc(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    return (void *)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC);
-}
-
-inline void *wxGetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    return (void *)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
-}
-
-inline WNDPROC wxSetWindowProc(HWND hwnd, WNDPROC func)
-{
-    return (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)func);
-}
-
-inline void *wxSetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd, void *data)
-{
-    return (void *)::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)data);
-}
-
-#else // __WIN32__
-
-// note that the casts to LONG_PTR here are required even on 32-bit machines
-// for the 64-bit warning mode of later versions of MSVC (C4311/4312)
-inline WNDPROC wxGetWindowProc(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    return (WNDPROC)(LONG_PTR)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
-}
-
-inline void *wxGetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd)
-{
-    return (void *)(LONG_PTR)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
-}
-
-inline WNDPROC wxSetWindowProc(HWND hwnd, WNDPROC func)
-{
-    return (WNDPROC)(LONG_PTR)::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)func);
-}
-
-inline void *wxSetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd, void *data)
-{
-    return (void *)(LONG_PTR)::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)data);
-}
-
-#endif // __WIN64__/__WIN32__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/question.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/question.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index b34c3b81d..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/question.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 303876a46..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/radiobox.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioBox class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobox.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/statbox.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox : public wxStaticBox, public wxRadioBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    wxRadioBox() { Init(); }
-
-    wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& title,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-               int majorDim = 0,
-               long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
-               const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim,
-                     style, val, name);
-    }
-
-    wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& title,
-               const wxPoint& pos,
-               const wxSize& size,
-               const wxArrayString& choices,
-               int majorDim = 0,
-               long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
-               const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices, majorDim,
-                     style, val, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxRadioBox();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                int majorDim = 0,
-                long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                int majorDim = 0,
-                long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-
-    // implement the radiobox interface
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
-    virtual int GetSelection() const { return m_selectedButton; }
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& label);
-    virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true);
-    virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true);
-    virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual int GetItemFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
-    // override some base class methods
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-    virtual void SetFocus();
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-    virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const;
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual bool HasToolTips() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-    // override virtual function with a platform-independent implementation
-    virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint & pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const
-    {
-        return wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint( this, pt, origin );
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-    virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent);
-
-    // we inherit a version always returning false from wxStaticBox, override
-    // it to behave normally
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxControl::AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-    void SetLabelFont(const wxFont& WXUNUSED(font)) {}
-    void SetButtonFont(const wxFont& font) { SetFont(font); }
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    void SendNotificationEvent();
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // subclass one radio button
-    void SubclassRadioButton(WXHWND hWndBtn);
-
-    // get the max size of radio buttons
-    wxSize GetMaxButtonSize() const;
-
-    // get the total size occupied by the radio box buttons
-    wxSize GetTotalButtonSize(const wxSize& sizeBtn) const;
-
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int n, wxToolTip * tooltip);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    virtual WXHRGN MSWGetRegionWithoutChildren();
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-
-
-    // the buttons we contain
-    wxSubwindows *m_radioButtons;
-
-    // array of widths and heights of the buttons, may be wxDefaultCoord if the
-    // corresponding quantity should be computed
-    int *m_radioWidth;
-    int *m_radioHeight;
-
-    // currently selected button or wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    int m_selectedButton;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a6e86e45..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        radiobut.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioButton class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobut.h 41144 2006-09-10 23:08:13Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
-#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton: public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and creation functions
-    wxRadioButton() { Init(); }
-
-    wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                  wxWindowID id,
-                  const wxString& label,
-                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                  const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                  long style = 0,
-                  const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                  const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
-
-    // implement the radio button interface
-    virtual void SetValue(bool value);
-    virtual bool GetValue() const;
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // we need to store the state internally as the result of GetValue()
-    // sometimes gets out of sync in WM_COMMAND handler
-    bool m_isChecked;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxRadioButton)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 66c9f7fcc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_RCDEFS_H
-#define _WX_RCDEFS_H
-
-
-#define WX_MSC_FULL_VER 150030729
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#define WX_CPU_X86
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/regconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/regconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fc7aec0f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/regconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/regconf.h
-// Purpose:     Registry based implementation of wxConfigBase
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27.04.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: regconf.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _REGCONF_H
-#define   _REGCONF_H
-
-#ifndef   _REGISTRY_H
-  #include "wx/msw/registry.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/confbase.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegConfig
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegConfig : public wxConfigBase
-{
-public:
-  // ctor & dtor
-    // will store data in HKLM\appName and HKCU\appName
-  wxRegConfig(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString,
-              const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString,
-              const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString,
-              const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString,
-              long style = wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE);
-
-    // dtor will save unsaved data
-  virtual ~wxRegConfig(){}
-
-  // implement inherited pure virtual functions
-  // ------------------------------------------
-
-  // path management
-  virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath);
-  virtual const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_strPath; }
-
-  // entry/subgroup info
-    // enumerate all of them
-  virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-
-    // tests for existence
-  virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const;
-  virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const;
-  virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const;
-
-    // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
-    // it's subgroups
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const;
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const;
-
-  virtual bool Flush(bool WXUNUSED(bCurrentOnly) = false) { return true; }
-
-  // rename
-  virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-  virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-
-  // delete
-  virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true);
-  virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key);
-  virtual bool DeleteAll();
-
-protected:
-  // opens the local key creating it if necessary and returns it
-  wxRegKey& LocalKey() const // must be const to be callable from const funcs
-  {
-      wxRegConfig* self = wxConstCast(this, wxRegConfig);
-
-      if ( !m_keyLocal.IsOpened() )
-      {
-          // create on demand
-          self->m_keyLocal.Create();
-      }
-
-      return self->m_keyLocal;
-  }
-
-  // implement read/write methods
-  virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
-  virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *plResult) const;
-
-  virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue);
-  virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue);
-
-private:
-  // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-  wxRegConfig(const wxRegConfig&);
-  wxRegConfig& operator=(const wxRegConfig&);
-
-  // these keys are opened during all lifetime of wxRegConfig object
-  wxRegKey  m_keyLocalRoot,  m_keyLocal,
-            m_keyGlobalRoot, m_keyGlobal;
-
-  // current path (not '/' terminated)
-  wxString  m_strPath;
-};
-
-#endif  //_REGCONF_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/region.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/region.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8afd863fd..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/region.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/region.h
-// Purpose:     wxRegion class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: region.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997-2002 wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_REGION_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_REGION_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegion : public wxRegionWithCombine
-{
-public:
-    wxRegion();
-    wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-    wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
-    wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
-    wxRegion(WXHRGN hRegion); // Hangs on to this region
-    wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE );
-    wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp)
-    {
-        Union(bmp);
-    }
-    wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp,
-              const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0)
-    {
-        Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxRegion();
-
-    // wxRegionBase methods
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-    // Get internal region handle
-    WXHRGN GetHRGN() const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-    virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const;
-    virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const;
-    virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-    virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
-    virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op);
-
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegionIterator;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRegionIterator() { Init(); }
-    wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region);
-    wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& ri) : wxObject(ri) { Init(); *this = ri; }
-
-    wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& ri);
-
-    virtual ~wxRegionIterator();
-
-    void Reset() { m_current = 0; }
-    void Reset(const wxRegion& region);
-
-    bool HaveRects() const { return (m_current < m_numRects); }
-
-    operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); }
-
-    wxRegionIterator& operator++();
-    wxRegionIterator operator++(int);
-
-    wxCoord GetX() const;
-    wxCoord GetY() const;
-    wxCoord GetW() const;
-    wxCoord GetWidth() const { return GetW(); }
-    wxCoord GetH() const;
-    wxCoord GetHeight() const { return GetH(); }
-
-    wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetW(), GetH()); }
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    long     m_current;
-    long     m_numRects;
-    wxRegion m_region;
-    wxRect*  m_rects;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_REGION_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/registry.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/registry.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 27783e9ce..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/registry.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/registry.h
-// Purpose:     Registry classes and functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.04.1998
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: registry.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxRegKey encapsulates window HKEY handle
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegKey
-{
-public:
-  // NB: do _not_ change the values of elements in these enumerations!
-
-  // registry value types (with comments from winnt.h)
-  enum ValueType
-  {
-    Type_None,                       // No value type
-    Type_String,                     // Unicode nul terminated string
-    Type_Expand_String,              // Unicode nul terminated string
-                                     // (with environment variable references)
-    Type_Binary,                     // Free form binary
-    Type_Dword,                      // 32-bit number
-    Type_Dword_little_endian         // 32-bit number
-        = Type_Dword,                // (same as Type_DWORD)
-    Type_Dword_big_endian,           // 32-bit number
-    Type_Link,                       // Symbolic Link (unicode)
-    Type_Multi_String,               // Multiple Unicode strings
-    Type_Resource_list,              // Resource list in the resource map
-    Type_Full_resource_descriptor,   // Resource list in the hardware description
-    Type_Resource_requirements_list  // ???
-  };
-
-  // predefined registry keys
-  enum StdKey
-  {
-    HKCR,       // classes root
-    HKCU,       // current user
-    HKLM,       // local machine
-    HKUSR,      // users
-    HKPD,       // performance data (WinNT/2K only)
-    HKCC,       // current config
-    HKDD,       // dynamic data (Win95/98 only)
-    HKMAX
-  };
-
-  // access mode for the key
-  enum AccessMode
-  {
-      Read,     // read-only
-      Write     // read and write
-  };
-
-  // information about standard (predefined) registry keys
-    // number of standard keys
-  static const size_t nStdKeys;
-    // get the name of a standard key
-  static const wxChar *GetStdKeyName(size_t key);
-    // get the short name of a standard key
-  static const wxChar *GetStdKeyShortName(size_t key);
-    // get StdKey from root HKEY
-  static StdKey GetStdKeyFromHkey(WXHKEY hkey);
-
-  // extacts the std key prefix from the string (return value) and
-  // leaves only the part after it (i.e. modifies the string passed!)
-  static StdKey ExtractKeyName(wxString& str);
-
-  // ctors
-    // root key is set to HKCR (the only root key under Win16)
-  wxRegKey();
-    // strKey is the full name of the key (i.e. starting with HKEY_xxx...)
-  wxRegKey(const wxString& strKey);
-    // strKey is the name of key under (standard key) keyParent
-  wxRegKey(StdKey keyParent, const wxString& strKey);
-    // strKey is the name of key under (previously created) keyParent
-  wxRegKey(const wxRegKey& keyParent, const wxString& strKey);
-    // dtor closes the key
- ~wxRegKey();
-
-  // change key (closes the previously opened key if any)
-    // the name is absolute, i.e. should start with HKEY_xxx
-  void  SetName(const wxString& strKey);
-    // the name is relative to the parent key
-  void  SetName(StdKey keyParent, const wxString& strKey);
-    // the name is relative to the parent key
-  void  SetName(const wxRegKey& keyParent, const wxString& strKey);
-    // hKey should be opened and will be closed in wxRegKey dtor
-  void  SetHkey(WXHKEY hKey);
-
-  // get infomation about the key
-    // get the (full) key name. Abbreviate std root keys if bShortPrefix.
-  wxString GetName(bool bShortPrefix = true) const;
-    // return true if the key exists
-  bool  Exists() const;
-    // get the info about key (any number of these pointers may be NULL)
-  bool  GetKeyInfo(size_t *pnSubKeys,      // number of subkeys
-                   size_t *pnMaxKeyLen,    // max len of subkey name
-                   size_t *pnValues,       // number of values
-                   size_t *pnMaxValueLen) const;
-    // return true if the key is opened
-  bool  IsOpened() const { return m_hKey != 0; }
-    // for "if ( !key ) wxLogError(...)" kind of expressions
-  operator bool()  const { return m_dwLastError == 0; }
-
-  // operations on the key itself
-    // explicitly open the key (will be automatically done by all functions
-    // which need the key to be opened if the key is not opened yet)
-  bool  Open(AccessMode mode = Write);
-    // create the key: will fail if the key already exists and !bOkIfExists
-  bool  Create(bool bOkIfExists = true);
-    // rename a value from old name to new one
-  bool  RenameValue(const wxChar *szValueOld, const wxChar *szValueNew);
-    // rename the key
-  bool  Rename(const wxChar *szNewName);
-    // copy value to another key possibly changing its name (by default it will
-    // remain the same)
-  bool  CopyValue(const wxChar *szValue, wxRegKey& keyDst,
-                  const wxChar *szNewName = NULL);
-    // copy the entire contents of the key recursively to another location
-  bool  Copy(const wxChar *szNewName);
-    // same as Copy() but using a key and not the name
-  bool  Copy(wxRegKey& keyDst);
-    // close the key (will be automatically done in dtor)
-  bool  Close();
-
-  // deleting keys/values
-    // deletes this key and all of it's subkeys/values
-  bool  DeleteSelf();
-    // deletes the subkey with all of it's subkeys/values recursively
-  bool  DeleteKey(const wxChar *szKey);
-    // deletes the named value (may be NULL to remove the default value)
-  bool  DeleteValue(const wxChar *szValue);
-
-  // access to values and subkeys
-    // get value type
-  ValueType GetValueType(const wxChar *szValue) const;
-    // returns true if the value contains a number (else it's some string)
-  bool IsNumericValue(const wxChar *szValue) const;
-
-    // assignment operators set the default value of the key
-  wxRegKey& operator=(const wxString& strValue)
-    { SetValue(NULL, strValue); return *this; }
-  wxRegKey& operator=(long lValue)
-    { SetValue(NULL, lValue); return *this; }
-
-    // query the default value of the key: implicitly or explicitly
-  wxString QueryDefaultValue() const;
-  operator wxString() const { return QueryDefaultValue(); }
-
-    // named values
-
-    // set the string value
-  bool  SetValue(const wxChar *szValue, const wxString& strValue);
-    // retrieve the string value
-  bool  QueryValue(const wxChar *szValue, wxString& strValue) const
-    { return QueryValue(szValue, strValue, false); }
-    // retrieve raw string value
-  bool  QueryRawValue(const wxChar *szValue, wxString& strValue) const
-    { return QueryValue(szValue, strValue, true); }
-    // retrieve either raw or expanded string value
-  bool  QueryValue(const wxChar *szValue, wxString& strValue, bool raw) const;
-
-    // set the numeric value
-  bool  SetValue(const wxChar *szValue, long lValue);
-    // return the numeric value
-  bool  QueryValue(const wxChar *szValue, long *plValue) const;
-    // set the binary value
-  bool  SetValue(const wxChar *szValue, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf);
-    // return the binary value
-  bool  QueryValue(const wxChar *szValue, wxMemoryBuffer& buf) const;
-
-  // query existence of a key/value
-    // return true if value exists
-  bool HasValue(const wxChar *szKey) const;
-    // return true if given subkey exists
-  bool HasSubKey(const wxChar *szKey) const;
-    // return true if any subkeys exist
-  bool HasSubkeys() const;
-    // return true if any values exist
-  bool HasValues() const;
-    // return true if the key is empty (nothing under this key)
-  bool IsEmpty() const { return !HasSubkeys() && !HasValues(); }
-
-  // enumerate values and subkeys
-  bool  GetFirstValue(wxString& strValueName, long& lIndex);
-  bool  GetNextValue (wxString& strValueName, long& lIndex) const;
-
-  bool  GetFirstKey  (wxString& strKeyName  , long& lIndex);
-  bool  GetNextKey   (wxString& strKeyName  , long& lIndex) const;
-
-  // export the contents of this key and all its subkeys to the given file
-  // (which won't be overwritten, it's an error if it already exists)
-  //
-  // note that we export the key in REGEDIT4 format, not RegSaveKey() binary
-  // format nor newer REGEDIT5 one
-  bool Export(const wxString& filename) const;
-
-  // same as above but write to the given (opened) stream
-  bool Export(wxOutputStream& ostr) const;
-
-
-  // for wxRegConfig usage only: preallocate some memory for the name
-  void ReserveMemoryForName(size_t bytes) { m_strKey.reserve(bytes); }
-
-private:
-  // common part of all ctors
-  void Init()
-  {
-    m_hKey = (WXHKEY) NULL;
-    m_dwLastError = 0;
-  }
-
-  // recursive helper for Export()
-  bool DoExport(wxOutputStream& ostr) const;
-
-  // export a single value
-  bool DoExportValue(wxOutputStream& ostr, const wxString& name) const;
-
-  // return the text representation (in REGEDIT4 format) of the value with the
-  // given name
-  wxString FormatValue(const wxString& name) const;
-
-
-  WXHKEY      m_hKey,           // our handle
-              m_hRootKey;       // handle of the top key (i.e. StdKey)
-  wxString    m_strKey;         // key name (relative to m_hRootKey)
-
-  AccessMode  m_mode;           // valid only if key is opened
-  long        m_dwLastError;    // last error (0 if none)
-
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRegKey)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/removble.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/removble.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index f218a894c..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/removble.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rightarr.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rightarr.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index c54c3ac4b..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/rightarr.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/roller.cur b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/roller.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 118c37fa4..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/roller.cur and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 051e1049d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        scrollbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollBar class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrolbar.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
-
-// Scrollbar item
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar: public wxScrollBarBase
-{
-public:
-    wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; }
-    virtual ~wxScrollBar();
-
-    wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
-
-    int GetThumbPosition() const ;
-    int GetThumbSize() const { return m_pageSize; }
-    int GetPageSize() const { return m_viewSize; }
-    int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; }
-
-    virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
-    virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
-            bool refresh = true);
-
-    // needed for RTTI
-    void SetThumbSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , s , GetRange() , GetPageSize() , true ) ; }
-    void SetPageSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , GetRange() , s , true ) ; }
-    void SetRange( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , s , GetPageSize() , true ) ; }
-
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
-                             WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
-    // override wxControl version to not use solid background here
-    virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    int m_pageSize;
-    int m_viewSize;
-    int m_objectSize;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScrollBar)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/seh.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/seh.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 418df910e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/seh.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/seh.h
-// Purpose:     declarations for SEH (structured exceptions handling) support
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     2006-04-26
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: seh.h 44451 2007-02-11 02:17:28Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-    // the exception handler which should be called from the exception filter
-    //
-    // it calsl wxApp::OnFatalException() if possible
-    extern unsigned long wxGlobalSEHandler(EXCEPTION_POINTERS *pExcPtrs);
-
-    // helper macro for wxSEH_HANDLE
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1200))
-    // some compilers don't understand that this code is unreachable and warn
-    // about no value being returned from the function without it, so calm them
-    // down
-    #define wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc) return rc;
-#else
-    #define wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc)
-#endif
-
-    // macros which allow to avoid many #if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION in the code
-    // which uses them
-    #define wxSEH_TRY __try
-    #define wxSEH_IGNORE __except ( EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER ) { }
-    #define wxSEH_HANDLE(rc)                                                  \
-        __except ( wxGlobalSEHandler(GetExceptionInformation()) )             \
-        {                                                                     \
-            /* use the same exit code as abort() */                           \
-            ::ExitProcess(3);                                                 \
-                                                                              \
-            wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc)                                            \
-        }
-
-#else // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-    #define wxSEH_TRY
-    #define wxSEH_IGNORE
-    #define wxSEH_HANDLE(rc)
-#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION && defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    #include <eh.h>
-
-    // C++ exception to structured exceptions translator: we need it in order
-    // to prevent VC++ from "helpfully" translating structured exceptions (such
-    // as division by 0 or access violation) to C++ pseudo-exceptions
-    extern void wxSETranslator(unsigned int code, EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep);
-
-    // up to VC 7.1 this warning ("calling _set_se_translator() requires /EHa")
-    // is harmless and it's easier to suppress it than use different makefiles
-    // for VC5 and 6 (which don't support /EHa at all) and VC7 (which does
-    // accept it but it seems to change nothing for it anyhow)
-    #if __VISUALC__ <= 1310
-        #pragma warning(disable: 4535)
-    #endif
-
-    // note that the SE translator must be called wxSETranslator!
-    #define DisableAutomaticSETranslator() _set_se_translator(wxSETranslator)
-#else // !__VISUALC__
-    // the other compilers do nothing as stupid by default so nothing to do for
-    // them
-    #define DisableAutomaticSETranslator()
-#endif // __VISUALC__/!__VISUALC__
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_SEH_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dc996d9f8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1349 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/setup.h
-// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup0.h 51451 2008-01-29 23:11:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_SETUP_H_
-
-/* --- start common options --- */
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when
-// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of
-// the current font.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike
-// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back
-// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create
-// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back
-// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information.
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there
-//                         is no overhead if you don't use it
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP
-// (Windows 9x doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode
-// will not run under 9x -- but see wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU below).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if
-// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...)
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset
-// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in
-// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-//
-// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network
-// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a
-// lot of other functionality being lost.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If
-// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't
-// depend on the standard streams library.
-//
-// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams
-// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so
-//                      dependency on the standard streams library is not a
-//                      problem
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME      1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        0 //zero 10-dec-2009 (might want this though)
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS    1 //zero 10-dec-2009 - I would like to disable it, but 64bit windows detection needs it
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support.
-// Currently valid only for MS-Windows.
-// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites
-// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites
-// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0.
-// Doing so reduces the code size.
-//
-// This code is experimental and subject to change.
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use GStreamer for Unix (req a lot of dependancies)
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it)
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#define wxUSE_XML       wxUSE_XRC
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1   // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON        1   // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON     1   // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL  1   // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX      1   // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX  1   // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE        1   // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE      1   // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX      1   // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL  0   // wxDataViewCtrl //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL  1   // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1   // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE         1   // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1   // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX       1   // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL      1   // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX      1   // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN      1   // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR     1   // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL    1   // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER        1   // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN       1   // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL      1   // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX       1   // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE      1   // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT      1   // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP       1   // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL      1   // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN     1   // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL      1   // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        1
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         1
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Hotkey support (currently Windows only)
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or
-// window lies.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      1
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       1
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-
-// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither
-// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available.
-//
-// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling
-// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers)
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        1
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>. Note that VC++ 7.1
-// and later doesn't support wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so <iostream> will be
-// used anyhow.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only)
-#define wxUSE_TGA           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUniversal-only options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme
-// uses Win32 one
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK     0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL   0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO    0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32   0
-
-
-/* --- end common options --- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you're compiling wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and want to run your programs under Windows 9x and not only NT/2000/XP.
-// This setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/handson/dev/mslu_announce.mspx). Note
-// that you will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import
-// library as the first library (see installation instructions in install.txt
-// to learn how to do it when building the library or samples).
-//
-// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at
-// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (1 if you want to deploy Unicode apps on 9x systems)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC           0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_OLE           1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxAutomationObject class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need to control other applications via OLE
-// Automation, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxActiveXContainer class allowing to embed OLE
-// controls in wx.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, required by wxMediaCtrl
-#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 1
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable the use of DIB's for wxBitmap to support
-// bitmaps > 16MB on Win95/98/Me.  Set to 0 to use DDB's only.
-#define wxUSE_DIB_FOR_BITMAP 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB class used internally for manipulating
-// wxBitmao data.
-//
-// Default is 1, set it to 0 only if you don't use wxImage neither
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (without it conversion to/from wxImage won't work)
-#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT  1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use extra features of richedit v2 and later controls
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This
-// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to auto-adapt to MS Windows XP themes where possible
-// (notably, wxNotebook pages)
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to use InkEdit control (Tablet PC), if available
-#define wxUSE_INKEDIT  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Generic versions of native controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric in addition to the
-// native wxDatePickerCtrl
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0, this is mainly used for testing
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Crash debugging helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// obsolete settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: all settings in this section are obsolete and should not be used/changed
-//     at all, they will disappear
-
-// Define 1 to use bitmap messages.
-#define wxUSE_BITMAP_MESSAGE         1
-
-#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup0.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup0.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5df4a4ec1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup0.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1349 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/setup.h
-// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup0.h 51451 2008-01-29 23:11:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_SETUP_H_
-
-/* --- start common options --- */
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when
-// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of
-// the current font.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike
-// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back
-// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create
-// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back
-// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information.
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there
-//                         is no overhead if you don't use it
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP
-// (Windows 9x doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode
-// will not run under 9x -- but see wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU below).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if
-// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...)
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset
-// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in
-// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-//
-// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network
-// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a
-// lot of other functionality being lost.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If
-// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't
-// depend on the standard streams library.
-//
-// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams
-// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so
-//                      dependency on the standard streams library is not a
-//                      problem
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  0
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME      1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   1
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   1
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS    1
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  1
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       1
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          1
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          1
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            1
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 1
-
-// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support.
-// Currently valid only for MS-Windows.
-// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites
-// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites
-// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0.
-// Doing so reduces the code size.
-//
-// This code is experimental and subject to change.
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       1
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      1
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use GStreamer for Unix (req a lot of dependancies)
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it)
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#define wxUSE_XML       wxUSE_XRC
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1   // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON        1   // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON     1   // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL  1   // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX      1   // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX  1   // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE        1   // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE      1   // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX      1   // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL  1   // wxDataViewCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL  1   // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1   // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE         1   // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1   // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX       1   // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL      1   // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX      1   // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN      1   // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR     1   // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL    1   // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER        1   // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN       1   // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL      1   // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX       1   // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE      1   // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT      1   // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP       1   // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL      1   // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN     1   // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL      1   // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        1
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         1
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Hotkey support (currently Windows only)
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or
-// window lies.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       1
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      1
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       1
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              1
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          1
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  1
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         1
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        1
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-
-// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither
-// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available.
-//
-// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling
-// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers)
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1
-
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        1
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>. Note that VC++ 7.1
-// and later doesn't support wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so <iostream> will be
-// used anyhow.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only)
-#define wxUSE_TGA           1
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           1
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUniversal-only options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme
-// uses Win32 one
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK     0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL   0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO    0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32   0
-
-
-/* --- end common options --- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you're compiling wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and want to run your programs under Windows 9x and not only NT/2000/XP.
-// This setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/handson/dev/mslu_announce.mspx). Note
-// that you will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import
-// library as the first library (see installation instructions in install.txt
-// to learn how to do it when building the library or samples).
-//
-// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at
-// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (1 if you want to deploy Unicode apps on 9x systems)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC           0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_OLE           1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxAutomationObject class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need to control other applications via OLE
-// Automation, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxActiveXContainer class allowing to embed OLE
-// controls in wx.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, required by wxMediaCtrl
-#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 1
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable the use of DIB's for wxBitmap to support
-// bitmaps > 16MB on Win95/98/Me.  Set to 0 to use DDB's only.
-#define wxUSE_DIB_FOR_BITMAP 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB class used internally for manipulating
-// wxBitmao data.
-//
-// Default is 1, set it to 0 only if you don't use wxImage neither
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (without it conversion to/from wxImage won't work)
-#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT  1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use extra features of richedit v2 and later controls
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This
-// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME           1
-
-// Set to 1 to auto-adapt to MS Windows XP themes where possible
-// (notably, wxNotebook pages)
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO      1
-
-// Set to 1 to use InkEdit control (Tablet PC), if available
-#define wxUSE_INKEDIT  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Generic versions of native controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric in addition to the
-// native wxDatePickerCtrl
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0, this is mainly used for testing
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Crash debugging helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// obsolete settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: all settings in this section are obsolete and should not be used/changed
-//     at all, they will disappear
-
-// Define 1 to use bitmap messages.
-#define wxUSE_BITMAP_MESSAGE         1
-
-#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup_microwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup_microwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eff9b63cf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/setup_microwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1179 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/setup.h
-// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup_microwin.h 40766 2006-08-23 09:54:29Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_SETUP_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//#define WXWIN_OS_DESCRIPTION wxT("MicroWindows")
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 to be as per 2.1.16 and before.
-// If migrating between versions, your dialogs may seem to shrink.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (the new calculations are more correct!)
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use normal memory operators. It's
-// recommended to set this to 1, since you may well need to output an error log
-// in a production version (or non-debugging beta).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment above
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment in the beginning of this section
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment in the beginning of this section
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but see comment in the beginning of this section
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000 (Windows 9x
-// doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode will not run
-// under 9x).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000)
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you want to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and be able to run compiled apps under Windows 9x as well as NT/2000/XP. This
-// setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/Articles/mslu_announce.asp). Note that you
-// will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import library as the first
-// library.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// This is ignored under Win16, threads are only supported under Win32.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 0
-
-// If enabled (1), compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1. If 0, use wxWin streams implementation.
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  0
-
-// Use serialization (requires utils/serialize)
-#define wxUSE_SERIAL        0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   0
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   0
-
-// Compile in wxLibrary class for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  0
-
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       0
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    0
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        0
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       0
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     0
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG.
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          0
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          1
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            1
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       0
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      0
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use QuickTime
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you have the QT SDK installed and you need it, else 0
-#define wxUSE_QUICKTIME     0
-
-// Use DirectShow
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if the DirectX 7 SDK is installed (highly recommended), else 0
-#define wxUSE_DIRECTSHOW    1
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-#  define wxUSE_XML       1
-#else
-#  define wxUSE_XML       0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is not used currently by wxMSW
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON       1    // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON    1    // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0    // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX     1    // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1    // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE       1    // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX     1    // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE        1    // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX      1    // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL     0    // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX     1    // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN     1    // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR    1    // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER       1    // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN      1    // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL     1    // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX      1    // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE     1    // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT     1    // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP      1    // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL     1    // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN    0    // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL     0    // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        0
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used ot logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-// Default is 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         0
-
-// wxProperty[Value/Form/List] classes, used by Dialog Editor
-#define wxUSE_PROPSHEET    0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 0
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      0
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 0
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      0
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     0
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 0
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       0
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       0
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       0
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 0
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 0
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 0
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 0
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 0
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              0
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          0
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 0
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    0
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  0
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          0
-
-// OpenGL canvas
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxTreeLayout class
-#define wxUSE_TREELAYOUT     0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     0
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       0
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running (it is only available under Win32)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  0
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 0
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         0
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        0
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-                                // 0 for no MS HTML Help
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_XPM_IN_MSW   1
-                                // 0 for no XPM support in wxBitmap.
-                                // Default is 1, as XPM is now fully
-                                // supported this makes easier the issue
-                                // of portable icons and bitmaps.
-
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE_LOADING_IN_MSW        0
-                                // Use dynamic DIB loading/saving code in utils/dib under MSW.
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCE_LOADING_IN_MSW     0
-                                // Use dynamic icon/cursor loading/saving code
-                                // under MSW.
-#define wxUSE_WX_RESOURCES        0
-                                // Use .wxr resource mechanism (requires PrologIO library)
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        0
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        0
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       0
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       0
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           0
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           0
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC           0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_OLE           0
-
-// Set this to 1 to use Microsoft CTL3D library for "3D-look" under Win16 or NT
-// 3.x. This setting is ignored under Win9x and NT 4.0+.
-//
-// Default is 0 for (most) Win32 (systems), 1 for Win16
-//
-// Recommended setting: same as default
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-#define wxUSE_CTL3D                      0
-#else
-#define wxUSE_CTL3D                      1
-#endif
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__)
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT  1
-
-// TODO:  This should be ifdef'ed for any compilers that don't support
-//        RichEdit 2.0 but do have RichEdit 1.0...
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1
-
-#else
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT  0
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This
-// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// obsolete settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: all settings in this section are obsolete and should not be used/changed
-//     at all, they will disappear
-
-// Define 1 to use bitmap messages.
-#define wxUSE_BITMAP_MESSAGE         1
-
-// If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
-// NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// disable the settings which don't work for some compilers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS
-#if (defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
-#   define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1
-#else
-#   define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-// These don't work as expected for mingw32 and cygwin32
-#undef  wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING            0
-
-#undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
-
-#undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
-
-// Cygwin betas don't have wcslen
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__)
-#  if ! ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))
-#    undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-#    define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#endif // __GNUWIN32__
-
-// MFC duplicates these operators
-#if wxUSE_MFC
-#undef  wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS   0
-
-#undef  wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS          0
-#endif // wxUSE_MFC
-
-#if (!defined(WIN32) && !defined(__WIN32__)) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)
-// Can't use OLE drag and drop in Windows 3.1 because we don't know how
-// to implement UUIDs
-// GnuWin32 doesn't have appropriate headers for e.g. IUnknown.
-#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-#endif
-
-// Only WIN32 supports wxStatusBar95
-#if !defined(__WIN32__) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-#undef  wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-#undef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0
-#endif
-
-// Salford C++ doesn't like some of the memory operator definitions
-#ifdef __SALFORDC__
-#undef  wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING      0
-
-#undef wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_THREADS
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-#endif // __SALFORDC__
-
-// BC++/Win16 can't cope with the amount of data in resource.cpp
-#if defined(__WIN16__) && defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#undef wxUSE_WX_RESOURCES
-#define wxUSE_WX_RESOURCES        0
-
-#undef wxUSE_ODBC
-#define wxUSE_ODBC                0
-
-#undef wxUSE_NEW_GRID
-#define wxUSE_NEW_GRID            0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
-// BC++ 4.0 can't compile JPEG library
-#undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0
-#endif
-
-// wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS = 1 not compatible with BC++ in DLL mode
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL))
-#undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)
-/*
-#undef  wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
-*/
-
-#undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
-
-#undef wxUSE_SOCKETS
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_THREADS
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_SPINBTN
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_GIF
-#define wxUSE_GIF 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_PNM
-#define wxUSE_PNM 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_PCX
-#define wxUSE_PCX 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-
-#endif // Win16
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// undef the things which don't make sense for wxBase build
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !wxUSE_GUI
-
-#undef wxUSE_HTML
-#define wxUSE_HTML 0
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// check the settings consistency: do it here to abort compilation immediately
-// and not almost in the very end when the relevant file fails to compile and
-// you need to modify setup.h and rebuild everything
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME && !wxUSE_LONGLONG
-    #error wxDateTime requires wxLongLong
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_FILE
-    #error You cannot compile wxTextFile without wxFile
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && !wxUSE_STREAMS
-    #error You cannot compile virtual file systems without wxUSE_STREAMS
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML && !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    #error You cannot compile wxHTML without virtual file systems
-#endif
-
-// add more tests here...
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SETUP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/slider95.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/slider95.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 55415c789..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/slider95.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/slider95.h
-// Purpose:     wxSlider class, using the Win95 (and later) trackbar control
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: slider95.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-#define _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows;
-
-// Slider
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider : public wxSliderBase
-{
-public:
-    wxSlider() { Init(); }
-
-    wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             int value,
-             int minValue,
-             int maxValue,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue,
-                     pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                int value,
-                int minValue, int maxValue,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxSlider();
-
-    // slider methods
-    virtual int GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(int);
-
-    void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
-
-    int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
-    int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
-
-    // Win32-specific slider methods
-    void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
-    int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
-    void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
-    int GetPageSize() const;
-    void ClearSel();
-    void ClearTicks();
-    void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
-    int GetLineSize() const;
-    int GetSelEnd() const;
-    int GetSelStart() const;
-    void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
-    void SetThumbLength(int len);
-    int GetThumbLength() const;
-    void SetTick(int tickPos);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    WXHWND GetStaticMin() const;
-    WXHWND GetStaticMax() const;
-    WXHWND GetEditValue() const;
-    virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const;
-
-    // we should let background show through the slider (and its labels)
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
-                             WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-    virtual bool Enable(bool show = true);
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // format an integer value as string
-    static wxString Format(int n) { return wxString::Format(_T("%d"), n); }
-
-    // get the boundig box for the slider and possible labels
-    wxRect GetBoundingBox() const;
-
-    // get the height and, if the pointer is not NULL, width of our labels
-    int GetLabelsSize(int *width = NULL) const;
-
-
-    // overridden base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-
-    // the labels windows, if any
-    wxSubwindows *m_labels;
-
-    int           m_rangeMin;
-    int           m_rangeMax;
-    int           m_pageSize;
-    int           m_lineSize;
-    int           m_tickFreq;
-
-    // flag needed to detect whether we're getting THUMBRELEASE event because
-    // of dragging the thumb or scrolling the mouse wheel
-    bool m_isDragging;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSlider)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_SLIDER95_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/sound.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/sound.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f1f52c9a2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/sound.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/sound.h
-// Purpose:     wxSound class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sound.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
-#define _WX_SOUND_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase
-{
-public:
-    wxSound();
-    wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
-    wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data);
-    virtual ~wxSound();
-
-    // Create from resource or file
-    bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
-
-    // Create from data
-    bool Create(int size, const wxByte* data);
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; }
-
-    static void Stop();
-
-protected:
-    void Init() { m_data = NULL; }
-    bool CheckCreatedOk();
-    void Free();
-
-    virtual bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
-
-private:
-    // data of this object
-    class wxSoundData *m_data;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSound)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cf0bf62cc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/spinbutt.h
-// Purpose:     wxSpinButton class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: spinbutt.h 41316 2006-09-20 14:15:14Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
-#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase
-{
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxSpinButton() { }
-
-    wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-                 const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxSpinButton();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-                const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME);
-
-
-    // accessors
-    virtual int GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(int val);
-    virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal);
-
-    // implementation
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-    virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
-                             WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
-    // a wxSpinButton can't do anything useful with focus, only wxSpinCtrl can
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-   virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-   // ensure that the control displays a value in the current range
-   virtual void NormalizeValue();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSpinButton)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#endif // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04e0cb462..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/spinctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxSpinCtrl class declaration for Win32
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: spinctrl.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h"    // the base class
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxSpinCtrl *, wxArraySpins);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Under Win32, wxSpinCtrl is a wxSpinButton with a buddy (as MSDN docs call
-// it) text window whose contents is automatically updated when the spin
-// control is clicked.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinButton
-{
-public:
-    wxSpinCtrl() { }
-
-    wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-               const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-               int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
-               const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-                int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
-                const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"));
-
-    // a wxTextCtrl-like method (but we can't have GetValue returning wxString
-    // because the base class already has one returning int!)
-    void SetValue(const wxString& text);
-
-    // another wxTextCtrl-like method
-    void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual ~wxSpinCtrl();
-
-    virtual void SetValue(int val);
-    virtual int  GetValue() const;
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font);
-    virtual void SetFocus();
-
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-    virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent);
-
-    // wxSpinButton doesn't accept focus, but we do
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxWindow::AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-    // for internal use only
-
-    // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy text
-    WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; }
-
-    // return the spinctrl object whose buddy is the given window or NULL
-    static wxSpinCtrl *GetSpinForTextCtrl(WXHWND hwndBuddy);
-
-    // process a WM_COMMAND generated by the buddy text control
-    bool ProcessTextCommand(WXWORD cmd, WXWORD id);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // the handler for wxSpinButton events
-    void OnSpinChange(wxSpinEvent& event);
-
-    // handle processing of special keys
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // generate spin control update event with the given value
-    void SendSpinUpdate(int value);
-
-    // called to ensure that the value is in the correct range
-    virtual void NormalizeValue();
-
-
-    // the value of the control before the latest change (which might not have
-    // changed anything in fact -- this is why we need this field)
-    int m_oldValue;
-
-    // the data for the "buddy" text ctrl
-    WXHWND     m_hwndBuddy;
-    WXFARPROC  m_wndProcBuddy;
-
-    // all existing wxSpinCtrls - this allows to find the one corresponding to
-    // the given buddy window in GetSpinForTextCtrl()
-    static wxArraySpins ms_allSpins;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1109a53df..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/stackwalk.h
-// Purpose:     wxStackWalker for MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-01-08
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stackwalk.h 43346 2006-11-12 14:33:03Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// these structs are declared in windows headers
-struct _CONTEXT;
-struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS;
-
-// and these in dbghelp.h
-struct _SYMBOL_INFO;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackFrame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame : public wxStackFrameBase
-{
-private:
-    wxStackFrame *ConstCast() const
-        { return wx_const_cast(wxStackFrame *, this); }
-
-    size_t DoGetParamCount() const { return m_paramTypes.GetCount(); }
-
-public:
-    wxStackFrame(size_t level, void *address, size_t addrFrame)
-        : wxStackFrameBase(level, address)
-    {
-        m_hasName =
-        m_hasLocation = false;
-
-        m_addrFrame = addrFrame;
-    }
-
-    virtual size_t GetParamCount() const
-    {
-        ConstCast()->OnGetParam();
-        return DoGetParamCount();
-    }
-
-    virtual bool
-    GetParam(size_t n, wxString *type, wxString *name, wxString *value) const;
-
-    // callback used by OnGetParam(), don't call directly
-    void OnParam(_SYMBOL_INFO *pSymInfo);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void OnGetName();
-    virtual void OnGetLocation();
-
-    void OnGetParam();
-
-
-    // helper for debug API: it wants to have addresses as DWORDs
-    size_t GetSymAddr() const
-    {
-        return wx_reinterpret_cast(size_t, m_address);
-    }
-
-private:
-    bool m_hasName,
-         m_hasLocation;
-
-    size_t m_addrFrame;
-
-    wxArrayString m_paramTypes,
-                  m_paramNames,
-                  m_paramValues;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackWalker
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalker : public wxStackWalkerBase
-{
-public:
-    // we don't use ctor argument, it is for compatibility with Unix version
-    // only
-    wxStackWalker(const char * WXUNUSED(argv0) = NULL) { }
-
-    virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = 200);
-    virtual void WalkFromException();
-
-
-    // enumerate stack frames from the given context
-    void WalkFrom(const _CONTEXT *ctx, size_t skip = 1);
-    void WalkFrom(const _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep, size_t skip = 1);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 914721053..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/statbmp.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBitmap class for wxMSW
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbmp.h 51824 2008-02-16 01:59:21Z SN $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_
-#define _WX_STATBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[];
-
-// a control showing an icon or a bitmap
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBitmap() { Init(); }
-
-    wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxGDIImage& label,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxGDIImage& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxStaticBitmap() { Free(); }
-
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetImage(&icon); }
-    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetImage(&bitmap); }
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const;
-    virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const;
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // ctor/dtor helpers
-    void Init() { m_isIcon = true; m_image = NULL; m_currentHandle = 0; }
-    void Free();
-
-    // true if icon/bitmap is valid
-    bool ImageIsOk() const;
-
-    void SetImage(const wxGDIImage* image);
-    void SetImageNoCopy( wxGDIImage* image );
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // draw the bitmap ourselves here if the OS can't do it correctly (if it
-    // can we leave it to it)
-    void DoPaintManually(wxPaintEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-    // we can have either an icon or a bitmap
-    bool m_isIcon;
-    wxGDIImage *m_image;
-
-    // handle used in last call to STM_SETIMAGE
-    WXHANDLE m_currentHandle;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATBMP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35c7d3300..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/statbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBox class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbox.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_
-
-// Group box
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBox : public wxStaticBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBox() { }
-
-    wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
-
-    /// Implementation only
-    virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const;
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // choose the default border for this window
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-public:
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-protected:
-    // return the region with all the windows inside this static box excluded
-    virtual WXHRGN MSWGetRegionWithoutChildren();
-
-    // remove the parts which are painted by static box itself from the given
-    // region which is embedded in a rectangle (0, 0)-(w, h)
-    virtual void MSWGetRegionWithoutSelf(WXHRGN hrgn, int w, int h);
-
-    // paint the given rectangle with our background brush/colour
-    virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc, const struct tagRECT& rc);
-    // paint the foreground of the static box
-    virtual void PaintForeground(wxDC& dc, const struct tagRECT& rc);
-
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbr95.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbr95.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e3155ad0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statbr95.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/statbr95.h
-// Purpose:     native implementation of wxStatusBar
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.04.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbr95.h 41035 2006-09-06 17:36:22Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _STATBR95_H
-#define   _STATBR95_H
-
-#if wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar95 : public wxStatusBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxStatusBar95();
-    wxStatusBar95(wxWindow *parent,
-                  wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                  long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
-                  const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr)
-    {
-        (void)Create(parent, id, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
-                const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxStatusBar95();
-
-    // a status line can have several (<256) fields numbered from 0
-    virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
-
-    // each field of status line has it's own text
-    virtual void     SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
-    virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
-
-    // set status line fields' widths
-    virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
-
-    // set status line fields' styles
-    virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]);
-
-    // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
-    virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
-
-    // get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
-    virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const;
-
-    // get the border size
-    virtual int GetBorderX() const;
-    virtual int GetBorderY() const;
-
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg,
-                                    WXWPARAM wParam,
-                                    WXLPARAM lParam);
-protected:
-    void CopyFieldsWidth(const int widths[]);
-    void SetFieldsWidth();
-
-    // override base class virtual
-    void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBar95)
-};
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statline.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statline.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cdbd933a5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/statline.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/statline.h
-// Purpose:     MSW version of wxStaticLine class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     28.06.99
-// Version:     $Id: statline.h 43874 2006-12-09 14:52:59Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticLine
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and pseudo-constructors
-    wxStaticLine() { }
-
-    wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent,
-                  wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                  const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                  long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
-                  const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr )
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
-                 const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr );
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-    // usually overridden base class virtuals
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticLine)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stattext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stattext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e3e16595a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stattext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/stattext.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticText class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stattext.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticText() { }
-
-    wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id,
-                 const wxString& label,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = 0,
-                 const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
-
-    // override some methods to resize the window properly
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-    virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
-
-protected:
-    // implement/override some base class virtuals
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticText)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATTEXT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/std.ico b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/std.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 435cca247..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/std.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 34cc778bb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/stdpaths.h
-// Purpose:     wxStandardPaths for Win32
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-10-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stdpaths.h 43340 2006-11-12 12:58:10Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPaths
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
-    virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
-
-protected:
-    // get the path corresponding to the given standard CSIDL_XXX constant
-    static wxString DoGetDirectory(int csidl);
-
-    // return the directory of the application itself
-    static wxString GetAppDir();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPathsWin16: this class is for internal use only
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// override config file locations to be compatible with the values used by
-// wxFileConfig (dating from Win16 days which explains the class name)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsWin16 : public wxStandardPaths
-{
-public:
-    virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/subwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/subwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 709004ac9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/subwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/subwin.h
-// Purpose:     helper for implementing the controls with subwindows
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-12-11
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: subwin.h 30981 2004-12-13 01:02:32Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSubwindows contains all HWNDs making part of a single wx control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSubwindows
-{
-public:
-    // the number of subwindows can be specified either as parameter to ctor or
-    // later in Create()
-    wxSubwindows(size_t n = 0) { Init(); if ( n ) Create(n); }
-
-    // allocate enough space for the given number of windows
-    void Create(size_t n)
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hwnds, _T("Create() called twice?") );
-
-        m_count = n;
-        m_hwnds = (HWND *)calloc(n, sizeof(HWND));
-    }
-
-    // non-virtual dtor, this class is not supposed to be used polymorphically
-    ~wxSubwindows()
-    {
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            ::DestroyWindow(m_hwnds[n]);
-        }
-
-        free(m_hwnds);
-    }
-
-    // get the number of subwindows
-    size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; }
-
-    // access a given window
-    HWND& Get(size_t n)
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( n < m_count, _T("subwindow index out of range") );
-
-        return m_hwnds[n];
-    }
-
-    HWND& operator[](size_t n) { return Get(n); }
-    HWND operator[](size_t n) const
-    {
-        return wx_const_cast(wxSubwindows *, this)->Get(n);
-    }
-
-    // check if we have this window
-    bool HasWindow(HWND hwnd)
-    {
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            if ( m_hwnds[n] == hwnd )
-                return true;
-        }
-
-        return false;
-    }
-
-
-    // methods which are forwarded to all subwindows
-    // ---------------------------------------------
-
-    // show/hide everything
-    void Show(bool show)
-    {
-        int sw = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            ::ShowWindow(m_hwnds[n], sw);
-        }
-    }
-
-    // enable/disable everything
-    void Enable(bool enable)
-    {
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            ::EnableWindow(m_hwnds[n], enable);
-        }
-    }
-
-    // set font for all windows
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
-    {
-        HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(font);
-        wxCHECK_RET( hfont, _T("invalid font") );
-
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            ::SendMessage(m_hwnds[n], WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hfont, 0);
-
-            // otherwise the window might not be redrawn correctly
-            ::InvalidateRect(m_hwnds[n], NULL, FALSE /* don't erase bg */);
-        }
-    }
-
-    // find the bounding box for all windows
-    wxRect GetBoundingBox() const
-    {
-        wxRect r;
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ )
-        {
-            RECT rc;
-            ::GetWindowRect(m_hwnds[n], &rc);
-
-            r.Union(wxRectFromRECT(rc));
-        }
-
-        return r;
-    }
-
-private:
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_count = 0;
-        m_hwnds = NULL;
-    }
-
-    // number of elements in m_hwnds array
-    size_t m_count;
-
-    // the HWNDs we contain
-    HWND *m_hwnds;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSubwindows)
-};
-
-// convenient macro to forward a few methods which are usually propagated to
-// subwindows to a wxSubwindows object
-//
-// parameters should be:
-//  - cname the name of the class implementing these methods
-//  - base the name of its base class
-//  - subwins the name of the member variable of type wxSubwindows *
-#define WX_FORWARD_STD_METHODS_TO_SUBWINDOWS(cname, base, subwins)            \
-    bool cname::ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const                               \
-    {                                                                         \
-        return subwins && subwins->HasWindow((HWND)hWnd);                     \
-    }                                                                         \
-                                                                              \
-    bool cname::Show(bool show)                                               \
-    {                                                                         \
-        if ( !base::Show(show) )                                              \
-            return false;                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        if ( subwins )                                                        \
-            subwins->Show(show);                                              \
-                                                                              \
-        return true;                                                          \
-    }                                                                         \
-                                                                              \
-    bool cname::Enable(bool enable)                                           \
-    {                                                                         \
-        if ( !base::Enable(enable) )                                          \
-            return false;                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        if ( subwins )                                                        \
-            subwins->Enable(enable);                                          \
-                                                                              \
-        return true;                                                          \
-    }                                                                         \
-                                                                              \
-    bool cname::SetFont(const wxFont& font)                                   \
-    {                                                                         \
-        if ( !base::SetFont(font) )                                           \
-            return false;                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        if ( subwins )                                                        \
-            subwins->SetFont(font);                                           \
-                                                                              \
-        return true;                                                          \
-    }
-
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tabctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tabctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 20f4f4695..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tabctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        tabctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTabCtrl class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tabctrl.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TABCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_TABCTRL_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList;
-
-// extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxToolBarNameStr[];
-
-/*
- * Flags returned by HitTest
- */
-
-#define wxTAB_HITTEST_NOWHERE           1
-#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONICON            2
-#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONLABEL           4
-#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONITEM            6
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabCtrl: public wxControl
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabCtrl)
- public:
-   /*
-    * Public interface
-    */
-
-    wxTabCtrl();
-
-    inline wxTabCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"))
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-    virtual ~wxTabCtrl();
-
-// Accessors
-
-    // Get the selection
-    int GetSelection() const;
-
-    // Get the tab with the current keyboard focus
-    int GetCurFocus() const;
-
-    // Get the associated image list
-    wxImageList* GetImageList() const;
-
-    // Get the number of items
-    int GetItemCount() const;
-
-    // Get the rect corresponding to the tab
-    bool GetItemRect(int item, wxRect& rect) const;
-
-    // Get the number of rows
-    int GetRowCount() const;
-
-    // Get the item text
-    wxString GetItemText(int item) const ;
-
-    // Get the item image
-    int GetItemImage(int item) const;
-
-    // Get the item data
-    void* GetItemData(int item) const;
-
-    // Set the selection
-    int SetSelection(int item);
-
-    // Set the image list
-    void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
-
-    // Set the text for an item
-    bool SetItemText(int item, const wxString& text);
-
-    // Set the image for an item
-    bool SetItemImage(int item, int image);
-
-    // Set the data for an item
-    bool SetItemData(int item, void* data);
-
-    // Set the size for a fixed-width tab control
-    void SetItemSize(const wxSize& size);
-
-    // Set the padding between tabs
-    void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
-
-// Operations
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"));
-
-    // Delete all items
-    bool DeleteAllItems();
-
-    // Delete an item
-    bool DeleteItem(int item);
-
-    // Hit test
-    int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long& flags);
-
-    // Insert an item
-    bool InsertItem(int item, const wxString& text, int imageId = -1, void* data = NULL);
-
-    // Implementation
-
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    // Responds to colour changes
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxImageList*    m_imageList;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTabCtrl)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTabEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0,
-                    int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, id)
-        {
-            m_nSel = nSel;
-            m_nOldSel = nOldSel;
-        }
-
-    // accessors
-        // the currently selected page (-1 if none)
-    int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; }
-    void SetSelection(int nSel) { m_nSel = nSel; }
-        // the page that was selected before the change (-1 if none)
-    int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; }
-    void SetOldSelection(int nOldSel) { m_nOldSel = nOldSel; }
-
-private:
-    int m_nSel,     // currently selected page
-        m_nOldSel;  // previously selected page
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTabEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTabEventFunction)(wxTabEvent&);
-
-#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGED, \
-  id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxTabEventFunction, & fn ), NULL),
-#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGING, \
-  id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxTabEventFunction, & fn ), NULL),
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TABCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c29c5c915..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// File:        wx/msw/taskbar.h
-// Purpose:     Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for manipulating icons on the
-//              Windows task bar.
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     24/3/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: taskbar.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_
-#define _TASKBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-// private helper class:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTaskBarIcon)
-public:
-    wxTaskBarIcon();
-    virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
-
-// Accessors
-    inline bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-    inline bool IsIconInstalled() const { return m_iconAdded; }
-
-// Operations
-    bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
-    bool RemoveIcon(void);
-    bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu); //, int x, int y);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool IsOK() const );
-
-// Overridables
-    virtual void OnMouseMove(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnLButtonDown(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnLButtonUp(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnRButtonDown(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnRButtonUp(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnLButtonDClick(wxEvent&);
-    virtual void OnRButtonDClick(wxEvent&);
-#endif
-
-// Implementation
-protected:
-    friend class wxTaskBarIconWindow;
-    long WindowProc(unsigned int msg, unsigned int wParam, long lParam);
-    void RegisterWindowMessages();
-
-// Data members
-protected:
-    wxTaskBarIconWindow *m_win;
-    bool                 m_iconAdded;
-    wxIcon               m_icon;
-    wxString             m_strTooltip;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // non-virtual default event handlers to forward events to the virtuals
-    void _OnMouseMove(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnLButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnLButtonUp(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnRButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnRButtonUp(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnLButtonDClick(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-    void _OnRButtonDClick(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-inline bool wxTaskBarIcon::IsOK() const { return IsOk(); }
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _TASKBAR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tbar95.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tbar95.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b1d4b66d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tbar95.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/tbar95.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolBar (Windows 95 toolbar) class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tbar95.h 58446 2009-01-26 23:32:16Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/imaglist.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and dtor
-    wxToolBar() { Init(); }
-
-    wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxToolBar();
-
-    // override/implement base class virtuals
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-    virtual bool Realize();
-
-    virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
-    virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
-
-    virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802
-    // TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class...
-    void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-    void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-#endif
-    
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-    void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
-    void SetFocus() {}
-
-    static WXHBITMAP MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height);
-
-    // override WndProc mainly to process WM_SIZE
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // create the native toolbar control
-    bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
-
-    // recreate the control completely
-    void Recreate();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
-    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
-                                          const wxString& label,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                          wxItemKind kind,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelp,
-                                          const wxString& longHelp);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
-
-    // return the appropriate size and flags for the toolbar control
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // handlers for various events
-    bool HandleSize(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    bool HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    void HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    // should be called whenever the toolbar size changes
-    void UpdateSize();
-
-    // create m_disabledImgList (but doesn't fill it), set it to NULL if it is
-    // unneeded
-    void CreateDisabledImageList();
-
-    // get the Windows toolbar style of this control
-    long GetMSWToolbarStyle() const;
-
-
-    // the big bitmap containing all bitmaps of the toolbar buttons
-    WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
-
-    // the image list with disabled images, may be NULL if we use
-    // system-provided versions of them
-    wxImageList *m_disabledImgList;
-
-    // the total number of toolbar elements
-    size_t m_nButtons;
-
-    // the tool the cursor is in
-    wxToolBarToolBase *m_pInTool;
-
-private:
-    // makes sure tool bitmap size is sufficient for all tools
-    void AdjustToolBitmapSize();
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ffea75d3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/textctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextCtrl class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textctrl.h 52547 2008-03-15 12:33:04Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    // --------
-
-    wxTextCtrl() { Init(); }
-    wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    virtual ~wxTextCtrl();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-    virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
-    virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
-    virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
-    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
-
-    virtual bool IsModified() const;
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
-    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // editing
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
-    // load the control's contents from the file
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-
-    // clears the dirty flag
-    virtual void MarkDirty();
-    virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
-    virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len);
-
-    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
-    // inserts it at the end
-    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-#endif // __WIN32__
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    // apply text attribute to the range of text (only works with richedit
-    // controls)
-    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-
-    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
-    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
-    // which represent column and line.
-    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
-    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                            wxTextCoord *col,
-                                            wxTextCoord *row) const
-    {
-        return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row);
-    }
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
-    // Undo/redo
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // Insertion point
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-    // Caret handling (Windows only)
-
-    bool ShowNativeCaret(bool show = true);
-    bool HideNativeCaret() { return ShowNativeCaret(false); }
-
-    // Implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    int GetRichVersion() const { return m_verRichEdit; }
-    bool IsRich() const { return m_verRichEdit != 0; }
-
-    // rich edit controls are not compatible with normal ones and wem ust set
-    // the colours for them otherwise
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-#else
-    bool IsRich() const { return false; }
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-
-#if wxUSE_INKEDIT && wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    bool IsInkEdit() const { return m_isInkEdit != 0; }
-#else
-    bool IsInkEdit() const { return false; }
-#endif
-
-    virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND();
-
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
-
-    // callbacks
-    void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
-
-    void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    // Show a context menu for Rich Edit controls (the standard
-    // EDIT control has one already)
-    void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event);
-
-    // be sure the caret remains invisible if the user
-    // called HideNativeCaret() before
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // intercept WM_GETDLGCODE
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const;
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // creates the control of appropriate class (plain or rich edit) with the
-    // styles corresponding to m_windowStyle
-    //
-    // this is used by ctor/Create() and when we need to recreate the control
-    // later
-    bool MSWCreateText(const wxString& value,
-                       const wxPoint& pos,
-                       const wxSize& size);
-
-    virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0);
-
-    // return true if this control has a user-set limit on amount of text (i.e.
-    // the limit is due to a previous call to SetMaxLength() and not built in)
-    bool HasSpaceLimit(unsigned int *len) const;
-
-    // call this to increase the size limit (will do nothing if the current
-    // limit is big enough)
-    //
-    // returns true if we increased the limit to allow entering more text,
-    // false if we hit the limit set by SetMaxLength() and so didn't change it
-    bool AdjustSpaceLimit();
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT && (!wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU)
-    // replace the selection or the entire control contents with the given text
-    // in the specified encoding
-    bool StreamIn(const wxString& value, wxFontEncoding encoding, bool selOnly);
-
-    // get the contents of the control out as text in the given encoding
-    wxString StreamOut(wxFontEncoding encoding, bool selOnly = false) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-
-    // replace the contents of the selection or of the entire control with the
-    // given text
-    void DoWriteText(const wxString& text,
-                     int flags = SetValue_SendEvent | SetValue_SelectionOnly);
-
-    // set the selection possibly without scrolling the caret into view
-    void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, bool scrollCaret = true);
-
-    // return true if there is a non empty selection in the control
-    bool HasSelection() const;
-
-    // get the length of the line containing the character at the given
-    // position
-    long GetLengthOfLineContainingPos(long pos) const;
-
-    // send TEXT_UPDATED event, return true if it was handled, false otherwise
-    bool SendUpdateEvent();
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    // we're using RICHEDIT (and not simple EDIT) control if this field is not
-    // 0, it also gives the version of the RICHEDIT control being used (1, 2 or
-    // 3 so far)
-    int m_verRichEdit;
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-
-    // number of EN_UPDATE events sent by Windows when we change the controls
-    // text ourselves: we want this to be exactly 1
-    int m_updatesCount;
-
-private:
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTextCtrl)
-
-    wxMenu* m_privateContextMenu;
-
-    bool m_isNativeCaretShown;
-
-#if wxUSE_INKEDIT && wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-    int  m_isInkEdit;
-#endif
-
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c5d1c46d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/tglbtn.h
-// Purpose:     Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a
-//              toggle button under wxMSW.
-// Author:      John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tglbtn.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
-
-// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToggleButton : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxToggleButton() {}
-    wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxString& label,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetValue(bool value);
-    virtual bool GetValue() const ;
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/timer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/timer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 449543300..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/timer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        timer.h
-// Purpose:     wxTimer class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: timer.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_
-#define _WX_TIMER_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimer : public wxTimerBase
-{
-friend void wxProcessTimer(wxTimer& timer);
-
-public:
-    wxTimer() { Init(); }
-    wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int id = wxID_ANY) : wxTimerBase(owner, id)
-        { Init(); }
-    virtual ~wxTimer();
-
-    virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false);
-    virtual void Stop();
-
-    virtual bool IsRunning() const { return m_id != 0; }
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-    unsigned long m_id;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTimer)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TIMERH_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5da413c7b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/tooltip.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolTip class - tooltip control
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31.01.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tooltip.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolTip : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxToolTip(const wxString &tip);
-    virtual ~wxToolTip();
-
-    // accessors
-        // tip text
-    void SetTip(const wxString& tip);
-    const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; }
-
-        // the window we're associated with
-    void SetWindow(wxWindow *win);
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
-
-    // controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters
-        // enable or disable the tooltips globally
-    static void Enable(bool flag);
-        // set the delay after which the tooltip appears
-    static void SetDelay(long milliseconds);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // should be called in responde to WM_MOUSEMOVE
-    static void RelayEvent(WXMSG *msg);
-
-    // add a window to the tooltip control
-    void Add(WXHWND hwnd);
-
-    // remove any tooltip from the window
-    static void Remove(WXHWND hwnd);
-
-private:
-    // the one and only one tooltip control we use - never access it directly
-    // but use GetToolTipCtrl() which will create it when needed
-    static WXHWND ms_hwndTT;
-
-    // create the tooltip ctrl if it doesn't exist yet and return its HWND
-    static WXHWND GetToolTipCtrl();
-
-    // remove this tooltip from the tooltip control
-    void Remove();
-
-    wxString  m_text;           // tooltip text
-    wxWindow *m_window;         // window we're associated with
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolTip)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dd86f41df..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/toplevel.h
-// Purpose:     wxTopLevelWindowMSW is the MSW implementation of wxTLW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.09.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: toplevel.h 50999 2008-01-03 01:13:44Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTopLevelWindowMSW
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowMSW : public wxTopLevelWindowBase
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and such
-    wxTopLevelWindowMSW() { Init(); }
-
-    wxTopLevelWindowMSW(wxWindow *parent,
-                        wxWindowID id,
-                        const wxString& title,
-                        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                        long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                        const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMSW();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
-    virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true);
-    virtual bool IsMaximized() const;
-    virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true);
-    virtual bool IsIconized() const;
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-    virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons );
-    virtual void Restore();
-    
-    virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir);
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region);
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-    virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO);
-
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
-    virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return m_fsIsShowing; }
-
-    // wxMSW only: EnableCloseButton(false) may be used to remove the "Close"
-    // button from the title bar
-    virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool enable = true);
-
-    // Set window transparency if the platform supports it
-    virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha);
-    virtual bool CanSetTransparent();
-
-    
-    // implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
-    // called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus
-    void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; }
-    wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; }
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    virtual void SetLeftMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
-    virtual void SetRightMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
-    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
-#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    // Soft Input Panel (SIP) change notification
-    virtual bool HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif
-
-    // translate wxWidgets flags to Windows ones
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // choose the right parent to use with CreateWindow()
-    virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const;
-
-    // window proc for the frames
-    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // create a new frame, return false if it couldn't be created
-    bool CreateFrame(const wxString& title,
-                     const wxPoint& pos,
-                     const wxSize& size);
-
-    // create a new dialog using the given dialog template from resources,
-    // return false if it couldn't be created
-    bool CreateDialog(const void *dlgTemplate,
-                      const wxString& title,
-                      const wxPoint& pos,
-                      const wxSize& size);
-
-    // common part of Iconize(), Maximize() and Restore()
-    void DoShowWindow(int nShowCmd);
-
-    // is the window currently iconized?
-    bool m_iconized;
-
-    // should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize()
-    // when it is called while the frame is hidden
-    bool m_maximizeOnShow;
-
-    // Data to save/restore when calling ShowFullScreen
-    long                  m_fsStyle; // Passed to ShowFullScreen
-    wxRect                m_fsOldSize;
-    long                  m_fsOldWindowStyle;
-    bool                  m_fsIsMaximized;
-    bool                  m_fsIsShowing;
-
-    // the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation
-    wxWindow             *m_winLastFocused;
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    class ButtonMenu
-    {
-    public:
-        ButtonMenu();
-        ~ButtonMenu();
-
-        void SetButton(int id = wxID_ANY,
-                       const wxString& label  = wxEmptyString,
-                       wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
-
-        bool IsAssigned() const {return m_assigned;}
-        bool IsMenu() const {return m_menu!=NULL;}
-
-        int GetId() const {return m_id;}
-        wxMenu* GetMenu() const {return m_menu;}
-        wxString GetLabel() {return m_label;}
-
-        static wxMenu *DuplicateMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-    protected:
-        int      m_id;
-        wxString m_label;
-        wxMenu  *m_menu;
-        bool     m_assigned;
-    };
-
-    ButtonMenu               m_LeftButton;
-    ButtonMenu               m_RightButton;
-    HWND                     m_MenuBarHWND;
-
-    void ReloadButton(ButtonMenu& button, UINT menuID);
-    void ReloadAllButtons();
-#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__
-
-private:
-    // helper of SetIcons(): calls gets the icon with the size specified by the
-    // given system metrics (SM_C{X|Y}[SM]ICON) from the bundle and sets it
-    // using WM_SETICON with the specified wParam (ICOM_SMALL or ICON_BIG)
-    void DoSelectAndSetIcon(const wxIconBundle& icons, int smX, int smY, int i);
-
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    void* m_activateInfo;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowMSW)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f3bf13b5e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/treectrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTreeCtrl class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to be less MSW-specific on 10/10/98
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: treectrl.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/treebase.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-#ifdef __GNUWIN32__
-    // Cygwin windows.h defines these identifiers
-    #undef GetFirstChild
-    #undef GetNextSibling
-#endif // Cygwin
-
-// fwd decl
-class  WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-class  WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDragImage;
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeViewItem;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // NB: all the following flags are for compatbility only and will be removed in the
-    //     next versions
-    // flags for deprecated InsertItem() variant (their values are the same as of
-    // TVI_FIRST and TVI_LAST)
-    #define wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST 0xFFFF0001
-    #define wxTREE_INSERT_LAST  0xFFFF0002
-#endif
-
-// hash storing attributes for our items
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP(wxTreeItemAttr *, wxMapTreeAttr);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl : public wxTreeCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    // --------
-    wxTreeCtrl() { Init(); }
-
-    wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxTreeCtrl();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const;
-    virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent);
-
-    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-    virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
-    virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                        wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-    virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text);
-    virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image,
-                      wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal);
-    virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data);
-    virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true);
-    virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true);
-    virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                      bool highlight = true);
-    virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                   const wxColour& col);
-    virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                         const wxColour& col);
-    virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font);
-
-    // item status inquiries
-    // ---------------------
-
-    virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-    virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                    bool recursively = true) const;
-
-    // navigation
-    // ----------
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const;
-    virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds& selections) const;
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                       wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                      wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text,
-                         int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1,
-                         wxTreeItemData *data = NULL);
-
-    virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void DeleteAllItems();
-
-    virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
-    virtual void Unselect();
-    virtual void UnselectAll();
-    virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true);
-
-    virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-    virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
-    virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                          wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
-    virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const;
-    virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& WXUNUSED(item),
-                              bool discardChanges = false)
-    {
-        DoEndEditLabel(discardChanges);
-    }
-
-    virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
-    virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                 wxRect& rect,
-                                 bool textOnly = false) const;
-
-    // deprecated
-    // ----------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // these methods are deprecated and will be removed in future versions of
-    // wxWidgets, they're here for compatibility only, don't use them in new
-    // code (the comments indicate why these methods are now useless and how to
-    // replace them)
-
-        // use Expand, Collapse, CollapseAndReset or Toggle
-    wxDEPRECATED( void ExpandItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, int action) );
-
-        // use Set/GetImageList and Set/GetStateImageList
-        // Use base class GetImageList()
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int) );
-
-        // use Set/GetItemImage directly
-    wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item) const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetItemSelectedImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image) );
-
-    // use the versions taking wxTreeItemIdValue cookies
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                             long& cookie) const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                            long& cookie) const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-
-    // implementation
-    // --------------
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg);
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
-    // get/set the check state for the item (only for wxTR_MULTIPLE)
-    bool IsItemChecked(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-    void SetItemCheck(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool check = true);
-
-    // set/get the item state.image (state == -1 means cycle to the next one)
-    void SetState(const wxTreeItemId& node, int state);
-    int GetState(const wxTreeItemId& node);
-
-protected:
-    // SetImageList helper
-    void SetAnyImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which);
-
-    // refresh a single item
-    void RefreshItem(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
-    // end edit label
-    void DoEndEditLabel(bool discardChanges = false);
-
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                                      size_t pos,
-                                      const wxString& text,
-                                      int image, int selectedImage,
-                                      wxTreeItemData *data);
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                                       const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
-                                       const wxString& text,
-                                       int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                                       wxTreeItemData *data = NULL);
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const;
-
-    // obtain the user data for the lParam member of TV_ITEM
-    class wxTreeItemParam *GetItemParam(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-
-    // data used only while editing the item label:
-    wxTextCtrl  *m_textCtrl;        // text control in which it is edited
-    wxTreeItemId m_idEdited;        // the item being edited
-
-private:
-    // the common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // helper functions
-    bool DoGetItem(wxTreeViewItem *tvItem) const;
-    void DoSetItem(wxTreeViewItem *tvItem);
-
-    void DoExpand(const wxTreeItemId& item, int flag);
-
-    void DeleteTextCtrl();
-
-    // return true if the item is the hidden root one (i.e. it's the root item
-    // and the tree has wxTR_HIDE_ROOT style)
-    bool IsHiddenRoot(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-
-    // the hash storing the items attributes (indexed by item ids)
-    wxMapTreeAttr m_attrs;
-
-    // true if the hash above is not empty
-    bool m_hasAnyAttr;
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-    // used for dragging
-    wxDragImage *m_dragImage;
-#endif
-
-    // Virtual root item, if wxTR_HIDE_ROOT is set.
-    void* m_pVirtualRoot;
-
-    // the starting item for selection with Shift
-    wxTreeItemId m_htSelStart, m_htClickedItem;
-    wxPoint m_ptClick;
-
-    friend class wxTreeItemIndirectData;
-    friend class wxTreeSortHelper;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ba64a87b5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h
-// Purpose:     wxUxThemeEngine class: support for XP themes
-// Author:      John Platts, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: uxtheme.h 42725 2006-10-30 15:37:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 John Platts, Vadim Zeitlin
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UXTHEME_H_
-#define _WX_UXTHEME_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"     // we use GetHwndOf()
-#include "wx/msw/uxthemep.h"
-
-typedef HTHEME  (__stdcall *PFNWXUOPENTHEMEDATA)(HWND, const wchar_t *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUCLOSETHEMEDATA)(HTHEME);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEBACKGROUND)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, const RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMETEXT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const wchar_t *, int, DWORD, DWORD, const RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDCONTENTRECT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDEXTENT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPARTSIZE)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, /* enum */ THEMESIZE, SIZE *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTEXTENT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const wchar_t *, int, DWORD, const RECT *, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTMETRICS)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, TEXTMETRIC*);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDREGION)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, HRGN *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUHITTESTTHEMEBACKGROUND)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, DWORD, const RECT *, HRGN, POINT, unsigned short *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEEDGE)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, unsigned int, unsigned int, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEICON)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, HIMAGELIST, int);
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEPARTDEFINED)(HTHEME, int, int);
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEBACKGROUNDPARTIALLYTRANSPARENT)(HTHEME, int, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMECOLOR)(HTHEME, int, int, int, COLORREF*);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEMETRIC)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, int *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESTRING)(HTHEME, int, int, int, wchar_t *, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBOOL)(HTHEME, int, int, int, BOOL *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEINT)(HTHEME, int, int, int, int *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEENUMVALUE)(HTHEME, int, int, int, int *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPOSITION)(HTHEME, int, int, int, POINT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEFONT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, LOGFONT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMERECT)(HTHEME, int, int, int, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEMARGINS)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, RECT *, MARGINS *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEINTLIST)(HTHEME, int, int, int, INTLIST*);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPROPERTYORIGIN)(HTHEME, int, int, int, /* enum */ PROPERTYORIGIN *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUSETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND, const wchar_t*, const wchar_t *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEFILENAME)(HTHEME, int, int, int, wchar_t *, int);
-typedef COLORREF(__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLOR)(HTHEME, int);
-typedef HBRUSH  (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLORBRUSH)(HTHEME, int);
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSBOOL)(HTHEME, int);
-typedef int     (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSIZE)(HTHEME, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSFONT)(HTHEME, int, LOGFONT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSTRING)(HTHEME, int, wchar_t *, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSINT)(HTHEME, int, int *);
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEACTIVE)();
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUISAPPTHEMED)();
-typedef HTHEME  (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUENABLETHEMEDIALOGTEXTURE)(HWND, DWORD);
-typedef BOOL    (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEDIALOGTEXTUREENABLED)(HWND);
-typedef DWORD   (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES)();
-typedef void    (__stdcall *PFNWXUSETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES)(DWORD);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)(wchar_t *, int, wchar_t *, int, wchar_t *, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEDOCUMENTATIONPROPERTY)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEPARENTBACKGROUND)(HWND, HDC, RECT *);
-typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUENABLETHEMING)(BOOL);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUxThemeEngine: provides all theme functions from uxtheme.dll
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we always define this class, even if wxUSE_UXTHEME == 0, but we just make it
-// empty in this case -- this allows to use it elsewhere without any #ifdefs
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-    #include "wx/dynlib.h"
-
-    #define wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(type, func) type func;
-#else
-    #define wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(type, func) type func(...) { return 0; }
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxUxThemeEngine
-{
-public:
-    // get the theme engine or NULL if themes are not available
-    static wxUxThemeEngine *Get();
-
-    // get the theme enging or NULL if themes are not available or not used for
-    // this application
-    static wxUxThemeEngine *GetIfActive();
-
-    // all uxtheme.dll functions
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUOPENTHEMEDATA, OpenThemeData)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUCLOSETHEMEDATA, CloseThemeData)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEBACKGROUND, DrawThemeBackground)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMETEXT, DrawThemeText)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDCONTENTRECT, GetThemeBackgroundContentRect)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDEXTENT, GetThemeBackgroundExtent)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPARTSIZE, GetThemePartSize)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTEXTENT, GetThemeTextExtent)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTMETRICS, GetThemeTextMetrics)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDREGION, GetThemeBackgroundRegion)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUHITTESTTHEMEBACKGROUND, HitTestThemeBackground)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEEDGE, DrawThemeEdge)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEICON, DrawThemeIcon)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEPARTDEFINED, IsThemePartDefined)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEBACKGROUNDPARTIALLYTRANSPARENT, IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMECOLOR, GetThemeColor)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEMETRIC, GetThemeMetric)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESTRING, GetThemeString)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBOOL, GetThemeBool)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEINT, GetThemeInt)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEENUMVALUE, GetThemeEnumValue)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPOSITION, GetThemePosition)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEFONT, GetThemeFont)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMERECT, GetThemeRect)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEMARGINS, GetThemeMargins)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEINTLIST, GetThemeIntList)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPROPERTYORIGIN, GetThemePropertyOrigin)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUSETWINDOWTHEME, SetWindowTheme)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEFILENAME, GetThemeFilename)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLOR, GetThemeSysColor)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLORBRUSH, GetThemeSysColorBrush)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSBOOL, GetThemeSysBool)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSIZE, GetThemeSysSize)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSFONT, GetThemeSysFont)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSTRING, GetThemeSysString)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSINT, GetThemeSysInt)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEACTIVE, IsThemeActive)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISAPPTHEMED, IsAppThemed)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETWINDOWTHEME, GetWindowTheme)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUENABLETHEMEDIALOGTEXTURE, EnableThemeDialogTexture)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEDIALOGTEXTUREENABLED, IsThemeDialogTextureEnabled)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES, GetThemeAppProperties)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUSETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES, SetThemeAppProperties)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETCURRENTTHEMENAME, GetCurrentThemeName)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEDOCUMENTATIONPROPERTY, GetThemeDocumentationProperty)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEPARENTBACKGROUND, DrawThemeParentBackground)
-    wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUENABLETHEMING, EnableTheming)
-
-private:
-    // construcor is private as only Get() can create us and is also trivial as
-    // everything really happens in Initialize()
-    wxUxThemeEngine() { }
-
-    // destructor is private as only Get() and wxUxThemeModule delete us, it is
-    // not virtual as we're not supposed to be derived from
-    ~wxUxThemeEngine() { }
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-    // initialize the theme engine: load the DLL, resolve the functions
-    //
-    // return true if we can be used, false if themes are not available
-    bool Initialize();
-
-
-    // uxtheme.dll
-    wxDynamicLibrary m_dllUxTheme;
-
-
-    // the one and only theme engine, initially NULL
-    static wxUxThemeEngine *ms_themeEngine;
-
-    // this is a bool which initially has the value -1 meaning "unknown"
-    static int ms_isThemeEngineAvailable;
-
-    // it must be able to delete us
-    friend class wxUxThemeModule;
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUxThemeEngine)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive()
-{
-    wxUxThemeEngine *engine = Get();
-    return engine && engine->IsAppThemed() && engine->IsThemeActive()
-                ? engine
-                : NULL;
-}
-
-#else // !wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::Get()
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive()
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME/!wxUSE_UXTHEME
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUxThemeHandle: encapsulates ::Open/CloseThemeData()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxUxThemeHandle
-{
-public:
-    wxUxThemeHandle(const wxWindow *win, const wchar_t *classes)
-    {
-        wxUxThemeEngine *engine = wxUxThemeEngine::Get();
-
-        m_hTheme = engine ? (HTHEME)engine->OpenThemeData(GetHwndOf(win), classes)
-                          : NULL;
-    }
-
-    operator HTHEME() const { return m_hTheme; }
-
-    ~wxUxThemeHandle()
-    {
-        if ( m_hTheme )
-        {
-            wxUxThemeEngine::Get()->CloseThemeData(m_hTheme);
-        }
-    }
-
-private:
-    HTHEME m_hTheme;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUxThemeHandle)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UXTHEME_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dc75c780..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Win32 5.1 theme definitions
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2003 Kevin Koltzau
- *
- * Originally written for the Wine project, and issued under
- * the wxWindows License by kind permission of the author.
- *
- * License:     wxWindows License
- */
-
-#ifndef __WINE_UXTHEME_H
-#define __WINE_UXTHEME_H
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h"
-
-typedef HANDLE HTHEME;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI CloseThemeData(HTHEME hTheme);
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeBackground(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,const RECT*);
-
-#define DTBG_CLIPRECT        0x00000001
-#define DTBG_DRAWSOLID       0x00000002
-#define DTBG_OMITBORDER      0x00000004
-#define DTBG_OMITCONTENT     0x00000008
-#define DTBG_COMPUTINGREGION 0x00000010
-#define DTBG_MIRRORDC        0x00000020
-
-typedef struct _DTBGOPTS {
-    DWORD dwSize;
-    DWORD dwFlags;
-    RECT rcClip;
-} DTBGOPTS, *PDTBGOPTS;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeBackgroundEx(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,
-                                     const DTBGOPTS*);
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeEdge(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,UINT,UINT,
-                             RECT*);
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeIcon(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,HIMAGELIST,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeParentBackground(HWND,HDC,RECT*);
-
-#define DTT_GRAYED      0x1
-
-HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeText(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,LPCWSTR,int,DWORD,DWORD,
-                             const RECT*);
-
-#define ETDT_DISABLE       0x00000001
-#define ETDT_ENABLE        0x00000002
-#define ETDT_USETABTEXTURE 0x00000004
-#define ETDT_ENABLETAB     (ETDT_ENABLE|ETDT_USETABTEXTURE)
-
-HRESULT WINAPI EnableThemeDialogTexture(HWND,DWORD);
-HRESULT WINAPI EnableTheming(BOOL);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetCurrentThemeName(LPWSTR,int,LPWSTR,int,LPWSTR,int);
-
-#define STAP_ALLOW_NONCLIENT    (1<<0)
-#define STAP_ALLOW_CONTROLS     (1<<1)
-#define STAP_ALLOW_WEBCONTENT   (1<<2)
-
-DWORD WINAPI GetThemeAppProperties(void);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundContentRect(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,
-                                             const RECT*,RECT*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundExtent(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,RECT*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundRegion(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,HRGN*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBool(HTHEME,int,int,int,BOOL*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeColor(HTHEME,int,int,int,COLORREF*);
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME   (const WCHAR []){ 'D','i','s','p','l','a','y','N','a','m','e',0 }
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME (const WCHAR []){ 'T','h','e','m','e','N','a','m','e',0 }
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP       (const WCHAR []){ 'T','o','o','l','T','i','p',0 }
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR        (const WCHAR []){ 'a','u','t','h','o','r',0 }
-#else /* lif defined(_MSC_VER) */
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME   L"DisplayName"
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME L"ThemeName"
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP       L"ToolTip"
-# define SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR        L"author"
-/*
-#else
-static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME[] =   { 'D','i','s','p','l','a','y','N','a','m','e',0 };
-static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME[] = { 'T','h','e','m','e','N','a','m','e',0 };
-static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP[] =       { 'T','o','o','l','T','i','p',0 };
-static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR[] =        { 'a','u','t','h','o','r',0 };
-*/
-#endif
-
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeDocumentationProperty(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPWSTR,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeEnumValue(HTHEME,int,int,int,int*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeFilename(HTHEME,int,int,int,LPWSTR,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeFont(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,LOGFONTW*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeInt(HTHEME,int,int,int,int*);
-
-#define MAX_INTLIST_COUNT 10
-typedef struct _INTLIST {
-    int iValueCount;
-    int iValues[MAX_INTLIST_COUNT];
-} INTLIST, *PINTLIST;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeIntList(HTHEME,int,int,int,INTLIST*);
-
-typedef struct _MARGINS {
-    int cxLeftWidth;
-    int cxRightWidth;
-    int cyTopHeight;
-    int cyBottomHeight;
-} MARGINS, *PMARGINS;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeMargins(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,RECT*,MARGINS*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeMetric(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,int*);
-
-typedef enum {
-    TS_MIN,
-    TS_TRUE,
-    TS_DRAW
-} THEMESIZE;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePartSize(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,RECT*,THEMESIZE,SIZE*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePosition(HTHEME,int,int,int,POINT*);
-
-typedef enum {
-    PO_STATE,
-    PO_PART,
-    PO_CLASS,
-    PO_GLOBAL,
-    PO_NOTFOUND
-} PROPERTYORIGIN;
-
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePropertyOrigin(HTHEME,int,int,int,PROPERTYORIGIN*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeRect(HTHEME,int,int,int,RECT*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeString(HTHEME,int,int,int,LPWSTR,int);
-BOOL WINAPI GetThemeSysBool(HTHEME,int);
-COLORREF WINAPI GetThemeSysColor(HTHEME,int);
-HBRUSH WINAPI GetThemeSysColorBrush(HTHEME,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysFont(HTHEME,int,LOGFONTW*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysInt(HTHEME,int,int*);
-int WINAPI GetThemeSysSize(HTHEME,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysString(HTHEME,int,LPWSTR,int);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeTextExtent(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,LPCWSTR,int,DWORD,
-                                  const RECT*,RECT*);
-HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeTextMetrics(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,TEXTMETRICW*);
-HTHEME WINAPI GetWindowTheme(HWND);
-
-#define HTTB_BACKGROUNDSEG          0x0000
-#define HTTB_FIXEDBORDER            0x0002
-#define HTTB_CAPTION                0x0004
-#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_LEFT    0x0010
-#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_TOP     0x0020
-#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_RIGHT   0x0040
-#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_BOTTOM  0x0080
-#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER \
-    (HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_LEFT|HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_TOP|\
-     HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_RIGHT|HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_BOTTOM)
-#define HTTB_SIZINGTEMPLATE         0x0100
-#define HTTB_SYSTEMSIZINGMARGINS    0x0200
-
-HRESULT WINAPI HitTestThemeBackground(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,DWORD,const RECT*,
-                                      HRGN,POINT,WORD*);
-BOOL WINAPI IsAppThemed(void);
-BOOL WINAPI IsThemeActive(void);
-BOOL WINAPI IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(HTHEME,int,int);
-BOOL WINAPI IsThemeDialogTextureEnabled(void);
-BOOL WINAPI IsThemePartDefined(HTHEME,int,int);
-HTHEME WINAPI OpenThemeData(HWND,LPCWSTR);
-void WINAPI SetThemeAppProperties(DWORD);
-HRESULT WINAPI SetWindowTheme(HWND,LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR);
-
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 76adae99d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/checklst.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.10.2005
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: checklst.h 38319 2006-03-23 22:05:23Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   __CHECKLSTCE__H_
-#define   __CHECKLSTCE__H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxCheckListBox();
-    wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   int nStrings = 0,
-                   const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxPoint& pos,
-                   const wxSize& size,
-                   const wxArrayString& choices,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    virtual ~wxCheckListBox();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // override base class virtuals
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-    // items may be checked
-    virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const;
-    virtual void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true);
-
-    // public interface derived from wxListBox and lower classes
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
-    // Implementation
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-protected:
-
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // protected interface derived from wxListBox and lower classes
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
-    virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select);
-    // convert our styles to Windows
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-private:
-
-    wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckListBox)
-};
-
-#endif    //_CHECKLSTCE_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 12cca184f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h
-// Purpose:     WinCE-specific configuration options checks
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-03-07
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: chkconf.h 55651 2008-09-16 08:03:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_
-
-// Standard SDK lacks a few things, forcefully disable them
-#ifdef WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK
-    // no shell functions support
-    #undef wxUSE_STDPATHS
-    #define wxUSE_STDPATHS 0
-#endif // WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK
-
-#if _WIN32_WCE < 400
-    // not enough API and lack of ddraw.h
-    #undef wxUSE_DISPLAY
-    #define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0
-#endif
-
-// DDE doesn't exist under WinCE and wxIPC is DDE-based under MSW
-#undef wxUSE_IPC
-#define wxUSE_IPC 0
-
-// no AUI under CE: it's unnecessary and currently doesn't compile
-#undef wxUSE_AUI
-#define wxUSE_AUI 0
-
-// no MDI under CE
-#undef wxUSE_MDI
-#define wxUSE_MDI 0
-#undef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0
-
-// metafiles are not supported neither
-#undef wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_METAFILE
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE 0
-
-// eVC doesn't support SEH
-#undef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0
-
-// libtiff and regex apparently don't compile with eVC (to check with eVC4?)
-// and they're disabled for WinCE in build/bakefiles/{tiff|regex}.bkl so can't
-// be enabled here
-#undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_REGEX
-#define wxUSE_REGEX 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 0
-
-// other MSW settings not supported by CE
-#undef wxUSE_RICHEDIT
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0
-#undef wxUSE_RICHEDIT2
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_UXTHEME
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0
-#undef wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-
-
-// Disable features which don't make sense for MS Smartphones
-// (due to pointer device usage, limited controls or dialogs, file system)
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-    #undef wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-    #define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0
-
-    #undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-    #define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0
-
-    #undef wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    #define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0
-
-    #undef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-    #define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0
-#endif // __SMARTPHONE__
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3f738a9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/choicece.h
-// Purpose:     wxChoice implementation for smart phones driven by WinCE
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.07.2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: choicece.h 38319 2006-03-23 22:05:23Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice;
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxChoice *, wxArrayChoiceSpins);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Choice item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxChoice() { }
-    virtual ~wxChoice();
-
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos,
-             const wxSize& size,
-             const wxArrayString& choices,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-    virtual void Clear() ;
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
-
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
-    // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy list of choices
-    WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; }
-
-    // return the choice object whose buddy is the given window or NULL
-    static wxChoice *GetChoiceForListBox(WXHWND hwndBuddy);
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // MSW implementation
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // create and initialize the control
-    bool CreateAndInit(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                       const wxPoint& pos,
-                       const wxSize& size,
-                       int n, const wxString choices[],
-                       long style,
-                       const wxValidator& validator,
-                       const wxString& name);
-
-    // free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor)
-    void Free();
-
-    // the data for the "buddy" list
-    WXHWND     m_hwndBuddy;
-    WXFARPROC  m_wndProcBuddy;
-
-    // all existing wxChoice - this allows to find the one corresponding to
-    // the given buddy window in GetSpinChoiceCtrl()
-    static wxArrayChoiceSpins ms_allChoiceSpins;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoice)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#endif // _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a1cafb1ac..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h
-// Purpose:     Help system: Windows CE help implementation
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2003-07-12
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: helpwce.h 36026 2005-10-27 21:00:26Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPWCE_H_
-#define _WX_HELPWCE_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWinceHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase
-{
-public:
-    wxWinceHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) {}
-    virtual ~wxWinceHelpController() {}
-
-    // Must call this to set the filename
-    virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
-
-    // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual bool DisplayContents();
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
-    virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section);
-    virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
-    virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId);
-    virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos);
-    virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
-                               wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-    virtual bool Quit();
-
-    wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
-
-protected:
-    // Append extension if necessary.
-    wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const;
-
-    // View topic, or just the HTML file
-    bool ViewURL(const wxString& topic = wxEmptyString);
-
-private:
-    wxString m_helpFile;
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxWinceHelpController)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-
-#endif
-// _WX_HELPWCE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c0e83603..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/libraries.h
-// Purpose:     VC++ pragmas for linking against SDK libs
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-04-11
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: libraries.h 38141 2006-03-16 11:03:26Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LIBRARIES_H_
-#define _WX_LIBRARIES_H_
-
-// NB: According to Microsoft, it is up to the OEM to decide whether
-//     some of libraries will be included in the system or not. For example,
-//     MS' STANDARDSDK does not include cyshell.lib and aygshell.lib, while
-//     Pocket PC 2003 SDK does. We depend on some symbols that are in these
-//     libraries in some SDKs and in different libs in others. Fortunately we
-//     can detect what SDK is used in C++ code, so we take advantage of
-//     VC++'s #pragma to link against the libraries conditionally, instead of
-//     including libraries in project files.
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
-
-#if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    // No commdlg.lib in Mobile 5.0 Smartphone
-#if !(defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && _WIN32_WCE >= 1200)
-    #pragma comment(lib,"commdlg.lib")
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400) && !defined(wxNO_RTTI)
-    #pragma comment(lib,"ccrtrtti.lib")
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__)
-    // DoDragDrop:
-    #pragma comment(lib,"olece400.lib")
-#elif defined(__POCKETPC__)
-    // PocketPC build:
-    // DoDragDrop:
-    #pragma comment(lib,"ceshell.lib")
-
-    #pragma comment(lib,"aygshell.lib")
-#elif defined(__HANDHELDPC__)
-    // Handheld PC builds. Maybe WindowsCE.NET 4.X needs another symbol.
-    #pragma comment(lib,"ceshell.lib")
-#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-    // Smartphone build:
-    #pragma comment(lib,"ceshell.lib")
-    #pragma comment(lib,"aygshell.lib")
-#else
-    #error "Unknown SDK, please fill-in missing pieces"
-#endif
-
-#endif // __VISUALC__ && __WXWINCE__
-
-#endif // _WX_LIBRARIES_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c5ccbec0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wince/missing.h
-// Purpose:     Missing things in WinCE
-// Author:      Marco Cavallini
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16/11/2002
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright:   (c) KOAN SAS ( www.koansoftware.com )
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CE_MISSING_H_
-#define _WX_CE_MISSING_H_
-
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#include "shellapi.h"
-
-inline BOOL IsIconic( HWND WXUNUSED(hWnd) )
-{
-    // Probably not right...
-#if 0
-    long style = GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_STYLE);
-    return ((style & WS_MINIMIZE) == 0);
-#endif
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-#ifdef __POCKETPC__
-#define SM_CXCURSOR             13
-#define SM_CYCURSOR             14
-#endif
-
-// Missing from eVC 4 for some reason
-#ifndef I_IMAGENONE
-#define I_IMAGENONE (-2)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TBSTYLE_NO_DROPDOWN_ARROW
-#define TBSTYLE_NO_DROPDOWN_ARROW 0x0080
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SHCMBM_GETMENU
-#define SHCMBM_GETMENU      (WM_USER + 402)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SHCMBM_SETSUBMENU
-#define SHCMBM_SETSUBMENU   (WM_USER + 400) // wparam == id of button, lParam == hmenu, return is old hmenu
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SHCMBM_GETSUBMENU
-#define SHCMBM_GETSUBMENU   (WM_USER + 401) // lParam == ID
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT
-    #define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT 0x00000020
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVS_FULLROWSELECT
-    #define TVS_FULLROWSELECT       0x1000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TVM_SETBKCOLOR
-    #define TVM_SETBKCOLOR          (TV_FIRST + 29)
-    #define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR        (TV_FIRST + 30)
-#endif
-
-// Used in msgdlg.cpp, evtloop.cpp
-#ifndef MB_TASKMODAL
-#define MB_TASKMODAL 0x2000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HGDI_ERROR
-#define HGDI_ERROR ((HANDLE)(0xFFFFFFFFL))
-#endif
-
-// some windows styles don't exist in CE SDK, replace them with closest
-// equivalents
-#ifndef WS_THICKFRAME
-    #define WS_THICKFRAME WS_BORDER
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WS_MINIMIZE
-    #define WS_MINIMIZE 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WS_MAXIMIZE
-    #define WS_MAXIMIZE 0
-#endif
-
-
-// global memory functions don't exist under CE (good riddance, of course, but
-// the existing code still uses them in some places, so make it compile)
-//
-// update: they're defined in eVC 4 inside "#ifdef UNDER_CE" block
-#ifndef UNDER_CE
-    #define GlobalAlloc LocalAlloc
-    #define GlobalFree LocalFree
-    #define GlobalSize LocalSize
-    #define GPTR LPTR
-    #define GHND LPTR
-    #define GMEM_MOVEABLE 0
-    #define GMEM_SHARE 0
-#endif // !UNDER_CE
-
-// WinCE RTL doesn't implement bsearch() used in encconv.cpp
-extern "C" void *
-bsearch(const void *key, const void *base, size_t num, size_t size,
-        int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *cmp)(const void *, const void *));
-
-#define O_RDONLY       0x0000  /* open for reading only */
-#define O_WRONLY       0x0001  /* open for writing only */
-#define O_RDWR         0x0002  /* open for reading and writing */
-#define O_APPEND       0x0008  /* writes done at eof */
-
-#define O_CREAT        0x0100  /* create and open file */
-#define O_TRUNC        0x0200  /* open and truncate */
-#define O_EXCL         0x0400  /* open only if file doesn't already exist */
-
-#define O_TEXT         0x4000  /* file mode is text (translated) */
-#define O_BINARY       0x8000  /* file mode is binary (untranslated) */
-
-#ifndef SS_SUNKEN
-    #define SS_SUNKEN 0x00001000L
-#endif
-
-// unsupported flags for WINDOWPOS structure
-#ifndef SWP_NOCOPYBITS
-    #define SWP_NOCOPYBITS 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
-    #define SWP_NOOWNERZORDER 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
-    #define SWP_NOSENDCHANGING 0
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_CE_MISSING_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dbf04259f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright 1998, Ben Goetter.  All rights reserved.
-// Also released under wxWindows license - see src/msw/wince/net.cpp
-
-/*
- patch holes in winsock
-
-  WCE 2.0 lacks many of the 'database' winsock routines.
-  Stub just enough them for ss.dll.
-
-  getprotobynumber
-  getservbyport
-  getservbyname
-
-*/
-
-struct servent * WINSOCKAPI getservbyport(int port, const char * proto) ;
-
-struct servent * WINSOCKAPI getservbyname(const char * name,
-                                          const char * proto) ;
-struct protoent * WINSOCKAPI getprotobynumber(int proto) ;
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h
deleted file mode 100644
index df64656b2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/resources.h
-// Purpose:     identifiers shared between resource compiler and eVC
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01.05.2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: resources.h 27829 2004-06-16 06:17:27Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#define IDM_LEFT                 40001
-#define IDM_RIGHT                40002
-#define IDM_ITEM                 40003
-
-#define IDS_EMPTY                40010
-
-#define IDR_POPUP_1              40020
-#define IDR_POPUP_2              40021
-
-#define IDR_MENUBAR_ONE_BUTTON   40030
-#define IDR_MENUBAR_LEFT_MENU    40031
-#define IDR_MENUBAR_RIGHT_MENU   40032
-#define IDR_MENUBAR_BOTH_MENUS   40033
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 193f703d4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1295 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/setup.h
-// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup.h 51451 2008-01-29 23:11:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_SETUP_H_
-
-/* --- start common options --- */
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when
-// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of
-// the current font.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike
-// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back
-// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create
-// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back
-// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information.
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there
-//                         is no overhead if you don't use it
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP
-// (Windows 9x doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode
-// will not run under 9x -- but see wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU below).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if
-// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...)
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset
-// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in
-// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-//
-// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network
-// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a
-// lot of other functionality being lost.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If
-// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't
-// depend on the standard streams library.
-//
-// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams
-// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so
-//                      dependency on the standard streams library is not a
-//                      problem
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  0
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME      1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   1
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   1
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS    1
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  1
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       1
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          1
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          1
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            1
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 1
-
-// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support.
-// Currently valid only for MS-Windows.
-// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites
-// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites
-// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0.
-// Doing so reduces the code size.
-//
-// This code is experimental and subject to change.
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       1
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      1
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use GStreamer for Unix (req a lot of dependancies)
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it)
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#define wxUSE_XML       wxUSE_XRC
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1   // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON        1   // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON     1   // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL  1   // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX      1   // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX  1   // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE        1   // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE      1   // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX      1   // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL  1   // wxDataViewCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL  1   // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1   // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE         1   // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1   // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX       1   // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL      1   // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX      1   // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN      1   // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR     1   // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL    1   // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER        1   // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN       1   // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL      1   // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX       1   // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE      1   // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT      1   // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP       1   // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL      1   // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN     1   // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL      1   // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        1
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         1
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Hotkey support (currently Windows only)
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or
-// window lies.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       1
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      1
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       1
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              1
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          1
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  1
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         1
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        1
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-
-// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither
-// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available.
-//
-// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling
-// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers)
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1
-
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        1
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>. Note that VC++ 7.1
-// and later doesn't support wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so <iostream> will be
-// used anyhow.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only)
-#define wxUSE_TGA           1
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           1
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUniversal-only options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme
-// uses Win32 one
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK     0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL   0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO    0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32   0
-
-
-/* --- end common options --- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// general Windows-specific stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_OLE           1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB (don't change unless you have reason to)
-#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows CE specific stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// list of things which don't make sense under Windows CE in alphabetical order
-// (please keep it!)
-//
-// NB: stuff which doesn't work at all under CE is forcefully disabled in
-//     wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h
-
-// Windows CE doesn't use RAS so wxDialUpManager doesn't work under it
-#undef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0
-
-// MDI is not supported under CE
-#undef wxUSE_MDI
-#define wxUSE_MDI 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0
-
-// there is no difference between frame and mini frame decorations under CE
-#undef wxUSE_MINIFRAME
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 0
-
-// no CHM support under CE
-#undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-
-// ???
-#undef wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-
-// there is usually no printer attached to a PDA...
-#undef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0
-
-// doesn't make much sense in absence of mouse...
-#undef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0
-
-// Do use commdlg.h
-#undef wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// don't use wxRichTextCtrl on WinCE yet, it's not ready, plus it's
-// probably overkill for a WinCE environment.
-#undef wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Crash debugging helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// obsolete MSW settings, don't change
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0
-
-#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f13ac669..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/smartphone.h
-// Purpose:     resources for MS Smartphone build
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01.05.2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: smartphone.rc 30036 2004-10-20 15:14:46Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#include <aygshell.h>
-
-#include "wx/msw/wince/resources.h"
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
-    IDS_EMPTY   ""
-END
-
-IDR_POPUP_1 MENU
-BEGIN
-    POPUP ""
-    BEGIN
-        MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM
-    END
-END
-
-IDR_POPUP_2 MENU
-BEGIN
-    POPUP ""
-    BEGIN
-        MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM
-    END
-    POPUP ""
-    BEGIN
-        MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM
-    END
-END
-
-IDR_MENUBAR_ONE_BUTTON RCDATA
-BEGIN
-    0,2,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT,  TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON   | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON   | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU,
-END
-
-IDR_MENUBAR_LEFT_MENU RCDATA
-BEGIN
-    IDR_POPUP_1,1,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT,  TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0,
-END
-
-IDR_MENUBAR_RIGHT_MENU RCDATA
-BEGIN
-    IDR_POPUP_1,2,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT,  TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON   | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0,
-END
-
-IDR_MENUBAR_BOTH_MENUS RCDATA
-BEGIN
-    IDR_POPUP_2,2,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT,  TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0,
-    I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 1,
-END
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fc0cf709..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h
-// Purpose:     Windows CE wxToolBar class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2003-07-12
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tbarwce.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BARWCE_H_
-#define _WX_BARWCE_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// Smartphones don't have toolbars, so use a dummy class
-#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and dtor
-    wxToolBar() { }
-
-    wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-
-    // override/implement base class virtuals
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-    virtual bool Realize() { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
-    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
-                                          const wxString& label,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                          wxItemKind kind,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelp,
-                                          const wxString& longHelp);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-};
-
-#else
-
-// For __POCKETPC__
-
-#include "wx/msw/tbar95.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolMenuBar : public wxToolBar
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and dtor
-    wxToolMenuBar() { Init(); }
-
-    wxToolMenuBar(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr,
-                wxMenuBar* menuBar = NULL)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, menuBar);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr,
-                wxMenuBar* menuBar = NULL);
-
-    virtual ~wxToolMenuBar();
-
-    // override/implement base class virtuals
-    virtual bool Realize();
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // Override in order to bypass wxToolBar's overridden function
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-    // Return HMENU for the menu associated with the commandbar
-    WXHMENU GetHMenu();
-
-    // Set the wxMenuBar associated with this commandbar
-    void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menuBar) { m_menuBar = menuBar; }
-
-    // Returns the wxMenuBar associated with this commandbar
-    wxMenuBar* GetMenuBar() const { return m_menuBar; }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // create the native toolbar control
-    bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, wxMenuBar* menuBar);
-
-    // recreate the control completely
-    void Recreate();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
-                                          const wxString& label,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                          wxItemKind kind,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelp,
-                                          const wxString& longHelp);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
-
-    // The menubar associated with this toolbar
-    wxMenuBar*  m_menuBar;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolMenuBar)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolMenuBar)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // __SMARTPHONE__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BARWCE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aec359cf9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextCtrl implementation for smart phones driven by WinCE
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.08.2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textctrlce.h 41739 2006-10-08 17:46:12Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxTextCtrl *, wxArrayTextSpins);
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    // --------
-
-    wxTextCtrl() { Init(); }
-    wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    virtual ~wxTextCtrl();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) { DoSetValue(value, SetValue_SendEvent); }
-
-    virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString &value) { DoSetValue(value); }
-
-    virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
-    virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
-    virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
-    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
-
-    virtual bool IsModified() const;
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
-    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // editing
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
-    // load the controls contents from the file
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
-
-    // clears the dirty flag
-    virtual void MarkDirty();
-    virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
-    virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len);
-
-    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
-    // inserts it at the end
-    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
-    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
-    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
-    // which represent column and line.
-    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
-    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                            wxTextCoord *col,
-                                            wxTextCoord *row) const
-    {
-        return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row);
-    }
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
-    // Undo/redo
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // Insertion point
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-    // Caret handling (Windows only)
-
-    bool ShowNativeCaret(bool show = true);
-    bool HideNativeCaret() { return ShowNativeCaret(false); }
-
-    // Implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-    virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND();
-
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
-
-    // callbacks
-    void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
-
-    void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    // Show a context menu for Rich Edit controls (the standard
-    // EDIT control has one already)
-    void OnRightClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // be sure the caret remains invisible if the user
-    // called HideNativeCaret() before
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy
-    WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; }
-
-    // intercept WM_GETDLGCODE
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // call this to increase the size limit (will do nothing if the current
-    // limit is big enough)
-    //
-    // returns true if we increased the limit to allow entering more text,
-    // false if we hit the limit set by SetMaxLength() and so didn't change it
-    bool AdjustSpaceLimit();
-
-    void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0);
-
-    // replace the contents of the selection or of the entire control with the
-    // given text
-    void DoWriteText(const wxString& text, int flags = SetValue_SelectionOnly);
-
-    // set the selection possibly without scrolling the caret into view
-    void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, bool scrollCaret = true);
-
-    // return true if there is a non empty selection in the control
-    bool HasSelection() const;
-
-    // get the length of the line containing the character at the given
-    // position
-    long GetLengthOfLineContainingPos(long pos) const;
-
-    // send TEXT_UPDATED event, return true if it was handled, false otherwise
-    bool SendUpdateEvent();
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-
-    // if true, SendUpdateEvent() will eat the next event (see comments in the
-    // code as to why this is needed)
-    bool m_suppressNextUpdate;
-
-    // all existing wxTextCtrl - this allows to find the one corresponding to
-    // the given buddy window in GetSpinTextCtrl()
-    static wxArrayTextSpins ms_allTextSpins;
-
-protected:
-
-    // the data for the "buddy" list
-    WXHWND     m_hwndBuddy;
-    WXFARPROC  m_wndProcBuddy;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTextCtrl)
-
-    bool m_isNativeCaretShown;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d711111c8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- * time.h
- * Missing time functions and structures for use under WinCE
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_
-
-#ifndef _TM_DEFINED
-
-#define _TM_DEFINED
-
-struct tm {
-        int tm_sec;     /* seconds after the minute - [0,59] */
-        int tm_min;     /* minutes after the hour - [0,59] */
-        int tm_hour;    /* hours since midnight - [0,23] */
-        int tm_mday;    /* day of the month - [1,31] */
-        int tm_mon;     /* months since January - [0,11] */
-        int tm_year;    /* years since 1900 */
-        int tm_wday;    /* days since Sunday - [0,6] */
-        int tm_yday;    /* days since January 1 - [0,365] */
-        int tm_isdst;   /* daylight savings time flag */
-        };
-
-extern "C"
-{
-
-time_t __cdecl time(time_t *);
-
-time_t __cdecl mktime(struct tm *);
-
-// VC8 CRT provides the other functions
-#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || (__VISUALC__ < 1400)
-
-struct tm * __cdecl localtime(const time_t *);
-
-struct tm * __cdecl gmtime(const time_t *);
-
-#define _tcsftime   wcsftime
-
-size_t __cdecl wcsftime(wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, const struct tm *);
-
-extern long timezone;
-
-#endif // !VC8
-
-}
-
-#endif // !_TM_DEFINED
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index d1f542224..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#include <commctrl.h>
-
-#ifdef WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP
-    #include "wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc"
-#else
-
-// Dummy menubar/toolbar for WinCE
-
-5000 RCDATA DISCARDABLE
-BEGIN
-  // Popup menu name
-  5000,
-  // Count of items to put on the menu
-  0
-END
-
-5000 MENU DISCARDABLE
-BEGIN
-    POPUP "Dummy"
-    BEGIN
-    MENUITEM "Dummy" 99
-    END
-END
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/window.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/window.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c75ac55d3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/window.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,601 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/window.h
-// Purpose:     wxWindowMSW class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin on 13.05.99: complete refont of message handling,
-//              elimination of Default(), ...
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: window.h 53929 2008-06-02 18:27:16Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_WINDOW_H_
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-// they're unused by wxWidgets...
-enum
-{
-    wxKEY_SHIFT = 1,
-    wxKEY_CTRL  = 2
-};
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindow declaration for MSW
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowMSW : public wxWindowBase
-{
-    friend class wxSpinCtrl;
-    friend class wxSlider;
-    friend class wxRadioBox;
-#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1200
-    friend class wxWindowMSW;
-#endif
-public:
-    wxWindowMSW() { Init(); }
-
-    wxWindowMSW(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxWindowMSW();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-    virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
-
-    virtual void Raise();
-    virtual void Lower();
-
-    virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-    virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
-    virtual void SetFocus();
-    virtual void SetFocusFromKbd();
-
-    virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent);
-
-    virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
-
-    virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
-                          const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
-    virtual void Update();
-    virtual void Freeze();
-    virtual void Thaw();
-    virtual bool IsFrozen() const { return m_frozenness > 0; }
-
-    virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-    virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle);
-    virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
-    virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
-
-    virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
-    virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
-    virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                               int *x, int *y,
-                               int *descent = (int *) NULL,
-                               int *externalLeading = (int *) NULL,
-                               const wxFont *theFont = (const wxFont *) NULL)
-                               const;
-
-    virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
-                               int range, bool refresh = true );
-    virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true );
-    virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const;
-    virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const;
-    virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const;
-    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
-                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
-
-    virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines);
-    virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages);
-
-    virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir);
-    virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
-    virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
-                                             wxCoord width,
-                                             wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-    // Accept files for dragging
-    virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool GetUseCtl3D() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool GetTransparentBackground() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetTransparent(bool t = true) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    // Native resource loading (implemented in src/msw/nativdlg.cpp)
-    // FIXME: should they really be all virtual?
-    virtual bool LoadNativeDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID& id);
-    virtual bool LoadNativeDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& name);
-    wxWindow* GetWindowChild1(wxWindowID id);
-    wxWindow* GetWindowChild(wxWindowID id);
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
-    // install and deinstall a system wide hotkey
-    virtual bool RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode);
-    virtual bool UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId);
-#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
-
-#ifdef __POCKETPC__
-    bool IsContextMenuEnabled() const { return m_contextMenuEnabled; }
-    void EnableContextMenu(bool enable = true) { m_contextMenuEnabled = enable; }
-#endif
-
-    // window handle stuff
-    // -------------------
-
-    WXHWND GetHWND() const { return m_hWnd; }
-    void SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd) { m_hWnd = hWnd; }
-    virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return GetHWND(); }
-
-    void AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle);
-    void DissociateHandle();
-
-    // does this window have deferred position and/or size?
-    bool IsSizeDeferred() const;
-
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    // ==========================
-
-    // event handlers
-    // --------------
-
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    void OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-public:
-    // Windows subclassing
-    void SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd);
-    void UnsubclassWin();
-
-    WXFARPROC MSWGetOldWndProc() const { return m_oldWndProc; }
-    void MSWSetOldWndProc(WXFARPROC proc) { m_oldWndProc = proc; }
-
-    // return true if the window is of a standard (i.e. not wxWidgets') class
-    //
-    // to understand why does it work, look at SubclassWin() code and comments
-    bool IsOfStandardClass() const { return m_oldWndProc != NULL; }
-
-    wxWindow *FindItem(long id) const;
-    wxWindow *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = false) const;
-
-    // MSW only: true if this control is part of the main control
-    virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd)) const { return false; }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    // MSW only: true if this window or any of its children have a tooltip
-    virtual bool HasToolTips() const { return GetToolTip() != NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // translate wxWidgets style flags for this control into the Windows style
-    // and optional extended style for the corresponding native control
-    //
-    // this is the function that should be overridden in the derived classes,
-    // but you will mostly use MSWGetCreateWindowFlags() below
-    virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const ;
-
-    // get the MSW window flags corresponding to wxWidgets ones
-    //
-    // the functions returns the flags (WS_XXX) directly and puts the ext
-    // (WS_EX_XXX) flags into the provided pointer if not NULL
-    WXDWORD MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(WXDWORD *exflags = NULL) const
-        { return MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyle(), exflags); }
-
-    // update the real underlying window style flags to correspond to the
-    // current wxWindow object style (safe to call even if window isn't fully
-    // created yet)
-    void MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld);
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // Helper for getting an appropriate theme style for the application. Unnecessary in
-    // 2.9 and above.
-	wxBorder GetThemedBorderStyle() const;
-#endif
-
-    // translate wxWidgets coords into Windows ones suitable to be passed to
-    // ::CreateWindow()
-    //
-    // returns true if non default coords are returned, false otherwise
-    bool MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
-                                  const wxSize& size,
-                                  int& x, int& y,
-                                  int& w, int& h) const;
-
-    // get the HWND to be used as parent of this window with CreateWindow()
-    virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const;
-
-    // creates the window of specified Windows class with given style, extended
-    // style, title and geometry (default values
-    //
-    // returns true if the window has been created, false if creation failed
-    bool MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
-                   const wxChar *title = NULL,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   WXDWORD style = 0,
-                   WXDWORD exendedStyle = 0);
-
-    virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id);
-
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    // Create an appropriate wxWindow from a HWND
-    virtual wxWindow* CreateWindowFromHWND(wxWindow* parent, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    // Make sure the window style reflects the HWND style (roughly)
-    virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND();
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-    // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
-    virtual void SetupColours();
-
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // helpers for message handlers: these perform the same function as the
-    // message crackers from <windowsx.h> - they unpack WPARAM and LPARAM into
-    // the correct parameters
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    void UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                       WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd);
-    void UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                        WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd);
-    void UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                      WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd);
-    void UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                        WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd);
-    void UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                          WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu);
-
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // internal handlers for MSW messages: all handlers return a boolean value:
-    // true means that the handler processed the event and false that it didn't
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // there are several cases where we have virtual functions for Windows
-    // message processing: this is because these messages often require to be
-    // processed in a different manner in the derived classes. For all other
-    // messages, however, we do *not* have corresponding MSWOnXXX() function
-    // and if the derived class wants to process them, it should override
-    // MSWWindowProc() directly.
-
-    // scroll event (both horizontal and vertical)
-    virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD nSBCode,
-                             WXWORD pos, WXHWND control);
-
-    // child control notifications
-    virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    // owner-drawn controls need to process these messages
-    virtual bool MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
-    virtual bool MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item);
-
-    // the rest are not virtual
-    bool HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate);
-    bool HandleInitDialog(WXHWND hWndFocus);
-    bool HandleDestroy();
-
-    bool HandlePaint();
-    bool HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC);
-    bool HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hDC);
-
-    bool HandleMinimize();
-    bool HandleMaximize();
-    bool HandleSize(int x, int y, WXUINT flag);
-    bool HandleSizing(wxRect& rect);
-    bool HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo);
-
-    bool HandleShow(bool show, int status);
-    bool HandleActivate(int flag, bool minimized, WXHWND activate);
-
-    bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control);
-
-    bool HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *hBrush, WXHDC hdc, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    bool HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange);
-    bool HandleQueryNewPalette();
-    bool HandleSysColorChange();
-    bool HandleDisplayChange();
-    bool HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND gainedCapture);
-    virtual bool HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    bool HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd);
-    bool HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff);
-
-    bool HandleSetFocus(WXHWND wnd);
-    bool HandleKillFocus(WXHWND wnd);
-
-    bool HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam);
-
-    bool HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags);
-    bool HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags);
-    bool HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    bool HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII = false);
-    bool HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-    bool HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    bool HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    int HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif
-    // Create and process a clipboard event specified by type.
-    bool HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg );
-
-    bool HandleQueryDragIcon(WXHICON *hIcon);
-
-    bool HandleSetCursor(WXHWND hWnd, short nHitTest, int mouseMsg);
-
-    bool HandlePower(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool *vetoed);
-
-
-    // Window procedure
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    // Calls an appropriate default window procedure
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-
-    // message processing helpers
-
-    // return false if the message shouldn't be translated/preprocessed but
-    // dispatched normally
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
-
-    // return true if the message was preprocessed and shouldn't be dispatched
-    virtual bool MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
-
-    // return true if the message was translated and shouldn't be dispatched
-    virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg);
-
-    // called when the window is about to be destroyed
-    virtual void MSWDestroyWindow();
-
-
-    // this function should return the brush to paint the children controls
-    // background or 0 if this window doesn't impose any particular background
-    // on its children
-    //
-    // the base class version returns a solid brush if we have a non default
-    // background colour or 0 otherwise
-    virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd);
-
-    // return the background brush to use for painting the given window by
-    // quering the parent windows via their MSWGetBgBrushForChild() recursively
-    //
-    // hWndToPaint is normally NULL meaning this window itself, but it can also
-    // be a child of this window which is used by the static box and could be
-    // potentially useful for other transparent controls
-    WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint = NULL);
-
-    // gives the parent the possibility to draw its children background, e.g.
-    // this is used by wxNotebook to do it using DrawThemeBackground()
-    //
-    // return true if background was drawn, false otherwise
-    virtual bool MSWPrintChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), wxWindow * WXUNUSED(child))
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    // some controls (e.g. wxListBox) need to set the return value themselves
-    //
-    // return true to let parent handle it if we don't, false otherwise
-    virtual bool MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild()
-    {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-
-    // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-    // initialize various fields of wxMouseEvent (common part of MSWOnMouseXXX)
-    void InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, int x, int y, WXUINT flags);
-
-    // check if mouse is in the window
-    bool IsMouseInWindow() const;
-
-    // check if a native double-buffering applies for this window
-    virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const;
-    
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    void SetDoubleBuffered(bool on);
-#endif
-    
-    // synthesize a wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW event and set m_mouseInWindow to false
-    void GenerateMouseLeave();
-
-    // virtual function for implementing internal idle
-    // behaviour
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-    virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
-    // the window handle
-    WXHWND                m_hWnd;
-
-    // the old window proc (we subclass all windows)
-    WXFARPROC             m_oldWndProc;
-
-    // additional (MSW specific) flags
-    bool                  m_mouseInWindow:1;
-    bool                  m_lastKeydownProcessed:1;
-
-    // the size of one page for scrolling
-    int                   m_xThumbSize;
-    int                   m_yThumbSize;
-
-    // implement the base class pure virtuals
-    virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const;
-    virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const;
-    virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-
-    virtual void DoCaptureMouse();
-    virtual void DoReleaseMouse();
-
-    // this simply moves/resizes the given HWND which is supposed to be our
-    // sibling (this is useful for controls which are composite at MSW level
-    // and for which DoMoveWindow() is not enough)
-    //
-    // returns true if the window move was deferred, false if it was moved
-    // immediately (no error return)
-    bool DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-    // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
-    // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call
-    // ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange
-    // themselves inside the given rectangle
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-
-    // process TTN_NEEDTEXT message properly (i.e. fixing the bugs in
-    // comctl32.dll in our code -- see the function body for more info)
-    bool HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
-                             WXLPARAM lParam,
-                             const wxString& ttip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // the helper functions used by HandleChar/KeyXXX methods
-    wxKeyEvent CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, int id,
-                              WXLPARAM lParam = 0, WXWPARAM wParam = 0) const;
-
-
-    // default OnEraseBackground() implementation, return true if we did erase
-    // the background, false otherwise (i.e. the system should erase it)
-    bool DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC);
-
-    // generate WM_CHANGEUISTATE if it's needed for the OS we're running under
-    //
-    // action should be one of the UIS_XXX constants
-    // state should be one or more of the UISF_XXX constants
-    // if action == UIS_INITIALIZE then it doesn't seem to matter what we use
-    // for state as the system will decide for us what needs to be set
-    void MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state = 0);
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // the (non-virtual) handlers for the events
-    bool HandleMove(int x, int y);
-    bool HandleMoving(wxRect& rect);
-    bool HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags);
-    bool HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result);
-
-    // list of disabled children before last call to our Disable()
-    wxWindowList *m_childrenDisabled;
-
-    // number of calls to Freeze() minus number of calls to Thaw()
-    unsigned int m_frozenness;
-
-    // current defer window position operation handle (may be NULL)
-    WXHANDLE m_hDWP;
-
-protected:
-    // When deferred positioning is done these hold the pending changes, and
-    // are used for the default values if another size/pos changes is done on
-    // this window before the group of deferred changes is completed.
-    wxPoint     m_pendingPosition;
-    wxSize      m_pendingSize;
-
-private:
-#ifdef __POCKETPC__
-    bool        m_contextMenuEnabled;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMSW)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMSW)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-inline bool wxWindowMSW::GetUseCtl3D() const { return false; }
-inline bool wxWindowMSW::GetTransparentBackground() const { return false; }
-inline void wxWindowMSW::SetTransparent(bool WXUNUSED(t)) { }
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// kbd code translation
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym, WXLPARAM lParam = 0);
-WXDLLEXPORT WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *IsVirtual = NULL);
-
-// window creation helper class: before creating a new HWND, instantiate an
-// object of this class on stack - this allows to process the messages sent to
-// the window even before CreateWindow() returns
-class wxWindowCreationHook
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated);
-    ~wxWindowCreationHook();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global objects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that this hash must be defined after wxWindow declaration as it
-// needs to "see" its dtor and not just forward declaration
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-
-// pseudo-template HWND <-> wxWindow hash table
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-WX_DECLARE_HASH(wxWindow, wxWindowList, wxWinHashTable);
-#else
-WX_DECLARE_HASH(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowList, wxWinHashTable);
-#endif
-
-extern wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash;
-
-#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/winundef.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/winundef.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 47d59e7c4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/winundef.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,490 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        winundef.h
-// Purpose:     undefine the common symbols #define'd by <windows.h>
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: winundef.h 36044 2005-10-31 19:35:41Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* THIS SHOULD NOT BE USED since you might include it once e.g. in window.h,
- * then again _AFTER_ you've included windows.h, in which case it won't work
- * a 2nd time -- JACS
-#ifndef _WX_WINUNDEF_H_
-#define _WX_WINUNDEF_H_
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// windows.h #defines the following identifiers which are also used in wxWin so
-// we replace these symbols with the corresponding inline functions and
-// undefine the macro.
-//
-// This looks quite ugly here but allows us to write clear (and correct!) code
-// elsewhere because the functions, unlike the macros, respect the scope.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// CreateDialog
-
-#if defined(CreateDialog)
-    #undef CreateDialog
-
-    inline HWND CreateDialog(HINSTANCE hInstance,
-                             LPCTSTR pTemplate,
-                             HWND hwndParent,
-                             DLGPROC pDlgProc)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return CreateDialogW(hInstance, pTemplate, hwndParent, pDlgProc);
-        #else
-            return CreateDialogA(hInstance, pTemplate, hwndParent, pDlgProc);
-        #endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-// CreateFont
-
-#ifdef CreateFont
-    #undef CreateFont
-
-    inline HFONT CreateFont(int height,
-                            int width,
-                            int escapement,
-                            int orientation,
-                            int weight,
-                            DWORD italic,
-                            DWORD underline,
-                            DWORD strikeout,
-                            DWORD charset,
-                            DWORD outprecision,
-                            DWORD clipprecision,
-                            DWORD quality,
-                            DWORD family,
-                            LPCTSTR facename)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return CreateFontW(height, width, escapement, orientation,
-                               weight, italic, underline, strikeout, charset,
-                               outprecision, clipprecision, quality,
-                               family, facename);
-        #else
-            return CreateFontA(height, width, escapement, orientation,
-                               weight, italic, underline, strikeout, charset,
-                               outprecision, clipprecision, quality,
-                               family, facename);
-        #endif
-    }
-#endif // CreateFont
-
-// CreateWindow
-
-#if defined(CreateWindow)
-    #undef CreateWindow
-
-    inline HWND CreateWindow(LPCTSTR lpClassName,
-                             LPCTSTR lpWndClass,
-                             DWORD dwStyle,
-                             int x, int y, int w, int h,
-                             HWND hWndParent,
-                             HMENU hMenu,
-                             HINSTANCE hInstance,
-                             LPVOID lpParam)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return CreateWindowW(lpClassName, lpWndClass, dwStyle, x, y, w, h,
-                                 hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam);
-        #else
-            return CreateWindowA(lpClassName, lpWndClass, dwStyle, x, y, w, h,
-                                 hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam);
-        #endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-// LoadMenu
-
-#ifdef LoadMenu
-    #undef LoadMenu
-
-    inline HMENU LoadMenu(HINSTANCE instance, LPCTSTR name)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return LoadMenuW(instance, name);
-        #else
-            return LoadMenuA(instance, name);
-        #endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-// FindText
-
-#ifdef FindText
-    #undef FindText
-
-    inline HWND APIENTRY FindText(LPFINDREPLACE lpfindreplace)
-    {
-        #ifdef UNICODE
-            return FindTextW(lpfindreplace);
-        #else
-            return FindTextA(lpfindreplace);
-        #endif // !UNICODE
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetCharWidth
-
-#ifdef GetCharWidth
-   #undef GetCharWidth
-   inline BOOL  GetCharWidth(HDC dc, UINT first, UINT last, LPINT buffer)
-   {
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-      return GetCharWidthW(dc, first, last, buffer);
-   #else
-      return GetCharWidthA(dc, first, last, buffer);
-   #endif
-   }
-#endif
-
-// FindWindow
-
-#ifdef FindWindow
-   #undef FindWindow
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline HWND FindWindow(LPCWSTR classname, LPCWSTR windowname)
-   {
-      return FindWindowW(classname, windowname);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline HWND FindWindow(LPCSTR classname, LPCSTR windowname)
-   {
-      return FindWindowA(classname, windowname);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// PlaySound
-
-#ifdef PlaySound
-   #undef PlaySound
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline BOOL PlaySound(LPCWSTR pszSound, HMODULE hMod, DWORD fdwSound)
-   {
-      return PlaySoundW(pszSound, hMod, fdwSound);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline BOOL PlaySound(LPCSTR pszSound, HMODULE hMod, DWORD fdwSound)
-   {
-      return PlaySoundA(pszSound, hMod, fdwSound);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// GetClassName
-
-#ifdef GetClassName
-   #undef GetClassName
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline int GetClassName(HWND h, LPWSTR classname, int maxcount)
-   {
-      return GetClassNameW(h, classname, maxcount);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline int GetClassName(HWND h, LPSTR classname, int maxcount)
-   {
-      return GetClassNameA(h, classname, maxcount);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// GetClassInfo
-
-#ifdef GetClassInfo
-   #undef GetClassInfo
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline BOOL GetClassInfo(HINSTANCE h, LPCWSTR name, LPWNDCLASSW winclass)
-   {
-      return GetClassInfoW(h, name, winclass);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline BOOL GetClassInfo(HINSTANCE h, LPCSTR name, LPWNDCLASSA winclass)
-   {
-      return GetClassInfoA(h, name, winclass);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// LoadAccelerators
-
-#ifdef LoadAccelerators
-   #undef LoadAccelerators
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline HACCEL LoadAccelerators(HINSTANCE h, LPCWSTR name)
-   {
-      return LoadAcceleratorsW(h, name);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline HACCEL LoadAccelerators(HINSTANCE h, LPCSTR name)
-   {
-      return LoadAcceleratorsA(h, name);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// DrawText
-
-#ifdef DrawText
-   #undef DrawText
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline int DrawText(HDC h, LPCWSTR str, int count, LPRECT rect, UINT format)
-   {
-      return DrawTextW(h, str, count, rect, format);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline int DrawText(HDC h, LPCSTR str, int count, LPRECT rect, UINT format)
-   {
-      return DrawTextA(h, str, count, rect, format);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-  When this file is included, sometimes the wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION macro
-  is undefined. With for example CodeWarrior this gives problems with
-  the following code:
-  #if 0 && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 )
-  Because CodeWarrior does macro expansion before test evaluation.
-  We define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION here if it's undefined.
-*/
-#if !defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION)
-    #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(maj, min) (0)
-#endif
-
-// StartDoc
-
-#ifdef StartDoc
-   #undef StartDoc
-   #if defined( __GNUG__ ) && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 )
-      #define DOCINFOW DOCINFO
-      #define DOCINFOA DOCINFO
-   #endif
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-   inline int StartDoc(HDC h, CONST DOCINFOW* info)
-   {
-      return StartDocW(h, (DOCINFOW*) info);
-   }
-   #else
-   inline int StartDoc(HDC h, CONST DOCINFOA* info)
-   {
-      return StartDocA(h, (DOCINFOA*) info);
-   }
-   #endif
-#endif
-
-// GetObject
-
-#ifdef GetObject
-   #undef GetObject
-   inline int GetObject(HGDIOBJ h, int i, LPVOID buffer)
-   {
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-      return GetObjectW(h, i, buffer);
-   #else
-      return GetObjectA(h, i, buffer);
-   #endif
-   }
-#endif
-
-// GetMessage
-
-#ifdef GetMessage
-   #undef GetMessage
-   inline int GetMessage(LPMSG lpMsg, HWND hWnd, UINT wMsgFilterMin, UINT wMsgFilterMax)
-   {
-   #ifdef _UNICODE
-      return GetMessageW(lpMsg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax);
-   #else
-      return GetMessageA(lpMsg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax);
-   #endif
-   }
-#endif
-
-// LoadIcon
-#ifdef LoadIcon
-    #undef LoadIcon
-    inline HICON LoadIcon(HINSTANCE hInstance, LPCTSTR lpIconName)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return LoadIconW(hInstance, lpIconName);
-        #else // ANSI
-            return LoadIconA(hInstance, lpIconName);
-        #endif // Unicode/ANSI
-    }
-#endif // LoadIcon
-
-// LoadBitmap
-#ifdef LoadBitmap
-    #undef LoadBitmap
-    inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap(HINSTANCE hInstance, LPCTSTR lpBitmapName)
-    {
-        #ifdef _UNICODE
-            return LoadBitmapW(hInstance, lpBitmapName);
-        #else // ANSI
-            return LoadBitmapA(hInstance, lpBitmapName);
-        #endif // Unicode/ANSI
-    }
-#endif // LoadBitmap
-
-// LoadLibrary
-
-#ifdef LoadLibrary
-    #undef LoadLibrary
-    #ifdef _UNICODE
-    inline HINSTANCE LoadLibrary(LPCWSTR lpLibFileName)
-    {
-        return LoadLibraryW(lpLibFileName);
-    }
-    #else
-    inline HINSTANCE LoadLibrary(LPCSTR lpLibFileName)
-    {
-        return LoadLibraryA(lpLibFileName);
-    }
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-// FindResource
-#ifdef FindResource
-    #undef FindResource
-    #ifdef _UNICODE
-    inline HRSRC FindResource(HMODULE hModule, LPCWSTR lpName, LPCWSTR lpType)
-    {
-        return FindResourceW(hModule, lpName, lpType);
-    }
-    #else
-    inline HRSRC FindResource(HMODULE hModule, LPCSTR lpName, LPCSTR lpType)
-    {
-        return FindResourceA(hModule, lpName, lpType);
-    }
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-// IsMaximized
-
-#ifdef IsMaximized
-    #undef IsMaximized
-    inline BOOL IsMaximized(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd))
-    {
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-        return FALSE;
-#else
-        return IsZoomed(hwnd);
-#endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetFirstChild
-
-#ifdef GetFirstChild
-    #undef GetFirstChild
-    inline HWND GetFirstChild(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd))
-    {
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-        return 0;
-#else
-        return GetTopWindow(hwnd);
-#endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetFirstSibling
-
-#ifdef GetFirstSibling
-    #undef GetFirstSibling
-    inline HWND GetFirstSibling(HWND hwnd)
-    {
-        return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDFIRST);
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetLastSibling
-
-#ifdef GetLastSibling
-    #undef GetLastSibling
-    inline HWND GetLastSibling(HWND hwnd)
-    {
-        return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDLAST);
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetPrevSibling
-
-#ifdef GetPrevSibling
-    #undef GetPrevSibling
-    inline HWND GetPrevSibling(HWND hwnd)
-    {
-        return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDPREV);
-    }
-#endif
-
-// GetNextSibling
-
-#ifdef GetNextSibling
-    #undef GetNextSibling
-    inline HWND GetNextSibling(HWND hwnd)
-    {
-        return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDNEXT);
-    }
-#endif
-
-// For WINE
-
-#if defined(GetWindowStyle)
-  #undef GetWindowStyle
-#endif
-
-// For ming and cygwin
-
-// GetFirstChild
-#ifdef GetFirstChild
-   #undef GetFirstChild
-   inline HWND GetFirstChild(HWND h)
-   {
-      return GetTopWindow(h);
-   }
-#endif
-
-
-// GetNextSibling
-#ifdef GetNextSibling
-   #undef GetNextSibling
-   inline HWND GetNextSibling(HWND h)
-   {
-     return GetWindow(h, GW_HWNDNEXT);
-   }
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef Yield
-    #undef Yield
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(DrawIcon) //#ifdef DrawIcon
-    #undef DrawIcon
-    inline BOOL DrawIcon(HDC hdc, int x, int y, HICON hicon)
-    {
-        return DrawIconEx(hdc,x,y,hicon,0,0,0,NULL, DI_NORMAL) ;
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-// GetWindowProc
-//ifdef GetWindowProc
-//   #undef GetWindowProc
-//endif
-//ifdef GetNextChild
-//    #undef GetNextChild
-//endif
-
-// #endif // _WX_WINUNDEF_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ecd206db3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wrapcctl.h
-// Purpose:     Wrapper for the standard <commctrl.h> header
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.08.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wrapcctl.h 41054 2006-09-07 19:01:45Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_
-
-// define _WIN32_IE to a high value because we always check for the version
-// of installed DLLs at runtime anyway (see wxApp::GetComCtl32Version()) unless
-// the user really doesn't want it and had defined it to a (presumably lower)
-// value
-//
-// just for the reference, here is the table showing what the different value
-// of _WIN32_IE correspond to:
-//
-// 0x0200     for comctl32.dll 4.00 shipped with Win95/NT 4.0
-// 0x0300                      4.70              IE 3.x
-// 0x0400                      4.71              IE 4.0
-// 0x0401                      4.72              IE 4.01 and Win98
-// 0x0500                      5.80              IE 5.x
-// 0x0500                      5.81              Win2k/ME
-// 0x0600                      6.00              WinXP
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_IE
-    // use maximal set of features by default, we check for them during
-    // run-time anyhow
-    #define _WIN32_IE 0x0600
-#endif // !defined(_WIN32_IE)
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-#include <commctrl.h>
-
-// define things which might be missing from our commctrl.h
-#include "wx/msw/missing.h"
-
-// Set Unicode format for a common control
-inline void wxSetCCUnicodeFormat(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd))
-{
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    ::SendMessage(hwnd, CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, wxUSE_UNICODE, 0);
-#else // !__WXWINCE__
-    // here it should be already in Unicode anyhow
-#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-// Return the default font for the common controls
-//
-// this is implemented in msw/settings.cpp
-class wxFont;
-extern wxFont wxGetCCDefaultFont();
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 733e1b5f9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h
-// Purpose:     Wrapper for the standard <commdlg.h> header
-// Author:      Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.03.2005
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wrapcdlg.h 43151 2006-11-07 09:08:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#include "wx/msw/missing.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-    #include <commdlg.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 72578af61..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/wrapshl.h
-// Purpose:     wrapper class for stuff from shell32.dll
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-10-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wrapshl.h 40367 2006-07-29 19:19:50Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_
-#define _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    #include <winreg.h>
-    #include <objbase.h>
-    #include <shlguid.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <shlobj.h>
-
-#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxItemIdList implements RAII on top of ITEMIDLIST
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxItemIdList
-{
-public:
-    // ctor takes ownership of the item and will free it
-    wxItemIdList(LPITEMIDLIST pidl)
-    {
-        m_pidl = pidl;
-    }
-
-    static void Free(LPITEMIDLIST pidl)
-    {
-        if ( pidl )
-        {
-            LPMALLOC pMalloc;
-            SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc);
-            if ( pMalloc )
-            {
-                pMalloc->Free(pidl);
-                pMalloc->Release();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(wxT("SHGetMalloc"));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    ~wxItemIdList()
-    {
-        Free(m_pidl);
-    }
-
-    // implicit conversion to LPITEMIDLIST
-    operator LPITEMIDLIST() const { return m_pidl; }
-
-    // get the corresponding path, returns empty string on error
-    wxString GetPath() const
-    {
-        wxString path;
-        if ( !SHGetPathFromIDList(m_pidl, wxStringBuffer(path, MAX_PATH)) )
-        {
-            wxLogLastError(_T("SHGetPathFromIDList"));
-        }
-
-        return path;
-    }
-
-private:
-    LPITEMIDLIST m_pidl;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxItemIdList)
-};
-
-// enable autocompleting filenames in the text control with given HWND
-//
-// this only works on systems with shlwapi.dll 5.0 or later
-//
-// implemented in src/msw/utilsgui.cpp
-extern bool wxEnableFileNameAutoComplete(HWND hwnd);
-
-#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c3c4cef1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        msw/wrapwin.h
-// Purpose:     Wrapper around <windows.h>, to be included instead of it
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2003/07/22
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wrapwin.h 53877 2008-05-31 12:43:44Z SN $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WRAPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_WRAPWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/platform.h"
-
-// strict type checking to detect conversion from HFOO to HBAR at compile-time
-#ifndef STRICT
-    #define STRICT 1
-#endif
-
-// this macro tells windows.h to not define min() and max() as macros: we need
-// this as otherwise they conflict with standard C++ functions
-#ifndef NOMINMAX
-    #define NOMINMAX
-#endif // NOMINMAX
-
-
-// before including windows.h, define version macros at (currently) maximal
-// values because we do all our checks at run-time anyhow
-#ifndef WINVER
-    // the only exception to the above is MSVC 6 which has a time bomb in its
-    // headers: they warn against using them with WINVER >= 0x0500 as they
-    // contain only part of the declarations and they're not always correct, so
-    // don't define WINVER for it at all as this allows everything to work as
-    // expected both with standard VC6 headers (which define WINVER as 0x0400
-    // by default) and headers from a newer SDK (which may define it as 0x0500)
-    #if !defined(__VISUALC__) || (__VISUALC__ >= 1300)
-        #define WINVER 0x0600
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
-    #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
-#endif
-
-/* Deal with clash with __WINDOWS__ include guard */
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#undef __WINDOWS__
-#endif
-
-#include <windows.h>
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#define __WINDOWS__
-#endif
-
-// #undef the macros defined in winsows.h which conflict with code elsewhere
-#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-
-// Types DWORD_PTR, ULONG_PTR and so on are used for 64-bit compatability 
-// in the WINAPI SDK (they are an integral type that is the size of a
-// pointer) on MSVC 7 and later. However, they are not available in older 
-// Platform SDKs, and since they are typedefs and not #defines we simply 
-// overwrite them if there is a chance that they're not defined
-#if (!defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER < 1300)) && !defined(__WIN64__)
-    #define UINT_PTR unsigned int
-    #define LONG_PTR long
-    #define ULONG_PTR unsigned long
-    #define DWORD_PTR unsigned long
-#endif // !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER < 1300
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Fix the functions wrongly implemented in unicows.dll
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_DrawStateW(WXHDC dc, WXHBRUSH br, WXFARPROC outputFunc,
-                                  WXLPARAM lData, WXWPARAM wData,
-                                  int x, int y, int cx, int cy,
-                                  unsigned int flags);
-#define DrawStateW(dc, br, func, ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags) \
-    wxMSLU_DrawStateW((WXHDC)dc,(WXHBRUSH)br,(WXFARPROC)func, \
-                      ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags)
-
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW(void *ofn);
-#define GetOpenFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW((void*)ofn)
-
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW(void *ofn);
-#define GetSaveFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW((void*)ofn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-
-#endif // _WX_WRAPWIN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index ecce6f5c3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0">
-<assemblyIdentity
-    version="0.64.1.0"
-    processorArchitecture="x86"
-    name="Controls"
-    type="win32"
-/>
-<description>wxWindows application</description>
-<dependency>
-    <dependentAssembly>
-        <assemblyIdentity
-            type="win32"
-            name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls"
-            version="6.0.0.0"
-            processorArchitecture="X86"
-            publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df"
-            language="*"
-        />
-    </dependentAssembly>
-</dependency>
-</assembly>
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.rc b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index 60d52dc30..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/msw/wx.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// File:        wx.rc
-// Purpose:     wxWindows resource definitions. ALWAYS include
-//              this in your application resource file.
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx.rc 43491 2006-11-18 16:46:59Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if defined(__MWERKS__)
-#include <winresrc.h>
-#else
-#include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-    #include "wx/msw/wince/wince.rc"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/msw/rcdefs.h"
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// This is the MDI Window menu
-//
-
-wxWindowMenu MENU DISCARDABLE
-BEGIN
-    POPUP "&Window"
-    BEGIN
-        MENUITEM "&Cascade",                    4002
-        MENUITEM "Tile &Horizontally",          4001
-        MENUITEM "Tile &Vertically",            4005
-	MENUITEM "", -1
-        MENUITEM "&Arrange Icons",              4003
-        MENUITEM "&Next",                       4004
-    END
-END
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Standard wxWindows Cursors
-//
-
-WXCURSOR_HAND           CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/hand.cur"
-WXCURSOR_BULLSEYE       CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/bullseye.cur"
-WXCURSOR_PENCIL         CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/pencil.cur"
-WXCURSOR_MAGNIFIER      CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/magnif1.cur"
-WXCURSOR_ROLLER         CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/roller.cur"
-WXCURSOR_PBRUSH         CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/pbrush.cur"
-WXCURSOR_PLEFT          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/pntleft.cur"
-WXCURSOR_PRIGHT         CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/pntright.cur"
-WXCURSOR_BLANK          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/blank.cur"
-WXCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/rightarr.cur"
-WXCURSOR_CROSS          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "wx/msw/cross.cur"
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Default Icons
-//
-
-// First wx icon in alphabetical order, so it will be used by Explorer if the
-// application doesn't have any icons of its own
-wxICON_AAA                      ICON "wx/msw/std.ico"
-
-//wxDEFAULT_FRAME               ICON "wx/msw/std.ico"
-//wxDEFAULT_MDIPARENTFRAME      ICON "wx/msw/mdi.ico"
-//wxDEFAULT_MDICHILDFRAME       ICON "wx/msw/child.ico"
-
-// Standard small icons
-wxICON_SMALL_CLOSED_FOLDER      ICON "wx/msw/folder1.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_OPEN_FOLDER        ICON "wx/msw/folder2.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_FILE               ICON "wx/msw/file1.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_COMPUTER           ICON "wx/msw/computer.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_DRIVE              ICON "wx/msw/drive.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_CDROM              ICON "wx/msw/cdrom.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_FLOPPY             ICON "wx/msw/floppy.ico"
-wxICON_SMALL_REMOVEABLE         ICON "wx/msw/removble.ico"
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Bitmaps
-//
-
-// For wxContextHelpButton
-csquery                 BITMAP "wx/msw/csquery.bmp"
-
-// For obtaining the RGB values of standard colours
-wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS    BITMAP "wx/msw/colours.bmp"
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Manifest file for Windows XP
-//
-
-#if !defined(wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST) || (wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0)
-#if !defined(WX_MSC_FULL_VER) || WX_MSC_FULL_VER < 140040130
-
-// see "about isolated applications" topic in MSDN
-#ifdef ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED
-#define wxMANIFEST_ID 2
-#else
-#define wxMANIFEST_ID 1
-#endif
-
-#if defined(WX_CPU_AMD64)
-wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/amd64.manifest"
-#elif defined(WX_CPU_IA64)
-wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/ia64.manifest"
-#elif defined(WX_CPU_X86)
-wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/wx.manifest"
-#endif
-
-#endif // !defined(WX_MSC_FULL_VER) || WX_MSC_FULL_VER < 140040130
-#endif // !defined(wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST) || (wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0)
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/notebook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/notebook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40c8ccb96..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/notebook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/notebook.h
-// Purpose:     wxNotebook interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: notebook.h 42152 2006-10-20 09:16:41Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxNotebook hit results, use wxBK_HITTEST so other book controls can share them
-// if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK is disabled
-enum
-{
-    wxNB_HITTEST_NOWHERE = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE,
-    wxNB_HITTEST_ONICON  = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON,
-    wxNB_HITTEST_ONLABEL = wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL,
-    wxNB_HITTEST_ONITEM  = wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM,
-    wxNB_HITTEST_ONPAGE  = wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE
-};
-
-// wxNotebook flags
-
-// use common book wxBK_* flags for describing alignment
-#define wxNB_DEFAULT          wxBK_DEFAULT
-#define wxNB_TOP              wxBK_TOP
-#define wxNB_BOTTOM           wxBK_BOTTOM
-#define wxNB_LEFT             wxBK_LEFT
-#define wxNB_RIGHT            wxBK_RIGHT
-
-#define wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH       0x0100
-#define wxNB_MULTILINE        0x0200
-#define wxNB_NOPAGETHEME      0x0400
-#define wxNB_FLAT             0x0800
-
-
-typedef wxWindow wxNotebookPage;  // so far, any window can be a page
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxNotebookNameStr[];
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    #define wxNOTEBOOK_NAME wxNotebookNameStr
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebookBase: define wxNotebook interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookBase : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-
-    wxNotebookBase() { }
-
-    wxNotebookBase(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID winid,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr) ;
-
-    // wxNotebook-specific additions to wxBookCtrlBase interface
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all
-    // versions support it - they will always return 1 then)
-    virtual int GetRowCount() const { return 1; }
-
-    // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
-    virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding) = 0;
-
-    // set the size of the tabs for wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH controls
-    virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz) = 0;
-
-
-
-    // implement some base class functions
-    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
-    // On platforms that support it, get the theme page background colour, else invalid colour
-    virtual wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour() const { return wxNullColour; }
-
-
-    // send wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING/ED events
-
-    // returns false if the change to nPage is vetoed by the program
-    bool SendPageChangingEvent(int nPage);
-
-    // sends the event about page change from old to new (or GetSelection() if
-    // new is -1)
-    void SendPageChangedEvent(int nPageOld, int nPageNew = -1);
-
-
-protected:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotebookBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// notebook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookEvent : public wxBookCtrlBaseEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxNotebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0,
-                    int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(commandType, winid, nSel, nOldSel)
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxNotebookEvent(const wxNotebookEvent& event)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(event)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNotebookEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNotebookEvent)
-};
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 802)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 803)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotebookEventFunction)(wxNotebookEvent&);
-
-#define wxNotebookEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxNotebookEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook class itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include  "wx/msw/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include  "wx/generic/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include  "wx/gtk/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include  "wx/gtk1/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include  "wx/mac/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include  "wx/cocoa/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include  "wx/os2/notebook.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/numdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/numdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3a1505fc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/numdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/numdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxNumberEntryDialog class
-// Author:      John Labenski
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.02.04 (extracted from wx/textdlg.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: numdlg.h 37157 2006-01-26 15:33:27Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) John Labenski
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#include "wx/generic/numdlgg.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/object.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/object.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d46efcfaa..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/object.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,569 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/object.h
-// Purpose:     wxObject class, plus run-time type information macros
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Ron Lee
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: object.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-//              (c) 2001 Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_OBJECTH__
-#define _WX_OBJECTH__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#include "wx/xti.h"
-#else
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// conditional compilation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectRefData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClassInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo
-{
-public:
-    wxClassInfo( const wxChar *className,
-                 const wxClassInfo *baseInfo1,
-                 const wxClassInfo *baseInfo2,
-                 int size,
-                 wxObjectConstructorFn ctor )
-        : m_className(className)
-        , m_objectSize(size)
-        , m_objectConstructor(ctor)
-        , m_baseInfo1(baseInfo1)
-        , m_baseInfo2(baseInfo2)
-        , m_next(sm_first)
-        {
-            sm_first = this;
-            Register();
-        }
-
-    ~wxClassInfo();
-
-    wxObject *CreateObject() const
-        { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; }
-    bool IsDynamic() const { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); }
-
-    const wxChar       *GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
-    const wxChar       *GetBaseClassName1() const
-        { return m_baseInfo1 ? m_baseInfo1->GetClassName() : NULL; }
-    const wxChar       *GetBaseClassName2() const
-        { return m_baseInfo2 ? m_baseInfo2->GetClassName() : NULL; }
-    const wxClassInfo  *GetBaseClass1() const { return m_baseInfo1; }
-    const wxClassInfo  *GetBaseClass2() const { return m_baseInfo2; }
-    int                 GetSize() const { return m_objectSize; }
-
-    wxObjectConstructorFn      GetConstructor() const
-        { return m_objectConstructor; }
-    static const wxClassInfo  *GetFirst() { return sm_first; }
-    const wxClassInfo         *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-    static wxClassInfo        *FindClass(const wxChar *className);
-
-        // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy.
-        // Dual inheritance is catered for.
-
-    bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const
-    {
-        return info != 0 &&
-               ( info == this ||
-                 ( m_baseInfo1 && m_baseInfo1->IsKindOf(info) ) ||
-                 ( m_baseInfo2 && m_baseInfo2->IsKindOf(info) ) );
-    }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // Initializes parent pointers and hash table for fast searching.
-    wxDEPRECATED( static void InitializeClasses() );
-    // Cleans up hash table used for fast searching.
-    wxDEPRECATED( static void CleanUpClasses() );
-#endif
-
-public:
-    const wxChar            *m_className;
-    int                      m_objectSize;
-    wxObjectConstructorFn    m_objectConstructor;
-
-        // Pointers to base wxClassInfos: set in InitializeClasses
-
-    const wxClassInfo       *m_baseInfo1;
-    const wxClassInfo       *m_baseInfo2;
-
-        // class info object live in a linked list:
-        // pointers to its head and the next element in it
-
-    static wxClassInfo      *sm_first;
-    wxClassInfo             *m_next;
-
-    // FIXME: this should be private (currently used directly by way too
-    //        many clients)
-    static wxHashTable      *sm_classTable;
-
-private:
-    // InitializeClasses() helper
-    static wxClassInfo *GetBaseByName(const wxChar *name);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo)
-
-protected:
-    // registers the class
-    void Register();
-    void Unregister();
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxChar *name);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-inline void wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses() {}
-inline void wxClassInfo::CleanUpClasses() {}
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Dynamic class macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name)                                          \
-    public:                                                                   \
-        static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo;                                      \
-        virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const;
-
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name)                                 \
-    DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name)                                             \
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name)                                   \
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name)                                               \
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)                                           \
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name)                                              \
-    static wxObject* wxCreateObject();
-
-#define DECLARE_CLASS(name) DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-
-// common part of the macros below
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, baseclsinfo2, func)          \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name),                                \
-            &basename::ms_classInfo,                                          \
-            baseclsinfo2,                                                     \
-            (int) sizeof(name),                                               \
-            (wxObjectConstructorFn) func);                                    \
-                                                                              \
-    wxClassInfo *name::GetClassInfo() const                                   \
-        { return &name::ms_classInfo; }
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, func)                       \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, NULL, func)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, func)           \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename1, &basename2::ms_classInfo, func)
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for concrete classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
-    // Single inheritance with one base class
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename)                               \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, name::wxCreateObject)           \
-    wxObject* name::wxCreateObject()                                          \
-        { return new name; }
-
-    // Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)                  \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2,                     \
-                              name::wxCreateObject)                           \
-    wxObject* name::wxCreateObject()                                          \
-        { return new name; }
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for abstract classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
-    // Single inheritance with one base class
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename)                              \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, NULL)
-
-    // Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)                 \
-    wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, NULL)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS2 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for pluggable classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
-    // NOTE: this should probably be the very first statement
-    //       in the class declaration so wxPluginSentinel is
-    //       the first member initialised and the last destroyed.
-
-// _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name) wxPluginSentinel m_pluginsentinel;
-
-#if wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES
-
-#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, exportdecl)  \
-class exportdecl name##PluginSentinel {         \
-private:                                        \
-    static const wxString sm_className;         \
-public:                                         \
-    name##PluginSentinel();                     \
-    ~name##PluginSentinel();                    \
-};                                              \
-name##PluginSentinel  m_pluginsentinel;
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)                                \
- const wxString name::name##PluginSentinel::sm_className(#name);    \
- name::name##PluginSentinel::name##PluginSentinel() {               \
-    wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name);   \
-    if( e != 0 ) { e->RefObj(); }                                      \
- }                                                                  \
- name::name##PluginSentinel::~name##PluginSentinel() {            \
-    wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name);   \
-    if( e != 0 ) { e->UnrefObj(); }                                 \
- }
-#else
-
-#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES
-
-#define DECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name) \
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLEXPORT)
-#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name)  \
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo) \
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo)
-#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo)  \
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)  \
- IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)  \
- IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)  \
- IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)  \
- IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)
-
-#define CLASSINFO(name) (&name::ms_classInfo)
-
-#define wxIS_KIND_OF(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo)
-
-// Just seems a bit nicer-looking (pretend it's not a macro)
-#define wxIsKindOf(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo)
-
-// this cast does some more checks at compile time as it uses static_cast
-// internally
-//
-// note that it still has different semantics from dynamic_cast<> and so can't
-// be replaced by it as long as there are any compilers not supporting it
-#define wxDynamicCast(obj, className) \
-    ((className *) wxCheckDynamicCast( \
-        wx_const_cast(wxObject *, wx_static_cast(const wxObject *, \
-          wx_const_cast(className *, wx_static_cast(const className *, obj)))), \
-        &className::ms_classInfo))
-
-// The 'this' pointer is always true, so use this version
-// to cast the this pointer and avoid compiler warnings.
-#define wxDynamicCastThis(className) \
-     (IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo) ? (className *)(this) : (className *)0)
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-inline void* wxCheckCast(void *ptr)
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( ptr, _T("wxStaticCast() used incorrectly") );
-    return ptr;
-}
-#define wxStaticCast(obj, className) \
- ((className *)wxCheckCast(wxDynamicCast(obj, className)))
-
-#else  // !__WXDEBUG__
-#define wxStaticCast(obj, className) \
-    wx_const_cast(className *, wx_static_cast(const className *, obj))
-
-#endif  // __WXDEBUG__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// set up memory debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    Which new/delete operator variants do we want?
-
-    _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT             = void *operator new (size_t size, wxChar *fileName = 0, int lineNum = 0)
-    _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID                      = void operator delete (void * buf)
-    _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET      = void operator delete (void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line)
-    _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT           = void operator delete(void *buf, wxChar*, int)
-    _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT       = void *operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar *fileName , int lineNum = 0)
-    _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID                = void operator delete[] (void *buf)
-    _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT     = void operator delete[] (void* buf, wxChar*, int )
-*/
-
-#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-
-// All compilers get this one
-#define _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
-
-// Everyone except Visage gets the next one
-#ifndef __VISAGECPP__
-    #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID
-#endif
-
-// Only visage gets this one under the correct circumstances
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __DEBUG_ALLOC__
-    #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET
-#endif
-
-// Only VC++ 6 and CodeWarrior get overloaded delete that matches new
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)) || \
-        (defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400))
-    #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
-#endif
-
-// Now see who (if anyone) gets the array memory operators
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-    // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes)
-    #if !defined(__VISUALC__)
-        #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
-    #endif
-
-    // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes)
-    #if !defined(__VISUALC__)
-        #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID
-    #endif
-
-    // Only CodeWarrior 6 or higher
-    #if defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400)
-        #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
-    #endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__ && wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjectRefData: ref counted data meant to be stored in wxObject
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectRefData
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-
-public:
-    wxObjectRefData() : m_count(1) { }
-    virtual ~wxObjectRefData() { }
-
-    int GetRefCount() const { return m_count; }
-
-private:
-    int m_count;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObject: the root class of wxWidgets object hierarchy
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxObject)
-
-public:
-    wxObject() { m_refData = NULL; }
-    virtual ~wxObject() { UnRef(); }
-
-    wxObject(const wxObject& other)
-    {
-         m_refData = other.m_refData;
-         if (m_refData)
-             m_refData->m_count++;
-    }
-
-    wxObject& operator=(const wxObject& other)
-    {
-        if ( this != &other )
-        {
-            Ref(other);
-        }
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    bool IsKindOf(wxClassInfo *info) const;
-
-
-    // Turn on the correct set of new and delete operators
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
-    void *operator new ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID
-    void operator delete ( void * buf );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET
-    void operator delete ( void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
-    void operator delete ( void *buf, const wxChar*, int );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
-    void *operator new[] ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID
-    void operator delete[] ( void *buf );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
-    void operator delete[] (void* buf, const wxChar*, int );
-#endif
-
-    // ref counted data handling methods
-
-    // get/set
-    wxObjectRefData *GetRefData() const { return m_refData; }
-    void SetRefData(wxObjectRefData *data) { m_refData = data; }
-
-    // make a 'clone' of the object
-    void Ref(const wxObject& clone);
-
-    // destroy a reference
-    void UnRef();
-
-    // Make sure this object has only one reference
-    void UnShare() { AllocExclusive(); }
-
-    // check if this object references the same data as the other one
-    bool IsSameAs(const wxObject& o) const { return m_refData == o.m_refData; }
-
-protected:
-    // ensure that our data is not shared with anybody else: if we have no
-    // data, it is created using CreateRefData() below, if we have shared data
-    // it is copied using CloneRefData(), otherwise nothing is done
-    void AllocExclusive();
-
-    // both methods must be implemented if AllocExclusive() is used, not pure
-    // virtual only because of the backwards compatibility reasons
-
-    // create a new m_refData
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
-
-    // create a new m_refData initialized with the given one
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-    wxObjectRefData *m_refData;
-};
-
-inline wxObject *wxCheckDynamicCast(wxObject *obj, wxClassInfo *classInfo)
-{
-    return obj && obj->GetClassInfo()->IsKindOf(classInfo) ? obj : NULL;
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject : public wxObject
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo ;
-public:
-    // instantiates this object with an instance of its superclass
-    wxDynamicObject(wxObject* superClassInstance, const wxDynamicClassInfo *info) ;
-    virtual ~wxDynamicObject();
-
-    void SetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName, const wxxVariant &value);
-    wxxVariant GetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName) const ;
-
-    // get the runtime identity of this object
-    wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const
-    {
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-        return (wxClassInfo*) m_classInfo;
-#else
-        return wx_const_cast(wxClassInfo *, m_classInfo);
-#endif
-    }
-
-    wxObject* GetSuperClassInstance() const
-    {
-        return m_superClassInstance ;
-    }
-private :
-    // removes an existing runtime-property
-    void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) ;
-
-    // renames an existing runtime-property
-    void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName , const wxChar *newPropertyName ) ;
-
-    wxObject *m_superClassInstance ;
-    const wxDynamicClassInfo *m_classInfo;
-    struct wxDynamicObjectInternal;
-    wxDynamicObjectInternal *m_data;
-};
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// more debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Redefine new to be the debugging version. This doesn't work with all
-// compilers, in which case you need to use WXDEBUG_NEW explicitly if you wish
-// to use the debugging version.
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(__TFILE__,__LINE__)
-
-    #if wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-        #if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-            #define new WXDEBUG_NEW
-        #elif defined(__VISUALC__)
-            // Including this file redefines new and allows leak reports to
-            // contain line numbers
-            #include "wx/msw/msvcrt.h"
-        #endif
-    #endif // wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-#else // !__WXDEBUG__
-    #define WXDEBUG_NEW new
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__/!__WXDEBUG__
-
-#endif // _WX_OBJECTH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/odcombo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/odcombo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a0f67a88e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/odcombo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/odcombo.h
-// Purpose:     wxOwnerDrawnComboBox and wxVListBoxPopup
-// Author:      Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     Apr-30-2006
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: odcombo.h 41305 2006-09-19 17:16:50Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
-#define _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#include "wx/combo.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-#include "wx/vlbox.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-
-//
-// New window styles for wxOwnerDrawnComboBox
-//
-enum
-{
-    // Double-clicking cycles item if wxCB_READONLY is also used.
-    wxODCB_DCLICK_CYCLES            = wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK,
-
-    // If used, control itself is not custom paint using callback.
-    // Even if this is not used, writable combo is never custom paint
-    // until SetCustomPaintWidth is called
-    wxODCB_STD_CONTROL_PAINT        = 0x1000
-};
-
-
-//
-// Callback flags (see wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawItem)
-//
-enum
-{
-    // when set, we are painting the selected item in control,
-    // not in the popup
-    wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL         = 0x0001,
-
-
-    // when set, we are painting an item which should have
-    // focus rectangle painted in the background. Text colour
-    // and clipping region are then appropriately set in
-    // the default OnDrawBackground implementation.
-    wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED        = 0x0002
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVListBoxComboPopup is a wxVListBox customized to act as a popup control.
-//
-// Notes:
-//   wxOwnerDrawnComboBox uses this as its popup. However, it always derives
-//   from native wxComboCtrl. If you need to use this popup with
-//   wxGenericComboControl, then remember that vast majority of item manipulation
-//   functionality is implemented in the wxVListBoxComboPopup class itself.
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxVListBoxComboPopup : public wxVListBox,
-                                             public wxComboPopup
-{
-    friend class wxOwnerDrawnComboBox;
-public:
-
-    // init and dtor
-    wxVListBoxComboPopup() : wxVListBox(), wxComboPopup() { }
-    virtual ~wxVListBoxComboPopup();
-
-    // required virtuals
-    virtual void Init();
-    virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent);
-    virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; }
-    virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value );
-    virtual wxString GetStringValue() const;
-
-    // more customization
-    virtual void OnPopup();
-    virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight );
-    virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect );
-    virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
-    virtual void OnComboDoubleClick();
-    virtual bool LazyCreate();
-
-    // Item management
-    void SetSelection( int item );
-    void Insert( const wxString& item, int pos );
-    int Append(const wxString& item);
-    void Clear();
-    void Delete( unsigned int item );
-    void SetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData, wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType);
-    void *GetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    void SetString( int item, const wxString& str );
-    wxString GetString( int item ) const;
-    unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-    int GetSelection() const;
-
-    //void Populate( int n, const wxString choices[] );
-    void Populate( const wxArrayString& choices );
-    void ClearClientDatas();
-
-    // helpers
-    int GetItemAtPosition( const wxPoint& pos ) { return HitTest(pos); }
-    wxCoord GetTotalHeight() const { return EstimateTotalHeight(); }
-    wxCoord GetLineHeight(int line) const { return OnGetLineHeight(line); }
-
-protected:
-
-    // Called by OnComboDoubleClick and OnComboKeyEvent
-    bool HandleKey( int keycode, bool saturate, wxChar unicode = 0 );
-
-    // sends combobox select event from the parent combo control
-    void SendComboBoxEvent( int selection );
-
-    // gets value, sends event and dismisses
-    void DismissWithEvent();
-
-    // OnMeasureItemWidth will be called on next GetAdjustedSize.
-    void ItemWidthChanged(unsigned int item)
-    {
-        m_widths[item] = -1;
-        m_widthsDirty = true;
-    }
-
-    // Callbacks for drawing and measuring items. Override in a derived class for
-    // owner-drawnness. Font, background and text colour have been prepared according
-    // to selection, focus and such.
-    //
-    // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself
-    //       and there is no valid selection
-    // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list
-    // NOTE: If wxVListBoxComboPopup is used with wxComboCtrl class not derived from
-    //       wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, this method must be overridden.
-    virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const;
-
-    // This is same as in wxVListBox
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const;
-
-    // Return item width, or -1 for calculating from text extent (default)
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const;
-
-    // Draw item and combo control background. Flags are same as with OnDrawItem.
-    // NB: Can't use name OnDrawBackground because of virtual function hiding warnings.
-    virtual void OnDrawBg(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
-
-    // Additional wxVListBox implementation (no need to override in derived classes)
-    virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-    void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
-    // filter mouse move events happening outside the list box
-    // move selection with cursor
-    void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary)
-    int GetWidestItemWidth() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestWidth; }
-
-    // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary)
-    int GetWidestItem() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestItem; }
-
-    // Stop partial completion (when some other event occurs)
-    void StopPartialCompletion();
-
-    wxArrayString           m_strings;
-    wxArrayPtrVoid          m_clientDatas;
-
-    wxFont                  m_useFont;
-
-    //wxString                m_stringValue; // displayed text (may be different than m_strings[m_value])
-    int                     m_value; // selection
-    int                     m_itemHover; // on which item the cursor is
-    int                     m_itemHeight; // default item height (calculate from font size
-                                          // and used in the absence of callback)
-    wxClientDataType        m_clientDataItemsType;
-
-private:
-
-    // Cached item widths (in pixels).
-    wxArrayInt              m_widths;
-
-    // Width of currently widest item.
-    int                     m_widestWidth;
-
-    // Index of currently widest item.
-    int                     m_widestItem;
-
-    // Measure some items in next GetAdjustedSize?
-    bool                    m_widthsDirty;
-
-    // Find widest item in next GetAdjustedSize?
-    bool                    m_findWidest;
-
-    // has the mouse been released on this control?
-    bool                    m_clicked;
-
-    // Recalculate widths if they are dirty
-    void CalcWidths();
-
-    // Partial completion string
-    wxString                m_partialCompletionString;
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
-    // Partial completion timer
-    wxTimer                 m_partialCompletionTimer;
-#endif // wxUSE_TIMER
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox: a generic wxComboBox that allows custom paint items
-// in addition to many other types of customization already allowed by
-// the wxComboCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxOwnerDrawnComboBox : public wxComboCtrl,
-                                             public wxItemContainer
-{
-    //friend class wxComboPopupWindow;
-    friend class wxVListBoxComboPopup;
-public:
-
-    // ctors and such
-    wxOwnerDrawnComboBox() : wxComboCtrl() { Init(); }
-
-    wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                         wxWindowID id,
-                         const wxString& value,
-                         const wxPoint& pos,
-                         const wxSize& size,
-                         int n,
-                         const wxString choices[],
-                         long style = 0,
-                         const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                         const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
-        : wxComboCtrl()
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n,
-                     choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                         wxWindowID id,
-                         const wxString& value,
-                         const wxPoint& pos,
-                         const wxSize& size,
-                         const wxArrayString& choices,
-                         long style,
-                         const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                         const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                int n,
-                const wxString choices[],
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnComboBox();
-
-    // Prevent app from using wxComboPopup
-    void SetPopupControl(wxVListBoxComboPopup* popup)
-    {
-        DoSetPopupControl(popup);
-    }
-
-    // wxControlWithItems methods
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-    virtual void Select(int n);
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n) { Select(n); }
-
-
-    // Prevent a method from being hidden
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to)
-    {
-        wxComboCtrl::SetSelection(from,to);
-    }
-
-    // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary)
-    virtual int GetWidestItemWidth() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItemWidth(); }
-
-    // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary)
-    virtual int GetWidestItem() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItem(); }
-
-    wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
-
-protected:
-
-    // Callback for drawing. Font, background and text colour have been
-    // prepared according to selection, focus and such.
-    // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself
-    //       and there is no valid selection
-    // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list
-    virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const;
-
-    // Callback for item height, or -1 for default
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const;
-
-    // Callback for item width, or -1 for default/undetermined
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const;
-
-    // Callback for background drawing. Flags are same as with
-    // OnDrawItem.
-    virtual void OnDrawBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const;
-
-    // NULL popup can be used to indicate default interface
-    virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup);
-
-    // clears all allocated client datas
-    void ClearClientDatas();
-
-    wxVListBoxComboPopup* GetVListBoxComboPopup() const
-    {
-        return (wxVListBoxComboPopup*) m_popupInterface;
-    }
-
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // temporary storage for the initial choices
-    //const wxString*         m_baseChoices;
-    //int                     m_baseChoicesCount;
-    wxArrayString           m_initChs;
-
-private:
-    void Init();
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/overlay.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/overlay.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b8ae18c19..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/overlay.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/overlay.h
-// Purpose:     wxOverlay class
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-10-20
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: overlay.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_OVERLAY_H_
-#define _WX_OVERLAY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if defined(wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS) && wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
-    #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1
-#else
-    // don't define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// creates an overlay over an existing window, allowing for manipulations like
-// rubberbanding etc. This API is not stable yet, not to be used outside wx
-// internal code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOverlayImpl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxOverlay
-{
-public:
-    wxOverlay();
-    ~wxOverlay();
-
-    // clears the overlay without restoring the former state
-    // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted
-    void Reset();
-
-    // returns (port-specific) implementation of the overlay
-    wxOverlayImpl *GetImpl() { return m_impl; }
-
-private:
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCOverlay;
-
-    // returns true if it has been setup
-    bool IsOk();
-
-    void Init(wxWindowDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
-    void BeginDrawing(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-    void EndDrawing(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-    void Clear(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-    wxOverlayImpl* m_impl;
-
-    bool m_inDrawing;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOverlay)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCOverlay
-{
-public:
-    // connects this overlay to the corresponding drawing dc, if the overlay is
-    // not initialized yet this call will do so
-    wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxWindowDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
-    // convenience wrapper that behaves the same using the entire area of the dc
-    wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxWindowDC *dc);
-
-    // removes the connection between the overlay and the dc
-    virtual ~wxDCOverlay();
-
-    // clears the layer, restoring the state at the last init
-    void Clear();
-
-private:
-    void Init(wxWindowDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
-    wxOverlay& m_overlay;
-
-    wxWindowDC* m_dc;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCOverlay)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_OVERLAY_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ownerdrw.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ownerdrw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d6422229..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ownerdrw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ownerdrw.h
-// Purpose:     interface for owner-drawn GUI elements
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11.11.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ownerdrw.h 35695 2005-09-25 20:43:35Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _OWNERDRW_H
-#define   _OWNERDRW_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOwnerDrawn - a mix-in base class, derive from it to implement owner-drawn
-//                behaviour
-//
-// wxOwnerDrawn supports drawing of an item with non standard font, color and
-// also supports 3 bitmaps: either a checked/unchecked bitmap for a checkable
-// element or one unchangeable bitmap otherwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxOwnerDrawn
-{
-public:
-  // ctor & dtor
-  wxOwnerDrawn(const wxString& str = wxEmptyString,
-               bool bCheckable = false,
-               bool bMenuItem = false); // FIXME kludge for colors
-  virtual ~wxOwnerDrawn();
-
-  // fix appearance
-  void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
-      { m_font = font; m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  wxFont& GetFont() const { return (wxFont &)m_font; }
-
-  void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText)
-      { m_colText = colText; m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return (wxColour&) m_colText; }
-
-  void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack)
-      { m_colBack = colBack; m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const
-      { return (wxColour&) m_colBack ; }
-
-  void SetBitmaps(const wxBitmap& bmpChecked,
-                  const wxBitmap& bmpUnchecked = wxNullBitmap)
-      { m_bmpChecked = bmpChecked;
-        m_bmpUnchecked = bmpUnchecked;
-        m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmpChecked)
-      { m_bmpChecked = bmpChecked;
-        m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  void SetDisabledBitmap( const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled )
-      { m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled;
-        m_bOwnerDrawn = true; }
-
-  const wxBitmap& GetBitmap(bool bChecked = true) const
-      { return (bChecked ? m_bmpChecked : m_bmpUnchecked); }
-
-  const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const
-      { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
-  // the height of the menu checkmark (or bitmap) is determined by the font
-  // for the current item, but the width should be always the same (for the
-  // items to be aligned), so by default it's taken to be the same as for
-  // the last item (and default width for the first one).
-  //
-  // NB: default is too small for bitmaps, but ok for checkmarks.
-  void SetMarginWidth(int nWidth)
-  {
-      ms_nLastMarginWidth = m_nMarginWidth = (size_t) nWidth;
-      if ( ((size_t) nWidth) != ms_nDefaultMarginWidth )
-          m_bOwnerDrawn = true;
-  }
-
-  int GetMarginWidth() const { return (int) m_nMarginWidth; }
-  static int GetDefaultMarginWidth() { return (int) ms_nDefaultMarginWidth; }
-
-  // accessors
-  void SetName(const wxString& strName)  { m_strName = strName; }
-  const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strName;    }
-  void SetCheckable(bool checkable) { m_bCheckable = checkable; }
-  bool IsCheckable() const { return m_bCheckable; }
-
-  // this is for menu items only: accel string is drawn right aligned after the
-  // menu item if not empty
-  void SetAccelString(const wxString& strAccel) { m_strAccel = strAccel; }
-
-  // this function might seem strange, but if it returns false it means that
-  // no non-standard attribute are set, so there is no need for this control
-  // to be owner-drawn. Moreover, you can force owner-drawn to false if you
-  // want to change, say, the color for the item but only if it is owner-drawn
-  // (see wxMenuItem::wxMenuItem for example)
-  bool IsOwnerDrawn() const { return m_bOwnerDrawn;   }
-
-  // switch on/off owner-drawing the item
-  void SetOwnerDrawn(bool ownerDrawn = true) { m_bOwnerDrawn = ownerDrawn; }
-  void ResetOwnerDrawn() { m_bOwnerDrawn = false;  }
-
-public:
-  // constants used in OnDrawItem
-  // (they have the same values as corresponding Win32 constants)
-  enum wxODAction
-  {
-    wxODDrawAll       = 0x0001,   // redraw entire control
-    wxODSelectChanged = 0x0002,   // selection changed (see Status.Select)
-    wxODFocusChanged  = 0x0004    // keyboard focus changed (see Status.Focus)
-  };
-
-  enum wxODStatus
-  {
-    wxODSelected  = 0x0001,         // control is currently selected
-    wxODGrayed    = 0x0002,         // item is to be grayed
-    wxODDisabled  = 0x0004,         // item is to be drawn as disabled
-    wxODChecked   = 0x0008,         // item is to be checked
-    wxODHasFocus  = 0x0010,         // item has the keyboard focus
-    wxODDefault   = 0x0020,         // item is the default item
-    wxODHidePrefix= 0x0100          // hide keyboard cues (w2k and xp only)
-  };
-
-  // virtual functions to implement drawing (return true if processed)
-  virtual bool OnMeasureItem(size_t *pwidth, size_t *pheight);
-  virtual bool OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, wxODAction act, wxODStatus stat);
-
-protected:
-  // return true if this is a menu item
-  bool IsMenuItem() const;
-
-  // get the font to use, whether m_font is set or not
-  wxFont GetFontToUse() const;
-
-
-  wxString  m_strName,      // label for a manu item
-            m_strAccel;     // the accel string ("Ctrl-F17") if any
-
-private:
-  static size_t ms_nDefaultMarginWidth; // menu check mark width
-  static size_t ms_nLastMarginWidth;    // handy for aligning all items
-
-  bool      m_bCheckable,   // used only for menu or check listbox items
-            m_bOwnerDrawn,  // true if something is non standard
-            m_isMenuItem;   // true if this is a menu item
-
-  wxFont    m_font;         // font to use for drawing
-  wxColour  m_colText,      // color ----"---"---"----
-            m_colBack;      // background color
-  wxBitmap  m_bmpChecked,   // bitmap to put near the item
-            m_bmpUnchecked, // (checked is used also for 'uncheckable' items)
-            m_bmpDisabled;
-
-  size_t    m_nHeight,      // font height
-            m_nMinHeight,   // minimum height, as determined by user's system settings
-            m_nMarginWidth; // space occupied by bitmap to the left of the item
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-#endif
-  // _OWNERDRW_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/palette.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/palette.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a09456ff..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/palette.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/palette.h
-// Purpose:     Common header and base class for wxPalette
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: palette.h 41751 2006-10-08 21:56:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-
-// wxPaletteBase
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteBase: public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxPaletteBase() { }
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetColoursCount() const { wxFAIL_MSG( _T("not implemented") ); return 0; }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/paletteg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/palette.h"
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    #define wxColorMap wxPalette
-    #define wxColourMap wxPalette
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/panel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/panel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 366177d7c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/panel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/panel.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxPanel
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: panel.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/panelg.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PANELH_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/paper.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/paper.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb0893dfc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/paper.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        paper.h
-// Purpose:     Paper database types and classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: paper.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PAPERH__
-#define _WX_PAPERH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-/*
- * Paper type: see defs.h for wxPaperSize enum.
- * A wxPrintPaperType can have an id and a name, or just a name and wxPAPER_NONE,
- * so you can add further paper types without needing new ids.
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, platformId, name, w, h)
-#else
-#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, 0, name, w, h)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPaperType: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintPaperType();
-
-    // platformId is a platform-specific id, such as in Windows, DMPAPER_...
-    wxPrintPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
-
-    inline wxString GetName() const { return wxGetTranslation(m_paperName); }
-    inline wxPaperSize GetId() const { return m_paperId; }
-    inline int GetPlatformId() const { return m_platformId; }
-
-    // Get width and height in tenths of a millimetre
-    inline int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-    inline int GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
-    // Get size in tenths of a millimetre
-    inline wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
-    // Get size in a millimetres
-    inline wxSize GetSizeMM() const { return wxSize(m_width/10, m_height/10); }
-
-    // Get width and height in device units (1/72th of an inch)
-    wxSize GetSizeDeviceUnits() const ;
-
-public:
-    wxPaperSize m_paperId;
-    int         m_platformId;
-    int         m_width;  // In tenths of a millimetre
-    int         m_height; // In tenths of a millimetre
-    wxString    m_paperName;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperType)
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxPrintPaperType*, wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPaperTypeList;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPaperDatabase
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintPaperDatabase();
-    ~wxPrintPaperDatabase();
-
-    void CreateDatabase();
-    void ClearDatabase();
-
-    void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
-    void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
-
-    // Find by name
-    wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxString& name);
-
-    // Find by size id
-    wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(wxPaperSize id);
-
-    // Find by platform id
-    wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperTypeByPlatformId(int id);
-
-    // Find by size
-    wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxSize& size);
-
-    // Convert name to size id
-    wxPaperSize ConvertNameToId(const wxString& name);
-
-    // Convert size id to name
-    wxString ConvertIdToName(wxPaperSize paperId);
-
-    // Get the paper size
-    wxSize GetSize(wxPaperSize paperId);
-
-    // Get the paper size
-    wxPaperSize GetSize(const wxSize& size);
-
-    //
-    wxPrintPaperType* Item(size_t index) const;
-    size_t GetCount() const;
-private:
-    wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap* m_map;
-    wxPrintPaperTypeList* m_list;
-    // DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperDatabase)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxPrintPaperDatabase*) wxThePrintPaperDatabase;
-
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PAPERH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pen.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 080d6c5c5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/pen.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxPen
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: pen.h 40865 2006-08-27 09:42:42Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-#include "wx/palmos/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk1/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-#include "wx/dfb/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/pen.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pickerbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pickerbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d0f0614c6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/pickerbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/pickerbase.h
-// Purpose:     wxPickerBase definition
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14/4/2006
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: pickerbase.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxButtonNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPickerBase is the base class for the picker controls which support
-// a wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style; i.e. for those pickers which can use an auxiliary
-// text control next to the 'real' picker.
-//
-// The wxTextPickerHelper class manages enabled/disabled state of the text control,
-// its sizing and positioning.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL           0x0002
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPickerBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // ctor: text is the associated text control
-    wxPickerBase() : m_text(NULL), m_picker(NULL), m_sizer(NULL)
-        { m_container.SetContainerWindow(this); }
-    virtual ~wxPickerBase() {}
-
-
-    // if present, intercepts wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style and creates the text control
-    // The 3rd argument is the initial wxString to display in the text control
-    bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent,
-                    wxWindowID id,
-                    const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long style = 0,
-                    const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                    const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-public:     // public API
-
-    // margin between the text control and the picker
-    void SetInternalMargin(int newmargin)
-        { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetBorder(newmargin); m_sizer->Layout(); }
-    int GetInternalMargin() const
-        { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetBorder(); }
-
-    // proportion of the text control
-    void SetTextCtrlProportion(int prop)
-        { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); }
-    int GetTextCtrlProportion() const
-        { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); }
-
-    // proportion of the picker control
-    void SetPickerCtrlProportion(int prop)
-        { GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); }
-    int GetPickerCtrlProportion() const
-        { return GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); }
-
-    bool IsTextCtrlGrowable() const
-        { return (GetTextCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; }
-    void SetTextCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true)
-    {
-        int f = GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag();
-        if ( grow )
-            f |= wxGROW;
-        else
-            f &= ~wxGROW;
-
-        GetTextCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f);
-    }
-
-    bool IsPickerCtrlGrowable() const
-        { return (GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; }
-    void SetPickerCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true)
-    {
-        int f = GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag();
-        if ( grow )
-            f |= wxGROW;
-        else
-            f &= ~wxGROW;
-
-        GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f);
-    }
-
-    bool HasTextCtrl() const
-        { return m_text != NULL; }
-    wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl()
-        { return m_text; }
-    wxControl *GetPickerCtrl()
-        { return m_picker; }
-
-    // methods that derived class must/may override
-    virtual void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() = 0;
-    virtual void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // overridden base class methods
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnTextCtrlDelete(wxWindowDestroyEvent &);
-    void OnTextCtrlUpdate(wxCommandEvent &);
-    void OnTextCtrlKillFocus(wxFocusEvent &);
-
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &);
-
-    // returns the set of styles for the attached wxTextCtrl
-    // from given wxPickerBase's styles
-    virtual long GetTextCtrlStyle(long style) const
-        { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); }
-
-    // returns the set of styles for the m_picker
-    virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
-        { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); }
-
-
-    wxSizerItem *GetPickerCtrlItem() const
-    {
-        if (this->HasTextCtrl())
-            return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)1);
-        return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0);
-    }
-
-    wxSizerItem *GetTextCtrlItem() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT(this->HasTextCtrl());
-        return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0);
-    }
-
-    int GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag() const
-    {
-        // on macintosh, without additional borders
-        // there's not enough space for focus rect
-        return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxGROW
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-            | wxTOP | wxRIGHT | wxBOTTOM
-#endif
-            ;
-    }
-
-    int GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag() const
-    {
-        // on macintosh, without wxALL there's not enough space for focus rect
-        return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-            | wxALL
-#else
-            | wxRIGHT
-#endif
-            ;
-    }
-
-    void PostCreation();
-
-protected:
-    wxTextCtrl *m_text;     // can be NULL
-    wxControl *m_picker;
-    wxBoxSizer *m_sizer;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPickerBase)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-    // This class must be something just like a panel...
-    WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
-};
-
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platform.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platform.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ac085d41..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platform.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,662 +0,0 @@
-/**
-* Name:        wx/platform.h
-* Purpose:     define the OS and compiler identification macros
-* Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-* Modified by:
-* Created:     29.10.01 (extracted from wx/defs.h)
-* RCS-ID:      $Id: platform.h 53877 2008-05-31 12:43:44Z SN $
-* Copyright:   (c) 1997-2001 Vadim Zeitlin
-* Licence:     wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_PLATFORM_H_
-#define _WX_PLATFORM_H_
-
-
-/*
-    Codewarrior doesn't define any Windows symbols until some headers
-    are included
-*/
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-#    include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-    WXMAC variants
-    __WXMAC_CLASSIC__ means ppc non-carbon builds, __WXMAC_CARBON__ means
-    carbon API available (mach or cfm builds) , __WXMAC_OSX__ means mach-o
-    builds, running under 10.2 + only
-*/
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-#    if defined(__MACH__)
-#        define __WXMAC_OSX__
-#        define __WXMAC_CARBON__
-#        include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
-#        ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4
-#           define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 1040
-#        endif
-#        ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-#           define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 1050
-#        endif
-#        ifdef __WXMAC_XCODE__
-#            include <unistd.h>
-#            include "wx/mac/carbon/config_xcode.h"
-#        endif
-#    else
-#        if TARGET_CARBON
-#            define __WXMAC_CARBON__
-#        else
-#            define __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
-#        endif
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-    __WXOSX__ is a common define to wxMac (Carbon) and wxCocoa ports under OS X.
- */
-#if defined(__WXMAC_OSX__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#   define __WXOSX__
-#endif
-
-/*
-   first define Windows symbols if they're not defined on the command line: we
-   can autodetect everything we need if _WIN32 is defined
- */
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#    ifndef __WXMSW__
-#        define __WXMSW__
-#    endif
-
-#    ifndef _WIN32
-#        define _WIN32
-#    endif
-
-#    ifndef WIN32
-#        define WIN32
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__PALMOS__)
-#   if __PALMOS__ == 0x06000000
-#       define __WXPALMOS6__
-#   endif
-#   if __PALMOS__ == 0x05000000
-#       define __WXPALMOS5__
-#   endif
-#   ifndef __WXPALMOS__
-#       define __WXPALMOS__
-#   endif
-#   ifdef __WXMSW__
-#       undef __WXMSW__
-#   endif
-#   ifdef __WINDOWS__
-#       undef __WINDOWS__
-#   endif
-#   ifdef __WIN32__
-#       undef __WIN32__
-#   endif
-#   ifdef WIN32
-#       undef WIN32
-#   endif
-#   ifdef _WIN32
-#       undef _WIN32
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_WIN64)
-#    ifndef _WIN32
-        /*
-            a lot of code (mistakenly) uses #ifdef _WIN32 to either test for
-            Windows or to test for !__WIN16__, so we must define _WIN32 for
-            Win64 as well to ensure that the existing code continues to work.
-         */
-#       define _WIN32
-#   endif /* !_WIN32 */
-
-#   ifndef __WIN64__
-#       define __WIN64__
-#   endif /* !__WIN64__ */
-#endif /* _WIN64 */
-
-#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__NT__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)) \
-    && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__)
-#    ifndef __WXMSW__
-#        define __WXMSW__
-#    endif
-
-#    ifndef __WIN32__
-#        define __WIN32__
-#    endif
-#endif /* Win32 */
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WIN32__)
-#   if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#       define __WINDOWS__
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* detect MS SmartPhone */
-#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP )
-#   ifndef __SMARTPHONE__
-#       define __SMARTPHONE__
-#   endif
-#   ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#       define __WXWINCE__
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* detect PocketPC */
-#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC )
-#   ifndef __POCKETPC__
-#       define __POCKETPC__
-#   endif
-#   ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#       define __WXWINCE__
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* detect Standard WinCE SDK */
-#if defined( WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK )
-#   ifndef __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__
-#       define __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__
-#   endif
-#   ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#       define __WXWINCE__
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC)
-#   if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400)
-#       ifndef __WINCE_NET__
-#           define __WINCE_NET__
-#       endif
-#   elif (_WIN32_WCE >= 200)
-#       ifndef __HANDHELDPC__
-#           define __HANDHELDPC__
-#       endif
-#   endif
-#   ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#       define __WXWINCE__
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__WXGPE__)
-#   define __WXHANDHELD__
-#endif
-
-/*
-   Include wx/setup.h for the Unix platform defines generated by configure and
-   the library compilation options
-
-   Note that it must be included before defining hardware symbols below as they
-   could be already defined by configure
- */
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-/*
-   Hardware platform detection.
-
-   VC++ defines _M_xxx symbols.
- */
-#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(i386) || defined(__i386) || defined(__i386__)
-    #ifndef __INTEL__
-        #define __INTEL__
-    #endif
-#endif /* x86 */
-
-#if defined(_M_IA64)
-    #ifndef __IA64__
-        #define __IA64__
-    #endif
-#endif /* ia64 */
-
-#if defined(_M_MPPC) || defined(__PPC__) || defined(__ppc__)
-    #ifndef __POWERPC__
-        #define __POWERPC__
-    #endif
-#endif /* alpha */
-
-#if defined(_M_ALPHA) || defined(__AXP__)
-    #ifndef __ALPHA__
-        #define __ALPHA__
-    #endif
-#endif /* alpha */
-
-
-/*
-   adjust the Unicode setting: wxUSE_UNICODE should be defined as 0 or 1
-   and is used by wxWidgets, _UNICODE and/or UNICODE may be defined or used by
-   the system headers so bring these settings in sync
- */
-
-/* set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 if UNICODE or _UNICODE is defined */
-#if defined(_UNICODE) || defined(UNICODE)
-#   undef wxUSE_UNICODE
-#   define wxUSE_UNICODE 1
-#else /* !UNICODE */
-#   ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-#       define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#   endif
-#endif /* UNICODE/!UNICODE */
-
-/* and vice versa: define UNICODE and _UNICODE if wxUSE_UNICODE is 1 */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-#   ifndef _UNICODE
-#       define _UNICODE
-#   endif
-#   ifndef UNICODE
-#       define UNICODE
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */
-
-#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !defined(__INTEL__)
-/* otherwise MSL headers bring in WIN32 dependant APIs */
-#undef UNICODE
-#endif
-
-/*
-   Notice that Turbo Explorer (BCC 5.82) is available for free at
-   http://www.turboexplorer.com/downloads, you can get it if you have trouble
-   compiling wxWidgets with your current Borland compiler.
-*/
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x540)
-#   error "wxWidgets requires a newer version of Borland, we recommend upgrading to 5.82 (Turbo Explorer). You may at your own risk remove this line and try building but be prepared to get build errors."
-#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x582) && (__BORLANDC__ > 0x559)
-#   ifndef _USE_OLD_RW_STL
-#       error "wxWidgets is incompatible with default Borland C++ 5.6 STL library, please add -D_USE_OLD_RW_STL to your bcc32.cfg to use RogueWave STL implementation."
-#   endif
-#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */
-
-/*
-   This macro can be used to test the Open Watcom version.
-*/
-#ifndef __WATCOMC__
-#   define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0
-#   define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0
-#   define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) 0
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ < 1200
-#   error "Only Open Watcom is supported in this release"
-#else
-#   define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( major * 100 + minor * 10 + 1100 )
-#   define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ >= wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) )
-#   define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ < wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) )
-#endif
-
-/*
-   check the consistency of the settings in setup.h: note that this must be
-   done after setting wxUSE_UNICODE correctly as it is used in wx/chkconf.h
- */
-#include "wx/chkconf.h"
-
-
-/*
-   some compilers don't support iostream.h any longer, while some of theme
-   are not updated with <iostream> yet, so override the users setting here
-   in such case.
- */
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
-#    undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-#    define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#elif defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-#    undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-#    define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
-#    undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-#    define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#endif /* compilers with/without iostream.h */
-
-/*
-   old C++ headers (like <iostream.h>) declare classes in the global namespace
-   while the new, standard ones (like <iostream>) do it in std:: namespace,
-   unless it's an old gcc version.
-
-   using this macro allows constuctions like "wxSTD iostream" to work in
-   either case
- */
-#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && (!defined(__GNUC__) || ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95))
-#    define wxSTD std::
-#else
-#    define wxSTD
-#endif
-
-/*
-   OS: first of all, test for MS-DOS platform. We must do this before testing
-       for Unix, because DJGPP compiler defines __unix__ under MS-DOS
- */
-#if defined(__GO32__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__DOS__)
-#    ifndef __DOS__
-#        define __DOS__
-#    endif
-    /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for Watcom 11 compiler, */
-    /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */
-#    if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
-#        ifdef __WATCOMC__
-#            define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-#        endif
-#        ifdef __DJGPP__
-#            define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
-#        endif
-#    endif
-
-/*
-   OS: then test for generic Unix defines, then for particular flavours and
-       finally for Unix-like systems
-       Mac OS X matches this case (__MACH__), prior Mac OS do not.
- */
-#elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__unix) || defined(__unix__) || \
-      defined(____SVR4____) || defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__sgi) || \
-      defined(__hpux) || defined(sun) || defined(__SUN__) || defined(_AIX) || \
-      defined(__EMX__) || defined(__VMS) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__MACH__)
-
-#    define __UNIX_LIKE__
-
-    /* Helps SGI compilation, apparently */
-#    ifdef __SGI__
-#        ifdef __GNUG__
-#            define __need_wchar_t
-#        else /* !gcc */
-            /*
-               Note I use the term __SGI_CC__ for both cc and CC, its not a good
-               idea to mix gcc and cc/CC, the name mangling is different
-             */
-#            define __SGI_CC__
-#        endif /* gcc/!gcc */
-
-        /* system headers use this symbol and not __cplusplus in some places */
-#       ifndef _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS
-#           define _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS
-#       endif
-#    endif  /* SGI */
-
-#    if defined(sun) || defined(__SUN__)
-#        ifndef __GNUG__
-#            ifndef __SUNCC__
-#                define __SUNCC__
-#            endif /* Sun CC */
-#        endif
-#    endif /* Sun */
-
-#    ifdef __EMX__
-#        define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR
-#    endif
-
-    /* define __HPUX__ for HP-UX where standard macro is __hpux */
-#    if defined(__hpux) && !defined(__HPUX__)
-#        define __HPUX__
-#    endif /* HP-UX */
-
-#    if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__)
-#        if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT)
-#            define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-#        endif
-#    endif
-
-    /*  All of these should already be defined by including configure-
-        generated setup.h but we wish to support Xcode compilation without
-        requiring the user to define these himself.
-     */
-#    if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
-#        ifndef __UNIX__
-#            define __UNIX__ 1
-#        endif
-#        ifndef __BSD__
-#            define __BSD__ 1
-#        endif
-        /*  __DARWIN__ is our own define to mean OS X or pure Darwin */
-#        ifndef __DARWIN__
-#            define __DARWIN__ 1
-#        endif
-        /*  NOTE: TARGET_CARBON is actually a 0/1 and must be 1 for OS X */
-#        ifndef TARGET_CARBON
-#            define TARGET_CARBON 1
-#        endif
-        /* OS X uses unsigned long size_t for both ILP32 and LP64 modes. */
-#        if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
-#            define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
-#        endif
-#    endif
-
-/*
-   OS: Classic Mac OS
- */
-#elif defined(applec) || \
-      defined(THINK_C) || \
-      (defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__))
-      /* MacOS */
-#    if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
-#        define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
-#    endif
-
-/*
-   OS: OS/2
- */
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-
-    /* wxOS2 vs. non wxOS2 ports on OS2 platform */
-#    if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__)
-#        ifndef __WXPM__
-#            define __WXPM__
-#        endif
-#    endif
-
-#    if defined(__IBMCPP__)
-#        define __VISAGEAVER__ __IBMCPP__
-#    endif
-
-    /* Place other OS/2 compiler environment defines here */
-#    if defined(__VISAGECPP__)
-        /* VisualAge is the only thing that understands _Optlink */
-#        define LINKAGEMODE _Optlink
-#    endif
-#    define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-
-/*
-   OS: Palm OS
- */
-#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
-#    ifdef __WIN32__
-#        error "__WIN32__ should not be defined for PalmOS"
-#    endif
-#    ifdef __WINDOWS__
-#        error "__WINDOWS__ should not be defined for PalmOS"
-#    endif
-#    ifdef __WXMSW__
-#        error "__WXMSW__ should not be defined for PalmOS"
-#    endif
-
-/*
-   OS: Otherwise it must be Windows
- */
-#else   /* Windows */
-#    ifndef __WINDOWS__
-#        define __WINDOWS__
-#    endif  /* Windows */
-
-    /* to be changed for Win64! */
-#    ifndef __WIN32__
-#        error "__WIN32__ should be defined for Win32 and Win64, Win16 is not supported"
-#    endif
-
-    /*
-       define another standard symbol for Microsoft Visual C++: the standard
-       one (_MSC_VER) is also defined by Metrowerks compiler
-     */
-#    if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__MWERKS__)
-#        define __VISUALC__ _MSC_VER
-#    elif defined(__BCPLUSPLUS__) && !defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#        define __BORLANDC__
-#    elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-#    elif defined(__SC__)
-#        define __SYMANTECC__
-#    endif  /* compiler */
-
-    /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for all Windows compilers we know, */
-    /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */
-#    if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) && !defined(__WIN64__)
-#        define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-#    endif
-#endif  /* OS */
-
-/*
-   if we're on a Unix system but didn't use configure (so that setup.h didn't
-   define __UNIX__), do define __UNIX__ now
- */
-#if !defined(__UNIX__) && defined(__UNIX_LIKE__)
-#    define __UNIX__
-#endif /* Unix */
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-#    define __X__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __SC__
-#    ifdef __DMC__
-#         define __DIGITALMARS__
-#    else
-#         define __SYMANTEC__
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
-#   define __INTELC__
-#endif
-
-/*
-   We get "Large Files (ILP32) not supported in strict ANSI mode." #error
-   from HP-UX standard headers when compiling with g++ without this:
- */
-#if defined(__HPUX__) && !defined(__STDC_EXT__)
-#   define __STDC_EXT__ 1
-#endif
-
-/* Force linking against required libraries under Windows: */
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-#   include "wx/msw/wince/libraries.h"
-#elif defined __WINDOWS__
-#   include "wx/msw/libraries.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-   This macro can be used to test the gcc version and can be used like this:
-
-#    if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1)
-        ... we have gcc 3.1 or later ...
-#    else
-        ... no gcc at all or gcc < 3.1 ...
-#    endif
-*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__)
-    #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) \
-        ( ( __GNUC__ > (major) ) \
-            || ( __GNUC__ == (major) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (minor) ) )
-#else
-    #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3)
-#define wxNEEDS_CHARPP
-#endif
-
-/*
-   This macro can be used to check that the version of mingw32 compiler is
-   at least maj.min
- */
-#if ( defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) || defined( __MINGW32__ ) || \
-    ( defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && defined( __WINDOWS__ ) ) || \
-      wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) ) && \
-    !defined(__DOS__) && \
-    !defined(__WXPM__) && \
-    !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \
-    !defined(__WXGTK__) && \
-    !defined(__WXX11__) && \
-    !defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-#    include "wx/msw/gccpriv.h"
-#else
-#    undef wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION
-#    define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(maj, min) (0)
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__WXMSW__)
-#    if !defined(__WATCOMC__)
-#        define wxHAVE_RAW_BITMAP
-#    endif
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
-#    define wxHAVE_RAW_BITMAP
-#endif
-
-/*
-    Handle Darwin gcc universal compilation.  Don't do this in an Apple-
-    specific case since no sane compiler should be defining either
-    __BIG_ENDIAN__ or __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ unless it really is generating
-    code that will be hosted on a machine with the appropriate endianness.
-    If a compiler defines neither, assume the user or configure set
-    WORDS_BIGENDIAN appropriately.
- */
-#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__)
-#    undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#    define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
-#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
-#    undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
-/*  According to Stefan even ancient Mac compilers defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ */
-#    warning "Compiling wxMac with probably wrong endianness"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __VMS
-#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY
-#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
-#define XtParent XTPARENT
-#define XtScreen XTSCREEN
-#define XtWindow XTWINDOW
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Choose which method we will use for updating menus
- * - in OnIdle, or when we receive a wxEVT_MENU_OPEN event.
- * Presently, only Windows and GTK+ support wxEVT_MENU_OPEN.
- */
-#ifndef wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES
-#    if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-#        define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 0
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 1
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Define symbols that are not yet in
- * configure or possibly some setup.h files.
- * They will need to be added.
- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILECONFIG
-#    if wxUSE_CONFIG
-#        define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 1
-#    else
-#        define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 0
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HOTKEY
-#    define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(wxUSE_WXDIB) && defined(__WXMSW__)
-#    define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-    We need AvailabilityMacros.h for ifdefing out things that don't exist on
-    OSX 10.2 and lower
-    FIXME:  We need a better way to detect for 10.3 then including a system header
-*/
-#ifdef __DARWIN__
-    #include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_PLATFORM_H_ */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platinfo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platinfo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a77acb3e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/platinfo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/platinfo.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the wxPlatformInfo class
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.07.2006 (based on wxToolkitInfo)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: platinfo.h 41807 2006-10-09 15:58:56Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// License:     wxWindows license
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PLATINFO_H_
-#define _WX_PLATINFO_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPlatformInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// VERY IMPORTANT: when changing these enum values, also change the relative
-//                 string tables in src/common/platinfo.cpp
-
-
-// families & sub-families of operating systems
-enum wxOperatingSystemId
-{
-    wxOS_UNKNOWN = 0,                 // returned on error
-
-    wxOS_MAC_OS         = 1 << 0,     // Apple Mac OS 8/9/X with Mac paths
-    wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN = 1 << 1,     // Apple Mac OS X with Unix paths
-    wxOS_MAC = wxOS_MAC_OS|wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN,
-
-    wxOS_WINDOWS_9X     = 1 << 2,     // Windows 9x family (95/98/ME)
-    wxOS_WINDOWS_NT     = 1 << 3,     // Windows NT family (NT/2000/XP)
-    wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO  = 1 << 4,     // MicroWindows
-    wxOS_WINDOWS_CE     = 1 << 5,     // Windows CE (Window Mobile)
-    wxOS_WINDOWS = wxOS_WINDOWS_9X      |
-                   wxOS_WINDOWS_NT      |
-                   wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO   |
-                   wxOS_WINDOWS_CE,
-
-    wxOS_UNIX_LINUX     = 1 << 6,       // Linux
-    wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD   = 1 << 7,       // FreeBSD
-    wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD   = 1 << 8,       // OpenBSD
-    wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD    = 1 << 9,       // NetBSD
-    wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS   = 1 << 10,      // SunOS
-    wxOS_UNIX_AIX       = 1 << 11,      // AIX
-    wxOS_UNIX_HPUX      = 1 << 12,      // HP/UX
-    wxOS_UNIX = wxOS_UNIX_LINUX     |
-                wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD   |
-                wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD   |
-                wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD    |
-                wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS   |
-                wxOS_UNIX_AIX       |
-                wxOS_UNIX_HPUX,
-
-    // 1<<13 and 1<<14 available for other Unix flavours
-
-    wxOS_DOS            = 1 << 15,      // Microsoft DOS
-    wxOS_OS2            = 1 << 16       // OS/2
-};
-
-// list of wxWidgets ports - some of them can be used with more than
-// a single toolkit.
-enum wxPortId
-{
-    wxPORT_UNKNOWN  = 0,            // returned on error
-
-    wxPORT_BASE     = 1 << 0,       // wxBase, no native toolkit used
-
-    wxPORT_MSW      = 1 << 1,       // wxMSW, native toolkit is Windows API
-    wxPORT_MOTIF    = 1 << 2,       // wxMotif, using [Open]Motif or Lesstif
-    wxPORT_GTK      = 1 << 3,       // wxGTK, using GTK+ 1.x, 2.x, GPE or Maemo
-    wxPORT_MGL      = 1 << 4,       // wxMGL, using wxUniversal
-    wxPORT_X11      = 1 << 5,       // wxX11, using wxUniversal
-    wxPORT_PM       = 1 << 6,       // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager
-    wxPORT_OS2      = wxPORT_PM,    // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager
-    wxPORT_MAC      = 1 << 7,       // wxMac, using Carbon or Classic Mac API
-    wxPORT_COCOA    = 1 << 8,       // wxCocoa, using Cocoa NextStep/Mac API
-    wxPORT_WINCE    = 1 << 9,       // wxWinCE, toolkit is WinCE SDK API
-    wxPORT_PALMOS   = 1 << 10,      // wxPalmOS, toolkit is PalmOS API
-    wxPORT_DFB      = 1 << 11       // wxDFB, using wxUniversal
-};
-
-// architecture of the operating system
-// (regardless of the build environment of wxWidgets library - see
-// wxIsPlatform64bit documentation for more info)
-enum wxArchitecture
-{
-    wxARCH_INVALID = -1,        // returned on error
-
-    wxARCH_32,                  // 32 bit
-    wxARCH_64,
-
-    wxARCH_MAX
-};
-
-
-// endian-ness of the machine
-enum wxEndianness
-{
-    wxENDIAN_INVALID = -1,      // returned on error
-
-    wxENDIAN_BIG,               // 4321
-    wxENDIAN_LITTLE,            // 1234
-    wxENDIAN_PDP,               // 3412
-
-    wxENDIAN_MAX
-};
-
-// Information about the toolkit that the app is running under and some basic
-// platform and architecture info
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatformInfo
-{
-public:
-    wxPlatformInfo();
-    wxPlatformInfo(wxPortId pid,
-                   int tkMajor = -1, int tkMinor = -1,
-                   wxOperatingSystemId id = wxOS_UNKNOWN,
-                   int osMajor = -1, int osMinor = -1,
-                   wxArchitecture arch = wxARCH_INVALID,
-                   wxEndianness endian = wxENDIAN_INVALID,
-                   bool usingUniversal = false);
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-    bool operator==(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const;
-
-    bool operator!=(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const
-        { return !(*this == t); }
-
-    // Gets a wxPlatformInfo already initialized with the values for
-    // the currently running platform.
-    static const wxPlatformInfo& Get();
-
-
-
-    // string -> enum conversions
-    // ---------------------------------
-
-    static wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId(const wxString &name);
-    static wxPortId GetPortId(const wxString &portname);
-
-    static wxArchitecture GetArch(const wxString &arch);
-    static wxEndianness GetEndianness(const wxString &end);
-
-    // enum -> string conversions
-    // ---------------------------------
-
-    static wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(wxOperatingSystemId os);
-    static wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName(wxOperatingSystemId os);
-    static wxString GetPortIdName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal);
-    static wxString GetPortIdShortName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal);
-
-    static wxString GetArchName(wxArchitecture arch);
-    static wxString GetEndiannessName(wxEndianness end);
-
-    // getters
-    // -----------------
-
-    int GetOSMajorVersion() const
-        { return m_osVersionMajor; }
-    int GetOSMinorVersion() const
-        { return m_osVersionMinor; }
-
-    // return true if the OS version >= major.minor
-    bool CheckOSVersion(int major, int minor) const
-    {
-        return DoCheckVersion(GetOSMajorVersion(),
-                              GetOSMinorVersion(),
-                              major,
-                              minor);
-    }
-
-    int GetToolkitMajorVersion() const
-        { return m_tkVersionMajor; }
-    int GetToolkitMinorVersion() const
-        { return m_tkVersionMinor; }
-
-    bool CheckToolkitVersion(int major, int minor) const
-    {
-        return DoCheckVersion(GetToolkitMajorVersion(),
-                              GetToolkitMinorVersion(),
-                              major,
-                              minor);
-    }
-
-    bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const
-        { return m_usingUniversal; }
-
-    wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId() const
-        { return m_os; }
-    wxPortId GetPortId() const
-        { return m_port; }
-    wxArchitecture GetArchitecture() const
-        { return m_arch; }
-    wxEndianness GetEndianness() const
-        { return m_endian; }
-
-
-    // string getters
-    // -----------------
-
-    wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName() const
-        { return GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(m_os); }
-    wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName() const
-        { return GetOperatingSystemIdName(m_os); }
-    wxString GetPortIdName() const
-        { return GetPortIdName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); }
-    wxString GetPortIdShortName() const
-        { return GetPortIdShortName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); }
-    wxString GetArchName() const
-        { return GetArchName(m_arch); }
-    wxString GetEndiannessName() const
-        { return GetEndiannessName(m_endian); }
-
-    // setters
-    // -----------------
-
-    void SetOSVersion(int major, int minor)
-        { m_osVersionMajor=major; m_osVersionMinor=minor; }
-    void SetToolkitVersion(int major, int minor)
-        { m_tkVersionMajor=major; m_tkVersionMinor=minor; }
-
-    void SetOperatingSystemId(wxOperatingSystemId n)
-        { m_os = n; }
-    void SetPortId(wxPortId n)
-        { m_port = n; }
-    void SetArchitecture(wxArchitecture n)
-        { m_arch = n; }
-    void SetEndianness(wxEndianness n)
-        { m_endian = n; }
-
-    // miscellaneous
-    // -----------------
-
-    bool IsOk() const
-    {
-        return m_osVersionMajor != -1 && m_osVersionMinor != -1 &&
-               m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN &&
-               m_tkVersionMajor != -1 && m_tkVersionMinor != -1 &&
-               m_port != wxPORT_UNKNOWN &&
-               m_arch != wxARCH_INVALID && m_endian != wxENDIAN_INVALID;
-    }
-
-
-protected:
-    static bool DoCheckVersion(int majorCur, int minorCur, int major, int minor)
-    {
-        return majorCur > major || (majorCur == major && minorCur >= minor);
-    }
-
-    void InitForCurrentPlatform();
-
-
-    // OS stuff
-    // -----------------
-
-    // Version of the OS; valid if m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN
-    // (-1 means not initialized yet).
-    int m_osVersionMajor,
-        m_osVersionMinor;
-
-    // Operating system ID.
-    wxOperatingSystemId m_os;
-
-
-    // toolkit
-    // -----------------
-
-    // Version of the underlying toolkit
-    // (-1 means not initialized yet; zero means no toolkit).
-    int m_tkVersionMajor, m_tkVersionMinor;
-
-    // name of the wxWidgets port
-    wxPortId m_port;
-
-    // is using wxUniversal widgets?
-    bool m_usingUniversal;
-
-
-    // others
-    // -----------------
-
-    // architecture of the OS
-    wxArchitecture m_arch;
-
-    // endianness of the machine
-    wxEndianness m_endian;
-};
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    #define wxUNKNOWN_PLATFORM      wxOS_UNKNOWN
-    #define wxUnix                  wxOS_UNIX
-    #define wxWin95                 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
-    #define wxWIN95                 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
-    #define wxWINDOWS_NT            wxOS_WINDOWS_NT
-    #define wxMSW                   wxOS_WINDOWS
-    #define wxWinCE                 wxOS_WINDOWS_CE
-    #define wxWIN32S                wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
-
-    #define wxPalmOS                wxPORT_PALMOS
-    #define wxOS2                   wxPORT_OS2
-    #define wxMGL                   wxPORT_MGL
-    #define wxCocoa                 wxPORT_MAC
-    #define wxMac                   wxPORT_MAC
-    #define wxMotif                 wxPORT_MOTIF
-    #define wxGTK                   wxPORT_GTK
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif // _WX_PLATINFO_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/popupwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/popupwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2f2d984d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/popupwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/popupwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxPopupWindow interface declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.01.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: popupwin.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// License:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupWindow: a special kind of top level window used for popup menus,
-// combobox popups and such.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPopupWindowBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxPopupWindowBase() { }
-    virtual ~wxPopupWindowBase();
-
-    // create the popup window
-    //
-    // style may only contain border flags
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
-    // move the popup window to the right position, i.e. such that it is
-    // entirely visible
-    //
-    // the popup is positioned at ptOrigin + size if it opens below and to the
-    // right (default), at ptOrigin - sizePopup if it opens above and to the
-    // left &c
-    //
-    // the point must be given in screen coordinates!
-    virtual void Position(const wxPoint& ptOrigin,
-                          const wxSize& size);
-
-    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupWindowBase)
-};
-
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/popupwin.h"
-#else
-    #error "wxPopupWindow is not supported under this platform."
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupTransientWindow: a wxPopupWindow which disappears automatically
-// when the user clicks mouse outside it or if it loses focus in any other way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupWindowHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupFocusHandler;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPopupTransientWindow : public wxPopupWindow
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxPopupTransientWindow() { Init(); }
-    wxPopupTransientWindow(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
-    virtual ~wxPopupTransientWindow();
-
-    // popup the window (this will show it too) and keep focus at winFocus
-    // (or itself if it's NULL), dismiss the popup if we lose focus
-    virtual void Popup(wxWindow *focus = NULL);
-
-    // hide the window
-    virtual void Dismiss();
-
-    // can the window be dismissed now?
-    //
-    // VZ: where is this used??
-    virtual bool CanDismiss()
-        { return true; }
-
-    // called when a mouse is pressed while the popup is shown: return true
-    // from here to prevent its normal processing by the popup (which consists
-    // in dismissing it if the mouse is cilcked outside it)
-    virtual bool ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // Overridden to grab the input on some plaforms
-    virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // this is called when the popup is disappeared because of anything
-    // else but direct call to Dismiss()
-    virtual void OnDismiss();
-
-    // dismiss and notify the derived class
-    void DismissAndNotify();
-
-    // remove our event handlers
-    void PopHandlers();
-
-    // get alerted when child gets deleted from under us
-    void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent& event);
-
-#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__ )
-    // check if the mouse needs captured or released
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-    // the child of this popup if any
-    wxWindow *m_child;
-
-    // the window which has the focus while we're shown
-    wxWindow *m_focus;
-
-    // these classes may call our DismissAndNotify()
-    friend class wxPopupWindowHandler;
-    friend class wxPopupFocusHandler;
-
-    // the handlers we created, may be NULL (if not, must be deleted)
-    wxPopupWindowHandler *m_handlerPopup;
-    wxPopupFocusHandler  *m_handlerFocus;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupComboWindow: wxPopupTransientWindow used by wxComboBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPopupComboWindow : public wxPopupTransientWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxPopupComboWindow() { m_combo = NULL; }
-    wxPopupComboWindow(wxComboCtrl *parent);
-
-    bool Create(wxComboCtrl *parent);
-
-    // position the window correctly relatively to the combo
-    void PositionNearCombo();
-
-protected:
-    // notify the combo here
-    virtual void OnDismiss();
-
-    // forward the key presses to the combobox
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-    // the parent combobox
-    wxComboCtrl *m_combo;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupComboWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-#endif // _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/power.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/power.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d81677e0b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/power.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/power.h
-// Purpose:     functions and classes for system power management
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-05-27
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: power.h 48811 2007-09-19 23:11:28Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_POWER_H_
-#define _WX_POWER_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// power management constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPowerType
-{
-    wxPOWER_SOCKET,
-    wxPOWER_BATTERY,
-    wxPOWER_UNKNOWN
-};
-
-enum wxBatteryState
-{
-    wxBATTERY_NORMAL_STATE,    // system is fully usable
-    wxBATTERY_LOW_STATE,       // start to worry
-    wxBATTERY_CRITICAL_STATE,  // save quickly
-    wxBATTERY_SHUTDOWN_STATE,  // too late
-    wxBATTERY_UNKNOWN_STATE
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPowerEvent is generated when the system online status changes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// currently the power events are only available under Windows, to avoid
-// compiling in the code for handling them which is never going to be invoked
-// under the other platforms, we define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS symbol if this event
-// is available, it should be used to guard all code using wxPowerEvent
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-
-#define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxPowerEvent(wxEventType evtType) : wxEvent(wxID_NONE, evtType)
-    {
-        m_veto = false;
-    }
-
-    // Veto the operation (only makes sense with EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING)
-    void Veto() { m_veto = true; }
-
-    bool IsVetoed() const { return m_veto; }
-
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPowerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    bool m_veto;
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20806
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPowerEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, 406)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, 407)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, 408)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, 444)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPowerEventFunction)(wxPowerEvent&);
-
-#define wxPowerEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) \
-        wxStaticCastEvent(wxPowerEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING(func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDED(func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL(func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_RESUME(func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-
-#else // no support for power events
-    #undef wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS
-#endif // support for power events/no support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// power management functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return the current system power state: online or offline
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerType wxGetPowerType();
-
-// return approximate battery state
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBatteryState wxGetBatteryState();
-
-#endif // _WX_POWER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/print.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/print.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e366ee25c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/print.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/print.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for printer classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: print.h 41240 2006-09-15 16:45:48Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-#include "wx/msw/printwin.h"
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-
-#include "wx/mac/printmac.h"
-
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-
-#include "wx/os2/printos2.h"
-
-#else
-
-#include "wx/generic/printps.h"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-#endif
-    // _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/printdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/printdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 21f57b19d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/printdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/printdlg.h
-// Purpose:     Base header and class for print dialogs
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: printdlg.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintDialogBase: interface for the dialog for printing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintDialogBase() { }
-    wxPrintDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
-                      wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                      const wxString &title = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                      const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
-                      long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-            
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() = 0;
-    virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData() = 0;
-    virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC() = 0;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintDialog: the dialog for printing.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialog : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
-    wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
-    virtual ~wxPrintDialog();
-
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
-    virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData();
-    virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
-    
-private:
-    wxPrintDialogBase  *m_pimpl;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPageSetupDialogBase: interface for the page setup dialog
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialogBase: public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxPageSetupDialogBase() { }
-    wxPageSetupDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
-                      wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                      const wxString &title = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                      const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
-                      long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-
-    virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() = 0;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPageSetupDialog: the page setup dialog
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialog: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxPageSetupDialog();
-
-    int ShowModal();
-    wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData();
-    // old name
-    wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupData();
-
-private:
-    wxPageSetupDialogBase  *m_pimpl;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/browserhack28.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/browserhack28.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 28d6da71b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/browserhack28.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/private/browserhack28.h
-// Purpose:     Allows GUI library to override base wxLaunchDefaultBrowser.
-// Author:      David Elliott
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2007-08-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: browserhack28.h 48184 2007-08-19 19:22:09Z DE $
-// Copyright:   (c) David Elliott
-// Licence:     wxWidgets licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_BROWSERHACK28_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_BROWSERHACK28_H_
-
-typedef bool (*wxLaunchDefaultBrowserImpl_t)(const wxString& url, int flags);
-
-// Function the GUI library can call to provide a better implementation
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSetLaunchDefaultBrowserImpl(wxLaunchDefaultBrowserImpl_t newImpl);
-
-#endif //ndef _WX_PRIVATE_BROWSERHACK28_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fileback.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fileback.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 534a0f31b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fileback.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/private/fileback.h
-// Purpose:     Back an input stream with memory or a file
-// Author:      Mike Wetherell
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: fileback.h 42651 2006-10-29 20:06:45Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEBACK_H__
-#define _WX_FILEBACK_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Backs an input stream with memory or a file to make it seekable.
-//
-// One or more wxBackedInputStreams can be used to read it's data. The data is
-// reference counted, so stays alive until the last wxBackingFile or
-// wxBackedInputStream using it is destroyed.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBackingFile
-{
-public:
-    enum { DefaultBufSize = 16384 };
-
-    // Takes ownership of stream. If the stream is smaller than bufsize, the
-    // backing file is never created and the backing is done with memory.
-    wxBackingFile(wxInputStream *stream,
-                  size_t bufsize = DefaultBufSize,
-                  const wxString& prefix = _T("wxbf"));
-
-    wxBackingFile() : m_impl(NULL) { }
-    ~wxBackingFile();
-
-    wxBackingFile(const wxBackingFile& backer);
-    wxBackingFile& operator=(const wxBackingFile& backer);
-
-    operator bool() const { return m_impl != NULL; }
-
-private:
-    class wxBackingFileImpl *m_impl;
-    friend class wxBackedInputStream;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// An input stream to read from a wxBackingFile.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBackedInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxBackedInputStream(const wxBackingFile& backer);
-
-    // If the length of the backer's parent stream is unknown then GetLength()
-    // returns wxInvalidOffset until the parent has been read to the end.
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    // Returns the length, reading the parent stream to the end if necessary.
-    wxFileOffset FindLength() const;
-
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-private:
-    wxBackingFile m_backer;
-    wxFileOffset m_pos;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBackedInputStream)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEBACK_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/filename.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/filename.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e6c754b6e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/filename.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/private/filename.h
-// Purpose:     Internal declarations for src/common/filename.cpp
-// Author:      Mike Wetherell
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-10-22
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: filename.h 42277 2006-10-23 13:10:12Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_
-
-#include "wx/file.h"
-#include "wx/ffile.h"
-
-// Self deleting temp files aren't supported on all platforms. Therefore
-// rather than let these be in the API, they can be used internally to
-// implement classes (e.g. wxTempFileStream), that will do the clean up when
-// the OS doesn't support it.
-
-// Same usage as wxFileName::CreateTempFileName() with the extra parameter
-// deleteOnClose. *deleteOnClose true on entry requests a file created with a
-// delete on close flag, on exit the value of *deleteOnClose indicates whether
-// available.
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix,
-                              wxFile *fileTemp,
-                              bool *deleteOnClose = NULL);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix,
-                              wxFFile *fileTemp,
-                              bool *deleteOnClose = NULL);
-#endif
-
-// Returns an open temp file, if possible either an unlinked open file or one
-// that will delete on close. Only returns the filename if neither was
-// possible, so that the caller can delete the file when done.
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix,
-                      wxFile *fileTemp,
-                      wxString *name);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix,
-                      wxFFile *fileTemp,
-                      wxString *name);
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 88904a402..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/private/fontmgr.h
-// Purpose:     font management for ports that don't have their own
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2006-11-18
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: fontmgr.h 43855 2006-12-07 08:57:44Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001-2002 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-//              (c) 2006 REA Elektronik GmbH
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/fontutil.h"
-
-class wxFontsManager;
-class wxFontInstance;
-class wxFontInstanceList;
-class wxFontFace;
-class wxFontBundle;
-class wxFontBundleHash;
-class wxFontMgrFontRefData;
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxFontBundle, wxFontBundleList);
-
-/**
-    This class represents single font face with set parameters (point size,
-    antialiasing).
- */
-class wxFontInstanceBase
-{
-protected:
-    wxFontInstanceBase(float ptSize, bool aa) : m_ptSize(ptSize), m_aa(aa) {}
-    virtual ~wxFontInstanceBase() {}
-
-public:
-    float GetPointSize() const { return m_ptSize; }
-    bool IsAntiAliased() const { return m_aa; }
-
-protected:
-    float m_ptSize;
-    bool m_aa;
-};
-
-
-/// This class represents loaded font face (bundle+weight+italics).
-class wxFontFaceBase
-{
-protected:
-    /// Ctor. Creates object with reference count = 0, Acquire() must be
-    /// called after the object is created.
-    wxFontFaceBase();
-    virtual ~wxFontFaceBase();
-
-public:
-    /// Increases reference count of the face
-    virtual void Acquire();
-
-    /**
-        Decreases reference count of the face. Call this when you no longer
-        use the object returned by wxFontBundle. Note that this doesn't destroy
-        the object, but only optionally shuts it down, so it's possible to
-        call Acquire() and Release() more than once.
-     */
-    virtual void Release();
-
-    /**
-        Returns instance of the font at given size.
-
-        @param ptSize   point size of the font to create; note that this is
-                        a float and not integer, it should be wxFont's point
-                        size multipled by wxDC's scale factor
-        @param aa       should the font be antialiased?
-     */
-    virtual wxFontInstance *GetFontInstance(float ptSize, bool aa);
-
-protected:
-    /// Called to create a new instance of the font by GetFontInstance() if
-    /// it wasn't found it cache.
-    virtual wxFontInstance *CreateFontInstance(float ptSize, bool aa) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    unsigned m_refCnt;
-    wxFontInstanceList *m_instances;
-};
-
-/**
-    This class represents font bundle. Font bundle is set of faces that have
-    the same name, but differ in weight and italics.
- */
-class wxFontBundleBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFontBundleBase();
-    virtual ~wxFontBundleBase();
-
-    /// Returns name of the bundle
-    virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
-    /// Returns true if the font is fixe-width
-    virtual bool IsFixed() const = 0;
-
-    /// Type of faces in the bundle
-    enum FaceType
-    {
-        // NB: values of these constants are set so that it's possible to
-        //     make OR-combinations of them and still get valid enum element
-        FaceType_Regular       = 0,
-        FaceType_Italic        = 1,
-        FaceType_Bold          = 2,
-        FaceType_BoldItalic    = FaceType_Italic | FaceType_Bold,
-
-        FaceType_Max
-    };
-
-    /// Returns true if the given face is available
-    bool HasFace(FaceType type) const { return m_faces[type] != NULL; }
-
-    /**
-        Returns font face object that can be used to render font of given type.
-
-        Note that this method can only be called if HasFace(type) returns true.
-
-        Acquire() was called on the returned object, you must call Release()
-        when you stop using it.
-     */
-    wxFontFace *GetFace(FaceType type) const;
-
-    /**
-        Returns font face object that can be used to render given font.
-
-        Acquire() was called on the returned object, you must call Release()
-        when you stop using it.
-     */
-    wxFontFace *GetFaceForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxFontFace *m_faces[FaceType_Max];
-};
-
-
-/**
-    Base class for wxFontsManager class, which manages the list of all
-    available fonts and their loaded instances.
- */
-class wxFontsManagerBase
-{
-protected:
-    wxFontsManagerBase();
-    virtual ~wxFontsManagerBase();
-
-public:
-    /// Returns the font manager singleton, creating it if it doesn't exist
-    static wxFontsManager *Get();
-
-    /// Called by wxApp to shut down the manager
-    static void CleanUp();
-
-    /// Returns list of all available font bundles
-    const wxFontBundleList& GetBundles() const { return *m_list; }
-
-    /**
-        Returns object representing font bundle with the given name.
-
-        The returned object is owned by wxFontsManager, you must not delete it.
-     */
-    wxFontBundle *GetBundle(const wxString& name) const;
-
-    /**
-        Returns object representing font bundle that can be used to render
-        given font.
-
-        The returned object is owned by wxFontsManager, you must not delete it.
-     */
-    wxFontBundle *GetBundleForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const;
-
-    /// This method must be called by derived
-    void AddBundle(wxFontBundle *bundle);
-
-    /// Returns default facename for given wxFont family
-    virtual wxString GetDefaultFacename(wxFontFamily family) const = 0;
-
-private:
-    wxFontBundleHash *m_hash;
-    wxFontBundleList *m_list;
-
-protected:
-    static wxFontsManager *ms_instance;
-};
-
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/private/fontmgr.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #include "wx/dfb/private/fontmgr.h"
-#endif
-
-
-
-/// wxFontMgrFontRefData implementation using wxFontsManager classes
-class wxFontMgrFontRefData : public wxObjectRefData
-{
-public:
-    wxFontMgrFontRefData(int size = wxDEFAULT,
-                  int family = wxDEFAULT,
-                  int style = wxDEFAULT,
-                  int weight = wxDEFAULT,
-                  bool underlined = false,
-                  const wxString& faceName = wxEmptyString,
-                  wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-    wxFontMgrFontRefData(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& data);
-    ~wxFontMgrFontRefData();
-
-    wxFontBundle *GetFontBundle() const;
-    wxFontInstance *GetFontInstance(float scale, bool antialiased) const;
-
-    bool IsFixedWidth() const { return GetFontBundle()->IsFixed(); }
-
-    const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const { return &m_info; }
-
-    int GetPointSize() const { return m_info.pointSize; }
-    wxString GetFaceName() const { return m_info.faceName; }
-    int GetFamily() const { return m_info.family; }
-    int GetStyle() const { return m_info.style; }
-    int GetWeight() const { return m_info.weight; }
-    bool GetUnderlined() const { return m_info.underlined; }
-    wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_info.encoding; }
-
-    void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
-    void SetFamily(int family);
-    void SetStyle(int style);
-    void SetWeight(int weight);
-    void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
-    void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
-    void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    // Unofficial API, don't use
-    void SetNoAntiAliasing(bool no);
-    bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const { return m_noAA; }
-
-private:
-    void EnsureValidFont();
-
-    wxNativeFontInfo  m_info;
-    bool              m_noAA;
-
-    wxFontFace       *m_fontFace;
-    wxFontBundle     *m_fontBundle;
-    bool              m_fontValid;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/overlay.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/overlay.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3f95e201..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/overlay.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/private/overlay.h
-// Purpose:     wxOverlayImpl declaration
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-10-20
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: overlay.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_
-
-#include "wx/overlay.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/carbon/private/overlay.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #include "wx/dfb/private/overlay.h"
-#else
-    #error "unknown native wxOverlay implementation"
-#endif
-
-#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// generic implementation of wxOverlay
-class wxOverlayImpl
-{
-public:
-    wxOverlayImpl();
-    ~wxOverlayImpl();
-
-
-    // clears the overlay without restoring the former state
-    // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted
-    void Reset();
-
-    // returns true if it has been setup
-    bool IsOk();
-
-    void Init(wxWindowDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
-    void BeginDrawing(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-    void EndDrawing(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-    void Clear(wxWindowDC* dc);
-
-private:
-    wxBitmap m_bmpSaved ;
-    int m_x ;
-    int m_y ;
-    int m_width ;
-    int m_height ;
-// this is to enable wxMOTIF and UNIV to compile....
-// currently (10 oct 06) we don't use m_window
-// ce - how do we fix this
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__)
-    wxWindow* m_window ;
-#endif
-} ;
-
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY/!wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-
-#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/socketevtdispatch.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/socketevtdispatch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 553c78231..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/private/socketevtdispatch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/private/socketevtdispatch.h
-// Purpose:     wxSocketEventDispatcher class
-// Authors:     Angel Vidal
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     August 2006
-// Copyright:   (c) Angel Vidal
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: socketevtdispatch.h 43976 2006-12-14 14:13:57Z VS $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKETEVTDISPATCH_H_
-#define _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKETEVTDISPATCH_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-
-// forward declarations
-class wxSocketEventDispatcherEntry;
-class GSocket;
-
-enum wxSocketEventDispatcherType
-{
-    wxSocketEventDispatcherInput,
-    wxSocketEventDispatcherOutput
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSocketEventDispatcher : public wxHashTable
-{
-protected:
-    wxSocketEventDispatcher() : wxHashTable(wxKEY_INTEGER) {}
-
-public:
-    // returns instance of the table
-    static wxSocketEventDispatcher& Get();
-
-    virtual ~wxSocketEventDispatcher()
-    {
-        WX_CLEAR_HASH_TABLE(*this)
-    }
-
-    void RegisterCallback(int fd, wxSocketEventDispatcherType socketType,
-                          GSocket* socket);
-
-    void UnregisterCallback(int fd, wxSocketEventDispatcherType socketType);
-
-    void RunLoop(int timeout = 0);
-
-private:
-    void AddEvents(fd_set* readset, fd_set* writeset);
-
-    int FillSets(fd_set* readset, fd_set* writeset);
-
-    wxSocketEventDispatcherEntry* FindEntry(int fd);
-
-private:
-    static wxSocketEventDispatcher *ms_instance;
-
-    friend class wxSocketEventDispatcherModule;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKETEVTDISPATCH_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/prntbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/prntbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 196609c74..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/prntbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,665 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/prntbase.h
-// Purpose:     Base classes for printing framework
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: prntbase.h 54404 2008-06-28 15:32:52Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRNTBASEH__
-#define _WX_PRNTBASEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintout;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialogBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialogBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPreviewBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewCanvas;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewControlBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintFactory;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase;
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// error consts
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPrinterError
-{
-    wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR = 0,
-    wxPRINTER_CANCELLED,
-    wxPRINTER_ERROR
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintFactory
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintFactory() {}
-    virtual ~wxPrintFactory() {}
-
-    virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData* data ) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
-                                                    wxPrintout *printout = NULL,
-                                                    wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0;
-    virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
-                                                    wxPrintout *printout,
-                                                    wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                  wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0;
-    virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                  wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                          wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxDC* CreatePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data ) = 0;
-
-    // What to do and what to show in the wxPrintDialog
-    // a) Use the generic print setup dialog or a native one?
-    virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog() = 0;
-    virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
-    // b) Provide the "print to file" option ourselves or via print setup?
-    virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile() = 0;
-    // c) Show current printer
-    virtual bool HasPrinterLine() = 0;
-    virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine() = 0;
-    // d) Show Status line for current printer?
-    virtual bool HasStatusLine() = 0;
-    virtual wxString CreateStatusLine() = 0;
-
-
-    virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData() = 0;
-
-    static void SetPrintFactory( wxPrintFactory *factory );
-    static wxPrintFactory *GetFactory();
-private:
-    static wxPrintFactory *m_factory;
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNativePrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory
-{
-public:
-    virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data );
-
-    virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
-                                                    wxPrintout *printout = NULL,
-                                                    wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
-    virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
-                                                    wxPrintout *printout,
-                                                    wxPrintData *data );
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                  wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
-    virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                  wxPrintData *data );
-
-    virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
-                                                          wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL );
-
-    virtual wxDC* CreatePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data );
-
-    virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog();
-    virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data );
-    virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile();
-    virtual bool HasPrinterLine();
-    virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine();
-    virtual bool HasStatusLine();
-    virtual wxString CreateStatusLine();
-
-    virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData();
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintNativeDataBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintNativeDataBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintNativeDataBase();
-    virtual ~wxPrintNativeDataBase() {}
-
-    virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ) = 0;
-    virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ) = 0;
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-
-    int  m_ref;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrinterBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrinterBase(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
-    virtual ~wxPrinterBase();
-
-    virtual wxWindow *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout);
-    virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message);
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const;
-    bool GetAbort() const { return sm_abortIt; }
-
-    static wxPrinterError GetLastError() { return sm_lastError; }
-
-    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-    // OVERRIDES
-
-    virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent) = 0;
-    virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true) = 0;
-    virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    wxPrintDialogData     m_printDialogData;
-    wxPrintout*           m_currentPrintout;
-
-    static wxPrinterError sm_lastError;
-
-public:
-    static wxWindow*      sm_abortWindow;
-    static bool           sm_abortIt;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterBase)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinterBase)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrinter
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
-{
-public:
-    wxPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
-    virtual ~wxPrinter();
-
-    virtual wxWindow *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout);
-    virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message);
-
-    virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
-    virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true);
-    virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxPrinterBase    *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinter)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinter)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintout
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Represents an object via which a document may be printed.
- * The programmer derives from this, overrides (at least) OnPrintPage,
- * and passes it to a wxPrinter object for printing, or a wxPrintPreview
- * object for previewing.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintout: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintout(const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
-    virtual ~wxPrintout();
-
-    virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
-    virtual void OnEndDocument();
-    virtual void OnBeginPrinting();
-    virtual void OnEndPrinting();
-
-    // Guaranteed to be before any other functions are called
-    virtual void OnPreparePrinting() { }
-
-    virtual bool HasPage(int page);
-    virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page) = 0;
-    virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *pageFrom, int *pageTo);
-
-    virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_printoutTitle; }
-
-    wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_printoutDC; }
-    void SetDC(wxDC *dc) { m_printoutDC = dc; }
-
-    void FitThisSizeToPaper(const wxSize& imageSize);
-    void FitThisSizeToPage(const wxSize& imageSize);
-    void FitThisSizeToPageMargins(const wxSize& imageSize, const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
-    void MapScreenSizeToPaper();
-    void MapScreenSizeToPage();
-    void MapScreenSizeToPageMargins(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
-    void MapScreenSizeToDevice();
-
-    wxRect GetLogicalPaperRect() const;
-    wxRect GetLogicalPageRect() const;
-    wxRect GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) const;
-
-    void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    void OffsetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord xoff, wxCoord yoff);
-
-    void SetPageSizePixels(int w, int  h) { m_pageWidthPixels = w; m_pageHeightPixels = h; }
-    void GetPageSizePixels(int *w, int  *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthPixels; *h = m_pageHeightPixels; }
-    void SetPageSizeMM(int w, int  h) { m_pageWidthMM = w; m_pageHeightMM = h; }
-    void GetPageSizeMM(int *w, int  *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthMM; *h = m_pageHeightMM; }
-
-    void SetPPIScreen(int x, int y) { m_PPIScreenX = x; m_PPIScreenY = y; }
-    void GetPPIScreen(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIScreenX; *y = m_PPIScreenY; }
-    void SetPPIPrinter(int x, int y) { m_PPIPrinterX = x; m_PPIPrinterY = y; }
-    void GetPPIPrinter(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIPrinterX; *y = m_PPIPrinterY; }
-
-    void SetPaperRectPixels(const wxRect& paperRectPixels) { m_paperRectPixels = paperRectPixels; }
-    wxRect GetPaperRectPixels() const { return m_paperRectPixels; }
-
-    virtual bool IsPreview() const { return m_isPreview; }
-
-    virtual void SetIsPreview(bool p) { m_isPreview = p; }
-
-private:
-    wxString         m_printoutTitle;
-    wxDC*            m_printoutDC;
-
-    int              m_pageWidthPixels;
-    int              m_pageHeightPixels;
-
-    int              m_pageWidthMM;
-    int              m_pageHeightMM;
-
-    int              m_PPIScreenX;
-    int              m_PPIScreenY;
-    int              m_PPIPrinterX;
-    int              m_PPIPrinterY;
-
-    wxRect           m_paperRectPixels;
-
-    bool             m_isPreview;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintout)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintout)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewCanvas
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Canvas upon which a preview is drawn.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPreviewCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxPreviewCanvas(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
-                    wxWindow *parent,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long style = 0,
-                    const wxString& name = wxT("canvas"));
-    virtual ~wxPreviewCanvas();
-
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event);
-    // Responds to colour changes
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
-    wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview;
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewFrame
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Default frame for showing preview.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPreviewFrame: public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxPreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
-                   wxWindow *parent,
-                   const wxString& title = wxT("Print Preview"),
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                   const wxString& name = wxT("frame"));
-    virtual ~wxPreviewFrame();
-
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-    virtual void Initialize();
-    virtual void CreateCanvas();
-    virtual void CreateControlBar();
-
-    inline wxPreviewControlBar* GetControlBar() const { return m_controlBar; }
-
-protected:
-    wxPreviewCanvas*      m_previewCanvas;
-    wxPreviewControlBar*  m_controlBar;
-    wxPrintPreviewBase*   m_printPreview;
-    wxWindowDisabler*     m_windowDisabler;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewControlBar
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * A panel with buttons for controlling a print preview.
- * The programmer may wish to use other means for controlling
- * the print preview.
- */
-
-#define wxPREVIEW_PRINT        1
-#define wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS     2
-#define wxPREVIEW_NEXT         4
-#define wxPREVIEW_ZOOM         8
-#define wxPREVIEW_FIRST       16
-#define wxPREVIEW_LAST        32
-#define wxPREVIEW_GOTO        64
-
-#define wxPREVIEW_DEFAULT  (wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS|wxPREVIEW_NEXT|wxPREVIEW_ZOOM\
-                            |wxPREVIEW_FIRST|wxPREVIEW_GOTO|wxPREVIEW_LAST)
-
-// Ids for controls
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE      1
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT       2
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS   3
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT      4
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM       5
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST      6
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_LAST       7
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_GOTO       8
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPreviewControlBar: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar)
-
-public:
-    wxPreviewControlBar(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
-                        long buttons,
-                        wxWindow *parent,
-                        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                        long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL,
-                        const wxString& name = wxT("panel"));
-    virtual ~wxPreviewControlBar();
-
-    virtual void CreateButtons();
-    virtual void SetZoomControl(int zoom);
-    virtual int GetZoomControl();
-    virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *GetPrintPreview() const
-        { return m_printPreview; }
-
-    void OnWindowClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnNext();
-    void OnPrevious();
-    void OnFirst();
-    void OnLast();
-    void OnGoto();
-    void OnPrint();
-    void OnPrintButton(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrint(); }
-    void OnNextButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnNext(); }
-    void OnPreviousButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrevious(); }
-    void OnFirstButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnFirst(); }
-    void OnLastButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnLast(); }
-    void OnGotoButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnGoto(); }
-    void OnZoom(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxPrintPreviewBase*   m_printPreview;
-    wxButton*             m_closeButton;
-    wxButton*             m_nextPageButton;
-    wxButton*             m_previousPageButton;
-    wxButton*             m_printButton;
-    wxChoice*             m_zoomControl;
-    wxButton*             m_firstPageButton;
-    wxButton*             m_lastPageButton;
-    wxButton*             m_gotoPageButton;
-    long                  m_buttonFlags;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreviewBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPreviewBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout,
-                       wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = (wxPrintout *) NULL,
-                       wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
-    wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout,
-                       wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
-                       wxPrintData *data);
-    virtual ~wxPrintPreviewBase();
-
-    virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum);
-    virtual int GetCurrentPage() const;
-
-    virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout);
-    virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const;
-    virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const;
-
-    virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame);
-    virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
-    virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const;
-    virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const;
-
-    // This is a helper routine, used by the next 4 routines.
-
-    virtual void CalcRects(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxRect& printableAreaRect, wxRect& paperRect);
-
-    // The preview canvas should call this from OnPaint
-    virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-
-    // This draws a blank page onto the preview canvas
-    virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-
-    // Adjusts the scrollbars for the current scale
-    virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
-    // This is called by wxPrintPreview to render a page into a wxMemoryDC.
-    virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
-
-
-    virtual void SetZoom(int percent);
-    virtual int GetZoom() const;
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
-
-    virtual int GetMaxPage() const;
-    virtual int GetMinPage() const;
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    virtual void SetOk(bool ok);
-
-    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-    // OVERRIDES
-
-    // If we own a wxPrintout that can be used for printing, this
-    // will invoke the actual printing procedure. Called
-    // by the wxPreviewControlBar.
-    virtual bool Print(bool interactive) = 0;
-
-    // Calculate scaling that needs to be done to get roughly
-    // the right scaling for the screen pretending to be
-    // the currently selected printer.
-    virtual void DetermineScaling() = 0;
-
-protected:
-    wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
-    wxPreviewCanvas*  m_previewCanvas;
-    wxFrame*          m_previewFrame;
-    wxBitmap*         m_previewBitmap;
-    wxPrintout*       m_previewPrintout;
-    wxPrintout*       m_printPrintout;
-    int               m_currentPage;
-    int               m_currentZoom;
-    float             m_previewScaleX;
-    float             m_previewScaleY;
-    int               m_topMargin;
-    int               m_leftMargin;
-    int               m_pageWidth;
-    int               m_pageHeight;
-    int               m_minPage;
-    int               m_maxPage;
-
-    bool              m_isOk;
-    bool              m_printingPrepared; // Called OnPreparePrinting?
-
-private:
-    void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting);
-
-    // helpers for RenderPage():
-    bool RenderPageIntoDC(wxDC& dc, int pageNum);
-    bool RenderPageIntoBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp, int pageNum);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase)
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreview
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
-                   wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = (wxPrintout *) NULL,
-                   wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
-    wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
-                   wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
-                   wxPrintData *data);
-    virtual ~wxPrintPreview();
-
-    virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum);
-    virtual int GetCurrentPage() const;
-    virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout);
-    virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const;
-    virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const;
-    virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame);
-    virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
-    virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const;
-    virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const;
-    virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-    virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-    virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-    virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
-    virtual void SetZoom(int percent);
-    virtual int GetZoom() const;
-
-    virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
-    virtual void DetermineScaling();
-
-    virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
-
-    virtual int GetMaxPage() const;
-    virtual int GetMinPage() const;
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    virtual void SetOk(bool ok);
-
-private:
-    wxPrintPreviewBase *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreview)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreview)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintAbortDialog
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintAbortDialog: public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintAbortDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                       const wxString& title,
-                       const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                       const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                       long style = 0,
-                       const wxString& name = wxT("dialog"))
-        : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, size, style, name)
-        {
-        }
-
-    void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintAbortDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PRNTBASEH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/process.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/process.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aaed2703a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/process.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/process.h
-// Purpose:     wxProcess class
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to check error codes, added Detach() method
-// Created:     24/06/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: process.h 42713 2006-10-30 11:56:12Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROCESSH__
-#define _WX_PROCESSH__
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    #include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/utils.h"       // for wxSignal
-
-// the wxProcess creation flags
-enum
-{
-    // no redirection
-    wxPROCESS_DEFAULT = 0,
-
-    // redirect the IO of the child process
-    wxPROCESS_REDIRECT = 1
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A wxProcess object should be passed to wxExecute - than its OnTerminate()
-// function will be called when the process terminates.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcess : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    // kill the process with the given PID
-    static wxKillError Kill(int pid, wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM, int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN);
-
-    // test if the given process exists
-    static bool Exists(int pid);
-
-    // this function replaces the standard popen() one: it launches a process
-    // asynchronously and allows the caller to get the streams connected to its
-    // std{in|out|err}
-    //
-    // on error NULL is returned, in any case the process object will be
-    // deleted automatically when the process terminates and should *not* be
-    // deleted by the caller
-    static wxProcess *Open(const wxString& cmd, int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC);
-
-
-    // ctors
-    wxProcess(wxEvtHandler *parent = (wxEvtHandler *) NULL, int nId = wxID_ANY)
-        { Init(parent, nId, wxPROCESS_DEFAULT); }
-
-    wxProcess(int flags) { Init(NULL, wxID_ANY, flags); }
-
-    virtual ~wxProcess();
-
-    // get the process ID of the process executed by Open()
-    long GetPid() const { return m_pid; }
-
-    // may be overridden to be notified about process termination
-    virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
-
-    // call this before passing the object to wxExecute() to redirect the
-    // launched process stdin/stdout, then use GetInputStream() and
-    // GetOutputStream() to get access to them
-    void Redirect() { m_redirect = true; }
-    bool IsRedirected() const { return m_redirect; }
-
-    // detach from the parent - should be called by the parent if it's deleted
-    // before the process it started terminates
-    void Detach();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    // Pipe handling
-    wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const { return m_inputStream; }
-    wxInputStream *GetErrorStream() const { return m_errorStream; }
-    wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const { return m_outputStream; }
-
-    // close the output stream indicating that nothing more will be written
-    void CloseOutput() { delete m_outputStream; m_outputStream = NULL; }
-
-    // return true if the child process stdout is not closed
-    bool IsInputOpened() const;
-
-    // return true if any input is available on the child process stdout/err
-    bool IsInputAvailable() const;
-    bool IsErrorAvailable() const;
-
-    // implementation only (for wxExecute)
-    //
-    // NB: the streams passed here should correspond to the child process
-    //     stdout, stdin and stderr and here the normal naming convention is
-    //     used unlike elsewhere in this class
-    void SetPipeStreams(wxInputStream *outStream,
-                        wxOutputStream *inStream,
-                        wxInputStream *errStream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-protected:
-    void Init(wxEvtHandler *parent, int id, int flags);
-    void SetPid(long pid) { m_pid = pid; }
-
-    int m_id;
-    long m_pid;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    // these streams are connected to stdout, stderr and stdin of the child
-    // process respectively (yes, m_inputStream corresponds to stdout -- very
-    // confusing but too late to change now)
-    wxInputStream  *m_inputStream,
-                   *m_errorStream;
-    wxOutputStream *m_outputStream;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    bool m_redirect;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProcess)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProcess)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxProcess events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_END_PROCESS, 440)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcessEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxProcessEvent(int nId = 0, int pid = 0, int exitcode = 0) : wxEvent(nId)
-    {
-        m_eventType = wxEVT_END_PROCESS;
-        m_pid = pid;
-        m_exitcode = exitcode;
-    }
-
-    // accessors
-        // PID of process which terminated
-    int GetPid() { return m_pid; }
-
-        // the exit code
-    int GetExitCode() { return m_exitcode; }
-
-    // implement the base class pure virtual
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxProcessEvent(*this); }
-
-public:
-    int m_pid,
-        m_exitcode;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxProcessEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxProcessEventFunction)(wxProcessEvent&);
-
-#define wxProcessEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxProcessEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_END_PROCESS(id, func) \
-   wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_END_PROCESS, id, wxProcessEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // _WX_PROCESSH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/progdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/progdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f1692b130..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/progdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/progdlg.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxProgressDialog
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: progdlg.h 41089 2006-09-09 13:36:54Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-/*
- * wxProgressDialog flags
- */
-#define wxPD_CAN_ABORT          0x0001
-#define wxPD_APP_MODAL          0x0002
-#define wxPD_AUTO_HIDE          0x0004
-#define wxPD_ELAPSED_TIME       0x0008
-#define wxPD_ESTIMATED_TIME     0x0010
-#define wxPD_SMOOTH             0x0020
-#define wxPD_REMAINING_TIME     0x0040
-#define wxPD_CAN_SKIP           0x0080
-
-
-#ifdef __WXPALMOS__
-    #include "wx/palmos/progdlg.h"
-#else
-    #include "wx/generic/progdlgg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/propdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/propdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bad68bb3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/propdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/propdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxPropertySheetDialog base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: propdlg.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/propdlg.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/file.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/file.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e31d88fb4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/file.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        file.h
-// Purpose:     File protocol
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: file.h 43836 2006-12-06 19:20:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
-#define __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFileProto: public wxProtocol {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFileProto)
-  DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFileProto)
-protected:
-  wxProtocolError m_error;
-public:
-  wxFileProto();
-  virtual ~wxFileProto();
-
-  wxProtocolError GetError() { return m_error; }
-  bool Abort() { return TRUE; }
-  wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-
-#endif // __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b074e15ea..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        ftp.h
-// Purpose:     FTP protocol
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de 
-//              20000917 : RmDir, GetLastResult, GetList
-// Created:     07/07/1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ftp.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_FTP_H__
-#define __WX_FTP_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-
-#include "wx/sckaddr.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-#include "wx/url.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFTP : public wxProtocol
-{
-public:
-    enum TransferMode
-    {
-        NONE,       // not set by user explicitly
-        ASCII,
-        BINARY
-    };
-
-    wxFTP();
-    virtual ~wxFTP();
-
-    // Connecting and disconnecting
-    void SetUser(const wxString& user) { m_user = user; }
-    void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd) { m_passwd = passwd; }
-
-    bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true);
-    bool Connect(const wxString& host);
-
-    // disconnect
-    virtual bool Close();
-
-    // Parameters set up
-
-    // set transfer mode now
-    void SetPassive(bool pasv) { m_bPassive = pasv; }
-    void SetDefaultTimeout(wxUint32 Value);
-    bool SetBinary() { return SetTransferMode(BINARY); }
-    bool SetAscii() { return SetTransferMode(ASCII); }
-    bool SetTransferMode(TransferMode mode);
-
-    // Generic FTP interface
-
-    // the error code
-    virtual wxProtocolError GetError() { return m_lastError; }
-
-    // the last FTP server reply
-    const wxString& GetLastResult() { return m_lastResult; }
-
-    // send any FTP command (should be full FTP command line but without
-    // trailing "\r\n") and return its return code
-    char SendCommand(const wxString& command);
-
-    // check that the command returned the given code
-    bool CheckCommand(const wxString& command, char expectedReturn)
-    {
-        return SendCommand(command) == expectedReturn;
-    }
-
-    // Filesystem commands
-    bool ChDir(const wxString& dir);
-    bool MkDir(const wxString& dir);
-    bool RmDir(const wxString& dir);
-    wxString Pwd();
-    bool Rename(const wxString& src, const wxString& dst);
-    bool RmFile(const wxString& path);
-
-    // Get the size of a file in the current dir.
-    // this function tries its best to deliver the size in bytes using BINARY
-    // (the SIZE command reports different sizes depending on whether 
-    // type is set to ASCII or BINARY)
-    // returns -1 if file is non-existant or size could not be found
-    int GetFileSize(const wxString& fileName);
-
-       // Check to see if a file exists in the current dir
-    bool FileExists(const wxString& fileName);
-
-    // Download methods
-    bool Abort();
-
-    virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
-    virtual wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream(const wxString& path);
-
-    // Directory listing
-
-    // get the list of full filenames, the format is fixed: one file name per
-    // line
-    bool GetFilesList(wxArrayString& files,
-                      const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return GetList(files, wildcard, false);
-    }
-
-    // get a directory list in server dependent format - this can be shown
-    // directly to the user
-    bool GetDirList(wxArrayString& files,
-                    const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return GetList(files, wildcard, true);
-    }
-
-    // equivalent to either GetFilesList() (default) or GetDirList()
-    bool GetList(wxArrayString& files,
-                 const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString,
-                 bool details = false);
-
-protected:
-    // this executes a simple ftp command with the given argument and returns
-    // true if it its return code starts with '2'
-    bool DoSimpleCommand(const wxChar *command,
-                         const wxString& arg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // get the server reply, return the first character of the reply code,
-    // '1'..'5' for normal FTP replies, 0 (*not* '0') if an error occurred
-    char GetResult();
-
-    // check that the result is equal to expected value
-    bool CheckResult(char ch) { return GetResult() == ch; }
-
-    // return the socket to be used, Passive/Active versions are used only by
-    // GetPort()
-    wxSocketBase *GetPort();
-    wxSocketBase *GetPassivePort();
-    wxSocketBase *GetActivePort();
-
-    // helper for GetPort()
-    wxString GetPortCmdArgument(const wxIPV4address& Local, const wxIPV4address& New);
-
-    // accept connection from server in active mode, returns the same socket as
-    // passed in in passive mode
-    wxSocketBase *AcceptIfActive(wxSocketBase *sock);
-
-
-    wxString m_user,
-             m_passwd;
-
-    wxString m_lastResult;
-    wxProtocolError m_lastError;
-
-    // true if there is an FTP transfer going on
-    bool m_streaming;
-
-    // although this should be set to ASCII by default according to STD9,
-    // we will use BINARY transfer mode by default for backwards compatibility
-    TransferMode m_currentTransfermode;
-
-    friend class wxInputFTPStream;
-    friend class wxOutputFTPStream;
-
-    bool            m_bPassive;
-    wxUint32        m_uiDefaultTimeout;
-
-    // following is true when  a read or write times out, we then assume
-    // the connection is dead and abort. we avoid additional delays this way
-    bool            m_bEncounteredError;
-
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFTP)
-    DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFTP)
-};
-
-// the trace mask used by assorted wxLogTrace() in ftp code, do
-// wxLog::AddTraceMask(FTP_TRACE_MASK) to see them in output
-#define FTP_TRACE_MASK _T("ftp")
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-
-#endif // __WX_FTP_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/http.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/http.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b52664d32..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/http.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        http.h
-// Purpose:     HTTP protocol
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Simo Virokannas (authentication, Dec 2005)
-// Created:     August 1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: http.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_HTTP_H
-#define _WX_HTTP_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxString, wxStringToStringHashMap,
-                                      class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxHTTP : public wxProtocol
-{
-public:
-  wxHTTP();
-  virtual ~wxHTTP();
-
-  virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port);
-  virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host) { return Connect(host, 0); }
-  virtual bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait);
-  bool Abort();
-  wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
-  inline wxProtocolError GetError() { return m_perr; }
-  wxString GetContentType();
-
-  void SetHeader(const wxString& header, const wxString& h_data);
-  wxString GetHeader(const wxString& header) const;
-  void SetPostBuffer(const wxString& post_buf);
-
-  void SetProxyMode(bool on);
-
-  int GetResponse() { return m_http_response; }
-
-  virtual void SetUser(const wxString& user) { m_username = user; }
-  virtual void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd ) { m_password = passwd; }
-
-protected:
-  enum wxHTTP_Req
-  {
-    wxHTTP_GET,
-    wxHTTP_POST,
-    wxHTTP_HEAD
-  };
-
-  typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator wxHeaderIterator;
-  typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator wxHeaderConstIterator;
-
-  bool BuildRequest(const wxString& path, wxHTTP_Req req);
-  void SendHeaders();
-  bool ParseHeaders();
-
-  wxString GenerateAuthString(const wxString& user, const wxString& pass) const;
-
-  // find the header in m_headers
-  wxHeaderIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header);
-  wxHeaderConstIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header) const;
-
-  // deletes the header value strings
-  void ClearHeaders();
-
-  wxProtocolError m_perr;
-  wxStringToStringHashMap m_headers;
-  bool m_read,
-       m_proxy_mode;
-  wxSockAddress *m_addr;
-  wxString m_post_buf;
-  int m_http_response;
-  wxString m_username;
-  wxString m_password;
-
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTTP)
-  DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxHTTP)
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHTTP)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#endif // _WX_HTTP_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fd35ac0a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/protocol/protocol.h
-// Purpose:     Protocol base class
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/07/1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: protocol.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
-#define _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-    #include "wx/socket.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    wxPROTO_NOERR = 0,
-    wxPROTO_NETERR,
-    wxPROTO_PROTERR,
-    wxPROTO_CONNERR,
-    wxPROTO_INVVAL,
-    wxPROTO_NOHNDLR,
-    wxPROTO_NOFILE,
-    wxPROTO_ABRT,
-    wxPROTO_RCNCT,
-    wxPROTO_STREAMING
-} wxProtocolError;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxProtocol: abstract base class for all protocols
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtocol
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- : public wxSocketClient
-#else
- : public wxObject
-#endif
-{
-public:
-    wxProtocol();
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-    bool Reconnect();
-    virtual bool Connect( const wxString& WXUNUSED(host) ) { return FALSE; }
-    virtual bool Connect( wxSockAddress& addr, bool WXUNUSED(wait) = TRUE) { return wxSocketClient::Connect(addr); }
-
-    // read a '\r\n' terminated line from the given socket and put it in
-    // result (without the terminators)
-    static wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxSocketBase *socket, wxString& result);
-
-    // read a line from this socket - this one can be overridden in the
-    // derived classes if different line termination convention is to be used
-    virtual wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxString& result);
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-    virtual bool Abort() = 0;
-    virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path) = 0;
-    virtual wxProtocolError GetError() = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetContentType() { return wxEmptyString; }
-    virtual void SetUser(const wxString& WXUNUSED(user)) {}
-    virtual void SetPassword(const wxString& WXUNUSED(passwd) ) {}
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxProtocol)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-wxProtocolError WXDLLIMPEXP_NET GetLine(wxSocketBase *sock, wxString& result);
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for protocol classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define DECLARE_PROTOCOL(class) \
-public: \
-  static wxProtoInfo g_proto_##class;
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(class, name, serv, host) \
-wxProtoInfo class::g_proto_##class(name, serv, host, CLASSINFO(class)); \
-bool wxProtocolUse##class = TRUE;
-
-#define USE_PROTOCOL(class) \
-    extern bool wxProtocolUse##class ; \
-    static struct wxProtocolUserFor##class \
-    { \
-        wxProtocolUserFor##class() { wxProtocolUse##class = TRUE; } \
-    } wxProtocolDoUse##class;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtoInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxProtoInfo(const wxChar *name,
-                const wxChar *serv_name,
-                const bool need_host1,
-                wxClassInfo *info);
-
-protected:
-    wxProtoInfo *next;
-    wxString m_protoname;
-    wxString prefix;
-    wxString m_servname;
-    wxClassInfo *m_cinfo;
-    bool m_needhost;
-
-    friend class wxURL;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProtoInfo)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProtoInfo)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-
-#endif // _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e78d53fb6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/ptr_scpd.h
-// Purpose:     scoped smart pointer class
-// Author:      Jesse Lovelace <jllovela@eos.ncsu.edu>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06/01/02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: ptr_scpd.h 35688 2005-09-25 19:59:19Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Jesse Lovelace and original Boost authors (see below)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-//  This class closely follows the implementation of the boost
-//  library scoped_ptr and is an adaption for c++ macro's in
-//  the wxWidgets project. The original authors of the boost
-//  scoped_ptr are given below with their respective copyrights.
-
-//  (C) Copyright Greg Colvin and Beman Dawes 1998, 1999.
-//  Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Peter Dimov
-//
-//  Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software
-//  is granted provided this copyright notice appears in all copies.
-//  This software is provided "as is" without express or implied
-//  warranty, and with no claim as to its suitability for any purpose.
-//
-//  See http://www.boost.org/libs/smart_ptr/scoped_ptr.htm for documentation.
-//
-
-#ifndef __WX_SCOPED_POINTER__
-#define __WX_SCOPED_POINTER__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-/*
-   checked deleters are used to make sure that the type being deleted is really
-   a complete type.: otherwise sizeof() would result in a compile-time error
-
-   do { ... } while ( 0 ) construct is used to have an anonymous scope
-   (otherwise we could have name clashes between different "complete"s) but
-   still force a semicolon after the macro
-*/
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-    #define wxFOR_ONCE(name)              for(int name=0; name<1; name++)
-    #define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name)  wxFOR_ONCE(wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(name))
-    #define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name)
-#else
-    #define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name)  do
-    #define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) while ( wxFalse )
-#endif
-
-#define wxCHECKED_DELETE(ptr)                                                 \
-    wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1)                                        \
-    {                                                                         \
-        typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)];                                  \
-        delete ptr;                                                           \
-    } wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1)
-
-#define wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(ptr)                                           \
-    wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2)                                        \
-    {                                                                         \
-        typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)];                                  \
-        delete [] ptr;                                                        \
-    } wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2)
-
-/* These scoped pointers are *not* assignable and cannot be used
-   within a container.  Look for wxDECLARE_SHARED_PTR for this
-   functionality.
-
-   In addition, the type being used *must* be complete at the time
-   that wxDEFINE_SCOPED_* is called or a compiler error will result.
-   This is because the class checks for the completeness of the type
-   being used.
-*/
-
-
-#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name) \
-class name                          \
-{                                   \
-private:                            \
-    T * m_ptr;                      \
-                                    \
-    name(name const &);             \
-    name & operator=(name const &); \
-                                    \
-public:                             \
-    wxEXPLICIT name(T * ptr = NULL) \
-    : m_ptr(ptr) { }                \
-                                    \
-    ~name();                        \
-                                    \
-    void reset(T * ptr = NULL)      \
-    {                               \
-        if (m_ptr != ptr)           \
-        {                           \
-            delete m_ptr;           \
-            m_ptr = ptr;            \
-        }                           \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    T *release()                    \
-    {                               \
-        T *ptr = m_ptr;             \
-        m_ptr = NULL;               \
-        return ptr;                 \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    T & operator*() const           \
-    {                               \
-        wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);    \
-        return *m_ptr;              \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    T * operator->() const          \
-    {                               \
-        wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);    \
-        return m_ptr;               \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    T * get() const                 \
-    {                               \
-        return m_ptr;               \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    void swap(name & ot)            \
-    {                               \
-        T * tmp = ot.m_ptr;         \
-        ot.m_ptr = m_ptr;           \
-        m_ptr = tmp;                \
-    }                               \
-};
-
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name)\
-name::~name()                       \
-{                                   \
-    wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr);        \
-}
-
-// this macro can be used for the most common case when you want to declare and
-// define the scoped pointer at the same time and want to use the standard
-// naming convention: auto pointer to Foo is called FooPtr
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T)    \
-    wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr)  \
-    wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr)
-
-// the same but for arrays instead of simple pointers
-#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name)\
-class name                          \
-{                                   \
-private:                            \
-    T * m_ptr;                      \
-    name(name const &);             \
-    name & operator=(name const &); \
-                                    \
-public:                             \
-    wxEXPLICIT name(T * p = NULL) : m_ptr(p) \
-    {}                              \
-                                    \
-    ~name();                        \
-    void reset(T * p = NULL);       \
-                                    \
-    T & operator[](long int i) const\
-    {                               \
-        wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);    \
-        wxASSERT(i >= 0);           \
-        return m_ptr[i];            \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    T * get() const                 \
-    {                               \
-        return m_ptr;               \
-    }                               \
-                                    \
-    void swap(name & ot)            \
-    {                               \
-        T * tmp = ot.m_ptr;         \
-        ot.m_ptr = m_ptr;           \
-        m_ptr = tmp;                \
-    }                               \
-};
-
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name)  \
-name::~name()                           \
-{                                       \
-    wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr);      \
-}                                       \
-void name::reset(T * p){                \
-    if (m_ptr != p)                     \
-    {                                   \
-       wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr);   \
-       m_ptr = p;                       \
-    }                                   \
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "Tied" scoped pointer: same as normal one but also sets the value of
-//                        some other variable to the pointer value
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDEFINE_TIED_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T)                                      \
-    wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T)                                               \
-    class T ## TiedPtr : public T ## Ptr                                      \
-    {                                                                         \
-    public:                                                                   \
-        T ## TiedPtr(T **pp, T *p)                                            \
-            : T ## Ptr(p), m_pp(pp)                                           \
-        {                                                                     \
-            m_pOld = *pp;                                                     \
-            *pp = p;                                                          \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        ~ T ## TiedPtr()                                                      \
-        {                                                                     \
-            *m_pp = m_pOld;                                                   \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-    private:                                                                  \
-        T **m_pp;                                                             \
-        T *m_pOld;                                                            \
-    };
-
-#endif // __WX_SCOPED_POINTER__
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/quantize.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/quantize.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 159ccaf88..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/quantize.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/quantize.h
-// Purpose:     wxQuantizer class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22/6/2000
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: quantize.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
-#define _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-/*
- * From jquant2.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
- * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-/*
- * wxQuantize
- * Based on the JPEG quantization code. Reduces the number of colours in a wxImage.
- */
-
-#define wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS      0x01
-#define wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA             0x02
-#define wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE       0x04
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxQuantize: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQuantize)
-
-//// Constructor
-
-    wxQuantize() {}
-    virtual ~wxQuantize() {}
-
-//// Operations
-
-    // Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
-    // destination image. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
-    // Specify an optional palette pointer to receive the resulting palette.
-    // This palette may be passed to ConvertImageToBitmap, for example.
-    // If you pass a palette pointer, you must free the palette yourself.
-
-    static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, wxPalette** pPalette, int desiredNoColours = 236,
-        unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA);
-
-    // This version sets a palette in the destination image so you don't
-    // have to manage it yourself.
-
-    static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, int desiredNoColours = 236,
-        unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA);
-
-//// Helpers
-
-    // Converts input bitmap(s) into 8bit representation with custom palette
-
-    // in_rows and out_rows are arrays [0..h-1] of pointer to rows
-    // (in_rows contains w * 3 bytes per row, out_rows w bytes per row)
-    // fills out_rows with indexes into palette (which is also stored into palette variable)
-    static void DoQuantize(unsigned w, unsigned h, unsigned char **in_rows, unsigned char **out_rows, unsigned char *palette, int desiredNoColours);
-
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 69a09c43b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/radiobox.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioBox declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobox.h 54930 2008-08-02 19:45:23Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxToolTip *, wxToolTipArray);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxRadioBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioBoxBase is not a normal base class, but rather a mix-in because the
-// real wxRadioBox derives from different classes on different platforms: for
-// example, it is a wxStaticBox in wxUniv and wxMSW but not in other ports
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBoxBase : public wxItemContainerImmutable
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxRadioBoxBase();
-
-    // change/query the individual radio button state
-    virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true) = 0;
-    virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true) = 0;
-    virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const = 0;
-    virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const = 0;
-
-    // return number of columns/rows in this radiobox
-    unsigned int GetColumnCount() const { return m_numCols; }
-    unsigned int GetRowCount() const { return m_numRows; }
-
-    // return the next active (i.e. shown and not disabled) item above/below/to
-    // the left/right of the given one
-    int GetNextItem(int item, wxDirection dir, long style) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    // set the tooltip text for a radio item, empty string unsets any tooltip
-    void SetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, const wxString& text);
-
-    // get the individual items tooltip; returns NULL if none
-    wxToolTip *GetItemToolTip(unsigned int item) const
-        { return m_itemsTooltips ? (*m_itemsTooltips)[item] : NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-    // set helptext for a particular item, pass an empty string to erase it
-    void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int n, const wxString& helpText);
-
-    // retrieve helptext for a particular item, empty string means no help text
-    wxString GetItemHelpText(unsigned int n) const;
-#else // wxUSE_HELP
-    // just silently ignore the help text, it's better than requiring using
-    // conditional compilation in all code using this function
-    void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int WXUNUSED(n),
-                         const wxString& WXUNUSED(helpText))
-    {
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-    // returns the radio item at the given position or wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    // (currently implemented only under MSW and GTK)
-    virtual int GetItemFromPoint(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt)) const
-    {
-        return wxNOT_FOUND;
-    }
-
-
-    // deprecated functions
-    // --------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-protected:
-    wxRadioBoxBase()
-    {
-        m_numCols =
-        m_numRows =
-        m_majorDim = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-        m_itemsTooltips = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    }
-
-    // return the number of items in major direction (which depends on whether
-    // we have wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS style)
-    unsigned int GetMajorDim() const { return m_majorDim; }
-
-    // sets m_majorDim and also updates m_numCols/Rows
-    //
-    // the style parameter should be the style of the radiobox itself
-    void SetMajorDim(unsigned int majorDim, long style);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    // called from SetItemToolTip() to really set the tooltip for the specified
-    // item in the box (or, if tooltip is NULL, to remove any existing one).
-    //
-    // NB: this function should really be pure virtual but to avoid breaking
-    //     the build of the ports for which it's not implemented yet we provide
-    //     an empty stub in the base class for now
-    virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, wxToolTip *tooltip);
-
-    // returns true if we have any item tooltips
-    bool HasItemToolTips() const { return m_itemsTooltips != NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-    // Retrieve help text for an item: this is a helper for the implementation
-    // of wxWindow::GetHelpTextAtPoint() in the real radiobox class
-    wxString DoGetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxWindow *derived,
-                                  const wxPoint& pt,
-                                  wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-private:
-    // the number of elements in major dimension (i.e. number of columns if
-    // wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or the number of rows if wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS) and also
-    // the number of rows/columns calculated from it
-    unsigned int m_majorDim,
-                 m_numCols,
-                 m_numRows;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    // array of tooltips for the individual items
-    //
-    // this array is initially NULL and initialized on first use
-    wxToolTipArray *m_itemsTooltips;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-    // help text associated with a particular item or empty string if none
-    wxArrayString m_itemsHelpTexts;
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/radiobox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobut.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobut.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 598c44c30..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/radiobut.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/radiobut.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioButton declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobut.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-/*
-   There is no wxRadioButtonBase class as wxRadioButton interface is the same
-   as wxCheckBox(Base), but under some platforms wxRadioButton really
-   derives from wxCheckBox and on the others it doesn't.
-
-   The pseudo-declaration of wxRadioButtonBase would look like this:
-
-   class wxRadioButtonBase : public ...
-   {
-   public:
-        virtual void SetValue(bool value);
-        virtual bool GetValue() const;
-   };
- */
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxRadioButtonNameStr[];
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/radiobut.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/rawbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/rawbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6360a6de5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/rawbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,713 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/rawbmp.h
-// Purpose:     macros for fast, raw bitmap data access
-// Author:      Eric Kidd, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.03.03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: rawbmp.h 41661 2006-10-06 16:34:45Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RAWBMP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RAWBMP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Abstract Pixel API
-//
-// We need to access our raw bitmap data (1) portably and (2) efficiently.
-// We do this using a two-dimensional "iteration" interface.  Performance
-// is extremely important here: these functions will be called hundreds
-// of thousands of times in a row, and even small inefficiencies will
-// make applications seem slow.
-//
-// We can't always rely on inline functions, because not all compilers actually
-// bother to inline them unless we crank the optimization levels way up.
-// Therefore, we also provide macros to wring maximum speed out of compiler
-// unconditionally (e.g. even in debug builds). Of course, if the performance
-// isn't absolutely crucial for you you shouldn't be using them but the inline
-// functions instead.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   Usage example:
-
-    typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxNativePixelFormat> PixelData;
-
-    wxBitmap bmp;
-    PixelData data(bmp);
-    if ( !data )
-    {
-        ... raw access to bitmap data unavailable, do something else ...
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if ( data.GetWidth() < 20 || data.GetHeight() < 20 )
-    {
-        ... complain: the bitmap it too small ...
-        return;
-    }
-
-    PixelData::Iterator p(data);
-
-    // we draw a (10, 10)-(20, 20) rect manually using the given r, g, b
-    p.Offset(data, 10, 10);
-
-    for ( int y = 0; y < 10; ++y )
-    {
-        PixelData::Iterator rowStart = p;
-
-        for ( int x = 0; x < 10; ++x, ++p )
-        {
-            p.Red() = r;
-            p.Green() = g;
-            p.Blue() = b;
-        }
-
-        p = rowStart;
-        p.OffsetY(data, 1);
-    }
- */
-
-/*
-    Note: we do not use WXDLLEXPORT with classes in this file because VC++ has
-    problems with exporting inner class defined inside a specialization of a
-    template class from a DLL. Besides, as all the methods are inline it's not
-    really necessary to put them in DLL at all.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelFormat
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    wxPixelFormat is a template class describing the bitmap data format. It
-    contains the constants describing the format of pixel data, but does not
-    describe how the entire bitmap is stored (i.e. top-to-bottom,
-    bottom-to-top, ...). It is also a "traits"-like class, i.e. it only
-    contains some constants and maybe static methods but nothing more, so it
-    can be safely used without incurring any overhead as all accesses to it are
-    done at compile-time.
-
-    Current limitations: we don't support RAGABA and ARAGAB formats supported
-    by Mac OS X. If there is sufficient interest, these classes could be
-    extended to deal with them. Neither do we support alpha channel having
-    different representation from the RGB ones (happens under QNX/Photon I
-    think), but again this could be achieved with some small extra effort.
-
-    Template parameters are:
-        - type of a single pixel component
-        - size of the single pixel in bits
-        - indices of red, green and blue pixel components inside the pixel
-        - index of the alpha component or -1 if none
-        - type which can contain the full pixel value (all channels)
- */
-
-template <class Channel,
-          size_t Bpp, int R, int G, int B, int A = -1,
-          class Pixel = wxUint32>
-
-struct wxPixelFormat
-{
-    // iterator over pixels is usually of type "ChannelType *"
-    typedef Channel ChannelType;
-
-    // the type which may hold the entire pixel value
-    typedef Pixel PixelType;
-
-    // NB: using static ints initialized inside the class declaration is not
-    //     portable as it doesn't work with VC++ 6, so we must use enums
-
-    // size of one pixel in bits
-    enum { BitsPerPixel = Bpp };
-
-    // size of one pixel in ChannelType units (usually bytes)
-    enum { SizePixel = Bpp / (8 * sizeof(Channel)) };
-
-    // the channels indices inside the pixel
-    enum
-    {
-        RED = R,
-        GREEN = G,
-        BLUE = B,
-        ALPHA = A
-    };
-
-    // true if we have an alpha channel (together with the other channels, this
-    // doesn't cover the case of wxImage which stores alpha separately)
-    enum { HasAlpha = A != -1 };
-};
-
-// some "predefined" pixel formats
-// -------------------------------
-
-// wxImage format is common to all platforms
-typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxImagePixelFormat;
-
-// the (most common) native bitmap format without alpha support
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    // under MSW the RGB components are reversed, they're in BGR order
-    typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 2, 1, 0> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
-    #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    // under Mac, first component is unused but still present, hence we use
-    // 32bpp, not 24
-    typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 32, 1, 2, 3> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
-    #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 0
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    // Cocoa is standard RGB or RGBA (normally it is RGBA)
-    typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
-    #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    // Under GTK+ 2.X we use GdkPixbuf, which is standard RGB or RGBA
-    typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
-    #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#endif
-
-// the (most common) native format for bitmaps with alpha channel
-#ifdef wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA
-    typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 32,
-                          wxNativePixelFormat::RED,
-                          wxNativePixelFormat::GREEN,
-                          wxNativePixelFormat::BLUE,
-                          wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA> wxAlphaPixelFormat;
-#endif // wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA
-
-// we also define the (default/best) pixel format for the given class: this is
-// used as default value for the pixel format in wxPixelIterator template
-template <class T> struct wxPixelFormatFor;
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-// wxPixelFormatFor is only defined for wxImage, attempt to use it with other
-// classes (wxBitmap...) will result in compile errors which is exactly what we
-// want
-template <>
-struct wxPixelFormatFor<wxImage>
-{
-    typedef wxImagePixelFormat Format;
-};
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelData
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    wxPixelDataBase is just a helper for wxPixelData: it contains things common
-    to both wxImage and wxBitmap specializations.
- */
-class wxPixelDataBase
-{
-public:
-    // origin of the rectangular region we represent
-    wxPoint GetOrigin() const { return m_ptOrigin; }
-
-    // width and height of the region we represent
-    int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
-    wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
-    // the distance between two rows
-    int GetRowStride() const { return m_stride; }
-
-// private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
-    // the origin of this image inside the bigger bitmap (usually (0, 0))
-    wxPoint m_ptOrigin;
-
-    // the size of the image we address, in pixels
-    int m_width,
-        m_height;
-
-    // this parameter is the offset of the start of the (N+1)st row from the
-    // Nth one and can be different from m_bypp*width in some cases:
-    //  a) the most usual one is to force 32/64 bit alignment of rows
-    //  b) another one is for bottom-to-top images where it's negative
-    //  c) finally, it could conceivably be 0 for the images with all
-    //     lines being identical
-    int m_stride;
-
-protected:
-    // ctor is protected because this class is only meant to be used as the
-    // base class by wxPixelData
-    wxPixelDataBase()
-    {
-        m_width =
-        m_height =
-        m_stride = 0;
-    }
-};
-
-/*
-    wxPixelData represents the entire bitmap data, i.e. unlike
-    wxPixelFormat (which it uses) it also stores the global bitmap
-    characteristics such as its size, inter-row separation and so on.
-
-    Because of this it can be used to move the pixel iterators (which don't
-    have enough information about the bitmap themselves). This may seem a bit
-    unnatural but must be done in this way to keep the iterator objects as
-    small as possible for maximum efficiency as otherwise they wouldn't be put
-    into the CPU registers by the compiler any more.
-
-    Implementation note: we use the standard workaround for lack of partial
-    template specialization support in VC (both 6 and 7): instead of partly
-    specializing the class Foo<T, U> for some T we introduce FooOut<T> and
-    FooIn<U> nested in it, make Foo<T, U> equivalent to FooOut<T>::FooIn<U> and
-    fully specialize FooOut.
-
-    Also note that this class doesn't have any default definition because we
-    can't really do anything without knowing the exact image class. We do
-    provide wxPixelDataBase to make it simpler to write new wxPixelData
-    specializations.
- */
-
-// we need to define this skeleton template to mollify VC++
-template <class Image>
-struct wxPixelDataOut
-{
-    template <class PixelFormat>
-    class wxPixelDataIn
-    {
-    public:
-        class Iterator { };
-    };
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-// wxPixelData specialization for wxImage: this is the simplest case as we
-// don't have to care about different pixel formats here
-template <>
-struct wxPixelDataOut<wxImage>
-{
-    // NB: this is a template class even though it doesn't use its template
-    //     parameter because otherwise wxPixelData couldn't compile
-    template <class dummyPixelFormat>
-    class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase
-    {
-    public:
-        // the type of the class we're working with
-        typedef wxImage ImageType;
-
-        // the iterator which should be used for working with data in this
-        // format
-        class Iterator
-        {
-        public:
-            // the pixel format we use
-            typedef wxImagePixelFormat PixelFormat;
-
-            // the type of the pixel components
-            typedef typename dummyPixelFormat::ChannelType ChannelType;
-
-            // the pixel data we're working with
-            typedef
-                wxPixelDataOut<wxImage>::wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat> PixelData;
-
-            // go back to (0, 0)
-            void Reset(const PixelData& data)
-            {
-                *this = data.GetPixels();
-            }
-
-            // creates the iterator pointing to the beginning of data
-            Iterator(PixelData& data)
-            {
-                Reset(data);
-            }
-
-            // creates the iterator initially pointing to the image origin
-            Iterator(const wxImage& image)
-            {
-                m_pRGB = image.GetData();
-
-                if ( image.HasAlpha() )
-                {
-                    m_pAlpha = image.GetAlpha();
-                }
-                else // alpha is not used at all
-                {
-                    m_pAlpha = NULL;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // true if the iterator is valid
-            bool IsOk() const { return m_pRGB != NULL; }
-
-
-            // navigation
-            // ----------
-
-            // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version
-            Iterator& operator++()
-            {
-                m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel;
-                if ( m_pAlpha )
-                    ++m_pAlpha;
-
-                return *this;
-            }
-
-            // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you
-            // absolutely must) version
-            Iterator operator++(int)
-            {
-                Iterator p(*this);
-                ++*this;
-                return p;
-            }
-
-            // move x pixels to the right and y down
-            //
-            // note that the rows don't wrap!
-            void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
-            {
-                m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
-                if ( m_pAlpha )
-                    m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth() + x;
-            }
-
-            // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping)
-            void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x)
-            {
-                m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
-                if ( m_pAlpha )
-                    m_pAlpha += x;
-            }
-
-            // move y rows to the bottom
-            void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y)
-            {
-                m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y;
-                if ( m_pAlpha )
-                    m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth();
-            }
-
-            // go to the given position
-            void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
-            {
-                Reset(data);
-                Offset(data, x, y);
-            }
-
-
-            // data access
-            // -----------
-
-            // access to invidividual colour components
-            ChannelType& Red() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::RED]; }
-            ChannelType& Green() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::GREEN]; }
-            ChannelType& Blue() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::BLUE]; }
-            ChannelType& Alpha() { return *m_pAlpha; }
-
-        // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
-            // pointer into RGB buffer
-            unsigned char *m_pRGB;
-
-            // pointer into alpha buffer or NULL if alpha isn't used
-            unsigned char *m_pAlpha;
-        };
-
-        // initializes us with the data of the given image
-        wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
-        {
-            m_width = image.GetWidth();
-            m_height = image.GetHeight();
-            m_stride = Iterator::SizePixel * m_width;
-        }
-
-        // initializes us with the given region of the specified image
-        wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image,
-                      const wxPoint& pt,
-                      const wxSize& sz) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
-        {
-            m_stride = Iterator::SizePixel * m_width;
-
-            InitRect(pt, sz);
-        }
-
-        // initializes us with the given region of the specified image
-        wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image,
-                      const wxRect& rect) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
-        {
-            m_stride = Iterator::SizePixel * m_width;
-
-            InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize());
-        }
-
-        // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data
-        // successfully
-        operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); }
-
-        // get the iterator pointing to the origin
-        Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; }
-
-    private:
-        void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        {
-            m_width = sz.x;
-            m_height = sz.y;
-
-            m_ptOrigin = pt;
-            m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y);
-        }
-
-        // the image we're working with
-        ImageType& m_image;
-
-        // the iterator pointing to the image origin
-        Iterator m_pixels;
-    };
-};
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-// wxPixelData specialization for wxBitmap: here things are more interesting as
-// we also have to support different pixel formats
-template <>
-struct wxPixelDataOut<wxBitmap>
-{
-    template <class Format>
-    class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase
-    {
-    public:
-        // the type of the class we're working with
-        typedef wxBitmap ImageType;
-
-        class Iterator
-        {
-        public:
-            // the pixel format we use
-            typedef Format PixelFormat;
-
-            // the type of the pixel components
-            typedef typename PixelFormat::ChannelType ChannelType;
-
-            // the pixel data we're working with
-            typedef wxPixelDataOut<wxBitmap>::wxPixelDataIn<Format> PixelData;
-
-
-            // go back to (0, 0)
-            void Reset(const PixelData& data)
-            {
-                *this = data.GetPixels();
-            }
-
-            // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given
-            // pixel data
-            Iterator(PixelData& data)
-            {
-                Reset(data);
-            }
-
-            // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given
-            // bitmap
-            Iterator(wxBitmap& bmp, PixelData& data)
-            {
-                // using cast here is ugly but it should be safe as
-                // GetRawData() real return type should be consistent with
-                // BitsPerPixel (which is in turn defined by ChannelType) and
-                // this is the only thing we can do without making GetRawData()
-                // a template function which is undesirable
-                m_ptr = (ChannelType *)
-                            bmp.GetRawData(data, PixelFormat::BitsPerPixel);
-            }
-
-            // default constructor
-            Iterator()
-            {
-                m_ptr = NULL;
-            }
-            
-            // return true if this iterator is valid
-            bool IsOk() const { return m_ptr != NULL; }
-
-
-            // navigation
-            // ----------
-
-            // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version
-            Iterator& operator++()
-            {
-                m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel;
-
-                return *this;
-            }
-
-            // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you
-            // absolutely must) version
-            Iterator operator++(int)
-            {
-                Iterator p(*this);
-                ++*this;
-                return p;
-            }
-
-            // move x pixels to the right and y down
-            //
-            // note that the rows don't wrap!
-            void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
-            {
-                m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
-            }
-
-            // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping)
-            void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x)
-            {
-                m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
-            }
-
-            // move y rows to the bottom
-            void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y)
-            {
-                m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y;
-            }
-
-            // go to the given position
-            void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
-            {
-                Reset(data);
-                Offset(data, x, y);
-            }
-
-
-            // data access
-            // -----------
-
-            // access to invidividual colour components
-            ChannelType& Red() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::RED]; }
-            ChannelType& Green() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::GREEN]; }
-            ChannelType& Blue() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::BLUE]; }
-            ChannelType& Alpha() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::ALPHA]; }
-
-            // address the pixel contents directly
-            //
-            // warning: the format is platform dependent
-            typename PixelFormat::PixelType& Data()
-                { return *(typename PixelFormat::PixelType *)m_ptr; }
-
-        // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
-            // for efficiency reasons this class should not have any other
-            // fields, otherwise it won't be put into a CPU register (as it
-            // should inside the inner loops) by some compilers, notably gcc
-            ChannelType *m_ptr;
-        };
-
-        // ctor associates this pointer with a bitmap and locks the bitmap for
-        // raw access, it will be unlocked only by our dtor and so these
-        // objects should normally be only created on the stack, i.e. have
-        // limited life-time
-        wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp) : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
-        {
-        }
-
-        wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxRect& rect)
-            : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
-        {
-            InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize());
-        }
-
-        wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-            : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
-        {
-            InitRect(pt, sz);
-        }
-
-        // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data
-        // successfully
-        operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); }
-
-        // get the iterator pointing to the origin
-        Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; }
-
-        // dtor unlocks the bitmap
-        ~wxPixelDataIn()
-        {
-            m_bmp.UngetRawData(*this);
-        }
-
-        // call this to indicate that we should use the alpha channel
-        void UseAlpha() { m_bmp.UseAlpha(); }
-
-    // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
-        // the bitmap we're associated with
-        wxBitmap m_bmp;
-
-        // the iterator pointing to the image origin
-        Iterator m_pixels;
-
-    private:
-        void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        {
-            m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y);
-
-            m_ptOrigin = pt;
-            m_width = sz.x;
-            m_height = sz.y;
-        }
-    };
-};
-#endif //wxUSE_GUI
-
-template <class Image, class PixelFormat = wxPixelFormatFor<Image> >
-class wxPixelData :
-    public wxPixelDataOut<Image>::template wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat>
-{
-public:
-    typedef
-        typename wxPixelDataOut<Image>::template wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat>
-        Base;
-
-    wxPixelData(Image& image) : Base(image) { }
-
-    wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxRect& rect) : Base(i, rect) { }
-
-    wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        : Base(i, pt, sz)
-    {
-    }
-};
-
-
-// some "predefined" pixel data classes
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-typedef wxPixelData<wxImage> wxImagePixelData;
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxNativePixelFormat> wxNativePixelData;
-typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxAlphaPixelFormat> wxAlphaPixelData;
-
-#endif //wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelIterator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    wxPixel::Iterator represents something which points to the pixel data and
-    allows us to iterate over it. In the simplest case of wxBitmap it is,
-    indeed, just a pointer, but it can be something more complicated and,
-    moreover, you are free to specialize it for other image classes and bitmap
-    formats.
-
-    Note that although it would have been much more intuitive to have a real
-    class here instead of what we have now, this class would need two template
-    parameters, and this can't be done because we'd need compiler support for
-    partial template specialization then and neither VC6 nor VC7 provide it.
- */
-template < class Image, class PixelFormat = wxPixelFormatFor<Image> >
-struct wxPixelIterator : public wxPixelData<Image, PixelFormat>::Iterator
-{
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_RAWBMP_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/recguard.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/recguard.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f2c6ffe02..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/recguard.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/recguard.h
-// Purpose:     declaration and implementation of wxRecursionGuard class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: recguard.h 29243 2004-09-21 18:15:59Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-#define _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRecursionGuardFlag is used with wxRecursionGuard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef int wxRecursionGuardFlag;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRecursionGuard is the simplest way to protect a function from reentrancy
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRecursionGuard
-{
-public:
-    wxRecursionGuard(wxRecursionGuardFlag& flag)
-        : m_flag(flag)
-    {
-        m_isInside = flag++ != 0;
-    }
-
-    ~wxRecursionGuard()
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_flag > 0, _T("unbalanced wxRecursionGuards!?") );
-
-        m_flag--;
-    }
-
-    bool IsInside() const { return m_isInside; }
-
-private:
-    wxRecursionGuardFlag& m_flag;
-
-    // true if the flag had been already set when we were created
-    bool m_isInside;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/regex.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/regex.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e69b8359..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/regex.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/regex.h
-// Purpose:     regular expression matching
-// Author:      Karsten Ballueder
-// Modified by: VZ at 13.07.01 (integrated to wxWin)
-// Created:     05.02.2000
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: regex.h 57779 2009-01-02 17:35:16Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Karsten Ballueder <ballueder@gmx.net>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_REGEX_H_
-#define _WX_REGEX_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_REGEX
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for regex compilation: these can be used with Compile()
-enum
-{
-    // use extended regex syntax
-    wxRE_EXTENDED = 0,
-
-    // use advanced RE syntax (built-in regex only)
-#ifdef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED
-    wxRE_ADVANCED = 1,
-#endif
-
-    // use basic RE syntax
-    wxRE_BASIC    = 2,
-
-    // ignore case in match
-    wxRE_ICASE    = 4,
-
-    // only check match, don't set back references
-    wxRE_NOSUB    = 8,
-
-    // if not set, treat '\n' as an ordinary character, otherwise it is
-    // special: it is not matched by '.' and '^' and '$' always match
-    // after/before it regardless of the setting of wxRE_NOT[BE]OL
-    wxRE_NEWLINE  = 16,
-
-    // default flags
-    wxRE_DEFAULT  = wxRE_EXTENDED
-};
-
-// flags for regex matching: these can be used with Matches()
-//
-// these flags are mainly useful when doing several matches in a long string,
-// they can be used to prevent erroneous matches for '^' and '$'
-enum
-{
-    // '^' doesn't match at the start of line
-    wxRE_NOTBOL = 32,
-
-    // '$' doesn't match at the end of line
-    wxRE_NOTEOL = 64
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegEx: a regular expression
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxRegExImpl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegEx
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor: use Compile() later
-    wxRegEx() { Init(); }
-
-    // create and compile
-    wxRegEx(const wxString& expr, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        Init();
-        (void)Compile(expr, flags);
-    }
-
-    // return true if this is a valid compiled regular expression
-    bool IsValid() const { return m_impl != NULL; }
-
-    // compile the string into regular expression, return true if ok or false
-    // if string has a syntax error
-    bool Compile(const wxString& pattern, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT);
-
-    // matches the precompiled regular expression against a string, return
-    // true if matches and false otherwise
-    //
-    // flags may be combination of wxRE_NOTBOL and wxRE_NOTEOL
-    // len may be the length of text (ignored by most system regex libs)
-    //
-    // may only be called after successful call to Compile()
-    bool Matches(const wxChar *text, int flags = 0) const;
-    bool Matches(const wxChar *text, int flags, size_t len) const;
-    bool Matches(const wxString& text, int flags = 0) const
-        { return Matches(text.c_str(), flags, text.length()); }
-
-    // get the start index and the length of the match of the expression
-    // (index 0) or a bracketed subexpression (index != 0)
-    //
-    // may only be called after successful call to Matches()
-    //
-    // return false if no match or on error
-    bool GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index = 0) const;
-
-    // return the part of string corresponding to the match, empty string is
-    // returned if match failed
-    //
-    // may only be called after successful call to Matches()
-    wxString GetMatch(const wxString& text, size_t index = 0) const;
-
-    // return the size of the array of matches, i.e. the number of bracketed
-    // subexpressions plus one for the expression itself, or 0 on error.
-    //
-    // may only be called after successful call to Compile()
-    size_t GetMatchCount() const;
-
-    // replaces the current regular expression in the string pointed to by
-    // pattern, with the text in replacement and return number of matches
-    // replaced (maybe 0 if none found) or -1 on error
-    //
-    // the replacement text may contain backreferences (\number) which will be
-    // replaced with the value of the corresponding subexpression in the
-    // pattern match
-    //
-    // maxMatches may be used to limit the number of replacements made, setting
-    // it to 1, for example, will only replace first occurence (if any) of the
-    // pattern in the text while default value of 0 means replace all
-    int Replace(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement,
-                size_t maxMatches = 0) const;
-
-    // replace the first occurence
-    int ReplaceFirst(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const
-        { return Replace(text, replacement, 1); }
-
-    // replace all occurences: this is actually a synonym for Replace()
-    int ReplaceAll(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const
-        { return Replace(text, replacement, 0); }
-
-    // dtor not virtual, don't derive from this class
-    ~wxRegEx();
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // the real guts of this class
-    wxRegExImpl *m_impl;
-
-    // as long as the class wxRegExImpl is not ref-counted,
-    // instances of the handle wxRegEx must not be copied.
-    wxRegEx(const wxRegEx&);
-    wxRegEx &operator=(const wxRegEx&);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_REGEX
-
-#endif // _WX_REGEX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/region.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/region.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 32c27cce0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/region.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/region.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxRegion
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: region.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// result of wxRegion::Contains() call
-enum wxRegionContain
-{
-    wxOutRegion = 0,
-    wxPartRegion = 1,
-    wxInRegion = 2
-};
-
-// these constants are used with wxRegion::Combine() in the ports which have
-// this method
-enum wxRegionOp
-{
-    // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions.
-    wxRGN_AND,
-
-    // Creates a copy of the region
-    wxRGN_COPY,
-
-    // Combines the parts of first region that are not in the second one
-    wxRGN_DIFF,
-
-    // Creates the union of two combined regions.
-    wxRGN_OR,
-
-    // Creates the union of two regions except for any overlapping areas.
-    wxRGN_XOR
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegionBase defines wxRegion API
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-
-    // none are defined here but the following should be available:
-#if 0
-    wxRegion();
-    wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-    wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
-    wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
-    wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
-    wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-    wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0);
-#endif // 0
-
-    // operators
-    // ---------
-
-    bool operator==(const wxRegion& region) const { return IsEqual(region); }
-    bool operator!=(const wxRegion& region) const { return !(*this == region); }
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
-
-    // Is region empty?
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const = 0;
-    bool Empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }
-
-    // Is region equal (i.e. covers the same area as another one)?
-    bool IsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const;
-
-    // Get the bounding box
-    bool GetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const
-        { return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h); }
-    wxRect GetBox() const
-    {
-        wxCoord x, y, w, h;
-        return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h) ? wxRect(x, y, w, h) : wxRect();
-    }
-
-    // Test if the given point or rectangle is inside this region
-    wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
-        { return DoContainsPoint(x, y); }
-    wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const
-        { return DoContainsPoint(pt.x, pt.y); }
-    wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) const
-        { return DoContainsRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); }
-    wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const
-        { return DoContainsRect(rect); }
-
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
-    // Move the region
-    bool Offset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-        { return DoOffset(x, y); }
-    bool Offset(const wxPoint& pt)
-        { return DoOffset(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    // Union rectangle or region with this region.
-    bool Union(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-        { return DoUnionWithRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); }
-    bool Union(const wxRect& rect)
-        { return DoUnionWithRect(rect); }
-    bool Union(const wxRegion& region)
-        { return DoUnionWithRegion(region); }
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    // Use the non-transparent pixels of a wxBitmap for the region to combine
-    // with this region.  First version takes transparency from bitmap's mask,
-    // second lets the user specify the colour to be treated as transparent
-    // along with an optional tolerance value.
-    // NOTE: implemented in common/rgncmn.cpp
-    bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-    bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-    // Intersect rectangle or region with this one.
-    bool Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-    bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect);
-    bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region)
-        { return DoIntersect(region); }
-
-    // Subtract rectangle or region from this:
-    // Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region.
-    bool Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-    bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect);
-    bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region)
-        { return DoSubtract(region); }
-
-    // XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
-    bool Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-    bool Xor(const wxRect& rect);
-    bool Xor(const wxRegion& region)
-        { return DoXor(region); }
-
-
-    // Convert the region to a B&W bitmap with the white pixels being inside
-    // the region.
-    wxBitmap ConvertToBitmap() const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const = 0;
-    virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const = 0;
-    virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const = 0;
-    virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
-    virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
-    virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-    virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-
-    virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-    virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-    virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-};
-
-// some ports implement a generic Combine() function while others only
-// implement individual wxRegion operations, factor out the common code for the
-// ports with Combine() in this class
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) || \
-    defined(__WXMSW__) || \
-    defined(__WXMAC__) || \
-    defined(__WXPM__)
-
-#define wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionWithCombine : public wxRegionBase
-{
-public:
-    // these methods are not part of public API as they're not implemented on
-    // all ports
-    bool Combine(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, wxRegionOp op);
-    bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op);
-    bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op)
-        { return DoCombine(region, op); }
-
-
-protected:
-    // the real Combine() method, to be defined in the derived class
-    virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op) = 0;
-
-    // implement some wxRegionBase pure virtuals in terms of Combine()
-    virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect);
-    virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region);
-    virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region);
-    virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region);
-    virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region);
-};
-
-#endif // ports with wxRegion::Combine()
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #include "wx/dfb/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/region.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: these functions couldn't be defined in the class declaration as they use
-//     wxRegion and so can be only defined after including the header declaring
-//     the real class
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
-{
-    return DoIntersect(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
-{
-    return DoSubtract(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(const wxRect& rect)
-{
-    return DoXor(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-// ...and these functions are here because they call the ones above, and its
-// not really proper to call an inline function before its defined inline.
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
-    return Intersect(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
-    return Subtract(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
-    return Xor(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(wxCoord x,
-                                         wxCoord y,
-                                         wxCoord w,
-                                         wxCoord h,
-                                         wxRegionOp op)
-{
-    return DoCombine(wxRegion(x, y, w, h), op);
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op)
-{
-    return DoCombine(wxRegion(rect), op);
-}
-
-#endif // wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-#endif // _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/renderer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/renderer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7eb8558e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/renderer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/renderer.h
-// Purpose:     wxRendererNative class declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.07.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: renderer.h 53667 2008-05-20 09:28:48Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-   Renderers are used in wxWidgets for two similar but different things:
-    (a) wxUniversal uses them to draw everything, i.e. all the control
-    (b) all the native ports use them to draw generic controls only
-
-   wxUniversal needs more functionality than what is included in the base class
-   as it needs to draw stuff like scrollbars which are never going to be
-   generic. So we put the bare minimum needed by the native ports here and the
-   full wxRenderer class is declared in wx/univ/renderer.h and is only used by
-   wxUniveral (although note that native ports can load wxRenderer objects from
-   theme DLLs and use them as wxRendererNative ones, of course).
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_RENDERER_H_
-#define _WX_RENDERER_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// some platforms have their own renderers, others use the generic one
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #define wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-#else
-    #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// control state flags used in wxRenderer and wxColourScheme
-enum
-{
-    wxCONTROL_DISABLED   = 0x00000001,  // control is disabled
-    wxCONTROL_FOCUSED    = 0x00000002,  // currently has keyboard focus
-    wxCONTROL_PRESSED    = 0x00000004,  // (button) is pressed
-    wxCONTROL_SPECIAL    = 0x00000008,  // control-specific bit:
-    wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT  = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the buttons
-    wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU  = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the menu items
-    wxCONTROL_EXPANDED   = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the tree items
-    wxCONTROL_SIZEGRIP   = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the status bar panes
-    wxCONTROL_CURRENT    = 0x00000010,  // mouse is currently over the control
-    wxCONTROL_SELECTED   = 0x00000020,  // selected item in e.g. listbox
-    wxCONTROL_CHECKED    = 0x00000040,  // (check/radio button) is checked
-    wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE  = 0x00000080,  // (menu) item can be checked
-    wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED = wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE, // (check) undetermined state
-
-    wxCONTROL_FLAGS_MASK = 0x000000ff,
-
-    // this is a pseudo flag not used directly by wxRenderer but rather by some
-    // controls internally
-    wxCONTROL_DIRTY      = 0x80000000
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper structs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSplitterWindow parameters
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxSplitterRenderParams
-{
-    // the only way to initialize this struct is by using this ctor
-    wxSplitterRenderParams(wxCoord widthSash_, wxCoord border_, bool isSens_)
-        : widthSash(widthSash_), border(border_), isHotSensitive(isSens_)
-        {
-        }
-
-    // the width of the splitter sash
-    const wxCoord widthSash;
-
-    // the width of the border of the splitter window
-    const wxCoord border;
-
-    // true if the splitter changes its appearance when the mouse is over it
-    const bool isHotSensitive;
-};
-
-
-// extra optional parameters for DrawHeaderButton
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxHeaderButtonParams
-{
-    wxHeaderButtonParams()
-        : m_labelAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT)
-    { }
-
-    wxColour    m_arrowColour;
-    wxColour    m_selectionColour;
-    wxString    m_labelText;
-    wxFont      m_labelFont;
-    wxColour    m_labelColour;
-    wxBitmap    m_labelBitmap;
-    int         m_labelAlignment;
-};
-
-enum wxHeaderSortIconType {
-    wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,        // Header button has no sort arrow
-    wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP,          // Header button an an up sort arrow icon
-    wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN         // Header button an a down sort arrow icon
-};
-
-
-// wxRendererNative interface version
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxRendererVersion
-{
-    wxRendererVersion(int version_, int age_) : version(version_), age(age_) { }
-
-    // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-    // the current version and age of wxRendererNative interface: different
-    // versions are incompatible (in both ways) while the ages inside the same
-    // version are upwards compatible, i.e. the version of the renderer must
-    // match the version of the main program exactly while the age may be
-    // highergreater or equal to it
-    //
-    // NB: don't forget to increment age after adding any new virtual function!
-    enum
-    {
-        Current_Version = 1,
-        Current_Age = 5
-    };
-
-
-    // check if the given version is compatible with the current one
-    static bool IsCompatible(const wxRendererVersion& ver)
-    {
-        return ver.version == Current_Version && ver.age >= Current_Age;
-    }
-
-    const int version;
-    const int age;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRendererNative: abstracts drawing methods needed by the native controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRendererNative
-{
-public:
-    // drawing functions
-    // -----------------
-
-    // draw the header control button (used by wxListCtrl) Returns optimal
-    // width for the label contents.
-    virtual int  DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                  wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect,
-                                  int flags = 0,
-                                  wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
-                                  wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0;
-
-
-    // Draw the contents of a header control button (label, sort arrows, etc.)
-    // Normally only called by DrawHeaderButton.
-    virtual int  DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win,
-                                          wxDC& dc,
-                                          const wxRect& rect,
-                                          int flags = 0,
-                                          wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
-                                          wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0;
-
-    // Returns the default height of a header button, either a fixed platform
-    // height if available, or a generic height based on the window's font.
-    virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
-
-    // draw the expanded/collapsed icon for a tree control item
-    virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                    wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw the border for sash window: this border must be such that the sash
-    // drawn by DrawSash() blends into it well
-    virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win,
-                                    wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a (vertical) sash
-    virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
-                                  wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxSize& size,
-                                  wxCoord position,
-                                  wxOrientation orient,
-                                  int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a combobox dropdown button
-    //
-    // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
-    virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                        wxDC& dc,
-                                        const wxRect& rect,
-                                        int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a dropdown arrow
-    //
-    // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
-    virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win,
-                               wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw check button
-    //
-    // flags may use wxCONTROL_CHECKED, wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
-    virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win,
-                              wxDC& dc,
-                              const wxRect& rect,
-                              int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw blank button
-    //
-    // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED, wxCONTROL_CURRENT and wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT
-    virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw rectangle indicating that an item in e.g. a list control
-    // has been selected or focused
-    //
-    // flags may use
-    // wxCONTROL_SELECTED (item is selected, e.g. draw background)
-    // wxCONTROL_CURRENT (item is the current item, e.g. dotted border)
-    // wxCONTROL_FOCUSED (the whole control has focus, e.g. blue background vs. grey otherwise)
-    virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win,
-                                       wxDC& dc,
-                                       const wxRect& rect,
-                                       int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // geometry functions
-    // ------------------
-
-    // get the splitter parameters: the x field of the returned point is the
-    // sash width and the y field is the border width
-    virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
-
-    // pseudo constructors
-    // -------------------
-
-    // return the currently used renderer
-    static wxRendererNative& Get();
-
-    // return the generic implementation of the renderer
-    static wxRendererNative& GetGeneric();
-
-    // return the default (native) implementation for this platform
-    static wxRendererNative& GetDefault();
-
-
-    // changing the global renderer
-    // ----------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-    // load the renderer from the specified DLL, the returned pointer must be
-    // deleted by caller if not NULL when it is not used any more
-    static wxRendererNative *Load(const wxString& name);
-#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
-    // set the renderer to use, passing NULL reverts to using the default
-    // renderer
-    //
-    // return the previous renderer used with Set() or NULL if none
-    static wxRendererNative *Set(wxRendererNative *renderer);
-
-
-    // miscellaneous stuff
-    // -------------------
-
-    // this function is used for version checking: Load() refuses to load any
-    // DLLs implementing an older or incompatible version; it should be
-    // implemented simply by returning wxRendererVersion::Current_XXX values
-    virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const = 0;
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxRendererNative();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDelegateRendererNative: allows reuse of renderers code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDelegateRendererNative : public wxRendererNative
-{
-public:
-    wxDelegateRendererNative()
-        : m_rendererNative(GetGeneric()) { }
-
-    wxDelegateRendererNative(wxRendererNative& rendererNative)
-        : m_rendererNative(rendererNative) { }
-
-
-    virtual int  DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                  wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect,
-                                  int flags = 0,
-                                  wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
-                                  wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL)
-        { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButton(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); }
-
-    virtual int  DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win,
-                                          wxDC& dc,
-                                          const wxRect& rect,
-                                          int flags = 0,
-                                          wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
-                                          wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL)
-        { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButtonContents(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); }
-
-    virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win)
-        { return m_rendererNative.GetHeaderButtonHeight(win); }
-
-    virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                    wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0)
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawTreeItemButton(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-    virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win,
-                                    wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0)
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterBorder(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-    virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
-                                  wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxSize& size,
-                                  wxCoord position,
-                                  wxOrientation orient,
-                                  int flags = 0)
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterSash(win, dc, size,
-                                            position, orient, flags); }
-
-    virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                        wxDC& dc,
-                                        const wxRect& rect,
-                                        int flags = 0)
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawComboBoxDropButton(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-    virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win,
-                               wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               int flags = 0)
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawDropArrow(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-    virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win,
-                              wxDC& dc,
-                              const wxRect& rect,
-                              int flags = 0 )
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawCheckBox( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
-    virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0 )
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawPushButton( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
-    virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win,
-                                       wxDC& dc,
-                                       const wxRect& rect,
-                                       int flags = 0 )
-        { m_rendererNative.DrawItemSelectionRect( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
-    virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win)
-        { return m_rendererNative.GetSplitterParams(win); }
-
-    virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const
-        { return m_rendererNative.GetVersion(); }
-
-protected:
-    wxRendererNative& m_rendererNative;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDelegateRendererNative)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-
-// default native renderer is the generic one then
-/* static */ inline
-wxRendererNative& wxRendererNative::GetDefault()
-{
-    return GetGeneric();
-}
-
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Other renderer functions to be merged in to wxRenderer class in 2.9, but
-// they are standalone functions here to protect the ABI.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-
-// Draw a native wxChoice
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer_DrawChoice(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc,
-                                       const wxRect& rect, int flags=0);
-
-// Draw a native wxComboBox
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer_DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc,
-                                         const wxRect& rect, int flags=0);
-
-// Draw a native wxTextCtrl frame
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer_DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc,
-                                         const wxRect& rect, int flags=0);
-
-// Draw a native wxRadioButton (just the graphical portion)
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer_DrawRadioButton(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc,
-                                            const wxRect& rect, int flags=0);
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION
-#endif // (platforms)
-
-#endif // _WX_RENDERER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 274e47b46..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2398 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
-// Purpose:     Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextbuffer.h 58841 2009-02-12 10:16:07Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-
-/*
-
-  Data structures
-  ===============
-
-  Data is represented by a hierarchy of objects, all derived from
-  wxRichTextObject.
-
-  The top of the hierarchy is the buffer, a kind of wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox.
-  These boxes will allow flexible placement of text boxes on a page, but
-  for now there is a single box representing the document, and this box is
-  a wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox which contains further wxRichTextParagraph
-  objects, each of which can include text and images.
-
-  Each object maintains a range (start and end position) measured
-  from the start of the main parent box.
-  A paragraph object knows its range, and a text fragment knows its range
-  too. So, a character or image in a page has a position relative to the
-  start of the document, and a character in an embedded text box has
-  a position relative to that text box. For now, we will not be dealing with
-  embedded objects but it's something to bear in mind for later.
-
-  Note that internally, a range (5,5) represents a range of one character.
-  In the public wx[Rich]TextCtrl API, this would be passed to e.g. SetSelection
-  as (5,6). A paragraph with one character might have an internal range of (0, 1)
-  since the end of the paragraph takes up one position.
-
-  Layout
-  ======
-
-  When Layout is called on an object, it is given a size which the object
-  must limit itself to, or one or more flexible directions (vertical
-  or horizontal). So for example a centered paragraph is given the page
-  width to play with (minus any margins), but can extend indefinitely
-  in the vertical direction. The implementation of Layout can then
-  cache the calculated size and position within the parent.
-
- */
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/cmdproc.h"
-#include "wx/txtstrm.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET to 1 implements a non-flashing
-// cursor reliably without using wxClientDC in case there
-// are platform-specific problems with the generic caret.
-#if defined(wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS) && wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 1
-#else
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 0
-#endif
-
-// Switch off for binary compatibility, on for faster drawing
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING 0
-
-/*!
- * Special characters
- */
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
-
-/*!
- * File types
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY             0
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT            1
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML             2
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML            3
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF             4
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF             5
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCacheObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrEx;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer;
-
-/*!
- * Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH      0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT     0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH   0x04
-#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT  0x08
-
-// Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within
-// the rect passed to Layout.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10
-
-/*!
- * Flags to pass to Draw
- */
-
-// Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes
-// where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared
-// with the previous line
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE    0x01
-
-/*!
- * Flags returned from hit-testing
- */
-
-// The point was not on this object
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE     0x01
-// The point was before the position returned from HitTest
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE   0x02
-// The point was after the position returned from HitTest
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER    0x04
-// The point was on the position returned from HitTest
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON       0x08
-// The point was on space outside content
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE  0x10
-
-/*!
- * Flags for GetRangeSize
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED        0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED      0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE       0x04
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY      0x08
-
-/*!
- * Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE            0x00
-
-// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO       0x01
-
-// Specifies that the style should not be applied if the
-// combined style at this point is already the style in question.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE        0x02
-
-// Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs,
-// and not the content. This allows content styling to be
-// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04
-
-// Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters,
-// and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be
-// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08
-
-// For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise
-// deduces number from existing attributes
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER        0x10
-
-// For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise
-// the current indentation will be used
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL   0x20
-
-// Resets the existing style before applying the new style
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET           0x40
-
-// Removes the given style instead of applying it
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE          0x80
-
-/*!
- * Flags for text insertion
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE                              0x00
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE     0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE                       0x02
-
-/*!
- * Extra formatting flags not in wxTextAttr
- */
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER      0x00000800
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE     0x00001000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING            0x00002000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME    0x00004000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME    0x00008000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME         0x00010000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE            0x00020000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER           0x00040000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT             0x00080000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME             0x00100000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_URL                     0x00200000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK              0x00400000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS                 0x00800000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL           0x01000000
-
-// A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style
-// as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a
-// flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode.
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE   0x10000000
-
-/*!
- * Styles for wxTextAttrEx::SetBulletStyle
- */
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE               0x00000000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC             0x00000001
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER      0x00000002
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER      0x00000004
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER        0x00000008
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER        0x00000010
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL             0x00000020
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP             0x00000040
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES        0x00000080
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD             0x00000100
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD           0x00000200
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS  0x00000400
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE            0x00000800
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_LEFT         0x00000000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT        0x00001000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE       0x00002000
-
-/*!
- * Styles for wxTextAttrEx::SetTextEffects
- */
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_NONE                     0x00000000
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS                 0x00000001
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS           0x00000002
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH            0x00000004
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_DOUBLE_STRIKETHROUGH     0x00000008
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SHADOW                   0x00000010
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_EMBOSS                   0x00000020
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_OUTLINE                  0x00000040
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_ENGRAVE                  0x00000080
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT              0x00000100
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT                0x00000200
-
-/*!
- * Line spacing values
- */
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_NORMAL         10
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_HALF           15
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_TWICE          20
-
-/*!
- * Character and paragraph combined styles
- */
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER (wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS|wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_URL)
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH (wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS|\
-    wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING|\
-    wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME|\
-    wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL)
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH)
-
-/*!
- * Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor
- */
-
-#define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR             1.5
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextRange class declaration
- * This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRange
-{
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; }
-    wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
-    wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
-    ~wxRichTextRange() {}
-
-    void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
-    bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); }
-    bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); }
-    wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); }
-    wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); }
-
-    void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
-
-    void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; }
-    long GetStart() const { return m_start; }
-
-    void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; }
-    long GetEnd() const { return m_end; }
-
-    /// Returns true if this range is completely outside 'range'
-    bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; }
-
-    /// Returns true if this range is completely within 'range'
-    bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; }
-
-    /// Returns true if the given position is within this range. Allow
-    /// for the possibility of an empty range - assume the position
-    /// is within this empty range. NO, I think we should not match with an empty range.
-    // bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && (pos <= m_end || GetLength() == 0); }
-    bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; }
-
-    /// Limit this range to be within 'range'
-    bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ;
-
-    /// Gets the length of the range
-    long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; }
-
-    /// Swaps the start and end
-    void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; }
-
-    /// Convert to internal form: (n, n) is the range of a single character.
-    wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); }
-
-    /// Convert from internal to public API form: (n, n+1) is the range of a single character.
-    wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); }
-
-protected:
-    long m_start;
-    long m_end;
-};
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ALL  wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_NONE  wxRichTextRange(-1, -1)
-
-/*!
- * wxTextAttrEx is an extended version of wxTextAttr with more paragraph attributes.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrEx: public wxTextAttr
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxTextAttrEx(const wxTextAttrEx& attr);
-    wxTextAttrEx(const wxTextAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; }
-    wxTextAttrEx() { Init(); }
-
-    // Initialise this object
-    void Init();
-
-    // Copy
-    void Copy(const wxTextAttrEx& attr);
-
-    // Assignment from a wxTextAttrEx object
-    void operator= (const wxTextAttrEx& attr);
-
-    // Assignment from a wxTextAttr object
-    void operator= (const wxTextAttr& attr);
-
-    // Equality test
-    bool operator== (const wxTextAttrEx& attr) const;
-
-    // setters
-    void SetCharacterStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_characterStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME); }
-    void SetParagraphStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_paragraphStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME); }
-    void SetListStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_listStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME); }
-    void SetParagraphSpacingAfter(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingAfter = spacing; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER); }
-    void SetParagraphSpacingBefore(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingBefore = spacing; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE); }
-    void SetLineSpacing(int spacing) { m_lineSpacing = spacing; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING); }
-    void SetBulletStyle(int style) { m_bulletStyle = style; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE); }
-    void SetBulletNumber(int n) { m_bulletNumber = n; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER); }
-    void SetBulletText(const wxString& text) { m_bulletText = text; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT); }
-    void SetBulletName(const wxString& name) { m_bulletName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME); }
-    void SetBulletFont(const wxString& bulletFont) { m_bulletFont = bulletFont; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_urlTarget = url; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_URL); }
-    void SetPageBreak(bool pageBreak = true) { SetFlags(pageBreak ? (GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK) : (GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK)); }
-    void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
-    void SetTextEffectFlags(int effects) { m_textEffectFlags = effects; }
-    void SetOutlineLevel(int level) { m_outlineLevel = level; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
-    const wxString& GetCharacterStyleName() const { return m_characterStyleName; }
-    const wxString& GetParagraphStyleName() const { return m_paragraphStyleName; }
-    const wxString& GetListStyleName() const { return m_listStyleName; }
-    int GetParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return m_paragraphSpacingAfter; }
-    int GetParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return m_paragraphSpacingBefore; }
-    int GetLineSpacing() const { return m_lineSpacing; }
-    int GetBulletStyle() const { return m_bulletStyle; }
-    int GetBulletNumber() const { return m_bulletNumber; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletText() const { return m_bulletText; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletName() const { return m_bulletName; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletFont() const { return m_bulletFont; }
-    const wxString& GetURL() const { return m_urlTarget; }
-    int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; }
-    int GetTextEffectFlags() const { return m_textEffectFlags; }
-    int GetOutlineLevel() const { return m_outlineLevel; }
-
-    bool HasFontWeight() const { return (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontSize() const { return (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontItalic() const { return (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontUnderlined() const { return (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontFaceName() const { return (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE) != 0; }
-
-    bool HasParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER); }
-    bool HasParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE); }
-    bool HasLineSpacing() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING); }
-    bool HasCharacterStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME) && !m_characterStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasParagraphStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME) && !m_paragraphStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasListStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME) || !m_listStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasBulletStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE); }
-    bool HasBulletNumber() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER); }
-    bool HasBulletText() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT); }
-    bool HasBulletName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME); }
-    bool HasURL() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL); }
-    bool HasPageBreak() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK); }
-    bool HasTextEffects() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
-    bool HasTextEffect(int effect) const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS) && ((GetTextEffectFlags() & effect) != 0); }
-    bool HasOutlineLevel() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
-    // Is this a character style?
-    bool IsCharacterStyle() const { return (0 != (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER)); }
-    bool IsParagraphStyle() const { return (0 != (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH)); }
-
-    // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise
-    bool IsDefault() const
-    {
-        return (GetFlags() == 0);
-    }
-
-    // return the attribute having the valid font and colours: it uses the
-    // attributes set in attr and falls back first to attrDefault and then to
-    // the text control font/colours for those attributes which are not set
-    static wxTextAttrEx CombineEx(const wxTextAttrEx& attr,
-                              const wxTextAttrEx& attrDef,
-                              const wxTextCtrlBase *text);
-
-private:
-    // Paragraph styles
-    int                 m_paragraphSpacingAfter;
-    int                 m_paragraphSpacingBefore;
-    int                 m_lineSpacing;
-    int                 m_bulletStyle;
-    int                 m_bulletNumber;
-    int                 m_textEffects;
-    int                 m_textEffectFlags;
-    int                 m_outlineLevel;
-    wxString            m_bulletText;
-    wxString            m_bulletFont;
-    wxString            m_bulletName;
-    wxString            m_urlTarget;
-
-    // Character style
-    wxString            m_characterStyleName;
-
-    // Paragraph style
-    wxString            m_paragraphStyleName;
-
-    // List style
-    wxString            m_listStyleName;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextAttr stores attributes without a wxFont object, so is a much more
- * efficient way to query styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAttr
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttrEx& attr);
-    wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-    wxRichTextAttr() { Init(); }
-    wxRichTextAttr(const wxColour& colText,
-               const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
-               wxTextAttrAlignment alignment = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT);
-
-    // Initialise this object.
-    void Init();
-
-    // Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-
-    // Assignment from a wxRichTextAttr object.
-    void operator= (const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-
-    // Assignment from a wxTextAttrEx object.
-    void operator= (const wxTextAttrEx& attr);
-
-    // Equality test
-    bool operator== (const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
-
-    // Making a wxTextAttrEx object.
-    operator wxTextAttrEx () const ;
-
-    // Create font from font attributes.
-    wxFont CreateFont() const;
-
-    // Get attributes from font.
-    bool GetFontAttributes(const wxFont& font);
-
-    // setters
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR; }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR; }
-    void SetAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { m_textAlignment = alignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT; }
-    void SetTabs(const wxArrayInt& tabs) { m_tabs = tabs; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS; }
-    void SetLeftIndent(int indent, int subIndent = 0) { m_leftIndent = indent; m_leftSubIndent = subIndent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT; }
-    void SetRightIndent(int indent) { m_rightIndent = indent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT; }
-
-    void SetFontSize(int pointSize) { m_fontSize = pointSize; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE; }
-    void SetFontStyle(int fontStyle) { m_fontStyle = fontStyle; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC; }
-    void SetFontWeight(int fontWeight) { m_fontWeight = fontWeight; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT; }
-    void SetFontFaceName(const wxString& faceName) { m_fontFaceName = faceName; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE; }
-    void SetFontUnderlined(bool underlined) { m_fontUnderlined = underlined; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE; }
-
-    void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
-    void SetCharacterStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_characterStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME; }
-    void SetParagraphStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_paragraphStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME; }
-    void SetListStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_listStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME); }
-    void SetParagraphSpacingAfter(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingAfter = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER; }
-    void SetParagraphSpacingBefore(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingBefore = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE; }
-    void SetLineSpacing(int spacing) { m_lineSpacing = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING; }
-    void SetBulletStyle(int style) { m_bulletStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE; }
-    void SetBulletNumber(int n) { m_bulletNumber = n; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER; }
-    void SetBulletText(const wxString& text) { m_bulletText = text; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT; }
-    void SetBulletFont(const wxString& bulletFont) { m_bulletFont = bulletFont; }
-    void SetBulletName(const wxString& name) { m_bulletName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME; }
-    void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_urlTarget = url; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_URL; }
-    void SetPageBreak(bool pageBreak = true) { SetFlags(pageBreak ? (GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK) : (GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK)); }
-    void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
-    void SetTextEffectFlags(int effects) { m_textEffectFlags = effects; }
-    void SetOutlineLevel(int level) { m_outlineLevel = level; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
-    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
-    wxTextAttrAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_textAlignment; }
-    const wxArrayInt& GetTabs() const { return m_tabs; }
-    long GetLeftIndent() const { return m_leftIndent; }
-    long GetLeftSubIndent() const { return m_leftSubIndent; }
-    long GetRightIndent() const { return m_rightIndent; }
-    long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
-    int GetFontSize() const { return m_fontSize; }
-    int GetFontStyle() const { return m_fontStyle; }
-    int GetFontWeight() const { return m_fontWeight; }
-    bool GetFontUnderlined() const { return m_fontUnderlined; }
-    const wxString& GetFontFaceName() const { return m_fontFaceName; }
-
-    const wxString& GetCharacterStyleName() const { return m_characterStyleName; }
-    const wxString& GetParagraphStyleName() const { return m_paragraphStyleName; }
-    const wxString& GetListStyleName() const { return m_listStyleName; }
-    int GetParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return m_paragraphSpacingAfter; }
-    int GetParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return m_paragraphSpacingBefore; }
-    int GetLineSpacing() const { return m_lineSpacing; }
-    int GetBulletStyle() const { return m_bulletStyle; }
-    int GetBulletNumber() const { return m_bulletNumber; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletText() const { return m_bulletText; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletFont() const { return m_bulletFont; }
-    const wxString& GetBulletName() const { return m_bulletName; }
-    const wxString& GetURL() const { return m_urlTarget; }
-    int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; }
-    int GetTextEffectFlags() const { return m_textEffectFlags; }
-    int GetOutlineLevel() const { return m_outlineLevel; }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) ; }
-    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) ; }
-    bool HasAlignment() const { return (m_textAlignment != wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT) && ((m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT) != 0) ; }
-    bool HasTabs() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasLeftIndent() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasRightIndent() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasFontWeight() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontSize() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontItalic() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontUnderlined() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE) != 0; }
-    bool HasFontFaceName() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE) != 0; }
-    bool HasFont() const { return (m_flags & (wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT)) != 0; }
-
-    bool HasParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER) != 0; }
-    bool HasParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE) != 0; }
-    bool HasLineSpacing() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING) != 0; }
-    bool HasCharacterStyleName() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME) != 0 && !m_characterStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasParagraphStyleName() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME) != 0 && !m_paragraphStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasListStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME) || !m_listStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
-    bool HasBulletStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE) != 0; }
-    bool HasBulletNumber() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER) != 0; }
-    bool HasBulletText() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT) != 0; }
-    bool HasBulletName() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME) != 0; }
-    bool HasURL() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL); }
-    bool HasPageBreak() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK); }
-    bool HasTextEffects() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
-    bool HasTextEffect(int effect) const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS) && ((GetTextEffectFlags() & effect) != 0); }
-    bool HasOutlineLevel() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
-    bool HasFlag(long flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
-
-    // Is this a character style?
-    bool IsCharacterStyle() const { return (0 != (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER)); }
-    bool IsParagraphStyle() const { return (0 != (GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH)); }
-
-    // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise
-    bool IsDefault() const
-    {
-        return GetFlags() == 0;
-    }
-
-    // Merges the given attributes. Does not affect 'this'. If compareWith
-    // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
-    // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
-    bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
-    // Merges the given attributes and returns the result. Does not affect 'this'. If compareWith
-    // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
-    // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
-    wxRichTextAttr Combine(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL) const;
-
-private:
-    long                m_flags;
-
-    // Paragraph styles
-    wxArrayInt          m_tabs; // array of int: tab stops in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_leftIndent; // left indent in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_leftSubIndent; // left indent for all but the first
-                                         // line in a paragraph relative to the
-                                         // first line, in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_rightIndent; // right indent in 1/10 mm
-    wxTextAttrAlignment m_textAlignment;
-
-    int                 m_paragraphSpacingAfter;
-    int                 m_paragraphSpacingBefore;
-    int                 m_lineSpacing;
-    int                 m_bulletStyle;
-    int                 m_bulletNumber;
-    int                 m_textEffects;
-    int                 m_textEffectFlags;
-    int                 m_outlineLevel;
-    wxString            m_bulletText;
-    wxString            m_bulletFont;
-    wxString            m_bulletName;
-    wxString            m_urlTarget;
-
-    // Character styles
-    wxColour            m_colText,
-                        m_colBack;
-    int                 m_fontSize;
-    int                 m_fontStyle;
-    int                 m_fontWeight;
-    bool                m_fontUnderlined;
-    wxString            m_fontFaceName;
-
-    // Character style
-    wxString            m_characterStyleName;
-
-    // Paragraph style
-    wxString            m_paragraphStyleName;
-
-    // List style
-    wxString            m_listStyleName;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextObject class declaration
- * This is the base for drawable objects.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject: public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextObject)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextObject();
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
-    /// example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
-
-    /// Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
-    /// Layout must set the cached size.
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style) = 0;
-
-    /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
-    /// information about position
-    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), long& WXUNUSED(textPosition)) { return false; }
-
-    /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
-    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), long WXUNUSED(index), wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(height), bool WXUNUSED(forceLineStart)) { return false; }
-
-    /// Get the best size, i.e. the ideal starting size for this object irrespective
-    /// of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses
-    /// the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example.
-    virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return m_size; }
-
-    /// Get the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0)) const  = 0;
-
-    /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
-    /// the first part in 'this'.
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long WXUNUSED(pos)) { return NULL; }
-
-    /// Calculate range. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long.
-    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) { end = start ; m_range.SetRange(start, end); }
-
-    /// Delete range
-    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) { return false; }
-
-    /// Returns true if the object is empty
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Get any text in this object for the given range
-    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
-    /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
-    virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) const { return false; }
-
-    /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
-    /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
-    virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) { return false; }
-
-    /// Dump to output stream for debugging
-    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Get/set the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
-    virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const { return m_size; }
-    virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
-
-    /// Get/set the object position
-    virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
-    virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
-    /// Get the rectangle enclosing the object
-    virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()); }
-
-    /// Set the range
-    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-
-    /// Get the range
-    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-    wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
-
-    /// Get/set dirty flag (whether the object needs Layout to be called)
-    virtual bool GetDirty() const { return m_dirty; }
-    virtual void SetDirty(bool dirty) { m_dirty = dirty; }
-
-    /// Is this composite?
-    virtual bool IsComposite() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Get/set the parent.
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-    virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent) { m_parent = parent; }
-
-    /// Set the margin around the object
-    virtual void SetMargins(int margin);
-    virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin);
-    virtual int GetLeftMargin() const { return m_leftMargin; }
-    virtual int GetRightMargin() const { return m_rightMargin; }
-    virtual int GetTopMargin() const { return m_topMargin; }
-    virtual int GetBottomMargin() const { return m_bottomMargin; }
-
-    /// Set attributes object
-    void SetAttributes(const wxTextAttrEx& attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
-    const wxTextAttrEx& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
-    wxTextAttrEx& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
-
-    /// Set/get stored descent
-    void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
-    int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
-
-    /// Gets the containing buffer
-    wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const;
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Clone the object
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return NULL; }
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj);
-
-    /// Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
-    /// lists (not yet used)
-    void Reference() { m_refCount ++; }
-    void Dereference();
-
-    /// Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
-    int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units);
-    static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units);
-
-protected:
-    wxSize                  m_size;
-    wxPoint                 m_pos;
-    int                     m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any)
-    bool                    m_dirty;
-    int                     m_refCount;
-    wxRichTextObject*       m_parent;
-
-    /// The range of this object (start position to end position)
-    wxRichTextRange         m_range;
-
-    /// Margins
-    int                     m_leftMargin;
-    int                     m_rightMargin;
-    int                     m_topMargin;
-    int                     m_bottomMargin;
-
-    /// Attributes
-    wxTextAttrEx            m_attributes;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextObjectList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCompositeObject class declaration
- * Objects of this class can contain other objects.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject();
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
-    /// information about position
-    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition);
-
-    /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
-    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
-
-    /// Calculate range
-    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
-    /// Delete range
-    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Get any text in this object for the given range
-    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
-    /// Dump to output stream for debugging
-    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Get the children
-    wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
-    const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
-
-    /// Get the child count
-    size_t GetChildCount() const ;
-
-    /// Get the nth child
-    wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ;
-
-    /// Get/set dirty flag
-    virtual bool GetDirty() const { return m_dirty; }
-    virtual void SetDirty(bool dirty) { m_dirty = dirty; }
-
-    /// Is this composite?
-    virtual bool IsComposite() const { return true; }
-
-    /// Returns true if the buffer is empty
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return GetChildCount() == 0; }
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
-
-    /// Assignment
-    void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
-    /// Append a child, returning the position
-    size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ;
-
-    /// Insert the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning
-    bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ;
-
-    /// Delete the child
-    bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ;
-
-    /// Delete all children
-    bool DeleteChildren() ;
-
-    /// Recursively merge all pieces that can be merged.
-    bool Defragment();
-
-protected:
-    wxRichTextObjectList    m_children;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBox class declaration
- * This defines a 2D space to lay out objects
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-    wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
-    /// Lay the item out
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style);
-
-    /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0)) const;
-
-// Accessors
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); }
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj);
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextParagraphBox class declaration
- * This box knows how to lay out paragraphs.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextBox
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
-    /// Lay the item out
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style);
-
-    /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0)) const;
-
-    /// Delete range
-    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Get any text in this object for the given range
-    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Associate a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window.
-    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
-
-    /// Get the associated control.
-    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
-
-    /// Get/set whether the last paragraph is partial or complete
-    void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; }
-    bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; }
-
-    /// If this is a buffer, returns the current style sheet. The base layout box
-    /// class doesn't have an associated style sheet.
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return NULL; }
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Initialize the object.
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Clear all children
-    virtual void Clear();
-
-    /// Clear and initialize with one blank paragraph
-    virtual void Reset();
-
-    /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxTextAttrEx* paraStyle = NULL);
-
-    /// Convenience function to add an image
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxTextAttrEx* paraStyle = NULL);
-
-    /// Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxTextAttrEx* paraStyle = NULL);
-
-    /// Get the line at the given position. If caretPosition is true, the position is
-    /// a caret position, which is normally a smaller number.
-    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
-    /// Get the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
-    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const;
-
-    /// Get the paragraph at the given character or caret position
-    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
-    /// Get the line size at the given position
-    virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
-    /// Given a position, get the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
-    /// starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (startOfLine)
-    /// that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start
-    /// of the next, since the caret can be shown at 2 visible positions for the same underlying
-    /// position.
-    virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const;
-
-    /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
-    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const;
-
-    /// Get the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
-    /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const;
-
-    /// Get the paragraph by number
-    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
-    /// Get the paragraph for a given line
-    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const;
-
-    /// Get the length of the paragraph
-    virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
-    /// Get the number of paragraphs
-    virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return wx_static_cast(int, GetChildCount()); }
-
-    /// Get the number of visible lines
-    virtual int GetLineCount() const;
-
-    /// Get the text of the paragraph
-    virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
-    /// Convert zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
-    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-
-    /// Convert zero-based position to line column and paragraph number
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
-
-    /// Set text attributes: character and/or paragraph styles.
-    virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-    virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
-    /// Get the conbined text attributes for this position.
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-    /// Get the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
-    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-    /// Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
-    /// context attributes.
-    virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxTextAttrEx& style, bool combineStyles = true);
-
-    /// Get the combined style for a range - if any attribute is different within the range,
-    /// that attribute is not present within the flags
-    virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-
-    /// Combines 'style' with 'currentStyle' for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
-    /// content.
-    bool CollectStyle(wxTextAttrEx& currentStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& style, long& multipleStyleAttributes, int& multipleTextEffectAttributes);
-
-    /// Set list style
-    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Clear list for given range
-    virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
-    /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range.
-    /// def/defName can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
-    /// def/defName can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously
-    /// def/defName can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-    virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph.
-    virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
-
-    /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
-    /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
-    /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
-    /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
-    virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style) const;
-    virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
-
-    /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
-    /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
-    /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
-    /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
-    virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style) const;
-    virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); }
-
-    /// Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
-    /// it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
-    /// marker.
-    virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
-    /// Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in 'fragment'.
-    virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
-    /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
-    virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj);
-
-    /// Assignment
-    void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
-    /// Calculate ranges
-    virtual void UpdateRanges() { long end; CalculateRange(0, end); }
-
-    /// Get all the text
-    virtual wxString GetText() const;
-
-    /// Set default style for new content. Setting it to a default attribute
-    /// makes new content take on the 'basic' style.
-    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-
-    /// Get default style
-    virtual const wxTextAttrEx& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; }
-
-    /// Set basic (overall) style
-    virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style) { m_attributes = style; }
-    virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; }
-
-    /// Get basic (overall) style
-    virtual const wxTextAttrEx& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; }
-
-    /// Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
-    void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
-    /// Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
-    wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
-    wxTextAttrEx    m_defaultAttributes;
-
-    /// The invalidated range that will need full layout
-    wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange;
-
-    // Is the last paragraph partial or complete?
-    bool            m_partialParagraph;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextLine class declaration
- * This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
- * offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
- * start and end positions of the line.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine
-{
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
-    wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); }
-    virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {}
-
-// Overrideables
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Set the range
-    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-    void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); }
-
-    /// Get the parent paragraph
-    wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; }
-
-    /// Get the range
-    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-    wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
-
-    /// Get the absolute range
-    wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const;
-
-    /// Get/set the line size as calculated by Layout.
-    virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-    virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
-
-    /// Get/set the object position relative to the parent
-    virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
-    virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
-    /// Get the absolute object position
-    virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
-
-    /// Get the rectangle enclosing the line
-    virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); }
-
-    /// Set/get stored descent
-    void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
-    int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
-    wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; }
-    const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; }
-#endif
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Initialisation
-    void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj);
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); }
-
-protected:
-
-    /// The range of the line (start position to end position)
-    /// This is relative to the parent paragraph.
-    wxRichTextRange     m_range;
-
-    /// Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph
-    wxPoint             m_pos;
-    wxSize              m_size;
-
-    /// Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline)
-    int                 m_descent;
-
-    // The parent object
-    wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent;
-
-    // Sizes of the objects within a line so we don't have to get text extents
-#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
-    wxArrayInt          m_objectSizes;
-#endif
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextLine, wxRichTextLineList , class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextParagraph class declaration
- * This object represents a single paragraph (or in a straight text editor, a line).
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextBox
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* style = NULL);
-    wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* paraStyle = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* charStyle = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph();
-    wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
-    /// Lay the item out
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style);
-
-    /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0)) const;
-
-    /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
-    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
-
-    /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
-    /// information about position
-    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition);
-
-    /// Calculate range
-    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Get the cached lines
-    wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; }
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj);
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); }
-
-    /// Clear the cached lines
-    void ClearLines();
-
-// Implementation
-
-    /// Apply paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines
-    virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    /// Insert text at the given position
-    virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text);
-
-    /// Split an object at this position if necessary, and return
-    /// the previous object, or NULL if inserting at beginning.
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL);
-
-    /// Move content to a list from this point
-    virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list);
-
-    /// Add content back from list
-    virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list);
-
-    /// Get the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
-    /// The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
-    bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true);
-
-    /// Find a suitable wrap position. wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left
-    /// of the split.
-    bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition);
-
-    /// Find the object at the given position
-    wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position);
-
-    /// Get the bullet text for this paragraph.
-    wxString GetBulletText();
-
-    /// Allocate or reuse a line object
-    wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos);
-
-    /// Clear remaining unused line objects, if any
-    bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount);
-
-    /// Get combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
-    /// retrieve the actual style.
-    wxTextAttrEx GetCombinedAttributes(const wxTextAttrEx& contentStyle) const;
-
-    /// Get combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
-    wxTextAttrEx GetCombinedAttributes() const;
-
-    /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
-    long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
-
-    /// Create default tabstop array
-    static void InitDefaultTabs();
-
-    /// Clear default tabstop array
-    static void ClearDefaultTabs();
-
-    /// Get default tabstop array
-    static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; }
-
-protected:
-    /// The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph
-    wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines;
-
-    /// Default tabstops
-    static wxArrayInt  sm_defaultTabs;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextPlainText class declaration
- * This object represents a single piece of text.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* style = NULL);
-    wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
-    /// Lay the item out
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style);
-
-    /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position/* = wxPoint(0,0)*/) const;
-
-    /// Get any text in this object for the given range
-    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
-    /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
-    /// the first part in 'this'.
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
-
-    /// Calculate range
-    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
-    /// Delete range
-    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Returns true if the object is empty
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); }
-
-    /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
-    virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object) const;
-
-    /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
-    /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
-    virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object);
-
-    /// Dump to output stream for debugging
-    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
-    /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
-    long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Get the text
-    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
-
-    /// Set the text
-    void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj);
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); }
-private:
-    bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected);
-
-protected:
-    wxString    m_text;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextImageBlock stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextImageBlock();
-    wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock();
-
-    void Init();
-    void Clear();
-
-    // Load the original image into a memory block.
-    // If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
-    // to conserve space.
-    // If it's not a JPEG we can make use of 'image', already scaled, so we don't have to
-    // load the image a 2nd time.
-    virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, int imageType, wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true);
-
-    // Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
-    // format.
-    virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, int imageType, int quality = 80);
-
-    // Write to a file
-    bool Write(const wxString& filename);
-
-    // Write data in hex to a stream
-    bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream);
-
-    // Read data in hex from a stream
-    bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, int imageType);
-
-    // Copy from 'block'
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
-
-    // Load a wxImage from the block
-    bool Load(wxImage& image);
-
-//// Operators
-    void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
-
-//// Accessors
-
-    unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; }
-    size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
-    int GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; }
-
-    void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; }
-    void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; }
-    void SetImageType(int imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; }
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; }
-
-    // Gets the extension for the block's type
-    wxString GetExtension() const;
-
-/// Implementation
-
-    // Allocate and read from stream as a block of memory
-    static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size);
-    static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size);
-
-    // Write memory block to stream
-    static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
-
-    // Write memory block to file
-    static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
-
-protected:
-    // Size in bytes of the image stored.
-    // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file.
-    unsigned char*      m_data;
-    size_t              m_dataSize;
-    int                 m_imageType; // wxWin type id
-};
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextImage class declaration
- * This object represents an image.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { }
-    wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* charStyle = NULL);
-    wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxTextAttrEx* charStyle = NULL);
-    wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Draw the item
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& selectionRange, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
-    /// Lay the item out
-    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style);
-
-    /// Get the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
-    /// is invalid for this object.
-    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0)) const;
-
-    /// Returns true if the object is empty
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return !m_image.Ok(); }
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Get the image
-    const wxImage& GetImage() const { return m_image; }
-
-    /// Set the image
-    void SetImage(const wxImage& image) { m_image = image; }
-
-    /// Get the image block containing the raw data
-    wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; }
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj);
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); }
-
-    /// Load wxImage from the block
-    virtual bool LoadFromBlock();
-
-    /// Make block from the wxImage
-    virtual bool MakeBlock();
-
-protected:
-    // TODO: reduce the multiple representations of data
-    wxImage                 m_image;
-    wxBitmap                m_bitmap;
-    wxRichTextImageBlock    m_imageBlock;
-};
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBuffer class declaration
- * This is a kind of box, used to represent the whole buffer
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); }
-    wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
-    virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ;
-
-// Accessors
-
-    /// Gets the command processor
-    wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
-
-    /// Set style sheet, if any.
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
-    /// Set style sheet and notify of the change
-    bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet);
-
-    /// Push style sheet to top of stack
-    bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
-
-    /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet();
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Initialisation
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor.
-    virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
-
-    /// Load a file
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    /// Save a file
-    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    /// Load from a stream
-    virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    /// Save to a stream
-    virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    /// Set the handler flags, controlling loading and saving
-    void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; }
-
-    /// Get the handler flags, controlling loading and saving
-    int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; }
-
-    /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxTextAttrEx* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); }
-
-    /// Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly
-    /// if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for
-    /// subsequent actions.
-    virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
-
-    /// End collapsing undo/redo commands
-    virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
-
-    /// Collapsing commands?
-    virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; }
-
-    /// Submit immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on
-    virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
-
-    /// Get collapsed command
-    virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; }
-
-    /// Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented
-    /// differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then
-    /// it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history
-    /// when the action is submitted to the command processor.
-    virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
-
-    /// End suppressing undo/redo commands.
-    virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
-
-    /// Collapsing commands?
-    virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; }
-
-    /// Copy the range to the clipboard
-    virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Paste the clipboard content to the buffer
-    virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
-
-    /// Can we paste from the clipboard?
-    virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
-
-    /// Begin using a style
-    virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-
-    /// End the style
-    virtual bool EndStyle();
-
-    /// End all styles
-    virtual bool EndAllStyles();
-
-    /// Clear the style stack
-    virtual void ClearStyleStack();
-
-    /// Get the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting
-    virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); }
-
-    /// Begin using bold
-    bool BeginBold();
-
-    /// End using bold
-    bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using italic
-    bool BeginItalic();
-
-    /// End using italic
-    bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using underline
-    bool BeginUnderline();
-
-    /// End using underline
-    bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using point size
-    bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize);
-
-    /// End using point size
-    bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using this font
-    bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    /// End using a font
-    bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using this colour
-    bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
-    /// End using a colour
-    bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using alignment
-    bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
-    /// End alignment
-    bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin left indent
-    bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0);
-
-    /// End left indent
-    bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin right indent
-    bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent);
-
-    /// End right indent
-    bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin paragraph spacing
-    bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after);
-
-    /// End paragraph spacing
-    bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin line spacing
-    bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing);
-
-    /// End line spacing
-    bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin numbered bullet
-    bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD);
-
-    /// End numbered bullet
-    bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin symbol bullet
-    bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL);
-
-    /// End symbol bullet
-    bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin standard bullet
-    bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD);
-
-    /// End standard bullet
-    bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin named character style
-    bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle);
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin named paragraph style
-    bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle);
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin named list style
-    bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1);
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin URL
-    bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString);
-
-    /// End URL
-    bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-// Event handling
-
-    /// Add an event handler
-    bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler);
-
-    /// Remove an event handler
-    bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false);
-
-    /// Clear event handlers
-    void ClearEventHandlers();
-
-    /// Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
-    /// otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
-    bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true);
-
-// Implementation
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj);
-
-    /// Clone
-    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); }
-
-    /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
-    bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Submit command to insert the given text
-    bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Submit command to insert a newline
-    bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Submit command to insert the given image
-    bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Submit command to delete this range
-    bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
-
-    /// Mark modified
-    void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; }
-    bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
-
-    /// Get the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
-    /// If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, look up the next-paragraph
-    /// style.
-    wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const;
-
-    /// Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes
-    virtual void Dump();
-    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); }
-
-    /// Returns the file handlers
-    static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
-
-    /// Adds a handler to the end
-    static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
-
-    /// Inserts a handler at the front
-    static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
-
-    /// Removes a handler
-    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
-
-    /// Finds a handler by name
-    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
-
-    /// Finds a handler by extension and type
-    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, int imageType);
-
-    /// Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type
-    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename, int imageType);
-
-    /// Finds a handler by type
-    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(int imageType);
-
-    /// Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If 'types' is present,
-    /// will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be
-    /// used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter.
-    static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL);
-
-    /// Clean up handlers
-    static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
-    /// Initialise the standard handlers
-    static void InitStandardHandlers();
-
-    /// Get renderer
-    static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; }
-
-    /// Set renderer, deleting old one
-    static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer);
-
-    /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
-    static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; }
-    static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; }
-
-    /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
-    static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; }
-    static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; }
-
-    /// Scale factor for calculating dimensions
-    double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
-    void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
-
-protected:
-
-    /// Command processor
-    wxCommandProcessor*     m_commandProcessor;
-
-    /// Has been modified?
-    bool                    m_modified;
-
-    /// Collapsed command stack
-    int                     m_batchedCommandDepth;
-
-    /// Name for collapsed command
-    wxString                m_batchedCommandsName;
-
-    /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions
-    wxRichTextCommand*      m_batchedCommand;
-
-    /// Whether to suppress undo
-    int                     m_suppressUndo;
-
-    /// Style sheet, if any
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_styleSheet;
-
-    /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events
-    wxList                  m_eventHandlers;
-
-    /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions
-    wxList                  m_attributeStack;
-
-    /// Flags to be passed to handlers
-    int                     m_handlerFlags;
-
-    /// File handlers
-    static wxList           sm_handlers;
-
-    /// Renderer
-    static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer;
-
-    /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
-    static int              sm_bulletRightMargin;
-
-    /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
-    static float            sm_bulletProportion;
-
-    /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing
-    double                  m_scale;
-};
-
-/*!
- * The command identifiers
- *
- */
-
-enum wxRichTextCommandId
-{
-    wxRICHTEXT_INSERT,
-    wxRICHTEXT_DELETE,
-    wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
-};
-
-/*!
- * Command classes for undo/redo
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand
-{
-public:
-    // Ctor for one action
-    wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
-        wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
-
-    // Ctor for multiple actions
-    wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name);
-
-    virtual ~wxRichTextCommand();
-
-    bool Do();
-    bool Undo();
-
-    void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
-    void ClearActions();
-
-    wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; }
-
-protected:
-
-    wxList  m_actions;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextAction class declaration
- * There can be more than one action in a command.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
-        wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
-
-    virtual ~wxRichTextAction();
-
-    bool Do();
-    bool Undo();
-
-    /// Update the control appearance
-    void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false,
-                            wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL);
-
-    /// Replace the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment.
-    void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // Create arrays to be used in refresh optimization
-    void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions);
-#endif
-
-    /// Get the fragments
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; }
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; }
-
-    /// Set/get the position used for e.g. insertion
-    void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
-    long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-
-    /// Set/get the range for e.g. deletion
-    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-
-    /// Get name
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-protected:
-    // Action name
-    wxString                        m_name;
-
-    // Buffer
-    wxRichTextBuffer*               m_buffer;
-
-    // Control
-    wxRichTextCtrl*                 m_ctrl;
-
-    // Stores the new paragraphs
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_newParagraphs;
-
-    // Stores the old paragraphs
-    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_oldParagraphs;
-
-    // The affected range
-    wxRichTextRange                 m_range;
-
-    // The insertion point for this command
-    long                            m_position;
-
-    // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it
-    bool                            m_ignoreThis;
-
-    // The command identifier
-    wxRichTextCommandId             m_cmdId;
-};
-
-/*!
- * Handler flags
- */
-
-// Include style sheet when loading and saving
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET       0x0001
-
-// Save images to memory file system in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY    0x0010
-
-// Save images to files in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES     0x0020
-
-// Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64    0x0040
-
-// Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment
-// in a larger document
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER         0x0080
-
-// Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform
-// in a larger document
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES        0x0100
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextFileHandler
- * Base class for file handlers
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler)
-public:
-    wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0)
-        : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true)
-        { }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
-    { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); }
-    bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
-    { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); }
-#endif
-
-    bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
-    bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
-
-    /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
-    virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
-
-    /// Can we save using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Can we load using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Should this handler be visible to the user?
-    virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; }
-    virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
-
-    /// The name of the nandler
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-    /// The default extension to recognise
-    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
-    wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
-
-    /// The handler type
-    void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; }
-    int GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-    /// Flags controlling how loading and saving is done
-    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
-    /// Encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen
-    void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
-    const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0;
-#endif
-
-    wxString  m_name;
-    wxString  m_encoding;
-    wxString  m_extension;
-    int       m_type;
-    int       m_flags;
-    bool      m_visible;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
- * Plain text handler
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler)
-public:
-    wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("Text"), const wxString& ext = wxT("txt"), int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT)
-        : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
-        { }
-
-    /// Can we save using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
-    /// Can we load using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-/*!
- * The data object for a wxRichTextBuffer
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object
-    // is alive
-    wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = (wxRichTextBuffer*) NULL);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject();
-
-    // after a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it
-    // is responsible for deleting it
-    wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer();
-
-    // Returns the id for the new data format
-    static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; }
-
-    // base class pure virtuals
-
-    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-    // prevent warnings
-
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
-    wxDataFormat            m_formatRichTextBuffer;     // our custom format
-    wxRichTextBuffer*       m_richTextBuffer;           // our data
-    static const wxChar*    ms_richTextBufferFormatId;  // our format id
-};
-
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextRenderer isolates common drawing functionality
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextRenderer() {}
-    virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {}
-
-    /// Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
-    virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
-    /// Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
-    virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0;
-
-    /// Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
-    virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
-    /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
-    virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStdRenderer: standard renderer
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextStdRenderer() {}
-
-    /// Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
-    virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    /// Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
-    virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text);
-
-    /// Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
-    virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxTextAttrEx& attr, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
-    virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames);
-};
-
-/*!
- * Utilities
- *
- */
-
-inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style)
-{
-    return ((flags & style) == style);
-}
-
-/// Compare two attribute objects
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxTextAttrEx& attr1, const wxTextAttrEx& attr2);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
-
-/// Compare two attribute objects, but take into account the flags
-/// specifying attributes of interest.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEqPartial(const wxTextAttrEx& attr1, const wxTextAttrEx& attr2, int flags);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEqPartial(const wxTextAttrEx& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2, int flags);
-
-/// Apply one style to another
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxTextAttrEx& destStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxTextAttrEx& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
-// Remove attributes
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxTextAttrEx& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-/// Combine two bitlists
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
-
-/// Compare two bitlists
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
-
-/// Split into paragraph and character styles
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxTextAttrEx& style, wxTextAttrEx& parStyle, wxTextAttrEx& charStyle);
-
-/// Compare tabs
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
-
-/// Set the font without changing the font attributes
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxSetFontPreservingStyles(wxTextAttr& attr, const wxFont& font);
-
-/// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxRichTextModuleInit();
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbulletspage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbulletspage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0df4eb6b5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextbulletspage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextbulletspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/4/2006 10:32:31 AM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextbulletspage.h 50950 2007-12-30 16:11:12Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxSpinCtrl;
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextBulletsPage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBulletsPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBulletsPage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextBulletsPage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextBulletsPage( );
-    wxRichTextBulletsPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialise members
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Updates the bullets preview
-    void UpdatePreview();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
-    wxTextAttrEx* GetAttributes();
-
-    /// Update for symbol-related controls
-    void OnSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// Update for number-related controls
-    void OnNumberUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// Update for standard bullet-related controls
-    void OnStandardBulletUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLELISTBOX
-    void OnStylelistboxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL
-    void OnPeriodctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL
-    void OnPeriodctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
-    void OnParenthesesctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
-    void OnParenthesesctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
-    void OnRightParenthesisCtrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
-    void OnRightParenthesisCtrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL
-    void OnBulletAlignmentCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC
-    void OnSymbolstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
-    void OnChooseSymbolClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
-    void OnChooseSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMESTATIC
-    void OnNamestaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERSTATIC
-    void OnNumberstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
-    void OnNumberctrlUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
-    void OnNumberctrlUp( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
-    void OnNumberctrlDown( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
-    void OnNumberctrlTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
-    void OnNumberctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage member variables
-    wxListBox* m_styleListBox;
-    wxCheckBox* m_periodCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_parenthesesCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_rightParenthesisCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_bulletAlignmentCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_symbolCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_symbolFontCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_bulletNameCtrl;
-    wxSpinCtrl* m_numberCtrl;
-    wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE = 10300,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLELISTBOX = 10305,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL = 10313,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL = 10311,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL = 10306,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL = 10315,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC = 10301,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL = 10307,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL = 10308,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL = 10309,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMESTATIC = 10303,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL = 10304,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERSTATIC = 10302,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL = 10310,
-        ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PREVIEW_CTRL = 10314
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage member variables
-
-    bool m_hasBulletStyle;
-    bool m_hasBulletNumber;
-    bool m_hasBulletSymbol;
-    bool m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d73f34c00..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,978 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h
-// Purpose:     A rich edit control
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextctrl.h 58256 2009-01-21 12:05:11Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/caret.h"
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-#if !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING 1
-#else
-#define wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING 0
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleDefinition;
-
-/*!
- * Styles and flags
- */
-
-/* Styles
- */
-
-#define wxRE_READONLY          0x0010
-#define wxRE_MULTILINE         0x0020
-#define wxRE_CENTRE_CARET      0x8000
-#define wxRE_CENTER_CARET      wxRE_CENTRE_CARET
-
-/* Flags
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SHIFT_DOWN  0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_CTRL_DOWN   0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ALT_DOWN    0x04
-
-/* Defaults
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_OVERALL_SIZE wxSize(-1, -1)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_IMAGE_SIZE wxSize(80, 80)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_SPACING 3
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_MARGIN 3
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_UNFOCUSSED_BACKGROUND wxColour(175, 175, 175)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_FOCUSSED_BACKGROUND wxColour(140, 140, 140)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_UNSELECTED_BACKGROUND wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_TYPE_COLOUR wxColour(0, 0, 200)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_FOCUS_RECT_COLOUR wxColour(100, 80, 80)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_CARET_WIDTH 2
-// Minimum buffer size before delayed layout kicks in
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_DELAYED_LAYOUT_THRESHOLD 20000
-// Milliseconds before layout occurs after resize
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT_INTERVAL 50
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextItem class declaration
- */
-
-// Drawing styles/states
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SELECTED    0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_TAGGED      0x02
-// The control is focussed
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FOCUSSED    0x04
-// The item itself has the focus
-#define wxRICHTEXT_IS_FOCUS    0x08
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCtrl class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase,
-                                            public wxScrollHelper
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS( wxRichTextCtrl )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-// Constructors
-
-    wxRichTextCtrl( );
-    wxRichTextCtrl( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxRE_MULTILINE, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxRichTextCtrl( );
-
-// Operations
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxRE_MULTILINE, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr );
-
-    /// Member initialisation
-    void Init();
-
-///// wxTextCtrl compatibility
-
-// Accessors
-
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
-    virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
-    virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const ;
-    virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const ;
-    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const ;
-
-    virtual bool IsModified() const ;
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const ;
-
-    // more readable flag testing methods
-    bool IsSingleLine() const { return !HasFlag(wxRE_MULTILINE); }
-    bool IsMultiLine() const { return !IsSingleLine(); }
-
-    // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
-    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-
-    virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
-    /// Get filename
-    wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
-
-    /// Set filename
-    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
-
-    /// Set the threshold in character positions for doing layout optimization during sizing
-    void SetDelayedLayoutThreshold(long threshold) { m_delayedLayoutThreshold = threshold; }
-
-    /// Get the threshold in character positions for doing layout optimization during sizing
-    long GetDelayedLayoutThreshold() const { return m_delayedLayoutThreshold; }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    /// Set text cursor
-    void SetTextCursor(const wxCursor& cursor ) { m_textCursor = cursor; }
-
-    /// Get text cursor
-    wxCursor GetTextCursor() const { return m_textCursor; }
-
-    /// Set URL cursor
-    void SetURLCursor(const wxCursor& cursor ) { m_urlCursor = cursor; }
-
-    /// Get URL cursor
-    wxCursor GetURLCursor() const { return m_urlCursor; }
-#endif
-
-// Operations
-
-    // editing
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
-    // load/save the controls contents from/to the file
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, int fileType = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    /// Set the handler flags, controlling loading and saving
-    void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { GetBuffer().SetHandlerFlags(flags); }
-
-    /// Get the handler flags, controlling loading and saving
-    int GetHandlerFlags() const { return GetBuffer().GetHandlerFlags(); }
-
-    // sets/clears the dirty flag
-    virtual void MarkDirty();
-    virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
-    // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
-    // text control
-    virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { }
-
-    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
-    // inserts it at the end
-    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
-    // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
-    // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
-    // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
-    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-    // get the common set of styles for the range
-    virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-
-    // extended style setting operation with flags including:
-    // wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE, wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY, wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY
-    // see richtextbuffer.h for more details.
-    virtual bool SetStyleEx(long start, long end, const wxTextAttrEx& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-    virtual bool SetStyleEx(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-    virtual bool SetStyleEx(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
-    /// Get the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
-    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style);
-    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
-
-    // TODO: change to GetDefaultStyle if we merge wxTextAttr and wxTextAttrEx
-    virtual const wxTextAttrEx& GetDefaultStyleEx() const;
-    virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const;
-
-    /// Set list style
-    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Clear list for given range
-    virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
-    /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range
-    /// def/defName can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
-    /// def/defName can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
-    /// Deletes the content in the given range
-    virtual bool Delete(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
-    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
-    // which represent column and line.
-    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
-    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-
-    // find the character at position given in pixels
-    //
-    // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor
-    //     scrolling)
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                            wxTextCoord *col,
-                                            wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-    virtual void DeleteSelection();
-
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-    virtual bool CanDeleteSelection() const;
-
-    // Undo/redo
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // Insertion point
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SelectAll();
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-    /// Call Freeze to prevent refresh
-    virtual void Freeze();
-
-    /// Call Thaw to refresh
-    virtual void Thaw();
-
-    /// Call Thaw to refresh
-    virtual bool IsFrozen() const { return m_freezeCount > 0; }
-
-    virtual bool HasSelection() const;
-
-///// Functionality specific to wxRichTextCtrl
-
-    /// Write an image at the current insertion point. Supply optional type to use
-    /// for internal and file storage of the raw data.
-    virtual bool WriteImage(const wxImage& image, int bitmapType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG);
-
-    /// Write a bitmap at the current insertion point. Supply optional type to use
-    /// for internal and file storage of the raw data.
-    virtual bool WriteImage(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int bitmapType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG);
-
-    /// Load an image from file and write at the current insertion point.
-    virtual bool WriteImage(const wxString& filename, int bitmapType);
-
-    /// Write an image block at the current insertion point.
-    virtual bool WriteImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock);
-
-    /// Insert a newline (actually paragraph) at the current insertion point.
-    virtual bool Newline();
-
-    /// Insert a line break at the current insertion point.
-    virtual bool LineBreak();
-
-    /// Set basic (overall) style
-    virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style) { GetBuffer().SetBasicStyle(style); }
-    virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { GetBuffer().SetBasicStyle(style); }
-
-    /// Get basic (overall) style
-    virtual const wxTextAttrEx& GetBasicStyle() const { return GetBuffer().GetBasicStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin using a style
-    virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style) { return GetBuffer().BeginStyle(style); }
-
-    /// End the style
-    virtual bool EndStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndStyle(); }
-
-    /// End all styles
-    virtual bool EndAllStyles() { return GetBuffer().EndAllStyles(); }
-
-    /// Begin using bold
-    bool BeginBold() { return GetBuffer().BeginBold(); }
-
-    /// End using bold
-    bool EndBold()  { return GetBuffer().EndBold(); }
-
-    /// Begin using italic
-    bool BeginItalic() { return GetBuffer().BeginItalic(); }
-
-    /// End using italic
-    bool EndItalic() { return GetBuffer().EndItalic(); }
-
-    /// Begin using underline
-    bool BeginUnderline() { return GetBuffer().BeginUnderline(); }
-
-    /// End using underline
-    bool EndUnderline() { return GetBuffer().EndUnderline(); }
-
-    /// Begin using point size
-    bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize) { return GetBuffer().BeginFontSize(pointSize); }
-
-    /// End using point size
-    bool EndFontSize() { return GetBuffer().EndFontSize(); }
-
-    /// Begin using this font
-    bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font) { return GetBuffer().BeginFont(font); }
-
-    /// End using a font
-    bool EndFont() { return GetBuffer().EndFont(); }
-
-    /// Begin using this colour
-    bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { return GetBuffer().BeginTextColour(colour); }
-
-    /// End using a colour
-    bool EndTextColour() { return GetBuffer().EndTextColour(); }
-
-    /// Begin using alignment
-    bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { return GetBuffer().BeginAlignment(alignment); }
-
-    /// End alignment
-    bool EndAlignment() { return GetBuffer().EndAlignment(); }
-
-    /// Begin left indent
-    bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0) { return GetBuffer().BeginLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent); }
-
-    /// End left indent
-    bool EndLeftIndent() { return GetBuffer().EndLeftIndent(); }
-
-    /// Begin right indent
-    bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent) { return GetBuffer().BeginRightIndent(rightIndent); }
-
-    /// End right indent
-    bool EndRightIndent() { return GetBuffer().EndRightIndent(); }
-
-    /// Begin paragraph spacing
-    bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after) { return GetBuffer().BeginParagraphSpacing(before, after); }
-
-    /// End paragraph spacing
-    bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return GetBuffer().EndParagraphSpacing(); }
-
-    /// Begin line spacing
-    bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing) { return GetBuffer().BeginLineSpacing(lineSpacing); }
-
-    /// End line spacing
-    bool EndLineSpacing() { return GetBuffer().EndLineSpacing(); }
-
-    /// Begin numbered bullet
-    bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD)
-    { return GetBuffer().BeginNumberedBullet(bulletNumber, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
-    /// End numbered bullet
-    bool EndNumberedBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndNumberedBullet(); }
-
-    /// Begin symbol bullet
-    bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL)
-    { return GetBuffer().BeginSymbolBullet(symbol, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
-    /// End symbol bullet
-    bool EndSymbolBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndSymbolBullet(); }
-
-    /// Begin standard bullet
-    bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD)
-    { return GetBuffer().BeginStandardBullet(bulletName, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
-    /// End standard bullet
-    bool EndStandardBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndStandardBullet(); }
-
-    /// Begin named character style
-    bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle) { return GetBuffer().BeginCharacterStyle(characterStyle); }
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndCharacterStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndCharacterStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin named paragraph style
-    bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle) { return GetBuffer().BeginParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle); }
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndParagraphStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndParagraphStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin named list style
-    bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1) { return GetBuffer().BeginListStyle(listStyle, level, number); }
-
-    /// End named character style
-    bool EndListStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndListStyle(); }
-
-    /// Begin URL
-    bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString) { return GetBuffer().BeginURL(url, characterStyle); }
-
-    /// End URL
-    bool EndURL() { return GetBuffer().EndURL(); }
-
-    /// Sets the default style to the style under the cursor
-    bool SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
-
-    /// Clear the selection
-    virtual void SelectNone();
-
-    /// Select the word at the given character position
-    virtual bool SelectWord(long position);
-
-    /// Get/set the selection range in character positions. -1, -1 means no selection.
-    /// The range is in API convention, i.e. a single character selection is denoted
-    /// by (n, n+1)
-    wxRichTextRange GetSelectionRange() const;
-    void SetSelectionRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Get/set the selection range in character positions. -1, -1 means no selection.
-    /// The range is in internal format, i.e. a single character selection is denoted
-    /// by (n, n)
-    const wxRichTextRange& GetInternalSelectionRange() const { return m_selectionRange; }
-    void SetInternalSelectionRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_selectionRange = range; }
-
-    /// Add a new paragraph of text to the end of the buffer
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text);
-
-    /// Add an image
-    virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image);
-
-    /// Layout the buffer: which we must do before certain operations, such as
-    /// setting the caret position.
-    virtual bool LayoutContent(bool onlyVisibleRect = false);
-
-    /// Move the caret to the given character position
-    virtual bool MoveCaret(long pos, bool showAtLineStart = false);
-
-    /// Move right
-    virtual bool MoveRight(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move left
-    virtual bool MoveLeft(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move up
-    virtual bool MoveUp(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move up
-    virtual bool MoveDown(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the end of the line
-    virtual bool MoveToLineEnd(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the start of the line
-    virtual bool MoveToLineStart(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the end of the paragraph
-    virtual bool MoveToParagraphEnd(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the start of the paragraph
-    virtual bool MoveToParagraphStart(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the start of the buffer
-    virtual bool MoveHome(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move to the end of the buffer
-    virtual bool MoveEnd(int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move n pages up
-    virtual bool PageUp(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move n pages down
-    virtual bool PageDown(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move n words left
-    virtual bool WordLeft(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Move n words right
-    virtual bool WordRight(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Returns the buffer associated with the control.
-    wxRichTextBuffer& GetBuffer() { return m_buffer; }
-    const wxRichTextBuffer& GetBuffer() const { return m_buffer; }
-
-    /// Start batching undo history for commands.
-    virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName) { return m_buffer.BeginBatchUndo(cmdName); }
-
-    /// End batching undo history for commands.
-    virtual bool EndBatchUndo() { return m_buffer.EndBatchUndo(); }
-
-    /// Are we batching undo history for commands?
-    virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_buffer.BatchingUndo(); }
-
-    /// Start suppressing undo history for commands.
-    virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo() { return m_buffer.BeginSuppressUndo(); }
-
-    /// End suppressing undo history for commands.
-    virtual bool EndSuppressUndo() { return m_buffer.EndSuppressUndo(); }
-
-    /// Are we suppressing undo history for commands?
-    virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_buffer.SuppressingUndo(); }
-
-    /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
-    /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
-    /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
-    /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
-    virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style) const
-    {
-        return GetBuffer().HasCharacterAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
-    }
-    virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
-    {
-        return GetBuffer().HasCharacterAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
-    }
-
-    /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
-    /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
-    /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
-    /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
-    virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttrEx& style) const
-    {
-        return GetBuffer().HasParagraphAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
-    }
-    virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
-    {
-        return GetBuffer().HasParagraphAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
-    }
-
-    /// Is all of the selection bold?
-    virtual bool IsSelectionBold();
-
-    /// Is all of the selection italics?
-    virtual bool IsSelectionItalics();
-
-    /// Is all of the selection underlined?
-    virtual bool IsSelectionUnderlined();
-
-    /// Is all of the selection aligned according to the specified flag?
-    virtual bool IsSelectionAligned(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
-    /// Apply bold to the selection
-    virtual bool ApplyBoldToSelection();
-
-    /// Apply italic to the selection
-    virtual bool ApplyItalicToSelection();
-
-    /// Apply underline to the selection
-    virtual bool ApplyUnderlineToSelection();
-
-    /// Apply alignment to the selection
-    virtual bool ApplyAlignmentToSelection(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
-    /// Apply a named style to the selection
-    virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Set style sheet, if any
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { GetBuffer().SetStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return GetBuffer().GetStyleSheet(); }
-
-    /// Push style sheet to top of stack
-    bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { return GetBuffer().PushStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
-
-    /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet() { return GetBuffer().PopStyleSheet(); }
-
-    /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
-    bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
-// Command handlers
-
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
-    void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
-
-    void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnClear(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateClear(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    // Show a context menu for Rich Edit controls (the standard
-    // EDIT control has one already)
-    void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event);
-
-// Event handlers
-
-    /// Painting
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Left-click
-    void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Left-up
-    void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Motion
-    void OnMoveMouse(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Left-double-click
-    void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Middle-click
-    void OnMiddleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Right-click
-    void OnRightClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Key press
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-    /// Sizing
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    /// Setting/losing focus
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    /// Idle-time processing
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-    /// Scrolling
-    void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-
-    /// Set font, and also default attributes
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    /// Set up scrollbars, e.g. after a resize
-    virtual void SetupScrollbars(bool atTop = false);
-
-    /// Keyboard navigation
-    virtual bool KeyboardNavigate(int keyCode, int flags);
-
-    /// Paint the background
-    virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc);
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING
-    /// Recreate buffer bitmap if necessary
-    virtual bool RecreateBuffer(const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-#endif
-
-    /// Set the selection
-    virtual void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, bool scrollCaret = true);
-
-    /// Write text
-    virtual void DoWriteText(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
-
-    /// Should we inherit colours?
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Position the caret
-    virtual void PositionCaret();
-
-    /// Extend the selection, returning true if the selection was
-    /// changed. Selections are in caret positions.
-    virtual bool ExtendSelection(long oldPosition, long newPosition, int flags);
-
-    /// Scroll into view. This takes a _caret_ position.
-    virtual bool ScrollIntoView(long position, int keyCode);
-
-    /// The caret position is the character position just before the caret.
-    /// A value of -1 means the caret is at the start of the buffer.
-    void SetCaretPosition(long position, bool showAtLineStart = false) ;
-    long GetCaretPosition() const { return m_caretPosition; }
-
-    /// The adjusted caret position is the character position adjusted to take
-    /// into account whether we're at the start of a paragraph, in which case
-    /// style information should be taken from the next position, not current one.
-    long GetAdjustedCaretPosition(long caretPos) const;
-
-    /// Move caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
-    /// and keeping the same position if we're going from the end of one line
-    /// to the start of the next, which may be the exact same caret position.
-    void MoveCaretForward(long oldPosition) ;
-
-    /// Move caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
-    /// and keeping the same position if we're going from the end of one line
-    /// to the start of the next, which may be the exact same caret position.
-    void MoveCaretBack(long oldPosition) ;
-
-    /// Get the caret height and position for the given character position
-    bool GetCaretPositionForIndex(long position, wxRect& rect);
-
-    /// Gets the line for the visible caret position. If the caret is
-    /// shown at the very end of the line, it means the next character is actually
-    /// on the following line. So let's get the line we're expecting to find
-    /// if this is the case.
-    wxRichTextLine* GetVisibleLineForCaretPosition(long caretPosition) const;
-
-    /// Gets the command processor
-    wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return GetBuffer().GetCommandProcessor(); }
-
-    /// Delete content if there is a selection, e.g. when pressing a key.
-    /// Returns the new caret position in newPos, or leaves it if there
-    /// was no action.
-    bool DeleteSelectedContent(long* newPos= NULL);
-
-    /// Transform logical to physical
-    wxPoint GetPhysicalPoint(const wxPoint& ptLogical) const;
-
-    /// Transform physical to logical
-    wxPoint GetLogicalPoint(const wxPoint& ptPhysical) const;
-
-    /// Finds the caret position for the next word. Direction
-    /// is 1 (forward) or -1 (backwards).
-    virtual long FindNextWordPosition(int direction = 1) const;
-
-    /// Is the given position visible on the screen?
-    bool IsPositionVisible(long pos) const;
-
-    /// Returns the first visible position in the current view
-    long GetFirstVisiblePosition() const;
-
-    /// Returns the caret position since the default formatting was changed. As
-    /// soon as this position changes, we no longer reflect the default style
-    /// in the UI. A value of -2 means that we should only reflect the style of the
-    /// content under the caret.
-    long GetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle() const { return m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle; }
-
-    /// Set the caret position for the default style that the user is selecting.
-    void SetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle(long pos) { m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle = pos; }
-
-    /// Should the UI reflect the default style chosen by the user, rather than the style under
-    /// the caret?
-    bool IsDefaultStyleShowing() const { return m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle != -2; }
-
-    /// Convenience function that tells the control to start reflecting the default
-    /// style, since the user is changing it.
-    void SetAndShowDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
-    {
-        SetDefaultStyle(attr);
-        SetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle(GetCaretPosition());
-    }
-
-    /// Get the first visible point in the window
-    wxPoint GetFirstVisiblePoint() const;
-
-// Implementation
-
-     /// Font names take a long time to retrieve, so cache them (on demand)
-     static const wxArrayString& GetAvailableFontNames();
-     static void ClearAvailableFontNames();
-
-     WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-// Overrides
-protected:
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
-
-    virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
-
-
-// Data members
-private:
-
-    /// Allows nested Freeze/Thaw
-    int                     m_freezeCount;
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING
-    /// Buffer bitmap
-    wxBitmap                m_bufferBitmap;
-#endif
-
-    /// Text buffer
-    wxRichTextBuffer        m_buffer;
-
-    wxMenu*                 m_contextMenu;
-
-    /// Caret position (1 less than the character position, so -1 is the
-    /// first caret position).
-    long                    m_caretPosition;
-
-    /// Caret position when the default formatting has been changed. As
-    /// soon as this position changes, we no longer reflect the default style
-    /// in the UI.
-    long                    m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle;
-
-    /// Selection range in character positions. -2, -2 means no selection.
-    wxRichTextRange         m_selectionRange;
-
-    /// Anchor so we know how to extend the selection
-    /// It's a caret position since it's between two characters.
-    long                    m_selectionAnchor;
-
-    /// Are we editable?
-    bool                    m_editable;
-
-    /// Are we showing the caret position at the start of a line
-    /// instead of at the end of the previous one?
-    bool                    m_caretAtLineStart;
-
-    /// Are we dragging a selection?
-    bool                    m_dragging;
-
-    /// Start position for drag
-    wxPoint                 m_dragStart;
-
-    /// Do we need full layout in idle?
-    bool                    m_fullLayoutRequired;
-    wxLongLong              m_fullLayoutTime;
-    long                    m_fullLayoutSavedPosition;
-
-    /// Threshold for doing delayed layout
-    long                    m_delayedLayoutThreshold;
-
-    /// Cursors
-    wxCursor                m_textCursor;
-    wxCursor                m_urlCursor;
-
-    static wxArrayString    sm_availableFontNames;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextEvent - the event class for wxRichTextCtrl notifications
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid),
-        m_flags(0), m_position(-1), m_oldStyleSheet(NULL), m_newStyleSheet(NULL),
-        m_char((wxChar) 0)
-        { }
-
-    wxRichTextEvent(const wxRichTextEvent& event)
-        : wxNotifyEvent(event),
-        m_flags(event.m_flags), m_position(-1),
-        m_oldStyleSheet(event.m_oldStyleSheet), m_newStyleSheet(event.m_newStyleSheet),
-        m_char((wxChar) 0)
-        { }
-
-    long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-    void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
-
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetOldStyleSheet() const { return m_oldStyleSheet; }
-    void SetOldStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_oldStyleSheet = sheet; }
-
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetNewStyleSheet() const { return m_newStyleSheet; }
-    void SetNewStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_newStyleSheet = sheet; }
-
-    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-
-    wxChar GetCharacter() const { return m_char; }
-    void SetCharacter(wxChar ch) { m_char = ch; }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRichTextEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    int                     m_flags;
-    long                    m_position;
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_oldStyleSheet;
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_newStyleSheet;
-    wxRichTextRange         m_range;
-    wxChar                  m_char;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRichTextEvent)
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCtrl event macros
- */
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK, 2602)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK, 2603)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK, 2604)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK, 2605)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RETURN, 2606)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER, 2607)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_DELETE, 2608)
-
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING, 2609)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED, 2610)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, 2611)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED, 2612)
-
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED, 2613)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED, 2614)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED, 2615)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED, 2616)
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, 2617)
-#endif
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRichTextEventFunction)(wxRichTextEvent&);
-
-#define wxRichTextEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxRichTextEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RETURN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_DELETE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxRichTextEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextfontpage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextfontpage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c4f7dfde..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextfontpage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richeditfontpage.h
-// Purpose:     Font page for wxRichTextFormattingDialog
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-10-02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextfontpage.h 53105 2008-04-10 14:05:25Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-////@begin includes
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxRichTextFontListBox;
-class wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl;
-class wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextFontPage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextFontPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontPage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextFontPage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextFontPage( );
-    wxRichTextFontPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialise members
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Updates the font preview
-    void UpdatePreview();
-
-    void OnFaceListBoxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-    void OnColourClicked( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
-    wxTextAttrEx* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACETEXTCTRL
-    void OnFaceTextCtrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZETEXTCTRL
-    void OnSizeTextCtrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZELISTBOX
-    void OnSizeListBoxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLECTRL
-    void OnStyleCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_WEIGHTCTRL
-    void OnWeightCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_UNDERLINING_CTRL
-    void OnUnderliningCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STRIKETHROUGHCTRL
-    void OnStrikethroughctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_CAPSCTRL
-    void OnCapsctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUPERSCRIPT
-    void OnRichtextfontpageSuperscriptClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUBSCRIPT
-    void OnRichtextfontpageSubscriptClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage member variables
-    wxTextCtrl* m_faceTextCtrl;
-    wxRichTextFontListBox* m_faceListBox;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_sizeTextCtrl;
-    wxListBox* m_sizeListBox;
-    wxComboBox* m_styleCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_weightCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_underliningCtrl;
-    wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_colourCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_strikethroughCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_capitalsCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_superscriptCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_subscriptCtrl;
-    wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE = 10000,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACETEXTCTRL = 10001,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACELISTBOX = 10002,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZETEXTCTRL = 10005,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZELISTBOX = 10006,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLECTRL = 10007,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_WEIGHTCTRL = 10004,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_UNDERLINING_CTRL = 10008,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_COLOURCTRL = 10009,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STRIKETHROUGHCTRL = 10010,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_CAPSCTRL = 10011,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUPERSCRIPT = 10012,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUBSCRIPT = 10013,
-        ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_PREVIEWCTRL = 10003
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage member variables
-
-    bool m_dontUpdate;
-    bool m_colourPresent;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e3bbf6145..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,327 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h
-// Purpose:     Formatting dialog for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-10-01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextformatdlg.h 49946 2007-11-14 14:22:56Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/propdlg.h"
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-#include "wx/htmllbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-/*!
- * Flags determining the pages and buttons to be created in the dialog
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE_EDITOR      0x0001
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT              0x0002
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_TABS              0x0004
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BULLETS           0x0008
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_INDENTS_SPACING   0x0010
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_LIST_STYLE        0x0020
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_HELP_BUTTON       0x0100
-
-/*!
- * Indices for bullet styles in list control
- */
-
-enum {
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_NONE = 0,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_ARABIC,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_UPPER_CASE,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_LOWER_CASE,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_UPPER_CASE_ROMAN,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_LOWER_CASE_ROMAN,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_OUTLINE,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_SYMBOL,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_BITMAP,
-    wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_STANDARD
-};
-
-/*!
- * Shorthand for common combinations of pages
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH         (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_INDENTS_SPACING | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BULLETS | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_TABS | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_CHARACTER         (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE             (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE_EDITOR)
-
-/*!
- * Factory for formatting dialog
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory() {}
-    virtual ~wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory() {}
-
-// Overrideables
-
-    /// Create all pages, under the dialog's book control, also calling AddPage
-    virtual bool CreatePages(long pages, wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
-    /// Create a page, given a page identifier
-    virtual wxPanel* CreatePage(int page, wxString& title, wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
-    /// Enumerate all available page identifiers
-    virtual int GetPageId(int i) const;
-
-    /// Get the number of available page identifiers
-    virtual int GetPageIdCount() const;
-
-    /// Get the image index for the given page identifier
-    virtual int GetPageImage(int WXUNUSED(id)) const { return -1; }
-
-    /// Invoke help for the dialog
-    virtual bool ShowHelp(int WXUNUSED(page), wxRichTextFormattingDialog* WXUNUSED(dialog)) { return false; }
-
-    /// Set the sheet style, called at the start of wxRichTextFormattingDialog::Create
-    virtual bool SetSheetStyle(wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
-    /// Create the main dialog buttons
-    virtual bool CreateButtons(wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-};
-
-/*!
- * Formatting dialog for a wxRichTextCtrl
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialog: public wxPropertySheetDialog
-{
-DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFormattingDialog)
-public:
-    wxRichTextFormattingDialog() { Init(); }
-
-    wxRichTextFormattingDialog(long flags, wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation(wxT("Formatting")), wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(flags, parent, title, id, pos, sz, style);
-    }
-
-    ~wxRichTextFormattingDialog();
-
-    void Init();
-
-    bool Create(long flags, wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation(wxT("Formatting")), wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
-        long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-
-    /// Get attributes from the given range
-    virtual bool GetStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
-    /// Set the attributes and optionally update the display
-    virtual bool SetStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& style, bool update = true);
-
-    /// Set the style definition and optionally update the display
-    virtual bool SetStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& styleDef, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, bool update = true);
-
-    /// Get the style definition, if any
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyleDefinition() const { return m_styleDefinition; }
-
-    /// Get the style sheet, if any
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
-    /// Update the display
-    virtual bool UpdateDisplay();
-
-    /// Apply attributes to the given range
-    virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE);
-
-    /// Gets and sets the attributes
-    const wxTextAttrEx& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
-    wxTextAttrEx& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
-    void SetAttributes(const wxTextAttrEx& attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
-
-    /// Transfers the data and from to the window
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
-    /// Apply the styles when a different tab is selected, so the previews are
-    /// up to date
-    void OnTabChanged(wxBookCtrlEvent& event);
-
-    /// Respond to help command
-    void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    /// Set/get image list
-    void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList) { m_imageList = imageList; }
-    wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_imageList; }
-
-    /// Get/set formatting factory object
-    static void SetFormattingDialogFactory(wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* factory);
-    static wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* GetFormattingDialogFactory() { return ms_FormattingDialogFactory; }
-
-    /// Helper for pages to get the top-level dialog
-    static wxRichTextFormattingDialog* GetDialog(wxWindow* win);
-
-    /// Helper for pages to get the attributes
-    static wxTextAttrEx* GetDialogAttributes(wxWindow* win);
-
-    /// Helper for pages to get the style
-    static wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetDialogStyleDefinition(wxWindow* win);
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
-    /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
-    static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
-    /// Map book control page index to our page id
-    void AddPageId(int id) { m_pageIds.Add(id); }
-
-protected:
-
-    wxImageList*                                m_imageList;
-    wxTextAttrEx                                m_attributes;
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition*                  m_styleDefinition;
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*                       m_styleSheet;
-    wxArrayInt                                  m_pageIds; // mapping of book control indexes to page ids
-
-    static wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory*   ms_FormattingDialogFactory;
-    static bool                                 sm_showToolTips;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class - wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0)
-    {
-        if ((style & wxBORDER_MASK) == wxBORDER_DEFAULT)
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-            style |= GetThemedBorderStyle();
-#else
-            style |= wxBORDER_SUNKEN;
-#endif
-        wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, sz, style);
-
-        SetBackgroundColour(*wxWHITE);
-        m_textEffects = 0;
-    }
-
-    void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; }
-    int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; }
-
-private:
-    int m_textEffects;
-
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*
- * A control for displaying a small preview of a colour or bitmap
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl: public wxControl
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl)
-public:
-    wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-    ~wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl();
-
-    void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_colour = colour; SetBackgroundColour(m_colour); }
-
-    wxColour& GetColour() { return m_colour; }
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const { return GetSize(); }
-
-protected:
-    wxColour    m_colour;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextFontListBox class declaration
- * A listbox to display fonts.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontListBox: public wxHtmlListBox
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFontListBox)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    wxRichTextFontListBox()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-    wxRichTextFontListBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextFontListBox();
-
-    void Init()
-    {
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
-    /// Creates a suitable HTML fragment for a font
-    wxString CreateHTML(const wxString& facename) const;
-
-    /// Get font name for index
-    wxString GetFaceName(size_t i) const ;
-
-    /// Set selection for string, returning the index.
-    int SetFaceNameSelection(const wxString& name);
-
-    /// Updates the font list
-    void UpdateFonts();
-
-    /// Does this face name exist?
-    bool HasFaceName(const wxString& faceName) const { return m_faceNames.Index(faceName) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
-    /// Returns the array of face names
-    const wxArrayString& GetFaceNames() const { return m_faceNames; }
-
-protected:
-    /// Returns the HTML for this item
-    virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-
-    wxArrayString           m_faceNames;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexthtml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexthtml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45412485c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexthtml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtexthtml.h
-// Purpose:     HTML I/O for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtexthtml.h 43599 2006-07-25 06:50:19Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTHTML_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTHTML_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextHTMLHandler
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextHTMLHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextHTMLHandler)
-public:
-    wxRichTextHTMLHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("HTML"), const wxString& ext = wxT("html"), int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML);
-
-    /// Can we save using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
-    /// Can we load using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
-
-    /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
-    virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
-
-// Accessors and operations unique to this handler
-
-    /// Set and get the list of image locations generated by the last operation
-    void SetTemporaryImageLocations(const wxArrayString& locations) { m_imageLocations = locations; }
-    const wxArrayString& GetTemporaryImageLocations() const { return m_imageLocations; }
-
-    /// Clear the image locations generated by the last operation
-    void ClearTemporaryImageLocations() { m_imageLocations.Clear(); }
-
-    /// Delete the in-memory or temporary files generated by the last operation
-    bool DeleteTemporaryImages();
-
-    /// Delete the in-memory or temporary files generated by the last operation. This is a static
-    /// function that can be used to delete the saved locations from an earlier operation,
-    /// for example after the user has viewed the HTML file.
-    static bool DeleteTemporaryImages(int flags, const wxArrayString& imageLocations);
-
-    /// Reset the file counter, in case, for example, the same names are required each time
-    static void SetFileCounter(int counter) { sm_fileCounter = counter; }
-
-    /// Set and get the directory for storing temporary files. If empty, the system
-    /// temporary directory will be used.
-    void SetTempDir(const wxString& tempDir) { m_tempDir = tempDir; }
-    const wxString& GetTempDir() const { return m_tempDir; }
-
-    /// Set and get mapping from point size to HTML font size. There should be 7 elements,
-    /// one for each HTML font size, each element specifying the maximum point size for that
-    /// HTML font size. E.g. 8, 10, 13, 17, 22, 29, 100
-    void SetFontSizeMapping(const wxArrayInt& fontSizeMapping) { m_fontSizeMapping = fontSizeMapping; }
-    wxArrayInt GetFontSizeMapping() const { return m_fontSizeMapping; }
-
-protected:
-
-// Implementation
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-
-    /// Output character formatting
-    void BeginCharacterFormatting(const wxTextAttrEx& currentStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& paraStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream );
-    void EndCharacterFormatting(const wxTextAttrEx& currentStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& paraStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream );
-
-    /// Output paragraph formatting
-    void BeginParagraphFormatting(const wxTextAttrEx& currentStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-    void EndParagraphFormatting(const wxTextAttrEx& currentStyle, const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
-    /// Output font tag
-    void OutputFont(const wxTextAttrEx& style, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
-    /// Closes lists to level (-1 means close all)
-    void CloseLists(int level, wxTextOutputStream& str);
-
-    /// Writes an image to its base64 equivalent, or to the memory filesystem, or to a file
-    void WriteImage(wxRichTextImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream);
-
-    /// Converts from pt to size property compatible height
-    long PtToSize(long size);
-
-    /// Typical base64 encoder
-    wxChar* b64enc(unsigned char* input, size_t in_len);
-
-    /// Gets the mime type of the given wxBITMAP_TYPE
-    const wxChar* GetMimeType(int imageType);
-
-    /// Gets the html equivalent of the specified value
-    wxString GetAlignment(const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle);
-
-    /// Generates   array for indentations
-    wxString SymbolicIndent(long indent);
-
-    /// Finds the html equivalent of the specified bullet
-    int TypeOfList(const wxTextAttrEx& thisStyle, wxString& tag);
-#endif
-
-// Data members
-
-    wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
-
-    /// Indentation values of the table tags
-    wxArrayInt      m_indents;
-
-    /// Stack of list types: 0 = ol, 1 = ul
-    wxArrayInt      m_listTypes;
-
-    /// Is there any opened font tag?
-    bool            m_font;
-
-    /// Are we in a table?
-    bool            m_inTable;
-
-    /// A list of the image files or in-memory images created by the last operation.
-    wxArrayString   m_imageLocations;
-
-    /// A location for the temporary files
-    wxString        m_tempDir;
-
-    /// A mapping from point size to HTML font size
-    wxArrayInt      m_fontSizeMapping;
-
-    /// A counter for generating filenames
-    static int      sm_fileCounter;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextindentspage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextindentspage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fad8c30de..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextindentspage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextindentspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/3/2006 2:28:21 PM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextindentspage.h 43277 2006-11-10 15:48:46Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextFontPage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage( );
-    wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialise members
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Updates the paragraph preview
-    void UpdatePreview();
-
-    /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
-    wxTextAttrEx* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LEFT
-    void OnAlignmentLeftSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
-    void OnAlignmentRightSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED
-    void OnAlignmentJustifiedSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_CENTRED
-    void OnAlignmentCentredSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_INDETERMINATE
-    void OnAlignmentIndeterminateSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT
-    void OnIndentLeftUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT_FIRST
-    void OnIndentLeftFirstUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_RIGHT
-    void OnIndentRightUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_OUTLINELEVEL
-    void OnRichtextOutlinelevelSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_BEFORE
-    void OnSpacingBeforeUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_AFTER
-    void OnSpacingAfterUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_LINE
-    void OnSpacingLineSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member variables
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentLeft;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentRight;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentJustified;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentCentred;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentIndeterminate;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeft;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeftFirst;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentRight;
-    wxComboBox* m_outlineLevelCtrl;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_spacingBefore;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_spacingAfter;
-    wxComboBox* m_spacingLine;
-    wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE = 10100,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LEFT = 10102,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT = 10110,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED = 10111,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_CENTRED = 10112,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_INDETERMINATE = 10101,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT = 10103,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT_FIRST = 10104,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_RIGHT = 10113,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_OUTLINELEVEL = 10105,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_BEFORE = 10114,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_AFTER = 10116,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_LINE = 10115,
-        ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_PREVIEW_CTRL = 10109
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member variables
-
-    bool m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextliststylepage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextliststylepage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 324c9fe97..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextliststylepage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextliststylepage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/18/2006 11:36:37 AM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextliststylepage.h 42678 2006-10-29 22:01:06Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/spinctrl.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextListStylePage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextListStylePage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStylePage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextListStylePage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextListStylePage( );
-    wxRichTextListStylePage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialises member variables
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Updates the bullets preview
-    void UpdatePreview();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Get attributes for selected level
-    wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributesForSelection();
-
-    /// Update for symbol-related controls
-    void OnSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// Update for number-related controls
-    void OnNumberUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// Update for standard bullet-related controls
-    void OnStandardBulletUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// Just transfer to the window
-    void DoTransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Transfer from the window and preview
-    void TransferAndPreview();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
-    void OnLevelUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
-    void OnLevelUp( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
-    void OnLevelDown( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
-    void OnLevelTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
-    void OnLevelUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_FONT
-    void OnChooseFontClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLELISTBOX
-    void OnStylelistboxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL
-    void OnPeriodctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL
-    void OnPeriodctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
-    void OnParenthesesctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
-    void OnParenthesesctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
-    void OnRightParenthesisCtrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
-    void OnRightParenthesisCtrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL
-    void OnBulletAlignmentCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC
-    void OnSymbolstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
-    void OnSymbolctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
-    void OnChooseSymbolClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
-    void OnChooseSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
-    void OnSymbolfontctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMESTATIC
-    void OnNamestaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
-    void OnNamectrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNLEFT
-    void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignleftSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNRIGHT
-    void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignrightSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_JUSTIFIED
-    void OnRichtextliststylepageJustifiedSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CENTERED
-    void OnRichtextliststylepageCenteredSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNINDETERMINATE
-    void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignindeterminateSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTLEFT
-    void OnIndentLeftUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTFIRSTLINE
-    void OnIndentFirstLineUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTRIGHT
-    void OnIndentRightUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGBEFORE
-    void OnSpacingBeforeUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGAFTER
-    void OnSpacingAfterUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LINESPACING
-    void OnLineSpacingSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage member variables
-    wxSpinCtrl* m_levelCtrl;
-    wxListBox* m_styleListBox;
-    wxCheckBox* m_periodCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_parenthesesCtrl;
-    wxCheckBox* m_rightParenthesisCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_bulletAlignmentCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_symbolCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_symbolFontCtrl;
-    wxComboBox* m_bulletNameCtrl;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentLeft;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentRight;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentJustified;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentCentred;
-    wxRadioButton* m_alignmentIndeterminate;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeft;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeftFirst;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_indentRight;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_spacingBefore;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_spacingAfter;
-    wxComboBox* m_spacingLine;
-    wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE = 10616,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL = 10617,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_FONT = 10604,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NOTEBOOK = 10618,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETS = 10619,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLELISTBOX = 10620,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL = 10627,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL = 10626,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL = 10602,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL = 10603,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC = 10621,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL = 10622,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL = 10623,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL = 10625,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMESTATIC = 10600,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL = 10601,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACING = 10628,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNLEFT = 10629,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNRIGHT = 10630,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_JUSTIFIED = 10631,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CENTERED = 10632,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNINDETERMINATE = 10633,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTLEFT = 10634,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTFIRSTLINE = 10635,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTRIGHT = 10636,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGBEFORE = 10637,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGAFTER = 10638,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LINESPACING = 10639,
-        ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RICHTEXTCTRL = 10640
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage member variables
-
-    bool m_dontUpdate;
-    int m_currentLevel;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextprint.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextprint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c0185bbbc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextprint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextprint.h
-// Purpose:     Rich text printing classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Created:     2006-10-23
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextprint.h 55146 2008-08-21 16:07:54Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_PRINT_MAX_PAGES 99999
-
-// Header/footer page identifiers
-enum wxRichTextOddEvenPage {
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD,
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN,
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL
-};
-
-// Header/footer text locations
-enum wxRichTextPageLocation {
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT,
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE,
-    wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_RIGHT
-};
-
-/*!
- * Header/footer data
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextHeaderFooterData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextHeaderFooterData() { Init(); }
-    wxRichTextHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data): wxObject() { Copy(data); }
-
-    /// Initialise
-    void Init() { m_headerMargin = 20; m_footerMargin = 20; m_showOnFirstPage = true; }
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data);
-
-    /// Assignment
-    void operator= (const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { Copy(data); }
-
-    /// Set/get header text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
-    void SetHeaderText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
-    wxString GetHeaderText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
-    /// Set/get footer text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
-    void SetFooterText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
-    wxString GetFooterText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
-    /// Set/get text
-    void SetText(const wxString& text, int headerFooter, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page, wxRichTextPageLocation location);
-    wxString GetText(int headerFooter, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page, wxRichTextPageLocation location) const;
-
-    /// Set/get margins between text and header or footer, in tenths of a millimeter
-    void SetMargins(int headerMargin, int footerMargin) { m_headerMargin = headerMargin; m_footerMargin = footerMargin; }
-    int GetHeaderMargin() const { return m_headerMargin; }
-    int GetFooterMargin() const { return m_footerMargin; }
-
-    /// Set/get whether to show header or footer on first page
-    void SetShowOnFirstPage(bool showOnFirstPage) { m_showOnFirstPage = showOnFirstPage; }
-    bool GetShowOnFirstPage() const { return m_showOnFirstPage; }
-
-    /// Clear all text
-    void Clear();
-
-    /// Set/get font
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
-    /// Set/get colour
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colour = col; }
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colour; }
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextHeaderFooterData)
-
-private:
-
-    // Strings for left, centre, right, top, bottom, odd, even
-    wxString    m_text[12];
-    wxFont      m_font;
-    wxColour    m_colour;
-    int         m_headerMargin;
-    int         m_footerMargin;
-    bool        m_showOnFirstPage;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextPrintout
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextPrintout(const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
-    virtual ~wxRichTextPrintout();
-
-    /// The buffer to print
-    void SetRichTextBuffer(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { m_richTextBuffer = buffer; }
-    wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer() const { return m_richTextBuffer; }
-
-    /// Set/get header/footer data
-    void SetHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { m_headerFooterData = data; }
-    const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& GetHeaderFooterData() const { return m_headerFooterData; }
-
-    /// Sets margins in 10ths of millimetre. Defaults to 1 inch for margins.
-    void SetMargins(int top = 254, int bottom = 254, int left = 254, int right = 254);
-
-    /// Calculate scaling and rectangles, setting the device context scaling
-    void CalculateScaling(wxDC* dc, wxRect& textRect, wxRect& headerRect, wxRect& footerRect);
-
-    // wxPrintout virtual functions
-    virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page);
-    virtual bool HasPage(int page);
-    virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
-    virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
-    virtual void OnPreparePrinting();
-
-private:
-
-    /// Renders one page into dc
-    void RenderPage(wxDC *dc, int page);
-
-    /// Substitute keywords
-    static bool SubstituteKeywords(wxString& str, const wxString& title, int pageNum, int pageCount);
-
-private:
-
-    wxRichTextBuffer*           m_richTextBuffer;
-    int                         m_numPages;
-    wxArrayInt                  m_pageBreaksStart;
-    wxArrayInt                  m_pageBreaksEnd;
-    int                         m_marginLeft, m_marginTop, m_marginRight, m_marginBottom;
-
-    wxRichTextHeaderFooterData  m_headerFooterData;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichTextPrintout)
-};
-
-/*
- *! wxRichTextPrinting
- * A simple interface to perform wxRichTextBuffer printing.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPrinting : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxRichTextPrinting(const wxString& name = wxT("Printing"), wxWindow *parentWindow = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextPrinting();
-
-    /// Preview the file or buffer
-    bool PreviewFile(const wxString& richTextFile);
-    bool PreviewBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& buffer);
-
-    /// Print the file or buffer
-    bool PrintFile(const wxString& richTextFile);
-    bool PrintBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& buffer);
-
-    /// Shows page setup dialog
-    void PageSetup();
-
-    /// Set/get header/footer data
-    void SetHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { m_headerFooterData = data; }
-    const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& GetHeaderFooterData() const { return m_headerFooterData; }
-
-    /// Set/get header text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
-    void SetHeaderText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
-    wxString GetHeaderText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
-    /// Set/get footer text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
-    void SetFooterText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
-    wxString GetFooterText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
-    /// Show header/footer on first page, or not
-    void SetShowOnFirstPage(bool show) { m_headerFooterData.SetShowOnFirstPage(show); }
-
-    /// Set the font
-    void SetHeaderFooterFont(const wxFont& font) { m_headerFooterData.SetFont(font); }
-
-    /// Set the colour
-    void SetHeaderFooterTextColour(const wxColour& font) { m_headerFooterData.SetTextColour(font); }
-
-    /// Get print and page setup data
-    wxPrintData *GetPrintData();
-    wxPageSetupDialogData *GetPageSetupData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
-
-    /// Set print and page setup data
-    void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
-    void SetPageSetupData(const wxPageSetupData& pageSetupData);
-
-    /// Set the rich text buffer pointer, deleting the existing object if present
-    void SetRichTextBufferPreview(wxRichTextBuffer* buf);
-    wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBufferPreview() const { return m_richTextBufferPreview; }
-
-    void SetRichTextBufferPrinting(wxRichTextBuffer* buf);
-    wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBufferPrinting() const { return m_richTextBufferPrinting; }
-
-    /// Set/get the parent window
-    void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* parent) { m_parentWindow = parent; }
-    wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_parentWindow; }
-
-    /// Set/get the title
-    void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
-    const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
-    /// Set/get the preview rect
-    void SetPreviewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_previewRect = rect; }
-    const wxRect& GetPreviewRect() const { return m_previewRect; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxRichTextPrintout *CreatePrintout();
-    virtual bool DoPreview(wxRichTextPrintout *printout1, wxRichTextPrintout *printout2);
-    virtual bool DoPrint(wxRichTextPrintout *printout);
-
-private:
-    wxPrintData*                m_printData;
-    wxPageSetupDialogData*      m_pageSetupData;
-
-    wxRichTextHeaderFooterData  m_headerFooterData;
-    wxString                    m_title;
-    wxWindow*                   m_parentWindow;
-    wxRichTextBuffer*           m_richTextBufferPreview;
-    wxRichTextBuffer*           m_richTextBufferPrinting;
-    wxRect                      m_previewRect;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichTextPrinting)
-};
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_RICHTEXT & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyledlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyledlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b5bcff76..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyledlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextstyledlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/5/2006 12:05:31 PM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextstyledlg.h 52117 2008-02-26 15:04:54Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-////@begin includes
-////@end includes
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxBoxSizer;
-class wxRichTextStyleListCtrl;
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxSYSTEM_MENU|wxCLOSE_BOX
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE _("Style Organiser")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * Flags for specifying permitted operations
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_DELETE_STYLES  0x0001
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_CREATE_STYLES  0x0002
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_APPLY_STYLES   0x0004
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_EDIT_STYLES    0x0008
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENAME_STYLES  0x0010
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL      0x0020
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENUMBER       0x0040
-
-// The permitted style types to show
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_CHARACTER 0x0100
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_PARAGRAPH 0x0200
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_LIST      0x0400
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL       0x0800
-
-// Common combinations
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_ORGANISE (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_DELETE_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_CREATE_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_APPLY_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_EDIT_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENAME_STYLES)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_BROWSE (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_BROWSE_NUMBERING (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_LIST|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENUMBER)
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog: public wxDialog
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog( );
-    wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog( int flags, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( int flags, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Initialise member variables
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Set/get style sheet
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_richTextStyleSheet = sheet; }
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_richTextStyleSheet; }
-
-    /// Set/get control
-    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_richTextCtrl = ctrl; }
-    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_richTextCtrl; }
-
-    /// Set/get flags
-    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
-    /// Show preview for given or selected preview
-    void ShowPreview(int sel = -1);
-
-    /// Clears the preview
-    void ClearPreview();
-
-    /// List selection
-    void OnListSelection(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    /// Get/set restart numbering boolean
-    bool GetRestartNumbering() const { return m_restartNumbering; }
-    void SetRestartNumbering(bool restartNumbering) { m_restartNumbering = restartNumbering; }
-
-    /// Get selected style name or definition
-    wxString GetSelectedStyle() const;
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetSelectedStyleDefinition() const;
-
-    /// Apply the style
-    bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl = NULL);
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
-    /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
-    static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR
-    void OnNewCharClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR
-    void OnNewCharUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA
-    void OnNewParaClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA
-    void OnNewParaUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST
-    void OnNewListClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST
-    void OnNewListUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY
-    void OnApplyClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY
-    void OnApplyUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME
-    void OnRenameClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME
-    void OnRenameUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT
-    void OnEditClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT
-    void OnEditUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE
-    void OnDeleteClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE
-    void OnDeleteUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member function declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member variables
-    wxBoxSizer* m_innerSizer;
-    wxBoxSizer* m_buttonSizerParent;
-    wxRichTextStyleListCtrl* m_stylesListBox;
-    wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
-    wxBoxSizer* m_buttonSizer;
-    wxButton* m_newCharacter;
-    wxButton* m_newParagraph;
-    wxButton* m_newList;
-    wxButton* m_applyStyle;
-    wxButton* m_renameStyle;
-    wxButton* m_editStyle;
-    wxButton* m_deleteStyle;
-    wxButton* m_closeButton;
-    wxBoxSizer* m_bottomButtonSizer;
-    wxCheckBox* m_restartNumberingCtrl;
-    wxButton* m_okButton;
-    wxButton* m_cancelButton;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG = 10500,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLES = 10501,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_CURRENT_STYLE = 10510,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_PREVIEW = 10509,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR = 10504,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA = 10505,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST = 10508,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY = 10503,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME = 10502,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT = 10506,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE = 10507,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RESTART_NUMBERING = 10511
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member variables
-
-private:
-
-    wxRichTextCtrl*         m_richTextCtrl;
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_richTextStyleSheet;
-
-    bool                    m_dontUpdate;
-    int                     m_flags;
-    static bool             sm_showToolTips;
-    bool                    m_restartNumbering;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstylepage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstylepage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 73b018499..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstylepage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextstylepage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/5/2006 11:34:55 AM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextstylepage.h 42678 2006-10-29 22:01:06Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextStylePage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStylePage class declaration
- */
-
-class wxRichTextStylePage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextStylePage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextStylePage( );
-    wxRichTextStylePage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialise members
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
-    wxTextAttrEx* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_NEXT_STYLE
-    void OnNextStyleUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage member variables
-    wxTextCtrl* m_styleName;
-    wxComboBox* m_basedOn;
-    wxComboBox* m_nextStyle;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE = 10403,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE_NAME = 10404,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_BASED_ON = 10405,
-        ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_NEXT_STYLE = 10406
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage member variables
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 158e8a585..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,683 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h
-// Purpose:     Style management for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextstyles.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-#include "wx/htmllbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-#include "wx/combo.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer;
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleDefinition class declaration
- * A base class for paragraph and character styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleDefinition: public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
-    /// Copy constructors
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def)
-    : wxObject()
-    {
-        Init();
-        Copy(def);
-    }
-
-    /// Default constructor
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) { Init(); m_name = name; }
-
-    /// Destructor
-    virtual ~wxRichTextStyleDefinition() {}
-
-    /// Initialises members
-    void Init() {}
-
-    /// Copies from def
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def);
-
-    /// Equality test
-    bool Eq(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
-    /// Assignment operator
-    void operator =(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
-    /// Equality operator
-    bool operator ==(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) const { return Eq(def); }
-
-    /// Override to clone the object
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const = 0;
-
-    /// Sets and gets the name of the style
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-    /// Sets and gets the style description
-    void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; }
-    const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
-    /// Sets and gets the name of the style that this style is based on
-    void SetBaseStyle(const wxString& name) { m_baseStyle = name; }
-    const wxString& GetBaseStyle() const { return m_baseStyle; }
-
-    /// Sets and gets the style
-    void SetStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_style = style; }
-    const wxRichTextAttr& GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
-    wxRichTextAttr& GetStyle() { return m_style; }
-
-    /// Gets the style combined with the base style
-    virtual wxRichTextAttr GetStyleMergedWithBase(const wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxString        m_name;
-    wxString        m_baseStyle;
-    wxString        m_description;
-    wxRichTextAttr  m_style;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextStyleDefinition
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
-    /// Copy constructor
-    wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextStyleDefinition(def) {}
-
-    /// Default constructor
-    wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
-        wxRichTextStyleDefinition(name) {}
-
-    /// Destructor
-    virtual ~wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition() {}
-
-    /// Clones the object
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextStyleDefinition
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
-    /// Copy constructor
-    wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextStyleDefinition(def) { m_nextStyle = def.m_nextStyle; }
-
-    /// Default constructor
-    wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
-        wxRichTextStyleDefinition(name) {}
-
-    // Destructor
-    virtual ~wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition() {}
-
-    /// Sets and gets the next style
-    void SetNextStyle(const wxString& name) { m_nextStyle = name; }
-    const wxString& GetNextStyle() const { return m_nextStyle; }
-
-    /// Copies from def
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def);
-
-    /// Assignment operator
-    void operator =(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
-    /// Equality operator
-    bool operator ==(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
-    /// Clones the object
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-protected:
-
-    /// The next style to use when adding a paragraph after this style.
-    wxString    m_nextStyle;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextListStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextListStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
-    /// Copy constructor
-    wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(def) { Init(); Copy(def); }
-
-    /// Default constructor
-    wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
-        wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(name) { Init(); }
-
-    /// Destructor
-    virtual ~wxRichTextListStyleDefinition() {}
-
-    /// Copies from def
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def);
-
-    /// Assignment operator
-    void operator =(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
-    /// Equality operator
-    bool operator ==(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
-    /// Clones the object
-    virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-    /// Sets/gets the attributes for the given level
-    void SetLevelAttributes(int i, const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-    wxRichTextAttr* GetLevelAttributes(int i);
-    const wxRichTextAttr* GetLevelAttributes(int i) const;
-
-    /// Convenience function for setting the major attributes for a list level specification
-    void SetAttributes(int i, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle, const wxString& bulletSymbol = wxEmptyString);
-
-    /// Finds the level corresponding to the given indentation
-    int FindLevelForIndent(int indent) const;
-
-    /// Combine the base and list style with a paragraph style, using the given indent (from which
-    /// an appropriate level is found)
-    wxRichTextAttr CombineWithParagraphStyle(int indent, const wxRichTextAttr& paraStyle, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
-    /// Combine the base and list style, using the given indent (from which
-    /// an appropriate level is found)
-    wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedStyle(int indent, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
-    /// Combine the base and list style, using the given level from which
-    /// an appropriate level is found)
-    wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedStyleForLevel(int level, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
-    /// Gets the number of available levels
-    int GetLevelCount() const { return 10; }
-
-    /// Is this a numbered list?
-    bool IsNumbered(int i) const;
-
-protected:
-
-    /// The styles for each level (up to 10)
-    wxRichTextAttr m_levelStyles[10];
-};
-
-/*!
- * The style sheet
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet: public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS( wxRichTextStyleSheet )
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet)
-    : wxObject()
-    {
-		Init();
-        Copy(sheet);
-    }
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet() { Init(); }
-    virtual ~wxRichTextStyleSheet();
-
-    /// Initialisation
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Copy
-    void Copy(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet);
-
-    /// Assignment
-    void operator=(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet) { Copy(sheet); }
-
-    /// Equality
-    bool operator==(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet) const;
-
-    /// Add a definition to the character style list
-    bool AddCharacterStyle(wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Add a definition to the paragraph style list
-    bool AddParagraphStyle(wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Add a definition to the list style list
-    bool AddListStyle(wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Add a definition to the appropriate style list
-    bool AddStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Remove a character style
-    bool RemoveCharacterStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_characterStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
-    /// Remove a paragraph style
-    bool RemoveParagraphStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_paragraphStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
-    /// Remove a list style
-    bool RemoveListStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_listStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
-    /// Remove a style
-    bool RemoveStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false);
-
-    /// Find a character definition by name
-    wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* FindCharacterStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_characterStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
-    /// Find a paragraph definition by name
-    wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* FindParagraphStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_paragraphStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
-    /// Find a list definition by name
-    wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* FindListStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextListStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_listStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
-    /// Find any definition by name
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition* FindStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const;
-
-    /// Return the number of character styles
-    size_t GetCharacterStyleCount() const { return m_characterStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
-    /// Return the number of paragraph styles
-    size_t GetParagraphStyleCount() const { return m_paragraphStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
-    /// Return the number of list styles
-    size_t GetListStyleCount() const { return m_listStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
-    /// Return the nth character style
-    wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* GetCharacterStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition*) m_characterStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
-    /// Return the nth paragraph style
-    wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* GetParagraphStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition*) m_paragraphStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
-    /// Return the nth list style
-    wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* GetListStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextListStyleDefinition*) m_listStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
-    /// Delete all styles
-    void DeleteStyles();
-
-    /// Insert into list of style sheets
-    bool InsertSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* before);
-
-    /// Append to list of style sheets
-    bool AppendSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* after);
-
-    /// Unlink from the list of style sheets
-    void Unlink();
-
-    /// Get/set next sheet
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetNextSheet() const { return m_nextSheet; }
-    void SetNextSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_nextSheet = sheet; }
-
-    /// Get/set previous sheet
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetPreviousSheet() const { return m_previousSheet; }
-    void SetPreviousSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_previousSheet = sheet; }
-
-    /// Sets and gets the name of the style sheet
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-    /// Sets and gets the style description
-    void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; }
-    const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
-/// Implementation
-
-    /// Add a definition to one of the style lists
-    bool AddStyle(wxList& list, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
-    /// Remove a style
-    bool RemoveStyle(wxList& list, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle);
-
-    /// Find a definition by name
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition* FindStyle(const wxList& list, const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const;
-
-protected:
-
-    wxString                m_description;
-    wxString                m_name;
-
-    wxList                  m_characterStyleDefinitions;
-    wxList                  m_paragraphStyleDefinitions;
-    wxList                  m_listStyleDefinitions;
-
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_previousSheet;
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_nextSheet;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleListBox class declaration
- * A listbox to display styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleListBox: public wxHtmlListBox
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleListBox)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Which type of style definition is currently showing?
-    enum wxRichTextStyleType
-    {
-        wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_ALL,
-        wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_PARAGRAPH,
-        wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_CHARACTER,
-        wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_LIST
-    };
-
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-    virtual ~wxRichTextStyleListBox();
-
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_styleSheet = NULL;
-        m_richTextCtrl = NULL;
-        m_applyOnSelection = false;
-        m_styleType = wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_PARAGRAPH;
-        m_autoSetSelection = true;
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
-    /// Creates a suitable HTML fragment for a definition
-    wxString CreateHTML(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def) const;
-
-    /// Associates the control with a style sheet
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
-    /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
-    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_richTextCtrl = ctrl; }
-    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_richTextCtrl; }
-
-    /// Get style for index
-    wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyle(size_t i) const ;
-
-    /// Get index for style name
-    int GetIndexForStyle(const wxString& name) const ;
-
-    /// Set selection for string, returning the index.
-    int SetStyleSelection(const wxString& name);
-
-    /// Updates the list
-    void UpdateStyles();
-
-    /// Apply the style
-    void ApplyStyle(int i);
-
-    /// Left click
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Left double-click
-    void OnLeftDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    /// Auto-select from style under caret in idle time
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-    /// Convert units in tends of a millimetre to device units
-    int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
-
-    /// Can we set the selection based on the editor caret position?
-    /// Need to override this if being used in a combobox popup
-    virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return m_autoSetSelection; }
-    virtual void SetAutoSetSelection(bool autoSet) { m_autoSetSelection = autoSet; }
-
-    /// Set whether the style should be applied as soon as the item is selected (the default)
-    void SetApplyOnSelection(bool applyOnSel) { m_applyOnSelection = applyOnSel; }
-    bool GetApplyOnSelection() const { return m_applyOnSelection; }
-
-    /// Set the style type to display
-    void SetStyleType(wxRichTextStyleType styleType) { m_styleType = styleType; UpdateStyles(); }
-    wxRichTextStyleType GetStyleType() const { return m_styleType; }
-
-    /// Helper for listbox and combo control
-    static wxString GetStyleToShowInIdleTime(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
-
-protected:
-    /// Returns the HTML for this item
-    virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_styleSheet;
-    wxRichTextCtrl*         m_richTextCtrl;
-    bool                    m_applyOnSelection; // if true, applies style on selection
-    wxRichTextStyleType     m_styleType; // style type to display
-    bool                    m_autoSetSelection;
-    wxArrayString           m_styleNames;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleListCtrl class declaration
- * This is a container for the list control plus a combobox to switch between
- * style types.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXTSTYLELIST_HIDE_TYPE_SELECTOR     0x1000
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleListCtrl: public wxControl
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleListCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextStyleListCtrl()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-
-    wxRichTextStyleListCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
-    /// Constructors
-    virtual ~wxRichTextStyleListCtrl();
-
-    /// Member initialisation
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_styleListBox = NULL;
-        m_styleChoice = NULL;
-        m_dontUpdate = false;
-    }
-
-    /// Creates the windows
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
-    /// Updates the style list box
-    void UpdateStyles();
-
-    /// Associates the control with a style sheet
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
-
-    /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
-    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
-    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const;
-
-    /// Set/get the style type to display
-    void SetStyleType(wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType GetStyleType() const;
-
-    /// Get the choice index for style type
-    int StyleTypeToIndex(wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
-
-    /// Get the style type for choice index
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType StyleIndexToType(int i);
-
-    /// Get the listbox
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox* GetStyleListBox() const { return m_styleListBox; }
-
-    /// Get the choice
-    wxChoice* GetStyleChoice() const { return m_styleChoice; }
-
-    /// React to style type choice
-    void OnChooseType(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    /// Lay out the controls
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-private:
-
-    wxRichTextStyleListBox* m_styleListBox;
-    wxChoice*               m_styleChoice;
-    bool                    m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-/*!
- * Style drop-down for a wxComboCtrl
- */
-
-class wxRichTextStyleComboPopup : public wxRichTextStyleListBox, public wxComboPopup
-{
-public:
-    virtual void Init()
-    {
-        m_itemHere = -1; // hot item in list
-        m_value = -1;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool Create( wxWindow* parent )
-    {
-        return wxRichTextStyleListBox::Create(parent, wxID_ANY,
-                                  wxPoint(0,0), wxDefaultSize,
-                                  wxSIMPLE_BORDER);
-    }
-
-    virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; }
-
-    virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& s );
-
-    virtual wxString GetStringValue() const;
-
-    /// Can we set the selection based on the editor caret position?
-    // virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return ((m_combo == NULL) || !m_combo->IsPopupShown()); }
-    virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return false; }
-
-    //
-    // Popup event handlers
-    //
-
-    // Mouse hot-tracking
-    void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // On mouse left, set the value and close the popup
-    void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event));
-
-protected:
-
-    int             m_itemHere; // hot item in popup
-    int             m_value;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl
- * A combo for applying styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl: public wxComboCtrl
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-
-    wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxCB_READONLY)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl() {}
-
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_stylePopup = NULL;
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
-    /// Updates the list
-    void UpdateStyles() { m_stylePopup->UpdateStyles(); }
-
-    /// Associates the control with a style sheet
-    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_stylePopup->SetStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
-    wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_stylePopup->GetStyleSheet(); }
-
-    /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
-    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_stylePopup->SetRichTextCtrl(ctrl); }
-    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_stylePopup->GetRichTextCtrl(); }
-
-    /// Gets the style popup
-    wxRichTextStyleComboPopup* GetStylePopup() const { return m_stylePopup; }
-
-    /// Auto-select from style under caret in idle time
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxRichTextStyleComboPopup*  m_stylePopup;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextsymboldlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextsymboldlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 47bf7d2bc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextsymboldlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextsymboldlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/5/2006 3:11:58 PM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextsymboldlg.h 58466 2009-01-27 19:19:40Z BP $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/vscroll.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxSymbolListCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-// __UNICODE__ is a symbol used by DialogBlocks-generated code.
-#ifndef __UNICODE__
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-#define __UNICODE__
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * Symbols
- */
-
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxCLOSE_BOX)
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE wxGetTranslation(wxT("Symbols"))
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_IDNAME ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-
-/*!
- * wxSymbolPickerDialog class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxSymbolPickerDialog: public wxDialog
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxSymbolPickerDialog )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxSymbolPickerDialog( );
-    wxSymbolPickerDialog( const wxString& symbol, const wxString& fontName, const wxString& normalTextFont,
-        wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( const wxString& symbol, const wxString& fontName, const wxString& normalTextFont,
-        wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
-    /// Initialises members variables
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Update the display
-    void UpdateSymbolDisplay(bool updateSymbolList = true, bool showAtSubset = true);
-
-    /// Respond to symbol selection
-    void OnSymbolSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// Set Unicode mode
-    void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode);
-
-    /// Show at the current subset selection
-    void ShowAtSubset();
-
-    /// Get the selected symbol character
-    int GetSymbolChar() const;
-
-    /// Is there a selection?
-    bool HasSelection() const { return !m_symbol.IsEmpty(); }
-
-    /// Specifying normal text?
-    bool UseNormalFont() const { return m_fontName.IsEmpty(); }
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
-    /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
-    static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
-    /// Data transfer
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FONT
-    void OnFontCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SUBSET
-    void OnSubsetSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-#endif
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FROM
-    void OnFromUnicodeSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for wxID_OK
-    void OnOkUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMAC__)
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for wxID_OK
-    void OnOkUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-#endif
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog member function declarations
-
-    wxString GetFontName() const { return m_fontName ; }
-    void SetFontName(wxString value) { m_fontName = value ; }
-
-    wxString GetSymbol() const { return m_symbol ; }
-    void SetSymbol(wxString value) { m_symbol = value ; }
-
-    bool GetFromUnicode() const { return m_fromUnicode ; }
-    void SetFromUnicode(bool value) { m_fromUnicode = value ; }
-
-    wxString GetNormalTextFontName() const { return m_normalTextFontName ; }
-    void SetNormalTextFontName(wxString value) { m_normalTextFontName = value ; }
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog member function declarations
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog member variables
-    wxComboBox* m_fontCtrl;
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
-    wxComboBox* m_subsetCtrl;
-#endif
-    wxSymbolListCtrl* m_symbolsCtrl;
-    wxStaticText* m_symbolStaticCtrl;
-    wxTextCtrl* m_characterCodeCtrl;
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
-    wxComboBox* m_fromUnicodeCtrl;
-#endif
-    wxString m_fontName;
-    wxString m_symbol;
-    bool m_fromUnicode;
-    wxString m_normalTextFontName;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG = 10600,
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FONT = 10602,
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SUBSET = 10605,
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_LISTCTRL = 10608,
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_CHARACTERCODE = 10601,
-        ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FROM = 10603
-    };
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog member variables
-
-    bool m_dontUpdate;
-    static bool             sm_showToolTips;
-};
-
-/*!
- * The scrolling symbol list.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxSymbolListCtrl : public wxVScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // default constructor, you must call Create() later
-    wxSymbolListCtrl() { Init(); }
-
-    // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
-    wxSymbolListCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
-    // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
-    //
-    // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    // dtor does some internal cleanup
-    virtual ~wxSymbolListCtrl();
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // set the current font
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    // set Unicode/ASCII mode
-    void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode);
-
-    // get the index of the currently selected item or wxNOT_FOUND if there is no selection
-    int GetSelection() const;
-
-    // is this item selected?
-    bool IsSelected(int item) const;
-
-    // is this item the current one?
-    bool IsCurrentItem(int item) const { return item == m_current; }
-
-    // get the margins around each cell
-    wxPoint GetMargins() const { return m_ptMargins; }
-
-    // get the background colour of selected cells
-    const wxColour& GetSelectionBackground() const { return m_colBgSel; }
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // set the selection to the specified item, if it is wxNOT_FOUND the
-    // selection is unset
-    void SetSelection(int selection);
-
-    // make this item visible
-    void EnsureVisible(int item);
-
-    // set the margins: horizontal margin is the distance between the window
-    // border and the item contents while vertical margin is half of the
-    // distance between items
-    //
-    // by default both margins are 0
-    void SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
-    void SetMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetMargins(wxPoint(x, y)); }
-
-    // set the cell size
-    void SetCellSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_cellSize = sz; }
-    const wxSize& GetCellSize() const { return m_cellSize; }
-
-    // change the background colour of the selected cells
-    void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col);
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-    // Get min/max symbol values
-    int GetMinSymbolValue() const { return m_minSymbolValue; }
-    int GetMaxSymbolValue() const { return m_maxSymbolValue; }
-
-    // Respond to size change
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-
-    // draws a line of symbols
-    virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
-    // gets the line height
-    virtual wxCoord OnGetLineHeight(size_t line) const;
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // send the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event
-    void SendSelectedEvent();
-
-    // change the current item (in single selection listbox it also implicitly
-    // changes the selection); current may be wxNOT_FOUND in which case there
-    // will be no current item any more
-    //
-    // return true if the current item changed, false otherwise
-    bool DoSetCurrent(int current);
-
-    // flags for DoHandleItemClick
-    enum
-    {
-        ItemClick_Shift = 1,        // item shift-clicked
-        ItemClick_Ctrl  = 2,        //       ctrl
-        ItemClick_Kbd   = 4         // item selected from keyboard
-    };
-
-    // common part of keyboard and mouse handling processing code
-    void DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags);
-
-    // calculate line number from symbol value
-    int SymbolValueToLineNumber(int item);
-
-    // initialise control from current min/max values
-    void SetupCtrl(bool scrollToSelection = true);
-
-    // hit testing
-    int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-private:
-    // the current item or wxNOT_FOUND
-    int m_current;
-
-    // margins
-    wxPoint     m_ptMargins;
-
-    // the selection bg colour
-    wxColour    m_colBgSel;
-
-    // double buffer
-    wxBitmap*   m_doubleBuffer;
-
-    // cell size
-    wxSize      m_cellSize;
-
-    // minimum and maximum symbol value
-    int         m_minSymbolValue;
-
-    // minimum and maximum symbol value
-    int         m_maxSymbolValue;
-
-    // number of items per line
-    int         m_symbolsPerLine;
-
-    // Unicode/ASCII mode
-    bool        m_unicodeMode;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSymbolListCtrl)
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSymbolListCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexttabspage.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexttabspage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f067e04c7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtexttabspage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richtexttabspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/4/2006 8:03:20 AM
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtexttabspage.h 42678 2006-10-29 22:01:06Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-////@begin includes
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TITLE _("wxRichTextFontPage")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextTabsPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTabsPage: public wxPanel
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextTabsPage )
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-    /// Constructors
-    wxRichTextTabsPage( );
-    wxRichTextTabsPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creation
-    bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE );
-
-    /// Creates the controls and sizers
-    void CreateControls();
-
-    /// Initialise members
-    void Init();
-
-    /// Transfer data from/to window
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-    /// Sorts the tab array
-    virtual void SortTabs();
-
-    /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
-    wxTextAttrEx* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage event handler declarations
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABLIST
-    void OnTablistSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB
-    void OnNewTabClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB
-    void OnNewTabUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB
-    void OnDeleteTabClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB
-    void OnDeleteTabUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS
-    void OnDeleteAllTabsClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-    /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS
-    void OnDeleteAllTabsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Retrieves bitmap resources
-    wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
-    /// Retrieves icon resources
-    wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage member function declarations
-
-    /// Should we show tooltips?
-    static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage member variables
-    wxTextCtrl* m_tabEditCtrl;
-    wxListBox* m_tabListCtrl;
-    /// Control identifiers
-    enum {
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE = 10200,
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABEDIT = 10213,
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABLIST = 10214,
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB = 10201,
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB = 10202,
-        ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS = 10203
-    };
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage member variables
-
-    bool m_tabsPresent;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextxml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextxml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b9ff91bc..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/richtext/richtextxml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/richtext/richeditxml.h
-// Purpose:     XML and HTML I/O for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: richtextxml.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT && wxUSE_XML
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextXMLHandler
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextXMLHandler)
-public:
-    wxRichTextXMLHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("XML"), const wxString& ext = wxT("xml"), int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML)
-        : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
-        { }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    /// Recursively export an object
-    bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv* convMem, wxMBConv* convFile, wxRichTextObject& obj, int level);
-    bool ExportStyleDefinition(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv* convMem, wxMBConv* convFile, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, int level);
-
-    /// Recursively import an object
-    bool ImportXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node);
-    bool ImportStyleDefinition(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxXmlNode* node);
-
-    /// Create style parameters
-    wxString CreateStyle(const wxTextAttrEx& attr, bool isPara = false);
-
-    /// Get style parameters
-    bool GetStyle(wxTextAttrEx& attr, wxXmlNode* node, bool isPara = false);
-#endif
-
-    /// Can we save using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
-    /// Can we load using this handler?
-    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
-
-// Implementation
-
-    bool HasParam(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& param);
-    wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& param);
-    wxString GetNodeContent(wxXmlNode *node);
-    wxString GetParamValue(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& param);
-    wxString GetText(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& param = wxEmptyString, bool translate = false);
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_RICHTEXT && wxUSE_XML
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sashwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sashwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c99a94b4a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sashwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/sashwin.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxSashWindow
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sashwin.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/sashwin.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckaddr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckaddr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 696ee4699..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckaddr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        sckaddr.h
-// Purpose:     Network address classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26/04/1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sckaddr.h 35665 2005-09-24 21:43:15Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NETWORK_ADDRESS_H
-#define _WX_NETWORK_ADDRESS_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gsocket.h"
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSockAddress : public wxObject {
-  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSockAddress)
-public:
-  typedef enum { IPV4=1, IPV6=2, UNIX=3 } Addr;
-
-  wxSockAddress();
-  wxSockAddress(const wxSockAddress& other);
-  virtual ~wxSockAddress();
-
-  wxSockAddress& operator=(const wxSockAddress& other);
-
-  virtual void Clear();
-  virtual int Type() = 0;
-
-  GAddress *GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
-  void SetAddress(GAddress *address);
-
-  // we need to be able to create copies of the addresses polymorphically (i.e.
-  // without knowing the exact address class)
-  virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const = 0;
-
-protected:
-  GAddress *m_address;
-
-private:
-  void Init();
-};
-
-// Interface to an IP address (either IPV4 or IPV6)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPaddress : public wxSockAddress {
-  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIPaddress)
-public:
-  wxIPaddress();
-  wxIPaddress(const wxIPaddress& other);
-  virtual ~wxIPaddress();
-
-  virtual bool Hostname(const wxString& name) = 0;
-  virtual bool Service(const wxString& name) = 0;
-  virtual bool Service(unsigned short port) = 0;
-
-  virtual bool LocalHost() = 0;
-  virtual bool IsLocalHost() const = 0;
-
-  virtual bool AnyAddress() = 0;
-
-  virtual wxString IPAddress() const = 0;
-
-  virtual wxString Hostname() const = 0;
-  virtual unsigned short Service() const = 0;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV4address : public wxIPaddress {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV4address)
-public:
-  wxIPV4address();
-  wxIPV4address(const wxIPV4address& other);
-  virtual ~wxIPV4address();
-
-  // IPV4 name formats
-  //
-  //                    hostname
-  // dot format         a.b.c.d
-  virtual bool Hostname(const wxString& name);
-  bool Hostname(unsigned long addr);
-  virtual bool Service(const wxString& name);
-  virtual bool Service(unsigned short port);
-
-  // localhost (127.0.0.1)
-  virtual bool LocalHost();
-  virtual bool IsLocalHost() const;
-
-  // any (0.0.0.0)
-  virtual bool AnyAddress();
-
-  virtual wxString Hostname() const;
-  wxString OrigHostname() { return m_origHostname; }
-  virtual unsigned short Service() const;
-
-  // a.b.c.d
-  virtual wxString IPAddress() const;
-
-  virtual int Type() { return wxSockAddress::IPV4; }
-  virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const;
-
-  bool operator==(const wxIPV4address& addr) const;
-
-private:
-  wxString m_origHostname;
-};
-
-
-// the IPv6 code probably doesn't work, untested -- set to 1 at your own risk
-#ifndef wxUSE_IPV6
-    #define wxUSE_IPV6 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_IPV6
-
-// Experimental Only:
-//
-// IPV6 has not yet been implemented in socket layer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV6address : public wxIPaddress {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV6address)
-private:
-  struct sockaddr_in6 *m_addr;
-public:
-  wxIPV6address();
-  wxIPV6address(const wxIPV6address& other);
-  virtual ~wxIPV6address();
-
-  // IPV6 name formats
-  //
-  //                          hostname
-  //                          3ffe:ffff:0100:f101:0210:a4ff:fee3:9566
-  // compact (base85)         Itu&-ZQ82s>J%s99FJXT
-  // compressed format        ::1
-  // ipv4 mapped              ::ffff:1.2.3.4
-  virtual bool Hostname(const wxString& name);
-
-  bool Hostname(unsigned char addr[16]);
-  virtual bool Service(const wxString& name);
-  virtual bool Service(unsigned short port);
-
-  // localhost (0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001 (::1))
-  virtual bool LocalHost();
-  virtual bool IsLocalHost() const;
-
-  // any (0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 (::))
-  virtual bool AnyAddress();
-
-  // 3ffe:ffff:0100:f101:0210:a4ff:fee3:9566
-  virtual wxString IPAddress() const;
-
-  virtual wxString Hostname() const;
-  virtual unsigned short Service() const;
-
-  virtual int Type() { return wxSockAddress::IPV6; }
-  virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxIPV6address(*this); }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IPV6
-
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINE__) && (!defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__)) && !defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#ifndef __VMS__
-# include <sys/un.h>
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxUNIXaddress : public wxSockAddress {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUNIXaddress)
-private:
-  struct sockaddr_un *m_addr;
-public:
-  wxUNIXaddress();
-  wxUNIXaddress(const wxUNIXaddress& other);
-  virtual ~wxUNIXaddress();
-
-  void Filename(const wxString& name);
-  wxString Filename();
-
-  virtual int Type() { return wxSockAddress::UNIX; }
-  virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxUNIXaddress(*this); }
-};
-#endif
-  // __UNIX__
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_NETWORK_ADDRESS_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckipc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckipc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a24bddba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckipc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        sckipc.h
-// Purpose:     Interprocess communication implementation (wxSocket version)
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Guilhem Lavaux (big rewrite) May 1997, 1998
-//              Guillermo Rodriguez (updated for wxSocket v2) Jan 2000
-//                                  (callbacks deprecated)    Mar 2000
-// Created:     1993
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sckipc.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart 1993
-//              (c) Guilhem Lavaux 1997, 1998
-//              (c) 2000 Guillermo Rodriguez <guille@iies.es>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCKIPC_H
-#define _WX_SCKIPC_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC
-
-#include "wx/ipcbase.h"
-#include "wx/socket.h"
-#include "wx/sckstrm.h"
-#include "wx/datstrm.h"
-
-/*
- * Mini-DDE implementation
-
-   Most transactions involve a topic name and an item name (choose these
-   as befits your application).
-
-   A client can:
-
-   - ask the server to execute commands (data) associated with a topic
-   - request data from server by topic and item
-   - poke data into the server
-   - ask the server to start an advice loop on topic/item
-   - ask the server to stop an advice loop
-
-   A server can:
-
-   - respond to execute, request, poke and advice start/stop
-   - send advise data to client
-
-   Note that this limits the server in the ways it can send data to the
-   client, i.e. it can't send unsolicited information.
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPServer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPClient;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPConnection: public wxConnectionBase
-{
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPConnection)
-
-public:
-  wxTCPConnection(wxChar *buffer, int size);
-  wxTCPConnection();
-  virtual ~wxTCPConnection();
-
-  // Calls that CLIENT can make
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual wxChar *Request(const wxString& item, int *size = NULL, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual bool Poke(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-  virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item);
-  virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item);
-
-  // Calls that SERVER can make
-  virtual bool Advise(const wxString& item, wxChar *data, int size = -1, wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
-
-  // Calls that both can make
-  virtual bool Disconnect(void);
-
-  // Callbacks to BOTH - override at will
-  // Default behaviour is to delete connection and return true
-  virtual bool OnDisconnect(void) { delete this; return true; }
-
-  // To enable the compressor (NOTE: not implemented!)
-  void Compress(bool on);
-
-  // unhide the Execute overload from wxConnectionBase
-  virtual bool Execute(const wxString& str)
-    { return Execute(str, -1, wxIPC_TEXT); }
-
-protected:
-  wxSocketBase       *m_sock;
-  wxSocketStream     *m_sockstrm;
-  wxDataInputStream  *m_codeci;
-  wxDataOutputStream *m_codeco;
-  wxString            m_topic;
-
-  friend class wxTCPServer;
-  friend class wxTCPClient;
-  friend class wxTCPEventHandler;
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPConnection)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPServer: public wxServerBase
-{
-public:
-  wxTCPConnection *topLevelConnection;
-
-  wxTCPServer();
-  virtual ~wxTCPServer();
-
-  // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use)
-  virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName);
-
-  // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic);
-
-protected:
-  wxSocketServer *m_server;
-
-#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__
-  // the name of the file associated to the Unix domain socket, may be empty
-  wxString m_filename;
-#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPServer)
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPServer)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPClient: public wxClientBase
-{
-public:
-  wxTCPClient();
-  virtual ~wxTCPClient();
-
-  virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host);
-
-  // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot.
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
-                                           const wxString& server,
-                                           const wxString& topic);
-
-  // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
-  virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection();
-
-private:
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPClient)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC
-
-#endif // _WX_SCKIPC_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckstrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckstrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 30d09604e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sckstrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        sckstrm.h
-// Purpose:     wxSocket*Stream
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     17/07/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sckstrm.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef __SCK_STREAM_H__
-#define __SCK_STREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/socket.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
- public:
-  wxSocketOutputStream(wxSocketBase& s);
-  virtual ~wxSocketOutputStream();
-
-  wxFileOffset SeekO( wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode) )
-    { return -1; }
-  wxFileOffset TellO() const
-    { return -1; }
-
- protected:
-  wxSocketBase *m_o_socket;
-
-  size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketOutputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
- public:
-  wxSocketInputStream(wxSocketBase& s);
-  virtual ~wxSocketInputStream();
-
-  wxFileOffset SeekI( wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode) )
-    { return -1; }
-  wxFileOffset TellI() const
-    { return -1; }
-
- protected:
-  wxSocketBase *m_i_socket;
-
-  size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketStream : public wxSocketInputStream,
-                   public wxSocketOutputStream
-{
- public:
-  wxSocketStream(wxSocketBase& s);
-  virtual ~wxSocketStream();
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketStream)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
-  // __SCK_STREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scopeguard.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scopeguard.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 155a4f549..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scopeguard.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/scopeguard.h
-// Purpose:     declares wxwxScopeGuard and related macros
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.07.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scopeguard.h 44111 2007-01-07 13:28:16Z SN $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-    Acknowledgements: this header is heavily based on (well, almost the exact
-    copy of) ScopeGuard.h by Andrei Alexandrescu and Petru Marginean published
-    in December 2000 issue of C/C++ Users Journal.
-    http://www.cuj.com/documents/cujcexp1812alexandr/
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
-#define _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/except.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-
-// WATCOM-FIXME: C++ of Open Watcom 1.3 doesn't like OnScopeExit() created
-// through template so it must be workarounded with dedicated inlined macro.
-// For compatibility with Watcom compilers wxPrivate::OnScopeExit must be
-// replaced with wxPrivateOnScopeExit but in user code (for everyone who
-// doesn't care about OW compatibility) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit still works.
-
-#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(guard)          \
-    {                                        \
-        if ( !(guard).WasDismissed() )       \
-        {                                    \
-            wxTRY                            \
-            {                                \
-                (guard).Execute();           \
-            }                                \
-            wxCATCH_ALL(;)                   \
-        }                                    \
-    }
-
-#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxUnusedVar(n)
-
-#else
-
-#if !defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95)
-// namespace support was first implemented in gcc-2.95,
-// so avoid using it for older versions.
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-#else
-#define wxPrivate
-#endif
-    // in the original implementation this was a member template function of
-    // ScopeGuardImplBase but gcc 2.8 which is still used for OS/2 doesn't
-    // support member templates and so we must make it global
-    template <class ScopeGuardImpl>
-    void OnScopeExit(ScopeGuardImpl& guard)
-    {
-        if ( !guard.WasDismissed() )
-        {
-            // we're called from ScopeGuardImpl dtor and so we must not throw
-            wxTRY
-            {
-                guard.Execute();
-            }
-            wxCATCH_ALL(;) // do nothing, just eat the exception
-        }
-    }
-
-    // just to avoid the warning about unused variables
-    template <class T>
-    void Use(const T& WXUNUSED(t))
-    {
-    }
-#if !defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95)
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-#endif
-
-#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(n) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit(n)
-#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxPrivate::Use(n)
-
-#endif
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxScopeGuard for functions and functors
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImplBase: used by wxScopeGuardImpl[0..N] below
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    wxScopeGuardImplBase() : m_wasDismissed(false) { }
-
-    void Dismiss() const { m_wasDismissed = true; }
-
-    // for OnScopeExit() only (we can't make it friend, unfortunately)!
-    bool WasDismissed() const { return m_wasDismissed; }
-
-protected:
-    ~wxScopeGuardImplBase() { }
-
-    wxScopeGuardImplBase(const wxScopeGuardImplBase& other)
-        : m_wasDismissed(other.m_wasDismissed)
-    {
-        other.Dismiss();
-    }
-
-    // must be mutable for copy ctor to work
-    mutable bool m_wasDismissed;
-
-private:
-    wxScopeGuardImplBase& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImplBase&);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl0: scope guard for actions without parameters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxScopeGuardImpl0<F> MakeGuard(F fun)
-    {
-        return wxScopeGuardImpl0<F>(fun);
-    }
-
-    ~wxScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
-    void Execute() { m_fun(); }
-
-protected:
-    wxScopeGuardImpl0(F fun) : m_fun(fun) { }
-
-    F m_fun;
-
-    wxScopeGuardImpl0& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl0&);
-};
-
-template <class F>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl0<F> wxMakeGuard(F fun)
-{
-    return wxScopeGuardImpl0<F>::MakeGuard(fun);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl1: scope guard for actions with 1 parameter
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F, class P1>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1> MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1)
-    {
-        return wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1>(fun, p1);
-    }
-
-    ~wxScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(* this); }
-
-    void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1); }
-
-protected:
-    wxScopeGuardImpl1(F fun, P1 p1) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1) { }
-
-    F m_fun;
-    const P1 m_p1;
-
-    wxScopeGuardImpl1& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl1&);
-};
-
-template <class F, class P1>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1> wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1)
-{
-    return wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1>::MakeGuard(fun, p1);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl2: scope guard for actions with 2 parameters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2> MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-    {
-        return wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2>(fun, p1, p2);
-    }
-
-    ~wxScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
-    void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1, m_p2); }
-
-protected:
-    wxScopeGuardImpl2(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { }
-
-    F m_fun;
-    const P1 m_p1;
-    const P2 m_p2;
-
-    wxScopeGuardImpl2& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl2&);
-};
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2> wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-{
-    return wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2>::MakeGuard(fun, p1, p2);
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxScopeGuards for object methods
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjScopeGuardImpl0
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>
-        MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
-    {
-        return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>(obj, memFun);
-    }
-
-    ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
-    void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(); }
-
-protected:
-    wxObjScopeGuardImpl0(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
-        : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun) { }
-
-    Obj& m_obj;
-    MemFun m_memfun;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun> wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
-{
-    return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun);
-}
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>
-        MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
-    {
-        return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>(obj, memFun, p1);
-    }
-
-    ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
-    void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1); }
-
-protected:
-    wxObjScopeGuardImpl1(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
-        : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1) { }
-
-    Obj& m_obj;
-    MemFun m_memfun;
-    const P1 m_p1;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>
-wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
-{
-    return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1);
-}
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
-    static wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>
-        MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-    {
-        return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>(obj, memFun, p1, p2);
-    }
-
-    ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
-    void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1, m_p2); }
-
-protected:
-    wxObjScopeGuardImpl2(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-        : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { }
-
-    Obj& m_obj;
-    MemFun m_memfun;
-    const P1 m_p1;
-    const P2 m_p2;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>
-wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-{
-    return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>::
-                                            MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1, p2);
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// public stuff
-// ============================================================================
-
-// wxScopeGuard is just a reference, see the explanation in CUJ article
-typedef const wxScopeGuardImplBase& wxScopeGuard;
-
-// when an unnamed scope guard is needed, the macros below may be used
-//
-// NB: the original code has a single (and much nicer) ON_BLOCK_EXIT macro
-//     but this results in compiler warnings about unused variables and I
-//     didn't find a way to work around this other than by having different
-//     macros with different names
-
-#define wxGuardName    wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(scopeGuard)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(n, f) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0(f) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(wxGuardName, f)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(n, o, m) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(o, m) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(n, f, p1) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(f, p1) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(n, o, m, p1) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1(o, m, p1) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(n, f, p1, p2) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1, p2); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2(f, p1, p2) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1, p2)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(n, o, m, p1, p2) \
-    wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1, p2); \
-    wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2(o, m, p1, p2) \
-    wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1, p2)
-
-#endif // _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a243b5e0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        scrolbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollBar base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrolbar.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxScrollBarNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollBar: a scroll bar control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxScrollBarBase() { }
-
-    // scrollbar construction
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
-
-    // accessors
-    virtual int GetThumbPosition() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetThumbSize() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetRange() const = 0;
-
-    bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-    // operations
-    virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart) = 0;
-    virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize,
-                              int range, int pageSize,
-                              bool refresh = true) = 0;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollBarBase)
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/scrolbar.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 95827f8c7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/scrolwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/scrolwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrolledWindow, wxScrolledControl and wxScrollHelper
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrolwin.h 50864 2007-12-20 18:36:19Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelperEvtHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTimer;
-
-// default scrolled window style: scroll in both directions
-#define wxScrolledWindowStyle (wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// The hierarchy of scrolling classes is a bit complicated because we want to
-// put as much functionality as possible in a mix-in class not deriving from
-// wxWindow so that other classes could derive from the same base class on all
-// platforms irrespectively of whether they are native controls (and hence
-// don't use our scrolling) or not.
-//
-// So we have
-//
-//                             wxScrollHelper
-//                                   |
-//                                   |
-//                                  \|/
-//      wxWindow            wxScrollHelperNative
-//       |  \                   /        /
-//       |   \                 /        /
-//       |    _|             |_        /
-//       |     wxScrolledWindow       /
-//       |                           /
-//      \|/                         /
-//   wxControl                     /
-//         \                      /
-//          \                    /
-//           _|                |_
-//            wxScrolledControl
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollHelper
-{
-public:
-    // ctor must be given the associated window
-    wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll);
-    virtual ~wxScrollHelper();
-
-    // configure the scrolling
-    virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY,
-                               int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY,
-                               int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0,
-                               bool noRefresh = false );
-
-    // scroll to the given (in logical coords) position
-    virtual void Scroll(int x, int y);
-
-    // get/set the page size for this orientation (wxVERTICAL/wxHORIZONTAL)
-    int GetScrollPageSize(int orient) const;
-    void SetScrollPageSize(int orient, int pageSize);
-
-    // get the number of lines the window can scroll, 
-    // returns 0 if no scrollbars are there.
-    int GetScrollLines( int orient ) const;
-
-    // Set the x, y scrolling increments.
-    void SetScrollRate( int xstep, int ystep );
-
-    // get the size of one logical unit in physical ones
-    virtual void GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(int *pixelsPerUnitX,
-                                        int *pixelsPerUnitY) const;
-
-    // Enable/disable Windows scrolling in either direction. If true, wxWidgets
-    // scrolls the canvas and only a bit of the canvas is invalidated; no
-    // Clear() is necessary. If false, the whole canvas is invalidated and a
-    // Clear() is necessary. Disable for when the scroll increment is used to
-    // actually scroll a non-constant distance
-    virtual void EnableScrolling(bool x_scrolling, bool y_scrolling);
-
-    // Get the view start
-    virtual void GetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const;
-
-    // Set the scale factor, used in PrepareDC
-    void SetScale(double xs, double ys) { m_scaleX = xs; m_scaleY = ys; }
-    double GetScaleX() const { return m_scaleX; }
-    double GetScaleY() const { return m_scaleY; }
-
-    // translate between scrolled and unscrolled coordinates
-    void CalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const
-        {  DoCalcScrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); }
-    wxPoint CalcScrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const
-    {
-        wxPoint p2;
-        DoCalcScrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y);
-        return p2;
-    }
-
-    void CalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const
-        {  DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); }
-    wxPoint CalcUnscrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const
-    {
-        wxPoint p2;
-        DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y);
-        return p2;
-    }
-
-    virtual void DoCalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
-    virtual void DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
-
-    // Adjust the scrollbars
-    virtual void AdjustScrollbars(void);
-
-    // Calculate scroll increment
-    virtual int CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-
-    // Normally the wxScrolledWindow will scroll itself, but in some rare
-    // occasions you might want it to scroll [part of] another window (e.g. a
-    // child of it in order to scroll only a portion the area between the
-    // scrollbars (spreadsheet: only cell area will move).
-    virtual void SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-    virtual wxWindow *GetTargetWindow() const;
-
-    void SetTargetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rectToScroll = rect; }
-    wxRect GetTargetRect() const { return m_rectToScroll; }
-
-    // Override this function to draw the graphic (or just process EVT_PAINT)
-    virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc)) { }
-
-    // change the DC origin according to the scroll position.
-    virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
-
-    // are we generating the autoscroll events?
-    bool IsAutoScrolling() const { return m_timerAutoScroll != NULL; }
-
-    // stop generating the scroll events when mouse is held outside the window
-    void StopAutoScrolling();
-
-    // this method can be overridden in a derived class to forbid sending the
-    // auto scroll events - note that unlike StopAutoScrolling() it doesn't
-    // stop the timer, so it will be called repeatedly and will typically
-    // return different values depending on the current mouse position
-    //
-    // the base class version just returns true
-    virtual bool SendAutoScrollEvents(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const;
-
-    // the methods to be called from the window event handlers
-    void HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    void HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    void HandleOnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-    // FIXME: this is needed for now for wxPlot compilation, should be removed
-    //        once it is fixed!
-    void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) { HandleOnScroll(event); }
-
-protected:
-    // get pointer to our scroll rect if we use it or NULL
-    const wxRect *GetScrollRect() const
-    {
-        return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? &m_rectToScroll : NULL;
-    }
-
-    // get the size of the target window
-    wxSize GetTargetSize() const
-    {
-        return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? m_rectToScroll.GetSize()
-                                         : m_targetWindow->GetClientSize();
-    }
-
-    void GetTargetSize(int *w, int *h) const
-    {
-        wxSize size = GetTargetSize();
-        if ( w )
-            *w = size.x;
-        if ( h )
-            *h = size.y;
-    }
-
-    // implementations of various wxWindow virtual methods which should be
-    // forwarded to us (this can be done by WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER())
-    bool ScrollLayout();
-    void ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y);
-    wxSize ScrollGetBestVirtualSize() const;
-    wxSize ScrollGetWindowSizeForVirtualSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-
-    // change just the target window (unlike SetWindow which changes m_win as
-    // well)
-    void DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-
-    // delete the event handler we installed
-    void DeleteEvtHandler();
-
-
-    double                m_scaleX;
-    double                m_scaleY;
-
-    wxWindow             *m_win,
-                         *m_targetWindow;
-
-    wxRect                m_rectToScroll;
-
-    wxTimer              *m_timerAutoScroll;
-
-    int                   m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
-    int                   m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
-    int                   m_xScrollPosition;
-    int                   m_yScrollPosition;
-    int                   m_xScrollLines;
-    int                   m_yScrollLines;
-    int                   m_xScrollLinesPerPage;
-    int                   m_yScrollLinesPerPage;
-
-    bool                  m_xScrollingEnabled;
-    bool                  m_yScrollingEnabled;
-
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    int m_wheelRotation;
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
-    wxScrollHelperEvtHandler *m_handler;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelper)
-};
-
-// this macro can be used in a wxScrollHelper-derived class to forward wxWindow
-// methods to corresponding wxScrollHelper methods
-#define WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()                                         \
-public:                                                                       \
-    virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc) { DoPrepareDC(dc); }                     \
-    virtual bool Layout() { return ScrollLayout(); }                          \
-    virtual void DoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y)                               \
-        { ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(x, y); }                                     \
-    virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const                                 \
-        { return ScrollGetBestVirtualSize(); }                                \
-protected:                                                                    \
-    virtual wxSize GetWindowSizeForVirtualSize(const wxSize& size) const      \
-        { return ScrollGetWindowSizeForVirtualSize(size); }
-
-// include the declaration of wxScrollHelperNative if needed
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/scrolwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/scrolwin.h"
-#else
-    typedef wxScrollHelper wxScrollHelperNative;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrolledWindow: a wxWindow which knows how to scroll
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
-                                     public wxScrollHelperNative
-{
-public:
-    wxScrolledWindow() : wxScrollHelperNative(this) { }
-    wxScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-                     wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
-                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                     long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
-                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-        : wxScrollHelperNative(this)
-    {
-        Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxScrolledWindow();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID winid,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the
-    // arrows but let the other navigation characters through
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-    WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-protected:
-    // this is needed for wxEVT_PAINT processing hack described in
-    // wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent()
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScrolledWindow)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/selstore.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/selstore.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7df7e7986..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/selstore.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/selstore.h
-// Purpose:     wxSelectionStore stores selected items in a control
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08.06.03 (extracted from src/generic/listctrl.cpp)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: selstore.h 29257 2004-09-22 14:38:52Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000-2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-#define _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSelectedIndices is just a sorted array of indices
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline int CMPFUNC_CONV wxSizeTCmpFn(size_t n1, size_t n2)
-{
-    return (int)(n1 - n2);
-}
-
-WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(size_t,
-                                           wxSizeTCmpFn,
-                                           wxSelectedIndices);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSelectionStore is used to store the selected items in the virtual
-// controls, i.e. it is well suited for storing even when the control contains
-// a huge (practically infinite) number of items.
-//
-// Of course, internally it still has to store the selected items somehow (as
-// an array currently) but the advantage is that it can handle the selection
-// of all items (common operation) efficiently and that it could be made even
-// smarter in the future (e.g. store the selections as an array of ranges +
-// individual items) without changing its API.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSelectionStore
-{
-public:
-    wxSelectionStore() : m_itemsSel(wxSizeTCmpFn) { Init(); }
-
-    // set the total number of items we handle
-    void SetItemCount(size_t count) { m_count = count; }
-
-    // special case of SetItemCount(0)
-    void Clear() { m_itemsSel.Clear(); m_count = 0; m_defaultState = false; }
-
-    // must be called when a new item is inserted/added
-    void OnItemAdd(size_t WXUNUSED(item)) { wxFAIL_MSG( _T("TODO") ); }
-
-    // must be called when an item is deleted
-    void OnItemDelete(size_t item);
-
-    // select one item, use SelectRange() insted if possible!
-    //
-    // returns true if the items selection really changed
-    bool SelectItem(size_t item, bool select = true);
-
-    // select the range of items
-    //
-    // return true and fill the itemsChanged array with the indices of items
-    // which have changed state if "few" of them did, otherwise return false
-    // (meaning that too many items changed state to bother counting them
-    // individually)
-    bool SelectRange(size_t itemFrom, size_t itemTo,
-                     bool select = true,
-                     wxArrayInt *itemsChanged = NULL);
-
-    // return true if the given item is selected
-    bool IsSelected(size_t item) const;
-
-    // return the total number of selected items
-    size_t GetSelectedCount() const
-    {
-        return m_defaultState ? m_count - m_itemsSel.GetCount()
-                              : m_itemsSel.GetCount();
-    }
-
-private:
-    // (re)init
-    void Init() { m_defaultState = false; }
-
-    // the total number of items we handle
-    size_t m_count;
-
-    // the default state: normally, false (i.e. off) but maybe set to true if
-    // there are more selected items than non selected ones - this allows to
-    // handle selection of all items efficiently
-    bool m_defaultState;
-
-    // the array of items whose selection state is different from default
-    wxSelectedIndices m_itemsSel;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSelectionStore)
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/settings.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/settings.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 471ab6125..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/settings.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/settings.h
-// Purpose:     wxSystemSettings class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: settings.h 57542 2008-12-25 13:03:24Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetFont() parameter
-//
-// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of
-//     Windows GetStockObject() API, don't change the values!
-enum wxSystemFont
-{
-    wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT = 10,
-    wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT,
-    wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT,
-    wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT,
-    wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT,
-    wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE,
-    wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT,
-    wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT,
-
-    // this was just a temporary aberration, do not use it any more
-    wxSYS_ICONTITLE_FONT = wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetColour() parameter
-//
-// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of
-//     Windows GetSysColor() API, don't change the values!
-enum wxSystemColour
-{
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP = wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_HOTLIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTACTIVECAPTION,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTINACTIVECAPTION,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUHILIGHT,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR,
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT,
-
-    wxSYS_COLOUR_MAX
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetMetric() index parameter
-//
-// NB: update the conversion table in msw/settings.cpp if you change the values
-//     of the elements of this enum
-enum wxSystemMetric
-{
-    wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS = 1,
-    wxSYS_BORDER_X,
-    wxSYS_BORDER_Y,
-    wxSYS_CURSOR_X,
-    wxSYS_CURSOR_Y,
-    wxSYS_DCLICK_X,
-    wxSYS_DCLICK_Y,
-    wxSYS_DRAG_X,
-    wxSYS_DRAG_Y,
-    wxSYS_EDGE_X,
-    wxSYS_EDGE_Y,
-    wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X,
-    wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y,
-    wxSYS_HTHUMB_X,
-    wxSYS_ICON_X,
-    wxSYS_ICON_Y,
-    wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X,
-    wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y,
-    wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X,
-    wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y,
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_X,
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_Y,
-    wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X,
-    wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y,
-    wxSYS_SMALLICON_X,
-    wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y,
-    wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y,
-    wxSYS_VSCROLL_X,
-    wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X,
-    wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y,
-    wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y,
-    wxSYS_CAPTION_Y,
-    wxSYS_MENU_Y,
-    wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT,
-    wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT,
-    wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS,
-    wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::HasFeature() parameter
-enum wxSystemFeature
-{
-    wxSYS_CAN_DRAW_FRAME_DECORATIONS = 1,
-    wxSYS_CAN_ICONIZE_FRAME,
-    wxSYS_TABLET_PRESENT
-};
-
-// values for different screen designs
-enum wxSystemScreenType
-{
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE = 0,  //   not yet defined
-
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_TINY,      //   <
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA,       //   >= 320x240
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_SMALL,     //   >= 640x480
-    wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP    //   >= 800x600
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSystemSettingsNative: defines the API for wxSystemSettings class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is a namespace rather than a class: it has only non virtual static
-// functions
-//
-// also note that the methods are implemented in the platform-specific source
-// files (i.e. this is not a real base class as we can't override its virtual
-// functions because it doesn't have any)
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSystemSettingsNative
-{
-public:
-    // get a standard system colour
-    static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index);
-
-    // get a standard system font
-    static wxFont GetFont(wxSystemFont index);
-
-    // get a system-dependent metric
-    static int GetMetric(wxSystemMetric index, wxWindow * win = NULL);
-
-    // return true if the port has certain feature
-    static bool HasFeature(wxSystemFeature index);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the declaration of the real platform-dependent class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSystemSettings : public wxSystemSettingsNative
-{
-public:
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    // in wxUniversal we want to use the theme standard colours instead of the
-    // system ones, otherwise wxSystemSettings is just the same as
-    // wxSystemSettingsNative
-    static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index);
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-    // Get system screen design (desktop, pda, ..) used for
-    // laying out various dialogs.
-    static wxSystemScreenType GetScreenType();
-
-    // Override default.
-    static void SetScreenType( wxSystemScreenType screen );
-
-    // Value
-    static wxSystemScreenType ms_screen;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // the backwards compatible versions of wxSystemSettingsNative functions,
-    // don't use these methods in the new code!
-    wxDEPRECATED(static wxColour GetSystemColour(int index));
-    wxDEPRECATED(static wxFont GetSystemFont(int index));
-    wxDEPRECATED(static int GetSystemMetric(int index));
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f2baa48c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1349 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/msw/setup.h
-// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup0.h 51451 2008-01-29 23:11:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_SETUP_H_
-
-/* --- start common options --- */
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when
-// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of
-// the current font.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike
-// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back
-// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create
-// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back
-// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information.
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there
-//                         is no overhead if you don't use it
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP
-// (Windows 9x doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode
-// will not run under 9x -- but see wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU below).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if
-// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...)
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset
-// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in
-// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-//
-// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network
-// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a
-// lot of other functionality being lost.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If
-// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't
-// depend on the standard streams library.
-//
-// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams
-// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so
-//                      dependency on the standard streams library is not a
-//                      problem
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME      1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        1 //zero 23-jun-2010 (decided we wanted this)
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS    1 //zero 10-dec-2009 - I would like to disable it, but 64bit windows detection needs it
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support.
-// Currently valid only for MS-Windows.
-// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites
-// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites
-// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0.
-// Doing so reduces the code size.
-//
-// This code is experimental and subject to change.
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use GStreamer for Unix (req a lot of dependancies)
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it)
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#define wxUSE_XML       wxUSE_XRC
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1   // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON        1   // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON     1   // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL  1   // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX      1   // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX  1   // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE        1   // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE      1   // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX      1   // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL  0   // wxDataViewCtrl //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL  1   // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1   // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE         1   // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1   // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX       1   // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL      1   // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX      1   // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN      1   // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR     1   // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL    1   // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER        1   // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN       1   // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL      1   // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX       1   // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE      1   // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT      1   // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP       1   // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL      1   // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN     1   // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL      1   // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        1
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         1
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Hotkey support (currently Windows only)
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or
-// window lies.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      1
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       1
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-
-// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither
-// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available.
-//
-// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling
-// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers)
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        1
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>. Note that VC++ 7.1
-// and later doesn't support wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so <iostream> will be
-// used anyhow.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only)
-#define wxUSE_TGA           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUniversal-only options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme
-// uses Win32 one
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK     0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL   0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO    0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32   0
-
-
-/* --- end common options --- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you're compiling wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and want to run your programs under Windows 9x and not only NT/2000/XP.
-// This setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/handson/dev/mslu_announce.mspx). Note
-// that you will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import
-// library as the first library (see installation instructions in install.txt
-// to learn how to do it when building the library or samples).
-//
-// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at
-// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (1 if you want to deploy Unicode apps on 9x systems)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC           0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_OLE           1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxAutomationObject class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need to control other applications via OLE
-// Automation, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxActiveXContainer class allowing to embed OLE
-// controls in wx.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, required by wxMediaCtrl
-#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 1
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable the use of DIB's for wxBitmap to support
-// bitmaps > 16MB on Win95/98/Me.  Set to 0 to use DDB's only.
-#define wxUSE_DIB_FOR_BITMAP 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB class used internally for manipulating
-// wxBitmao data.
-//
-// Default is 1, set it to 0 only if you don't use wxImage neither
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (without it conversion to/from wxImage won't work)
-#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT  1
-
-// Set this to 1 to use extra features of richedit v2 and later controls
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This
-// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME           0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to auto-adapt to MS Windows XP themes where possible
-// (notably, wxNotebook pages)
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO      0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to use InkEdit control (Tablet PC), if available
-#define wxUSE_INKEDIT  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Generic versions of native controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric in addition to the
-// native wxDatePickerCtrl
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0, this is mainly used for testing
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Crash debugging helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// obsolete settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: all settings in this section are obsolete and should not be used/changed
-//     at all, they will disappear
-
-// Define 1 to use bitmap messages.
-#define wxUSE_BITMAP_MESSAGE         1
-
-#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_inc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_inc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45cc4e55d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_inc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1198 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/setup_inc.h
-// Purpose:     setup.h settings
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup_inc.h 51451 2008-01-29 23:11:55Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI            1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it but please consider updating your code instead.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when
-// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of
-// the current font.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY   0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike
-// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back
-// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create
-// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back
-// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information.
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there
-//                         is no overhead if you don't use it
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP
-// (Windows 9x doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode
-// will not run under 9x -- but see wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU below).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if
-// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...)
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset
-// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in
-// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-//
-// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network
-// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a
-// lot of other functionality being lost.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS       1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If
-// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't
-// depend on the standard streams library.
-//
-// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams
-// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so
-//                      dependency on the standard streams library is not a
-//                      problem
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM  0
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE          1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE         1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME      1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER    1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE      1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL          1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME      1
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER         1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH     1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG        1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE   1
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER   1
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS    1
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER  1
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET       1
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          1
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE          1
-
-// Joystick support class
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK            1
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 1
-
-// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support.
-// Currently valid only for MS-Windows.
-// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites
-// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites
-// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0.
-// Doing so reduces the code size.
-//
-// This code is experimental and subject to change.
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX       1
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND      1
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use GStreamer for Unix (req a lot of dependancies)
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it)
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#define wxUSE_XML       wxUSE_XRC
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1   // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON        1   // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON     1   // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL  1   // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX      1   // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX  1   // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE        1   // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE      1   // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX      1   // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL  1   // wxDataViewCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL  1   // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1   // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1  // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE         1   // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1   // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX       1   // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL      1   // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX      1   // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN      1   // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR     1   // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL    1   // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER        1   // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN       1   // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL      1   // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX       1   // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE      1   // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT      1   // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP       1   // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL      1   // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN     1   // requires wxButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL      1   // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR    1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one)
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR        1
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 1 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG    0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID         1
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Hotkey support (currently Windows only)
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET         1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or
-// window lies.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       1
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY            1
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST      1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS         1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH          1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER      1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS      1
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG     1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG     1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG       1
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG       1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG       1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG        1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE              1
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE          1
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS  0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE    1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  1
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML          1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS       0
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD     1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ       1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER  1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC         1
-                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
-#define wxUSE_HELP        1
-                                // 0 for no help facility
-
-// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither
-// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available.
-//
-// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling
-// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers)
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1
-
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller?
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES   0
-                                // 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-                                // 0 for no window layout constraint system
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES     1
-                                // 0 for no splines
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL        1
-                                // Include mouse wheel support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT  0
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS	 1
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG   1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>. Note that VC++ 7.1
-// and later doesn't support wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so <iostream> will be
-// used anyhow.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH     1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE         1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF       1
-
-// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only)
-#define wxUSE_TGA           1
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX           1
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF           0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM           1
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR       1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE       1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUniversal-only options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES    1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme
-// uses Win32 one
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK     0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL   0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO    0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32   0
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_redirect.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_redirect.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a9c3d85..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/setup_redirect.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * wx/setup.h
- *
- * This file should not normally be used, except where makefiles
- * have not yet been adjusted to take into account of the new scheme
- * whereby a setup.h is created under the lib directory.
- *
- * Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
- * RCS-ID:      $Id: setup_redirect.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
- * Licence:     wxWindows Licence
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#include "wx/msw/setup.h"
-#else
-#error Please adjust your include path to pick up the wx/setup.h file under lib first.
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sizer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sizer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f1f503677..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sizer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1092 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/sizer.h
-// Purpose:     provide wxSizer class for layout
-// Author:      Robert Roebling and Robin Dunn
-// Modified by: Ron Lee, Vadim Zeitlin (wxSizerFlags)
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sizer.h 52331 2008-03-05 15:02:22Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robin Dunn, Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WXSIZER_H__
-#define __WXSIZER_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFlexGridSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGridBagSizer;
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-    #ifdef __SMARTPHONE__
-        // no borders by default on limited size screen
-        #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 0
-    #else
-        #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 1
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerFlags: flags used for an item in the sizer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizerFlags
-{
-public:
-    // construct the flags object initialized with the given proportion (0 by
-    // default)
-    wxSizerFlags(int proportion = 0) : m_proportion(proportion)
-    {
-        m_flags = 0;
-        m_borderInPixels = 0;
-    }
-
-    // setters for all sizer flags, they all return the object itself so that
-    // calls to them can be chained
-
-    wxSizerFlags& Proportion(int proportion)
-    {
-        m_proportion = proportion;
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& Align(int alignment) // combination of wxAlignment values
-    {
-        m_flags &= ~wxALIGN_MASK;
-        m_flags |= alignment;
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& Expand()
-    {
-        m_flags |= wxEXPAND;
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    // some shortcuts for Align()
-    wxSizerFlags& Centre() { return Align(wxCENTRE); }
-    wxSizerFlags& Center() { return Centre(); }
-    wxSizerFlags& Left() { return Align(wxALIGN_LEFT); }
-    wxSizerFlags& Right() { return Align(wxALIGN_RIGHT); }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802
-    wxSizerFlags& Top() { return Align(wxALIGN_TOP); }
-    wxSizerFlags& Bottom() { return Align(wxALIGN_BOTTOM); }
-#endif // wxABI 2.8.2+
-
-    // default border size used by Border() below
-    static int GetDefaultBorder()
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        // FIXME: default border size shouldn't be hardcoded and at the very
-        //        least they should depend on the current font size
-        return 5;
-#else
-        return 0;
-#endif
-    }
-
-
-    wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction, int borderInPixels)
-    {
-        m_flags &= ~wxALL;
-        m_flags |= direction;
-
-        m_borderInPixels = borderInPixels;
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction = wxALL)
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        return Border(direction, GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
-        // no borders by default on limited size screen
-        wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
-        return *this;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& DoubleBorder(int direction = wxALL)
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        return Border(direction, 2*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
-        wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
-        return *this;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& TripleBorder(int direction = wxALL)
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        return Border(direction, 3*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
-        wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
-        return *this;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& HorzBorder()
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
-        return *this;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& DoubleHorzBorder()
-    {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
-        return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 2*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
-        return *this;
-#endif
-    }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802
-    // setters for the others flags
-    wxSizerFlags& Shaped()
-    {
-        m_flags |= wxSHAPED;
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-    wxSizerFlags& FixedMinSize()
-    {
-        m_flags |= wxFIXED_MINSIZE;
-
-        return *this;
-    }
-#endif // wx 2.8.2+
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // makes the item ignore window's visibility status
-    wxSizerFlags& ReserveSpaceEvenIfHidden();
-#endif
-
-    // accessors for wxSizer only
-    int GetProportion() const { return m_proportion; }
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-    int GetBorderInPixels() const { return m_borderInPixels; }
-
-private:
-    int m_proportion;
-    int m_flags;
-    int m_borderInPixels;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerSpacer: used by wxSizerItem to represent a spacer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizerSpacer
-{
-public:
-    wxSizerSpacer(const wxSize& size) : m_size(size), m_isShown(true) { }
-
-    void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; }
-    const wxSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-
-    void Show(bool show) { m_isShown = show; }
-    bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; }
-
-private:
-    // the size, in pixel
-    wxSize m_size;
-
-    // is the spacer currently shown?
-    bool m_isShown;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerItem
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizerItem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // window
-    wxSizerItem( wxWindow *window,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData );
-
-    // window with flags
-    wxSizerItem(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
-    {
-        Init(flags);
-
-        SetWindow(window);
-    }
-
-    // subsizer
-    wxSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData );
-
-    // sizer with flags
-    wxSizerItem(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
-    {
-        Init(flags);
-
-        SetSizer(sizer);
-    }
-
-    // spacer
-    wxSizerItem( int width,
-                 int height,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData);
-
-    // spacer with flags
-    wxSizerItem(int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
-    {
-        Init(flags);
-
-        SetSpacer(width, height);
-    }
-
-    wxSizerItem();
-    virtual ~wxSizerItem();
-
-    virtual void DeleteWindows();
-
-    // Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
-    void DetachSizer() { m_sizer = NULL; }
-
-    virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-    virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-    virtual void SetDimension( const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size );
-
-    wxSize GetMinSize() const
-        { return m_minSize; }
-    wxSize GetMinSizeWithBorder() const;
-
-    void SetMinSize(const wxSize& size)
-    {
-        if ( IsWindow() )
-            m_window->SetMinSize(size);
-        m_minSize = size;
-    }
-    void SetMinSize( int x, int y )
-        { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); }
-    void SetInitSize( int x, int y )
-        { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); }
-
-    // if either of dimensions is zero, ratio is assumed to be 1
-    // to avoid "divide by zero" errors
-    void SetRatio(int width, int height)
-        { m_ratio = (width && height) ? ((float) width / (float) height) : 1; }
-    void SetRatio(const wxSize& size)
-        { SetRatio(size.x, size.y); }
-    void SetRatio(float ratio)
-        { m_ratio = ratio; }
-    float GetRatio() const
-        { return m_ratio; }
-
-    virtual wxRect GetRect() { return m_rect; }
-
-    bool IsWindow() const { return m_kind == Item_Window; }
-    bool IsSizer() const { return m_kind == Item_Sizer; }
-    bool IsSpacer() const { return m_kind == Item_Spacer; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // Deprecated in 2.6, use {G,S}etProportion instead.
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetOption( int option ) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( int GetOption() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    void SetProportion( int proportion )
-        { m_proportion = proportion; }
-    int GetProportion() const
-        { return m_proportion; }
-    void SetFlag( int flag )
-        { m_flag = flag; }
-    int GetFlag() const
-        { return m_flag; }
-    void SetBorder( int border )
-        { m_border = border; }
-    int GetBorder() const
-        { return m_border; }
-
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const
-        { return m_kind == Item_Window ? m_window : NULL; }
-    wxSizer *GetSizer() const
-        { return m_kind == Item_Sizer ? m_sizer : NULL; }
-    wxSize GetSpacer() const;
-
-    // this function behaves obviously for the windows and spacers but for the
-    // sizers it returns true if any sizer element is shown and only returns
-    // false if all of them are hidden
-    bool IsShown() const;
-    void Show(bool show);
-
-    void SetUserData(wxObject* userData)
-        { delete m_userData; m_userData = userData; }
-    wxObject* GetUserData() const
-        { return m_userData; }
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const
-        { return m_pos; }
-
-
-    // these functions do not free old sizer/spacer
-    void SetWindow(wxWindow *window);
-    void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer);
-    void SetSpacer(const wxSize& size);
-    void SetSpacer(int width, int height) { SetSpacer(wxSize(width, height)); }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of several ctors
-    void Init() { m_userData = NULL; }
-
-    // common part of ctors taking wxSizerFlags
-    void Init(const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-
-
-    // discriminated union: depending on m_kind one of the fields is valid
-    enum
-    {
-        Item_None,
-        Item_Window,
-        Item_Sizer,
-        Item_Spacer,
-        Item_Max
-    } m_kind;
-    union
-    {
-        wxWindow      *m_window;
-        wxSizer       *m_sizer;
-        wxSizerSpacer *m_spacer;
-    };
-
-    wxPoint      m_pos;
-    wxSize       m_minSize;
-    int          m_proportion;
-    int          m_border;
-    int          m_flag;
-
-    // on screen rectangle of this item (not including borders)
-    wxRect       m_rect;
-
-    // Aspect ratio can always be calculated from m_size,
-    // but this would cause precision loss when the window
-    // is shrunk.  It is safer to preserve the initial value.
-    float        m_ratio;
-
-    wxObject    *m_userData;
-
-private:
-    // 2.8-only implementation detail for wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN
-    bool ShouldAccountFor() const;
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizerItem)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSizerItem)
-
-    friend class wxBoxSizer;
-    friend class wxFlexGridSizer;
-    friend class wxGridBagSizer;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST( wxSizerItem, wxSizerItemList );
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizer: public wxObject, public wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
-    wxSizer() { m_containingWindow = NULL; }
-    virtual ~wxSizer();
-
-    // methods for adding elements to the sizer: there are Add/Insert/Prepend
-    // overloads for each of window/sizer/spacer/wxSizerItem
-    wxSizerItem* Add(wxWindow *window,
-                     int proportion = 0,
-                     int flag = 0,
-                     int border = 0,
-                     wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Add(wxSizer *sizer,
-                     int proportion = 0,
-                     int flag = 0,
-                     int border = 0,
-                     wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Add(int width,
-                     int height,
-                     int proportion = 0,
-                     int flag = 0,
-                     int border = 0,
-                     wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item);
-
-    wxSizerItem* AddSpacer(int size);
-    wxSizerItem* AddStretchSpacer(int prop = 1);
-
-    wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
-                        wxWindow *window,
-                        int proportion = 0,
-                        int flag = 0,
-                        int border = 0,
-                        wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
-                        wxSizer *sizer,
-                        int proportion = 0,
-                        int flag = 0,
-                        int border = 0,
-                        wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
-                        int width,
-                        int height,
-                        int proportion = 0,
-                        int flag = 0,
-                        int border = 0,
-                        wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
-                        wxWindow *window,
-                        const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
-                        wxSizer *sizer,
-                        const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizerItem *item);
-
-    wxSizerItem* InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size);
-    wxSizerItem* InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop = 1);
-
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window,
-                         int proportion = 0,
-                         int flag = 0,
-                         int border = 0,
-                         wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer,
-                         int proportion = 0,
-                         int flag = 0,
-                         int border = 0,
-                         wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(int width,
-                         int height,
-                         int proportion = 0,
-                         int flag = 0,
-                         int border = 0,
-                         wxObject* userData = NULL);
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-    wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizerItem *item);
-
-    wxSizerItem* PrependSpacer(int size);
-    wxSizerItem* PrependStretchSpacer(int prop = 1);
-
-    // set (or possibly unset if window is NULL) or get the window this sizer
-    // is used in
-    void SetContainingWindow(wxWindow *window);
-    wxWindow *GetContainingWindow() const { return m_containingWindow; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // Deprecated in 2.6 since historically it does not delete the window,
-    // use Detach instead.
-    wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool Remove( wxWindow *window ) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    virtual bool Remove( wxSizer *sizer );
-    virtual bool Remove( int index );
-
-    virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window );
-    virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer );
-    virtual bool Detach( int index );
-
-    virtual bool Replace( wxWindow *oldwin, wxWindow *newwin, bool recursive = false );
-    virtual bool Replace( wxSizer *oldsz, wxSizer *newsz, bool recursive = false );
-    virtual bool Replace( size_t index, wxSizerItem *newitem );
-
-    virtual void Clear( bool delete_windows = false );
-    virtual void DeleteWindows();
-
-    void SetMinSize( int width, int height )
-        { DoSetMinSize( width, height ); }
-    void SetMinSize( const wxSize& size )
-        { DoSetMinSize( size.x, size.y ); }
-
-    // Searches recursively
-    bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, width, height ); }
-    bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, const wxSize& size )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, size.x, size.y ); }
-
-    // Searches recursively
-    bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, width, height ); }
-    bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSize& size )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, size.x, size.y ); }
-
-    bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, width, height ); }
-    bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, const wxSize& size )
-        { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, size.x, size.y ); }
-
-    wxSize GetSize() const
-        { return m_size; }
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const
-        { return m_position; }
-
-    // Calculate the minimal size or return m_minSize if bigger.
-    wxSize GetMinSize();
-
-    virtual void RecalcSizes() = 0;
-    virtual wxSize CalcMin() = 0;
-
-    virtual void Layout();
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    wxSize ComputeFittingClientSize(wxWindow *window);
-    wxSize ComputeFittingWindowSize(wxWindow *window);
-#endif
-
-    wxSize Fit( wxWindow *window );
-    void FitInside( wxWindow *window );
-    void SetSizeHints( wxWindow *window );
-    void SetVirtualSizeHints( wxWindow *window );
-
-    wxSizerItemList& GetChildren()
-        { return m_children; }
-
-    void SetDimension( int x, int y, int width, int height );
-
-    wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false );
-    wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false );
-    wxSizerItem* GetItem( size_t index );
-
-    // Manage whether individual scene items are considered
-    // in the layout calculations or not.
-    bool Show( wxWindow *window, bool show = true, bool recursive = false );
-    bool Show( wxSizer *sizer, bool show = true, bool recursive = false );
-    bool Show( size_t index, bool show = true );
-
-    bool Hide( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false )
-        { return Show( sizer, false, recursive ); }
-    bool Hide( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false )
-        { return Show( window, false, recursive ); }
-    bool Hide( size_t index )
-        { return Show( index, false ); }
-
-    bool IsShown( wxWindow *window ) const;
-    bool IsShown( wxSizer *sizer ) const;
-    bool IsShown( size_t index ) const;
-
-    // Recursively call wxWindow::Show () on all sizer items.
-    virtual void ShowItems (bool show);
-
-    void Show(bool show) { ShowItems(show); }
-
-protected:
-    wxSize              m_size;
-    wxSize              m_minSize;
-    wxPoint             m_position;
-    wxSizerItemList     m_children;
-
-    // the window this sizer is used in, can be NULL
-    wxWindow *m_containingWindow;
-
-    wxSize GetMaxWindowSize( wxWindow *window ) const;
-    wxSize GetMinWindowSize( wxWindow *window );
-    wxSize GetMaxClientSize( wxWindow *window ) const;
-    wxSize GetMinClientSize( wxWindow *window );
-    wxSize VirtualFitSize( wxWindow *window );
-
-    virtual void DoSetMinSize( int width, int height );
-    virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height );
-    virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height );
-    virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height );
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridSizer: public wxSizer
-{
-public:
-    wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
-    wxGridSizer( int cols, int vgap = 0, int hgap = 0 );
-
-    virtual void RecalcSizes();
-    virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
-    void SetCols( int cols )    { m_cols = cols; }
-    void SetRows( int rows )    { m_rows = rows; }
-    void SetVGap( int gap )     { m_vgap = gap; }
-    void SetHGap( int gap )     { m_hgap = gap; }
-    int GetCols() const         { return m_cols; }
-    int GetRows() const         { return m_rows; }
-    int GetVGap() const         { return m_vgap; }
-    int GetHGap() const         { return m_hgap; }
-
-protected:
-    int    m_rows;
-    int    m_cols;
-    int    m_vgap;
-    int    m_hgap;
-
-    // return the number of total items and the number of columns and rows
-    int CalcRowsCols(int& rows, int& cols) const;
-
-    void SetItemBounds( wxSizerItem *item, int x, int y, int w, int h );
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFlexGridSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the bevaiour for resizing wxFlexGridSizer cells in the "non-flexible"
-// direction
-enum wxFlexSizerGrowMode
-{
-    // don't resize the cells in non-flexible direction at all
-    wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE,
-
-    // uniformly resize only the specified ones (default)
-    wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED,
-
-    // uniformly resize all cells
-    wxFLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFlexGridSizer: public wxGridSizer
-{
-public:
-    // ctors/dtor
-    wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
-    wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, int vgap = 0, int hgap = 0 );
-    virtual ~wxFlexGridSizer();
-
-
-    // set the rows/columns which will grow (the others will remain of the
-    // constant initial size)
-    void AddGrowableRow( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 );
-    void RemoveGrowableRow( size_t idx );
-    void AddGrowableCol( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 );
-    void RemoveGrowableCol( size_t idx );
-
-
-    // the sizer cells may grow in both directions, not grow at all or only
-    // grow in one direction but not the other
-
-    // the direction may be wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or wxBOTH (default)
-    void SetFlexibleDirection(int direction) { m_flexDirection = direction; }
-    int GetFlexibleDirection() const { return m_flexDirection; }
-
-    // note that the grow mode only applies to the direction which is not
-    // flexible
-    void SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(wxFlexSizerGrowMode mode) { m_growMode = mode; }
-    wxFlexSizerGrowMode GetNonFlexibleGrowMode() const { return m_growMode; }
-
-    // Read-only access to the row heights and col widths arrays
-    const wxArrayInt& GetRowHeights() const { return m_rowHeights; }
-    const wxArrayInt& GetColWidths() const  { return m_colWidths; }
-
-    // implementation
-    virtual void RecalcSizes();
-    virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
-protected:
-    void AdjustForFlexDirection();
-    void AdjustForGrowables(const wxSize& sz, const wxSize& minsz,
-                            int nrows, int ncols);
-
-    // the heights/widths of all rows/columns
-    wxArrayInt  m_rowHeights,
-                m_colWidths;
-
-    // indices of the growable columns and rows
-    wxArrayInt  m_growableRows,
-                m_growableCols;
-
-    // proportion values of the corresponding growable rows and columns
-    wxArrayInt  m_growableRowsProportions,
-                m_growableColsProportions;
-
-    // parameters describing whether the growable cells should be resized in
-    // both directions or only one
-    int m_flexDirection;
-    wxFlexSizerGrowMode m_growMode;
-
-    // saves CalcMin result to optimize RecalcSizes
-    wxSize m_calculatedMinSize;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBoxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBoxSizer: public wxSizer
-{
-public:
-    wxBoxSizer( int orient );
-
-    void RecalcSizes();
-    wxSize CalcMin();
-
-    int GetOrientation() const
-        { return m_orient; }
-
-    void SetOrientation(int orient)
-        { m_orient = orient; }
-
-protected:
-    int m_orient;
-    int m_stretchable;
-    int m_minWidth;
-    int m_minHeight;
-    int m_fixedWidth;
-    int m_fixedHeight;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxBoxSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBoxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBox;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBoxSizer: public wxBoxSizer
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBoxSizer(wxStaticBox *box, int orient);
-    wxStaticBoxSizer(int orient, wxWindow *win, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual ~wxStaticBoxSizer();
-
-    void RecalcSizes();
-    wxSize CalcMin();
-
-    wxStaticBox *GetStaticBox() const
-        { return m_staticBox; }
-
-    // override to hide/show the static box as well
-    virtual void ShowItems (bool show);
-
-    virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window );
-    virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(sizer); }
-    virtual bool Detach( int index ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(index); }
-
-protected:
-    wxStaticBox   *m_staticBox;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStdDialogButtonSizer: public wxBoxSizer
-{
-public:
-    // Constructor just creates a new wxBoxSizer, not much else.
-    // Box sizer orientation is automatically determined here:
-    // vertical for PDAs, horizontal for everything else?
-    wxStdDialogButtonSizer();
-
-    // Checks button ID against system IDs and sets one of the pointers below
-    // to this button. Does not do any sizer-related things here.
-    void AddButton(wxButton *button);
-
-    // Use these if no standard ID can/should be used
-    void SetAffirmativeButton( wxButton *button );
-    void SetNegativeButton( wxButton *button );
-    void SetCancelButton( wxButton *button );
-
-    // All platform-specific code here, checks which buttons exist and add
-    // them to the sizer accordingly.
-    // Note - one potential hack on Mac we could use here,
-    // if m_buttonAffirmative is wxID_SAVE then ensure wxID_SAVE
-    // is set to _("Save") and m_buttonNegative is set to _("Don't Save")
-    // I wouldn't add any other hacks like that into here,
-    // but this one I can see being useful.
-    void Realize();
-
-    wxButton *GetAffirmativeButton() const { return m_buttonAffirmative; }
-    wxButton *GetApplyButton() const { return m_buttonApply; }
-    wxButton *GetNegativeButton() const { return m_buttonNegative; }
-    wxButton *GetCancelButton() const { return m_buttonCancel; }
-    wxButton *GetHelpButton() const { return m_buttonHelp; }
-
-protected:
-    wxButton *m_buttonAffirmative;  // wxID_OK, wxID_YES, wxID_SAVE go here
-    wxButton *m_buttonApply;
-    wxButton *m_buttonNegative;     // wxID_NO
-    wxButton *m_buttonCancel;
-    wxButton *m_buttonHelp;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-// NB: wxBookCtrlSizer and wxNotebookSizer are deprecated, they
-//     don't do anything. wxBookCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize does the job now.
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBookCtrlSizer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-// this sizer works with wxNotebook/wxListbook/... and sizes the control to
-// fit its pages
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBase;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBookCtrlSizer : public wxSizer
-{
-public:
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxBookCtrlSizer(wxBookCtrlBase *bookctrl) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    wxBookCtrlBase *GetControl() const { return m_bookctrl; }
-
-    virtual void RecalcSizes();
-    virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
-protected:
-    // this protected ctor lets us mark the real one above as deprecated
-    // and still have warning-free build of the library itself:
-    wxBookCtrlSizer() {}
-
-    wxBookCtrlBase *m_bookctrl;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxBookCtrlSizer)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBookCtrlSizer)
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-// before wxBookCtrlBase we only had wxNotebookSizer, keep it for backwards
-// compatibility
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNotebook;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookSizer : public wxBookCtrlSizer
-{
-public:
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxNotebookSizer(wxNotebook *nb) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    wxNotebook *GetNotebook() const { return (wxNotebook *)m_bookctrl; }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxNotebookSizer)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotebookSizer)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizerItem *item )
-{
-    return Insert( m_children.GetCount(), item );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Add( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Add( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Add( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Add( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Add( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::AddSpacer(int size)
-{
-    return Add(size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::AddStretchSpacer(int prop)
-{
-    return Add(0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizerItem *item )
-{
-    return Insert( 0, item );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::PrependSpacer(int size)
-{
-    return Prepend(size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::PrependStretchSpacer(int prop)
-{
-    return Prepend(0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
-                 wxWindow *window,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
-                 wxSizer *sizer,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
-                 int width,
-                 int height,
-                 int proportion,
-                 int flag,
-                 int border,
-                 wxObject* userData )
-{
-    return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
-    return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size)
-{
-    return Insert(index, size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop)
-{
-    return Insert(index, 0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-
-#endif // __WXSIZER_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/slider.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/slider.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 195b9f8a3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/slider.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/slider.h
-// Purpose:     wxSlider interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     09.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: slider.h 38717 2006-04-14 17:01:16Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2001 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSlider flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxSL_HORIZONTAL      wxHORIZONTAL /* 0x0004 */
-#define wxSL_VERTICAL        wxVERTICAL   /* 0x0008 */
-
-#define wxSL_TICKS           0x0010
-#define wxSL_AUTOTICKS       wxSL_TICKS // we don't support manual ticks
-#define wxSL_LABELS          0x0020
-#define wxSL_LEFT            0x0040
-#define wxSL_TOP             0x0080
-#define wxSL_RIGHT           0x0100
-#define wxSL_BOTTOM          0x0200
-#define wxSL_BOTH            0x0400
-#define wxSL_SELRANGE        0x0800
-#define wxSL_INVERSE         0x1000
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // obsolete
-    #define wxSL_NOTIFY_DRAG     0x0000
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxSliderNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSliderBase: define wxSlider interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSliderBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    /* the ctor of the derived class should have the following form:
-
-    wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-    */
-    wxSliderBase() { }
-
-    // get/set the current slider value (should be in range)
-    virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
-    virtual void SetValue(int value) = 0;
-
-    // retrieve/change the range
-    virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue) = 0;
-    virtual int GetMin() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetMax() const = 0;
-    void SetMin( int minValue ) { SetRange( minValue , GetMax() ) ; }
-    void SetMax( int maxValue ) { SetRange( GetMin() , maxValue ) ; }
-
-    // the line/page size is the increment by which the slider moves when
-    // cursor arrow key/page up or down are pressed (clicking the mouse is like
-    // pressing PageUp/Down) and are by default set to 1 and 1/10 of the range
-    virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize) = 0;
-    virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize) = 0;
-    virtual int GetLineSize() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
-
-    // these methods get/set the length of the slider pointer in pixels
-    virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels) = 0;
-    virtual int GetThumbLength() const = 0;
-
-    // warning: most of subsequent methods are currently only implemented in
-    //          wxMSW under Win95 and are silently ignored on other platforms
-
-    virtual void SetTickFreq(int WXUNUSED(n), int WXUNUSED(pos)) { }
-    virtual int GetTickFreq() const { return 0; }
-    virtual void ClearTicks() { }
-    virtual void SetTick(int WXUNUSED(tickPos)) { }
-
-    virtual void ClearSel() { }
-    virtual int GetSelEnd() const { return GetMin(); }
-    virtual int GetSelStart() const { return GetMax(); }
-    virtual void SetSelection(int WXUNUSED(min), int WXUNUSED(max)) { }
-
-protected:
-
-    // adjust value according to wxSL_INVERSE style
-    virtual int ValueInvertOrNot(int value) const
-    {
-        if (HasFlag(wxSL_INVERSE))
-            return (GetMax() + GetMin()) - value;
-        else
-            return value;
-    }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSliderBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/slider95.h"
-    #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-         #define wxSlider95 wxSlider
-    #endif
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/slider.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/snglinst.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/snglinst.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1755f8969..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/snglinst.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/snglinst.h
-// Purpose:     wxSingleInstanceChecker can be used to restrict the number of
-//              simultaneously running copies of a program to one
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08.06.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: snglinst.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SNGLINST_H_
-#define _WX_SNGLINST_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSingleInstanceChecker
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor, use Create() after it
-    wxSingleInstanceChecker() { Init(); }
-
-    // like Create() but no error checking (dangerous!)
-    wxSingleInstanceChecker(const wxString& name,
-                            const wxString& path = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(name, path);
-    }
-
-    // name must be given and be as unique as possible, it is used as the mutex
-    // name under Win32 and the lock file name under Unix -
-    // wxTheApp->GetAppName() may be a good value for this parameter
-    //
-    // path is optional and is ignored under Win32 and used as the directory to
-    // create the lock file in under Unix (default is wxGetHomeDir())
-    //
-    // returns false if initialization failed, it doesn't mean that another
-    // instance is running - use IsAnotherRunning() to check it
-    bool Create(const wxString& name, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // is another copy of this program already running?
-    bool IsAnotherRunning() const;
-
-    // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically
-    ~wxSingleInstanceChecker();
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init() { m_impl = NULL; }
-
-    // the implementation details (platform specific)
-    class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSingleInstanceCheckerImpl *m_impl;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSingleInstanceChecker)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER
-
-#endif // _WX_SNGLINST_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/socket.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/socket.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 07cd4cbaf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/socket.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        socket.h
-// Purpose:     Socket handling classes
-// Authors:     Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     April 1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: socket.h 45498 2007-04-16 13:03:05Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOCKET_H_
-#define _WX_SOCKET_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocket headers
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/sckaddr.h"
-#include "wx/gsocket.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types and constants
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxSocketNotify
-{
-  wxSOCKET_INPUT = GSOCK_INPUT,
-  wxSOCKET_OUTPUT = GSOCK_OUTPUT,
-  wxSOCKET_CONNECTION = GSOCK_CONNECTION,
-  wxSOCKET_LOST = GSOCK_LOST
-};
-
-enum
-{
-  wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG = GSOCK_INPUT_FLAG,
-  wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG = GSOCK_OUTPUT_FLAG,
-  wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG = GSOCK_CONNECTION_FLAG,
-  wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG = GSOCK_LOST_FLAG
-};
-
-typedef GSocketEventFlags wxSocketEventFlags;
-
-enum wxSocketError
-{
-  // from GSocket
-  wxSOCKET_NOERROR = GSOCK_NOERROR,
-  wxSOCKET_INVOP = GSOCK_INVOP,
-  wxSOCKET_IOERR = GSOCK_IOERR,
-  wxSOCKET_INVADDR = GSOCK_INVADDR,
-  wxSOCKET_INVSOCK = GSOCK_INVSOCK,
-  wxSOCKET_NOHOST = GSOCK_NOHOST,
-  wxSOCKET_INVPORT = GSOCK_INVPORT,
-  wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK = GSOCK_WOULDBLOCK,
-  wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT = GSOCK_TIMEDOUT,
-  wxSOCKET_MEMERR = GSOCK_MEMERR,
-
-  // wxSocket-specific (not yet implemented)
-  wxSOCKET_DUMMY
-};
-
-enum
-{
-  wxSOCKET_NONE = 0,
-  wxSOCKET_NOWAIT = 1,
-  wxSOCKET_WAITALL = 2,
-  wxSOCKET_BLOCK = 4,
-  wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR = 8
-};
-
-enum wxSocketType
-{
-  wxSOCKET_UNINIT,
-  wxSOCKET_CLIENT,
-  wxSOCKET_SERVER,
-  wxSOCKET_BASE,
-  wxSOCKET_DATAGRAM
-};
-
-typedef int wxSocketFlags;
-
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketBase
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketBase : public wxObject
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketBase)
-
-public:
-
-  // Public interface
-  // ----------------
-
-  // ctors and dtors
-  wxSocketBase();
-  wxSocketBase(wxSocketFlags flags, wxSocketType type);
-  virtual ~wxSocketBase();
-  void Init();
-  bool Destroy();
-
-  // state
-  inline bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-  inline bool IsOk() const { return (m_socket != NULL); }
-  inline bool Error() const { return m_error; }
-  inline bool IsConnected() const { return m_connected; }
-  inline bool IsData() { return WaitForRead(0, 0); }
-  inline bool IsDisconnected() const { return !IsConnected(); }
-  inline wxUint32 LastCount() const { return m_lcount; }
-  inline wxSocketError LastError() const { return (wxSocketError)m_socket->GetError(); }
-  void SaveState();
-  void RestoreState();
-
-  // addresses
-  virtual bool GetLocal(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const;
-  virtual bool GetPeer(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const;
-  virtual bool SetLocal(wxIPV4address& local);
-
-  // base IO
-  virtual bool  Close();
-  wxSocketBase& Discard();
-  wxSocketBase& Peek(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxSocketBase& Read(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxSocketBase& ReadMsg(void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxSocketBase& Unread(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxSocketBase& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxSocketBase& WriteMsg(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-
-  void InterruptWait() { m_interrupt = true; }
-  bool Wait(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-  bool WaitForRead(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-  bool WaitForWrite(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-  bool WaitForLost(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
-  inline wxSocketFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-  void SetFlags(wxSocketFlags flags);
-  void SetTimeout(long seconds);
-
-  bool GetOption(int level, int optname, void *optval, int *optlen);
-  bool SetOption(int level, int optname, const void *optval, int optlen);
-  inline wxUint32 GetLastIOSize() const { return m_lcount; }
-
-  // event handling
-  void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; }
-  void SetClientData(void *data) { m_clientData = data; }
-  void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler& handler, int id = wxID_ANY);
-  void SetNotify(wxSocketEventFlags flags);
-  void Notify(bool notify);
-
-  // initialize/shutdown the sockets (usually called automatically)
-  static bool IsInitialized();
-  static bool Initialize();
-  static void Shutdown();
-
-
-  // Implementation from now on
-  // --------------------------
-
-  // do not use, should be private (called from GSocket)
-  void OnRequest(wxSocketNotify notify);
-
-  // do not use, not documented nor supported
-  inline bool IsNoWait() const { return ((m_flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT) != 0); }
-  inline wxSocketType GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-private:
-  friend class wxSocketClient;
-  friend class wxSocketServer;
-  friend class wxDatagramSocket;
-
-  // low level IO
-  wxUint32 _Read(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  wxUint32 _Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-  bool     _Wait(long seconds, long milliseconds, wxSocketEventFlags flags);
-
-  // pushback buffer
-  void     Pushback(const void *buffer, wxUint32 size);
-  wxUint32 GetPushback(void *buffer, wxUint32 size, bool peek);
-
-private:
-  // socket
-  GSocket      *m_socket;           // GSocket
-  wxSocketType  m_type;             // wxSocket type
-
-  // state
-  wxSocketFlags m_flags;            // wxSocket flags
-  bool          m_connected;        // connected?
-  bool          m_establishing;     // establishing connection?
-  bool          m_reading;          // busy reading?
-  bool          m_writing;          // busy writing?
-  bool          m_error;            // did last IO call fail?
-  wxSocketError m_lasterror;        // last error (not cleared on success)
-  wxUint32      m_lcount;           // last IO transaction size
-  unsigned long m_timeout;          // IO timeout value
-  wxList        m_states;           // stack of states
-  bool          m_interrupt;        // interrupt ongoing wait operations?
-  bool          m_beingDeleted;     // marked for delayed deletion?
-  wxIPV4address m_localAddress;     // bind to local address?
-
-  // pushback buffer
-  void         *m_unread;           // pushback buffer
-  wxUint32      m_unrd_size;        // pushback buffer size
-  wxUint32      m_unrd_cur;         // pushback pointer (index into buffer)
-
-  // events
-  int           m_id;               // socket id
-  wxEvtHandler *m_handler;          // event handler
-  void         *m_clientData;       // client data for events
-  bool          m_notify;           // notify events to users?
-  wxSocketEventFlags  m_eventmask;  // which events to notify?
-
-  // the initialization count, GSocket is initialized if > 0
-  static size_t m_countInit;
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketBase)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketServer
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketServer : public wxSocketBase
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketServer)
-
-public:
-  wxSocketServer(const wxSockAddress& addr, wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-
-  wxSocketBase* Accept(bool wait = true);
-  bool AcceptWith(wxSocketBase& socket, bool wait = true);
-
-  bool WaitForAccept(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketServer)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketClient
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketClient : public wxSocketBase
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketClient)
-
-public:
-  wxSocketClient(wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-  virtual ~wxSocketClient();
-
-  virtual bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true);
-  bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr, wxSockAddress& local, bool wait = true);
-
-  bool WaitOnConnect(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
-private:
-  virtual bool DoConnect(wxSockAddress& addr, wxSockAddress* local, bool wait = true);
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketClient)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDatagramSocket
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// WARNING: still in alpha stage
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxDatagramSocket : public wxSocketBase
-{
-  DECLARE_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket)
-
-public:
-  wxDatagramSocket(const wxSockAddress& addr, wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-
-  wxDatagramSocket& RecvFrom( wxSockAddress& addr,
-                              void* buf,
-                              wxUint32 nBytes );
-  wxDatagramSocket& SendTo( const wxSockAddress& addr,
-                            const void* buf,
-                            wxUint32 nBytes );
-
-/* TODO:
-  bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr);
-*/
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketEvent
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-  wxSocketEvent(int id = 0)
-      : wxEvent(id, wxEVT_SOCKET)
-      {
-      }
-
-  wxSocketNotify  GetSocketEvent() const { return m_event; }
-  wxSocketBase   *GetSocket() const      { return (wxSocketBase *) GetEventObject(); }
-  void           *GetClientData() const  { return m_clientData; }
-
-  virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSocketEvent(*this); }
-
-public:
-  wxSocketNotify  m_event;
-  void           *m_clientData;
-
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSocketEvent)
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSocketEventFunction)(wxSocketEvent&);
-
-#define wxSocketEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSocketEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_SOCKET(id, func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SOCKET, id, wxSocketEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_SOCKET_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sound.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sound.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 765f818a7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sound.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/sound.h
-// Purpose:     wxSoundBase class
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004/02/01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sound.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBase: common wxSound code and interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for wxSound::Play
-
-// NB: We can't use enum because there would be ambiguity between the
-//     two Play() prototypes when called without explicit parameters
-//     if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4.
-//     We can't use enum with some compilers either, because they
-//     keep reporting nonexistent ambiguities between
-//     Play(unsigned) and static Play(const wxString&, unsigned).
-#define wxSOUND_SYNC  ((unsigned)0)
-#define wxSOUND_ASYNC ((unsigned)1)
-#define wxSOUND_LOOP  ((unsigned)2)
-
-// Base class for wxSound implementations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // Play the sound:
-    bool Play(unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC) const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( (flags & wxSOUND_LOOP) == 0 ||
-                      (flags & wxSOUND_ASYNC) != 0,
-                     _T("sound can only be looped asynchronously") );
-        return DoPlay(flags);
-    }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool Play(bool async, bool looped = false) const );
-#endif
-
-    // Plays sound from filename:
-    static bool Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC);
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSound class implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
-    #include "wx/unix/sound.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBase methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxSoundBase::Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags)
-{
-    wxSound snd(filename);
-    return snd.IsOk() ? snd.Play(flags) : false;
-}
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-inline bool wxSoundBase::Play(bool async, bool looped) const
-{
-    unsigned flags = 0;
-    if (async) flags |= wxSOUND_ASYNC;
-    if (looped) flags |= wxSOUND_LOOP | wxSOUND_ASYNC;
-    return DoPlay(flags);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinbutt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinbutt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 72e250bbf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinbutt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/spinbutt.h
-// Purpose:     wxSpinButtonBase class
-// Author:      Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: spinbutt.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-#define wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME _T("wxSpinButton")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
-//  to a text control.
-//
-//  Styles:
-//  wxSP_HORIZONTAL:   horizontal spin button
-//  wxSP_VERTICAL:     vertical spin button (the default)
-//  wxSP_ARROW_KEYS:   arrow keys increment/decrement value
-//  wxSP_WRAP:         value wraps at either end
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButtonBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // ctor initializes the range with the default (0..100) values
-    wxSpinButtonBase() { m_min = 0; m_max = 100; }
-
-    // accessors
-    virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
-    virtual int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
-
-    // operations
-    virtual void SetValue(int val) = 0;
-    virtual void SetMin(int minVal) { SetRange ( minVal , m_max ) ; }
-    virtual void SetMax(int maxVal) { SetRange ( m_min , maxVal ) ; }
-    virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal)
-    {
-        m_min = minVal;
-        m_max = maxVal;
-    }
-
-    // is this spin button vertically oriented?
-    bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxSP_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-protected:
-    // the range value
-    int   m_min;
-    int   m_max;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinButtonBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/spinbutt.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the wxSpinButton event
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
-           : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
-    {
-    }
-
-    // get the current value of the control
-    int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; }
-    void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSpinEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinEventFunction)(wxSpinEvent&);
-
-#define wxSpinEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxSpinEventFunction, &func)
-
-// macros for handling spin events
-#define EVT_SPIN_UP(winid, func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SPIN_DOWN(winid, func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SPIN(winid, func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 24e302aa7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/spinctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        spinctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxSpinCtrlBase class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: spinctrl.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h"        // should make wxSpinEvent visible to the app
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a spin ctrl is a text control with a spin button which is usually used to
-// prompt the user for a numeric input
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* there is no generic base class for this control because it's imlpemented
-   very differently under MSW and other platforms
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxSpinCtrlBase() { Init(); }
-
-    // accessors
-    virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
-    virtual int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
-
-    // operations
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
-    virtual void SetValue(int val) = 0;
-    virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal) = 0;
-
-    // as the wxTextCtrl method
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // initialize m_min/max with the default values
-    void Init() { m_min = 0; m_max = 100; }
-
-    int   m_min;
-    int   m_max;
-};
-*/
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/spinctlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/generic/spinctlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/spinctlg.h"
-#endif // platform
-
-#define EVT_SPINCTRL(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, id, wxSpinEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splash.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index acd87fc13..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/splash.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxSplashScreen
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: splash.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/splash.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splitter.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splitter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04405264b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/splitter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/splitter.h
-// Purpose:     Base header for wxSplitterWindow
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: splitter.h 38717 2006-04-14 17:01:16Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSplitterWindow flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxSP_NOBORDER         0x0000
-#define wxSP_NOSASH           0x0010
-#define wxSP_PERMIT_UNSPLIT   0x0040
-#define wxSP_LIVE_UPDATE      0x0080
-#define wxSP_3DSASH           0x0100
-#define wxSP_3DBORDER         0x0200
-#define wxSP_NO_XP_THEME      0x0400
-#define wxSP_BORDER           wxSP_3DBORDER
-#define wxSP_3D               (wxSP_3DBORDER | wxSP_3DSASH)
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // obsolete styles, don't do anything
-    #define wxSP_SASH_AQUA        0
-    #define wxSP_FULLSASH         0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, 850)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, 851)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, 852)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, 853)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#include "wx/generic/splitter.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/srchctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/srchctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a56fca91..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/srchctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        srchctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxSearchCtrlBase class
-// Author:      Vince Harron
-// Created:     2006-02-18
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: srchctrl.h 45828 2007-05-05 14:51:51Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vince Harron
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && defined(__WXMAC__) && defined(__WXMAC_OSX__) \
-        && (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_3)
-    // search control was introduced in Mac OS X 10.3 Panther
-    #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 1
-
-    #define wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass wxTextCtrl
-#else
-    // no native version, use the generic one
-    #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 0
-
-    #define wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass wxTextCtrlBase
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxSearchCtrlNameStr[];
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, 1119)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, 1120)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a search ctrl is a text control with a search button and a cancel button
-// it is based on the MacOSX 10.3 control HISearchFieldCreate
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSearchCtrlBase : public wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass
-{
-public:
-    wxSearchCtrlBase() { }
-    virtual ~wxSearchCtrlBase() { }
-
-    // search control
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual void SetMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0;
-    virtual wxMenu *GetMenu() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // get/set options
-    virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ) = 0;
-    virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const = 0;
-
-    virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ) = 0;
-    virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const = 0;
-};
-
-
-// include the platform-dependent class implementation
-#if wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL
-    #if defined(__WXMAC__)
-        #include "wx/mac/srchctrl.h"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #include "wx/generic/srchctlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for handling search events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sstream.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7724ab44e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/sstream.h
-// Purpose:     string-based streams
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-09-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sstream.h 45732 2007-05-01 13:52:19Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringInputStream is a stream reading from the given (fixed size) string
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    // ctor associates the stream with the given string which makes a copy of
-    // it
-    wxStringInputStream(const wxString& s);
-    virtual ~wxStringInputStream();
-
-    virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-    virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-private:
-    // the string that was passed in the ctor
-    wxString m_str;
-
-    // the buffer we're reading from
-    char* m_buf;
-
-    // length of the buffer we're reading from
-    size_t m_len;
-
-    // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars
-    size_t m_pos;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInputStream)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringOutputStream writes data to the given string, expanding it as needed
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    // The stream will write data either to the provided string or to an
-    // internal string which can be retrieved using GetString()
-    wxStringOutputStream(wxString *pString = NULL)
-    {
-        m_str = pString ? pString : &m_strInternal;
-        m_pos = m_str->length() / sizeof(wxChar);
-    }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804 && wxUSE_UNICODE
-    virtual ~wxStringOutputStream();
-#endif // wx 2.8.4+
-
-    // get the string containing current output
-    const wxString& GetString() const { return *m_str; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-    virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-private:
-    // internal string, not used if caller provided his own string
-    wxString m_strInternal;
-
-    // pointer given by the caller or just pointer to m_strInternal
-    wxString *m_str;
-
-    // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars
-    size_t m_pos;
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    // string encoding converter (UTF8 is the standard)
-    wxMBConvUTF8 m_conv;
-#else
-    wxMBConv m_conv;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringOutputStream)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stack.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stack.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2500a114c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stack.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/stack.h
-// Purpose:     STL stack clone
-// Author:      Lindsay Mathieson
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.07.2001
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson <lindsay@mathieson.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STACK_H_
-#define _WX_STACK_H_
-
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_STACK(obj, cls)\
-class cls : public wxVectorBase\
-{\
-    WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls);\
-public:\
-    void push(const obj& o)\
-    {\
-        bool rc = Alloc(size() + 1);\
-        wxASSERT(rc);\
-        Append(new obj(o));\
-    };\
-\
-    void pop()\
-    {\
-        RemoveAt(size() - 1);\
-    };\
-\
-    obj& top()\
-    {\
-        return *(obj *) GetItem(size() - 1);\
-    };\
-    const obj& top() const\
-    {\
-        return *(obj *) GetItem(size() - 1);\
-    };\
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_STACK_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stackwalk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stackwalk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e0dceae7c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stackwalk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wx/stackwalk.h
-// Purpose:     wxStackWalker and related classes, common part
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-01-07
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stackwalk.h 43346 2006-11-12 14:33:03Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-#define _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackFrame: a single stack level
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrameBase
-{
-private:
-    // put this inline function here so that it is defined before use
-    wxStackFrameBase *ConstCast() const
-        { return wx_const_cast(wxStackFrameBase *, this); }
-
-public:
-    wxStackFrameBase(size_t level, void *address = NULL)
-    {
-        m_level = level;
-
-        m_line =
-        m_offset = 0;
-
-        m_address = address;
-    }
-
-    // get the level of this frame (deepest/innermost one is 0)
-    size_t GetLevel() const { return m_level; }
-
-    // return the address of this frame
-    void *GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
-
-
-    // return the unmangled (if possible) name of the function containing this
-    // frame
-    wxString GetName() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_name; }
-
-    // return the instruction pointer offset from the start of the function
-    size_t GetOffset() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_offset; }
-
-    // get the module this function belongs to (not always available)
-    wxString GetModule() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_module; }
-
-
-    // return true if we have the filename and line number for this frame
-    bool HasSourceLocation() const { return !GetFileName().empty(); }
-
-    // return the name of the file containing this frame, empty if
-    // unavailable (typically because debug info is missing)
-    wxString GetFileName() const
-        { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_filename; }
-
-    // return the line number of this frame, 0 if unavailable
-    size_t GetLine() const { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_line; }
-
-
-    // return the number of parameters of this function (may return 0 if we
-    // can't retrieve the parameters info even although the function does have
-    // parameters)
-    virtual size_t GetParamCount() const { return 0; }
-
-    // get the name, type and value (in text form) of the given parameter
-    //
-    // any pointer may be NULL
-    //
-    // return true if at least some values could be retrieved
-    virtual bool GetParam(size_t WXUNUSED(n),
-                          wxString * WXUNUSED(type),
-                          wxString * WXUNUSED(name),
-                          wxString * WXUNUSED(value)) const
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-
-    // although this class is not supposed to be used polymorphically, give it
-    // a virtual dtor to silence compiler warnings
-    virtual ~wxStackFrameBase() { }
-
-protected:
-    // hooks for derived classes to initialize some fields on demand
-    virtual void OnGetName() { }
-    virtual void OnGetLocation() { }
-
-
-    // fields are protected, not private, so that OnGetXXX() could modify them
-    // directly
-    size_t m_level;
-
-    wxString m_name,
-             m_module,
-             m_filename;
-
-    size_t m_line;
-
-    void *m_address;
-    size_t m_offset;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackWalker: class for enumerating stack frames
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalkerBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor does nothing, use Walk() to walk the stack
-    wxStackWalkerBase() { }
-
-    // dtor does nothing neither but should be virtual
-    virtual ~wxStackWalkerBase() { }
-
-    // enumerate stack frames from the current location, skipping the initial
-    // number of them (this can be useful when Walk() is called from some known
-    // location and you don't want to see the first few frames anyhow; also
-    // notice that Walk() frame itself is not included if skip >= 1)
-    virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = 200) = 0;
-
-    // enumerate stack frames from the location of uncaught exception
-    //
-    // this version can only be called from wxApp::OnFatalException()
-    virtual void WalkFromException() = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // this function must be overrided to process the given frame
-    virtual void OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame) = 0;
-};
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    #include "wx/msw/stackwalk.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
-    #include "wx/unix/stackwalk.h"
-#else
-    #error "wxStackWalker is not supported, set wxUSE_STACKWALKER to 0"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-
-#endif // _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35a5dc50c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/statbmp.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBitmap class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbmp.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[];
-
-// a control showing an icon or a bitmap
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmapBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBitmapBase() { }
-    virtual ~wxStaticBitmapBase();
-
-    // our interface
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
-    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0;
-    virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const /* = 0 -- should be pure virtual */
-    {
-        // stub it out here for now as not all ports implement it (but they
-        // should)
-        return wxIcon();
-    }
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBitmapBase)
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/statbmp.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ddeba3526..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        statbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBox base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbox.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStaticBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBox: a grouping box with a label
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBoxBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBoxBase() { }
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-    // implementation only: this is used by wxStaticBoxSizer to account for the
-    // need for extra space taken by the static box
-    //
-    // the top border is the margin at the top (where the title is),
-    // borderOther is the margin on all other sides
-    virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const
-    {
-        const int BORDER = 5; // FIXME: hardcoded value
-
-        *borderTop = GetLabel().empty() ? BORDER : GetCharHeight();
-        *borderOther = BORDER;
-    }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxBase)
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/statbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statline.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statline.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2156a71b2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statline.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/statline.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticLine class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     28.06.99
-// Version:     $Id: statline.h 43874 2006-12-09 14:52:59Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this defines wxUSE_STATLINE
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-// the base class declaration
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default name for objects of class wxStaticLine
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStaticLineNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticLine - a line in a dialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLineBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // constructor
-    wxStaticLineBase() { }
-
-    // is the line vertical?
-    bool IsVertical() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxLI_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-    // get the default size for the "lesser" dimension of the static line
-    static int GetDefaultSize() { return 2; }
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // set the right size for the right dimension
-    wxSize AdjustSize(const wxSize& size) const
-    {
-        wxSize sizeReal(size);
-        if ( IsVertical() )
-        {
-            if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )
-                sizeReal.x = GetDefaultSize();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if ( size.y == wxDefaultCoord )
-                sizeReal.y = GetDefaultSize();
-        }
-
-        return sizeReal;
-    }
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const
-    {
-        return AdjustSize(wxDefaultSize);
-    }
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticLineBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the actual class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/statline.h"
-#else // use generic implementation for all other platforms
-    #include "wx/generic/statline.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-#endif // _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stattext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stattext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f2ad35425..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stattext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        stattext.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticText base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stattext.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxStaticTextNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticTextBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticTextBase() { }
-
-    // in wxGTK wxStaticText doesn't derive from wxStaticTextBase so we have to
-    // declare this function directly in gtk header
-#if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    // wrap the text of the control so that no line is longer than the given
-    // width (if possible: this function won't break words)
-    //
-    // NB: implemented in dlgcmn.cpp for now
-    void Wrap(int width);
-#endif // ! native __WXGTK__
-
-    // overriden base virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticTextBase)
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/stattext.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statusbr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statusbr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b1ab7d10e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/statusbr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/statusbr.h
-// Purpose:     wxStatusBar class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.02.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statusbr.h 41035 2006-09-06 17:36:22Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxChar) wxStatusBarNameStr[];
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxString, wxListString);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// style flags for fields
-#define wxSB_NORMAL    0x0000
-#define wxSB_FLAT      0x0001
-#define wxSB_RAISED    0x0002
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar: a window near the bottom of the frame used for status info
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxStatusBarBase();
-
-    virtual ~wxStatusBarBase();
-
-    // field count
-    // -----------
-
-    // set the number of fields and call SetStatusWidths(widths) if widths are
-    // given
-    virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
-    int GetFieldsCount() const { return m_nFields; }
-
-    // field text
-    // ----------
-
-    virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0) = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const = 0;
-
-    void PushStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
-    void PopStatusText(int number = 0);
-
-    // fields widths
-    // -------------
-
-    // set status field widths as absolute numbers: positive widths mean that
-    // the field has the specified absolute width, negative widths are
-    // interpreted as the sizer options, i.e. the extra space (total space
-    // minus the sum of fixed width fields) is divided between the fields with
-    // negative width according to the abs value of the width (field with width
-    // -2 grows twice as much as one with width -1 &c)
-    virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[]);
-
-    // field styles
-    // ------------
-
-    // Set the field style. Use either wxSB_NORMAL (default) for a standard 3D
-    // border around a field, wxSB_FLAT for no border around a field, so that it
-    // appears flat or wxSB_POPOUT to make the field appear raised.
-    // Setting field styles only works on wxMSW
-    virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]);
-
-    // geometry
-    // --------
-
-    // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
-    virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
-    // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
-    virtual void SetMinHeight(int height) = 0;
-
-    // get the dimensions of the horizontal and vertical borders
-    virtual int GetBorderX() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetBorderY() const = 0;
-
-    // don't want status bars to accept the focus at all
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // set the widths array to NULL
-    void InitWidths();
-
-    // free the status widths arrays
-    void FreeWidths();
-
-    // reset the widths
-    void ReinitWidths() { FreeWidths(); InitWidths(); }
-
-    // same, for field styles
-    void InitStyles();
-    void FreeStyles();
-    void ReinitStyles() { FreeStyles(); InitStyles(); }
-
-    // same, for text stacks
-    void InitStacks();
-    void FreeStacks();
-    void ReinitStacks() { FreeStacks(); InitStacks(); }
-
-    // calculate the real field widths for the given total available size
-    wxArrayInt CalculateAbsWidths(wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
-    // use these functions to access the stacks of field strings
-    wxListString *GetStatusStack(int i) const;
-    wxListString *GetOrCreateStatusStack(int i);
-
-    // the current number of fields
-    int        m_nFields;
-
-    // the widths of the fields in pixels if !NULL, all fields have the same
-    // width otherwise
-    int       *m_statusWidths;
-
-    // the styles of the fields
-    int       *m_statusStyles;
-
-    // stacks of previous values for PushStatusText/PopStatusText
-    // this is created on demand, use GetStatusStack/GetOrCreateStatusStack
-    wxListString **m_statusTextStacks;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStatusBarBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the actual wxStatusBar class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #define wxStatusBarUniv wxStatusBar
-
-    #include "wx/univ/statusbr.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #define wxStatusBarPalm wxStatusBar
-
-    #include "wx/palmos/statusbr.h"
-#elif defined(__WIN32__) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-    #define wxStatusBar95 wxStatusBar
-
-    #include "wx/msw/statbr95.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #define wxStatusBarMac wxStatusBar
-
-    #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h"
-    #include "wx/mac/statusbr.h"
-#else
-    #define wxStatusBarGeneric wxStatusBar
-
-    #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stdpaths.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stdpaths.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b9647c8c6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stdpaths.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/stdpaths.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxStandardPaths class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-10-17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stdpaths.h 43340 2006-11-12 12:58:10Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-#define _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STDPATHS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPaths returns the standard locations in the file system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
-    // possible resources categorires
-    enum ResourceCat
-    {
-        // no special category
-        ResourceCat_None,
-
-        // message catalog resources
-        ResourceCat_Messages,
-
-        // end of enum marker
-        ResourceCat_Max
-    };
-
-
-    // return the global standard paths object
-    static wxStandardPathsBase& Get();
-
-    // return the path (directory+filename) of the running executable or
-    // wxEmptyString if it couldn't be determined.
-    // The path is returned as an absolute path whenever possible.
-    // Default implementation only try to use wxApp->argv[0].
-    virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
-
-    // return the directory with system config files:
-    // /etc under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data
-    // under Windows, /Library/Preferences for Mac
-    virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const = 0;
-
-    // return the directory for the user config files:
-    // $HOME under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\username under Windows,
-    // ~/Library/Preferences under Mac
-    //
-    // only use this if you have a single file to put there, otherwise
-    // GetUserDataDir() is more appropriate
-    virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const = 0;
-
-    // return the location of the applications global, i.e. not user-specific,
-    // data files
-    //
-    // prefix/share/appname under Unix, c:\Program Files\appname under Windows,
-    // appname.app/Contents/SharedSupport app bundle directory under Mac
-    virtual wxString GetDataDir() const = 0;
-
-    // return the location for application data files which are host-specific
-    //
-    // same as GetDataDir() except under Unix where it is /etc/appname
-    virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
-
-    // return the directory for the user-dependent application data files
-    //
-    // $HOME/.appname under Unix,
-    // c:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\appname under Windows
-    // and ~/Library/Application Support/appname under Mac
-    virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const = 0;
-
-    // return the directory for user data files which shouldn't be shared with
-    // the other machines
-    //
-    // same as GetUserDataDir() for all platforms except Windows where it is
-    // the "Local Settings\Application Data\appname" directory
-    virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const;
-
-    // return the directory where the loadable modules (plugins) live
-    //
-    // prefix/lib/appname under Unix, program directory under Windows and
-    // Contents/Plugins app bundle subdirectory under Mac
-    virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const = 0;
-
-    // get resources directory: resources are auxiliary files used by the
-    // application and include things like image and sound files
-    //
-    // same as GetDataDir() for all platforms except Mac where it returns
-    // Contents/Resources subdirectory of the app bundle
-    virtual wxString GetResourcesDir() const { return GetDataDir(); }
-
-    // get localized resources directory containing the resource files of the
-    // specified category for the given language
-    //
-    // in general this is just GetResourcesDir()/lang under Windows and Unix
-    // and GetResourcesDir()/lang.lproj under Mac but is something quite
-    // different under Unix for message catalog category (namely the standard
-    // prefix/share/locale/lang/LC_MESSAGES)
-    virtual wxString
-    GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxChar *lang,
-                             ResourceCat WXUNUSED(category)
-                                = ResourceCat_None) const
-    {
-        return GetResourcesDir() + wxFILE_SEP_PATH + lang;
-    }
-
-    // return the "Documents" directory for the current user
-    //
-    // C:\Documents and Settings\username\Documents under Windows,
-    // $HOME under Unix and ~/Documents under Mac
-    virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
-
-    // return the temporary directory for the current user
-    virtual wxString GetTempDir() const;
-
-
-    // virtual dtor for the base class
-    virtual ~wxStandardPathsBase();
-
-protected:
-    // append "/appname" suffix if the app name is set (doesn't append the
-    // slash if dir already ends with a slash or dot)
-    static wxString AppendAppName(const wxString& dir);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/stdpaths.h"
-// We want CoreFoundation paths on both CarbonLib and Darwin (for all ports)
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
-    #include "wx/mac/corefoundation/stdpaths.h"
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-    #include "wx/os2/stdpaths.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
-    #include "wx/unix/stdpaths.h"
-#elif defined(__PALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/stdpaths.h"
-#else
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Minimal generic implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
-    void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix) { m_prefix = prefix; }
-    wxString GetInstallPrefix() const { return m_prefix; }
-
-    virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-    virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_prefix;
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STDPATHS
-
-#endif // _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stockitem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stockitem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 55695077d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stockitem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/stockitem.h
-// Purpose:     stock items helpers (privateh header)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-08-15
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stockitem.h 42935 2006-11-02 09:51:49Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
-#define _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/accel.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helper functions for stock items handling:
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Returns true if the ID is in the list of recognized stock actions
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsStockID(wxWindowID id);
-
-// Returns true of the label is empty or label of a stock button with
-// given ID
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsStockLabel(wxWindowID id, const wxString& label);
-
-enum wxStockLabelQueryFlag
-{
-    wxSTOCK_NOFLAGS = 0,
-
-    wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC = 1,
-    wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR = 2
-};
-
-// Returns label that should be used for given stock UI element (e.g. "&OK"
-// for wxSTOCK_OK); if wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC is given, the & character
-// is included; if wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR is given, the stock accelerator
-// for given ID is concatenated to the label using \t as separator
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetStockLabel(wxWindowID id,
-                                     long flags = wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    // Returns the accelerator that should be used for given stock UI element
-    // (e.g. "Ctrl+x" for wxSTOCK_EXIT)
-    WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry wxGetStockAccelerator(wxWindowID id);
-
-#endif
-
-// wxStockHelpStringClient conceptually works like wxArtClient: it gives a hint to
-// wxGetStockHelpString() about the context where the help string is to be used
-enum wxStockHelpStringClient
-{
-    wxSTOCK_MENU        // help string to use for menu items
-};
-
-// Returns an help string for the given stock UI element and for the given "context".
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetStockHelpString(wxWindowID id,
-                                          wxStockHelpStringClient client = wxSTOCK_MENU);
-
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
-
-// Translates stock ID to GTK+'s stock item string indentifier:
-WXDLLEXPORT const char *wxGetStockGtkID(wxWindowID id);
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stopwatch.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stopwatch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f1d1889b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stopwatch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/stopwatch.h
-// Purpose:     wxStopWatch and global time-related functions
-// Author:      Julian Smart (wxTimer), Sylvain Bougnoux (wxStopWatch)
-// Created:     26.06.03 (extracted from wx/timer.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stopwatch.h 40624 2006-08-16 12:17:05Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998-2003 Julian Smart, Sylvain Bougnoux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
-#define _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStopWatch: measure time intervals with up to 1ms resolution
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStopWatch
-{
-public:
-    // ctor starts the stop watch
-    wxStopWatch() { m_pauseCount = 0; Start(); }
-
-    // start the stop watch at the moment t0
-    void Start(long t0 = 0);
-
-    // pause the stop watch
-    void Pause()
-    {
-        if ( m_pauseCount++ == 0 )
-            m_pause = GetElapsedTime();
-    }
-
-    // resume it
-    void Resume()
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_pauseCount > 0,
-                      _T("Resuming stop watch which is not paused") );
-
-        if ( --m_pauseCount == 0 )
-            Start(m_pause);
-    }
-
-    // get elapsed time since the last Start() in milliseconds
-    long Time() const;
-
-protected:
-    // returns the elapsed time since t0
-    long GetElapsedTime() const;
-
-private:
-    // the time of the last Start()
-    wxLongLong m_t0;
-
-    // the time of the last Pause() (only valid if m_pauseCount > 0)
-    long m_pause;
-
-    // if > 0, the stop watch is paused, otherwise it is running
-    int m_pauseCount;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    // Starts a global timer
-    // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStartTimer() );
-
-    // Gets elapsed milliseconds since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime
-    // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = true) );
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global time functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Get number of seconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970.
-extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTime();
-
-// Get number of seconds since GMT 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970.
-extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetUTCTime();
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-    typedef wxLongLong wxMilliClock_t;
-#else
-    typedef double wxMilliClock_t;
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-// Get number of milliseconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970
-extern wxMilliClock_t WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
-
-#define wxGetCurrentTime() wxGetLocalTime()
-
-#endif // _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/strconv.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/strconv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a760cb65..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/strconv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        strconv.h
-// Purpose:     conversion routines for char sets any Unicode
-// Author:      Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: strconv.h 45893 2007-05-08 20:05:16Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling
-//              (c) 1998-2006 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STRCONV_H_
-#define _WX_STRCONV_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-
-#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
-#include "typeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
-#  undef __BSEXCPT__
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-// the error value returned by wxMBConv methods
-#define wxCONV_FAILED ((size_t)-1)
-
-// the default value for some length parameters meaning that the string is
-// NUL-terminated
-#define wxNO_LEN ((size_t)-1)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConv (abstract base class for conversions)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// When deriving a new class from wxMBConv you must reimplement ToWChar() and
-// FromWChar() methods which are not pure virtual only for historical reasons,
-// don't let the fact that the existing classes implement MB2WC/WC2MB() instead
-// confuse you.
-//
-// You also have to implement Clone() to allow copying the conversions
-// polymorphically.
-//
-// And you might need to override GetMBNulLen() as well.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    // The functions doing actual conversion from/to narrow to/from wide
-    // character strings.
-    //
-    // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of
-    // characters, not bytes) of the converted string including any trailing
-    // L'\0' or (possibly multiple) '\0'(s). If the conversion fails or if
-    // there is not enough space for everything, including the trailing NUL
-    // character(s), in the output buffer, wxCONV_FAILED is returned.
-    //
-    // In the special case when dstLen is 0 (outputBuf may be NULL then) the
-    // return value is the length of the needed buffer but nothing happens
-    // otherwise. If srcLen is wxNO_LEN, the entire string, up to and
-    // including the trailing NUL(s), is converted, otherwise exactly srcLen
-    // bytes are.
-    //
-    // Typical usage:
-    //
-    //          size_t dstLen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, src);
-    //          if ( dstLen != wxCONV_FAILED )
-    //              ... handle error ...
-    //          wchar_t *wbuf = new wchar_t[dstLen];
-    //          conv.ToWChar(wbuf, dstLen, src);
-    //
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
-
-    // Convenience functions for translating NUL-terminated strings: returns
-    // the buffer containing the converted string or NULL pointer if the
-    // conversion failed.
-    const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WC(const char *in) const;
-    const wxCharBuffer cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in) const;
-
-    // Convenience functions for converting strings which may contain embedded
-    // NULs and don't have to be NUL-terminated.
-    //
-    // inLen is the length of the buffer including trailing NUL if any: if the
-    // last 4 bytes of the buffer are all NULs, these functions are more
-    // efficient as they avoid copying the string, but otherwise a copy is made
-    // internally which could be quite bad for (very) long strings.
-    //
-    // outLen receives, if not NULL, the length of the converted string or 0 if
-    // the conversion failed (returning 0 and not -1 in this case makes it
-    // difficult to distinguish between failed conversion and empty input but
-    // this is done for backwards compatibility)
-    const wxWCharBuffer
-        cMB2WC(const char *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const;
-    const wxCharBuffer
-        cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const;
-
-    // convenience functions for converting MB or WC to/from wxWin default
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); }
-    const wxCharBuffer cWX2MB(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); }
-    const wchar_t* cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; }
-    const wchar_t* cWX2WC(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; }
-#else // ANSI
-    const char* cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
-    const char* cWX2MB(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
-    const wxCharBuffer cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); }
-    const wxWCharBuffer cWX2WC(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-    // this function is used in the implementation of cMB2WC() to distinguish
-    // between the following cases:
-    //
-    //      a) var width encoding with strings terminated by a single NUL
-    //         (usual multibyte encodings): return 1 in this case
-    //      b) fixed width encoding with 2 bytes/char and so terminated by
-    //         2 NULs (UTF-16/UCS-2 and variants): return 2 in this case
-    //      c) fixed width encoding with 4 bytes/char and so terminated by
-    //         4 NULs (UTF-32/UCS-4 and variants): return 4 in this case
-    //
-    // anything else is not supported currently and -1 should be returned
-    virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return 1; }
-
-    // return the maximal value currently returned by GetMBNulLen() for any
-    // encoding
-    static size_t GetMaxMBNulLen() { return 4 /* for UTF-32 */; }
-
-
-    // The old conversion functions. The existing classes currently mostly
-    // implement these ones but we're in transition to using To/FromWChar()
-    // instead and any new classes should implement just the new functions.
-    // For now, however, we provide default implementation of To/FromWChar() in
-    // this base class in terms of MB2WC/WC2MB() to avoid having to rewrite all
-    // the conversions at once.
-    //
-    // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of
-    // characters, not bytes) not counting the trailing NUL(s) of the converted
-    // string. On failure, (size_t)-1 is returned. In the special case when
-    // outputBuf is NULL the return value is the same one but nothing is
-    // written to the buffer.
-    //
-    // Note that outLen is the length of the output buffer, not the length of
-    // the input (which is always supposed to be terminated by one or more
-    // NULs, as appropriate for the encoding)!
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const;
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const;
-
-
-    // make a heap-allocated copy of this object
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const = 0;
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxMBConv();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvLibc uses standard mbstowcs() and wcstombs() functions for
-//              conversion (hence it depends on the current locale)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvLibc : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvLibc; }
-};
-
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConvBrokenFileNames is made for Unix in Unicode mode when
-// files are accidentally written in an encoding which is not
-// the system encoding. Typically, the system encoding will be
-// UTF8 but there might be files stored in ISO8859-1 on disk.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvBrokenFileNames : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxChar *charset);
-    wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxConvBrokenFileNames& conv)
-        : wxMBConv(),
-          m_conv(conv.m_conv ? conv.m_conv->Clone() : NULL)
-    {
-    }
-    virtual ~wxConvBrokenFileNames() { delete m_conv; }
-
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const
-    {
-        return m_conv->MB2WC(out, in, outLen);
-    }
-
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const
-    {
-        return m_conv->WC2MB(out, in, outLen);
-    }
-
-    virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const
-    {
-        // cast needed to call a private function
-        return m_conv->GetMBNulLen();
-    }
-
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvBrokenFileNames(*this); }
-
-private:
-    // the conversion object we forward to
-    wxMBConv *m_conv;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvBrokenFileNames)
-};
-
-#endif // __UNIX__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF7 (for conversion using UTF7 encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF7 : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF7; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF8 (for conversion using UTF8 encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF8 : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    enum
-    {
-        MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT = 0,
-        MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA = 1,
-        MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL = 2
-    };
-
-    wxMBConvUTF8(int options = MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT) : m_options(options) { }
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF8(m_options); }
-
-private:
-    int m_options;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16Base: for both LE and BE variants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16Base : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 2 };
-
-    virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; }
-
-protected:
-    // return the length of the buffer using srcLen if it's not wxNO_LEN and
-    // computing the length ourselves if it is; also checks that the length is
-    // even if specified as we need an entire number of UTF-16 characters and
-    // returns wxNO_LEN which indicates error if it is odd
-    static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16LE (for conversion using UTF16 Little Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16LE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16LE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16BE (for conversion using UTF16 Big Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16BE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16BE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32Base: base class for both LE and BE variants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32Base : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 4 };
-
-    virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; }
-
-protected:
-    // this is similar to wxMBConvUTF16Base method with the same name except
-    // that, of course, it verifies that length is divisible by 4 if given and
-    // not by 2
-    static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32LE (for conversion using UTF32 Little Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32LE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32LE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32BE (for conversion using UTF32 Big Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32BE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base
-{
-public:
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32BE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCSConv (for conversion based on loadable char sets)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCSConv : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    // we can be created either from charset name or from an encoding constant
-    // but we can't have both at once
-    wxCSConv(const wxChar *charset);
-    wxCSConv(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    wxCSConv(const wxCSConv& conv);
-    virtual ~wxCSConv();
-
-    wxCSConv& operator=(const wxCSConv& conv);
-
-    virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                           const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
-                             const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-    virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-    virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-    virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const;
-
-    virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxCSConv(*this); }
-
-    void Clear();
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802
-    // return true if the conversion could be initilized successfully
-    bool IsOk() const;
-#endif // wx 2.8.2+
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // creates m_convReal if necessary
-    void CreateConvIfNeeded() const;
-
-    // do create m_convReal (unconditionally)
-    wxMBConv *DoCreate() const;
-
-    // set the name (may be only called when m_name == NULL), makes copy of
-    // charset string
-    void SetName(const wxChar *charset);
-
-
-    // note that we can't use wxString here because of compilation
-    // dependencies: we're included from wx/string.h
-    wxChar *m_name;
-    wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-
-    // use CreateConvIfNeeded() before accessing m_convReal!
-    wxMBConv *m_convReal;
-    bool m_deferred;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// declare predefined conversion objects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// conversion to be used with all standard functions affected by locale, e.g.
-// strtol(), strftime(), ...
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv&) wxConvLibc;
-
-// conversion ISO-8859-1/UTF-7/UTF-8 <-> wchar_t
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxCSConv&) wxConvISO8859_1;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConvUTF7&) wxConvUTF7;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConvUTF8&) wxConvUTF8;
-
-// conversion used for the file names on the systems where they're not Unicode
-// (basically anything except Windows)
-//
-// this is used by all file functions, can be changed by the application
-//
-// by default UTF-8 under Mac OS X and wxConvLibc elsewhere (but it's not used
-// under Windows normally)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvFileName;
-
-// backwards compatible define
-#define wxConvFile (*wxConvFileName)
-
-// the current conversion object, may be set to any conversion, is used by
-// default in a couple of places inside wx (initially same as wxConvLibc)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvCurrent;
-
-// the conversion corresponding to the current locale
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxCSConv&) wxConvLocal;
-
-// the conversion corresponding to the encoding of the standard UI elements
-//
-// by default this is the same as wxConvLocal but may be changed if the program
-// needs to use a fixed encoding
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvUI;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// endianness-dependent conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-    typedef wxMBConvUTF16BE wxMBConvUTF16;
-    typedef wxMBConvUTF32BE wxMBConvUTF32;
-#else
-    typedef wxMBConvUTF16LE wxMBConvUTF16;
-    typedef wxMBConvUTF32LE wxMBConvUTF32;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// filename conversion macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// filenames are multibyte on Unix and widechar on Windows
-#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #define wxMBFILES 1
-#else
-    #define wxMBFILES 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxMBFILES && wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWX2MB(name)
-    #define wxFNSTRINGCAST wxMBSTRINGCAST
-#else
-#if defined( __WXOSX__ ) && wxMBFILES
-    #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWC2MB( wxConvLocal.cWX2WC(name) )
-#else
-    #define wxFNCONV(name) name
-#endif
-    #define wxFNSTRINGCAST WXSTRINGCAST
-#endif
-
-#else // !wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// stand-ins in absence of wchar_t
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv
-{
-public:
-    const char* cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
-    const char* cWX2MB(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
-    wxMBConv *Clone() const { return NULL; }
-};
-
-#define wxConvFile wxConvLocal
-#define wxConvUI wxConvCurrent
-
-typedef wxMBConv wxCSConv;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv) wxConvLibc,
-                                       wxConvLocal,
-                                       wxConvISO8859_1,
-                                       wxConvUTF8;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvCurrent;
-
-#define wxFNCONV(name) name
-#define wxFNSTRINGCAST WXSTRINGCAST
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WCHAR_T/!wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for the most common conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxConvertWX2MB(s)   wxConvCurrent->cWX2MB(s)
-    #define wxConvertMB2WX(s)   wxConvCurrent->cMB2WX(s)
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20802
-    // these functions should be used when the conversions really, really have
-    // to succeed (usually because we pass their results to a standard C
-    // function which would crash if we passed NULL to it), so these functions
-    // always return a valid pointer if their argument is non-NULL
-
-    // this function safety is achieved by trying wxConvLibc first, wxConvUTF8
-    // next if it fails and, finally, wxConvISO8859_1 which always succeeds
-    extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWCharBuffer wxSafeConvertMB2WX(const char *s);
-
-    // this function uses wxConvLibc and wxConvUTF8(MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL)
-    // if it fails
-    extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCharBuffer wxSafeConvertWX2MB(const wchar_t *ws);
-#endif // wxABI 2.8.2+
-#else // ANSI
-    // no conversions to do
-    #define wxConvertWX2MB(s)   (s)
-    #define wxConvertMB2WX(s)   (s)
-    #define wxSafeConvertMB2WX(s) (s)
-    #define wxSafeConvertWX2MB(s) (s)
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-#endif // _WX_STRCONV_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stream.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e61bc70cd..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/stream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/stream.h
-// Purpose:     stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stream.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"  // for wxFileOffset, wxInvalidOffset and wxSeekMode
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStreamBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-
-typedef wxInputStream& (*__wxInputManip)(wxInputStream&);
-typedef wxOutputStream& (*__wxOutputManip)(wxOutputStream&);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream& wxEndL(wxOutputStream& o_stream);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxStreamError
-{
-    wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR = 0,      // stream is in good state
-    wxSTREAM_EOF,               // EOF reached in Read() or similar
-    wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR,       // generic write error
-    wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR         // generic read error
-};
-
-const int wxEOF = -1;
-
-// ============================================================================
-// base stream classes: wxInputStream and wxOutputStream
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStreamBase: common (but non virtual!) base for all stream classes
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStreamBase();
-    virtual ~wxStreamBase();
-
-    // error testing
-    wxStreamError GetLastError() const { return m_lasterror; }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const { return GetLastError() == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; }
-    bool operator!() const { return !IsOk(); }
-
-    // reset the stream state
-    void Reset() { m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; }
-
-    // this doesn't make sense for all streams, always test its return value
-    virtual size_t GetSize() const;
-    virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInvalidOffset; }
-
-    // returns true if the streams supports seeking to arbitrary offsets
-    virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-    size_t m_lastcount;
-    wxStreamError m_lasterror;
-
-    friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStreamBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInputStream: base class for the input streams
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInputStream : public wxStreamBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor and dtor, nothing exciting
-    wxInputStream();
-    virtual ~wxInputStream();
-
-
-    // IO functions
-    // ------------
-
-    // return a character from the stream without removing it, i.e. it will
-    // still be returned by the next call to GetC()
-    //
-    // blocks until something appears in the stream if necessary, if nothing
-    // ever does (i.e. EOF) LastRead() will return 0 (and the return value is
-    // undefined), otherwise 1
-    virtual char Peek();
-
-    // return one byte from the stream, blocking until it appears if
-    // necessary
-    //
-    // on success returns a value between 0 - 255, or wxEOF on EOF or error.
-    int GetC();
-
-    // read at most the given number of bytes from the stream
-    //
-    // there are 2 possible situations here: either there is nothing at all in
-    // the stream right now in which case Read() blocks until something appears
-    // (use CanRead() to avoid this) or there is already some data available in
-    // the stream and then Read() doesn't block but returns just the data it
-    // can read without waiting for more
-    //
-    // in any case, if there are not enough bytes in the stream right now,
-    // LastRead() value will be less than size but greater than 0. If it is 0,
-    // it means that EOF has been reached.
-    virtual wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-    // copy the entire contents of this stream into streamOut, stopping only
-    // when EOF is reached or an error occurs
-    wxInputStream& Read(wxOutputStream& streamOut);
-
-
-    // status functions
-    // ----------------
-
-    // returns the number of bytes read by the last call to Read(), GetC() or
-    // Peek()
-    //
-    // this should be used to discover whether that call succeeded in reading
-    // all the requested data or not
-    virtual size_t LastRead() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; }
-
-    // returns true if some data is available in the stream right now, so that
-    // calling Read() wouldn't block
-    virtual bool CanRead() const;
-
-    // is the stream at EOF?
-    //
-    // note that this cannot be really implemented for all streams and
-    // CanRead() is more reliable than Eof()
-    virtual bool Eof() const;
-
-
-    // write back buffer
-    // -----------------
-
-    // put back the specified number of bytes into the stream, they will be
-    // fetched by the next call to the read functions
-    //
-    // returns the number of bytes really stuffed back
-    size_t Ungetch(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-    // put back the specified character in the stream
-    //
-    // returns true if ok, false on error
-    bool Ungetch(char c);
-
-
-    // position functions
-    // ------------------
-
-    // move the stream pointer to the given position (if the stream supports
-    // it)
-    //
-    // returns wxInvalidOffset on error
-    virtual wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-
-    // return the current position of the stream pointer or wxInvalidOffset
-    virtual wxFileOffset TellI() const;
-
-
-    // stream-like operators
-    // ---------------------
-
-    wxInputStream& operator>>(wxOutputStream& out) { return Read(out); }
-    wxInputStream& operator>>(__wxInputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    // do read up to size bytes of data into the provided buffer
-    //
-    // this method should return 0 if EOF has been reached or an error occurred
-    // (m_lasterror should be set accordingly as well) or the number of bytes
-    // read
-    virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) = 0;
-
-    // write-back buffer support
-    // -------------------------
-
-    // return the pointer to a buffer big enough to hold sizeNeeded bytes
-    char *AllocSpaceWBack(size_t sizeNeeded);
-
-    // read up to size data from the write back buffer, return the number of
-    // bytes read
-    size_t GetWBack(void *buf, size_t size);
-
-    // write back buffer or NULL if none
-    char *m_wback;
-
-    // the size of the buffer
-    size_t m_wbacksize;
-
-    // the current position in the buffer
-    size_t m_wbackcur;
-
-    friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInputStream)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOutputStream: base for the output streams
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream : public wxStreamBase
-{
-public:
-    wxOutputStream();
-    virtual ~wxOutputStream();
-
-    void PutC(char c);
-    virtual wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxOutputStream& Write(wxInputStream& stream_in);
-
-    virtual wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    virtual wxFileOffset TellO() const;
-
-    virtual size_t LastWrite() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; }
-
-    virtual void Sync();
-    virtual bool Close() { return true; }
-
-    wxOutputStream& operator<<(wxInputStream& out) { return Write(out); }
-    wxOutputStream& operator<<( __wxOutputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    // to be implemented in the derived classes (it should have been pure
-    // virtual)
-    virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
-    friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOutputStream)
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// helper stream classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A stream for measuring streamed output
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCountingOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxCountingOutputStream();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-    size_t m_currentPos;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "Filter" streams
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFilterInputStream();
-    wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream& stream);
-    wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream *stream);
-    virtual ~wxFilterInputStream();
-
-    char Peek() { return m_parent_i_stream->Peek(); }
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_i_stream->GetLength(); }
-
-    wxInputStream *GetFilterInputStream() const { return m_parent_i_stream; }
-
-protected:
-    wxInputStream *m_parent_i_stream;
-    bool m_owns;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFilterOutputStream();
-    wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream);
-    wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream);
-    virtual ~wxFilterOutputStream();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_o_stream->GetLength(); }
-
-    wxOutputStream *GetFilterOutputStream() const { return m_parent_o_stream; }
-
-    bool Close();
-
-protected:
-    wxOutputStream *m_parent_o_stream;
-    bool m_owns;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream)
-};
-
-enum wxStreamProtocolType
-{
-    wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL,  // wxFileSystem protocol (should be only one)
-    wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE,  // MIME types the stream handles
-    wxSTREAM_ENCODING,  // The HTTP Content-Encodings the stream handles
-    wxSTREAM_FILEEXT    // File extensions the stream handles
-};
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseFilterClasses();
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactoryBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxFilterClassFactoryBase() { }
-
-    wxString GetProtocol() const { return wxString(*GetProtocols()); }
-    wxString PopExtension(const wxString& location) const;
-
-    virtual const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                               = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const = 0;
-
-    bool CanHandle(const wxChar *protocol,
-                   wxStreamProtocolType type
-                   = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxString::size_type FindExtension(const wxChar *location) const;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactoryBase)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxFilterClassFactory() { }
-
-    virtual wxFilterInputStream  *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream)  const = 0;
-    virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0;
-    virtual wxFilterInputStream  *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream)  const = 0;
-    virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0;
-
-    static const wxFilterClassFactory *Find(const wxChar *protocol,
-                                            wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                            = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL);
-
-    static const wxFilterClassFactory *GetFirst();
-    const wxFilterClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
-    void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; }
-    void Remove();
-
-protected:
-    wxFilterClassFactory() : m_next(this) { }
-
-    wxFilterClassFactory& operator=(const wxFilterClassFactory&)
-        { return *this; }
-
-private:
-    static wxFilterClassFactory *sm_first;
-    wxFilterClassFactory *m_next;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactory)
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// buffered streams
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Stream buffer: this class can be derived from and passed to
-// wxBufferedStreams to implement custom buffering
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBuffer
-{
-public:
-    enum BufMode
-    {
-        read,
-        write,
-        read_write
-    };
-
-    wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode);
-    wxStreamBuffer(const wxStreamBuffer& buf);
-    virtual ~wxStreamBuffer();
-
-    // Filtered IO
-    virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    size_t Read(wxStreamBuffer *buf);
-    virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    size_t Write(wxStreamBuffer *buf);
-
-    virtual char Peek();
-    virtual char GetChar();
-    virtual void PutChar(char c);
-    virtual wxFileOffset Tell() const;
-    virtual wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-
-    // Buffer control
-    void ResetBuffer();
-
-    // NB: the buffer must always be allocated with malloc() if takeOwn is
-    //     true as it will be deallocated by free()
-    void SetBufferIO(void *start, void *end, bool takeOwnership = false);
-    void SetBufferIO(void *start, size_t len, bool takeOwnership = false);
-    void SetBufferIO(size_t bufsize);
-    void *GetBufferStart() const { return m_buffer_start; }
-    void *GetBufferEnd() const { return m_buffer_end; }
-    void *GetBufferPos() const { return m_buffer_pos; }
-    size_t GetBufferSize() const { return m_buffer_size; }
-    size_t GetIntPosition() const { return m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; }
-    void SetIntPosition(size_t pos) { m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start + pos; }
-    size_t GetLastAccess() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; }
-    size_t GetBytesLeft() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_pos; }
-
-    void Fixed(bool fixed) { m_fixed = fixed; }
-    void Flushable(bool f) { m_flushable = f; }
-
-    bool FlushBuffer();
-    bool FillBuffer();
-    size_t GetDataLeft();
-
-    // misc accessors
-    wxStreamBase *GetStream() const { return m_stream; }
-    bool HasBuffer() const { return m_buffer_size != 0; }
-
-    bool IsFixed() const { return m_fixed; }
-    bool IsFlushable() const { return m_flushable; }
-
-    // only for input/output buffers respectively, returns NULL otherwise
-    wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const;
-    wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, for compatibility only
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBase *Stream() );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    // this constructs a dummy wxStreamBuffer, used by (and exists for)
-    // wxMemoryStreams only, don't use!
-    wxStreamBuffer(BufMode mode);
-
-protected:
-    void GetFromBuffer(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    void PutToBuffer(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-    // set the last error to the specified value if we didn't have it before
-    void SetError(wxStreamError err);
-
-    // common part of several ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // init buffer variables to be empty
-    void InitBuffer();
-
-    // free the buffer (always safe to call)
-    void FreeBuffer();
-
-    // the buffer itself: the pointers to its start and end and the current
-    // position in the buffer
-    char *m_buffer_start,
-         *m_buffer_end,
-         *m_buffer_pos;
-
-    // the buffer size
-    // FIXME: isn't it the same as m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start? (VZ)
-    size_t m_buffer_size;
-
-    // the stream we're associated with
-    wxStreamBase *m_stream;
-
-    // its mode
-    BufMode m_mode;
-
-    // flags
-    bool m_destroybuf,      // deallocate buffer?
-         m_fixed,
-         m_flushable;
-
-private:
-// Cannot use
-//  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStreamBuffer)
-// because copy constructor is explicitly declared above;
-// but no copy assignment operator is defined, so declare
-// it private to prevent the compiler from defining it:
-    wxStreamBuffer& operator=(const wxStreamBuffer&);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBufferedInputStream
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream
-{
-public:
-    // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it
-    wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream,
-                          wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxBufferedInputStream();
-
-    char Peek();
-    wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-    // Position functions
-    wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    wxFileOffset TellI() const;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
-    // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it
-    void SetInputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer);
-    wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, for compatibility only
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-    wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedInputStream)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBufferedOutputStream
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it
-    wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
-                           wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxBufferedOutputStream();
-
-    wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-    // Position functions
-    wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    wxFileOffset TellO() const;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
-    void Sync();
-    bool Close();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it
-    void SetOutputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer);
-    wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated, for compatibility only
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-    wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedOutputStream)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    inline wxStreamBase *wxStreamBuffer::Stream() { return m_stream; }
-    inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-    inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/string.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/string.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a57f24a8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/string.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1653 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/string.h
-// Purpose:     wxString and wxArrayString classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: string.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-    Efficient string class [more or less] compatible with MFC CString,
-    wxWidgets version 1 wxString and std::string and some handy functions
-    missing from string.h.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTRINGH__
-#define _WX_WXSTRINGH__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"        // everybody should include this
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__)
-    #include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
-   // problem in VACPP V4 with including stdlib.h multiple times
-   // strconv includes it anyway
-#  include <stdio.h>
-#  include <string.h>
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  include <limits.h>
-#else
-#  include <string.h>
-#  include <stdio.h>
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  include <limits.h>
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H
-    #include <strings.h>    // for strcasecmp()
-#endif // HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H
-
-#ifdef __WXPALMOS__
-    #include <StringMgr.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"      // for wxChar
-#include "wx/buffer.h"      // for wxCharBuffer
-#include "wx/strconv.h"     // for wxConvertXXX() macros and wxMBConv classes
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// casts [unfortunately!] needed to call some broken functions which require
-// "char *" instead of "const char *"
-#define   WXSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *)
-#define   wxCSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *)
-#define   wxMBSTRINGCAST (char *)(const char *)
-#define   wxWCSTRINGCAST (wchar_t *)(const wchar_t *)
-
-// implementation only
-#define   wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX(i) \
-    wxASSERT_MSG( (size_t)(i) <= length(), _T("invalid index in wxString") )
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// deprecated in favour of wxString::npos, don't use in new code
-//
-// maximum possible length for a string means "take all string" everywhere
-#define wxSTRING_MAXLEN wxStringBase::npos
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// global pointer to empty string
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions complementing standard C string library replacements for
-// strlen() and portable strcasecmp()
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxXXX() functions from wxchar.h instead! These functions are for
-// backwards compatibility only.
-
-// checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty
-inline bool IsEmpty(const char *p) { return (!p || !*p); }
-
-// safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer)
-inline size_t Strlen(const char *psz)
-  { return psz ? strlen(psz) : 0; }
-
-// portable strcasecmp/_stricmp
-inline int Stricmp(const char *psz1, const char *psz2)
-{
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
-  register char c1, c2;
-  do {
-    c1 = tolower(*psz1++);
-    c2 = tolower(*psz2++);
-  } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) );
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-#elif defined(__VISUALC__) || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__INTEL__) )
-  return _stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__SC__)
-  return _stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__SALFORDC__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__EMX__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-  return stricmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) || \
-      defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRING_H) || \
-      defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H) || \
-      defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-  return strcasecmp(psz1, psz2);
-#elif defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__)
-  register char c1, c2;
-  do {
-    c1 = tolower(*psz1++);
-    c2 = tolower(*psz2++);
-  } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) );
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-#else
-  // almost all compilers/libraries provide this function (unfortunately under
-  // different names), that's why we don't implement our own which will surely
-  // be more efficient than this code (uncomment to use):
-  /*
-    register char c1, c2;
-    do {
-      c1 = tolower(*psz1++);
-      c2 = tolower(*psz2++);
-    } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) );
-
-    return c1 - c2;
-  */
-
-  #error  "Please define string case-insensitive compare for your OS/compiler"
-#endif  // OS/compiler
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// deal with STL/non-STL/non-STL-but-wxUSE_STD_STRING
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// in both cases we need to define wxStdString
-#if wxUSE_STL || wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-#include <string>
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #ifdef HAVE_STD_WSTRING
-        typedef std::wstring wxStdString;
-    #else
-        typedef std::basic_string<wxChar> wxStdString;
-    #endif
-#else
-    typedef std::string wxStdString;
-#endif
-
-#endif // need <string>
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-
-    // we don't need an extra ctor from std::string when copy ctor already does
-    // the work
-    #undef wxUSE_STD_STRING
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING 0
-
-    #if (defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUG__ < 3)) || \
-        (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200))
-        #define wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR
-    #endif
-
-    typedef wxStdString wxStringBase;
-#else // if !wxUSE_STL
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE) && \
-    (!defined(__WX_SETUP_H__) || wxUSE_STL == 0)
-    #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string data prepended with some housekeeping info (used by wxString class),
-// is never used directly (but had to be put here to allow inlining)
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringData
-{
-  int     nRefs;        // reference count
-  size_t  nDataLength,  // actual string length
-          nAllocLength; // allocated memory size
-
-  // mimics declaration 'wxChar data[nAllocLength]'
-  wxChar* data() const { return (wxChar*)(this + 1); }
-
-  // empty string has a special ref count so it's never deleted
-  bool  IsEmpty()   const { return (nRefs == -1); }
-  bool  IsShared()  const { return (nRefs > 1);   }
-
-  // lock/unlock
-  void  Lock()   { if ( !IsEmpty() ) nRefs++;                    }
-
-  // VC++ will refuse to inline Unlock but profiling shows that it is wrong
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
-  __forceinline
-#endif
-  // VC++ free must take place in same DLL as allocation when using non dll
-  // run-time library (e.g. Multithreaded instead of Multithreaded DLL)
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(_MT) && !defined(_DLL)
-  void  Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) Free();  }
-  // we must not inline deallocation since allocation is not inlined
-  void  Free();
-#else
-  void  Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) free(this);  }
-#endif
-
-  // if we had taken control over string memory (GetWriteBuf), it's
-  // intentionally put in invalid state
-  void  Validate(bool b)  { nRefs = (b ? 1 : 0); }
-  bool  IsValid() const   { return (nRefs != 0); }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringBase
-{
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-#endif
-public :
-  // an 'invalid' value for string index, moved to this place due to a CW bug
-  static const size_t npos;
-protected:
-  // points to data preceded by wxStringData structure with ref count info
-  wxChar *m_pchData;
-
-  // accessor to string data
-  wxStringData* GetStringData() const { return (wxStringData*)m_pchData - 1; }
-
-  // string (re)initialization functions
-    // initializes the string to the empty value (must be called only from
-    // ctors, use Reinit() otherwise)
-  void Init() { m_pchData = (wxChar *)wxEmptyString; }
-    // initializes the string with (a part of) C-string
-  void InitWith(const wxChar *psz, size_t nPos = 0, size_t nLen = npos);
-    // as Init, but also frees old data
-  void Reinit() { GetStringData()->Unlock(); Init(); }
-
-  // memory allocation
-    // allocates memory for string of length nLen
-  bool AllocBuffer(size_t nLen);
-    // copies data to another string
-  bool AllocCopy(wxString&, int, int) const;
-    // effectively copies data to string
-  bool AssignCopy(size_t, const wxChar *);
-
-  // append a (sub)string
-  bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxChar *src, size_t nMaxLen);
-  bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxChar *src)
-    { return ConcatSelf(nLen, src, nLen); }
-
-  // functions called before writing to the string: they copy it if there
-  // are other references to our data (should be the only owner when writing)
-  bool CopyBeforeWrite();
-  bool AllocBeforeWrite(size_t);
-
-    // compatibility with wxString
-  bool Alloc(size_t nLen);
-public:
-  // standard types
-  typedef wxChar value_type;
-  typedef wxChar char_type;
-  typedef size_t size_type;
-  typedef value_type& reference;
-  typedef const value_type& const_reference;
-  typedef value_type* pointer;
-  typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
-  typedef value_type *iterator;
-  typedef const value_type *const_iterator;
-
-#define wxSTRING_REVERSE_ITERATOR(name, const_or_not)                         \
-  class name                                                                  \
-  {                                                                           \
-  public:                                                                     \
-      typedef wxChar value_type;                                              \
-      typedef const_or_not value_type& reference;                             \
-      typedef const_or_not value_type *pointer;                               \
-      typedef const_or_not value_type *iterator_type;                         \
-                                                                              \
-      name(iterator_type i) : m_cur(i) { }                                    \
-      name(const name& ri) : m_cur(ri.m_cur) { }                              \
-                                                                              \
-      iterator_type base() const { return m_cur; }                            \
-                                                                              \
-      reference operator*() const { return *(m_cur - 1); }                    \
-                                                                              \
-      name& operator++() { --m_cur; return *this; }                           \
-      name operator++(int) { name tmp = *this; --m_cur; return tmp; }         \
-      name& operator--() { ++m_cur; return *this; }                           \
-      name operator--(int) { name tmp = *this; ++m_cur; return tmp; }         \
-                                                                              \
-      bool operator==(name ri) const { return m_cur == ri.m_cur; }            \
-      bool operator!=(name ri) const { return !(*this == ri); }               \
-                                                                              \
-  private:                                                                    \
-      iterator_type m_cur;                                                    \
-  }
-
-  wxSTRING_REVERSE_ITERATOR(const_reverse_iterator, const);
-
-  #define wxSTRING_CONST
-  wxSTRING_REVERSE_ITERATOR(reverse_iterator, wxSTRING_CONST);
-  #undef wxSTRING_CONST
-
-  #undef wxSTRING_REVERSE_ITERATOR
-
-
-  // constructors and destructor
-    // ctor for an empty string
-  wxStringBase() { Init(); }
-    // copy ctor
-  wxStringBase(const wxStringBase& stringSrc)
-  {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( stringSrc.GetStringData()->IsValid(),
-                  _T("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
-
-    if ( stringSrc.empty() ) {
-      // nothing to do for an empty string
-      Init();
-    }
-    else {
-      m_pchData = stringSrc.m_pchData;            // share same data
-      GetStringData()->Lock();                    // => one more copy
-    }
-  }
-    // string containing nRepeat copies of ch
-  wxStringBase(size_type nRepeat, wxChar ch);
-    // ctor takes first nLength characters from C string
-    // (default value of npos means take all the string)
-  wxStringBase(const wxChar *psz)
-      { InitWith(psz, 0, npos); }
-  wxStringBase(const wxChar *psz, size_t nLength)
-      { InitWith(psz, 0, nLength); }
-  wxStringBase(const wxChar *psz,
-               const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv),
-               size_t nLength = npos)
-      { InitWith(psz, 0, nLength); }
-    // take nLen chars starting at nPos
-  wxStringBase(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen)
-  {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( str.GetStringData()->IsValid(),
-                  _T("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
-    Init();
-    size_t strLen = str.length() - nPos; nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen;
-    InitWith(str.c_str(), nPos, nLen);
-  }
-    // take all characters from pStart to pEnd
-  wxStringBase(const void *pStart, const void *pEnd);
-
-    // dtor is not virtual, this class must not be inherited from!
-  ~wxStringBase()
-  {
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
-      //RN - according to the above VC++ does indeed inline this,
-      //even though it spits out two warnings
-      #pragma warning (disable:4714)
-#endif
-
-      GetStringData()->Unlock();
-  }
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
-    //re-enable inlining warning
-    #pragma warning (default:4714)
-#endif
-  // overloaded assignment
-    // from another wxString
-  wxStringBase& operator=(const wxStringBase& stringSrc);
-    // from a character
-  wxStringBase& operator=(wxChar ch);
-    // from a C string
-  wxStringBase& operator=(const wxChar *psz);
-
-    // return the length of the string
-  size_type length() const { return GetStringData()->nDataLength; }
-    // return the length of the string
-  size_type size() const { return length(); }
-    // return the maximum size of the string
-  size_type max_size() const { return npos; }
-    // resize the string, filling the space with c if c != 0
-  void resize(size_t nSize, wxChar ch = wxT('\0'));
-    // delete the contents of the string
-  void clear() { erase(0, npos); }
-    // returns true if the string is empty
-  bool empty() const { return length() == 0; }
-    // inform string about planned change in size
-  void reserve(size_t sz) { Alloc(sz); }
-  size_type capacity() const { return GetStringData()->nAllocLength; }
-
-  // lib.string.access
-    // return the character at position n
-  value_type at(size_type n) const
-    { wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n ); return m_pchData[n]; }
-    // returns the writable character at position n
-  reference at(size_type n)
-    { wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n ); CopyBeforeWrite(); return m_pchData[n]; }
-
-  // lib.string.modifiers
-    // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n]
-  wxStringBase& append(const wxStringBase& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
-  {
-    wxASSERT(pos <= str.length());
-    ConcatSelf(n, str.c_str() + pos, str.length() - pos);
-    return *this;
-  }
-    // append a string
-  wxStringBase& append(const wxStringBase& str)
-    { ConcatSelf(str.length(), str.c_str()); return *this; }
-    // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
-  wxStringBase& append(const wxChar *sz)
-    { ConcatSelf(wxStrlen(sz), sz); return *this; }
-  wxStringBase& append(const wxChar *sz, size_t n)
-    { ConcatSelf(n, sz); return *this; }
-    // append n copies of ch
-  wxStringBase& append(size_t n, wxChar ch);
-    // append from first to last
-  wxStringBase& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { ConcatSelf(last - first, first); return *this; }
-
-    // same as `this_string = str'
-  wxStringBase& assign(const wxStringBase& str)
-    { return *this = str; }
-    // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n]
-  wxStringBase& assign(const wxStringBase& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
-    { clear(); return append(str, pos, n); }
-    // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz'
-  wxStringBase& assign(const wxChar *sz)
-    { clear(); return append(sz, wxStrlen(sz)); }
-  wxStringBase& assign(const wxChar *sz, size_t n)
-    { clear(); return append(sz, n); }
-    // same as `= n copies of ch'
-  wxStringBase& assign(size_t n, wxChar ch)
-    { clear(); return append(n, ch); }
-    // assign from first to last
-  wxStringBase& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { clear(); return append(first, last); }
-
-    // first valid index position
-  const_iterator begin() const { return m_pchData; }
-  iterator begin();
-    // position one after the last valid one
-  const_iterator end() const { return m_pchData + length(); }
-  iterator end();
-
-    // first element of the reversed string
-  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return const_reverse_iterator(end()); }
-  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
-    // one beyond the end of the reversed string
-  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(begin()); }
-  reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
-
-    // insert another string
-  wxStringBase& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringBase& str)
-  {
-    wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() );
-    return insert(nPos, str.c_str(), str.length());
-  }
-    // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str)
-  wxStringBase& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart, size_t n)
-  {
-    wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() );
-    wxASSERT( nStart < str.length() );
-    size_t strLen = str.length() - nStart;
-    n = strLen < n ? strLen : n;
-    return insert(nPos, str.c_str() + nStart, n);
-  }
-    // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
-  wxStringBase& insert(size_t nPos, const wxChar *sz, size_t n = npos);
-    // insert n copies of ch
-  wxStringBase& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxChar ch)
-    { return insert(nPos, wxStringBase(n, ch)); }
-  iterator insert(iterator it, wxChar ch)
-    { size_t idx = it - begin(); insert(idx, 1, ch); return begin() + idx; }
-  void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { insert(it - begin(), first, last - first); }
-  void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxChar ch)
-    { insert(it - begin(), n, ch); }
-
-    // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen
-  wxStringBase& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos);
-  iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
-  {
-    size_t idx = first - begin();
-    erase(idx, last - first);
-    return begin() + idx;
-  }
-  iterator erase(iterator first);
-
-  // explicit conversion to C string (use this with printf()!)
-  const wxChar* c_str() const { return m_pchData; }
-  const wxChar* data() const { return m_pchData; }
-
-    // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
-  wxStringBase& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxChar* sz);
-    // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
-  wxStringBase& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringBase& str)
-    { return replace(nStart, nLen, str.c_str()); }
-    // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch
-  wxStringBase& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, size_t nCount, wxChar ch);
-    // replaces a substring with another substring
-  wxStringBase& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-                        const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2);
-    // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz
-  wxStringBase& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-                        const wxChar* sz, size_t nCount);
-  wxStringBase& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s)
-    { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); }
-  wxStringBase& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s,
-                        size_type n)
-    { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s, n); }
-  wxStringBase& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxStringBase& s)
-    { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); }
-  wxStringBase& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxChar c)
-    { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, n, c); }
-  wxStringBase& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
-                        const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1)
-    { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, first1, last1 - first1); }
-
-    // swap two strings
-  void swap(wxStringBase& str);
-
-    // All find() functions take the nStart argument which specifies the
-    // position to start the search on, the default value is 0. All functions
-    // return npos if there were no match.
-
-    // find a substring
-  size_t find(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-
-    // find first n characters of sz
-  size_t find(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const;
-
-    // find the first occurence of character ch after nStart
-  size_t find(wxChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-
-    // rfind() family is exactly like find() but works right to left
-
-    // as find, but from the end
-  size_t rfind(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-
-    // as find, but from the end
-  size_t rfind(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = npos,
-               size_t n = npos) const;
-    // as find, but from the end
-  size_t rfind(wxChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-
-    // find first/last occurence of any character in the set
-
-    // as strpbrk() but starts at nStart, returns npos if not found
-  size_t find_first_of(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
-    { return find_first_of(str.c_str(), nStart); }
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_first_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-  size_t find_first_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
-    // same as find(char, size_t)
-  size_t find_first_of(wxChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const
-    { return find(c, nStart); }
-    // find the last (starting from nStart) char from str in this string
-  size_t find_last_of (const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
-    { return find_last_of(str.c_str(), nStart); }
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_last_of (const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-  size_t find_last_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_last_of(wxChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const
-    { return rfind(c, nStart); }
-
-    // find first/last occurence of any character not in the set
-
-    // as strspn() (starting from nStart), returns npos on failure
-  size_t find_first_not_of(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
-    { return find_first_not_of(str.c_str(), nStart); }
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_first_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-  size_t find_first_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_first_not_of(wxChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-    //  as strcspn()
-  size_t find_last_not_of(const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
-    { return find_last_not_of(str.c_str(), nStart); }
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_last_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-  size_t find_last_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
-    // same as above
-  size_t find_last_not_of(wxChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-
-    // All compare functions return -1, 0 or 1 if the [sub]string is less,
-    // equal or greater than the compare() argument.
-
-    // comparison with another string
-  int compare(const wxStringBase& str) const;
-    // comparison with a substring
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringBase& str) const;
-    // comparison of 2 substrings
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-              const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const;
-    // comparison with a c string
-  int compare(const wxChar* sz) const;
-    // substring comparison with first nCount characters of sz
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-              const wxChar* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const;
-
-  size_type copy(wxChar* s, size_type n, size_type pos = 0);
-
-  // substring extraction
-  wxStringBase substr(size_t nStart = 0, size_t nLen = npos) const;
-
-      // string += string
-  wxStringBase& operator+=(const wxStringBase& s) { return append(s); }
-      // string += C string
-  wxStringBase& operator+=(const wxChar *psz) { return append(psz); }
-      // string += char
-  wxStringBase& operator+=(wxChar ch) { return append(1, ch); }
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxString: string class trying to be compatible with std::string, MFC
-//           CString and wxWindows 1.x wxString all at once
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString : public wxStringBase
-{
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-#endif
-
-  // NB: special care was taken in arranging the member functions in such order
-  //     that all inline functions can be effectively inlined, verify that all
-  //     performance critical functions are still inlined if you change order!
-private:
-  // if we hadn't made these operators private, it would be possible to
-  // compile "wxString s; s = 17;" without any warnings as 17 is implicitly
-  // converted to char in C and we do have operator=(char)
-  //
-  // NB: we don't need other versions (short/long and unsigned) as attempt
-  //     to assign another numeric type to wxString will now result in
-  //     ambiguity between operator=(char) and operator=(int)
-  wxString& operator=(int);
-
-  // these methods are not implemented - there is _no_ conversion from int to
-  // string, you're doing something wrong if the compiler wants to call it!
-  //
-  // try `s << i' or `s.Printf("%d", i)' instead
-  wxString(int);
-
-public:
-  // constructors and destructor
-    // ctor for an empty string
-  wxString() : wxStringBase() { }
-    // copy ctor
-  wxString(const wxStringBase& stringSrc) : wxStringBase(stringSrc) { }
-  wxString(const wxString& stringSrc) : wxStringBase(stringSrc) { }
-    // string containing nRepeat copies of ch
-  wxString(wxChar ch, size_t nRepeat = 1)
-      : wxStringBase(nRepeat, ch) { }
-  wxString(size_t nRepeat, wxChar ch)
-      : wxStringBase(nRepeat, ch) { }
-    // ctor takes first nLength characters from C string
-    // (default value of npos means take all the string)
-  wxString(const wxChar *psz)
-      : wxStringBase(psz ? psz : wxT("")) { }
-  wxString(const wxChar *psz, size_t nLength)
-      : wxStringBase(psz, nLength) { }
-  wxString(const wxChar *psz,
-           const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv),
-           size_t nLength = npos)
-      : wxStringBase(psz, nLength == npos ? wxStrlen(psz) : nLength) { }
-
-  // even if we're not built with wxUSE_STL == 1 it is very convenient to allow
-  // implicit conversions from std::string to wxString as this allows to use
-  // the same strings in non-GUI and GUI code, however we don't want to
-  // unconditionally add this ctor as it would make wx lib dependent on
-  // libstdc++ on some Linux versions which is bad, so instead we ask the
-  // client code to define this wxUSE_STD_STRING symbol if they need it
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
-  wxString(const wxStdString& s)
-      : wxStringBase(s.c_str()) { }
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    // from multibyte string
-  wxString(const char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv, size_t nLength = npos);
-    // from wxWCharBuffer (i.e. return from wxGetString)
-  wxString(const wxWCharBuffer& psz) : wxStringBase(psz.data()) { }
-#else // ANSI
-    // from C string (for compilers using unsigned char)
-  wxString(const unsigned char* psz)
-      : wxStringBase((const char*)psz) { }
-    // from part of C string (for compilers using unsigned char)
-  wxString(const unsigned char* psz, size_t nLength)
-      : wxStringBase((const char*)psz, nLength) { }
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    // from wide (Unicode) string
-  wxString(const wchar_t *pwz,
-           const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc,
-           size_t nLength = npos);
-#endif // !wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-    // from wxCharBuffer
-  wxString(const wxCharBuffer& psz)
-      : wxStringBase(psz) { }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-  // generic attributes & operations
-    // as standard strlen()
-  size_t Len() const { return length(); }
-    // string contains any characters?
-  bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); }
-    // empty string is "false", so !str will return true
-  bool operator!() const { return empty(); }
-    // truncate the string to given length
-  wxString& Truncate(size_t uiLen);
-    // empty string contents
-  void Empty()
-  {
-    Truncate(0);
-
-    wxASSERT_MSG( empty(), _T("string not empty after call to Empty()?") );
-  }
-    // empty the string and free memory
-  void Clear()
-  {
-    wxString tmp(wxEmptyString);
-    swap(tmp);
-  }
-
-  // contents test
-    // Is an ascii value
-  bool IsAscii() const;
-    // Is a number
-  bool IsNumber() const;
-    // Is a word
-  bool IsWord() const;
-
-  // data access (all indexes are 0 based)
-    // read access
-    wxChar  GetChar(size_t n) const
-      { return at(n); }
-    // read/write access
-    wxChar& GetWritableChar(size_t n)
-      { return at(n); }
-    // write access
-    void  SetChar(size_t n, wxChar ch)
-      { at(n) = ch; }
-
-    // get last character
-    wxChar  Last() const
-      {
-          wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), _T("wxString: index out of bounds") );
-
-          return at(length() - 1);
-      }
-
-    // get writable last character
-    wxChar& Last()
-      {
-          wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), _T("wxString: index out of bounds") );
-          return at(length() - 1);
-      }
-
-    /*
-       Note that we we must define all of the overloads below to avoid
-       ambiguity when using str[0]. Also note that for a conforming compiler we
-       don't need const version of operatorp[] at all as indexed access to
-       const string is provided by implicit conversion to "const wxChar *"
-       below and defining them would only result in ambiguities, but some other
-       compilers refuse to compile "str[0]" without them.
-     */
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MWERKS__)
-    wxChar operator[](int n) const
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-    wxChar operator[](size_type n) const
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-    wxChar operator[](unsigned int n) const
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-#endif // size_t != unsigned int
-#endif // broken compiler
-
-
-    // operator versions of GetWriteableChar()
-    wxChar& operator[](int n)
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-    wxChar& operator[](size_type n)
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-    wxChar& operator[](unsigned int n)
-      { return wxStringBase::at(n); }
-#endif // size_t != unsigned int
-
-    // implicit conversion to C string
-    operator const wxChar*() const { return c_str(); }
-
-    // identical to c_str(), for wxWin 1.6x compatibility
-    const wxChar* wx_str()  const { return c_str(); }
-    // identical to c_str(), for MFC compatibility
-    const wxChar* GetData() const { return c_str(); }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-    // conversion to *non-const* multibyte or widestring buffer; modifying
-    // returned buffer won't affect the string, these methods are only useful
-    // for passing values to const-incorrect functions
-    wxWritableCharBuffer char_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const
-      { return mb_str(conv); }
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    wxWritableWCharBuffer wchar_str() const { return wc_str(wxConvLibc); }
-#endif
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-
-    // conversion to/from plain (i.e. 7 bit) ASCII: this is useful for
-    // converting numbers or strings which are certain not to contain special
-    // chars (typically system functions, X atoms, environment variables etc.)
-    //
-    // the behaviour of these functions with the strings containing anything
-    // else than 7 bit ASCII characters is undefined, use at your own risk.
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii);  // string
-    static wxString FromAscii(const char ascii);   // char
-    const wxCharBuffer ToAscii() const;
-#else // ANSI
-    static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); }
-    static wxString FromAscii(const char ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); }
-    const char *ToAscii() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif // Unicode/!Unicode
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-    // conversion to/from UTF-8:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8)
-      { return wxString(utf8, wxConvUTF8); }
-    static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len)
-      { return wxString(utf8, wxConvUTF8, len); }
-    const wxCharBuffer utf8_str() const { return mb_str(wxConvUTF8); }
-    const wxCharBuffer ToUTF8() const { return utf8_str(); }
-#elif wxUSE_WCHAR_T // ANSI
-    static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8)
-      { return wxString(wxConvUTF8.cMB2WC(utf8)); }
-    static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len)
-    {
-      size_t wlen;
-      wxWCharBuffer buf(wxConvUTF8.cMB2WC(utf8, len == npos ? wxNO_LEN : len, &wlen));
-      return wxString(buf.data(), wxConvLibc, wlen);
-    }
-    const wxCharBuffer utf8_str() const
-      { return wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(wc_str(wxConvLibc)); }
-    const wxCharBuffer ToUTF8() const { return utf8_str(); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-    // functions for storing binary data in wxString:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len)
-      { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1, len); }
-    // version for NUL-terminated data:
-    static wxString From8BitData(const char *data)
-      { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1); }
-    const wxCharBuffer To8BitData() const { return mb_str(wxConvISO8859_1); }
-#else // ANSI
-    static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len)
-      { return wxString(data, len); }
-    // version for NUL-terminated data:
-    static wxString From8BitData(const char *data)
-      { return wxString(data); }
-    const char *To8BitData() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20804
-
-    // conversions with (possible) format conversions: have to return a
-    // buffer with temporary data
-    //
-    // the functions defined (in either Unicode or ANSI) mode are mb_str() to
-    // return an ANSI (multibyte) string, wc_str() to return a wide string and
-    // fn_str() to return a string which should be used with the OS APIs
-    // accepting the file names. The return value is always the same, but the
-    // type differs because a function may either return pointer to the buffer
-    // directly or have to use intermediate buffer for translation.
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    const wxCharBuffer mb_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const;
-
-    const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(*wxConvCurrent); }
-
-    const wxChar* wc_str() const { return c_str(); }
-
-    // for compatibility with !wxUSE_UNICODE version
-    const wxChar* wc_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const { return c_str(); }
-
-#if wxMBFILES
-    const wxCharBuffer fn_str() const { return mb_str(wxConvFile); }
-#else // !wxMBFILES
-    const wxChar* fn_str() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif // wxMBFILES/!wxMBFILES
-#else // ANSI
-    const wxChar* mb_str() const { return c_str(); }
-
-    // for compatibility with wxUSE_UNICODE version
-    const wxChar* mb_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const { return c_str(); }
-
-    const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    const wxWCharBuffer wc_str(const wxMBConv& conv) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
-    const wxCharBuffer fn_str() const { return wxConvFile.cWC2WX( wc_str( wxConvLocal ) ); }
-#else
-    const wxChar* fn_str() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-  // overloaded assignment
-    // from another wxString
-  wxString& operator=(const wxStringBase& stringSrc)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator=(stringSrc); }
-    // from a character
-  wxString& operator=(wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator=(ch); }
-    // from a C string - STL probably will crash on NULL,
-    // so we need to compensate in that case
-#if wxUSE_STL
-  wxString& operator=(const wxChar *psz)
-    { if(psz) wxStringBase::operator=(psz); else Clear(); return *this; }
-#else
-  wxString& operator=(const wxChar *psz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator=(psz); }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    // from wxWCharBuffer
-  wxString& operator=(const wxWCharBuffer& psz)
-    { (void) operator=((const wchar_t *)psz); return *this; }
-#else // ANSI
-    // from another kind of C string
-  wxString& operator=(const unsigned char* psz);
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    // from a wide string
-  wxString& operator=(const wchar_t *pwz);
-#endif
-    // from wxCharBuffer
-  wxString& operator=(const wxCharBuffer& psz)
-    { (void) operator=((const char *)psz); return *this; }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-  // string concatenation
-    // in place concatenation
-    /*
-        Concatenate and return the result. Note that the left to right
-        associativity of << allows to write things like "str << str1 << str2
-        << ..." (unlike with +=)
-     */
-      // string += string
-  wxString& operator<<(const wxString& s)
-  {
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-    wxASSERT_MSG( s.GetStringData()->IsValid(),
-                  _T("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
-#endif
-
-    append(s);
-    return *this;
-  }
-      // string += C string
-  wxString& operator<<(const wxChar *psz)
-    { append(psz); return *this; }
-      // string += char
-  wxString& operator<<(wxChar ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
-
-      // string += buffer (i.e. from wxGetString)
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-  wxString& operator<<(const wxWCharBuffer& s)
-    { (void)operator<<((const wchar_t *)s); return *this; }
-  void operator+=(const wxWCharBuffer& s)
-    { (void)operator<<((const wchar_t *)s); }
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-  wxString& operator<<(const wxCharBuffer& s)
-    { (void)operator<<((const char *)s); return *this; }
-  void operator+=(const wxCharBuffer& s)
-    { (void)operator<<((const char *)s); }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-    // string += C string
-  wxString& Append(const wxString& s)
-    {
-        // test for empty() to share the string if possible
-        if ( empty() )
-            *this = s;
-        else
-            append(s);
-        return *this;
-    }
-  wxString& Append(const wxChar* psz)
-    { append(psz); return *this; }
-    // append count copies of given character
-  wxString& Append(wxChar ch, size_t count = 1u)
-    { append(count, ch); return *this; }
-  wxString& Append(const wxChar* psz, size_t nLen)
-    { append(psz, nLen); return *this; }
-
-    // prepend a string, return the string itself
-  wxString& Prepend(const wxString& str)
-    { *this = str + *this; return *this; }
-
-    // non-destructive concatenation
-      // two strings
-  friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1,
-                                             const wxString& string2);
-      // string with a single char
-  friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxChar ch);
-      // char with a string
-  friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxChar ch, const wxString& string);
-      // string with C string
-  friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string,
-                                             const wxChar *psz);
-      // C string with string
-  friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxChar *psz,
-                                             const wxString& string);
-
-  // stream-like functions
-      // insert an int into string
-  wxString& operator<<(int i)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%d"), i); }
-      // insert an unsigned int into string
-  wxString& operator<<(unsigned int ui)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%u"), ui); }
-      // insert a long into string
-  wxString& operator<<(long l)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%ld"), l); }
-      // insert an unsigned long into string
-  wxString& operator<<(unsigned long ul)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%lu"), ul); }
-#if defined wxLongLong_t && !defined wxLongLongIsLong
-      // insert a long long if they exist and aren't longs
-  wxString& operator<<(wxLongLong_t ll)
-    {
-      const wxChar *fmt = _T("%") wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("d");
-      return (*this) << Format(fmt, ll);
-    }
-      // insert an unsigned long long
-  wxString& operator<<(wxULongLong_t ull)
-    {
-      const wxChar *fmt = _T("%") wxLongLongFmtSpec _T("u");
-      return (*this) << Format(fmt , ull);
-    }
-#endif
-      // insert a float into string
-  wxString& operator<<(float f)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%f"), f); }
-      // insert a double into string
-  wxString& operator<<(double d)
-    { return (*this) << Format(_T("%g"), d); }
-
-  // string comparison
-    // case-sensitive comparison (returns a value < 0, = 0 or > 0)
-  int Cmp(const wxChar *psz) const;
-  int Cmp(const wxString& s) const;
-    // same as Cmp() but not case-sensitive
-  int CmpNoCase(const wxChar *psz) const;
-  int CmpNoCase(const wxString& s) const;
-    // test for the string equality, either considering case or not
-    // (if compareWithCase then the case matters)
-  bool IsSameAs(const wxChar *psz, bool compareWithCase = true) const
-    { return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(psz) : CmpNoCase(psz)) == 0; }
-    // comparison with a single character: returns true if equal
-  bool IsSameAs(wxChar c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
-    {
-      return (length() == 1) && (compareWithCase ? GetChar(0u) == c
-                              : wxToupper(GetChar(0u)) == wxToupper(c));
-    }
-
-  // simple sub-string extraction
-      // return substring starting at nFirst of length nCount (or till the end
-      // if nCount = default value)
-  wxString Mid(size_t nFirst, size_t nCount = npos) const;
-
-      // operator version of Mid()
-  wxString  operator()(size_t start, size_t len) const
-    { return Mid(start, len); }
-
-      // check if the string starts with the given prefix and return the rest
-      // of the string in the provided pointer if it is not NULL; otherwise
-      // return false
-  bool StartsWith(const wxChar *prefix, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
-      // check if the string ends with the given suffix and return the
-      // beginning of the string before the suffix in the provided pointer if
-      // it is not NULL; otherwise return false
-  bool EndsWith(const wxChar *suffix, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
-
-      // get first nCount characters
-  wxString Left(size_t nCount) const;
-      // get last nCount characters
-  wxString Right(size_t nCount) const;
-      // get all characters before the first occurance of ch
-      // (returns the whole string if ch not found)
-  wxString BeforeFirst(wxChar ch) const;
-      // get all characters before the last occurence of ch
-      // (returns empty string if ch not found)
-  wxString BeforeLast(wxChar ch) const;
-      // get all characters after the first occurence of ch
-      // (returns empty string if ch not found)
-  wxString AfterFirst(wxChar ch) const;
-      // get all characters after the last occurence of ch
-      // (returns the whole string if ch not found)
-  wxString AfterLast(wxChar ch) const;
-
-    // for compatibility only, use more explicitly named functions above
-  wxString Before(wxChar ch) const { return BeforeLast(ch); }
-  wxString After(wxChar ch) const { return AfterFirst(ch); }
-
-  // case conversion
-      // convert to upper case in place, return the string itself
-  wxString& MakeUpper();
-      // convert to upper case, return the copy of the string
-      // Here's something to remember: BC++ doesn't like returns in inlines.
-  wxString Upper() const ;
-      // convert to lower case in place, return the string itself
-  wxString& MakeLower();
-      // convert to lower case, return the copy of the string
-  wxString Lower() const ;
-
-  // trimming/padding whitespace (either side) and truncating
-      // remove spaces from left or from right (default) side
-  wxString& Trim(bool bFromRight = true);
-      // add nCount copies chPad in the beginning or at the end (default)
-  wxString& Pad(size_t nCount, wxChar chPad = wxT(' '), bool bFromRight = true);
-
-  // searching and replacing
-      // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found)
-  int Find(wxChar ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const;   // like strchr/strrchr
-      // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found)
-  int Find(const wxChar *pszSub) const;               // like strstr
-      // replace first (or all of bReplaceAll) occurences of substring with
-      // another string, returns the number of replacements made
-  size_t Replace(const wxChar *szOld,
-                 const wxChar *szNew,
-                 bool bReplaceAll = true);
-
-    // check if the string contents matches a mask containing '*' and '?'
-  bool Matches(const wxChar *szMask) const;
-
-    // conversion to numbers: all functions return true only if the whole
-    // string is a number and put the value of this number into the pointer
-    // provided, the base is the numeric base in which the conversion should be
-    // done and must be comprised between 2 and 36 or be 0 in which case the
-    // standard C rules apply (leading '0' => octal, "0x" => hex)
-        // convert to a signed integer
-    bool ToLong(long *val, int base = 10) const;
-        // convert to an unsigned integer
-    bool ToULong(unsigned long *val, int base = 10) const;
-        // convert to wxLongLong
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t)
-    bool ToLongLong(wxLongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const;
-        // convert to wxULongLong
-    bool ToULongLong(wxULongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const;
-#endif // wxLongLong_t
-        // convert to a double
-    bool ToDouble(double *val) const;
-
-
-
-  // formatted input/output
-    // as sprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error
-    // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count)
-  int Printf(const wxChar *pszFormat, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-    // as vprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error
-  int PrintfV(const wxChar* pszFormat, va_list argptr);
-
-    // returns the string containing the result of Printf() to it
-  static wxString Format(const wxChar *pszFormat, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-    // the same as above, but takes a va_list
-  static wxString FormatV(const wxChar *pszFormat, va_list argptr);
-
-  // raw access to string memory
-    // ensure that string has space for at least nLen characters
-    // only works if the data of this string is not shared
-  bool Alloc(size_t nLen) { reserve(nLen); /*return capacity() >= nLen;*/ return true; }
-    // minimize the string's memory
-    // only works if the data of this string is not shared
-  bool Shrink();
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-    // get writable buffer of at least nLen bytes. Unget() *must* be called
-    // a.s.a.p. to put string back in a reasonable state!
-  wxChar *GetWriteBuf(size_t nLen);
-    // call this immediately after GetWriteBuf() has been used
-  void UngetWriteBuf();
-  void UngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen);
-#endif
-
-  // wxWidgets version 1 compatibility functions
-
-  // use Mid()
-  wxString SubString(size_t from, size_t to) const
-      { return Mid(from, (to - from + 1)); }
-    // values for second parameter of CompareTo function
-  enum caseCompare {exact, ignoreCase};
-    // values for first parameter of Strip function
-  enum stripType {leading = 0x1, trailing = 0x2, both = 0x3};
-
-  // use Printf()
-  // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count)
-  int sprintf(const wxChar *pszFormat, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-
-    // use Cmp()
-  inline int CompareTo(const wxChar* psz, caseCompare cmp = exact) const
-    { return cmp == exact ? Cmp(psz) : CmpNoCase(psz); }
-
-    // use Len
-  size_t Length() const { return length(); }
-    // Count the number of characters
-  int Freq(wxChar ch) const;
-    // use MakeLower
-  void LowerCase() { MakeLower(); }
-    // use MakeUpper
-  void UpperCase() { MakeUpper(); }
-    // use Trim except that it doesn't change this string
-  wxString Strip(stripType w = trailing) const;
-
-    // use Find (more general variants not yet supported)
-  size_t Index(const wxChar* psz) const { return Find(psz); }
-  size_t Index(wxChar ch)         const { return Find(ch);  }
-    // use Truncate
-  wxString& Remove(size_t pos) { return Truncate(pos); }
-  wxString& RemoveLast(size_t n = 1) { return Truncate(length() - n); }
-
-  wxString& Remove(size_t nStart, size_t nLen)
-      { return (wxString&)erase( nStart, nLen ); }
-
-    // use Find()
-  int First( const wxChar ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
-  int First( const wxChar* psz ) const { return Find(psz); }
-  int First( const wxString &str ) const { return Find(str); }
-  int Last( const wxChar ch ) const { return Find(ch, true); }
-  bool Contains(const wxString& str) const { return Find(str) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
-    // use empty()
-  bool IsNull() const { return empty(); }
-
-  // std::string compatibility functions
-
-    // take nLen chars starting at nPos
-  wxString(const wxString& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen)
-      : wxStringBase(str, nPos, nLen) { }
-    // take all characters from pStart to pEnd
-  wxString(const void *pStart, const void *pEnd)
-      : wxStringBase((const wxChar*)pStart, (const wxChar*)pEnd) { }
-#if wxUSE_STL
-  wxString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-      : wxStringBase(first, last) { }
-#endif
-
-  // lib.string.modifiers
-    // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n]
-  wxString& append(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(str, pos, n); }
-    // append a string
-  wxString& append(const wxString& str)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(str); }
-    // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
-  wxString& append(const wxChar *sz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(sz); }
-  wxString& append(const wxChar *sz, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(sz, n); }
-    // append n copies of ch
-  wxString& append(size_t n, wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(n, ch); }
-    // append from first to last
-  wxString& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::append(first, last); }
-
-    // same as `this_string = str'
-  wxString& assign(const wxString& str)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(str); }
-    // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n]
-  wxString& assign(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(str, pos, n); }
-    // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz'
-  wxString& assign(const wxChar *sz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(sz); }
-  wxString& assign(const wxChar *sz, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(sz, n); }
-    // same as `= n copies of ch'
-  wxString& assign(size_t n, wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(n, ch); }
-    // assign from first to last
-  wxString& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::assign(first, last); }
-
-    // string comparison
-#if !defined(HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE)
-  int compare(const wxStringBase& str) const;
-    // comparison with a substring
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringBase& str) const;
-    // comparison of 2 substrings
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-              const wxStringBase& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const;
-    // just like strcmp()
-  int compare(const wxChar* sz) const;
-    // substring comparison with first nCount characters of sz
-  int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-              const wxChar* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const;
-#endif // !defined HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
-
-    // insert another string
-  wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::insert(nPos, str); }
-    // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str)
-  wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str, size_t nStart, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::insert(nPos, str, nStart, n); }
-    // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
-  wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxChar *sz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::insert(nPos, sz); }
-  wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxChar *sz, size_t n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::insert(nPos, sz, n); }
-    // insert n copies of ch
-  wxString& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::insert(nPos, n, ch); }
-  iterator insert(iterator it, wxChar ch)
-    { return wxStringBase::insert(it, ch); }
-  void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
-    { wxStringBase::insert(it, first, last); }
-  void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxChar ch)
-    { wxStringBase::insert(it, n, ch); }
-
-    // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen
-  wxString& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::erase(pos, n); }
-  iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
-    { return wxStringBase::erase(first, last); }
-  iterator erase(iterator first)
-    { return wxStringBase::erase(first); }
-
-#ifdef wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR
-  void clear() { erase(); }
-#endif
-
-    // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
-  wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxChar* sz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(nStart, nLen, sz); }
-    // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
-  wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxString& str)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(nStart, nLen, str); }
-    // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch
-  wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, size_t nCount, wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(nStart, nLen, nCount, ch); }
-    // replaces a substring with another substring
-  wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-                    const wxString& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(nStart, nLen, str,
-                                              nStart2, nLen2); }
-     // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz
-  wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
-                    const wxChar* sz, size_t nCount)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(nStart, nLen, sz, nCount); }
-  wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(first, last, s); }
-  wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s,
-                    size_type n)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(first, last, s, n); }
-  wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxString& s)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(first, last, s); }
-  wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxChar c)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(first, last, n, c); }
-  wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
-                    const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::replace(first, last, first1, last1); }
-
-      // string += string
-  wxString& operator+=(const wxString& s)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator+=(s); }
-      // string += C string
-  wxString& operator+=(const wxChar *psz)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator+=(psz); }
-      // string += char
-  wxString& operator+=(wxChar ch)
-    { return (wxString&)wxStringBase::operator+=(ch); }
-};
-
-// notice that even though for many compilers the friend declarations above are
-// enough, from the point of view of C++ standard we must have the declarations
-// here as friend ones are not injected in the enclosing namespace and without
-// them the code fails to compile with conforming compilers such as xlC or g++4
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1,  const wxString& string2);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxChar ch);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxChar ch, const wxString& string);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, const wxChar *psz);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxChar *psz, const wxString& string);
-
-
-// define wxArrayString, for compatibility
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 && !wxUSE_STL
-    #include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-    // return an empty wxString (not very useful with wxUSE_STL == 1)
-    inline const wxString wxGetEmptyString() { return wxString(); }
-#else // !wxUSE_STL
-    // return an empty wxString (more efficient than wxString() here)
-    inline const wxString& wxGetEmptyString()
-    {
-        return *(wxString *)&wxEmptyString;
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringBuffer: a tiny class allowing to get a writable pointer into string
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringBuffer
-{
-public:
-    wxStringBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
-        : m_str(str), m_buf(lenWanted)
-        { }
-
-    ~wxStringBuffer() { m_str.assign(m_buf.data(), wxStrlen(m_buf.data())); }
-
-    operator wxChar*() { return m_buf.data(); }
-
-private:
-    wxString& m_str;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxWCharBuffer m_buf;
-#else
-    wxCharBuffer m_buf;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringBuffer)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringBufferLength
-{
-public:
-    wxStringBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
-        : m_str(str), m_buf(lenWanted), m_len(0), m_lenSet(false)
-        { }
-
-    ~wxStringBufferLength()
-    {
-        wxASSERT(m_lenSet);
-        m_str.assign(m_buf.data(), m_len);
-    }
-
-    operator wxChar*() { return m_buf.data(); }
-    void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; }
-
-private:
-    wxString& m_str;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxWCharBuffer m_buf;
-#else
-    wxCharBuffer  m_buf;
-#endif
-    size_t        m_len;
-    bool          m_lenSet;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringBufferLength)
-};
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringBuffer
-{
-public:
-    wxStringBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
-        : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL)
-        { m_buf = m_str.GetWriteBuf(lenWanted); }
-
-    ~wxStringBuffer() { m_str.UngetWriteBuf(); }
-
-    operator wxChar*() const { return m_buf; }
-
-private:
-    wxString& m_str;
-    wxChar   *m_buf;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringBuffer)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringBufferLength
-{
-public:
-    wxStringBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
-        : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL), m_len(0), m_lenSet(false)
-    {
-        m_buf = m_str.GetWriteBuf(lenWanted);
-        wxASSERT(m_buf != NULL);
-    }
-
-    ~wxStringBufferLength()
-    {
-        wxASSERT(m_lenSet);
-        m_str.UngetWriteBuf(m_len);
-    }
-
-    operator wxChar*() const { return m_buf; }
-    void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; }
-
-private:
-    wxString& m_str;
-    wxChar   *m_buf;
-    size_t    m_len;
-    bool      m_lenSet;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringBufferLength)
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxString comparison functions: operator versions are always case sensitive
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// note that when wxUSE_STL == 1 the comparison operators taking std::string
-// are used and defining them also for wxString would only result in
-// compilation ambiguities when comparing std::string and wxString
-#if !wxUSE_STL
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s1.Len() == s2.Len()) && (s1.Cmp(s2) == 0); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) == 0; }
-inline bool operator==(const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) == 0; }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s1.Len() != s2.Len()) || (s1.Cmp(s2) != 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) != 0; }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) != 0; }
-inline bool operator< (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) < 0; }
-inline bool operator< (const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) <  0; }
-inline bool operator< (const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) >  0; }
-inline bool operator> (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) >  0; }
-inline bool operator> (const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) >  0; }
-inline bool operator> (const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) <  0; }
-inline bool operator<=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) <= 0; }
-inline bool operator<=(const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) <= 0; }
-inline bool operator<=(const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) >= 0; }
-inline bool operator>=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) >= 0; }
-inline bool operator>=(const wxString& s1, const wxChar  * s2)
-    { return s1.Cmp(s2) >= 0; }
-inline bool operator>=(const wxChar  * s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return s2.Cmp(s1) <= 0; }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxWCharBuffer& s2)
-    { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) == 0); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) == 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxWCharBuffer& s2)
-    { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) != 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) != 0); }
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxCharBuffer& s2)
-    { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) == 0); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) == 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxCharBuffer& s2)
-    { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) != 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
-    { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) != 0); }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxWCharBuffer& buf)
-    { return string + (const wchar_t *)buf; }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxWCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string)
-    { return (const wchar_t *)buf + string; }
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxCharBuffer& buf)
-    { return string + (const char *)buf; }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string)
-    { return (const char *)buf + string; }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL
-
-// comparison with char (those are not defined by std::[w]string and so should
-// be always available)
-inline bool operator==(wxChar c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, wxChar c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(wxChar c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, wxChar c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Implementation only from here until the end of file
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// don't pollute the library user's name space
-#undef wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxString&);
-
-#endif  // wxSTD_STRING_COMPATIBILITY
-
-#endif  // _WX_WXSTRINGH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sysopt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sysopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cff3412ff..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/sysopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        sysopt.h
-// Purpose:     wxSystemOptions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2001-07-10
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sysopt.h 33004 2005-03-23 20:48:50Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-#define _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Enables an application to influence the wxWidgets implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSystemOptions : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxSystemOptions() { }
-
-    // User-customizable hints to wxWidgets or associated libraries
-    // These could also be used to influence GetSystem... calls, indeed
-    // to implement SetSystemColour/Font/Metric
-
-#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-    static void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
-    static void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value);
-#endif // wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-    static wxString GetOption(const wxString& name);
-    static int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name);
-    static bool HasOption(const wxString& name);
-
-    static bool IsFalse(const wxString& name)
-    {
-        return HasOption(name) && GetOptionInt(name) == 0;
-    }
-};
-
-#if !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-
-// define inline stubs for accessors to make it possible to use wxSystemOptions
-// in the library itself without checking for wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS all the time
-
-/* static */ inline
-wxString wxSystemOptions::GetOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
-    return wxEmptyString;
-}
-
-/* static */ inline
-int wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/* static */ inline
-bool wxSystemOptions::HasOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
-    return false;
-}
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tab.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tab.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ff4ede4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tab.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tab.h
-// Purpose:     Generic tab class base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tab.h 37400 2006-02-09 00:28:34Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TAB_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TAB_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG
-#include "wx/generic/tabg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TAB_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tabctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tabctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bba2fdbc5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tabctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tabctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTabCtrl base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tabctrl.h 38943 2006-04-28 10:14:27Z ABX $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TABCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TABCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGED, 800)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGING, 801)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/tabctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/tabctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/tabctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG
-#endif
-    // _WX_TABCTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tarstrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tarstrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb76bc340..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tarstrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tarstrm.h
-// Purpose:     Streams for Tar files
-// Author:      Mike Wetherell
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tarstrm.h 43887 2006-12-09 22:28:11Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/archive.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Constants
-
-// TypeFlag values
-enum {
-    wxTAR_REGTYPE   = '0',      // regular file
-    wxTAR_LNKTYPE   = '1',      // hard link
-    wxTAR_SYMTYPE   = '2',      // symbolic link
-    wxTAR_CHRTYPE   = '3',      // character special
-    wxTAR_BLKTYPE   = '4',      // block special
-    wxTAR_DIRTYPE   = '5',      // directory
-    wxTAR_FIFOTYPE  = '6',      // named pipe
-    wxTAR_CONTTYPE  = '7'       // contiguous file
-};
-
-// Archive Formats (use wxTAR_PAX, it's backward compatible)
-enum wxTarFormat
-{
-    wxTAR_USTAR,                // POSIX.1-1990 tar format
-    wxTAR_PAX                   // POSIX.1-2001 tar format
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarNotifier
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarNotifier
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxTarNotifier() { }
-
-    virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxTarEntry& entry) = 0;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Tar Entry - hold the meta data for a file in the tar
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarEntry : public wxArchiveEntry
-{
-public:
-    wxTarEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
-               wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-    virtual ~wxTarEntry();
-
-    wxTarEntry(const wxTarEntry& entry);
-    wxTarEntry& operator=(const wxTarEntry& entry);
-
-    // Get accessors
-    wxString     GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-    wxString     GetInternalName() const        { return m_Name; }
-    wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const      { return wxPATH_UNIX; }
-    int          GetMode() const;
-    int          GetUserId() const              { return m_UserId; }
-    int          GetGroupId() const             { return m_GroupId; }
-    wxFileOffset GetSize() const                { return m_Size; }
-    wxFileOffset GetOffset() const              { return m_Offset; }
-    wxDateTime   GetDateTime() const            { return m_ModifyTime; }
-    wxDateTime   GetAccessTime() const          { return m_AccessTime; }
-    wxDateTime   GetCreateTime() const          { return m_CreateTime; }
-    int          GetTypeFlag() const            { return m_TypeFlag; }
-    wxString     GetLinkName() const            { return m_LinkName; }
-    wxString     GetUserName() const            { return m_UserName; }
-    wxString     GetGroupName() const           { return m_GroupName; }
-    int          GetDevMajor() const            { return m_DevMajor; }
-    int          GetDevMinor() const            { return m_DevMinor; }
-
-    // is accessors
-    bool IsDir() const;
-    bool IsReadOnly() const                     { return !(m_Mode & 0222); }
-
-    // set accessors
-    void SetName(const wxString& name, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-    void SetUserId(int id)                      { m_UserId = id; }
-    void SetGroupId(int id)                     { m_GroupId = id; }
-    void SetMode(int mode);
-    void SetSize(wxFileOffset size)             { m_Size = size; }
-    void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt)      { m_ModifyTime = dt; }
-    void SetAccessTime(const wxDateTime& dt)    { m_AccessTime = dt; }
-    void SetCreateTime(const wxDateTime& dt)    { m_CreateTime = dt; }
-    void SetTypeFlag(int type)                  { m_TypeFlag = type; }
-    void SetLinkName(const wxString& link)      { m_LinkName = link; }
-    void SetUserName(const wxString& user)      { m_UserName = user; }
-    void SetGroupName(const wxString& group)    { m_GroupName = group; }
-    void SetDevMajor(int dev)                   { m_DevMajor = dev; }
-    void SetDevMinor(int dev)                   { m_DevMinor = dev; }
-
-    // set is accessors
-    void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true);
-    void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true);
-
-    static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
-                                    wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE,
-                                    bool *pIsDir = NULL);
-
-    wxTarEntry *Clone() const { return new wxTarEntry(*this); }
-
-    void SetNotifier(wxTarNotifier& WXUNUSED(notifier)) { }
-
-private:
-    void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset)         { m_Offset = offset; }
-
-    virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const     { return Clone(); }
-
-    wxString     m_Name;
-    int          m_Mode;
-    bool         m_IsModeSet;
-    int          m_UserId;
-    int          m_GroupId;
-    wxFileOffset m_Size;
-    wxFileOffset m_Offset;
-    wxDateTime   m_ModifyTime;
-    wxDateTime   m_AccessTime;
-    wxDateTime   m_CreateTime;
-    int          m_TypeFlag;
-    wxString     m_LinkName;
-    wxString     m_UserName;
-    wxString     m_GroupName;
-    int          m_DevMajor;
-    int          m_DevMinor;
-
-    friend class wxTarInputStream;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarEntry)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarInputStream
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxString, wxTarHeaderRecords);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream
-{
-public:
-    typedef wxTarEntry entry_type;
-
-    wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    virtual ~wxTarInputStream();
-
-    bool OpenEntry(wxTarEntry& entry);
-    bool CloseEntry();
-
-    wxTarEntry *GetNextEntry();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const      { return m_size; }
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
-protected:
-    size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const      { return m_pos; }
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-
-private:
-    void Init();
-
-    wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry()    { return GetNextEntry(); }
-    bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry);
-    bool IsOpened() const               { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
-    wxStreamError ReadHeaders();
-    bool ReadExtendedHeader(wxTarHeaderRecords*& recs);
-
-    wxString GetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key) const;
-    wxString GetHeaderPath() const;
-    wxFileOffset GetHeaderNumber(int id) const;
-    wxString GetHeaderString(int id) const;
-    wxDateTime GetHeaderDate(const wxString& key) const;
-
-    wxFileOffset m_pos;     // position within the current entry
-    wxFileOffset m_offset;  // offset to the start of the entry's data
-    wxFileOffset m_size;    // size of the current entry's data
-
-    int m_sumType;
-    int m_tarType;
-    class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr;
-    wxTarHeaderRecords *m_HeaderRecs;
-    wxTarHeaderRecords *m_GlobalHeaderRecs;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarInputStream)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarOutputStream
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
-                      wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX,
-                      wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream,
-                      wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX,
-                      wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    virtual ~wxTarOutputStream();
-
-    bool PutNextEntry(wxTarEntry *entry);
-
-    bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name,
-                      const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
-                      wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-
-    bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name,
-                         const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now());
-
-    bool CopyEntry(wxTarEntry *entry, wxTarInputStream& inputStream);
-    bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxTarInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; }
-
-    void Sync();
-    bool CloseEntry();
-    bool Close();
-
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
-    void SetBlockingFactor(int factor)  { m_BlockingFactor = factor; }
-    int GetBlockingFactor() const       { return m_BlockingFactor; }
-
-protected:
-    size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const      { return m_pos; }
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-
-private:
-    void Init(wxTarFormat format);
-
-    bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry);
-    bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
-    bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; }
-    bool IsOpened() const               { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
-    bool WriteHeaders(wxTarEntry& entry);
-    bool ModifyHeader();
-    wxString PaxHeaderPath(const wxString& format, const wxString& path);
-
-    void SetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
-    void SetHeaderPath(const wxString& name);
-    bool SetHeaderNumber(int id, wxFileOffset n);
-    void SetHeaderString(int id, const wxString& str);
-    void SetHeaderDate(const wxString& key, const wxDateTime& datetime);
-
-    wxFileOffset m_pos;     // position within the current entry
-    wxFileOffset m_maxpos;  // max pos written
-    wxFileOffset m_size;    // expected entry size
-
-    wxFileOffset m_headpos; // offset within the file to the entry's header
-    wxFileOffset m_datapos; // offset within the file to the entry's data
-
-    wxFileOffset m_tarstart;// offset within the file to the tar
-    wxFileOffset m_tarsize; // size of tar so far
-
-    bool m_pax;
-    int m_BlockingFactor;
-    wxUint32 m_chksum;
-    bool m_large;
-    class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr;
-    class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr2;
-    char *m_extendedHdr;
-    size_t m_extendedSize;
-    wxString m_badfit;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarOutputStream)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Iterators
-
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxTarInputStream> wxTarIter;
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxTarInputStream,
-         std::pair<wxString, wxTarEntry*> > wxTarPairIter;
-#endif
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarClassFactory
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory
-{
-public:
-    typedef wxTarEntry        entry_type;
-    typedef wxTarInputStream  instream_type;
-    typedef wxTarOutputStream outstream_type;
-    typedef wxTarNotifier     notifier_type;
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-    typedef wxTarIter         iter_type;
-    typedef wxTarPairIter     pairiter_type;
-#endif
-
-    wxTarClassFactory();
-
-    wxTarEntry *NewEntry() const
-        { return new wxTarEntry; }
-    wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
-    wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); }
-    wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
-    wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); }
-
-    wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
-                             wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
-        { return wxTarEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); }
-
-    const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                       = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const
-        { return NewEntry(); }
-    wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarClassFactory)
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TARSTREAM
-
-#endif // _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/taskbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/taskbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a26e78a8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/taskbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/taskbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxTaskBarIcon base header and class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: taskbar.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTaskBarIconBase: define wxTaskBarIcon interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxTaskBarIconBase() { }
-
-    // Operations:
-    virtual bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon,
-                         const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString) = 0;
-    virtual bool RemoveIcon() = 0;
-    virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    // creates menu to be displayed when user clicks on the icon
-    virtual wxMenu *CreatePopupMenu() { return NULL; }
-
-private:
-    // default events handling, calls CreatePopupMenu:
-    void OnRightButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent& event);
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconBase)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the actual class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/taskbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/taskbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/unix/taskbarx11.h"
-#elif defined (__WXMAC__) && defined(__WXMAC_OSX__)
-    #include "wx/mac/taskbarosx.h"
-#elif defined (__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/taskbar.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTaskBarIcon events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTaskBarIconEvent(wxEventType evtType, wxTaskBarIcon *tbIcon)
-        : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, evtType)
-    {
-        SetEventObject(tbIcon);
-    }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTaskBarIconEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTaskBarIconEventFunction)(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_MOVE,1550)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN,1551)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP,1552)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN,1553)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP,1554)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK,1555)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV,wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK,1556)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#define wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxTaskBarIconEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(evt, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_TASKBAR_ ## evt, wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_MOVE(fn)         wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(MOVE, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN(fn)    wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DOWN, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP(fn)      wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_UP, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN(fn)   wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DOWN, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP(fn)     wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_UP, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK(fn)  wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DCLICK, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DCLICK, fn)
-
-// taskbar menu is shown on right button press under all platforms except MSW
-// where it's shown on right button release, using this event type and macro
-// allows to write code which works correctly on all platforms
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP
-#else
-    #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN
-#endif
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_CLICK(fn)        wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(CLICK, fn)
-
-#endif // wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-
-#endif // _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tbarbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tbarbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05188e3f0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tbarbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,607 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tbarbase.h
-// Purpose:     Base class for toolbar classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tbarbase.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-#define _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarToolBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxToolBarNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize;
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition;
-
-enum wxToolBarToolStyle
-{
-    wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON    = 1,
-    wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR = 2,
-    wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBarTool is a toolbar element.
-//
-// It has a unique id (except for the separators which always have id wxID_ANY), the
-// style (telling whether it is a normal button, separator or a control), the
-// state (toggled or not, enabled or not) and short and long help strings. The
-// default implementations use the short help string for the tooltip text which
-// is popped up when the mouse pointer enters the tool and the long help string
-// for the applications status bar.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBarToolBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctors & dtor
-    // ------------
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar = (wxToolBarBase *)NULL,
-                      int toolid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
-                      const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxBitmap& bmpNormal = wxNullBitmap,
-                      const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
-                      wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                      wxObject *clientData = (wxObject *) NULL,
-                      const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
-        : m_label(label),
-          m_shortHelpString(shortHelpString),
-          m_longHelpString(longHelpString)
-    {
-        m_tbar = tbar;
-        m_id = toolid;
-        if (m_id == wxID_ANY)
-            m_id = wxNewId();
-        m_clientData = clientData;
-
-        m_bmpNormal = bmpNormal;
-        m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled;
-
-        m_kind = kind;
-
-        m_enabled = true;
-        m_toggled = false;
-
-        m_toolStyle = toolid == wxID_SEPARATOR ? wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR
-                                           : wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON;
-    }
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar, wxControl *control)
-    {
-        m_tbar = tbar;
-        m_control = control;
-        m_id = control->GetId();
-
-        m_kind = wxITEM_MAX;    // invalid value
-
-        m_enabled = true;
-        m_toggled = false;
-
-        m_toolStyle = wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL;
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxToolBarToolBase(){}
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // general
-    int GetId() const { return m_id; }
-
-    wxControl *GetControl() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( IsControl(), _T("this toolbar tool is not a control") );
-
-        return m_control;
-    }
-
-    wxToolBarBase *GetToolBar() const { return m_tbar; }
-
-    // style
-    bool IsButton() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON; }
-    bool IsControl() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL; }
-    bool IsSeparator() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR; }
-    int GetStyle() const { return m_toolStyle; }
-    wxItemKind GetKind() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( IsButton(), _T("only makes sense for buttons") );
-
-        return m_kind;
-    }
-
-    // state
-    bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-    bool IsToggled() const { return m_toggled; }
-    bool CanBeToggled() const
-        { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; }
-
-    // attributes
-    const wxBitmap& GetNormalBitmap() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
-    const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const
-        { return IsEnabled() ? GetNormalBitmap() : GetDisabledBitmap(); }
-
-    const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-
-    const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return m_shortHelpString; }
-    const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return m_longHelpString; }
-
-    wxObject *GetClientData() const
-    {
-        if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL )
-        {
-            return (wxObject*)m_control->GetClientData();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            return m_clientData;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // modifiers: return true if the state really changed
-    bool Enable(bool enable);
-    bool Toggle(bool toggle);
-    bool SetToggle(bool toggle);
-    bool SetShortHelp(const wxString& help);
-    bool SetLongHelp(const wxString& help);
-
-    void Toggle() { Toggle(!IsToggled()); }
-
-    void SetNormalBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpNormal = bmp; }
-    void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpDisabled = bmp; }
-
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
-
-    void SetClientData(wxObject *clientData)
-    {
-        if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL )
-        {
-            m_control->SetClientData(clientData);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            m_clientData = clientData;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // add tool to/remove it from a toolbar
-    virtual void Detach() { m_tbar = (wxToolBarBase *)NULL; }
-    virtual void Attach(wxToolBarBase *tbar) { m_tbar = tbar; }
-
-protected:
-    wxToolBarBase *m_tbar;  // the toolbar to which we belong (may be NULL)
-
-    // tool parameters
-    int m_toolStyle;    // see enum wxToolBarToolStyle
-    int m_id;           // the tool id, wxID_SEPARATOR for separator
-    wxItemKind m_kind;  // for normal buttons may be wxITEM_NORMAL/CHECK/RADIO
-
-    // as controls have their own client data, no need to waste memory
-    union
-    {
-        wxObject         *m_clientData;
-        wxControl        *m_control;
-    };
-
-    // tool state
-    bool m_toggled;
-    bool m_enabled;
-
-    // normal and disabled bitmaps for the tool, both can be invalid
-    wxBitmap m_bmpNormal;
-    wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled;
-
-    // the button label
-    wxString m_label;
-
-    // short and long help strings
-    wxString m_shortHelpString;
-    wxString m_longHelpString;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolBarToolBase)
-};
-
-// a list of toolbar tools
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxToolBarToolBase, wxToolBarToolsList);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the base class for all toolbars
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxToolBarBase();
-    virtual ~wxToolBarBase();
-
-    // toolbar construction
-    // --------------------
-
-    // the full AddTool() function
-    //
-    // If bmpDisabled is wxNullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap
-    // is created and used as the disabled image.
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
-                               const wxString& label,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                               wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                               const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                               const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                               wxObject *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return DoAddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, kind,
-                         shortHelp, longHelp, data);
-    }
-
-    // the most common AddTool() version
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
-                               const wxString& label,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                               wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
-    {
-        return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, wxNullBitmap, kind, shortHelp);
-    }
-
-    // add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddCheckTool(int toolid,
-                                    const wxString& label,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
-                                    const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    wxObject *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_CHECK,
-                       shortHelp, longHelp, data);
-    }
-
-    // add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any
-    // other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddRadioTool(int toolid,
-                                    const wxString& label,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
-                                    const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    wxObject *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_RADIO,
-                       shortHelp, longHelp, data);
-    }
-
-
-    // insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == GetToolsCount(), it
-    // is equivalent to AddTool()
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool
-                               (
-                                    size_t pos,
-                                    int toolid,
-                                    const wxString& label,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                    const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
-                                    wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                                    const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                    wxObject *clientData = NULL
-                               );
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool (wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool (size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    // add an arbitrary control to the toolbar (notice that
-    // the control will be deleted by the toolbar and that it will also adjust
-    // its position/size)
-    //
-    // NB: the control should have toolbar as its parent
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddControl(wxControl *control);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertControl(size_t pos, wxControl *control);
-
-    // get the control with the given id or return NULL
-    virtual wxControl *FindControl( int toolid );
-
-    // add a separator to the toolbar
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddSeparator();
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertSeparator(size_t pos);
-
-    // remove the tool from the toolbar: the caller is responsible for actually
-    // deleting the pointer
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *RemoveTool(int toolid);
-
-    // delete tool either by index or by position
-    virtual bool DeleteToolByPos(size_t pos);
-    virtual bool DeleteTool(int toolid);
-
-    // delete all tools
-    virtual void ClearTools();
-
-    // must be called after all buttons have been created to finish toolbar
-    // initialisation
-    virtual bool Realize();
-
-    // tools state
-    // -----------
-
-    virtual void EnableTool(int toolid, bool enable);
-    virtual void ToggleTool(int toolid, bool toggle);
-
-    // Set this to be togglable (or not)
-    virtual void SetToggle(int toolid, bool toggle);
-
-    // set/get tools client data (not for controls)
-    virtual wxObject *GetToolClientData(int toolid) const;
-    virtual void SetToolClientData(int toolid, wxObject *clientData);
-
-    // returns tool pos, or wxNOT_FOUND if tool isn't found
-    virtual int GetToolPos(int id) const;
-
-    // return true if the tool is toggled
-    virtual bool GetToolState(int toolid) const;
-
-    virtual bool GetToolEnabled(int toolid) const;
-
-    virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString);
-    virtual wxString GetToolShortHelp(int toolid) const;
-    virtual void SetToolLongHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString);
-    virtual wxString GetToolLongHelp(int toolid) const;
-
-    // margins/packing/separation
-    // --------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y);
-    void SetMargins(const wxSize& size)
-        { SetMargins((int) size.x, (int) size.y); }
-    virtual void SetToolPacking(int packing)
-        { m_toolPacking = packing; }
-    virtual void SetToolSeparation(int separation)
-        { m_toolSeparation = separation; }
-
-    virtual wxSize GetToolMargins() const { return wxSize(m_xMargin, m_yMargin); }
-    virtual int GetToolPacking() const { return m_toolPacking; }
-    virtual int GetToolSeparation() const { return m_toolSeparation; }
-
-    // toolbar geometry
-    // ----------------
-
-    // set the number of toolbar rows
-    virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
-
-    // the toolbar can wrap - limit the number of columns or rows it may take
-    void SetMaxRowsCols(int rows, int cols)
-        { m_maxRows = rows; m_maxCols = cols; }
-    int GetMaxRows() const { return m_maxRows; }
-    int GetMaxCols() const { return m_maxCols; }
-
-    // get/set the size of the bitmaps used by the toolbar: should be called
-    // before adding any tools to the toolbar
-    virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size)
-        { m_defaultWidth = size.x; m_defaultHeight = size.y; }
-    virtual wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const
-        { return wxSize(m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight); }
-
-    // the button size in some implementations is bigger than the bitmap size:
-    // get the total button size (by default the same as bitmap size)
-    virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const
-        { return GetToolBitmapSize(); }
-
-    // returns a (non separator) tool containing the point (x, y) or NULL if
-    // there is no tool at this point (corrdinates are client)
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x,
-                                                   wxCoord y) const = 0;
-
-    // find the tool by id
-    wxToolBarToolBase *FindById(int toolid) const;
-
-    // return true if this is a vertical toolbar, otherwise false
-    bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxTB_LEFT | wxTB_RIGHT); }
-
-
-    // the old versions of the various methods kept for compatibility
-    // don't use in the new code!
-    // --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                               bool toggle = false,
-                               wxObject *clientData = NULL,
-                               const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
-                               const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString,
-                       bitmap, bmpDisabled,
-                       toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                       shortHelpString, longHelpString, clientData);
-    }
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
-                               const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString,
-                       bitmap, wxNullBitmap, wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                       shortHelpString, longHelpString, NULL);
-    }
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                               bool toggle,
-                               wxCoord xPos,
-                               wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord,
-                               wxObject *clientData = NULL,
-                               const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                               const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return DoAddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled,
-                         toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                         shortHelp, longHelp, clientData, xPos, yPos);
-    }
-
-    wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool(size_t pos,
-                                  int toolid,
-                                  const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                  const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
-                                  bool toggle = false,
-                                  wxObject *clientData = NULL,
-                                  const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                  const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        return InsertTool(pos, toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled,
-                          toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
-                          shortHelp, longHelp, clientData);
-    }
-
-    // event handlers
-    // --------------
-
-    // NB: these functions are deprecated, use EVT_TOOL_XXX() instead!
-
-    // Only allow toggle if returns true. Call when left button up.
-    virtual bool OnLeftClick(int toolid, bool toggleDown);
-
-    // Call when right button down.
-    virtual void OnRightClick(int toolid, long x, long y);
-
-    // Called when the mouse cursor enters a tool bitmap.
-    // Argument is wxID_ANY if mouse is exiting the toolbar.
-    virtual void OnMouseEnter(int toolid);
-
-    // more deprecated functions
-    // -------------------------
-
-    // use GetToolMargins() instead
-    wxSize GetMargins() const { return GetToolMargins(); }
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    size_t GetToolsCount() const { return m_tools.GetCount(); }
-
-    // Do the toolbar button updates (check for EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers)
-    virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE) ;
-
-    // don't want toolbars to accept the focus
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // to implement in derived classes
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // create a new toolbar tool and add it to the toolbar, this is typically
-    // implemented by just calling InsertTool()
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *DoAddTool
-                               (
-                                   int toolid,
-                                   const wxString& label,
-                                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                   const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                   wxItemKind kind,
-                                   const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                   const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
-                                   wxObject *clientData = NULL,
-                                   wxCoord xPos = wxDefaultCoord,
-                                   wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord
-                               );
-
-    // the tool is not yet inserted into m_tools list when this function is
-    // called and will only be added to it if this function succeeds
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0;
-
-    // the tool is still in m_tools list when this function is called, it will
-    // only be deleted from it if it succeeds
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0;
-
-    // called when the tools enabled flag changes
-    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable) = 0;
-
-    // called when the tool is toggled
-    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0;
-
-    // called when the tools "can be toggled" flag changes
-    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0;
-
-    // the functions to create toolbar tools
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int toolid,
-                                          const wxString& label,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                          wxItemKind kind,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelp,
-                                          const wxString& longHelp) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control) = 0;
-
-    // helper functions
-    // ----------------
-
-    // call this from derived class ctor/Create() to ensure that we have either
-    // wxTB_HORIZONTAL or wxTB_VERTICAL style, there is a lot of existing code
-    // which randomly checks either one or the other of them and gets confused
-    // if neither is set (and making one of them 0 is not an option neither as
-    // then the existing tests would break down)
-    void FixupStyle();
-
-    // un-toggle all buttons in the same radio group
-    void UnToggleRadioGroup(wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    // the list of all our tools
-    wxToolBarToolsList m_tools;
-
-    // the offset of the first tool
-    int m_xMargin;
-    int m_yMargin;
-
-    // the maximum number of toolbar rows/columns
-    int m_maxRows;
-    int m_maxCols;
-
-    // the tool packing and separation
-    int m_toolPacking,
-        m_toolSeparation;
-
-    // the size of the toolbar bitmaps
-    wxCoord m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBarBase)
-};
-
-// Helper function for creating the image for disabled buttons
-bool wxCreateGreyedImage(const wxImage& in, wxImage& out) ;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textbuf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textbuf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 569b1ac9e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textbuf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/textbuf.h
-// Purpose:     class wxTextBuffer to work with text buffers of _small_ size
-//              (buffer is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF
-//              differences between platforms.
-// Created:     14.11.01
-// Author:      Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998-2001 Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-#define _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the line termination type (kept wxTextFileType name for compability)
-enum wxTextFileType
-{
-    wxTextFileType_None,  // incomplete (the last line of the file only)
-    wxTextFileType_Unix,  // line is terminated with 'LF' = 0xA = 10 = '\n'
-    wxTextFileType_Dos,   //                         'CR' 'LF'
-    wxTextFileType_Mac,   //                         'CR' = 0xD = 13 = '\r'
-    wxTextFileType_Os2    //                         'CR' 'LF'
-};
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextBuffer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(wxTextFileType,
-                                  wxArrayLinesType,
-                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
-    // constants and static functions
-    // default type for current platform (determined at compile time)
-    static const wxTextFileType typeDefault;
-
-    // this function returns a string which is identical to "text" passed in
-    // except that the line terminator characters are changed to correspond the
-    // given type. Called with the default argument, the function translates
-    // the string to the native format (Unix for Unix, DOS for Windows, ...).
-    static wxString Translate(const wxString& text,
-                            wxTextFileType type = typeDefault);
-
-    // get the buffer termination string
-    static const wxChar *GetEOL(wxTextFileType type = typeDefault);
-
-    // the static methods of this class are compiled in even when
-    // !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER because they are used by the library itself, but the
-    // rest can be left out
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-    // buffer operations
-    // -----------------
-
-    // buffer exists?
-    bool Exists() const;
-
-    // create the buffer if it doesn't already exist
-    bool Create();
-
-    // same as Create() but with (another) buffer name
-    bool Create(const wxString& strBufferName);
-
-    // Open() also loads buffer in memory on success
-    bool Open(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
-    // same as Open() but with (another) buffer name
-    bool Open(const wxString& strBufferName, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
-    // closes the buffer and frees memory, losing all changes
-    bool Close();
-
-    // is buffer currently opened?
-    bool IsOpened() const { return m_isOpened; }
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // get the number of lines in the buffer
-    size_t GetLineCount() const { return m_aLines.size(); }
-
-    // the returned line may be modified (but don't add CR/LF at the end!)
-    wxString& GetLine(size_t n)    const { return (wxString&)m_aLines[n]; }
-    wxString& operator[](size_t n) const { return (wxString&)m_aLines[n]; }
-
-    // the current line has meaning only when you're using
-    // GetFirstLine()/GetNextLine() functions, it doesn't get updated when
-    // you're using "direct access" i.e. GetLine()
-    size_t GetCurrentLine() const { return m_nCurLine; }
-    void GoToLine(size_t n) { m_nCurLine = n; }
-    bool Eof() const { return m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size(); }
-
-    // these methods allow more "iterator-like" traversal of the list of
-    // lines, i.e. you may write something like:
-    //  for ( str = GetFirstLine(); !Eof(); str = GetNextLine() ) { ... }
-
-    // NB: const is commented out because not all compilers understand
-    //     'mutable' keyword yet (m_nCurLine should be mutable)
-    wxString& GetFirstLine() /* const */
-        { return m_aLines.empty() ? ms_eof : m_aLines[m_nCurLine = 0]; }
-    wxString& GetNextLine()  /* const */
-        { return ++m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size() ? ms_eof
-                                                 : m_aLines[m_nCurLine]; }
-    wxString& GetPrevLine()  /* const */
-        { wxASSERT(m_nCurLine > 0); return m_aLines[--m_nCurLine]; }
-    wxString& GetLastLine() /* const */
-        { m_nCurLine = m_aLines.size() - 1; return m_aLines.Last(); }
-
-    // get the type of the line (see also GetEOL)
-    wxTextFileType GetLineType(size_t n) const { return m_aTypes[n]; }
-
-    // guess the type of buffer
-    wxTextFileType GuessType() const;
-
-    // get the name of the buffer
-    const wxChar *GetName() const { return m_strBufferName.c_str(); }
-
-    // add/remove lines
-    // ----------------
-
-    // add a line to the end
-    void AddLine(const wxString& str, wxTextFileType type = typeDefault)
-        { m_aLines.push_back(str); m_aTypes.push_back(type); }
-    // insert a line before the line number n
-    void InsertLine(const wxString& str,
-                  size_t n,
-                  wxTextFileType type = typeDefault)
-    {
-        m_aLines.insert(m_aLines.begin() + n, str);
-        m_aTypes.insert(m_aTypes.begin()+n, type);
-    }
-
-    // delete one line
-    void RemoveLine(size_t n)
-    {
-        m_aLines.erase(m_aLines.begin() + n);
-        m_aTypes.erase(m_aTypes.begin() + n);
-    }
-
-    // remove all lines
-    void Clear() { m_aLines.clear(); m_aTypes.clear(); m_nCurLine = 0; }
-
-    // change the buffer (default argument means "don't change type")
-    // possibly in another format
-    bool Write(wxTextFileType typeNew = wxTextFileType_None,
-               const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
-    // dtor
-    virtual ~wxTextBuffer();
-
-protected:
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-
-    // default ctor, use Open(string)
-    wxTextBuffer() { m_nCurLine = 0; m_isOpened = false; }
-
-    // ctor from filename
-    wxTextBuffer(const wxString& strBufferName);
-
-    enum wxTextBufferOpenMode { ReadAccess, WriteAccess };
-
-    // Must implement these in derived classes.
-    virtual bool OnExists() const = 0;
-    virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName,
-                        wxTextBufferOpenMode openmode) = 0;
-    virtual bool OnClose() = 0;
-    virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv) = 0;
-    virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv) = 0;
-
-    static wxString ms_eof;     // dummy string returned at EOF
-    wxString m_strBufferName;   // name of the buffer
-
-private:
-    wxArrayLinesType m_aTypes;   // type of each line
-    wxArrayString    m_aLines;   // lines of file
-
-    size_t        m_nCurLine; // number of current line in the buffer
-
-    bool          m_isOpened; // was the buffer successfully opened the last time?
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-    // copy ctor/assignment operator not implemented
-    wxTextBuffer(const wxTextBuffer&);
-    wxTextBuffer& operator=(const wxTextBuffer&);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c69c17274..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,601 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/textctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextCtrlBase class - the interface of wxTextCtrl
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     13.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textctrl.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"         // the base class
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"        // wxArrayInt
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"          // wxPoint
-
-// Open Watcom 1.3 does allow only ios::rdbuf() while
-// we want something with streambuf parameter
-// Also, can't use streambuf if making or using a DLL :-(
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
-    defined(__MWERKS__) || \
-    (defined(__WINDOWS__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL)))
-    #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0
-#elif wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    #include "wx/ioswrap.h"
-    #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 1
-#else
-    #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 && !wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-    // define old flag if one could use it somewhere
-    #define NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrlBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxTextPos is the position in the text
-typedef long wxTextPos;
-
-// wxTextCoord is the line or row number (which should have been unsigned but
-// is long for backwards compatibility)
-typedef long wxTextCoord;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxTextCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// this is intentionally not enum to avoid warning fixes with
-// typecasting from enum type to wxTextCoord
-const wxTextCoord wxOutOfRangeTextCoord = -1;
-const wxTextCoord wxInvalidTextCoord    = -2;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl style flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTE_NO_VSCROLL     0x0002
-#define wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL    0x0008
-
-#define wxTE_READONLY       0x0010
-#define wxTE_MULTILINE      0x0020
-#define wxTE_PROCESS_TAB    0x0040
-
-// alignment flags
-#define wxTE_LEFT           0x0000                    // 0x0000
-#define wxTE_CENTER         wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL // 0x0100
-#define wxTE_RIGHT          wxALIGN_RIGHT             // 0x0200
-#define wxTE_CENTRE         wxTE_CENTER
-
-// this style means to use RICHEDIT control and does something only under wxMSW
-// and Win32 and is silently ignored under all other platforms
-#define wxTE_RICH           0x0080
-
-#define wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER  0x0400
-#define wxTE_PASSWORD       0x0800
-
-// automatically detect the URLs and generate the events when mouse is
-// moved/clicked over an URL
-//
-// this is for Win32 richedit and wxGTK2 multiline controls only so far
-#define wxTE_AUTO_URL       0x1000
-
-// by default, the Windows text control doesn't show the selection when it
-// doesn't have focus - use this style to force it to always show it
-#define wxTE_NOHIDESEL      0x2000
-
-// use wxHSCROLL to not wrap text at all, wxTE_CHARWRAP to wrap it at any
-// position and wxTE_WORDWRAP to wrap at words boundary
-//
-// if no wrapping style is given at all, the control wraps at word boundary
-#define wxTE_DONTWRAP       wxHSCROLL
-#define wxTE_CHARWRAP       0x4000  // wrap at any position
-#define wxTE_WORDWRAP       0x0001  // wrap only at words boundaries
-#define wxTE_BESTWRAP       0x0000  // this is the default
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // obsolete synonym
-    #define wxTE_LINEWRAP       wxTE_CHARWRAP
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// force using RichEdit version 2.0 or 3.0 instead of 1.0 (default) for
-// wxTE_RICH controls - can be used together with or instead of wxTE_RICH
-#define wxTE_RICH2          0x8000
-
-// reuse wxTE_RICH2's value for CAPEDIT control on Windows CE
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE     wxTE_RICH2
-#else
-#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE     0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl file types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY     0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl::HitTest return values
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the point asked is ...
-enum wxTextCtrlHitTestResult
-{
-    wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN = -2,   // this means HitTest() is simply not implemented
-    wxTE_HT_BEFORE,         // either to the left or upper
-    wxTE_HT_ON_TEXT,        // directly on
-    wxTE_HT_BELOW,          // below [the last line]
-    wxTE_HT_BEYOND          // after [the end of line]
-};
-// ... the character returned
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types for wxTextAttr
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Alignment
-
-enum wxTextAttrAlignment
-{
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT,
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT,
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE,
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE,
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT,
-    wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED
-};
-
-// Flags to indicate which attributes are being applied
-
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR             0x0001
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR       0x0002
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE               0x0004
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE               0x0008
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT             0x0010
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC             0x0020
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE          0x0040
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT \
-  ( wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT | \
-    wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE )
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT               0x0080
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT             0x0100
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT            0x0200
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS                    0x0400
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of a text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextAttr
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxTextAttr() { Init(); }
-    wxTextAttr(const wxColour& colText,
-               const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
-               const wxFont& font = wxNullFont,
-               wxTextAttrAlignment alignment = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT);
-
-    // operations
-    void Init();
-
-    // merges the attributes of the base and the overlay objects and returns
-    // the result; the parameter attributes take precedence
-    //
-    // WARNING: the order of arguments is the opposite of Combine()
-    static wxTextAttr Merge(const wxTextAttr& base, const wxTextAttr& overlay)
-    {
-        return Combine(overlay, base, NULL);
-    }
-
-    // merges the attributes of this object and overlay
-    void Merge(const wxTextAttr& overlay)
-    {
-        *this = Merge(*this, overlay);
-    }
-
-
-    // operators
-    void operator= (const wxTextAttr& attr);
-
-    // setters
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR; }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR; }
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font, long flags = wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT) { m_font = font; m_flags |= flags; }
-    void SetAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { m_textAlignment = alignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT; }
-    void SetTabs(const wxArrayInt& tabs) { m_tabs = tabs; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS; }
-    void SetLeftIndent(int indent, int subIndent = 0) { m_leftIndent = indent; m_leftSubIndent = subIndent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT; }
-    void SetRightIndent(int indent) { m_rightIndent = indent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT; }
-    void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) ; }
-    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) ; }
-    bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT) ; }
-    bool HasAlignment() const { return (m_textAlignment != wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT) && ((m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT) != 0) ; }
-    bool HasTabs() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasLeftIndent() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasRightIndent() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT) != 0 ; }
-    bool HasFlag(long flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
-
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
-    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
-    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-    wxTextAttrAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_textAlignment; }
-    const wxArrayInt& GetTabs() const { return m_tabs; }
-    long GetLeftIndent() const { return m_leftIndent; }
-    long GetLeftSubIndent() const { return m_leftSubIndent; }
-    long GetRightIndent() const { return m_rightIndent; }
-    long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
-    // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise
-    bool IsDefault() const
-    {
-        return !HasTextColour() && !HasBackgroundColour() && !HasFont() && !HasAlignment() &&
-               !HasTabs() && !HasLeftIndent() && !HasRightIndent() ;
-    }
-
-    // return the attribute having the valid font and colours: it uses the
-    // attributes set in attr and falls back first to attrDefault and then to
-    // the text control font/colours for those attributes which are not set
-    static wxTextAttr Combine(const wxTextAttr& attr,
-                              const wxTextAttr& attrDef,
-                              const wxTextCtrlBase *text);
-
-private:
-    long                m_flags;
-    wxColour            m_colText,
-                        m_colBack;
-    wxFont              m_font;
-    wxTextAttrAlignment m_textAlignment;
-    wxArrayInt          m_tabs; // array of int: tab stops in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_leftIndent; // left indent in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_leftSubIndent; // left indent for all but the first
-                                         // line in a paragraph relative to the
-                                         // first line, in 1/10 mm
-    int                 m_rightIndent; // right indent in 1/10 mm
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl: a single or multiple line text zone where user can enter and
-// edit text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrlBase : public wxControl
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-                                 , public wxSTD streambuf
-#endif
-
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    // --------
-
-    wxTextCtrlBase(){}
-    virtual ~wxTextCtrlBase(){}
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
-    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return GetValue().empty(); }
-
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
-        { DoSetValue(value, SetValue_SendEvent); }
-    virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value)
-        { DoSetValue(value); }
-
-    virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
-    virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const = 0;
-    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const = 0;
-
-    virtual bool IsModified() const = 0;
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0;
-
-    // more readable flag testing methods
-    bool IsSingleLine() const { return !HasFlag(wxTE_MULTILINE); }
-    bool IsMultiLine() const { return !IsSingleLine(); }
-
-    // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
-    virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const = 0;
-
-    virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // editing
-    virtual void Clear() = 0;
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) = 0;
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to) = 0;
-
-    // load/save the control's contents from/to a file
-    bool LoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY) { return DoLoadFile(file, fileType); }
-    bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
-    // implementation for loading/saving
-    virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-    virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-
-    // sets/clears the dirty flag
-    virtual void MarkDirty() = 0;
-    virtual void DiscardEdits() = 0;
-    void SetModified(bool modified)
-    {
-        if ( modified )
-            MarkDirty();
-        else
-            DiscardEdits();
-    }
-
-    // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
-    // text control
-    virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { }
-
-    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
-    // inserts it at the end
-    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text) = 0;
-    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text) = 0;
-
-    // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event,
-    // return true if anything has been inserted
-    virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-    // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
-    // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
-    // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
-    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
-    virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const;
-
-    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
-    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
-    // which represent column and line.
-    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const = 0;
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const = 0;
-
-    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos) = 0;
-
-    // find the character at position given in pixels
-    //
-    // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor
-    //     scrolling)
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                            wxTextCoord *col,
-                                            wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy() = 0;
-    virtual void Cut() = 0;
-    virtual void Paste() = 0;
-
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
-    // Undo/redo
-    virtual void Undo() = 0;
-    virtual void Redo() = 0;
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0;
-
-    // Insertion point
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0;
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd() = 0;
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const = 0;
-
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
-    virtual void SelectAll();
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0;
-
-    // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we
-    // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s);
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i);
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i);
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f);
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d);
-    wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c);
-
-    // generate the wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event, like SetValue() does
-    void SendTextUpdatedEvent();
-
-    // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
-    virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // override streambuf method
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-    int overflow(int i);
-#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
-    // flags for DoSetValue(): common part of SetValue() and ChangeValue() and
-    // also used to implement WriteText() in wxMSW
-    enum
-    {
-        SetValue_SendEvent = 1,
-        SetValue_SelectionOnly = 2
-    };
-
-    virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-
-    // the name of the last file loaded with LoadFile() which will be used by
-    // SaveFile() by default
-    wxString m_filename;
-
-    // the text style which will be used for any new text added to the control
-    wxTextAttr m_defaultStyle;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase)
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class definition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    #include "wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/textctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, 7)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, 8)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, 13)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, 14)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#endif // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_EVENT_TYPES
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextUrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTextUrlEvent(int winid, const wxMouseEvent& evtMouse,
-                   long start, long end)
-        : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, winid)
-        , m_evtMouse(evtMouse), m_start(start), m_end(end)
-        { }
-
-    // get the mouse event which happend over the URL
-    const wxMouseEvent& GetMouseEvent() const { return m_evtMouse; }
-
-    // get the start of the URL
-    long GetURLStart() const { return m_start; }
-
-    // get the end of the URL
-    long GetURLEnd() const { return m_end; }
-
-protected:
-    // the corresponding mouse event
-    wxMouseEvent m_evtMouse;
-
-    // the start and end indices of the URL in the text control
-    long m_start,
-         m_end;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTextUrlEvent)
-
-public:
-    // for wxWin RTTI only, don't use
-    wxTextUrlEvent() : m_evtMouse(), m_start(0), m_end(0) { }
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTextUrlEventFunction)(wxTextUrlEvent&);
-
-#define wxTextEventHandler(func) wxCommandEventHandler(func)
-#define wxTextUrlEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxTextUrlEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(evt, id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(evt, id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextUrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TEXT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(UPDATED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TEXT_ENTER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(ENTER, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TEXT_URL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(URL, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TEXT_MAXLEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(MAXLEN, id, fn)
-
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStreamToTextRedirector: this class redirects all data sent to the given
-// C++ stream to the wxTextCtrl given to its ctor during its lifetime.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStreamToTextRedirector
-{
-private:
-    void Init(wxTextCtrl *text)
-    {
-        m_sbufOld = m_ostr.rdbuf();
-        m_ostr.rdbuf(text);
-    }
-
-public:
-    wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text)
-        : m_ostr(wxSTD cout)
-    {
-        Init(text);
-    }
-
-    wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text, wxSTD ostream *ostr)
-        : m_ostr(*ostr)
-    {
-        Init(text);
-    }
-
-    ~wxStreamToTextRedirector()
-    {
-        m_ostr.rdbuf(m_sbufOld);
-    }
-
-private:
-    // the stream we're redirecting
-    wxSTD ostream&   m_ostr;
-
-    // the old streambuf (before we changed it)
-    wxSTD streambuf *m_sbufOld;
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4db4e33fb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        textdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextEntryDialog class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textdlg.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/textdlgg.h"
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // for wxGetNumberFromUser()
-    #include "wx/numdlg.h"
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textfile.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textfile.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bfbed0b96..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/textfile.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/textfile.h
-// Purpose:     class wxTextFile to work with text files of _small_ size
-//              (file is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF
-//              differences between platforms.
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     03.04.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textfile.h 38570 2006-04-05 14:37:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-#define _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/textbuf.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-#include "wx/file.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextFile : public wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
-    // constructors
-    wxTextFile() { }
-    wxTextFile(const wxString& strFileName);
-
-protected:
-    // implement the base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool OnExists() const;
-    virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName,
-                        wxTextBufferOpenMode OpenMode);
-    virtual bool OnClose();
-    virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv);
-    virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv);
-
-private:
-
-    wxFile m_file;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextFile)
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-// old code relies on the static methods of wxTextFile being always available
-// and they still are available in wxTextBuffer (even if !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER), so
-// make it possible to use them in a backwards compatible way
-typedef wxTextBuffer wxTextFile;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE/!wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tglbtn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tglbtn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ebc83ddcf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tglbtn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tglbtn.h
-// Purpose:     This dummy header includes the proper header file for the
-//              system we're compiling under.
-// Author:      John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tglbtn.h 39293 2006-05-23 17:53:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II
-// License:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"     // base class
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, 19)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#define EVT_TOGGLEBUTTON(id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/tglbtn.h"
-# elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/tglbtn.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thread.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thread.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f25e522c6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thread.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/thread.h
-// Purpose:     Thread API
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (modifications partly inspired by omnithreads
-//              package from Olivetti & Oracle Research Laboratory)
-// Created:     04/13/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: thread.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_THREAD_H_
-#define _WX_THREAD_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// Windows headers define it
-#ifdef Yield
-    #undef Yield
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxMutexError
-{
-    wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR = 0,   // operation completed successfully
-    wxMUTEX_INVALID,        // mutex hasn't been initialized
-    wxMUTEX_DEAD_LOCK,      // mutex is already locked by the calling thread
-    wxMUTEX_BUSY,           // mutex is already locked by another thread
-    wxMUTEX_UNLOCKED,       // attempt to unlock a mutex which is not locked
-    wxMUTEX_MISC_ERROR      // any other error
-};
-
-enum wxCondError
-{
-    wxCOND_NO_ERROR = 0,
-    wxCOND_INVALID,
-    wxCOND_TIMEOUT,         // WaitTimeout() has timed out
-    wxCOND_MISC_ERROR
-};
-
-enum wxSemaError
-{
-    wxSEMA_NO_ERROR = 0,
-    wxSEMA_INVALID,         // semaphore hasn't been initialized successfully
-    wxSEMA_BUSY,            // returned by TryWait() if Wait() would block
-    wxSEMA_TIMEOUT,         // returned by WaitTimeout()
-    wxSEMA_OVERFLOW,        // Post() would increase counter past the max
-    wxSEMA_MISC_ERROR
-};
-
-enum wxThreadError
-{
-    wxTHREAD_NO_ERROR = 0,      // No error
-    wxTHREAD_NO_RESOURCE,       // No resource left to create a new thread
-    wxTHREAD_RUNNING,           // The thread is already running
-    wxTHREAD_NOT_RUNNING,       // The thread isn't running
-    wxTHREAD_KILLED,            // Thread we waited for had to be killed
-    wxTHREAD_MISC_ERROR         // Some other error
-};
-
-enum wxThreadKind
-{
-    wxTHREAD_DETACHED,
-    wxTHREAD_JOINABLE
-};
-
-// defines the interval of priority
-enum
-{
-    WXTHREAD_MIN_PRIORITY      = 0u,
-    WXTHREAD_DEFAULT_PRIORITY  = 50u,
-    WXTHREAD_MAX_PRIORITY      = 100u
-};
-
-// There are 2 types of mutexes: normal mutexes and recursive ones. The attempt
-// to lock a normal mutex by a thread which already owns it results in
-// undefined behaviour (it always works under Windows, it will almost always
-// result in a deadlock under Unix). Locking a recursive mutex in such
-// situation always succeeds and it must be unlocked as many times as it has
-// been locked.
-//
-// However recursive mutexes have several important drawbacks: first, in the
-// POSIX implementation, they're less efficient. Second, and more importantly,
-// they CAN NOT BE USED WITH CONDITION VARIABLES under Unix! Using them with
-// wxCondition will work under Windows and some Unices (notably Linux) but will
-// deadlock under other Unix versions (e.g. Solaris). As it might be difficult
-// to ensure that a recursive mutex is not used with wxCondition, it is a good
-// idea to avoid using recursive mutexes at all. Also, the last problem with
-// them is that some (older) Unix versions don't support this at all -- which
-// results in a configure warning when building and a deadlock when using them.
-enum wxMutexType
-{
-    // normal mutex: try to always use this one
-    wxMUTEX_DEFAULT,
-
-    // recursive mutex: don't use these ones with wxCondition
-    wxMUTEX_RECURSIVE
-};
-
-// forward declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadHelper;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConditionInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMutexInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSemaphoreInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadInternal;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A mutex object is a synchronization object whose state is set to signaled
-// when it is not owned by any thread, and nonsignaled when it is owned. Its
-// name comes from its usefulness in coordinating mutually-exclusive access to
-// a shared resource. Only one thread at a time can own a mutex object.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// you should consider wxMutexLocker whenever possible instead of directly
-// working with wxMutex class - it is safer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutex
-{
-public:
-    // constructor & destructor
-    // ------------------------
-
-    // create either default (always safe) or recursive mutex
-    wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType = wxMUTEX_DEFAULT);
-
-    // destroys the mutex kernel object
-    ~wxMutex();
-
-    // test if the mutex has been created successfully
-    bool IsOk() const;
-
-    // mutex operations
-    // ----------------
-
-    // Lock the mutex, blocking on it until it is unlocked by the other thread.
-    // The result of locking a mutex already locked by the current thread
-    // depend on the mutex type.
-    //
-    // The caller must call Unlock() later if Lock() returned wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR.
-    wxMutexError Lock();
-
-    // Try to lock the mutex: if it is currently locked, return immediately
-    // with an error. Otherwise the caller must call Unlock().
-    wxMutexError TryLock();
-
-    // Unlock the mutex. It is an error to unlock an already unlocked mutex
-    wxMutexError Unlock();
-
-protected:
-    wxMutexInternal *m_internal;
-
-    friend class wxConditionInternal;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMutex)
-};
-
-// a helper class which locks the mutex in the ctor and unlocks it in the dtor:
-// this ensures that mutex is always unlocked, even if the function returns or
-// throws an exception before it reaches the end
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexLocker
-{
-public:
-    // lock the mutex in the ctor
-    wxMutexLocker(wxMutex& mutex)
-        : m_isOk(false), m_mutex(mutex)
-        { m_isOk = ( m_mutex.Lock() == wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR ); }
-
-    // returns true if mutex was successfully locked in ctor
-    bool IsOk() const
-        { return m_isOk; }
-
-    // unlock the mutex in dtor
-    ~wxMutexLocker()
-        { if ( IsOk() ) m_mutex.Unlock(); }
-
-private:
-    // no assignment operator nor copy ctor
-    wxMutexLocker(const wxMutexLocker&);
-    wxMutexLocker& operator=(const wxMutexLocker&);
-
-    bool     m_isOk;
-    wxMutex& m_mutex;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Critical section: this is the same as mutex but is only visible to the
-// threads of the same process. For the platforms which don't have native
-// support for critical sections, they're implemented entirely in terms of
-// mutexes.
-//
-// NB: wxCriticalSection object does not allocate any memory in its ctor
-//     which makes it possible to have static globals of this class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// in order to avoid any overhead under platforms where critical sections are
-// just mutexes make all wxCriticalSection class functions inline
-#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 1
-
-    #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE inline
-#else // MSW
-    #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 0
-
-    #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE
-#endif // MSW/!MSW
-
-// you should consider wxCriticalSectionLocker whenever possible instead of
-// directly working with wxCriticalSection class - it is safer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSection
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxCRITSECT_INLINE wxCriticalSection();
-    wxCRITSECT_INLINE ~wxCriticalSection();
-
-    // enter the section (the same as locking a mutex)
-    wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Enter();
-
-    // leave the critical section (same as unlocking a mutex)
-    wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Leave();
-
-private:
-#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-    wxMutex m_mutex;
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    // we can't allocate any memory in the ctor, so use placement new -
-    // unfortunately, we have to hardcode the sizeof() here because we can't
-    // include windows.h from this public header and we also have to use the
-    // union to force the correct (i.e. maximal) alignment
-    //
-    // if CRITICAL_SECTION size changes in Windows, you'll get an assert from
-    // thread.cpp and will need to increase the buffer size
-    //
-    // finally, we need this typedef instead of declaring m_buffer directly
-    // because otherwise the assert mentioned above wouldn't compile with some
-    // compilers (notably CodeWarrior 8)
-#ifdef __WIN64__
-    typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[40];
-#else // __WIN32__
-    typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[24];
-#endif
-    union
-    {
-        unsigned long m_dummy1;
-        void *m_dummy2;
-
-        wxCritSectBuffer m_buffer;
-    };
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    void *m_critRegion ;
-#endif // Unix&OS2/Win32
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSection)
-};
-
-#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-    // implement wxCriticalSection using mutexes
-    inline wxCriticalSection::wxCriticalSection() { }
-    inline wxCriticalSection::~wxCriticalSection() { }
-
-    inline void wxCriticalSection::Enter() { (void)m_mutex.Lock(); }
-    inline void wxCriticalSection::Leave() { (void)m_mutex.Unlock(); }
-#endif // wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-
-#undef wxCRITSECT_INLINE
-#undef wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-
-// wxCriticalSectionLocker is the same to critical sections as wxMutexLocker is
-// to mutexes
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSectionLocker
-{
-public:
-    wxCriticalSectionLocker(wxCriticalSection& cs)
-        : m_critsect(cs)
-    {
-        m_critsect.Enter();
-    }
-
-    ~wxCriticalSectionLocker()
-    {
-        m_critsect.Leave();
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxCriticalSection& m_critsect;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSectionLocker)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCondition models a POSIX condition variable which allows one (or more)
-// thread(s) to wait until some condition is fulfilled
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCondition
-{
-public:
-    // Each wxCondition object is associated with a (single) wxMutex object.
-    // The mutex object MUST be locked before calling Wait()
-    wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex);
-
-    // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
-    ~wxCondition();
-
-    // return true if the condition has been created successfully
-    bool IsOk() const;
-
-    // NB: the associated mutex MUST be locked beforehand by the calling thread
-    //
-    // it atomically releases the lock on the associated mutex
-    // and starts waiting to be woken up by a Signal()/Broadcast()
-    // once its signaled, then it will wait until it can reacquire
-    // the lock on the associated mutex object, before returning.
-    wxCondError Wait();
-
-    // exactly as Wait() except that it may also return if the specified
-    // timeout elapses even if the condition hasn't been signalled: in this
-    // case, the return value is false, otherwise (i.e. in case of a normal
-    // return) it is true
-    //
-    // the timeout parameter specifies an interval that needs to be waited for
-    // in milliseconds
-    wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-    // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread
-    //
-    // this method unblocks one thread if any are blocking on the condition.
-    // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered
-    // The thread which was blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock
-    // on the associated mutex object before returning
-    wxCondError Signal();
-
-    // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread
-    //
-    // this method unblocks all threads if any are blocking on the condition.
-    // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered
-    // The threads which were blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock
-    // on the associated mutex object before returning.
-    wxCondError Broadcast();
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated version, don't use
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool Wait(unsigned long milliseconds) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-private:
-    wxConditionInternal *m_internal;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCondition)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    inline bool wxCondition::Wait(unsigned long milliseconds)
-        { return WaitTimeout(milliseconds) == wxCOND_NO_ERROR; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSemaphore: a counter limiting the number of threads concurrently accessing
-//              a shared resource
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSemaphore
-{
-public:
-    // specifying a maxcount of 0 actually makes wxSemaphore behave as if there
-    // is no upper limit, if maxcount is 1 the semaphore behaves as a mutex
-    wxSemaphore( int initialcount = 0, int maxcount = 0 );
-
-    // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
-    ~wxSemaphore();
-
-    // return true if the semaphore has been created successfully
-    bool IsOk() const;
-
-    // wait indefinitely, until the semaphore count goes beyond 0
-    // and then decrement it and return (this method might have been called
-    // Acquire())
-    wxSemaError Wait();
-
-    // same as Wait(), but does not block, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if
-    // successful and wxSEMA_BUSY if the count is currently zero
-    wxSemaError TryWait();
-
-    // same as Wait(), but as a timeout limit, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if the
-    // semaphore was acquired and wxSEMA_TIMEOUT if the timeout has elapsed
-    wxSemaError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-    // increments the semaphore count and signals one of the waiting threads
-    wxSemaError Post();
-
-private:
-    wxSemaphoreInternal *m_internal;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSemaphore)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxThread: class encapsulating a thread of execution
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// there are two different kinds of threads: joinable and detached (default)
-// ones. Only joinable threads can return a return code and only detached
-// threads auto-delete themselves - the user should delete the joinable
-// threads manually.
-
-// NB: in the function descriptions the words "this thread" mean the thread
-//     created by the wxThread object while "main thread" is the thread created
-//     during the process initialization (a.k.a. the GUI thread)
-
-// On VMS thread pointers are 64 bits (also needed for other systems???
-#ifdef __VMS
-   typedef unsigned long long wxThreadIdType;
-#else
-   typedef unsigned long wxThreadIdType;
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThread
-{
-public:
-    // the return type for the thread function
-    typedef void *ExitCode;
-
-    // static functions
-        // Returns the wxThread object for the calling thread. NULL is returned
-        // if the caller is the main thread (but it's recommended to use
-        // IsMain() and only call This() for threads other than the main one
-        // because NULL is also returned on error). If the thread wasn't
-        // created with wxThread class, the returned value is undefined.
-    static wxThread *This();
-
-        // Returns true if current thread is the main thread.
-    static bool IsMain();
-
-        // Release the rest of our time slice letting the other threads run
-    static void Yield();
-
-        // Sleep during the specified period of time in milliseconds
-        //
-        // NB: at least under MSW worker threads can not call ::wxSleep()!
-    static void Sleep(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-        // get the number of system CPUs - useful with SetConcurrency()
-        // (the "best" value for it is usually number of CPUs + 1)
-        //
-        // Returns -1 if unknown, number of CPUs otherwise
-    static int GetCPUCount();
-
-        // Get the platform specific thread ID and return as a long.  This
-        // can be used to uniquely identify threads, even if they are not
-        // wxThreads.  This is used by wxPython.
-   static wxThreadIdType GetCurrentId();
-
-        // sets the concurrency level: this is, roughly, the number of threads
-        // the system tries to schedule to run in parallel. 0 means the
-        // default value (usually acceptable, but may not yield the best
-        // performance for this process)
-        //
-        // Returns true on success, false otherwise (if not implemented, for
-        // example)
-    static bool SetConcurrency(size_t level);
-
-    // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or
-    // start) the real thread
-    wxThread(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_DETACHED);
-
-    // functions that change the thread state: all these can only be called
-    // from _another_ thread (typically the thread that created this one, e.g.
-    // the main thread), not from the thread itself
-
-        // create a new thread and optionally set the stack size on
-        // platforms that support that - call Run() to start it
-        // (special cased for watcom which won't accept 0 default)
-
-    wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0);
-
-        // starts execution of the thread - from the moment Run() is called
-        // the execution of wxThread::Entry() may start at any moment, caller
-        // shouldn't suppose that it starts after (or before) Run() returns.
-    wxThreadError Run();
-
-        // stops the thread if it's running and deletes the wxThread object if
-        // this is a detached thread freeing its memory - otherwise (for
-        // joinable threads) you still need to delete wxThread object
-        // yourself.
-        //
-        // this function only works if the thread calls TestDestroy()
-        // periodically - the thread will only be deleted the next time it
-        // does it!
-        //
-        // will fill the rc pointer with the thread exit code if it's !NULL
-    wxThreadError Delete(ExitCode *rc = (ExitCode *)NULL);
-
-        // waits for a joinable thread to finish and returns its exit code
-        //
-        // Returns (ExitCode)-1 on error (for example, if the thread is not
-        // joinable)
-    ExitCode Wait();
-
-        // kills the thread without giving it any chance to clean up - should
-        // not be used under normal circumstances, use Delete() instead.
-        // It is a dangerous function that should only be used in the most
-        // extreme cases!
-        //
-        // The wxThread object is deleted by Kill() if the thread is
-        // detachable, but you still have to delete it manually for joinable
-        // threads.
-    wxThreadError Kill();
-
-        // pause a running thread: as Delete(), this only works if the thread
-        // calls TestDestroy() regularly
-    wxThreadError Pause();
-
-        // resume a paused thread
-    wxThreadError Resume();
-
-    // priority
-        // Sets the priority to "prio": see WXTHREAD_XXX_PRIORITY constants
-        //
-        // NB: the priority can only be set before the thread is created
-    void SetPriority(unsigned int prio);
-
-        // Get the current priority.
-    unsigned int GetPriority() const;
-
-    // thread status inquiries
-        // Returns true if the thread is alive: i.e. running or suspended
-    bool IsAlive() const;
-        // Returns true if the thread is running (not paused, not killed).
-    bool IsRunning() const;
-        // Returns true if the thread is suspended
-    bool IsPaused() const;
-
-        // is the thread of detached kind?
-    bool IsDetached() const { return m_isDetached; }
-
-    // Get the thread ID - a platform dependent number which uniquely
-    // identifies a thread inside a process
-    wxThreadIdType GetId() const;
-
-    // called when the thread exits - in the context of this thread
-    //
-    // NB: this function will not be called if the thread is Kill()ed
-    virtual void OnExit() { }
-
-    // Returns true if the thread was asked to terminate: this function should
-    // be called by the thread from time to time, otherwise the main thread
-    // will be left forever in Delete()!
-    virtual bool TestDestroy();
-
-    // dtor is public, but the detached threads should never be deleted - use
-    // Delete() instead (or leave the thread terminate by itself)
-    virtual ~wxThread();
-
-protected:
-    // exits from the current thread - can be called only from this thread
-    void Exit(ExitCode exitcode = 0);
-
-    // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context
-    // of this thread.
-    virtual void *Entry() = 0;
-
-private:
-    // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-    wxThread(const wxThread&);
-    wxThread& operator=(const wxThread&);
-
-    friend class wxThreadInternal;
-
-    // the (platform-dependent) thread class implementation
-    wxThreadInternal *m_internal;
-
-    // protects access to any methods of wxThreadInternal object
-    wxCriticalSection m_critsect;
-
-    // true if the thread is detached, false if it is joinable
-    bool m_isDetached;
-};
-
-// wxThreadHelperThread class
-// --------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelperThread : public wxThread
-{
-public:
-    // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or
-    // start) the real thread
-    wxThreadHelperThread(wxThreadHelper& owner)
-        : wxThread(wxTHREAD_JOINABLE), m_owner(owner)
-        { }
-
-protected:
-    // entry point for the thread -- calls Entry() in owner.
-    virtual void *Entry();
-
-private:
-    // the owner of the thread
-    wxThreadHelper& m_owner;
-
-    // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-    wxThreadHelperThread(const wxThreadHelperThread&);
-    wxThreadHelperThread& operator=(const wxThreadHelperThread&);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxThreadHelper: this class implements the threading logic to run a
-// background task in another object (such as a window).  It is a mix-in: just
-// derive from it to implement a threading background task in your class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelper
-{
-private:
-    void KillThread()
-    {
-        if ( m_thread )
-        {
-            m_thread->Kill();
-            delete m_thread;
-        }
-    }
-
-public:
-    // constructor only initializes m_thread to NULL
-    wxThreadHelper() : m_thread(NULL) { }
-
-    // destructor deletes m_thread
-    virtual ~wxThreadHelper() { KillThread(); }
-
-    // create a new thread (and optionally set the stack size on platforms that
-    // support/need that), call Run() to start it
-    wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0)
-    {
-        KillThread();
-
-        m_thread = new wxThreadHelperThread(*this);
-
-        return m_thread->Create(stackSize);
-    }
-
-    // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context
-    // of this thread.
-    virtual void *Entry() = 0;
-
-    // returns a pointer to the thread which can be used to call Run()
-    wxThread *GetThread() const { return m_thread; }
-
-protected:
-    wxThread *m_thread;
-};
-
-// call Entry() in owner, put it down here to avoid circular declarations
-inline void *wxThreadHelperThread::Entry()
-{
-    return m_owner.Entry();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Automatic initialization
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// GUI mutex handling.
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiEnter();
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeave();
-
-// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without
-// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS"
-#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs)   (cs).Enter()
-#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs)   (cs).Leave()
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs) static wxCriticalSection cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs) wxCriticalSection cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs)  wxCriticalSectionLocker name(cs)
-
-// function for checking if we're in the main thread which may be used whether
-// wxUSE_THREADS is 0 or 1
-inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return wxThread::IsMain(); }
-
-#else // !wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// no thread support
-inline void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiEnter() { }
-inline void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeave() { }
-
-// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without
-// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS"
-// (the implementation uses dummy structs to force semicolon after the macro)
-#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs)            do {} while (0)
-#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs)            do {} while (0)
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs)          struct wxDummyCS##cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs)   struct wxDummyCSMember##cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs)     struct wxDummyCSLocker##name
-
-// if there is only one thread, it is always the main one
-inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return true; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS/!wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// mark part of code as being a critical section: this macro declares a
-// critical section with the given name and enters it immediately and leaves
-// it at the end of the current scope
-//
-// example:
-//
-//      int Count()
-//      {
-//          static int s_counter = 0;
-//
-//          wxCRITICAL_SECTION(counter);
-//
-//          return ++s_counter;
-//      }
-//
-// this function is MT-safe in presence of the threads but there is no
-// overhead when the library is compiled without threads
-#define wxCRITICAL_SECTION(name) \
-    wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(s_cs##name);  \
-    wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(cs##name##Locker, s_cs##name)
-
-// automatically lock GUI mutex in ctor and unlock it in dtor
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLocker
-{
-public:
-    wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiEnter(); }
-   ~wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiLeave(); }
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation only until the end of file
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
-    // unlock GUI if there are threads waiting for and lock it back when
-    // there are no more of them - should be called periodically by the main
-    // thread
-    extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeaveOrEnter();
-
-    // returns true if the main thread has GUI lock
-    extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGuiOwnedByMainThread();
-
-    // wakes up the main thread if it's sleeping inside ::GetMessage()
-    extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWakeUpMainThread();
-
-    // return true if the main thread is waiting for some other to terminate:
-    // wxApp then should block all "dangerous" messages
-    extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsWaitingForThread();
-#endif // MSW, Mac, OS/2
-
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#endif // _WX_THREAD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d8226ecdd..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/thrimpl.cpp
-// Purpose:     common part of wxThread Implementations
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.06.02 (extracted from src/*/thread.cpp files)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: thrimpl.cpp 42206 2006-10-21 16:06:11Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin (2002)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// this file is supposed to be included only by the various thread.cpp
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMutex
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxMutex::wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType)
-{
-    m_internal = new wxMutexInternal(mutexType);
-
-    if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
-    {
-        delete m_internal;
-        m_internal = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-wxMutex::~wxMutex()
-{
-    delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxMutex::IsOk() const
-{
-    return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::Lock()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxMutex::Lock(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Lock();
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::TryLock()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxMutex::TryLock(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->TryLock();
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::Unlock()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxMutex::Unlock(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Unlock();
-}
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConditionInternal
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Win32 and OS/2 don't have explicit support for the POSIX condition
-// variables and their events/event semaphores have quite different semantics,
-// so we reimplement the conditions from scratch using the mutexes and
-// semaphores
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
-
-class wxConditionInternal
-{
-public:
-    wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex);
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_mutex.IsOk() && m_semaphore.IsOk(); }
-
-    wxCondError Wait();
-    wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-    wxCondError Signal();
-    wxCondError Broadcast();
-
-private:
-    // the number of threads currently waiting for this condition
-    LONG m_numWaiters;
-
-    // the critical section protecting m_numWaiters
-    wxCriticalSection m_csWaiters;
-
-    wxMutex& m_mutex;
-    wxSemaphore m_semaphore;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConditionInternal)
-};
-
-wxConditionInternal::wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex)
-                   : m_mutex(mutex)
-{
-    // another thread can't access it until we return from ctor, so no need to
-    // protect access to m_numWaiters here
-    m_numWaiters = 0;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Wait()
-{
-    // increment the number of waiters
-    {
-        wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-        m_numWaiters++;
-    }
-
-    m_mutex.Unlock();
-
-    // a potential race condition can occur here
-    //
-    // after a thread increments m_numWaiters, and unlocks the mutex and before
-    // the semaphore.Wait() is called, if another thread can cause a signal to
-    // be generated
-    //
-    // this race condition is handled by using a semaphore and incrementing the
-    // semaphore only if m_numWaiters is greater that zero since the semaphore,
-    // can 'remember' signals the race condition will not occur
-
-    // wait ( if necessary ) and decrement semaphore
-    wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.Wait();
-    m_mutex.Lock();
-
-    if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
-        return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-    else if ( err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT )
-        return wxCOND_TIMEOUT;
-    else
-        return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
-    {
-        wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-        m_numWaiters++;
-    }
-
-    m_mutex.Unlock();
-
-    // a race condition can occur at this point in the code
-    //
-    // please see the comments in Wait(), for details
-
-    wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-
-    if ( err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT )
-    {
-        // another potential race condition exists here it is caused when a
-        // 'waiting' thread times out, and returns from WaitForSingleObject,
-        // but has not yet decremented m_numWaiters
-        //
-        // at this point if another thread calls signal() then the semaphore
-        // will be incremented, but the waiting thread will miss it.
-        //
-        // to handle this particular case, the waiting thread calls
-        // WaitForSingleObject again with a timeout of 0, after locking
-        // m_csWaiters. This call does not block because of the zero
-        // timeout, but will allow the waiting thread to catch the missed
-        // signals.
-        wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
-        wxSemaError err2 = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(0);
-
-        if ( err2 != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
-        {
-            m_numWaiters--;
-        }
-    }
-
-    m_mutex.Lock();
-
-    return err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ? wxCOND_NO_ERROR
-                                  : err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ? wxCOND_TIMEOUT
-                                                          : wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Signal()
-{
-    wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
-    if ( m_numWaiters > 0 )
-    {
-        // increment the semaphore by 1
-        if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
-            return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-
-        m_numWaiters--;
-    }
-
-    return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Broadcast()
-{
-    wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
-    while ( m_numWaiters > 0 )
-    {
-        if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
-            return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-
-        m_numWaiters--;
-    }
-
-    return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-}
-
-#endif // MSW or OS2
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCondition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxCondition::wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex)
-{
-    m_internal = new wxConditionInternal(mutex);
-
-    if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
-    {
-        delete m_internal;
-        m_internal = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-wxCondition::~wxCondition()
-{
-    delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxCondition::IsOk() const
-{
-    return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Wait()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Wait();
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Signal()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxCondition::Signal(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Signal();
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Broadcast()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxCondition::Broadcast(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Broadcast();
-}
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSemaphore
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxSemaphore::wxSemaphore(int initialcount, int maxcount)
-{
-    m_internal = new wxSemaphoreInternal( initialcount, maxcount );
-    if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
-    {
-        delete m_internal;
-        m_internal = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-wxSemaphore::~wxSemaphore()
-{
-    delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxSemaphore::IsOk() const
-{
-    return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Wait()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxSemaphore::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Wait();
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::TryWait()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxSemaphore::TryWait(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->TryWait();
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Post()
-{
-    wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
-                 _T("wxSemaphore::Post(): not initialized") );
-
-    return m_internal->Post();
-}
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/timer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/timer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f8b8d1e87..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/timer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/timer.h
-// Purpose:     wxTimer, wxStopWatch and global time-related functions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxTimerBase)
-//              Guillermo Rodriguez (global clean up)
-// Created:     04/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: timer.h 44244 2007-01-18 17:00:52Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for backwards compatibility
-#include "wx/window.h"    // only for NewControlId()
-
-
-// more readable flags for Start():
-
-// generate notifications periodically until the timer is stopped (default)
-#define wxTIMER_CONTINUOUS false
-
-// only send the notification once and then stop the timer
-#define wxTIMER_ONE_SHOT true
-
-// the interface of wxTimer class
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and initializers
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // default: if you don't call SetOwner(), your only chance to get timer
-    // notifications is to override Notify() in the derived class
-    wxTimerBase()
-        { Init(); SetOwner(this); }
-
-    // ctor which allows to avoid having to override Notify() in the derived
-    // class: the owner will get timer notifications which can be handled with
-    // EVT_TIMER
-    wxTimerBase(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY)
-        { Init(); SetOwner(owner, timerid); }
-
-    // same as ctor above
-    void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY)
-    {
-        m_owner = owner;
-        m_idTimer = timerid == wxID_ANY ? wxWindow::NewControlId() : timerid;
-    }
-
-    wxEvtHandler *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; }
-
-    virtual ~wxTimerBase();
-
-    // working with the timer
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // start the timer: if milliseconds == -1, use the same value as for the
-    // last Start()
-    //
-    // it is now valid to call Start() multiple times: this just restarts the
-    // timer if it is already running
-    virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false);
-
-    // stop the timer
-    virtual void Stop() = 0;
-
-    // override this in your wxTimer-derived class if you want to process timer
-    // messages in it, use non default ctor or SetOwner() otherwise
-    virtual void Notify();
-
-    // getting info
-    // ------------
-
-    // return true if the timer is running
-    virtual bool IsRunning() const = 0;
-
-    // return the timer ID
-    int GetId() const { return m_idTimer; }
-
-    // get the (last) timer interval in milliseconds
-    int GetInterval() const { return m_milli; }
-
-    // return true if the timer is one shot
-    bool IsOneShot() const { return m_oneShot; }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init()
-        { m_owner = NULL; m_idTimer = wxID_ANY; m_milli = 0; m_oneShot = false; }
-
-    wxEvtHandler *m_owner;
-    int     m_idTimer;
-    int     m_milli;        // the timer interval
-    bool    m_oneShot;      // true if one shot
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimerBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimer itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #include "wx/generic/timer.h"
-#elif defined (__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/timer.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/timer.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimerRunner: starts the timer in its ctor, stops in the dtor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerRunner
-{
-public:
-    wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer) : m_timer(timer) { }
-    wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer, int milli, bool oneShot = false)
-        : m_timer(timer)
-    {
-        m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
-    }
-
-    void Start(int milli, bool oneShot = false)
-    {
-        m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
-    }
-
-    ~wxTimerRunner()
-    {
-        if ( m_timer.IsRunning() )
-        {
-            m_timer.Stop();
-        }
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxTimer& m_timer;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimerRunner)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimerEvent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimerEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTimerEvent(int timerid = 0, int interval = 0) : wxEvent(timerid)
-    {
-        m_eventType = wxEVT_TIMER;
-
-        m_interval = interval;
-    }
-
-    // accessors
-    int GetInterval() const { return m_interval; }
-
-    // implement the base class pure virtual
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTimerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    int m_interval;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTimerEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTimerEventFunction)(wxTimerEvent&);
-
-#define wxTimerEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxTimerEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_TIMER(timerid, func) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TIMER, timerid, wxTimerEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a782e5be..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        tipdlg.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxTipDialog
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28.06.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tipdlg.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_TIPDLG_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS
-
-#include "wx/textfile.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipProvider - a class which is used by wxTipDialog to get the text of the
-// tips
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the abstract base class: it provides the tips, i.e. implements the GetTip()
-// function which returns the new tip each time it's called. To support this,
-// wxTipProvider evidently needs some internal state which is the tip "index"
-// and which should be saved/restored by the program to not always show one and
-// the same tip (of course, you may use random starting position as well...)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider
-{
-public:
-    wxTipProvider(size_t currentTip) { m_currentTip = currentTip; }
-
-    // get the current tip and update the internal state to return the next tip
-    // when called for the next time
-    virtual wxString GetTip() = 0;
-
-    // get the current tip "index" (or whatever allows the tip provider to know
-    // from where to start the next time)
-    size_t GetCurrentTip() const { return m_currentTip; }
-
-    // Allows any user-derived class to optionally override this function to
-    // modify the tip as soon as it is read. If return wxEmptyString, then
-    // the tip is skipped, and the next one is read.
-    virtual wxString PreprocessTip(const wxString& tip) { return tip; }
-
-    // virtual dtor for the base class
-    virtual ~wxTipProvider() { }
-
-protected:
-    size_t m_currentTip;
-};
-
-// a function which returns an implementation of wxTipProvider using the
-// specified text file as the source of tips (each line is a tip).
-//
-// NB: the caller is responsible for deleting the pointer!
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider *wxCreateFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename,
-                                                       size_t currentTip);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A dialog which shows a "tip" - a short and helpful messages describing to
-// the user some program characteristic. Many programs show the tips at
-// startup, so the dialog has "Show tips on startup" checkbox which allows to
-// the user to disable this (however, it's the program which should show, or
-// not, the dialog on startup depending on its value, not this class).
-//
-// The function returns true if this checkbox is checked, false otherwise.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV bool wxShowTip(wxWindow *parent,
-                               wxTipProvider *tipProvider,
-                               bool showAtStartup = true);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS
-
-#endif // _WX_TIPDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 944afb832..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tipwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tipwin.h
-// Purpose:     wxTipWindow is a window like the one typically used for
-//              showing the tooltips
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tipwin.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_TIPWIN_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TIPWINDOW
-
-#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-    #include "wx/popupwin.h"
-
-    #define wxTipWindowBase wxPopupTransientWindow
-#else
-    #include "wx/frame.h"
-
-    #define wxTipWindowBase wxFrame
-#endif
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTipWindowView;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTipWindow : public wxTipWindowBase
-{
-public:
-    // the mandatory ctor parameters are: the parent window and the text to
-    // show
-    //
-    // optionally you may also specify the length at which the lines are going
-    // to be broken in rows (100 pixels by default)
-    //
-    // windowPtr and rectBound are just passed to SetTipWindowPtr() and
-    // SetBoundingRect() - see below
-    wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& text,
-                wxCoord maxLength = 100,
-                wxTipWindow** windowPtr = NULL,
-                wxRect *rectBound = NULL);
-
-    virtual ~wxTipWindow();
-
-    // If windowPtr is not NULL the given address will be NULLed when the
-    // window has closed
-    void SetTipWindowPtr(wxTipWindow** windowPtr) { m_windowPtr = windowPtr; }
-
-    // If rectBound is not NULL, the window will disappear automatically when
-    // the mouse leave the specified rect: note that rectBound should be in the
-    // screen coordinates!
-    void SetBoundingRect(const wxRect& rectBound);
-
-    // Hide and destroy the window
-    void Close();
-
-protected:
-    // called by wxTipWindowView only
-    bool CheckMouseInBounds(const wxPoint& pos);
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-#else // wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-    virtual void OnDismiss();
-#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN/!wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-private:
-    wxArrayString m_textLines;
-    wxCoord m_heightLine;
-
-    wxTipWindowView *m_view;
-
-    wxTipWindow** m_windowPtr;
-    wxRect m_rectBound;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-    friend class wxTipWindowView;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTipWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TIPWINDOW
-
-#endif // _WX_TIPWIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tokenzr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tokenzr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e643fd89..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tokenzr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/tokenzr.h
-// Purpose:     String tokenizer - a C++ replacement for strtok(3)
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: (or rather rewritten by) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     04/22/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tokenzr.h 36741 2006-01-06 21:41:54Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOKENZRH
-#define _WX_TOKENZRH
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// default: delimiters are usual white space characters
-#define wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS (_T(" \t\r\n"))
-
-// wxStringTokenizer mode flags which determine its behaviour
-enum wxStringTokenizerMode
-{
-    wxTOKEN_INVALID = -1,   // set by def ctor until SetString() is called
-    wxTOKEN_DEFAULT,        // strtok() for whitespace delims, RET_EMPTY else
-    wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY,      // return empty token in the middle of the string
-    wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL,  // return trailing empty tokens too
-    wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS,     // return the delim with token (implies RET_EMPTY)
-    wxTOKEN_STRTOK          // behave exactly like strtok(3)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringTokenizer: replaces infamous strtok() and has some other features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringTokenizer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and initializers
-        // default ctor, call SetString() later
-    wxStringTokenizer() { m_mode = wxTOKEN_INVALID; }
-        // ctor which gives us the string
-    wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& str,
-                      const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
-                      wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
-        // args are same as for the non default ctor above
-    void SetString(const wxString& str,
-                   const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
-                   wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
-        // reinitialize the tokenizer with the same delimiters/mode
-    void Reinit(const wxString& str);
-
-    // tokens access
-        // return the number of remaining tokens
-    size_t CountTokens() const;
-        // did we reach the end of the string?
-    bool HasMoreTokens() const;
-        // get the next token, will return empty string if !HasMoreTokens()
-    wxString GetNextToken();
-        // get the delimiter which terminated the token last retrieved by
-        // GetNextToken() or NUL if there had been no tokens yet or the last
-        // one wasn't terminated (but ran to the end of the string)
-    wxChar GetLastDelimiter() const { return m_lastDelim; }
-
-    // get current tokenizer state
-        // returns the part of the string which remains to tokenize (*not* the
-        // initial string)
-    wxString GetString() const { return m_string.substr(m_pos); }
-
-        // returns the current position (i.e. one index after the last
-        // returned token or 0 if GetNextToken() has never been called) in the
-        // original string
-    size_t GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
-
-    // misc
-        // get the current mode - can be different from the one passed to the
-        // ctor if it was wxTOKEN_DEFAULT
-    wxStringTokenizerMode GetMode() const { return m_mode; }
-        // do we return empty tokens?
-    bool AllowEmpty() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_STRTOK; }
-
-
-    // backwards compatibility section from now on
-    // -------------------------------------------
-
-    // for compatibility only, use GetNextToken() instead
-    wxString NextToken() { return GetNextToken(); }
-
-    // compatibility only, don't use
-    void SetString(const wxString& to_tokenize,
-                   const wxString& delims,
-                   bool WXUNUSED(ret_delim))
-    {
-        SetString(to_tokenize, delims, wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS);
-    }
-
-    wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& to_tokenize,
-                      const wxString& delims,
-                      bool ret_delim)
-    {
-        SetString(to_tokenize, delims, ret_delim);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_INVALID; }
-
-    wxString m_string,              // the string we tokenize
-             m_delims;              // all possible delimiters
-
-    size_t   m_pos;                 // the current position in m_string
-
-    wxStringTokenizerMode m_mode;   // see wxTOKEN_XXX values
-
-    wxChar   m_lastDelim;           // delimiter after last token or '\0'
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// convenience function which returns all tokens at once
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the function takes the same parameters as wxStringTokenizer ctor and returns
-// the array containing all tokens
-wxArrayString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxStringTokenize(const wxString& str,
-                 const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
-                 wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
-#endif // _WX_TOKENZRH
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f70678e7c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/toolbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolBar interface declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: toolbar.h 42645 2006-10-29 19:12:52Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBar style flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    // lay out the toolbar horizontally
-    wxTB_HORIZONTAL  = wxHORIZONTAL,    // == 0x0004
-    wxTB_TOP         = wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-
-    // lay out the toolbar vertically
-    wxTB_VERTICAL    = wxVERTICAL,      // == 0x0008
-    wxTB_LEFT        = wxTB_VERTICAL,
-
-    // show 3D buttons (wxToolBarSimple only)
-    wxTB_3DBUTTONS   = 0x0010,
-
-    // "flat" buttons (Win32/GTK only)
-    wxTB_FLAT        = 0x0020,
-
-    // dockable toolbar (GTK only)
-    wxTB_DOCKABLE    = 0x0040,
-
-    // don't show the icons (they're shown by default)
-    wxTB_NOICONS     = 0x0080,
-
-    // show the text (not shown by default)
-    wxTB_TEXT        = 0x0100,
-
-    // don't show the divider between toolbar and the window (Win32 only)
-    wxTB_NODIVIDER   = 0x0200,
-
-    // no automatic alignment (Win32 only, useless)
-    wxTB_NOALIGN     = 0x0400,
-
-    // show the text and the icons alongside, not vertically stacked (Win32/GTK)
-    wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 0x0800,
-    wxTB_HORZ_TEXT   = wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxTB_TEXT,
-
-    // don't show the toolbar short help tooltips
-    wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 0x1000,
-
-    // lay out toolbar at the bottom of the window
-    wxTB_BOTTOM       = 0x2000,
-
-    // lay out toolbar at the right edge of the window
-    wxTB_RIGHT        = 0x4000
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    #include "wx/tbarbase.h"     // the base class for all toolbars
-
-    #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-       #include "wx/univ/toolbar.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-       #include "wx/palmos/toolbar.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)))
-       #include "wx/msw/tbar95.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
-       #include "wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-       #include "wx/motif/toolbar.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-        #include "wx/gtk/tbargtk.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-        #include "wx/gtk1/tbargtk.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-       #include "wx/mac/toolbar.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-       #include "wx/cocoa/toolbar.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-       #include "wx/os2/toolbar.h"
-    #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 752793ebf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toolbook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/toolbook.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolbook: wxToolBar and wxNotebook combination
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2006-01-29
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: toolbook.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING;
-
-
-// Use wxButtonToolBar
-#define wxBK_BUTTONBAR            0x0100
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolbook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolbook : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    wxToolbook()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-
-    wxToolbook(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // quasi ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
-    // implement base class virtuals
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
-    virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
-    virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
-    virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
-    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-    virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
-                            wxWindow *page,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            bool bSelect = false,
-                            int imageId = -1);
-    virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
-    virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
-    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
-    virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-    virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-
-
-    // methods which are not part of base wxBookctrl API
-
-    // get the underlying toolbar
-    wxToolBarBase* GetToolBar() const { return (wxToolBarBase*)m_bookctrl; }
-
-    // must be called in OnIdle or by application to realize the toolbar and
-    // select the initial page.
-    void Realize();
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
-
-    // get the size which the list control should have
-    virtual wxSize GetControllerSize() const;
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnToolSelected(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-    void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel);
-
-    wxBookCtrlBaseEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
-    void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlBaseEvent &event);
-
-    // the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    int m_selection;
-
-    // whether the toolbar needs to be realized
-    bool m_needsRealizing;
-
-    // maximum bitmap size
-    wxSize m_maxBitmapSize;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all constructors
-    void Init();
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolbook)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// listbook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolbookEvent : public wxBookCtrlBaseEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxToolbookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0,
-                    int nSel = wxNOT_FOUND, int nOldSel = wxNOT_FOUND)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(commandType, id, nSel, nOldSel)
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxToolbookEvent(const wxToolbookEvent& event)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(event)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxToolbookEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxToolbookEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxToolbookEventFunction)(wxToolbookEvent&);
-
-#define wxToolbookEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxToolbookEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxToolbookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxToolbookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tooltip.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tooltip.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ac6219bab..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/tooltip.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        tooltip.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolTip base header
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tooltip.h 37066 2006-01-23 03:27:34Z MR $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-// #include "wx/motif/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk1/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/tooltip.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toplevel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toplevel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ab0c9e70..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/toplevel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/toplevel.h
-// Purpose:     declares wxTopLevelWindow class, the base class for all
-//              top level windows (such as frames and dialogs)
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: toplevel.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-//                       Vaclav Slavik <vaclav@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
-#define _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/iconbndl.h"
-
-// the default names for various classes
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxFrameNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTopLevelWindowBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// style common to both wxFrame and wxDialog
-#define wxSTAY_ON_TOP           0x8000
-#define wxICONIZE               0x4000
-#define wxMINIMIZE              wxICONIZE
-#define wxMAXIMIZE              0x2000
-#define wxCLOSE_BOX             0x1000
-
-#define wxSYSTEM_MENU           0x0800
-#define wxMINIMIZE_BOX          0x0400
-#define wxMAXIMIZE_BOX          0x0200
-#define wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ    0x0100
-#define wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT     0x0080
-#define wxRESIZE_BORDER         0x0040
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-    // deprecated versions defined for compatibility reasons
-    #define wxRESIZE_BOX            wxMAXIMIZE_BOX
-    #define wxTHICK_FRAME           wxRESIZE_BORDER
-
-    // obsolete styles, unused any more
-    #define wxDIALOG_MODAL          0
-    #define wxDIALOG_MODELESS       0
-    #define wxNO_3D                 0
-    #define wxUSER_COLOURS          0
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// default style
-//
-// under Windows CE (at least when compiling with eVC 4) we should create
-// top level windows without any styles at all for them to appear
-// "correctly", i.e. as full screen windows with a "hide" button (same as
-// "close" but round instead of squared and just hides the applications
-// instead of closing it) in the title bar
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-        #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE)
-    #elif defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__)
-        #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE|wxCLOSE_BOX)
-    #else
-        #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxNO_BORDER)
-    #endif
-#else // !__WXWINCE__
-    #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE \
-            (wxSYSTEM_MENU | \
-             wxRESIZE_BORDER | \
-             wxMINIMIZE_BOX | \
-             wxMAXIMIZE_BOX | \
-             wxCLOSE_BOX | \
-             wxCAPTION | \
-             wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
-#endif
-
-
-// Dialogs are created in a special way
-#define wxTOPLEVEL_EX_DIALOG        0x00000008
-
-// Styles for ShowFullScreen
-// (note that wxTopLevelWindow only handles wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER and
-//  wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION; the rest is handled by wxTopLevelWindow)
-enum
-{
-    wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR   = 0x0001,
-    wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR   = 0x0002,
-    wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR = 0x0004,
-    wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER    = 0x0008,
-    wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION   = 0x0010,
-
-    wxFULLSCREEN_ALL         = wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR |
-                               wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER |
-                               wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION
-};
-
-// Styles for RequestUserAttention
-enum
-{
-    wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO = 1,
-    wxUSER_ATTENTION_ERROR = 2
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTopLevelWindow: a top level (as opposed to child) window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxTopLevelWindowBase();
-    virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowBase();
-
-    // top level wnd state
-    // --------------------
-
-    // maximize = true => maximize, otherwise - restore
-    virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true) = 0;
-
-    // undo Maximize() or Iconize()
-    virtual void Restore() = 0;
-
-    // iconize = true => iconize, otherwise - restore
-    virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true) = 0;
-
-    // return true if the frame is maximized
-    virtual bool IsMaximized() const = 0;
-
-    // return true if the frame is always maximized
-    // due to native guidelines or current policy
-    virtual bool IsAlwaysMaximized() const;
-
-    // return true if the frame is iconized
-    virtual bool IsIconized() const = 0;
-
-    // get the frame icon
-    const wxIcon& GetIcon() const { return m_icons.GetIcon( -1 ); }
-
-    // get the frame icons
-    const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const { return m_icons; }
-
-    // set the frame icon
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { m_icons = wxIconBundle( icon ); }
-
-    // set the frame icons
-    virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons ) { m_icons = icons; }
-
-    // maximize the window to cover entire screen
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) = 0;
-
-    // return true if the frame is in fullscreen mode
-    virtual bool IsFullScreen() const = 0;
-
-    // the title of the top level window: the text which the
-    // window shows usually at the top of the frame/dialog in dedicated bar
-    virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetTitle() const = 0;
-
-    // enable/disable close button [x]
-    virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool WXUNUSED(enable) ) { return false; } 
-
-    // Set the shape of the window to the given region.
-    // Returns true if the platform supports this feature (and the
-    // operation is successful.)
-    virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) { return false; }
-
-    // Attracts the users attention to this window if the application is
-    // inactive (should be called when a background event occurs)
-    virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO);
-
-    // Is this the active frame (highlighted in the taskbar)?
-    virtual bool IsActive() { return wxGetTopLevelParent(FindFocus()) == this; }
-
-    // this function may be overridden to return false to allow closing the
-    // application even when this top level window is still open
-    //
-    // notice that the window is still closed prior to the application exit and
-    // so it can still veto it even if it returns false from here
-    virtual bool ShouldPreventAppExit() const { return true; }
-
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-    virtual void SetLeftMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0;
-    virtual void SetRightMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0;
-#endif // __SMARTPHONE__
-
-    // centre the window on screen: this is just a shortcut
-    void CentreOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir | wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN); }
-    void CenterOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnScreen(dir); }
-
-
-    // default item access: we have a permanent default item which is the one
-    // set by the user code but we may also have a temporary default item which
-    // would be chosen if the user pressed "Enter" now but the default action
-    // reverts to the "permanent" default as soon as this temporary default
-    // item loses focus
-
-    // used to reset default if pointing to removed child
-    virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child);
-
-    // get the default item, temporary or permanent
-    wxWindow *GetDefaultItem() const
-        { return m_winTmpDefault ? m_winTmpDefault : m_winDefault; }
-
-    // set the permanent default item, return the old default
-    wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *win)
-        { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winDefault = win; return old; }
-
-    // return the temporary default item, can be NULL
-    wxWindow *GetTmpDefaultItem() const { return m_winTmpDefault; }
-
-    // set a temporary default item, SetTmpDefaultItem(NULL) should be called
-    // soon after a call to SetTmpDefaultItem(window), return the old default
-    wxWindow *SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *win)
-        { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winTmpDefault = win; return old; }
-
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual bool Destroy();
-    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
-    virtual bool IsVisible() const { return IsShown(); }
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoLayout(); }
-
-    // Get rect to be used to center top-level children
-    virtual void GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h);
-
-    // this should go away, but for now it's called from docview.cpp,
-    // so should be there for all platforms
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) { }
-
-    // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
-    virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ;
-
-    // a different API for SetSizeHints
-    virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize);
-    virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize);
-
-    // set size hints for "window manager"
-    virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
-                                 int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord,
-                                 int incW = wxDefaultCoord, int incH = wxDefaultCoord );
-
-protected:
-    // the frame client to screen translation should take account of the
-    // toolbar which may shift the origin of the client area
-    virtual void DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const;
-
-    // add support for wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN
-    virtual void DoCentre(int dir);
-
-    // no need to do client to screen translation to get our position in screen
-    // coordinates: this is already the case
-    virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const
-    {
-        DoGetPosition(x, y);
-    }
-
-    // test whether this window makes part of the frame
-    // (menubar, toolbar and statusbar are excluded from automatic layout)
-    virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) const
-        { return false; }
-
-    // check if we should exit the program after deleting this window
-    bool IsLastBeforeExit() const;
-
-    // send the iconize event, return true if processed
-    bool SendIconizeEvent(bool iconized = true);
-
-    // do TLW-specific layout: we resize our unique child to fill the entire
-    // client area
-    void DoLayout();
-
-    // Get the default size for the new window if no explicit size given. If
-    // there are better default sizes then these can be changed, just as long
-    // as they are not too small for TLWs (and not larger than screen).
-    static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
-    static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().x : w; }
-    static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().y : h; }
-
-    // the frame icon
-    wxIconBundle m_icons;
-
-    // a default window (usually a button) or NULL
-    wxWindow *m_winDefault;
-
-    // a temporary override of m_winDefault, use the latter if NULL
-    wxWindow *m_winTmpDefault;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowBase)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowPalm
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMSW
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk1/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowX11
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMGL
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #include "wx/dfb/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowDFB
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMac
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowCocoa
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowOS2
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/toplevel.h"
-    #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMotif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #include "wx/univ/toplevel.h"
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #ifdef wxTopLevelWindowNative
-        class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindow : public wxTopLevelWindowNative
-        {
-        public:
-            // construction
-            wxTopLevelWindow() { Init(); }
-            wxTopLevelWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-                       wxWindowID winid,
-                       const wxString& title,
-                       const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                       const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                       long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                       const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-            {
-                Init();
-                Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name);
-            }
-
-            DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTopLevelWindow)
-        };
-    #endif // wxTopLevelWindowNative
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-
-#endif // _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 775a4492c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,426 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/treebase.h
-// Purpose:     wxTreeCtrl base classes and types
-// Author:      Julian Smart et al
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: treebase.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREEBASE_H_
-#define _WX_TREEBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/window.h"  // for wxClientData
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// flags for deprecated `Expand(int action)', will be removed in next versions
-enum
-{
-    wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND,
-    wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE,
-    wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET,
-    wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE
-};
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemId identifies an element of the tree. In this implementation, it's
-// just a trivial wrapper around Win32 HTREEITEM or a pointer to some private
-// data structure in the generic version. It's opaque for the application and
-// the only method which can be used by user code is IsOk().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Using this typedef removes an ambiguity when calling Remove()
-typedef void *wxTreeItemIdValue;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItemId
-{
-    friend bool operator==(const wxTreeItemId&, const wxTreeItemId&);
-public:
-    // ctors
-        // 0 is invalid value for HTREEITEM
-    wxTreeItemId() { m_pItem = 0; }
-
-        // construct wxTreeItemId from the native item id
-    wxTreeItemId(void *pItem) { m_pItem = pItem; }
-
-        // default copy ctor/assignment operator are ok for us
-
-    // accessors
-        // is this a valid tree item?
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_pItem != 0; }
-        // return true if this item is not valid
-    bool operator!() const { return !IsOk(); }
-
-    // operations
-        // invalidate the item
-    void Unset() { m_pItem = 0; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // deprecated: only for compatibility, don't work on 64 bit archs
-    wxTreeItemId(long item) { m_pItem = wxUIntToPtr(item); }
-    operator long() const { return (long)wxPtrToUInt(m_pItem); }
-#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    operator bool() const { return IsOk(); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-    wxTreeItemIdValue m_pItem;
-};
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxTreeItemId& i1, const wxTreeItemId& i2)
-{
-    return i1.m_pItem == i2.m_pItem;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxTreeItemId& i1, const wxTreeItemId& i2)
-{
-    return i1.m_pItem != i2.m_pItem;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemData is some (arbitrary) user class associated with some item. The
-// main advantage of having this class (compared to old untyped interface) is
-// that wxTreeItemData's are destroyed automatically by the tree and, as this
-// class has virtual dtor, it means that the memory will be automatically
-// freed. OTOH, we don't just use wxObject instead of wxTreeItemData because
-// the size of this class is critical: in any real application, each tree leaf
-// will have wxTreeItemData associated with it and number of leaves may be
-// quite big.
-//
-// Because the objects of this class are deleted by the tree, they should
-// always be allocated on the heap!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItemData: public wxClientData
-{
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl;
-public:
-    // creation/destruction
-    // --------------------
-        // default ctor
-    wxTreeItemData() { }
-
-        // default copy ctor/assignment operator are ok
-
-    // accessor: get the item associated with us
-    const wxTreeItemId& GetId() const { return m_pItem; }
-    void SetId(const wxTreeItemId& id) { m_pItem = id; }
-
-protected:
-    wxTreeItemId m_pItem;
-};
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxTreeItemIdValue, wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase);
-
-// this is a wrapper around the array class defined above which allow to wok
-// with vaue of natural wxTreeItemId type instead of using wxTreeItemIdValue
-// and does it without any loss of efficiency
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArrayTreeItemIds : public wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase
-{
-public:
-    void Add(const wxTreeItemId& id)
-        { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Add(id.m_pItem); }
-    void Insert(const wxTreeItemId& id, size_t pos)
-        { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Insert(id.m_pItem, pos); }
-    wxTreeItemId Item(size_t i) const
-        { return wxTreeItemId(wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Item(i)); }
-    wxTreeItemId operator[](size_t i) const { return Item(i); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// enum for different images associated with a treectrl item
-enum wxTreeItemIcon
-{
-    wxTreeItemIcon_Normal,              // not selected, not expanded
-    wxTreeItemIcon_Selected,            //     selected, not expanded
-    wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded,            // not selected,     expanded
-    wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded,    //     selected,     expanded
-    wxTreeItemIcon_Max
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeCtrl flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTR_NO_BUTTONS              0x0000     // for convenience
-#define wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS             0x0001     // draw collapsed/expanded btns
-#define wxTR_NO_LINES                0x0004     // don't draw lines at all
-#define wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT           0x0008     // connect top-level nodes
-#define wxTR_TWIST_BUTTONS           0x0010     // still used by wxTreeListCtrl
-
-#define wxTR_SINGLE                  0x0000     // for convenience
-#define wxTR_MULTIPLE                0x0020     // can select multiple items
-#define wxTR_EXTENDED                0x0040     // TODO: allow extended selection
-#define wxTR_HAS_VARIABLE_ROW_HEIGHT 0x0080     // what it says
-
-#define wxTR_EDIT_LABELS             0x0200     // can edit item labels
-#define wxTR_ROW_LINES               0x0400     // put border around items
-#define wxTR_HIDE_ROOT               0x0800     // don't display root node
-
-#define wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT      0x2000     // highlight full horz space
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
-#define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE           (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_NO_LINES)
-#else
-#define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE           (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT)
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// deprecated, don't use
-#define wxTR_MAC_BUTTONS             0
-#define wxTR_AQUA_BUTTONS            0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-// values for the `flags' parameter of wxTreeCtrl::HitTest() which determine
-// where exactly the specified point is situated:
-
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE            = 0x0001;
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW            = 0x0002;
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE          = 0x0004;
-    // on the button associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON     = 0x0008;
-    // on the bitmap associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON       = 0x0010;
-    // on the indent associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT     = 0x0020;
-    // on the label (string) associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL      = 0x0040;
-    // on the right of the label associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT      = 0x0080;
-    // on the label (string) associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON  = 0x0100;
-    // on the left of the wxTreeCtrl.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT           = 0x0200;
-    // on the right of the wxTreeCtrl.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT          = 0x0400;
-    // on the upper part (first half) of the item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMUPPERPART  = 0x0800;
-    // on the lower part (second half) of the item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLOWERPART  = 0x1000;
-
-    // anywhere on the item
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM  = wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON |
-                                          wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL;
-
-// tree ctrl default name
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxTreeCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItemAttr
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxTreeItemAttr() { }
-    wxTreeItemAttr(const wxColour& colText,
-                   const wxColour& colBack,
-                   const wxFont& font)
-        : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) { }
-
-    // setters
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); }
-    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); }
-    bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); }
-
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
-    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
-    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
-private:
-    wxColour m_colText,
-             m_colBack;
-    wxFont   m_font;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeEvent is a special class for all events associated with tree controls
-//
-// NB: note that not all accessors make sense for all events, see the event
-//     descriptions below
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrlBase;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType,
-                wxTreeCtrlBase *tree,
-                const wxTreeItemId &item = wxTreeItemId());
-    wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
-    wxTreeEvent(const wxTreeEvent& event);
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTreeEvent(*this); }
-
-    // accessors
-        // get the item on which the operation was performed or the newly
-        // selected item for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events
-    wxTreeItemId GetItem() const { return m_item; }
-    void SetItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_item = item; }
-
-        // for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events, get the previously
-        // selected item
-    wxTreeItemId GetOldItem() const { return m_itemOld; }
-    void SetOldItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_itemOld = item; }
-
-        // the point where the mouse was when the drag operation started (for
-        // wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_(R)DRAG events only) or click position
-    wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
-    void SetPoint(const wxPoint& pt) { m_pointDrag = pt; }
-
-        // keyboard data (for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN only)
-    const wxKeyEvent& GetKeyEvent() const { return m_evtKey; }
-    int GetKeyCode() const { return m_evtKey.GetKeyCode(); }
-    void SetKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt) { m_evtKey = evt; }
-
-        // label (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only)
-    const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-    void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
-
-        // edit cancel flag (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only)
-    bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; }
-    void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; }
-
-        // Set the tooltip for the item (for EVT\_TREE\_ITEM\_GETTOOLTIP events)
-    void SetToolTip(const wxString& toolTip) { m_label = toolTip; }
-    wxString GetToolTip() { return m_label; }
-
-private:
-    // not all of the members are used (or initialized) for all events
-    wxKeyEvent    m_evtKey;
-    wxTreeItemId  m_item,
-                  m_itemOld;
-    wxPoint       m_pointDrag;
-    wxString      m_label;
-    bool          m_editCancelled;
-
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// tree control events and macros for handling them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, 600)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, 601)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, 602)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, 603)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, 604)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, 605)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, 606)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, 607)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, 608)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, 609)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, 610)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, 611)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, 612)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, 613)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, 614)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, 615)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, 616)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_DRAG, 617)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, 618)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, 619)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU, 620)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-#define wxTreeEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxTreeEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(evt, id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ ## evt, id, wxTreeEventHandler(fn))
-
-// GetItem() returns the item being dragged, GetPoint() the mouse coords
-//
-// if you call event.Allow(), the drag operation will start and a
-// EVT_TREE_END_DRAG event will be sent when the drag is over.
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item on which the drop occurred (if any) and GetPoint() the
-// current mouse coords
-#define EVT_TREE_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_DRAG, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the itme whose label is being edited, GetLabel() returns
-// the current item label for BEGIN and the would be new one for END.
-//
-// Vetoing BEGIN event means that label editing won't happen at all,
-// vetoing END means that the new value is discarded and the old one kept
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-
-// provide/update information about GetItem() item
-#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(GET_INFO, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SET_INFO, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item being expanded/collapsed, the "ING" versions can use
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, fn)
-
-// GetOldItem() is the item which had the selection previously, GetItem() is
-// the item which acquires selection
-#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGING, id, fn)
-
-// GetKeyCode() returns the key code
-// NB: this is the only message for which GetItem() is invalid (you may get the
-//     item from GetSelection())
-#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item being deleted, the associated data (if any) will
-// be deleted just after the return of this event handler (if any)
-#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item that was activated (double click, enter, space)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item for which the context menu shall be shown
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MENU(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MENU, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item that was clicked on
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item whose state image was clicked on
-#define EVT_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item for which the tooltip is being requested
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, id, fn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TREEBASE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index abc4ca7d2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treebook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/treebook.h
-// Purpose:     wxTreebook: wxNotebook-like control presenting pages in a tree
-// Author:      Evgeniy Tarassov, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-09-15
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: treebook.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/treectrl.h"        // for wxArrayTreeItemIds
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-typedef wxWindow wxTreebookPage;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreebook : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
-    // Constructors and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // Default ctor doesn't create the control, use Create() afterwards
-    wxTreebook()
-    {
-        Init();
-    }
-
-    // This ctor creates the tree book control
-    wxTreebook(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = wxBK_DEFAULT,
-               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // Really creates the control
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxBK_DEFAULT,
-                const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
-    // Page insertion operations
-    // -------------------------
-
-    // Notice that page pointer may be NULL in which case the next non NULL
-    // page (usually the first child page of a node) is shown when this page is
-    // selected
-
-    // Inserts a new page just before the page indicated by page.
-    // The new page is placed on the same level as page.
-    virtual bool InsertPage(size_t pos,
-                            wxWindow *page,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            bool bSelect = false,
-                            int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
-    // Inserts a new sub-page to the end of children of the page at given pos.
-    virtual bool InsertSubPage(size_t pos,
-                               wxWindow *page,
-                               const wxString& text,
-                               bool bSelect = false,
-                               int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
-    // Adds a new page at top level after all other pages.
-    virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page,
-                         const wxString& text,
-                         bool bSelect = false,
-                         int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
-    // Adds a new child-page to the last top-level page inserted.
-    // Useful when constructing 1 level tree structure.
-    virtual bool AddSubPage(wxWindow *page,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            bool bSelect = false,
-                            int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
-    // Deletes the page and ALL its children. Could trigger page selection
-    // change in a case when selected page is removed. In that case its parent
-    // is selected (or the next page if no parent).
-    virtual bool DeletePage(size_t pos);
-
-
-    // Tree operations
-    // ---------------
-
-    // Gets the page node state -- node is expanded or collapsed
-    virtual bool IsNodeExpanded(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // Expands or collapses the page node. Returns the previous state.
-    // May generate page changing events (if selected page
-    // is under the collapsed branch, then parent is autoselected).
-    virtual bool ExpandNode(size_t pos, bool expand = true);
-
-    // shortcut for ExpandNode(pos, false)
-    bool CollapseNode(size_t pos) { return ExpandNode(pos, false); }
-
-    // get the parent page or wxNOT_FOUND if this is a top level page
-    int GetPageParent(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // the tree control we use for showing the pages index tree
-    wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return (wxTreeCtrl*)m_bookctrl; }
-
-
-    // Standard operations inherited from wxBookCtrlBase
-    // -------------------------------------------------
-
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
-    virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
-    virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
-    virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
-    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-    virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
-    virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
-    virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-    virtual void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-    virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
-protected:
-    // Implementation of a page removal. See DeletPage for comments.
-    wxTreebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t pos);
-
-    // This subclass of wxBookCtrlBase accepts NULL page pointers (empty pages)
-    virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return true; }
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnTreeSelectionChange(wxTreeEvent& event);
-    void OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed(wxTreeEvent& event);
-
-    // array of page ids and page windows
-    wxArrayTreeItemIds m_treeIds;
-
-    // the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    int m_selection;
-
-    // in the situation when m_selection page is not wxNOT_FOUND but page is
-    // NULL this is the first (sub)child that has a non-NULL page
-    int m_actualSelection;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all constructors
-    void Init();
-
-    // The real implementations of page insertion functions
-    // ------------------------------------------------------
-    // All DoInsert/Add(Sub)Page functions add the page into :
-    // - the base class
-    // - the tree control
-    // - update the index/TreeItemId corespondance array
-    bool DoInsertPage(size_t pos,
-                      wxWindow *page,
-                      const wxString& text,
-                      bool bSelect = false,
-                      int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-    bool DoInsertSubPage(size_t pos,
-                         wxWindow *page,
-                         const wxString& text,
-                         bool bSelect = false,
-                         int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-    bool DoAddSubPage(wxWindow *page,
-                         const wxString& text,
-                         bool bSelect = false,
-                         int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
-    // Sets selection in the tree control and updates the page being shown.
-    int DoSetSelection(size_t pos, int flags = 0);
-
-    // Returns currently shown page. In a case when selected the node
-    // has empty (NULL) page finds first (sub)child with not-empty page.
-    wxTreebookPage *DoGetCurrentPage() const;
-
-    // Does the selection update. Called from page insertion functions
-    // to update selection if the selected page was pushed by the newly inserted
-    void DoUpdateSelection(bool bSelect, int page);
-
-
-    // Operations on the internal private members of the class
-    // -------------------------------------------------------
-    // Returns the page TreeItemId for the page.
-    // Or, if the page index is incorrect, a fake one (fakePage.IsOk() == false)
-    wxTreeItemId DoInternalGetPage(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // Linear search for a page with the id specified. If no page
-    // found wxNOT_FOUND is returned. The function is used when we catch an event
-    // from m_tree (wxTreeCtrl) component.
-    int DoInternalFindPageById(wxTreeItemId page) const;
-
-    // Updates page and wxTreeItemId correspondance.
-    void DoInternalAddPage(size_t newPos, wxWindow *page, wxTreeItemId pageId);
-
-    // Removes the page from internal structure.
-    void DoInternalRemovePage(size_t pos)
-        { DoInternalRemovePageRange(pos, 0); }
-
-    // Removes the page and all its children designated by subCount
-    // from internal structures of the control.
-    void DoInternalRemovePageRange(size_t pos, size_t subCount);
-
-    // Returns internal number of pages which can be different from
-    // GetPageCount() while performing a page insertion or removal.
-    size_t DoInternalGetPageCount() const { return m_treeIds.Count(); }
-
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTreebook)
-    WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// treebook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreebookEvent : public wxBookCtrlBaseEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxTreebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0,
-                    int nSel = wxNOT_FOUND, int nOldSel = wxNOT_FOUND)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(commandType, id, nSel, nOldSel)
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxTreebookEvent(const wxTreebookEvent& event)
-        : wxBookCtrlBaseEvent(event)
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTreebookEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTreebookEvent)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED;
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreebookEventFunction)(wxTreebookEvent&);
-
-#define wxTreebookEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxTreebookEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxTreebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxTreebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, winid, wxTreebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED(winid, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, winid, wxTreebookEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treectrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d45855eb4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/treectrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/treectrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTreeCtrl base header
-// Author:      Karsten Ballueder
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright:   (c) Karsten Ballueder
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: treectrl.h 49563 2007-10-31 20:46:21Z VZ $
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/treebase.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h" // wxTextCtrl::ms_classinfo used through CLASSINFO macro
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    wxTreeCtrlBase()
-    {
-        m_imageListNormal =
-        m_imageListState = NULL;
-        m_ownsImageListNormal =
-        m_ownsImageListState = false;
-
-        // arbitrary default
-        m_spacing = 18;
-
-        // quick DoGetBestSize calculation
-        m_quickBestSize = true;
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxTreeCtrlBase();
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-        // get the total number of items in the control
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0;
-
-        // indent is the number of pixels the children are indented relative to
-        // the parents position. SetIndent() also redraws the control
-        // immediately.
-    virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const = 0;
-    virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent) = 0;
-
-        // spacing is the number of pixels between the start and the Text
-        // (has no effect under wxMSW)
-    unsigned int GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; }
-    void SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing) { m_spacing = spacing; }
-
-        // image list: these functions allow to associate an image list with
-        // the control and retrieve it. Note that the control does _not_ delete
-        // the associated image list when it's deleted in order to allow image
-        // lists to be shared between different controls.
-        //
-        // The normal image list is for the icons which correspond to the
-        // normal tree item state (whether it is selected or not).
-        // Additionally, the application might choose to show a state icon
-        // which corresponds to an app-defined item state (for example,
-        // checked/unchecked) which are taken from the state image list.
-    wxImageList *GetImageList() const { return m_imageListNormal; }
-    wxImageList *GetStateImageList() const { return m_imageListState; }
-
-    virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0;
-    virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0;
-    void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
-    {
-        SetImageList(imageList);
-        m_ownsImageListNormal = true;
-    }
-    void AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
-    {
-        SetStateImageList(imageList);
-        m_ownsImageListState = true;
-    }
-
-
-    // Functions to work with tree ctrl items. Unfortunately, they can _not_ be
-    // member functions of wxTreeItem because they must know the tree the item
-    // belongs to for Windows implementation and storing the pointer to
-    // wxTreeCtrl in each wxTreeItem is just too much waste.
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-        // retrieve items label
-    virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
-    virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                     wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const = 0;
-        // get the data associated with the item
-    virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // get the item's text colour
-    virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // get the item's background colour
-    virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // get the item's font
-    virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-    // modifiers
-    // ---------
-
-        // set items label
-    virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text) = 0;
-        // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
-    virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                              int image,
-                              wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) = 0;
-        // associate some data with the item
-    virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data) = 0;
-
-        // force appearance of [+] button near the item. This is useful to
-        // allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now
-        // - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory
-        // usage and loading time.
-    virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                    bool has = true) = 0;
-
-        // the item will be shown in bold
-    virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true) = 0;
-
-        // the item will be shown with a drop highlight
-    virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                      bool highlight = true) = 0;
-
-        // set the items text colour
-    virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                   const wxColour& col) = 0;
-
-        // set the items background colour
-    virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                         const wxColour& col) = 0;
-
-        // set the items font (should be of the same height for all items)
-    virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                             const wxFont& font) = 0;
-
-    // item status inquiries
-    // ---------------------
-
-        // is the item visible (it might be outside the view or not expanded)?
-    virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // does the item has any children?
-    virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // same as above
-    bool HasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
-      { return ItemHasChildren(item); }
-        // is the item expanded (only makes sense if HasChildren())?
-    virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // is this item currently selected (the same as has focus)?
-    virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // is item text in bold font?
-    virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20801
-        // is the control empty?
-    bool IsEmpty() const;
-#endif // wxABI 2.8.1+
-
-
-    // number of children
-    // ------------------
-
-        // if 'recursively' is false, only immediate children count, otherwise
-        // the returned number is the number of all items in this branch
-    virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                    bool recursively = true) const = 0;
-
-    // navigation
-    // ----------
-
-    // wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return false if there is no such item
-
-        // get the root tree item
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const = 0;
-
-        // get the item currently selected (may return NULL if no selection)
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const = 0;
-
-        // get the items currently selected, return the number of such item
-        //
-        // NB: this operation is expensive and can take a long time for a
-        //     control with a lot of items (~ O(number of items)).
-    virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds& selections) const = 0;
-
-        // get the parent of this item (may return NULL if root)
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // for this enumeration function you must pass in a "cookie" parameter
-        // which is opaque for the application but is necessary for the library
-        // to make these functions reentrant (i.e. allow more than one
-        // enumeration on one and the same object simultaneously). Of course,
-        // the "cookie" passed to GetFirstChild() and GetNextChild() should be
-        // the same!
-
-        // get the first child of this item
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                       wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0;
-        // get the next child
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                      wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0;
-        // get the last child of this item - this method doesn't use cookies
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // get the next sibling of this item
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // get the previous sibling
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-        // get first visible item
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const = 0;
-        // get the next visible item: item must be visible itself!
-        // see IsVisible() and wxTreeCtrl::GetFirstVisibleItem()
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-        // get the previous visible item: item must be visible itself!
-    virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-        // add the root node to the tree
-    virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text,
-                                 int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                                 wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0;
-
-        // insert a new item in as the first child of the parent
-    wxTreeItemId PrependItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                             const wxString& text,
-                             int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                             wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return DoInsertItem(parent, 0u, text, image, selImage, data);
-    }
-
-        // insert a new item after a given one
-    wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                            const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                            wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return DoInsertAfter(parent, idPrevious, text, image, selImage, data);
-    }
-
-        // insert a new item before the one with the given index
-    wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                            size_t pos,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                            wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return DoInsertItem(parent, pos, text, image, selImage, data);
-    }
-
-        // insert a new item in as the last child of the parent
-    wxTreeItemId AppendItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                            const wxString& text,
-                            int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                            wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
-    {
-        return DoInsertItem(parent, (size_t)-1, text, image, selImage, data);
-    }
-
-        // delete this item and associated data if any
-    virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-        // delete all children (but don't delete the item itself)
-        // NB: this won't send wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events
-    virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-        // delete all items from the tree
-        // NB: this won't send wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events
-    virtual void DeleteAllItems() = 0;
-
-        // expand this item
-    virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-        // expand the item and all its childs and thats childs
-    void ExpandAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-        // expand all items
-    void ExpandAll();
-        // collapse the item without removing its children
-    virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20801
-        // collapse the item and all its childs and thats childs
-    void CollapseAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-        // collapse all items
-    void CollapseAll();
-#endif // wxABI 2.8.1+
-        // collapse the item and remove all children
-    virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-        // toggles the current state
-    virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
-        // remove the selection from currently selected item (if any)
-    virtual void Unselect() = 0;
-        // unselect all items (only makes sense for multiple selection control)
-    virtual void UnselectAll() = 0;
-        // select this item
-    virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true) = 0;
-        // unselect this item
-    void UnselectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { SelectItem(item, false); }
-        // toggle item selection
-    void ToggleItemSelection(const wxTreeItemId& item)
-    {
-        SelectItem(item, !IsSelected(item));
-    }
-
-        // make sure this item is visible (expanding the parent item and/or
-        // scrolling to this item if necessary)
-    virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-        // scroll to this item (but don't expand its parent)
-    virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
-        // start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item
-        // with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't
-        // been before. textCtrlClass parameter allows you to create an edit
-        // control of arbitrary user-defined class deriving from wxTextCtrl.
-    virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                      wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) = 0;
-        // returns the same pointer as StartEdit() if the item is being edited,
-        // NULL otherwise (it's assumed that no more than one item may be
-        // edited simultaneously)
-    virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const = 0;
-        // end editing and accept or discard the changes to item label
-    virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                              bool discardChanges = false) = 0;
-
-    // sorting
-    // -------
-
-        // this function is called to compare 2 items and should return -1, 0
-        // or +1 if the first item is less than, equal to or greater than the
-        // second one. The base class version performs alphabetic comparaison
-        // of item labels (GetText)
-    virtual int OnCompareItems(const wxTreeItemId& item1,
-                               const wxTreeItemId& item2)
-    {
-        return wxStrcmp(GetItemText(item1), GetItemText(item2));
-    }
-
-        // sort the children of this item using OnCompareItems
-        //
-        // NB: this function is not reentrant and not MT-safe (FIXME)!
-    virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
-    // items geometry
-    // --------------
-
-        // determine to which item (if any) belongs the given point (the
-        // coordinates specified are relative to the client area of tree ctrl)
-        // and, in the second variant, fill the flags parameter with a bitmask
-        // of wxTREE_HITTEST_xxx constants.
-    wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const
-        { int dummy; return DoTreeHitTest(point, dummy); }
-    wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const
-        { return DoTreeHitTest(point, flags); }
-
-        // get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only)
-    virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
-                                 wxRect& rect,
-                                 bool textOnly = false) const = 0;
-
-
-    // implementation
-    // --------------
-
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-    // hint whether to calculate best size quickly or accurately
-    void SetQuickBestSize(bool q) { m_quickBestSize = q; }
-    bool GetQuickBestSize() const { return m_quickBestSize; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // common part of Append/Prepend/InsertItem()
-    //
-    // pos is the position at which to insert the item or (size_t)-1 to append
-    // it to the end
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                                      size_t pos,
-                                      const wxString& text,
-                                      int image, int selImage,
-                                      wxTreeItemData *data) = 0;
-
-    // and this function implements overloaded InsertItem() taking wxTreeItemId
-    // (it can't be called InsertItem() as we'd have virtual function hiding
-    // problem in derived classes then)
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
-                                       const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
-                                       const wxString& text,
-                                       int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
-                                       wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0;
-
-    // real HitTest() implementation: again, can't be called just HitTest()
-    // because it's overloaded and so the non-virtual overload would be hidden
-    // (and can't be called DoHitTest() because this is already in wxWindow)
-    virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point,
-                                        int& flags) const = 0;
-
-
-    wxImageList *m_imageListNormal, // images for tree elements
-                *m_imageListState;  // special images for app defined states
-    bool         m_ownsImageListNormal,
-                 m_ownsImageListState;
-
-    // spacing between left border and the text
-    unsigned int m_spacing;
-
-    // whether full or quick calculation is done in DoGetBestSize
-    bool        m_quickBestSize;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeCtrlBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent wxTreeCtrl class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include "wx/palmos/treectrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/treectrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/txtstrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/txtstrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 969f6ddfa..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/txtstrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/txtstrm.h
-// Purpose:     Text stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28/06/1998
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: txtstrm.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextOutputStream;
-
-typedef wxTextInputStream& (*__wxTextInputManip)(wxTextInputStream&);
-typedef wxTextOutputStream& (*__wxTextOutputManip)(wxTextOutputStream&);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream &endl( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-
-#define wxEOT wxT('\4') // the End-Of-Text control code (used only inside wxTextInputStream)
-
-// If you're scanning through a file using wxTextInputStream, you should check for EOF _before_
-// reading the next item (word / number), because otherwise the last item may get lost.
-// You should however be prepared to receive an empty item (empty string / zero number) at the
-// end of file, especially on Windows systems. This is unavoidable because most (but not all) files end
-// with whitespace (i.e. usually a newline).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextInputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s,
-                      const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t"),
-                      const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#else
-    wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t"));
-#endif
-    ~wxTextInputStream();
-
-    wxUint32 Read32(int base = 10); // base may be between 2 and 36, inclusive, or the special 0 (= C format)
-    wxUint16 Read16(int base = 10);
-    wxUint8  Read8(int base = 10);
-    wxInt32  Read32S(int base = 10);
-    wxInt16  Read16S(int base = 10);
-    wxInt8   Read8S(int base = 10);
-    double   ReadDouble();
-    wxString ReadLine();
-    wxString ReadWord();
-    wxChar   GetChar() { wxChar c = NextChar(); return (wxChar)(c != wxEOT ? c : 0); }
-
-    wxString GetStringSeparators() const { return m_separators; }
-    void SetStringSeparators(const wxString &c) { m_separators = c; }
-
-    // Operators
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxString& word);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(char& c);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wchar_t& wc);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(double& i);
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>(float& f);
-
-    wxTextInputStream& operator>>( __wxTextInputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxString ReadString() );  // use ReadLine or ReadWord instead
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-    wxInputStream &m_input;
-    wxString m_separators;
-    char m_lastBytes[10]; // stores the bytes that were read for the last character
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
-    bool   EatEOL(const wxChar &c);
-    void   UngetLast(); // should be used instead of wxInputStream::Ungetch() because of Unicode issues
-    // returns EOT (\4) if there is a stream error, or end of file
-    wxChar NextChar();   // this should be used instead of GetC() because of Unicode issues
-    wxChar NextNonSeparators();
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextInputStream)
-};
-
-typedef enum
-{
-  wxEOL_NATIVE,
-  wxEOL_UNIX,
-  wxEOL_MAC,
-  wxEOL_DOS
-} wxEOL;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s,
-                       wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE,
-                       const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#else
-    wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE);
-#endif
-    virtual ~wxTextOutputStream();
-
-    void SetMode( wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE );
-    wxEOL GetMode() { return m_mode; }
-
-    void Write32(wxUint32 i);
-    void Write16(wxUint16 i);
-    void Write8(wxUint8 i);
-    virtual void WriteDouble(double d);
-    virtual void WriteString(const wxString& string);
-
-    wxTextOutputStream& PutChar(wxChar c);
-
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(const wxChar *string);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(char c);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wchar_t wc);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 c);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 c);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 c);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 c);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(double f);
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(float f);
-
-    wxTextOutputStream& operator<<( __wxTextOutputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
-    wxOutputStream &m_output;
-    wxEOL           m_mode;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextOutputStream)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/types.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/types.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d9eafa268..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/types.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        types.h
-// Purpose:     Type identifiers, used by resource system
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: types.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TYPESH__
-#define _WX_TYPESH__
-
-// Types of objects
-#define wxTYPE_ANY             0
-#define wxTYPE_OBJECT          wxTYPE_ANY
-#define wxTYPE_WINDOW          1
-#define wxTYPE_DIALOG_BOX      2
-#define wxTYPE_ITEM            3
-#define wxTYPE_PANEL           4
-#define wxTYPE_CANVAS          5
-#define wxTYPE_TEXT_WINDOW     6
-#define wxTYPE_FRAME           7
-
-#define wxTYPE_BUTTON          8
-#define wxTYPE_TEXT            9
-#define wxTYPE_MESSAGE         10
-#define wxTYPE_CHOICE          11
-#define wxTYPE_LIST_BOX        12
-#define wxTYPE_SLIDER          13
-#define wxTYPE_CHECK_BOX       14
-#define wxTYPE_MENU            15
-#define wxTYPE_MENU_BAR        16
-#define wxTYPE_MULTI_TEXT      17
-#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BOX       18
-#define wxTYPE_GROUP_BOX       19
-#define wxTYPE_GAUGE           20
-#define wxTYPE_SCROLL_BAR      21
-#define wxTYPE_VIRT_LIST_BOX   22
-#define wxTYPE_COMBO_BOX       23
-#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BUTTON    24
-
-#define wxTYPE_EVENT           25
-#define wxTYPE_DC              26
-#define wxTYPE_DC_CANVAS       27
-#define wxTYPE_DC_POSTSCRIPT   28
-#define wxTYPE_DC_PRINTER      29
-#define wxTYPE_DC_METAFILE     30
-#define wxTYPE_DC_MEMORY       31
-#define wxTYPE_MOUSE_EVENT     32
-#define wxTYPE_KEY_EVENT       33
-#define wxTYPE_COMMAND_EVENT   34
-#define wxTYPE_DC_PANEL        35
-
-#define wxTYPE_PEN             40
-#define wxTYPE_BRUSH           41
-#define wxTYPE_FONT            42
-#define wxTYPE_ICON            42
-#define wxTYPE_BITMAP          43
-#define wxTYPE_METAFILE        44
-#define wxTYPE_TIMER           45
-#define wxTYPE_COLOUR          46
-#define wxTYPE_COLOURMAP       47
-#define wxTYPE_CURSOR          48
-
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_CLIENT      60
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_SERVER      61
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_CONNECTION  62
-
-#define wxTYPE_HELP_INSTANCE   63
-
-#define wxTYPE_LIST            70
-#define wxTYPE_STRING_LIST     71
-#define wxTYPE_HASH_TABLE      72
-#define wxTYPE_NODE            73
-#define wxTYPE_APP             74
-#define wxTYPE_DATE            75
-
-#define wxTYPE_ENHANCED_DIALOG 80
-#define wxTYPE_TOOLBAR         81
-#define wxTYPE_BUTTONBAR       82
-
-#define wxTYPE_DATABASE        90
-#define wxTYPE_QUERY_FIELD     91
-#define wxTYPE_QUERY_COL       92
-#define wxTYPE_RECORDSET       93
-
-#define wxTYPE_USER            500
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_TYPESH__
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/app.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/app.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 26f14538e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/app.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/app.h
-// Purpose:     wxUniversalApp class extends wxApp for wxUniv port
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: app.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APP_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_APP_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxUniversalApp : public wxApp
-{
-public:
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_APP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c380e60a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: bmpbuttn.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_BMPBUTTN_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_BMPBUTTN_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapButton() { }
-
-    wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y)
-    {
-        SetImageMargins(x, y);
-
-        wxBitmapButtonBase::SetMargins(x, y);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-
-    virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit = true);
-
-    virtual void Press();
-    virtual void Release();
-
-protected:
-    void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // called when one of the bitmap is changed by user
-    virtual void OnSetBitmap();
-
-    // set bitmap to the given one if it's ok or to m_bmpNormal and return
-    // true if the bitmap really changed
-    bool ChangeBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_BMPBUTTN_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/button.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/button.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d0c9eda..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/button.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/button.h
-// Purpose:     wxButton for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: button.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_BUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_BUTTON_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputHandler;
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxACTION_BUTTON_TOGGLE  _T("toggle")    // press/release the button
-#define wxACTION_BUTTON_PRESS   _T("press")     // press the button
-#define wxACTION_BUTTON_RELEASE _T("release")   // release the button
-#define wxACTION_BUTTON_CLICK   _T("click")     // generate button click event
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButton: a push button
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton : public wxButtonBase
-{
-public:
-    wxButton() { Init(); }
-    wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-             const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, bitmap, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        return Create(parent, id, wxNullBitmap, label,
-                      pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxButton();
-
-    virtual void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-    virtual void SetImageMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-    virtual void SetDefault();
-
-    virtual bool IsPressed() const { return m_isPressed; }
-    virtual bool IsDefault() const { return m_isDefault; }
-
-    // wxButton actions
-    virtual void Toggle();
-    virtual void Press();
-    virtual void Release();
-    virtual void Click();
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    virtual bool CanBeHighlighted() const { return true; }
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    virtual bool DoDrawBackground(wxDC& dc);
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // current state
-    bool m_isPressed,
-         m_isDefault;
-
-    // the (optional) image to show and the margins around it
-    wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-    wxCoord  m_marginBmpX,
-             m_marginBmpY;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_BUTTON_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checkbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checkbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cd5a52968..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checkbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/checkbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckBox declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: checkbox.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_CHECKBOX_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_CHECKBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h" // for wxStdButtonInputHandler
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by wxCheckBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxACTION_CHECKBOX_CHECK   _T("check")   // SetValue(true)
-#define wxACTION_CHECKBOX_CLEAR   _T("clear")   // SetValue(false)
-#define wxACTION_CHECKBOX_TOGGLE  _T("toggle")  // toggle the check state
-
-// additionally it accepts wxACTION_BUTTON_PRESS and RELEASE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // checkbox constants
-    enum State
-    {
-        State_Normal,
-        State_Pressed,
-        State_Disabled,
-        State_Current,
-        State_Max
-    };
-
-    enum Status
-    {
-        Status_Checked,
-        Status_Unchecked,
-        Status_3rdState,
-        Status_Max
-    };
-
-    // constructors
-    wxCheckBox() { Init(); }
-
-    wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& label,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
-    // implement the checkbox interface
-    virtual void SetValue(bool value);
-    virtual bool GetValue() const;
-
-    // set/get the bitmaps to use for the checkbox indicator
-    void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp, State state, Status status);
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap(State state, Status status) const;
-
-    // wxCheckBox actions
-    void Toggle();
-    virtual void Press();
-    virtual void Release();
-    virtual void ChangeValue(bool value);
-
-    // overridden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool IsPressed() const { return m_isPressed; }
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    virtual bool CanBeHighlighted() const { return true; }
-    virtual wxInputHandler *CreateStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return CreateStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState WXUNUSED(state));
-    virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
-
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // get the size of the bitmap using either the current one or the default
-    // one (query renderer then)
-    virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // send command event notifying about the checkbox state change
-    virtual void SendEvent();
-
-    // called when the checkbox becomes checked - radio button hook
-    virtual void OnCheck();
-
-    // get the state corresponding to the flags (combination of wxCONTROL_XXX)
-    wxCheckBox::State GetState(int flags) const;
-
-    // directly access the bitmaps array without trying to find a valid bitmap
-    // to use as GetBitmap() does
-    wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State state, Status status) const
-        { return m_bitmaps[state][status]; }
-
-    // get the current status
-    Status GetStatus() const { return m_status; }
-
-private:
-    // the current check status
-    Status m_status;
-
-    // the bitmaps to use for the different states
-    wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max][Status_Max];
-
-    // is the checkbox currently pressed?
-    bool m_isPressed;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_CHECKBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checklst.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checklst.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d81bdd8d7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/checklst.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/checklst.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: checklst.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_CHECKLST_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_CHECKLST_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// actions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxACTION_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLE _T("toggle")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxCheckListBox() { Init(); }
-
-    wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   int nStrings = 0,
-                   const wxString choices[] = NULL,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxPoint& pos,
-                   const wxSize& size,
-                   const wxArrayString& choices,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                   const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int nStrings = 0,
-                const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // implement check list box methods
-    virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const;
-    virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true);
-
-    // and input handling
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1l,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as
-    // well
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-protected:
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
-    virtual void DoClear();
-
-    // draw the check items instead of the usual ones
-    virtual void DoDrawRange(wxControlRenderer *renderer,
-                             int itemFirst, int itemLast);
-
-    // take them also into account for size calculation
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    // the array containing the checked status of the items
-    wxArrayInt m_checks;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_CHECKLST_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/chkconf.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/chkconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e88a2cf3e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/chkconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/chkconf.h
-// Purpose:     wxUniversal-specific configuration options checks
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     2006-09-28 (extracted from wx/chkconf.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: chkconf.h 41494 2006-09-28 22:55:28Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_CHKCONF_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_CHKCONF_H_
-
-#if (wxUSE_COMBOBOX || wxUSE_MENUS) && !wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-#    ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#        error "wxUSE_POPUPWIN must be defined to use comboboxes/menus"
-#    else
-#        undef wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-#        define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1
-#    endif
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-#   if !wxUSE_LISTBOX
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxComboBox requires wxListBox in wxUniversal"
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_LISTBOX
-#            define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1
-#        endif
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_COMBOBOX */
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-#   if !wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxUSE_RADIOBTN requires wxUSE_CHECKBOX in wxUniversal"
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-#            define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1
-#        endif
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_RADIOBTN */
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-#    if !wxUSE_CARET
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxTextCtrl requires wxCaret in wxUniversal"
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_CARET
-#            define wxUSE_CARET 1
-#        endif
-#    endif /* wxUSE_CARET */
-
-#    if !wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-#        ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#            error "wxTextCtrl requires wxScrollBar in wxUniversal"
-#        else
-#            undef wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-#            define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1
-#        endif
-#    endif /* wxUSE_SCROLLBAR */
-#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTCTRL */
-
-
-/* Themes checks */
-#ifndef wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_ALL_THEMES must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ALL_THEMES */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_THEME_GTK
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_THEME_GTK must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_THEME_GTK */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_THEME_METAL
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_THEME_METAL must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_THEME_METAL */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_THEME_MONO
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_THEME_MONO must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_THEME_MONO */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_THEME_WIN32
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 must be defined"
-#   else
-#       define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 */
-
-#if !wxUSE_ALL_THEMES && wxUSE_THEME_METAL && !wxUSE_THEME_WIN32
-#   ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-#       error "Metal theme requires Win32 one"
-#   else
-#       undef wxUSE_THEME_WIN32
-#       define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 1
-#   endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_THEME_METAL && !wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 */
-
-#endif /* _WX_UNIV_CHKCONF_H_ */
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/choice.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/choice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c254b6ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/choice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/choice.h
-// Purpose:     the universal choice
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: choice.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_CHOICE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_CHOICE_H_
-
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-
-// VS: This is only a *temporary* implementation, real wxChoice should not
-//     derive from wxComboBox and may have different l&f 
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice : public wxComboBox
-{
-public:
-    wxChoice() {}
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-            const wxPoint& pos,
-            const wxSize& size,
-            const wxArrayString& choices,
-            long style = 0,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (wxString *) NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
-    
-private:
-    void OnComboBox(wxCommandEvent &event);
-    
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_CHOICE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/colschem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/colschem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb92d2177..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/colschem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/colschem.h
-// Purpose:     wxColourScheme class provides the colours to use for drawing
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: colschem.h 44058 2006-12-24 19:06:39Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_COLSCHEM_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_COLSCHEM_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourScheme
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourScheme
-{
-public:
-    // the standard colours
-    enum StdColour
-    {
-        // the background colour for a window
-        WINDOW,
-
-        // the different background and text colours for the control
-        CONTROL,
-        CONTROL_PRESSED,
-        CONTROL_CURRENT,
-
-        // the label text for the normal and the disabled state
-        CONTROL_TEXT,
-        CONTROL_TEXT_DISABLED,
-        CONTROL_TEXT_DISABLED_SHADOW,
-
-        // the scrollbar background colour for the normal and pressed states
-        SCROLLBAR,
-        SCROLLBAR_PRESSED,
-
-        // the background and text colour for the highlighted item
-        HIGHLIGHT,
-        HIGHLIGHT_TEXT,
-
-        // these colours are used for drawing the shadows of 3D objects
-        SHADOW_DARK,
-        SHADOW_HIGHLIGHT,
-        SHADOW_IN,
-        SHADOW_OUT,
-
-        // the titlebar background colours for the normal and focused states
-        TITLEBAR,
-        TITLEBAR_ACTIVE,
-
-        // the titlebar text colours
-        TITLEBAR_TEXT,
-        TITLEBAR_ACTIVE_TEXT,
-
-        // the default gauge fill colour
-        GAUGE,
-
-        // desktop background colour (only used by framebuffer ports)
-        DESKTOP,
-
-        // wxFrame's background colour
-        FRAME,
-
-        MAX
-    };
-
-    // get a standard colour
-    virtual wxColour Get(StdColour col) const = 0;
-
-    // get the background colour for the given window
-    virtual wxColour GetBackground(wxWindow *win) const = 0;
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxColourScheme();
-};
-
-// some people just can't spell it correctly :-)
-typedef wxColourScheme wxColorScheme;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// retrieve the default colour from the theme or the given scheme
-#define wxSCHEME_COLOUR(scheme, what) scheme->Get(wxColorScheme::what)
-#define wxTHEME_COLOUR(what) \
-    wxSCHEME_COLOUR(wxTheme::Get()->GetColourScheme(), what)
-
-// get the background colour for the window in the current theme
-#define wxTHEME_BG_COLOUR(win) \
-    wxTheme::Get()->GetColourScheme()->GetBackground(win)
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_COLSCHEM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/combobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/combobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c3a77a85..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/combobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/combobox.h
-// Purpose:     the universal combobox
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: combobox.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_COMBOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_COMBOBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/combo.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// NB: some actions supported by this control are in wx/generic/combo.h
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// choose the next/prev/specified (by numArg) item
-#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_SELECT_NEXT _T("next")
-#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_SELECT_PREV _T("prev")
-#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_SELECT      _T("select")
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxComboBox: a combination of text control and a listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox : public wxComboCtrl, public wxComboBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxComboBox() { Init(); }
-
-    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               int n = 0,
-               const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices,
-                     style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& value,
-               const wxPoint& pos,
-               const wxSize& size,
-               const wxArrayString& choices,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0,
-                const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxComboBox();
-
-    // the wxUniversal-specific methods
-    // --------------------------------
-
-    // implement the combobox interface
-
-    // wxTextCtrl methods
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-    virtual void SelectAll();
-
-    virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-    virtual bool CanCut() const;
-    virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // wxControlWithItems methods
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-
-    wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
-
-    // we have our own input handler and our own actions
-    // (but wxComboCtrl already handled Popup/Dismiss)
-    /*
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0l,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-    */
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // get the associated listbox
-    wxListBox *GetLBox() const { return m_lbox; }
-
-private:
-    // the popup listbox
-    wxListBox *m_lbox;
-
-    //DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_COMBOBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/control.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/control.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 80ce52676..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/control.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/control.h
-// Purpose:     universal wxControl: adds handling of mnemonics
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: control.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_CONTROL_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_CONTROL_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlRenderer;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer;
-
-// we must include it as most/all control classes derive their handlers from
-// it
-#include "wx/univ/inphand.h"
-
-#include "wx/univ/inpcons.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlAction: the action is currently just a string which identifies it,
-// later it might become an atom (i.e. an opaque handler to string).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxString wxControlAction;
-
-// the list of actions which apply to all controls (other actions are defined
-// in the controls headers)
-
-#define wxACTION_NONE    _T("")           // no action to perform
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControl: the base class for all GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl : public wxControlBase, public wxInputConsumer
-{
-public:
-    wxControl() { Init(); }
-
-    wxControl(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-              const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
-    // this function will filter out '&' characters and will put the
-    // accelerator char (the one immediately after '&') into m_chAccel
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label);
-    virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
-
-    // wxUniversal-specific methods
-
-    // return the accel index in the string or -1 if none and puts the modified
-    // string intosecond parameter if non NULL
-    static int FindAccelIndex(const wxString& label,
-                              wxString *labelOnly = NULL);
-
-    // return the index of the accel char in the label or -1 if none
-    int GetAccelIndex() const { return m_indexAccel; }
-
-    // return the accel char itself or 0 if none
-    wxChar GetAccelChar() const
-    {
-        return m_indexAccel == -1 ? _T('\0') : m_label[m_indexAccel];
-    }
-
-    virtual wxWindow *GetInputWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)this; }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    // label and accel info
-    wxString   m_label;
-    int        m_indexAccel;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    WX_DECLARE_INPUT_CONSUMER()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_CONTROL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/dialog.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/dialog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fbf2a7ec..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/dialog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dialog.h
-// Purpose:     wxDialog class
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2001/09/16
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: dialog.h 36891 2006-01-16 14:59:55Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_DIALOG_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_DIALOG_H_
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxDialogNameStr[];
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDisabler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop;
-
-// Dialog boxes
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDialog() { Init(); }
-
-    // Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
-    wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-             const wxString& title,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
-             const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxDialog();
-
-    // is the dialog in modal state right now?
-    virtual bool IsModal() const;
-
-    // For now, same as Show(true) but returns return code
-    virtual int ShowModal();
-
-    // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
-    virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
-
-    // returns true if we're in a modal loop
-    bool IsModalShowing() const;
-
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-    void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    // while we are showing a modal dialog we disable the other windows using
-    // this object
-    wxWindowDisabler *m_windowDisabler;
-
-    // modal dialog runs its own event loop
-    wxEventLoop *m_eventLoop;
-
-    // is modal right now?
-    bool m_isShowingModal;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_UNIV_DIALOG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/frame.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 463930f96..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/frame.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/frame.h
-// Purpose:     wxFrame class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.05.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: frame.h 42664 2006-10-29 20:39:31Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_FRAME_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_FRAME_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFrame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame : public wxFrameBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFrame() {}
-    wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
-            wxWindowID id,
-            const wxString& title,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-            const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
-                                         long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
-                                         wxWindowID id = 0,
-                                         const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar()
-    virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
-                                     wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                                     const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-    virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
-
-    // sends wxSizeEvent to itself (used after attaching xxxBar)
-    virtual void SendSizeEvent();
-
-protected:
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // override to update menu bar position when the frame size changes
-    virtual void PositionMenuBar();
-    virtual void DetachMenuBar();
-    virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // override to update statusbar position when the frame size changes
-    virtual void PositionStatusBar();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    virtual void PositionToolBar();
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_FRAME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/gauge.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/gauge.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7444ef28..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/gauge.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/gauge.h
-// Purpose:     wxUniversal wxGauge declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: gauge.h 35698 2005-09-25 20:49:40Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_GAUGE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_GAUGE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge: a progress bar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge : public wxGaugeBase
-{
-public:
-    wxGauge() { Init(); }
-
-    wxGauge(wxWindow *parent,
-            wxWindowID id,
-            int range,
-            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-            long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
-            const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-            const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                int range,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class virtuals
-    virtual void SetRange(int range);
-    virtual void SetValue(int pos);
-
-    // wxUniv-specific methods
-
-    // is it a smooth progress bar or a discrete one?
-    bool IsSmooth() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxGA_SMOOTH) != 0; }
-
-    // is it a vertica; progress bar or a horizontal one?
-    bool IsVertical() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxGA_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // return the def border for a progress bar
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-    // return the default size
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // draw the control
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_GAUGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inpcons.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inpcons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 10df5ff33..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inpcons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/inpcons.h
-// Purpose:     wxInputConsumer: mix-in class for input handling
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: inpcons.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_INPCONS_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_INPCONS_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlAction: the action is currently just a string which identifies it,
-// later it might become an atom (i.e. an opaque handler to string).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxString wxControlAction;
-
-// the list of actions which apply to all controls (other actions are defined
-// in the controls headers)
-
-#define wxACTION_NONE    _T("")           // no action to perform
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInputConsumer: mix-in class for handling wxControlActions (used by
-// wxControl and wxTopLevelWindow).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputConsumer
-{
-public:
-    wxInputConsumer() { m_inputHandler = NULL; }
-    virtual ~wxInputConsumer() { }
-
-    // get the input handler
-    wxInputHandler *GetInputHandler() const { return m_inputHandler; }
-
-    // perform a control-dependent action: an action may have an optional
-    // numeric and another (also optional) string argument whose interpretation
-    // depends on the action
-    //
-    // NB: we might use ellipsis in PerformAction() declaration but this
-    //     wouldn't be more efficient than always passing 2 unused parameters
-    //     but would be more difficult. Another solution would be to have
-    //     several overloaded versions but this will expose the problem of
-    //     virtual function hiding we don't have here.
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1l,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // get the window to work with (usually the class wxInputConsumer was mixed into)
-    virtual wxWindow *GetInputWindow() const = 0;
-
-    // this function must be implemented in any classes process input (i.e. not
-    // static controls) to create the standard input handler for the concrete
-    // class deriving from this mix-in
-    //
-    // the parameter is the default input handler which should receive all
-    // unprocessed input (i.e. typically handlerDef is passed to
-    // wxStdInputHandler ctor) or it may be NULL
-    //
-    // the returned pointer will not be deleted by caller so it must either
-    // point to a static object or be deleted on program termination
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-
-
-protected:
-    // event handlers
-    void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
-    // create input handler by name, fall back to GetStdInputHandler() if
-    // the current theme doesn't define any specific handler of this type
-    void CreateInputHandler(const wxString& inphandler);
-
-private:
-    // the input processor (we never delete it)
-    wxInputHandler *m_inputHandler;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros which must be used by the classes derived from wxInputConsumer mix-in
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// declare the methods to be forwarded
-#define WX_DECLARE_INPUT_CONSUMER() \
-private: \
-    void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event); \
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); \
-    void OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event); \
-    void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \
-public: /* because of docview :-( */ \
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); \
-private:
-
-// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer
-#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_INPUT_CONSUMER(classname) \
-    EVT_KEY_DOWN(classname::OnKeyDown) \
-    EVT_KEY_UP(classname::OnKeyUp) \
-    EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(classname::OnMouse) \
-    EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \
-    EVT_KILL_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \
-    EVT_ACTIVATE(classname::OnActivate)
-
-// Forward event handlers to wxInputConsumer
-//
-// (We can't use them directly, because wxIC has virtual methods, which forces
-// the compiler to include (at least) two vtables into wxControl, one for the
-// wxWindow-wxControlBase-wxControl branch and one for the wxIC mix-in.
-// Consequently, the "this" pointer has different value when in wxControl's
-// and wxIC's method, even though the instance stays same. This doesn't matter
-// so far as member pointers aren't used, but that's not wxControl's case.
-// When we add an event table entry (= use a member pointer) pointing to
-// wxIC's OnXXX method, GCC compiles code that executes wxIC::OnXXX with the
-// version of "this" that belongs to wxControl, not wxIC! In our particular
-// case, the effect is that m_handler is NULL (probably same memory
-// area as the_other_vtable's_this->m_refObj) and input handling doesn't work.)
-#define WX_FORWARD_TO_INPUT_CONSUMER(classname) \
-    void classname::OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event) \
-    { \
-        wxInputConsumer::OnMouse(event); \
-    } \
-    void classname::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) \
-    { \
-        wxInputConsumer::OnKeyDown(event); \
-    } \
-    void classname::OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event) \
-    { \
-        wxInputConsumer::OnKeyUp(event); \
-    } \
-    void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \
-    { \
-        wxInputConsumer::OnFocus(event); \
-    } \
-    void classname::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event) \
-    { \
-        wxInputConsumer::OnActivate(event); \
-    }
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_INPCONS_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inphand.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inphand.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2eb036898..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/inphand.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/inphand.h
-// Purpose:     wxInputHandler class maps the keyboard and mouse events to the
-//              actions which then are performed by the control
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     18.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: inphand.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_INPHAND_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_INPHAND_H_
-
-#include "wx/univ/inpcons.h"         // for wxControlAction(s)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types of the standard input handlers which can be passed to
-// wxTheme::GetInputHandler()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_DEFAULT           _T("")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_BUTTON            _T("button")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_CHECKBOX          _T("checkbox")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_CHECKLISTBOX      _T("checklistbox")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_COMBOBOX          _T("combobox")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_LISTBOX           _T("listbox")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_NOTEBOOK          _T("notebook")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_RADIOBTN          _T("radiobtn")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_SCROLLBAR         _T("scrollbar")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_SLIDER            _T("slider")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_SPINBTN           _T("spinbtn")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_STATUSBAR         _T("statusbar")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_TEXTCTRL          _T("textctrl")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_TOOLBAR           _T("toolbar")
-#define wxINP_HANDLER_TOPLEVEL          _T("toplevel")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInputHandler: maps the events to the actions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // map a keyboard event to one or more actions (pressed == true if the key
-    // was pressed, false if released), returns true if something was done
-    virtual bool HandleKey(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                           const wxKeyEvent& event,
-                           bool pressed) = 0;
-
-    // map a mouse (click) event to one or more actions
-    virtual bool HandleMouse(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                             const wxMouseEvent& event) = 0;
-
-    // handle mouse movement (or enter/leave) event: it is separated from
-    // HandleMouse() for convenience as many controls don't care about mouse
-    // movements at all
-    virtual bool HandleMouseMove(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                                 const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    // do something with focus set/kill event: this is different from
-    // HandleMouseMove() as the mouse maybe over the control without it having
-    // focus
-    //
-    // return true to refresh the control, false otherwise
-    virtual bool HandleFocus(wxInputConsumer *consumer, const wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // react to the app getting/losing activation
-    //
-    // return true to refresh the control, false otherwise
-    virtual bool HandleActivation(wxInputConsumer *consumer, bool activated);
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxInputHandler();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStdInputHandler is just a base class for all other "standard" handlers
-// and also provides the way to chain input handlers together
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStdInputHandler : public wxInputHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handler) : m_handler(handler) { }
-
-    virtual bool HandleKey(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                           const wxKeyEvent& event,
-                           bool pressed)
-    {
-        return m_handler ? m_handler->HandleKey(consumer, event, pressed)
-                         : false;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool HandleMouse(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                             const wxMouseEvent& event)
-    {
-        return m_handler ? m_handler->HandleMouse(consumer, event) : false;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool HandleMouseMove(wxInputConsumer *consumer, const wxMouseEvent& event)
-    {
-        return m_handler ? m_handler->HandleMouseMove(consumer, event) : false;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool HandleFocus(wxInputConsumer *consumer, const wxFocusEvent& event)
-    {
-        return m_handler ? m_handler->HandleFocus(consumer, event) : false;
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxInputHandler *m_handler;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_INPHAND_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/listbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/listbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5800332f7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/listbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/listbox.h
-// Purpose:     the universal listbox
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: listbox.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_LISTBOX_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_LISTBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"    // for wxScrollHelper
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// change the current item
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_SETFOCUS   _T("setfocus")  // select the item
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_MOVEDOWN   _T("down")      // select item below
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_MOVEUP     _T("up")        // select item above
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_PAGEDOWN   _T("pagedown")  // go page down
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_PAGEUP     _T("pageup")    // go page up
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_START      _T("start")     // go to first item
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_END        _T("end")       // go to last item
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_FIND       _T("find")      // find item by 1st letter
-
-// do something with the current item
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_ACTIVATE   _T("activate")  // activate (choose)
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_TOGGLE     _T("toggle")    // togglee selected state
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_SELECT     _T("select")    // sel this, unsel others
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_SELECTADD  _T("selectadd") // add to selection
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_UNSELECT   _T("unselect")  // unselect
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_ANCHOR     _T("selanchor") // anchor selection
-
-// do something with the selection globally (not for single selection ones)
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_SELECTALL   _T("selectall")   // select all items
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_UNSELECTALL _T("unselectall") // unselect all items
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_SELTOGGLE   _T("togglesel")   // invert the selection
-#define wxACTION_LISTBOX_EXTENDSEL   _T("extend")      // extend to item
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBox: a list of selectable items
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase, public wxScrollHelper
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxListBox() : wxScrollHelper(this) { Init(); }
-    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-              long style = 0,
-              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-              const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr )
-        : wxScrollHelper(this)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
-    }
-    wxListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos,
-              const wxSize& size,
-              const wxArrayString& choices,
-              long style = 0,
-              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-              const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr );
-
-    virtual ~wxListBox();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // implement the listbox interface defined by wxListBoxBase
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Delete(unsigned int n);
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const
-        { return (unsigned int)m_strings->GetCount(); }
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const
-        { return m_strings->Item(n); }
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const
-        { return m_strings->Index(s, bCase); }
-
-    virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const
-        { return m_selections.Index(n) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-    virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select);
-    virtual int DoAppendOnly(const wxString& item);
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
-    virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos);
-    virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
-
-    virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
-
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
-
-public:
-    // override some more base class methods
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-    // the wxUniversal-specific methods
-    // --------------------------------
-
-    // the current item is the same as the selected one for wxLB_SINGLE
-    // listboxes but for the other ones it is just the focused item which may
-    // be selected or not
-    int GetCurrentItem() const { return m_current; }
-    void SetCurrentItem(int n);
-
-    // select the item which is diff items below the current one
-    void ChangeCurrent(int diff);
-
-    // activate (i.e. send a LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED message) the specified or
-    // current (if -1) item
-    void Activate(int item = -1);
-
-    // select or unselect the specified or current (if -1) item
-    void DoSelect(int item = -1, bool sel = true);
-
-    // more readable wrapper
-    void DoUnselect(int item) { DoSelect(item, false); }
-
-    // select an item and send a notification about it
-    void SelectAndNotify(int item);
-
-    // ensure that the given item is visible by scrolling it into view
-    virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
-
-    // find the first item [strictly] after the current one which starts with
-    // the given string and make it the current one, return true if the current
-    // item changed
-    bool FindItem(const wxString& prefix, bool strictlyAfter = false);
-    bool FindNextItem(const wxString& prefix) { return FindItem(prefix, true); }
-
-    // extend the selection to span the range from the anchor (see below) to
-    // the specified or current item
-    void ExtendSelection(int itemTo = -1);
-
-    // make this item the new selection anchor: extending selection with
-    // ExtendSelection() will work with it
-    void AnchorSelection(int itemFrom) { m_selAnchor = itemFrom; }
-
-    // get, calculating it if necessary, the number of items per page, the
-    // height of each line and the max width of an item
-    int GetItemsPerPage() const;
-    wxCoord GetLineHeight() const;
-    wxCoord GetMaxWidth() const;
-
-    // override the wxControl virtual methods
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0l,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // idle processing
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
-    // geometry
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // common part of Clear() and DoSetItems(): clears everything
-    virtual void DoClear();
-
-    // refresh the given item(s) or everything
-    void RefreshItems(int from, int count);
-    void RefreshItem(int n);
-    void RefreshFromItemToEnd(int n);
-    void RefreshAll();
-
-    // send an event of the given type (using m_current by default)
-    bool SendEvent(wxEventType type, int item = -1);
-
-    // calculate the number of items per page using our current size
-    void CalcItemsPerPage();
-
-    // can/should we have a horz scrollbar?
-    bool HasHorzScrollbar() const
-        { return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_HSCROLL) != 0; }
-
-    // redraw the items in the given range only: called from DoDraw()
-    virtual void DoDrawRange(wxControlRenderer *renderer,
-                             int itemFirst, int itemLast);
-
-    // update the scrollbars and then ensure that the item is visible
-    void DoEnsureVisible(int n);
-
-    // mark horz scrollbar for updating
-    void RefreshHorzScrollbar();
-
-    // update (show/hide/adjust) the scrollbars
-    void UpdateScrollbars();
-
-    // refresh the items specified by m_updateCount and m_updateFrom
-    void UpdateItems();
-
-    // the array containing all items (it is sorted if the listbox has
-    // wxLB_SORT style)
-    wxArrayString* m_strings;
-
-    // this array contains the indices of the selected items (for the single
-    // selection listboxes only the first element of it is used and contains
-    // the current selection)
-    wxArrayInt m_selections;
-
-    // and this one the client data (either void or wxClientData)
-    wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData;
-
-    // the current item
-    int m_current;
-
-private:
-    // the range of elements which must be updated: if m_updateCount is 0 no
-    // update is needed, if it is -1 everything must be updated, otherwise
-    // m_updateCount items starting from m_updateFrom have to be redrawn
-    int m_updateFrom,
-        m_updateCount;
-
-    // the height of one line in the listbox (all lines have the same height)
-    wxCoord m_lineHeight;
-
-    // the maximal width of a listbox item and the item which has it
-    wxCoord m_maxWidth;
-    int m_maxWidthItem;
-
-    // the extents of horz and vert scrollbars
-    int m_scrollRangeX,
-        m_scrollRangeY;
-
-    // the number of items per page
-    size_t m_itemsPerPage;
-
-    // if the number of items has changed we may need to show/hide the
-    // scrollbar
-    bool m_updateScrollbarX, m_updateScrollbarY,
-         m_showScrollbarX, m_showScrollbarY;
-
-    // if the current item has changed, we might need to scroll if it went out
-    // of the window
-    bool m_currentChanged;
-
-    // the anchor from which the selection is extended for the listboxes with
-    // wxLB_EXTENDED style - this is set to the last item which was selected
-    // by not extending the selection but by choosing it directly
-    int m_selAnchor;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_LISTBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menu.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b18ec46b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/menu.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.05.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menu.h 48053 2007-08-13 17:07:01Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_MENU_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_MENU_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    #include "wx/accel.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// fwd declarations
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuInfo;
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxMenuInfo, wxMenuInfoArray);
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuGeometryInfo;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPopupMenuWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenu
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and dtor
-    wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
-        : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
-
-    wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
-
-    virtual ~wxMenu();
-
-    // called by wxMenuItem when an item of this menu changes
-    void RefreshItem(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // does the menu have any items?
-    bool IsEmpty() const { return !GetMenuItems().GetFirst(); }
-
-    // show this menu at the given position (in screen coords) and optionally
-    // select its first item
-    void Popup(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
-               bool selectFirst = true);
-
-    // dismiss the menu
-    void Dismiss();
-
-    // override the base class methods to connect/disconnect event handlers
-    virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
-    virtual void Detach();
-
-    // implementation only from here
-
-    // do as if this item were clicked, return true if the resulting event was
-    // processed, false otherwise
-    bool ClickItem(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // process the key event, return true if done
-    bool ProcessKeyDown(int key);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // find the item for the given accel and generate an event if found
-    bool ProcessAccelEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-protected:
-    // implement base class virtuals
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-    virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // common part of DoAppend and DoInsert
-    void OnItemAdded(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-    // called by wxPopupMenuWindow when the window is hidden
-    void OnDismiss(bool dismissParent);
-
-    // return true if the menu is currently shown on screen
-    bool IsShown() const;
-
-    // get the menu geometry info
-    const wxMenuGeometryInfo& GetGeometryInfo() const;
-
-    // forget old menu geometry info
-    void InvalidateGeometryInfo();
-
-    // return either the menubar or the invoking window, normally never NULL
-    wxWindow *GetRootWindow() const;
-
-    // get the renderer we use for drawing: either the one of the menu bar or
-    // the one of the window if we're a popup menu
-    wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // add/remove accel for the given menu item
-    void AddAccelFor(wxMenuItem *item);
-    void RemoveAccelFor(wxMenuItem *item);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // terminate the current radio group, if any
-    void EndRadioGroup();
-
-    // the exact menu geometry is defined by a struct derived from this one
-    // which is opaque and defined by the renderer
-    wxMenuGeometryInfo *m_geometry;
-
-    // the menu shown on screen or NULL if not currently shown
-    wxPopupMenuWindow *m_popupMenu;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // the accel table for this menu
-    wxAcceleratorTable m_accelTable;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
-    int m_startRadioGroup;
-
-    // it calls out OnDismiss()
-    friend class wxPopupMenuWindow;
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and dtor
-    wxMenuBar(long WXUNUSED(style) = 0) { Init(); }
-    wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0);
-    virtual ~wxMenuBar();
-
-    // implement base class virtuals
-    virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
-    virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-    virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
-
-    virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable);
-    virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t pos) const;
-
-    virtual void SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label);
-    virtual wxString GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const;
-
-    virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
-    virtual void Detach();
-
-    // get the next item for the givan accel letter (used by wxFrame), return
-    // -1 if none
-    //
-    // if unique is not NULL, filled with true if there is only one item with
-    // this accel, false if two or more
-    int FindNextItemForAccel(int idxStart,
-                             int keycode,
-                             bool *unique = NULL) const;
-
-    // called by wxFrame to set focus to or open the given menu
-    void SelectMenu(size_t pos);
-    void PopupMenu(size_t pos);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // find the item for the given accel and generate an event if found
-    bool ProcessAccelEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    // called by wxMenu when it is dismissed
-    void OnDismissMenu(bool dismissMenuBar = false);
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-    // process the mouse move event, return true if we did, false to continue
-    // processing as usual
-    //
-    // the coordinates are client coordinates of menubar, convert if necessary
-    bool ProcessMouseEvent(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-    // called when the menu bar loses mouse capture - it is not hidden unlike
-    // menus, but it doesn't have modal status any longer
-    void OnDismiss();
-
-    // draw the menubar
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // menubar geometry
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // has the menubar been created already?
-    bool IsCreated() const { return m_frameLast != NULL; }
-
-    // "fast" version of GetMenuCount()
-    size_t GetCount() const { return m_menuInfos.GetCount(); }
-
-    // get the (total) width of the specified menu
-    wxCoord GetItemWidth(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // get the rect of the item
-    wxRect GetItemRect(size_t pos) const;
-
-    // get the menu from the given point or -1 if none
-    int GetMenuFromPoint(const wxPoint& pos) const;
-
-    // refresh the given item
-    void RefreshItem(size_t pos);
-
-    // refresh all items after this one (including it)
-    void RefreshAllItemsAfter(size_t pos);
-
-    // hide the currently shown menu and show this one
-    void DoSelectMenu(size_t pos);
-
-    // popup the currently selected menu
-    void PopupCurrentMenu(bool selectFirst = true);
-
-    // hide the currently selected menu
-    void DismissMenu();
-
-    // do we show a menu currently?
-    bool IsShowingMenu() const { return m_menuShown != 0; }
-
-    // we don't want to have focus except while selecting from menu
-    void GiveAwayFocus();
-
-    // Release the mouse capture if we have it
-    bool ReleaseMouseCapture();
-
-    // the array containing extra menu info we need
-    wxMenuInfoArray m_menuInfos;
-
-    // the current item (only used when menubar has focus)
-    int m_current;
-
-private:
-    // the last frame to which we were attached, NULL initially
-    wxFrame *m_frameLast;
-
-    // the currently shown menu or NULL
-    wxMenu *m_menuShown;
-
-    // should be showing the menu? this is subtly different from m_menuShown !=
-    // NULL as the menu which should be shown may be disabled in which case we
-    // don't show it - but will do as soon as the focus shifts to another menu
-    bool m_shouldShowMenu;
-
-    // it calls out ProcessMouseEvent()
-    friend class wxPopupMenuWindow;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // Gets the original label at the top-level of the menubar
-    wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const;
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_MENU_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menuitem.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menuitem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9020ec02..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/menuitem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/menuitem.h
-// Purpose:     wxMenuItem class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.05.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: menuitem.h 48053 2007-08-13 17:07:01Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_MENUITEM_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_MENUITEM_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuItem implements wxMenuItemBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor & dtor
-    wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
-               int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
-               const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
-               wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
-               wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
-    virtual ~wxMenuItem();
-
-    // override base class virtuals to update the item appearance on screen
-    virtual void SetText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable);
-
-    virtual void Enable(bool enable = true);
-    virtual void Check(bool check = true);
-
-    // we add some extra functions which are also available under MSW from
-    // wxOwnerDrawn class - they will be moved to wxMenuItemBase later
-    // hopefully
-    void SetBitmaps(const wxBitmap& bmpChecked,
-                    const wxBitmap& bmpUnchecked = wxNullBitmap);
-    void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { SetBitmaps(bmp); }
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmap(bool checked = true) const
-      { return checked ? m_bmpChecked : m_bmpUnchecked; }
-
-    void SetDisabledBitmap( const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled )
-      { m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled; }
-    const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const
-      { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
-    // mark item as belonging to the given radio group
-    void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
-    void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
-    void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
-
-    // wxUniv-specific methods for implementation only starting from here
-
-    // get the accel index of our label or -1 if none
-    int GetAccelIndex() const { return m_indexAccel; }
-
-    // get the accel string (displayed to the right of the label)
-    const wxString& GetAccelString() const { return m_strAccel; }
-
-    // set/get the y coord and the height of this item: note that it must be
-    // set first and retrieved later, the item doesn't calculate it itself
-    void SetGeometry(wxCoord y, wxCoord height)
-    {
-        m_posY = y;
-        m_height = height;
-    }
-
-    wxCoord GetPosition() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_posY != wxDefaultCoord, _T("must call SetHeight first!") );
-
-        return m_posY;
-    }
-
-    wxCoord GetHeight() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_height != wxDefaultCoord, _T("must call SetHeight first!") );
-
-        return m_height;
-    }
-
-protected:
-    // notify the menu about the change in this item
-    inline void NotifyMenu();
-
-    // set the accel index and string from text
-    void UpdateAccelInfo();
-
-    // the bitmaps (may be invalid, then they're not used)
-    wxBitmap m_bmpChecked,
-             m_bmpUnchecked,
-             m_bmpDisabled;
-
-    // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
-    // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
-    // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == false), end is valid
-    // only for the first one
-    union
-    {
-        int start;
-        int end;
-    } m_radioGroup;
-
-    // does this item start a radio group?
-    bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
-
-    // the position of the accelerator in our label, -1 if none
-    int m_indexAccel;
-
-    // the accel string (i.e. "Ctrl-Q" or "Alt-F1")
-    wxString m_strAccel;
-
-    // the position and height of the displayed item
-    wxCoord m_posY,
-            m_height;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem)
-
-public:
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-    // return the item label including any mnemonics and accelerators.
-    // This used to be called GetText.
-    wxString GetItemLabel() const { return GetText(); }
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_MENUITEM_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/notebook.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/notebook.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f195c6cec..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/notebook.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/notebook.h
-// Purpose:     universal version of wxNotebook
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: notebook.h 41738 2006-10-08 17:37:23Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_NOTEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_NOTEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// change the page: to the next/previous/given one
-#define wxACTION_NOTEBOOK_NEXT      _T("nexttab")
-#define wxACTION_NOTEBOOK_PREV      _T("prevtab")
-#define wxACTION_NOTEBOOK_GOTO      _T("gototab")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    // --------------
-
-    wxNotebook() { Init(); }
-
-    wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // quasi ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
-
-    // dtor
-    virtual ~wxNotebook();
-
-    // implement wxNotebookBase pure virtuals
-    // --------------------------------------
-
-    virtual int SetSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
-    virtual int GetSelection() const { return (int) m_sel; }
-
-    // changes selected page without sending events
-    int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage); }
-
-    virtual bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
-    virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
-
-    virtual int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
-    virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
-
-    virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
-    virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
-    virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
-    virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
-    virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
-    virtual bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
-                            wxNotebookPage *pPage,
-                            const wxString& strText,
-                            bool bSelect = false,
-                            int imageId = -1);
-
-    // style tests
-    // -----------
-
-    // return true if all tabs have the same width
-    bool FixedSizeTabs() const { return HasFlag(wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH); }
-
-    // return wxTOP/wxBOTTOM/wxRIGHT/wxLEFT
-    wxDirection GetTabOrientation() const;
-
-    // return true if the notebook has tabs at the sidesand not at the top (or
-    // bottom) as usual
-    bool IsVertical() const;
-
-    // hit testing
-    // -----------
-
-    virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-
-    // input handling
-    // --------------
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0l,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // refresh the currently selected tab
-    void RefreshCurrent();
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage);
-
-    // drawing
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    void DoDrawTab(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n);
-
-    // resizing
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // resize the tab to fit its title (and icon if any)
-    void ResizeTab(int page);
-
-    // recalculate the geometry of the notebook completely
-    void Relayout();
-
-    // is the spin button currently shown?
-    bool HasSpinBtn() const;
-
-    // calculate last (fully) visible tab: updates m_lastVisible
-    void CalcLastVisibleTab();
-
-    // show or hide the spin control for tabs scrolling depending on whether it
-    // is needed or not
-    void UpdateSpinBtn();
-
-    // position the spin button
-    void PositionSpinBtn();
-
-    // refresh the given tab only
-    void RefreshTab(int page, bool forceSelected = false);
-
-    // refresh all tabs
-    void RefreshAllTabs();
-
-    // get the tab rect (inefficient, don't use this in a loop)
-    wxRect GetTabRect(int page) const;
-
-    // get the rectangle containing all tabs
-    wxRect GetAllTabsRect() const;
-
-    // get the part occupied by the tabs - slightly smaller than
-    // GetAllTabsRect() because the tabs may be indented from it
-    wxRect GetTabsPart() const;
-
-    // calculate the tab size (without padding)
-    wxSize CalcTabSize(int page) const;
-
-    // get the (cached) size of a tab
-    void GetTabSize(int page, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const;
-
-    // get the (cached) width of the tab
-    wxCoord GetTabWidth(int page) const
-        { return FixedSizeTabs() ? m_widthMax : m_widths[page]; }
-
-    // return true if the tab has an associated image
-    bool HasImage(int page) const
-        { return m_imageList && m_images[page] != -1; }
-
-    // get the part of the notebook reserved for the pages (slightly larger
-    // than GetPageRect() as we draw a border and leave marginin between)
-    wxRect GetPagePart() const;
-
-    // get the page rect in our client coords
-    wxRect GetPageRect() const;
-
-    // get our client size from the page size
-    wxSize GetSizeForPage(const wxSize& size) const;
-
-    // scroll the tabs so that the first page shown becomes the given one
-    void ScrollTo(int page);
-
-    // scroll the tabs so that the first page shown becomes the given one
-    void ScrollLastTo(int page);
-
-    // the pages titles
-    wxArrayString m_titles;
-
-    // the current selection
-    size_t m_sel;
-
-    // the spin button to change the pages
-    wxSpinButton *m_spinbtn;
-
-    // the offset of the first page shown (may be changed with m_spinbtn)
-    wxCoord m_offset;
-
-    // the first and last currently visible tabs: the name is not completely
-    // accurate as m_lastVisible is, in fact, the first tab which is *not*
-    // visible: so the visible tabs are those with indexes such that
-    // m_firstVisible <= n < m_lastVisible
-    size_t m_firstVisible,
-           m_lastVisible;
-
-    // the last fully visible item, usually just m_lastVisible - 1 but may be
-    // different from it
-    size_t m_lastFullyVisible;
-
-    // the height of tabs in a normal notebook or the width of tabs in a
-    // notebook with tabs on a side
-    wxCoord m_heightTab;
-
-    // the biggest height (or width) of a notebook tab (used only if
-    // FixedSizeTabs()) or -1 if not calculated yet
-    wxCoord m_widthMax;
-
-    // the cached widths (or heights) of tabs
-    wxArrayInt m_widths;
-
-    // the icon indices
-    wxArrayInt m_images;
-
-    // the accel indexes for labels
-    wxArrayInt m_accels;
-
-    // the padding
-    wxSize m_sizePad;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_NOTEBOOK_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 14ecf969f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/radiobox.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioBox declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobox.h 38319 2006-03-23 22:05:23Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_RADIOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_RADIOBOX_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton;
-
-#include "wx/statbox.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRadioButton *, wxArrayRadioButtons);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioBox: a box full of radio buttons
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox : public wxStaticBox,
-                               public wxRadioBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    // wxRadioBox construction
-    wxRadioBox() { Init(); }
-
-    wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& title,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               int n = 0, const wxString *choices = NULL,
-               int majorDim = 0,
-               long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
-               const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices,
-                     majorDim, style, val, name);
-    }
-    wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& title,
-               const wxPoint& pos,
-               const wxSize& size,
-               const wxArrayString& choices,
-               int majorDim = 0,
-               long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
-               const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                int n = 0, const wxString *choices = NULL,
-                int majorDim = 0,
-                long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
-                const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos,
-                const wxSize& size,
-                const wxArrayString& choices,
-                int majorDim = 0,
-                long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
-                const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxRadioBox();
-
-    // implement wxRadioBox interface
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n);
-    virtual int GetSelection() const;
-
-    virtual unsigned int GetCount() const
-        { return (unsigned int)m_buttons.GetCount(); }
-
-    virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& label);
-
-    virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true);
-    virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true);
-
-    virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const;
-    virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const;
-
-    // we also override the wxControl methods to avoid virtual function hiding
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-    virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-
-    // we inherit a version always returning false from wxStaticBox, override
-    // it to behave normally
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxControl::AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // wxUniversal-only methods
-
-    // another Append() version
-    void Append(int n, const wxString *choices);
-
-    // implementation only: called by wxRadioHookHandler
-    void OnRadioButton(wxEvent& event);
-    bool OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    // override the base class methods dealing with window positioning/sizing
-    // as we must move/size the buttons as well
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // generate a radiobutton click event for the current item
-    void SendRadioEvent();
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // calculate the max size of all buttons
-    wxSize GetMaxButtonSize() const;
-
-    // the currently selected radio button or -1
-    int m_selection;
-
-    // all radio buttons
-    wxArrayRadioButtons m_buttons;
-
-    // the event handler which is used to translate radiobutton events into
-    // radiobox one
-    wxEvtHandler *m_evtRadioHook;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_RADIOBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobut.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobut.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bcf4005c9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/radiobut.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/radiobut.h
-// Purpose:     wxRadioButton declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: radiobut.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_RADIOBUT_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_RADIOBUT_H_
-
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioButton
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton : public wxCheckBox
-{
-public:
-    // constructors
-    wxRadioButton() { Init(); }
-
-    wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                  wxWindowID id,
-                  const wxString& label,
-                  const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                  const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                  long style = 0,
-                  const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                  const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
-
-    // override some base class methods
-    virtual void ChangeValue(bool value);
-
-protected:
-    // implement our own drawing
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // we use the radio button bitmaps for size calculation
-    virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const;
-
-    // the radio button can only be cleared using this method, not
-    // ChangeValue() above - and it is protected as it can only be called by
-    // another radiobutton
-    void ClearValue();
-
-    // called when the radio button becomes checked: we clear all the buttons
-    // in the same group with us here
-    virtual void OnCheck();
-
-    // send event about radio button selection
-    virtual void SendEvent();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_RADIOBUT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/renderer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/renderer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ef273309c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/renderer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,932 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/renderer.h
-// Purpose:     wxRenderer class declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: renderer.h 43726 2006-11-30 23:44:55Z RD $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_RENDERER_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_RENDERER_H_
-
-/*
-   wxRenderer class is used to draw all wxWidgets controls. This is an ABC and
-   the look of the application is determined by the concrete derivation of
-   wxRenderer used in the program.
-
-   It also contains a few static methods which may be used by the concrete
-   renderers and provide the functionality which is often similar or identical
-   in all renderers (using inheritance here would be more restrictive as the
-   given concrete renderer may need an arbitrary subset of the base class
-   methods).
-
-   Finally note that wxRenderer supersedes wxRendererNative in wxUniv build and
-   includes the latters functionality (which it may delegate to the generic
-   implementation of the latter or reimplement itself).
- */
-
-#include "wx/renderer.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox;
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox;
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-   class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
-   class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuGeometryInfo;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar;
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge;
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-// helper class used by wxMenu-related functions
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuGeometryInfo
-{
-public:
-    // get the total size of the menu
-    virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0;
-
-    virtual ~wxMenuGeometryInfo();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRenderer: abstract renderers interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer : public wxDelegateRendererNative
-{
-public:
-    // drawing functions
-    // -----------------
-
-    // draw the controls background
-    virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxColour& col,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags,
-                                wxWindow *window = NULL) = 0;
-
-    // draw the button surface
-    virtual void DrawButtonSurface(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxColour& col,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   int flags) = 0;
-
-
-    // draw the focus rectangle around the label contained in the given rect
-    //
-    // only wxCONTROL_SELECTED makes sense in flags here
-    virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw the label inside the given rectangle with the specified alignment
-    // and optionally emphasize the character with the given index
-    virtual void DrawLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                           int indexAccel = -1,
-                           wxRect *rectBounds = NULL) = 0;
-
-    // same but also draw a bitmap if it is valid
-    virtual void DrawButtonLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& image,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1,
-                                 wxRect *rectBounds = NULL) = 0;
-
-
-    // draw the border and optionally return the rectangle containing the
-    // region inside the border
-    virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                            wxBorder border,
-                            const wxRect& rect,
-                            int flags = 0,
-                            wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL) = 0;
-
-    // draw text control border (I hate to have a separate method for this but
-    // it is needed to accommodate GTK+)
-    virtual void DrawTextBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                wxBorder border,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0,
-                                wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL) = 0;
-
-    // draw push button border and return the rectangle left for the label
-    virtual void DrawButtonBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect,
-                                  int flags = 0,
-                                  wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL) = 0;
-
-    // draw a horizontal line
-    virtual void DrawHorizontalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxCoord y, wxCoord x1, wxCoord x2) = 0;
-
-    // draw a vertical line
-    virtual void DrawVerticalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                  wxCoord x, wxCoord y1, wxCoord y2) = 0;
-
-    // draw a frame with the label (horizontal alignment can be specified)
-    virtual void DrawFrame(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                           int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-
-    // draw an arrow in the given direction
-    virtual void DrawArrow(wxDC& dc,
-                           wxDirection dir,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a scrollbar arrow (may be the same as arrow but may be not)
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarArrow(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxDirection dir,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw the scrollbar thumb
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarThumb(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxOrientation orient,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a (part of) scrollbar shaft
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarShaft(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxOrientation orient,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw the rectangle in the corner between two scrollbars
-    virtual void DrawScrollCorner(wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
-    // draw an item of a wxListBox
-    virtual void DrawItem(wxDC& dc,
-                          const wxString& label,
-                          const wxRect& rect,
-                          int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw an item of a wxCheckListBox
-    virtual void DrawCheckItem(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxString& label,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a checkbutton (bitmap may be invalid to use default one)
-    virtual void DrawCheckButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-
-    // draw a radio button
-    virtual void DrawRadioButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // draw a toolbar button (label may be empty, bitmap may be invalid, if
-    // both conditions are true this function draws a separator)
-    virtual void DrawToolBarButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxString& label,
-                                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   int flags = 0,
-                                   long style = 0,
-                                   int tbarStyle = 0) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // draw a (part of) line in the text control
-    virtual void DrawTextLine(wxDC& dc,
-                              const wxString& text,
-                              const wxRect& rect,
-                              int selStart = -1,
-                              int selEnd = -1,
-                              int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw a line wrap indicator
-    virtual void DrawLineWrapMark(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-    // draw a notebook tab
-    virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
-                         const wxRect& rect,
-                         wxDirection dir,
-                         const wxString& label,
-                         const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                         int flags = 0,
-                         int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-    // draw the slider shaft
-    virtual void DrawSliderShaft(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int lenThumb,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0,
-                                 wxRect *rectShaft = NULL) = 0;
-
-    // draw the slider thumb
-    virtual void DrawSliderThumb(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw the slider ticks
-    virtual void DrawSliderTicks(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int lenThumb,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int start,
-                                 int end,
-                                 int step = 1,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // draw a menu bar item
-    virtual void DrawMenuBarItem(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-
-    // draw a menu item (also used for submenus if flags has ISSUBMENU flag)
-    //
-    // the geometryInfo is calculated by GetMenuGeometry() function from below
-    virtual void DrawMenuItem(wxDC& dc,
-                              wxCoord y,
-                              const wxMenuGeometryInfo& geometryInfo,
-                              const wxString& label,
-                              const wxString& accel,
-                              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                              int flags = 0,
-                              int indexAccel = -1) = 0;
-
-    // draw a menu bar separator
-    virtual void DrawMenuSeparator(wxDC& dc,
-                                   wxCoord y,
-                                   const wxMenuGeometryInfo& geomInfo) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // draw a status bar field: wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT bit in the flags is
-    // interpreted specially and means "draw the status bar grip" here
-    virtual void DrawStatusField(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 int flags = 0, int style = 0) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    // draw complete frame/dialog titlebar
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitleBar(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   const wxString& title,
-                                   const wxIcon& icon,
-                                   int flags,
-                                   int specialButton = 0,
-                                   int specialButtonFlags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // draw frame borders
-    virtual void DrawFrameBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags) = 0;
-
-    // draw frame titlebar background
-    virtual void DrawFrameBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     int flags) = 0;
-
-    // draw frame title
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitle(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                const wxString& title,
-                                int flags) = 0;
-
-    // draw frame icon
-    virtual void DrawFrameIcon(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               const wxIcon& icon,
-                               int flags) = 0;
-
-    // draw frame buttons
-    virtual void DrawFrameButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                 int button,
-                                 int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-    // misc functions
-    // --------------
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-    // return the bitmaps to use for combobox button
-    virtual void GetComboBitmaps(wxBitmap *bmpNormal,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpFocus,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpPressed,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpDisabled) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-    // geometry functions
-    // ------------------
-
-    // get the dimensions of the border: rect.x/y contain the width/height of
-    // the left/top side, width/heigh - of the right/bottom one
-    virtual wxRect GetBorderDimensions(wxBorder border) const = 0;
-
-    // the scrollbars may be drawn either inside the window border or outside
-    // it - this function is used to decide how to draw them
-    virtual bool AreScrollbarsInsideBorder() const = 0;
-
-    // adjust the size of the control of the given class: for most controls,
-    // this just takes into account the border, but for some (buttons, for
-    // example) it is more complicated - the result being, in any case, that
-    // the control looks "nice" if it uses the adjusted rectangle
-    virtual void AdjustSize(wxSize *size, const wxWindow *window) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-    // get the size of a scrollbar arrow
-    virtual wxSize GetScrollbarArrowSize() const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-    // get the height of a listbox item from the base font height
-    virtual wxCoord GetListboxItemHeight(wxCoord fontHeight) = 0;
-
-    // get the size of a checkbox/radio button bitmap
-    virtual wxSize GetCheckBitmapSize() const = 0;
-    virtual wxSize GetRadioBitmapSize() const = 0;
-    virtual wxCoord GetCheckItemMargin() const = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // get the standard size of a toolbar button and also return the size of
-    // a toolbar separator in the provided pointer
-    virtual wxSize GetToolBarButtonSize(wxCoord *separator) const = 0;
-
-    // get the margins between/around the toolbar buttons
-    virtual wxSize GetToolBarMargin() const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // convert between text rectangle and client rectangle for text controls:
-    // the former is typicall smaller to leave margins around text
-    virtual wxRect GetTextTotalArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                    const wxRect& rectText) const = 0;
-
-    // extra space is for line indicators
-    virtual wxRect GetTextClientArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                     const wxRect& rectTotal,
-                                     wxCoord *extraSpaceBeyond) const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-    // get the overhang of a selected tab
-    virtual wxSize GetTabIndent() const = 0;
-
-    // get the padding around the text in a tab
-    virtual wxSize GetTabPadding() const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-    // get the default size of the slider in lesser dimension (i.e. height of a
-    // horizontal slider or width of a vertical one)
-    virtual wxCoord GetSliderDim() const = 0;
-
-    // get the length of the slider ticks displayed along side slider
-    virtual wxCoord GetSliderTickLen() const = 0;
-
-    // get the slider shaft rect from the total slider rect
-    virtual wxRect GetSliderShaftRect(const wxRect& rect,
-                                      int lenThumb,
-                                      wxOrientation orient,
-                                      long style = 0) const = 0;
-
-    // get the size of the slider thumb for the given total slider rect
-    virtual wxSize GetSliderThumbSize(const wxRect& rect,
-                                      int lenThumb,
-                                      wxOrientation orient) const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-    // get the size of one progress bar step (in horz and vertical directions)
-    virtual wxSize GetProgressBarStep() const = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // get the size of rectangle to use in the menubar for the given text rect
-    virtual wxSize GetMenuBarItemSize(const wxSize& sizeText) const = 0;
-
-    // get the struct storing all layout info needed to draw all menu items
-    // (this can't be calculated for each item separately as they should be
-    // aligned)
-    //
-    // the returned pointer must be deleted by the caller
-    virtual wxMenuGeometryInfo *GetMenuGeometry(wxWindow *win,
-                                                const wxMenu& menu) const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // get the borders around the status bar fields (x and y fields of the
-    // return value)
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarBorders() const = 0;
-
-    // get the border between the status bar fields
-    virtual wxCoord GetStatusBarBorderBetweenFields() const = 0;
-
-    // get the mergin between a field and its border
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarFieldMargins() const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    // get client area rectangle of top level window (i.e. subtract
-    // decorations from given rectangle)
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameClientArea(const wxRect& rect, int flags) const = 0;
-
-    // get size of whole top level window, given size of its client area size
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameTotalSize(const wxSize& clientSize, int flags) const = 0;
-
-    // get the minimal size of top level window
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameMinSize(int flags) const = 0;
-
-    // get titlebar icon size
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameIconSize() const = 0;
-
-    // returns one of wxHT_TOPLEVEL_XXX constants
-    virtual int HitTestFrame(const wxRect& rect,
-                             const wxPoint& pt,
-                             int flags = 0) const = 0;
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxRenderer();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDelegateRenderer: it is impossible to inherit from any of standard
-// renderers as their declarations are in private code, but you can use this
-// class to override only some of the Draw() functions - all the other ones
-// will be left to the original renderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDelegateRenderer : public wxRenderer
-{
-public:
-    wxDelegateRenderer(wxRenderer *renderer) : m_renderer(renderer) { }
-
-    virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxColour& col,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags,
-                                wxWindow *window = NULL )
-        { m_renderer->DrawBackground(dc, col, rect, flags, window ); }
-    virtual void DrawButtonSurface(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxColour& col,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   int flags)
-        { m_renderer->DrawButtonSurface(dc, col, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFocusRect(dc, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int align = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                           int indexAccel = -1,
-                           wxRect *rectBounds = NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawLabel(dc, label, rect,
-                                flags, align, indexAccel, rectBounds); }
-    virtual void DrawButtonLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& image,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 int align = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1,
-                                 wxRect *rectBounds = NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawButtonLabel(dc, label, image, rect,
-                                      flags, align, indexAccel, rectBounds); }
-    virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                            wxBorder border,
-                            const wxRect& rect,
-                            int flags = 0,
-                            wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawBorder(dc, border, rect, flags, rectIn); }
-    virtual void DrawTextBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                wxBorder border,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0,
-                                wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawTextBorder(dc, border, rect, flags, rectIn); }
-    virtual void DrawButtonBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect,
-                                  int flags = 0,
-                                  wxRect *rectIn = (wxRect *)NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawButtonBorder(dc, rect, flags, rectIn); }
-    virtual void DrawFrame(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                           int indexAccel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrame(dc, label, rect, flags, align, indexAccel); }
-    virtual void DrawHorizontalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxCoord y, wxCoord x1, wxCoord x2)
-        { m_renderer->DrawHorizontalLine(dc, y, x1, x2); }
-    virtual void DrawVerticalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                  wxCoord x, wxCoord y1, wxCoord y2)
-        { m_renderer->DrawVerticalLine(dc, x, y1, y2); }
-    virtual void DrawArrow(wxDC& dc,
-                           wxDirection dir,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawArrow(dc, dir, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarArrow(wxDC& dc,
-                           wxDirection dir,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawScrollbarArrow(dc, dir, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarThumb(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxOrientation orient,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawScrollbarThumb(dc, orient, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarShaft(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxOrientation orient,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawScrollbarShaft(dc, orient, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawScrollCorner(wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect)
-        { m_renderer->DrawScrollCorner(dc, rect); }
-    virtual void DrawItem(wxDC& dc,
-                          const wxString& label,
-                          const wxRect& rect,
-                          int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawItem(dc, label, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawCheckItem(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxString& label,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawCheckItem(dc, label, bitmap, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawCheckButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawCheckButton(dc, label, bitmap, rect,
-                                      flags, align, indexAccel); }
-    virtual void DrawRadioButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawRadioButton(dc, label, bitmap, rect,
-                                      flags, align, indexAccel); }
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    virtual void DrawToolBarButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxString& label,
-                                   const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   int flags = 0,
-                                   long style = 0,
-                                   int tbarStyle = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawToolBarButton(dc, label, bitmap, rect, flags, style, tbarStyle); }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    virtual void DrawTextLine(wxDC& dc,
-                              const wxString& text,
-                              const wxRect& rect,
-                              int selStart = -1,
-                              int selEnd = -1,
-                              int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawTextLine(dc, text, rect, selStart, selEnd, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawLineWrapMark(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect)
-        { m_renderer->DrawLineWrapMark(dc, rect); }
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-    virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
-                         const wxRect& rect,
-                         wxDirection dir,
-                         const wxString& label,
-                         const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                         int flags = 0,
-                         int accel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawTab(dc, rect, dir, label, bitmap, flags, accel); }
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-    virtual void DrawSliderShaft(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int lenThumb,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0,
-                                 wxRect *rectShaft = NULL)
-        { m_renderer->DrawSliderShaft(dc, rect, lenThumb, orient, flags, style, rectShaft); }
-    virtual void DrawSliderThumb(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawSliderThumb(dc, rect, orient, flags, style); }
-    virtual void DrawSliderTicks(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int lenThumb,
-                                 wxOrientation orient,
-                                 int start,
-                                 int end,
-                                 int WXUNUSED(step) = 1,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 long style = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawSliderTicks(dc, rect, lenThumb, orient,
-                                      start, end, start, flags, style); }
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual void DrawMenuBarItem(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawMenuBarItem(dc, rect, label, flags, indexAccel); }
-    virtual void DrawMenuItem(wxDC& dc,
-                              wxCoord y,
-                              const wxMenuGeometryInfo& gi,
-                              const wxString& label,
-                              const wxString& accel,
-                              const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                              int flags = 0,
-                              int indexAccel = -1)
-        { m_renderer->DrawMenuItem(dc, y, gi, label, accel,
-                                   bitmap, flags, indexAccel); }
-    virtual void DrawMenuSeparator(wxDC& dc,
-                                   wxCoord y,
-                                   const wxMenuGeometryInfo& geomInfo)
-        { m_renderer->DrawMenuSeparator(dc, y, geomInfo); }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual void DrawStatusField(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 int flags = 0, int style = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawStatusField(dc, rect, label, flags, style); }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitleBar(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   const wxString& title,
-                                   const wxIcon& icon,
-                                   int flags,
-                                   int specialButton = 0,
-                                   int specialButtonFlag = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameTitleBar(dc, rect, title, icon, flags,
-                                        specialButton, specialButtonFlag); }
-    virtual void DrawFrameBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameBorder(dc, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawFrameBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     int flags)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameBackground(dc, rect, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitle(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                const wxString& title,
-                                int flags)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameTitle(dc, rect, title, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawFrameIcon(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               const wxIcon& icon,
-                               int flags)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameIcon(dc, rect, icon, flags); }
-    virtual void DrawFrameButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                 int button,
-                                 int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawFrameButton(dc, x, y, button, flags); }
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-    virtual void GetComboBitmaps(wxBitmap *bmpNormal,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpFocus,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpPressed,
-                                 wxBitmap *bmpDisabled)
-        { m_renderer->GetComboBitmaps(bmpNormal, bmpFocus,
-                                      bmpPressed, bmpDisabled); }
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-    virtual void AdjustSize(wxSize *size, const wxWindow *window)
-        { m_renderer->AdjustSize(size, window); }
-    virtual wxRect GetBorderDimensions(wxBorder border) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetBorderDimensions(border); }
-    virtual bool AreScrollbarsInsideBorder() const
-        { return m_renderer->AreScrollbarsInsideBorder(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-    virtual wxSize GetScrollbarArrowSize() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetScrollbarArrowSize(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetListboxItemHeight(wxCoord fontHeight)
-        { return m_renderer->GetListboxItemHeight(fontHeight); }
-    virtual wxSize GetCheckBitmapSize() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetCheckBitmapSize(); }
-    virtual wxSize GetRadioBitmapSize() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetRadioBitmapSize(); }
-    virtual wxCoord GetCheckItemMargin() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetCheckItemMargin(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    virtual wxSize GetToolBarButtonSize(wxCoord *separator) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetToolBarButtonSize(separator); }
-    virtual wxSize GetToolBarMargin() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetToolBarMargin(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    virtual wxRect GetTextTotalArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                    const wxRect& rect) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetTextTotalArea(text, rect); }
-    virtual wxRect GetTextClientArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     wxCoord *extraSpaceBeyond) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetTextClientArea(text, rect, extraSpaceBeyond); }
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-    virtual wxSize GetTabIndent() const { return m_renderer->GetTabIndent(); }
-    virtual wxSize GetTabPadding() const { return m_renderer->GetTabPadding(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-    virtual wxCoord GetSliderDim() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetSliderDim(); }
-    virtual wxCoord GetSliderTickLen() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetSliderTickLen(); }
-
-    virtual wxRect GetSliderShaftRect(const wxRect& rect,
-                                      int lenThumb,
-                                      wxOrientation orient,
-                                      long style = 0) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetSliderShaftRect(rect, lenThumb, orient, style); }
-    virtual wxSize GetSliderThumbSize(const wxRect& rect,
-                                      int lenThumb,
-                                      wxOrientation orient) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetSliderThumbSize(rect, lenThumb, orient); }
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-    virtual wxSize GetProgressBarStep() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetProgressBarStep(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual wxSize GetMenuBarItemSize(const wxSize& sizeText) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetMenuBarItemSize(sizeText); }
-    virtual wxMenuGeometryInfo *GetMenuGeometry(wxWindow *win,
-                                                const wxMenu& menu) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetMenuGeometry(win, menu); }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarBorders() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetStatusBarBorders(); }
-    virtual wxCoord GetStatusBarBorderBetweenFields() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetStatusBarBorderBetweenFields(); }
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarFieldMargins() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetStatusBarFieldMargins(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameClientArea(const wxRect& rect, int flags) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetFrameClientArea(rect, flags); }
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameTotalSize(const wxSize& clientSize, int flags) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetFrameTotalSize(clientSize, flags); }
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameMinSize(int flags) const
-        { return m_renderer->GetFrameMinSize(flags); }
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameIconSize() const
-        { return m_renderer->GetFrameIconSize(); }
-    virtual int HitTestFrame(const wxRect& rect,
-                             const wxPoint& pt,
-                             int flags) const
-        { return m_renderer->HitTestFrame(rect, pt, flags); }
-
-    virtual int  DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                  wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect,
-                                  int flags = 0,
-                                  wxHeaderSortIconType sortIcon = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
-                                  wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL)
-        { return m_renderer->DrawHeaderButton(win, dc, rect, flags, sortIcon, params); }
-    virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win,
-                                    wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0)
-        { m_renderer->DrawTreeItemButton(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-protected:
-    wxRenderer *m_renderer;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlRenderer: wraps the wxRenderer functions in a form easy to use from
-// OnPaint()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlRenderer
-{
-public:
-    // create a renderer for this dc with this "fundamental" renderer
-    wxControlRenderer(wxWindow *control, wxDC& dc, wxRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // operations
-    void DrawLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                   wxCoord marginX = 0, wxCoord marginY = 0);
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-    void DrawItems(const wxListBox *listbox,
-                   size_t itemFirst, size_t itemLast);
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-    void DrawCheckItems(const wxCheckListBox *listbox,
-                        size_t itemFirst, size_t itemLast);
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-    void DrawButtonBorder();
-    // the line must be either horizontal or vertical
-    void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
-    void DrawFrame();
-    void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-    void DrawBackgroundBitmap();
-    void DrawScrollbar(const wxScrollBar *scrollbar, int thumbPosOld);
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-    void DrawProgressBar(const wxGauge *gauge);
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-    // accessors
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
-    wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-
-    wxDC& GetDC() { return m_dc; }
-
-    const wxRect& GetRect() const { return m_rect; }
-    wxRect& GetRect() { return m_rect; }
-
-    // static helpers
-    static void DrawBitmap(wxDC &dc,
-                           const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_CENTRE |
-                                           wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL,
-                           wxStretch stretch = wxSTRETCH_NOT);
-
-private:
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-    // common part of DrawItems() and DrawCheckItems()
-    void DoDrawItems(const wxListBox *listbox,
-                     size_t itemFirst, size_t itemLast,
-                     bool isCheckLbox = false);
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-    wxWindow *m_window;
-    wxRenderer *m_renderer;
-    wxDC& m_dc;
-    wxRect m_rect;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_RENDERER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrarrow.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrarrow.h
deleted file mode 100644
index affeeff23..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrarrow.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/scrarrow.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollArrows class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.01.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrarrow.h 42715 2006-10-30 12:24:13Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SCRARROW_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SCRARROW_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollArrows is not a control but just a class containing the common
-// functionality of scroll arrows, whether part of scrollbars, spin ctrls or
-// anything else.
-//
-// To customize its behaviour, wxScrollArrows doesn't use any virtual methods
-// but instead a callback pointer to a wxControlWithArrows object which is used
-// for all control-dependent stuff. Thus, to use wxScrollArrows, you just need
-// to derive from the wxControlWithArrows interface and implement its methods.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithArrows;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseEvent;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollArrows: an abstraction of scrollbar arrow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollArrows
-{
-public:
-    enum Arrow
-    {
-        Arrow_None = -1,
-        Arrow_First,        // left or top
-        Arrow_Second,       // right or bottom
-        Arrow_Max
-    };
-
-    // ctor requires a back pointer to wxControlWithArrows
-    wxScrollArrows(wxControlWithArrows *control);
-
-    // draws the arrow on the given DC in the given rectangle, uses
-    // wxControlWithArrows::GetArrowState() to get its current state
-    void DrawArrow(Arrow arrow, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect,
-                   bool scrollbarLike = false) const;
-
-    // process a mouse move, enter or leave event, possibly calling
-    // wxControlWithArrows::SetArrowState() if
-    // wxControlWithArrows::HitTestArrow() says that the mouse has left/entered
-    // an arrow
-    bool HandleMouseMove(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // process a mouse click event
-    bool HandleMouse(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // dtor
-    ~wxScrollArrows();
-
-private:
-    // set or clear the wxCONTROL_CURRENT flag for the arrow
-    void UpdateCurrentFlag(Arrow arrow, Arrow arrowCur) const;
-
-    // the main control
-    wxControlWithArrows *m_control;
-
-    // the data for the mouse capture
-    struct wxScrollArrowCaptureData *m_captureData;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlWithArrows: interface implemented by controls using wxScrollArrows
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithArrows
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxControlWithArrows() {}
-
-    // get the renderer to use for drawing the arrows
-    virtual wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const = 0;
-
-    // get the controls window (used for mouse capturing)
-    virtual wxWindow *GetWindow() = 0;
-
-    // get the orientation of the arrows (vertical or horizontal)
-    virtual bool IsVertical() const = 0;
-
-    // get the state of this arrow as combination of wxCONTROL_XXX flags
-    virtual int GetArrowState(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow) const = 0;
-
-    // set or clear the specified flag in the arrow state: this function is
-    // responsible for refreshing the control
-    virtual void SetArrowFlag(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow,
-                              int flag, bool set = true) = 0;
-
-    // hit testing: return on which arrow the point is (or Arrow_None)
-    virtual wxScrollArrows::Arrow HitTestArrow(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0;
-
-    // called when the arrow is pressed, return true to continue scrolling and
-    // false to stop it
-    virtual bool OnArrow(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow) = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SCRARROW_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrolbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ab3fd34c9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/scrolbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollBar for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrolbar.h 42716 2006-10-30 12:33:25Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SCROLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SCROLBAR_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollTimer;
-
-#include "wx/univ/scrarrow.h"
-#include "wx/renderer.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// scroll the bar
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_START       _T("start")     // to the beginning
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_END         _T("end")       // to the end
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_LINE_UP     _T("lineup")    // one line up/left
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_PAGE_UP     _T("pageup")    // one page up/left
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_LINE_DOWN   _T("linedown")  // one line down/right
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN   _T("pagedown")  // one page down/right
-
-// the scrollbar thumb may be dragged
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_THUMB_DRAG      _T("thumbdrag")
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_THUMB_MOVE      _T("thumbmove")
-#define wxACTION_SCROLL_THUMB_RELEASE   _T("thumbrelease")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar : public wxScrollBarBase,
-                                public wxControlWithArrows
-{
-public:
-    // scrollbar elements: they correspond to wxHT_SCROLLBAR_XXX constants but
-    // start from 0 which allows to use them as array indices
-    enum Element
-    {
-        Element_Arrow_Line_1,
-        Element_Arrow_Line_2,
-        Element_Arrow_Page_1,
-        Element_Arrow_Page_2,
-        Element_Thumb,
-        Element_Bar_1,
-        Element_Bar_2,
-        Element_Max
-    };
-
-    wxScrollBar();
-    wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxScrollBar();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual int GetThumbPosition() const;
-    virtual int GetThumbSize() const;
-    virtual int GetPageSize() const;
-    virtual int GetRange() const;
-
-    virtual void SetThumbPosition(int thumbPos);
-    virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize,
-                              int range, int pageSize,
-                              bool refresh = true);
-
-    // wxScrollBar actions
-    void ScrollToStart();
-    void ScrollToEnd();
-    bool ScrollLines(int nLines);
-    bool ScrollPages(int nPages);
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // scrollbars around a normal window should not receive the focus
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
-
-    // wxScrollBar sub elements state (combination of wxCONTROL_XXX)
-    void SetState(Element which, int flags);
-    int GetState(Element which) const;
-
-    // implement wxControlWithArrows methods
-    virtual wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-    virtual wxWindow *GetWindow() { return this; }
-    virtual bool IsVertical() const { return wxScrollBarBase::IsVertical(); }
-    virtual int GetArrowState(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow) const;
-    virtual void SetArrowFlag(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow, int flag, bool set);
-    virtual bool OnArrow(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow);
-    virtual wxScrollArrows::Arrow HitTestArrow(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
-    // for wxControlRenderer::DrawScrollbar() only
-    const wxScrollArrows& GetArrows() const { return m_arrows; }
-
-    // returns one of wxHT_SCROLLBAR_XXX constants
-    wxHitTest HitTestBar(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
-    // idle processing
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-    // forces update of thumb's visual appearence (does nothing if m_dirty=false)
-    void UpdateThumb();
-
-    // SetThumbPosition() helper
-    void DoSetThumb(int thumbPos);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // is this scrollbar attached to a window or a standalone control?
-    bool IsStandalone() const;
-
-    // scrollbar geometry methods:
-
-    // gets the bounding box for a scrollbar element for the given (by default
-    // - current) thumb position
-    wxRect GetScrollbarRect(wxScrollBar::Element elem, int thumbPos = -1) const;
-
-    // returns the size of the scrollbar shaft excluding the arrows
-    wxCoord GetScrollbarSize() const;
-
-    // translate the scrollbar position (in logical units) into physical
-    // coordinate (in pixels) and the other way round
-    wxCoord ScrollbarToPixel(int thumbPos = -1);
-    int PixelToScrollbar(wxCoord coord);
-
-    // return the starting and ending positions, in pixels, of the thumb of a
-    // scrollbar with the given logical position, thumb size and range and the
-    // given physical length
-    static void GetScrollBarThumbSize(wxCoord length,
-                                      int thumbPos,
-                                      int thumbSize,
-                                      int range,
-                                      wxCoord *thumbStart,
-                                      wxCoord *thumbEnd);
-
-private:
-    // total range of the scrollbar in logical units
-    int m_range;
-
-    // the current and previous (after last refresh - this is used for
-    // repainting optimisation) size of the thumb in logical units (from 0 to
-    // m_range) and its position (from 0 to m_range - m_thumbSize)
-    int m_thumbSize,
-        m_thumbPos,
-        m_thumbPosOld;
-
-    // the page size, i.e. the number of lines by which to scroll when page
-    // up/down action is performed
-    int m_pageSize;
-
-    // the state of the sub elements
-    int m_elementsState[Element_Max];
-
-    // the dirty flag: if set, scrollbar must be updated
-    bool m_dirty;
-
-    // the object handling the arrows
-    wxScrollArrows m_arrows;
-
-    friend WXDLLEXPORT class wxControlRenderer; // for geometry methods
-    friend class wxStdScrollBarInputHandler; // for geometry methods
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Standard scrollbar input handler which can be used as a base class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStdScrollBarInputHandler : public wxStdInputHandler
-{
-public:
-    // constructor takes a renderer (used for scrollbar hit testing) and the
-    // base handler to which all unhandled events are forwarded
-    wxStdScrollBarInputHandler(wxRenderer *renderer,
-                               wxInputHandler *inphand);
-
-    virtual bool HandleKey(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                           const wxKeyEvent& event,
-                           bool pressed);
-    virtual bool HandleMouse(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                             const wxMouseEvent& event);
-    virtual bool HandleMouseMove(wxInputConsumer *consumer, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-    virtual ~wxStdScrollBarInputHandler();
-
-    // this method is called by wxScrollBarTimer only and may be overridden
-    //
-    // return true to continue scrolling, false to stop the timer
-    virtual bool OnScrollTimer(wxScrollBar *scrollbar,
-                               const wxControlAction& action);
-
-protected:
-    // return true if the mouse button can be used to activate scrollbar, false
-    // if not (any button under GTK+ unlike left button only which is default)
-    virtual bool IsAllowedButton(int button) const
-        { return button == wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT; }
-
-    // set or clear the specified flag on the scrollbar element corresponding
-    // to m_htLast
-    void SetElementState(wxScrollBar *scrollbar, int flag, bool doIt);
-
-    // [un]highlight the scrollbar element corresponding to m_htLast
-    virtual void Highlight(wxScrollBar *scrollbar, bool doIt)
-        { SetElementState(scrollbar, wxCONTROL_CURRENT, doIt); }
-
-    // [un]press the scrollbar element corresponding to m_htLast
-    virtual void Press(wxScrollBar *scrollbar, bool doIt)
-        { SetElementState(scrollbar, wxCONTROL_PRESSED, doIt); }
-
-    // stop scrolling because we reached the end point
-    void StopScrolling(wxScrollBar *scrollbar);
-
-    // get the mouse coordinates in the scrollbar direction from the event
-    wxCoord GetMouseCoord(const wxScrollBar *scrollbar,
-                          const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // generate a "thumb move" action for this mouse event
-    void HandleThumbMove(wxScrollBar *scrollbar, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
-    // the window (scrollbar) which has capture or NULL and the flag telling if
-    // the mouse is inside the element which captured it or not
-    wxWindow *m_winCapture;
-    bool      m_winHasMouse;
-    int       m_btnCapture;  // the mouse button which has captured mouse
-
-    // the position where we started scrolling by page
-    wxPoint m_ptStartScrolling;
-
-    // one of wxHT_SCROLLBAR_XXX value: where has the mouse been last time?
-    wxHitTest m_htLast;
-
-    // the renderer (we use it only for hit testing)
-    wxRenderer *m_renderer;
-
-    // the offset of the top/left of the scrollbar relative to the mouse to
-    // keep during the thumb drag
-    int m_ofsMouse;
-
-    // the timer for generating scroll events when the mouse stays pressed on
-    // a scrollbar
-    wxScrollTimer *m_timerScroll;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SCROLBAR_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrthumb.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrthumb.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 91d2a0c09..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrthumb.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/scrthumb.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollThumb class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrthumb.h 37168 2006-01-26 19:35:32Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SCRTHUMB_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SCRTHUMB_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollThumb is not a control but just a class containing the common
-// functionality of scroll thumb such as used by scrollbars, sliders and maybe
-// other (user) controls
-//
-// This class is similar to wxScrollThumb.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithThumb;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseEvent;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollTimer;
-
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollThumb: an abstraction of scrollbar thumb
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollThumb
-{
-public:
-    enum Shaft
-    {
-        Shaft_None = -1,
-        Shaft_Above,    // or to the left of the thumb
-        Shaft_Below,    // or to the right of the thumb
-        Shaft_Thumb,    // on the thumb
-        Shaft_Max
-    };
-
-    // ctor requires a back pointer to wxControlWithThumb
-    wxScrollThumb(wxControlWithThumb *control);
-
-    // process a mouse click: will capture the mouse if the button was pressed
-    // on either the thumb (start dragging it then) or the shaft (start
-    // scrolling)
-    bool HandleMouse(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // process a mouse move
-    bool HandleMouseMove(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // dtor
-    ~wxScrollThumb();
-
-private:
-    // do we have the mouse capture?
-    bool HasCapture() const { return m_captureData != NULL; }
-
-    // get the coord of this event in the direction we're interested in (y for
-    // vertical shaft or x for horizontal ones)
-    wxCoord GetMouseCoord(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // get the position of the thumb corresponding to the current mouse
-    // position (can only be called while we're dragging the thumb!)
-    int GetThumbPos(const wxMouseEvent& event) const;
-
-    // the main control
-    wxControlWithThumb *m_control;
-
-    // the part of it where the mouse currently is
-    Shaft m_shaftPart;
-
-    // the data for the mouse capture
-    struct WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollThumbCaptureData *m_captureData;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlWithThumb: interface implemented by controls using wxScrollThumb
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithThumb
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxControlWithThumb() {}
-
-    // simple accessors
-    // ----------------
-
-    // get the controls window (used for mouse capturing)
-    virtual wxWindow *GetWindow() = 0;
-
-    // get the orientation of the shaft (vertical or horizontal)
-    virtual bool IsVertical() const = 0;
-
-    // geometry functions
-    // ------------------
-
-    // hit testing: return part of the shaft the point is in (or Shaft_None)
-    virtual wxScrollThumb::Shaft HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0;
-
-    // get the current position in pixels of the thumb
-    virtual wxCoord ThumbPosToPixel() const = 0;
-
-    // transform from pixel offset to the thumb logical position
-    virtual int PixelToThumbPos(wxCoord x) const = 0;
-
-    // callbacks
-    // ---------
-
-    // set or clear the specified flag in the arrow state: this function is
-    // responsible for refreshing the control
-    virtual void SetShaftPartState(wxScrollThumb::Shaft shaftPart,
-                                   int flag,
-                                   bool set = true) = 0;
-
-    // called when the user starts dragging the thumb
-    virtual void OnThumbDragStart(int pos) = 0;
-
-    // called while the user drags the thumb
-    virtual void OnThumbDrag(int pos) = 0;
-
-    // called when the user stops dragging the thumb
-    virtual void OnThumbDragEnd(int pos) = 0;
-
-    // called before starting to call OnPageScroll() - gives the control the
-    // possibility to remember its current state
-    virtual void OnPageScrollStart() = 0;
-
-    // called while the user keeps the mouse pressed above/below the thumb,
-    // return true to continue scrollign and false to stop it (e.g. because the
-    // scrollbar has reached the top/bottom)
-    virtual bool OnPageScroll(int pageInc) = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SCRTHUMB_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrtimer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrtimer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 36799ac28..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/scrtimer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/scrtimer.h
-// Purpose:     wxScrollTimer: small helper class for wxScrollArrow/Thumb
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     18.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: scrtimer.h 39633 2006-06-08 11:25:30Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SCRTIMER_H
-#define _WX_UNIV_SCRTIMER_H
-
-// NB: this class is implemented in scrolbar.cpp
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollTimer: the timer used when the arrow or scrollbar shaft is kept
-// pressed
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollTimer : public wxTimer
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxScrollTimer();
-
-    // start generating the events
-    void StartAutoScroll();
-
-    // the base class method
-    virtual void Notify();
-
-protected:
-    // to implement in derived classes: perform the scroll action and return
-    // true to continue scrolling or false to stop
-    virtual bool DoNotify() = 0;
-
-    // should we skip the next timer event?
-    bool m_skipNext;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SCRTIMER_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b944cd9bb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1332 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/setup.h
-// Purpose:     configuration settings for wxUniversal/MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup0.h 49997 2007-11-16 16:14:49Z CE $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#error IS THIS FILE EVEN USED??
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI 1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code instead!)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 to be as per 2.1.16 and before.
-// If migrating between versions, your dialogs may seem to shrink.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (the new calculations are more correct!)
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP (Windows 9x
-// doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode will not run
-// under 9x).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you want to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and be able to run compiled apps under Windows 9x as well as NT/2000/XP. This
-// setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/Articles/mslu_announce.asp). Note that you
-// will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import library as the first
-// library (if you use MSVC, you can run the makefile with "nmake MSLU=1 UNICODE=1"
-// command).
-//
-// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at
-// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for win32 else 0
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-    #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// This is ignored under Win16, threads are only supported under Win32.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-// If enabled (1), compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1. If 0, use wxWin streams implementation.
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
-#endif
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE 1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL 1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-
-// wxUSE_TIMEDATE enables compilation of the old wxDate and wxTime classes (not
-// the same as wxDateTime!). These classes are obsolete and shouldn't be used
-// in new code
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you have legacy code which uses these classes
-#define wxUSE_TIMEDATE 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER 1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (universal should not use native)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 0
-#endif
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0
-#endif
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 0
-#endif
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0
-#endif
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Joystick support class
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-#endif
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 0  //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use QuickTime
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you have the QT SDK installed and you need it, else 0
-#define wxUSE_QUICKTIME     0
-
-// Use DirectShow
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if the DirectX 7 SDK is installed (highly recommended), else 0
-#define wxUSE_DIRECTSHOW    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-#  define wxUSE_XML       1
-#else
-#  define wxUSE_XML       0
-#endif
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME           0
-
-// Set to 1 to auto-adapt to MS Windows XP themes where possible
-// (notably, wxNotebook pages)
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO      0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL    1    // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON           1    // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON        1    // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL     1    // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX         1    // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX     1    // wxCheckListBox
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE           1    // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE         1    // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX         1    // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL     1    // wxDataViewCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL     1    // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL    1    // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL   1    // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL   1    // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE            1    // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL    1    // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX          1    // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL         1    // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX         1    // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN         1    // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR        1    // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL       1    // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER           1    // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN          1    // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL         1    // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX          1    // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE         1    // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT         1    // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP          1    // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL         1    // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN        1    // wxToggleButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL         1    // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 0 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and 0 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used ot logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG 0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID 1
-
-// wxProperty[Value/Form/List] classes, used by Dialog Editor
-#define wxUSE_PROPSHEET 1
-
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET 1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// working with them.
-//
-// Default is 0 because it isn't yet implemented on all platforms
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       0
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 0
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS 1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH 1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    #define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0
-#endif
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable the use of DIB's for wxBitmap to support
-// bitmaps > 16MB on Win95/98/Me.  Set to 0 to use DDB's only.
-#define wxUSE_DIB_FOR_BITMAP 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-#endif
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_METAFILE 1
-    #define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1
-    #define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_METAFILE 0
-    #define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0
-    #define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
-#endif
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// wxTreeLayout class
-#define wxUSE_TREELAYOUT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for WIN32
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-#endif
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running (it is only available under Win32)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 0
-#endif
-
-// Drag image
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-// Interprocess communication
-#define wxUSE_IPC 1
-
-// Help
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_HELP 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_HELP 1
-#endif
-
-// MS help
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-// Use resources
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES 0
-
-// Window layout constraint system
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-
-// Splines
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1
-
-// Include mouse wheel support
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 0
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
- #define wxUSE_PALETTE 0 //zero 10-dec-2009
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC 0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for WIN32
-    #define wxUSE_OLE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__)
-// TODO:  This should be ifdef'ed for any compilers that don't support
-//        RichEdit 2.0 but do have RichEdit 1.0...
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0 // currently not supported
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0 // currently not supported
-
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 1
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// unknown settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
-// NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES 1
-
-//??????
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup0.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup0.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 39b9cba8d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/setup0.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1328 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/setup.h
-// Purpose:     configuration settings for wxUniversal/MSW
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: setup0.h 49997 2007-11-16 16:14:49Z CE $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from
-// makefile/project file overriding the value here
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
-    #define wxUSE_GUI 1
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// compatibility settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.4 API: set it to 1 to
-// enable it
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code instead!)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4 0
-
-// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to
-// flag all cases of using deprecated functions.
-//
-// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will
-// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear
-// in the version after it completely.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code)
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 1
-
-// Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 to be as per 2.1.16 and before.
-// If migrating between versions, your dialogs may seem to shrink.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (the new calculations are more correct!)
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debugging settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't
-// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but
-// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features
-// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you
-// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is
-// faster and more fool proof.
-//
-// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug mode
-// (__WXDEBUG__) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0)
-// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined.
-
-// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If
-// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF*
-// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined.
-//
-// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if
-// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
-// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem
-// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new
-// and delete), set this to 0.
-// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If
-// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set
-// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently
-// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run
-// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box,
-// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set
-// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler
-// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it.
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Unicode support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode: wxChar will be
-// defined as wchar_t, wxString will use Unicode internally. If you set this
-// to 1, you must use wxT() macro for all literal strings in the program.
-//
-// Unicode is currently only fully supported under Windows NT/2000/XP (Windows 9x
-// doesn't support it and the programs compiled in Unicode mode will not run
-// under 9x).
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (unless you only plan to use Windows NT/2000/XP)
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-#endif
-
-// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you want to compile wxWidgets in Unicode mode
-// and be able to run compiled apps under Windows 9x as well as NT/2000/XP. This
-// setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see
-// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/Articles/mslu_announce.asp). Note that you
-// will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import library as the first
-// library (if you use MSVC, you can run the makefile with "nmake MSLU=1 UNICODE=1"
-// command).
-//
-// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at
-// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-
-// Setting wxUSE_WCHAR_T to 1 gives you some degree of Unicode support without
-// compiling the program in Unicode mode. More precisely, it will be possible
-// to construct wxString from a wide (Unicode) string and convert any wxString
-// to Unicode.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for win32 else 0
-#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-    #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to
-// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not
-// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled
-// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library
-// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be
-// slightly smaller and faster.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions
-//                      in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't)
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS    1
-
-// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from
-// std::list<Foo*> and std::vector<Foo*>, with a compatibility interface,
-// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: YMMV
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and
-// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what
-// you are doing.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (always)
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line)
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes
-// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread
-// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the
-// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a
-// somewhat smaller and faster operation.
-//
-// This is ignored under Win16, threads are only supported under Win32.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-// If enabled (1), compiles wxWidgets streams classes
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-
-// Use standard C++ streams if 1. If 0, use wxWin streams implementation.
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0
-#endif
-
-// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1.
-//
-// Default is 1 for most compilers.
-//
-// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++
-// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have
-// them (e.g. from STLPort).
-//
-// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library header, however they produce
-// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4.
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
-        || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_STD_STRING  1
-#endif
-
-// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf.
-// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional
-// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation
-// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on
-// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows.
-//
-// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using
-// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the
-// translated sentences.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS      1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// non GUI features selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit
-// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or
-// uses emulation otherwise.
-//
-// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want
-// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit
-// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it
-// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it
-// off.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
-
-// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level
-// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by
-// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others)
-#define wxUSE_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE 1
-
-// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it)
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1
-
-// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations
-// in the file system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much)
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS      1
-
-// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
-
-// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by
-// wxFileConfig
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
-
-// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile.
-#define wxUSE_INTL 1
-
-// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which
-// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the
-// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards
-// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime).
-//
-// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha
-// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already
-// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at
-// absolutely minimal version of the library.
-//
-// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-
-// wxUSE_TIMEDATE enables compilation of the old wxDate and wxTime classes (not
-// the same as wxDateTime!). These classes are obsolete and shouldn't be used
-// in new code
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you have legacy code which uses these classes
-#define wxUSE_TIMEDATE 0
-
-// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMER 1
-
-// Use wxStopWatch clas.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket)
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes
-// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent
-// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the
-// global config object in wxApp.
-//
-// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1
-
-// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config
-// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under
-// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under
-// Unix.
-//
-// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use
-// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by
-// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and
-// not wxFileConfig.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (universal should not use native)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 0
-#endif
-
-// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows
-// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up
-// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0
-#endif
-
-// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling.
-// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER.
-//
-// This setting is for Win32 only
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 0
-#endif
-
-// experimental, don't use for now
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0
-#endif
-
-// Set to 1 to use socket classes
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML)
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE    1
-
-// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes.
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM     1
-
-// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by
-// wxUSE_LIBPNG
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB          1
-
-// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM)
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1
-
-// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable
-// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different
-// from wxWidgets one.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely)
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1
-
-// Joystick support class
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1
-#endif
-
-// wxFontMapper class
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-// wxMimeTypesManager class
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
-
-// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP
-// or wxURL you need to set this to 1.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-
-// The settings for the individual URL schemes
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-// Define this to use wxURL class.
-#define wxUSE_URL 1
-
-// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library,
-// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as
-// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB.
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to
-// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex
-// library from src/regex to use it under Windows.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please
-// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it
-#define wxUSE_REGEX 1
-
-// wxSystemOptions class
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-// wxSound class
-#define wxUSE_SOUND 1
-
-// Use wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL     1
-
-// Use QuickTime
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you have the QT SDK installed and you need it, else 0
-#define wxUSE_QUICKTIME     0
-
-// Use DirectShow
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if the DirectX 7 SDK is installed (highly recommended), else 0
-#define wxUSE_DIRECTSHOW    0
-
-// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system.  Recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML)
-#define wxUSE_XRC       1
-
-// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so
-// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC)
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-#  define wxUSE_XML       1
-#else
-#  define wxUSE_XML       0
-#endif
-
-// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_AUI       1
-
-
-// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced
-// 2D drawing API.  (Still somewhat experimental)
-//
-// Please note that on Windows you will need to link with gdiplus.lib (use
-// USE_GDIPLUS=1 for makefile builds) and distribute gdiplus.dll with your
-// application if you want it to be runnable on pre-XP systems.
-//
-// Default is 0
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-#endif
-
-// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME           0
-
-// Set to 1 to auto-adapt to MS Windows XP themes where possible
-// (notably, wxNotebook pages)
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME_AUTO      0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Individual GUI controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all
-// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs)
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS     1
-
-// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used
-// to implement wxTipWindow
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW)
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN     1
-
-// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the
-// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW    1
-
-// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are
-// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your
-// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and
-// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must
-// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL    1    // wxAnimationCtrl
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON           1    // wxButton
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON        1    // wxBitmapButton
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL     1    // wxCalendarCtrl
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX         1    // wxCheckBox
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX     1    // wxCheckListBox
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE           1    // wxChoice
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE         1    // wxCollapsiblePane
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1    // wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX         1    // wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL     1    // wxDataViewCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL     1    // wxDatePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL    1    // wxDirPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL   1    // wxFilePickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL   1    // wxFontPickerCtrl
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE            1    // wxGauge
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL    1    // wxHyperlinkCtrl
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX          1    // wxListBox
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL         1    // wxListCtrl
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX         1    // wxRadioBox
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN         1    // wxRadioButton
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR        1    // wxScrollBar
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL       1    // wxSearchCtrl
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER           1    // wxSlider
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN          1    // wxSpinButton
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL         1    // wxSpinCtrl
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX          1    // wxStaticBox
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE         1    // wxStaticLine
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT         1    // wxStaticText
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP          1    // wxStaticBitmap
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL         1    // wxTextCtrl
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN        1    // wxToggleButton
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL         1    // wxTreeCtrl
-
-// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1
-
-// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one
-// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native
-// version should be used.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0
-
-// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar
-// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless
-// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0.
-//
-// Default is 0 for all settings.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and 0 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE.
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0
-
-// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It
-// may be used ot logically organise the data presented to the user instead of
-// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related
-// classes of wxWin 1.6x.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of
-// the tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of
-// tabs
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-// wxTabDialog is a generic version of wxNotebook but it is incompatible with
-// the new class. It shouldn't be used in new code.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 (use wxNotebook)
-#define wxUSE_TAB_DIALOG 0
-
-// wxGrid class
-//
-// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you
-// don't use it.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-//
-#define wxUSE_GRID 1
-
-// wxProperty[Value/Form/List] classes, used by Dialog Editor
-#define wxUSE_PROPSHEET 1
-
-
-// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything)
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-
-// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and
-// not necessarily a listbox.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it
-//                      it used by wxComboBox
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox
-// items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is
-//                      needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox.
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// wxBitmapComboBox a combobox that can have images in front of text items.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous GUI stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar)
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret
-// under Windows).
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library)
-#define wxUSE_CARET 1
-
-// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and
-// working with them.
-//
-// Default is 0 because it isn't yet implemented on all platforms
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY       0
-
-// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 0
-
-// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and
-// wxListCtrl.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls
-// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too)
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
-
-// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW)
-#define wxUSE_MENUS 1
-
-// Use wxSashWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SASH 1
-
-// Use wxSplitterWindow class.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1
-
-// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    #define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0
-#endif
-
-// wxValidator class and related methods
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-// wxDC cacheing implementation
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable the use of DIB's for wxBitmap to support
-// bitmaps > 16MB on Win95/98/Me.  Set to 0 to use DDB's only.
-#define wxUSE_DIB_FOR_BITMAP 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common dialogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g.
-// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the
-// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work)
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1
-
-// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way
-// as wxBusyCursor
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
-
-// Use single/multiple choice dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
-
-// Use colour picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1
-
-// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one
-
-// Use file open/save dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-#endif
-
-// Use find/replace dialogs.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0)
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1
-
-// Use font picker dialog
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1
-
-// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself)
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
-
-// progress dialog class for lengthy operations
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c)
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-// number entry dialog
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-// splash screen class
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
-
-// wizards
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog.
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't
-//                      use this function
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Metafiles support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not
-// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under
-// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window
-// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in
-// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by
-// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be
-// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting
-// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile
-// in any metafile related classes at all.
-//
-// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS.
-//
-// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs.
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_METAFILE 1
-    #define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1
-    #define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_METAFILE 0
-    #define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0
-    #define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Big GUI components
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI support.
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0.
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture
-//
-// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much,
-// much more.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_HTML 1
-
-// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL
-// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-// set to 1. Note that for some compilers (notably Microsoft Visual C++) you
-// will need to manually add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the list of
-// libraries linked with your program if you use OpenGL.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, 0 otherwise
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
-#endif
-
-// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a
-// smaller library.
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT       1
-
-// wxTreeLayout class
-#define wxUSE_TREELAYOUT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Data transfer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1
-
-// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and
-// drop
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for WIN32
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
-
-// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is
-// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always
-// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0
-#endif
-
-// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility.
-// Depends on wxUSE_OLE.
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting (at present): 0
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// miscellaneous settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program
-// instance is running (it is only available under Win32)
-//
-// Default is 1
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much
-// space)
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 0
-#endif
-
-// Drag image
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-// Interprocess communication
-#define wxUSE_IPC 1
-
-// Help
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_HELP 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_HELP 1
-#endif
-
-// MS help
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1
-
-// Use wxHTML-based help controller
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-// Use resources
-#define wxUSE_RESOURCES 0
-
-// Window layout constraint system
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-
-// Splines
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1
-
-// Include mouse wheel support
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// postscript support settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set to 1 for PostScript device context.
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// database classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define 1 to use ODBC classes
-#define wxUSE_ODBC 1
-
-// For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter now only controls the
-// default scrolling method used by cursors.  This default behavior can be
-// overriden by setting the second param of wxDB::wxDbGetConnection() or
-// wxDb() constructor to indicate whether the connection (and any wxDbTable()s
-// that use the connection) should support forward only scrolling of cursors,
-// or both forward and backward support for backward scrolling cursors is
-// dependent on the data source as well as the ODBC driver being used.
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 0
-
-// Default is 0.  Set to 1 to use the deprecated classes, enum types, function,
-// member variables.  With a setting of 1, full backward compatibility with the
-// 2.0.x release is possible. It is STRONGLY recommended that this be set to 0,
-// as future development will be done only on the non-deprecated
-// functions/classes/member variables/etc.
-#define wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other compiler (mis)features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype
-// parameters.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0)
-#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
-
-// VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h> but you can't mix
-// them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>, 0 for <iostream>
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: whatever your compiler likes more
-#ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// image format support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at
-// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely
-// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving
-// substantial amount of code in the final library.
-//
-// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources
-// which is mentioned if it is the case.
-
-// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended).
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB.
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
-
-// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg)
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
-
-// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff)
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1
-
-// Set to 1 for GIF format support
-#define wxUSE_GIF 1
-
-// Set to 1 for PNM format support
-#define wxUSE_PNM 1
-
-// Set to 1 for PCX format support
-#define wxUSE_PCX 1
-
-// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format)
-#define wxUSE_IFF 0
-
-// Set to 1 for XPM format support
-#define wxUSE_XPM 1
-
-// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 0
-
-// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class
- #define wxUSE_PALETTE 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows-only settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
-// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This
-// will override some other settings (see below)
-//
-// Default is 0.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC
-#define wxUSE_MFC 0
-
-// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop,
-// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and
-// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1 for WIN32
-    #define wxUSE_OLE 1
-
-// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows
-// (just use Windows printing).
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH
-// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT
-// doesn't have such limitation).
-//
-// Default is 1 for compilers which support it
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have
-//                      or can't compile <richedit.h>
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__)
-// TODO:  This should be ifdef'ed for any compilers that don't support
-//        RichEdit 2.0 but do have RichEdit 1.0...
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0 // currently not supported
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0 // currently not supported
-
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0
-    #define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0
-#endif
-
-// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes.
-//
-// Default is 1.
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-
-// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini
-// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment)
-//
-// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only).
-//
-// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 1
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// unknown settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
-// NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES 1
-
-//??????
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SETUP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/slider.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/slider.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5d5e4f0c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/slider.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/slider.h
-// Purpose:     wxSlider control for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     09.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: slider.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SLIDER_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SLIDER_H_
-
-#include "wx/univ/scrthumb.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// our actions are the same as scrollbars
-
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_START       _T("start")     // to the beginning
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_END         _T("end")       // to the end
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_LINE_UP     _T("lineup")    // one line up/left
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_PAGE_UP     _T("pageup")    // one page up/left
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_LINE_DOWN   _T("linedown")  // one line down/right
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_PAGE_DOWN   _T("pagedown")  // one page down/right
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_PAGE_CHANGE _T("pagechange")// change page by numArg
-
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_THUMB_DRAG      _T("thumbdrag")
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_THUMB_MOVE      _T("thumbmove")
-#define wxACTION_SLIDER_THUMB_RELEASE   _T("thumbrelease")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSlider
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider : public wxSliderBase,
-                             public wxControlWithThumb
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxSlider();
-
-    wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual int GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(int value);
-
-    virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
-    virtual int GetMin() const;
-    virtual int GetMax() const;
-
-    virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
-    virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
-    virtual int GetLineSize() const;
-    virtual int GetPageSize() const;
-
-    virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels);
-    virtual int GetThumbLength() const;
-
-    virtual void SetTickFreq(int n, int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 0);
-    virtual int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
-
-    // wxUniv-specific methods
-    // -----------------------
-
-    // is this a vertical slider?
-    bool IsVert() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxSL_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-    // get the slider orientation
-    wxOrientation GetOrientation() const
-        { return IsVert() ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL; }
-
-    // do we have labels?
-    bool HasLabels() const
-        { return ((GetWindowStyle() & wxSL_LABELS) != 0) &&
-                 ((GetWindowStyle() & (wxSL_TOP|wxSL_BOTTOM|wxSL_LEFT|wxSL_RIGHT)) != 0); }
-
-    // do we have ticks?
-    bool HasTicks() const
-        { return ((GetWindowStyle() & wxSL_TICKS) != 0) &&
-                 ((GetWindowStyle() & (wxSL_TOP|wxSL_BOTTOM|wxSL_LEFT|wxSL_RIGHT|wxSL_BOTH)) != 0); }
-
-    // implement wxControlWithThumb interface
-    virtual wxWindow *GetWindow() { return this; }
-    virtual bool IsVertical() const { return IsVert(); }
-
-    virtual wxScrollThumb::Shaft HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-    virtual wxCoord ThumbPosToPixel() const;
-    virtual int PixelToThumbPos(wxCoord x) const;
-
-    virtual void SetShaftPartState(wxScrollThumb::Shaft shaftPart,
-                                   int flag,
-                                   bool set = true);
-
-    virtual void OnThumbDragStart(int pos);
-    virtual void OnThumbDrag(int pos);
-    virtual void OnThumbDragEnd(int pos);
-    virtual void OnPageScrollStart();
-    virtual bool OnPageScroll(int pageInc);
-
-    // for wxStdSliderInputHandler
-    wxScrollThumb& GetThumb() { return m_thumb; }
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    enum
-    {
-        INVALID_THUMB_VALUE = -0xffff
-    };
-
-    // overridden base class virtuals
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // normalize the value to fit in the range
-    int NormalizeValue(int value) const;
-
-    // change the value by the given increment, return true if really changed
-    bool ChangeValueBy(int inc);
-
-    // change the value to the given one
-    bool ChangeValueTo(int value);
-
-    // is the value inside the range?
-    bool IsInRange(int value) { return (value >= m_min) && (value <= m_max); }
-
-    // format the value for printing as label
-    virtual wxString FormatValue(int value) const;
-
-    // calculate max label size
-    wxSize CalcLabelSize() const;
-
-    // calculate m_rectLabel/Slider
-    void CalcGeometry();
-
-    // get the thumb size
-    wxSize GetThumbSize() const;
-
-    // get the shaft rect (uses m_rectSlider which is supposed to be calculated)
-    wxRect GetShaftRect() const;
-
-    // calc the current thumb position using the shaft rect (if the pointer is
-    // NULL, we calculate it here too)
-    void CalcThumbRect(const wxRect *rectShaft,
-                       wxRect *rectThumbOut,
-                       wxRect *rectLabelOut,
-                       int value = INVALID_THUMB_VALUE) const;
-
-    // return the slider rect calculating it if needed
-    const wxRect& GetSliderRect() const;
-
-    // refresh the current thumb position
-    void RefreshThumb();
-
-private:
-    // get the default thumb size (without using m_thumbSize)
-    wxSize GetDefaultThumbSize() const;
-
-    // the object which manages our thumb
-    wxScrollThumb m_thumb;
-
-    // the slider range and value
-    int m_min,
-        m_max,
-        m_value;
-
-    // the tick frequence (default is 1)
-    int m_tickFreq;
-
-    // the line and page increments (logical units)
-    int m_lineSize,
-        m_pageSize;
-
-    // the size of the thumb (in pixels)
-    int m_thumbSize;
-
-    // the part of the client area reserved for the label, the ticks and the
-    // part for the slider itself
-    wxRect m_rectLabel,
-           m_rectTicks,
-           m_rectSlider;
-
-    // the state of the thumb (wxCONTROL_XXX constants sum)
-    int m_thumbFlags;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SLIDER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/spinbutt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/spinbutt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b483d8ee..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/spinbutt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/spinbutt.h
-// Purpose:     universal version of wxSpinButton
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     21.01.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: spinbutt.h 42715 2006-10-30 12:24:13Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_SPINBUTT_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_SPINBUTT_H_
-
-#include "wx/univ/scrarrow.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinButton
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// actions supported by this control
-#define wxACTION_SPIN_INC    _T("inc")
-#define wxACTION_SPIN_DEC    _T("dec")
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase,
-                                 public wxControlWithArrows
-{
-public:
-    wxSpinButton();
-    wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-                 const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
-                const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME);
-
-    // implement wxSpinButtonBase methods
-    virtual int GetValue() const;
-    virtual void SetValue(int val);
-    virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal);
-
-    // implement wxControlWithArrows methods
-    virtual wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-    virtual wxWindow *GetWindow() { return this; }
-    virtual bool IsVertical() const { return wxSpinButtonBase::IsVertical(); }
-    virtual int GetArrowState(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow) const;
-    virtual void SetArrowFlag(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow, int flag, bool set);
-    virtual bool OnArrow(wxScrollArrows::Arrow arrow);
-    virtual wxScrollArrows::Arrow HitTestArrow(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
-    // for wxStdSpinButtonInputHandler
-    const wxScrollArrows& GetArrows() { return m_arrows; }
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = 0,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-    // the common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // normalize the value to fit into min..max range
-    int NormalizeValue(int value) const;
-
-    // change the value by +1/-1 and send the event, return true if value was
-    // changed
-    bool ChangeValue(int inc);
-
-    // get the rectangles for our 2 arrows
-    void CalcArrowRects(wxRect *rect1, wxRect *rect2) const;
-
-    // the current controls value
-    int m_value;
-
-private:
-    // the object which manages our arrows
-    wxScrollArrows m_arrows;
-
-    // the state (combination of wxCONTROL_XXX flags) of the arrows
-    int m_arrowsState[wxScrollArrows::Arrow_Max];
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStdSpinButtonInputHandler: manages clicks on them (use arrows like
-// wxStdScrollBarInputHandler) and processes keyboard events too
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStdSpinButtonInputHandler : public wxStdInputHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxStdSpinButtonInputHandler(wxInputHandler *inphand);
-
-    virtual bool HandleKey(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                           const wxKeyEvent& event,
-                           bool pressed);
-    virtual bool HandleMouse(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                             const wxMouseEvent& event);
-    virtual bool HandleMouseMove(wxInputConsumer *consumer,
-                                 const wxMouseEvent& event);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_SPINBUTT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05a9b2aed..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/statbmp.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBitmap class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbmp.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STATBMP_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STATBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBitmap
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBitmap()
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent,
-                   const wxBitmap& label,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0)
-    {
-        Create(parent, wxID_ANY, label, pos, size, style);
-    }
-
-    wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxBitmap& label,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = 0,
-                   const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxBitmap& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
-
-    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
-    wxIcon GetIcon() const;
-
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-private:
-    // the bitmap which we show
-    wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STATBMP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f732dc1eb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/statbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticBox declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statbox.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STATBOX_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STATBOX_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBox : public wxStaticBoxBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticBox() { }
-
-    wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize)
-    {
-        Create(parent, wxID_ANY, label, pos, size);
-    }
-
-    wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& label,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
-
-    // the origin of the static box is inside the border and under the label:
-    // take account of this
-    virtual wxPoint GetBoxAreaOrigin() const;
-
-    // returning true from here ensures that we act as a container window for
-    // our children
-    virtual bool IsStaticBox() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    // draw the control
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // get the size of the border
-    wxRect GetBorderGeometry() const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STATBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statline.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statline.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd4947017..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statline.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/statline.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticLine class for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     28.06.99
-// Version:     $Id: statline.h 43874 2006-12-09 14:52:59Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STATLINE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STATLINE_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and pseudo-constructors
-    wxStaticLine() { }
-
-    wxStaticLine(wxWindow *parent,
-                 const wxPoint &pos,
-                 wxCoord length,
-                 long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL)
-    {
-        Create(parent, wxID_ANY, pos,
-               style & wxLI_VERTICAL ? wxSize(wxDefaultCoord, length)
-                                     : wxSize(length, wxDefaultCoord),
-               style);
-    }
-
-    wxStaticLine(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
-                 const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr )
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr );
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STATLINE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stattext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stattext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5e210d13..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stattext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/stattext.h
-// Purpose:     wxStaticText
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stattext.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STATTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STATTEXT_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase
-{
-public:
-    wxStaticText() { }
-
-    // usual ctor
-    wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent,
-                 const wxString& label,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize)
-    {
-        Create(parent, wxID_ANY, label, pos, size, 0, wxStaticTextNameStr);
-    }
-
-    // full form
-    wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id,
-                 const wxString& label,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = 0,
-                 const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
-    {
-        Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // function ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString &label,
-                const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-
-    virtual bool IsFocused() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // calculate the optimal size for the label
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // draw the control
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxStaticText)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STATTEXT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statusbr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statusbr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb657b0e4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/statusbr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/statusbr.h
-// Purpose:     wxStatusBarUniv: wxStatusBar for wxUniversal declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.10.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: statusbr.h 37393 2006-02-08 21:47:09Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STATUSBR_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STATUSBR_H_
-
-#include "wx/univ/inpcons.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar: a window near the bottom of the frame used for status info
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarUniv : public wxStatusBarBase,
-                                    public wxInputConsumer
-{
-public:
-    wxStatusBarUniv() { Init(); }
-
-    wxStatusBarUniv(wxWindow *parent,
-                    wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                    long style = 0,
-                    const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    // set field count/widths
-    virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
-    virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[]);
-
-    // get/set the text of the given field
-    virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
-    virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
-
-    // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
-    virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const;
-
-    // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
-    virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
-
-    // get the dimensions of the horizontal and vertical borders
-    virtual int GetBorderX() const;
-    virtual int GetBorderY() const;
-
-    // wxInputConsumer pure virtual
-    virtual wxWindow *GetInputWindow() const
-        { return wx_const_cast(wxStatusBar*, this); }
-
-protected:
-    // recalculate the field widths
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // draw the statusbar
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // tell them about our preferred height
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // override DoSetSize() to prevent the status bar height from changing
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-    // get the (fixed) status bar height
-    wxCoord GetHeight() const;
-
-    // get the rectangle containing all the fields and the border between them
-    //
-    // also updates m_widthsAbs if necessary
-    wxRect GetTotalFieldRect(wxCoord *borderBetweenFields);
-
-    // get the rect for this field without ani side effects (see code)
-    wxRect DoGetFieldRect(int n) const;
-
-    // refresh the given field
-    void RefreshField(int i);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    // the status fields strings
-    wxArrayString m_statusText;
-
-    // the absolute status fields widths
-    wxArrayInt m_widthsAbs;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarUniv)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    WX_DECLARE_INPUT_CONSUMER()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STATUSBR_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stdrend.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stdrend.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8994b37b8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/stdrend.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/stdrend.h
-// Purpose:     wxStdRenderer class declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     2006-09-18
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stdrend.h 42716 2006-10-30 12:33:25Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_STDREND_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_STDREND_H_
-
-#include "wx/univ/renderer.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourScheme;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStdRenderer: implements as much of wxRenderer API as possible generically
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxStdRenderer : public wxRenderer
-{
-public:
-    // the renderer will use the given scheme, whose lifetime must be at least
-    // as long as of this object itself, to choose the colours for drawing
-    wxStdRenderer(const wxColourScheme *scheme);
-
-    virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxColour& col,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0,
-                                wxWindow *window = NULL);
-    virtual void DrawButtonSurface(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxColour& col,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   int flags);
-
-
-    virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0);
-    virtual void DrawLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                           int indexAccel = -1,
-                           wxRect *rectBounds = NULL);
-    virtual void DrawButtonLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& image,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1,
-                                 wxRect *rectBounds = NULL);
-
-
-    virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                            wxBorder border,
-                            const wxRect& rect,
-                            int flags = 0,
-                            wxRect *rectIn = NULL);
-    virtual void DrawTextBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                wxBorder border,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags = 0,
-                                wxRect *rectIn = NULL);
-
-    virtual void DrawHorizontalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxCoord y, wxCoord x1, wxCoord x2);
-    virtual void DrawVerticalLine(wxDC& dc,
-                                  wxCoord x, wxCoord y1, wxCoord y2);
-    virtual void DrawFrame(wxDC& dc,
-                           const wxString& label,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int flags = 0,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                           int indexAccel = -1);
-
-
-    virtual void DrawItem(wxDC& dc,
-                          const wxString& label,
-                          const wxRect& rect,
-                          int flags = 0);
-    virtual void DrawCheckItem(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxString& label,
-                               const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               int flags = 0);
-
-    virtual void DrawCheckButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1);
-    virtual void DrawRadioButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags = 0,
-                                 wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
-                                 int indexAccel = -1);
-
-    virtual void DrawScrollbarArrow(wxDC& dc,
-                                    wxDirection dir,
-                                    const wxRect& rect,
-                                    int flags = 0);
-    virtual void DrawScrollCorner(wxDC& dc,
-                                  const wxRect& rect);
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    virtual void DrawTextLine(wxDC& dc,
-                              const wxString& text,
-                              const wxRect& rect,
-                              int selStart = -1,
-                              int selEnd = -1,
-                              int flags = 0);
-
-    virtual void DrawLineWrapMark(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    virtual wxRect GetTextTotalArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                    const wxRect& rect) const;
-    virtual wxRect GetTextClientArea(const wxTextCtrl *text,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     wxCoord *extraSpaceBeyond) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-    virtual wxRect GetBorderDimensions(wxBorder border) const;
-
-    virtual bool AreScrollbarsInsideBorder() const;
-
-    virtual void AdjustSize(wxSize *size, const wxWindow *window);
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetListboxItemHeight(wxCoord fontHeight);
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    virtual void DrawStatusField(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 const wxString& label,
-                                 int flags = 0, int style = 0);
-
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarBorders() const;
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetStatusBarBorderBetweenFields() const;
-
-    virtual wxSize GetStatusBarFieldMargins() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetCheckItemMargin() const { return 0; }
-
-
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitleBar(wxDC& dc,
-                                   const wxRect& rect,
-                                   const wxString& title,
-                                   const wxIcon& icon,
-                                   int flags,
-                                   int specialButton = 0,
-                                   int specialButtonFlag = 0);
-    virtual void DrawFrameBorder(wxDC& dc,
-                                 const wxRect& rect,
-                                 int flags);
-    virtual void DrawFrameBackground(wxDC& dc,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     int flags);
-    virtual void DrawFrameTitle(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                const wxString& title,
-                                int flags);
-    virtual void DrawFrameIcon(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rect,
-                               const wxIcon& icon,
-                               int flags);
-    virtual void DrawFrameButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                 wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                 int button,
-                                 int flags = 0);
-
-    virtual wxRect GetFrameClientArea(const wxRect& rect, int flags) const;
-
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameTotalSize(const wxSize& clientSize, int flags) const;
-
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameMinSize(int flags) const;
-
-    virtual wxSize GetFrameIconSize() const;
-
-    virtual int HitTestFrame(const wxRect& rect,
-                             const wxPoint& pt,
-                             int flags = 0) const;
-protected:
-    // various constants
-    enum ArrowDirection
-    {
-        Arrow_Left,
-        Arrow_Right,
-        Arrow_Up,
-        Arrow_Down,
-        Arrow_Max
-    };
-
-    enum ArrowStyle
-    {
-        Arrow_Normal,
-        Arrow_Disabled,
-        Arrow_Pressed,
-        Arrow_Inverted,
-        Arrow_InvertedDisabled,
-        Arrow_StateMax
-    };
-
-    enum FrameButtonType
-    {
-        FrameButton_Close,
-        FrameButton_Minimize,
-        FrameButton_Maximize,
-        FrameButton_Restore,
-        FrameButton_Help,
-        FrameButton_Max
-    };
-
-    enum IndicatorType
-    {
-        IndicatorType_Check,
-        IndicatorType_Radio,
-        IndicatorType_MaxCtrl,
-        IndicatorType_Menu = IndicatorType_MaxCtrl,
-        IndicatorType_Max
-    };
-
-    enum IndicatorState
-    {
-        IndicatorState_Normal,
-        IndicatorState_Pressed, // this one is for check/radioboxes
-        IndicatorState_Disabled,
-        IndicatorState_MaxCtrl,
-
-        // the rest of the states are valid for menu items only
-        IndicatorState_Selected = IndicatorState_Pressed,
-        IndicatorState_SelectedDisabled = IndicatorState_MaxCtrl,
-        IndicatorState_MaxMenu
-    };
-
-    enum IndicatorStatus
-    {
-        IndicatorStatus_Checked,
-        IndicatorStatus_Unchecked,
-        IndicatorStatus_Undetermined,
-        IndicatorStatus_Max
-    };
-
-    // translate the appropriate bits in flags to the above enum elements
-    static void GetIndicatorsFromFlags(int flags,
-                                       IndicatorState& state,
-                                       IndicatorStatus& status);
-
-    // translate wxDirection to ArrowDirection
-    static ArrowDirection GetArrowDirection(wxDirection dir);
-
-
-    // fill the rectangle with a brush of given colour (must be valid)
-    void DrawSolidRect(wxDC& dc, const wxColour& col, const wxRect& rect);
-
-
-    // all the functions in this section adjust the rect parameter to
-    // correspond to the interiour of the drawn area
-
-        // draw complete rectangle
-    void DrawRect(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect, const wxPen& pen);
-
-        // draw the rectange using the first pen for the left and top sides
-        // and the second one for the bottom and right ones
-    void DrawShadedRect(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect,
-                        const wxPen& pen1, const wxPen& pen2);
-
-        // border drawing routines, may be overridden in the derived class
-    virtual void DrawRaisedBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-    virtual void DrawSunkenBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-    virtual void DrawAntiSunkenBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-    virtual void DrawBoxBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-    virtual void DrawStaticBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-    virtual void DrawExtraBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect);
-
-
-    // draw the frame with non-empty label inside the given rectText
-    virtual void DrawFrameWithLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                                    const wxString& label,
-                                    const wxRect& rectFrame,
-                                    const wxRect& rectText,
-                                    int flags,
-                                    int alignment,
-                                    int indexAccel);
-
-    // draw the (static box) frame without the part corresponding to rectLabel
-    void DrawFrameWithoutLabel(wxDC& dc,
-                               const wxRect& rectFrame,
-                               const wxRect& rectLabel);
-
-
-    // draw the bitmap for a check item (which is by default the same as check
-    // box one but may be different)
-    virtual void DrawCheckItemBitmap(wxDC& dc,
-                                     const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                     const wxRect& rect,
-                                     int flags);
-
-    // common routine for drawing check and radio buttons
-    void DrawCheckOrRadioButton(wxDC& dc,
-                                const wxString& label,
-                                const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                                const wxRect& rect,
-                                int flags,
-                                wxAlignment align,
-                                int indexAccel);
-
-    // return the check/radio bitmap for the given flags
-    virtual wxBitmap GetRadioBitmap(int flags) = 0;
-    virtual wxBitmap GetCheckBitmap(int flags) = 0;
-
-    // return the frame icon bitmap
-    virtual wxBitmap GetFrameButtonBitmap(FrameButtonType type) = 0;
-
-    // get the width of either normal or resizeable frame border depending on
-    // whether flags contains wxTOPLEVEL_RESIZEABLE bit
-    //
-    // notice that these methods only make sense with standard border drawing
-    // code which uses the borders of the same width on all sides, this is why
-    // they are only present here and not in wxRenderer itself
-    virtual int GetFrameBorderWidth(int flags) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // return the width of the border around the text area in the text control
-    virtual int GetTextBorderWidth(const wxTextCtrl *text) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-    // GDI objects we often use
-    wxPen m_penBlack,
-          m_penDarkGrey,
-          m_penLightGrey,
-          m_penHighlight;
-
-    wxFont m_titlebarFont;
-
-    // the colours we use, they never change currently so we don't have to ever
-    // update m_penXXX objects above
-    const wxColourScheme * const m_scheme;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStdRenderer)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_STDREND_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/textctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/textctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c309d81b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/textctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,534 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/textctrl.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextCtrl class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: textctrl.h 47170 2007-07-05 21:37:36Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_TEXTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_TEXTCTRL_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaret;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrlCommandProcessor;
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"    // for wxScrollHelper
-
-#include "wx/univ/inphand.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl actions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// cursor movement and also selection and delete operations
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_GOTO          _T("goto")  // to pos in numArg
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_FIRST         _T("first") // go to pos 0
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_LAST          _T("last")  // go to last pos
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_HOME          _T("home")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_END           _T("end")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_LEFT          _T("left")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_RIGHT         _T("right")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_UP            _T("up")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_DOWN          _T("down")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_WORD_LEFT     _T("wordleft")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_WORD_RIGHT    _T("wordright")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_PAGE_UP       _T("pageup")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_PAGE_DOWN     _T("pagedown")
-
-// clipboard operations
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_COPY          _T("copy")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_CUT           _T("cut")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_PASTE         _T("paste")
-
-// insert text at the cursor position: the text is in strArg of PerformAction
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_INSERT        _T("insert")
-
-// if the action starts with either of these prefixes and the rest of the
-// string is one of the movement commands, it means to select/delete text from
-// the current cursor position to the new one
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_PREFIX_SEL    _T("sel")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_PREFIX_DEL    _T("del")
-
-// mouse selection
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_ANCHOR_SEL    _T("anchorsel")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_EXTEND_SEL    _T("extendsel")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_SEL_WORD      _T("wordsel")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_SEL_LINE      _T("linesel")
-
-// undo or redo
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_UNDO          _T("undo")
-#define wxACTION_TEXT_REDO          _T("redo")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase,
-                               public wxScrollHelper
-{
-public:
-    // creation
-    // --------
-
-    wxTextCtrl() : wxScrollHelper(this) { Init(); }
-
-    wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id,
-               const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-               const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
-        : wxScrollHelper(this) 
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxTextCtrl();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
-    virtual int GetLineLength(wxTextCoord lineNo) const;
-    virtual wxString GetLineText(wxTextCoord lineNo) const;
-    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
-
-    virtual bool IsModified() const;
-    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
-    // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
-    virtual void GetSelection(wxTextPos* from, wxTextPos* to) const;
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // editing
-    virtual void Clear();
-    virtual void Replace(wxTextPos from, wxTextPos to, const wxString& value);
-    virtual void Remove(wxTextPos from, wxTextPos to);
-
-    // sets/clears the dirty flag
-    virtual void MarkDirty();
-    virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
-    // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
-    // inserts it at the end
-    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
-    virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
-    // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
-    // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
-    // which represent (logical, i.e. unwrapped) column and line.
-    virtual wxTextPos XYToPosition(wxTextCoord x, wxTextCoord y) const;
-    virtual bool PositionToXY(wxTextPos pos,
-                              wxTextCoord *x, wxTextCoord *y) const;
-
-    // wxUniv-specific: find a screen position (in client coordinates) of the
-    // given text position or of the caret
-    bool PositionToLogicalXY(wxTextPos pos, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const;
-    bool PositionToDeviceXY(wxTextPos pos, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const;
-    wxPoint GetCaretPosition() const;
-
-    virtual void ShowPosition(wxTextPos pos);
-
-    // Clipboard operations
-    virtual void Copy();
-    virtual void Cut();
-    virtual void Paste();
-
-    // Undo/redo
-    virtual void Undo();
-    virtual void Redo();
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // Insertion point
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(wxTextPos pos);
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-    virtual wxTextPos GetInsertionPoint() const;
-    virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
-    virtual void SetSelection(wxTextPos from, wxTextPos to);
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-    // wxUniv-specific methods
-    // -----------------------
-
-    // caret stuff
-    virtual void ShowCaret(bool show = true);
-    void HideCaret() { ShowCaret(false); }
-    void CreateCaret(); // for the current font size
-
-    // helpers for cursor movement
-    wxTextPos GetWordStart() const;
-    wxTextPos GetWordEnd() const;
-
-    // selection helpers
-    bool HasSelection() const
-        { return m_selStart != -1 && m_selEnd > m_selStart; }
-    void ClearSelection();
-    void RemoveSelection();
-    wxString GetSelectionText() const;
-
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
-    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                            wxTextCoord *col,
-                                            wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
-    // find the character at this position in the given line, return value as
-    // for HitTest()
-    //
-    // NB: x is the logical coord (client and unscrolled)
-    wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTestLine(const wxString& line,
-                                        wxCoord x,
-                                        wxTextCoord *colOut) const;
-
-    // bring the given position into view
-    void ShowHorzPosition(wxCoord pos);
-
-    // scroll the window horizontally so that the first character shown is in
-    // position pos
-    void ScrollText(wxTextCoord col);
-
-    // adjust the DC for horz text control scrolling too
-    virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // override this to take into account our scrollbar-less scrolling
-    virtual void CalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
-    virtual void CalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
-
-    // perform an action
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // override these methods to handle the caret
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font);
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-
-    // more readable flag testing methods
-    bool IsPassword() const { return HasFlag(wxTE_PASSWORD); }
-    bool WrapLines() const { return m_wrapLines; }
-
-    // only for wxStdTextCtrlInputHandler
-    void RefreshSelection();
-
-    // override wxScrollHelper method to prevent (auto)scrolling beyond the end
-    // of line
-    virtual bool SendAutoScrollEvents(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const;
-
-    // idle processing
-    virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
-    // ensure we have correct default border
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; }
-
-    // override base class methods
-    virtual void DoDrawBorder(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect);
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // calc the size from the text extent
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-    // implements Set/ChangeValue()
-    virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // drawing
-    // -------
-
-    // draw the text in the given rectangle
-    void DoDrawTextInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rectUpdate);
-
-    // draw the line wrap marks in this rect
-    void DoDrawLineWrapMarks(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rectUpdate);
-
-    // line/row geometry calculations
-    // ------------------------------
-
-    // get the extent (width) of the text
-    wxCoord GetTextWidth(const wxString& text) const;
-
-    // get the logical text width (accounting for scrolling)
-    wxCoord GetTotalWidth() const;
-
-    // get total number of rows (different from number of lines if the lines
-    // can be wrapped)
-    wxTextCoord GetRowCount() const;
-
-    // find the number of rows in this line (only if WrapLines())
-    wxTextCoord GetRowsPerLine(wxTextCoord line) const;
-
-    // get the starting row of the given line
-    wxTextCoord GetFirstRowOfLine(wxTextCoord line) const;
-
-    // get the row following this line
-    wxTextCoord GetRowAfterLine(wxTextCoord line) const;
-
-    // refresh functions
-    // -----------------
-
-    // the text area is the part of the window in which the text can be
-    // displayed, i.e. part of it inside the margins and the real text area is
-    // the area in which the text *is* currently displayed: for example, in the
-    // multiline control case the text area can have extra space at the bottom
-    // which is not tall enough for another line and which is then not included
-    // into the real text area
-    wxRect GetRealTextArea() const;
-
-    // refresh the text in the given (in logical coords) rect
-    void RefreshTextRect(const wxRect& rect, bool textOnly = true);
-
-    // refresh the line wrap marks for the given range of lines (inclusive)
-    void RefreshLineWrapMarks(wxTextCoord rowFirst, wxTextCoord rowLast);
-
-    // refresh the text in the given range (in logical coords) of this line, if
-    // width is 0, refresh to the end of line
-    void RefreshPixelRange(wxTextCoord line, wxCoord start, wxCoord width);
-
-    // refresh the text in the given range (in text coords) in this line
-    void RefreshColRange(wxTextCoord line, wxTextPos start, size_t count);
-
-    // refresh the text from in the given line range (inclusive)
-    void RefreshLineRange(wxTextCoord lineFirst, wxTextCoord lineLast);
-
-    // refresh the text in the given range which can span multiple lines
-    // (this method accepts arguments in any order)
-    void RefreshTextRange(wxTextPos start, wxTextPos end);
-
-    // get the text to show: either the text itself or the text replaced with
-    // starts for wxTE_PASSWORD control
-    wxString GetTextToShow(const wxString& text) const;
-
-    // find the row in this line where the given position (counted from the
-    // start of line) is
-    wxTextCoord GetRowInLine(wxTextCoord line,
-                             wxTextCoord col,
-                             wxTextCoord *colRowStart = NULL) const;
-
-    // find the number of characters of a line before it wraps
-    // (and optionally also the real width of the line)
-    size_t GetPartOfWrappedLine(const wxChar* text,
-                                wxCoord *widthReal = NULL) const;
-
-    // get the start and end of the selection for this line: if the line is
-    // outside the selection, both will be -1 and false will be returned
-    bool GetSelectedPartOfLine(wxTextCoord line,
-                               wxTextPos *start, wxTextPos *end) const;
-
-    // update the text rect: the zone inside our client rect (its coords are
-    // client coords) which contains the text
-    void UpdateTextRect();
-
-    // calculate the last visible position
-    void UpdateLastVisible();
-
-    // move caret to the given position unconditionally
-    // (SetInsertionPoint() does nothing if the position didn't change)
-    void DoSetInsertionPoint(wxTextPos pos);
-
-    // move caret to the new position without updating the display (for
-    // internal use only)
-    void MoveInsertionPoint(wxTextPos pos);
-
-    // set the caret to its initial (default) position
-    void InitInsertionPoint();
-
-    // get the width of the longest line in pixels
-    wxCoord GetMaxWidth() const;
-
-    // force recalculation of the max line width
-    void RecalcMaxWidth();
-
-    // update the max width after the given line was modified
-    void UpdateMaxWidth(wxTextCoord line);
-
-    // hit testing
-    // -----------
-
-    // HitTest2() is more efficient than 2 consecutive HitTest()s with the same
-    // line (i.e. y) and it also returns the offset of the starting position in
-    // pixels
-    //
-    // as the last hack, this function accepts either logical or device (by
-    // default) coords depending on devCoords flag
-    wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest2(wxCoord y,
-                                     wxCoord x1,
-                                     wxCoord x2,
-                                     wxTextCoord *row,
-                                     wxTextCoord *colStart,
-                                     wxTextCoord *colEnd,
-                                     wxTextCoord *colRowStart,
-                                     bool devCoords = true) const;
-
-    // HitTest() version which takes the logical text coordinates and not the
-    // device ones
-    wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTestLogical(const wxPoint& pos,
-                                           wxTextCoord *col,
-                                           wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
-    // get the line and the row in this line corresponding to the given row,
-    // return true if ok and false if row is out of range
-    //
-    // NB: this function can only be called for controls which wrap lines
-    bool GetLineAndRow(wxTextCoord row,
-                       wxTextCoord *line,
-                       wxTextCoord *rowInLine) const;
-
-    // get the height of one line (the same for all lines)
-    wxCoord GetLineHeight() const
-    {
-        // this one should be already precalculated
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_heightLine != -1, _T("should have line height") );
-
-        return m_heightLine;
-    }
-
-    // get the average char width
-    wxCoord GetAverageWidth() const { return m_widthAvg; }
-
-    // recalc the line height and char width (to call when the font changes)
-    void RecalcFontMetrics();
-
-    // vertical scrolling helpers
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // all these functions are for multi line controls only
-
-    // get the number of visible lines
-    size_t GetLinesPerPage() const;
-
-    // return the position above the cursor or INVALID_POS_VALUE
-    wxTextPos GetPositionAbove();
-
-    // return the position below the cursor or INVALID_POS_VALUE
-    wxTextPos GetPositionBelow();
-
-    // event handlers
-    // --------------
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-    // return the struct containing control-type dependent data
-    struct wxTextSingleLineData& SData() { return *m_data.sdata; }
-    struct wxTextMultiLineData& MData() { return *m_data.mdata; }
-    struct wxTextWrappedData& WData() { return *m_data.wdata; }
-    const wxTextSingleLineData& SData() const { return *m_data.sdata; }
-    const wxTextMultiLineData& MData() const { return *m_data.mdata; }
-    const wxTextWrappedData& WData() const { return *m_data.wdata; }
-
-    // clipboard operations (unlike the versions without Do prefix, they have a
-    // return code)
-    bool DoCut();
-    bool DoPaste();
-
-private:
-    // all these methods are for multiline text controls only
-
-    // update the scrollbars (only called from OnIdle)
-    void UpdateScrollbars();
-
-    // get read only access to the lines of multiline control
-    inline const wxArrayString& GetLines() const;
-    inline size_t GetLineCount() const;
-
-    // replace a line (returns true if the number of rows in thel ine changed)
-    bool ReplaceLine(wxTextCoord line, const wxString& text);
-
-    // remove a line
-    void RemoveLine(wxTextCoord line);
-
-    // insert a line at this position
-    void InsertLine(wxTextCoord line, const wxString& text);
-
-    // calculate geometry of this line
-    void LayoutLine(wxTextCoord line, class wxWrappedLineData& lineData) const;
-
-    // calculate geometry of all lines until the given one
-    void LayoutLines(wxTextCoord lineLast) const;
-
-    // the initially specified control size
-    wxSize m_sizeInitial;
-
-    // the global control text
-    wxString m_value;
-
-    // current position
-    wxTextPos m_curPos;
-    wxTextCoord m_curCol,
-                m_curRow;
-
-    // last position (only used by GetLastPosition())
-    wxTextPos m_posLast;
-
-    // selection
-    wxTextPos m_selAnchor,
-              m_selStart,
-              m_selEnd;
-
-    // flags
-    bool m_isModified:1,
-         m_isEditable:1,
-         m_hasCaret:1,
-         m_wrapLines:1; // can't be changed after creation
-
-    // the rectangle (in client coordinates) to draw text inside
-    wxRect m_rectText;
-
-    // the height of one line (cached value of GetCharHeight)
-    wxCoord m_heightLine;
-
-    // and the average char width (cached value of GetCharWidth)
-    wxCoord m_widthAvg;
-
-    // we have some data which depends on the kind of control (single or multi
-    // line)
-    union
-    {
-        wxTextSingleLineData *sdata;
-        wxTextMultiLineData *mdata;
-        wxTextWrappedData *wdata;
-        void *data;
-    } m_data;
-
-    // the object to which we delegate our undo/redo implementation
-    wxTextCtrlCommandProcessor *m_cmdProcessor;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
-
-    friend class wxWrappedLineData;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_TEXTCTRL_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/tglbtn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/tglbtn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 202434345..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/tglbtn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/button.h
-// Purpose:     wxToggleButton for wxUniversal
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: David Bjorkevik
-// Created:     16.05.06
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: tglbtn.h 39320 2006-05-24 17:17:27Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_TGLBTN_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_TGLBTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToggleButton: a push button
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton: public wxButton
-{
-public:
-    wxToggleButton();
-
-    wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-             const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
-    wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-             const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxToggleButton();
-
-    virtual bool IsPressed() const { return m_isPressed || m_value; }
-
-    // wxToggleButton actions
-    virtual void Toggle();
-    virtual void Click();
-
-    // Get/set the value
-    void SetValue(bool state);
-    bool GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
-protected:
-    // the current value
-    bool m_value;
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToggleButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_TGLBTN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/theme.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/theme.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 02d74a8f4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/theme.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/theme.h
-// Purpose:     wxTheme class manages all configurable aspects of the
-//              application including the look (wxRenderer), feel
-//              (wxInputHandler) and the colours (wxColourScheme)
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: theme.h 42455 2006-10-26 15:33:10Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_THEME_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_THEME_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTheme
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProvider;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourScheme;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputConsumer;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer;
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxThemeInfo;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTheme
-{
-public:
-    // static methods
-    // --------------
-
-    // create the default theme
-    static bool CreateDefault();
-
-    // create the theme by name (will return NULL if not found)
-    static wxTheme *Create(const wxString& name);
-
-    // change the current scheme
-    static wxTheme *Set(wxTheme *theme);
-
-    // get the current theme (never NULL)
-    static wxTheme *Get() { return ms_theme; }
-
-    // the theme methods
-    // -----------------
-
-    // get the renderer implementing all the control-drawing operations in
-    // this theme
-    virtual wxRenderer *GetRenderer() = 0;
-
-    // get the art provider to be used together with this theme
-    virtual wxArtProvider *GetArtProvider() = 0;
-
-    // get the input handler of the given type, forward to the standard one
-    virtual wxInputHandler *GetInputHandler(const wxString& handlerType,
-                                            wxInputConsumer *consumer) = 0;
-
-    // get the colour scheme for the control with this name
-    virtual wxColourScheme *GetColourScheme() = 0;
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    virtual ~wxTheme();
-
-private:
-    // the list of descriptions of all known themes
-    static wxThemeInfo *ms_allThemes;
-
-    // the current theme
-    static wxTheme *ms_theme;
-    friend struct WXDLLEXPORT wxThemeInfo;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDelegateTheme: it is impossible to inherit from any of standard
-// themes as their declarations are in private code, but you can use this
-// class to override only some of their functions - all the other ones
-// will be left to the original theme
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxDelegateTheme : public wxTheme
-{
-public:
-    wxDelegateTheme(const wxChar *theme);
-    virtual ~wxDelegateTheme();
-
-    virtual wxRenderer *GetRenderer();
-    virtual wxArtProvider *GetArtProvider();
-    virtual wxInputHandler *GetInputHandler(const wxString& control,
-                                            wxInputConsumer *consumer);
-    virtual wxColourScheme *GetColourScheme();
-
-protected:
-    // gets or creates theme and sets m_theme to point to it,
-    // returns true on success
-    bool GetOrCreateTheme();
-
-    wxString    m_themeName;
-    wxTheme    *m_theme;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// dynamic theme creation helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxThemeInfo
-{
-    typedef wxTheme *(*Constructor)();
-
-    // theme name and (user readable) description
-    wxString name, desc;
-
-    // the function to create a theme object
-    Constructor ctor;
-
-    // next node in the linked list or NULL
-    wxThemeInfo *next;
-
-    // constructor for the struct itself
-    wxThemeInfo(Constructor ctor, const wxChar *name, const wxChar *desc);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// to use a standard theme insert this macro into one of the application files:
-// without it, an over optimizing linker may discard the object module
-// containing the theme implementation entirely
-#define WX_USE_THEME(themename)                                             \
-    /* this indirection makes it possible to pass macro as the argument */  \
-    WX_USE_THEME_IMPL(themename)
-
-#define WX_USE_THEME_IMPL(themename)                                        \
-    extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(bool) wxThemeUse##themename;                    \
-    static struct wxThemeUserFor##themename                                 \
-    {                                                                       \
-        wxThemeUserFor##themename() { wxThemeUse##themename = true; }       \
-    } wxThemeDoUse##themename
-
-// to declare a new theme, this macro must be used in the class declaration
-#define WX_DECLARE_THEME(themename)                                         \
-    private:                                                                \
-        static wxThemeInfo ms_info##themename;                              \
-    public:                                                                 \
-        const wxThemeInfo *GetThemeInfo() const                             \
-            { return &ms_info##themename; }
-
-// and this one must be inserted in the source file
-#define WX_IMPLEMENT_THEME(classname, themename, themedesc)                 \
-    WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(bool) wxThemeUse##themename = true;                    \
-    wxTheme *wxCtorFor##themename() { return new classname; }               \
-    wxThemeInfo classname::ms_info##themename(wxCtorFor##themename,         \
-                                              wxT( #themename ), themedesc)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// determine default theme
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-    #undef  wxUSE_THEME_WIN32
-    #define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32  1
-    #undef  wxUSE_THEME_GTK
-    #define wxUSE_THEME_GTK    1
-    #undef  wxUSE_THEME_MONO
-    #define wxUSE_THEME_MONO   1
-    #undef  wxUSE_THEME_METAL
-    #define wxUSE_THEME_METAL  1
-#endif // wxUSE_ALL_THEMES
-
-// determine the default theme to use:
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) && wxUSE_THEME_GTK
-    #define wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME gtk
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__) && wxUSE_THEME_MONO
-    // use mono theme for DirectFB port because it cannot correctly
-    // render neither win32 nor gtk themes yet:
-    #define wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME mono
-#endif
-
-// if no theme was picked, get any theme compiled in (sorted by
-// quality/completeness of the theme):
-#ifndef wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME
-    #if wxUSE_THEME_WIN32
-        #define wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME win32
-    #elif wxUSE_THEME_GTK
-        #define wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME gtk
-    #elif wxUSE_THEME_MONO
-        #define wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME mono
-    #endif
-    // If nothing matches, no themes are compiled and the app must provide
-    // some theme itself
-    // (note that wxUSE_THEME_METAL depends on win32 theme, so we don't have to
-    // try it)
-    //
-#endif // !wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_THEME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toolbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c3f99d4c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/toolbar.h
-// Purpose:     wxToolBar declaration
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: toolbar.h 41227 2006-09-14 19:36:47Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_TOOLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_TOOLBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"      // for wxStdButtonInputHandler
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBarTool;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_TOGGLE  wxACTION_BUTTON_TOGGLE
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_PRESS   wxACTION_BUTTON_PRESS
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_RELEASE wxACTION_BUTTON_RELEASE
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_CLICK   wxACTION_BUTTON_CLICK
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_ENTER   _T("enter")     // highlight the tool
-#define wxACTION_TOOLBAR_LEAVE   _T("leave")     // unhighlight the tool
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
-    // construction/destruction
-    wxToolBar() { Init(); }
-    wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
-              wxWindowID id,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-              long style = 0,
-              const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID id,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = 0,
-                 const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr );
-
-    virtual ~wxToolBar();
-
-    virtual bool Realize();
-
-    virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-    virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString);
-
-    virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y);
-    void SetMargins(const wxSize& size)
-        { SetMargins((int) size.x, (int) size.y); }
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
-    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
-                                          const wxString& label,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
-                                          const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
-                                          wxItemKind kind,
-                                          wxObject *clientData,
-                                          const wxString& shortHelp,
-                                          const wxString& longHelp);
-    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
-
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // get the bounding rect for the given tool
-    wxRect GetToolRect(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) const;
-
-    // redraw the given tool
-    void RefreshTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
-    // (re)calculate the tool positions, should only be called if it is
-    // necessary to do it, i.e. m_needsLayout == true
-    void DoLayout();
-
-    // get the rect limits depending on the orientation: top/bottom for a
-    // vertical toolbar, left/right for a horizontal one
-    void GetRectLimits(const wxRect& rect, wxCoord *start, wxCoord *end) const;
-
-private:
-    // have we calculated the positions of our tools?
-    bool m_needsLayout;
-
-    // the width of a separator
-    wxCoord m_widthSeparator;
-
-    // the total size of all toolbar elements
-    wxCoord m_maxWidth,
-            m_maxHeight;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_TOOLBAR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toplevel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toplevel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79e9ae032..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/toplevel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/toplevel.h
-// Purpose:     Top level window, abstraction of wxFrame and wxDialog
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Id:          $Id: toplevel.h 42664 2006-10-29 20:39:31Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001-2002 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef __WX_UNIV_TOPLEVEL_H__
-#define __WX_UNIV_TOPLEVEL_H__
-
-#include "wx/univ/inpcons.h"
-#include "wx/univ/inphand.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// frame decorations type flags used in wxRenderer and wxColourScheme
-enum
-{
-    wxTOPLEVEL_ACTIVE          = 0x00000001,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_MAXIMIZED       = 0x00000002,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_TITLEBAR        = 0x00000004,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_ICON            = 0x00000008,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_RESIZEABLE      = 0x00000010,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BORDER          = 0x00000020,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_CLOSE    = 0x01000000,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE = 0x02000000,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_ICONIZE =  0x04000000,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_RESTORE  = 0x08000000,
-    wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_HELP     = 0x10000000
-};
-
-// frame hit test return values:
-enum
-{
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_NOWHERE         = 0x00000000,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_CLIENT_AREA     = 0x00000001,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_ICON            = 0x00000002,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_TITLEBAR        = 0x00000004,
-
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_N        = 0x00000010,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_S        = 0x00000020,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_E        = 0x00000040,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_W        = 0x00000080,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_NE       = wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_N | wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_E,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_SE       = wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_S | wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_E,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_NW       = wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_N | wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_W,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_SW       = wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_S | wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BORDER_W,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_ANY_BORDER      = 0x000000F0,
-
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_CLOSE    = /*0x01000000*/ wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_CLOSE,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE = /*0x02000000*/ wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_ICONIZE =  /*0x04000000*/ wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_ICONIZE,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_RESTORE  = /*0x08000000*/ wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_RESTORE,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_HELP     = /*0x10000000*/ wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_HELP,
-    wxHT_TOPLEVEL_ANY_BUTTON      =   0x1F000000
-};
-
-// Flags for interactive frame manipulation functions (only in wxUniversal):
-enum
-{
-    wxINTERACTIVE_MOVE           = 0x00000001,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_RESIZE         = 0x00000002,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_RESIZE_S       = 0x00000010,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_RESIZE_N       = 0x00000020,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_RESIZE_W       = 0x00000040,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_RESIZE_E       = 0x00000080,
-    wxINTERACTIVE_WAIT_FOR_INPUT = 0x10000000
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the actions supported by this control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_ACTIVATE       _T("activate")   // (de)activate the frame
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_PRESS   _T("pressbtn")   // press titlebar btn
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_RELEASE _T("releasebtn") // press titlebar btn
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_BUTTON_CLICK   _T("clickbtn")   // press titlebar btn
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_MOVE           _T("move")       // move the frame
-#define wxACTION_TOPLEVEL_RESIZE         _T("resize")     // resize the frame
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTopLevelWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindow : public wxTopLevelWindowNative,
-                                     public wxInputConsumer
-{
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxTopLevelWindow() { Init(); }
-    wxTopLevelWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-                     wxWindowID id,
-                     const wxString& title,
-                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                     long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                     const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxString& title,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    // wxUniv-specific methods: do [not] use native decorations for this (or
-    // all) window(s)
-    //
-    // notice that this has no effect if the system doesn't support any native
-    // decorations anyhow and that by default native decorations are used
-    //
-    // if UseNativeDecorations() is used, it must be called before Create()
-    static void UseNativeDecorationsByDefault(bool native = true);
-    void UseNativeDecorations(bool native = true);
-    bool IsUsingNativeDecorations() const;
-
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-    virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetIcons( wxIconBundle( icon ) ); }
-    virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons);
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // tests for frame's part at given point
-    long HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
-    virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
-                               long numArg = -1,
-                               const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-
-    static wxInputHandler *GetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef);
-    virtual wxInputHandler *DoGetStdInputHandler(wxInputHandler *handlerDef)
-    {
-        return GetStdInputHandler(handlerDef);
-    }
-
-    // move/resize the frame interactively, i.e. let the user do it
-    virtual void InteractiveMove(int flags = wxINTERACTIVE_MOVE);
-
-    virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
-
-    virtual wxWindow *GetInputWindow() const { return wx_const_cast(wxTopLevelWindow*, this); }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-
-    // handle titlebar button click event
-    virtual void ClickTitleBarButton(long button);
-
-    // return wxTOPLEVEL_xxx combination based on current state of the frame
-    long GetDecorationsStyle() const;
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    void RefreshTitleBar();
-    void OnNcPaint(wxNcPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnSystemMenu(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // true if wxTLW should render decorations (aka titlebar) itself
-    static int ms_drawDecorations;
-    // true if wxTLW can be iconized
-    static int ms_canIconize;
-
-    // true if we're using native decorations
-    bool m_usingNativeDecorations;
-    // true for currently active frame
-    bool m_isActive;
-    // version of icon for titlebar (16x16)
-    wxIcon m_titlebarIcon;
-    // saved window style in fullscreen mdoe
-    long m_fsSavedStyle;
-    // currently pressed titlebar button
-    long m_pressedButton;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindow)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    WX_DECLARE_INPUT_CONSUMER()
-};
-
-#endif // __WX_UNIV_TOPLEVEL_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/window.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/window.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1485f6033..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/univ/window.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/univ/window.h
-// Purpose:     wxWindow class which is the base class for all
-//              wxUniv port controls, it supports the customization of the
-//              window drawing and input processing.
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: window.h 39633 2006-06-08 11:25:30Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIV_WINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_UNIV_WINDOW_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"      // for m_bitmapBg
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlRenderer;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRenderer;
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#ifdef __WXX11__
-#define wxUSE_TWO_WINDOWS 1
-#else
-#define wxUSE_TWO_WINDOWS 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#define wxWindowNative wxWindowMSW
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#define wxWindowNative wxWindowMGL
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#define wxWindowNative wxWindowX11
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#define wxWindowNative wxWindowMac
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow : public wxWindowNative
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and create functions
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    wxWindow() { Init(); }
-
-    wxWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-             wxWindowID id,
-             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-             long style = 0,
-             const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-        : wxWindowNative(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, name)
-        { Init(); }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxWindow();
-
-    // background pixmap support
-    // -------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetBackground(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
-                               int alignment = wxALIGN_CENTRE,
-                               wxStretch stretch = wxSTRETCH_NOT);
-
-    const wxBitmap& GetBackgroundBitmap(int *alignment = NULL,
-                                        wxStretch *stretch = NULL) const;
-
-    // scrollbars: we (re)implement it ourselves using our own scrollbars
-    // instead of the native ones
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetScrollbar(int orient,
-                              int pos,
-                              int page,
-                              int range,
-                              bool refresh = true );
-    virtual void SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true);
-    virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const;
-    virtual int GetScrollThumb(int orient) const;
-    virtual int GetScrollRange(int orient) const;
-    virtual void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy,
-                              const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL);
-
-    // take into account the borders here
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
-    // popup menu support
-    // ------------------
-
-    // NB: all menu related functions are implemented in menu.cpp
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // this is wxUniv-specific private method to be used only by wxMenu
-    void DismissPopupMenu();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // miscellaneous other methods
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    // get the state information
-    virtual bool IsFocused() const;
-    virtual bool IsCurrent() const;
-    virtual bool IsPressed() const;
-    virtual bool IsDefault() const;
-
-    // return all state flags at once (combination of wxCONTROL_XXX values)
-    int GetStateFlags() const;
-
-    // set the "highlighted" flag and return true if it changed
-    virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit = true);
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-    // get the scrollbar (may be NULL) for the given orientation
-    wxScrollBar *GetScrollbar(int orient) const
-    {
-        return orient & wxVERTICAL ? m_scrollbarVert : m_scrollbarHorz;
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-    // methods used by wxColourScheme to choose the colours for this window
-    // --------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // return true if this is a panel/canvas window which contains other
-    // controls only
-    virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return false; }
-
-    // return true if this control can be highlighted when the mouse is over
-    // it (the theme decides itself whether it is really highlighted or not)
-    virtual bool CanBeHighlighted() const { return false; }
-
-    // return true if we should use the colours/fonts returned by the
-    // corresponding GetXXX() methods instead of the default ones
-    bool UseFgCol() const { return m_hasFgCol; }
-    bool UseFont() const { return m_hasFont; }
-
-    // return true if this window serves as a container for the other windows
-    // only and doesn't get any input itself
-    virtual bool IsStaticBox() const { return false; }
-
-    // returns the (low level) renderer to use for drawing the control by
-    // querying the current theme
-    wxRenderer *GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-
-    // scrolling helper: like ScrollWindow() except that it doesn't refresh the
-    // uncovered window areas but returns the rectangle to update (don't call
-    // this with both dx and dy non zero)
-    wxRect ScrollNoRefresh(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
-
-    // after scrollbars are added or removed they must be refreshed by calling
-    // this function
-    void RefreshScrollbars();
-
-    // erase part of the control
-    virtual void EraseBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    // overridden base class methods
-    // -----------------------------
-
-    // the rect coordinates are, for us, in client coords, but if no rect is
-    // specified, the entire window is refreshed
-    virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true,
-                         const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL);
-
-    // we refresh the window when it is dis/enabled
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
-
-    // should we use the standard control colours or not?
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual bool DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // we deal with the scrollbars in these functions
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual wxHitTest DoHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnNcPaint(wxNcPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnErase(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL || wxUSE_MENUS
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // draw the control background, return true if done
-    virtual bool DoDrawBackground(wxDC& dc);
-
-    // draw the controls border
-    virtual void DoDrawBorder(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect);
-
-    // draw the controls contents
-    virtual void DoDraw(wxControlRenderer *renderer);
-
-    // calculate the best size for the client area of the window: default
-    // implementation of DoGetBestSize() uses this method and adds the border
-    // width to the result
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // adjust the size of the window to take into account its borders
-    wxSize AdjustSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-
-    // put the scrollbars along the edges of the window
-    void PositionScrollbars();
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // return the menubar of the parent frame or NULL
-    wxMenuBar *GetParentFrameMenuBar() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // the renderer we use
-    wxRenderer *m_renderer;
-
-    // background bitmap info
-    wxBitmap  m_bitmapBg;
-    int       m_alignBgBitmap;
-    wxStretch m_stretchBgBitmap;
-
-    // old size
-    wxSize m_oldSize;
-
-    // is the mouse currently inside the window?
-    bool m_isCurrent:1;
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-public:
-    // override MSWWindowProc() to process WM_NCHITTEST
-    WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-private:
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-    // the window scrollbars
-    wxScrollBar *m_scrollbarHorz,
-                *m_scrollbarVert;
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // the current modal event loop for the popup menu we show or NULL
-    static wxEventLoop *ms_evtLoopPopup;
-
-    // the last window over which Alt was pressed (used by OnKeyUp)
-    static wxWindow *ms_winLastAltPress;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIV_WINDOW_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fd100ea5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/apptbase.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxAppTraits for Unix systems
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: apptbase.h 29409 2004-09-26 16:28:51Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-
-struct wxExecuteData;
-class wxPipe;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppTraits: the Unix version adds extra hooks needed by Unix code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    // wxExecute() support methods
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    // called before starting the child process and creates the pipe used for
-    // detecting the process termination asynchronously in GUI, does nothing in
-    // wxBase
-    //
-    // if it returns false, we should return from wxExecute() with an error
-    virtual bool CreateEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData) = 0;
-
-    // test if the given descriptor is the end of the pipe create by the
-    // function above
-    virtual bool IsWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData, int fd) = 0;
-
-    // ensure that the write end of the pipe is not closed by wxPipe dtor
-    virtual void DetachWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData) = 0;
-
-    // wait for the process termination, return whatever wxExecute() must
-    // return
-    virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData) = 0;
-
-
-    // wxThread helpers
-    // ----------------
-
-    // TODO
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bb0af469..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/apptrait.h
-// Purpose:     standard implementations of wxAppTraits for Unix
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: apptrait.h 43629 2006-11-24 11:33:53Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual bool CreateEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData);
-    virtual bool IsWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData, int fd);
-    virtual void DetachWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData);
-    virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    virtual bool CreateEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData);
-    virtual bool IsWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData, int fd);
-    virtual void DetachWriteFDOfEndProcessPipe(wxExecuteData& execData);
-    virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData);
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    virtual wxStandardPathsBase& GetStandardPaths();
-#endif
-    virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer, int *minVer) const;
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
-    virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/execute.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/execute.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f095e86c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/execute.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        unix/execute.h
-// Purpose:     private details of wxExecute() implementation
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Id:          $Id: execute.h 35055 2005-08-02 22:58:06Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
-#define _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
-
-#include "wx/unix/pipe.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcess;
-class wxStreamTempInputBuffer;
-
-// if pid > 0, the execution is async and the data is freed in the callback
-// executed when the process terminates, if pid < 0, the execution is
-// synchronous and the caller (wxExecute) frees the data
-struct wxEndProcessData
-{
-    int pid,                // pid of the process
-        tag;                // port dependent value
-    wxProcess *process;     // if !NULL: notified on process termination
-    int  exitcode;          // the exit code
-};
-
-// struct in which information is passed from wxExecute() to wxAppTraits
-// methods
-struct wxExecuteData
-{
-    wxExecuteData()
-    {
-        flags =
-        pid = 0;
-
-        process = NULL;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-        bufOut =
-        bufErr = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-    }
-
-    // wxExecute() flags
-    int flags;
-
-    // the pid of the child process
-    int pid;
-
-    // the associated process object or NULL
-    wxProcess *process;
-
-    // pipe used for end process detection
-    wxPipe pipeEndProcDetect;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    // the input buffer bufOut is connected to stdout, this is why it is
-    // called bufOut and not bufIn
-    wxStreamTempInputBuffer *bufOut,
-                            *bufErr;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-};
-
-// this function is called when the process terminates from port specific
-// callback function and is common to all ports (src/unix/utilsunx.cpp)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxHandleProcessTermination(wxEndProcessData *proc_data);
-
-// this function is called to associate the port-specific callback with the
-// child process. The return valus is port-specific.
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxAddProcessCallback(wxEndProcessData *proc_data, int fd);
-
-#if defined(__DARWIN__) && (defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__))
-// For ports (e.g. DARWIN) which can add callbacks based on the pid
-extern int wxAddProcessCallbackForPid(wxEndProcessData *proc_data, int pid);
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 498bed1d5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/fontutil.h
-// Purpose:     font-related helper functions for Unix/X11
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: fontutil.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
-
-#ifdef __X__
-    typedef WXFontStructPtr wxNativeFont;
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    typedef GdkFont *wxNativeFont;
-#else
-    #error "Unsupported toolkit"
-#endif
-
-// returns the handle of the nearest available font or 0
-extern wxNativeFont
-wxLoadQueryNearestFont(int pointSize,
-                       int family,
-                       int style,
-                       int weight,
-                       bool underlined,
-                       const wxString &facename,
-                       wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                       wxString* xFontName = (wxString *)NULL);
-
-// returns the font specified by the given XLFD
-extern wxNativeFont wxLoadFont(const wxString& fontSpec);
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/gsockunx.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/gsockunx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4537f149b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/gsockunx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Project:     GSocket (Generic Socket) for WX
- * Name:        gsockunx.h
- * Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
- * Licence:     wxWindows Licence
- * Purpose:     GSocket Unix header
- * CVSID:       $Id: gsockunx.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifndef __GSOCK_UNX_H
-#define __GSOCK_UNX_H
-
-#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__)
-
-#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
-#include "wx/gsocket.h"
-#else
-#include "gsocket.h"
-#endif
-
-class GSocketGUIFunctionsTableConcrete: public GSocketGUIFunctionsTable
-{
-public:
-    virtual bool OnInit();
-    virtual void OnExit();
-    virtual bool CanUseEventLoop();
-    virtual bool Init_Socket(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Destroy_Socket(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Install_Callback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event);
-    virtual void Uninstall_Callback(GSocket *socket, GSocketEvent event);
-    virtual void Enable_Events(GSocket *socket);
-    virtual void Disable_Events(GSocket *socket);
-};
-
-class GSocket
-{
-public:
-    GSocket();
-    virtual ~GSocket();
-    bool IsOk() { return m_ok; }
-    void Close();
-    void Shutdown();
-    GSocketError SetLocal(GAddress *address);
-    GSocketError SetPeer(GAddress *address);
-    GAddress *GetLocal();
-    GAddress *GetPeer();
-    GSocketError SetServer();
-    GSocket *WaitConnection();
-    bool SetReusable();
-    GSocketError Connect(GSocketStream stream);
-    GSocketError SetNonOriented();
-    int Read(char *buffer, int size);
-    int Write(const char *buffer, int size);
-    GSocketEventFlags Select(GSocketEventFlags flags);
-    void SetNonBlocking(bool non_block);
-    void SetTimeout(unsigned long millisec);
-    GSocketError WXDLLIMPEXP_NET GetError();
-    void SetCallback(GSocketEventFlags flags,
-        GSocketCallback callback, char *cdata);
-    void UnsetCallback(GSocketEventFlags flags);
-    GSocketError GetSockOpt(int level, int optname, void *optval, int *optlen);
-    GSocketError SetSockOpt(int level, int optname,
-        const void *optval, int optlen);
-    virtual void Detected_Read();
-    virtual void Detected_Write();
-protected:
-    void Enable(GSocketEvent event);
-    void Disable(GSocketEvent event);
-    GSocketError Input_Timeout();
-    GSocketError Output_Timeout();
-    int Recv_Stream(char *buffer, int size);
-    int Recv_Dgram(char *buffer, int size);
-    int Send_Stream(const char *buffer, int size);
-    int Send_Dgram(const char *buffer, int size);
-    bool m_ok;
-public:
-    /* DFE: We can't protect these data member until the GUI code is updated */
-    /* protected: */
-  int m_fd;
-  GAddress *m_local;
-  GAddress *m_peer;
-  GSocketError m_error;
-
-  bool m_non_blocking;
-  bool m_server;
-  bool m_stream;
-  bool m_establishing;
-  bool m_reusable;
-  unsigned long m_timeout;
-
-  /* Callbacks */
-  GSocketEventFlags m_detected;
-  GSocketCallback m_cbacks[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
-  char *m_data[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
-
-  char *m_gui_dependent;
-
-};
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/* Definition of GAddress */
-struct _GAddress
-{
-  struct sockaddr *m_addr;
-  size_t m_len;
-
-  GAddressType m_family;
-  int m_realfamily;
-
-  GSocketError m_error;
-};
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-/* GAddress */
-
-GSocketError _GAddress_translate_from(GAddress *address,
-                                      struct sockaddr *addr, int len);
-GSocketError _GAddress_translate_to  (GAddress *address,
-                                      struct sockaddr **addr, int *len);
-GSocketError _GAddress_Init_INET(GAddress *address);
-GSocketError _GAddress_Init_UNIX(GAddress *address);
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-#endif  /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */
-
-#endif  /* __GSOCK_UNX_H */
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/joystick.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c01c63c92..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/joystick.h
-// Purpose:     wxJoystick class
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: joystick.h 42077 2006-10-17 14:44:52Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICKH__
-#define __JOYSTICKH__
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/thread.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxJoystickThread;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxJoystick: public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
-        public:
-    /*
-     * Public interface
-     */
-
-    wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1);
-    virtual ~wxJoystick();
-
-    // Attributes
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const;
-    int GetZPosition() const;
-    int GetButtonState() const;
-    int GetPOVPosition() const;
-    int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
-    int GetRudderPosition() const;
-    int GetUPosition() const;
-    int GetVPosition() const;
-    int GetMovementThreshold() const;
-    void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
-
-    // Capabilities
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
-    static int GetNumberJoysticks() ;
-    int GetManufacturerId() const ;
-    int GetProductId() const ;
-    wxString GetProductName() const ;
-    int GetXMin() const;
-    int GetYMin() const;
-    int GetZMin() const;
-    int GetXMax() const;
-    int GetYMax() const;
-    int GetZMax() const;
-    int GetNumberButtons() const;
-    int GetNumberAxes() const;
-    int GetMaxButtons() const;
-    int GetMaxAxes() const;
-    int GetPollingMin() const;
-    int GetPollingMax() const;
-    int GetRudderMin() const;
-    int GetRudderMax() const;
-    int GetUMin() const;
-    int GetUMax() const;
-    int GetVMin() const;
-    int GetVMax() const;
-
-    bool HasRudder() const;
-    bool HasZ() const;
-    bool HasU() const;
-    bool HasV() const;
-    bool HasPOV() const;
-    bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
-    bool HasPOVCTS() const;
-
-    // Operations
-    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-    // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
-    // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
-    bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
-    bool ReleaseCapture();
-
-protected:
-    int                 m_device;
-    int                 m_joystick;
-    wxJoystickThread*   m_thread;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // __JOYSTICKH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bde5ab478..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/mimetype.h
-// Purpose:     classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.09.98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: mimetype.h 43723 2006-11-30 13:24:32Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-#include "wx/mimetype.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-class wxMimeTypeCommands;
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxMimeTypeCommands *, wxMimeCommandsArray);
-
-// this is the real wxMimeTypesManager for Unix
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
-{
-public:
-    // ctor and dtor
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-    virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-
-    // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
-    void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_ALL,
-                    const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // and delete the data here
-    void ClearData();
-
-    // implement containing class functions
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
-    wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
-    size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
-    bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& filename, bool fallback = FALSE);
-    bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& filename);
-
-    void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& filetype);
-
-    // add information about the given mimetype
-    void AddMimeTypeInfo(const wxString& mimetype,
-                         const wxString& extensions,
-                         const wxString& description);
-    void AddMailcapInfo(const wxString& strType,
-                        const wxString& strOpenCmd,
-                        const wxString& strPrintCmd,
-                        const wxString& strTest,
-                        const wxString& strDesc);
-
-    // add a new record to the user .mailcap/.mime.types files
-    wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-    // remove association
-    bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
-
-    // accessors
-        // get the string containing space separated extensions for the given
-        // file type
-    wxString GetExtension(size_t index) { return m_aExtensions[index]; }
-
-protected:
-    void InitIfNeeded();
-
-    wxArrayString m_aTypes,         // MIME types
-                  m_aDescriptions,  // descriptions (just some text)
-                  m_aExtensions,    // space separated list of extensions
-                  m_aIcons;         // Icon filenames
-
-    // verb=command pairs for this file type
-    wxMimeCommandsArray m_aEntries;
-
-    // are we initialized?
-    bool m_initialized;
-
-    // keep track of the files we had already loaded (this is a bitwise OR of
-    // wxMailcapStyle values)
-    int m_mailcapStylesInited;
-
-    wxString GetCommand(const wxString &verb, size_t nIndex) const;
-
-    // read Gnome files
-    void LoadGnomeDataFromKeyFile(const wxString& filename,
-                                  const wxArrayString& dirs);
-    void LoadGnomeMimeTypesFromMimeFile(const wxString& filename);
-    void LoadGnomeMimeFilesFromDir(const wxString& dirbase,
-                                   const wxArrayString& dirs);
-    void GetGnomeMimeInfo(const wxString& sExtraDir);
-
-    // read KDE
-    void LoadKDELinksForMimeSubtype(const wxString& dirbase,
-                                    const wxString& subdir,
-                                    const wxString& filename,
-                                    const wxArrayString& icondirs);
-    void LoadKDELinksForMimeType(const wxString& dirbase,
-                                 const wxString& subdir,
-                                 const wxArrayString& icondirs);
-    void LoadKDELinkFilesFromDir(const wxString& dirbase,
-                                 const wxArrayString& icondirs);
-    void LoadKDEApp(const wxString& filename);
-    void LoadKDEAppsFilesFromDir(const wxString& dirname);
-    void GetKDEMimeInfo(const wxString& sExtraDir);
-
-    // write KDE
-    bool WriteKDEMimeFile(int index, bool delete_index);
-    bool CheckKDEDirsExist(const wxString & sOK, const wxString& sTest);
-
-    //read write Netscape and MetaMail formats
-    void GetMimeInfo (const wxString& sExtraDir);
-    bool WriteToMailCap (int index, bool delete_index);
-    bool WriteToMimeTypes (int index, bool delete_index);
-    bool WriteToNSMimeTypes (int index, bool delete_index);
-
-    // ReadMailcap() helper
-    bool ProcessOtherMailcapField(struct MailcapLineData& data,
-                                  const wxString& curField);
-
-    // functions used to do associations
-
-    virtual int AddToMimeData(const wxString& strType,
-                      const wxString& strIcon,
-                      wxMimeTypeCommands *entry,
-                      const wxArrayString& strExtensions,
-                      const wxString& strDesc,
-                      bool replaceExisting = TRUE);
-
-    virtual bool DoAssociation(const wxString& strType,
-                       const wxString& strIcon,
-                       wxMimeTypeCommands *entry,
-                       const wxArrayString& strExtensions,
-                       const wxString& strDesc);
-
-    virtual bool WriteMimeInfo(int nIndex, bool delete_mime );
-
-    // give it access to m_aXXX variables
-    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileTypeImpl;
-};
-
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileTypeImpl
-{
-public:
-    // initialization functions
-    // this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match;
-    // if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and
-    // index 1 the type / * match
-    // if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for
-    // the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on
-
-    void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index)
-        { m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
-    bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const
-        { *mimeType = m_manager->m_aTypes[m_index[0]]; return TRUE; }
-    bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
-    bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
-
-    bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const
-        { *desc = m_manager->m_aDescriptions[m_index[0]]; return TRUE; }
-
-    bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
-                        const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const
-    {
-        *openCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("open"), params);
-        return (! openCmd -> IsEmpty() );
-    }
-
-    bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
-                         const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const
-    {
-        *printCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("print"), params);
-        return (! printCmd -> IsEmpty() );
-    }
-
-        // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none
-    size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands,
-                          const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-
-    // remove the record for this file type
-    // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
-    bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
-    {
-        return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
-    }
-
-    // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
-    // overwriteprompt is TRUE
-    bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
-    bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
-private:
-    wxString
-    GetExpandedCommand(const wxString & verb,
-                       const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-    wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
-    wxArrayInt              m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif // _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/pipe.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/pipe.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 84310626e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/pipe.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/pipe.h
-// Purpose:     wxPipe class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     24.06.2003 (extracted from src/unix/utilsunx.cpp)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: pipe.h 40518 2006-08-08 13:06:05Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPipe: this class encapsulates pipe() system call
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPipe
-{
-public:
-    // the symbolic names for the pipe ends
-    enum Direction
-    {
-        Read,
-        Write
-    };
-
-    enum
-    {
-        INVALID_FD = -1
-    };
-
-    // default ctor doesn't do anything
-    wxPipe() { m_fds[Read] = m_fds[Write] = INVALID_FD; }
-
-    // create the pipe, return TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
-    bool Create()
-    {
-        if ( pipe(m_fds) == -1 )
-        {
-            wxLogSysError(_("Pipe creation failed"));
-
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    // return TRUE if we were created successfully
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_fds[Read] != INVALID_FD; }
-
-    // return the descriptor for one of the pipe ends
-    int operator[](Direction which) const { return m_fds[which]; }
-
-    // detach a descriptor, meaning that the pipe dtor won't close it, and
-    // return it
-    int Detach(Direction which)
-    {
-        int fd = m_fds[which];
-        m_fds[which] = INVALID_FD;
-
-        return fd;
-    }
-
-    // close the pipe descriptors
-    void Close()
-    {
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(m_fds); n++ )
-        {
-            if ( m_fds[n] != INVALID_FD )
-            {
-                close(m_fds[n]);
-                m_fds[n] = INVALID_FD;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // dtor closes the pipe descriptors
-    ~wxPipe() { Close(); }
-
-private:
-    int m_fds[2];
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_FILE
-
-#include "wx/wfstream.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPipeInputStream: stream for reading from a pipe
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPipeInputStream : public wxFileInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxPipeInputStream(int fd) : wxFileInputStream(fd) { }
-
-    // return TRUE if the pipe is still opened
-    bool IsOpened() const { return !Eof(); }
-
-    // return TRUE if we have anything to read, don't block
-    virtual bool CanRead() const;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_FILE
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/private.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/private.h
deleted file mode 100644
index abae99420..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/private.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/private.h
-// Purpose:     miscellaneous private things for Unix wx ports
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     2005-09-25
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: private.h 35688 2005-09-25 19:59:19Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_
-
-// standard linux headers produce many warnings when used with icc
-#if defined(__INTELC__) && defined(__LINUX__)
-    inline void wxFD_ZERO(fd_set *fds)
-    {
-        #pragma warning(push)
-        #pragma warning(disable:593)
-        FD_ZERO(fds);
-        #pragma warning(pop)
-    }
-
-    inline void wxFD_SET(int fd, fd_set *fds)
-    {
-        #pragma warning(push, 1)
-        #pragma warning(disable:1469)
-        FD_SET(fd, fds);
-        #pragma warning(pop)
-    }
-
-    inline bool wxFD_ISSET(int fd, fd_set *fds)
-    {
-        #pragma warning(push, 1)
-        #pragma warning(disable:1469)
-        return FD_ISSET(fd, fds);
-        #pragma warning(pop)
-    }
-#else // !__INTELC__
-    #define wxFD_ZERO(fds) FD_ZERO(fds)
-    #define wxFD_SET(fd, fds) FD_SET(fd, fds)
-    #define wxFD_ISSET(fd, fds) FD_ISSET(fd, fds)
-#endif // __INTELC__/!__INTELC__
-
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/sound.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/sound.h
deleted file mode 100644
index adf71381d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/sound.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/sound.h
-// Purpose:     wxSound class
-// Author:      Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: sound.h 42115 2006-10-19 13:09:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
-#define _WX_SOUND_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSound: simple audio playback class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBackend;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibrary;
-
-/// Sound data, as loaded from .wav file:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundData
-{
-public:
-    wxSoundData() : m_refCnt(1) {}
-    void IncRef();
-    void DecRef();
-
-    // .wav header information:
-    unsigned m_channels;       // num of channels (mono:1, stereo:2)
-    unsigned m_samplingRate;
-    unsigned m_bitsPerSample;  // if 8, then m_data contains unsigned 8bit
-                               // samples (wxUint8), if 16 then signed 16bit
-                               // (wxInt16)
-    unsigned m_samples;        // length in samples:
-
-    // wave data:
-    size_t   m_dataBytes;
-    wxUint8 *m_data;           // m_dataBytes bytes of data
-
-private:
-    ~wxSoundData();
-    unsigned m_refCnt;
-    wxUint8 *m_dataWithHeader; // ditto, but prefixed with .wav header
-    friend class wxSound;
-};
-
-
-/// Simple sound class:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase
-{
-public:
-    wxSound();
-    wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
-    wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data);
-    virtual ~wxSound();
-
-    // Create from resource or file
-    bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
-    // Create from data
-    bool Create(int size, const wxByte* data);
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; }
-
-    // Stop playing any sound
-    static void Stop();
-
-    // Returns true if a sound is being played
-    static bool IsPlaying();
-
-    // for internal use
-    static void UnloadBackend();
-
-protected:
-    bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
-
-    static void EnsureBackend();
-    void Free();
-    bool LoadWAV(const wxUint8 *data, size_t length, bool copyData);
-
-    static wxSoundBackend *ms_backend;
-#if wxUSE_LIBSDL && wxUSE_PLUGINS
-    // FIXME - temporary, until we have plugins architecture
-    static wxDynamicLibrary *ms_backendSDL;
-#endif
-
-private:
-    wxSoundData *m_data;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBackend:
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is interface to sound playing implementation. There are multiple
-// sound architectures in use on Unix platforms and wxWidgets can use several
-// of them for playback, depending on their availability at runtime; hence
-// the need for backends. This class is for use by wxWidgets and people writing
-// additional backends only, it is _not_ for use by applications!
-
-// Structure that holds playback status information
-struct wxSoundPlaybackStatus
-{
-    // playback is in progress
-    bool m_playing;
-    // main thread called wxSound::Stop()
-    bool m_stopRequested;
-};
-
-// Audio backend interface
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBackend
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxSoundBackend() {}
-
-    // Returns the name of the backend (e.g. "Open Sound System")
-    virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
-    // Returns priority (higher priority backends are tried first)
-    virtual int GetPriority() const = 0;
-
-    // Checks if the backend's audio system is available and the backend can
-    // be used for playback
-    virtual bool IsAvailable() const = 0;
-
-    // Returns true if the backend is capable of playing sound asynchronously.
-    // If false, then wxWidgets creates a playback thread and handles async
-    // playback, otherwise it is left up to the backend (will usually be more
-    // effective).
-    virtual bool HasNativeAsyncPlayback() const = 0;
-
-    // Plays the sound. flags are same flags as those passed to wxSound::Play.
-    // The function should periodically check the value of
-    // status->m_stopRequested and terminate if it is set to true (it may
-    // be modified by another thread)
-    virtual bool Play(wxSoundData *data, unsigned flags,
-                      volatile wxSoundPlaybackStatus *status) = 0;
-
-    // Stops playback (if something is played).
-    virtual void Stop() = 0;
-
-    // Returns true if the backend is playing anything at the moment.
-    // (This method is never called for backends that don't support async
-    // playback.)
-    virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0;
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15629d091..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/stackwalk.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxStackWalker for Unix
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2005-01-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stackwalk.h 43346 2006-11-12 14:33:03Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackFrame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame : public wxStackFrameBase
-{
-    friend class wxStackWalker;
-
-public:
-    // arguments are the stack depth of this frame, its address and the return
-    // value of backtrace_symbols() for it
-    //
-    // NB: we don't copy syminfo pointer so it should have lifetime at least as
-    //     long as ours
-    wxStackFrame(size_t level = 0, void *address = NULL, const char *syminfo = NULL)
-        : wxStackFrameBase(level, address)
-    {
-        m_syminfo = syminfo;
-    }
-
-protected:
-    virtual void OnGetName();
-
-    // optimized for the 2 step initialization done by wxStackWalker
-    void Set(const wxString &name, const wxString &filename, const char* syminfo,
-             size_t level, size_t numLine, void *address)
-    {
-        m_level = level;
-        m_name = name;
-        m_filename = filename;
-        m_syminfo = syminfo;
-
-        m_line = numLine;
-        m_address = address;
-    }
-
-private:
-    const char *m_syminfo;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackWalker
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalker : public wxStackWalkerBase
-{
-public:
-    // we need the full path to the program executable to be able to use
-    // addr2line, normally we can retrieve it from wxTheApp but if wxTheApp
-    // doesn't exist or doesn't have the correct value, the path may be given
-    // explicitly
-    wxStackWalker(const char *argv0 = NULL)
-    {
-        ms_exepath = wxString::FromAscii(argv0);
-    }
-
-    ~wxStackWalker()
-    {
-        FreeStack();
-    }
-
-    virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = 200);
-    virtual void WalkFromException() { Walk(2); }
-
-    static const wxString& GetExePath() { return ms_exepath; }
-
-
-    // these two may be used to save the stack at some point (fast operation)
-    // and then process it later (slow operation)
-    void SaveStack(size_t maxDepth);
-    void ProcessFrames(size_t skip);
-    void FreeStack();
-
-private:
-    int InitFrames(wxStackFrame *arr, size_t n, void **addresses, char **syminfo);
-
-    static wxString ms_exepath;
-    static void *ms_addresses[];
-    static char **ms_symbols;
-    static int m_depth;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e7faaf8d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/stdpaths.h
-// Purpose:     wxStandardPaths for Unix systems
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004-10-19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: stdpaths.h 43340 2006-11-12 12:58:10Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPaths
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
-    // tries to determine the installation prefix automatically (Linux only right
-    // now) and returns /usr/local if it failed
-    void DetectPrefix();
-
-    // set the program installation directory which is /usr/local by default
-    //
-    // under some systems (currently only Linux) the program directory can be
-    // determined automatically but for portable programs you should always set
-    // it explicitly
-    void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
-
-    // get the program installation prefix
-    //
-    // if the prefix had been previously by SetInstallPrefix, returns that
-    // value, otherwise calls DetectPrefix()
-    wxString GetInstallPrefix() const;
-
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
-    virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const;
-    virtual wxString GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxChar *lang,
-                                              ResourceCat category) const;
-
-private:
-    wxString m_prefix;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04ec3ac04..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// File:        wx/unix/taskbarx11.h
-// Purpose:     Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for most common X11 desktops
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04/04/2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: taskbarx11.h 53563 2008-05-11 22:45:36Z PC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2003
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_
-#define _TASKBAR_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconArea;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase
-{
-public:
-    wxTaskBarIcon();
-    virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
-
-    // Accessors:
-    bool IsOk() const;
-    bool IsIconInstalled() const;
-
-    // Operations:
-    bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
-    bool RemoveIcon();
-    bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-protected:
-    wxTaskBarIconArea *m_iconWnd;
-
-private:
-    void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent&);
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _TASKBAR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cad9f6744..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/unix/utilsx11.h
-// Purpose:     Miscellaneous X11 functions
-// Author:      Mattia Barbon, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.03.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: utilsx11.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-// NB: Content of this header is for wxWidgets' private use! It is not
-//     part of public API and may be modified or even disappear in the future!
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__)
-typedef void WXDisplay;
-typedef void* WXWindow;
-#endif
-
-class wxIconBundle;
-
-void wxSetIconsX11( WXDisplay* display, WXWindow window,
-                    const wxIconBundle& ib );
-
-
-enum wxX11FullScreenMethod
-{
-    wxX11_FS_AUTODETECT = 0,
-    wxX11_FS_WMSPEC,
-    wxX11_FS_KDE,
-    wxX11_FS_GENERIC
-};
-
-wxX11FullScreenMethod wxGetFullScreenMethodX11(WXDisplay* display,
-                                               WXWindow rootWindow);
-
-void wxSetFullScreenStateX11(WXDisplay* display, WXWindow rootWindow,
-                             WXWindow window, bool show, wxRect *origSize,
-                             wxX11FullScreenMethod method);
-
-#endif
-    // __WXMOTIF__, __WXGTK__, __WXX11__
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/uri.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/uri.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 23c97e2a1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/uri.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        uri.h
-// Purpose:     wxURI - Class for parsing URIs
-// Author:      Ryan Norton
-// Modified By:
-// Created:     07/01/2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: uri.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) Ryan Norton
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_URI_H_
-#define _WX_URI_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Host Type that the server component can be
-enum wxURIHostType
-{
-    wxURI_REGNAME,      // Host is a normal register name (www.mysite.com etc.)
-    wxURI_IPV4ADDRESS,  // Host is a version 4 ip address (192.168.1.100)
-    wxURI_IPV6ADDRESS,  // Host is a version 6 ip address [aa:aa:aa:aa::aa:aa]:5050
-    wxURI_IPVFUTURE     // Host is a future ip address (wxURI is unsure what kind)
-};
-
-// Component Flags
-enum wxURIFieldType
-{
-    wxURI_SCHEME = 1,
-    wxURI_USERINFO = 2,
-    wxURI_SERVER = 4,
-    wxURI_PORT = 8,
-    wxURI_PATH = 16,
-    wxURI_QUERY = 32,
-    wxURI_FRAGMENT = 64
-};
-
-// Miscellaneous other flags
-enum wxURIFlags
-{
-    wxURI_STRICT = 1
-};
-
-
-// Generic class for parsing URIs.
-//
-// See RFC 3986
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxURI : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxURI();
-    wxURI(const wxString& uri);
-    wxURI(const wxURI& uri);
-
-    virtual ~wxURI();
-
-    const wxChar* Create(const wxString& uri);
-
-    bool HasScheme() const      {   return (m_fields & wxURI_SCHEME) == wxURI_SCHEME;       }
-    bool HasUserInfo() const    {   return (m_fields & wxURI_USERINFO) == wxURI_USERINFO;   }
-    bool HasServer() const      {   return (m_fields & wxURI_SERVER) == wxURI_SERVER;       }
-    bool HasPort() const        {   return (m_fields & wxURI_PORT) == wxURI_PORT;           }
-    bool HasPath() const        {   return (m_fields & wxURI_PATH) == wxURI_PATH;           }
-    bool HasQuery() const       {   return (m_fields & wxURI_QUERY) == wxURI_QUERY;         }
-    bool HasFragment() const    {   return (m_fields & wxURI_FRAGMENT) == wxURI_FRAGMENT;   }
-
-    const wxString& GetScheme() const           {   return m_scheme;    }
-    const wxString& GetPath() const             {   return m_path;      }
-    const wxString& GetQuery() const            {   return m_query;     }
-    const wxString& GetFragment() const         {   return m_fragment;  }
-    const wxString& GetPort() const             {   return m_port;      }
-    const wxString& GetUserInfo() const         {   return m_userinfo;  }
-    const wxString& GetServer() const           {   return m_server;    }
-    const wxURIHostType& GetHostType() const    {   return m_hostType;  }
-
-    //Note that the following two get functions are explicitly depreciated by RFC 2396
-    wxString GetUser() const;
-    wxString GetPassword() const;
-
-    wxString BuildURI() const;
-    wxString BuildUnescapedURI() const;
-
-    void Resolve(const wxURI& base, int flags = wxURI_STRICT);
-    bool IsReference() const;
-
-    wxURI& operator = (const wxURI& uri);
-    wxURI& operator = (const wxString& string);
-    bool operator == (const wxURI& uri) const;
-
-    static wxString Unescape (const wxString& szEscapedURI);
-
-protected:
-    wxURI& Assign(const wxURI& uri);
-
-    void Clear();
-
-    const wxChar* Parse          (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParseAuthority (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParseScheme    (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParseUserInfo  (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParseServer    (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParsePort      (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParsePath      (const wxChar* uri,
-                                  bool bReference = false,
-                                  bool bNormalize = true);
-    const wxChar* ParseQuery     (const wxChar* uri);
-    const wxChar* ParseFragment  (const wxChar* uri);
-
-
-    static bool ParseH16(const wxChar*& uri);
-    static bool ParseIPv4address(const wxChar*& uri);
-    static bool ParseIPv6address(const wxChar*& uri);
-    static bool ParseIPvFuture(const wxChar*& uri);
-
-    static void Normalize(wxChar* uri, bool bIgnoreLeads = false);
-    static void UpTree(const wxChar* uristart, const wxChar*& uri);
-
-    static wxChar TranslateEscape(const wxChar* s);
-    static void Escape  (wxString& s, const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsEscape(const wxChar*& uri);
-
-    static wxChar CharToHex(const wxChar& c);
-
-    static bool IsUnreserved (const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsReserved (const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsGenDelim (const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsSubDelim (const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsHex(const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsAlpha(const wxChar& c);
-    static bool IsDigit(const wxChar& c);
-
-    wxString m_scheme;
-    wxString m_path;
-    wxString m_query;
-    wxString m_fragment;
-
-    wxString m_userinfo;
-    wxString m_server;
-    wxString m_port;
-
-    wxURIHostType m_hostType;
-
-    size_t m_fields;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURI)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_URI_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/url.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/url.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ef54f742..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/url.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        url.h
-// Purpose:     URL parser
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton
-// Created:     20/07/1997
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: url.h 41263 2006-09-17 10:59:18Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_URL_H
-#define _WX_URL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_URL
-
-#include "wx/uri.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-  #include "wx/protocol/http.h"
-#endif
-
-typedef enum {
-  wxURL_NOERR = 0,
-  wxURL_SNTXERR,
-  wxURL_NOPROTO,
-  wxURL_NOHOST,
-  wxURL_NOPATH,
-  wxURL_CONNERR,
-  wxURL_PROTOERR
-} wxURLError;
-
-#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURL;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURLNativeImp : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxURLNativeImp() { }
-    virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(wxURL *owner) = 0;
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURL : public wxURI
-{
-public:
-    wxURL(const wxString& sUrl = wxEmptyString);
-    wxURL(const wxURI& url);
-    virtual ~wxURL();
-
-    wxURL& operator = (const wxString& url);
-    wxURL& operator = (const wxURI& url);
-
-    wxProtocol& GetProtocol()        { return *m_protocol; }
-    wxURLError GetError() const      { return m_error; }
-    wxString GetURL() const          { return m_url; }
-
-    wxURLError SetURL(const wxString &url)
-        { *this = url; return m_error; }
-
-    bool IsOk() const
-        { return m_error == wxURL_NOERR; }
-
-    wxInputStream *GetInputStream();
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-    static void SetDefaultProxy(const wxString& url_proxy);
-    void SetProxy(const wxString& url_proxy);
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    //Use the proper wxURI accessors instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetProtocolName() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetHostName() const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetPath() const );
-
-    //Use wxURI instead - this does not work that well
-    wxDEPRECATED( static wxString ConvertToValidURI(
-                        const wxString& uri,
-                        const wxChar* delims = wxT(";/?:@&=+$,")
-                  ) );
-
-    //Use wxURI::Unescape instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( static wxString ConvertFromURI(const wxString& uri) );
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    static wxProtoInfo *ms_protocols;
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-    static wxHTTP *ms_proxyDefault;
-    static bool ms_useDefaultProxy;
-    wxHTTP *m_proxy;
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-    friend class wxURLNativeImp;
-    // pointer to a native URL implementation object
-    wxURLNativeImp *m_nativeImp;
-    // Creates on the heap and returns a native
-    // implementation object for the current platform.
-    static wxURLNativeImp *CreateNativeImpObject();
-#endif
-    wxProtoInfo *m_protoinfo;
-    wxProtocol *m_protocol;
-
-    wxURLError m_error;
-    wxString m_url;
-    bool m_useProxy;
-
-    void Init(const wxString&);
-    bool ParseURL();
-    void CleanData();
-    bool FetchProtocol();
-
-    friend class wxProtoInfo;
-    friend class wxURLModule;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURL)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_URL
-
-#endif // _WX_URL_H
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/utils.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/utils.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a8d4672e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/utils.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/utils.h
-// Purpose:     Miscellaneous utilities
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: utils.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UTILSH__
-#define _WX_UTILSH__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    #include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt;
-
-// need this for wxGetDiskSpace() as we can't, unfortunately, forward declare
-// wxLongLong
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-// need for wxOperatingSystemId
-#include "wx/platinfo.h"
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-    #include <direct.h>
-#elif defined(__X__)
-    #include <dirent.h>
-    #include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcess;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowList;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxMax(a,b)            (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define wxMin(a,b)            (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define wxClip(a,b,c)         (((a) < (b)) ? (b) : (((a) > (c)) ? (c) : (a)))
-
-// wxGetFreeMemory can return huge amount of memory on 32-bit platforms as well
-// so to always use long long for its result type on all platforms which
-// support it
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-    typedef wxLongLong wxMemorySize;
-#else
-    typedef long wxMemorySize;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// String functions (deprecated, use wxString)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Make a copy of this string using 'new'
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* copystring(const wxChar *s) );
-#endif
-
-// A shorter way of using strcmp
-#define wxStringEq(s1, s2) (s1 && s2 && (wxStrcmp(s1, s2) == 0))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Sound the bell
-#if !defined __EMX__ && \
-    (defined __WXMOTIF__ || defined __WXGTK__ || defined __WXX11__)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBell();
-#else
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxBell();
-#endif
-
-// Get OS description as a user-readable string
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOsDescription();
-
-// Get OS version
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOperatingSystemId wxGetOsVersion(int *majorVsn = (int *) NULL,
-                                                    int *minorVsn = (int *) NULL);
-
-// Get platform endianness
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatformLittleEndian();
-
-// Get platform architecture
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatform64Bit();
-
-// Return a string with the current date/time
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxNow();
-
-// Return path where wxWidgets is installed (mostly useful in Unices)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar *wxGetInstallPrefix();
-// Return path to wxWin data (/usr/share/wx/%{version}) (Unices)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetDataDir();
-
-/*
- * Class to make it easier to specify platform-dependent values
- *
- * Examples:
- *  long val = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, 1).ElseIf(wxGTK, 2).ElseIf(stPDA, 5).Else(3);
- *  wxString strVal = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, wxT("Mac")).ElseIf(wxMSW, wxT("MSW")).Else(wxT("Other"));
- *
- * A custom platform symbol:
- *
- *  #define stPDA 100
- *  #ifdef __WXWINCE__
- *      wxPlatform::AddPlatform(stPDA);
- *  #endif
- *
- *  long windowStyle = wxCAPTION | (long) wxPlatform::IfNot(stPDA, wxRESIZE_BORDER);
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatform
-{
-public:
-    wxPlatform() { Init(); }
-    wxPlatform(const wxPlatform& platform) { Copy(platform); }
-    void operator = (const wxPlatform& platform) { Copy(platform); }
-    void Copy(const wxPlatform& platform);
-
-    // Specify an optional default value
-    wxPlatform(int defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = (long)defValue; }
-    wxPlatform(long defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = defValue; }
-    wxPlatform(const wxString& defValue) { Init(); m_stringValue = defValue; }
-    wxPlatform(double defValue) { Init(); m_doubleValue = defValue; }
-
-    static wxPlatform If(int platform, long value);
-    static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, long value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, long value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, long value);
-    wxPlatform& Else(long value);
-
-    static wxPlatform If(int platform, int value) { return If(platform, (long)value); }
-    static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, int value) { return IfNot(platform, (long)value); }
-    wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, int value) { return ElseIf(platform, (long) value); }
-    wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, int value) { return ElseIfNot(platform, (long) value); }
-    wxPlatform& Else(int value) { return Else((long) value); }
-
-    static wxPlatform If(int platform, double value);
-    static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, double value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, double value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, double value);
-    wxPlatform& Else(double value);
-
-    static wxPlatform If(int platform, const wxString& value);
-    static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, const wxString& value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, const wxString& value);
-    wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, const wxString& value);
-    wxPlatform& Else(const wxString& value);
-
-    long GetInteger() const { return m_longValue; }
-    const wxString& GetString() const { return m_stringValue; }
-    double GetDouble() const { return m_doubleValue; }
-
-    operator int() const { return (int) GetInteger(); }
-    operator long() const { return GetInteger(); }
-    operator double() const { return GetDouble(); }
-    operator const wxString() const { return GetString(); }
-    operator const wxChar*() const { return (const wxChar*) GetString(); }
-
-    static void AddPlatform(int platform);
-    static bool Is(int platform);
-    static void ClearPlatforms();
-
-private:
-
-    void Init() { m_longValue = 0; m_doubleValue = 0.0; }
-
-    long                m_longValue;
-    double              m_doubleValue;
-    wxString            m_stringValue;
-    static wxArrayInt*  sm_customPlatforms;
-};
-
-/// Function for testing current platform
-inline bool wxPlatformIs(int platform) { return wxPlatform::Is(platform); }
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// Get the state of a key (true if pressed, false if not)
-// This is generally most useful getting the state of
-// the modifier or toggle keys.
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key);
-
-
-// Don't synthesize KeyUp events holding down a key and producing
-// KeyDown events with autorepeat. On by default and always on
-// in wxMSW.
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxSetDetectableAutoRepeat( bool flag );
-
-
-// wxMouseState is used to hold information about button and modifier state
-// and is what is returned from wxGetMouseState.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseState
-{
-public:
-    wxMouseState()
-        : m_x(0), m_y(0),
-          m_leftDown(false), m_middleDown(false), m_rightDown(false),
-          m_controlDown(false), m_shiftDown(false), m_altDown(false),
-          m_metaDown(false)
-    {}
-
-    wxCoord     GetX() { return m_x; }
-    wxCoord     GetY() { return m_y; }
-
-    bool        LeftDown()    { return m_leftDown; }
-    bool        MiddleDown()  { return m_middleDown; }
-    bool        RightDown()   { return m_rightDown; }
-
-    bool        ControlDown() { return m_controlDown; }
-    bool        ShiftDown()   { return m_shiftDown; }
-    bool        AltDown()     { return m_altDown; }
-    bool        MetaDown()    { return m_metaDown; }
-    bool        CmdDown()
-    {
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-        return MetaDown();
-#else
-        return ControlDown();
-#endif
-    }
-
-    void        SetX(wxCoord x) { m_x = x; }
-    void        SetY(wxCoord y) { m_y = y; }
-
-    void        SetLeftDown(bool down)   { m_leftDown = down; }
-    void        SetMiddleDown(bool down) { m_middleDown = down; }
-    void        SetRightDown(bool down)  { m_rightDown = down; }
-
-    void        SetControlDown(bool down) { m_controlDown = down; }
-    void        SetShiftDown(bool down)   { m_shiftDown = down; }
-    void        SetAltDown(bool down)     { m_altDown = down; }
-    void        SetMetaDown(bool down)    { m_metaDown = down; }
-
-private:
-    wxCoord     m_x;
-    wxCoord     m_y;
-
-    bool        m_leftDown : 1;
-    bool        m_middleDown : 1;
-    bool        m_rightDown : 1;
-
-    bool        m_controlDown : 1;
-    bool        m_shiftDown : 1;
-    bool        m_altDown : 1;
-    bool        m_metaDown : 1;
-};
-
-
-// Returns the current state of the mouse position, buttons and modifers
-WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseState wxGetMouseState();
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Window ID management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generate a unique ID
-WXDLLEXPORT long wxNewId();
-
-// Ensure subsequent IDs don't clash with this one
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxRegisterId(long id);
-
-// Return the current ID
-WXDLLEXPORT long wxGetCurrentId();
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Various conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// these functions are deprecated, use wxString methods instead!
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxFloatToStringStr;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxDoubleToStringStr;
-
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void StringToFloat(const wxChar *s, float *number) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* FloatToString(float number, const wxChar *fmt = wxFloatToStringStr) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void StringToDouble(const wxChar *s, double *number) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* DoubleToString(double number, const wxChar *fmt = wxDoubleToStringStr) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void StringToInt(const wxChar *s, int *number) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void StringToLong(const wxChar *s, long *number) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* IntToString(int number) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* LongToString(long number) );
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxHexToDec(const wxString& buf);
-
-// Convert decimal integer to 2-character hex string
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDecToHex(int dec, wxChar *buf);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxDecToHex(int dec);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Process management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: for backwards compatibility reasons the values of wxEXEC_[A]SYNC *must*
-//     be 0 and 1, don't change!
-
-enum
-{
-    // execute the process asynchronously
-    wxEXEC_ASYNC    = 0,
-
-    // execute it synchronously, i.e. wait until it finishes
-    wxEXEC_SYNC     = 1,
-
-    // under Windows, don't hide the child even if it's IO is redirected (this
-    // is done by default)
-    wxEXEC_NOHIDE   = 2,
-
-    // under Unix, if the process is the group leader then passing wxKILL_CHILDREN to wxKill
-    // kills all children as well as pid
-    wxEXEC_MAKE_GROUP_LEADER = 4,
-
-    // by default synchronous execution disables all program windows to avoid
-    // that the user interacts with the program while the child process is
-    // running, you can use this flag to prevent this from happening
-    wxEXEC_NODISABLE = 8
-};
-
-// Execute another program.
-//
-// If flags contain wxEXEC_SYNC, return -1 on failure and the exit code of the
-// process if everything was ok. Otherwise (i.e. if wxEXEC_ASYNC), return 0 on
-// failure and the PID of the launched process if ok.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(wxChar **argv, int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC,
-                           wxProcess *process = (wxProcess *) NULL);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command, int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC,
-                           wxProcess *process = (wxProcess *) NULL);
-
-// execute the command capturing its output into an array line by line, this is
-// always synchronous
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command,
-                                wxArrayString& output,
-                                int flags = 0);
-
-// also capture stderr (also synchronous)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command,
-                                wxArrayString& output,
-                                wxArrayString& error,
-                                int flags = 0);
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_IPC
-// ask a DDE server to execute the DDE request with given parameters
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxExecuteDDE(const wxString& ddeServer,
-                                   const wxString& ddeTopic,
-                                   const wxString& ddeCommand);
-#endif // __WXMSW__ && wxUSE_IPC
-
-enum wxSignal
-{
-    wxSIGNONE = 0,  // verify if the process exists under Unix
-    wxSIGHUP,
-    wxSIGINT,
-    wxSIGQUIT,
-    wxSIGILL,
-    wxSIGTRAP,
-    wxSIGABRT,
-    wxSIGIOT = wxSIGABRT,   // another name
-    wxSIGEMT,
-    wxSIGFPE,
-    wxSIGKILL,
-    wxSIGBUS,
-    wxSIGSEGV,
-    wxSIGSYS,
-    wxSIGPIPE,
-    wxSIGALRM,
-    wxSIGTERM
-
-    // further signals are different in meaning between different Unix systems
-};
-
-enum wxKillError
-{
-    wxKILL_OK,              // no error
-    wxKILL_BAD_SIGNAL,      // no such signal
-    wxKILL_ACCESS_DENIED,   // permission denied
-    wxKILL_NO_PROCESS,      // no such process
-    wxKILL_ERROR            // another, unspecified error
-};
-
-enum wxKillFlags
-{
-    wxKILL_NOCHILDREN = 0,  // don't kill children
-    wxKILL_CHILDREN = 1     // kill children
-};
-
-enum wxShutdownFlags
-{
-    wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF,    // power off the computer
-    wxSHUTDOWN_REBOOT       // shutdown and reboot
-};
-
-// Shutdown or reboot the PC
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShutdown(wxShutdownFlags wFlags);
-
-// send the given signal to the process (only NONE and KILL are supported under
-// Windows, all others mean TERM), return 0 if ok and -1 on error
-//
-// return detailed error in rc if not NULL
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxKill(long pid,
-                       wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM,
-                       wxKillError *rc = NULL,
-                       int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN);
-
-// Execute a command in an interactive shell window (always synchronously)
-// If no command then just the shell
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command = wxEmptyString);
-
-// As wxShell(), but must give a (non interactive) command and its output will
-// be returned in output array
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command, wxArrayString& output);
-
-// Sleep for nSecs seconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSleep(int nSecs);
-
-// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMilliSleep(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-// Sleep for a given amount of microseconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMicroSleep(unsigned long microseconds);
-
-// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds (old, bad name), use wxMilliSleep
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUsleep(unsigned long milliseconds) );
-
-// Get the process id of the current process
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxGetProcessId();
-
-// Get free memory in bytes, or -1 if cannot determine amount (e.g. on UNIX)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemorySize wxGetFreeMemory();
-
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-// should wxApp::OnFatalException() be called?
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxHandleFatalExceptions(bool doit = true);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-// flags for wxLaunchDefaultBrowser
-enum
-{
-    wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW = 1
-};
-
-// Launch url in the user's default internet browser
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags = 0);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Environment variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// returns true if variable exists (value may be NULL if you just want to check
-// for this)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEnv(const wxString& var, wxString *value);
-
-// set the env var name to the given value, return true on success
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxChar *value);
-
-// remove the env var from environment
-inline bool wxUnsetEnv(const wxString& var) { return wxSetEnv(var, NULL); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Network and username functions.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: "char *" functions are deprecated, use wxString ones!
-
-// Get eMail address
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEmailAddress(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetEmailAddress();
-
-// Get hostname.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHostName();
-
-// Get FQDN
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetFullHostName();
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetFullHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-
-// Get user ID e.g. jacs (this is known as login name under Unix)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserId(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserId();
-
-// Get user name e.g. Julian Smart
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserName();
-
-// Get current Home dir and copy to dest (returns pstr->c_str())
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHomeDir();
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxGetHomeDir(wxString *pstr);
-
-// Get the user's home dir (caller must copy --- volatile)
-// returns NULL is no HOME dir is known
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(__WINE__)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxMB2WXbuf wxGetUserHome(const wxString& user = wxEmptyString);
-#else
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetUserHome(const wxString& user = wxEmptyString);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-    typedef wxLongLong wxDiskspaceSize_t;
-#else
-    typedef long wxDiskspaceSize_t;
-#endif
-
-// get number of total/free bytes on the disk where path belongs
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetDiskSpace(const wxString& path,
-                                     wxDiskspaceSize_t *pTotal = NULL,
-                                     wxDiskspaceSize_t *pFree = NULL);
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI // GUI only things from now on
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Menu accelerators related things
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for wxStripMenuCodes
-enum
-{
-    // strip '&' characters
-    wxStrip_Mnemonics = 1,
-
-    // strip everything after '\t'
-    wxStrip_Accel = 2,
-
-    // strip everything (this is the default)
-    wxStrip_All = wxStrip_Mnemonics | wxStrip_Accel
-};
-
-// strip mnemonics and/or accelerators from the label
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxStripMenuCodes(const wxString& str, int flags = wxStrip_All);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// obsolete and deprecated version, do not use, use the above overload instead
-wxDEPRECATED(
-    WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxStripMenuCodes(const wxChar *in, wxChar *out = NULL)
-);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry;
-
-// use wxAcceleratorEntry::Create() or FromString() methods instead
-wxDEPRECATED(
-    WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry *wxGetAccelFromString(const wxString& label)
-);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Window search
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Returns menu item id or wxNOT_FOUND if none.
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxFindMenuItemId(wxFrame *frame, const wxString& menuString, const wxString& itemString);
-
-// Find the wxWindow at the given point. wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint
-// is always present but may be less reliable than a native version.
-WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByLabel() instead
-//
-// Find the window/widget with the given title or label.
-// Pass a parent to begin the search from, or NULL to look through
-// all windows.
-WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxFindWindowByLabel(const wxString& title, wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL);
-
-// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByName() instead
-//
-// Find window by name, and if that fails, by label.
-WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxFindWindowByName(const wxString& name, wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Message/event queue helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages and disable user input
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxSafeYield(wxWindow *win = NULL, bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
-
-// Enable or disable input to all top level windows
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxEnableTopLevelWindows(bool enable = true);
-
-// Check whether this window wants to process messages, e.g. Stop button
-// in long calculations.
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxCheckForInterrupt(wxWindow *wnd);
-
-// Consume all events until no more left
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxFlushEvents();
-
-// a class which disables all windows (except, may be, thegiven one) in its
-// ctor and enables them back in its dtor
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDisabler
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowDisabler(wxWindow *winToSkip = (wxWindow *)NULL);
-    ~wxWindowDisabler();
-
-private:
-    wxWindowList *m_winDisabled;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDisabler)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Cursors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set the cursor to the busy cursor for all windows
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBeginBusyCursor(const wxCursor *cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
-
-// Restore cursor to normal
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxEndBusyCursor();
-
-// true if we're between the above two calls
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsBusy();
-
-// Convenience class so we can just create a wxBusyCursor object on the stack
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBusyCursor
-{
-public:
-    wxBusyCursor(const wxCursor* cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR)
-        { wxBeginBusyCursor(cursor); }
-    ~wxBusyCursor()
-        { wxEndBusyCursor(); }
-
-    // FIXME: These two methods are currently only implemented (and needed?)
-    //        in wxGTK.  BusyCursor handling should probably be moved to
-    //        common code since the wxGTK and wxMSW implementations are very
-    //        similar except for wxMSW using HCURSOR directly instead of
-    //        wxCursor..  -- RL.
-    static const wxCursor &GetStoredCursor();
-    static const wxCursor GetBusyCursor();
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Reading and writing resources (eg WIN.INI, .Xdefaults)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_RESOURCES
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, const wxString& value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, wxChar **value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float *value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long *value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int *value, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-#endif // wxUSE_RESOURCES
-
-void WXDLLEXPORT wxGetMousePosition( int* x, int* y );
-
-// MSW only: get user-defined resource from the .res file.
-// Returns NULL or newly-allocated memory, so use delete[] to clean up.
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    extern WXDLLEXPORT const wxChar* wxUserResourceStr;
-    WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxLoadUserResource(const wxString& resourceName, const wxString& resourceType = wxUserResourceStr);
-#endif // MSW
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Display and colorss (X only)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
-    void *wxGetDisplay();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __X__
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXDisplay *wxGetDisplay();
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetDisplay(const wxString& display_name);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetDisplayName();
-#endif // X or GTK+
-
-#ifdef __X__
-
-#ifdef __VMS__ // Xlib.h for VMS is not (yet) compatible with C++
-               // The resulting warnings are switched off here
-#pragma message disable nosimpint
-#endif
-// #include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#ifdef __VMS__
-#pragma message enable nosimpint
-#endif
-
-#endif //__X__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxYield(): these functions are obsolete, please use wxApp methods instead!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declated by
-// wx/app.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls
-#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxYield();
-
-#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Like wxYield, but fails silently if the yield is recursive.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxYieldIfNeeded();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Error message functions used by wxWidgets (deprecated, use wxLog)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_UTILSH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valgen.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valgen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35dd44ff5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valgen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        valgen.h
-// Purpose:     wxGenericValidator class
-// Author:      Kevin Smith
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     Jan 22 1999
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Julian Smart (assigned from Kevin)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALGENH__
-#define _WX_VALGENH__
-
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericValidator: public wxValidator
-{
-DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericValidator)
-public:
-  wxGenericValidator(bool* val);
-  wxGenericValidator(int* val);
-  wxGenericValidator(wxString* val);
-  wxGenericValidator(wxArrayInt* val);
-  wxGenericValidator(const wxGenericValidator& copyFrom);
-
-  virtual ~wxGenericValidator(){}
-
-  // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
-  // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
-  // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
-  // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
-  virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxGenericValidator(*this); }
-  bool Copy(const wxGenericValidator& val);
-
-  // Called when the value in the window must be validated.
-  // This function can pop up an error message.
-  virtual bool Validate(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) { return true; }
-
-  // Called to transfer data to the window
-  virtual bool TransferToWindow();
-
-  // Called to transfer data to the window
-  virtual bool TransferFromWindow();
-
-protected:
-  void Initialize();
-
-  bool*       m_pBool;
-  int*        m_pInt;
-  wxString*   m_pString;
-  wxArrayInt* m_pArrayInt;
-
-private:
-// Cannot use
-//  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericValidator)
-// because copy constructor is explicitly declared above;
-// but no copy assignment operator is defined, so declare
-// it private to prevent the compiler from defining it:
-    wxGenericValidator& operator=(const wxGenericValidator&);
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_VALGENH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/validate.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/validate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b25649fb3..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/validate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/validate.h
-// Purpose:     wxValidator class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: validate.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-#define _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-
-/*
- A validator has up to three purposes:
-
- 1) To validate the data in the window that's associated
-    with the validator.
- 2) To transfer data to and from the window.
- 3) To filter input, using its role as a wxEvtHandler
-    to intercept e.g. OnChar.
-
- Note that wxValidator and derived classes use reference counting.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxValidator : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxValidator();
-    virtual ~wxValidator();
-
-    // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
-    // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
-    // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
-    // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
-    virtual wxObject *Clone() const
-        { return (wxValidator *)NULL; }
-    bool Copy(const wxValidator& val)
-        { m_validatorWindow = val.m_validatorWindow; return true; }
-
-    // Called when the value in the window must be validated.
-    // This function can pop up an error message.
-    virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(parent)) { return false; }
-
-    // Called to transfer data to the window
-    virtual bool TransferToWindow() { return false; }
-
-    // Called to transfer data from the window
-    virtual bool TransferFromWindow() { return false; }
-
-    // accessors
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_validatorWindow; }
-    void SetWindow(wxWindowBase *win) { m_validatorWindow = win; }
-
-    // validators beep by default if invalid key is pressed, these functions
-    // allow to change it
-    static bool IsSilent() { return ms_isSilent; }
-    static void SetBellOnError(bool doIt = true) { ms_isSilent = doIt; }
-
-protected:
-    wxWindowBase *m_validatorWindow;
-
-private:
-    static bool ms_isSilent;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxValidator)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxValidator)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxValidator) wxDefaultValidator;
-
-#define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val) val
-
-#else // !wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-    // wxWidgets is compiled without support for wxValidator, but we still
-    // want to be able to pass wxDefaultValidator to the functions which take
-    // a wxValidator parameter to avoid using "#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS"
-    // everywhere
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxValidator;
-    #define wxDefaultValidator (*((wxValidator *)NULL))
-
-    // this macro allows to avoid warnings about unused parameters when
-    // wxUSE_VALIDATORS == 0
-    #define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val)
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS/!wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valtext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valtext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cccec0f60..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/valtext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        valtext.h
-// Purpose:     wxTextValidator class
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: valtext.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALTEXTH__
-#define _WX_VALTEXTH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#define wxFILTER_NONE           0x0000
-#define wxFILTER_ASCII          0x0001
-#define wxFILTER_ALPHA          0x0002
-#define wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC   0x0004
-#define wxFILTER_NUMERIC        0x0008
-#define wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST   0x0010
-#define wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST   0x0020
-#define wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST 0x0040
-#define wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST 0x0080
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextValidator: public wxValidator
-{
-DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextValidator)
-public:
-
-    wxTextValidator(long style = wxFILTER_NONE, wxString *val = 0);
-    wxTextValidator(const wxTextValidator& val);
-
-    virtual ~wxTextValidator(){}
-
-    // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
-    // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
-    // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
-    // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
-    virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxTextValidator(*this); }
-    bool Copy(const wxTextValidator& val);
-
-    // Called when the value in the window must be validated.
-    // This function can pop up an error message.
-    virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *parent);
-
-    // Called to transfer data to the window
-    virtual bool TransferToWindow();
-
-    // Called to transfer data from the window
-    virtual bool TransferFromWindow();
-
-    // ACCESSORS
-    inline long GetStyle() const { return m_validatorStyle; }
-    inline void SetStyle(long style) { m_validatorStyle = style; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetIncludeList(const wxStringList& list) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList& GetIncludeList() );
-
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetExcludeList(const wxStringList& list) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList& GetExcludeList() );
-
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool IsInCharIncludeList(const wxString& val) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool IsNotInCharExcludeList(const wxString& val) );
-#endif
-
-    void SetIncludes(const wxArrayString& includes) { m_includes = includes; }
-    inline wxArrayString& GetIncludes() { return m_includes; }
-
-    void SetExcludes(const wxArrayString& excludes) { m_excludes = excludes; }
-    inline wxArrayString& GetExcludes() { return m_excludes; }
-
-    bool IsInCharIncludes(const wxString& val);
-    bool IsNotInCharExcludes(const wxString& val);
-
-    // Filter keystrokes
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-protected:
-    long            m_validatorStyle;
-    wxString *      m_stringValue;
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxStringList    m_includeList;
-    wxStringList    m_excludeList;
-#endif
-    wxArrayString   m_includes;
-    wxArrayString   m_excludes;
-
-    bool CheckValidator() const
-    {
-        wxCHECK_MSG( m_validatorWindow, false,
-                     _T("No window associated with validator") );
-        wxCHECK_MSG( m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)), false,
-                     _T("wxTextValidator is only for wxTextCtrl's") );
-
-        return true;
-    }
-
-private:
-// Cannot use
-//  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextValidator)
-// because copy constructor is explicitly declared above;
-// but no copy assignment operator is defined, so declare
-// it private to prevent the compiler from defining it:
-    wxTextValidator& operator=(const wxTextValidator&);
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_VALIDATORS && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_VALTEXTH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/variant.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/variant.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 242915091..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/variant.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/variant.h
-// Purpose:     wxVariant class, container for any type
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/09/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: variant.h 42997 2006-11-03 21:37:08Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VARIANT_H_
-#define _WX_VARIANT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    #include "wx/datetime.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#if wxUSE_ODBC
-    #include "wx/db.h"  // will #include sqltypes.h
-#endif //ODBC
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-/*
- * wxVariantData stores the actual data in a wxVariant object,
- * to allow it to store any type of data.
- * Derive from this to provide custom data handling.
- *
- * NB: To prevent addition of extra vtbl pointer to wxVariantData,
- *     we don't multiple-inherit from wxObjectRefData. Instead,
- *     we simply replicate the wxObject ref-counting scheme.
- *
- * NB: When you construct a wxVariantData, it will have refcount
- *     of one. Refcount will not be further increased when
- *     it is passed to wxVariant. This simulates old common
- *     scenario where wxVariant took ownership of wxVariantData
- *     passed to it.
- *     If you create wxVariantData for other reasons than passing
- *     it to wxVariant, technically you are not required to call
- *     DecRef() before deleting it.
- *
- * TODO: in order to replace wxPropertyValue, we would need
- * to consider adding constructors that take pointers to C++ variables,
- * or removing that functionality from the wxProperty library.
- * Essentially wxPropertyValue takes on some of the wxValidator functionality
- * by storing pointers and not just actual values, allowing update of C++ data
- * to be handled automatically. Perhaps there's another way of doing this without
- * overloading wxVariant with unnecessary functionality.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantData: public wxObject
-{
-    friend class wxVariant;
-public:
-    wxVariantData()
-        : wxObject(), m_count(1)
-    { }
-
-    // Override these to provide common functionality
-    virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; }
-#endif
-    virtual bool Write(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; }
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; }
-#endif
-    virtual bool Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; }
-    // What type is it? Return a string name.
-    virtual wxString GetType() const = 0;
-    // If it based on wxObject return the ClassInfo.
-    virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo() { return NULL; }
-
-    void IncRef() { m_count++; }
-    void DecRef()
-    {
-        if ( --m_count == 0 )
-            delete this;
-    }
-
-    int GetRefCount() const { return m_count; }
-
-protected:
-    // Protected dtor should make some incompatible code
-    // break more louder. That is, they should do data->DecRef()
-    // instead of delete data.
-    virtual ~wxVariantData() { }
-
-private:
-    int     m_count;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVariantData)
-};
-
-/*
- * wxVariant can store any kind of data, but has some basic types
- * built in.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariant: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxVariant();
-
-    wxVariant(const wxVariant& variant);
-    wxVariant(wxVariantData* data, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual ~wxVariant();
-
-    // generic assignment
-    void operator= (const wxVariant& variant);
-
-    // Assignment using data, e.g.
-    // myVariant = new wxStringVariantData("hello");
-    void operator= (wxVariantData* variantData);
-
-    bool operator== (const wxVariant& variant) const;
-    bool operator!= (const wxVariant& variant) const;
-
-    // Sets/gets name
-    inline void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    inline const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-    // Tests whether there is data
-    bool IsNull() const;
-
-    // For compatibility with wxWidgets <= 2.6, this doesn't increase
-    // reference count.
-    wxVariantData* GetData() const { return m_data; }
-    void SetData(wxVariantData* data) ;
-
-    // make a 'clone' of the object
-    void Ref(const wxVariant& clone);
-
-    // destroy a reference
-    void UnRef();
-
-    // Make NULL (i.e. delete the data)
-    void MakeNull();
-
-    // Delete data and name
-    void Clear();
-
-    // Returns a string representing the type of the variant,
-    // e.g. "string", "bool", "stringlist", "list", "double", "long"
-    wxString GetType() const;
-
-    bool IsType(const wxString& type) const;
-    bool IsValueKindOf(const wxClassInfo* type) const;
-
-    // write contents to a string (e.g. for debugging)
-    wxString MakeString() const;
-
-    // double
-    wxVariant(double val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (double value) const;
-    bool operator!= (double value) const;
-    void operator= (double value) ;
-    inline operator double () const {  return GetDouble(); }
-    inline double GetReal() const { return GetDouble(); }
-    double GetDouble() const;
-
-    // long
-    wxVariant(long val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    wxVariant(int val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    wxVariant(short val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (long value) const;
-    bool operator!= (long value) const;
-    void operator= (long value) ;
-    inline operator long () const {  return GetLong(); }
-    inline long GetInteger() const { return GetLong(); }
-    long GetLong() const;
-
-    // bool
-#ifdef HAVE_BOOL
-    wxVariant(bool val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (bool value) const;
-    bool operator!= (bool value) const;
-    void operator= (bool value) ;
-    inline operator bool () const {  return GetBool(); }
-    bool GetBool() const ;
-#endif
-
-    // wxDateTime
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    wxVariant(const wxDateTime& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-#if wxUSE_ODBC
-    wxVariant(const DATE_STRUCT* valptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    wxVariant(const TIME_STRUCT* valptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    wxVariant(const TIMESTAMP_STRUCT* valptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-#endif
-    bool operator== (const wxDateTime& value) const;
-    bool operator!= (const wxDateTime& value) const;
-    void operator= (const wxDateTime& value) ;
-#if wxUSE_ODBC
-    void operator= (const DATE_STRUCT* value) ;
-    void operator= (const TIME_STRUCT* value) ;
-    void operator= (const TIMESTAMP_STRUCT* value) ;
-#endif
-    inline operator wxDateTime () const { return GetDateTime(); }
-    wxDateTime GetDateTime() const;
-#endif
-
-    // wxString
-    wxVariant(const wxString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    wxVariant(const wxChar* val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); // Necessary or VC++ assumes bool!
-    bool operator== (const wxString& value) const;
-    bool operator!= (const wxString& value) const;
-    void operator= (const wxString& value) ;
-    void operator= (const wxChar* value) ; // Necessary or VC++ assumes bool!
-    inline operator wxString () const {  return MakeString(); }
-    wxString GetString() const;
-
-    // wxChar
-    wxVariant(wxChar val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (wxChar value) const;
-    bool operator!= (wxChar value) const;
-    void operator= (wxChar value) ;
-    inline operator wxChar () const { return GetChar(); }
-    wxChar GetChar() const ;
-
-    // wxArrayString
-    wxVariant(const wxArrayString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (const wxArrayString& value) const;
-    bool operator!= (const wxArrayString& value) const;
-    void operator= (const wxArrayString& value);
-    inline operator wxArrayString () const { return GetArrayString(); }
-    wxArrayString GetArrayString() const;
-
-    // void*
-    wxVariant(void* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (void* value) const;
-    bool operator!= (void* value) const;
-    void operator= (void* value);
-    inline operator void* () const {  return GetVoidPtr(); }
-    void* GetVoidPtr() const;
-
-    // wxObject*
-    wxVariant(wxObject* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-    bool operator== (wxObject* value) const;
-    bool operator!= (wxObject* value) const;
-    void operator= (wxObject* value);
-    wxObject* GetWxObjectPtr() const;
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxVariant(const wxStringList& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool operator== (const wxStringList& value) const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( bool operator!= (const wxStringList& value) const );
-    wxDEPRECATED( void operator= (const wxStringList& value) );
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList& GetStringList() const );
-#endif
-
-    // ------------------------------
-    // list operations
-    // ------------------------------
-
-    wxVariant(const wxList& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); // List of variants
-    bool operator== (const wxList& value) const;
-    bool operator!= (const wxList& value) const;
-    void operator= (const wxList& value) ;
-    // Treat a list variant as an array
-    wxVariant operator[] (size_t idx) const;
-    wxVariant& operator[] (size_t idx) ;
-    wxList& GetList() const ;
-
-    // Return the number of elements in a list
-    size_t GetCount() const;
-
-    // Make empty list
-    void NullList();
-
-    // Append to list
-    void Append(const wxVariant& value);
-
-    // Insert at front of list
-    void Insert(const wxVariant& value);
-
-    // Returns true if the variant is a member of the list
-    bool Member(const wxVariant& value) const;
-
-    // Deletes the nth element of the list
-    bool Delete(size_t item);
-
-    // Clear list
-    void ClearList();
-
-public:
-    // Type conversion
-    bool Convert(long* value) const;
-    bool Convert(bool* value) const;
-    bool Convert(double* value) const;
-    bool Convert(wxString* value) const;
-    bool Convert(wxChar* value) const;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    bool Convert(wxDateTime* value) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-// Attributes
-protected:
-    wxVariantData*  m_data;
-    wxString        m_name;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVariant)
-};
-
-#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \
-    DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &object, const wxVariant &variant ); \
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &object );
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \
-    IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,expdecl) \
-class classname##VariantData: public wxVariantData \
-{ \
-public:\
-    classname##VariantData() {} \
-    classname##VariantData( const classname &value ) { m_value = value; } \
-\
-    classname &GetValue() { return m_value; } \
-\
-    virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; \
-\
-    virtual wxString GetType() const; \
-    virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo(); \
-\
-protected:\
-    classname m_value; \
-\
-private: \
-    DECLARE_CLASS(classname##VariantData) \
-};\
-\
-IMPLEMENT_CLASS(classname##VariantData, wxVariantData)\
-\
-wxString classname##VariantData::GetType() const\
-{\
-    return m_value.GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();\
-}\
-\
-wxClassInfo* classname##VariantData::GetValueClassInfo()\
-{\
-    return m_value.GetClassInfo();\
-}\
-\
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &value, const wxVariant &variant )\
-{\
-    wxASSERT( wxIsKindOf( variant.GetData(), classname##VariantData ) );\
-    \
-    classname##VariantData *data = (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData();\
-    value = data->GetValue();\
-    return value;\
-}\
-\
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &value )\
-{\
-    classname##VariantData *data = new classname##VariantData( value );\
-    variant.SetData( data );\
-    return variant;\
-}
-
-// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method the
-// operator== which must have been provided by "classname"
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-\
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \
-{\
-    wxASSERT( wxIsKindOf((&data), classname##VariantData) );\
-\
-    classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\
-\
-    return otherData.m_value == m_value;\
-}\
-
-
-// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method a shallow
-// comparison (through wxObject::IsSameAs function)
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_SHALLOWCMP(classname) \
-    IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname,expdecl) \
-IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-\
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \
-{\
-    wxASSERT( wxIsKindOf((&data), classname##VariantData) );\
-\
-    classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\
-\
-    return (otherData.m_value.IsSameAs(m_value));\
-}\
-
-
-// Since we want type safety wxVariant we need to fetch and dynamic_cast
-// in a seemingly safe way so the compiler can check, so we define
-// a dynamic_cast /wxDynamicCast analogue.
-
-#define wxGetVariantCast(var,classname) \
-    ((classname*)(var.IsValueKindOf(&classname::ms_classInfo) ?\
-                  var.GetWxObjectPtr() : NULL));
-
-extern wxVariant WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNullVariant;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-#endif // _WX_VARIANT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vector.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vector.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f8aa5625e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vector.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/vector.h
-// Purpose:     STL vector clone
-// Author:      Lindsay Mathieson
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.07.2001
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson <lindsay@mathieson.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VECTOR_H_
-#define _WX_VECTOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVectorBase
-{
-public:
-    typedef size_t size_type;
-private:
-    size_type m_allocsize;
-    size_type m_size,
-              m_capacity;
-    void **m_objects;
-
-protected:
-    bool Alloc(size_type sz)
-    {
-        // work in multiples of m_allocsize;
-        sz = (sz / m_allocsize + 1) * m_allocsize;
-        if (sz <= m_capacity)
-            return true;
-
-        // try to realloc
-        void *mem = realloc(m_objects, sizeof(void *) * sz);
-        if (! mem)
-            return false; // failed
-        // success
-        m_objects = (void **) mem;
-        m_capacity = sz;
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    // untyped destructor of elements - must be overriden
-    virtual void Free(void *) = 0;
-    // untyped copy constructor of elements - must be overriden
-    virtual void *Copy(const void *) const = 0;
-
-    const void *GetItem(size_type idx) const
-    {
-        wxASSERT(idx < m_size);
-        return m_objects[idx];
-    }
-
-    void Append(void *obj)
-    {
-        wxASSERT(m_size < m_capacity);
-        m_objects[m_size] = obj;
-        m_size++;
-    }
-
-    void RemoveAt(size_type idx)
-    {
-        wxASSERT(idx < m_size);
-        Free(m_objects[idx]);
-        if (idx < m_size - 1)
-            memcpy(
-                m_objects + idx,
-                m_objects + idx + 1,
-                ( m_size - idx - 1 ) * sizeof(void*) );
-        m_size--;
-    }
-
-    bool copy(const wxVectorBase& vb)
-    {
-        clear();
-        if (! Alloc(vb.size()))
-            return false;
-
-        for (size_type i = 0; i < vb.size(); i++)
-        {
-            void *o = vb.Copy(vb.GetItem(i));
-            if (! o)
-                return false;
-            Append(o);
-        }
-
-        return true;
-    }
-
-public:
-    wxVectorBase() : m_allocsize(16), m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_objects(0) {}
-    virtual ~wxVectorBase() {} // calm down GCC
-
-    void clear()
-    {
-        for (size_type i = 0; i < size(); i++)
-            Free(m_objects[i]);
-        free(m_objects);
-        m_objects = 0;
-        m_size = m_capacity = 0;
-    }
-
-    void reserve(size_type n)
-    {
-        if ( !Alloc(n) )
-        {
-            wxFAIL_MSG( _T("out of memory in wxVector::reserve()") );
-        }
-    }
-
-    size_type size() const
-    {
-        return m_size;
-    }
-
-    size_type capacity() const
-    {
-        return m_capacity;
-    }
-
-    bool empty() const
-    {
-        return size() == 0;
-    }
-
-    wxVectorBase& operator = (const wxVectorBase& vb)
-    {
-        wxCHECK(copy(vb), *this);
-        return *this;
-    }
-};
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls)\
-protected:\
-    virtual void Free(void *o)\
-    {\
-        delete (obj *) o;\
-    }\
-    virtual void *Copy(const void *o) const\
-    {\
-        return new obj(*(obj *) o);\
-    }\
-public:\
-    cls() {}\
-    cls(const cls& c) : wxVectorBase()\
-    {\
-        wxCHECK2(copy(c), return);\
-    }\
-    ~cls()\
-    {\
-        clear();\
-    }
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls, exp)\
-class exp cls : public wxVectorBase\
-{\
-    WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls)\
-public:\
-    void push_back(const obj& o)\
-    {\
-        wxCHECK2(Alloc(size() + 1), return);\
-        Append(new obj(o));\
-    }\
-    void pop_back()\
-    {\
-        RemoveAt(size() - 1);\
-    }\
-    const obj& at(size_type idx) const\
-    {\
-        return *(obj *) GetItem(idx);\
-    }\
-    obj& at(size_type idx)\
-    {\
-        return *(obj *) GetItem(idx);\
-    }\
-    const obj& operator[](size_type idx) const\
-    {\
-        return at(idx);\
-    }\
-    obj& operator[](size_type idx)\
-    {\
-        return at(idx);\
-    }\
-    const obj& front() const\
-    {\
-        return at(0);\
-    }\
-    obj& front()\
-    {\
-        return at(0);\
-    }\
-    const obj& back() const\
-    {\
-        return at(size() - 1);\
-    }\
-    obj& back()\
-    {\
-        return at(size() - 1);\
-    }\
-    size_type erase(size_type idx)\
-    {\
-        RemoveAt(idx);\
-        return idx;\
-    }\
-}
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls) \
-  _WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#endif // _WX_VECTOR_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/version.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/version.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 47ae7bfab..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/version.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  Name:        wx/version.h
- *  Purpose:     wxWidgets version numbers
- *  Author:      Julian Smart
- *  Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)
- *  Created:     29/01/98
- *  RCS-ID:      $Id: version.h 58872 2009-02-13 09:18:23Z CE $
- *  Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
- *  Licence:     wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_VERSION_H_
-#define _WX_VERSION_H_
-
-#include "wx/cpp.h"    /* for wxSTRINGIZE */
-
-/*  the constants below must be changed with each new version */
-/*  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
-    Don't forget to update WX_CURRENT, WX_REVISION and WX_AGE in
-    build/bakefiles/version.bkl and regenerate the makefiles when you change
-    this!
- */
-
-/*  NB: this file is parsed by automatic tools so don't change its format! */
-#define wxMAJOR_VERSION      2
-#define wxMINOR_VERSION      8
-#define wxRELEASE_NUMBER     10
-#define wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER  0
-#define wxVERSION_STRING   _T("wxWidgets 2.8.10")
-
-/*  nothing to update below this line when updating the version */
-/*  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Users can pre-define wxABI_VERSION to a lower value in their
- * makefile/project settings to compile code that will be binary compatible
- * with earlier versions of the ABI within the same minor version (between
- * minor versions binary compatibility breaks anyway). The default is the
- * version of wxWidgets being used. A single number with two decimal digits
- * for each component, e.g. 20601 for 2.6.1 */
-#ifndef wxABI_VERSION
-#define wxABI_VERSION ( wxMAJOR_VERSION * 10000 + wxMINOR_VERSION * 100 + 99 )
-#endif
-
-/*  helpers for wxVERSION_NUM_XXX */
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(x, y, z) \
-    wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE(y) wxSTRINGIZE(z)
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(x, y, z) \
-    wxSTRINGIZE(x) "." wxSTRINGIZE(y) "." wxSTRINGIZE(z)
-
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(x, y, z) \
-    wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) wxSTRINGIZE_T(z)
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(x, y, z) \
-    wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) _T(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) _T(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(z)
-
-/*  these are used by src/msw/version.rc and should always be ASCII, not Unicode */
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING \
-  wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING \
-  wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-
-/* those are Unicode-friendly */
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING_T \
-  wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING_T \
-  wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-
-/*  some more defines, not really sure if they're [still] useful */
-#define wxVERSION_NUMBER ( (wxMAJOR_VERSION * 1000) + (wxMINOR_VERSION * 100) + wxRELEASE_NUMBER )
-#define wxBETA_NUMBER      0
-#define wxVERSION_FLOAT ( wxMAJOR_VERSION + (wxMINOR_VERSION/10.0) + (wxRELEASE_NUMBER/100.0) + (wxBETA_NUMBER/10000.0) )
-
-/*  check if the current version is at least major.minor.release */
-#define wxCHECK_VERSION(major,minor,release) \
-    (wxMAJOR_VERSION > (major) || \
-    (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION > (minor)) || \
-    (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION == (minor) && wxRELEASE_NUMBER >= (release)))
-
-/* the same but check the subrelease also */
-#define wxCHECK_VERSION_FULL(major,minor,release,subrel) \
-    (wxCHECK_VERSION(major, minor, release) && \
-        ((major) != wxMAJOR_VERSION || \
-            (minor) != wxMINOR_VERSION || \
-                (release) != wxRELEASE_NUMBER || \
-                    (subrel) <= wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER))
-
-#endif /*  _WX_VERSION_H_ */
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vidmode.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vidmode.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 06e7ed4cf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vidmode.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/vidmode.h
-// Purpose:     declares wxVideoMode class used by both wxDisplay and wxApp
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27.09.2003 (extracted from wx/display.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: vidmode.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VMODE_H_
-#define _WX_VMODE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVideoMode: a simple struct containing video mode parameters for a display
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoMode
-{
-    wxVideoMode(int width = 0, int height = 0, int depth = 0, int freq = 0)
-    {
-        w = width;
-        h = height;
-
-        bpp = depth;
-
-        refresh = freq;
-    }
-
-    // default copy ctor and assignment operator are ok
-
-    bool operator==(const wxVideoMode& m) const
-    {
-        return w == m.w && h == m.h && bpp == m.bpp && refresh == m.refresh;
-    }
-    bool operator!=(const wxVideoMode& mode) const
-    {
-        return !operator==(mode);
-    }
-
-    // returns true if this mode matches the other one in the sense that all
-    // non zero fields of the other mode have the same value in this one
-    // (except for refresh which is allowed to have a greater value)
-    bool Matches(const wxVideoMode& other) const
-    {
-        return (!other.w || w == other.w) &&
-                    (!other.h || h == other.h) &&
-                        (!other.bpp || bpp == other.bpp) &&
-                            (!other.refresh || refresh >= other.refresh);
-    }
-
-    // trivial accessors
-    int GetWidth() const { return w; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return h; }
-    int GetDepth() const { return bpp; }
-
-    // returns true if the object has been initialized
-    bool IsOk() const { return w && h; }
-
-
-    // the screen size in pixels (e.g. 640*480), 0 means unspecified
-    int w, h;
-
-    // bits per pixel (e.g. 32), 1 is monochrome and 0 means unspecified/known
-    int bpp;
-
-    // refresh frequency in Hz, 0 means unspecified/unknown
-    int refresh;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VMODE_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vlbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vlbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e0e6d964..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vlbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/vlbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxVListBox is a virtual listbox with lines of variable height
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31.05.03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: vlbox.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VLBOX_H_
-#define _WX_VLBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/vscroll.h"         // base class
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSelectionStore;
-
-#define wxVListBoxNameStr _T("wxVListBox")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    This class has two main differences from a regular listbox: it can have an
-    arbitrarily huge number of items because it doesn't store them itself but
-    uses OnDrawItem() callback to draw them and its items can have variable
-    height as determined by OnMeasureItem().
-
-    It emits the same events as wxListBox and the same event macros may be used
-    with it.
- */
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxVListBox : public wxVScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // default constructor, you must call Create() later
-    wxVListBox() { Init(); }
-
-    // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
-    wxVListBox(wxWindow *parent,
-               wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-               const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-               const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = 0,
-               const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
-    // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
-    //
-    // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE
-    //
-    // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr);
-
-    // dtor does some internal cleanup (deletes m_selStore if any)
-    virtual ~wxVListBox();
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // get the number of items in the control
-    size_t GetItemCount() const { return GetLineCount(); }
-
-    // does this control use multiple selection?
-    bool HasMultipleSelection() const { return m_selStore != NULL; }
-
-    // get the currently selected item or wxNOT_FOUND if there is no selection
-    //
-    // this method is only valid for the single selection listboxes
-    int GetSelection() const
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( !HasMultipleSelection(),
-                        _T("GetSelection() can't be used with wxLB_MULTIPLE") );
-
-        return m_current;
-    }
-
-    // is this item the current one?
-    bool IsCurrent(size_t item) const { return item == (size_t)m_current; }
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    bool IsCurrent() const { return wxVScrolledWindow::IsCurrent(); }
-    #endif
-
-    // is this item selected?
-    bool IsSelected(size_t item) const;
-
-    // get the number of the selected items (maybe 0)
-    //
-    // this method is valid for both single and multi selection listboxes
-    size_t GetSelectedCount() const;
-
-    // get the first selected item, returns wxNOT_FOUND if none
-    //
-    // cookie is an opaque parameter which should be passed to
-    // GetNextSelected() later
-    //
-    // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes
-    int GetFirstSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const;
-
-    // get next selection item, return wxNOT_FOUND if no more
-    //
-    // cookie must be the same parameter that was passed to GetFirstSelected()
-    // before
-    //
-    // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes
-    int GetNextSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const;
-
-    // get the margins around each item
-    wxPoint GetMargins() const { return m_ptMargins; }
-
-    // get the background colour of selected cells
-    const wxColour& GetSelectionBackground() const { return m_colBgSel; }
-
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // set the number of items to be shown in the control
-    //
-    // this is just a synonym for wxVScrolledWindow::SetLineCount()
-    virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count);
-
-    // delete all items from the control
-    void Clear() { SetItemCount(0); }
-
-    // set the selection to the specified item, if it is wxNOT_FOUND the
-    // selection is unset
-    //
-    // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes
-    void SetSelection(int selection);
-
-    // selects or deselects the specified item which must be valid (i.e. not
-    // equal to wxNOT_FOUND)
-    //
-    // return true if the items selection status has changed or false
-    // otherwise
-    //
-    // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes
-    bool Select(size_t item, bool select = true);
-
-    // selects the items in the specified range whose end points may be given
-    // in any order
-    //
-    // return true if any items selection status has changed, false otherwise
-    //
-    // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes
-    bool SelectRange(size_t from, size_t to);
-
-    // toggle the selection of the specified item (must be valid)
-    //
-    // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes
-    void Toggle(size_t item) { Select(item, !IsSelected(item)); }
-
-    // select all items in the listbox
-    //
-    // the return code indicates if any items were affected by this operation
-    // (true) or if nothing has changed (false)
-    bool SelectAll() { return DoSelectAll(true); }
-
-    // unselect all items in the listbox
-    //
-    // the return code has the same meaning as for SelectAll()
-    bool DeselectAll() { return DoSelectAll(false); }
-
-    // set the margins: horizontal margin is the distance between the window
-    // border and the item contents while vertical margin is half of the
-    // distance between items
-    //
-    // by default both margins are 0
-    void SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
-    void SetMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetMargins(wxPoint(x, y)); }
-
-    // change the background colour of the selected cells
-    void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col);
-
-
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
-    // the derived class must implement this function to actually draw the item
-    // with the given index on the provided DC
-    virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const = 0;
-
-    // the derived class must implement this method to return the height of the
-    // specified item
-    virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const = 0;
-
-    // this method may be used to draw separators between the lines; note that
-    // the rectangle may be modified, typically to deflate it a bit before
-    // passing to OnDrawItem()
-    //
-    // the base class version doesn't do anything
-    virtual void OnDrawSeparator(wxDC& dc, wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
-    // this method is used to draw the items background and, maybe, a border
-    // around it
-    //
-    // the base class version implements a reasonable default behaviour which
-    // consists in drawing the selected item with the standard background
-    // colour and drawing a border around the item if it is either selected or
-    // current
-    virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
-    // we implement OnGetLineHeight() in terms of OnMeasureItem() because this
-    // allows us to add borders to the items easily
-    //
-    // this function is not supposed to be overridden by the derived classes
-    virtual wxCoord OnGetLineHeight(size_t line) const;
-
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // send the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event
-    void SendSelectedEvent();
-
-    // common implementation of SelectAll() and DeselectAll()
-    bool DoSelectAll(bool select);
-
-    // change the current item (in single selection listbox it also implicitly
-    // changes the selection); current may be wxNOT_FOUND in which case there
-    // will be no current item any more
-    //
-    // return true if the current item changed, false otherwise
-    bool DoSetCurrent(int current);
-
-    // flags for DoHandleItemClick
-    enum
-    {
-        ItemClick_Shift = 1,        // item shift-clicked
-        ItemClick_Ctrl  = 2,        //       ctrl
-        ItemClick_Kbd   = 4         // item selected from keyboard
-    };
-
-    // common part of keyboard and mouse handling processing code
-    void DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags);
-
-private:
-    // the current item or wxNOT_FOUND
-    //
-    // if m_selStore == NULL this is also the selected item, otherwise the
-    // selections are managed by m_selStore
-    int m_current;
-
-    // the anchor of the selection for the multiselection listboxes:
-    // shift-clicking an item extends the selection from m_anchor to the item
-    // clicked, for example
-    //
-    // always wxNOT_FOUND for single selection listboxes
-    int m_anchor;
-
-    // the object managing our selected items if not NULL
-    wxSelectionStore *m_selStore;
-
-    // margins
-    wxPoint m_ptMargins;
-
-    // the selection bg colour
-    wxColour m_colBgSel;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVListBox)
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VLBOX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7abe93081..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1213 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************
- *                                                                         *
- * Author : Jouk Jansen (joukj@hrem.stm.tudelft.nl)                        *
- *                                                                         *
- * Last revision : 7 October 2005                                          *
- *                                                                         *
- * Repair definitions of Runtime library functions when compiling with     *
- * /name=(as_is) on OpenVMS                                                *
- *                                                                         *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef VMS_X_FIX
-#define VMS_X_FIX
-
-#define decw$_select DECW$_SELECT
-#define DtSaverGetWindows DTSAVERGETWINDOWS
-#define MrmFetchWidget MRMFETCHWIDGET
-#define MrmInitialize MRMINITIALIZE
-#define MrmOpenHierarchy MRMOPENHIERARCHY
-#define MrmRegisterNames MRMREGISTERNAMES
-#define XAddExtension XADDEXTENSION
-#define XAddHosts XADDHOSTS
-#define XAllocClassHint XALLOCCLASSHINT
-#define XAllocColor XALLOCCOLOR
-#define XAllocColorCells XALLOCCOLORCELLS
-#define XAllocIconSize XALLOCICONSIZE
-#define XAllocNamedColor XALLOCNAMEDCOLOR
-#define XAllocSizeHints XALLOCSIZEHINTS
-#define XAllocStandardColormap XALLOCSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XAllocWMHints XALLOCWMHINTS
-#define XAllowEvents XALLOWEVENTS
-#define XAutoRepeatOff XAUTOREPEATOFF
-#define XAutoRepeatOn XAUTOREPEATON
-#define XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet XBASEFONTNAMELISTOFFONTSET
-#define XBell XBELL
-#define XBitmapPad XBITMAPPAD
-#define XBlackPixel XBLACKPIXEL
-#define XBlackPixelOfScreen XBLACKPIXELOFSCREEN
-#define XCellsOfScreen XCELLSOFSCREEN
-#define XChangeActivePointerGrab XCHANGEACTIVEPOINTERGRAB
-#define XChangeGC XCHANGEGC
-#define XChangeKeyboardControl XCHANGEKEYBOARDCONTROL
-#define XChangePointerControl XCHANGEPOINTERCONTROL
-#define XChangeProperty XCHANGEPROPERTY
-#define XChangeWindowAttributes XCHANGEWINDOWATTRIBUTES
-#define XCheckIfEvent XCHECKIFEVENT
-#define XCheckMaskEvent XCHECKMASKEVENT
-#define XCheckTypedEvent XCHECKTYPEDEVENT
-#define XCheckTypedWindowEvent XCHECKTYPEDWINDOWEVENT
-#define XCheckWindowEvent XCHECKWINDOWEVENT
-#define XClearArea XCLEARAREA
-#define XClearWindow XCLEARWINDOW
-#define XClipBox XCLIPBOX
-#define XCloseDisplay XCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XCloseIM XCLOSEIM
-#define XConfigureWindow XCONFIGUREWINDOW
-#define XConvertSelection XCONVERTSELECTION
-#define XCopyArea XCOPYAREA
-#define XCopyColormapAndFree XCOPYCOLORMAPANDFREE
-#define XCopyGC XCOPYGC
-#define XCopyPlane XCOPYPLANE
-#define XCreateBitmapFromData XCREATEBITMAPFROMDATA
-#define XCreateColormap XCREATECOLORMAP
-#define XCreateFontCursor XCREATEFONTCURSOR
-#define XCreateFontSet XCREATEFONTSET
-#define XCreateGC XCREATEGC
-#define XCreateGlyphCursor XCREATEGLYPHCURSOR
-#define XCreateIC XCREATEIC
-#define XCreateImage XCREATEIMAGE
-#define XCreatePixmap XCREATEPIXMAP
-#define XCreatePixmapCursor XCREATEPIXMAPCURSOR
-#define XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData XCREATEPIXMAPFROMBITMAPDATA
-#define XCreateRegion XCREATEREGION
-#define XCreateSimpleWindow XCREATESIMPLEWINDOW
-#define XCreateWindow XCREATEWINDOW
-#define XDefaultColormap XDEFAULTCOLORMAP
-#define XDefaultColormapOfScreen XDEFAULTCOLORMAPOFSCREEN
-#define XDefaultDepth XDEFAULTDEPTH
-#define XDefaultDepthOfScreen XDEFAULTDEPTHOFSCREEN
-#define XDefaultGC XDEFAULTGC
-#define XDefaultRootWindow XDEFAULTROOTWINDOW
-#define XDefaultScreen XDEFAULTSCREEN
-#define XDefaultScreenOfDisplay XDEFAULTSCREENOFDISPLAY
-#define XDefaultVisual XDEFAULTVISUAL
-#define XDefaultVisualOfScreen XDEFAULTVISUALOFSCREEN
-#define XDefineCursor XDEFINECURSOR
-#define XDeleteContext XDELETECONTEXT
-#define XDeleteProperty XDELETEPROPERTY
-#define XDestroyIC XDESTROYIC
-#define XDestroyRegion XDESTROYREGION
-#define XDestroySubwindows XDESTROYSUBWINDOWS
-#define XDestroyWindow XDESTROYWINDOW
-#define XDisableAccessControl XDISABLEACCESSCONTROL
-#define XDisplayCells XDISPLAYCELLS
-#define XDisplayHeight XDISPLAYHEIGHT
-#define XDisplayKeycodes XDISPLAYKEYCODES
-#define XDisplayName XDISPLAYNAME
-#define XDisplayOfIM XDISPLAYOFIM
-#define XDisplayOfScreen XDISPLAYOFSCREEN
-#define XDisplayString XDISPLAYSTRING
-#define XDisplayWidth XDISPLAYWIDTH
-#define XDoesBackingStore XDOESBACKINGSTORE
-#define XDrawArc XDRAWARC
-#define XDrawArcs XDRAWARCS
-#define XDrawImageString XDRAWIMAGESTRING
-#define XDrawImageString16 XDRAWIMAGESTRING16
-#define XDrawLine XDRAWLINE
-#define XDrawLines XDRAWLINES
-#define XDrawPoint XDRAWPOINT
-#define XDrawPoints XDRAWPOINTS
-#define XDrawRectangle XDRAWRECTANGLE
-#define XDrawRectangles XDRAWRECTANGLES
-#define XDrawSegments XDRAWSEGMENTS
-#define XDrawString XDRAWSTRING
-#define XDrawString16 XDRAWSTRING16
-#define XDrawText XDRAWTEXT
-#define XDrawText16 XDRAWTEXT16
-#define XESetCloseDisplay XESETCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XEmptyRegion XEMPTYREGION
-#define XEnableAccessControl XENABLEACCESSCONTROL
-#define XEqualRegion XEQUALREGION
-#define XEventsQueued XEVENTSQUEUED
-#define XExtendedMaxRequestSize XEXTENDEDMAXREQUESTSIZE
-#define XExtentsOfFontSet XEXTENTSOFFONTSET
-#define XFetchBuffer XFETCHBUFFER
-#define XFetchBytes XFETCHBYTES
-#define XFetchName XFETCHNAME
-#define XFillArc XFILLARC
-#define XFillArcs XFILLARCS
-#define XFillPolygon XFILLPOLYGON
-#define XFillRectangle XFILLRECTANGLE
-#define XFillRectangles XFILLRECTANGLES
-#define XFilterEvent XFILTEREVENT
-#define XFindContext XFINDCONTEXT
-#define XFlush XFLUSH
-#define XFontsOfFontSet XFONTSOFFONTSET
-#define XForceScreenSaver XFORCESCREENSAVER
-#define XFree XFREE
-#define XFreeColormap XFREECOLORMAP
-#define XFreeColors XFREECOLORS
-#define XFreeCursor XFREECURSOR
-#define XFreeDeviceList XFREEDEVICELIST
-#define XFreeDeviceState XFREEDEVICESTATE
-#define XFreeFont XFREEFONT
-#define XFreeFontInfo XFREEFONTINFO
-#define XFreeFontNames XFREEFONTNAMES
-#define XFreeFontSet XFREEFONTSET
-#define XFreeGC XFREEGC
-#define XFreeModifiermap XFREEMODIFIERMAP
-#define XFreePixmap XFREEPIXMAP
-#define XFreeStringList XFREESTRINGLIST
-#define XGContextFromGC XGCONTEXTFROMGC
-#define XGeometry XGEOMETRY
-#define XGetAtomName XGETATOMNAME
-#define XGetCommand XGETCOMMAND
-#define XGetDefault XGETDEFAULT
-#define XGetErrorDatabaseText XGETERRORDATABASETEXT
-#define XGetErrorText XGETERRORTEXT
-#define XGetExtensionVersion XGETEXTENSIONVERSION
-#define XGetFontProperty XGETFONTPROPERTY
-#define XGetGCValues XGETGCVALUES
-#define XGetGeometry XGETGEOMETRY
-#define XGetICValues XGETICVALUES
-#define XGetIMValues XGETIMVALUES
-#define XGetIconName XGETICONNAME
-#define XGetIconSizes XGETICONSIZES
-#define XGetImage XGETIMAGE
-#define XGetInputFocus XGETINPUTFOCUS
-#define XGetKeyboardControl XGETKEYBOARDCONTROL
-#define XGetKeyboardMapping XGETKEYBOARDMAPPING
-#define XGetModifierMapping XGETMODIFIERMAPPING
-#define XGetMotionEvents XGETMOTIONEVENTS
-#define XGetNormalHints XGETNORMALHINTS
-#define XGetPointerMapping XGETPOINTERMAPPING
-#define XGetRGBColormaps XGETRGBCOLORMAPS
-#define XGetScreenSaver XGETSCREENSAVER
-#define XGetSelectionOwner XGETSELECTIONOWNER
-#define XGetStandardColormap XGETSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XGetSubImage XGETSUBIMAGE
-#define XGetTextProperty XGETTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XGetVisualInfo XGETVISUALINFO
-#define XGetWMColormapWindows XGETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS
-#define XGetWMHints XGETWMHINTS
-#define XGetWMIconName XGETWMICONNAME
-#define XGetWMName XGETWMNAME
-#define XGetWMNormalHints XGETWMNORMALHINTS
-#define XGetWindowAttributes XGETWINDOWATTRIBUTES
-#define XGetWindowProperty XGETWINDOWPROPERTY
-#define XGrabButton XGRABBUTTON
-#define XGrabKeyboard XGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XGrabPointer XGRABPOINTER
-#define XGrabServer XGRABSERVER
-#define XHeightMMOfScreen XHEIGHTMMOFSCREEN
-#define XHeightOfScreen XHEIGHTOFSCREEN
-#define XIconifyWindow XICONIFYWINDOW
-#define XIfEvent XIFEVENT
-#define XInitExtension XINITEXTENSION
-#define XInitImage XINITIMAGE
-#define XInstallColormap XINSTALLCOLORMAP
-#define XInternAtom XINTERNATOM
-#define XInternAtoms XINTERNATOMS
-#define XIntersectRegion XINTERSECTREGION
-#define XKeycodeToKeysym XKEYCODETOKEYSYM
-#define XKeysymToKeycode XKEYSYMTOKEYCODE
-#define XKeysymToString XKEYSYMTOSTRING
-#define XKillClient XKILLCLIENT
-#define XListDepths XLISTDEPTHS
-#define XListFonts XLISTFONTS
-#define XListFontsWithInfo XLISTFONTSWITHINFO
-#define XListHosts XLISTHOSTS
-#define XListInputDevices XLISTINPUTDEVICES
-#define XListInstalledColormaps XLISTINSTALLEDCOLORMAPS
-#define XListPixmapFormats XLISTPIXMAPFORMATS
-#define XListProperties XLISTPROPERTIES
-#define XLoadFont XLOADFONT
-#define XLoadQueryFont XLOADQUERYFONT
-#define XLookupColor XLOOKUPCOLOR
-#define XLookupKeysym XLOOKUPKEYSYM
-#define XLookupString XLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XLowerWindow XLOWERWINDOW
-#define XMapRaised XMAPRAISED
-#define XMapSubwindows XMAPSUBWINDOWS
-#define XMapWindow XMAPWINDOW
-#define XMatchVisualInfo XMATCHVISUALINFO
-#define XMaxRequestSize XMAXREQUESTSIZE
-#define XMissingExtension XMISSINGEXTENSION
-#define XMoveResizeWindow XMOVERESIZEWINDOW
-#define XMoveWindow XMOVEWINDOW
-#define XNextEvent XNEXTEVENT
-#define XNextRequest XNEXTREQUEST
-#define XNoOp XNOOP
-#define XOffsetRegion XOFFSETREGION
-#define XOpenDevice XOPENDEVICE
-#define XOpenDisplay XOPENDISPLAY
-#define XOpenIM XOPENIM
-#define XParseColor XPARSECOLOR
-#define XParseGeometry XPARSEGEOMETRY
-#define XPeekEvent XPEEKEVENT
-#define XPeekIfEvent XPEEKIFEVENT
-#define XPending XPENDING
-#define XPointInRegion XPOINTINREGION
-#define XPolygonRegion XPOLYGONREGION
-#define XPutBackEvent XPUTBACKEVENT
-#define XPutImage XPUTIMAGE
-#define XQLength XQLENGTH
-#define XQueryBestCursor XQUERYBESTCURSOR
-#define XQueryBestStipple XQUERYBESTSTIPPLE
-#define XQueryColor XQUERYCOLOR
-#define XQueryColors XQUERYCOLORS
-#define XQueryDeviceState XQUERYDEVICESTATE
-#define XQueryExtension XQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XQueryFont XQUERYFONT
-#define XQueryKeymap XQUERYKEYMAP
-#define XQueryPointer XQUERYPOINTER
-#define XQueryTree XQUERYTREE
-#define XRaiseWindow XRAISEWINDOW
-#define XReadBitmapFile XREADBITMAPFILE
-#define XRecolorCursor XRECOLORCURSOR
-#define XReconfigureWMWindow XRECONFIGUREWMWINDOW
-#define XRectInRegion XRECTINREGION
-#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping XREFRESHKEYBOARDMAPPING
-#define XRemoveHosts XREMOVEHOSTS
-#define XReparentWindow XREPARENTWINDOW
-#define XResetScreenSaver XRESETSCREENSAVER
-#define XResizeWindow XRESIZEWINDOW
-#define XResourceManagerString XRESOURCEMANAGERSTRING
-#define XRestackWindows XRESTACKWINDOWS
-#define XRotateBuffers XROTATEBUFFERS
-#define XRootWindow XROOTWINDOW
-#define XRootWindowOfScreen XROOTWINDOWOFSCREEN
-#define XSaveContext XSAVECONTEXT
-#define XScreenNumberOfScreen XSCREENNUMBEROFSCREEN
-#define XScreenOfDisplay XSCREENOFDISPLAY
-#define XSelectAsyncEvent XSELECTASYNCEVENT
-#define XSelectAsyncInput XSELECTASYNCINPUT
-#define XSelectExtensionEvent XSELECTEXTENSIONEVENT
-#define XSelectInput XSELECTINPUT
-#define XSendEvent XSENDEVENT
-#define XServerVendor XSERVERVENDOR
-#define XSetArcMode XSETARCMODE
-#define XSetBackground XSETBACKGROUND
-#define XSetClassHint XSETCLASSHINT
-#define XSetClipMask XSETCLIPMASK
-#define XSetClipOrigin XSETCLIPORIGIN
-#define XSetClipRectangles XSETCLIPRECTANGLES
-#define XSetCloseDownMode XSETCLOSEDOWNMODE
-#define XSetCommand XSETCOMMAND
-#define XSetDashes XSETDASHES
-#define XSetErrorHandler XSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XSetFillRule XSETFILLRULE
-#define XSetFillStyle XSETFILLSTYLE
-#define XSetFont XSETFONT
-#define XSetForeground XSETFOREGROUND
-#define XSetFunction XSETFUNCTION
-#define XSetGraphicsExposures XSETGRAPHICSEXPOSURES
-#define XSetICFocus XSETICFOCUS
-#define XSetICValues XSETICVALUES
-#define XSetIOErrorHandler XSETIOERRORHANDLER
-#define XSetIconName XSETICONNAME
-#define XSetInputFocus XSETINPUTFOCUS
-#define XSetLineAttributes XSETLINEATTRIBUTES
-#define XSetLocaleModifiers XSETLOCALEMODIFIERS
-#define XSetNormalHints XSETNORMALHINTS
-#define XSetPlaneMask XSETPLANEMASK
-#define XSetRegion XSETREGION
-#define XSetRGBColormaps XSETRGBCOLORMAPS
-#define XSetScreenSaver XSETSCREENSAVER
-#define XSetSelectionOwner XSETSELECTIONOWNER
-#define XSetStandardProperties XSETSTANDARDPROPERTIES
-#define XSetState XSETSTATE
-#define XSetStipple XSETSTIPPLE
-#define XSetSubwindowMode XSETSUBWINDOWMODE
-#define XSetTSOrigin XSETTSORIGIN
-#define XSetTextProperty XSETTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XSetTile XSETTILE
-#define XSetTransientForHint XSETTRANSIENTFORHINT
-#define XSetWMClientMachine XSETWMCLIENTMACHINE
-#define XSetWMColormapWindows XSETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS
-#define XSetWMHints XSETWMHINTS
-#define XSetWMIconName XSETWMICONNAME
-#define XSetWMName XSETWMNAME
-#define XSetWMNormalHints XSETWMNORMALHINTS
-#define XSetWMProperties XSETWMPROPERTIES
-#define XSetWMProtocols XSETWMPROTOCOLS
-#define XSetWMSizeHints XSETWMSIZEHINTS
-#define XSetWindowBackground XSETWINDOWBACKGROUND
-#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap XSETWINDOWBACKGROUNDPIXMAP
-#define XSetWindowBorder XSETWINDOWBORDER
-#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap XSETWINDOWBORDERPIXMAP
-#define XSetWindowBorderWidth XSETWINDOWBORDERWIDTH
-#define XSetWindowColormap XSETWINDOWCOLORMAP
-#define XShapeCombineMask XSHAPECOMBINEMASK
-#define XShapeCombineRectangles XSHAPECOMBINERECTANGLES
-#define XShapeGetRectangles XSHAPEGETRECTANGLES
-#define XShapeQueryExtension XSHAPEQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XShmAttach XSHMATTACH
-#define XShmCreateImage XSHMCREATEIMAGE
-#define XShmCreatePixmap XSHMCREATEPIXMAP
-#define XShmDetach XSHMDETACH
-#define XShmGetEventBase XSHMGETEVENTBASE
-#define XShmPutImage XSHMPUTIMAGE
-#define XShmQueryExtension XSHMQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XShmQueryVersion XSHMQUERYVERSION
-#define XShrinkRegion XSHRINKREGION
-#define XStoreBuffer XSTOREBUFFER
-#define XStoreBytes XSTOREBYTES
-#define XStoreColor XSTORECOLOR
-#define XStoreColors XSTORECOLORS
-#define XStoreName XSTORENAME
-#define XStringListToTextProperty XSTRINGLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XStringToKeysym XSTRINGTOKEYSYM
-#define XSubtractRegion XSUBTRACTREGION
-#define XSupportsLocale XSUPPORTSLOCALE
-#define XSync XSYNC
-#define XSynchronize XSYNCHRONIZE
-#define XTextExtents XTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XTextExtents16 XTEXTEXTENTS16
-#define XTextPropertyToStringList XTEXTPROPERTYTOSTRINGLIST
-#define XTextWidth XTEXTWIDTH
-#define XTextWidth16 XTEXTWIDTH16
-#define XTranslateCoordinates XTRANSLATECOORDINATES
-#define XUndefineCursor XUNDEFINECURSOR
-#define XUngrabButton XUNGRABBUTTON
-#define XUngrabKeyboard XUNGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XUngrabPointer XUNGRABPOINTER
-#define XUngrabServer XUNGRABSERVER
-#define XUninstallColormap XUNINSTALLCOLORMAP
-#define XUnionRectWithRegion XUNIONRECTWITHREGION
-#define XUnionRegion XUNIONREGION
-#define XUniqueContext XUNIQUECONTEXT
-#define XUnmapWindow XUNMAPWINDOW
-#define XUnsetICFocus XUNSETICFOCUS
-#define XVaCreateNestedList XVACREATENESTEDLIST
-#define XVisualIDFromVisual XVISUALIDFROMVISUAL
-#define XWMGeometry XWMGEOMETRY
-#define XWarpPointer XWARPPOINTER
-#define XWhitePixel XWHITEPIXEL
-#define XWhitePixelOfScreen XWHITEPIXELOFSCREEN
-#define XWidthMMOfScreen XWIDTHMMOFSCREEN
-#define XWidthOfScreen XWIDTHOFSCREEN
-#define XWindowEvent XWINDOWEVENT
-#define XWithdrawWindow XWITHDRAWWINDOW
-#define XXorRegion XXORREGION
-#define XcmsQueryColor XCMSQUERYCOLOR
-#define XdbeAllocateBackBufferName XDBEALLOCATEBACKBUFFERNAME
-#define XdbeFreeVisualInfo XDBEFREEVISUALINFO
-#define XdbeGetVisualInfo XDBEGETVISUALINFO
-#define XdbeQueryExtension XDBEQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XdbeSwapBuffers XDBESWAPBUFFERS
-#define XextAddDisplay XEXTADDDISPLAY
-#define XextFindDisplay XEXTFINDDISPLAY
-#define XextRemoveDisplay XEXTREMOVEDISPLAY
-#define XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat XKBSETDETECTABLEAUTOREPEAT
-#define XmActivateProtocol XMACTIVATEPROTOCOL
-#define XmAddProtocolCallback XMADDPROTOCOLCALLBACK
-#define XmAddProtocols XMADDPROTOCOLS
-#define XmChangeColor XMCHANGECOLOR
-#define XmClipboardCopy XMCLIPBOARDCOPY
-#define XmClipboardCopyByName XMCLIPBOARDCOPYBYNAME
-#define XmClipboardEndCopy XMCLIPBOARDENDCOPY
-#define XmClipboardEndRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDENDRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardInquireCount XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRECOUNT
-#define XmClipboardInquireFormat XMCLIPBOARDINQUIREFORMAT
-#define XmClipboardInquireLength XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRELENGTH
-#define XmClipboardLock XMCLIPBOARDLOCK
-#define XmClipboardRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardStartCopy XMCLIPBOARDSTARTCOPY
-#define XmClipboardStartRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDSTARTRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardUnlock XMCLIPBOARDUNLOCK
-#define XmCommandError XMCOMMANDERROR
-#define XmCommandGetChild XMCOMMANDGETCHILD
-#define XmCommandSetValue XMCOMMANDSETVALUE
-#define XmCreateArrowButton XMCREATEARROWBUTTON
-#define XmCreateArrowButtonGadget XMCREATEARROWBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog XMCREATEBULLETINBOARDDIALOG
-#define XmCreateCascadeButton XMCREATECASCADEBUTTON
-#define XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget XMCREATECASCADEBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateDialogShell XMCREATEDIALOGSHELL
-#define XmCreateDragIcon XMCREATEDRAGICON
-#define XmCreateDrawingArea XMCREATEDRAWINGAREA
-#define XmCreateDrawnButton XMCREATEDRAWNBUTTON
-#define XmCreateErrorDialog XMCREATEERRORDIALOG
-#define XmCreateFileSelectionBox XMCREATEFILESELECTIONBOX
-#define XmCreateFileSelectionDialog XMCREATEFILESELECTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateForm XMCREATEFORM
-#define XmCreateFormDialog XMCREATEFORMDIALOG
-#define XmCreateFrame XMCREATEFRAME
-#define XmCreateInformationDialog XMCREATEINFORMATIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateLabel XMCREATELABEL
-#define XmCreateLabelGadget XMCREATELABELGADGET
-#define XmCreateList XMCREATELIST
-#define XmCreateMainWindow XMCREATEMAINWINDOW
-#define XmCreateMenuBar XMCREATEMENUBAR
-#define XmCreateMessageBox XMCREATEMESSAGEBOX
-#define XmCreateMessageDialog XMCREATEMESSAGEDIALOG
-#define XmCreateOptionMenu XMCREATEOPTIONMENU
-#define XmCreatePanedWindow XMCREATEPANEDWINDOW
-#define XmCreatePopupMenu XMCREATEPOPUPMENU
-#define XmCreatePromptDialog XMCREATEPROMPTDIALOG
-#define XmCreatePulldownMenu XMCREATEPULLDOWNMENU
-#define XmCreatePushButton XMCREATEPUSHBUTTON
-#define XmCreatePushButtonGadget XMCREATEPUSHBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateQuestionDialog XMCREATEQUESTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateRadioBox XMCREATERADIOBOX
-#define XmCreateRowColumn XMCREATEROWCOLUMN
-#define XmCreateScale XMCREATESCALE
-#define XmCreateScrollBar XMCREATESCROLLBAR
-#define XmCreateScrolledList XMCREATESCROLLEDLIST
-#define XmCreateScrolledText XMCREATESCROLLEDTEXT
-#define XmCreateScrolledWindow XMCREATESCROLLEDWINDOW
-#define XmCreateSelectionDialog XMCREATESELECTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateSeparator XMCREATESEPARATOR
-#define XmCreateSeparatorGadget XMCREATESEPARATORGADGET
-#define XmCreateTemplateDialog XMCREATETEMPLATEDIALOG
-#define XmCreateText XMCREATETEXT
-#define XmCreateTextField XMCREATETEXTFIELD
-#define XmCreateToggleButton XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTON
-#define XmCreateToggleButtonGadget XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateWarningDialog XMCREATEWARNINGDIALOG
-#define XmCvtCTToXmString XMCVTCTTOXMSTRING
-#define XmDestroyPixmap XMDESTROYPIXMAP
-#define XmDragStart XMDRAGSTART
-#define XmDropSiteRegister XMDROPSITEREGISTER
-#define XmDropSiteUnregister XMDROPSITEUNREGISTER
-#define XmDropSiteUpdate XMDROPSITEUPDATE
-#define XmDropTransferStart XMDROPTRANSFERSTART
-#define XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild XMFILESELECTIONBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmFileSelectionDoSearch XMFILESELECTIONDOSEARCH
-#define XmFontListAppendEntry XMFONTLISTAPPENDENTRY
-#define XmFontListCopy XMFONTLISTCOPY
-#define XmFontListCreate XMFONTLISTCREATE
-#define XmFontListEntryCreate XMFONTLISTENTRYCREATE
-#define XmFontListEntryFree XMFONTLISTENTRYFREE
-#define XmFontListEntryGetFont XMFONTLISTENTRYGETFONT
-#define XmFontListEntryGetTag XMFONTLISTENTRYGETTAG
-#define XmFontListEntryLoad XMFONTLISTENTRYLOAD
-#define XmFontListFree XMFONTLISTFREE
-#define XmFontListFreeFontContext XMFONTLISTFREEFONTCONTEXT
-#define XmFontListGetNextFont XMFONTLISTGETNEXTFONT
-#define XmFontListInitFontContext XMFONTLISTINITFONTCONTEXT
-#define XmFontListNextEntry XMFONTLISTNEXTENTRY
-#define XmGetColors XMGETCOLORS
-#define XmGetColorCalculation XMGETCOLORCALCULATION
-#define XmGetFocusWidget XMGETFOCUSWIDGET
-#define XmGetMenuCursor XMGETMENUCURSOR
-#define XmGetPixmap XMGETPIXMAP
-#define XmGetPixmapByDepth XMGETPIXMAPBYDEPTH
-#define XmGetTearOffControl XMGETTEAROFFCONTROL
-#define XmGetXmDisplay XMGETXMDISPLAY
-#define XmImMbLookupString XMIMMBLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XmImRegister XMIMREGISTER
-#define XmImSetFocusValues XMIMSETFOCUSVALUES
-#define XmImSetValues XMIMSETVALUES
-#define XmImUnregister XMIMUNREGISTER
-#define XmImUnsetFocus XMIMUNSETFOCUS
-#define XmInstallImage XMINSTALLIMAGE
-#define XmInternAtom XMINTERNATOM
-#define XmIsMotifWMRunning XMISMOTIFWMRUNNING
-#define XmListAddItem XMLISTADDITEM
-#define XmListAddItemUnselected XMLISTADDITEMUNSELECTED
-#define XmListAddItems XMLISTADDITEMS
-#define XmListAddItemsUnselected XMLISTADDITEMSUNSELECTED
-#define XmListDeleteAllItems XMLISTDELETEALLITEMS
-#define XmListDeleteItem XMLISTDELETEITEM
-#define XmListDeleteItemsPos XMLISTDELETEITEMSPOS
-#define XmListDeletePos XMLISTDELETEPOS
-#define XmListDeselectAllItems XMLISTDESELECTALLITEMS
-#define XmListDeselectPos XMLISTDESELECTPOS
-#define XmListGetKbdItemPos XMLISTGETKBDITEMPOS
-#define XmListGetMatchPos XMLISTGETMATCHPOS
-#define XmListGetSelectedPos XMLISTGETSELECTEDPOS
-#define XmListItemExists XMLISTITEMEXISTS
-#define XmListItemPos XMLISTITEMPOS
-#define XmListPosSelected XMLISTPOSSELECTED
-#define XmListReplaceItems XMLISTREPLACEITEMS
-#define XmListReplaceItemsPos XMLISTREPLACEITEMSPOS
-#define XmListSelectItem XMLISTSELECTITEM
-#define XmListSelectPos XMLISTSELECTPOS
-#define XmListSetBottomPos XMLISTSETBOTTOMPOS
-#define XmListSetItem XMLISTSETITEM
-#define XmListSetKbdItemPos XMLISTSETKBDITEMPOS
-#define XmListSetPos XMLISTSETPOS
-#define XmMainWindowSetAreas XMMAINWINDOWSETAREAS
-#define XmMenuPosition XMMENUPOSITION
-#define XmMessageBoxGetChild XMMESSAGEBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmOptionButtonGadget XMOPTIONBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmOptionLabelGadget XMOPTIONLABELGADGET
-#define XmProcessTraversal XMPROCESSTRAVERSAL
-#define XmQmotif XMQMOTIF
-#define XmRemoveProtocolCallback XMREMOVEPROTOCOLCALLBACK
-#define XmRemoveProtocols XMREMOVEPROTOCOLS
-#define XmRemoveTabGroup XMREMOVETABGROUP
-#define XmRepTypeGetId XMREPTYPEGETID
-#define XmRepTypeGetRecord XMREPTYPEGETRECORD
-#define XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelCon XMREPTYPEINSTALLTEAROFFMODELCON
-#define XmRepTypeRegister XMREPTYPEREGISTER
-#define XmRepTypeValidValue XMREPTYPEVALIDVALUE
-#define XmScrollBarGetValues XMSCROLLBARGETVALUES
-#define XmScrollBarSetValues XMSCROLLBARSETVALUES
-#define XmScrolledWindowSetAreas XMSCROLLEDWINDOWSETAREAS
-#define XmSelectionBoxGetChild XMSELECTIONBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmSetColorCalculation XMSETCOLORCALCULATION
-#define XmStringByteCompare XMSTRINGBYTECOMPARE
-#define XmStringCompare XMSTRINGCOMPARE
-#define XmStringConcat XMSTRINGCONCAT
-#define XmStringCopy XMSTRINGCOPY
-#define XmStringCreate XMSTRINGCREATE
-#define XmStringCreateLocalized XMSTRINGCREATELOCALIZED
-#define XmStringCreateLtoR XMSTRINGCREATELTOR
-#define XmStringCreateSimple XMSTRINGCREATESIMPLE
-#define XmStringDraw XMSTRINGDRAW
-#define XmStringDrawUnderline XMSTRINGDRAWUNDERLINE
-#define XmStringExtent XMSTRINGEXTENT
-#define XmStringFree XMSTRINGFREE
-#define XmStringFreeContext XMSTRINGFREECONTEXT
-#define XmStringGetLtoR XMSTRINGGETLTOR
-#define XmStringGetNextComponent XMSTRINGGETNEXTCOMPONENT
-#define XmStringGetNextSegment XMSTRINGGETNEXTSEGMENT
-#define XmStringInitContext XMSTRINGINITCONTEXT
-#define XmStringLength XMSTRINGLENGTH
-#define XmStringLtoRCreate XMSTRINGLTORCREATE
-#define XmStringNConcat XMSTRINGNCONCAT
-#define XmStringSegmentCreate XMSTRINGSEGMENTCREATE
-#define XmStringSeparatorCreate XMSTRINGSEPARATORCREATE
-#define XmStringWidth XMSTRINGWIDTH
-#define XmTextClearSelection XMTEXTCLEARSELECTION
-#define XmTextCopy XMTEXTCOPY
-#define XmTextCut XMTEXTCUT
-#define XmTextFieldClearSelection XMTEXTFIELDCLEARSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldCopy XMTEXTFIELDCOPY
-#define XmTextFieldCut XMTEXTFIELDCUT
-#define XmTextFieldGetEditable XMTEXTFIELDGETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetLastPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETLASTPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDGETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextFieldGetSelection XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetString XMTEXTFIELDGETSTRING
-#define XmTextFieldInsert XMTEXTFIELDINSERT
-#define XmTextFieldPaste XMTEXTFIELDPASTE
-#define XmTextFieldRemove XMTEXTFIELDREMOVE
-#define XmTextFieldReplace XMTEXTFIELDREPLACE
-#define XmTextFieldSetAddMode XMTEXTFIELDSETADDMODE
-#define XmTextFieldSetHighlight XMTEXTFIELDSETHIGHLIGHT
-#define XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDSETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldSetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDSETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextFieldSetSelection XMTEXTFIELDSETSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldSetString XMTEXTFIELDSETSTRING
-#define XmTextFieldShowPosition XMTEXTFIELDSHOWPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetCursorPosition XMTEXTGETCURSORPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetEditable XMTEXTGETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTGETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetLastPosition XMTEXTGETLASTPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetMaxLength XMTEXTGETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextGetSelection XMTEXTGETSELECTION
-#define XmTextGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTGETSELECTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetString XMTEXTGETSTRING
-#define XmTextInsert XMTEXTINSERT
-#define XmTextPaste XMTEXTPASTE
-#define XmTextPosToXY XMTEXTPOSTOXY
-#define XmTextRemove XMTEXTREMOVE
-#define XmTextReplace XMTEXTREPLACE
-#define XmTextSetCursorPosition XMTEXTSETCURSORPOSITION
-#define XmTextSetEditable XMTEXTSETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextSetHighlight XMTEXTSETHIGHLIGHT
-#define XmTextSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTSETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextSetSelection XMTEXTSETSELECTION
-#define XmTextSetString XMTEXTSETSTRING
-#define XmTextSetTopCharacter XMTEXTSETTOPCHARACTER
-#define XmTextShowPosition XMTEXTSHOWPOSITION
-#define XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETGETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETSETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONSETSTATE
-#define XmUninstallImage XMUNINSTALLIMAGE
-#define XmUpdateDisplay XMUPDATEDISPLAY
-#define XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox XMVACREATESIMPLERADIOBOX
-#define XmbDrawString XMBDRAWSTRING
-#define XmbLookupString XMBLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XmbResetIC XMBRESETIC
-#define XmbSetWMProperties XMBSETWMPROPERTIES
-#define XmbTextEscapement XMBTEXTESCAPEMENT
-#define XmbTextExtents XMBTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XmbTextListToTextProperty XMBTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XmbTextPropertyToTextList XMBTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST
-#define XmbufCreateBuffers XMBUFCREATEBUFFERS
-#define XmbufDestroyBuffers XMBUFDESTROYBUFFERS
-#define XmbufDisplayBuffers XMBUFDISPLAYBUFFERS
-#define XmbufQueryExtension XMBUFQUERYEXTENSION
-#define Xmemory_free XMEMORY_FREE
-#define Xmemory_malloc XMEMORY_MALLOC
-#define XmuClientWindow XMUCLIENTWINDOW
-#define XmuConvertStandardSelection XMUCONVERTSTANDARDSELECTION
-#define XmuCvtStringToBitmap XMUCVTSTRINGTOBITMAP
-#define XmuInternAtom XMUINTERNATOM
-#define XmuInternStrings XMUINTERNSTRINGS
-#define XmuLookupStandardColormap XMULOOKUPSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XmuPrintDefaultErrorMessage XMUPRINTDEFAULTERRORMESSAGE
-#define XrmCombineDatabase XRMCOMBINEDATABASE
-#define XrmCombineFileDatabase XRMCOMBINEFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmDestroyDatabase XRMDESTROYDATABASE
-#define XrmGetDatabase XRMGETDATABASE
-#define XrmGetFileDatabase XRMGETFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmGetResource XRMGETRESOURCE
-#define XrmGetStringDatabase XRMGETSTRINGDATABASE
-#define XrmInitialize XRMINITIALIZE
-#define XrmMergeDatabases XRMMERGEDATABASES
-#define XrmParseCommand XRMPARSECOMMAND
-#define XrmPermStringToQuark XRMPERMSTRINGTOQUARK
-#define XrmPutFileDatabase XRMPUTFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmPutLineResource XRMPUTLINERESOURCE
-#define XrmPutStringResource XRMPUTSTRINGRESOURCE
-#define XrmQGetResource XRMQGETRESOURCE
-#define XrmQPutStringResource XRMQPUTSTRINGRESOURCE
-#define XrmQuarkToString XRMQUARKTOSTRING
-#define XrmSetDatabase XRMSETDATABASE
-#define XrmStringToBindingQuarkList XRMSTRINGTOBINDINGQUARKLIST
-#define XrmStringToQuark XRMSTRINGTOQUARK
-#define XtAddCallback XTADDCALLBACK
-#define XtAddCallbacks XTADDCALLBACKS
-#define XtAddConverter XTADDCONVERTER
-#define XtAddEventHandler XTADDEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtAddExposureToRegion XTADDEXPOSURETOREGION
-#define XtAddGrab XTADDGRAB
-#define XtAddRawEventHandler XTADDRAWEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtAllocateGC XTALLOCATEGC
-#define XtAppAddActions XTAPPADDACTIONS
-#define XtAppAddInput XTAPPADDINPUT
-#define XtAppAddTimeOut XTAPPADDTIMEOUT
-#define XtAppAddWorkProc XTAPPADDWORKPROC
-#define XtAppCreateShell XTAPPCREATESHELL
-#define XtAppError XTAPPERROR
-#define XtAppErrorMsg XTAPPERRORMSG
-#define XtAppInitialize XTAPPINITIALIZE
-#define XtAppMainLoop XTAPPMAINLOOP
-#define XtAppNextEvent XTAPPNEXTEVENT
-#define XtAppPeekEvent XTAPPPEEKEVENT
-#define XtAppPending XTAPPPENDING
-#define XtAppProcessEvent XTAPPPROCESSEVENT
-#define XtAppSetErrorHandler XTAPPSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XtAppSetFallbackResources XTAPPSETFALLBACKRESOURCES
-#define XtAppSetTypeConverter XTAPPSETTYPECONVERTER
-#define XtAppSetWarningHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGHANDLER
-#define XtAppWarningMsg XTAPPWARNINGMSG
-#define XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGMSGHANDLER
-#define XtAppWarning XTAPPWARNING
-#define XtAugmentTranslations XTAUGMENTTRANSLATIONS
-#define XtCallActionProc XTCALLACTIONPROC
-#define XtCallCallbackList XTCALLCALLBACKLIST
-#define XtCallCallbacks XTCALLCALLBACKS
-#define XtCallConverter XTCALLCONVERTER
-#define XtCalloc XTCALLOC 
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtClass XTCLASS
-#endif
-#define XtCloseDisplay XTCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XtConfigureWidget XTCONFIGUREWIDGET
-#define XtConvert XTCONVERT
-#define XtConvertAndStore XTCONVERTANDSTORE
-#define XtCreateApplicationContext XTCREATEAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtCreateManagedWidget XTCREATEMANAGEDWIDGET
-#define XtCreatePopupShell XTCREATEPOPUPSHELL
-#define XtCreateWidget XTCREATEWIDGET
-#define XtCreateWindow XTCREATEWINDOW
-#define XtCvtStringToFont XTCVTSTRINGTOFONT
-#define XtDatabase XTDATABASE
-#define XtDestroyApplicationContext XTDESTROYAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtDestroyWidget XTDESTROYWIDGET
-#define XtDisownSelection XTDISOWNSELECTION
-#define XtDispatchEvent XTDISPATCHEVENT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY
-#endif
-#define XtDisplayOfObject XTDISPLAYOFOBJECT
-#define XtDisplayStringConvWarning XTDISPLAYSTRINGCONVWARNING
-#define XtDisplayToApplicationContext XTDISPLAYTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtError XTERROR
-#define XtErrorMsg XTERRORMSG
-#define XtFree XTFREE
-#define XtGetActionKeysym XTGETACTIONKEYSYM
-#define XtGetActionList XTGETACTIONLIST
-#define XtGetApplicationNameAndClass XTGETAPPLICATIONNAMEANDCLASS
-#define XtGetApplicationResources XTGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES
-#define XtGetClassExtension XTGETCLASSEXTENSION
-#define XtGetConstraintResourceList XTGETCONSTRAINTRESOURCELIST
-#define XtGetGC XTGETGC
-#define XtGetMultiClickTime XTGETMULTICLICKTIME
-#define XtGetResourceList XTGETRESOURCELIST
-#define XtGetSelectionValue XTGETSELECTIONVALUE
-#define XtGetSelectionValues XTGETSELECTIONVALUES
-#define XtGetSubresources XTGETSUBRESOURCES
-#define XtGetValues XTGETVALUES
-#define XtGrabButton XTGRABBUTTON
-#define XtGrabKeyboard XTGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XtGrabPointer XTGRABPOINTER
-#define XtHasCallbacks XTHASCALLBACKS
-#define XtInitialize XTINITIALIZE
-#define XtInitializeWidgetClass XTINITIALIZEWIDGETCLASS
-#define XtInsertEventHandler XTINSERTEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtInsertRawEventHandler XTINSERTRAWEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtInstallAccelerators XTINSTALLACCELERATORS
-#define XtIsManaged XTISMANAGED
-#define XtIsObject XTISOBJECT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtIsRealized XTISREALIZED
-#endif
-#define XtIsSensitive XTISSENSITIVE
-#define XtIsSubclass XTISSUBCLASS
-#define XtLastTimestampProcessed XTLASTTIMESTAMPPROCESSED
-#define XtMainLoop XTMAINLOOP
-#define XtMakeGeometryRequest XTMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST
-#define XtMakeResizeRequest XTMAKERESIZEREQUEST
-#define XtMalloc XTMALLOC
-#define XtManageChild XTMANAGECHILD
-#define XtManageChildren XTMANAGECHILDREN
-#define XtMergeArgLists XTMERGEARGLISTS
-#define XtMoveWidget XTMOVEWIDGET
-#define XtName XTNAME
-#define XtNameToWidget XTNAMETOWIDGET
-#define XtOpenApplication XTOPENAPPLICATION
-#define XtOpenDisplay XTOPENDISPLAY
-#define XtOverrideTranslations XTOVERRIDETRANSLATIONS
-#define XtOwnSelection XTOWNSELECTION
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtParent XTPARENT
-#endif
-#define XtParseAcceleratorTable XTPARSEACCELERATORTABLE
-#define XtParseTranslationTable XTPARSETRANSLATIONTABLE
-#define XtPopdown XTPOPDOWN
-#define XtPopup XTPOPUP
-#define XtPopupSpringLoaded XTPOPUPSPRINGLOADED
-#define XtQueryGeometry XTQUERYGEOMETRY
-#define XtRealizeWidget XTREALIZEWIDGET
-#define XtRealloc XTREALLOC
-#define XtRegisterDrawable _XTREGISTERWINDOW
-#define XtRegisterGrabAction XTREGISTERGRABACTION
-#define XtReleaseGC XTRELEASEGC
-#define XtRemoveAllCallbacks XTREMOVEALLCALLBACKS
-#define XtRemoveCallback XTREMOVECALLBACK
-#define XtRemoveEventHandler XTREMOVEEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtRemoveGrab XTREMOVEGRAB
-#define XtRemoveInput XTREMOVEINPUT
-#define XtRemoveTimeOut XTREMOVETIMEOUT
-#define XtRemoveWorkProc XTREMOVEWORKPROC
-#define XtResizeWidget XTRESIZEWIDGET
-#define XtResolvePathname XTRESOLVEPATHNAME
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtScreen XTSCREEN
-#endif
-#define XtScreenDatabase XTSCREENDATABASE
-#define XtScreenOfObject XTSCREENOFOBJECT
-#define XtSessionReturnToken XTSESSIONRETURNTOKEN
-#define XtSetErrorHandler XTSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XtSetKeyboardFocus XTSETKEYBOARDFOCUS
-#define XtSetLanguageProc XTSETLANGUAGEPROC
-#define XtSetMappedWhenManaged XTSETMAPPEDWHENMANAGED
-#define XtSetSensitive XTSETSENSITIVE
-#define XtSetTypeConverter XTSETTYPECONVERTER
-#define XtSetValues XTSETVALUES
-#define XtShellStrings XTSHELLSTRINGS
-#define XtStringConversionWarning XTSTRINGCONVERSIONWARNING 
-#define XtStrings XTSTRINGS
-#define XtToolkitInitialize XTTOOLKITINITIALIZE
-#define XtTranslateCoords XTTRANSLATECOORDS
-#define XtTranslateKeycode XTTRANSLATEKEYCODE
-#define XtUngrabButton XTUNGRABBUTTON
-#define XtUngrabKeyboard XTUNGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XtUngrabPointer XTUNGRABPOINTER
-#define XtUnmanageChild XTUNMANAGECHILD
-#define XtUnmanageChildren XTUNMANAGECHILDREN
-#define XtUnrealizeWidget XTUNREALIZEWIDGET
-#define XtUnregisterDrawable _XTUNREGISTERWINDOW
-#define XtVaCreateManagedWidget XTVACREATEMANAGEDWIDGET
-#define XtVaCreatePopupShell XTVACREATEPOPUPSHELL
-#define XtVaCreateWidget XTVACREATEWIDGET
-#define XtVaGetApplicationResources XTVAGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES
-#define XtVaGetValues XTVAGETVALUES
-#define XtVaSetValues XTVASETVALUES
-#define XtWarning XTWARNING
-#define XtWarningMsg XTWARNINGMSG
-#define XtWidgetToApplicationContext XTWIDGETTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtWindow XTWINDOW
-#endif
-#define XtWindowOfObject XTWINDOWOFOBJECT
-#define XtWindowToWidget XTWINDOWTOWIDGET
-#define XwcDrawImageString XWCDRAWIMAGESTRING
-#define XwcDrawString XWCDRAWSTRING
-#define XwcFreeStringList XWCFREESTRINGLIST
-#define XwcTextEscapement XWCTEXTESCAPEMENT
-#define XwcTextExtents XWCTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XwcTextListToTextProperty XWCTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XwcLookupString XWCLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XwcTextPropertyToTextList XWCTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST
-#define _XAllocTemp _XALLOCTEMP
-#define _XDeqAsyncHandler _XDEQASYNCHANDLER
-#define _XEatData _XEATDATA
-#define _XFlush _XFLUSH
-#define _XFreeTemp _XFREETEMP
-#define _XGetAsyncReply _XGETASYNCREPLY 
-#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs _XINITIMAGEFUNCPTRS
-#define _XRead _XREAD
-#define _XReadPad _XREADPAD
-#define _XRegisterFilterByType _XREGISTERFILTERBYTYPE 
-#define _XReply _XREPLY
-#define _XSend _XSEND
-#define _XUnregisterFilter _XUNREGISTERFILTER
-#define _XVIDtoVisual _XVIDTOVISUAL
-#define _XmBottomShadowColorDefault _XMBOTTOMSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT
-#define _XmClearBorder _XMCLEARBORDER
-#define _XmConfigureObject _XMCONFIGUREOBJECT
-#define _XmDestroyParentCallback _XMDESTROYPARENTCALLBACK
-#define _XmDrawArrow _XMDRAWARROW
-#define _XmDrawShadows _XMDRAWSHADOWS
-#define _XmFontListGetDefaultFont _XMFONTLISTGETDEFAULTFONT
-#define _XmFromHorizontalPixels _XMFROMHORIZONTALPIXELS
-#define _XmFromVerticalPixels _XMFROMVERTICALPIXELS
-#define _XmGetClassExtensionPtr _XMGETCLASSEXTENSIONPTR
-#define _XmGetDefaultFontList _XMGETDEFAULTFONTLIST
-#define _XmGetTextualDragIcon _XMGETTEXTUALDRAGICON
-#define _XmGetWidgetExtData _XMGETWIDGETEXTDATA
-#define _XmGrabKeyboard _XMGRABKEYBOARD
-#define _XmGrabPointer _XMGRABPOINTER
-#define _XmInheritClass _XMINHERITCLASS
-#define _XmInputForGadget _XMINPUTFORGADGET
-#define _XmInputInGadget _XMINPUTINGADGET
-#define _XmMakeGeometryRequest _XMMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST
-#define _XmMenuPopDown _XMMENUPOPDOWN
-#define _XmMoveObject _XMMOVEOBJECT
-#define _XmNavigChangeManaged _XMNAVIGCHANGEMANAGED
-#define _XmOSBuildFileList _XMOSBUILDFILELIST
-#define _XmOSFileCompare _XMOSFILECOMPARE
-#define _XmOSFindPatternPart _XMOSFINDPATTERNPART
-#define _XmOSQualifyFileSpec _XMOSQUALIFYFILESPEC
-#define _XmPostPopupMenu _XMPOSTPOPUPMENU
-#define _XmPrimitiveEnter _XMPRIMITIVEENTER
-#define _XmPrimitiveLeave _XMPRIMITIVELEAVE
-#define _XmRedisplayGadgets _XMREDISPLAYGADGETS
-#define _XmShellIsExclusive _XMSHELLISEXCLUSIVE
-#define _XmStringDraw _XMSTRINGDRAW
-#define _XmStringGetTextConcat _XMSTRINGGETTEXTCONCAT
-#define _XmStrings _XMSTRINGS
-#define _XmToHorizontalPixels _XMTOHORIZONTALPIXELS
-#define _XmToVerticalPixels _XMTOVERTICALPIXELS
-#define _XmTopShadowColorDefault _XMTOPSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT
-#define _Xm_fastPtr _XM_FASTPTR
-#define _XtCheckSubclassFlag _XTCHECKSUBCLASSFLAG
-#define _XtCopyFromArg _XTCOPYFROMARG
-#define _XtCountVaList _XTCOUNTVALIST
-#define _XtInherit _XTINHERIT
-#define _XtInheritTranslations _XTINHERITTRANSLATIONS
-#define _XtIsSubclassOf _XTISSUBCLASSOF
-#define _XtVaToArgList _XTVATOARGLIST
-#define applicationShellWidgetClass APPLICATIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define cli$dcl_parse CLI$DCL_PARSE
-#define cli$get_value CLI$GET_VALUE
-#define cli$present  CLI$PRESENT
-#define compositeClassRec COMPOSITECLASSREC
-#define compositeWidgetClass COMPOSITEWIDGETCLASS
-#define constraintClassRec CONSTRAINTCLASSREC
-#define constraintWidgetClass CONSTRAINTWIDGETCLASS
-#define coreWidgetClass COREWIDGETCLASS
-#define exe$getspi EXE$GETSPI
-#define lbr$close LBR$CLOSE
-#define lbr$get_header LBR$GET_HEADER
-#define lbr$get_index LBR$GET_INDEX
-#define lbr$get_record LBR$GET_RECORD
-#define lbr$ini_control LBR$INI_CONTROL
-#define lbr$lookup_key LBR$LOOKUP_KEY
-#define lbr$open LBR$OPEN
-#define lbr$output_help LBR$OUTPUT_HELP
-#define lib$add_times LIB$ADD_TIMES
-#define lib$addx LIB$ADDX
-#define lib$create_dir LIB$CREATE_DIR
-#define lib$create_vm_zone LIB$CREATE_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$cvt_from_internal_time LIB$CVT_FROM_INTERNAL_TIME
-#define lib$cvt_htb LIB$CVT_HTB
-#define lib$cvt_vectim LIB$CVT_VECTIM
-#define lib$day LIB$DAY
-#define lib$day_of_week LIB$DAY_OF_WEEK
-#define lib$delete_symbol LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL
-#define lib$delete_vm_zone LIB$DELETE_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$disable_ctrl LIB$DISABLE_CTRL
-#define lib$ediv LIB$EDIV
-#define lib$emul LIB$EMUL
-#define lib$enable_ctrl LIB$ENABLE_CTRL
-#define lib$find_vm_zone LIB$FIND_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$format_date_time LIB$FORMAT_DATE_TIME
-#define lib$free_timer LIB$FREE_TIMER
-#define lib$free_vm LIB$FREE_VM
-#define lib$get_ef LIB$GET_EF
-#define lib$get_foreign LIB$GET_FOREIGN
-#define lib$get_input LIB$GET_INPUT
-#define lib$get_users_language LIB$GET_USERS_LANGUAGE
-#define lib$get_vm LIB$GET_VM
-#define lib$get_symbol LIB$GET_SYMBOL
-#define lib$getdvi LIB$GETDVI
-#define lib$init_date_time_context LIB$INIT_DATE_TIME_CONTEXT
-#define lib$init_timer LIB$INIT_TIMER
-#define lib$find_file LIB$FIND_FILE
-#define lib$find_file_end LIB$FIND_FILE_END
-#define lib$find_image_symbol LIB$FIND_IMAGE_SYMBOL
-#define lib$mult_delta_time LIB$MULT_DELTA_TIME
-#define lib$put_output LIB$PUT_OUTPUT
-#define lib$rename_file LIB$RENAME_FILE
-#define lib$reset_vm_zone LIB$RESET_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$set_symbol LIB$SET_SYMBOL
-#define lib$sfree1_dd LIB$SFREE1_DD
-#define lib$show_vm LIB$SHOW_VM
-#define lib$show_vm_zone LIB$SHOW_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$spawn LIB$SPAWN
-#define lib$stat_timer LIB$STAT_TIMER
-#define lib$subx LIB$SUBX
-#define lib$sub_times LIB$SUB_TIMES
-#define lib$wait LIB$WAIT
-#define mail$send_add_address MAIL$SEND_ADD_ADDRESS
-#define mail$send_add_attribute MAIL$SEND_ADD_ATTRIBUTE
-#define mail$send_add_bodypart MAIL$SEND_ADD_BODYPART
-#define mail$send_begin MAIL$SEND_BEGIN
-#define mail$send_end MAIL$SEND_END
-#define mail$send_message MAIL$SEND_MESSAGE
-#define ncs$convert NCS$CONVERT
-#define ncs$get_cf NCS$GET_CF
-#define objectClass OBJECTCLASS
-#define objectClassRec OBJECTCLASSREC
-#define overrideShellClassRec OVERRIDESHELLCLASSREC
-#define overrideShellWidgetClass OVERRIDESHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define pthread_attr_create PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_attr_delete PTHREAD_ATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_attr_destroy PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY
-#define pthread_attr_getdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACH_NP
-#define pthread_attr_getguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE_NP
-#define pthread_attr_getinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETINHERITSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_getprio PTHREAD_ATTR_GETPRIO
-#define pthread_attr_getsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_getschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_attr_getschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY
-#define pthread_attr_getstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE
-#define pthread_attr_init PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_attr_setdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACH_NP
-#define pthread_attr_setdetachstate PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE
-#define pthread_attr_setguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE_NP
-#define pthread_attr_setinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETINHERITSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_setprio PTHREAD_ATTR_SETPRIO
-#define pthread_attr_setsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_setschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_attr_setschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY
-#ifndef pthread_attr_setscope
-# define pthread_attr_setscope PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE
-#endif
-#define pthread_attr_setstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE
-#define pthread_cancel PTHREAD_CANCEL
-#define pthread_cancel_e PTHREAD_CANCEL_E
-#define pthread_cond_broadcast PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST
-#define pthread_cond_destroy PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY
-#define pthread_cond_init PTHREAD_COND_INIT
-#define pthread_cond_sig_preempt_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIG_PREEMPT_INT_NP
-#define pthread_cond_signal PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL
-#define pthread_cond_signal_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL_INT_NP
-#define pthread_cond_timedwait PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT
-#define pthread_cond_wait PTHREAD_COND_WAIT
-#define pthread_condattr_create PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_condattr_delete PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_condattr_init PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_create PTHREAD_CREATE
-#define pthread_delay_np PTHREAD_DELAY_NP
-#define pthread_detach PTHREAD_DETACH
-#define pthread_equal PTHREAD_EQUAL
-#define pthread_exc_fetch_fp_np PTHREAD_EXC_FETCH_FP_NP
-#define pthread_exc_handler_np PTHREAD_EXC_HANDLER_NP
-#define pthread_exc_matches_np PTHREAD_EXC_MATCHES_NP
-#define pthread_exc_pop_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_POP_CTX_NP
-#define pthread_exc_push_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_PUSH_CTX_NP
-#define pthread_exc_raise_np PTHREAD_EXC_RAISE_NP
-#define pthread_exc_savecontext_np PTHREAD_EXC_SAVECONTEXT_NP
-#define pthread_exit PTHREAD_EXIT
-#define pthread_get_expiration_np PTHREAD_GET_EXPIRATION_NP
-#define pthread_getprio PTHREAD_GETPRIO
-#define pthread_getschedparam PTHREAD_GETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_getscheduler PTHREAD_GETSCHEDULER
-#define pthread_getspecific PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC
-#define pthread_getunique_np PTHREAD_GETUNIQUE_NP
-#define pthread_join PTHREAD_JOIN
-#define pthread_join32 PTHREAD_JOIN32
-#define pthread_key_create PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE
-#define pthread_key_delete PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE
-#define pthread_keycreate PTHREAD_KEYCREATE
-#define pthread_kill PTHREAD_KILL
-#define pthread_lock_global_np PTHREAD_LOCK_GLOBAL_NP
-#define pthread_mutex_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY
-#define pthread_mutex_init PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
-#define pthread_mutex_lock PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK
-#define pthread_mutex_trylock PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK
-#define pthread_mutex_unlock PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK
-#define pthread_mutexattr_create PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_mutexattr_delete PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_mutexattr_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY
-#define pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETKIND_NP
-#define pthread_mutexattr_init PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETKIND_NP
-#define pthread_mutexattr_settype_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE_NP
-#define pthread_once PTHREAD_ONCE
-#define pthread_resume_np PTHREAD_RESUME_NP
-#define pthread_self PTHREAD_SELF
-#define pthread_setasynccancel PTHREAD_SETASYNCCANCEL
-#define pthread_setcancel PTHREAD_SETCANCEL
-#define pthread_setcancelstate PTHREAD_SETCANCELSTATE
-#define pthread_setcanceltype PTHREAD_SETCANCELTYPE
-#define pthread_setprio PTHREAD_SETPRIO
-#define pthread_setschedparam PTHREAD_SETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_setscheduler PTHREAD_SETSCHEDULER
-#define pthread_setspecific PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC
-#define pthread_suspend_np PTHREAD_SUSPEND_NP
-#define pthread_testcancel PTHREAD_TESTCANCEL
-#define pthread_unlock_global_np PTHREAD_UNLOCK_GLOBAL_NP
-#define pthread_yield PTHREAD_YIELD
-#define pthread_yield_np PTHREAD_YIELD_NP
-#define rectObjClass RECTOBJCLASS
-#define rectObjClassRec RECTOBJCLASSREC
-#define sessionShellWidgetClass SESSIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define shellWidgetClass SHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define shmat SHMAT
-#define shmctl SHMCTL
-#define shmdt SHMDT
-#define shmget SHMGET
-#define smg$create_key_table SMG$CREATE_KEY_TABLE
-#define smg$create_virtual_keyboard SMG$CREATE_VIRTUAL_KEYBOARD
-#define smg$read_composed_line SMG$READ_COMPOSED_LINE
-#define sys$add_ident SYS$ADD_IDENT
-#define sys$asctoid SYS$ASCTOID
-#define sys$assign SYS$ASSIGN
-#define sys$bintim SYS$BINTIM
-#define sys$cancel SYS$CANCEL
-#define sys$cantim SYS$CANTIM
-#define sys$check_access SYS$CHECK_ACCESS
-#define sys$close SYS$CLOSE
-#define sys$connect SYS$CONNECT
-#define sys$create SYS$CREATE
-#define sys$create_user_profile SYS$CREATE_USER_PROFILE
-#define sys$crembx SYS$CREMBX
-#define sys$creprc SYS$CREPRC
-#define sys$crmpsc SYS$CRMPSC
-#define sys$dassgn SYS$DASSGN
-#define sys$dclast SYS$DCLAST
-#define sys$dclexh SYS$DCLEXH
-#define sys$delprc SYS$DELPRC
-#define sys$deq SYS$DEQ
-#define sys$dgblsc SYS$DGBLSC
-#define sys$display SYS$DISPLAY
-#define sys$enq SYS$ENQ
-#define sys$enqw SYS$ENQW
-#define sys$erase SYS$ERASE
-#define sys$fao SYS$FAO
-#define sys$faol SYS$FAOL
-#define sys$find_held SYS$FIND_HELD
-#define sys$finish_rdb SYS$FINISH_RDB
-#define sys$flush SYS$FLUSH
-#define sys$forcex SYS$FORCEX
-#define sys$get SYS$GET
-#define sys$get_security SYS$GET_SECURITY
-#define sys$getdviw SYS$GETDVIW
-#define sys$getjpi SYS$GETJPI
-#define sys$getjpiw SYS$GETJPIW
-#define sys$getlkiw SYS$GETLKIW
-#define sys$getmsg SYS$GETMSG
-#define sys$getsyi SYS$GETSYI
-#define sys$getsyiw SYS$GETSYIW
-#define sys$gettim SYS$GETTIM
-#define sys$getuai SYS$GETUAI
-#define sys$grantid SYS$GRANTID
-#define sys$hash_password SYS$HASH_PASSWORD
-#define sys$hiber SYS$HIBER
-#define sys$mgblsc SYS$MGBLSC
-#define sys$numtim SYS$NUMTIM
-#define sys$open SYS$OPEN
-#define sys$parse SYS$PARSE
-#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL
-#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL
-#define sys$persona_assume SYS$PERSONA_ASSUME
-#define sys$persona_create SYS$PERSONA_CREATE
-#define sys$persona_delete SYS$PERSONA_DELETE
-#define sys$process_scan SYS$PROCESS_SCAN
-#define sys$put SYS$PUT
-#define sys$qio SYS$QIO
-#define sys$qiow SYS$QIOW
-#define sys$read SYS$READ
-#define sys$resched SYS$RESCHED
-#define sys$rewind SYS$REWIND
-#define sys$search SYS$SEARCH
-#define sys$set_security SYS$SET_SECURITY
-#define sys$setast SYS$SETAST
-#define sys$setef SYS$SETEF
-#define sys$setimr SYS$SETIMR
-#define sys$setpri SYS$SETPRI
-#define sys$setprn SYS$SETPRN
-#define sys$setprv SYS$SETPRV
-#define sys$setswm SYS$SETSWM
-#define sys$setuai SYS$SETUAI
-#define sys$sndopr SYS$SNDOPR
-#define sys$synch SYS$SYNCH
-#define sys$trnlnm SYS$TRNLNM
-#define sys$update SYS$UPDATE
-#define sys$wake SYS$WAKE
-#define sys$write SYS$WRITE
-#define topLevelShellClassRec TOPLEVELSHELLCLASSREC
-#define topLevelShellWidgetClass TOPLEVELSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define transientShellWidgetClass TRANSIENTSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define vendorShellClassRec VENDORSHELLCLASSREC
-#define vendorShellWidgetClass VENDORSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define widgetClass WIDGETCLASS
-#define widgetClassRec WIDGETCLASSREC
-#define wmShellClassRec WMSHELLCLASSREC
-#define wmShellWidgetClass WMSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define x$soft_ast_lib_lock X$SOFT_AST_LIB_LOCK
-#define x$soft_ast_lock_depth X$SOFT_AST_LOCK_DEPTH
-#define x$soft_reenable_asts X$SOFT_REENABLE_ASTS
-#define xmArrowButtonWidgetClass XMARROWBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmBulletinBoardWidgetClass XMBULLETINBOARDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmCascadeButtonClassRec XMCASCADEBUTTONCLASSREC
-#define xmCascadeButtonGadgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmCascadeButtonWidgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmCommandWidgetClass XMCOMMANDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDialogShellWidgetClass XMDIALOGSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDrawingAreaWidgetClass XMDRAWINGAREAWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDrawnButtonWidgetClass XMDRAWNBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFileSelectionBoxWidgetClass XMFILESELECTIONBOXWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFormWidgetClass XMFORMWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFrameWidgetClass XMFRAMEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmGadgetClass XMGADGETCLASS
-#define xmLabelGadgetClass XMLABELGADGETCLASS
-#define xmLabelWidgetClass XMLABELWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmListWidgetClass XMLISTWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMainWindowWidgetClass XMMAINWINDOWWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmManagerClassRec XMMANAGERCLASSREC
-#define xmManagerWidgetClass XMMANAGERWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMenuShellWidgetClass XMMENUSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMessageBoxWidgetClass XMMESSAGEBOXWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmPrimitiveClassRec XMPRIMITIVECLASSREC
-#define xmPrimitiveWidgetClass XMPRIMITIVEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmPushButtonClassRec XMPUSHBUTTONCLASSREC
-#define xmPushButtonGadgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmPushButtonWidgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmRowColumnWidgetClass XMROWCOLUMNWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmSashWidgetClass XMSASHWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScaleWidgetClass XMSCALEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScrollBarWidgetClass XMSCROLLBARWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScrolledWindowClassRec XMSCROLLEDWINDOWCLASSREC
-#define xmScrolledWindowWidgetClass XMSCROLLEDWINDOWWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmSeparatorGadgetClass XMSEPARATORGADGETCLASS
-#define xmSeparatorWidgetClass XMSEPARATORWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmTextFieldWidgetClass XMTEXTFIELDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmTextWidgetClass XMTEXTWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmToggleButtonGadgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmToggleButtonWidgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-
-#if (__VMS_VER < 80200000) 
-# define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \
-    if ((req->length + n) > (unsigned)65535) { \
-	    n = badlen; \
-	    req->length += n; \
-    } else \
-	req->length += n
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-extern void XtFree(char*);
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/volume.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/volume.h
deleted file mode 100644
index be4407533..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/volume.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/volume.h
-// Purpose:     wxFSVolume - encapsulates system volume information
-// Author:      George Policello
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28 Jan 02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: volume.h 39399 2006-05-28 23:08:31Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 George Policello
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFSVolume represents a volume/drive/mount point in a file system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
-#define _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// the volume flags
-enum
-{
-    // is the volume mounted?
-    wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED = 0x0001,
-
-    // is the volume removable (floppy, CD, ...)?
-    wxFS_VOL_REMOVABLE = 0x0002,
-
-    // read only? (otherwise read write)
-    wxFS_VOL_READONLY = 0x0004,
-
-    // network resources
-    wxFS_VOL_REMOTE = 0x0008
-};
-
-// the volume types
-enum wxFSVolumeKind
-{
-    wxFS_VOL_FLOPPY,
-    wxFS_VOL_DISK,
-    wxFS_VOL_CDROM,
-    wxFS_VOL_DVDROM,
-    wxFS_VOL_NETWORK,
-    wxFS_VOL_OTHER,
-    wxFS_VOL_MAX
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSVolumeBase
-{
-public:
-    // return the array containing the names of the volumes
-    //
-    // only the volumes with the flags such that
-    //  (flags & flagsSet) == flagsSet && !(flags & flagsUnset)
-    // are returned (by default, all mounted ones)
-    static wxArrayString GetVolumes(int flagsSet = wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED,
-                                    int flagsUnset = 0);
-
-    // stop execution of GetVolumes() called previously (should be called from
-    // another thread, of course)
-    static void CancelSearch();
-
-    // create the volume object with this name (should be one of those returned
-    // by GetVolumes()).
-    wxFSVolumeBase();
-    wxFSVolumeBase(const wxString& name);
-    bool Create(const wxString& name);
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // is this a valid volume?
-    bool IsOk() const;
-
-    // kind of this volume?
-    wxFSVolumeKind GetKind() const;
-
-    // flags of this volume?
-    int GetFlags() const;
-
-    // can we write to this volume?
-    bool IsWritable() const { return !(GetFlags() & wxFS_VOL_READONLY); }
-
-    // get the name of the volume and the name which should be displayed to the
-    // user
-    wxString GetName() const { return m_volName; }
-    wxString GetDisplayName() const { return m_dispName; }
-
-    // TODO: operatios (Mount(), Unmount(), Eject(), ...)?
-
-protected:
-    // the internal volume name
-    wxString m_volName;
-
-    // the volume name as it is displayed to the user
-    wxString m_dispName;
-
-    // have we been initialized correctly?
-    bool m_isOk;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/iconbndl.h" // only for wxIconArray
-
-enum wxFSIconType
-{
-    wxFS_VOL_ICO_SMALL = 0,
-    wxFS_VOL_ICO_LARGE,
-    wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_SMALL,
-    wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_LARGE,
-    wxFS_VOL_ICO_MAX
-};
-
-// wxFSVolume adds GetIcon() to wxFSVolumeBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFSVolume : public wxFSVolumeBase
-{
-public:
-    wxFSVolume() : wxFSVolumeBase() { InitIcons(); }
-    wxFSVolume(const wxString& name) : wxFSVolumeBase(name) { InitIcons(); }
-
-    wxIcon GetIcon(wxFSIconType type) const;
-
-private:
-    void InitIcons();
-
-    // the different icons for this volume (created on demand)
-    wxIconArray m_icons;
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// wxFSVolume is the same thing as wxFSVolume in wxBase
-typedef wxFSVolumeBase wxFSVolume;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-
-#endif // _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vscroll.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vscroll.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d5d4e449..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/vscroll.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/vscroll.h
-// Purpose:     wxVScrolledWindow: generalization of wxScrolledWindow
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.05.03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: vscroll.h 38917 2006-04-26 00:17:52Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-#define _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"           // base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVScrolledWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   In the name of this class, "V" may stand for "variable" because it can be
-   used for scrolling lines of variable heights; "virtual" because it is not
-   necessary to know the heights of all lines in advance -- only those which
-   are shown on the screen need to be measured; or, even, "vertical" because
-   this class only supports scrolling in one direction currently (this could
-   and probably will change in the future however).
-
-   In any case, this is a generalization of the wxScrolledWindow class which
-   can be only used when all lines have the same height. It lacks some other
-   wxScrolledWindow features however, notably it currently lacks support for
-   horizontal scrolling; it can't scroll another window nor only a rectangle
-   of the window and not its entire client area.
- */
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxVScrolledWindow : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // default ctor, you must call Create() later
-    wxVScrolledWindow() { Init(); }
-
-    // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one
-    //
-    // note that wxVSCROLL is always automatically added to our style, there is
-    // no need to specify it explicitly
-    wxVScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
-                      wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                      const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                      long style = 0,
-                      const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
-    }
-
-    // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok
-    //
-    // just as with the ctor above, wxVSCROLL style is always used, there is no
-    // need to specify it
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
-    {
-        return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxVSCROLL, name);
-    }
-
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // set the number of lines the window contains: the derived class must
-    // provide the heights for all lines with indices up to the one given here
-    // in its OnGetLineHeight()
-    void SetLineCount(size_t count);
-
-    // scroll to the specified line: it will become the first visible line in
-    // the window
-    //
-    // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done
-    bool ScrollToLine(size_t line);
-
-    // scroll by the specified number of lines/pages
-    virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines);
-    virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages);
-
-    // redraw the specified line
-    virtual void RefreshLine(size_t line);
-
-    // redraw all lines in the specified range (inclusive)
-    virtual void RefreshLines(size_t from, size_t to);
-
-    // return the item at the specified (in physical coordinates) position or.
-
-    // wxNOT_FOUND if none, i.e. if it is below the last item
-    int HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-    int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const { return HitTest(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    // recalculate all our parameters and redisplay all lines
-    virtual void RefreshAll();
-
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-    // get the number of lines this window contains (previously set by
-    // SetLineCount())
-    size_t GetLineCount() const { return m_lineMax; }
-
-    // get the first currently visible line
-    size_t GetVisibleBegin() const { return m_lineFirst; }
-
-    // get the first currently visible line
-    size_t GetVisibleEnd() const { return m_lineFirst + m_nVisible; }
-
-    // is this line currently visible?
-    bool IsVisible(size_t line) const
-        { return line >= GetVisibleBegin() && line < GetVisibleEnd(); }
-
-
-    // this is the same as GetVisibleBegin(), exists to match
-    // GetLastVisibleLine() and for backwards compatibility only
-    size_t GetFirstVisibleLine() const { return m_lineFirst; }
-
-    // get the last currently visible line
-    //
-    // this function is unsafe as it returns (size_t)-1 (i.e. a huge positive
-    // number) if the control is empty, use GetVisibleEnd() instead, this one
-    // is kept for backwards compatibility
-    size_t GetLastVisibleLine() const { return GetVisibleEnd() - 1; }
-
-    // layout the children (including the sizer if needed)
-    virtual bool Layout();
-
-protected:
-    // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should
-    // return the height of the given line in pixels
-    virtual wxCoord OnGetLineHeight(size_t n) const = 0;
-
-    // this function doesn't have to be overridden but it may be useful to do
-    // it if calculating the lines heights is a relatively expensive operation
-    // as it gives the user code a possibility to calculate several of them at
-    // once
-    //
-    // OnGetLinesHint() is normally called just before OnGetLineHeight() but you
-    // shouldn't rely on the latter being called for all lines in the interval
-    // specified here. It is also possible that OnGetLineHeight() will be
-    // called for the lines outside of this interval, so this is really just a
-    // hint, not a promise.
-    //
-    // finally note that lineMin is inclusive, while lineMax is exclusive, as
-    // usual
-    virtual void OnGetLinesHint(size_t WXUNUSED(lineMin),
-                                size_t WXUNUSED(lineMax)) const { }
-
-    // when the number of lines changes, we try to estimate the total height
-    // of all lines which is a rather expensive operation in terms of lines
-    // access, so if the user code may estimate the average height
-    // better/faster than we do, it should override this function to implement
-    // its own logic
-    //
-    // this function should return the best guess for the total height it may
-    // make
-    virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalHeight() const;
-
-
-    // the event handlers
-    void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-    void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-    // find the index of the line we need to show at the top of the window such
-    // that the last (fully or partially) visible line is the given one
-    size_t FindFirstFromBottom(size_t lineLast, bool fullyVisible = false);
-
-    // get the total height of the lines between lineMin (inclusive) and
-    // lineMax (exclusive)
-    wxCoord GetLinesHeight(size_t lineMin, size_t lineMax) const;
-
-    // update the thumb size shown by the scrollbar
-    void UpdateScrollbar();
-
-    // remove the scrollbar completely because we don't need it
-    void RemoveScrollbar();
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-
-    // the total number of (logical) lines
-    size_t m_lineMax;
-
-    // the total (estimated) height
-    wxCoord m_heightTotal;
-
-    // the first currently visible line
-    size_t m_lineFirst;
-
-    // the number of currently visible lines (including the last, possibly only
-    // partly, visible one)
-    size_t m_nVisible;
-
-    // accumulated mouse wheel rotation
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    int m_sumWheelRotation;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow)
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wave.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wave.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 48414af79..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wave.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wave.h
-// Purpose:     wxSound compatibility header
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2004/02/01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wave.h 32852 2005-03-16 16:18:31Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WAVE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_WAVE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-    #pragma message "wx/wave.h header is deprecated, use wx/sound.h and wxSound"
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__VISUALC__)
-    #pragma message ("wx/wave.h header is deprecated, use wx/sound.h and wxSound")
-#else
-    #warning "wx/wave.h header is deprecated, use wx/sound.h and wxSound"
-#endif
-    #include "wx/sound.h"
-    // wxSound used to be called wxWave before wxWidgets 2.5.1:
-    typedef wxSound wxWave;
-#else
-    #error "wx/wave.h is only available in compatibility mode"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wfstream.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wfstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d4a44105..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wfstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wfstream.h
-// Purpose:     File stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     11/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wfstream.h 44013 2006-12-19 13:49:26Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/file.h"
-#include "wx/ffile.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileStream using wxFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFileInputStream(const wxString& ifileName);
-    wxFileInputStream(wxFile& file);
-    wxFileInputStream(int fd);
-    virtual ~wxFileInputStream();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
-protected:
-    wxFileInputStream();
-
-    size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxFile *m_file;
-    bool m_file_destroy;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName);
-    wxFileOutputStream(wxFile& file);
-    wxFileOutputStream(int fd);
-    virtual ~wxFileOutputStream();
-
-    void Sync();
-    bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; }
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
-protected:
-    wxFileOutputStream();
-
-    size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxFile *m_file;
-    bool m_file_destroy;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileOutputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxTempFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName);
-    virtual ~wxTempFileOutputStream();
-
-    bool Close() { return Commit(); }
-    virtual bool Commit() { return m_file->Commit(); }
-    virtual void Discard() { m_file->Discard(); }
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_file->Length(); }
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-    size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode)
-        { return m_file->Seek(pos, mode); }
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_file->Tell(); }
-
-private:
-    wxTempFile *m_file;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTempFileOutputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileStream : public wxFileInputStream,
-                                      public wxFileOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFileStream(const wxString& fileName);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileStream)
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_FILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFFileStream using wxFFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFFileInputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxChar *mode = _T("rb"));
-    wxFFileInputStream(wxFFile& file);
-    wxFFileInputStream(FILE *file);
-    virtual ~wxFFileInputStream();
-
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
-protected:
-    wxFFileInputStream();
-
-    size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxFFile *m_file;
-    bool m_file_destroy;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxChar *mode = _T("w+b"));
-    wxFFileOutputStream(wxFFile& file);
-    wxFFileOutputStream(FILE *file);
-    virtual ~wxFFileOutputStream();
-
-    void Sync();
-    bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; }
-    wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
-    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-    virtual bool IsOk() const ;
-    bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
-protected:
-    wxFFileOutputStream();
-
-    size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxFFile *m_file;
-    bool m_file_destroy;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileOutputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileStream : public wxFFileInputStream,
-                                       public wxFFileOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxFFileStream(const wxString& fileName);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileStream)
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/window.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/window.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 54dc38d89..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/window.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1671 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/window.h
-// Purpose:     wxWindowBase class - the interface of wxWindow
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Ron Lee
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: window.h 56758 2008-11-13 22:32:21Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h"           // the base class
-
-#include "wx/list.h"            // defines wxWindowList
-
-#include "wx/cursor.h"          // we have member variables of these classes
-#include "wx/font.h"            // so we can't do without them
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/region.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-
-#include "wx/validate.h"        // for wxDefaultValidator (always include it)
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    #include "wx/palette.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    #include "wx/accel.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-#include "wx/access.h"
-#endif
-
-// when building wxUniv/Foo we don't want the code for native menu use to be
-// compiled in - it should only be used when building real wxFoo
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE 0
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE wxUSE_MENUS
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCaret;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxItemResource;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxResourceTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelper;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper stuff used by wxWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxVisualAttributes
-{
-    // the font used for control label/text inside it
-    wxFont font;
-
-    // the foreground colour
-    wxColour colFg;
-
-    // the background colour, may be wxNullColour if the controls background
-    // colour is not solid
-    wxColour colBg;
-};
-
-// different window variants, on platforms like eg mac uses different
-// rendering sizes
-enum wxWindowVariant
-{
-    wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL,  // Normal size
-    wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL,   // Smaller size (about 25 % smaller than normal)
-    wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI,    // Mini size (about 33 % smaller than normal)
-    wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE,   // Large size (about 25 % larger than normal)
-    wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-    #define wxWINDOW_DEFAULT_VARIANT wxT("window-default-variant")
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// (pseudo)template list classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(wxWindow, wxWindowBase, wxWindowList, wxWindowListNode, class WXDLLEXPORT);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxWindowList) wxTopLevelWindows;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxList) wxPendingDelete;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowBase is the base class for all GUI controls/widgets, this is the public
-// interface of this class.
-//
-// Event handler: windows have themselves as their event handlers by default,
-// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This
-// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow
-// alteration of a window's functionality (e.g. by a resource editor that
-// temporarily switches event handlers).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    // creating the window
-    // -------------------
-
-        // default ctor, initializes everything which can be initialized before
-        // Create()
-    wxWindowBase() ;
-
-        // pseudo ctor (can't be virtual, called from ctor)
-    bool CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent,
-                    wxWindowID winid,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long style = 0,
-                    const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                    const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxWindowBase();
-
-    // deleting the window
-    // -------------------
-
-        // ask the window to close itself, return true if the event handler
-        // honoured our request
-    bool Close( bool force = false );
-
-        // the following functions delete the C++ objects (the window itself
-        // or its children) as well as the GUI windows and normally should
-        // never be used directly
-
-        // delete window unconditionally (dangerous!), returns true if ok
-    virtual bool Destroy();
-        // delete all children of this window, returns true if ok
-    bool DestroyChildren();
-
-        // is the window being deleted?
-    bool IsBeingDeleted() const { return m_isBeingDeleted; }
-
-    // window attributes
-    // -----------------
-
-        // label is just the same as the title (but for, e.g., buttons it
-        // makes more sense to speak about labels), title access
-        // is available from wxTLW classes only (frames, dialogs)
-    virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0;
-
-        // the window name is used for ressource setting in X, it is not the
-        // same as the window title/label
-    virtual void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_windowName = name; }
-    virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_windowName; }
-
-        // sets the window variant, calls internally DoSetVariant if variant
-        // has changed
-    void SetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant);
-    wxWindowVariant GetWindowVariant() const { return m_windowVariant; }
-
-
-        // window id uniquely identifies the window among its siblings unless
-        // it is wxID_ANY which means "don't care"
-    void SetId( wxWindowID winid ) { m_windowId = winid; }
-    wxWindowID GetId() const { return m_windowId; }
-
-        // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window,
-        // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported
-    virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const
-        { return wxLayout_Default; }
-    virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir))
-        { }
-
-        // mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
-        // mirroring is not done automatically like Win32
-    virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
-                                             wxCoord width,
-                                             wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
-        // generate a control id for the controls which were not given one by
-        // user
-    static int NewControlId() { return --ms_lastControlId; }
-        // get the id of the control following the one with the given
-        // (autogenerated) id
-    static int NextControlId(int winid) { return winid - 1; }
-        // get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
-        // (autogenerated) id
-    static int PrevControlId(int winid) { return winid + 1; }
-
-    // moving/resizing
-    // ---------------
-
-        // set the window size and/or position
-    void SetSize( int x, int y, int width, int height,
-                  int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO )
-        {  DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); }
-
-    void SetSize( int width, int height )
-        { DoSetSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, width, height, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING ); }
-
-    void SetSize( const wxSize& size )
-        { SetSize( size.x, size.y); }
-
-    void SetSize(const wxRect& rect, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO)
-        { DoSetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sizeFlags); }
-
-    void Move(int x, int y, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING)
-        { DoSetSize(x, y, wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, flags); }
-
-    void Move(const wxPoint& pt, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING)
-        { Move(pt.x, pt.y, flags); }
-
-    void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pt) { Move(pt); }
-
-        // Z-order
-    virtual void Raise() = 0;
-    virtual void Lower() = 0;
-
-        // client size is the size of area available for subwindows
-    void SetClientSize( int width, int height )
-        { DoSetClientSize(width, height); }
-
-    void SetClientSize( const wxSize& size )
-        { DoSetClientSize(size.x, size.y); }
-
-    void SetClientSize(const wxRect& rect)
-        { SetClientSize( rect.width, rect.height ); }
-
-        // get the window position (pointers may be NULL): notice that it is in
-        // client coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the
-        // top level ones, use GetScreenPosition() if you need screen
-        // coordinates for all kinds of windows
-    void GetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const { DoGetPosition(x, y); }
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const
-    {
-        int x, y;
-        DoGetPosition(&x, &y);
-
-        return wxPoint(x, y);
-    }
-
-        // get the window position in screen coordinates
-    void GetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const { DoGetScreenPosition(x, y); }
-    wxPoint GetScreenPosition() const
-    {
-        int x, y;
-        DoGetScreenPosition(&x, &y);
-
-        return wxPoint(x, y);
-    }
-
-        // get the window size (pointers may be NULL)
-    void GetSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetSize(w, h); }
-    wxSize GetSize() const
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        DoGetSize(& w, & h);
-        return wxSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-    void GetClientSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetClientSize(w, h); }
-    wxSize GetClientSize() const
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        DoGetClientSize(&w, &h);
-
-        return wxSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-        // get the position and size at once
-    wxRect GetRect() const
-    {
-        int x, y, w, h;
-        GetPosition(&x, &y);
-        GetSize(&w, &h);
-
-        return wxRect(x, y, w, h);
-    }
-
-    wxRect GetScreenRect() const
-    {
-        int x, y, w, h;
-        GetScreenPosition(&x, &y);
-        GetSize(&w, &h);
-
-        return wxRect(x, y, w, h);
-    }
-
-        // get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
-        // window top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
-        // the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
-        // get the client rectangle in window (i.e. client) coordinates
-    wxRect GetClientRect() const
-    {
-        return wxRect(GetClientAreaOrigin(), GetClientSize());
-    }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // client<->window size conversion
-    wxSize ClientToWindowSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-    wxSize WindowToClientSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-#endif
-
-        // get the size best suited for the window (in fact, minimal
-        // acceptable size using which it will still look "nice" in
-        // most situations)
-    wxSize GetBestSize() const
-    {
-        if (m_bestSizeCache.IsFullySpecified())
-            return m_bestSizeCache;
-        return DoGetBestSize();
-    }
-    void GetBestSize(int *w, int *h) const
-    {
-        wxSize s = GetBestSize();
-        if ( w )
-            *w = s.x;
-        if ( h )
-            *h = s.y;
-    }
-
-    void SetScrollHelper( wxScrollHelper *sh )   { m_scrollHelper = sh; }
-    wxScrollHelper *GetScrollHelper()            { return m_scrollHelper; }
-
-        // reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the
-        // next time it is needed.
-    void InvalidateBestSize();
-    void CacheBestSize(const wxSize& size) const
-        { wxConstCast(this, wxWindowBase)->m_bestSizeCache = size; }
-
-
-        // This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
-        // minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and
-        // returns the results.
-    wxSize GetEffectiveMinSize() const;
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxSize GetBestFittingSize() const );  // replaced by GetEffectiveMinSize
-    wxDEPRECATED( wxSize GetAdjustedMinSize() const );  // replaced by GetEffectiveMinSize
-
-        // A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size values with 'best'
-        // size.  Sets the minsize to what was passed in.
-    void SetInitialSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize);
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize) );  // replaced by SetInitialSize
-
-    
-        // the generic centre function - centers the window on parent by`
-        // default or on screen if it doesn't have parent or
-        // wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN flag is given
-    void Centre(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
-    void Center(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
-
-        // centre with respect to the the parent window
-    void CentreOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
-    void CenterOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnParent(dir); }
-
-        // set window size to wrap around its children
-    virtual void Fit();
-
-        // set virtual size to satisfy children
-    virtual void FitInside();
-
-
-        // SetSizeHints is actually for setting the size hints
-        // for the wxTLW for a Window Manager - hence the name -
-        // and it is therefore overridden in wxTLW to do that.
-        // In wxWindow(Base), it has (unfortunately) been abused
-        // to mean the same as SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize().
-        
-    virtual void SetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
-                               int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord,
-                               int incW = wxDefaultCoord, int incH = wxDefaultCoord )
-    { DoSetSizeHints(minW, minH, maxW, maxH, incW, incH); }
-
-    void SetSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize,
-                       const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize,
-                       const wxSize& incSize=wxDefaultSize)
-    { DoSetSizeHints(minSize.x, minSize.y, maxSize.x, maxSize.y, incSize.x, incSize.y); }
-
-    virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
-                                 int maxW, int maxH,
-                                 int incW, int incH );
-
-        // Methods for setting virtual size hints
-        // FIXME: What are virtual size hints?
-
-    virtual void SetVirtualSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
-                                      int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord );
-    void SetVirtualSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize,
-                              const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize)
-    {
-        SetVirtualSizeHints(minSize.x, minSize.y, maxSize.x, maxSize.y);
-    }
-
-
-        // Call these to override what GetBestSize() returns. This 
-        // method is only virtual because it is overriden in wxTLW
-        // as a different API for SetSizeHints().
-    virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize) { m_minWidth = minSize.x; m_minHeight = minSize.y; }
-    virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize) { m_maxWidth = maxSize.x; m_maxHeight = maxSize.y; }
-
-        // Override these methods to impose restrictions on min/max size.
-        // The easier way is to call SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize() which  
-        // will have the same effect. Doing both is non-sense.
-    virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return wxSize(m_minWidth, m_minHeight); }
-    virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return wxSize(m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight); }
-
-        // Get the min and max values one by one
-    int GetMinWidth() const { return GetMinSize().x; }
-    int GetMinHeight() const { return GetMinSize().y; }
-    int GetMaxWidth() const { return GetMaxSize().x; }
-    int GetMaxHeight() const { return GetMaxSize().y; }
-
-
-        // Methods for accessing the virtual size of a window.  For most
-        // windows this is just the client area of the window, but for
-        // some like scrolled windows it is more or less independent of
-        // the screen window size.  You may override the DoXXXVirtual
-        // methods below for classes where that is is the case.
-
-    void SetVirtualSize( const wxSize &size ) { DoSetVirtualSize( size.x, size.y ); }
-    void SetVirtualSize( int x, int y ) { DoSetVirtualSize( x, y ); }
-
-    wxSize GetVirtualSize() const { return DoGetVirtualSize(); }
-    void GetVirtualSize( int *x, int *y ) const
-    {
-        wxSize s( DoGetVirtualSize() );
-
-        if( x )
-            *x = s.GetWidth();
-        if( y )
-            *y = s.GetHeight();
-    }
-
-        // Override these methods for windows that have a virtual size
-        // independent of their client size.  eg. the virtual area of a
-        // wxScrolledWindow.
-
-    virtual void DoSetVirtualSize( int x, int y );
-    virtual wxSize DoGetVirtualSize() const;
-
-        // Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined
-        // by a sizer, interior children, or other means)
-
-    virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const
-    {
-        wxSize  client( GetClientSize() );
-        wxSize  best( GetBestSize() );
-
-        return wxSize( wxMax( client.x, best.x ), wxMax( client.y, best.y ) );
-    }
-
-    // return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders in x and y
-    // components of the result respectively
-    virtual wxSize GetWindowBorderSize() const;
-
-
-    // window state
-    // ------------
-
-        // returns true if window was shown/hidden, false if the nothing was
-        // done (window was already shown/hidden)
-    virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-    bool Hide() { return Show(false); }
-
-        // returns true if window was enabled/disabled, false if nothing done
-    virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-    bool Disable() { return Enable(false); }
-
-    virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; }
-    virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; }
-
-    // returns true if the window is visible, i.e. IsShown() returns true
-    // if called on it and all its parents up to the first TLW
-    virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const;
-
-        // get/set window style (setting style won't update the window and so
-        // is only useful for internal usage)
-    virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ) { m_windowStyle = style; }
-    virtual long GetWindowStyleFlag() const { return m_windowStyle; }
-
-        // just some (somewhat shorter) synonims
-    void SetWindowStyle( long style ) { SetWindowStyleFlag(style); }
-    long GetWindowStyle() const { return GetWindowStyleFlag(); }
-
-        // check if the flag is set
-    bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return (m_windowStyle & flag) != 0; }
-    virtual bool IsRetained() const { return HasFlag(wxRETAINED); }
-
-        // turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
-        // return true if the flag is currently turned on
-    bool ToggleWindowStyle(int flag);
-
-        // extra style: the less often used style bits which can't be set with
-        // SetWindowStyleFlag()
-    virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle) { m_exStyle = exStyle; }
-    long GetExtraStyle() const { return m_exStyle; }
-
-        // make the window modal (all other windows unresponsive)
-    virtual void MakeModal(bool modal = true);
-
-
-    // (primitive) theming support
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetThemeEnabled(bool enableTheme) { m_themeEnabled = enableTheme; }
-    virtual bool GetThemeEnabled() const { return m_themeEnabled; }
-
-
-    // focus and keyboard handling
-    // ---------------------------
-
-        // set focus to this window
-    virtual void SetFocus() = 0;
-
-        // set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action
-    virtual void SetFocusFromKbd() { SetFocus(); }
-
-        // return the window which currently has the focus or NULL
-    static wxWindow *FindFocus();
-
-    static wxWindow *DoFindFocus() /* = 0: implement in derived classes */;
-
-        // can this window have focus?
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return IsShown() && IsEnabled(); }
-
-        // can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
-        // only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to
-        // click it
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-        // navigates in the specified direction by sending a wxNavigationKeyEvent
-    virtual bool Navigate(int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward);
-
-        // move this window just before/after the specified one in tab order
-        // (the other window must be our sibling!)
-    void MoveBeforeInTabOrder(wxWindow *win)
-        { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, MoveBefore); }
-    void MoveAfterInTabOrder(wxWindow *win)
-        { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, MoveAfter); }
-
-
-    // parent/children relations
-    // -------------------------
-
-        // get the list of children
-    const wxWindowList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
-    wxWindowList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
-
-    // needed just for extended runtime
-    const wxWindowList& GetWindowChildren() const { return GetChildren() ; }
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-        // get the window before/after this one in the parents children list,
-        // returns NULL if this is the first/last window
-    wxWindow *GetPrevSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(MoveBefore); }
-    wxWindow *GetNextSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(MoveAfter); }
-#endif // wx 2.8.8+
-
-        // get the parent or the parent of the parent
-    wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-    inline wxWindow *GetGrandParent() const;
-
-        // is this window a top level one?
-    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
-
-        // it doesn't really change parent, use Reparent() instead
-    void SetParent( wxWindowBase *parent ) { m_parent = (wxWindow *)parent; }
-        // change the real parent of this window, return true if the parent
-        // was changed, false otherwise (error or newParent == oldParent)
-    virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
-
-        // implementation mostly
-    virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
-    virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
-
-    // looking for windows
-    // -------------------
-
-        // find window among the descendants of this one either by id or by
-        // name (return NULL if not found)
-    wxWindow *FindWindow(long winid) const;
-    wxWindow *FindWindow(const wxString& name) const;
-
-        // Find a window among any window (all return NULL if not found)
-    static wxWindow *FindWindowById( long winid, const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
-    static wxWindow *FindWindowByName( const wxString& name,
-                                       const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
-    static wxWindow *FindWindowByLabel( const wxString& label,
-                                        const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
-
-    // event handler stuff
-    // -------------------
-
-        // get the current event handler
-    wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
-
-        // replace the event handler (allows to completely subclass the
-        // window)
-    void SetEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler ) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
-
-        // push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to
-        // alreasy existing ones
-    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
-    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = false );
-
-        // find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but
-        // not delete) it from the event handler chain, return true if it was
-        // found and false otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so
-        // this function should only be called when the handler is supposed to
-        // be there)
-    bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-
-    // validators
-    // ----------
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-        // a window may have an associated validator which is used to control
-        // user input
-    virtual void SetValidator( const wxValidator &validator );
-    virtual wxValidator *GetValidator() { return m_windowValidator; }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-
-    // dialog oriented functions
-    // -------------------------
-
-        // validate the correctness of input, return true if ok
-    virtual bool Validate();
-
-        // transfer data between internal and GUI representations
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
-    virtual void InitDialog();
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // accelerators
-    // ------------
-    virtual void SetAcceleratorTable( const wxAcceleratorTable& accel )
-        { m_acceleratorTable = accel; }
-    wxAcceleratorTable *GetAcceleratorTable()
-        { return &m_acceleratorTable; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
-    // hot keys (system wide accelerators)
-    // -----------------------------------
-
-    virtual bool RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode);
-    virtual bool UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId);
-#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
-
-
-    // dialog units translations
-    // -------------------------
-
-    wxPoint ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxPoint& pt );
-    wxPoint ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxPoint& pt );
-    wxSize ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxSize& sz )
-    {
-        wxPoint pt(ConvertPixelsToDialog(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y)));
-
-        return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y);
-    }
-
-    wxSize ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxSize& sz )
-    {
-        wxPoint pt(ConvertDialogToPixels(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y)));
-
-        return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y);
-    }
-
-    // mouse functions
-    // ---------------
-
-        // move the mouse to the specified position
-    virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y) = 0;
-
-        // start or end mouse capture, these functions maintain the stack of
-        // windows having captured the mouse and after calling ReleaseMouse()
-        // the mouse is not released but returns to the window which had had
-        // captured it previously (if any)
-    void CaptureMouse();
-    void ReleaseMouse();
-
-        // get the window which currently captures the mouse or NULL
-    static wxWindow *GetCapture();
-
-        // does this window have the capture?
-    virtual bool HasCapture() const
-        { return (wxWindow *)this == GetCapture(); }
-
-    // painting the window
-    // -------------------
-
-        // mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
-        // will be repainted
-    virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
-                          const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) = 0;
-
-        // a less awkward wrapper for Refresh
-    void RefreshRect(const wxRect& rect, bool eraseBackground = true)
-    {
-        Refresh(eraseBackground, &rect);
-    }
-
-        // repaint all invalid areas of the window immediately
-    virtual void Update() { }
-
-        // clear the window background
-    virtual void ClearBackground();
-
-        // freeze the window: don't redraw it until it is thawed
-    virtual void Freeze() { }
-
-        // thaw the window: redraw it after it had been frozen
-    virtual void Thaw() { }
-
-        // return true if window had been frozen and not unthawed yet
-    virtual bool IsFrozen() const { return false; }
-
-        // adjust DC for drawing on this window
-    virtual void PrepareDC( wxDC & WXUNUSED(dc) ) { }
-
-        // return true if the window contents is double buffered by the system
-    virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return false; }
-
-        // the update region of the window contains the areas which must be
-        // repainted by the program
-    const wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() const { return m_updateRegion; }
-    wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() { return m_updateRegion; }
-
-        // get the update rectangleregion bounding box in client coords
-    wxRect GetUpdateClientRect() const;
-
-        // these functions verify whether the given point/rectangle belongs to
-        // (or at least intersects with) the update region
-    virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y ) const;
-    virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const;
-
-    bool IsExposed( int x, int y ) const
-        { return DoIsExposed(x, y); }
-    bool IsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const
-    { return DoIsExposed(x, y, w, h); }
-    bool IsExposed( const wxPoint& pt ) const
-        { return DoIsExposed(pt.x, pt.y); }
-    bool IsExposed( const wxRect& rect ) const
-        { return DoIsExposed(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
-    // colours, fonts and cursors
-    // --------------------------
-
-        // get the default attributes for the controls of this class: we
-        // provide a virtual function which can be used to query the default
-        // attributes of an existing control and a static function which can
-        // be used even when no existing object of the given class is
-        // available, but which won't return any styles specific to this
-        // particular control, of course (e.g. "Ok" button might have
-        // different -- bold for example -- font)
-    virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
-    {
-        return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
-    }
-
-    static wxVisualAttributes
-    GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-        // set/retrieve the window colours (system defaults are used by
-        // default): SetXXX() functions return true if colour was changed,
-        // SetDefaultXXX() reset the "m_inheritXXX" flag after setting the
-        // value to prevent it from being inherited by our children
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-    void SetOwnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
-    {
-        if ( SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
-            m_inheritBgCol = false;
-    }
-    wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
-    bool InheritsBackgroundColour() const
-    {
-        return m_inheritBgCol;
-    }
-    bool UseBgCol() const
-    {
-        return m_hasBgCol;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-    void SetOwnForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
-    {
-        if ( SetForegroundColour(colour) )
-            m_inheritFgCol = false;
-    }
-    wxColour GetForegroundColour() const;
-
-        // Set/get the background style.
-        // Pass one of wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM, wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR, wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM
-    virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) { m_backgroundStyle = style; return true; }
-    virtual wxBackgroundStyle GetBackgroundStyle() const { return m_backgroundStyle; }
-
-        // returns true if the control has "transparent" areas such as a
-        // wxStaticText and wxCheckBox and the background should be adapted
-        // from a parent window
-    virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return false; }
-
-        // set/retrieve the font for the window (SetFont() returns true if the
-        // font really changed)
-    virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
-    void SetOwnFont(const wxFont& font)
-    {
-        if ( SetFont(font) )
-            m_inheritFont = false;
-    }
-    wxFont GetFont() const;
-
-        // set/retrieve the cursor for this window (SetCursor() returns true
-        // if the cursor was really changed)
-    virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
-    const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
-        // associate a caret with the window
-    void SetCaret(wxCaret *caret);
-        // get the current caret (may be NULL)
-    wxCaret *GetCaret() const { return m_caret; }
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
-        // get the (average) character size for the current font
-    virtual int GetCharHeight() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetCharWidth() const = 0;
-
-        // get the width/height/... of the text using current or specified
-        // font
-    virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                               int *x, int *y,
-                               int *descent = (int *) NULL,
-                               int *externalLeading = (int *) NULL,
-                               const wxFont *theFont = (const wxFont *) NULL)
-                               const = 0;
-
-    // client <-> screen coords
-    // ------------------------
-
-        // translate to/from screen/client coordinates (pointers may be NULL)
-    void ClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const
-        { DoClientToScreen(x, y); }
-    void ScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const
-        { DoScreenToClient(x, y); }
-
-        // wxPoint interface to do the same thing
-    wxPoint ClientToScreen(const wxPoint& pt) const
-    {
-        int x = pt.x, y = pt.y;
-        DoClientToScreen(&x, &y);
-
-        return wxPoint(x, y);
-    }
-
-    wxPoint ScreenToClient(const wxPoint& pt) const
-    {
-        int x = pt.x, y = pt.y;
-        DoScreenToClient(&x, &y);
-
-        return wxPoint(x, y);
-    }
-
-        // test where the given (in client coords) point lies
-    wxHitTest HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
-        { return DoHitTest(x, y); }
-
-    wxHitTest HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const
-        { return DoHitTest(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    // misc
-    // ----
-
-    // get the window border style from the given flags: this is different from
-    // simply doing flags & wxBORDER_MASK because it uses GetDefaultBorder() to
-    // translate wxBORDER_DEFAULT to something reasonable
-    wxBorder GetBorder(long flags) const;
-
-    // get border for the flags of this window
-    wxBorder GetBorder() const { return GetBorder(GetWindowStyleFlag()); }
-
-    // send wxUpdateUIEvents to this window, and children if recurse is true
-    virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE);
-
-    // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
-    virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
-        { return DoPopupMenu(menu, pos.x, pos.y); }
-    bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
-        { return DoPopupMenu(menu, x, y); }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // override this method to return true for controls having multiple pages
-    virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return false; }
-
-
-    // scrollbars
-    // ----------
-
-        // does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
-    bool HasScrollbar(int orient) const
-    {
-        return (m_windowStyle &
-                (orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? wxHSCROLL : wxVSCROLL)) != 0;
-    }
-
-        // configure the window scrollbars
-    virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient,
-                               int pos,
-                               int thumbvisible,
-                               int range,
-                               bool refresh = true ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ) = 0;
-    virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const = 0;
-    virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const = 0;
-    virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const = 0;
-
-        // scroll window to the specified position
-    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
-                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL ) = 0;
-
-        // scrolls window by line/page: note that not all controls support this
-        //
-        // return true if the position changed, false otherwise
-    virtual bool ScrollLines(int WXUNUSED(lines)) { return false; }
-    virtual bool ScrollPages(int WXUNUSED(pages)) { return false; }
-
-        // convenient wrappers for ScrollLines/Pages
-    bool LineUp() { return ScrollLines(-1); }
-    bool LineDown() { return ScrollLines(1); }
-    bool PageUp() { return ScrollPages(-1); }
-    bool PageDown() { return ScrollPages(1); }
-
-    // context-sensitive help
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // these are the convenience functions wrapping wxHelpProvider methods
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-        // associate this help text with this window
-    void SetHelpText(const wxString& text);
-        // associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
-        // one
-    void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& text);
-        // get the help string associated with the given position in this window
-        //
-        // notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
-        // and this method should return the global window help text then
-    virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt,
-                                        wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const;
-        // returns the position-independent help text
-    wxString GetHelpText() const
-    {
-        return GetHelpTextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition, wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown);
-    }
-
-#else // !wxUSE_HELP
-    // silently ignore SetHelpText() calls
-    void SetHelpText(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { }
-    void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-    // tooltips
-    // --------
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-        // the easiest way to set a tooltip for a window is to use this method
-    void SetToolTip( const wxString &tip );
-        // attach a tooltip to the window
-    void SetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ) { DoSetToolTip(tip); }
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809
-        // more readable synonym for SetToolTip(NULL)
-    void UnsetToolTip() { SetToolTip(NULL); }
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 2.8.9
-        // get the associated tooltip or NULL if none
-    wxToolTip* GetToolTip() const { return m_tooltip; }
-    wxString GetToolTipText() const ;
-#else // !wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-        // make it much easier to compile apps in an environment
-        // that doesn't support tooltips, such as PocketPC
-    void SetToolTip( const wxString & WXUNUSED(tip) ) {}
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20809
-    void UnsetToolTip() { }
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 2.8.9
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS/!wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // drag and drop
-    // -------------
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-        // set/retrieve the drop target associated with this window (may be
-        // NULL; it's owned by the window and will be deleted by it)
-    virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ) = 0;
-    virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const { return m_dropTarget; }
-
-#ifndef __WXMSW__ // MSW version is in msw/window.h
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20810
-    // Accept files for dragging
-    void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept);
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20810
-#endif // !__WXMSW__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-    // constraints and sizers
-    // ----------------------
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-        // set the constraints for this window or retrieve them (may be NULL)
-    void SetConstraints( wxLayoutConstraints *constraints );
-    wxLayoutConstraints *GetConstraints() const { return m_constraints; }
-
-        // implementation only
-    void UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c);
-    wxWindowList *GetConstraintsInvolvedIn() const
-        { return m_constraintsInvolvedIn; }
-    void AddConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin);
-    void RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin);
-    void DeleteRelatedConstraints();
-    void ResetConstraints();
-
-        // these methods may be overridden for special layout algorithms
-    virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
-    virtual bool LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges);
-    virtual bool LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges);
-    virtual bool DoPhase(int phase);
-
-        // these methods are virtual but normally won't be overridden
-    virtual void SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h);
-    virtual void MoveConstraint(int x, int y);
-    virtual void GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
-    virtual void GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
-    virtual void GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const ;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-        // when using constraints or sizers, it makes sense to update
-        // children positions automatically whenever the window is resized
-        // - this is done if autoLayout is on
-    void SetAutoLayout( bool autoLayout ) { m_autoLayout = autoLayout; }
-    bool GetAutoLayout() const { return m_autoLayout; }
-
-        // lay out the window and its children
-    virtual bool Layout();
-
-        // sizers
-    void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true );
-    void SetSizerAndFit( wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true );
-
-    wxSizer *GetSizer() const { return m_windowSizer; }
-
-    // Track if this window is a member of a sizer
-    void SetContainingSizer(wxSizer* sizer);
-    wxSizer *GetContainingSizer() const { return m_containingSizer; }
-
-    // accessibility
-    // ----------------------
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-    // Override to create a specific accessible object.
-    virtual wxAccessible* CreateAccessible();
-
-    // Sets the accessible object.
-    void SetAccessible(wxAccessible* accessible) ;
-
-    // Returns the accessible object.
-    wxAccessible* GetAccessible() { return m_accessible; }
-
-    // Returns the accessible object, creating if necessary.
-    wxAccessible* GetOrCreateAccessible() ;
-#endif
-
-
-    // Set window transparency if the platform supports it
-    virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte WXUNUSED(alpha)) { return false; }
-    virtual bool CanSetTransparent() { return false; }
-
-
-    // implementation
-    // --------------
-
-        // event handlers
-    void OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent& event );
-    void OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent &event );
-    void OnMiddleClick( wxMouseEvent& event );
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-    void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-        // virtual function for implementing internal idle
-        // behaviour
-        virtual void OnInternalIdle() {}
-
-        // call internal idle recursively
-//        void ProcessInternalIdle() ;
-
-        // get the handle of the window for the underlying window system: this
-        // is only used for wxWin itself or for user code which wants to call
-        // platform-specific APIs
-    virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const = 0;
-        // associate the window with a new native handle
-    virtual void AssociateHandle(WXWidget WXUNUSED(handle)) { }
-        // dissociate the current native handle from the window
-    virtual void DissociateHandle() { }
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-        // Store the palette used by DCs in wxWindow so that the dcs can share
-        // a palette. And we can respond to palette messages.
-    wxPalette GetPalette() const { return m_palette; }
-
-        // When palette is changed tell the DC to set the system palette to the
-        // new one.
-    void SetPalette(const wxPalette& pal);
-
-        // return true if we have a specific palette
-    bool HasCustomPalette() const { return m_hasCustomPalette; }
-
-        // return the first parent window with a custom palette or NULL
-    wxWindow *GetAncestorWithCustomPalette() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // inherit the parents visual attributes if they had been explicitly set
-    // by the user (i.e. we don't inherit default attributes) and if we don't
-    // have our own explicitly set
-    virtual void InheritAttributes();
-
-    // returns false from here if this window doesn't want to inherit the
-    // parents colours even if InheritAttributes() would normally do it
-    //
-    // this just provides a simple way to customize InheritAttributes()
-    // behaviour in the most common case
-    virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
-    // event handling specific to wxWindow
-    virtual bool TryValidator(wxEvent& event);
-    virtual bool TryParent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    enum MoveKind
-    {
-        MoveBefore,     // insert before the given window
-        MoveAfter       // insert after the given window
-    };
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    // common part of GetPrev/NextSibling()
-    wxWindow *DoGetSibling(MoveKind order) const;
-#endif // wx 2.8.8+
-
-    // common part of MoveBefore/AfterInTabOrder()
-    virtual void DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, MoveKind move);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-    // satisfy the constraints for the windows but don't set the window sizes
-    void SatisfyConstraints();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-    // Send the wxWindowDestroyEvent
-    void SendDestroyEvent();
-
-    // returns the main window of composite control; this is the window
-    // that FindFocus returns if the focus is in one of composite control's
-    // windows
-    virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
-        { return (wxWindow*)this; }
-
-    // the window id - a number which uniquely identifies a window among
-    // its siblings unless it is wxID_ANY
-    wxWindowID           m_windowId;
-
-    // the parent window of this window (or NULL) and the list of the children
-    // of this window
-    wxWindow            *m_parent;
-    wxWindowList         m_children;
-
-    // the minimal allowed size for the window (no minimal size if variable(s)
-    // contain(s) wxDefaultCoord)
-    int                  m_minWidth,
-                         m_minHeight,
-                         m_maxWidth,
-                         m_maxHeight;
-
-    // event handler for this window: usually is just 'this' but may be
-    // changed with SetEventHandler()
-    wxEvtHandler        *m_eventHandler;
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-    // associated validator or NULL if none
-    wxValidator         *m_windowValidator;
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    wxDropTarget        *m_dropTarget;
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-    // visual window attributes
-    wxCursor             m_cursor;
-    wxFont               m_font;                // see m_hasFont
-    wxColour             m_backgroundColour,    //     m_hasBgCol
-                         m_foregroundColour;    //     m_hasFgCol
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
-    wxCaret             *m_caret;
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
-    // the region which should be repainted in response to paint event
-    wxRegion             m_updateRegion;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-    // the accelerator table for the window which translates key strokes into
-    // command events
-    wxAcceleratorTable   m_acceleratorTable;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-    // the tooltip for this window (may be NULL)
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    wxToolTip           *m_tooltip;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-    // constraints and sizers
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-    // the constraints for this window or NULL
-    wxLayoutConstraints *m_constraints;
-
-    // constraints this window is involved in
-    wxWindowList        *m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-    // this window's sizer
-    wxSizer             *m_windowSizer;
-
-    // The sizer this window is a member of, if any
-    wxSizer             *m_containingSizer;
-
-    // Layout() window automatically when its size changes?
-    bool                 m_autoLayout:1;
-
-    // window state
-    bool                 m_isShown:1;
-    bool                 m_isEnabled:1;
-    bool                 m_isBeingDeleted:1;
-
-    // was the window colours/font explicitly changed by user?
-    bool                 m_hasBgCol:1;
-    bool                 m_hasFgCol:1;
-    bool                 m_hasFont:1;
-
-    // and should it be inherited by children?
-    bool                 m_inheritBgCol:1;
-    bool                 m_inheritFgCol:1;
-    bool                 m_inheritFont:1;
-
-    // window attributes
-    long                 m_windowStyle,
-                         m_exStyle;
-    wxString             m_windowName;
-    bool                 m_themeEnabled;
-    wxBackgroundStyle    m_backgroundStyle;
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    wxPalette            m_palette;
-    bool                 m_hasCustomPalette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-    wxAccessible*       m_accessible;
-#endif
-
-    // Virtual size (scrolling)
-    wxSize                m_virtualSize;
-
-    wxScrollHelper       *m_scrollHelper;
-
-    int                   m_minVirtualWidth;    // VirtualSizeHints
-    int                   m_minVirtualHeight;
-    int                   m_maxVirtualWidth;
-    int                   m_maxVirtualHeight;
-
-    wxWindowVariant       m_windowVariant ;
-
-    // override this to change the default (i.e. used when no style is
-    // specified) border for the window class
-    virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
-    // Get the default size for the new window if no explicit size given. TLWs
-    // have their own default size so this is just for non top-level windows.
-    static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : w; }
-    static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : h; }
-
-
-    // Used to save the results of DoGetBestSize so it doesn't need to be
-    // recalculated each time the value is needed.
-    wxSize m_bestSizeCache;
-
-    wxDEPRECATED( void SetBestSize(const wxSize& size) );  // use SetInitialSize
-    wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size) );  // use SetInitialSize
-
-
-
-    // more pure virtual functions
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    // NB: we must have DoSomething() function when Something() is an overloaded
-    //     method: indeed, we can't just have "virtual Something()" in case when
-    //     the function is overloaded because then we'd have to make virtual all
-    //     the variants (otherwise only the virtual function may be called on a
-    //     pointer to derived class according to C++ rules) which is, in
-    //     general, absolutely not needed. So instead we implement all
-    //     overloaded Something()s in terms of DoSomething() which will be the
-    //     only one to be virtual.
-
-    // coordinates translation
-    virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const = 0;
-    virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const = 0;
-
-    virtual wxHitTest DoHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-    // capture/release the mouse, used by Capture/ReleaseMouse()
-    virtual void DoCaptureMouse() = 0;
-    virtual void DoReleaseMouse() = 0;
-
-    // retrieve the position/size of the window
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const = 0;
-    virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
-    virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
-
-    // get the size which best suits the window: for a control, it would be
-    // the minimal size which doesn't truncate the control, for a panel - the
-    // same size as it would have after a call to Fit()
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-    // called from DoGetBestSize() to convert best virtual size (returned by
-    // the window sizer) to the best size for the window itself; this is
-    // overridden at wxScrolledWindow level to clump down virtual size to real
-    virtual wxSize GetWindowSizeForVirtualSize(const wxSize& size) const
-    {
-        return size;
-    }
-
-    // this is the virtual function to be overriden in any derived class which
-    // wants to change how SetSize() or Move() works - it is called by all
-    // versions of these functions in the base class
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
-                           int width, int height,
-                           int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO) = 0;
-
-    // same as DoSetSize() for the client size
-    virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) = 0;
-
-    // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
-    // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just
-    // reposition this window except for composite controls which will want to
-    // arrange themselves inside the given rectangle
-    //
-    // Important note: the coordinates passed to this method are in parent's
-    // *window* coordinates and not parent's client coordinates (as the values
-    // passed to DoSetSize and returned by DoGetPosition are)!
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0;
-
-    // centre the window in the specified direction on parent, note that
-    // wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN shouldn't be specified here, it only makes sense for
-    // TLWs
-    virtual void DoCentre(int dir);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual bool DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // Makes an adjustment to the window position to make it relative to the
-    // parents client area, e.g. if the parent is a frame with a toolbar, its
-    // (0, 0) is just below the toolbar
-    virtual void AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y,
-                                             int sizeFlags = 0) const;
-
-    // implements the window variants
-    virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) ;
-
-    // Must be called when mouse capture is lost to send
-    // wxMouseCaptureLostEvent to windows on capture stack.
-    static void NotifyCaptureLost();
-
-private:
-    // contains the last id generated by NewControlId
-    static int ms_lastControlId;
-
-    // the stack of windows which have captured the mouse
-    static struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowNext *ms_winCaptureNext;
-    // the window that currently has mouse capture
-    static wxWindow *ms_winCaptureCurrent;
-    // indicates if execution is inside CaptureMouse/ReleaseMouse
-    static bool ms_winCaptureChanging;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowBase)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowBase)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-
-// Inlines for some deprecated methods
-inline wxSize wxWindowBase::GetBestFittingSize() const
-{
-    return GetEffectiveMinSize();
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
-    SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
-    SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
-    SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of wxWindow class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// include the declaration of the platform-specific class
-#if defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowPalm
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowPalm wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv
-    #include "wx/palmos/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMSW
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowMSW wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv
-    #include "wx/msw/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv
-    #include "wx/gtk/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv
-    #include "wx/gtk1/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowX11
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowX11 wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv
-    #include "wx/x11/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMGL
-    #include "wx/mgl/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-    #define wxWindowNative wxWindowDFB
-    #include "wx/dfb/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMac
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowMac wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv
-    #include "wx/mac/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowCocoa
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowCocoa wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv
-    #include "wx/cocoa/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        #define wxWindowNative wxWindowOS2
-    #else // !wxUniv
-        #define wxWindowOS2 wxWindow
-    #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv
-    #include "wx/os2/window.h"
-#endif
-
-// for wxUniversal, we now derive the real wxWindow from wxWindow<platform>,
-// for the native ports we already have defined it above
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #ifndef wxWindowNative
-        #error "wxWindowNative must be defined above!"
-    #endif
-
-    #include "wx/univ/window.h"
-#endif // wxUniv
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions which couldn't be declared in the class body because of
-// forward dependencies
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetGrandParent() const
-{
-    return m_parent ? m_parent->GetParent() : (wxWindow *)NULL;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, also returning the mouse
-// position.
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt);
-
-// Get the current mouse position.
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint wxGetMousePosition();
-
-// get the currently active window of this application or NULL
-extern WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow();
-
-// get the (first) top level parent window
-WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow* wxGetTopLevelParent(wxWindow *win);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    // deprecated (doesn't start with 'wx' prefix), use wxWindow::NewControlId()
-    wxDEPRECATED( int NewControlId() );
-    inline int NewControlId() { return wxWindowBase::NewControlId(); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// accessible object for windows
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowAccessible: public wxAccessible
-{
-public:
-    wxWindowAccessible(wxWindow* win): wxAccessible(win) { if (win) win->SetAccessible(this); }
-    virtual ~wxWindowAccessible() {}
-
-// Overridables
-
-        // Can return either a child object, or an integer
-        // representing the child element, starting from 1.
-    virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, int* childId, wxAccessible** childObject);
-
-        // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0).
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& rect, int elementId);
-
-        // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject.
-    virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir navDir, int fromId,
-                int* toId, wxAccessible** toObject);
-
-        // Gets the name of the specified object.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int childId, wxString* name);
-
-        // Gets the number of children.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* childCount);
-
-        // Gets the specified child (starting from 1).
-        // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK,
-        // this means that the child is a simple element and
-        // not an accessible object.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child);
-
-        // Gets the parent, or NULL.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** parent);
-
-        // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object)
-        // or > 0 (the action for a child).
-        // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this
-        // window (e.g. an edit control).
-    virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int childId);
-
-        // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child).
-        // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty
-        // string if there is no action.
-        // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object,
-        // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints
-        // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document."
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int childId, wxString* actionName);
-
-        // Returns the description for this object or a child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int childId, wxString* description);
-
-        // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int childId, wxString* helpText);
-
-        // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child.
-        // Return e.g. ALT+K
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int childId, wxString* shortcut);
-
-        // Returns a role constant.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole* role);
-
-        // Returns a state constant.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int childId, long* state);
-
-        // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object
-        // or child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int childId, wxString* strValue);
-
-        // Selects the object or child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus Select(int childId, wxAccSelectionFlags selectFlags);
-
-        // Gets the window with the keyboard focus.
-        // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in
-        // this subhierarchy has the focus.
-        // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* childId, wxAccessible** child);
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-        // Gets a variant representing the selected children
-        // of this object.
-        // Acceptable values:
-        // - a null variant (IsNull() returns true)
-        // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")
-        // - an integer representing the selected child element,
-        //   or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")
-        // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* selections);
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-
-#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wizard.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wizard.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e0aa88b2f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wizard.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wizard.h
-// Purpose:     wxWizard class: a GUI control presenting the user with a
-//              sequence of dialogs which allows to simply perform some task
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin (partly based on work by Ron Kuris and Kevin B.
-//              Smith)
-// Modified by: Robert Cavanaugh
-//              Added capability to use .WXR resource files in Wizard pages
-//              Added wxWIZARD_HELP event
-//              Robert Vazan (sizers)
-// Created:     15.08.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wizard.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WIZARD_H_
-#define _WX_WIZARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers and other simple declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"      // the base class
-#include "wx/panel.h"       // ditto
-#include "wx/event.h"       // wxEVT_XXX constants
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// Extended style to specify a help button
-#define wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON   0x00000010
-
-// forward declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizard;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardPage is one of the wizards screen: it must know what are the
-// following and preceding pages (which may be NULL for the first/last page).
-//
-// Other than GetNext/Prev() functions, wxWizardPage is just a panel and may be
-// used as such (i.e. controls may be placed directly on it &c).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPage : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
-    wxWizardPage() { Init(); }
-
-    // ctor accepts an optional bitmap which will be used for this page instead
-    // of the default one for this wizard (should be of the same size). Notice
-    // that no other parameters are needed because the wizard will resize and
-    // reposition the page anyhow
-    wxWizardPage(wxWizard *parent,
-                 const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                 const wxChar* resource = NULL);
-
-    bool Create(wxWizard *parent,
-                const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                const wxChar* resource = NULL);
-
-    // these functions are used by the wizard to show another page when the
-    // user chooses "Back" or "Next" button
-    virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const = 0;
-    virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const = 0;
-
-    // default GetBitmap() will just return m_bitmap which is ok in 99% of
-    // cases - override this method if you want to create the bitmap to be used
-    // dynamically or to do something even more fancy. It's ok to return
-    // wxNullBitmap from here - the default one will be used then.
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-    // Override the base functions to allow a validator to be assigned to this page.
-    virtual bool TransferDataToWindow()
-    {
-        return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferToWindow()
-                              : wxPanel::TransferDataToWindow();
-    }
-
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow()
-    {
-        return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow()
-                              : wxPanel::TransferDataFromWindow();
-    }
-
-    virtual bool Validate()
-    {
-        return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->Validate(this)
-                              : wxPanel::Validate();
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-protected:
-    // common part of ctors:
-    void Init();
-
-    wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPage)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardPageSimple just returns the pointers given to the ctor and is useful
-// to create a simple wizard where the order of pages never changes.
-//
-// OTOH, it is also possible to dynamicly decide which page to return (i.e.
-// depending on the user's choices) as the wizard sample shows - in order to do
-// this, you must derive from wxWizardPage directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPageSimple : public wxWizardPage
-{
-public:
-    wxWizardPageSimple() { Init(); }
-
-    // ctor takes the previous and next pages
-    wxWizardPageSimple(wxWizard *parent,
-                       wxWizardPage *prev = (wxWizardPage *)NULL,
-                       wxWizardPage *next = (wxWizardPage *)NULL,
-                       const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                       const wxChar* resource = NULL)
-    {
-        Create(parent, prev, next, bitmap, resource);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWizard *parent = NULL, // let it be default ctor too
-                wxWizardPage *prev = (wxWizardPage *)NULL,
-                wxWizardPage *next = (wxWizardPage *)NULL,
-                const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                const wxChar* resource = NULL)
-    {
-        m_prev = prev;
-        m_next = next;
-        return wxWizardPage::Create(parent, bitmap, resource);
-    }
-
-    // the pointers may be also set later - but before starting the wizard
-    void SetPrev(wxWizardPage *prev) { m_prev = prev; }
-    void SetNext(wxWizardPage *next) { m_next = next; }
-
-    // a convenience function to make the pages follow each other
-    static void Chain(wxWizardPageSimple *first, wxWizardPageSimple *second)
-    {
-        wxCHECK_RET( first && second,
-                     wxT("NULL passed to wxWizardPageSimple::Chain") );
-
-        first->SetNext(second);
-        second->SetPrev(first);
-    }
-
-    // base class pure virtuals
-    virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const;
-    virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const;
-
-private:
-    // common part of ctors:
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_prev = m_next = NULL;
-    }
-
-    // pointers are private, the derived classes shouldn't mess with them -
-    // just derive from wxWizardPage directly to implement different behaviour
-    wxWizardPage *m_prev,
-                 *m_next;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPageSimple)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    /*
-       The derived class (i.e. the real wxWizard) has a ctor and Create()
-       function taking the following arguments:
-
-        wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,
-                 int id = wxID_ANY,
-                 const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
-                 const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-    */
-    wxWizardBase() { }
-
-    // executes the wizard starting from the given page, returns true if it was
-    // successfully finished, false if user cancelled it
-    virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0;
-
-    // get the current page (NULL if RunWizard() isn't running)
-    virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const = 0;
-
-    // set the min size which should be available for the pages: a
-    // wizard will take into account the size of the bitmap (if any)
-    // itself and will never be less than some predefined fixed size
-    virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) = 0;
-
-    // get the size available for the page
-    virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const = 0;
-
-    // set the best size for the wizard, i.e. make it big enough to contain all
-    // of the pages starting from the given one
-    //
-    // this function may be called several times and possible with different
-    // pages in which case it will only increase the page size if needed (this
-    // may be useful if not all pages are accessible from the first one by
-    // default)
-    virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0;
-
-    // Adding pages to page area sizer enlarges wizard
-    virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const = 0;
-
-    // Set border around page area. Default is 0 if you add at least one
-    // page to GetPageAreaSizer and 5 if you don't.
-    virtual void SetBorder(int border) = 0;
-
-    // the methods below may be overridden by the derived classes to provide
-    // custom logic for determining the pages order
-
-    virtual bool HasNextPage(wxWizardPage *page)
-        { return page->GetNext() != NULL; }
-
-    virtual bool HasPrevPage(wxWizardPage *page)
-        { return page->GetPrev() != NULL; }
-
-    /// Override these functions to stop InitDialog from calling TransferDataToWindow
-    /// for _all_ pages when the wizard starts. Instead 'ShowPage' will call
-    /// TransferDataToWindow for the first page only.
-    bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; }
-    bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; }
-    bool Validate() { return true; }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizardBase)
-};
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#include "wx/generic/wizard.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardEvent class represents an event generated by the wizard: this event
-// is first sent to the page itself and, if not processed there, goes up the
-// window hierarchy as usual
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxWizardEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
-                  int id = wxID_ANY,
-                  bool direction = true,
-                  wxWizardPage* page = NULL);
-
-    // for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, return true if we're going forward or
-    // false otherwise and for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED return true if we came
-    // from the previous page and false if we returned from the next one
-    // (this function doesn't make sense for CANCEL events)
-    bool GetDirection() const { return m_direction; }
-
-    wxWizardPage*   GetPage() const { return m_page; }
-
-private:
-    bool m_direction;
-    wxWizardPage*    m_page;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizardEvent)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizardEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for handling wxWizardEvents
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED, 900)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, 901)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, 902)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, 903)
-    DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, 903)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWizardEventFunction)(wxWizardEvent&);
-
-#define wxWizardEventHandler(func) \
-    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)wxStaticCastEvent(wxWizardEventFunction, &func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(evt, id, fn) \
-    wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WIZARD_ ## evt, id, wxWizardEventHandler(fn))
-
-// notifies that the page has just been changed (can't be vetoed)
-#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "<Back" or "Next>" button and the page is going to be
-// changed - unless the event handler vetoes the event
-#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGING, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Cancel" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed -
-// unless the event handler vetoes the event
-#define EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(CANCEL, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Finish" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed -
-#define EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(FINISHED, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Help" button
-#define EVT_WIZARD_HELP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(HELP, id, fn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_WIZARD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wupdlock.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wupdlock.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 61f6a3909..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wupdlock.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wupdlock.h
-// Purpose:     wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents window redrawing
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created:     2006-03-06
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wupdlock.h 37842 2006-03-07 01:50:21Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-#define _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents updates to the window during its lifetime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxWindowUpdateLocker
-{
-public:
-    // create an object preventing updates of the given window (which must have
-    // a lifetime at least as great as ours)
-    wxWindowUpdateLocker(wxWindow *win) : m_win(win) { win->Freeze(); }
-
-    // dtor thaws the window to permit updates again
-    ~wxWindowUpdateLocker() { m_win->Thaw(); }
-
-private:
-    wxWindow *m_win;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowUpdateLocker)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ad9bcdce..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wx.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets central header including the most often used ones
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx.h 40943 2006-08-31 19:31:43Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WX_H_
-#define _WX_WX_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/region.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
-#include "wx/dcprint.h"
-#include "wx/dcscreen.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/menu.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-#include "wx/settings.h"
-#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/checklst.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/statbmp.h"
-#include "wx/statbox.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/radiobox.h"
-#include "wx/radiobut.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/slider.h"
-#include "wx/gauge.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
-#include "wx/toolbar.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/layout.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/mdi.h"
-#include "wx/statusbr.h"
-#include "wx/choicdlg.h"
-#include "wx/textdlg.h"
-#include "wx/filedlg.h"
-
-// always include, even if !wxUSE_VALIDATORS because we need wxDefaultValidator
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-    #include "wx/valtext.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_WX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b9b214a90..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cw.h 29319 2004-09-24 14:32:35Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC++_prof.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86++_prof.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm++_prof.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k++_prof.mch>
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC_prof.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86_prof.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm_prof.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k_prof.mch>
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC++.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86++.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm++.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k++.mch>
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k.mch>
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c6c64b9e0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Name:        wx/wx_cw_cm.h
- Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
- Author:      Stefan Csomor
- Modified by:
- Created:
- RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cw_cm.h 42655 2006-10-29 20:17:29Z VZ $
- Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
- Licence:     wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-#define MSL_USE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS 0
-#if __WXDEBUG__
-    // mac os assert levels
-    #define DEBUG 1
-    #define DEBUG_INTERNAL 1
-#endif
-#if !defined( __MWERKS__ )
-    #error "this file is only for builds with Metrowerks CodeWarrior"
-#endif
-
-// defined if the compiler does not want the classname repeated for inlines
-// within a class definition
-#define WX_COMP_INLINE_NO_CLASS
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200
-    #pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh || __MACH__
-    #define __MAC__
-    #define __WXMAC__
-#elif (__MWERKS__ >= 0x0900) && __INTEL__
-    #define WIN32
-    #define _WINDOWS
-    #define __WXMSW__
-    #define __WINDOWS__
-    #define __WIN95__
-    #define __WIN32__
-    #define STRICT
-    #define NOMINMAX
-#elif __BEOS__
-    #include <ansi_prefix.be.h>
-    #include <Be.h>
-#else
-    #error unknown MW compiler
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    #include <ansi_prefix.win32.h>
-    #include <ansi_parms.h>
-    #ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #if defined( __MSL__ ) && __MSL__ >= 0x5012 && __MSL__ < 0x7000
-            #define fileno _fileno
-            #define fdopen _fdopen
-            #define tell   _tell
-    #endif
-    #endif
-#elif defined( __WXMAC__)
-    /* Set to 0 if you don't want to use precompiled MacHeaders */
-    #define USE_PRECOMPILED_MAC_HEADERS  0
-    #define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
-    #define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
-
-    /* CW8.3+ has mbstate_t */
-    #if defined(__MACH__) && __MWERKS__ < 0x3003
-        typedef int mbstate_t;
-        #define    _MBSTATE_T
-    #endif
-
-    /* CW8.3+ has ssize_t */
-    #if defined(__MACH__) && __MWERKS__ >= 0x3003
-        #define HAVE_SSIZE_T
-    #endif
-
-    #include <mslconfig>
-    // for getting the correct expat includes
-    #define MACOS_CLASSIC
-    /*
-    #include <MacTypes.h>
-    #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340
-        #error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/"
-    #endif
-    */
-#endif
-
-#define USE_DEFINE
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e127a9f6..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cw_d.h 29319 2004-09-24 14:32:35Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC++_d.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86++_d.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm++_d.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k++_d.mch>
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPC_d.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86_d.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfm_d.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68k_d.mch>
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c323bd76..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwc.h 36967 2006-01-18 14:13:20Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200
-    #pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach++_prof.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon++_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach_prof.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach++.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon++.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dd46cfeac..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwc_d.h 36967 2006-01-18 14:13:20Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200
-    #pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach++_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon++_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wx_Mach_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wx_Carbon_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 920fde540..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h
-// Purpose:     Metrowerks Prefix Header File (wxCocoa Release)
-// Author:      Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com)
-// Modified by: David Elliott
-// Created:     10/22/2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwcocoa.h 30235 2004-11-02 06:22:11Z DE $
-// Copyright:   (c) Tommy Tian
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW_COCOA__
-#define _WX_CW_COCOA__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __OBJC__
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm_prof.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm_prof.mch"
-        #endif
-    #else
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++_prof.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++_prof.mch"
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __mwlinker__
-        #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX_prof.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wx_cocoaMach-O_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __OBJC__
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm.mch"
-        #endif
-    #else
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++.mch"
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __mwlinker__
-        #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wx_cocoaMach-O.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW_COCOA__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fbe176d4b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h
-// Purpose:     Metrowerks wxCocoa PCH common definitions
-// Author:      Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     10/04/2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwcocoa_cm.h 30235 2004-11-02 06:22:11Z DE $
-// Copyright:   (c) Tommy Tian
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#define MSL_USE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS 0
-#if __WXDEBUG__
-    // mac os assert levels
-    #define DEBUG 1
-    #define DEBUG_INTERNAL 1
-#endif
-#if !defined( __MWERKS__ )
-    #error "this file is only for builds with Metrowerks CodeWarrior"
-#endif
-
-#define WX_COMP_INLINE_NO_CLASS // defined if the compiler does not want the classname repeated for inlines within a class definition
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh || __MACH__
-    #define __MAC__
-    #define __WXCOCOA__
-#elif (__MWERKS__ >= 0x0900) && __INTEL__
-    #define WIN32
-    #define _WINDOWS
-    #define __WXMSW__
-    #define __WINDOWS__
-    #define __WIN95__
-    #define __WIN32__
-    #define STRICT
-    #define NOMINMAX
-#elif __BEOS__
-    #include <ansi_prefix.be.h>
-    #include <Be.h>
-#else
-    #error unknown MW compiler
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    #include <ansi_prefix.win32.h>
-    #include <ansi_parms.h>
-    #ifdef __MWERKS__
-    #if defined( __MSL__ ) && __MSL__ >= 0x5012 && __MSL__ < 0x7000
-            #define fileno _fileno
-            #define fdopen _fdopen
-            #define tell   _tell
-    #endif
-    #endif
-#elif defined( __WXMAC__)
-    #define USE_PRECOMPILED_MAC_HEADERS  0  /*Set to 0 if you don't want to use precompiled MacHeaders*/
-    #define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
-    #define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include <ansi_prefix.mach.h>
-        #include <msl_c_version.h>
-        #include <stdint.h>
-        #undef WCHAR_MAX
-        #include <machine/ansi.h>
-    #else
-      #include <ansi_prefix.mac.h>
-    #endif
-    // for getting the correct expat includes
-    #define MACOS_CLASSIC
-    /*
-    #include <MacTypes.h>
-    #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340
-        #error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/"
-    #endif
-    */
-#elif defined( __WXCOCOA__) //tommy
-    #if defined(__OBJC__)
-        #include "CocoaHeaders.m"        
-    #endif //defined(__OBJC__)
-#endif
-
-#define USE_DEFINE
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index de2b5b95b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h
-// Purpose:     Metrowerks Prefix Header File (wxCocoa Debug)
-// Author:      Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com)
-// Modified by: David Elliott
-// Created:     10/04/2004
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwcocoa_d.h 30235 2004-11-02 06:22:11Z DE $
-// Copyright:   (c) Tommy Tian
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW_COCOA__
-#define _WX_CW_COCOA__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __OBJC__
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm_d.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm_d.mch"
-        #endif
-    #else
-        #if __mwlinker__
-            #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++_d.mch"
-        #else
-            #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++_d.mch"
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __mwlinker__
-        #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX_d.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wx_cocoaMach-O_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW_COCOA__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 24c384a77..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wx_cwu_d.h 29319 2004-09-24 14:32:35Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPCu++_d.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86u++_d.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfmu++_d.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68ku++_d.mch>
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include <wx_PPCu_d.mch>
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include <wx_x86u_d.mch>
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include <wx_cfmu_d.mch>
-    #else
-        #include <wx_68ku_d.mch>
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxchar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxchar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bbdcab1fa..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxchar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1393 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Name:        wx/wxchar.h
- * Purpose:     Declarations common to wx char/wchar_t usage (wide chars)
- * Author:      Joel Farley, Ove Kåven
- * Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
- * Created:     1998/06/12
- * RCS-ID:      $Id: wxchar.h 50987 2008-01-02 16:31:38Z VZ $
- * Copyright:   (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
- * Licence:     wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCHAR_H_
-#define _WX_WXCHAR_H_
-
-/* defs.h indirectly includes this file, so don't include it here */
-#include "wx/platform.h"
-#include "wx/dlimpexp.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>  /* we use FILE below */
-
-#if defined(HAVE_STRTOK_R) && defined(__DARWIN__) && defined(_MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS) && _MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS
-    char *strtok_r(char *, const char *, char **);
-#endif
-
-/* check whether we have wchar_t and which size it is if we do */
-#if !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T)
-    #if defined(__UNIX__)
-        #if defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
-            #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-        #else
-            #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-        #endif
-    #elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
-        #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-    #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-        #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-    #elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)
-        #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
-    #else
-        /* add additional compiler checks if this fails */
-        #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-    #endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
-
-/* Unicode support requires wchar_t */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    #error "wchar_t must be available in Unicode build"
-#endif /* Unicode */
-
-/*
-    Standard headers we need here.
-
-    NB: don't include any wxWidgets headers here because almost all of them include
-        this one!
- */
-
-/* Required for wxPrintf() etc */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-/* Almost all compiler have strdup(), but not quite all: CodeWarrior under Mac */
-/* and VC++ for Windows CE don't provide it */
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1400
-    #define wxStrdupA _strdup
-#elif !(defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMAC__)) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    /* use #define, not inline wrapper, as it is tested with #ifndef below */
-    #define wxStrdupA strdup
-#endif
-
-/*
-   non Unix compilers which do have wchar.h (but not tchar.h which is included
-   below and which includes wchar.h anyhow).
-
-   Actually MinGW has tchar.h, but it does not include wchar.h
- */
-#if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-    #ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H
-        #define HAVE_WCHAR_H
-    #endif
-#endif
-#if defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__MACH__)
-    #ifndef HAVE_WCSLEN
-        #define HAVE_WCSLEN
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
-        /* the current (as of Nov 2002) version of cygwin has a bug in its */
-        /* wchar.h -- there is no extern "C" around the declarations in it and */
-        /* this results in linking errors later; also, at least on some */
-        /* Cygwin versions, wchar.h requires sys/types.h */
-        #ifdef __CYGWIN__
-            #include <sys/types.h>
-            #ifdef __cplusplus
-                extern "C" {
-            #endif
-        #endif /* Cygwin */
-
-        #include <wchar.h>
-
-        #if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__cplusplus)
-            }
-        #endif /* Cygwin and C++ */
-
-    #elif defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H)
-        /* old compilers have relevant declarations here */
-        #include <wcstr.h>
-    #elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) || defined(__EMX__)
-        /* include stdlib.h for wchar_t */
-        #include <stdlib.h>
-    #endif /* HAVE_WCHAR_H */
-
-    #ifdef HAVE_WIDEC_H
-        #include <widec.h>
-    #endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_WCHAR_T */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT for the compilers which support the TCHAR type */
-/* mapped to either char or wchar_t depending on the ASCII/Unicode mode and have */
-/* the function mapping _tfoo() -> foo() or wfoo() */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* VC++ and BC++ starting with 5.2 have TCHAR support */
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520)
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-    #include <ctype.h>
-    #include <memory.h>
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__DMC__)
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-    #include <stddef.h>
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 )
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-    #include <stddef.h>
-    #include <string.h>
-    #include <ctype.h>
-#elif 0 && defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ >= 400)
-    /* VZ: the old VisualAge definitions were completely wrong and had no */
-    /*     chance at all to work in Unicode build anyhow so let's pretend that */
-    /*     VisualAge does _not_ support TCHAR for the moment (as indicated by */
-    /*     "0 &&" above) until someone really has time to delve into Unicode */
-    /*     issues under OS/2 */
-
-    /* VisualAge 4.0+ supports TCHAR */
-    #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#endif /* compilers with (good) TCHAR support */
-
-#if defined(__MWERKS__)
-    /* Metrowerks only has wide char support for OS X >= 10.3 */
-    #if !defined(__DARWIN__) || \
-         (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_3)
-        #define wxHAVE_MWERKS_UNICODE
-    #endif
-
-    #ifdef wxHAVE_MWERKS_UNICODE
-        #define HAVE_WPRINTF   1
-        #define HAVE_WCSRTOMBS 1
-        #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1
-    #endif
-#endif /* __MWERKS__ */
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-    /* get TCHAR definition if we've got it */
-    #include <tchar.h>
-
-    /* we surely do have wchar_t if we have TCHAR */
-    #ifndef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-        #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-    #endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
-
-    /* and we also do have wcslen() */
-    #ifndef HAVE_WCSLEN
-        #define HAVE_WCSLEN
-    #endif
-#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxChar type */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* TODO: define wxCharInt to be equal to either int or wint_t? */
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    typedef char wxChar;
-    typedef signed char wxSChar;
-    typedef unsigned char wxUChar;
-#else /* Unicode */
-    /* VZ: note that VC++ defines _T[SU]CHAR simply as wchar_t and not as */
-    /*     signed/unsigned version of it which (a) makes sense to me (unlike */
-    /*     char wchar_t is always unsigned) and (b) was how the previous */
-    /*     definitions worked so keep it like this */
-
-    /* Sun's SunPro compiler supports the wchar_t type and wide character */
-    /* functions, but does not define __WCHAR_TYPE__. Define it here to */
-    /* allow unicode enabled builds. */
-    #if defined(__SUNPRO_CC) || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
-    #define __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxchar_t
-    #endif
-
-    /* GNU libc has __WCHAR_TYPE__ which requires special treatment, see */
-    /* comment below */
-    #if !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) || \
-        (!defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 96))
-        /* standard case */
-        typedef wchar_t wxChar;
-        typedef wchar_t wxSChar;
-        typedef wchar_t wxUChar;
-    #else /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ and gcc < 2.96 */
-        /* VS: wxWidgets used to define wxChar as __WCHAR_TYPE__ here. However, */
-        /*     this doesn't work with new GCC 3.x compilers because wchar_t is */
-        /*     C++'s builtin type in the new standard. OTOH, old compilers (GCC */
-        /*     2.x) won't accept new definition of wx{S,U}Char, therefore we */
-        /*     have to define wxChar conditionally depending on detected */
-        /*     compiler & compiler version. */
-        /*     with old definition of wxChar. */
-        typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxChar;
-        typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxSChar;
-        typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxUChar;
-    #endif /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ */
-#endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define _T() and related macros */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* BSD systems define _T() to be something different in ctype.h, override it */
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
-    #include <ctype.h>
-    #undef _T
-#endif
-
-/* could already be defined by tchar.h (it's quasi standard) */
-#ifndef _T
-    #if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-        #define _T(x) x
-    #else /* Unicode */
-        /* use wxCONCAT_HELPER so that x could be expanded if it's a macro */
-        #define _T(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x)
-    #endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
-#endif /* !defined(_T) */
-
-/* although global macros with such names are normally bad, we want to have */
-/* another name for _T() which should be used to avoid confusion between _T() */
-/* and _() in wxWidgets sources */
-#define wxT(x)       _T(x)
-
-/* this macro exists only for forward compatibility with wx 3.0 */
-#define wxS(x)       _T(x)
-
-/* a helper macro allowing to make another macro Unicode-friendly, see below */
-#define wxAPPLY_T(x) _T(x)
-
-/* Unicode-friendly __FILE__, __DATE__ and __TIME__ analogs */
-#ifndef __TFILE__
-    #define __TFILE__ wxAPPLY_T(__FILE__)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __TDATE__
-    #define __TDATE__ wxAPPLY_T(__DATE__)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __TTIME__
-    #define __TTIME__ wxAPPLY_T(__TIME__)
-#endif
-
-/*
-    define wxFoo() function for each standard foo() function whose signature
-    (exceptionally including the return type) includes any mention of char:
-    wxFoo() is going to be a Unicode-friendly version of foo(), i.e. will have
-    the same signature but with char replaced by wxChar which allows us to use
-    it in Unicode build as well
- */
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-    #include <ctype.h>
-
-    #if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(UNICODE)
-      #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) (wint_t)(c)
-    #else
-      #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) c
-    #endif
-
-    /* ctype.h functions */
-    #define  wxIsalnum(c)   _istalnum(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsalpha(c)   _istalpha(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIscntrl(c)   _istcntrl(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsdigit(c)   _istdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsgraph(c)   _istgraph(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIslower(c)   _istlower(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsprint(c)   _istprint(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIspunct(c)   _istpunct(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsspace(c)   _istspace(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsupper(c)   _istupper(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-    #define  wxIsxdigit(c)  _istxdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-
-    /*
-       There is a bug in VC6 C RTL: toxxx() functions dosn't do anything with
-       signed chars < 0, so "fix" it here.
-     */
-    #define  wxTolower(c) _totlower((wxUChar)(c))
-    #define  wxToupper(c) _totupper((wxUChar)(c))
-
-    /* locale.h functons */
-    #define  wxSetlocale _tsetlocale
-
-    /* string.h functions */
-    #define  wxStrcat    _tcscat
-    #define  wxStrchr    _tcschr
-    #define  wxStrcmp    _tcscmp
-    #define  wxStrcoll   _tcscoll
-    #define  wxStrcpy    _tcscpy
-    #define  wxStrcspn   _tcscspn
-    #define  wxStrdupW   _wcsdup        /* notice the 'W'! */
-    #define  wxStrftime  _tcsftime
-    #define  wxStricmp   _tcsicmp
-    #define  wxStrnicmp  _tcsnicmp
-    #define  wxStrlen_   _tcslen        /* used in wxStrlen inline function */
-    #define  wxStrncat   _tcsncat
-    #define  wxStrncmp   _tcsncmp
-    #define  wxStrncpy   _tcsncpy
-    #define  wxStrpbrk   _tcspbrk
-    #define  wxStrrchr   _tcsrchr
-    #define  wxStrspn    _tcsspn
-    #define  wxStrstr    _tcsstr
-    #define  wxStrtod    _tcstod
-    #define  wxStrtol    _tcstol
-    #define  wxStrtoul   _tcstoul
-    #ifdef __VISUALC__
-        #if __VISUALC__ >= 1300 && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
-            #define wxStrtoll  _tcstoi64
-            #define wxStrtoull _tcstoui64
-        #endif /* VC++ 7+ */
-    #endif
-    #define  wxStrxfrm   _tcsxfrm
-
-    /* stdio.h functions */
-    #define  wxFgetc     _fgettc
-    #define  wxFgetchar  _fgettchar
-    #define  wxFgets     _fgetts
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE * wxMSLU__tfopen(const wxChar *name, const wxChar *mode);
-
-        #define  wxFopen    wxMSLU__tfopen
-    #else
-        #define  wxFopen     _tfopen
-    #endif
-    #define  wxFputc     _fputtc
-    #define  wxFputchar  _fputtchar
-    #define  wxFprintf   _ftprintf
-    #define  wxFputs     _fputts
-    #define  wxFreopen   _tfreopen
-    #define  wxFscanf    _ftscanf
-    #define  wxGetc      _gettc
-    #define  wxGetchar   _gettchar
-    #define  wxGets      _getts
-    #define  wxPerror    _tperror
-    #define  wxPrintf    _tprintf
-    #define  wxPutc(c,f) _puttc(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c),f)
-    #define  wxPutchar   _puttchar
-    #define  wxPuts      _putts
-    #define  wxScanf     _tscanf
-    #if defined(__DMC__)
-        #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-            /* Digital Mars adds count to _stprintf (C99) so prototype conversion see wxchar.cpp */
-            int wxSprintf (wchar_t * __RESTRICT s, const wchar_t * __RESTRICT format, ... ) ;
-        #else
-            /* and there is a bug in D Mars tchar.h prior to 8.39.4n, so define as sprintf */
-            #define wxSprintf sprintf
-        #endif
-    #elif defined(__MINGW32__) && ( defined(_STLPORT_VERSION) && _STLPORT_VERSION >= 0x510 )
-        #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-            /* MinGW with STLPort 5.1 adds count to swprintf (C99) so prototype conversion see wxchar.cpp */
-            int wxSprintf (wchar_t*, const wchar_t*, ...);
-        #else
-            /* MinGW with STLPort 5.1 has clashing defines for _stprintf so use sprintf */
-            #define wxSprintf sprintf
-        #endif
-    #else
-        #define  wxSprintf   _stprintf
-    #endif
-
-    #define  wxSscanf    _stscanf
-    #define  wxTmpnam    _ttmpnam
-    #define  wxUngetc    _tungetc
-    #define  wxVfprintf  _vftprintf
-    #define  wxVprintf   _vtprintf
-    #define  wxVsscanf   _vstscanf
-    #define  wxVsprintf  _vstprintf
-
-    /* special case: these functions are missing under Win9x with Unicows so we */
-    /* have to implement them ourselves */
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__trename(const wxChar *oldname, const wxChar *newname);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__tremove(const wxChar *name);
-
-        #define  wxRemove    wxMSLU__tremove
-        #define  wxRename    wxMSLU__trename
-    #else
-        #ifdef __WXWINCE__
-            /* carefully: wxRemove() must return 0 on success while DeleteFile()
-               returns 0 on error, so don't just define one as the other */
-            int wxRemove(const wxChar *path);
-        #else
-            #define  wxRemove    _tremove
-            #define  wxRename    _trename
-        #endif
-    #endif
-
-    /* stdlib.h functions */
-    #define  wxAtoi      _ttoi
-    #define  wxAtol      _ttol
-    /* #define  wxAtof   _tttof -- notice that there is no such thing (why?) */
-    /* there are no env vars at all under CE, so no _tgetenv neither */
-    #ifdef __WXWINCE__
-        /* can't define as inline function as this is a C file... */
-        #define wxGetenv(name)  ((wxChar *)NULL)
-    #else
-        #define  wxGetenv    _tgetenv
-    #endif
-    #define  wxSystem    _tsystem
-
-    /* time.h functions */
-    #define  wxAsctime   _tasctime
-    #define  wxCtime     _tctime
-
-    #define wxMbstowcs mbstowcs
-    #define wxWcstombs wcstombs
-#else /* !TCHAR-aware compilers */
-    /*
-        There are 2 unrelated problems with these functions under Mac:
-            a) Metrowerks MSL CRT implements them strictly in C99 sense and
-               doesn't support (very common) extension of allowing to call
-               mbstowcs(NULL, ...) which makes it pretty useless as you can't
-               know the size of the needed buffer
-            b) OS X <= 10.2 declares and even defined these functions but
-               doesn't really implement them -- they always return an error
-
-        So use our own replacements in both cases.
-     */
-    #if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MSL__)
-        #define wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS
-    #endif
-
-    #ifdef __DARWIN__
-        #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2
-            #define wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS
-        #endif
-    #endif
-
-    #ifdef wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS
-        /* even though they are defined and "implemented", they are bad and just
-           stubs so we need our own - we need these even in ANSI builds!! */
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMbstowcs (wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWcstombs (char *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
-    #else
-        #define wxMbstowcs mbstowcs
-        #define wxWcstombs wcstombs
-    #endif
-
-    /*
-       The system C library on Mac OS X 10.2 and below does not support
-       unicode: in other words all wide-character functions such as towupper et
-       al. do simply not exist so we need to provide our own in that context,
-       except for the wchar_t definition/typedef itself.
-
-       We need to do this for both project builder and CodeWarrior as
-       the latter uses the system C library in Mach builds for wide character
-       support, which as mentioned does not exist on 10.2 and below.
-    */
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE && \
-        defined(__DARWIN__) && \
-            ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2 )
-        /* we need everything! */
-        #define wxNEED_WX_STRING_H
-        #define wxNEED_WX_CTYPE_H
-
-        #define  wxFgetchar(c)  wxFgetc(c, stdin)
-        #define  wxFputc     wxPutc
-        #define  wxFputchar(c)  wxPutc(c, stdout)
-        #define  wxGetc      wxFgetc
-        #define  wxGetchar(c)   wxFgetc(c, stdin)
-
-        #include <stdio.h>
-
-        #define wxNEED_FGETC
-        #define wxNEED_FGETS
-        #define wxNEED_GETS
-        #define wxNEED_UNGETC
-
-        #define wxNEED_FPUTS
-        #define wxNEED_PUTS
-        #define wxNEED_PUTC
-
-        int wxFputs(const wxChar *ch, FILE *stream);
-        int wxPuts(const wxChar *ws);
-        int wxPutc(wxChar ch, FILE *stream);
-
-        #ifdef __cplusplus
-        extern "C" {
-        #endif
-            WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t   wxStrlen_(const wxChar *s);
-        #ifdef __cplusplus
-        }
-        #endif
-
-        #define wxPutchar(wch) wxPutc(wch, stdout)
-
-        #define wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION
-        #define wxNEED_WX_STDIO_H
-        #define wxNEED_WX_STDLIB_H
-        #define wxNEED_WX_TIME_H
-
-    #elif wxUSE_UNICODE
-        #include <wctype.h>
-
-        /* this is probably glibc-specific */
-        #if defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) && !defined(__MWERKS__)
-            /* ctype.h functions (wctype.h) */
-            #define  wxIsalnum   iswalnum
-            #define  wxIsalpha   iswalpha
-            #define  wxIscntrl   iswcntrl
-            #define  wxIsdigit   iswdigit
-            #define  wxIsgraph   iswgraph
-            #define  wxIslower   iswlower
-            #define  wxIsprint   iswprint
-            #define  wxIspunct   iswpunct
-            #define  wxIsspace   iswspace
-            #define  wxIsupper   iswupper
-            #define  wxIsxdigit  iswxdigit
-
-            #if defined(__GLIBC__) && (__GLIBC__ == 2) && (__GLIBC_MINOR__ == 0)
-                /* /usr/include/wctype.h incorrectly declares translations */
-                /* tables which provokes tons of compile-time warnings -- try */
-                /* to correct this */
-                #define  wxTolower(wc)   towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_tolower)
-                #define  wxToupper(wc)   towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_toupper)
-            #else /* !glibc 2.0 */
-                #define  wxTolower   towlower
-                #define  wxToupper   towupper
-            #endif /* gcc/!gcc */
-
-            /* string.h functions (wchar.h) */
-            #define  wxStrcat    wcscat
-            #define  wxStrchr    wcschr
-            #define  wxStrcmp    wcscmp
-            #define  wxStrcoll   wcscoll
-            #define  wxStrcpy    wcscpy
-            #define  wxStrcspn   wcscspn
-            #define  wxStrlen_   wxWcslen /* wxStrlen_() is used in wxStrlen() */
-            #define  wxStrncat   wcsncat
-            #define  wxStrncmp   wcsncmp
-            #define  wxStrncpy   wcsncpy
-            #define  wxStrpbrk   wcspbrk
-            #define  wxStrrchr   wcsrchr
-            #define  wxStrspn    wcsspn
-            #define  wxStrstr    wcsstr
-            #define  wxStrtod    wcstod
-            #define  wxStrtol    wcstol
-            #define  wxStrtoul   wcstoul
-            #ifdef HAVE_WCSTOULL
-                /* assume that we have wcstoull(), which is also C99, too */
-                #define  wxStrtoll   wcstoll
-                #define  wxStrtoull  wcstoull
-            #endif /* HAVE_WCSTOULL */
-            #define  wxStrxfrm   wcsxfrm
-
-            #define  wxFgetc     fgetwc
-            #define  wxFgetchar  fgetwchar
-            #define  wxFgets     fgetws
-            #define  wxFputc     fputwc
-            #define  wxFputchar  fputwchar
-            #define  wxGetc      getwc
-            #define  wxGetchar   getwchar
-            #define  wxGets      getws
-            #define  wxUngetc    ungetwc
-
-            #ifdef HAVE_FPUTWS
-                #define wxFputs     fputws
-            #else
-                #define wxNEED_FPUTS
-                #include <stdio.h>
-                int wxFputs(const wxChar *ch, FILE *stream);
-            #endif
-
-            #ifdef HAVE_WPUTC
-                #define wxPutc      wputc
-            #else
-                #define wxNEED_PUTC
-                #include <stdio.h>
-                int wxPutc(wxChar ch, FILE *stream);
-            #endif
-
-            #ifdef HAVE_WPUTCHAR
-                #define wxPutchar   wputchar
-            #else
-                #define wxPutchar(wch) wxPutc(wch, stdout)
-            #endif
-
-            #ifdef HAVE_PUTWS
-                #define wxPuts      putws
-            #else
-                #define wxNEED_PUTS
-                int wxPuts(const wxChar *ws);
-            #endif
-
-            /* we need %s to %ls conversion for printf and scanf etc */
-            #define wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION
-
-            /* glibc doesn't have wide char equivalents of the other stuff so */
-            /* use our own versions */
-            #define wxNEED_WX_STDIO_H
-            #define wxNEED_WX_STDLIB_H
-            #define wxNEED_WX_TIME_H
-        #elif defined(__MWERKS__) && ( defined(__MSL__) || defined(__MACH__) )
-            /* ctype.h functions (wctype.h) */
-            #define  wxIsalnum   iswalnum
-            #define  wxIsalpha   iswalpha
-            #define  wxIscntrl   iswcntrl
-            #define  wxIsdigit   iswdigit
-            #define  wxIsgraph   iswgraph
-            #define  wxIslower   iswlower
-            #define  wxIsprint   iswprint
-            #define  wxIspunct   iswpunct
-            #define  wxIsspace   iswspace
-            #define  wxIsupper   iswupper
-            #define  wxIsxdigit  iswxdigit
-            #define  wxTolower   towlower
-            #define  wxToupper   towupper
-
-            /* string.h functions (wchar.h) */
-            #define  wxStrcat    wcscat
-            #define  wxStrchr    wcschr
-            #define  wxStrcmp    wcscmp
-            #define  wxStrcoll   wcscoll
-            #define  wxStrcpy    wcscpy
-            #define  wxStrcspn   wcscspn
-            #define  wxStrlen_   wxWcslen /* wxStrlen_() is used in wxStrlen() */
-            #define  wxStrncat   wcsncat
-            #define  wxStrncmp   wcsncmp
-            #define  wxStrncpy   wcsncpy
-            #define  wxStrpbrk   wcspbrk
-            #define  wxStrrchr   wcsrchr
-            #define  wxStrspn    wcsspn
-            #define  wxStrstr    wcsstr
-            #define  wxStrtod    wcstod
-            #define  wxStrtol    wcstol
-            #define  wxStrtoul   wcstoul
-            #define  wxStrxfrm   wcsxfrm
-
-            #define  wxFgetc     fgetwc
-            #define  wxFgetchar  fgetwchar
-            #define  wxFgets     fgetws
-            #define  wxFputc     fputwc
-            #define  wxFputchar  fputwchar
-            #define  wxGetc      getwc
-            #define  wxGetchar   getwchar
-            #define  wxGets      getws
-            #define  wxUngetc    ungetwc
-
-            #define wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION
-
-            #define  wxPutc      putwc
-            #define  wxPutchar   putwchar
-            #define  wxFputs     fputws
-
-            /* stdio.h functions */
-
-            #define wxNEED_WX_STDIO_H
-
-            /* stdlib.h functions */
-            #ifdef __MACH__
-            #define wxNEED_WX_STDLIB_H
-            #else
-            #define  wxAtof      watof
-            #define  wxAtoi      watoi
-            #define  wxAtol      watol
-            #define  wxGetenv(a)    ((wxChar*)NULL)
-            #define  wxSystem(a)    ((int)NULL)
-            #endif
-            /* time.h functions */
-            #define  wxAsctime   wasciitime
-            #define  wxCtime     wctime
-            /* #define  wxStrftime  wcsftime */
-
-            #define wxNEED_WX_TIME_H
-        #else /* !metrowerks for apple */
-            #error  "Please define wide character functions for your environment"
-        #endif
-    #else /* ASCII */
-        #include <ctype.h>
-        #include <string.h>
-
-        /* ctype.h functions */
-        #define  wxIsalnum   isalnum
-        #define  wxIsalpha   isalpha
-        #define  wxIscntrl   iscntrl
-        #define  wxIsdigit   isdigit
-        #define  wxIsgraph   isgraph
-        #define  wxIslower   islower
-        #define  wxIsprint   isprint
-        #define  wxIspunct   ispunct
-        #define  wxIsspace   isspace
-        #define  wxIsupper   isupper
-        #define  wxIsxdigit  isxdigit
-        #define  wxTolower   tolower
-        #define  wxToupper   toupper
-
-         /* locale.h functons */
-        #define  wxSetlocale setlocale
-
-         /* string.h functions */
-        #define  wxStrcat    strcat
-        #define  wxStrchr    strchr
-        #define  wxStrcmp    strcmp
-        #define  wxStrcoll   strcoll
-        #define  wxStrcpy    strcpy
-        #define  wxStrcspn   strcspn
-
-        /* wxStricmp and wxStrnicmp are defined below */
-        #define  wxStrlen_   strlen /* used in wxStrlen inline function */
-        #define  wxStrncat   strncat
-        #define  wxStrncmp   strncmp
-        #define  wxStrncpy   strncpy
-        #define  wxStrpbrk   strpbrk
-        #define  wxStrrchr   strrchr
-        #define  wxStrspn    strspn
-        #define  wxStrstr    strstr
-        #define  wxStrtod    strtod
-        #ifdef HAVE_STRTOK_R
-            #define  wxStrtok(str, sep, last)    strtok_r(str, sep, last)
-        #endif
-        #define  wxStrtol    strtol
-        #define  wxStrtoul   strtoul
-        #ifdef HAVE_STRTOULL
-            /* assume that we have wcstoull(), which is also C99, too */
-            #define  wxStrtoll   strtoll
-            #define  wxStrtoull  strtoull
-        #endif /* HAVE_WCSTOULL */
-        #define  wxStrxfrm   strxfrm
-
-        /* stdio.h functions */
-        #define  wxFopen     fopen
-        #define  wxFreopen   freopen
-        #define  wxRemove    remove
-        #define  wxRename    rename
-
-        #define  wxPerror    perror
-        #define  wxTmpnam    tmpnam
-
-        #define  wxFgetc     fgetc
-        #define  wxFgetchar  fgetchar
-        #define  wxFgets     fgets
-        #define  wxFputc     fputc
-        #define  wxFputs     fputs
-        #define  wxFputchar  fputchar
-        #define  wxFprintf   fprintf
-        #define  wxFscanf    fscanf
-        #define  wxGetc      getc
-        #define  wxGetchar   getchar
-        #define  wxGets      gets
-        #define  wxPrintf    printf
-        #define  wxPutc      putc
-        #define  wxPutchar   putchar
-        #define  wxPuts      puts
-        #define  wxScanf     scanf
-        #define  wxSprintf   sprintf
-        #define  wxSscanf    sscanf
-        #define  wxUngetc    ungetc
-        #define  wxVfprintf  vfprintf
-        #define  wxVprintf   vprintf
-        #define  wxVsscanf   vsscanf
-        #define  wxVsprintf  vsprintf
-
-        /* stdlib.h functions */
-        #define  wxAtof      atof
-        #define  wxAtoi      atoi
-        #define  wxAtol      atol
-        #define  wxGetenv    getenv
-        #define  wxSystem    system
-
-        /* time.h functions */
-        #define  wxAsctime   asctime
-        #define  wxCtime     ctime
-        #define  wxStrftime  strftime
-    #endif /* Unicode/ASCII */
-#endif /* TCHAR-aware compilers/the others */
-
-#ifdef wxStrtoll
-    #define wxHAS_STRTOLL
-#endif
-
-/*
-    various special cases
- */
-
-/* define wxStricmp and wxStrnicmp for various compilers */
-
-/* note that in Unicode mode we definitely are going to need our own version */
-#if !defined(wxStricmp) && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
-            defined(__SALFORDC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \
-            defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__)
-        #define wxStricmp stricmp
-        #define wxStrnicmp strnicmp
-    #elif defined(__WXPALMOS__)
-        /* FIXME: There is no equivalent to strnicmp in the Palm OS API.  This
-         * quick hack should do until one can be written.
-         */
-        #define wxStricmp StrCaselessCompare
-        #define wxStrnicmp strnicmp
-    #elif defined(__SYMANTEC__) || defined(__VISUALC__) || \
-            (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__INTEL__))
-        #define wxStricmp _stricmp
-        #define wxStrnicmp _strnicmp
-    #elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-        #define wxStricmp strcasecmp
-        #define wxStrnicmp strncasecmp
-    /* #else -- use wxWidgets implementation */
-    #endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxStricmp) */
-
-/* define wxWcslen() which should be always available if wxUSE_WCHAR_T == 1 (as */
-/* it's used in wx/buffer.h -- and also might be used just below by wxStrlen() */
-/* when wxStrlen_() is #define'd as wxWcslen so do it before defining wxStrlen) */
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    #ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
-        #define wxWcslen wcslen
-    #else
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWcslen(const wchar_t *s);
-    #endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_WCHAR_T */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-/* checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty */
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxChar *p) { return !p || !*p; }
-
-/* safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) */
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar *psz) { return psz ? wxStrlen_(psz) : 0; }
-#endif
-
-/*
-    each of strdup() and wcsdup() may or may not be available but we need both
-    of them anyhow for wx/buffer.h so we define the missing one(s) in
-    wxchar.cpp and so we should always have both wxStrdupA and wxStrdupW
-    defined -- if this is somehow not the case in some situations, please
-    correct that and not the lines here
- */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxStrdup wxStrdupW
-#else
-    #define wxStrdup wxStrdupA
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxOKlibc(); /* for internal use */
-#endif
-
-/* printf() family saga */
-
-/*
-   For some systems [v]snprintf() exists in the system libraries but not in the
-   headers, so we need to declare it ourselves to be able to use it.
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C"
-#else
-    extern
-#endif
-    int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap);
-#endif /* !HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL */
-
-#if defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C"
-#else
-    extern
-#endif
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...);
-#endif /* !HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL */
-
-/* Wrapper for vsnprintf if it's 3rd parameter is non-const. Note: the
- * same isn't done for snprintf below, the builtin wxSnprintf_ is used
- * instead since it's already a simple wrapper */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
-    inline int wx_fixed_vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap)
-    {
-        return vsnprintf(str, size, (char*)format, ap);
-    }
-#endif
-
-/*
-   MinGW MSVCRT has non-standard vswprintf() (for MSVC compatibility
-   presumably) and normally _vsnwprintf() is used instead (but as
-   STLPort 5.1 defines standard vswprintf(), don't do this for it)
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !( defined(_STLPORT_VERSION) && _STLPORT_VERSION >= 0x510 )
-    #undef HAVE_VSWPRINTF
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS
-    /*
-        The systems where vsnprintf() supports positional parameters should
-        define the HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF symbol.
-
-        On systems which don't (e.g. Windows) we are forced to use
-        our wxVsnprintf() implementation.
-    */
-    #if defined(HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF)
-        #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-            #ifdef HAVE_VSWPRINTF
-                #define wxVsnprintf_        vswprintf
-            #endif
-        #else /* ASCII */
-            #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    wx_fixed_vsnprintf
-            #else
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    vsnprintf
-            #endif
-        #endif
-    #else /* !HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */
-        /*
-            The only compiler with positional parameters support under Windows
-            is VC++ 8.0 which provides a new xxprintf_p() functions family.
-            The 2003 PSDK includes a slightly earlier version of VC8 than the
-            main release and does not have the printf_p functions.
-         */
-        #if defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140050727 && !defined __WXWINCE__
-            #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    _vswprintf_p
-            #else
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    _vsprintf_p
-            #endif
-        #endif
-    #endif /* HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF/!HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */
-#else /* !wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */
-    /*
-       We always want to define safe snprintf() function to be used instead of
-       sprintf(). Some compilers already have it (or rather vsnprintf() which
-       we really need...), otherwise we implement it using our own printf()
-       code.
-
-       We define function with a trailing underscore here because the real one
-       is a wrapper around it as explained below
-     */
-
-    /* first deal with TCHAR-aware compilers which have _vsntprintf */
-    #ifndef wxVsnprintf_
-        #if defined(__VISUALC__) || \
-                (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ >= 0x540)
-            #define wxVsnprintf_    _vsntprintf
-            #define wxSnprintf_     _sntprintf
-        #endif
-    #endif
-
-    /* if this didn't work, define it separately for Unicode and ANSI builds */
-    #ifndef wxVsnprintf_
-        #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-            #if defined(HAVE__VSNWPRINTF)
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    _vsnwprintf
-            #elif defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF)
-                #define wxVsnprintf_     vswprintf
-            #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-                #define wxVsnprintf_    _vsnwprintf
-                #define wxSnprintf_     _snwprintf
-            #endif
-        #else /* ASCII */
-            /*
-               All versions of CodeWarrior supported by wxWidgets apparently
-               have both snprintf() and vsnprintf()
-             */
-            #if defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) \
-                || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-                #ifndef HAVE_BROKEN_SNPRINTF_DECL
-                    #define wxSnprintf_     snprintf
-                #endif
-            #endif
-            #if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) \
-                || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-                #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
-                    #define wxVsnprintf_    wx_fixed_vsnprintf
-                #else
-                    #define wxVsnprintf_    vsnprintf
-                #endif
-            #endif
-        #endif /* Unicode/ASCII */
-    #endif /* wxVsnprintf_ */
-#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS/!wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */
-
-#ifndef wxSnprintf_
-    /* no snprintf(), cook our own */
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int
-    wxSnprintf_(wxChar *buf, size_t len, const wxChar *format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3;
-#endif
-#ifndef wxVsnprintf_
-    /* no (suitable) vsnprintf(), cook our own */
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int
-    wxVsnprintf_(wxChar *buf, size_t len, const wxChar *format, va_list argptr);
-
-    #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF 1
-#else
-    #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-   In Unicode mode we need to have all standard functions such as wprintf() and
-   so on but not all systems have them so use our own implementations in this
-   case.
- */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(HAVE_WPRINTF)
-    #define wxNEED_WPRINTF
-#endif
-
-/*
-   More Unicode complications: although both ANSI C and C++ define a number of
-   wide character functions such as wprintf(), not all environments have them.
-   Worse, those which do have different behaviours: under Windows, %s format
-   specifier changes its meaning in Unicode build and expects a Unicode string
-   while under Unix/POSIX it still means an ASCII string even for wprintf() and
-   %ls has to be used for wide strings.
-
-   We choose to always emulate Windows behaviour as more useful for us so even
-   if we have wprintf() we still must wrap it in a non trivial wxPrintf().
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION) || defined(wxNEED_WPRINTF)
-    /*
-        we need to implement all wide character printf and scanf functions
-        either because we don't have them at all or because they don't have the
-        semantics we need
-     */
-    int wxScanf( const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-    int wxSscanf( const wxChar *str, const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-    int wxFscanf( FILE *stream, const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-    int wxVsscanf( const wxChar *str, const wxChar *format, va_list ap );
-    int wxPrintf( const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-    int wxSprintf( wxChar *str, const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-    int wxFprintf( FILE *stream, const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-    int wxVfprintf( FILE *stream, const wxChar *format, va_list ap );
-    int wxVprintf( const wxChar *format, va_list ap );
-    int wxVsprintf( wxChar *str, const wxChar *format, va_list ap );
-#endif /* wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION */
-
-/* these 2 can be simply mapped to the versions with underscore at the end */
-/* if we don't have to do the conversion */
-/*
-   However, if we don't have any vswprintf() at all we don't need to redefine
-   anything as our own wxVsnprintf_() already behaves as needed.
-*/
-#if defined(wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION) && defined(wxVsnprintf_)
-    int wxSnprintf( wxChar *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ... ) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3;
-    int wxVsnprintf( wxChar *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, va_list ap );
-#else
-    #define wxSnprintf wxSnprintf_
-    #define wxVsnprintf wxVsnprintf_
-#endif
-
-/*
-    various functions which might not be available in libc and for which we
-    provide our own replacements in wxchar.cpp
- */
-
-/* ctype.h functions */
-
-/* RN: Used only under OSX <= 10.2 currently */
-#ifdef wxNEED_WX_CTYPE_H
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsalnum(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsalpha(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIscntrl(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsdigit(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsgraph(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIslower(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsprint(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIspunct(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsspace(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsupper(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxIsxdigit(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxTolower(wxChar ch);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxToupper(wxChar ch);
-#endif /* wxNEED_WX_CTYPE_H */
-
-/* under VC++ 6.0 isspace() returns 1 for 8 bit chars which completely breaks */
-/* the file parsing -- this may be true for 5.0 as well, update #ifdef then */
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #undef wxIsspace
-    #define wxIsspace(c) ((((unsigned)c) < 128) && isspace(c))
-#endif /* VC++ */
-
-/*
-   a few compilers don't have the (non standard but common) isascii function,
-   define it ourselves for them
- */
-#ifndef isascii
-    #if defined(__MWERKS__)
-        #define wxNEED_ISASCII
-    #elif defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-        #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
-            #define wxNEED_ISASCII
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#endif /* isascii */
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_ISASCII
-    inline int isascii(int c) { return (unsigned)c < 0x80; }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-    #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
-        #define isspace(c) ((c) == _T(' ') || (c) == _T('\t'))
-    #endif
-#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */
-
-/*
-   we had goofed and defined wxIsctrl() instead of (correct) wxIscntrl() in the
-   initial versions of this header -- now it is too late to remove it so
-   although we fixed the function/macro name above, still provide the
-   backwards-compatible synonym.
- */
-#define wxIsctrl wxIscntrl
-
-/* string.h functions */
-#ifndef strdup
-    #if defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__MACH__) && (__MSL__ < 0x00008000)
-        #define wxNEED_STRDUP
-    #elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
-        #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
-            #define wxNEED_STRDUP
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#endif /* strdup */
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_STRDUP
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *strdup(const char* s);
-#endif
-
-/* RN: Used only under OSX <= 10.2 currently
-   The __cplusplus ifdefs are messy, but they are required to build
-   the regex library, since c does not support function overloading
-*/
-#ifdef wxNEED_WX_STRING_H
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-# endif
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxStrcat(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *src);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar * wxStrchr(const wxChar *s, wxChar c);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxStrcmp(const wxChar *s1, const wxChar *s2);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxStrcoll(const wxChar *s1, const wxChar *s2);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxStrcpy(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *src);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t   wxStrcspn(const wxChar *s, const wxChar *reject);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxStrncat(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *src, size_t n);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxStrncmp(const wxChar *s1, const wxChar *s2, size_t n);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxStrncpy(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *src, size_t n);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar * wxStrpbrk(const wxChar *s, const wxChar *accept);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar * wxStrrchr(const wxChar *s, wxChar c);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t   wxStrspn(const wxChar *s, const wxChar *accept);
-        WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar * wxStrstr(const wxChar *haystack, const wxChar *needle);
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-# endif
-
-    /* These functions use C++, so we can't c extern them */
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE double   wxStrtod(const wxChar *nptr, wxChar **endptr);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long int wxStrtol(const wxChar *nptr, wxChar **endptr, int base);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long int wxStrtoul(const wxChar *nptr, wxChar **endptr, int base);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t   wxStrxfrm(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *src, size_t n);
-
-    /* inlined versions */
-    #ifdef __cplusplus
-        inline wxChar * wxStrchr(wxChar *s, wxChar c)
-            { return (wxChar *)wxStrchr((const wxChar *)s, c); }
-        inline wxChar * wxStrpbrk(wxChar *s, const wxChar *accept)
-            { return (wxChar *)wxStrpbrk((const wxChar *)s, accept); }
-        inline wxChar * wxStrrchr(wxChar *s, wxChar c)
-            { return (wxChar *)wxStrrchr((const wxChar *)s, c); }
-        inline wxChar *wxStrstr(wxChar *haystack, const wxChar *needle)
-            { return (wxChar *)wxStrstr((const wxChar *)haystack, needle); }
-    #endif
-
-#endif /* wxNEED_WX_STRING_H */
-
-#ifndef wxStrdupA
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxStrdupA(const char *psz);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxStrdupW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxStrdupW(const wchar_t *pwz);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxStricmp
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxStricmp(const wxChar *psz1, const wxChar *psz2);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxStrnicmp
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxStrnicmp(const wxChar *psz1, const wxChar *psz2, size_t len);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxStrtok
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxStrtok(wxChar *psz, const wxChar *delim, wxChar **save_ptr);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#ifndef wxSetlocale
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWCharBuffer;
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWCharBuffer wxSetlocale(int category, const wxChar *locale);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* stdio.h functions */
-#ifdef wxNEED_WX_STDIO_H
-    #include <stdio.h>
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE *   wxFopen(const wxChar *path, const wxChar *mode);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE *   wxFreopen(const wxChar *path, const wxChar *mode, FILE *stream);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxRemove(const wxChar *path);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxRename(const wxChar *oldpath, const wxChar *newpath);
-
-    /* *printf() family is handled separately */
-#endif /* wxNEED_WX_STDIO_H */
-
-
-/* stdlib.h functions */
-#ifndef wxAtof
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE double   wxAtof(const wxChar *psz);
-#endif
-
-/*
-   mingw32 doesn't provide _tsystem() even though it does provide all the other
-   stdlib.h functions wrappers so check for it separately:
- */
-#if defined(__MINGW32__) && wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(_tsystem)
-    #define wxNEED_WXSYSTEM
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_WX_STDLIB_H
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxAtoi(const wxChar *psz);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long     wxAtol(const wxChar *psz);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar * wxGetenv(const wxChar *name);
-#define wxNEED_WXSYSTEM
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_WXSYSTEM
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int      wxSystem(const wxChar *psz);
-#endif
-
-
-/* time.h functions */
-#ifdef wxNEED_WX_TIME_H
-#if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(macintosh)
-    #include <time.h>
-#endif
-    /*silent gabby compilers*/
-    struct tm;
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxStrftime(wxChar *s, size_t max,
-                                  const wxChar *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
-#endif /* wxNEED_WX_TIME_H */
-
-#ifndef wxCtime
-#include <time.h>
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar *wxCtime(const time_t *timep);
-#endif
-
-
-/* missing functions in some WinCE versions */
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-#if (_WIN32_WCE < 300)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void *calloc( size_t num, size_t size );
-#endif
-#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */
-
-/* multibyte to wide char conversion functions and macros */
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-    /* multibyte<->widechar conversion */
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n);
-    WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t n);
-
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-        #define wxMB2WX wxMB2WC
-        #define wxWX2MB wxWC2MB
-        #define wxWC2WX wxStrncpy
-        #define wxWX2WC wxStrncpy
-    #else
-        #define wxMB2WX wxStrncpy
-        #define wxWX2MB wxStrncpy
-        #define wxWC2WX wxWC2MB
-        #define wxWX2WC wxMB2WC
-    #endif
-#else /* !wxUSE_UNICODE */
-/* Why is this here?
-#error ha */
-    /* No wxUSE_WCHAR_T: we have to do something (JACS) */
-    #define wxMB2WC wxStrncpy
-    #define wxWC2MB wxStrncpy
-    #define wxMB2WX wxStrncpy
-    #define wxWX2MB wxStrncpy
-    #define wxWC2WX wxWC2MB
-    #define wxWX2WC wxMB2WC
-#endif
-
-/*
-    RN:  The following are not normal versions of memcpy et al., rather
-    these are either char or widechar versions depending on
-    if unicode is used or not.
-*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-    //
-    //  RN: We could do the usual tricky compiler detection here,
-    //  and use their variant (such as wmemchr, etc.).  The problem
-    //  is that these functions are quite rare, even though they are
-    //  part of the current POSIX standard.  In addition, most compilers
-    //  (including even MSC) inline them just like we do right in their
-    //  headers.
-    //
-    #include <string.h>
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-        //implement our own wmem variants
-        inline wxChar* wxTmemchr(const wxChar* s, wxChar c, size_t l)
-        {
-            for(;l && *s != c;--l, ++s) {}
-
-            if(l)
-                return (wxChar*)s;
-            return NULL;
-        }
-
-        inline int wxTmemcmp(const wxChar* sz1, const wxChar* sz2, size_t len)
-        {
-            for(; *sz1 == *sz2 && len; --len, ++sz1, ++sz2) {}
-
-            if(len)
-                return *sz1 < *sz2 ? -1 : *sz1 > *sz2;
-            else
-                return 0;
-        }
-
-        inline wxChar* wxTmemcpy(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len)
-        {
-            return (wxChar*) memcpy(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar));
-        }
-
-        inline wxChar* wxTmemmove(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len)
-        {
-            return (wxChar*) memmove(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar));
-        }
-
-        inline wxChar* wxTmemset(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar cIn, size_t len)
-        {
-            wxChar* szRet = szOut;
-
-            while (len--)
-                *szOut++ = cIn;
-
-            return szRet;
-        }
-    #else /* !wxUSE_UNICODE */
-        #if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-            // for compatibility with earlier versions, these functions take
-            // "void *" but in the next wx version they will take "char *" so
-            // don't use them with void pointers (use the standard memxxx()
-            // with them)
-            inline char* wxTmemchr(const void* s, int c, size_t len)
-                { return (char*)memchr(s, c, len); }
-            inline int wxTmemcmp(const void* sz1, const void* sz2, size_t len)
-                { return memcmp(sz1, sz2, len); }
-            inline char* wxTmemcpy(void* szOut, const void* szIn, size_t len)
-                { return (char*)memcpy(szOut, szIn, len); }
-            inline char* wxTmemmove(void* szOut, const void* szIn, size_t len)
-                { return (char*)memmove(szOut, szIn, len); }
-            inline char* wxTmemset(void* szOut, int c, size_t len)
-                { return (char*)memset(szOut, c, len); }
-        #else
-        #   define wxTmemchr memchr
-        #   define wxTmemcmp memcmp
-        #   define wxTmemcpy memcpy
-        #   define wxTmemmove memmove
-        #   define wxTmemset memset
-        #endif
-    #endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE */
-
-#endif /*__cplusplus*/
-
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCHAR_H_ */
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxhtml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxhtml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a401c93ee..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxhtml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wxhtml.h
-// Purpose:     wxHTML library for wxWidgets
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxhtml.h 35650 2005-09-23 12:56:45Z MR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTML_H_
-#define _WX_HTML_H_
-
-#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h"
-
-#endif // __WXHTML_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxprec.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxprec.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 851003665..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxprec.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/wxprec.h
-// Purpose:     Includes the appropriate files for precompiled headers
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxprec.h 39484 2006-05-31 12:18:02Z ABX $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// compiler detection; includes setup.h
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// check if to use precompiled headers: do it for most Windows compilers unless
-// explicitly disabled by defining NOPCH
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)   || \
-    defined(__DMC__)       || \
-    defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \
-    defined(__MWERKS__)    || \
-    defined(__WATCOMC__)   || \
-    defined(__BORLANDC__)
-         
-
-    // If user did not request NOCPH and we're not building using configure
-    // then assume user wants precompiled headers.
-    #if !defined(NOPCH) && !defined(__WX_SETUP_H__)
-        #define WX_PRECOMP
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-// For some reason, this must be defined for common dialogs to work.
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-    #define INCLUDE_COMMDLG_H  1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WX_PRECOMP
-
-// include "wx/wxchar.h" first to ensure that UNICODE macro is correctly set
-// _before_ including <windows.h>
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-
-// include standard Windows headers
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-    #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h"
-    #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h"
-    #include "wx/msw/private.h"
-    #include "wx/msw/missing.h"
-#endif
-
-// include all PalmOS headers at once
-#ifdef __WXPALMOS__
-#   include <PalmOS.h>
-#endif
-
-// include <os2.h>
-#ifdef __OS2__
-#   include "wx/os2/private.h"
-#endif
-
-// include mgl headers
-#ifdef __WXMGL__
-#   include "wx/mgl/private.h"
-#endif
-
-// include the most common wx headers
-#include "wx/wx.h"
-
-#endif // WX_PRECOMP
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c2247236..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlb_cw.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC++_prof.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86++_prof.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm++_prof.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k++_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC_prof.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86_prof.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm_prof.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC++.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86++.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm++.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k++.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 930cd0b1c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlb_cw_d.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC++_d.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86++_d.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm++_d.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k++_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_PPC_d.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlb_x86_d.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlb_cfm_d.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlb_68k_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cebad6bec..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlb_cwc.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon++_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlb_Mach++.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon++.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlb_Mach.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee1094c7b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlb_cwc_d.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlb_Mach++_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon++_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlb_Mach_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlb_Carbon_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6769d008c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlba_cw.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC++_prof.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86++_prof.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm++_prof.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k++_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC_prof.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86_prof.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm_prof.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC++.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86++.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm++.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k++.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d789dfb9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlba_cw_d.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC++_d.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86++_d.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm++_d.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k++_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_PPC_d.mch"
-    #elif __INTEL__
-        #include "wxshlba_x86_d.mch"
-    #elif __CFM68K__
-        #include "wxshlba_cfm_d.mch"
-    #else
-        #include "wxshlba_68k_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 766b628ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlba_cwc.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon++_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #if __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon_prof.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlba_Mach++.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon++.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlba_Mach.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd5818203..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx_cw_d.h
-// Purpose:     wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/10/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: wxshlba_cwc_d.h 33744 2005-04-19 10:06:30Z SC $
-// Copyright:   (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CW__
-#define _WX_CW__
-
-#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400
-#pragma old_argmatch on
-#endif
-
-#if __option(profile)
-#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions"
-#else
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlba_Mach++_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon++_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#else
-    #ifdef __MACH__
-        #include "wxshlba_Mach_d.mch"
-    #elif __POWERPC__
-        #include "wxshlba_Carbon_d.mch"
-    #endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CW__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xml/xml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xml/xml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b2e808d88..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xml/xml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        xml.h
-// Purpose:     wxXmlDocument - XML parser & data holder class
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xml.h 52976 2008-04-02 10:06:54Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_XML_H_
-#define _WX_XML_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XML
-    #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-    #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXIMPORT
-#else // not making nor using DLL
-    #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlProperty;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlDocument;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlIOHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-
-
-// Represents XML node type.
-enum wxXmlNodeType
-{
-    // note: values are synchronized with xmlElementType from libxml
-    wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE       =  1,
-    wxXML_ATTRIBUTE_NODE     =  2,
-    wxXML_TEXT_NODE          =  3,
-    wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE =  4,
-    wxXML_ENTITY_REF_NODE    =  5,
-    wxXML_ENTITY_NODE        =  6,
-    wxXML_PI_NODE            =  7,
-    wxXML_COMMENT_NODE       =  8,
-    wxXML_DOCUMENT_NODE      =  9,
-    wxXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE_NODE = 10,
-    wxXML_DOCUMENT_FRAG_NODE = 11,
-    wxXML_NOTATION_NODE      = 12,
-    wxXML_HTML_DOCUMENT_NODE = 13
-};
-
-
-// Represents node property(ies).
-// Example: in <img src="hello.gif" id="3"/> "src" is property with value
-//          "hello.gif" and "id" is prop. with value "3".
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlProperty
-{
-public:
-    wxXmlProperty() : m_next(NULL) {}
-    wxXmlProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value,
-                  wxXmlProperty *next = NULL)
-            : m_name(name), m_value(value), m_next(next) {}
-    virtual ~wxXmlProperty() {}
-
-    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-    wxString GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-    wxXmlProperty *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    void SetValue(const wxString& value) { m_value = value; }
-    void SetNext(wxXmlProperty *next) { m_next = next; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_name;
-    wxString m_value;
-    wxXmlProperty *m_next;
-};
-
-
-
-// Represents node in XML document. Node has name and may have content
-// and properties. Most common node types are wxXML_TEXT_NODE (name and props
-// are irrelevant) and wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE (e.g. in <title>hi there is
-// element with name="title", irrelevant content and one child (wxXML_TEXT_NODE
-// with content="hi").
-//
-// If wxUSE_UNICODE is 0, all strings are encoded in the encoding given to Load
-// (default is UTF-8).
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlNode
-{
-public:
-    wxXmlNode() : m_properties(NULL), m_parent(NULL),
-                  m_children(NULL), m_next(NULL) {}
-    wxXmlNode(wxXmlNode *parent, wxXmlNodeType type,
-              const wxString& name, const wxString& content = wxEmptyString,
-              wxXmlProperty *props = NULL, wxXmlNode *next = NULL);
-    virtual ~wxXmlNode();
-
-    // copy ctor & operator=. Note that this does NOT copy syblings
-    // and parent pointer, i.e. m_parent and m_next will be NULL
-    // after using copy ctor and are never unmodified by operator=.
-    // On the other hand, it DOES copy children and properties.
-    wxXmlNode(const wxXmlNode& node);
-    wxXmlNode& operator=(const wxXmlNode& node);
-
-    // user-friendly creation:
-    wxXmlNode(wxXmlNodeType type, const wxString& name,
-              const wxString& content = wxEmptyString);
-    virtual void AddChild(wxXmlNode *child);
-    virtual bool InsertChild(wxXmlNode *child, wxXmlNode *followingNode);
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20808
-    bool InsertChildAfter(wxXmlNode *child, wxXmlNode *precedingNode);
-#endif
-    virtual bool RemoveChild(wxXmlNode *child);
-    virtual void AddProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
-    virtual bool DeleteProperty(const wxString& name);
-
-    // access methods:
-    wxXmlNodeType GetType() const { return m_type; }
-    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-    wxString GetContent() const { return m_content; }
-
-    bool IsWhitespaceOnly() const;
-    int GetDepth(wxXmlNode *grandparent = NULL) const;
-
-    // Gets node content from wxXML_ENTITY_NODE
-    // The problem is, content is represented as
-    // wxXML_ENTITY_NODE name="tag", content=""
-    //    |-- wxXML_TEXT_NODE or
-    //        wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE name="" content="content"
-    wxString GetNodeContent() const;
-
-    wxXmlNode *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-    wxXmlNode *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-    wxXmlNode *GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
-
-    wxXmlProperty *GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
-    bool GetPropVal(const wxString& propName, wxString *value) const;
-    wxString GetPropVal(const wxString& propName,
-                        const wxString& defaultVal) const;
-    bool HasProp(const wxString& propName) const;
-
-    void SetType(wxXmlNodeType type) { m_type = type; }
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    void SetContent(const wxString& con) { m_content = con; }
-
-    void SetParent(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
-    void SetNext(wxXmlNode *next) { m_next = next; }
-    void SetChildren(wxXmlNode *child) { m_children = child; }
-
-    void SetProperties(wxXmlProperty *prop) { m_properties = prop; }
-    virtual void AddProperty(wxXmlProperty *prop);
-
-private:
-    wxXmlNodeType m_type;
-    wxString m_name;
-    wxString m_content;
-    wxXmlProperty *m_properties;
-    wxXmlNode *m_parent, *m_children, *m_next;
-
-    void DoCopy(const wxXmlNode& node);
-};
-
-
-
-// special indentation value for wxXmlDocument::Save
-#define wxXML_NO_INDENTATION           (-1)
-
-// flags for wxXmlDocument::Load
-enum wxXmlDocumentLoadFlag
-{
-    wxXMLDOC_NONE = 0,
-    wxXMLDOC_KEEP_WHITESPACE_NODES = 1
-};
-
-
-// This class holds XML data/document as parsed by XML parser.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlDocument : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxXmlDocument();
-    wxXmlDocument(const wxString& filename,
-                  const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"));
-    wxXmlDocument(wxInputStream& stream,
-                  const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"));
-    virtual ~wxXmlDocument() { wxDELETE(m_root); }
-
-    wxXmlDocument(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
-    wxXmlDocument& operator=(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
-
-    // Parses .xml file and loads data. Returns TRUE on success, FALSE
-    // otherwise.
-    virtual bool Load(const wxString& filename,
-                      const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"), int flags = wxXMLDOC_NONE);
-    virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream,
-                      const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"), int flags = wxXMLDOC_NONE);
-    
-    // Saves document as .xml file.
-    virtual bool Save(const wxString& filename, int indentstep = 1) const;
-    virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, int indentstep = 1) const;
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_root != NULL; }
-
-    // Returns root node of the document.
-    wxXmlNode *GetRoot() const { return m_root; }
-
-    // Returns version of document (may be empty).
-    wxString GetVersion() const { return m_version; }
-    // Returns encoding of document (may be empty).
-    // Note: this is the encoding original file was saved in, *not* the
-    // encoding of in-memory representation!
-    wxString GetFileEncoding() const { return m_fileEncoding; }
-
-    // Write-access methods:
-    wxXmlNode *DetachRoot() { wxXmlNode *old=m_root; m_root=NULL; return old; }
-    void SetRoot(wxXmlNode *node) { wxDELETE(m_root); m_root = node; }
-    void SetVersion(const wxString& version) { m_version = version; }
-    void SetFileEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_fileEncoding = encoding; }
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    // Returns encoding of in-memory representation of the document
-    // (same as passed to Load or ctor, defaults to UTF-8).
-    // NB: this is meaningless in Unicode build where data are stored as wchar_t*
-    wxString GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
-    void SetEncoding(const wxString& enc) { m_encoding = enc; }
-#endif
-
-private:
-    wxString   m_version;
-    wxString   m_fileEncoding;
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxString   m_encoding;
-#endif
-    wxXmlNode *m_root;
-
-    void DoCopy(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
-
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxXmlDocument)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XML
-
-#endif // _WX_XML_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmdecod.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmdecod.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 939104368..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmdecod.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xpmdecod.h
-// Purpose:     wxXPMDecoder, XPM reader for wxImage and wxBitmap
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// CVS-ID:      $Id: xpmdecod.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XPMDECOD_H_
-#define _WX_XPMDECOD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxXPMDecoder class
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxXPMDecoder
-{
-public:
-    // constructor, destructor, etc.
-    wxXPMDecoder() {}
-    ~wxXPMDecoder() {}
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    // Is the stream XPM file?
-    bool CanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-    // Read XPM file from the stream, parse it and create image from it
-    wxImage ReadFile(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-    // Read directly from XPM data (as passed to wxBitmap ctor):
-    wxImage ReadData(const char* const* xpm_data);
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    // needed for Borland 5.5
-    wxImage ReadData(char** xpm_data) { return ReadData(wx_const_cast(const char* const*, xpm_data)); }
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM
-
-#endif  // _WX_XPM_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmhand.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmhand.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4207f7da8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xpmhand.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xpmhand.h
-// Purpose:     XPM handler base header
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xpmhand.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
-
-// Only wxMSW and wxPM currently defines a separate XPM handler, since
-// mostly Windows and Presentation Manager apps won't need XPMs.
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#error xpmhand.h is no longer needed since wxImage now handles XPMs.
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/xpmhand.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_all.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_all.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9132fbbcb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_all.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_all.h
-// Purpose:     includes all xh_*.h files
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_all.h 48045 2007-08-13 12:05:18Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ALL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ALL_H_
-
-
-// Existing handlers:
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_menu.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_panel.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_html.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_spin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_combo.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_choic.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_text.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_tree.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_cald.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listc.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_frame.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_split.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_grid.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h"
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ALL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 699a0413c..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxAnimationCtrl
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-10-15
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_animatctrl.h 42196 2006-10-21 13:59:25Z RR $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40698e084..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxBitmap and wxIcon
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/09/00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_bmp.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMP_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxBitmapXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxIconXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxIconXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 28b763fa7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for bitmap buttons
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_bmpbt.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f00d98a35..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxBitmapComboBox
-// Author:      Jaakko Salli
-// Created:     Sep-10-2006
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_bmpcbox.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Jaakko Salli
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxBitmapComboBox;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    wxBitmapComboBox*    m_combobox;
-    bool                m_isInside;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aae80baad..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for buttons
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_bttn.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxButtonXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_cald.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_cald.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d9ad664a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_cald.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_cald.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxCalendarCtrl
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/09/09
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_cald.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CALD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CALD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CALD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9b8e74a8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxCheckBox
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_chckb.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCheckBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxCheckBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKBOX_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4969356c8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxCheckListBox
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_chckl.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKLIST_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choic.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choic.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 770d4de12..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choic.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_choic.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxChoice
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_choic.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxChoiceXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoiceXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxChoiceXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 20c5346eb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxChoicebook
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoicebook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxChoicebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoicebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxChoicebookXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxChoicebook *m_choicebook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 43ff72f09..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxColourPickerCtrl
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-04-17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_clrpicker.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b758b168..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxCollapsiblePane
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-10-27
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_collpane.h 52422 2008-03-10 13:55:07Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePane;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxCollapsiblePane *m_collpane;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_combo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d57cc6179..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxComboBox
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_combo.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
-#define _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxComboBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fdb0835b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxDatePickerCtrl
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2005-02-07
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_datectrl.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDateCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxDateCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 24b98f579..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxDirPickerCtrl
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-04-17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_dirpicker.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e12a43956..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for dialogs
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_dlg.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DLG_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDialogXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialogXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxDialogXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a64ad859..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxFilePickerCtrl
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-04-17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_filepicker.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bbc661279..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxFontPickerCtrl
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006-04-17
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_fontpicker.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_frame.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_frame.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bfcbe5b0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_frame.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_frame.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxFrame
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik & Aleks.
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_frame.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFrameXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrameXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxFrameXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05ce86520..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxGauge
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_gauge.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGaugeXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGaugeXmlHandler)
-    enum
-    {
-        wxGAUGE_DEFAULT_RANGE = 100
-    };
-
-public:
-    wxGaugeXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f706ccfb8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxGenericDirCtrl
-// Author:      Markus Greither
-// Created:     2002/01/20
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_gdctl.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Markus Greither
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_grid.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_grid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cabb4b88..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_grid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_grid.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxGrid
-// Author:      Agron Selimaj
-// Created:     2005/08/11
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_grid.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Agron Selimaj, Freepour Controls Inc.
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GRD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GRD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GRID
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGridXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxGridXmlHandler();
-
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GRID
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GRD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_html.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_html.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 770ea9ad1..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_html.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_html.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxHtmlWindow
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_html.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_HTML_H_
-#define _WX_XH_HTML_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_HTML_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e5c5ff943..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxSimpleHtmlListBox
-// Author:      Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     2006/10/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_htmllbox.h 42257 2006-10-22 22:09:16Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 573359faf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h
-// Purpose:     Hyperlink control (wxAdv)
-// Author:      David Norris 
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:     04/02/2005
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_hyperlink.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 David Norris
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
-#define _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    // Register with wxWindows' dynamic class subsystem.
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    // Constructor.
-    wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler();
-
-    // Creates the control and returns a pointer to it.
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-
-    // Returns true if we know how to create a control for the given node.
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listb.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listb.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 53c135066..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listb.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_listb.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxListbox
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/07/29
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_listb.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxListBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7aa2e0b2f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxListbook
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListbook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListbookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListbookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxListbookXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxListbook *m_listbook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listc.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 33b19d9d7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_listc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_listc.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxListCtrl
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/09/09
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_listc.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxListCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cd1fc7e7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxMDI
-// Author:      David M. Falkinder & Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     14/02/2005
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_mdi.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_MDI_H_
-#define _WX_XH_MDI_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MDI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMdiXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMdiXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxMdiXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    wxWindow *CreateFrame();
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MDI
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_MDI_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_menu.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_menu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2599478ac..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_menu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_menu.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for menus/menubars
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_menu.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_MENU_H_
-#define _WX_XH_MENU_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MENUS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMenuXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxMenuXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideMenu;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMenuBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxMenuBarXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_MENU_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f97b4ceb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxNotebook
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_notbk.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNotebook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxNotebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxNotebookXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxNotebook *m_notebook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ffbd02112..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxOwnerDrawnComboBox
-// Author:      Alex Bligh - based on wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
-// Created:     2006/06/19
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_odcombo.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Alex Bligh
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-    wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_panel.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_panel.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 600ebf289..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_panel.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_panel.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxPanel
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_panel.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxPanelXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanelXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxPanelXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e55f1d358..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxPropertySheetDialog
-// Author:      Sander Berents
-// Created:     2007/07/12
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_propdlg.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2007 Sander Berents
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#if wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxPropertySheetDialog;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxPropertySheetDialog *m_dialog;
-};
-#endif // wxABI_VERSION >= 20805
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index da61711f5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxRadioButton
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_radbt.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxRadioButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxRadioButtonXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f53e0a6eb..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxRadioBox
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_radbx.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxRadioBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxRadioBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_insideBox;
-
-    // the items labels
-    wxArrayString labels;
-
-    // the items tooltips
-    wxArrayString tooltips;
-
-    // the item help text
-    wxArrayString helptexts;
-    wxArrayInt    helptextSpecified;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_richtext.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_richtext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 17772eeb9..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_richtext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_text.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Created:     2006-11-08
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_richtext.h 43199 2006-11-08 15:45:11Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2006 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 978e82bc5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxScrollBar
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/09/09
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_scrol.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxScrollBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBarXmlHandler)
-    enum
-    {
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
-    };
-
-public:
-    wxScrollBarXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9875f4e3e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxScrolledWindow
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2002/10/18
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_scwin.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15b30ff3d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxBoxSizer
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/04/24
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_sizer.h 49804 2007-11-10 01:09:42Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/gbsizer.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSizerXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSizerXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxSizerXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    bool m_isGBS;
-
-    wxSizer *m_parentSizer;
-
-    bool IsSizerNode(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-    wxObject* Handle_sizeritem();
-    wxObject* Handle_spacer();
-    wxObject* Handle_sizer();
-    wxSizer*  Handle_wxBoxSizer();
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-    wxSizer*  Handle_wxStaticBoxSizer();
-#endif
-    wxSizer*  Handle_wxGridSizer();
-    wxSizer*  Handle_wxFlexGridSizer();
-    wxSizer*  Handle_wxGridBagSizer();
-
-    void SetGrowables(wxFlexGridSizer* fsizer, const wxChar* param, bool rows);
-    wxGBPosition GetGBPos(const wxString& param);
-    wxGBSpan GetGBSpan(const wxString& param);
-    wxSizerItem* MakeSizerItem();
-    void SetSizerItemAttributes(wxSizerItem* sitem);
-    void AddSizerItem(wxSizerItem* sitem);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler
-    : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxStdDialogButtonSizer *m_parentSizer;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c415941a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxSlider
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_slidr.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSliderXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSliderXmlHandler)
-    enum
-    {
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
-        wxSL_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
-    };
-
-public:
-    wxSliderXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_spin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_spin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d4b315186..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_spin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_spin.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxSpinButton and wxSpinCtrl
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_spin.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC 
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSpinButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButtonXmlHandler)
-    enum
-    {
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
-    };
-
-public:
-    wxSpinButtonXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler)
-    enum
-    {
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_VALUE = 0,
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_MIN = 0,
-        wxSP_DEFAULT_MAX = 100
-    };
-
-public:
-    wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_split.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_split.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c47330e5e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_split.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_split.h
-// Purpose:     XRC resource for wxSplitterWindow
-// Author:      panga@freemail.hu, Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2003/01/26
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_split.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 panga@freemail.hu, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SPLITTER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SPLITTER
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a2787b12..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxStatusBar
-// Author:      Brian Ravnsgaard Riis
-// Created:     2004/01/21
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Brian Ravnsgaard Riis
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStatusBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStatusBarXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e1497fdf..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxStaticBitmap
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/04/22
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_stbmp.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 032f4d5ba..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxStaticBox
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/09/00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_stbox.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStaticBoxXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eb834bde..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxStaticLine
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/09/00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_stlin.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticLineXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLineXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStaticLineXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cd0247c25..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxStaticText
-// Author:      Bob Mitchell
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_sttxt.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticTextXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticTextXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxStaticTextXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_text.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_text.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b50a273a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_text.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_text.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxTextCtrl
-// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Created:     2000/03/21
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_text.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTextCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxTextCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 844ff9b65..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxToggleButton
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Created:     2004-08-30
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_tglbtn.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2004 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxToggleButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToggleButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxToggleButtonXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ef690cfa..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxToolBar
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/08/11
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_toolb.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxToolBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxToolBarXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    bool m_isInside;
-    wxToolBar *m_toolbar;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tree.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 560a5d8e4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_tree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_tree.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxTreeCtrl
-// Author:      Brian Gavin
-// Created:     2000/09/09
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_tree.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TREE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TREE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TREE_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 56de55366..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxTreebook
-// Author:      Evgeniy Tarassov
-// Created:     2005/09/28
-// Copyright:   (c) 2005 TT-Solutions 
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreebook;
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(size_t, wxArrayTbkPageIndexes,
-                                     class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreebookXmlHandler class
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Resource xml structure have to be almost the "same" as for wxNotebook
-// except the additional (size_t)depth parameter for treebookpage nodes
-// which indicates the depth of the page in the tree.
-// There is only one logical constraint on this parameter :
-// it cannot be greater than the previous page depth plus one
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTreebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxTreebookXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    wxTreebook *m_tbk;
-    wxArrayTbkPageIndexes m_treeContext;
-    bool m_isInside;
-};
-
-
-// Example:
-// -------
-// Label
-// \--First
-// |  \--Second
-// \--Third
-//
-//
-//  ...
-//  
-//    
-//      
-//      
-//      0
-//    
-//    
-//      
-//      
-//      1
-//    
-//    
-//      
-//      
-//      2
-//    
-//    
-//      
-//      
-//      1
-//    
-//  
-//  ...
-//
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index de7547533..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for unkown widget
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_unkwn.h 41590 2006-10-03 14:53:40Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d753150a8..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h
-// Purpose:     XML resource handler for wxWizard
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2003/03/02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xh_wizrd.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizard;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardPageSimple;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxWizardXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizardXmlHandler)
-
-public:
-    wxWizardXmlHandler();
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-    wxWizard *m_wizard;
-    wxWizardPageSimple *m_lastSimplePage;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xmlres.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xmlres.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b41eefb2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xrc/xmlres.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xrc/xmlres.h
-// Purpose:     XML resources
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Created:     2000/03/05
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xmlres.h 55504 2008-09-07 09:15:46Z VS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XMLRES_H_
-#define _WX_XMLRES_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/artprov.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/animate.h"
-
-#include "wx/xml/xml.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPanel;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC wxXmlResourceHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC wxXmlSubclassFactory;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC wxXmlSubclassFactoriesList;
-class wxXmlResourceModule;
-
-
-// These macros indicate current version of XML resources (this information is
-// encoded in root node of XRC file as "version" property).
-//
-// Rules for increasing version number:
-//   - change it only if you made incompatible change to the format. Addition
-//     of new attribute to control handler is _not_ incompatible change, because
-//     older versions of the library may ignore it.
-//   - if you change version number, follow these steps:
-//       - set major, minor and release numbers to respective version numbers of
-//         the wxWidgets library (see wx/version.h)
-//       - reset revision to 0 unless the first three are same as before,
-//         in which case you should increase revision by one
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MAJOR            2
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MINOR            5
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_RELEASE          3
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_REVISION         0
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_STRING       _T("2.5.3.0")
-
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION \
-                (WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MAJOR * 256*256*256 + \
-                 WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MINOR * 256*256 + \
-                 WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_RELEASE * 256 + \
-                 WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_REVISION)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlResourceDataRecord
-{
-public:
-    wxXmlResourceDataRecord() : Doc(NULL) {
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-        Time = wxDateTime::Now();
-#endif
-    }
-    ~wxXmlResourceDataRecord() {delete Doc;}
-
-    wxString File;
-    wxXmlDocument *Doc;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    wxDateTime Time;
-#endif
-};
-
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxXmlResourceDataRecord,
-                                  wxXmlResourceDataRecords,
-                                  WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC);
-
-enum wxXmlResourceFlags
-{
-    wxXRC_USE_LOCALE     = 1,
-    wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING = 2,
-    wxXRC_NO_RELOADING   = 4
-};
-
-// This class holds XML resources from one or more .xml files
-// (or derived forms, either binary or zipped -- see manual for
-// details).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlResource : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // Constructor.
-    // Flags: wxXRC_USE_LOCALE
-    //              translatable strings will be translated via _()
-    //              using the given domain if specified
-    //        wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING
-    //              subclass property of object nodes will be ignored
-    //              (useful for previews in XRC editors)
-    //        wxXRC_NO_RELOADING
-    //              don't check the modification time of the XRC files and
-    //              reload them if they have changed on disk
-    wxXmlResource(int flags = wxXRC_USE_LOCALE,
-                  const wxString& domain=wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Constructor.
-    // Flags: wxXRC_USE_LOCALE
-    //              translatable strings will be translated via _()
-    //              using the given domain if specified
-    //        wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING
-    //              subclass property of object nodes will be ignored
-    //              (useful for previews in XRC editors)
-    wxXmlResource(const wxString& filemask, int flags = wxXRC_USE_LOCALE,
-                  const wxString& domain=wxEmptyString);
-
-    // Destructor.
-    virtual ~wxXmlResource();
-
-    // Loads resources from XML files that match given filemask.
-    // This method understands VFS (see filesys.h).
-    bool Load(const wxString& filemask);
-
-    // Unload resource from the given XML file (wildcards not allowed)
-    bool Unload(const wxString& filename);
-
-    // Initialize handlers for all supported controls/windows. This will
-    // make the executable quite big because it forces linking against
-    // most of the wxWidgets library.
-    void InitAllHandlers();
-
-    // Initialize only a specific handler (or custom handler). Convention says
-    // that handler name is equal to the control's name plus 'XmlHandler', for
-    // example wxTextCtrlXmlHandler, wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler. The XML resource
-    // compiler (xmlres) can create include file that contains initialization
-    // code for all controls used within the resource.
-    void AddHandler(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
-
-    // Add a new handler at the begining of the handler list
-    void InsertHandler(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
-
-    // Removes all handlers
-    void ClearHandlers();
-
-    // Registers subclasses factory for use in XRC. This function is not meant
-    // for public use, please see the comment above wxXmlSubclassFactory
-    // definition.
-    static void AddSubclassFactory(wxXmlSubclassFactory *factory);
-
-    // Loads menu from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
-    wxMenu *LoadMenu(const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads menubar from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
-    wxMenuBar *LoadMenuBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads menubar from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
-    wxMenuBar *LoadMenuBar(const wxString& name) { return LoadMenuBar(NULL, name); }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // Loads a toolbar.
-    wxToolBar *LoadToolBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-#endif
-
-    // Loads a dialog. dlg points to parent window (if any).
-    wxDialog *LoadDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads a dialog. dlg points to parent window (if any). This form
-    // is used to finish creation of already existing instance (main reason
-    // for this is that you may want to use derived class with new event table)
-    // Example (typical usage):
-    //      MyDialog dlg;
-    //      wxTheXmlResource->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
-    //      dlg->ShowModal();
-    bool LoadDialog(wxDialog *dlg, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads a panel. panel points to parent window (if any).
-    wxPanel *LoadPanel(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads a panel. panel points to parent window (if any). This form
-    // is used to finish creation of already existing instance.
-    bool LoadPanel(wxPanel *panel, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads a frame.
-    wxFrame *LoadFrame(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& name);
-    bool LoadFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
-    // Load an object from the resource specifying both the resource name and
-    // the classname.  This lets you load nonstandard container windows.
-    wxObject *LoadObject(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name,
-                         const wxString& classname);
-
-    // Load an object from the resource specifying both the resource name and
-    // the classname.  This form lets you finish the creation of an existing
-    // instance.
-    bool LoadObject(wxObject *instance, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name,
-                    const wxString& classname);
-
-    // Loads a bitmap resource from a file.
-    wxBitmap LoadBitmap(const wxString& name);
-
-    // Loads an icon resource from a file.
-    wxIcon LoadIcon(const wxString& name);
-
-    // Attaches an unknown control to the given panel/window/dialog.
-    // Unknown controls are used in conjunction with .
-    bool AttachUnknownControl(const wxString& name, wxWindow *control,
-                              wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-    // Returns a numeric ID that is equivalent to the string ID used in an XML
-    // resource. If an unknown str_id is requested (i.e. other than wxID_XXX
-    // or integer), a new record is created which associates the given string
-    // with a number. If value_if_not_found == wxID_NONE, the number is obtained via
-    // wxWindow::NewControlId(). Otherwise value_if_not_found is used.
-    // Macro XRCID(name) is provided for convenient use in event tables.
-    static int GetXRCID(const wxChar *str_id, int value_if_not_found = wxID_NONE);
-
-    // Returns version information (a.b.c.d = d+ 256*c + 256^2*b + 256^3*a).
-    long GetVersion() const { return m_version; }
-
-    // Compares resources version to argument. Returns -1 if resources version
-    // is less than the argument, +1 if greater and 0 if they equal.
-    int CompareVersion(int major, int minor, int release, int revision) const
-        { return GetVersion() -
-                 (major*256*256*256 + minor*256*256 + release*256 + revision); }
-
-//// Singleton accessors.
-
-    // Gets the global resources object or creates one if none exists.
-    static wxXmlResource *Get();
-
-    // Sets the global resources object and returns a pointer to the previous one (may be NULL).
-    static wxXmlResource *Set(wxXmlResource *res);
-
-    // Returns flags, which may be a bitlist of wxXRC_USE_LOCALE and wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING.
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-    // Set flags after construction.
-    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
-    // Get/Set the domain to be passed to the translation functions, defaults to NULL.
-    wxChar* GetDomain() const { return m_domain; }
-    void SetDomain(const wxChar* domain);
-    
-protected:
-    // Scans the resources list for unloaded files and loads them. Also reloads
-    // files that have been modified since last loading.
-    bool UpdateResources();
-
-    // Finds a resource (calls UpdateResources) and returns a node containing it.
-    wxXmlNode *FindResource(const wxString& name, const wxString& classname, bool recursive = false);
-
-    // Helper function: finds a resource (calls UpdateResources) and returns a node containing it.
-    wxXmlNode *DoFindResource(wxXmlNode *parent, const wxString& name, const wxString& classname, bool recursive);
-
-    // Creates a resource from information in the given node
-    // (Uses only 'handlerToUse' if != NULL)
-    wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
-                                wxObject *instance = NULL,
-                                wxXmlResourceHandler *handlerToUse = NULL);
-
-    // Helper of Load() and Unload(): returns the URL corresponding to the
-    // given file if it's indeed a file, otherwise returns the original string
-    // unmodified
-    static wxString ConvertFileNameToURL(const wxString& filename);
-
-    // loading resources from archives is impossible without wxFileSystem
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    // Another helper: detect if the filename is a ZIP or XRS file
-    static bool IsArchive(const wxString& filename);
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-private:
-    long m_version;
-
-    int m_flags;
-    wxList m_handlers;
-    wxXmlResourceDataRecords m_data;
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    wxFileSystem m_curFileSystem;
-    wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem() { return m_curFileSystem; }
-#endif
-
-    // domain to pass to translation functions, if any.
-    wxChar* m_domain;
-    
-    friend class wxXmlResourceHandler;
-    friend class wxXmlResourceModule;
-
-    static wxXmlSubclassFactoriesList *ms_subclassFactories;
-
-    // singleton instance:
-    static wxXmlResource *ms_instance;
-};
-
-
-// This macro translates string identifier (as used in XML resource,
-// e.g. ...) to integer id that is needed by
-// wxWidgets event tables.
-// Example:
-//    BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
-//       EVT_MENU(XRCID("quit"), MyFrame::OnQuit)
-//       EVT_MENU(XRCID("about"), MyFrame::OnAbout)
-//       EVT_MENU(XRCID("new"), MyFrame::OnNew)
-//       EVT_MENU(XRCID("open"), MyFrame::OnOpen)
-//    END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-#define XRCID(str_id) \
-    wxXmlResource::GetXRCID(wxT(str_id))
-
-
-// This macro returns pointer to particular control in dialog
-// created using XML resources. You can use it to set/get values from
-// controls.
-// Example:
-//    wxDialog dlg;
-//    wxXmlResource::Get()->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
-//    XRCCTRL(dlg, "my_textctrl", wxTextCtrl)->SetValue(wxT("default value"));
-
-#define XRCCTRL(window, id, type) \
-    (wxStaticCast((window).FindWindow(XRCID(id)), type))
-
-// wxXmlResourceHandler is an abstract base class for resource handlers
-// capable of creating a control from an XML node.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlResourceHandler : public wxObject
-{
-DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxXmlResourceHandler)
-public:
-    // Constructor.
-    wxXmlResourceHandler();
-
-    // Destructor.
-    virtual ~wxXmlResourceHandler() {}
-
-    // Creates an object (menu, dialog, control, ...) from an XML node.
-    // Should check for validity.
-    // parent is a higher-level object (usually window, dialog or panel)
-    // that is often necessary to create the resource.
-    // If instance is non-NULL it should not create a new instance via 'new' but
-    // should rather use this one, and call its Create method.
-    wxObject *CreateResource(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
-                             wxObject *instance);
-
-    // This one is called from CreateResource after variables
-    // were filled.
-    virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource() = 0;
-
-    // Returns true if it understands this node and can create
-    // a resource from it, false otherwise.
-    virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node) = 0;
-
-    // Sets the parent resource.
-    void SetParentResource(wxXmlResource *res) { m_resource = res; }
-
-protected:
-    wxXmlResource *m_resource;
-    wxArrayString m_styleNames;
-    wxArrayInt m_styleValues;
-
-    // Variables (filled by CreateResource)
-    wxXmlNode *m_node;
-    wxString m_class;
-    wxObject *m_parent, *m_instance;
-    wxWindow *m_parentAsWindow;
-
-    // --- Handy methods:
-
-    // Returns true if the node has a property class equal to classname,
-    // e.g. .
-    bool IsOfClass(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& classname);
-
-    // Gets node content from wxXML_ENTITY_NODE
-    // The problem is, content is represented as
-    // wxXML_ENTITY_NODE name="tag", content=""
-    //    |-- wxXML_TEXT_NODE or
-    //        wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE name="" content="content"
-    wxString GetNodeContent(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-    // Check to see if a parameter exists.
-    bool HasParam(const wxString& param);
-
-    // Finds the node or returns NULL.
-    wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(const wxString& param);
-
-    // Finds the parameter value or returns the empty string.
-    wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& param);
-
-    // Add a style flag (e.g. wxMB_DOCKABLE) to the list of flags
-    // understood by this handler.
-    void AddStyle(const wxString& name, int value);
-
-    // Add styles common to all wxWindow-derived classes.
-    void AddWindowStyles();
-
-    // Gets style flags from text in form "flag | flag2| flag3 |..."
-    // Only understands flags added with AddStyle
-    int GetStyle(const wxString& param = wxT("style"), int defaults = 0);
-
-    // Gets text from param and does some conversions:
-    // - replaces \n, \r, \t by respective chars (according to C syntax)
-    // - replaces _ by & and __ by _ (needed for _File => &File because of XML)
-    // - calls wxGetTranslations (unless disabled in wxXmlResource)
-    wxString GetText(const wxString& param, bool translate = true);
-
-    // Returns the XRCID.
-    int GetID();
-
-    // Returns the resource name.
-    wxString GetName();
-
-    // Gets a bool flag (1, t, yes, on, true are true, everything else is false).
-    bool GetBool(const wxString& param, bool defaultv = false);
-
-    // Gets an integer value from the parameter.
-    long GetLong(const wxString& param, long defaultv = 0);
-
-    // Gets a float value from the parameter.
-    float GetFloat(const wxString& param, float defaultv = 0);
-
-    // Gets colour in HTML syntax (#RRGGBB).
-    wxColour GetColour(const wxString& param, const wxColour& defaultv = wxNullColour);
-
-    // Gets the size (may be in dialog units).
-    wxSize GetSize(const wxString& param = wxT("size"),
-                   wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL);
-
-    // Gets the position (may be in dialog units).
-    wxPoint GetPosition(const wxString& param = wxT("pos"));
-
-    // Gets a dimension (may be in dialog units).
-    wxCoord GetDimension(const wxString& param, wxCoord defaultv = 0,
-                         wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL);
-
-    // Gets a bitmap.
-    wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxString& param = wxT("bitmap"),
-                       const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
-                       wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
-    // Gets an icon.
-    wxIcon GetIcon(const wxString& param = wxT("icon"),
-                   const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
-                   wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
-#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-    // Gets an animation.
-    wxAnimation GetAnimation(const wxString& param = wxT("animation"));
-#endif
-
-    // Gets a font.
-    wxFont GetFont(const wxString& param = wxT("font"));
-
-    // Sets common window options.
-    void SetupWindow(wxWindow *wnd);
-
-    // Creates children.
-    void CreateChildren(wxObject *parent, bool this_hnd_only = false);
-
-    // Helper function.
-    void CreateChildrenPrivately(wxObject *parent, wxXmlNode *rootnode = NULL);
-
-    // Creates a resource from a node.
-    wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node,
-                                wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance = NULL)
-        { return m_resource->CreateResFromNode(node, parent, instance); }
-
-    // helper
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-    wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem() { return m_resource->GetCurFileSystem(); }
-#endif
-};
-
-
-// Programmer-friendly macros for writing XRC handlers:
-
-#define XRC_ADD_STYLE(style) AddStyle(wxT(#style), style)
-
-#define XRC_MAKE_INSTANCE(variable, classname) \
-   classname *variable = NULL; \
-   if (m_instance) \
-       variable = wxStaticCast(m_instance, classname); \
-   if (!variable) \
-       variable = new classname;
-
-
-// FIXME -- remove this $%^#$%#$@# as soon as Ron checks his changes in!!
-WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC void wxXmlInitResourceModule();
-
-
-// This class is used to create instances of XRC "object" nodes with "subclass"
-// property. It is _not_ supposed to be used by XRC users, you should instead
-// register your subclasses via wxWidgets' RTTI mechanism. This class is useful
-// only for language bindings developer who need a way to implement subclassing
-// in wxWidgets ports that don't support wxRTTI (e.g. wxPython).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlSubclassFactory
-{
-public:
-    // Try to create instance of given class and return it, return NULL on
-    // failure:
-    virtual wxObject *Create(const wxString& className) = 0;
-    virtual ~wxXmlSubclassFactory() {}
-};
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   Backward compatibility macros. Do *NOT* use, they may disappear in future
-   versions of the XRC library!
-   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    #define ADD_STYLE         XRC_ADD_STYLE
-    #define wxTheXmlResource  wxXmlResource::Get()
-    #define XMLID             XRCID
-    #define XMLCTRL           XRCCTRL
-    #define GetXMLID          GetXRCID
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XMLRES_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xti.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xti.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b35d093ee..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xti.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2102 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xti.h
-// Purpose:     runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27/07/03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xti.h 52488 2008-03-14 14:13:05Z JS $
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-//              (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTIH__
-#define _WX_XTIH__
-
-// We want to support properties, event sources and events sinks through
-// explicit declarations, using templates and specialization to make the
-// effort as painless as possible.
-//
-// This means we have the following domains :
-//
-// - Type Information for categorizing built in types as well as custom types
-// this includes information about enums, their values and names
-// - Type safe value storage : a kind of wxVariant, called right now wxxVariant
-// which will be merged with wxVariant
-// - Property Information and Property Accessors providing access to a class'
-// values and exposed event delegates
-// - Information about event handlers
-// - extended Class Information for accessing all these
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-#include "wx/flags.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include  "wx/intl.h"
-
-#include 
-
-// we will move this later to defs.h
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( 3 , 4 )
-#  define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200
-#  define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0
-#  define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
-#  define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
-#  define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 1
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method , type ) method()
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type )
-#else
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method , type ) method((type*)NULL)
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type ) type* =NULL
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type ) , wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(type)
-#  define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type ) typedef type type;
-#else
-#  define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type )
-#  define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type )
-#endif
-
-#define EMPTY_MACROVALUE /**/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectRefData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler;
-
-typedef void (wxObject::*wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
-
-#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
-#  define wxTO_STRING(type) wxToStringConverter
-#  define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type)
-#  define wxFROM_STRING(type) wxFromStringConverter
-#  define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type)
-#else
-#  define wxTO_STRING(type) ToString##type
-#  define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type) inline void ToString##type( const wxxVariant& data , wxString &result ) { wxToStringConverter(data, result); }
-#  define wxFROM_STRING(type) FromString##type
-#  define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type) inline void FromString##type( const wxString& data , wxxVariant &result ) { wxFromStringConverter(data, result); }
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Enum Support
-//
-// In the header files there would no change from pure c++ code, in the
-// implementation, an enum would have
-// to be enumerated eg :
-//
-// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-//   wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla )
-//   wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate )
-//   wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry )
-// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumMemberData
-{
-    const wxChar*   m_name;
-    int             m_value;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumData
-{
-public :
-    wxEnumData( wxEnumMemberData* data ) ;
-
-    // returns true if the member has been found and sets the int value
-    // pointed to accordingly (if ptr != null )
-    // if not found returns false, value left unchanged
-    bool HasEnumMemberValue( const wxChar *name , int *value = NULL ) const ;
-
-    // returns the value of the member, if not found in debug mode an
-    // assert is issued, in release 0 is returned
-    int GetEnumMemberValue(const wxChar *name ) const ;
-
-    // returns the name of the enum member having the passed in value
-    // returns an emtpy string if not found
-    const wxChar *GetEnumMemberName(int value) const ;
-
-    // returns the number of members in this enum
-    int GetEnumCount() const { return m_count ; }
-
-    // returns the value of the nth member
-    int GetEnumMemberValueByIndex( int n ) const ;
-
-    // returns the value of the nth member
-    const wxChar *GetEnumMemberNameByIndex( int n ) const ;
-private :
-    wxEnumMemberData *m_members;
-    int m_count ;
-};
-
-#define wxBEGIN_ENUM( e ) \
-    wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = {
-
-#define wxENUM_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), v } ,
-
-#define wxEND_ENUM( e ) { NULL , 0 } } ; \
-    wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ) ; \
-    wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e) { return &s_enumData##e ; } \
-    template<>  void wxStringReadValue(const wxString& s , e &data ) \
-{ \
-    data = (e) s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberValue(s) ; \
-} \
-    template<>  void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s , const e &data ) \
-{ \
-    s =  s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberName((int)data) ; \
-} \
-    void FromLong##e( long data , wxxVariant& result ) { result = wxxVariant((e)data) ;} \
-    void ToLong##e( const wxxVariant& data , long &result ) { result = (long) data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , e) ;} \
-    wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \
-    wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \
-    wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_ENUM , &s_enumData##e , &wxTO_STRING( e ) , &wxFROM_STRING( e ) , &ToLong##e , &FromLong##e , typeid(e).name() ) ;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Set Support
-//
-// in the header :
-//
-// enum wxFlavor
-// {
-//  Vanilla,
-//  Chocolate,
-//  Strawberry,
-// };
-//
-// typedef wxBitset wxCoupe ;
-//
-// in the implementation file :
-//
-// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-//  wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla )
-//  wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate )
-//  wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry )
-// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-//
-// wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING( wxCoupe , wxFlavor )
-//
-// implementation note : no partial specialization for streaming, but a delegation to a
-// different class
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// in order to remove dependancy on string tokenizer
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetStringToArray( const wxString &s , wxArrayString &array ) ;
-
-template
-void wxSetFromString(const wxString &s , wxBitset &data )
-{
-    wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0) ;
-    data.reset() ;
-
-    wxArrayString array ;
-    wxSetStringToArray( s , array ) ;
-    wxString flag;
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < array.Count() ; ++i )
-    {
-        flag = array[i] ;
-        int ivalue ;
-        if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag , &ivalue ) )
-        {
-            data.set( (e) ivalue ) ;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-template
-void wxSetToString( wxString &s , const wxBitset &data )
-{
-    wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0) ;
-    int count = edata->GetEnumCount() ;
-    int i ;
-    s.Clear() ;
-    for ( i = 0 ; i < count ; i++ )
-    {
-        e value = (e) edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i) ;
-        if ( data.test( value ) )
-        {
-            // this could also be done by the templated calls
-            if ( !s.empty() )
-                s +=wxT("|") ;
-            s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i) ;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING(SetName,e) \
-    template<>  void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , wxBitset &data ) \
-{ \
-    wxSetFromString( s , data ) ; \
-} \
-    template<>  void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s , const wxBitset &data ) \
-{ \
-    wxSetToString( s , data ) ; \
-} \
-    void FromLong##SetName( long data , wxxVariant& result ) { result = wxxVariant(SetName((unsigned long)data)) ;} \
-    void ToLong##SetName( const wxxVariant& data , long &result ) { result = (long) data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , SetName).to_ulong() ;} \
-    wxTO_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \
-    wxFROM_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \
-    wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##SetName(wxT_SET , &s_enumData##e , &wxTO_STRING( SetName ) , &wxFROM_STRING( SetName ) , &ToLong##SetName , &FromLong##SetName, typeid(SetName).name() ) ;  \
-}
-
-template
-void wxFlagsFromString(const wxString &s , e &data )
-{
-    wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0) ;
-    data.m_data = 0 ;
-
-    wxArrayString array ;
-    wxSetStringToArray( s , array ) ;
-    wxString flag;
-    for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < array.Count() ; ++i )
-    {
-        flag = array[i] ;
-        int ivalue ;
-        if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag , &ivalue ) )
-        {
-            data.m_data |= ivalue ;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-template
-void wxFlagsToString( wxString &s , const e& data )
-{
-    wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0) ;
-    int count = edata->GetEnumCount() ;
-    int i ;
-    s.Clear() ;
-    long dataValue = data.m_data ;
-    for ( i = 0 ; i < count ; i++ )
-    {
-        int value = edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i) ;
-        // make this to allow for multi-bit constants to work
-        if ( value && ( dataValue & value ) == value )
-        {
-            // clear the flags we just set
-            dataValue &= ~value ;
-            // this could also be done by the templated calls
-            if ( !s.empty() )
-                s +=wxT("|") ;
-            s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i) ;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#define wxBEGIN_FLAGS( e ) \
-    wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = {
-
-#define wxFLAGS_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), v } ,
-
-#define wxEND_FLAGS( e ) { NULL , 0 } } ; \
-    wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ) ; \
-    wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e*) { return &s_enumData##e ; } \
-    template<>  void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , e &data ) \
-{ \
-    wxFlagsFromString( s , data ) ; \
-} \
-    template<>  void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s , const e& data ) \
-{ \
-    wxFlagsToString( s , data ) ; \
-} \
-    void FromLong##e( long data , wxxVariant& result ) { result = wxxVariant(e(data)) ;} \
-    void ToLong##e( const wxxVariant& data , long &result ) { result = (long) data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , e).m_data ;} \
-    wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \
-    wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \
-    wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_SET , &s_enumData##e , &wxTO_STRING( e ) , &wxFROM_STRING( e ) , &ToLong##e , &FromLong##e, typeid(e).name()  ) ;
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Type Information
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//
-//  All data exposed by the RTTI is characterized using the following classes.
-//  The first characterization is done by wxTypeKind. All enums up to and including
-//  wxT_CUSTOM represent so called simple types. These cannot be divided any further.
-//  They can be converted to and from wxStrings, that's all.
-
-
-enum wxTypeKind
-{
-    wxT_VOID = 0, // unknown type
-    wxT_BOOL,
-    wxT_CHAR,
-    wxT_UCHAR,
-    wxT_INT,
-    wxT_UINT,
-    wxT_LONG,
-    wxT_ULONG,
-    wxT_FLOAT,
-    wxT_DOUBLE,
-    wxT_STRING, // must be wxString
-    wxT_SET, // must be wxBitset<> template
-    wxT_ENUM,
-    wxT_CUSTOM, // user defined type (e.g. wxPoint)
-
-    wxT_LAST_SIMPLE_TYPE_KIND = wxT_CUSTOM ,
-
-    wxT_OBJECT_PTR, // object reference
-    wxT_OBJECT , // embedded object
-    wxT_COLLECTION , // collection
-
-    wxT_DELEGATE , // for connecting against an event source
-
-    wxT_LAST_TYPE_KIND = wxT_DELEGATE // sentinel for bad data, asserts, debugging
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxxVariant ;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo ;
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxTypeInfo* , wxTypeInfoMap , class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ) ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    typedef void (*converterToString_t)( const wxxVariant& data , wxString &result ) ;
-    typedef void (*converterFromString_t)( const wxString& data , wxxVariant &result ) ;
-
-    wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind,
-               converterToString_t to = NULL, converterFromString_t from = NULL,
-               const wxString &name = wxEmptyString):
-            m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind), m_name(name)
-    {
-        Register();
-    }
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind,
-               converterToString_t to, converterFromString_t from,
-               const char *name):
-            m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind), m_name(wxString::FromAscii(name))
-    {
-        Register();
-    }
-#endif
-
-    virtual ~wxTypeInfo()
-    {
-        Unregister() ;
-    }
-
-    // return the kind of this type (wxT_... constants)
-    wxTypeKind GetKind() const { return m_kind ; }
-
-    // returns the unique name of this type
-    const wxString& GetTypeName() const { return m_name ; }
-
-    // is this type a delegate type
-    bool IsDelegateType() const { return m_kind == wxT_DELEGATE ; }
-
-    // is this type a custom type
-    bool IsCustomType() const { return m_kind == wxT_CUSTOM ; }
-
-    // is this type an object type
-    bool IsObjectType() const { return m_kind == wxT_OBJECT || m_kind == wxT_OBJECT_PTR ; }
-
-    // can the content of this type be converted to and from strings ?
-    bool HasStringConverters() const { return m_toString != NULL && m_fromString != NULL ; }
-
-    // convert a wxxVariant holding data of this type into a string
-    void ConvertToString( const wxxVariant& data , wxString &result ) const
-
-    { if ( m_toString ) (*m_toString)( data , result ) ; else wxLogError( _("String conversions not supported") ) ; }
-
-    // convert a string into a wxxVariant holding the corresponding data in this type
-    void ConvertFromString( const wxString& data , wxxVariant &result ) const
-    { if( m_fromString ) (*m_fromString)( data , result ) ; else wxLogError( _("String conversions not supported") ) ; }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    static wxTypeInfo        *FindType(const char *typeName) { return FindType( wxString::FromAscii(typeName) ) ; }
-#endif
-    static wxTypeInfo        *FindType(const wxChar *typeName);
-
-private :
-
-    void Register();
-    void Unregister();
-
-    converterToString_t m_toString ;
-    converterFromString_t m_fromString ;
-
-    static wxTypeInfoMap*      ms_typeTable ;
-
-    wxTypeKind m_kind;
-    wxString m_name;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBuiltInTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    wxBuiltInTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , converterToString_t to = NULL , converterFromString_t from = NULL , const wxString &name = wxEmptyString ) :
-       wxTypeInfo( kind , to , from , name )
-       { wxASSERT_MSG( GetKind() < wxT_SET , wxT("Illegal Kind for Base Type") ) ; }
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxBuiltInTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , converterToString_t to  , converterFromString_t from  , const char *name  ) :
-       wxTypeInfo( kind , to , from , name )
-       { wxASSERT_MSG( GetKind() < wxT_SET , wxT("Illegal Kind for Base Type") ) ; }
-#endif
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCustomTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    wxCustomTypeInfo( const wxString &name , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from ) :
-       wxTypeInfo( wxT_CUSTOM , to , from , name )
-       {}
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxCustomTypeInfo( const char *name  , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from ) :
-       wxTypeInfo( wxT_CUSTOM , to , from , name )
-       {}
-#endif
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    typedef void (*converterToLong_t)( const wxxVariant& data , long &result ) ;
-    typedef void (*converterFromLong_t)( long data , wxxVariant &result ) ;
-
-    wxEnumTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , wxEnumData* enumInfo , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from ,
-        converterToLong_t toLong , converterFromLong_t fromLong , const wxString &name  ) :
-    wxTypeInfo( kind , to , from , name ) , m_toLong( toLong ) , m_fromLong( fromLong )
-    { wxASSERT_MSG( kind == wxT_ENUM || kind == wxT_SET , wxT("Illegal Kind for Enum Type")) ; m_enumInfo = enumInfo ;}
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxEnumTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , wxEnumData* enumInfo , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from ,
-        converterToLong_t toLong , converterFromLong_t fromLong , const char * name   ) :
-    wxTypeInfo( kind , to , from , name ) , m_toLong( toLong ) , m_fromLong( fromLong )
-    { wxASSERT_MSG( kind == wxT_ENUM || kind == wxT_SET , wxT("Illegal Kind for Enum Type")) ; m_enumInfo = enumInfo ;}
-#endif
-    const wxEnumData* GetEnumData() const { return m_enumInfo ; }
-
-    // convert a wxxVariant holding data of this type into a long
-    void ConvertToLong( const wxxVariant& data , long &result ) const
-
-    { if( m_toLong ) (*m_toLong)( data , result ) ; else wxLogError( _("Long Conversions not supported") ) ; }
-
-    // convert a long into a wxxVariant holding the corresponding data in this type
-    void ConvertFromLong( long data , wxxVariant &result ) const
-    { if( m_fromLong ) (*m_fromLong)( data , result ) ; else wxLogError( _("Long Conversions not supported") ) ;}
-
-private :
-    converterToLong_t m_toLong ;
-    converterFromLong_t m_fromLong ;
-
-    wxEnumData *m_enumInfo; // Kind == wxT_ENUM or Kind == wxT_SET
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    wxClassTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , wxClassInfo* classInfo , converterToString_t to = NULL , converterFromString_t from = NULL , const wxString &name = wxEmptyString) ;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxClassTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind , wxClassInfo* classInfo , converterToString_t to  , converterFromString_t from  , const char *name ) ;
-#endif
-    const wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const { return m_classInfo ; }
-private :
-    wxClassInfo *m_classInfo; // Kind == wxT_OBJECT - could be NULL
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCollectionTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    wxCollectionTypeInfo( const wxString &elementName , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from  , const wxString &name) :
-       wxTypeInfo( wxT_COLLECTION , to , from , name )
-       { m_elementTypeName = elementName ; m_elementType = NULL ;}
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxCollectionTypeInfo( const char *elementName , converterToString_t to , converterFromString_t from  , const char *name ) :
-       wxTypeInfo( wxT_COLLECTION , to , from , name )
-       { m_elementTypeName = wxString::FromAscii( elementName ) ; m_elementType = NULL ;}
-#endif
-       const wxTypeInfo* GetElementType() const
-       {
-           if ( m_elementType == NULL )
-               m_elementType = wxTypeInfo::FindType( m_elementTypeName ) ;
-           return m_elementType ; }
-private :
-    mutable wxTypeInfo * m_elementType ;
-    wxString    m_elementTypeName ;
-} ;
-
-// a delegate is an exposed event source
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDelegateTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public :
-    wxDelegateTypeInfo( int eventType , wxClassInfo* eventClass , converterToString_t to = NULL , converterFromString_t from = NULL ) ;
-    wxDelegateTypeInfo( int eventType , int lastEventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass , converterToString_t to = NULL , converterFromString_t from = NULL ) ;
-    int GetEventType() const { return m_eventType ; }
-    int GetLastEventType() const { return m_lastEventType ; }
-    const wxClassInfo* GetEventClass() const { return m_eventClass ; }
-private :
-    const wxClassInfo *m_eventClass; // (extended will merge into classinfo)
-    int m_eventType ;
-    int m_lastEventType ;
-} ;
-
-template const wxTypeInfo* wxGetTypeInfo( T * ) { return wxTypeInfo::FindType(typeid(T).name()) ; }
-
-// this macro is for usage with custom, non-object derived classes and structs, wxPoint is such a custom type
-
-#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
-#define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e , toString , fromString ) \
-    wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name() , &toString , &fromString) ;
-#else
-#define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e , toString , fromString ) \
-    void ToString##e( const wxxVariant& data , wxString &result ) { toString(data, result); } \
-    void FromString##e( const wxString& data , wxxVariant &result ) { fromString(data, result); } \
-    wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name() , &ToString##e , &FromString##e) ;
-#endif
-
-#define wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( element , collection ) \
-    wxCollectionTypeInfo s_typeInfo##collection( typeid(element).name() , NULL , NULL , typeid(collection).name() ) ;
-
-// sometimes a compiler invents specializations that are nowhere called, use this macro to satisfy the refs, currently
-// we don't have to play tricks, but if we will have to according to the compiler, we will use that macro for that
-
-#define wxILLEGAL_TYPE_SPECIALIZATION( a )
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxxVariant as typesafe data holder
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxxVariantData
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxxVariantData() {}
-
-    // return a heap allocated duplicate
-    virtual wxxVariantData* Clone() const = 0 ;
-
-    // returns the type info of the contentc
-    virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const = 0 ;
-} ;
-
-template class wxxVariantDataT : public wxxVariantData
-{
-public:
-    wxxVariantDataT(const T& d) : m_data(d) {}
-    virtual ~wxxVariantDataT() {}
-
-    // get a ref to the stored data
-    T & Get() { return m_data; }
-
-    // get a const ref to the stored data
-    const T & Get() const { return m_data; }
-
-    // set the data
-    void Set(const T& d) { m_data =  d; }
-
-    // return a heap allocated duplicate
-    virtual wxxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxxVariantDataT( Get() ) ; }
-
-    // returns the type info of the contentc
-    virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const { return wxGetTypeInfo( (T*) NULL ) ; }
-
-private:
-    T m_data;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxxVariant
-{
-public :
-    wxxVariant() { m_data = NULL ; }
-    wxxVariant( wxxVariantData* data , const wxString& name = wxEmptyString ) : m_data(data) , m_name(name) {}
-    wxxVariant( const wxxVariant &d ) { if ( d.m_data ) m_data = d.m_data->Clone() ; else m_data = NULL ; m_name = d.m_name ; }
-
-    template wxxVariant( const T& data , const wxString& name = wxEmptyString ) :
-    m_data(new wxxVariantDataT(data) ), m_name(name) {}
-
-    ~wxxVariant() { delete m_data ; }
-
-    // get a ref to the stored data
-    template T& Get(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T))
-    {
-        wxxVariantDataT *dataptr = dynamic_cast*> (m_data) ;
-        wxASSERT_MSG( dataptr , wxString::Format(wxT("Cast to %s not possible"), typeid(T).name()) ) ;
-        return dataptr->Get() ;
-    }
-
-    // get a ref to the stored data
-    template const T& Get(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T)) const
-    {
-        const wxxVariantDataT *dataptr = dynamic_cast*> (m_data) ;
-        wxASSERT_MSG( dataptr , wxString::Format(wxT("Cast to %s not possible"), typeid(T).name()) ) ;
-        return dataptr->Get() ;
-    }
-
-    bool IsEmpty() const { return m_data == NULL ; }
-
-    template bool HasData(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T)) const
-    {
-        const wxxVariantDataT *dataptr = dynamic_cast*> (m_data) ;
-        return dataptr != NULL ;
-    }
-
-    // stores the data
-    template void Set(const T& data) const
-    {
-        delete m_data ;
-        m_data = new wxxVariantDataT(data) ;
-    }
-
-    wxxVariant& operator=(const wxxVariant &d)
-    {
-        delete m_data;
-        m_data = d.m_data ? d.m_data->Clone() : NULL ;
-        m_name = d.m_name ;
-        return *this ;
-    }
-
-    // gets the stored data casted to a wxObject* , returning NULL if cast is not possible
-    wxObject* GetAsObject() ;
-
-    // get the typeinfo of the stored object
-    const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const { return m_data->GetTypeInfo() ; }
-
-    // returns this value as string
-    wxString GetAsString() const
-    {
-        wxString s ;
-        GetTypeInfo()->ConvertToString( *this , s ) ;
-        return s ;
-    }
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-private :
-    wxxVariantData* m_data ;
-    wxString m_name ;
-} ;
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxxVariant, wxxVariantArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// templated streaming, every type must have their specialization for these methods
-
-template
-void wxStringReadValue( const wxString &s , T &data );
-
-template
-void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s , const T &data);
-
-template
-void wxToStringConverter( const wxxVariant &v, wxString &s wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX(T)) { wxStringWriteValue( s , v.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T) ) ; }
-
-template
-void wxFromStringConverter( const wxString &s, wxxVariant &v wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX(T)) { T d ; wxStringReadValue( s , d ) ; v = wxxVariant(d) ; }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Property Support
-//
-// wxPropertyInfo is used to inquire of the property by name.  It doesn't
-// provide access to the property, only information about it.  If you
-// want access, look at wxPropertyAccessor.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetter
-{
-public:
-    wxSetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name ; }
-    virtual ~wxSetter() {}
-    virtual void Set( wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &variantValue ) const = 0;
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-private:
-    wxString m_name;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetter
-{
-public:
-    wxGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name ; }
-    virtual ~wxGetter() {}
-    virtual void Get( const wxObject *object , wxxVariant& result) const = 0;
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-private:
-    wxString m_name;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCollectionGetter
-{
-public :
-    wxCollectionGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name ; }
-    virtual ~wxCollectionGetter() {}
-    virtual void Get( const wxObject *object , wxxVariantArray& result) const = 0;
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-private :
-    wxString m_name ;
-} ;
-
-template void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCollectionToVariantArray( const coll_t& coll , wxxVariantArray& result ) ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAdder
-{
-public :
-    wxAdder( const wxString name ) { m_name = name ; }
-    virtual ~wxAdder() {}
-    virtual void Add( wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &variantValue ) const= 0;
-    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-private :
-    wxString m_name ;
-} ;
-
-
-#define wxSETTER( property, Klass, valueType, setterMethod ) \
-class wxSetter##property : public wxSetter \
-{ \
-public: \
-    wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
-    wxSetter##property() : wxSetter( wxT(#setterMethod) ) {} \
-    virtual ~wxSetter##property() {} \
-    void Set( wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &variantValue ) const \
-{ \
-    Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object) ;  \
-    if ( variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(HasData, valueType) ) \
-    obj->setterMethod(variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , valueType)) ; \
-            else \
-            obj->setterMethod(*variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , valueType*)) ; \
-} \
-} ;
-
-#define wxGETTER( property, Klass, valueType , gettermethod ) \
-class wxGetter##property : public wxGetter \
-{ \
-public : \
-    wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
-    wxGetter##property() : wxGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \
-    virtual ~wxGetter##property() {} \
-    void Get( const wxObject *object , wxxVariant &result) const \
-{ \
-    const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object) ;  \
-    result = wxxVariant( obj->gettermethod() ) ; \
-} \
-} ;
-
-#define wxADDER( property, Klass, valueType , addermethod ) \
-class wxAdder##property : public wxAdder \
-{ \
-public: \
-    wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
-    wxAdder##property() : wxAdder( wxT(#addermethod) ) {} \
-    virtual ~wxAdder##property() {} \
-    void Add( wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &variantValue ) const \
-{ \
-    Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object) ;  \
-    if ( variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(HasData, valueType) ) \
-    obj->addermethod(variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , valueType)) ; \
-            else \
-            obj->addermethod(*variantValue.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , valueType*)) ; \
-} \
-} ;
-
-#define wxCOLLECTION_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType , gettermethod ) \
-class wxCollectionGetter##property : public wxCollectionGetter \
-{ \
-public : \
-    wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
-    wxCollectionGetter##property() : wxCollectionGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \
-    virtual ~wxCollectionGetter##property() {} \
-    void Get( const wxObject *object , wxxVariantArray &result) const \
-{ \
-    const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object) ;  \
-    wxCollectionToVariantArray( obj->gettermethod() , result ) ; \
-} \
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyAccessor
-{
-public :
-    wxPropertyAccessor( wxSetter *setter , wxGetter *getter , wxAdder *adder , wxCollectionGetter *collectionGetter )
-    { m_setter = setter ; m_getter = getter ; m_adder = adder ; m_collectionGetter = collectionGetter ;}
-
-    virtual ~wxPropertyAccessor() {}
-
-    // Setting a simple property (non-collection)
-    virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &value) const
-    { if ( m_setter ) m_setter->Set( object , value ) ; else wxLogError( _("SetProperty called w/o valid setter") ) ;}
-
-    // Getting a simple property (non-collection)
-    virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxxVariant &result) const
-    { if ( m_getter ) m_getter->Get( object , result ) ; else wxLogError( _("GetProperty called w/o valid getter") ) ;}
-
-    // Adding an element to a collection property
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &value) const
-    { if ( m_adder ) m_adder->Add( object , value ) ; else wxLogError( _("AddToPropertyCollection called w/o valid adder") ) ;}
-
-    // Getting a collection property
-    virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *obj, wxxVariantArray &result) const
-    { if ( m_collectionGetter ) m_collectionGetter->Get( obj , result) ; else wxLogError( _("GetPropertyCollection called w/o valid collection getter") ) ;}
-
-    virtual bool HasSetter() const { return m_setter != NULL ; }
-    virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return m_collectionGetter != NULL ; }
-    virtual bool HasGetter() const { return m_getter != NULL ; }
-    virtual bool HasAdder() const { return m_adder != NULL ; }
-
-    virtual const wxString& GetCollectionGetterName() const
-    { return m_collectionGetter->GetName() ; }
-    virtual const wxString&  GetGetterName() const
-    { return m_getter->GetName() ; }
-    virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const
-    { return m_setter->GetName() ; }
-    virtual const wxString& GetAdderName() const
-    { return m_adder->GetName() ; }
-
-protected :
-    wxSetter *m_setter ;
-    wxAdder *m_adder ;
-    wxGetter *m_getter ;
-    wxCollectionGetter* m_collectionGetter ;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGenericPropertyAccessor : public wxPropertyAccessor
-{
-public :
-    wxGenericPropertyAccessor( const wxString &propName ) ;
-    virtual ~wxGenericPropertyAccessor() ;
-
-    void RenameProperty( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(oldName),
-        const wxString& newName )
-    {
-        wxASSERT( oldName == m_propertyName ) ; m_propertyName = newName ;
-    }
-    virtual bool HasSetter() const { return true ; }
-    virtual bool HasGetter() const { return true ; }
-    virtual bool HasAdder() const { return false ; }
-    virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return false ; }
-
-    virtual const wxString&  GetGetterName() const
-    { return m_getterName ; }
-    virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const
-    { return m_setterName ; }
-
-    virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxxVariant &value) const ;
-    virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxxVariant &value) const ;
-
-    // Adding an element to a collection property
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), const wxxVariant &WXUNUSED(value)) const
-    { wxLogError( _("AddToPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") ) ;}
-
-    // Getting a collection property
-    virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *WXUNUSED(obj), wxxVariantArray &WXUNUSED(result)) const
-    { wxLogError ( _("GetPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") ) ;}
-private :
-    struct wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal ;
-    wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal* m_data ;
-    wxString m_propertyName ;
-    wxString m_setterName ;
-    wxString m_getterName ;
-} ;
-
-typedef long wxPropertyInfoFlags ;
-enum {
-    // will be removed in future releases
-    wxPROP_DEPRECATED       = 0x00000001 ,
-    // object graph property, will be streamed with priority (after constructor properties)
-    wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH     = 0x00000002 ,
-    // this will only be streamed out and in as enum/set, the internal representation is still a long
-    wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG  = 0x00000004 ,
-    // don't stream out this property, needed eg to avoid streaming out children that are always created by their parents
-    wxPROP_DONT_STREAM = 0x00000008 ,
-}  ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo ;
-public :
-    wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
-                   wxClassInfo* itsClass,
-                   const wxString& name,
-                   const wxString& typeName,
-                   wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
-                   wxxVariant dv,
-                   wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
-                   const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
-                   m_itsClass(itsClass),
-           m_name(name),
-           m_typeInfo(NULL),
-           m_typeName(typeName) ,
-           m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
-           m_accessor(accessor),
-           m_defaultValue(dv),
-           m_flags(flags),
-           m_helpString(helpString),
-           m_groupString(groupString)
-       {
-           Insert(iter);
-       }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
-                   wxClassInfo* itsClass,
-                   const wxString& name,
-                   const char* typeName,
-                   wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
-                   wxxVariant dv,
-                   wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
-                   const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
-                   m_itsClass(itsClass),
-           m_name(name),
-           m_typeInfo(NULL),
-           m_typeName(wxString::FromAscii(typeName)) ,
-           m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
-           m_accessor(accessor),
-           m_defaultValue(dv),
-           m_flags(flags),
-           m_helpString(helpString),
-           m_groupString(groupString)
-       {
-           Insert(iter);
-       }
-#endif
-    wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
-                   wxClassInfo* itsClass,
-                   const wxString& name,
-                   wxDelegateTypeInfo* type,
-                   wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
-                   wxxVariant dv,
-                   wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
-                   const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
-           m_itsClass(itsClass),
-           m_name(name),
-           m_typeInfo(type),
-           m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
-           m_accessor(accessor),
-           m_defaultValue(dv),
-           m_flags(flags),
-           m_helpString(helpString),
-           m_groupString(groupString)
-       {
-           Insert(iter);
-       }
-
-       wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
-                      wxClassInfo* itsClass, const wxString& name,
-                      const wxString& collectionTypeName,
-                      const wxString& elementTypeName,
-                      wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
-                      wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
-                      const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
-           m_itsClass(itsClass),
-           m_name(name),
-           m_typeInfo(NULL),
-           m_typeName(collectionTypeName) ,
-           m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
-           m_collectionElementTypeName(elementTypeName),
-           m_accessor(accessor) ,
-           m_flags(flags),
-           m_helpString(helpString),
-           m_groupString(groupString)
-       {
-           Insert(iter);
-       }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-              wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
-                      wxClassInfo* itsClass, const wxString& name,
-                      const char* collectionTypeName,
-                      const char* elementTypeName,
-                      wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
-                      wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
-                      const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
-           m_itsClass(itsClass),
-           m_name(name),
-           m_typeInfo(NULL),
-           m_typeName(wxString::FromAscii(collectionTypeName)) ,
-           m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
-           m_collectionElementTypeName(wxString::FromAscii(elementTypeName)),
-           m_accessor(accessor) ,
-           m_flags(flags),
-           m_helpString(helpString),
-           m_groupString(groupString)
-       {
-           Insert(iter);
-       }
-#endif
-       ~wxPropertyInfo() ;
-
-       // return the class this property is declared in
-       const wxClassInfo*  GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass ; }
-
-       // return the name of this property
-       const wxString&     GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-
-       // returns the flags of this property
-       wxPropertyInfoFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags ;}
-
-       // returns the short help string of this property
-       const wxString&     GetHelpString() const { return m_helpString ; }
-
-       // returns the group string of this property
-       const wxString&     GetGroupString() const { return m_groupString ; }
-
-       // return the element type info of this property (for collections, otherwise NULL)
-       const wxTypeInfo *  GetCollectionElementTypeInfo() const
-       {
-           if ( m_collectionElementTypeInfo == NULL )
-               m_collectionElementTypeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_collectionElementTypeName) ;
-           return m_collectionElementTypeInfo ;
-       }
-
-       // return the type info of this property
-       const wxTypeInfo *  GetTypeInfo() const
-       {
-           if ( m_typeInfo == NULL )
-               m_typeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_typeName) ;
-           return m_typeInfo ;
-       }
-
-       // return the accessor for this property
-       wxPropertyAccessor* GetAccessor() const { return m_accessor ; }
-
-       // returns NULL if this is the last property of this class
-       wxPropertyInfo*     GetNext() const { return m_next ; }
-
-       // returns the default value of this property, its kind may be wxT_VOID if it is not valid
-       wxxVariant          GetDefaultValue() const { return m_defaultValue ; }
-private :
-    void Insert(wxPropertyInfo* &iter)
-    {
-        m_next = NULL ;
-        if ( iter == NULL )
-            iter = this ;
-        else
-        {
-            wxPropertyInfo* i = iter ;
-            while( i->m_next )
-                i = i->m_next ;
-
-            i->m_next = this ;
-        }
-    }
-
-    wxClassInfo*        m_itsClass ;
-    wxString            m_name ;
-    mutable wxTypeInfo*         m_typeInfo ;
-    wxString            m_typeName ;
-    mutable wxTypeInfo*         m_collectionElementTypeInfo ;
-    wxString            m_collectionElementTypeName ;
-    wxPropertyAccessor* m_accessor ;
-    wxxVariant          m_defaultValue;
-    wxPropertyInfoFlags m_flags ;
-    wxString            m_helpString ;
-    wxString            m_groupString ;
-    // string representation of the default value
-    //  to be assigned by the designer to the property
-    //  when the component is dropped on the container.
-    wxPropertyInfo*     m_next ;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxPropertyInfo* , wxPropertyInfoMap , class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ) ;
-
-#define wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(theClass) \
-    wxPropertyInfo *theClass::GetPropertiesStatic()  \
-{  \
-    typedef theClass class_t; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo* first = NULL ;
-
-#define wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() \
-    return first ; }
-
-#define wxHIDE_PROPERTY( pname ) \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(void).name() ,NULL , wxxVariant() , wxPROP_DONT_STREAM , wxEmptyString , wxEmptyString ) ;
-
-#define wxPROPERTY( pname , type , setter , getter , defaultValue , flags , help , group) \
-    wxSETTER( pname , class_t , type , setter ) \
-    static wxSetter##pname _setter##pname ; \
-    wxGETTER( pname , class_t , type , getter ) \
-    static wxGetter##pname _getter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname , &_getter##pname , NULL , NULL ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(type).name() ,&_accessor##pname , wxxVariant(defaultValue) , flags , group , help ) ;
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( pname , flags , type , setter , getter ,defaultValue , pflags , help , group) \
-    wxSETTER( pname , class_t , type , setter ) \
-    static wxSetter##pname _setter##pname ; \
-    wxGETTER( pname , class_t , type , getter ) \
-    static wxGetter##pname _getter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname , &_getter##pname , NULL , NULL ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(flags).name() ,&_accessor##pname , wxxVariant(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags , help , group ) ;
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( pname , type , getter ,defaultValue , flags , help , group) \
-    wxGETTER( pname , class_t , type , getter ) \
-    static wxGetter##pname _getter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL , &_getter##pname , NULL , NULL ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(type).name() ,&_accessor##pname , wxxVariant(defaultValue), flags , help , group ) ;
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( pname , flags , type , getter ,defaultValue , pflags , help , group) \
-    wxGETTER( pname , class_t , type , getter ) \
-    static wxGetter##pname _getter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL , &_getter##pname , NULL , NULL ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(flags).name() ,&_accessor##pname , wxxVariant(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags , help , group ) ;
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname , colltype , addelemtype , adder , getter , flags , help , group ) \
-    wxADDER( pname , class_t , addelemtype , adder ) \
-    static wxAdder##pname _adder##pname ; \
-    wxCOLLECTION_GETTER( pname , class_t , colltype , getter ) \
-    static wxCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL , NULL ,&_adder##pname , &_collectionGetter##pname ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#pname) , typeid(colltype).name() ,typeid(addelemtype).name() ,&_accessor##pname , flags , help , group ) ;
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname , colltype , addelemtype , getter , flags , help , group) \
-    wxCOLLECTION_GETTER( pname , class_t , colltype , getter ) \
-    static wxCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname ; \
-    static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL , NULL , NULL , &_collectionGetter##pname ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first ,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() ,  wxT(#pname) , typeid(colltype).name() ,typeid(addelemtype).name() ,&_accessor##pname , flags , help , group  ) ;
-
-
-#define wxEVENT_PROPERTY( name , eventType , eventClass ) \
-    static wxDelegateTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType , CLASSINFO( eventClass ) ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first ,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#name) , &_typeInfo##name , NULL , wxxVariant() ) ; \
-
-#define wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( name , eventType , lastEventType , eventClass ) \
-    static wxDelegateTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType , lastEventType , CLASSINFO( eventClass ) ) ; \
-    static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#name) , &_typeInfo##name , NULL , wxxVariant() ) ; \
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Implementation Helper for Simple Properties
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_PROPERTY(name, type) \
-private:\
-    type m_##name; \
-public: \
-  void  Set##name( type const & p) { m_##name = p; } \
-  type const & Get##name() const  { return m_##name; }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Handler Info
-//
-// this is describing an event sink
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo ;
-public :
-    wxHandlerInfo(wxHandlerInfo* &iter,
-                   wxClassInfo* itsClass,
-                  const wxString& name,
-                  wxObjectEventFunction address,
-                  const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo) :
-            m_eventFunction(address),
-            m_name(name),
-            m_eventClassInfo(eventClassInfo) ,
-            m_itsClass(itsClass)
-       {
-           m_next = NULL ;
-           if ( iter == NULL )
-               iter = this ;
-           else
-           {
-               wxHandlerInfo* i = iter ;
-               while( i->m_next )
-                   i = i->m_next ;
-
-               i->m_next = this ;
-           }
-       }
-
-       ~wxHandlerInfo() ;
-
-       // return the name of this handler
-       const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name ; }
-
-       // return the class info of the event
-       const wxClassInfo *GetEventClassInfo() const { return m_eventClassInfo ; }
-
-       // get the handler function pointer
-       wxObjectEventFunction GetEventFunction() const { return m_eventFunction ; }
-
-       // returns NULL if this is the last handler of this class
-       wxHandlerInfo*     GetNext() const { return m_next ; }
-
-       // return the class this property is declared in
-       const wxClassInfo*   GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass ; }
-
-private :
-    wxObjectEventFunction m_eventFunction ;
-    wxString            m_name;
-    const wxClassInfo*  m_eventClassInfo ;
-    wxHandlerInfo*      m_next ;
-    wxClassInfo*        m_itsClass ;
-};
-
-#define wxHANDLER(name,eventClassType) \
-    static wxHandlerInfo _handlerInfo##name( first , class_t::GetClassInfoStatic() , wxT(#name) , (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) &name , CLASSINFO( eventClassType ) ) ;
-
-#define wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \
-    wxHandlerInfo *theClass::GetHandlersStatic()  \
-{  \
-    typedef theClass class_t; \
-    static wxHandlerInfo* first = NULL ;
-
-#define wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() \
-    return first ; }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constructor Bridges
-//
-// allow to set up constructors with params during runtime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConstructorBridge
-{
-public :
-    virtual void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args) = 0;
-};
-
-// a direct constructor bridge calls the operator new for this class and
-// passes all params to the constructor. needed for classes that cannot be
-// instantiated using alloc-create semantics
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDirectConstructorBrigde : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-public :
-    virtual void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args) = 0;
-} ;
-
-// Creator Bridges for all Numbers of Params
-
-// no params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_0 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create();
-    }
-};
-
-struct wxConstructorBridge_Dummy : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject *&, wxxVariant *)
-    {
-    }
-} ;
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_0 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0 ;
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(klass) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_Dummy constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0 ;
-
-// 1 param
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_1 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_1 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0) } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 1 ;
-
-// 2 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_2 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_2 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_2 : public wxDirectConstructorBrigde
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        o = new Class(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
-    wxDirectConstructorBridge_2 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2;
-
-
-// 3 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_3 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_3 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3 ;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_3 : public wxDirectConstructorBrigde
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        o = new Class(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
-    wxDirectConstructorBridge_3 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1) , wxT(#v2) } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3;
-
-// 4 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_4 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_4 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 4 ;
-
-// 5 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_5 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3) ,
-            args[4].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T4)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_5 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  , wxT(#v4)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 5;
-
-// 6 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_6 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3) ,
-            args[4].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T4) ,
-            args[5].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T5)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_6 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  , wxT(#v4)  , wxT(#v5)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_6 : public wxDirectConstructorBrigde
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        o = new Class(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3) ,
-            args[4].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T4) ,
-            args[5].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T5)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
-    wxDirectConstructorBridge_6 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  , wxT(#v4)  , wxT(#v5)  } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6;
-
-// 7 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_7 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3) ,
-            args[4].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T4) ,
-            args[5].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T5) ,
-            args[6].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T6)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_7 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  , wxT(#v4)  , wxT(#v5)  , wxT(#v6) } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 7;
-
-// 8 params
-
-template
-struct wxConstructorBridge_8 : public wxConstructorBridge
-{
-    void Create(wxObject * &o, wxxVariant *args)
-    {
-        Class *obj = dynamic_cast(o);
-        obj->Create(
-            args[0].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T0) ,
-            args[1].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T1) ,
-            args[2].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T2) ,
-            args[3].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T3) ,
-            args[4].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T4) ,
-            args[5].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T5) ,
-            args[6].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T6) ,
-            args[7].wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , T7)
-            );
-    }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \
-    wxConstructorBridge_8 constructor##klass ; \
-    wxConstructorBridge* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass ; \
-    const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0)  , wxT(#v1)  , wxT(#v2)  , wxT(#v3)  , wxT(#v4)  , wxT(#v5)  , wxT(#v6) , wxT(#v7) } ; \
-    const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 8;
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClassInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void);
-typedef wxObject* (*wxVariantToObjectConverter)( wxxVariant &data ) ;
-typedef wxxVariant (*wxObjectToVariantConverter)( wxObject* ) ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWriter;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPersister;
-
-typedef bool (*wxObjectStreamingCallback) ( const wxObject *, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo ;
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo ;
-public:
-    wxClassInfo(const wxClassInfo **_Parents,
-        const wxChar *_UnitName,
-        const wxChar *_ClassName,
-        int size,
-        wxObjectConstructorFn ctor ,
-        wxPropertyInfo *_Props ,
-        wxHandlerInfo *_Handlers ,
-        wxConstructorBridge* _Constructor ,
-        const wxChar ** _ConstructorProperties ,
-        const int _ConstructorPropertiesCount ,
-        wxVariantToObjectConverter _PtrConverter1 ,
-        wxVariantToObjectConverter _Converter2 ,
-        wxObjectToVariantConverter _Converter3 ,
-        wxObjectStreamingCallback _streamingCallback = NULL
-        ) :
-
-            m_className(_ClassName),
-            m_objectSize(size),
-            m_objectConstructor(ctor),
-            m_next(sm_first),
-            m_firstProperty(_Props),
-            m_firstHandler(_Handlers),
-            m_parents(_Parents),
-            m_unitName(_UnitName),
-            m_constructor(_Constructor),
-            m_constructorProperties(_ConstructorProperties),
-            m_constructorPropertiesCount(_ConstructorPropertiesCount),
-            m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(_PtrConverter1),
-            m_variantToObjectConverter(_Converter2),
-            m_objectToVariantConverter(_Converter3),
-            m_streamingCallback(_streamingCallback)
-    {
-        sm_first = this;
-        Register() ;
-    }
-
-    wxClassInfo(const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName,
-                const wxClassInfo **_Parents) :
-            m_className(_ClassName),
-            m_objectSize(0),
-            m_objectConstructor(NULL),
-            m_next(sm_first),
-            m_firstProperty(NULL),
-            m_firstHandler(NULL),
-            m_parents(_Parents),
-            m_unitName(_UnitName),
-            m_constructor(NULL),
-            m_constructorProperties(NULL),
-            m_constructorPropertiesCount(0),
-            m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(NULL),
-            m_variantToObjectConverter(NULL),
-            m_objectToVariantConverter(NULL),
-            m_streamingCallback(NULL)
-    {
-        sm_first = this;
-        Register() ;
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxClassInfo() ;
-
-    // allocates an instance of this class, this object does not have to be initialized or fully constructed
-    // as this call will be followed by a call to Create
-    virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; }
-
-    // 'old naming' for AllocateObject staying here for backward compatibility
-    wxObject *CreateObject() const { return AllocateObject() ; }
-
-    // direct construction call for classes that cannot construct instances via alloc/create
-    wxObject *ConstructObject(int ParamCount, wxxVariant *Params) const
-    {
-        if ( ParamCount != m_constructorPropertiesCount )
-        {
-            wxLogError( _("Illegal Parameter Count for ConstructObject Method") ) ;
-            return NULL ;
-        }
-        wxObject *object = NULL ;
-        m_constructor->Create( object , Params ) ;
-        return object ;
-    }
-
-    bool NeedsDirectConstruction() const { return dynamic_cast( m_constructor) != NULL ; }
-
-    const wxChar       *GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
-    const wxChar       *GetBaseClassName1() const
-        { return m_parents[0] ? m_parents[0]->GetClassName() : NULL; }
-    const wxChar       *GetBaseClassName2() const
-        { return (m_parents[0] && m_parents[1]) ? m_parents[1]->GetClassName() : NULL; }
-    const wxChar       *GetIncludeName() const { return m_unitName ; }
-    const wxClassInfo **GetParents() const { return m_parents; }
-    int                 GetSize() const { return m_objectSize; }
-    bool                IsDynamic() const { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); }
-
-    wxObjectConstructorFn      GetConstructor() const { return m_objectConstructor; }
-    static const wxClassInfo  *GetFirst() { return sm_first; }
-    const wxClassInfo         *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-    static wxClassInfo        *FindClass(const wxChar *className);
-
-    // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy.
-    // Dual inheritance is catered for.
-
-    bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const
-    {
-        if ( info != 0 )
-        {
-            if ( info == this )
-                return true ;
-
-            for ( int i = 0 ; m_parents[i] ; ++ i )
-            {
-                if ( m_parents[i]->IsKindOf( info ) )
-                    return true ;
-            }
-        }
-        return false ;
-    }
-
-    // if there is a callback registered with that class it will be called
-    // before this object will be written to disk, it can veto streaming out
-    // this object by returning false, if this class has not registered a
-    // callback, the search will go up the inheritance tree if no callback has
-    // been registered true will be returned by default
-    bool BeforeWriteObject( const wxObject *obj, wxWriter *streamer , wxPersister *persister , wxxVariantArray &metadata) const  ;
-
-    // gets the streaming callback from this class or any superclass
-    wxObjectStreamingCallback GetStreamingCallback() const ;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    // Initializes parent pointers and hash table for fast searching.
-    wxDEPRECATED( static void InitializeClasses() );
-    // Cleans up hash table used for fast searching.
-    wxDEPRECATED( static void CleanUpClasses() );
-#endif
-    static void CleanUp();
-
-    // returns the first property
-    const wxPropertyInfo* GetFirstProperty() const { return m_firstProperty ; }
-
-    // returns the first handler
-    const wxHandlerInfo* GetFirstHandler() const { return m_firstHandler ; }
-
-    // Call the Create upon an instance of the class, in the end the object is fully
-    // initialized
-    virtual void Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxxVariant *Params) const
-    {
-        if ( ParamCount != m_constructorPropertiesCount )
-        {
-            wxLogError( _("Illegal Parameter Count for Create Method") ) ;
-            return ;
-        }
-        m_constructor->Create( object , Params ) ;
-    }
-
-    // get number of parameters for constructor
-    virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const { return m_constructorPropertiesCount; }
-
-    // get n-th constructor parameter
-    virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int n) const { return m_constructorProperties[n] ; }
-
-    // Runtime access to objects for simple properties (get/set) by property name, and variant data
-    virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, const wxxVariant &value) const ;
-    virtual wxxVariant GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const;
-
-    // Runtime access to objects for collection properties by property name
-    virtual wxxVariantArray GetPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const ;
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName , const wxxVariant& value) const ;
-
-    // we must be able to cast variants to wxObject pointers, templates seem not to be suitable
-    wxObject* VariantToInstance( wxxVariant &data ) const
-    {
-        if ( data.GetTypeInfo()->GetKind() == wxT_OBJECT )
-            return m_variantToObjectConverter( data ) ;
-        else
-            return m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter( data ) ;
-    }
-
-    wxxVariant InstanceToVariant( wxObject *object ) const { return m_objectToVariantConverter( object ) ; }
-
-    // find property by name
-    virtual const wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const ;
-
-    // find handler by name
-    virtual const wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const ;
-
-    // find property by name
-    virtual wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const ;
-
-    // find handler by name
-    virtual wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const ;
-
-    // puts all the properties of this class and its superclasses in the map, as long as there is not yet
-    // an entry with the same name (overriding mechanism)
-    void GetProperties( wxPropertyInfoMap &map ) const ;
-public:
-    const wxChar            *m_className;
-    int                      m_objectSize;
-    wxObjectConstructorFn    m_objectConstructor;
-
-    // class info object live in a linked list:
-    // pointers to its head and the next element in it
-
-    static wxClassInfo      *sm_first;
-    wxClassInfo             *m_next;
-
-    // FIXME: this should be private (currently used directly by way too
-    //        many clients)
-    static wxHashTable      *sm_classTable;
-
-protected :
-    wxPropertyInfo *         m_firstProperty ;
-    wxHandlerInfo *          m_firstHandler ;
-private:
-    const wxClassInfo**      m_parents ;
-    const wxChar*            m_unitName;
-
-    wxConstructorBridge*     m_constructor ;
-    const wxChar **          m_constructorProperties ;
-    const int                m_constructorPropertiesCount ;
-    wxVariantToObjectConverter m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter ;
-    wxVariantToObjectConverter m_variantToObjectConverter ;
-    wxObjectToVariantConverter m_objectToVariantConverter ;
-    wxObjectStreamingCallback m_streamingCallback ;
-    const wxPropertyAccessor *FindAccessor (const wxChar *propertyName) const ;
-
-
-    // InitializeClasses() helper
-    static wxClassInfo *GetBaseByName(const wxChar *name) ;
-
-protected:
-    // registers the class
-    void Register();
-    void Unregister();
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo)
-};
-
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxChar *name);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicObject
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// this object leads to having a pure runtime-instantiation
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo : public wxClassInfo
-{
-    friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject ;
-public :
-    wxDynamicClassInfo( const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName , const wxClassInfo* superClass ) ;
-    virtual ~wxDynamicClassInfo() ;
-
-    // constructs a wxDynamicObject with an instance
-    virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const ;
-
-    // Call the Create method for a class
-    virtual void Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxxVariant *Params) const ;
-
-    // get number of parameters for constructor
-    virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const ;
-
-    // get i-th constructor parameter
-    virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int i) const ;
-
-    // Runtime access to objects by property name, and variant data
-    virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName, const wxxVariant &Value) const ;
-    virtual wxxVariant GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName) const ;
-
-    // adds a property to this class at runtime
-    void AddProperty( const wxChar *propertyName , const wxTypeInfo* typeInfo ) ;
-
-    // removes an existing runtime-property
-    void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) ;
-
-    // renames an existing runtime-property
-    void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName , const wxChar *newPropertyName ) ;
-
-    // as a handler to this class at runtime
-    void AddHandler( const wxChar *handlerName , wxObjectEventFunction address , const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo ) ;
-
-    // removes an existing runtime-handler
-    void RemoveHandler( const wxChar *handlerName ) ;
-
-    // renames an existing runtime-handler
-    void RenameHandler( const wxChar *oldHandlerName , const wxChar *newHandlerName ) ;
-private :
-    struct wxDynamicClassInfoInternal ;
-    wxDynamicClassInfoInternal* m_data ;
-} ;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Dynamic class macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)           \
- public:                                      \
- static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo;          \
- static const wxClassInfo* ms_classParents[] ; \
- static wxPropertyInfo* GetPropertiesStatic() ; \
- static wxHandlerInfo* GetHandlersStatic() ; \
- static wxClassInfo *GetClassInfoStatic()   \
-{ return &name::ms_classInfo; } \
-    virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const   \
-{ return &name::ms_classInfo; }
-
-/*
-#define _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)           \
- public:                                      \
- static wxClassInfo ms_class##name;          \
- static const wxClassInfo* ms_classParents##name[] ; \
- static wxPropertyInfo* GetPropertiesStatic() ; \
- static wxHandlerInfo* GetHandlersStatic() ; \
- static wxClassInfo *GetClassInfoStatic()   \
-{ return &name::ms_class##name; } \
-    virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const   \
-{ return &name::ms_class##name; }
-*/
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)           \
-    static wxConstructorBridge* ms_constructor ; \
-    static const wxChar * ms_constructorProperties[] ; \
-    static const int ms_constructorPropertiesCount ; \
-    _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name)   \
-    DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name)               \
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name)   \
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name)               \
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-#define DECLARE_CLASS(name) DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for concrete classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
-// Single inheritance with one base class
-
-#define _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(n , toString , fromString ) \
-    wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfo##n(wxT_OBJECT , &n::ms_classInfo , toString , fromString , typeid(n).name()) ; \
-    wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfoPtr##n(wxT_OBJECT_PTR , &n::ms_classInfo , toString , fromString , typeid(n*).name()) ;
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename, unit , callback)                 \
-    wxObject* wxConstructorFor##name()                             \
-{ return new name; }                                          \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo ,NULL } ; \
-    wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name*) ; } \
-    wxxVariant wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) { return wxxVariant( dynamic_cast (data)  ) ; } \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxT(unit) , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),name::ms_constructor , name::ms_constructorProperties ,     \
-    name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount , wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name , NULL , wxObjectToVariantConverter##name , callback);
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY(name, basename, unit, callback )                 \
-    wxObject* wxConstructorFor##name()                             \
-{ return new name; }                                          \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo ,NULL } ; \
-    wxObject* wxVariantToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return &data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name) ; } \
-    wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name*) ; } \
-    wxxVariant wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) { return wxxVariant( dynamic_cast (data)  ) ; } \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxT(unit) , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),name::ms_constructor , name::ms_constructorProperties,     \
-    name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount , wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name , wxVariantToObjectConverter##name , wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, callback);
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name , basename ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name , basename , "" , NULL ) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL) \
-    const wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    const wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name , basename ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name , basename , "" , NULL ) \
-     _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL) \
-   wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( name , basename , unit ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name , basename , unit , NULL ) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK( name , basename , unit , callback ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name , basename , unit , &callback ) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI( name , basename , unit ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name , basename , unit , NULL  ) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( name , basename , unit , toString , fromString ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name , basename , unit , NULL  ) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, toString , fromString)
-
-// this is for classes that do not derive from wxobject, there are no creators for these
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_NO_BASE_XTI( name , unit ) \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { NULL } ; \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxEmptyString , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),0 , 0 ,     \
-    0 , 0 , 0 );    \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-// this is for subclasses that still do not derive from wxobject
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_XTI( name , basename, unit ) \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo ,NULL } ; \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxEmptyString , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),0 , 0 ,     \
-    0 , 0 , 0 );    \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-
-// Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename, basename2, unit)                 \
-    wxObject* wxConstructorFor##name()                             \
-{ return new name; }                                          \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo ,&basename2::ms_classInfo , NULL } ; \
-    wxObject* wxVariantToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name*) ; } \
-    wxxVariant wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) { return wxxVariant( dynamic_cast (data)  ) ; } \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxT(unit) , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),name::ms_constructor , name::ms_constructorProperties ,     \
-    name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount , wxVariantToObjectConverter##name, wxVariantToObjectConverter##name , wxObjectToVariantConverter##name);    \
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name , basename , basename2) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name , basename , basename2 , "") \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL) \
-    wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI( name , basename , basename2, unit) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name , basename , basename2 , unit) \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for abstract classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
-// Single inheritance with one base class
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename)                \
-    const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo ,NULL } ; \
-    wxObject* wxVariantToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name*) ; } \
-    wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ( wxxVariant &data ) { return data.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get , name*) ; } \
-    wxxVariant wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) { return wxxVariant( dynamic_cast (data)  ) ; } \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents , wxEmptyString , wxT(#name),   \
-    (int) sizeof(name),                              \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0   ,   \
-    name::GetPropertiesStatic(),name::GetHandlersStatic(),0 , 0 ,     \
-    0 , wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ,wxVariantToObjectConverter##name , wxObjectToVariantConverter##name);    \
-    _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL , NULL)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name , basename ) \
-    _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name , basename ) \
-    wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL ; } \
-    wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL ; }
-
-// Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)   \
-    wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name), wxT(#basename1),  \
-    wxT(#basename2), (int) sizeof(name),                \
-    (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0);
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS2 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( a , b ) BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( a , b )
-#define wxEND_EVENT_TABLE() END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Collection Support
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template void wxListCollectionToVariantArray( const collection_t& coll , wxxVariantArray &value )
-{
-    iter current = coll.GetFirst() ;
-    while (current)
-    {
-        value.Add( new wxxVariant(current->GetData()) ) ;
-        current = current->GetNext();
-    }
-}
-
-template void wxArrayCollectionToVariantArray( const collection_t& coll , wxxVariantArray &value )
-{
-    for( size_t i = 0 ; i < coll.GetCount() ; i++ )
-    {
-        value.Add( new wxxVariant(coll[i]) ) ;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#endif // _WX_XTIH__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtistrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtistrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bc902b4d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtistrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xtistrm.h
-// Purpose:     streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27/07/03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xtistrm.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTISTRMH__
-#define _WX_XTISTRMH__
-
-#include "wx/wx.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-const int wxInvalidObjectID = -2 ;
-const int wxNullObjectID = -3 ;
-
-// Filer contains the interfaces for streaming objects in and out of XML,
-// rendering them either to objects in memory, or to code.  Note:  We
-// consider the process of generating code to be one of *depersisting* the
-// object from xml, *not* of persisting the object to code from an object
-// in memory.  This distincation can be confusing, and should be kept
-// in mind when looking at the property streamers and callback interfaces
-// listed below.
-
-/*
-Main interfaces for streaming out objects.
-*/
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersister
-//
-// This class will be asked during the streaming-out process about every single
-// property or object instance. It can veto streaming out by returning false
-// or modify the value before it is streamed-out.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWriter ;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxReader ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPersister
-{
-public :
-    // will be called before an object is written, may veto by returning false
-    virtual bool BeforeWriteObject( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer) , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object) , const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo) , wxxVariantArray &WXUNUSED(metadata)) { return true ; }
-
-    // will be called after this object has been written, may be needed for adjusting stacks
-    virtual void AfterWriteObject( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer)  , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object) , const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo) ) {}
-
-    // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value , eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord , wxDefaultCoord ) or veto
-    // writing that property at all by returning false
-    virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer)  , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) , wxxVariant &WXUNUSED(value) )  { return true ; }
-
-    // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value , eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord , wxDefaultCoord ) or veto
-    // writing that property at all by returning false
-    virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer)  , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) , wxxVariantArray &WXUNUSED(value) )  { return true ; }
-
-    // will be called after a property has been written out, may be needed for adjusting stacks
-    virtual void AfterWriteProperty( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer)  , const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) ) {}
-
-    // will be called before this delegate gets written
-    virtual bool BeforeWriteDelegate( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer) , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),  const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo) , const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) ,
-        const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink) , const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) ) { return true ; }
-
-        virtual void AfterWriteDelegate( wxWriter *WXUNUSED(writer) , const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),  const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo) , const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) ,
-            const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink) , const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) ) { }
-} ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWriter : public wxObject
-{
-public :
-    wxWriter() ;
-    virtual ~wxWriter() ;
-
-    // with this call you start writing out a new top-level object
-    void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo , wxPersister *persister , const wxString &name , wxxVariantArray &WXUNUSED(metadata)) ;
-
-    //
-    // Managing the object identity table a.k.a context
-    //
-    // these methods make sure that no object gets written twice, because sometimes multiple calls to the WriteObject will be
-    // made without wanting to have duplicate objects written, the object identity table will be reset manually
-
-    virtual void ClearObjectContext() ;
-
-    // gets the object Id for a passed in object in the context
-    int GetObjectID(const wxObject *obj) ;
-
-    // returns true if this object has already been written in this context
-    bool IsObjectKnown( const wxObject *obj ) ;
-
-    //
-    // streaming callbacks
-    //
-    // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
-
-    // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0 ;
-
-    // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
-    virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0 ;
-
-    // start of writing an object having the passed in ID
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID , wxxVariantArray &metadata ) = 0 ;
-
-    // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique identification within the container
-    virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID ) = 0 ;
-
-    // writes a simple property in the stream format
-    virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( wxxVariant &value ) = 0 ;
-
-    // start of writing a complex property into the stream (
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0 ;
-
-    // end of writing a complex property into the stream
-    virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteElement() = 0 ;
-    virtual void DoEndWriteElement() = 0 ;
-    // insert an object reference to an already written object
-    virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID ) = 0 ;
-
-    // insert a null reference
-    virtual void DoWriteNullObject() = 0 ;
-
-    // writes a delegate in the stream format
-    virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object,  const wxClassInfo* classInfo , const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ,
-        const wxObject *eventSink , int sinkObjectID , const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo , const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo ) = 0;
-private :
-
-    struct wxWriterInternal ;
-    wxWriterInternal* m_data ;
-
-    struct wxWriterInternalPropertiesData ;
-
-    void WriteAllProperties( const wxObject * obj , const wxClassInfo* ci , wxPersister *persister, wxWriterInternalPropertiesData * data ) ;
-    void WriteOneProperty( const wxObject *obj , const wxClassInfo* ci , const wxPropertyInfo* pi , wxPersister *persister , wxWriterInternalPropertiesData *data ) ;
-    void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo , wxPersister *persister , bool isEmbedded, wxxVariantArray &metadata ) ;
-    void FindConnectEntry(const wxEvtHandler * evSource,const wxDelegateTypeInfo* dti, const wxObject* &sink , const wxHandlerInfo *&handler) ;
-} ;
-
-
-/*
-Streaming callbacks for depersisting XML to code, or running objects
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDepersister ;
-
-/*
-wxReader handles streaming in a class from a arbitrary format. While walking through
-it issues calls out to interfaces to depersist the guts from the underlying storage format.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxReader : public wxObject
-{
-public :
-    wxReader() ;
-    virtual ~wxReader() ;
-
-    // the only thing wxReader knows about is the class info by object ID
-    wxClassInfo *GetObjectClassInfo(int objectID) ;
-    bool HasObjectClassInfo( int objectID ) ;
-    void SetObjectClassInfo(int objectID, wxClassInfo* classInfo);
-
-    // Reads the component the reader is pointed at from the underlying format.
-    // The return value is the root object ID, which can
-    // then be used to ask the depersister about that object
-    // if there was a problem you will get back wxInvalidObjectID and the current
-    // error log will carry the problems encoutered
-    virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name , wxDepersister *depersist ) = 0 ;
-
-private :
-    struct wxReaderInternal;
-    wxReaderInternal *m_data;
-} ;
-
-// This abstract class matches the allocate-init/create model of creation of objects.
-// At runtime, these will create actual instances, and manipulate them.
-// When generating code, these will just create statements of C++
-// code to create the objects.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDepersister
-{
-public :
-    // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
-    virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo, wxxVariantArray &metadata) = 0;
-
-    // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with the Create method
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void CreateObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *VariantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues ,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) = 0;
-
-    // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID (for objects that
-    // don't support allocate-create type of creation)
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *VariantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues ,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) = 0;
-
-    // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be used if an object
-    // is embedded in another object and set via value semantics, so the intermediate
-    // object can be destroyed after safely
-    virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo) = 0;
-
-    // set the corresponding property
-    virtual void SetProperty(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &VariantValue) = 0;
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) = 0;
-
-    // adds an element to a property collection
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID ,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &VariantValue) = 0;
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) = 0;
-
-    // sets the corresponding event handler
-    virtual void SetConnect(int EventSourceObjectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *EventSourceClassInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo ,
-        const wxClassInfo *EventSinkClassInfo ,
-        const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo ,
-        int EventSinkObjectID ) = 0;
-};
-
-/*
-wxRuntimeDepersister implements the callbacks that will depersist
-an object into a running memory image, as opposed to writing
-C++ initialization code to bring the object to life.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRuntimeDepersister : public wxDepersister
-{
-    struct wxRuntimeDepersisterInternal ;
-    wxRuntimeDepersisterInternal * m_data ;
-public :
-    wxRuntimeDepersister();
-    virtual ~wxRuntimeDepersister();
-
-    // returns the object having the corresponding ID fully constructed
-    wxObject *GetObject(int objectID) ;
-
-    // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
-    virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) ;
-
-    // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with the Create method
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void CreateObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *VariantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata
-        ) ;
-
-    // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID (for objects that
-    // don't support allocate-create type of creation)
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *VariantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues ,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) ;
-
-    // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be used if an object
-    // is embedded in another object and set via value semantics, so the intermediate
-    // object can be destroyed after safely
-    virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo) ;
-
-    // set the corresponding property
-    virtual void SetProperty(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &variantValue);
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectId,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) ;
-
-    // adds an element to a property collection
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID ,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &VariantValue) ;
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) ;
-
-    // sets the corresponding event handler
-    virtual void SetConnect(int eventSourceObjectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *eventSourceClassInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo ,
-        const wxClassInfo *eventSinkClassInfo ,
-        const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo ,
-        int eventSinkObjectID ) ;
-};
-
-/*
-wxDepersisterCode implements the callbacks that will depersist
-an object into a C++ initialization function. this will move to
-a utility lib soon
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCodeDepersister : public wxDepersister
-{
-private :
-    struct wxCodeDepersisterInternal ;
-    wxCodeDepersisterInternal * m_data ;
-    wxTextOutputStream *m_fp;
-    wxString ValueAsCode( const wxxVariant ¶m ) ;
-public:
-    wxCodeDepersister(wxTextOutputStream *out);
-    virtual ~wxCodeDepersister();
-
-    // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
-    virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) ;
-
-    // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with the Create method
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void CreateObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *variantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata
-        ) ;
-
-     // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID (for objects that
-    // don't support allocate-create type of creation)
-    // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
-    // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
-    virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        int paramCount,
-        wxxVariant *VariantValues ,
-        int *objectIDValues ,
-        const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos ,
-        wxxVariantArray &metadata) ;
-
-    // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be used if an object
-    // is embedded in another object and set via value semantics, so the intermediate
-    // object can be destroyed after safely
-    virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo) ;
-
-    // set the corresponding property
-    virtual void SetProperty(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &variantValue);
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectId,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) ;
-
-    // adds an element to a property collection
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID ,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        const wxxVariant &VariantValue) ;
-
-    // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
-    virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo ,
-        int valueObjectId) ;
-
-    // sets the corresponding event handler
-    virtual void SetConnect(int eventSourceObjectID,
-        const wxClassInfo *eventSourceClassInfo,
-        const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo ,
-        const wxClassInfo *eventSinkClassInfo ,
-        const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo ,
-        int eventSinkObjectID ) ;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtixml.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtixml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 92407dae2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/xtixml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/xtixml.h
-// Purpose:     xml streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author:      Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     27/07/03
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: xtixml.h 41020 2006-09-05 20:47:48Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTIXMLH__
-#define _WX_XTIXMLH__
-
-#include "wx/wx.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/xtistrm.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlNode ;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlWriter : public wxWriter
-{
-public :
-
-    wxXmlWriter( wxXmlNode * parent ) ;
-    virtual ~wxXmlWriter() ;
-
-    //
-    // streaming callbacks
-    //
-    // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
-    //
-
-    //
-    // streaming callbacks
-    //
-    // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
-
-    // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name )  ;
-
-    // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
-    virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name )  ;
-
-    // start of writing an object having the passed in ID
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID , wxxVariantArray &metadata ) ;
-
-    // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique identification within the container
-    virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID ) ;
-
-    // writes a simple property in the stream format
-    virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( wxxVariant &value )  ;
-
-    // start of writing a complex property into the stream (
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo )  ;
-
-    // end of writing a complex property into the stream
-    virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) ;
-
-    virtual void DoBeginWriteElement() ;
-    virtual void DoEndWriteElement() ;
-
-    // insert an object reference to an already written object
-    virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID )  ;
-
-    // insert a null reference
-    virtual void DoWriteNullObject()  ;
-
-    // writes a delegate in the stream format
-    virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object,  const wxClassInfo* classInfo , const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ,
-        const wxObject *eventSink , int sinkObjectID , const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo , const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo ) ;
-private :
-    struct wxXmlWriterInternal ;
-    wxXmlWriterInternal* m_data ;
-} ;
-
-/*
-wxXmlReader handles streaming in a class from XML
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlReader : public wxReader
-{
-public:
-    wxXmlReader(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_parent = parent ; }
-    virtual ~wxXmlReader() {}
-
-    // Reads a component from XML.  The return value is the root object ID, which can
-    // then be used to ask the depersister about that object
-
-    virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name , wxDepersister *depersist ) ;
-
-private :
-    int ReadComponent(wxXmlNode *parent, wxDepersister *callbacks);
-
-    // read the content of this node (simple type) and return the corresponding value
-    wxxVariant ReadValue(wxXmlNode *Node,
-        const wxTypeInfo *type );
-
-    wxXmlNode * m_parent ;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zipstrm.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zipstrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 77766a981..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zipstrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,574 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/zipstrm.h
-// Purpose:     Streams for Zip files
-// Author:      Mike Wetherell
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: zipstrm.h 53135 2008-04-12 02:31:04Z VZ $
-// Copyright:   (c) Mike Wetherell
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/archive.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-// some methods from wxZipInputStream and wxZipOutputStream stream do not get
-// exported/imported when compiled with Mingw versions before 3.4.2. So they
-// are imported/exported individually as a workaround
-#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__)) \
-    && (!defined __GNUC__ \
-       || !defined __GNUC_MINOR__ \
-       || !defined __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ \
-       || __GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ < 30402)
-#define WXZIPFIX WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-#else
-#define WXZIPFIX
-#endif
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// constants
-
-// Compression Method, only 0 (store) and 8 (deflate) are supported here
-//
-enum wxZipMethod
-{
-    wxZIP_METHOD_STORE,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_SHRINK,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE1,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE2,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE3,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE4,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_IMPLODE,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_TOKENIZE,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE64,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_BZIP2 = 12,
-    wxZIP_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0xffff
-};
-
-// Originating File-System.
-//
-// These are Pkware's values. Note that Info-zip disagree on some of them,
-// most notably NTFS.
-//
-enum wxZipSystem
-{
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_AMIGA,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_VM_CMS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS2_HPFS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_MACINTOSH,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_Z_SYSTEM,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_CPM,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_WINDOWS_NTFS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_MVS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_VSE,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_VFAT,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_ALTERNATE_MVS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM,
-    wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS_400
-};
-
-// Dos/Win file attributes
-//
-enum wxZipAttributes
-{
-    wxZIP_A_RDONLY = 0x01,
-    wxZIP_A_HIDDEN = 0x02,
-    wxZIP_A_SYSTEM = 0x04,
-    wxZIP_A_SUBDIR = 0x10,
-    wxZIP_A_ARCH   = 0x20,
-
-    wxZIP_A_MASK   = 0x37
-};
-
-// Values for the flags field in the zip headers
-//
-enum wxZipFlags
-{
-    wxZIP_ENCRYPTED         = 0x0001,
-    wxZIP_DEFLATE_NORMAL    = 0x0000,   // normal compression
-    wxZIP_DEFLATE_EXTRA     = 0x0002,   // extra compression
-    wxZIP_DEFLATE_FAST      = 0x0004,   // fast compression
-    wxZIP_DEFLATE_SUPERFAST = 0x0006,   // superfast compression
-    wxZIP_DEFLATE_MASK      = 0x0006,
-    wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW       = 0x0008,   // crc and sizes come after the data
-    wxZIP_ENHANCED          = 0x0010,
-    wxZIP_PATCH             = 0x0020,
-    wxZIP_STRONG_ENC        = 0x0040,
-    wxZIP_UNUSED            = 0x0F80,
-    wxZIP_RESERVED          = 0xF000
-};
-
-// Forward decls
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipEntry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipInputStream;
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipNotifier
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipNotifier
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxZipNotifier() { }
-
-    virtual void OnEntryUpdated(wxZipEntry& entry) = 0;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Zip Entry - holds the meta data for a file in the zip
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipEntry : public wxArchiveEntry
-{
-public:
-    wxZipEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
-               wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-    virtual ~wxZipEntry();
-
-    wxZipEntry(const wxZipEntry& entry);
-    wxZipEntry& operator=(const wxZipEntry& entry);
-
-    // Get accessors
-    wxDateTime   GetDateTime() const            { return m_DateTime; }
-    wxFileOffset GetSize() const                { return m_Size; }
-    wxFileOffset GetOffset() const              { return m_Offset; }
-    wxString     GetInternalName() const        { return m_Name; }
-    int          GetMethod() const              { return m_Method; }
-    int          GetFlags() const               { return m_Flags; }
-    wxUint32     GetCrc() const                 { return m_Crc; }
-    wxFileOffset GetCompressedSize() const      { return m_CompressedSize; }
-    int          GetSystemMadeBy() const        { return m_SystemMadeBy; }
-    wxString     GetComment() const             { return m_Comment; }
-    wxUint32     GetExternalAttributes() const  { return m_ExternalAttributes; }
-    wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const      { return wxPATH_UNIX; }
-    int          GetMode() const;
-    const char  *GetLocalExtra() const;
-    size_t       GetLocalExtraLen() const;
-    const char  *GetExtra() const;
-    size_t       GetExtraLen() const;
-    wxString     GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
-    // is accessors
-    inline bool IsDir() const;
-    inline bool IsText() const;
-    inline bool IsReadOnly() const;
-    inline bool IsMadeByUnix() const;
-
-    // set accessors
-    void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt)      { m_DateTime = dt; }
-    void SetSize(wxFileOffset size)             { m_Size = size; }
-    void SetMethod(int method)                  { m_Method = (wxUint16)method; }
-    void SetComment(const wxString& comment)    { m_Comment = comment; }
-    void SetExternalAttributes(wxUint32 attr )  { m_ExternalAttributes = attr; }
-    void SetSystemMadeBy(int system);
-    void SetMode(int mode);
-    void SetExtra(const char *extra, size_t len);
-    void SetLocalExtra(const char *extra, size_t len);
-
-    inline void SetName(const wxString& name,
-                        wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
-                                    wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE,
-                                    bool *pIsDir = NULL);
-
-    // set is accessors
-    void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true);
-    inline void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true);
-    inline void SetIsText(bool isText = true);
-
-    wxZipEntry *Clone() const                   { return ZipClone(); }
-
-    void SetNotifier(wxZipNotifier& notifier);
-    void UnsetNotifier();
-
-protected:
-    // Internal attributes
-    enum { TEXT_ATTR = 1 };
-
-    // protected Get accessors
-    int GetVersionNeeded() const                { return m_VersionNeeded; }
-    wxFileOffset GetKey() const                 { return m_Key; }
-    int GetVersionMadeBy() const                { return m_VersionMadeBy; }
-    int GetDiskStart() const                    { return m_DiskStart; }
-    int GetInternalAttributes() const           { return m_InternalAttributes; }
-
-    void SetVersionNeeded(int version)          { m_VersionNeeded = (wxUint16)version; }
-    void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset)         { m_Offset = offset; }
-    void SetFlags(int flags)                    { m_Flags = (wxUint16)flags; }
-    void SetVersionMadeBy(int version)          { m_VersionMadeBy = (wxUint8)version; }
-    void SetCrc(wxUint32 crc)                   { m_Crc = crc; }
-    void SetCompressedSize(wxFileOffset size)   { m_CompressedSize = size; }
-    void SetKey(wxFileOffset offset)            { m_Key = offset; }
-    void SetDiskStart(int start)                { m_DiskStart = (wxUint16)start; }
-    void SetInternalAttributes(int attr)        { m_InternalAttributes = (wxUint16)attr; }
-
-    virtual wxZipEntry *ZipClone() const        { return new wxZipEntry(*this); }
-
-    void Notify();
-
-private:
-    wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const             { return ZipClone(); }
-
-    size_t ReadLocal(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
-    size_t WriteLocal(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
-    size_t ReadCentral(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
-    size_t WriteCentral(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
-    size_t ReadDescriptor(wxInputStream& stream);
-    size_t WriteDescriptor(wxOutputStream& stream, wxUint32 crc,
-                           wxFileOffset compressedSize, wxFileOffset size);
-
-    wxUint8      m_SystemMadeBy;       // one of enum wxZipSystem
-    wxUint8      m_VersionMadeBy;      // major * 10 + minor
-
-    wxUint16     m_VersionNeeded;      // ver needed to extract (20 i.e. v2.0)
-    wxUint16     m_Flags;
-    wxUint16     m_Method;             // compression method (one of wxZipMethod)
-    wxDateTime   m_DateTime;
-    wxUint32     m_Crc;
-    wxFileOffset m_CompressedSize;
-    wxFileOffset m_Size;
-    wxString     m_Name;               // in internal format
-    wxFileOffset m_Key;                // the original offset for copied entries
-    wxFileOffset m_Offset;             // file offset of the entry
-
-    wxString     m_Comment;
-    wxUint16     m_DiskStart;          // for multidisk archives, not unsupported
-    wxUint16     m_InternalAttributes; // bit 0 set for text files
-    wxUint32     m_ExternalAttributes; // system specific depends on SystemMadeBy
-
-    class wxZipMemory *m_Extra;
-    class wxZipMemory *m_LocalExtra;
-
-    wxZipNotifier *m_zipnotifier;
-    class wxZipWeakLinks *m_backlink;
-
-    friend class wxZipInputStream;
-    friend class wxZipOutputStream;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipEntry)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipOutputStream
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxZipEntry, wxZipEntryList_, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream
-{
-public:
-    wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
-                      int level = -1,
-                      wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream,
-                      int level = -1,
-                      wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipOutputStream();
-
-    bool PutNextEntry(wxZipEntry *entry)        { return DoCreate(entry); }
-
-    bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(const wxString& name,
-                               const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
-                               wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-
-    bool WXZIPFIX PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name,
-                                  const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now());
-
-    bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-    bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-
-    void WXZIPFIX Sync();
-    bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry();
-    bool WXZIPFIX Close();
-
-    void SetComment(const wxString& comment)    { m_Comment = comment; }
-
-    int  GetLevel() const                       { return m_level; }
-    void WXZIPFIX SetLevel(int level);
-
-protected:
-    virtual size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const      { return m_entrySize; }
-
-    // this protected interface isn't yet finalised
-    struct Buffer { const char *m_data; size_t m_size; };
-    virtual wxOutputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenCompressor(wxOutputStream& stream,
-                                                    wxZipEntry& entry,
-                                                    const Buffer bufs[]);
-    virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseCompressor(wxOutputStream *comp);
-
-    bool IsParentSeekable() const
-        { return m_offsetAdjustment != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
-private:
-    void Init(int level);
-
-    bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry);
-    bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
-    bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
-
-    bool IsOpened() const { return m_comp || m_pending; }
-
-    bool DoCreate(wxZipEntry *entry, bool raw = false);
-    void CreatePendingEntry(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-    void CreatePendingEntry();
-
-    class wxStoredOutputStream *m_store;
-    class wxZlibOutputStream2 *m_deflate;
-    class wxZipStreamLink *m_backlink;
-    wxZipEntryList_ m_entries;
-    char *m_initialData;
-    size_t m_initialSize;
-    wxZipEntry *m_pending;
-    bool m_raw;
-    wxFileOffset m_headerOffset;
-    size_t m_headerSize;
-    wxFileOffset m_entrySize;
-    wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator;
-    wxOutputStream *m_comp;
-    int m_level;
-    wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment;
-    wxString m_Comment;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipOutputStream)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipInputStream
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream
-{
-public:
-    typedef wxZipEntry entry_type;
-
-    wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-    wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE
-    wxZipInputStream(const wxString& archive, const wxString& file)
-     : wxArchiveInputStream(OpenFile(archive), wxConvLocal) { Init(file); }
-#endif
-
-    virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipInputStream();
-
-    bool OpenEntry(wxZipEntry& entry)   { return DoOpen(&entry); }
-    bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry();
-
-    wxZipEntry *GetNextEntry();
-
-    wxString WXZIPFIX GetComment();
-    int WXZIPFIX GetTotalEntries();
-
-    virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_entry.GetSize(); }
-
-protected:
-    size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-    wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_decomp ? m_decomp->TellI() : 0; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    wxFileOffset WXZIPFIX OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-#endif
-
-    // this protected interface isn't yet finalised
-    virtual wxInputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenDecompressor(wxInputStream& stream);
-    virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseDecompressor(wxInputStream *decomp);
-
-private:
-    void Init();
-    void Init(const wxString& file);
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE
-    static wxInputStream *OpenFile(const wxString& archive);
-#endif
-
-    wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry()    { return GetNextEntry(); }
-
-    bool WXZIPFIX OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry);
-
-    wxStreamError ReadLocal(bool readEndRec = false);
-    wxStreamError ReadCentral();
-
-    wxUint32 ReadSignature();
-    bool FindEndRecord();
-    bool LoadEndRecord();
-
-    bool AtHeader() const       { return m_headerSize == 0; }
-    bool AfterHeader() const    { return m_headerSize > 0 && !m_decomp; }
-    bool IsOpened() const       { return m_decomp != NULL; }
-
-    wxZipStreamLink *MakeLink(wxZipOutputStream *out);
-
-    bool DoOpen(wxZipEntry *entry = NULL, bool raw = false);
-    bool OpenDecompressor(bool raw = false);
-
-    class wxStoredInputStream *m_store;
-    class wxZlibInputStream2 *m_inflate;
-    class wxRawInputStream *m_rawin;
-    wxZipEntry m_entry;
-    bool m_raw;
-    size_t m_headerSize;
-    wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator;
-    wxInputStream *m_decomp;
-    bool m_parentSeekable;
-    class wxZipWeakLinks *m_weaklinks;
-    class wxZipStreamLink *m_streamlink;
-    wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment;
-    wxFileOffset m_position;
-    wxUint32 m_signature;
-    size_t m_TotalEntries;
-    wxString m_Comment;
-
-    friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyEntry(
-                    wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-    friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyArchiveMetaData(
-                    wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-    bool m_allowSeeking;
-    friend class wxArchiveFSHandler;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipInputStream)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Iterators
-
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-typedef wxArchiveIterator wxZipIter;
-typedef wxArchiveIterator > wxZipPairIter;
-#endif
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipClassFactory
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory
-{
-public:
-    typedef wxZipEntry        entry_type;
-    typedef wxZipInputStream  instream_type;
-    typedef wxZipOutputStream outstream_type;
-    typedef wxZipNotifier     notifier_type;
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-    typedef wxZipIter         iter_type;
-    typedef wxZipPairIter     pairiter_type;
-#endif
-
-    wxZipClassFactory();
-
-    wxZipEntry *NewEntry() const
-        { return new wxZipEntry; }
-    wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
-    wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); }
-    wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
-    wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); }
-
-    wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
-                             wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
-        { return wxZipEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); }
-
-    const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                       = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const
-        { return NewEntry(); }
-    wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-    wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return NewStream(stream); }
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipClassFactory)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipEntry inlines
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsText() const
-{
-    return (m_InternalAttributes & TEXT_ATTR) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsDir() const
-{
-    return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_SUBDIR) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsReadOnly() const
-{
-    return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_RDONLY) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsMadeByUnix() const
-{
-    const int pattern =
-        (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS) |
-        (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX) |
-        (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST) |
-        (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC) |
-        (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS) | (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM);
-
-    // note: some unix zippers put madeby = dos
-    return (m_SystemMadeBy == wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS
-            && (m_ExternalAttributes & ~0xFFFF))
-        || ((pattern >> m_SystemMadeBy) & 1);
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsText(bool isText)
-{
-    if (isText)
-        m_InternalAttributes |= TEXT_ATTR;
-    else
-        m_InternalAttributes &= ~TEXT_ATTR;
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly)
-{
-    if (isReadOnly)
-        SetMode(GetMode() & ~0222);
-    else
-        SetMode(GetMode() | 0200);
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetName(const wxString& name,
-                                wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/)
-{
-    bool isDir;
-    m_Name = GetInternalName(name, format, &isDir);
-    SetIsDir(isDir);
-}
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-#endif // _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zstream.h b/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f7051312..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/windows/wx/include/wx/zstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/zstream.h
-// Purpose:     Memory stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Mike Wetherell
-// Created:     11/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id: zstream.h 54688 2008-07-18 08:06:44Z MW $
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-// Compression level
-enum {
-    wxZ_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = -1,
-    wxZ_NO_COMPRESSION = 0,
-    wxZ_BEST_SPEED = 1,
-    wxZ_BEST_COMPRESSION = 9
-};
-
-// Flags
-enum {
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-    wxZLIB_24COMPATIBLE = 4, // read v2.4.x data without error
-#endif
-    wxZLIB_NO_HEADER = 0,    // raw deflate stream, no header or checksum
-    wxZLIB_ZLIB = 1,         // zlib header and checksum
-    wxZLIB_GZIP = 2,         // gzip header and checksum, requires zlib 1.2.1+
-    wxZLIB_AUTO = 3          // autodetect header zlib or gzip
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibInputStream: public wxFilterInputStream {
- public:
-  wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO);
-  wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO);
-  virtual ~wxZlibInputStream();
-
-  char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); }
-  wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInputStream::GetLength(); }
-
-  static bool CanHandleGZip();
-
- protected:
-  size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-  wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
-
- private:
-  void Init(int flags);
-
- protected:
-  size_t m_z_size;
-  unsigned char *m_z_buffer;
-  struct z_stream_s *m_inflate;
-  wxFileOffset m_pos;
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-  bool m_24compatibilty;
-#endif
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibOutputStream: public wxFilterOutputStream {
- public:
-  wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB);
-  wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB);
-  virtual ~wxZlibOutputStream() { Close(); }
-
-  void Sync() { DoFlush(false); }
-  bool Close();
-  wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_pos; }
-
-  static bool CanHandleGZip();
-
- protected:
-  size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-  wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
-
-  virtual void DoFlush(bool final);
-
- private:
-  void Init(int level, int flags);
-
- protected:
-  size_t m_z_size;
-  unsigned char *m_z_buffer;
-  struct z_stream_s *m_deflate;
-  wxFileOffset m_pos;
-
-  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibOutputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory
-{
-public:
-    wxZlibClassFactory();
-
-    wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
-    wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
-    wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
-    wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
-
-    const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                       = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZlibClassFactory)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGzipClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory
-{
-public:
-    wxGzipClassFactory();
-
-    wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
-    wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1, wxZLIB_GZIP); }
-    wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
-    wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
-        { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1, wxZLIB_GZIP); }
-
-    const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
-                                       = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGzipClassFactory)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
-   // _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/wx-2.8.10_from_tastools b/desmume/src/windows/wx/wx-2.8.10_from_tastools
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/desmume/src/windows/wx/wx.7z b/desmume/src/windows/wx/wx.7z
deleted file mode 100644
index a8f3e95a4..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/windows/wx/wx.7z and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/7z.dll b/desmume/src/wx/7z.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 95093da8a..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/wx/7z.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/7z.exe b/desmume/src/wx/7z.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 789d08922..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/wx/7z.exe and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME.xpm b/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME.xpm
deleted file mode 100644
index d1ce27621..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME.xpm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* XPM */
-static const char * DeSmuME_xpm[] = {
-"32 32 15 1",
-" 	c None",
-".	c #000000",
-"+	c #F6F6FB",
-"@	c #ECECF6",
-"#	c #E2E2F1",
-"$	c #D8D8EC",
-"%	c #CFCFE7",
-"&	c #C5C5E2",
-"*	c #BBBBDE",
-"=	c #B1B1D9",
-"-	c #A8A8D4",
-";	c #9E9ECF",
-">	c #9494CA",
-",	c #8A8AC5",
-"'	c #8080C0",
-"   ....................         ",
-"   ....................         ",
-".....++..+++++..+++++..         ",
-".....++..++.....++.....         ",
-"..@@@@@..@@@@@..@@@@@..         ",
-"..@@.@@..@@........@@..         ",
-"..##.##..##.##..##.##..         ",
-"..##.##..##.##..##.##..         ",
-"..$$.$$..$$.$$..$$.$$..         ",
-"..$$.$$..$$.$$..$$.$$..         ",
-"..%%.%%..%%.%%..%%.%%..         ",
-"..%%.%%..%%.%%..%%.%%..         ",
-"..&&&&&..&&&&&..&&&&&..         ",
-".......................         ",
-".......********.**.**..         ",
-"     ..==.==.==.==.==..         ",
-"     ..==.==.==.==.==..         ",
-"     ..--.--.--.--.--..         ",
-"     ..--.--.--.--.--..         ",
-"     ..;;.;;.;;.;;;;;..         ",
-"     .....................      ",
-"     .....................      ",
-"        ..>>>>>>>>.>>>>>..      ",
-"        ..>>.>>.>>.>>.....      ",
-"        ..,,.,,.,,.,,,,,..      ",
-"        ..,,.,,.,,.,,.....      ",
-"        ..''.''.''.''.''..      ",
-"        ..''.''.''.''.''..      ",
-"        ..''.''.''.''.''..      ",
-"        ..''.''.''.'''''..      ",
-"        ..................      ",
-"        ..................      "};
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x64.manifest b/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x64.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index eb4b02149..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x64.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-DeSmuME
-
-    
-        
-    
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x86.manifest b/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x86.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e25cd13f..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/DeSmuME_x86.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-DeSmuME
-
-    
-        
-    
-
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Configuration.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Configuration.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e9aefa4d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Configuration.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-
-// Project description
-// -------------------
-// Name: Input Configuration and Calibration
-// Description: Common SDL Input Functions
-//
-// Author: Falcon4ever (nJoy@falcon4ever.com, www.multigesture.net), JPeterson etc
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-//
-
-//
-// Licensetype: GNU General Public License (GPL)
-//
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-//
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-//
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-//
-
-
-
-
-
-// Include
-// -------------------
-#if defined HAVE_WX && HAVE_WX
-	#include 
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define NOMINMAX
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include "SDL.h" // Local
-
-
-
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-
-
-
-// Degree to radian and back
-// -------------
-float Deg2Rad(float Deg)
-{
-	return Deg * (float)M_PI / 180.0f;
-}
-float Rad2Deg(float Rad)
-{
-	return Rad * 180.0f / (float)M_PI;
-}
-
-// Check if the pad is within the dead zone, we assume the range is 0x8000
-// ----------------
-static float CoordinatesToRadius(int x, int y)
-{
-	return sqrt(pow((float)x, 2) +  pow((float)y, 2));
-}
-
-bool IsDeadZone(float DeadZone, int x, int y)
-{
-	// Get the distance from the center
-	float Distance = CoordinatesToRadius(x, y) / 32767.0f;
-
-	//Console::Print("%f\n", Distance);
-
-	// Check if it's within the dead zone
-	if (Distance <= DeadZone)
-		return true;
-	else
-		return false;
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Scale down stick values from 0x8000 to 0x80
-/* ----------------
-   The value returned by SDL_JoystickGetAxis is a signed integer s16
-   (-32768 to 32767). The value used for the gamecube controller is an unsigned
-   char u8 (0 to 255) with neutral at 0x80 (128), so that it's equivalent to a signed
-   -128 to 127.
-*/
-// ---------------------
-int Pad_Convert(int _val)
-{
-	/* If the limits on PadState[].axis[] actually is a u16 then we don't need this
-	   but if it's not actually limited to that we need to apply these limits */
-	if(_val > 32767) _val = 32767; // upper limit
-	if(_val < -32768) _val = -32768; // lower limit
-		
-	// Convert the range (-0x8000 to 0x7fff) to (0 to 0xffff)
-	_val = 0x8000 +_val;
-
-	// Convert the range (0 to 0xffff) to (0 to 0xff)
-	_val = _val >> 8;
-
-	//Console::Print("0x%04x  %06i\n\n", _val, _val);
-
-	return _val;
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Adjust the radius
-// ----------------
-void RadiusAdjustment(int &_x, int &_y, int _pad, std::string SRadius)
-{
-	// Get the radius setting
-	int Tmp = atoi (SRadius.substr(0, SRadius.length() - 1).c_str());
-	float RadiusSetting = Tmp / 100.0f;
-
-	// Get current angle
-	float Deg = Rad2Deg(atan2((float)_y, (float)_x));
-	// Get the current radius
-	float Radius = sqrt((float)(_x*_x + _y*_y));
-	// Adjust radius
-	Radius = Radius * RadiusSetting;
-	// Produce new coordinates
-	float x = Radius * cos(Deg2Rad(Deg));
-	float y = Radius * sin(Deg2Rad(Deg));
-	// Update values
-	_x = (int)x, _y = (int)y;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/* Convert the stick raidus from a square or rounded box to a circular radius. I don't know what
-   input values the actual GC controller produce for the GC, it may be a square, a circle or
-   something in between. But one thing that is certain is that PC pads differ in their output
-   (as shown in the list below), so it may be beneficiary to convert whatever radius they
-   produce to the radius the GC games expect. This is the first implementation of this
-   that convert a square radius to a circual radius. Use the advanced settings to enable
-   and calibrate it.
-
-   Observed diagonals:
-	   Perfect circle: 71% = sin(45)
-	   Logitech Dual Action: 100%
-	   PS2 Dual Shock 2 (Original) with Super Dual Box Pro: 90%
-	   XBox 360 Wireless: 85%
-	   GameCube Controller (Third Party) with EMS Trio Linker Plus II: 60%
-*/
-// ---------------------
-
-/* Calculate the distance from the outer edges of the box to the outer edges of the circle inside the box
-   at any angle from 0 to 360. The returned value is 1 + Distance, for example at most sqrt(2) in the
-   corners and at least 1.0 at the horizontal and vertical angles. */
-static float Square2CircleDistance(float deg)
-{
-	// See if we have to adjust the angle
-	deg = abs(deg);
-	if( (deg > 45 && deg < 135) ) deg = deg - 90;
-
-	// Calculate distance from center
-	float val = abs(cos(Deg2Rad(deg)));
-	float Distance = 1 / val;
-
-	//m_frame->m_pStatusBar2->SetLabel(wxString::Format("Deg:%f  Val:%f  Dist:%f", deg, val, dist));
-
-	return Distance;
-}
-// Produce a perfect circle from an original square or rounded box
-void Square2Circle(int &_x, int &_y, int _pad, std::string SDiagonal, bool Circle2Square)
-{
-	// Do we need to do this check?
-	if(_x >  32767) _x =  32767; if(_y >  32767) _y =  32767; // upper limit
-	if(_x < -32768) _x = -32768; if(_y < -32768) _y = -32768; // lower limit
-
-	// ====================================
-	// Convert to circle
-	// -----------
-	// Get the manually configured diagonal distance
-	int Tmp = atoi (SDiagonal.substr(0, SDiagonal.length() - 1).c_str());
-	float Diagonal = Tmp / 100.0f;
-
-	// First make a perfect square in case we don't have one already
-	float OrigDist = sqrt(  pow((float)_y, 2) + pow((float)_x, 2)  ); // Get current distance
-	float deg = Rad2Deg(atan2((float)_y, (float)_x)); // Get current angle
-
-	/* Calculate the actual distance between the maxium diagonal values, and the outer edges of the
-	   square. A diagonal of 85% means a maximum distance of 0.85 * sqrt(2) ~1.2 in the diagonals. */
-	float corner_circle_dist = ( Diagonal / sin(Deg2Rad(45.0f)) );
-	float SquareDist = Square2CircleDistance(deg);
-	// The original-to-square distance adjustment
-	float adj_ratio1;
-	// The circle-to-square distance adjustment
-	float adj_ratio2 = SquareDist;
-	 // The resulting distance
-	float result_dist;
-
-	// Calculate the corner-to-square adjustment ratio
-	if(corner_circle_dist < SquareDist) adj_ratio1 = SquareDist / corner_circle_dist;
-		else adj_ratio1 = 1;
-
-	// Calculate the resulting distance
-	if(Circle2Square)
-		result_dist = OrigDist * adj_ratio1;
-	else
-		result_dist = OrigDist * adj_ratio1 / adj_ratio2;
-	
-	// Calculate x and y and return it
-	float x = result_dist * cos(Deg2Rad(deg));
-	float y = result_dist * sin(Deg2Rad(deg));
-	// Update coordinates
-	_x = (int)floor(x);
-	_y = (int)floor(y);
-	// Boundaries
-	if (_x < -32768) _x = -32768; if (_x > 32767) _x = 32767;
-	if (_y < -32768) _y = -32768; if (_y > 32767) _y = 32767;
-
-	// Debugging
-	//Console::Print("%f  %f  %i", corner_circle_dist, Diagonal, Tmp));
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Windows Virtual Key Codes Names
-// ---------------------
-#ifdef _WIN32
-std::string VKToString(int keycode)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	// Default value
-	char KeyStr[64] = {0};
-	std::string KeyString;
-
-	// TODO: Switch to unicode GetKeyNameText?
-	if (keycode < 256)	// Keyboard
-		GetKeyNameTextA(MapVirtualKey(keycode, MAPVK_VK_TO_VSC) << 16, KeyStr, 64);
-	else	// Pad
-		sprintf(KeyStr, "PAD: %d", keycode - 0x1000);
-
-	switch(keycode)
-	{
-		// Give it some help with a few keys
-		case VK_END: return "END";
-		case VK_INSERT: return "INS";
-		case VK_DELETE: return "DEL";
-		case VK_PRIOR: return "PGUP";
-		case VK_NEXT: return "PGDN";
-
-		case VK_UP: return "UP";
-		case VK_DOWN: return "DOWN";
-		case VK_LEFT: return "LEFT";
-		case VK_RIGHT: return "RIGHT";
-
-		case VK_LSHIFT: return "LEFT SHIFT";
-		case VK_LCONTROL: return "LEFT CTRL";
-		case VK_RCONTROL: return "RIGHT CTRL";
-		case VK_LMENU: return "LEFT ALT";
-
-		default: return KeyString = KeyStr;
-	}
-#else
-	// An equivalent name translation can probably be used on other systems to?
-	return "";
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-
-}
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e2c67b84..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-
-
-// Include
-// -------------------
-#include "DirectInputBase.h"
-
-
-
-DInput::DInput()
-	: g_pDI(NULL),
-	g_pKeyboard(NULL)
-{}
-
-
-DInput::~DInput()
-{
-	Free();
-}
-
-void DInput::DIKToString(unsigned int keycode, char *keyStr)
-{
-	switch(keycode) {
-		case DIK_RETURN:
-			sprintf(keyStr, "Enter");
-			break;
-		case DIK_UP:
-			sprintf(keyStr, "Up");
-			break;
-		case DIK_DOWN:
-			sprintf(keyStr, "Down");
-			break;
-		case DIK_LEFT:
-			sprintf(keyStr, "Left");
-			break;
-		case DIK_RIGHT:
-			sprintf(keyStr, "Right");
-			break;
-		case DIK_HOME:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Home");
-			break;
-		case DIK_END:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "End");
-			break;
-		case DIK_INSERT:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Ins");
-			break;
-		case DIK_DELETE:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Del");
-			break;
-		case DIK_PGUP:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "PgUp");
-			break;
-		case DIK_PGDN:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "PgDn");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD0:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 0");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD1:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 1");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD2:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 2");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD3:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 3");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD4:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 4");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD5:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 5");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD6:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 6");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD7:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 7");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD8:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 8");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPAD9:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num 9");
-			break;
-		case DIK_NUMPADSLASH:
-			strcpy(keyStr, "Num /");
-			break;
-		default:
-			// TODO: Switch to unicode GetKeyNameText?
-			GetKeyNameTextA(keycode << 16, keyStr, 64);
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-HRESULT DInput::Init(HWND hWnd)
-{
-	HRESULT hr;
-	DWORD dwCoopFlags;
-	dwCoopFlags = DISCL_FOREGROUND | DISCL_NOWINKEY;
-
-	// Create a DInput object
-	if (FAILED(hr = DirectInput8Create(GetModuleHandle(NULL), DIRECTINPUT_VERSION,
-					    IID_IDirectInput8, (VOID* *)&g_pDI, NULL)))
-	{
-		MessageBox(0, "Direct Input Create Failed", 0, MB_ICONERROR);
-		return(hr);
-	}
-
-	if (FAILED(hr = g_pDI->CreateDevice(GUID_SysKeyboard, &g_pKeyboard, NULL)))
-	{
-		MessageBox(0, "Couldn't access keyboard", 0, MB_ICONERROR);
-		Free();
-		return(hr);
-	}
-
-	g_pKeyboard->SetDataFormat(&c_dfDIKeyboard);
-	g_pKeyboard->SetCooperativeLevel(hWnd, dwCoopFlags);
-	g_pKeyboard->Acquire();
-
-	return(S_OK);
-}
-
-void DInput::Free()
-{
-	if (g_pKeyboard)
-	{
-		g_pKeyboard->Unacquire();
-		g_pKeyboard->Release();
-		g_pKeyboard = 0;
-	}
-
-	if (g_pDI)
-	{
-		g_pDI->Release();
-		g_pDI = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-// Desc: Read the input device's state when in immediate mode and display it.
-HRESULT DInput::Read()
-{
-	HRESULT hr;
-
-	if (NULL == g_pKeyboard)
-	{
-		return(S_OK);
-	}
-	
-	// Get the input's device state, and put the state in dims
-	ZeroMemory(diks, sizeof(diks));
-	hr = g_pKeyboard->GetDeviceState(sizeof(diks), diks);
-
-//	for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
-//		if (diks[i]) MessageBox(0,"DSFJDKSF|",0,0);
-	if (FAILED(hr))
-	{
-		// DirectInput may be telling us that the input stream has been
-		// interrupted.  We aren't tracking any state between polls, so
-		// we don't have any special reset that needs to be done.
-		// We just re-acquire and try again.
-
-		// If input is lost then acquire and keep trying
-		hr = g_pKeyboard->Acquire();
-
-		while (hr == DIERR_INPUTLOST)
-		{
-			hr = g_pKeyboard->Acquire();
-		}
-
-		// hr may be DIERR_OTHERAPPHASPRIO or other errors.  This
-		// may occur when the app is minimized or in the process of
-		// switching, so just try again later
-		return(S_OK);
-	}
-
-	return(S_OK);
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c89c7385..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/DirectInputBase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef _DIRECTINPUTBASE_H
-#define _DIRECTINPUTBASE_H
-
-
-
-// Include
-// -------------------
-#include  // System
-#include 
-
-#define DIRECTINPUT_VERSION 0x0800 // DirectInput
-#include 
-
-//#include "ConsoleWindow.h" // Common
-
-
-
-class DInput
-{
-	public:
-
-		DInput();
-		~DInput();
-
-		static void DInput::DIKToString(unsigned int keycode, char *keyStr);
-
-		HRESULT Init(HWND hWnd);
-		void Free();
-		HRESULT Read();
-
-
-		BYTE diks[256]; // DirectInput keyboard state buffer
-
-	private:
-
-		LPDIRECTINPUT8 g_pDI; // The DirectInput object
-		LPDIRECTINPUTDEVICE8 g_pKeyboard; // The keyboard device
-};
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Event.hpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Event.hpp
deleted file mode 100644
index f9a028c57..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/Event.hpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-// SFML - Simple and Fast Multimedia Library
-// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Laurent Gomila (laurent.gom@gmail.com)
-//
-// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty.
-// In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
-//
-// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
-// subject to the following restrictions:
-//
-// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented;
-//    you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
-//    If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment
-//    in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
-//
-// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such,
-//    and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-//
-// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-
-#ifndef SFML_EVENT_HPP
-#define SFML_EVENT_HPP
-
-
-namespace sf
-{
-	namespace Key
-	{
-		enum Code
-		{
-			A = 'a',
-			B = 'b',
-			C = 'c',
-			D = 'd',
-			E = 'e',
-			F = 'f',
-			G = 'g',
-			H = 'h',
-			I = 'i',
-			J = 'j',
-			K = 'k',
-			L = 'l',
-			M = 'm',
-			N = 'n',
-			O = 'o',
-			P = 'p',
-			Q = 'q',
-			R = 'r',
-			S = 's',
-			T = 't',
-			U = 'u',
-			V = 'v',
-			W = 'w',
-			X = 'x',
-			Y = 'y',
-			Z = 'z',
-			Num0 = '0',
-			Num1 = '1',
-			Num2 = '2',
-			Num3 = '3',
-			Num4 = '4',
-			Num5 = '5',
-			Num6 = '6',
-			Num7 = '7',
-			Num8 = '8',
-			Num9 = '9',
-			Escape = 256,
-			LControl,
-			LShift,
-			LAlt,
-			LSystem,
-			RControl,
-			RShift,
-			RAlt,
-			RSystem,
-			Menu,
-			LBracket,
-			RBracket,
-			SemiColon,
-			Comma,
-			Period,
-			Quote,
-			Slash,
-			BackSlash,
-			Tilde,
-			Equal,
-			Dash,
-			Space,
-			Return,
-			Back,
-			Tab,
-			PageUp,
-			PageDown,
-			End,
-			Home,
-			Insert,
-			Delete,
-			Add,
-			Subtract,
-			Multiply,
-			Divide,
-			Left,
-			Right,
-			Up,
-			Down,
-			Numpad0,
-			Numpad1,
-			Numpad2,
-			Numpad3,
-			Numpad4,
-			Numpad5,
-			Numpad6,
-			Numpad7,
-			Numpad8,
-			Numpad9,
-			F1,
-			F2,
-			F3,
-			F4,
-			F5,
-			F6,
-			F7,
-			F8,
-			F9,
-			F10,
-			F11,
-			F12,
-			F13,
-			F14,
-			F15,
-			Pause,
-
-			Count // For internal use
-		};
-	}
-
-
-	namespace Mouse
-	{
-		enum Button
-		{
-			Left,
-			Right,
-			Middle,
-			XButton1,
-			XButton2,
-
-			Count // For internal use
-		};
-	}
-
-
-	namespace Joy
-	{
-		enum Axis
-		{
-			AxisX,
-			AxisY,
-			AxisZ,
-			AxisR,
-			AxisU,
-			AxisV,
-			AxisPOV,
-
-			Count // For internal use
-		};
-	}
-
-
-	class Event
-	{
-	public :
-
-		struct KeyEvent
-		{
-			Key::Code Code;
-			bool      Alt;
-			bool      Control;
-			bool      Shift;
-		};
-
-		struct TextEvent
-		{
-			// I'm not sure we need this...
-			unsigned short Unicode;
-		};
-
-		struct MouseMoveEvent
-		{
-			int X;
-			int Y;
-		};
-
-		struct MouseButtonEvent
-		{
-			Mouse::Button Button;
-			int           X;
-			int           Y;
-		};
-
-		struct MouseWheelEvent
-		{
-			int Delta;
-		};
-
-		struct JoyMoveEvent
-		{
-			unsigned int JoystickId;
-			Joy::Axis    Axis;
-			float        Position;
-		};
-
-		struct JoyButtonEvent
-		{
-			unsigned int JoystickId;
-			unsigned int Button;
-		};
-
-		struct SizeEvent
-		{
-			unsigned int Width;
-			unsigned int Height;
-		};
-
-		enum EventType
-		{
-			Closed,
-			Resized,
-			LostFocus,
-			GainedFocus,
-			TextEntered,
-			KeyPressed,
-			KeyReleased,
-			MouseWheelMoved,
-			MouseButtonPressed,
-			MouseButtonReleased,
-			MouseMoved,
-			MouseEntered,
-			MouseLeft,
-			JoyButtonPressed,
-			JoyButtonReleased,
-			JoyMoved
-		};
-
-		// Member data
-		EventType Type; 
-
-		union
-		{
-			KeyEvent         Key;
-			TextEvent        Text;
-			MouseMoveEvent   MouseMove;
-			MouseButtonEvent MouseButton;
-			MouseWheelEvent  MouseWheel;
-			JoyMoveEvent     JoyMove;
-			JoyButtonEvent   JoyButton;
-			SizeEvent        Size;
-		};
-	};
-
-} // namespace sf
-
-
-#endif // SFML_EVENT_HPP
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 47adce6c4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-#include "EventHandler.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-#include 
-#endif
-
-EventHandler *EventHandler::m_Instance = 0;
-
-EventHandler::EventHandler() {
-	memset(keys, 0, sizeof(keys));
-	memset(mouse, 0, sizeof(mouse));
-	memset(joys, 0, sizeof(joys));
-}
-
-EventHandler::~EventHandler() {
-}
-
-EventHandler *EventHandler::GetInstance() {
-    // fprintf(stderr, "handler instance %p\n", m_Instance);
-
-    if (! m_Instance)
-	m_Instance = new EventHandler();
-    return m_Instance;
-}
-
-void EventHandler::Destroy() {
-    if (m_Instance)
-       	delete m_Instance;
-    // fprintf(stderr, "deleting instance %p\n", m_Instance);
-    m_Instance = 0;
-}
-
-bool EventHandler::RegisterEventListener(listenFuncPtr func, Keys key) {
-    if (key.inputType == KeyboardInput) {
-	// fprintf(stderr, "Registering %d:%d  %p %p \n", key.keyCode, key.mods, func, this);
-	if (key.keyCode == sf::Key::Count || key.mods >= NUMMODS ||  
-	    key.keyCode >= NUMKEYS) 
-	    return false;
-	if (keys[key.keyCode][key.mods] && keys[key.keyCode][key.mods] != func)
-	    return false
-;
-	keys[key.keyCode][key.mods] = func;
-    } else if (key.inputType == MouseInput) {
-	if (mouse[key.mouseButton])
-	    return false;
-	mouse[key.mouseButton] = func;
-    }
-    
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool EventHandler::RemoveEventListener(Keys key) {
-    if (key.inputType == KeyboardInput) {
-	if ((key.keyCode == sf::Key::Count || key.keyCode >= NUMKEYS
-             || key.mods >= NUMMODS) && ! keys[key.keyCode][key.mods])
-	    return false;
-	keys[key.keyCode][key.mods] = NULL;
-    } else if (key.inputType == MouseInput) {
-	if (! mouse[key.mouseButton])
-	    return false;
-	mouse[key.mouseButton] = NULL;
-    }
-    
-    return true; 
-}
-
-void EventHandler::Update() {
-    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < eventQueue.size();i++) {
-	sf::Event ev = eventQueue.front();
-	eventQueue.pop();
-	fprintf(stderr, "Updating event type %d code %d mod %d func %p %p\n", ev.Type, ev.Key.Code, ev.Key.Alt+2*ev.Key.Shift+4*ev.Key.Control, keys[ev.Key.Code][ev.Key.Alt+2*ev.Key.Shift+4*ev.Key.Control], this);
-	if(keys[ev.Key.Code][ev.Key.Alt+2*ev.Key.Shift+4*ev.Key.Control])
-	    keys[ev.Key.Code][ev.Key.Alt+2*ev.Key.Shift+4*ev.Key.Control](ev);
-    }
-}
-
-bool EventHandler::addEvent(sf::Event *ev) {
-    eventQueue.push(*ev);
-    fprintf(stderr, "Got event type %d code %d %p\n", ev->Type, ev->Key.Code, this); 
-    return true;
-}
-
-
-bool EventHandler::TestEvent (Keys k, sf::Event e)
-{
-    //Mouse event
-    if (k.inputType==MouseInput && k.eventType==e.Type && k.mouseButton==e.MouseButton.Button)
-    {
-        return (true);
-    }
-    //Keyboard event
-    if (k.inputType==KeyboardInput && k.eventType==e.Type && k.keyCode==e.Key.Code)
-    {
-        return (true);
-    }
-    return (false);
-}
-
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-// Taken from wxw source code
-sf::Key::Code EventHandler::wxCharCodeToSF(int id)
-{
-    sf::Key::Code sfKey;
-
-    switch (id) {
-//  case WXK_CANCEL:          sfKey = sf::Key::Cancel; break;
-//  case WXK_BACK:            sfKey = sf::Key::BackSpace; break;
-    case WXK_TAB:             sfKey = sf::Key::Tab; break;
-//  case WXK_CLEAR:           sfKey = sf::Key::Clear; break;
-    case WXK_RETURN:          sfKey = sf::Key::Return; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:           sfKey = sf::Key::LShift; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:         sfKey = sf::Key::LControl; break;
-    case WXK_ALT:             sfKey = sf::Key::LAlt; break;
-//  case WXK_CAPITAL:         sfKey = sf::Key::Caps_Lock; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :           sfKey = sf::Key::Menu; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:           sfKey = sf::Key::Pause; break;
-    case WXK_ESCAPE:          sfKey = sf::Key::Escape; break;
-    case WXK_SPACE:           sfKey = sf::Key::Space; break;
-    case WXK_PAGEUP:          sfKey = sf::Key::PageUp; break;
-    case WXK_PAGEDOWN:        sfKey = sf::Key::PageDown; break;
-    case WXK_END:             sfKey = sf::Key::End; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :           sfKey = sf::Key::Home; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :           sfKey = sf::Key::Left; break;
-    case WXK_UP:              sfKey = sf::Key::Up; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:           sfKey = sf::Key::Right; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :           sfKey = sf::Key::Down; break;
-//  case WXK_SELECT:          sfKey = sf::Key::Select; break;
-//  case WXK_PRINT:           sfKey = sf::Key::Print; break;
-//  case WXK_EXECUTE:         sfKey = sf::Key::Execute; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:          sfKey = sf::Key::Insert; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:          sfKey = sf::Key::Delete; break;
-//  case WXK_HELP :           sfKey = sf::Key::Help; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad0; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:   sfKey = sf::Key::Insert; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad1; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_END:      sfKey = sf::Key::End; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad2; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:     sfKey = sf::Key::Down; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad3; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: sfKey = sf::Key::PageDown; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad4; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:     sfKey = sf::Key::Left; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad6; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:    sfKey = sf::Key::Right; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad7; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:     sfKey = sf::Key::Home; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad8; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:       sfKey = sf::Key::Up; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:         sfKey = sf::Key::Numpad9; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:   sfKey = sf::Key::PageUp; break;
-//  case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:  sfKey = sf::Key::Decimal; break; 
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:   sfKey = sf::Key::Delete; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: sfKey = sf::Key::Multiply; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:      sfKey = sf::Key::Add; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: sfKey = sf::Key::Subtract; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:   sfKey = sf::Key::Divide; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:    sfKey = sf::Key::Return; break;
-//  case WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR:sfKey = sf::Key::Separator; break;
-    case WXK_F1:              sfKey = sf::Key::F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:              sfKey = sf::Key::F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:              sfKey = sf::Key::F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:              sfKey = sf::Key::F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:              sfKey = sf::Key::F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:              sfKey = sf::Key::F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:              sfKey = sf::Key::F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:              sfKey = sf::Key::F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:              sfKey = sf::Key::F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:             sfKey = sf::Key::F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:             sfKey = sf::Key::F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:             sfKey = sf::Key::F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:             sfKey = sf::Key::F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:             sfKey = sf::Key::F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:             sfKey = sf::Key::F15; break;
-//  case WXK_NUMLOCK:         sfKey = sf::Key::Num_Lock; break;
-//  case WXK_SCROLL:          sfKey = sf::Key::Scroll_Lock; break;
-    default:
-
-        // To lower (will tolower work on windows?)
-        if (id >= 'A' && id <= 'Z') 
-            id = id - 'A' + 'a';
-        
-	if ((id >= 'a' && id <= 'z') || 
-	    (id  >= '0' && id <= '9')) 
-	    sfKey = (sf::Key::Code)id;   
-	else 
-	    sfKey = sf::Key::Count; // Invalid key
-        
-    }
-    
-    return sfKey;
-}
-#endif
-
-void EventHandler::SFKeyToString(sf::Key::Code keycode, char *keyStr) {
-    switch (keycode) {
-/*  case sf::Key::A = 'a': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::B = 'b': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::C = 'c': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::D = 'd': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::E = 'e': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F = 'f': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::G = 'g': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::H = 'h': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::I = 'i': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::J = 'j': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::K = 'k': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::L = 'l': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::M = 'm': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::N = 'n': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::O = 'o': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::P = 'p': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Q = 'q': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::R = 'r': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::S = 's': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::T = 't': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::U = 'u': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::V = 'v': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::W = 'w': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::X = 'x': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Y = 'y': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Z = 'z': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num0 = '0': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num1 = '1': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num2 = '2': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num3 = '3': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num4 = '4': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num5 = '5': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num6 = '6': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num7 = '7': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num8 = '8': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Num9 = '9': sprintf(keyStr, "UP"); break;*/ 
-    case sf::Key::Escape:      sprintf(keyStr, "Escape"); break;
-    case sf::Key::LControl:    sprintf(keyStr, "LControl"); break;
-    case sf::Key::LShift:      sprintf(keyStr, "LShift"); break;
-    case sf::Key::LAlt:        sprintf(keyStr, "LAlt"); break;
-    case sf::Key::LSystem:     sprintf(keyStr, "LSystem"); break;
-    case sf::Key::RControl:    sprintf(keyStr, "RControl"); break;
-    case sf::Key::RShift:      sprintf(keyStr, "RShift"); break;
-    case sf::Key::RAlt:        sprintf(keyStr, "RAlt"); break;
-    case sf::Key::RSystem:     sprintf(keyStr, "RSystem"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Menu:        sprintf(keyStr, "Menu"); break;
-    case sf::Key::LBracket:    sprintf(keyStr, "LBracket"); break;
-    case sf::Key::RBracket:    sprintf(keyStr, "RBracket"); break;
-    case sf::Key::SemiColon:   sprintf(keyStr, ";"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Comma:       sprintf(keyStr, ","); break;
-    case sf::Key::Period:      sprintf(keyStr, "."); break;
-    case sf::Key::Quote:       sprintf(keyStr, "\'"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Slash:       sprintf(keyStr, "/"); break;
-    case sf::Key::BackSlash:   sprintf(keyStr, "\\"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Tilde:       sprintf(keyStr, "~"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Equal:       sprintf(keyStr, "="); break;
-    case sf::Key::Dash:        sprintf(keyStr, "-"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Space:       sprintf(keyStr, "Space"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Return:      sprintf(keyStr, "Return"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Back:        sprintf(keyStr, "Back"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Tab:         sprintf(keyStr, "Tab"); break;
-    case sf::Key::PageUp:      sprintf(keyStr, "Page Up"); break;
-    case sf::Key::PageDown:    sprintf(keyStr, "Page Down"); break;
-    case sf::Key::End:         sprintf(keyStr, "End"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Home:        sprintf(keyStr, "Home"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Insert:      sprintf(keyStr, "Insert"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Delete:      sprintf(keyStr, "Delete"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Add:         sprintf(keyStr, "+"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Subtract:    sprintf(keyStr, "-"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Multiply:    sprintf(keyStr, "*"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Divide:      sprintf(keyStr, "/"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Left:        sprintf(keyStr, "Left"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Right:       sprintf(keyStr, "Right"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Up:          sprintf(keyStr, "Up"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Down:        sprintf(keyStr, "Down"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad0:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 0"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad1:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 1"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad2:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 2"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad3:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 3"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad4:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 4"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad5:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 5"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad6:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 6"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad7:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 7"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad8:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 8"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Numpad9:     sprintf(keyStr, "NP 9"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F1:          sprintf(keyStr, "F1"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F2:          sprintf(keyStr, "F2"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F3:          sprintf(keyStr, "F3"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F4:          sprintf(keyStr, "F4"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F5:          sprintf(keyStr, "F5"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F6:          sprintf(keyStr, "F6"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F7:          sprintf(keyStr, "F7"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F8:          sprintf(keyStr, "F8"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F9:          sprintf(keyStr, "F9"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F10:         sprintf(keyStr, "F10"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F11:         sprintf(keyStr, "F11"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F12:         sprintf(keyStr, "F12"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F13:         sprintf(keyStr, "F13"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F14:         sprintf(keyStr, "F14"); break;
-    case sf::Key::F15:         sprintf(keyStr, "F15"); break;
-    case sf::Key::Pause:       sprintf(keyStr, "Pause"); break;
-    default:                   
-	if (keycode > sf::Key::Escape)
-	    sprintf(keyStr, "Invalid Key");
-	else
-	    sprintf(keyStr, "%c", toupper(keycode));
-	break;
-    }
-}
-
-class EventHandlerCleaner
-{
-public:
-    ~EventHandlerCleaner()
-    {
-	//EventHandler::Destroy();
-    }
-} EventHandlerCleanerInst;
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03a4afb17..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/EventHandler.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef EVENTHANDER_H
-#define EVENTHANDER_H 1
-#include "common.h"
-#include 
-#include "Event.hpp"
-
-#define NUMKEYS 300
-#define NUMMODS 8
-
-typedef bool (*listenFuncPtr) (sf::Event);
-enum InputType
-{
-    KeyboardInput,
-    MouseInput,
-    JoystickInput
-};
- 
-enum Modifiers {
-    UseAlt = 1,
-    UseShift = 2,
-    UseCtrl = 4
-};
-
-struct Keys {
-    InputType inputType;
-    sf::Event::EventType eventType; 
-    sf::Key::Code keyCode;
-    int mods;
-    sf::Mouse::Button mouseButton;
-};
-
-class EventHandler {
-
-private:
-    listenFuncPtr keys[NUMKEYS][NUMMODS];
-    listenFuncPtr mouse[sf::Mouse::Count+1];
-    listenFuncPtr joys[sf::Joy::Count+1];
-    std::queue eventQueue;
-    static EventHandler *m_Instance;
-    
-protected:
-    EventHandler(const EventHandler&);
-    EventHandler& operator= (const EventHandler&);
-    
-    EventHandler();
-    ~EventHandler();
-    
-public:
-    
-    bool RegisterEventListener(listenFuncPtr func, Keys key);
-    bool RemoveEventListener(Keys key);
-    void Update();
-    static EventHandler *GetInstance();
-    static void Destroy();
-    bool addEvent(sf::Event *e);
-    static bool TestEvent (Keys k, sf::Event e);
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-    static sf::Key::Code wxCharCodeToSF(int id);
-#endif
-    static void SFKeyToString(sf::Key::Code keycode, char *keyStr);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index f7b22738d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#include "EventHandler.h"
-#include "InputCommon.h"
-
-//EventHandler *eventHandler = NULL;
-
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-    void Init() {
-	// init the event handler
-	//EventHandler::GetInstance();
-    }
-    
-    void Shutdown() {
-	//if (eventHandler)
-	//    delete eventHandler;
-    }
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index edfcf3c01..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/InputCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#include "EventHandler.h"
-
-//extern EventHandler *eventHandler;
-
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-    void Init(); 
-    void Shutdown();
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index a9ebe96c2..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
-
-// Project description
-// -------------------
-// Name: SDL Input 
-// Description: Common SDL Input Functions
-//
-// Author: Falcon4ever (nJoy@falcon4ever.com, www.multigesture.net), JPeterson etc
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-//
-
-//
-// Licensetype: GNU General Public License (GPL)
-//
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-//
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-//
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-//
-
-
-
-
-// Include
-// -------------------
-#define _SDL_MAIN_ // Avoid certain declarations in SDL.h
-#include "SDL.h" // Local
-#include "XInput.h"
-
-
-
-
-// Definitions
-// -------------------
-int g_LastPad = 0;
-
-
-
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-
-
-// Definitions
-// -------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-// Search attached devices. Populate joyinfo for all attached physical devices.
-// -----------------------
-bool SearchDevices(std::vector &_joyinfo, int &_NumPads, int &_NumGoodPads)
-{
-	if (!SDL_WasInit(0))
-#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(1, 3, 0)
-		if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC) < 0)
-#else
-		if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK) < 0)
-#endif
-		{
-			//PanicAlert("Could not initialize SDL: %s", SDL_GetError());
-			return false;
-		}
-
-	// Get device status
-	int numjoy = SDL_NumJoysticks();
-	for (int i = 0; i < numjoy; i++ )
-	{
-		CONTROLLER_INFO Tmp;
-
-		Tmp.joy			= SDL_JoystickOpen(i);
-		Tmp.ID			= i;
-		Tmp.NumAxes		= SDL_JoystickNumAxes(Tmp.joy);
-		Tmp.NumButtons	= SDL_JoystickNumButtons(Tmp.joy);
-		Tmp.NumBalls	= SDL_JoystickNumBalls(Tmp.joy);
-		Tmp.NumHats		= SDL_JoystickNumHats(Tmp.joy);
-		Tmp.Name		= SDL_JoystickName(i);
-
-		// Check if the device is okay
-		if (   Tmp.NumAxes == 0
-			&&  Tmp.NumBalls == 0
-			&&  Tmp.NumButtons == 0
-			&&  Tmp.NumHats == 0
-			)
-		{
-			Tmp.Good = false;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			_NumGoodPads++;
-			Tmp.Good = true;
-		}
-
-		_joyinfo.push_back(Tmp);
-
-		// We have now read the values we need so we close the device
-		if (SDL_JoystickOpened(i)) SDL_JoystickClose(_joyinfo[i].joy);
-	}
-
-	_NumPads = (int)_joyinfo.size();
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Supporting functions
-// ----------------
-
-// Read current joystick status
-/* ----------------
-	The value PadMapping[].buttons[] is the number of the assigned joypad button,
-	PadState[].buttons[] is the status of the button, it becomes 0 (no pressed) or 1 (pressed) */
-
-
-// Read buttons status. Called from GetJoyState().
-// ----------------------
-static void ReadButton(CONTROLLER_STATE &_PadState, CONTROLLER_MAPPING _PadMapping, int button, int NumButtons)
-{
-	int ctl_button = _PadMapping.buttons[button];
-	if (ctl_button < NumButtons)
-	{
-		_PadState.buttons[button] = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, ctl_button);
-	}
-}
-
-// Request joystick state.
-// ----------------------
-/* Called from: PAD_GetStatus()
-   Input: The virtual device 0, 1, 2 or 3
-   Function: Updates the PadState struct with the current pad status. The input value "controller" is
-   for a virtual controller 0 to 3. */
-void GetJoyState(CONTROLLER_STATE &_PadState, CONTROLLER_MAPPING _PadMapping, int Controller, int NumButtons)
-{
-	// Update the gamepad status
-	SDL_JoystickUpdate();
-
-	// Update axis states. It doesn't hurt much if we happen to ask for nonexisting axises here.
-	_PadState.axis[CTL_MAIN_X] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.axis[CTL_MAIN_X]);
-	_PadState.axis[CTL_MAIN_Y] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.axis[CTL_MAIN_Y]);
-	_PadState.axis[CTL_SUB_X] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.axis[CTL_SUB_X]);
-	_PadState.axis[CTL_SUB_Y] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.axis[CTL_SUB_Y]);
-
-	// Update the analog trigger axis values
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	if (_PadMapping.triggertype == CTL_TRIGGER_SDL)
-	{
-#endif
-		// If we are using SDL analog triggers the buttons have to be mapped as 1000 or up, otherwise they are not used
-		if(_PadMapping.buttons[CTL_L_SHOULDER] >= 1000) _PadState.axis[CTL_L_SHOULDER] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.buttons[CTL_L_SHOULDER] - 1000); else _PadState.axis[CTL_L_SHOULDER] = 0;
-		if(_PadMapping.buttons[CTL_R_SHOULDER] >= 1000) _PadState.axis[CTL_R_SHOULDER] = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.buttons[CTL_R_SHOULDER] - 1000); else _PadState.axis[CTL_R_SHOULDER] = 0;
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		// XInput triggers for Xbox360 pads
-		_PadState.axis[CTL_L_SHOULDER] = XInput::GetXI(0, _PadMapping.buttons[CTL_L_SHOULDER] - 1000);
-		_PadState.axis[CTL_R_SHOULDER] = XInput::GetXI(0, _PadMapping.buttons[CTL_R_SHOULDER] - 1000);
-	}
-#endif
-
-	// Update button states to on or off
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_L_SHOULDER, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_R_SHOULDER, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_A_BUTTON, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_B_BUTTON, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_X_BUTTON, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_Y_BUTTON, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_Z_TRIGGER, NumButtons);
-	ReadButton(_PadState, _PadMapping, CTL_START, NumButtons);
-
-	// Update Halfpress state, this one is not in the standard _PadState.buttons array
-	if (_PadMapping.halfpress < NumButtons && _PadMapping.halfpress >= 0)
-		_PadState.halfpress = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.halfpress);
-	else
-		_PadState.halfpress = 0;
-
-
-	// Check if we have an analog or digital joypad
-	if (_PadMapping.controllertype == CTL_DPAD_HAT)
-	{
-		_PadState.dpad = SDL_JoystickGetHat(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.dpad);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		// Only do this if the assigned button is in range (to allow for the current way of saving keyboard
-		// keys in the same array) 
-		if(_PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_UP] <= NumButtons)
-			_PadState.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_UP] = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_UP]);
-		if(_PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_DOWN] <= NumButtons)
-			_PadState.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_DOWN] = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_DOWN]);
-		if(_PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_LEFT] <= NumButtons)
-			_PadState.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_LEFT] = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_LEFT]);
-		if(_PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_RIGHT] <= NumButtons)
-			_PadState.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_RIGHT] = SDL_JoystickGetButton(_PadState.joy, _PadMapping.dpad2[CTL_D_PAD_RIGHT]);
-	}
-
-#ifdef SHOW_PAD_STATUS
-	// Show the status of all connected pads
-	//ConsoleListener* Console = LogManager::GetInstance()->getConsoleListener();
-	//if ((g_LastPad == 0 && Controller == 0) || Controller < g_LastPad) Console->ClearScreen();	
-	g_LastPad = Controller;
-	NOTICE_LOG(CONSOLE, 
-		"Pad        | Number:%i Enabled:%i Handle:%i\n"
-		"Main Stick | X:%03i  Y:%03i\n"
-		"C Stick    | X:%03i  Y:%03i\n"
-		"Trigger    | Type:%s DigitalL:%i DigitalR:%i AnalogL:%03i AnalogR:%03i HalfPress:%i\n"
-		"Buttons    | A:%i X:%i\n"
-		"D-Pad      | Type:%s Hat:%i U:%i D:%i\n"
-		"======================================================\n",
-
-		Controller, _PadMapping.enabled, _PadState.joy,
-
-		_PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_MAIN_X], _PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_MAIN_Y],
-		_PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_SUB_X], _PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_SUB_Y],
-
-		(_PadMapping.triggertype ? "CTL_TRIGGER_XINPUT" : "CTL_TRIGGER_SDL"),
-		_PadState.buttons[InputCommon::CTL_L_SHOULDER], _PadState.buttons[InputCommon::CTL_R_SHOULDER],
-		_PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_L_SHOULDER], _PadState.axis[InputCommon::CTL_R_SHOULDER],
-		_PadState.halfpress,
-
-		_PadState.buttons[InputCommon::CTL_A_BUTTON], _PadState.buttons[InputCommon::CTL_X_BUTTON],
-
-		(_PadMapping.controllertype ? "CTL_DPAD_CUSTOM" : "CTL_DPAD_HAT"),
-			_PadState.dpad,
-			_PadState.dpad2[InputCommon::CTL_D_PAD_UP], _PadState.dpad2[InputCommon::CTL_D_PAD_DOWN]
-		);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-// Configure button mapping
-// ----------
-
-// Avoid extreme axis values
-// ---------------------
-/* Function: We have to avoid very big values to becuse some triggers are -0x8000 in the
-   unpressed state (and then go from -0x8000 to 0x8000 as they are fully pressed) */
-static bool AvoidValues(int value, bool NoTriggerFilter)
-{
-	// Avoid detecting very small or very big (for triggers) values
-	if(    (value > -0x2000 && value < 0x2000) // Small values
-		|| ((value < -0x6000 || value > 0x6000) && !NoTriggerFilter)) // Big values
-		return true; // Avoid
-	else
-		return false; // Keep	
-}
-
-
-// Detect a pressed button
-// ---------------------
-void GetButton(SDL_Joystick *joy, int ControllerID, int buttons, int axes, int hats,
-				int &KeyboardKey, int &value, int &type, int &pressed, bool &Succeed, bool &Stop,
-				bool LeftRight, bool Axis, bool XInput, bool Button, bool Hat, bool NoTriggerFilter)
-{
-	// It needs the wxWidgets excape keycode
-	static const int WXK_ESCAPE = 27;
-
-	// Update the internal status
-	SDL_JoystickUpdate();
-
-	// For the triggers we accept both a digital or an analog button
-	if(Axis)
-	{
-		for(int i = 0; i < axes; i++)
-		{
-			value = SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joy, i);
-
-			if(AvoidValues(value, NoTriggerFilter)) continue; // Avoid values
-
-			pressed = i + (LeftRight ? 1000 : 0); // Identify the analog triggers
-			type = InputCommon::CTL_AXIS;
-			Succeed = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Check for a hat
-	if(Hat)
-	{
-		for(int i = 0; i < hats; i++)
-		{	
-			value = SDL_JoystickGetHat(joy, i);
-			if(value)
-			{
-				pressed = i;
-				type = InputCommon::CTL_HAT;
-				Succeed = true;
-			}			
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Check for a button
-	if(Button)
-	{
-		for(int i = 0; i < buttons; i++)
-		{		
-			// Some kind of bug in SDL 1.3 would give button 9 and 10 (nonexistent) the value 48 on the 360 pad
-			if (SDL_JoystickGetButton(joy, i) > 1) continue;
-
-			if(SDL_JoystickGetButton(joy, i))
-			{
-				pressed = i;
-				type = InputCommon::CTL_BUTTON;
-				Succeed = true;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Check for a XInput trigger
-	#ifdef _WIN32
-		if(XInput)
-		{
-			for(int i = 0; i <= InputCommon::XI_TRIGGER_R; i++)
-			{			
-				if(XInput::GetXI(0, i))
-				{
-					pressed = i + 1000;
-					type = InputCommon::CTL_AXIS;
-					Succeed = true;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	#endif
-
-	// Check for keyboard action
-	if (KeyboardKey)
-	{
-		if(Button)
-		{
-			// Todo: Add a separate keyboard vector to remove this restriction
-			if(KeyboardKey >= buttons)
-			{
-				pressed = KeyboardKey;
-				type = InputCommon::CTL_BUTTON;
-				Succeed = true;
-				KeyboardKey = 0;
-				if(pressed == WXK_ESCAPE) pressed = -1; // Check for the escape key
-			}
-			// Else show the error message
-			else
-			{
-				pressed = KeyboardKey;
-				KeyboardKey = -1;
-				Stop = true;
-			}
-		}
-		// Only accept the escape key
-		else if (KeyboardKey == WXK_ESCAPE)
-		{	
-			Succeed = true;
-			KeyboardKey = 0;
-			pressed = -1;
-		}
-	}
-}
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Configure button mapping
-
-
-
-} // InputCommon
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79443b306..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/SDL.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-
-// Project description
-// -------------------
-// Name: SDL Input 
-// Description: Common SDL Input Functions
-//
-// Author: Falcon4ever (nJoy@falcon4ever.com, www.multigesture.net), JPeterson etc
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-//
-
-//
-// Licensetype: GNU General Public License (GPL)
-//
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-//
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-//
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-//
-
-
-#ifndef _SDL_h
-#define _SDL_h
-
-
-// Include
-// -------------------
-#include  // System
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#include  // Externals
-#include 
-#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(1, 3, 0)
-	#include 
-#endif
-#else
-#include 
-#include 
-#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(1, 3, 0)
-	#include 
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include "common.h" // Common
-
-
-
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-
-
-// Settings
-// ----------
-// Show a status window with the detected axes, buttons and so on
-//#define SHOW_PAD_STATUS
-
-
-
-// Structures
-/* -------------------
-	CONTROLLER_STATE buttons (PadState) = 0 or 1
-	CONTROLLER_MAPPING buttons (joystick) = 0 or 1, 2, 3, 4, a certain joypad button
-
-	Please remember: The axis limit is hardcoded here, if you allow more axises (for
-	example for analog A and B buttons) you must first incrase the size of the axis array
-	size here
-*/
-struct CONTROLLER_STATE		// GC PAD INFO/STATE
-{
-	int buttons[8];			// Amount of buttons (A B X Y Z, L-Trigger R-Trigger Start) might need to change the triggers buttons
-	int dpad;				// Automatic SDL D-Pad (8 directions + neutral)
-	int dpad2[4];			// D-pad using buttons
-	int axis[6];			// 2 x 2 Axes (Main & Sub)
-	int halfpress;			// Halfpress... you know, like not fully pressed ;)...
-	SDL_Joystick *joy;		// SDL joystick device
-};
-
-struct CONTROLLER_MAPPING	// GC PAD MAPPING
-{
-	int buttons[8];			// (See above)
-	int dpad;				// (See above)
-	int dpad2[4];			// (See above)
-	int axis[6];			// (See above)
-	int halfpress;			// (See above)
-	int deadzone;			// Deadzone... what else?
-	int ID;					// SDL joystick device ID
-	int controllertype;		// Hat: Hat or custom buttons
-	int triggertype;		// Triggers range
-	std::string SRadius, SDiagonal, SRadiusC, SDiagonalC;
-	bool bRadiusOnOff, bSquareToCircle, bRadiusOnOffC, bSquareToCircleC;
-	bool rumble;
-	bool enable;
-	int eventnum;			// Linux Event Number, Can't be found dynamically yet
-};
-
-struct CONTROLLER_INFO		// CONNECTED WINDOWS DEVICES INFO
-{
-	int NumAxes;			// Amount of Axes
-	int NumButtons;			// Amount of Buttons
-	int NumBalls;			// Amount of Balls
-	int NumHats;			// Amount of Hats (POV)
-	std::string Name;		// Joypad/stickname
-	int ID;					// SDL joystick device ID
-	bool Good;				// Pad is good (it has at least one button or axis)
-	SDL_Joystick *joy;		// SDL joystick device
-};
-enum
-{
-	// CTL_L_SHOULDER and CTL_R_SHOULDER = 0 and 1
-	CTL_MAIN_X = 2,
-	CTL_MAIN_Y,
-	CTL_SUB_X,
-	CTL_SUB_Y
-};
-
-enum
-{
-	CTL_L_SHOULDER = 0,
-	CTL_R_SHOULDER,
-	CTL_A_BUTTON,
-	CTL_B_BUTTON,
-	CTL_X_BUTTON,
-	CTL_Y_BUTTON,
-	CTL_Z_TRIGGER,	
-	CTL_START	
-};
-// DPad Type
-enum
-{
-	CTL_DPAD_HAT = 0, // Automatically use the first hat that SDL finds
-	CTL_DPAD_CUSTOM // Custom directional pad settings
-};
-// Trigger Type
-enum
-{
-	CTL_TRIGGER_SDL = 0, // 
-	CTL_TRIGGER_XINPUT // The XBox 360 pad
-};
-enum
-{
-	CTL_D_PAD_UP = 0,
-	CTL_D_PAD_DOWN,
-	CTL_D_PAD_LEFT,
-	CTL_D_PAD_RIGHT
-};
-// Button type for the configuration
-enum
-{
-	CTL_AXIS = 0,
-	CTL_HAT,
-	CTL_BUTTON,	
-	CTL_KEY
-};
-// XInput buttons
-enum
-{
-	XI_TRIGGER_L = 0,
-	XI_TRIGGER_R
-};
-
-
-union PadAxis
-{
-	int keyForControls[6];
-	struct
-	{
-		int Lx;
-		int Ly;
-		int Rx;
-		int Ry;
-		int Tl; // Trigger
-		int Tr; // Trigger
-	};
-};
-struct PadWiimote
-{
-	int keyForControls[16];
-	// Order is A, B, 1, 2, +, -, Home
-	// L, R, U, D, RollL, RollR, PitchU, PitchD, Shake
-};
-struct PadNunchuck
-{
-	int keyForControls[7];
-	// Order is Z, C, L, R, U, D, Shake
-};
-struct PadClassicController
-{
- 	int keyForControls[23];
-	// Order is A, B, X, Y, +, -, Home
-	// Tl, Zl, Zr, Tr, Dl, Dr, Du, Dd
-	// Ll, Lr, Lu, Ld, Rl, Rr, Ru, Rd
-}; 
-struct PadGH3Controller
-{
-	int keyForControls[14];
-	// Order is Green, Red, Yellow, Blue, Orange,
-	// +, -, Whammy, 
-	// Al, Ar, Au, Ad,
-	// StrumUp, StrumDown
-};
-struct CONTROLLER_STATE_NEW		// GC PAD INFO/STATE
-{
-	PadAxis Axis;			// 6 Axes (Main, Sub, Triggers)
-	SDL_Joystick *joy;		// SDL joystick device
-};
-struct CONTROLLER_MAPPING_NEW	// GC PAD MAPPING
-{
-	PadAxis Axis;			// (See above)
-	PadWiimote Wm;
-	PadNunchuck Nc;
-	PadClassicController Cc;
-	PadGH3Controller GH3c;
-	bool enabled;			// Pad attached?
-	bool Rumble;
-	int RumbleStrength;
-	int DeadZoneL;			// Analog 1 Deadzone
-	int DeadZoneR;			// Analog 2 Deadzone
-	int ID;					// SDL joystick device ID
-	int controllertype;		// D-Pad type: Hat or custom buttons
-	int triggertype;		// SDL or XInput trigger
-	std::string SDiagonal;
-	bool bSquareToCircle;
-	bool bCircle2Square;
-};
-
-
-
-
-// Declarations
-// ---------
-
-// General functions
-bool SearchDevices(std::vector &_joyinfo, int &NumPads, int &NumGoodPads);
-void GetJoyState(CONTROLLER_STATE &_PadState, CONTROLLER_MAPPING _PadMapping, int controller, int NumButtons);
-void GetButton(SDL_Joystick*, int,int,int,int, int&,int&,int&,int&,bool&,bool&, bool,bool,bool,bool,bool,bool);
-
-// Value conversion
-float Deg2Rad(float Deg);
-float Rad2Deg(float Rad);
-int Pad_Convert(int _val);
-float SquareDistance(float deg);
-bool IsDeadZone(float DeadZone, int x, int y);
-void Square2Circle(int &_x, int &_y, int _pad, std::string SDiagonal, bool Circle2Square = false);
-void RadiusAdjustment(int &_x, int &_y, int _pad, std::string SRadius);
-
-// Input configuration
-std::string VKToString(int keycode);
-
-#ifndef _SDL_MAIN_
-	extern int g_LastPad;
-#endif
-
-
-
-} // InputCommon
-
-
-#endif // _SDL_h
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 636ec6950..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#include "X11InputBase.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-#if defined(HAVE_WX) && HAVE_WX
-// Taken from wxw source code
-KeySym wxCharCodeWXToX(int id)
-{
-    KeySym keySym;
-
-    switch (id)
-    {
-        case WXK_CANCEL:        keySym = XK_Cancel; break;
-        case WXK_BACK:          keySym = XK_BackSpace; break;
-        case WXK_TAB:           keySym = XK_Tab; break;
-        case WXK_CLEAR:         keySym = XK_Clear; break;
-        case WXK_RETURN:        keySym = XK_Return; break;
-        case WXK_SHIFT:         keySym = XK_Shift_L; break;
-        case WXK_CONTROL:       keySym = XK_Control_L; break;
-        case WXK_ALT:           keySym = XK_Meta_L; break;
-        case WXK_CAPITAL:       keySym = XK_Caps_Lock; break;
-        case WXK_MENU :         keySym = XK_Menu; break;
-        case WXK_PAUSE:         keySym = XK_Pause; break;
-        case WXK_ESCAPE:        keySym = XK_Escape; break;
-        case WXK_SPACE:         keySym = ' '; break;
-        case WXK_PAGEUP:        keySym = XK_Prior; break;
-        case WXK_PAGEDOWN:      keySym = XK_Next; break;
-        case WXK_END:           keySym = XK_End; break;
-        case WXK_HOME :         keySym = XK_Home; break;
-        case WXK_LEFT :         keySym = XK_Left; break;
-        case WXK_UP:            keySym = XK_Up; break;
-        case WXK_RIGHT:         keySym = XK_Right; break;
-        case WXK_DOWN :         keySym = XK_Down; break;
-        case WXK_SELECT:        keySym = XK_Select; break;
-        case WXK_PRINT:         keySym = XK_Print; break;
-        case WXK_EXECUTE:       keySym = XK_Execute; break;
-        case WXK_INSERT:        keySym = XK_Insert; break;
-        case WXK_DELETE:        keySym = XK_Delete; break;
-        case WXK_HELP :         keySym = XK_Help; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD0:       keySym = XK_KP_0; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:     keySym = XK_KP_Insert; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD1:       keySym = XK_KP_1; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_END:           keySym = XK_KP_End; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD2:       keySym = XK_KP_2; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:      keySym = XK_KP_Down; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD3:       keySym = XK_KP_3; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN:  keySym = XK_KP_Page_Down; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD4:       keySym = XK_KP_4; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:         keySym = XK_KP_Left; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD5:       keySym = XK_KP_5; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD6:       keySym = XK_KP_6; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:       keySym = XK_KP_Right; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD7:       keySym = XK_KP_7; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:       keySym = XK_KP_Home; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD8:       keySym = XK_KP_8; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:             keySym = XK_KP_Up; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD9:       keySym = XK_KP_9; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:   keySym = XK_KP_Page_Up; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:    keySym = XK_KP_Decimal; break; case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:   keySym = XK_KP_Delete; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:   keySym = XK_KP_Multiply; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:             keySym = XK_KP_Add; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: keySym = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:        keySym = XK_KP_Divide; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:        keySym = XK_KP_Enter; break;
-        case WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR:  keySym = XK_KP_Separator; break;
-        case WXK_F1:            keySym = XK_F1; break;
-        case WXK_F2:            keySym = XK_F2; break;
-        case WXK_F3:            keySym = XK_F3; break;
-        case WXK_F4:            keySym = XK_F4; break;
-        case WXK_F5:            keySym = XK_F5; break;
-        case WXK_F6:            keySym = XK_F6; break;
-        case WXK_F7:            keySym = XK_F7; break;
-        case WXK_F8:            keySym = XK_F8; break;
-        case WXK_F9:            keySym = XK_F9; break;
-        case WXK_F10:           keySym = XK_F10; break;
-        case WXK_F11:           keySym = XK_F11; break;
-        case WXK_F12:           keySym = XK_F12; break;
-        case WXK_F13:           keySym = XK_F13; break;
-        case WXK_F14:           keySym = XK_F14; break;
-        case WXK_F15:           keySym = XK_F15; break;
-        case WXK_F16:           keySym = XK_F16; break;
-        case WXK_F17:           keySym = XK_F17; break;
-        case WXK_F18:           keySym = XK_F18; break;
-        case WXK_F19:           keySym = XK_F19; break;
-        case WXK_F20:           keySym = XK_F20; break;
-        case WXK_F21:           keySym = XK_F21; break;
-        case WXK_F22:           keySym = XK_F22; break;
-        case WXK_F23:           keySym = XK_F23; break;
-        case WXK_F24:           keySym = XK_F24; break;
-        case WXK_NUMLOCK:       keySym = XK_Num_Lock; break;
-        case WXK_SCROLL:        keySym = XK_Scroll_Lock; break;
-        default:                keySym = id <= 255 ? (KeySym)id : 0;
-    }
-
-    return keySym;
-}
-#else
-KeySym wxCharCodeWXToX(int id)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-#endif
-void XKeyToString(unsigned int keycode, char *keyStr) {
-  switch (keycode) {
-    
-  case XK_Left:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "LEFT");
-    break;
-  case XK_Up: 
-    sprintf(keyStr, "UP");
-    break;
-  case XK_Right: 
-    sprintf(keyStr, "RIGHT");
-    break;
-  case XK_Down:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "DOWN");
-    break;
-  case XK_Return:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "RETURN");
-    break;
-  case XK_KP_Enter:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "KP ENTER");
-    break;
-  case XK_KP_Left:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "KP LEFT");
-    break;
-  case XK_KP_Up: 
-    sprintf(keyStr, "KP UP");
-    break;
-  case XK_KP_Right: 
-    sprintf(keyStr, "KP RIGHT");
-    break;
-  case XK_KP_Down:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "KP DOWN");
-    break;
-  case XK_Shift_L:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "LShift");
-    break;
-  case XK_Control_L:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "LControl");
-    break;
-  default:
-    sprintf(keyStr, "%c", toupper(keycode));
-  }
-}
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 238ab27c4..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/X11InputBase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef XINPUTBASE_H
-#define XINPUTBASE_H
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#if 0
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#if defined(HAVE_WX) && HAVE_WX
-#include 
-#endif
-namespace InputCommon
-{
-KeySym wxCharCodeWXToX(int id);
-void XKeyToString(unsigned int keycode, char *keyStr);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c762ccf0..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-
-//
-// Licensetype: GNU General Public License (GPL)
-//
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-//
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-//
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-//
-
-
-
-
-// File description
-/* -------------------
-   Function: This file will get the status of the analog triggers of any connected XInput device.
-   This code was made with the help of SimpleController.cpp in the June 2008 Microsoft DirectX SDK
-   Samples.
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////// */
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-
-
-// Includes
-// -------------------
-#include 
-#include  // XInput API
-
-#include "SDL.h" // Local
-
-
-
-namespace XInput
-{
-
-
-
-// Declarations
-// -------------------
-
-#define MAX_CONTROLLERS 4  // XInput handles up to 4 controllers 
-
-struct CONTROLER_STATE
-{
-    XINPUT_STATE state;
-    bool bConnected;
-};
-CONTROLER_STATE g_Controllers[MAX_CONTROLLERS];
-
-
-
-
-// Init
-// -------------------
-/* Function: Calculate the number of connected XInput devices
-   Todo: Implement this to figure out if there are multiple XInput controllers connected,
-   we currently only try to connect to XInput device 0 */
-void Init()
-{
-    // Init state
-    //ZeroMemory( g_Controllers, sizeof( CONTROLER_STATE ) * MAX_CONTROLLERS );
-
-	// Declaration
-	DWORD dwResult;
-
-	// Calculate the number of connected XInput devices
-	for( DWORD i = 0; i < MAX_CONTROLLERS; i++ )
-    {
-        // Simply get the state of the controller from XInput.
-        dwResult = XInputGetState( i, &g_Controllers[i].state );
-
-        if( dwResult == ERROR_SUCCESS )
-            g_Controllers[i].bConnected = true;
-        else
-            g_Controllers[i].bConnected = false;
-    }
-
-}	
-
-
-
-
-// Get the trigger status
-// -------------------
-int GetXI(int Controller, int Button)
-{
-	// Update the internal status
-    DWORD dwResult;
-	dwResult = XInputGetState( Controller, &g_Controllers[Controller].state );
-
-	if( dwResult != ERROR_SUCCESS ) return -1;
-
-	switch(Button)
-	{
-	case InputCommon::XI_TRIGGER_L:
-		return g_Controllers[0].state.Gamepad.bLeftTrigger;
-
-	case InputCommon::XI_TRIGGER_R:
-		return g_Controllers[0].state.Gamepad.bRightTrigger;
-
-	default:
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Check if a certain controller is connected
-// -------------------
-bool IsConnected(int Controller)
-{
-	DWORD dwResult = XInputGetState( Controller, &g_Controllers[Controller].state );
-
-	// Update the connected status
-	if( dwResult == ERROR_SUCCESS )
-		return true;
-	else
-		return false;
-}
-
-
-} // XInput
-
-#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.h b/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 25905afa7..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/InputCommon/XInput.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-
-//
-// Licensetype: GNU General Public License (GPL)
-//
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-//
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-//
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-//
-
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-
-
-// Includes
-// ----------
-#include 
-
-
-
-
-namespace XInput
-{
-
-
-// Declarations
-// ----------
-void Init();
-int GetXI(int Controller, int Button);
-bool IsConnected(int Controller);
-
-
-} // XInput
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f9b71463..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#include "LuaWindow.h"
-#include "lua-engine.h"
-
-#include 
-
-
-int wxLuaWindow::luaCount = 0;
-
-// Constant Colors
-const unsigned long COLOR_GRAY = 0xDCDCDC;
-
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxLuaWindow, wxWindow)
-	EVT_SIZE(                                            wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_Window_Resize)
-	EVT_CLOSE(                                           wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_Window_Close)
-    EVT_BUTTON(ID_BUTTON_CLOSE,                          wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ButtonClose_Press)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_BUTTON_LOAD,                           wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptLoad_Press)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_BUTTON_RUN,                            wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptRun_Press)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_BUTTON_STOP,                           wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptStop_Press)
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-std::map g_contextMap;
-
-void LuaPrint(int uid, const char *msg)
-{
-	g_contextMap[uid]->PrintMessage(msg);
-}
-
-void LuaStop(int uid, bool ok)
-{
-	if(ok)
-		g_contextMap[uid]->PrintMessage("Script completed successfully!\n");
-	else
-		g_contextMap[uid]->PrintMessage("Script failed\n");
-
-	g_contextMap[uid]->OnStop();
-}
-
-wxLuaWindow::wxLuaWindow(wxFrame* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size) :
-	wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, _T("Lua Script Console"), pos, size, wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
-{
-	// Create Lua context
-	luaID = luaCount;
-	OpenLuaContext(luaID, LuaPrint, NULL, LuaStop);
-	g_contextMap[luaID] = this;
-	luaCount++;
-	bScriptRunning = false;
-
-	// Create the GUI controls
-	InitGUIControls();
-
-	// Setup Window
-	SetBackgroundColour(wxColour(COLOR_GRAY));
-	SetSize(size);
-	SetPosition(pos);
-	Layout();
-	Show();
-}
-
-wxLuaWindow::~wxLuaWindow()
-{
-	// On Disposal
-	CloseLuaContext(luaID);
-	g_contextMap.erase(luaID);
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::PrintMessage(const char *text)
-{
-	m_TextCtrl_Log->AppendText(wxString::FromAscii(text));
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::InitGUIControls()
-{
-	// $ Log Console
-	m_Tab_Log = new wxPanel(this, ID_TAB_LOG, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_TextCtrl_Log = new wxTextCtrl(m_Tab_Log, ID_TEXTCTRL_LOG, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(100, 600),
-									wxTE_MULTILINE | wxTE_READONLY | wxTE_DONTWRAP);
-	wxBoxSizer *HStrip1 = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-	wxBoxSizer *sTabLog = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
-	sTabLog->Add(HStrip1, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	sTabLog->Add(m_TextCtrl_Log, 1, wxALL|wxEXPAND, 5);
-
-	m_Tab_Log->SetSizer(sTabLog);
-	m_Tab_Log->Layout();
-
-	// Button Strip
-	m_Button_Close = new wxButton(this, ID_BUTTON_CLOSE, _T("Close"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Button_LoadScript = new wxButton(this, ID_BUTTON_LOAD, _T("Load Script..."), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Button_Run = new wxButton(this, ID_BUTTON_RUN, _T("Run"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Button_Stop = new wxButton(this, ID_BUTTON_STOP, _T("Stop"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	wxBoxSizer* sButtons = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-
-	m_Button_Run->Disable();
-	m_Button_Stop->Disable();
-
-	sButtons->Add(m_Button_Close, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	sButtons->Add(m_Button_LoadScript, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	sButtons->Add(m_Button_Run, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	sButtons->Add(m_Button_Stop, 0, wxALL, 5);
-
-	wxBoxSizer* sMain = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
-	sMain->Add(m_Tab_Log, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5);
-	sMain->Add(sButtons, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	SetSizer(sMain);
-	Layout();
-
-	Fit();
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptLoad_Press(wxCommandEvent&  WXUNUSED(event)) 
-{
-	wxString path = wxFileSelector(
-		_T("Select the script to load"),
-		wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString,
-		wxString::Format
-		(
-		_T("Lua Scripts (lua)|*.lua|All files (%s)|%s"),
-		wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
-		wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr
-		),
-		wxFD_OPEN | wxFD_PREVIEW | wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST,
-		this);
-
-	if(!path.IsEmpty())
-		currentScript = path;
-	else
-		return;
-
-	m_TextCtrl_Log->Clear();
-//	m_TextCtrl_Log->AppendText(wxString::FromAscii(
-//		StringFromFormat("Script %s loaded successfully.\n", 
-//						 (const char *)path.mb_str()).c_str()));
-	m_Button_Run->Enable();
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptRun_Press(wxCommandEvent&  WXUNUSED(event)) 
-{
-	m_TextCtrl_Log->AppendText(wxT("Running script...\n"));
-	bScriptRunning = true;
-	m_Button_LoadScript->Disable();
-	m_Button_Run->Disable();
-	m_Button_Stop->Enable();
-
-	RunLuaScriptFile(luaID, (const char *)currentScript.mb_str());
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ScriptStop_Press(wxCommandEvent&  WXUNUSED(event)) 
-{
-	StopLuaScript(luaID);
-	OnStop();
-	PrintMessage("Script stopped!\n");
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::OnStop()
-{
-	bScriptRunning = false;
-	m_Button_LoadScript->Enable();
-	m_Button_Run->Enable();
-	m_Button_Stop->Disable();
-}
-
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_Window_Resize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED (event))
-{
-	Layout();
-}
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_ButtonClose_Press(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED (event))
-{
-	Destroy();
-}
-void wxLuaWindow::OnEvent_Window_Close(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED (event))
-{
-	Destroy();
-}
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.h b/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dc8f8405..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/LuaWindow.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef __LUAWINDOW_H__
-#define __LUAWINDOW_H__
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-class wxLuaWindow : public wxFrame
-{
-	public:
-
-		wxLuaWindow(wxFrame* parent, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-
-		void PrintMessage(const char *text);
-
-		void OnStop();
-
-		virtual ~wxLuaWindow();
-
-	protected:
-		static int luaCount;
-		int luaID;
-		bool bScriptRunning;
-		wxString currentScript;
-
-		// Event Table
-		DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
-		// --- GUI Controls ---
-
-		wxPanel *m_Tab_Log;
-
-		wxButton *m_Button_Close, *m_Button_LoadScript, *m_Button_Run, 
-			     *m_Button_Stop;
-
-		wxTextCtrl *m_TextCtrl_Log;
-
-		// GUI IDs
-		enum
-		{
-			ID_TAB_LOG,
-			ID_BUTTON_CLOSE,
-			ID_BUTTON_LOAD,
-			ID_BUTTON_RUN,
-			ID_BUTTON_STOP,
-			ID_TEXTCTRL_LOG
-		};
-
-		void InitGUIControls();
-
-
-		// --- Wx Events Handlers ---
-		// $ Window
-		void OnEvent_Window_Resize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-		void OnEvent_Window_Close(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-		// $ Buttons
-		void OnEvent_ButtonClose_Press(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnEvent_ScriptLoad_Press(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnEvent_ScriptRun_Press(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnEvent_ScriptStop_Press(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-
-};
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/Makefile.am b/desmume/src/wx/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 8462e1d63..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-include $(top_srcdir)/src/desmume.mk
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS += -DHAVE_WX=1 -DHAVE_X11=1 $(WX_CPPFLAGS) $(SDL_CFLAGS) $(LIBAGG_CFLAGS) $(LIBSOUNDTOUCH_CFLAGS)
-
-Applicationsdir = $(datadir)/applications
-Applications_DATA = wxdesmume.desktop
-pixmapdir = $(datadir)/pixmaps
-pixmap_DATA = DeSmuME.xpm
-EXTRA_DIST = wxdesmume.desktop DeSmuME.xpm
-bin_PROGRAMS = wxdesmume
-wxdesmume_SOURCES = \
-	../sndsdl.cpp \
-	../driver.h ../driver.cpp \
-	../wxdlg/wxdlg3dViewer.h ../wxdlg/wxdlg3dViewer.cpp \
-	../wxdlg/wxcontrolsconfigdialog.h ../wxdlg/wxcontrolsconfigdialog.cpp \
-	PadSimple/pluginspecs_pad.h \
-	PadSimple/PadSimple.h PadSimple/PadSimple.cpp \
-	PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.h PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.cpp \
-	InputCommon/X11InputBase.h InputCommon/X11InputBase.cpp \
-	InputCommon/XInput.h InputCommon/XInput.cpp \
-	InputCommon/InputCommon.h InputCommon/InputCommon.cpp \
-	InputCommon/Event.hpp \
-	InputCommon/EventHandler.h InputCommon/EventHandler.cpp \
-	InputCommon/Configuration.cpp \
-	InputCommon/SDL.h InputCommon/SDL.cpp \
-	LuaWindow.h \
-	StringUtil.h StringUtil.cpp \
-	wxMain.cpp
-wxdesmume_LDADD = ../libdesmume.a \
-	$(SDL_LIBS) $(GTHREAD_LIBS) $(GLIB_LIBS) $(ALSA_LIBS) $(LIBAGG_LIBS) $(WX_LIBS) $(LIBSOUNDTOUCH_LIBS) -lX11
-if HAVE_GDB_STUB
-wxdesmume_LDADD += ../gdbstub/libgdbstub.a
-endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 14220b53e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,558 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#include 
-
-#include "common.h"
-#include "ConfigDlg.h"
-#include "../PadSimple.h"
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#include "XInput.h"
-#include "../../InputCommon/DirectInputBase.h" // Core
-
-DInput m_dinput;
-#endif
-
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(PADConfigDialogSimple,wxDialog)
-	EVT_SHOW(PADConfigDialogSimple::OnShow)
-	EVT_CLOSE(PADConfigDialogSimple::OnClose)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_CLOSE,PADConfigDialogSimple::OnCloseClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_PAD_ABOUT,PADConfigDialogSimple::DllAbout)
-
-	EVT_CHECKBOX(ID_X360PAD,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_CHOICE(ID_X360PAD_CHOICE,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_CHECKBOX(ID_RUMBLE,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_CHECKBOX(ID_DISABLE,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-
-	// Input recording
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	EVT_CHECKBOX(ID_RECORDING,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_CHECKBOX(ID_PLAYBACK,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_BUTTON(ID_SAVE_RECORDING,PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-#endif
-
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_A, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_B, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_X, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_Y, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_Z, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_START, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_L, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_R, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_L_SEMI, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_R_SEMI, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_SLIDER(ID_TRIGGER_SEMIVALUE, PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_MAINUP, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_MAINDOWN, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_MAINLEFT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_MAINRIGHT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_MAIN_SEMI, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_SLIDER(ID_MAIN_SEMIVALUE, PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_SUBUP, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_SUBDOWN, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_SUBLEFT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_SLIDER(ID_SUB_SEMIVALUE, PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_SUBRIGHT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_SUB_SEMI, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_DPADUP, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_DPADDOWN, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_DPADLEFT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-	EVT_BUTTON(CTL_DPADRIGHT, PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick)
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-PADConfigDialogSimple::PADConfigDialogSimple(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString &title, const wxPoint &position, const wxSize& size, long style)
-: wxDialog(parent, id, title, position, size, style)
-{
-	ClickedButton = NULL;
-	CreateGUIControls();
-	Fit();
-
-	// Connect keydown to the window
-	wxTheApp->Connect(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_KEY_DOWN,
-		wxKeyEventHandler(PADConfigDialogSimple::OnKeyDown),
-		(wxObject*)NULL, this);
-
-	Show();
-}
-
-PADConfigDialogSimple::~PADConfigDialogSimple()
-{
-}
-
-// Create input button controls
-// -------------------
-inline void AddControl(wxPanel *pan, wxButton **button,
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sizer, const char *name, int ctl, int controller)
-{
-	wxBoxSizer *hButton = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-	char keyStr[10] = {0};
-
-	// Add the label
-	hButton->Add(new wxStaticText(pan, 0, wxString::FromAscii(name), 
-	             wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize), 0,
-	             wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL);
-
-	// Give it the mapped key name
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	DInput::DIKToString(pad[controller].keyForControl[ctl], keyStr);	
-#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-	InputCommon::XKeyToString(pad[controller].keyForControl[ctl], keyStr);
-#endif
-
-	// Add the button to its sizer
-	*button = new wxButton(pan, ctl, wxString::FromAscii(keyStr), 
-	                       wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxWANTS_CHARS);
-	hButton->Add(*button, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-	sizer->Add(hButton, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-}
-
-// Create input slider controls
-// -------------------
-inline void PADConfigDialogSimple::AddSlider(wxPanel *pan, wxSlider **slider,
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sizer, const char *name, int ctl, int controller)
-{
-	wxBoxSizer *hSlider = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-	int semivalue, maxvalue;
-	std::stringstream ss;
-
-	// Add the label
-	hSlider->Add(new wxStaticText(pan, 0, wxString::FromAscii(name), 
-	             wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize), 0,
-	             wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL);
-
-	// Do everything else
-	switch (ctl)
-	{
-	case ID_TRIGGER_SEMIVALUE:
-		semivalue = pad[controller].Trigger_semivalue;
-		maxvalue = TRIGGER_FULL;
-		// Add the slider to its sizer
-		*slider = new wxSlider(pan, ctl, semivalue, 0, maxvalue, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(100,-1));
-		(**slider).SetPageSize(32);
-		hSlider->Add(*slider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		sizer->Add(hSlider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		// Add numeric value label to sizer
-		ss << pad[controller].Trigger_semivalue;
-		m_Trigger_SemiValue_Label[controller] = new wxStaticText(pan, 0,
-			wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(25, -1));
-		hSlider->Add(m_Trigger_SemiValue_Label[controller],
-		             0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL);
-		break;
-	case ID_MAIN_SEMIVALUE:
-		semivalue = pad[controller].Main_stick_semivalue;
-		maxvalue = STICK_FULL;
-		// Add the slider to its sizer
-		*slider = new wxSlider(pan, ctl, semivalue, 0, maxvalue, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(100, -1));
-		(**slider).SetPageSize(10);
-		hSlider->Add(*slider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		sizer->Add(hSlider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		// Add numeric value label to sizer
-		ss << pad[controller].Main_stick_semivalue;
-		m_Stick_SemiValue_Label[controller] = new wxStaticText(pan, 0,
-			wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(25, -1));
-		hSlider->Add(m_Stick_SemiValue_Label[controller],
-		             0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL);
-		break;
-	case ID_SUB_SEMIVALUE:
-		semivalue = pad[controller].Sub_stick_semivalue;
-		maxvalue = STICK_FULL;
-		// Add the slider to its sizer
-		*slider = new wxSlider(pan, ctl, semivalue, 0, maxvalue, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(100,-1));
-		(**slider).SetPageSize(10);
-		hSlider->Add(*slider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		sizer->Add(hSlider, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL);
-		// Add numeric value label to sizer
-		ss << pad[controller].Sub_stick_semivalue;
-		m_CStick_SemiValue_Label[controller] = new wxStaticText(pan, 0,
-			wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(25, -1));
-		hSlider->Add(m_CStick_SemiValue_Label[controller],
-		             0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL);
-		break;
-	}
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::CreateGUIControls()
-{
-	// Notebook
-	m_Notebook = new wxNotebook(this, ID_NOTEBOOK, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	
-	// Controller pages
-	m_Controller[0] = new wxPanel(m_Notebook, ID_CONTROLLERPAGE1, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Notebook->AddPage(m_Controller[0], wxT("Controller 1"));
-	m_Controller[1] = new wxPanel(m_Notebook, ID_CONTROLLERPAGE2, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Notebook->AddPage(m_Controller[1], wxT("Controller 2"));
-	m_Controller[2] = new wxPanel(m_Notebook, ID_CONTROLLERPAGE3, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Notebook->AddPage(m_Controller[2], wxT("Controller 3"));
-	m_Controller[3] = new wxPanel(m_Notebook, ID_CONTROLLERPAGE4, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	m_Notebook->AddPage(m_Controller[3], wxT("Controller 4"));
-	
-	// Standard buttons
-	m_Close = new wxButton(this, ID_CLOSE, wxT("Close"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-	m_About = new wxButton(this, ID_PAD_ABOUT, wxT("About"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-	
-	// Put notebook and standard buttons in sizers
-	wxBoxSizer* sSButtons;
-	sSButtons = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-	sSButtons->Add(m_About,0,wxALL, 5);
-	sSButtons->Add(0, 0, 1, wxEXPAND, 5);
-	sSButtons->Add(m_Close, 0, wxALL, 5);
-	
-	wxBoxSizer* sMain;
-	sMain = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
-	sMain->Add(m_Notebook, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5);
-	sMain->Add(sSButtons, 0, wxEXPAND, 5);
-	
-	this->SetSizer(sMain);
-	this->Layout();
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	// Add connected XPads
-	for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++)
-	{
-		XINPUT_STATE xstate;
-		DWORD xresult = XInputGetState(x, &xstate);
-
-		if (xresult == ERROR_SUCCESS)
-		{
-			arrayStringFor_X360Pad.Add(wxString::Format(wxT("%i"), x+1));
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-	
-	for(int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-	{	
-		// --------------------------------------------------------------------
-		// Settings
-		// -----------------------------
-		// Main horizontal container
-		sDevice[i] = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
-
-		sbDevice[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("Controller Settings"));
-		m_Disable[i] = new wxCheckBox(m_Controller[i], ID_DISABLE, wxT("Disable when Dolphin is not in focus"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-		sbDevice[i]->Add(m_Disable[i], 0, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 1);
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-		m_SizeXInput[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("XInput Pad"));
-		m_X360Pad[i] = new wxCheckBox(m_Controller[i], ID_X360PAD, wxT("Enable X360Pad"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-		m_X360PadC[i] = new wxChoice(m_Controller[i], ID_X360PAD_CHOICE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, arrayStringFor_X360Pad, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-		m_Rumble[i] = new wxCheckBox(m_Controller[i], ID_RUMBLE, wxT("Enable rumble"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, wxDefaultValidator);
-
-		m_SizeXInput[i]->Add(m_X360Pad[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-		m_SizeXInput[i]->Add(m_X360PadC[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-		m_SizeXInput[i]->Add(m_Rumble[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-#endif
-		// Set values
-		m_Disable[i]->SetValue(pad[i].bDisable);
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-		// Check if any XInput pad was found
-		if (arrayStringFor_X360Pad.IsEmpty())
-		{
-			m_X360Pad[i]->SetLabel(wxT("Enable X360Pad - No pad connected"));
-			m_X360Pad[i]->SetValue(false);
-			m_X360Pad[i]->Enable(false);
-			pad[i].bEnableXPad = false;
-			m_X360PadC[i]->Hide();
-			m_Rumble[i]->Hide();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			m_X360Pad[i]->SetValue(pad[i].bEnableXPad);
-			m_X360PadC[i]->SetSelection(pad[i].XPadPlayer);
-			m_X360PadC[i]->Enable(m_X360Pad[i]->IsChecked());
-			m_Rumble[i]->SetValue(pad[i].bRumble);
-			m_Rumble[i]->Enable(m_X360Pad[i]->IsChecked());
-		}
-#endif
-		
-		// Sizers
-		sDevice[i]->Add(sbDevice[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-		//sDevice[i]->AddStretchSpacer();
-#ifdef _WIN32
-		sDevice[i]->Add(m_SizeXInput[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-#endif
-		// -----------------------------------
-
-
-		
-		// Rerecording
-		// ---------
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-		// Create controls
-		m_SizeRecording[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("Input Recording"));
-		m_CheckRecording[i] = new wxCheckBox(m_Controller[i], ID_RECORDING, wxT("Record input"));
-		m_CheckPlayback[i] = new wxCheckBox(m_Controller[i], ID_PLAYBACK, wxT("Play back input"));
-		m_BtnSaveRecording[i] = new wxButton(m_Controller[i], ID_SAVE_RECORDING, wxT("Save recording"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-
-		// Tool tips
-		m_CheckRecording[i]->SetToolTip(wxT("Your recording will be saved to pad-record.bin in the Dolphin dir when you stop the game"));
-		m_CheckPlayback[i]->SetToolTip(wxT("Play back the pad-record.bin file from the Dolphin dir"));
-		m_BtnSaveRecording[i]->SetToolTip(wxT(
-			"This will save the current recording to pad-record.bin. Your recording will\n"
-			"also be automatically saved every 60 * 10 frames. And when you shut down the\n"
-			"game."));
-
-		// Sizers
-		m_SizeRecording[i]->Add(m_CheckRecording[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-		m_SizeRecording[i]->Add(m_CheckPlayback[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-		m_SizeRecording[i]->Add(m_BtnSaveRecording[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-
-		// Only enable these options for pad 0
-		m_CheckRecording[i]->Enable(false); m_CheckRecording[0]->Enable(true);
-		m_CheckPlayback[i]->Enable(false); m_CheckPlayback[0]->Enable(true);
-		m_BtnSaveRecording[i]->Enable(false); m_BtnSaveRecording[0]->Enable(true);
-		// Don't allow saving when we are not recording
-		m_BtnSaveRecording[i]->Enable(g_EmulatorRunning && pad[0].bRecording);
-		sDevice[i]->Add(m_SizeRecording[i], 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 1);
-
-		// Set values
-		m_CheckRecording[0]->SetValue(pad[0].bRecording);
-		m_CheckPlayback[0]->SetValue(pad[0].bPlayback);
-
-		//DEBUG_LOG(CONSOLE, "m_CheckRecording: %i\n", pad[0].bRecording, pad[0].bPlayback);
-#endif
-		
-	
-
-		// --------------------------------------------------------------------
-		// Buttons
-		// -----------------------------
-		sButtons[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("Buttons"));
-
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonA[i]), sButtons[i], "A: ", CTL_A, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonB[i]), sButtons[i], "B: ", CTL_B, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonX[i]), sButtons[i], "X: ", CTL_X, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonY[i]), sButtons[i], "Y: ", CTL_Y, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonZ[i]), sButtons[i], "Z: ", CTL_Z, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonStart[i]), sButtons[i], "Start: ", CTL_START, i);
-
-		sTriggers[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("Triggers"));
-
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonL[i]), sTriggers[i], "L: ", CTL_L, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonR[i]), sTriggers[i], "R: ", CTL_R, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonL_Semi[i]), sTriggers[i], "Semi-L: ", CTL_L_SEMI, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_ButtonR_Semi[i]), sTriggers[i], "Semi-R: ", CTL_R_SEMI, i);
-		AddSlider(m_Controller[i], &(m_Trigger_SemiValue[i]), sTriggers[i], "Semi: ", ID_TRIGGER_SEMIVALUE, i);
-
-		sStick[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("Main Stick"));
-
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_StickUp[i]), sStick[i], "Up: ", CTL_MAINUP, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_StickDown[i]), sStick[i], "Down: ", CTL_MAINDOWN, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_StickLeft[i]), sStick[i], "Left: ", CTL_MAINLEFT, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_StickRight[i]), sStick[i], "Right: ", CTL_MAINRIGHT, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_Stick_Semi[i]), sStick[i], "Semi-press: ", CTL_MAIN_SEMI, i);
-		AddSlider(m_Controller[i], &(m_Stick_SemiValue[i]), sStick[i], "Semi: ", ID_MAIN_SEMIVALUE, i);
-
-		sDPad[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("D-Pad"));
-
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_DPadUp[i]), sDPad[i], "Up: ", CTL_DPADUP, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_DPadDown[i]), sDPad[i], "Down: ", CTL_DPADDOWN, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_DPadLeft[i]), sDPad[i], "Left: ", CTL_DPADLEFT, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_DPadRight[i]), sDPad[i], "Right: ", CTL_DPADRIGHT, i);
-
-		sCStick[i] = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, m_Controller[i], wxT("C-Stick"));
-
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStickUp[i]), sCStick[i], "Up: ", CTL_SUBUP, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStickDown[i]), sCStick[i], "Down: ", CTL_SUBDOWN, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStickLeft[i]), sCStick[i], "Left: ", CTL_SUBLEFT, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStickRight[i]), sCStick[i], "Right: ", CTL_SUBRIGHT, i);
-		AddControl(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStick_Semi[i]), sCStick[i], "Semi-press: ", CTL_SUB_SEMI, i);
-		AddSlider(m_Controller[i], &(m_CStick_SemiValue[i]), sCStick[i], "Semi: ", ID_SUB_SEMIVALUE, i);
-
-		// --------------------------------------------------------------------
-		// Sizers
-		// -----------------------------
-		sPage[i] = new wxGridBagSizer(0, 0);
-		sPage[i]->SetFlexibleDirection(wxBOTH);
-		sPage[i]->SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sDevice[i], wxGBPosition(0, 0), wxGBSpan(1, 5), wxEXPAND|wxALL, 1);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sButtons[i], wxGBPosition(1, 0), wxGBSpan(2, 1), wxALL, 1);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sTriggers[i], wxGBPosition(1, 1), wxGBSpan(1, 1), wxEXPAND|wxALL, 1);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sStick[i], wxGBPosition(1, 2), wxGBSpan(2, 1), wxALL, 1);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sDPad[i], wxGBPosition(1, 3), wxGBSpan(2, 1), wxALL, 1);
-		sPage[i]->Add(sCStick[i], wxGBPosition(1, 4), wxGBSpan(2, 1), wxALL, 1);
-		m_Controller[i]->SetSizer(sPage[i]);
-		sPage[i]->Layout();
-	}
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	m_dinput.Free();
-#endif
-	EndModal(0);
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::OnCloseClick(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	SaveConfig();
-	Destroy();
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::OnShow(wxShowEvent& event)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	m_dinput.Init((HWND)this->GetParent());
-#endif
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-	char keyStr[10] = {0};
-	if(ClickedButton)
-	{
-		// Get the selected notebook page
-		int page = m_Notebook->GetSelection();
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-		m_dinput.Read();
-		if (m_dinput.diks[DIK_ESCAPE])
-		{
-			pad[page].keyForControl[ClickedButton->GetId()] = 0x00;
-			ClickedButton->SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii(""));
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			for(int i = 0; i < 255; i++)
-			{
-				if(m_dinput.diks[i])
-				{
-					// Save the mapped key
-					pad[page].keyForControl[ClickedButton->GetId()] = i;
-					// Get the key name
-					DInput::DIKToString(i, keyStr);
-					ClickedButton->SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii(keyStr));
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-		if (event.GetKeyCode() == (XK_Escape & 0xFF))
-		{
-			pad[page].keyForControl[ClickedButton->GetId()] = InputCommon::wxCharCodeWXToX(0x00);
-			ClickedButton->SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii(""));
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pad[page].keyForControl[ClickedButton->GetId()] = InputCommon::wxCharCodeWXToX(event.GetKeyCode());
-			InputCommon::XKeyToString(pad[page].keyForControl[ClickedButton->GetId()], keyStr);
-			ClickedButton->SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii(keyStr));
-		}
-#endif
-		ClickedButton->Disconnect();
-	}
-	// Reset 
-	ClickedButton = NULL;
-	//event.Skip();
-}
-
-// We have clicked a button
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	// Check if the Space key was set, to solve the problem that the Space key calls this function
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	if (m_dinput.diks[DIK_SPACE]) { m_dinput.diks[DIK_SPACE] = 0; return; }
-#endif
-
-	// If we come here again before any key was set
-	if(ClickedButton) ClickedButton->SetLabel(oldLabel);
-
-	// Save the old button label so we can reapply it if necessary
-	ClickedButton = (wxButton *)event.GetEventObject();
-	oldLabel = ClickedButton->GetLabel();
-	ClickedButton->SetLabel(_("Press Key/Esc"));
-
-	ClickedButton->SetWindowStyle(wxWANTS_CHARS);
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::ControllerSettingsChanged(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	int page = m_Notebook->GetSelection();
-	std::stringstream ss;
-
-	switch (event.GetId())
-	{
-	// General settings
-	case ID_DISABLE:
-		pad[page].bDisable = m_Disable[page]->GetValue();
-		break;
-
-	// XInput
-	case ID_X360PAD:
-		pad[page].bEnableXPad = event.IsChecked();
-		m_Rumble[page]->Enable(event.IsChecked());
-		m_X360PadC[page]->Enable(event.IsChecked());
-		break;
-	case ID_X360PAD_CHOICE:
-		pad[page].XPadPlayer = event.GetSelection();
-		break;		
-	case ID_RUMBLE:
-		pad[page].bRumble = m_Rumble[page]->GetValue();
-		break;
-
-	// Semi-press adjustment
-	case ID_TRIGGER_SEMIVALUE:
-		pad[page].Trigger_semivalue = m_Trigger_SemiValue[page]->GetValue();
-		ss << pad[page].Trigger_semivalue;
-		(*m_Trigger_SemiValue_Label[page]).SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ));
-		break;
-	case ID_MAIN_SEMIVALUE:
-		pad[page].Main_stick_semivalue = m_Stick_SemiValue[page]->GetValue();
-		ss << pad[page].Main_stick_semivalue;
-		(*m_Stick_SemiValue_Label[page]).SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ));
-		break;
-	case ID_SUB_SEMIVALUE:
-		pad[page].Sub_stick_semivalue = m_CStick_SemiValue[page]->GetValue();
-		ss << pad[page].Sub_stick_semivalue;
-		(*m_CStick_SemiValue_Label[page]).SetLabel(wxString::FromAscii( ss.str().c_str() ));
-		break;
-
-	// Input recording
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-		case ID_RECORDING:
-			pad[page].bRecording = m_CheckRecording[page]->GetValue();
-			// Turn off the other option
-			pad[page].bPlayback = false; m_CheckPlayback[page]->SetValue(false);
-			break;
-		case ID_PLAYBACK:
-			pad[page].bPlayback = m_CheckPlayback[page]->GetValue();
-			// Turn off the other option
-			pad[page].bRecording = false; m_CheckRecording[page]->SetValue(false);
-			break;
-		case ID_SAVE_RECORDING:
-			// Double check again that we are still running a game
-			if (g_EmulatorRunning) SaveRecord();
-			break;
-#endif		
-	}
-}
-
-void PADConfigDialogSimple::DllAbout(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	wxString message;
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	message = _("A simple keyboard and XInput plugin for dolphin.");
-#else
-	message = _("A simple keyboard plugin for dolphin.");
-#endif
-
-	wxMessageBox(_T("Dolphin PadSimple Plugin\nBy ector and F|RES\n\n" + message),
-		_T("Dolphin PadSimple"), wxOK, this);
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.h b/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 851e4f45e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef __CONFIGDLG_H__
-#define __CONFIGDLG_H__
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#if defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-#include "InputCommon/X11InputBase.h"
-#endif
-
-class PADConfigDialogSimple : public wxDialog
-{
-
-		
-	public:
-		PADConfigDialogSimple(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = 1, const wxString &title = wxT("Pad Configuration"),
-			const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-		
-		virtual ~PADConfigDialogSimple();
-
-	private:
-		DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-		wxNotebook *m_Notebook;
-		wxPanel *m_Controller[4];
-		wxButton *m_About;
-		wxButton *m_Close;
-
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sbDevice[4], *m_SizeXInput[4], *m_SizeRecording[4];
-		wxBoxSizer *sDevice[4];
-		wxGridBagSizer *sPage[4];
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sButtons[4];
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sTriggers[4];
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sStick[4];
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sCStick[4];
-		wxStaticBoxSizer *sDPad[4];
-
-		wxArrayString arrayStringFor_X360Pad;
-		wxCheckBox *m_X360Pad[4];
-		wxChoice *m_X360PadC[4];
-		wxCheckBox *m_Disable[4];
-		wxCheckBox *m_Rumble[4];
-
-		// Recording
-		wxCheckBox *m_CheckRecording[4];
-		wxCheckBox *m_CheckPlayback[4];
-		wxButton *m_BtnSaveRecording[4];
-
-		wxButton *m_ButtonA[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonB[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonX[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonY[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonZ[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonStart[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonL[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonR[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonL_Semi[4];
-		wxButton *m_ButtonR_Semi[4];
-		wxSlider *m_Trigger_SemiValue[4];
-		wxStaticText *m_Trigger_SemiValue_Label[4];
-		wxButton *m_StickUp[4];
-		wxButton *m_StickDown[4];
-		wxButton *m_StickLeft[4];
-		wxButton *m_StickRight[4];
-		wxButton *m_Stick_Semi[4];
-		wxSlider *m_Stick_SemiValue[4];
-		wxStaticText *m_Stick_SemiValue_Label[4];
-		wxButton *m_CStickUp[4];
-		wxButton *m_CStickDown[4];
-		wxButton *m_CStickLeft[4];
-		wxButton *m_CStickRight[4];
-		wxButton *m_CStick_Semi[4];
-		wxSlider *m_CStick_SemiValue[4];
-		wxStaticText *m_CStick_SemiValue_Label[4];
-		wxButton *m_DPadUp[4];
-		wxButton *m_DPadDown[4];
-		wxButton *m_DPadLeft[4];
-		wxButton *m_DPadRight[4];
-		
-		enum
-		{
-			////GUI Enum Control ID Start
-			ID_CLOSE = 1000,
-			ID_NOTEBOOK,
-			ID_CONTROLLERPAGE1,
-			ID_CONTROLLERPAGE2,
-			ID_CONTROLLERPAGE3,
-			ID_CONTROLLERPAGE4,
-
-			// XInput pad
-			ID_X360PAD_CHOICE,
-			ID_X360PAD,
-			ID_RUMBLE,
-
-			// Semi-press values
-			ID_TRIGGER_SEMIVALUE,
-			ID_MAIN_SEMIVALUE,
-			ID_SUB_SEMIVALUE,
-
-			// Input recording
-			ID_RECORDING,
-			ID_PLAYBACK,
-			ID_SAVE_RECORDING,
-
-			// General settings
-			ID_DISABLE,
-			ID_PAD_ABOUT,
-		};
-	
-		void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event);
-		void CreateGUIControls();
-		void OnCloseClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-		void ControllerSettingsChanged(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void DllAbout(wxCommandEvent& event);
-		void OnShow(wxShowEvent& event);
-		void AddSlider(wxPanel *pan, wxSlider **slider,
-			wxStaticBoxSizer *sizer, const char *name, int ctl, int controller);
-
-		wxButton *ClickedButton;
-		wxString oldLabel;
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ab6b951b..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,989 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-
-
-// Include
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include "common.h"
-//#include "LogManager.h"
-#include "pluginspecs_pad.h"
-#include "PadSimple.h"
-#include 
-//#include "StringUtil.h"
-//#include "FileUtil.h"
-//#include "ChunkFile.h"
-
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-	#include "GUI/ConfigDlg.h"
-	PADConfigDialogSimple* m_ConfigFrame = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	#include "XInput.h"
-	#include "../InputCommon/DirectInputBase.h" // Core
-
-	DInput dinput;
-	//#elif defined(USE_SDL) && USE_SDL
-	//#include 
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-
-	#include 
-	#include 
-	#include 
-	#include 
-
-	Display* GXdsp;
-	bool KeyStatus[NUMCONTROLS];
-#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-	#include 
-	bool KeyStatus[NUMCONTROLS];
-#endif
-
-
-
-// Declarations
-SPads pad[4];
-SPADInitialize g_PADInitialize;
-
-
-// Standard crap to make wxWidgets happy
-#ifdef _WIN32
-//HINSTANCE g_hInstance;
-
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-class wxDLLApp : public wxApp
-{
-	bool OnInit()
-	{
-		return true;
-	}
-};
-IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(wxDLLApp)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSetInstance(HINSTANCE hInst);
-#endif
-
-BOOL APIENTRY aMain(HINSTANCE hinstDLL,	// DLL module handle
-					  DWORD dwReason,		// reason called
-					  LPVOID lpvReserved)	// reserved
-{
-	switch (dwReason)
-	{
-	case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
-		{
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-			wxSetInstance((HINSTANCE)hinstDLL);
-			int argc = 0;
-			char **argv = NULL;
-			wxEntryStart(argc, argv);
-			if (!wxTheApp || !wxTheApp->CallOnInit())
-				return FALSE;
-#endif
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-		wxEntryCleanup();
-#endif
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-
-	//g_hInstance = hinstDLL;
-	return TRUE;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if 0
-#if defined(HAVE_WX)
-wxWindow* GetParentedWxWindow(HWND Parent)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-//	wxSetInstance((HINSTANCE)g_hInstance);
-#endif
-	wxWindow *win = new wxWindow();
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	win->SetHWND((WXHWND)Parent);
-	win->AdoptAttributesFromHWND();
-#endif
-	return win;
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-// Input Recording
-
-// Enable these to record or play back
-//#define RECORD_REPLAY
-//#define RECORD_STORE
-#if 0
-// Pre defined maxium storage limit
-#define RECORD_SIZE (1024 * 128)
-PLUGIN_GLOBALS* globals = NULL;
-SPADStatus recordBuffer[RECORD_SIZE];
-int count = 0;
-bool g_EmulatorRunning = false;
-
-//******************************************************************************
-// Supporting functions
-//******************************************************************************
-
-void RecordInput(const SPADStatus& _rPADStatus)
-{
-	if (count >= RECORD_SIZE) return;
-	recordBuffer[count++] = _rPADStatus;
-
-	// Logging
-	//u8 TmpData[sizeof(SPADStatus)];
-	//memcpy(TmpData, &recordBuffer[count - 1], sizeof(SPADStatus));
-	//Console::Print("RecordInput(%i): %s\n", count, ArrayToString(TmpData, sizeof(SPADStatus), 0, 30).c_str());
-
-	// Auto save every ten seconds
-	if (count % (60 * 10) == 0) SaveRecord();
-}
-
-const SPADStatus& PlayRecord()
-{
-	// Logging
-	//Console::Print("PlayRecord(%i)\n", count);
-
-	if (count >= RECORD_SIZE)
-	{
-		// Todo: Make the recording size unlimited?
-		//PanicAlert("The recording reached its end");
-		return(recordBuffer[0]);
-	}
-	return(recordBuffer[count++]);
-}
-
-void LoadRecord()
-{
-	FILE* pStream = fopen("pad-record.bin", "rb");
-
-	if (pStream != NULL)
-	{
-		fread(recordBuffer, 1, RECORD_SIZE * sizeof(SPADStatus), pStream);
-		fclose(pStream);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		PanicAlert("SimplePad: Could not open pad-record.bin");
-	}
-
-	//Console::Print("LoadRecord()");
-}
-
-void SaveRecord()
-{
-	// Open the file in a way that clears all old data
-	FILE* pStream = fopen("pad-record.bin", "wb");
-
-	if (pStream != NULL)
-	{
-		fwrite(recordBuffer, 1, RECORD_SIZE * sizeof(SPADStatus), pStream);
-		fclose(pStream);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		PanicAlert("SimplePad: Could not save pad-record.bin");
-	}
-	//PanicAlert("SaveRecord()");
-	//Console::Print("SaveRecord()");
-}
-
-#endif
-// Check if Dolphin is in focus
-bool IsFocus()
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	HWND Parent = GetParent(g_PADInitialize.hWnd);
-	HWND TopLevel = GetParent(Parent);
-	// Support both rendering to main window and not
-	if (GetForegroundWindow() == TopLevel || GetForegroundWindow() == g_PADInitialize.hWnd)
-		return true;
-	else
-		return false;
-#else
-	return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-// Implement circular deadzone
-void ScaleStickValues(unsigned char* outx,
-					  unsigned char* outy,
-					  short inx, short iny)
-{
-	const float kDeadZone = 0.1f;
-	float x = ((float)inx + 0.5f) / 32767.5f;
-	float y = ((float)iny + 0.5f) / 32767.5f;
-
-	if ((x == 0.0f) && (y == 0.0f)) // to be safe
-	{
-		*outx = 0;
-		*outy = 0;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	float magnitude = sqrtf(x * x + y * y);
-	float nx = x / magnitude;
-	float ny = y / magnitude;
-
-	if (magnitude < kDeadZone){magnitude = kDeadZone;}
-
-	magnitude  = (magnitude - kDeadZone) / (1.0f - kDeadZone);
-	magnitude *= magnitude; // another power may be more appropriate
-	nx *= magnitude;
-	ny *= magnitude;
-	int ix = (int)(nx * 100);
-	int iy = (int)(ny * 100);
-	*outx = 0x80 + ix;
-	*outy = 0x80 + iy;
-}
-#endif
-
-// for same displacement should be sqrt(2)/2 (in theory)
-// 3/4 = 0.75 is a little faster than sqrt(2)/2 = 0.7071...
-// In SMS, 17/20 = 0.85 is perfect; in WW, 7/10 = 0.70 is closer.
-#define DIAGONAL_SCALE 0.70710678
-static void EmulateAnalogStick(unsigned char *stickX, unsigned char *stickY, bool buttonUp, bool buttonDown, bool buttonLeft, bool buttonRight, int magnitude) {
-	int mainY = 0;
-	int mainX = 0;
-	if      (buttonUp)
-		mainY = magnitude;
-	else if (buttonDown)
-		mainY = -magnitude;
-	if      (buttonLeft)
-		mainX = -magnitude;
-	else if (buttonRight)
-		mainX = magnitude;
-	// only update if there is some action
-	// this allows analog stick to still work
-	// disable for now, enable later if any platform supports both methods of input
-	//if ((mainX != 0) && (mainY != 0)) {
-	if (true) {
-		if ((mainX == 0) || (mainY == 0))
-		{
-			*stickX += mainX;
-			*stickY += mainY;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			*stickX += mainX*DIAGONAL_SCALE;
-			*stickY += mainY*DIAGONAL_SCALE;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-//******************************************************************************
-// Input
-//******************************************************************************
-
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-void DInput_Read(int _numPAD, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus)
-{
-	dinput.Read();
-
-//	for (int i = 0; i < 200; i++)
-//		if(dinput.diks[i])
-//			printf("DInput_Read");
-
-	// Analog stick values based on semi-press keys
-	int mainstickvalue = (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MAIN_SEMI]] & 0xFF) ? pad[_numPAD].Main_stick_semivalue : STICK_FULL;
-	int substickvalue = (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_SUB_SEMI]] & 0xFF) ? pad[_numPAD].Sub_stick_semivalue : STICK_FULL;
-	// Buttons (A/B/X/Y/Z/Start)
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_A]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_A;
-		_pPADStatus->analogA = BUTTON_FULL;
-	}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_B]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_B;
-		_pPADStatus->analogB = BUTTON_FULL;
-	}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_X]] & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_X;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_Y]] & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_Y;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_Z]] & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_Z;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_START]] & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_START;}
-	// Triggers (L/R)
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_L]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_L;
-		_pPADStatus->triggerLeft = TRIGGER_FULL;
-	}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_R]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_R;
-		_pPADStatus->triggerRight = TRIGGER_FULL;
-	}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_L_SEMI]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->triggerLeft = pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue;
-		if (pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue > TRIGGER_THRESHOLD)
-			_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_L;
-	}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_R_SEMI]] & 0xFF)
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->triggerRight = pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue;
-		if (pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue > TRIGGER_THRESHOLD)
-			_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_R;
-	}
-	// Main stick
-	EmulateAnalogStick(
-		&_pPADStatus->stickX,
-		&_pPADStatus->stickY,
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MAINUP]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MAINDOWN]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MAINLEFT]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MAINRIGHT]],
-		mainstickvalue );
-		
-	// Sub-stick (C-stick)
-	EmulateAnalogStick(
-		&_pPADStatus->substickX,
-		&_pPADStatus->substickY,
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_SUBUP]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_SUBDOWN]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_SUBLEFT]],
-		!!dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_SUBRIGHT]],
-		substickvalue );
-	// D-pad
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_DPADUP]]    & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_UP;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_DPADDOWN]]  & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_DOWN;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_DPADLEFT]]  & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_LEFT;}
-	if (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_DPADRIGHT]] & 0xFF){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT;}
-	// Mic key
-	_pPADStatus->MicButton = (dinput.diks[pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[CTL_MIC]] & 0xFF) ? true : false;
-}
-
-bool XInput_Read(int XPadPlayer, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus)
-{
-	const int base = 0x80;
-	XINPUT_STATE xstate;
-	DWORD xresult = XInputGetState(XPadPlayer, &xstate);
-
-	// Let's .. yes, let's use XINPUT!
-	if (xresult == ERROR_SUCCESS)
-	{
-		const XINPUT_GAMEPAD& xpad = xstate.Gamepad;
-
-		if ((_pPADStatus->stickX == base) && (_pPADStatus->stickY == base))
-		{
-			ScaleStickValues(
-					&_pPADStatus->stickX,
-					&_pPADStatus->stickY,
-					xpad.sThumbLX,
-					xpad.sThumbLY);
-		}
-
-		if ((_pPADStatus->substickX == base) && (_pPADStatus->substickY == base))
-		{
-			ScaleStickValues(
-					&_pPADStatus->substickX,
-					&_pPADStatus->substickY,
-					xpad.sThumbRX,
-					xpad.sThumbRY);
-		}
-
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_UP)       {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_UP;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_DOWN)     {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_DOWN;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_LEFT)     {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_LEFT;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_DPAD_RIGHT)    {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT;}
-
-		_pPADStatus->triggerLeft  = xpad.bLeftTrigger;
-		_pPADStatus->triggerRight = xpad.bRightTrigger;
-		if (xpad.bLeftTrigger > TRIGGER_THRESHOLD)        {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_L;}
-		if (xpad.bRightTrigger > TRIGGER_THRESHOLD)       {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_R;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_START)         {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_START;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_A)             {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_A;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_B)             {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_X;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_X)             {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_B;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_Y)             {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_Y;}
-		if (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_RIGHT_SHOULDER){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_Z;}
-
-		//_pPADStatus->MicButton = (xpad.wButtons & XINPUT_GAMEPAD_LEFT_SHOULDER) ? true : false;
-
-		return true;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		return false;
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11) || (defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA)
-#if defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-// The graphics plugin in the PCSX2 design leaves a lot of the window processing to the pad plugin, weirdly enough.
-static void X11_Read(int _numPAD, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus)
-{
-#ifndef __APPLE__
-	// Do all the stuff we need to do once per frame here
-	if (_numPAD != 0)
-		return;
-	// This code is from Zerofrog's pcsx2 pad plugin
-	XEvent E;
-	//int keyPress=0, keyRelease=0;
-	KeySym key;
-
-	// keyboard input
-	int num_events;
-	for (num_events = XPending(GXdsp);num_events > 0;num_events--)
-	{
-		XNextEvent(GXdsp, &E);
-		switch (E.type)
-		{
-		case KeyPress:
-			//_KeyPress(pad, XLookupKeysym((XKeyEvent *)&E, 0));
-			//break;
-			key = XLookupKeysym((XKeyEvent*)&E, 0);
-
-			if((key >= XK_F1 && key <= XK_F9) ||
-				key == XK_Shift_L || key == XK_Shift_R ||
-				key == XK_Control_L || key == XK_Control_R)
-			{
-				XPutBackEvent(GXdsp, &E);
-				break;
-			}
-			int i;
-			for (i = 0; i < NUMCONTROLS; i++) {
-				if (key == pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[i]) {
-					KeyStatus[i] = true;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			break;
-		case KeyRelease:
-			key = XLookupKeysym((XKeyEvent*)&E, 0);
-			if((key >= XK_F1 && key <= XK_F9) ||
-				key == XK_Shift_L || key == XK_Shift_R ||
-				key == XK_Control_L || key == XK_Control_R)
-			{
-				XPutBackEvent(GXdsp, &E);
-				break;
-			}
-			//_KeyRelease(pad, XLookupKeysym((XKeyEvent *)&E, 0));
-			for (i = 0; i < NUMCONTROLS; i++)
-			{
-				if (key == pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[i])
-				{
-					KeyStatus[i] = false;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-#endif // __APPLE__
-#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-void cocoa_Read(int _numPAD, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus)
-{
-	// Do all the stuff we need to do once per frame here
-	if (_numPAD != 0)
-		return;
-	//get event from main thread
-	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
-	NSConnection *conn;
-	NSDistantObject *proxy;
-
-	conn = [NSConnection connectionWithRegisteredName:@"DolphinCocoaEvent" host:nil];
-	//if (!conn) {
-		//printf("error creating cnx event client\n");
-	//}
-	proxy = [conn rootProxy];
-	//if (!proxy) {
-	//	printf("error prox client\n");
-	//}
-
-	long cocoaKey = (long)[proxy keyCode];
-
-	int i;
-	if ((long)[proxy type] == 10)
-	{
-		for (i = 0; i < NUMCONTROLS; i++)
-		{
-			if (cocoaKey == pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[i])
-			{
-				KeyStatus[i] = true;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		for (i = 0; i < NUMCONTROLS; i++)
-		{
-			if (cocoaKey == pad[_numPAD].keyForControl[i])
-			{
-				KeyStatus[i] = false;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-	// Analog stick values based on semi-press keys
-	int mainstickvalue = (KeyStatus[CTL_MAIN_SEMI]) ? pad[_numPAD].Main_stick_semivalue : STICK_FULL;
-	int substickvalue = (KeyStatus[CTL_SUB_SEMI]) ? pad[_numPAD].Sub_stick_semivalue : STICK_FULL;
-	// Buttons (A/B/X/Y/Z/Start)
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_A])
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_A;
-		_pPADStatus->analogA = BUTTON_FULL;
-	}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_B])
-	{
-		_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_B;
-		_pPADStatus->analogB = BUTTON_FULL;
-	}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_X]){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_X;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_Y]){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_Y;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_Z]){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_TRIGGER_Z;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_START]){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_START;}
-	// Triggers (L/R)
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_L]){_pPADStatus->triggerLeft = TRIGGER_FULL;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_R]){_pPADStatus->triggerRight = TRIGGER_FULL;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_L_SEMI]){_pPADStatus->triggerLeft = pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_R_SEMI]){_pPADStatus->triggerRight = pad[_numPAD].Trigger_semivalue;}
-	// Main stick
-	EmulateAnalogStick(
-		&_pPADStatus->stickX,
-		&_pPADStatus->stickY,
-		KeyStatus[CTL_MAINUP],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_MAINDOWN],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_MAINLEFT],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_MAINRIGHT],
-		mainstickvalue );
-	EmulateAnalogStick(
-		&_pPADStatus->substickX,
-		&_pPADStatus->substickY,
-		KeyStatus[CTL_SUBUP],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_SUBDOWN],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_SUBLEFT],
-		KeyStatus[CTL_SUBRIGHT],
-		substickvalue );
-	// D-pad
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_DPADUP])   {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_UP;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_DPADDOWN]) {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_DOWN;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_DPADLEFT]) {_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_LEFT;}
-	if (KeyStatus[CTL_DPADRIGHT]){_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT;}
-	// Mic key
-	_pPADStatus->MicButton = KeyStatus[CTL_MIC];
-#if defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-}
-#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-	[pool release];
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-//******************************************************************************
-// Plugin specification functions
-//******************************************************************************
-#if 0
-void GetDllInfo(PLUGIN_INFO* _PluginInfo)
-{
-	_PluginInfo->Version = 0x0100;
-	_PluginInfo->Type = PLUGIN_TYPE_PAD;
-
-#ifdef DEBUGFAST
-	sprintf(_PluginInfo->Name, "Dolphin KB/X360pad (DebugFast)");
-#else
-#ifndef _DEBUG
-	sprintf(_PluginInfo->Name, "Dolphin KB/X360pad");
-#else
-	sprintf(_PluginInfo->Name, "Dolphin KB/X360pad (Debug)");
-#endif
-#endif
-
-}
-
-void SetDllGlobals(PLUGIN_GLOBALS* _pPluginGlobals)
-{
-	globals = _pPluginGlobals;
-	LogManager::SetInstance((LogManager *)globals->logManager);
-}
-
-void DllConfig(HWND _hParent)
-{
-	// Load configuration
-	LoadConfig();
-
-	// Show wxDialog
-#if defined(HAVE_WX) && HAVE_WX
-	if (!m_ConfigFrame)
-		m_ConfigFrame = new PADConfigDialogSimple(GetParentedWxWindow(_hParent));
-	else if (!m_ConfigFrame->GetParent()->IsShown())
-		m_ConfigFrame->Close(true);
-
-	// Only allow one open at a time
-	if (!m_ConfigFrame->IsShown())
-		m_ConfigFrame->ShowModal();
-	else
-		m_ConfigFrame->Hide();
-#endif
-
-	// Save configuration
-	SaveConfig();
-}
-
-void DllDebugger(HWND _hParent, bool Show) {}
-#endif
-void Initialize(void *init)
-{
-	// We are now running a game
-//	g_EmulatorRunning = true;
-
-	// Load configuration
-	LoadConfig();
-
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	/* Check if we are starting the pad to record the input, and an old file exists. In that case ask
-	   if we really want to start the recording and eventually overwrite the file */
-	if (pad[0].bRecording && File::Exists("pad-record.bin"))
-	{
-		if (!AskYesNo("An old version of '%s' aleady exists in your Dolphin directory. You can"
-			" now make a copy of it before you start a new recording and overwrite the file."
-			" Select Yes to continue and overwrite the file. Select No to turn off the input"
-			" recording and continue without recording anything.",
-			"pad-record.bin"))
-		{
-			// Turn off recording and continue
-			pad[0].bRecording = false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Load recorded input if we are to play it back, otherwise begin with a blank recording
-	if (pad[0].bPlayback) LoadRecord();
-#endif
-
-	g_PADInitialize = *(SPADInitialize*)init;
-
-	#ifdef _WIN32
-		dinput.Init((HWND)g_PADInitialize.hWnd);
-	#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-		GXdsp = (Display*)g_PADInitialize.hWnd;
-	#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-
-	#endif
-}
-
-#if 0
-void DoState(unsigned char **ptr, int mode)
-{
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	// Load or save the counter
-	PointerWrap p(ptr, mode);
-	p.Do(count);
-
-	//Console::Print("count: %i\n", count);
-
-	// Update the frame counter for the sake of the status bar
-	if (mode == PointerWrap::MODE_READ)
-	{
-		#ifdef _WIN32
-			// This only works when rendering to the main window, I think
-			PostMessage(GetParent(g_PADInitialize.hWnd), WM_USER, INPUT_FRAME_COUNTER, count);
-		#endif
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-static void Shutdown()
-{
-	// Save the recording and reset the counter
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	// Save recording
-	if (pad[0].bRecording) SaveRecord();
-	// Reset the counter
-	count = 0;
-#endif
-
-	// We have stopped the game
-	//g_EmulatorRunning = false;
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	dinput.Free();
-	// Kill xpad rumble
-	XINPUT_VIBRATION vib;
-	vib.wLeftMotorSpeed  = 0;
-	vib.wRightMotorSpeed = 0;
-	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-		if (pad[i].bRumble)
-			XInputSetState(pad[i].XPadPlayer, &vib);
-#endif
-	SaveConfig();
-}
-#endif
-
-// Set buttons status from wxWidgets in the main application
-void PAD_Input(u16 _Key, u8 _UpDown) {}
-
-
-void PAD_GetStatus(u8 _numPAD, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus)
-{
-	// Check if all is okay
-	if (_pPADStatus == NULL) return;
-
-	// Play back input instead of accepting any user input
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	if (pad[0].bPlayback)
-	{
-		*_pPADStatus = PlayRecord();
-		return;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	const int base = 0x80;
-	// Clear pad
-	memset(_pPADStatus, 0, sizeof(SPADStatus));
-
-	_pPADStatus->stickY = base;
-	_pPADStatus->stickX = base;
-	_pPADStatus->substickX = base;
-	_pPADStatus->substickY = base;
-	_pPADStatus->button |= PAD_USE_ORIGIN;
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	// Only update pad on focus, don't do this when recording
-	if (pad[_numPAD].bDisable && !pad[0].bRecording && !IsFocus()) return;
-
-	// Dolphin doesn't really care about the pad error codes anyways...
-	_pPADStatus->err = PAD_ERR_NONE;
-
-	// Read XInput
-	if (pad[_numPAD].bEnableXPad)
-		XInput_Read(pad[_numPAD].XPadPlayer, _pPADStatus);
-
-	// Read Direct Input
-	DInput_Read(_numPAD, _pPADStatus);
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-	_pPADStatus->err = PAD_ERR_NONE;
-	X11_Read(_numPAD, _pPADStatus);
-#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-	_pPADStatus->err = PAD_ERR_NONE;
-	cocoa_Read(_numPAD, _pPADStatus);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef RERECORDING
-	// Record input
-	if (pad[0].bRecording) RecordInput(*_pPADStatus);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-// Rough approximation of GC behaviour - needs improvement.
-void PAD_Rumble(u8 _numPAD, unsigned int _uType, unsigned int _uStrength)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	if (pad[_numPAD].bEnableXPad)
-	{
-		static int a = 0;
-
-		if ((_uType == 0) || (_uType == 2))
-		{
-			a = 0;
-		}
-		else if (_uType == 1)
-		{
-			a = _uStrength > 2 ? pad[_numPAD].RumbleStrength : 0;
-		}
-
-		a = int ((float)a * 0.96f);
-
-		if (!pad[_numPAD].bRumble)
-		{
-			a = 0;
-		}
-
-		XINPUT_VIBRATION vib;
-		vib.wLeftMotorSpeed  = a; //_uStrength*100;
-		vib.wRightMotorSpeed = a; //_uStrength*100;
-		XInputSetState(pad[_numPAD].XPadPlayer, &vib);
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-//******************************************************************************
-// Load and save the configuration
-//******************************************************************************
-void LoadConfig()
-{
-	// Initialize first pad to standard controls
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	const int defaultKeyForControl[NUMCONTROLS] =
-	{
-		DIK_X, // A
-		DIK_Z, // B
-		DIK_C, // X
-		DIK_S, // Y
-		DIK_D, // Z
-		DIK_RETURN, // Start
-		DIK_Q, // L
-		DIK_W, // R
-		0x00, // L semi-press
-		0x00, // R semi-press
-		DIK_UP, // Main stick up
-		DIK_DOWN, // Main stick down
-		DIK_LEFT, // Main stick left
-		DIK_RIGHT, // Main stick right
-		DIK_LSHIFT, // Main stick semi-press
-		DIK_I, // C-stick up
-		DIK_K, // C-stick down
-		DIK_J, // C-stick left
-		DIK_L, // C-stick right
-		DIK_LCONTROL, // C-stick semi-press
-		DIK_T, // D-pad up
-		DIK_G, // D-pad down
-		DIK_F, // D-pad left
-		DIK_H, // D-pad right
-		DIK_M, // Mic
-	};
-#elif defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-	const int defaultKeyForControl[NUMCONTROLS] =
-	{
-		XK_x, // A
-		XK_z, // B
-		XK_c, // X
-		XK_s, // Y
-		XK_d, // Z
-		XK_Return, // Start
-		XK_q, // L
-		XK_w, // R
-		0x00, // L semi-press
-		0x00, // R semi-press
-		XK_Up, // Main stick up
-		XK_Down, // Main stick down
-		XK_Left, // Main stick left
-		XK_Right, // Main stick right
-		XK_Shift_L, // Main stick semi-press
-		XK_i, // C-stick up
-		XK_k, // C-stick down
-		XK_j, // C-stick left
-		XK_l, // C-stick right
-		XK_Control_L, // C-stick semi-press
-		XK_t, // D-pad up
-		XK_g, // D-pad down
-		XK_f, // D-pad left
-		XK_h, // D-pad right
-		XK_m, // Mic
-	};
-#elif defined(HAVE_COCOA) && HAVE_COCOA
-	// Reference for Cocoa key codes:
-	// http://boredzo.org/blog/archives/2007-05-22/virtual-key-codes
-	const int defaultKeyForControl[NUMCONTROLS] =
-	{
-		7, // A (x)
-		6, // B (z)
-		8, // X (c)
-		1, // Y (s)
-		2, // Z (d)
-		36, // Start (return)
-		12, // L (q)
-		13, // R (w)
-		-1, // L semi-press (none)
-		-1, // R semi-press (none)
-		126, // Main stick up (up)
-		125, // Main stick down (down)
-		123, // Main stick left (left)
-		124, // Main stick right (right)
-		56, // Main stick semi-press (left shift)
-		34, // C-stick up (i)
-		40, // C-stick down (k)
-		38, // C-stick left (j)
-		37, // C-stick right (l)
-		59, // C-stick semi-press (left control)
-		17, // D-pad up (t)
-		5, // D-pad down (g)
-		3, // D-pad left (f)
-		4, // D-pad right (h)
-		46, // Mic (m)
-	};
-#endif
-
-	wxConfigBase *config = wxConfigBase::Get();
-
-	for(int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-	{
-		config->SetPath(wxString::Format(_T("/PAD%i"), i+1));
-
-		config->Read(_T("UseXPad"), &pad[i].bEnableXPad, i==0);
-		config->Read(_T("DisableOnBackground"), &pad[i].bDisable, false);
-		config->Read(_T("Rumble"), &pad[i].bRumble, true);
-		config->Read(_T("RumbleStrength"), (long *)&pad[i].RumbleStrength, 8000);
-		config->Read(_T("XPad#"), &pad[i].XPadPlayer);
-
-		config->Read(_T("Trigger_semivalue"), (long *)&pad[i].Trigger_semivalue, TRIGGER_HALF_DEFAULT);
-		config->Read(_T("Main_stick_semivalue"), (long *)&pad[i].Main_stick_semivalue, STICK_HALF_DEFAULT);
-		config->Read(_T("Sub_stick_semivalue"), (long *)&pad[i].Sub_stick_semivalue, STICK_HALF_DEFAULT);
-
-		#ifdef RERECORDING
-			config->Read(_T("Recording"), &pad[0].bRecording, false);
-			config->Read(_T("Playback"), &pad[0].bPlayback, false);
-		#endif
-
-		for (int x = 0; x < NUMCONTROLS; x++)
-		{
-			config->Read(wxString(controlNames[x],wxConvUTF8),
-			         (long *)&pad[i].keyForControl[x],
-                     (i==0) ? defaultKeyForControl[x] : 0);
-#if defined(HAVE_X11) && HAVE_X11
-			// In linux we have a problem assigning the upper case of the
-			// keys because they're not being recognized
-			pad[i].keyForControl[x] = tolower(pad[i].keyForControl[x]);
-#endif
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-
-void SaveConfig()
-{
-	wxConfigBase *config = wxConfigBase::Get();
-
-	for(int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-	{
-		config->SetPath(wxString::Format(_T("/PAD%i"), i+1));
-
-		config->Write(_T("UseXPad"), pad[i].bEnableXPad);
-		config->Write(_T("DisableOnBackground"), pad[i].bDisable);
-		config->Write(_T("Rumble"), pad[i].bRumble);
-		config->Write(_T("RumbleStrength"), (long)pad[i].RumbleStrength);
-		config->Write(_T("XPad#"), pad[i].XPadPlayer);
-
-		config->Write(_T("Trigger_semivalue"), (long)pad[i].Trigger_semivalue);
-		config->Write(_T("Main_stick_semivalue"), (long)pad[i].Main_stick_semivalue);
-		config->Write(_T("Sub_stick_semivalue"), (long)pad[i].Sub_stick_semivalue);
-
-		#ifdef RERECORDING
-			config->Write(_T("Recording"), pad[0].bRecording);
-			config->Write(_T("Playback"), pad[0].bPlayback);
-		#endif
-
-		for (int x = 0; x < NUMCONTROLS; x++)
-		{
-			config->Write(wxString(controlNames[x],wxConvUTF8), (long)pad[i].keyForControl[x]);
-		}
-	}
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.h b/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 34874702d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/PadSimple.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef __PADSIMPLE_H__
-#define __PADSIMPLE_H__  
-
-//#include "Setup.h" // Common
-#include "types.h"
-
-// Constants for full-press sticks and triggers
-const int BUTTON_FULL = 255;
-const int STICK_FULL = 100;
-const int STICK_HALF_DEFAULT = 50;
-const int TRIGGER_FULL = 255;
-const int TRIGGER_HALF_DEFAULT = 128;
-const int TRIGGER_THRESHOLD = 230;
-
-// Controls
-enum
-{
-	CTL_A = 0,
-	CTL_B,
-	CTL_X,
-	CTL_Y,
-	CTL_Z,
-	CTL_START,
-	CTL_L,
-	CTL_R,
-	CTL_L_SEMI,
-	CTL_R_SEMI,
-	CTL_MAINUP,
-	CTL_MAINDOWN,
-	CTL_MAINLEFT,
-	CTL_MAINRIGHT,
-	CTL_MAIN_SEMI,
-	CTL_SUBUP,
-	CTL_SUBDOWN,
-	CTL_SUBLEFT,
-	CTL_SUBRIGHT,
-	CTL_SUB_SEMI,
-	CTL_DPADUP,
-	CTL_DPADDOWN,
-	CTL_DPADLEFT,
-	CTL_DPADRIGHT,
-	CTL_MIC,
-	NUMCONTROLS,
-};
-
-// Control names
-static const char* controlNames[] =
-{
-	"A_button",
-	"B_button",
-	"X_button",
-	"Y_button",
-	"Z_trigger",
-	"Start",
-	"L_button",
-	"R_button",
-	"L_button_semi",
-	"R_button_semi",
-	"Main_stick_up",
-	"Main_stick_down",
-	"Main_stick_left",
-	"Main_stick_right",
-	"Main_stick_semi",
-	"Sub_stick_up",
-	"Sub_stick_down",
-	"Sub_stick_left",
-	"Sub_stick_right",
-	"Sub_stick_semi",
-	"D-Pad_up",
-	"D-Pad_down",
-	"D-Pad_left",
-	"D-Pad_right",
-	"Mic-button",
-};
-
-struct SPads
-{
-	bool bEnableXPad;               // Use an XPad in addition to the keyboard?
-	bool bDisable;                  // Disabled when dolphin isn't in focus
-	bool bRumble;                   // Rumble for xpad
-	u32 RumbleStrength;             // Rumble strength
-	bool bRecording;                // Record input?
-	bool bPlayback;                 // Playback input?
-	s32 XPadPlayer;                 // Player# of the xpad
-	u32 keyForControl[NUMCONTROLS]; // Keyboard mapping
-	u32 Trigger_semivalue;          // Semi-press value for triggers
-	u32 Main_stick_semivalue;       // Semi-press value for main stick
-	u32 Sub_stick_semivalue;        // Semi-press value for sub-stick
-};
-
-extern SPads pad[];
-//extern bool g_EmulatorRunning;
-
-void LoadConfig();
-void SaveConfig();
-bool IsFocus();
-
-// Input Recording
-void SaveRecord();
-
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/pluginspecs_pad.h b/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/pluginspecs_pad.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 56926473a..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/PadSimple/pluginspecs_pad.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-//__________________________________________________________________________________________________
-// Common pad plugin spec, version #1.0 maintained by F|RES
-//
-
-#ifndef _PAD_H_INCLUDED__
-#define _PAD_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "types.h"
-//#include "PluginSpecs.h"
-
-//#include "ExportProlog.h"
-
-#define PAD_ERR_NONE            0
-#define PAD_ERR_NO_CONTROLLER   -1
-#define PAD_ERR_NOT_READY       -2
-#define PAD_ERR_TRANSFER        -3
-
-#define PAD_USE_ORIGIN          0x0080
-
-#define PAD_BUTTON_LEFT         0x0001
-#define PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT        0x0002
-#define PAD_BUTTON_DOWN         0x0004
-#define PAD_BUTTON_UP           0x0008
-#define PAD_TRIGGER_Z           0x0010
-#define PAD_TRIGGER_R           0x0020
-#define PAD_TRIGGER_L           0x0040
-#define PAD_BUTTON_A            0x0100
-#define PAD_BUTTON_B            0x0200
-#define PAD_BUTTON_X            0x0400
-#define PAD_BUTTON_Y            0x0800
-#define PAD_BUTTON_START        0x1000
-
-#ifndef WIN32 // todo- find better fixoring for that
-typedef void *HWND;
-#endif
-typedef void (*TLog)(const char* _pMessage);
-
-typedef struct
-{
-	HWND			hWnd;
-	TLog			pLog;
-    int                     padNumber;
-} SPADInitialize;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-	unsigned short	button;                 // Or-ed PAD_BUTTON_* and PAD_TRIGGER_* bits
-	unsigned char	stickX;                 // 0 <= stickX       <= 255
-	unsigned char	stickY;                 // 0 <= stickY       <= 255
-	unsigned char	substickX;              // 0 <= substickX    <= 255
-	unsigned char	substickY;              // 0 <= substickY    <= 255
-	unsigned char	triggerLeft;            // 0 <= triggerLeft  <= 255
-	unsigned char	triggerRight;           // 0 <= triggerRight <= 255
-	unsigned char	analogA;                // 0 <= analogA      <= 255
-	unsigned char	analogB;                // 0 <= analogB      <= 255
-	bool			MicButton;				// HAX
-	signed char		err;                    // one of PAD_ERR_* number
-} SPADStatus;
-
-#define EXPORT
-#define CALL
-
-// I N T E R F A C E 
-
-// __________________________________________________________________________________________________
-// Function:
-// Purpose:  
-// input:   
-// output:   
-//
-EXPORT void CALL PAD_GetStatus(u8 _numPAD, SPADStatus* _pPADStatus);
-
-// __________________________________________________________________________________________________
-// Function: Send keyboard input to the plugin
-// Purpose:  
-// input:   The key and if it's pressed or released
-// output:  None
-//
-EXPORT void CALL PAD_Input(u16 _Key, u8 _UpDown);
-
-// __________________________________________________________________________________________________
-// Function: PAD_Rumble
-// Purpose:  Pad rumble!
-// input:	 PAD number, Command type (Stop=0, Rumble=1, Stop Hard=2) and strength of Rumble
-// output:   none
-//
-EXPORT void CALL PAD_Rumble(u8 _numPAD, unsigned int _uType, unsigned int _uStrength);
-
-//#include "ExportEpilog.h"
-#endif
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index e20192c86..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,507 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include "StringUtil.h"
-
-// faster than sscanf
-bool AsciiToHex(const char* _szValue, u32& result)
-{
-	u32 value = 0;
-	size_t finish = strlen(_szValue);
-
-	if (finish > 8)
-		finish = 8;  // Max 32-bit values are supported.
-
-	for (size_t count = 0; count < finish; count++)
-	{
-		value <<= 4;
-		switch (_szValue[count])
-		{
-		    case '0': break;
-		    case '1': value += 1; break;
-		    case '2': value += 2; break;
-		    case '3': value += 3; break;
-		    case '4': value += 4; break;
-		    case '5': value += 5; break;
-		    case '6': value += 6; break;
-		    case '7': value += 7; break;
-		    case '8': value += 8; break;
-		    case '9': value += 9; break;
-		    case 'A':
-		    case 'a': value += 10; break;
-		    case 'B':
-		    case 'b': value += 11; break;
-		    case 'C':
-		    case 'c': value += 12; break;
-		    case 'D':
-		    case 'd': value += 13; break;
-		    case 'E':
-		    case 'e': value += 14; break;
-		    case 'F':
-		    case 'f': value += 15; break;
-		    default:
-			    return false;
-			    break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	result = value;
-	return (true);
-}
-
-// Convert AB to it's ascii table entry numbers 0x4142
-u32 Ascii2Hex(std::string _Text)
-{
-	// Reset the return value zero
-	u32 Result = 0;
-
-	// Max 32-bit values are supported
-	size_t Length = _Text.length();
-	if (Length > 4)
-		Length = 4;
-
-	for (int i = 0; i < (int)Length; i++)
-	{
-		// Add up the values, for example RSPE becomes, 0x52000000, then 0x52530000 and so on
-		Result += _Text.c_str()[i] << ((Length - 1 - i) * 8);
-	}
-	// Return the value
-	return Result;
-}
-
-// Convert it back again
-std::string Hex2Ascii(u32 _Text)
-{
-	// Create temporary storate
-	char Result[5];  // need space for the final \0
-	// Go through the four characters
-	sprintf(Result, "%c%c%c%c", _Text >> 24, _Text >> 16, _Text >> 8, _Text);
-	// Return the string
-	std::string StrResult = Result;
-	return StrResult;
-}
-
-bool CharArrayFromFormatV(char* out, int outsize, const char* format, va_list args)
-{
-	int writtenCount = vsnprintf(out, outsize, format, args);
-
-	if (writtenCount > 0 && writtenCount < outsize)
-	{
-		out[writtenCount] = '\0';
-		return true;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		out[outsize - 1] = '\0';
-		return false;
-	}
-}
-
-// Expensive!
-void ToStringFromFormat(std::string* out, const char* format, ...)
-{
-	int writtenCount = -1;
-	int newSize = (int)strlen(format) + 4;
-	char *buf = 0;
-	va_list args;
-	while (writtenCount < 0)
-	{
-		delete [] buf;
-		buf = new char[newSize + 1];
-	
-	    va_start(args, format);
-		writtenCount = vsnprintf(buf, newSize, format, args);
-		va_end(args);
-		if (writtenCount >= (int)newSize) {
-			writtenCount = -1;
-		}
-		// ARGH! vsnprintf does no longer return -1 on truncation in newer libc!
-		// WORKAROUND! let's fake the old behaviour (even though it's less efficient).
-		// TODO: figure out why the fix causes an invalid read in strlen called from vsnprintf :(
-//		if (writtenCount >= (int)newSize)
-//			writtenCount = -1;
-		newSize *= 2;
-	}
-
-	buf[writtenCount] = '\0';
-	*out = buf;
-	delete[] buf;
-}
-
-
-std::string StringFromFormat(const char* format, ...)
-{
-	int writtenCount = -1;
-	int newSize = (int)strlen(format) + 4;
-	char *buf = 0;
-	va_list args;
-	while (writtenCount < 0)
-	{
-		delete [] buf;
-		buf = new char[newSize + 1];
-	
-	    va_start(args, format);
-		writtenCount = vsnprintf(buf, newSize, format, args);
-		va_end(args);
-		if (writtenCount >= (int)newSize) {
-			writtenCount = -1;
-		}
-		// ARGH! vsnprintf does no longer return -1 on truncation in newer libc!
-		// WORKAROUND! let's fake the old behaviour (even though it's less efficient).
-		// TODO: figure out why the fix causes an invalid read in strlen called from vsnprintf :(
-//		if (writtenCount >= (int)newSize)
-//			writtenCount = -1;
-		newSize *= 2;
-	}
-
-	buf[writtenCount] = '\0';
-	std::string temp = buf;
-	delete[] buf;
-	return temp;
-}
-
-
-// For Debugging. Read out an u8 array.
-std::string ArrayToString(const u8 *data, u32 size, u32 offset, int line_len, bool Spaces)
-{
-	std::string Tmp, Spc;
-	if (Spaces) Spc = " "; else Spc = "";
-	for (u32 i = 0; i < size; i++)
-	{
-		Tmp += StringFromFormat("%02x%s", data[i + offset], Spc.c_str());
-		if(i > 1 && (i + 1) % line_len == 0) Tmp.append("\n"); // break long lines
-	}	
-	return Tmp;
-}
-
-// Turns "  hej " into "hej". Also handles tabs.
-std::string StripSpaces(const std::string &str)
-{
-	std::string s = str;
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < (int)s.size(); i++)
-	{
-		if ((s[i] != ' ') && (s[i] != 9))
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	s = s.substr(i);
-
-	for (i = (int)s.size() - 1; i > 0; i--)
-	{
-		if ((s[i] != ' ') && (s[i] != 9))
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return s.substr(0, i + 1);
-}
-
-
-// "\"hello\"" is turned to "hello"
-// This one assumes that the string has already been space stripped in both
-// ends, as done by StripSpaces above, for example.
-std::string StripQuotes(const std::string& s)
-{
-	if ((s[0] == '\"') && (s[s.size() - 1] == '\"'))
-		return s.substr(1, s.size() - 2);
-	else
-		return s;
-}
-
-// "\"hello\"" is turned to "hello"
-// This one assumes that the string has already been space stripped in both
-// ends, as done by StripSpaces above, for example.
-std::string StripNewline(const std::string& s)
-{
-	if (!s.size())
-		return s;
-	else if (s[s.size() - 1] == '\n')
-		return s.substr(0, s.size() - 1);
-	else
-		return s;
-}
-
-bool TryParseInt(const char* str, int* outVal)
-{
-	const char* s = str;
-	int value = 0;
-    bool negativ = false;
-
-    if (*s == '-')
-    {
-        negativ = true;
-        s++;
-    }
-
-	while (*s)
-	{
-		char c = *s++;
-
-		if ((c < '0') || (c > '9'))
-		{
-			return false;
-		}
-
-		value = value * 10 + (c - '0');
-	}
-    if (negativ)
-        value = -value;
-
-	*outVal = value;
-	return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TryParseBool(const char* str, bool* output)
-{
-	if ((str[0] == '1') || !strcmp(str, "true") || !strcmp(str, "True") || !strcmp(str, "TRUE"))
-	{
-		*output = true;
-		return true;
-	}
-	else if (str[0] == '0' || !strcmp(str, "false") || !strcmp(str, "False") || !strcmp(str, "FALSE"))
-	{
-		*output = false;
-		return true;
-	}
-	return false;
-}
-
-std::string StringFromInt(int value)
-{
-	char temp[16];
-	sprintf(temp, "%i", value);
-	return std::string(temp);
-}
-
-std::string StringFromBool(bool value)
-{
-	return value ? "True" : "False";
-}
-
-#ifdef _WIN32
-bool SplitPath(const std::string& full_path, std::string* _pPath, std::string* _pFilename, std::string* _pExtension)
-{
-	char drive[_MAX_DRIVE];
-	char dir[_MAX_DIR];
-	char fname[_MAX_FNAME];
-	char ext[_MAX_EXT];
-
-	if (_splitpath_s(full_path.c_str(), drive, _MAX_DRIVE, dir, _MAX_DIR, fname, _MAX_FNAME, ext, _MAX_EXT) == 0)
-	{
-		if (_pPath)
-		{
-			*_pPath = std::string(drive) + std::string(dir);
-		}
-
-		if (_pFilename != 0)
-		{
-			*_pFilename = fname;
-		}
-
-		if (_pExtension != 0)
-		{
-			*_pExtension = ext;
-		}
-
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-
-#else
-bool SplitPath(const std::string& full_path, std::string* _pPath, std::string* _pFilename, std::string* _pExtension)
-{
-	size_t last_slash = full_path.rfind('/');
-
-	if (last_slash == std::string::npos)
-	{
-		return false; // FIXME return the filename
-	}
-
-	size_t last_dot = full_path.rfind('.');
-
-	if ((last_dot == std::string::npos) || (last_dot < last_slash))
-	{
-		return false; // FIXME why missing . is critical?
-	}
-
-	if (_pPath)
-	{
-		*_pPath = full_path.substr(0, last_slash + 1);
-	}
-
-	if (_pFilename)
-	{
-		*_pFilename = full_path.substr(last_slash + 1, last_dot - (last_slash + 1));
-	}
-
-	if (_pExtension)
-	{
-		*_pExtension = full_path.substr(last_dot + 1);
-		_pExtension->insert(0, ".");
-	}
-	else if (_pFilename)
-	{
-		*_pFilename += full_path.substr(last_dot);
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-#endif
-#define DIR_SEP "/"
-#define DIR_SEP_CHR '/'
-
-void BuildCompleteFilename(std::string& _CompleteFilename, const std::string& _Path, const std::string& _Filename)
-{
-	_CompleteFilename = _Path;
-
-	// check for seperator
-	if (_CompleteFilename[_CompleteFilename.size() - 1] != DIR_SEP_CHR)
-	{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-		if (_CompleteFilename[_CompleteFilename.size() - 1] != '\\')
-#endif
-			_CompleteFilename += DIR_SEP_CHR;
-	}
-
-	// add the filename
-	_CompleteFilename += _Filename;
-}
-
-
-void SplitString(const std::string& str, const std::string& delim, std::vector& output)
-{
-	output.clear();
-
-	size_t offset = 0;
-	size_t delimIndex = 0;
-
-	delimIndex = str.find(delim, offset);
-
-	while (delimIndex != std::string::npos)
-	{
-		output.push_back(str.substr(offset, delimIndex - offset));
-		offset += delimIndex - offset + delim.length();
-		delimIndex = str.find(delim, offset);
-	}
-
-	output.push_back(str.substr(offset));
-}
-
-
-bool TryParseUInt(const std::string& str, u32* output)
-{
-	if (!strcmp(str.substr(0, 2).c_str(), "0x") || !strcmp(str.substr(0, 2).c_str(), "0X"))
-		return sscanf(str.c_str() + 2, "%x", output) > 0;
-	else
-		return sscanf(str.c_str(), "%d", output) > 0;
-}
-
-
-int ChooseStringFrom(const char* str, const char* * items)
-{
-	int i = 0;
-	while (items[i] != 0)
-	{
-		if (!strcmp(str, items[i]))
-			return i;
-		i++;
-	}
-	return -1;
-}
-
-
-// Thousand separator. Turns 12345678 into 12,345,678
-std::string ThS(int Integer, bool Unsigned, int Spaces)
-{
-	// Create storage space
-	char cbuf[20];
-	// Determine treatment of signed or unsigned
-	if(Unsigned) sprintf(cbuf, "%u", Integer); else sprintf(cbuf, "%i", Integer);
-
-	std::string Sbuf = cbuf;
-	for (u32 i = 0; i < Sbuf.length(); ++i)
-	{
-		if((i & 3) == 3)
-		{
-			Sbuf.insert(Sbuf.length() - i, ",");
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Spaces
-	std::string Spc = "";
-	for (int i = 0; i < (int)(Spaces - Sbuf.length()); i++) Spc += " ";
-	return Spc + Sbuf;
-}
-
-void NormalizeDirSep(std::string* str)
-{
-#ifdef _WIN32
-	int i;
-	while ((i = (int)str->find_first_of('\\')) >= 0)
-	{
-		str->replace(i, 1, DIR_SEP);
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-std::string TabsToSpaces(int tab_size, const std::string &in)
-{
-	std::string out;
-	int len = 0;
-	// First, compute the size of the new string.
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < in.size(); i++)
-	{
-		if (in[i] == '\t')
-			len += tab_size;
-		else
-			len += 1;
-	}
-	out.resize(len);
-	int out_ctr = 0;
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < in.size(); i++)
-	{
-		if (in[i] == '\t')
-		{
-			for (int j = 0; j < tab_size; j++)
-				out[out_ctr++] = ' ';
-		} 
-		else 
-		{
-			out[out_ctr++] = in[i];
-		}
-	}
-	return out;
-}
-
-std::string PathToFilename(std::string Path)
-{
-	std::string Name, Ending;
-	SplitPath(Path, 0, &Name, &Ending);
-	return Name + Ending;
-}
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.h b/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8901aa7de..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/StringUtil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003 Dolphin Project.
-
-// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
-
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
-
-// A copy of the GPL 2.0 should have been included with the program.
-// If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
-
-// Official SVN repository and contact information can be found at
-// http://code.google.com/p/dolphin-emu/
-
-#ifndef _STRINGUTIL_H_
-#define _STRINGUTIL_H_
-
-#include 
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include "common.h"
-
-std::string StringFromFormat(const char* format, ...);
-void ToStringFromFormat(std::string* out, const char* format, ...);
-
-// WARNING - only call once with a set of args!
-void StringFromFormatV(std::string* out, const char* format, va_list args);
-// Cheap!
-bool CharArrayFromFormatV(char* out, int outsize, const char* format, va_list args);
-
-// Good
-std::string ArrayToString(const u8 *data, u32 size, u32 offset = 0, int line_len = 20, bool Spaces = true);
-
-
-template
-inline void CharArrayFromFormat(char (& out)[Count], const char* format, ...)
-{
-	va_list args;
-	va_start(args, format);
-	CharArrayFromFormatV(out, Count, format, args);
-	va_end(args);
-}
-
-
-std::string StripSpaces(const std::string &s);
-std::string StripQuotes(const std::string &s);
-std::string StripNewline(const std::string &s);
-// Thousand separator. Turns 12345678 into 12,345,678
-std::string ThS(int a, bool b = true, int Spaces = 0);
-
-std::string StringFromInt(int value);
-std::string StringFromBool(bool value);
-
-bool TryParseInt(const char* str, int* outVal);
-bool TryParseBool(const char* str, bool* output);
-bool TryParseUInt(const std::string& str, u32* output);
-
-
-// TODO: kill this
-bool AsciiToHex(const char* _szValue, u32& result);
-u32 Ascii2Hex(std::string _Text);
-std::string Hex2Ascii(u32 _Text);
-
-std::string TabsToSpaces(int tab_size, const std::string &in);
-
-void SplitString(const std::string& str, const std::string& delim, std::vector& output);
-int ChooseStringFrom(const char* str, const char* * items);
-
-
-// "C:\Windows\winhelp.exe" to "C:\Windows\", "winhelp", "exe"
-bool SplitPath(const std::string& full_path, std::string* _pPath, std::string* _pFilename, std::string* _pExtension);
-// "C:\Windows\winhelp.exe" to "winhelp.exe"
-std::string PathToFilename(std::string Path);
-
-void BuildCompleteFilename(std::string& _CompleteFilename, const std::string& _Path, const std::string& _Filename);
-void NormalizeDirSep(std::string* str);
-
-#endif // _STRINGUTIL_H_
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/touch.exe b/desmume/src/wx/touch.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 0666a1f62..000000000
Binary files a/desmume/src/wx/touch.exe and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/un7z_and_touch.bat b/desmume/src/wx/un7z_and_touch.bat
deleted file mode 100644
index 11920212d..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/un7z_and_touch.bat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-7z x -bd -y -o.libs %1
-touch %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.sln b/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.sln
deleted file mode 100644
index 86dc02afa..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.sln
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-
-Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
-# Visual Studio 2008
-Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxDeSmuME_VS2008", "wxDeSmuME_2008.vcproj", "{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}"
-EndProject
-Global
-	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
-		Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
-		Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
-		Dev+|Win32 = Dev+|Win32
-		Dev+|x64 = Dev+|x64
-		Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
-		Release|x64 = Release|x64
-	EndGlobalSection
-	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Dev+|Win32.ActiveCfg = Dev+|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Dev+|Win32.Build.0 = Dev+|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Dev+|x64.ActiveCfg = Dev+|x64
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Dev+|x64.Build.0 = Dev+|x64
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
-		{9F5F72A1-D3A5-4918-B460-E076B16D10A9}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
-	EndGlobalSection
-	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
-		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
-	EndGlobalSection
-EndGlobal
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.vcproj b/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.vcproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 85e57c787..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/wxDeSmuME_2008.vcproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1915 +0,0 @@
-
-
-	
-		
-		
-	
-	
-		
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-		
-	
-	
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.cpp b/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e2504d5..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,971 +0,0 @@
-/* wxMain.cpp - this file is part of DeSmuME
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Dolphin Project
- * Copyright (C) 2009-2011 DeSmuME Team
- *
- * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- * any later version.
- *
- * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
- */
-
-#include "wxMain.h"
-#include "NDSSystem.h"
-#include "GPU_osd.h"
-#include 
-#include "gfx3d.h"
-#include "version.h"
-#include "addons.h"
-#include "saves.h"
-#include "movie.h"
-#include "sndsdl.h"
-#include "render3D.h"
-#include "rasterize.h"
-#include "OGLRender.h"
-#include "firmware.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBAGG
-#include "aggdraw.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "DeSmuME.xpm"
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-#define lstrlen(a) strlen((a))
-#endif
-
-#include 
-
-#include "LuaWindow.h"
-#include "PadSimple/GUI/ConfigDlg.h"
-#include "PadSimple/pluginspecs_pad.h"
-#include "wxdlg/wxcontrolsconfigdialog.h"
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GDB_STUB
-#include "gdbstub.h"
-#endif
-#include 
-#include 
-
-/*************** VARS ******************/
-
-#define SCREEN_SIZE (256*192*3)
-#define GAP_DEFAULT 64
-#define GAP_MAX	90
-static int nds_gap_size;
-static SPADInitialize PADInitialize;
-static bool Touch = false;
-
-#if defined(WIN32) || defined(HAVE_LIBSOUNDTOUCH)
-#define HAVE_SPUMODE_SYNCP
-#endif
-
-enum audiodriver_enum {
-	AUDIODRIVER_SDL = 0,
-	AUDIODRIVER_DISABLE
-};
-
-enum spumode_enum {
-	SPUMODE_DUALASYNC = 0,
-	SPUMODE_SYNCN,
-	SPUMODE_SYNCZ,
-#ifdef HAVE_SPUMODE_SYNCP
-	SPUMODE_SYNCP
-#endif
-};
-
-SoundInterface_struct *SNDCoreList[] = {
-        &SNDDummy,
-        &SNDSDL,
-        NULL
-};
-
-GPU3DInterface *core3DList[] = {
-        &gpu3DRasterize,
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-        &gpu3Dgl,
-#endif
-        &gpu3DNull,
-		NULL
-};
-
-volatile bool execute = false;
-
-/*************** wx OnInit ******************/
-
-bool Desmume::OnInit()
-{
-	if ( !wxApp::OnInit() )
-		return false;
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-	extern void OpenConsole();
-	OpenConsole();
-#endif
-
-	SetAppName(_T("desmume")); 
-	wxString iniFileName = wxPathOnly(wxStandardPaths::Get().GetExecutablePath()) + _T("/desmume.ini");
-	wxConfigBase *pConfig = new wxFileConfig(wxEmptyString,wxEmptyString,iniFileName,wxEmptyString,wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE | wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH);
-	wxConfigBase::Set(pConfig);
-	wxString emu_version(EMU_DESMUME_NAME_AND_VERSION(), wxConvUTF8);
-	DesmumeFrame *frame = new DesmumeFrame(emu_version);
-	frame->NDSInitialize();
-
-	frame->Show(true);
-
-	PADInitialize.padNumber = 1;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-	extern void Initialize(void *init);
-
-	Initialize(&PADInitialize);
-#endif
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*************** DesmumeFrame class functions for functionality/events ******************/
-
-void DesmumeFrame::NDSInitialize() {
-	NDS_FillDefaultFirmwareConfigData( &fw_config);
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBAGG
-	Desmume_InitOnce();
-	aggDraw.hud->attach((u8*)GPU_screen, 256, 384, 1024);//TODO
-#endif
-
-	//TODO
-	addon_type = NDS_ADDON_NONE;
-	addonsChangePak(addon_type);
-
-#ifdef GDB_STUB
-	arm9_memio = &arm9_base_memory_iface;
-	arm7_memio = &arm7_base_memory_iface;
-	NDS_Init(	arm9_memio, &arm9_ctrl_iface,
-				arm7_memio, &arm7_ctrl_iface);
-#else
-	NDS_Init();
-#endif
-	SPU_ChangeSoundCore(SNDCORE_SDL, 735 * 4);
-	NDS_3D_ChangeCore(0);
-	NDS_CreateDummyFirmware( &fw_config);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
-{
-	execute = false;
-	SPU_Pause(1);
-	NDS_DeInit();
-	Close(true);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
-{
-	wxMessageBox(
-		wxString::Format(wxT("Desmume on %s"),wxGetOsDescription().c_str()),
-		wxT("About Desmume"),
-		wxOK | wxICON_INFORMATION,
-		this);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::applyInput()
-{
-
-	bool up,down,left,right,x,y,a,b,l,r,start,select;
-
-	up = down = left = right = x = y = a = b = l = r = start = select = false;
-
-	SPADStatus s;
-	memset(&s,0,sizeof(s));
-
-	//TODO !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! FIXME!!!!!!!!!!1
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-//		PAD_GetStatus(0, &s);
-#endif
-
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_LEFT)
-		left = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT)
-		right = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_UP)
-		up = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_DOWN)
-		down = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_A)
-		a = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_B)
-		b = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_X)
-		x = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_Y)
-		y = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_TRIGGER_L)
-		l = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_TRIGGER_R)
-		r = true;
-	if(s.button & PAD_BUTTON_START)
-		start = true;
-
-	u16 pad1 = (0 |
-		((a ? 0 : 0x80) >> 7) |
-		((b ? 0 : 0x80) >> 6) |
-		((select? 0 : 0x80) >> 5) |
-		((start ? 0 : 0x80) >> 4) |
-		((right ? 0 : 0x80) >> 3) |
-		((left ? 0 : 0x80) >> 2) |
-		((up ? 0 : 0x80) >> 1) |
-		((down ? 0 : 0x80) ) |
-		((r ? 0 : 0x80) << 1) |
-		((l ? 0 : 0x80) << 2)) ;
-
-	((u16 *)MMU.ARM9_REG)[0x130>>1] = (u16)pad1;
-	((u16 *)MMU.ARM7_REG)[0x130>>1] = (u16)pad1;
-
-	bool debug = false;
-	bool lidClosed = false;
-
-	u16 padExt = (((u16 *)MMU.ARM7_REG)[0x136>>1] & 0x0070) |
-		((x ? 0 : 0x80) >> 7) |
-		((y ? 0 : 0x80) >> 6) |
-		((debug ? 0 : 0x80) >> 4) |
-		((lidClosed) << 7) |
-		0x0034;
-
-	((u16 *)MMU.ARM7_REG)[0x136>>1] = (u16)padExt;
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::LoadRom(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	execute = false;
-	SPU_Pause(1);
-
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Load Rom"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.nds"),wxFD_OPEN, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) {
-		history->AddFileToHistory(dialog.GetPath());
-		NDS_LoadROM(dialog.GetPath().mb_str(), dialog.GetPath().mb_str());
-		execute = true;
-		SPU_Pause(0);
-	}
-}
-
-bool DesmumeFrame::DetransformTouchCoords(int& X, int& Y)
-{
-	int dtX, dtY;
-	
-	// TODO: descaling (when scaling is supported)
-
-	// De-rotate coordinates
-	switch (nds_screen_rotation_angle)
-	{
-	case 0: dtX = X; dtY = Y - 191 - nds_gap_size; break;
-	case 90: dtX = Y; dtY = 191 - X; break;
-	case 180: dtX = 255 - X; dtY = 191 - Y; break;
-	case 270: dtX = 255 - Y; dtY = X - 191 - nds_gap_size; break;
-	}
-
-	// Atleast one of the coordinates is out of range
-	if ((dtX < 0) || (dtX > 255) || (dtY < 0) || (dtY > 191))
-	{
-		X = wxClip(dtX, 0, 255);
-		Y = wxClip(dtY, 0, 191);
-		return false;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		X = dtX;
-		Y = dtY;
-		return true;
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnTouchEvent(wxMouseEvent& evt)
-{
-	wxPoint pt = evt.GetPosition();
-	bool inside = DetransformTouchCoords(pt.x, pt.y);
-
-	if (evt.LeftDown() && inside)
-	{
-		Touch = true;
-		NDS_setTouchPos((u16)pt.x, (u16)pt.y);
-	}
-	else if(evt.LeftUp() && Touch)
-	{
-		Touch = false;
-		NDS_releaseTouch();
-	}
-	else if (Touch)
-	{
-		NDS_setTouchPos((u16)pt.x, (u16)pt.y);
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::gpu_screen_to_rgb(u8 *rgb1, u8 *rgb2)
-{
-	u16 gpu_pixel;
-	u8 pixel[3];
-	u8 *rgb = rgb1;
-	const int rot = nds_screen_rotation_angle;
-	int done = false;
-	int offset = 0;
-
-loop:
-	for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
-		for (int j = 0; j < 192; j++) {
-			gpu_pixel = *((u16 *) & GPU_screen[(i + (j + offset) * 256) << 1]);
-			pixel[0] = ((gpu_pixel >> 0) & 0x1f) << 3;
-			pixel[1] = ((gpu_pixel >> 5) & 0x1f) << 3;
-			pixel[2] = ((gpu_pixel >> 10) & 0x1f) << 3;
-			switch (rot) {
-			case 0:
-				memcpy(rgb+((i+j*256)*3),pixel,3);
-				break;
-			case 90:
-				memcpy(rgb+SCREEN_SIZE-((j+(255-i)*192)*3)-3,pixel,3);
-				break;
-			case 180:
-				memcpy(rgb+SCREEN_SIZE-((i+j*256)*3)-3,pixel,3);
-				break;
-			case 270:
-				memcpy(rgb+((j+(255-i)*192)*3),pixel,3);
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-	}
-
-	if (done == false) {
-		offset = 192;
-		rgb = rgb2;
-		done = true;
-		goto loop;
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::onPaint(wxPaintEvent &event)
-{
-	u8 rgb1[SCREEN_SIZE], rgb2[SCREEN_SIZE];
-	wxPaintDC dc(this);
-	int w, h;
-
-	if (nds_screen_rotation_angle == 90 || nds_screen_rotation_angle == 270) {
-		w = 192;
-		h = 256;
-	} else {
-		w = 256;
-		h = 192;
-	}
-
-	gpu_screen_to_rgb(rgb1, rgb2);
-	wxBitmap m_bitmap1(wxImage(w, h, rgb1, true));
-	wxBitmap m_bitmap2(wxImage(w, h, rgb2, true));
-	switch (nds_screen_rotation_angle) {
-	case 0:
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap1, 0, 0, true);
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap2, 0, 192+nds_gap_size, true);
-		break;
-	case 90:
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap2, 0, 0, true);
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap1, 192+nds_gap_size, 0, true);
-		break;
-	case 180:
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap2, 0, 0, true);
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap1, 0, 192+nds_gap_size, true);
-		break;
-	case 270:
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap1, 0, 0, true);
-		dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap2, 192+nds_gap_size, 0, true);
-		break;
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::onIdle(wxIdleEvent &event)
-{
-	Refresh(false);
-	event.RequestMore();
-	if (execute)
-	{
-		applyInput();
-		NDS_exec();
-		SPU_Emulate_user();
-		osd->update();
-		DrawHUD();
-		osd->clear();
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::pause(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	if (gameInfo.romdata == NULL)
-		return;
-
-	if (execute) {
-		execute=false;
-		SPU_Pause(1);
-	} else {
-		execute=true;
-		SPU_Pause(0);
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::frameCounter(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.FrameCounterDisplay ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::FPS(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.FpsDisplay ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::displayInput(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.ShowInputDisplay ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::displayGraphicalInput(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.ShowGraphicalInputDisplay ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::displayLagCounter(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.ShowLagFrameCounter ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::displayMicrophone(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	CommonSettings.hud.ShowMicrophone ^= true;
-	osd->clear();
-}
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBAGG
-void DesmumeFrame::setHUDFont(wxCommandEvent &event)
-{
-	wxArrayString fontchoices;
-	for(int i = 0; i < font_Nums;i++)
-	{
-		fontchoices.Add(fonts_list[i].name);
-	}
-
-	wxSingleChoiceDialog fontDialog(this,
-							_T("Please select a font for use on the HUD:\n"),
-							_T("Configure HUD font"),
-							 fontchoices);
-	fontDialog.SetSelection(fontchoices.GetCount() - 1);
-	if(fontDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-	{
-		aggDraw.hud->setFont(fonts_list[fontDialog.GetSelection()].name);
-	}
-	
-}
-#endif
-
-void DesmumeFrame::mainG(int n) 
-{
-	if(CommonSettings.dispLayers[0][n])
-		GPU_remove(MainScreen.gpu, n);
-	else
-		GPU_addBack(MainScreen.gpu, n);	
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::subG(int n) 
-{
-	if(CommonSettings.dispLayers[1][n])
-		GPU_remove(SubScreen.gpu, n);
-	else
-		GPU_addBack(SubScreen.gpu, n);	
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::_3dView(wxCommandEvent& event) 
-{
-	driver->VIEW3D_Init();
-	driver->view3d->Launch();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::saveStateAs(wxCommandEvent& event) 
-{
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Save State As"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.dst"),wxFD_SAVE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-		savestate_save (dialog.GetPath().mb_str());
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadStateFrom(wxCommandEvent& event) 
-{
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Load State From"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.dst"),wxFD_OPEN, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-		savestate_load (dialog.GetPath().mb_str());
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::closeRom(wxCommandEvent& event) 
-{
-	NDS_FreeROM();
-	execute = false;
-	SPU_Pause(1);
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBAGG
-	Hud.resetTransient();
-#endif
-	NDS_Reset();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::importBackupMemory(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Import Backup Memory"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.duc, *.sav"),wxFD_OPEN, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-		if (!NDS_ImportSave(dialog.GetPath().mb_str()))
-			wxMessageBox(wxString::Format(_T("Save was not successfully imported")),_T("Error"),wxOK | wxICON_ERROR,this);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::exportBackupMemory(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Export Backup Memory"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.duc, *.sav"),wxFD_SAVE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-		if (!NDS_ExportSave(dialog.GetPath().mb_str()))
-			wxMessageBox(wxString::Format(_T("Save was not successfully exported")),_T("Error"),wxOK | wxICON_ERROR,this);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::saveScreenshotAs(wxCommandEvent& event) 
-{
-	wxFileDialog dialog(this,_T("Save Screenshot As"),wxGetHomeDir(),_T(""),_T("*.png"),wxFD_SAVE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize);
-	if(dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
-		NDS_WritePNG(dialog.GetPath().mb_str());
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::quickScreenshot(wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-		NDS_WritePNG(wxStandardPaths::Get().GetExecutablePath().mb_str());//TODO GetExecutablePath is wrong
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnOpenLuaWindow(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED (event))
-{
-#ifdef WIN32
-	new wxLuaWindow(this, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(600, 390));
-#endif
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnOpenControllerConfiguration(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED (event))
-{
-//#ifndef _MSC_VER
-//	new PADConfigDialogSimple(this);
-	(new wxControlsConfigDialog(this))->ShowModal();
-//#endif
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::Menu_SaveStates(wxCommandEvent &event){savestate_slot(event.GetId() - wSaveState01);}
-void DesmumeFrame::Menu_LoadStates(wxCommandEvent &event){loadstate_slot(event.GetId() - wLoadState01);}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnRotation(wxCommandEvent &event) {
-	ChangeRotation((event.GetId() - wRot0)*90, true);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::ChangeRotation(int rot, bool skip) {
-	wxSize sizeMin, sizeMax;
-
-	if (skip && rot == nds_screen_rotation_angle)
-		return;
-
-	SetMinSize(wxSize(-1,-1));
-	SetMaxSize(wxSize(-1,-1));
-
-	if (rot == 90 || rot == 270) {
-		SetClientSize(384 + nds_gap_size, 256);
-		sizeMax = sizeMin = ClientToWindowSize(wxSize(384,256));
-		sizeMax.IncBy(GAP_MAX,0);
-	} else {
-		SetClientSize(256, 384 + nds_gap_size);
-		sizeMax = sizeMin = ClientToWindowSize(wxSize(256,384));
-		sizeMax.IncBy(0,GAP_MAX);
-	}
-	SetMinSize(sizeMin);
-	SetMaxSize(sizeMax);
-	nds_screen_rotation_angle = rot;
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::onResize(wxSizeEvent &event) {
-	int w, h;
-
-	GetClientSize(&w,&h);
-	if (nds_screen_rotation_angle == 90 || nds_screen_rotation_angle == 270) {
-		if (w>=384)
-			nds_gap_size = w-384;
-	} else {
-		if (h>=384)
-			nds_gap_size = h-384;
-	}
-	event.Skip();
-}
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-/*
-* The thread handling functions needed by the GDB stub code.
-*/
-void *
-createThread_gdb( void (APIENTRY *thread_function)( void *data),
-				 void *thread_data) {
-					 void *new_thread = CreateThread( NULL, 0,
-						 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE)thread_function, thread_data,
-						 0, NULL);
-
-					 return new_thread;
-}
-
-void
-joinThread_gdb( void *thread_handle) {
-}
-#endif
-bool DesmumeFrame::LoadSettings() {
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->Read(_T("/Screen/Gap"),&nds_gap_size,0);
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->Read(_T("/Screen/Rotation"),&nds_screen_rotation_angle,0);
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->SetPath(_T("/History"));
-	history->Load(*wxConfigBase::Get());
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool DesmumeFrame::SaveSettings() {
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->Write(_T("/Screen/Gap"),nds_gap_size);
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->Write(_T("/Screen/Rotation"),nds_screen_rotation_angle);
-	wxConfigBase::Get()->SetPath(_T("/History"));
-	history->Save(*wxConfigBase::Get());
-	return true;
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnClose(wxCloseEvent &event) {
-	SaveSettings();
-	event.Skip();
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::OnOpenRecent(wxCommandEvent &event) {
-	int ret;
-	size_t id = event.GetId()-wxID_FILE1;
-
-	execute = false;
-	SPU_Pause(1);
-
-	ret = NDS_LoadROM(history->GetHistoryFile(id).mb_str(), history->GetHistoryFile(id).mb_str());
-	if (ret > 0) {
-		execute = true;
-		SPU_Pause(0);
-	} else
-		history->RemoveFileFromHistory(id);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::ClearHistory(wxCommandEvent &event) {
-	while (history->GetCount()) {
-		history->RemoveFileFromHistory(0);
-	}
-}
-
-
-void DesmumeFrame::Modify_AudioDriver(wxCommandEvent &event)
-{
-	const int selection = event.GetId() - wAUDIODRIVER_SDL;
-
-	switch (selection) {
-	case AUDIODRIVER_DISABLE:
-		SPU_ChangeSoundCore(0, 0);
-		osd->addLine("Audio disabled");
-		break;
-	default:
-	case AUDIODRIVER_SDL:
-		SPU_ChangeSoundCore(SNDCORE_SDL, 735 * 4);
-		osd->addLine("Audio enabled (SDL driver)");
-		break;
-	}
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::Modify_SPUMode(wxCommandEvent &event)
-{
-	const int selection = event.GetId() - wSPUMODE_DUALASYNC;
-	uint syncMode, syncMethod;
-
-	switch (selection) {
-	case SPUMODE_SYNCN:
-	case SPUMODE_SYNCZ:
-#ifdef HAVE_SPUMODE_SYNCP
-	case SPUMODE_SYNCP:
-#endif
-		syncMode = 1;
-		syncMethod = selection - 1;
-		break;
-
-	// Default to DualASync mode on invalid selection
-	default:
-	case SPUMODE_DUALASYNC:
-		syncMode = 0;
-		syncMethod = 0;
-		break;
-	}
-	SPU_SetSynchMode(syncMode, syncMethod);
-}
-
-/*************** DesmumeFrame class "loadmenu" functions and the frame ******************/
-
-DesmumeFrame::DesmumeFrame(const wxString& title)
-: wxFrame(NULL, wxID_ANY, title)
-{
-	history = new wxFileHistory;
-	wxMenuBar *menuBar = new wxMenuBar();
-
-	LoadSettings();
-
-	SetIcon(wxICON(DeSmuME));
-
-	loadmenuBar(menuBar);
-
-	SetMenuBar(menuBar);
-
-	ChangeRotation(nds_screen_rotation_angle, false);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadfileMenu(wxMenu *fileMenu)
-{
-	wxMenu *recentMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *saves(MakeStatesSubMenu(wSaveState01));
-	wxMenu *loads(MakeStatesSubMenu(wLoadState01));
-	fileMenu->Append(wxID_OPEN, _T("Load R&om\tAlt-R"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSubMenu(recentMenu, _T("Recent files"));
-	fileMenu->Append(wCloseRom, _T("Close Rom"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wSaveStateAs, _T("Save State As..."));
-	fileMenu->Append(wLoadStateFrom, _T("Load State From..."));
-	fileMenu->AppendSubMenu(saves, _T("Save State"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSubMenu(loads, _T("Load State"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wImportBackupMemory, _T("Import Backup Memory..."));
-	fileMenu->Append(wExportBackupMemory, _T("Export Backup Memory..."));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wSaveScreenshotAs, _T("Save Screenshot As"));
-	fileMenu->Append(wQuickScreenshot, _T("Quick Screenshot"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wPlayMovie, _T("Play Movie"));
-	fileMenu->Append(wRecordMovie, _T("Record Movie"));
-	fileMenu->Append(wStopMovie, _T("Stop Movie"));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wLuaWindow, _T("New Lua Script Window..."));
-	fileMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	fileMenu->Append(wxID_EXIT, _T("E&xit\tAlt-X"), _T("Quit this program"));
-
-	recentMenu->Append(wClearHistory, wxT("Clear recent list"));
-	history->UseMenu(recentMenu);
-	history->AddFilesToMenu();
-
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loademulationMenu(wxMenu *emulationMenu)
-{
-	wxMenu *audiodriverMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *spumodeMenu = new wxMenu;
-	emulationMenu->Append(wPause, _T("&Pause\tAlt-P"), _T("Pause Emulation"));
-	emulationMenu->Append(wReset, _T("&Reset\tAlt-R"), _T("Reset Emulation"));
-	emulationMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	emulationMenu->AppendSubMenu(audiodriverMenu, _T("&Audio Driver"));
-	audiodriverMenu->AppendRadioItem(wAUDIODRIVER_SDL, _T("&SDL"));
-	audiodriverMenu->AppendRadioItem(wAUDIODRIVER_DISABLE, _T("&Disable Sound"));
-	emulationMenu->AppendSubMenu(spumodeMenu, _T("&SPU Mode"));
-	spumodeMenu->AppendRadioItem(wSPUMODE_DUALASYNC, _T("&Dual Asynchronous"));
-	spumodeMenu->AppendRadioItem(wSPUMODE_SYNCN, _T("Synchronous (&N)"));
-	spumodeMenu->AppendRadioItem(wSPUMODE_SYNCZ, _T("Synchronous (&Z)"));
-#ifdef HAVE_SPUMODE_SYNCP
-	spumodeMenu->AppendRadioItem(wSPUMODE_SYNCP, _T("Synchronous (&P)"));
-#endif
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadrotateMenu(wxMenu *rotateMenu)
-{
-	rotateMenu->AppendRadioItem(wRot0, _T("0"));
-	rotateMenu->AppendRadioItem(wRot90, _T("90"));
-	rotateMenu->AppendRadioItem(wRot180, _T("180"));
-	rotateMenu->AppendRadioItem(wRot270, _T("270"));
-	rotateMenu->Check(wRot0+(nds_screen_rotation_angle/90), true);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadviewMenu(wxMenu *viewMenu)
-{
-	wxMenu *rotateMenu = new wxMenu;
-	viewMenu->AppendSubMenu(rotateMenu, _T("Rotate"));
-	viewMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	viewMenu->Append(wSetHUDFont, _T("&Set HUD Font"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wFrameCounter, _T("&Display Frame Counter"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wFPS, _T("&Display FPS"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wDisplayInput, _T("&Display Input"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wDisplayGraphicalInput, _T("&Display Graphical Input"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wDisplayLagCounter, _T("&Display Lag Counter"));
-	viewMenu->AppendCheckItem(wDisplayMicrophone, _T("&Display Microphone"));
-
-	loadrotateMenu(rotateMenu);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadtoolsMenu(wxMenu *toolsMenu)
-{
-	wxMenu *layersMenu = new wxMenu;
-
-	toolsMenu->Append(w3dView, _T("&3d Viewer"));
-	toolsMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	toolsMenu->AppendSubMenu(layersMenu, _T("View Layers"));
-	
-	loadlayersMenu(layersMenu);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadlayersMenu(wxMenu *layersMenu)
-{
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wMainGPU, _T("Main GPU"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wMainGPU, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wMainBG0, _T("Main BG 0"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wMainBG0, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wMainBG1, _T("Main BG 1"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wMainBG1, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wMainBG2, _T("Main BG 2"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wMainBG2, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wMainBG3, _T("Main BG 3"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wMainBG3, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendSeparator();
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wSubGPU, _T("Sub GPU"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wSubGPU, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wSubBG0, _T("Sub BG 0"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wSubBG0, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wSubBG1, _T("Sub BG 1"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wSubBG1, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wSubBG2, _T("Sub BG 2"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wSubBG2, true);
-	layersMenu->AppendCheckItem(wSubBG3, _T("Sub BG 3"));
-	layersMenu->Check(wSubBG3, true);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadconfigMenu(wxMenu *configMenu)
-{
-	configMenu->Append(wConfigureControls, _T("Controls"));
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadhelpMenu(wxMenu *helpMenu)
-{
-	helpMenu->Append(wWebsite, _T("&Website"));
-	helpMenu->Append(wForums, _T("&Forums"));
-	helpMenu->Append(wSubmitABugReport, _T("&Submit A Bug Report"));
-	helpMenu->Append(wxID_ABOUT);
-}
-
-void DesmumeFrame::loadmenuBar(wxMenuBar *menuBar)
-{
-	wxMenu *fileMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *emulationMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *viewMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *configMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *toolsMenu = new wxMenu;
-	wxMenu *helpMenu = new wxMenu;
-
-	menuBar->Append(fileMenu, _T("&File"));
-	menuBar->Append(emulationMenu, _T("&Emulation"));
-	menuBar->Append(viewMenu, _T("&View"));
-	menuBar->Append(configMenu, _T("&Config"));
-	menuBar->Append(toolsMenu, _T("&Tools"));
-	menuBar->Append(helpMenu, _T("&Help"));
-
-	loadfileMenu(fileMenu);
-	loademulationMenu(emulationMenu);
-	loadconfigMenu(configMenu);
-	loadtoolsMenu(toolsMenu);
-	loadhelpMenu(helpMenu);
-	loadviewMenu(viewMenu);
-	
-}
-
-/*************** wx Event Table ******************/
-
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(DesmumeFrame, wxFrame)
-
-	EVT_PAINT(DesmumeFrame::onPaint)
-	EVT_IDLE(DesmumeFrame::onIdle)
-	EVT_SIZE(DesmumeFrame::onResize)
-	EVT_LEFT_DOWN(DesmumeFrame::OnTouchEvent)
-	EVT_LEFT_UP(DesmumeFrame::OnTouchEvent)
-	EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(DesmumeFrame::OnTouchEvent)
-	EVT_MOTION(DesmumeFrame::OnTouchEvent)
-	EVT_CLOSE(DesmumeFrame::OnClose)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wxID_EXIT, DesmumeFrame::OnQuit)
-	EVT_MENU(wxID_OPEN, DesmumeFrame::LoadRom)
-	EVT_MENU(wxID_ABOUT,DesmumeFrame::OnAbout)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wPause,DesmumeFrame::pause)
-	EVT_MENU(wReset,DesmumeFrame::reset)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wClearHistory,DesmumeFrame::ClearHistory)
-
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wAUDIODRIVER_SDL,wAUDIODRIVER_DISABLE,DesmumeFrame::Modify_AudioDriver)
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wSPUMODE_DUALASYNC,wSPUMODE_SYNCZ,DesmumeFrame::Modify_SPUMode)
-#ifdef HAVE_SPUMODE_SYNCP
-	EVT_MENU(wSPUMODE_SYNCP,DesmumeFrame::Modify_SPUMode)
-#endif
-
-	EVT_MENU(wFrameCounter,DesmumeFrame::frameCounter)
-	EVT_MENU(wFPS,DesmumeFrame::FPS)
-	EVT_MENU(wDisplayInput,DesmumeFrame::displayInput)
-	EVT_MENU(wDisplayGraphicalInput,DesmumeFrame::displayGraphicalInput)
-	EVT_MENU(wDisplayLagCounter,DesmumeFrame::displayLagCounter)
-	EVT_MENU(wDisplayMicrophone,DesmumeFrame::displayMicrophone)
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBAGG
-	EVT_MENU(wSetHUDFont,DesmumeFrame::setHUDFont)
-#endif
-
-	EVT_MENU(wMainGPU,DesmumeFrame::mainGPU)
-	EVT_MENU(wMainBG0,DesmumeFrame::mainBG0)
-	EVT_MENU(wMainBG1,DesmumeFrame::mainBG1)
-	EVT_MENU(wMainBG2,DesmumeFrame::mainBG2)
-	EVT_MENU(wMainBG3,DesmumeFrame::mainBG3)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubGPU,DesmumeFrame::subGPU)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubBG0,DesmumeFrame::subBG0)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubBG1,DesmumeFrame::subBG1)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubBG2,DesmumeFrame::subBG2)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubBG3,DesmumeFrame::subBG3)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wWebsite,DesmumeFrame::website)
-	EVT_MENU(wForums,DesmumeFrame::forums)
-	EVT_MENU(wSubmitABugReport,DesmumeFrame::submitABugReport)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wSaveStateAs,DesmumeFrame::saveStateAs)
-	EVT_MENU(wLoadStateFrom,DesmumeFrame::loadStateFrom)
-
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wSaveState01,wSaveState01+9,DesmumeFrame::Menu_SaveStates)
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wLoadState01,wLoadState01+9,DesmumeFrame::Menu_LoadStates)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wCloseRom,DesmumeFrame::closeRom)
-	EVT_MENU(wImportBackupMemory,DesmumeFrame::importBackupMemory)
-	EVT_MENU(wExportBackupMemory,DesmumeFrame::exportBackupMemory)
-
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wRot0,wRot270,DesmumeFrame::OnRotation)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wSaveScreenshotAs,DesmumeFrame::saveScreenshotAs)
-	EVT_MENU(wQuickScreenshot,DesmumeFrame::quickScreenshot)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wPlayMovie,DesmumeFrame::playMovie)
-	EVT_MENU(wStopMovie,DesmumeFrame::stopMovie)
-	EVT_MENU(wRecordMovie,DesmumeFrame::recordMovie)
-
-	EVT_MENU(w3dView,DesmumeFrame::_3dView)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wLuaWindow,DesmumeFrame::OnOpenLuaWindow)
-
-	EVT_MENU(wConfigureControls,DesmumeFrame::OnOpenControllerConfiguration)
-
-	EVT_MENU_RANGE(wxID_FILE1,wxID_FILE9,DesmumeFrame::OnOpenRecent)
-
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-IMPLEMENT_APP(Desmume)
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.h b/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ebf2db45e..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/wxMain.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "NDSSystem.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include "movie.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include "../gdbstub.h"
-static int nds_screen_rotation_angle;
-static wxFileConfig *desmumeConfig;
-enum
-{
-	wPause = 1,
-	wReset,
-	wClearHistory,
-	wFrameCounter,
-	wFPS,
-	wDisplayInput,
-	wDisplayGraphicalInput,
-	wDisplayLagCounter,
-	wDisplayMicrophone,
-	wSetHUDFont,
-	wMainGPU,
-	wMainBG0,
-	wMainBG1,
-	wMainBG2,
-	wMainBG3,
-	wSubGPU,
-	wSubBG0,
-	wSubBG1,
-	wSubBG2,
-	wSubBG3,
-	wWebsite,
-	wForums,
-	wSubmitABugReport,
-	w3dView,
-	wSaveStateAs,
-	wLoadStateFrom,
-	wCloseRom,
-	wImportBackupMemory,
-	wExportBackupMemory,
-	wPlayMovie,
-	wRecordMovie,
-	wStopMovie,
-	wSaveScreenshotAs,
-	wQuickScreenshot,
-	wLuaWindow,
-	wConfigureControls,
-	wRot0,
-	wRot90,
-	wRot180,
-	wRot270,
-	wAUDIODRIVER_SDL,
-	wAUDIODRIVER_DISABLE,
-	wSPUMODE_DUALASYNC,
-	wSPUMODE_SYNCN,
-	wSPUMODE_SYNCZ,
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBSOUNDTOUCH
-	wSPUMODE_SYNCP,
-#endif
-	/* stupid enums: these two should be the at the end */
-	wLoadState01,
-	wSaveState01 = wLoadState01+20
-};
-
-class Desmume: public wxApp
-{
-public:
-	virtual bool OnInit();
-};
-
-class DesmumeFrame: public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-	DesmumeFrame(const wxString& title);
-	~DesmumeFrame() {delete history;}
-	void OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event));
-	void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event));
-	void applyInput();
-	//TODO integrate paths system?
-	void LoadRom(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-	//   Touchscreen
-	//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	// De-transform coordinates.
-	// Returns true if the coordinates are within the touchscreen.
-	bool DetransformTouchCoords(int& X, int& Y);
-	void OnTouchEvent(wxMouseEvent& evt);
-	//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-	//   Video
-	//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-	void gpu_screen_to_rgb(u8 *rgb1, u8 *rgb2);
-	//TODO should integrate filter system
-	void onPaint(wxPaintEvent &event);
-	void onIdle(wxIdleEvent &event);
-	void pause(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void reset(wxCommandEvent& event){NDS_Reset();};
-	void frameCounter(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void FPS(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void displayInput(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void displayGraphicalInput(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void displayLagCounter(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void displayMicrophone(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void setHUDFont(wxCommandEvent &event);
-
-	void mainG(int n);
-	void subG(int n);
-
-	void mainGPU(wxCommandEvent& event){CommonSettings.showGpu.main^=true;}
-	void mainBG0(wxCommandEvent& event){mainG(0);}
-	void mainBG1(wxCommandEvent& event){mainG(1);}
-	void mainBG2(wxCommandEvent& event){mainG(2);}
-	void mainBG3(wxCommandEvent& event){mainG(3);}
-
-	void subGPU(wxCommandEvent& event){CommonSettings.showGpu.sub^=true;}
-	void subBG0(wxCommandEvent& event){subG(0);}
-	void subBG1(wxCommandEvent& event){subG(1);}
-	void subBG2(wxCommandEvent& event){subG(2);}
-	void subBG3(wxCommandEvent& event){subG(3);}
-
-	void website(wxCommandEvent& event) {wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(_T("http://desmume.org/"));}
-	void forums(wxCommandEvent& event) {wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(_T("http://forums.desmume.org/index.php"));}
-	void submitABugReport(wxCommandEvent& event) {wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(_T("http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=add&group_id=164579&atid=832291"));}
-
-	void _3dView(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void saveStateAs(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void loadStateFrom(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-	void closeRom(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void importBackupMemory(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void exportBackupMemory(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void saveScreenshotAs(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void quickScreenshot(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	//TODO
-	void playMovie(wxCommandEvent& event) {}
-	void recordMovie(wxCommandEvent& event) {}
-	void stopMovie(wxCommandEvent& event) {FCEUI_StopMovie();}
-
-	void OnOpenLuaWindow(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED (event));
-	void OnOpenControllerConfiguration(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED (event));
-	wxMenu* MakeStatesSubMenu( int baseid ) const
-	{
-		wxMenu* mnuSubstates = new wxMenu();
-
-		for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
-		{
-			mnuSubstates->Append( baseid+i, wxString::Format(_T("Slot %d"), i) );
-		}
-		return mnuSubstates;
-	}
-	void Menu_SaveStates(wxCommandEvent &event);
-	void Menu_LoadStates(wxCommandEvent &event);
-	void NDSInitialize();
-	void OnRotation(wxCommandEvent &event);
-	void ChangeRotation(int rot, bool skip);
-	void onResize(wxSizeEvent &event);
-	bool LoadSettings();
-	bool SaveSettings();
-	void OnClose(wxCloseEvent &event);
-	void OnOpenRecent(wxCommandEvent &event);
-	void ClearHistory(wxCommandEvent &event);
-	void Modify_AudioDriver(wxCommandEvent& event);
-	void Modify_SPUMode(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
-	void loadfileMenu(wxMenu *fileMenu);
-	void loadmenuBar(wxMenuBar *menuBar);
-	void loadhelpMenu(wxMenu *helpMenu);
-	void loadconfigMenu(wxMenu *configMenu);
-	void loadtoolsMenu(wxMenu *toolsMenu);
-	void loadlayersMenu(wxMenu *layersMenu);
-	void loadviewMenu(wxMenu *viewMenu);
-	void loadrotateMenu(wxMenu *rotateMenu);
-	void loademulationMenu(wxMenu *emulationMenu);
-
-	struct NDS_fw_config_data fw_config;
-	wxFileHistory* history;
-#ifdef GDB_STUB
-	gdbstub_handle_t arm9_gdb_stub;
-	gdbstub_handle_t arm7_gdb_stub;
-	struct armcpu_memory_iface *arm9_memio;
-	struct armcpu_memory_iface *arm7_memio;
-	struct armcpu_ctrl_iface *arm9_ctrl_iface;
-	struct armcpu_ctrl_iface *arm7_ctrl_iface;
-#endif
-	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
diff --git a/desmume/src/wx/wxdesmume.desktop b/desmume/src/wx/wxdesmume.desktop
deleted file mode 100644
index 81c5a4871..000000000
--- a/desmume/src/wx/wxdesmume.desktop
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Type=Application
-Name=DeSmuME (WxWidgets)
-Comment=Nintento DS emulator
-TryExec=wxdesmume
-Exec=wxdesmume
-Icon=DeSmuME
-Categories=GNOME;GTK;Game;Emulator;
-MimeType=application/x-nintendo-ds-rom;